Add 47423 from ibiblio

10 files changed, 31001 insertions, 31817 deletions

diff --git a/47423/47423-0.txt b/47423-0.txt
index d921ad2..cd3b182 100644
--- a/47423/47423-0.txt
+++ b/47423-0.txt
@@ -1,15464 +1,15068 @@
-The Project Gutenberg EBook of Vine and Olive; Or Young America in Spain

-and Portugal, by Oliver Optic and William T. Adams

-

-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most

-other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions

-whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of

-the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at

-www.gutenberg.org.  If you are not located in the United States, you'll have

-to check the laws of the country where you are located before using this ebook.

-

-

-

-Title: Vine and Olive; Or Young America in Spain and Portugal

-       A Story of Travel and Adventure

-

-Author: Oliver Optic

-        William T. Adams

-

-Release Date: November 22, 2014 [EBook #47423]

-

-Language: English

-

-Character set encoding: UTF-8

-

-*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK VINE AND OLIVE ***

-

-

-

-

-Produced by Giovanni Fini, Josep Cols Canals and the Online

-Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This

-file was produced from images generously made available

-by The Internet Archive/American Libraries.)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-                         TRANSCRIBER’S NOTES:

-

-—Obvious print and punctuation errors were corrected.

-

-—Bold text has been rendered as =bold text=.

-

-—Spaced text (gesperrt) has been rendered as ~bold text~.

-

-

-[Illustration: THE ACADEMY SQUADRON OFF BARCELONA. Page 12.]

-

-

-

-

-[Illustration: DECORATED FRONT PAGE:

-

-YOUNG AMERICA ABROAD

-BY

-OLIVER OPTIC.

-

-_VINE

-&

-OLIVE_

-

-BOSTON

-LEE & SHEPARD.]

-

-

-

-

-                 _YOUNG AMERICA ABROAD—SECOND SERIES._

-

-

-                            VINE AND OLIVE;

-

-                                  OR,

-

-                      YOUNG AMERICA IN SPAIN AND

-                               PORTUGAL.

-

-

-                   A STORY OF TRAVEL AND ADVENTURE.

-

-

-                                  BY

-

-                          ~WILLIAM T. ADAMS~

-                           (_OLIVER OPTIC_),

-

-    AUTHOR OF “OUTWARD BOUND,” “SHAMROCK AND THISTLE,” “RED CROSS,”

-         “DIKES AND DITCHES,” “PALACE AND COTTAGE,” “DOWN THE

-              RHINE,” “UP THE BALTIC,” “NORTHERN LANDS,”

-                     “CROSS AND CRESCENT,” “SUNNY

-                             SHORES,” ETC.

-

-

-                                BOSTON:

-                    ~LEE AND SHEPARD, PUBLISHERS.~

-

-                               NEW YORK:

-                        CHARLES T. DILLINGHAM.

-

-

-

-

-                              COPYRIGHT:

-                         BY WILLIAM T. ADAMS.

-                                 1876.

-

-

-

-

-                             TO MY FRIEND,

-                        ~HENRY RUGGLES, ESQ.,~

-

-            “CONSULADO DE LOS ESTADOS UNIDOS, EN BARCELONA,

-                         EN TIEMPOS PASADOS,”

-

-            WHEN WE “ASSISTED” TOGETHER AT A BULL–FIGHT IN

-                MADRID, VISITED EL ESCORIAL AND TOLEDO,

-                       AND WITH WHOM THE AUTHOR

-                          RELUCTANTLY PARTED

-                            AT CASTILLEJO,

-

-                             ~THIS VOLUME~

-

-                      IS RESPECTFULLY DEDICATED.

-

-

-

-

-PREFACE.

-

-

-VINE AND OLIVE, the fifth volume of the second series of

-“YOUNG AMERICA ABROAD,” contains the history of the Academy

-Squadron during the cruise along the shores of Spain and

-Portugal, and the travels of the students in the peninsula. As in

-the preceding volumes, the professor of geography and history

-discourses on these subjects to the pupils, conveying to them a

-great deal of useful information concerning the countries they

-visit. The surgeon of the ship is a sort of encyclopædia of travel;

-and, while he is on shore with a couple of the juvenile officers,

-he enlightens them by his talk on a great variety of topics; and

-the description of “sights” is given in these conversations, or in

-the “waits” between the speeches. In addition to the cities of the

-peninsula on the Atlantic and the Mediterranean, the young travellers

-cross the country from Barcelona to Lisbon, visiting on the

-way Saragossa, Burgos, the Escurial, Madrid, Toledo, Aranjuez,

-Badajos, and Elvas. In another excursion by land, they start from

-Malaga, and take in Granada and the Alhambra, Cordova, Seville,

-and Cadiz. Besides the ports mentioned, the party vessels visit

-Valencia, Alicante,—from which they make an excursion to Elche

-to see its palms—Carthagena, and Gibraltar.

-

-The author has visited every country included in the titles of

-the eleven volumes of the two series of which the present volume

-is the last published. He has been abroad twice for the sole purpose

-of obtaining the materials for these books; his object being

-to produce books that would instruct as well as amuse.

-

-The story of the incendiaries and of the young Spanish officer of

-the Tritonia, interwoven with the incidents of travel, is in accordance

-with the plan adopted in the first, and followed out in every

-subsequent volume of the two series. Doubtless the book will

-have some readers who will skip the lectures of the professor and

-the travel–talk of the surgeon, and others who will turn unread the

-pages on which the story is related; but we fancy the former will

-be larger than the latter class. If both are suited, the author

-need not complain; though he especially advises his young

-friends to read the historical portions of the volume, because he

-thinks that the maritime history of Portugal, for instance, ought

-to interest them more than any story he can invent.

-

-The titles of all the books of this series were published ten

-years ago. The boys and girls who read the first volume are men

-and women now; and the task the author undertook then will be

-finished in one more volume.

-

-With the hope that he will live to complete the work begun

-so many years ago, the author once more returns his grateful

-acknowledgments to his friends, old and young, for the favor

-they have extended to this series.

-

-TOWERHOUSE, BOSTON, Oct. 19, 1876.

-

-

-

-

-CONTENTS.

-

-

-                                                                   PAGE.

-

-     I. SOMETHING ABOUT THE MARINES                                   11

-

-    II. AT THE QUARANTINE STATION                                     26

-

-   III. A GRANDEE OF SPAIN                                            41

-

-    IV. THE PROFESSOR’S TALK ABOUT SPAIN                              53

-

-     V. A SUDDEN DISAPPEARANCE                                        79

-

-    VI. A LOOK AT BARCELONA                                           87

-

-   VII. FIRE AND WATER                                               102

-

-  VIII. SARAGOSSA AND BURGOS                                         116

-

-    IX. THE HOLD OF THE TRITONIA                                     133

-

-     X. THE ESCURIAL AND PHILIP II.                                  145

-

-    XI. THE CRUISE IN THE FELUCCA                                    159

-

-   XII. SIGHTS IN MADRID                                             173

-

-  XIII. AFTER THE BATTLE IN THE FELUCCA                              187

-

-   XIV. TOLEDO, AND TALKS ABOUT SPAIN                                202

-

-    XV. TROUBLE IN THE RUNAWAY CAMP                                  221

-

-   XVI. BILL STOUT AS A TOURIST                                      233

-

-  XVII. THROUGH THE HEART OF SPAIN                                   245

-

- XVIII. AFRICA AND REPENTANCE                                        261

-

-   XIX. WHAT PORTUGAL HAS DONE IN THE WORLD                          274

-

-    XX. LISBON AND ITS SURROUNDINGS                                  292

-

-   XXI. A SAFE HARBOR                                                305

-

-  XXII. THE FRUITS OF REPENTANCE                                     319

-

- XXIII. GRANADA AND THE ALHAMBRA                                     333

-

-  XXIV. AN ADVENTURE ON THE ROAD                                     349

-

-   XXV. CORDOVA, SEVILLE, AND CADIZ                                  358

-

-  XXVI. THE CAPTURE OF THE BEGGARS                                   373

-

- XXVII. THE BULL–FIGHT AT SEVILLE                                    390

-

-

-

-

-                            VINE AND OLIVE.

-

-

-

-

-                            VINE AND OLIVE;

-

-                                  OR,

-

-                 YOUNG AMERICA IN SPAIN AND PORTUGAL.

-

-

-

-

-CHAPTER I.

-

-SOMETHING ABOUT THE MARINES.

-

-

-“Land, ho!” shouted the lookout in the foretop of

-the Tritonia.

-

-“Where away?” demanded the officer of the deck,

-as he glanced in the direction the land was expected to

-be found.

-

-“Broad on the weather bow,” returned the seaman

-in the foretop.

-

-“Mr. Raimundo,” said the officer of the deck, who

-was the third lieutenant, calling to the second master.

-

-“Mr. Scott,” replied the officer addressed, touching

-his cap to his superior.

-

-“You will inform the captain, if you please, that the

-lookout reports land on the weather bow.”

-

-The second master touched his cap again, and hastened

-to the cabin to obey the order. The academy

-squadron, consisting of the steamer American Prince

-and the topsail schooners Josephine and Tritonia,

-were bound from Genoa to Barcelona. They had a

-short and very pleasant passage, and the students

-on board of all the vessels were in excellent spirits.

-Though they had been seeing sights through all the

-preceding year, they were keenly alive to the pleasure

-of visiting a country so different as Spain from any

-other they had seen. The weather was warm and

-pleasant for the season, and the young men were anxiously

-looking forward to the arrival at Barcelona. On

-the voyage and while waiting in Genoa, they had

-studied up all the books in the library that contained

-any thing about the interesting land they were next to

-visit.

-

-The Tritonia sailed on the starboard, and the Josephine

-on the port quarter, of the American Prince.

-The two consorts had all sail set, and were making

-about eight knots an hour, which was only half speed

-for the steamer, to which she had been reduced in order

-to keep company with the sailing vessels. Though

-the breeze was tolerably fresh, the sea was smooth,

-and the vessels had very little motion. The skies were

-as blue and as clear as skies can ever be; and nothing

-could be more delicious than the climate.

-

-In the saloon of the steamer and the steerage of the

-schooners, which were the schoolrooms of the academy

-squadron, one–half of the students of the fleet were

-engaged in their studies and recitations. A quarter

-watch was on duty in each vessel, and the same portion

-were off duty. But the latter were not idle: they were,

-for the most part, occupied in reading about the new

-land they were to visit; and the more ambitious were

-preparing for the next recitation. Their positions on

-board for the next month would depend upon their

-merit–roll; and it was a matter of no little consequence

-to them whether they were officers or seamen, whether

-they lived in the cabin or steerage. Some were struggling

-to retain the places they now held, and others

-were eager to win what they had not yet attained.

-

-There were from two to half a dozen in each vessel

-who did only what they were obliged to do, either in

-scholarship or seamanship. At first, ship’s duty had

-been novel and pleasant to them; and they had done

-well for a time,—had even struggled hard with their

-lessons for the sake of attaining creditable places as

-officers and seamen. They had been kindly and generously

-encouraged as long as they deserved it; but,

-when the novelty had worn away, they dropped back to

-what they had been before they became students of the

-academy squadron. Mr. Lowington labored hard over

-the cases of these fellows; and, next to getting the fleet

-safely into port, his desire was to reform them.

-

-In the Tritonia were four of them, who had also

-challenged the attention and interest of Mr. Augustus

-Pelham, the vice–principal in charge of the vessel, who

-had formerly been a student in the academy ship, and

-who had been a wild boy in his time. The interest

-which Mr. Lowington manifested in these wayward

-fellows had inspired the vice–principal to follow his

-example. Possibly the pleasant weather had some influence

-on the laggards; for they seemed to be very

-restive and uneasy under restraint as the squadron

-approached the coast of Spain. All four of them were

-in the starboard watch, and in the second part thereof,

-where they had been put so that the vice–principal could

-know where to find them when he desired to watch them

-at unusual hours.

-

-The third lieutenant was the officer of the deck,

-assisted by the second master. The former was planking

-the weather side of the quarter deck, and the latter

-was moving about in the waist. The captain came on

-deck, and looked at the distant coast through his glass;

-but it was an old story, and he remained on deck but

-a few minutes. Raimundo, the officer in the waist, was

-a Spaniard, and the shore on the starboard was that of

-“his own, his native land.” But this fact did not seem

-to excite any enthusiasm in his mind: in fact, he really

-wished it had been somebody else’s native land, and he

-did not wish to go there. He bestowed more attention

-upon the four idlers, who had coiled themselves away

-in the lee side of the waist, than upon the shadowy

-shore of the home of his ancestors. He was a sharp

-officer; and this was his reputation on board. He

-could snuff mischief afar off; and more than one

-conspiracy had been blighted by his vigilance. He

-seemed to be gazing at the clear blue sky, and to be

-enjoying its azure transparency; but he had an eye to

-the laggards all the time.

-

-“I wonder what those marines are driving at,” said

-he to himself, after he had studied the familiar phenomenon

-for a while, and, as it appeared, without any

-satisfactory result. “I never see those four fellows

-talking together as long as they have been at it, without

-an earthquake or some sort of a smash following

-pretty soon after. I suppose they are going to run

-away, for that is really the most fashionable sport on

-board of all the vessels of the fleet.”

-

-Perhaps the second master was right, and perhaps

-he was wrong. Certainly running away had been the

-greatest evil that had tried the patience of the principal;

-but there had been hardly a case of it since the

-squadron came into the waters of the Mediterranean,

-and he hoped the practice had gone out of fashion. It

-had been so unsuccessful, that most of the students

-regarded it as a played–out expedient.

-

-Raimundo was one of those whom this nautical institution

-had saved to be a blessing, instead of a curse, to

-the community; but he was truly reformed, and, over

-and above his duty as an officer, he was sincerely desirous

-to save the “marines” from the error of their

-ways. He did not expect them to uncover their plans

-all at once, and he was willing to watch and wait.

-

-Having viewed the marines from the officer’s side of

-the question, we will enter into the counsels of those

-who were the subjects of this official scrutiny. After

-the first few months of life in the squadron, these four

-fellows had been discontented and dissatisfied. They

-had been transferred from one vessel to another, in the

-hope that they might find their appropriate sphere; but

-there seemed to be no sphere below—at least, as far

-as they had gone—where they could revolve and shine.

-They had been “sticks,” wherever they were. One

-country seemed to be about the same as any other to

-them. They did not like to study; they did not like

-to “knot and splice;” they did not like to stand watch;

-they did not like to read even stories, fond as they

-were of yarns of the coarser sort; they did not like to

-do any thing but eat, sleep, and loaf about the deck, or,

-on shore, but to dissipate and indulge in rowdyism.

-Two of them had been transferred to the Tritonia from

-the Prince at Genoa, and the other two had been in the

-schooner but two months.

-

-“I’m as tired as death of this sort of thing,” said

-Bill Stout, the oldest and biggest fellow of the four.

-

-“I had enough of it in a month after I came on

-board,” added Ben Pardee, who was lying flat on his

-back, and gazing listlessly up into the clear blue sky;

-“but what can a fellow do?”

-

-“Nothing at all,” replied Lon Gibbs. “It’s the

-same thing from morning to night, from one week’s

-end to the other.”

-

-“Can’t we get up some sort of an excitement?”

-asked Bark Lingall, whose first name was Barclay.

-

-“We have tried it on too many times,” answered

-Ben Pardee, who was perhaps the most prudent of the

-four. “We never make out any thing. The fellows in

-the Tritonia are a lot of spoonies, and are afraid to

-say their souls are their own.”

-

-“They are good little boys, lambs of the chaplain’s

-fold,” sneered Lon Gibbs. “There is nothing like fun

-in them.”

-

-“We are almost at the end of the cruise, at any rate,”

-said Bark Lingall, who seemed to derive great comfort

-from the fact. “This slavery is almost at an end.”

-

-“I don’t know about that,” added Bill Stout.

-

-“Spain and Portugal are the last countries in Europe

-we are to visit; and we shall finish them up in

-three or four weeks more.”

-

-“And what then? we are not to go home and be discharged,

-as you seem to think,” continued Bill Stout.

-“We are to go to the West Indies, taking in a lot of

-islands on the way—I forget what they are.”

-

-“I can stand it better when we are at sea,” said Ben

-Pardee. “There is more life in it as we are tumbling

-along in a big sea. Besides, there will be something to

-see in those islands. These cities of Europe are about

-the same thing; and, when you have seen one, you

-have seen the whole of them.”

-

-“I don’t know about that,” suggested Lon Gibbs,

-who, from the chaplain’s point of view, was the most

-hopeful of the four; for his education was better than

-the others, and he had some taste for the wonders of

-nature and art. “Spain ought to be worth seeing to

-fellows from the United States of America. I suppose

-you know that Columbus sailed from this country.”

-

-“Is that so?” laughed Bark Lingall. “I thought he

-was an Italian; at any rate, we saw the place where he

-was born, or else it was a fraud.”

-

-“I think you had better read up your history again,

-and you will find that Columbus was born in Italy, but

-sailed in the service of Spain,” replied Lon Gibbs.

-

-“That will do!” interposed Bill Stout, turning up

-his nose. “We don’t want any of that sort of thing in

-our crowd. If you wish to show off your learning,

-Lon, you had better go and join the lambs.”

-

-“That’s so. It’s treason to talk that kind of bosh in

-our company. We have too much of it in the steerage

-to tolerate any of it when we are by ourselves,” said

-Ben Pardee.

-

-“I thought you were going to do something about

-it,” added Bill Stout. “We are utterly disgusted, and

-we agreed that we could not stand it any longer. We

-shall go into the next place—I forget the name of

-it”—

-

-“Barcelona,” added Lon Gibbs, who was rather

-annoyed at the dense ignorance of his friend.

-

-“Barcelona, then. I suppose it is some one–horse

-seaport, where we are expected to go into ecstasies over

-tumble–down old buildings, or pretend that we like to

-look at a lot of musty pictures. I have had enough of

-this sort of thing, as I said before. I should like to

-have a right down good time, such as we had in New

-York when we went round among the theatres and the

-beer–shops. That was fun for me. I’m no book–worm,

-and I don’t pretend to be. I won’t make believe that

-I enjoy looking at ruins and pictures when it is a bore

-to me. I will not be a hypocrite, whatever else I am.”

-

-Bill Stout evidently believed that he had some virtue

-left; and, as he delivered himself of his sentiments, he

-looked like a much abused and wronged young man.

-

-“Here we are; and in six or eight hours we shall be

-in Barcelona,” continued Ben Pardee.

-

-“And it is no such one–horse place as you seem to

-think it is,” added Lon Gibbs. “It is a large city; in

-fact, the second in size in Spain, and with about the

-same population as Boston. It is a great commercial

-place.”

-

-“You have learned the geography by heart,” sneered

-Bill Stout, who had a hearty contempt for those who

-knew any thing contained in the books, or at least for

-those who made any display of their knowledge.

-

-“I like, when I am going to any place, to know

-something about it,” pleaded Lon, in excuse for his

-wisdom in regard to Barcelona.

-

-“Are there any beer–shops there, Lon?” asked Bill.

-

-“I don’t know.”

-

-“Then your education has been neglected.”

-

-“Spain is not a beer–drinking country; and I should

-say you would find no beer–shops there,” continued

-Lon. “Spain is a wine country; and I have no doubt

-you will find plenty of wine–shops in Barcelona, and in

-the other cities of the country.”

-

-“Wine–shops! that will do just as well, and perhaps

-a little better,” chuckled Bill. “There is no fun where

-there are no wine or beer shops.”

-

-“What’s the use of talking?” demanded Bark Lingall.

-“What are the wine or the beer shops to do with

-us? If we entered one of them, we should be deprived

-of our liberty, or be put into the brig for twenty–four

-hours; and that don’t pay.”

-

-“But I want to break away from this thing altogether,”

-added Bill Stout. “I have been a slave from

-the first moment I came into the squadron. I never

-was used to being tied up to every hour and minute in

-the day. A fellow can’t move without being watched.

-What they call recreation is as solemn as a prayer–meeting.”

-

-“Well, what do you want to do, Bill?” asked Ben

-Pardee, as he glanced at the second master, who had

-halted in his walk in the waist, to overhear, if he could,

-any word that might be dropped by the party.

-

-“That’s more than I am able to say just at this

-minute,” replied Bill, pausing till the officer of the

-watch had moved on. “I want to end this dog’s life,

-and be my own master once more. I want to get out

-of this vessel, and out of the fleet.”

-

-“Would you like to get into the steamer?” asked

-Lon Gibbs.

-

-“I should like that for a short time; but I don’t

-think I should be satisfied in her for more than a week

-or two. It was just my luck, when I got out of the

-Young America, after she went to the bottom, to have

-the American Prince come to take her place, and leave

-me out in the cold. No, I don’t want to stay in the

-steamer; but I should like to be in her a few days, just

-to see how things are done. All the fellows have to

-keep strained up in her, even more than in the Tritonia;

-and that is just the thing I don’t like. In fact, it is just

-the thing I won’t stand much longer.”

-

-“What are you going to do about it? How are you

-going to help yourself?” inquired Lon Gibbs. “Here

-we are, and here we must stay. It is all nonsense to

-think of such a thing as running away.”

-

-“I want some sort of an excitement, and I’m going

-to have it too, if I am sent home in some ship–of–war

-in irons.”

-

-“You are getting desperate, Bill,” laughed Ben

-Pardee.

-

-“That’s just it, Ben; I am getting desperate. I cannot

-endure the life I am leading on board of this vessel.

-It is worse than slavery to me. If you can stand it,

-you are welcome to do so.”

-

-“We all hate it as bad as you do,” added Bark Lingall,

-who had the reputation of being the boldest and

-pluckiest of the bad boys on board of the Tritonia.

-

-“I don’t think you do. If you did, you would be as

-ready as I am to break the chains that bind us.”

-

-“We are ready to do any thing that will end this

-dog’s life,” replied Bark. “We will stand by you, if

-you will only tell us what to do.”

-

-“I think you are ready for business, Bark; but I am

-not so sure of the others,” he added, glancing into the

-faces of Lon Gibbs and Ben Pardee.

-

-“I don’t believe in running away,” said the prudent

-Ben.

-

-“Nor I,” added Lon.

-

-“I knew you were afraid of your own shadows,”

-sneered Bill.

-

-“We are not afraid of any thing; but so many fellows

-have tried to run away, and made fools of themselves,

-that I am not anxious to try it on. The principal

-always gets the best of it. There were the two fellows,

-De Forrest and Beckwith, who had been cabin officers,

-that tried it on. Lowington didn’t seem to care what

-became of them. But in the end they came back on

-board, like a couple of sick monkeys, went into the

-brig like white lambs, and to this day they have to stay

-on board when the rest of the crew go ashore, in

-charge of the big boatswain of the ship.”

-

-“Well, what of it? I had as lief stay on board as

-march in solemn procession with the professors through

-the old churches of the place we are coming to—what

-did you say the name of it was?”

-

-“Barcelona,” answered Lon.

-

-“But that’s not the thing, Bill,” protested Ben. “It

-is not so much the brig and the loss of all shore liberty

-as it is the being whipped out at your own game.”

-

-“That’s the idea,” added Lon. “When those fellows

-came on board, though they had been absent for weeks,

-the principal only laughed at them as he ordered them

-into the brig. There was not a fellow in the ship who

-did not feel that they had made fools of themselves. I

-would rather stay in the brig six months than feel as

-I know those fellows felt at that moment.”

-

-“I don’t think of running away,” continued Bill. “I

-have a bigger idea than that in my mind.”

-

-“What is it?” demanded the others, in the same

-breath.

-

-“I won’t tell you now, and not at all till I know that

-you can bear it. Desperate cases require desperate

-remedies; and I’m not sure that any of you are up to

-it yet.”

-

-No amount of teasing could induce Bill Stout to expose

-the dark secret that was concealed in his mind;

-and at noon the watch was relieved, so that they had

-no other opportunity to talk till the first dog–watch;

-but the secret came out in due time, and it was nothing

-less than to burn the Tritonia. Bill believed that her

-ship’s company could not be accommodated on board

-of the other vessels, which were all full, and therefore

-the students would be sent home. At first Bark Lingall

-was horrified at the proposition; but having talked it

-over for hours with Bill Stout alone, for the conspirator

-would not yet trust the secret with Ben Pardee and

-Lon Gibbs, he came to like the plan, and fully assented

-to it. He would not consent to do any thing that

-would expose the life of any person on board. It was

-not till the following day that Bark came to the conclusion

-to join in the conspiracy. Towards night, as it

-was too late to go into port, the order had been signalled

-from the Prince to stand off and on; and this

-was done till the next morning.

-

-The plan was discussed in all its details. It was

-believed that the vessels would be quarantined at Barcelona,

-and this would afford the best chance to carry

-out the wicked plot. One of their number was to conceal

-himself in the hold; and, when all hands had left

-the vessel, he was to light the fire, and escape the best

-way he could. If the fleet was not quarantined, the

-job was to be done when the ship’s company landed to

-see the city.

-

-At eight bells in the morning, the signal was set on

-the Prince to stand in for Barcelona. The conspirators

-found no opportunity to broach the wicked scheme

-to Ben and Lon. For the next three hours the starboard

-watch were engaged in their duties. As may be supposed,

-Bill Stout and Bark Lingall, with their heads full

-of conspiracy and incendiarism, were in no condition to

-recite their lessons, even if they had learned them,

-which they had not done. They were both wofully

-deficient, and Bill Stout did not pretend to know the

-first thing about the subject on which he was called upon

-to recite. The professor was very indignant, and reported

-them to the vice–principal. Mr. Pelham found

-them obstinate as well as deficient; and he ordered them

-to be committed to the brig, and their books to be committed

-with them. They were to stand their watches

-on deck, and spend all the rest of the time in the cage,

-till they were ready to recite the lessons in which they

-had failed. The “brig” was the ship’s prison.

-

-Mr. Marline, the adult boatswain, took charge of

-them, and locked them up. The position of the brig

-had been recently changed, and it was now under the

-ladder leading from the deck to the steerage. The

-partitions were hard wood slats, two inches thick and

-three inches apart. Two stools were the only furniture

-it contained, though a berth–sack was supplied for each

-occupant at night. Their food, which was always much

-plainer than that furnished for the cabin and steerage

-tables, was passed in to them through an aperture in one

-side, beneath which was a shelf that served for a table.

-

-Bark looked at Bill, and Bill looked at Bark, when

-the door had been secured, and the boatswain had left

-them to their own reflections. Neither of them seemed

-to be appalled by the situation. They sat down upon

-the stools facing each other. Bark smiled upon Bill,

-and Bill smiled in return. This was not the first time

-they had been occupants of the brig.

-

-“Here we are,” said Bill Stout, in a low tone, after

-he had made a hasty survey of the prison. “I think

-this is better than the old brig, and I believe we can be

-happy here for a few days.”

-

-“What will become of our big plan now, Bill?”

-asked Bark.

-

-“Hush!” added Bill in his hoarsest whisper, as he

-looked through the slats of the prison to see if any one

-was observing them.

-

-“What’s the matter now?” demanded Bark, rather

-startled by the impressive manner of his companion.

-

-“Not a word,” replied Bill, as he pointed and gesticulated

-in the direction of the flooring under the ladder.

-

-“Well, what is it?” demanded Bark.

-

-“Don’t you see?” and again he pointed as before.

-

-“I don’t see any thing.”

-

-“Then you are blind! Don’t you see that the new

-brig has been built over one of the scuttles that lead

-down into the hold?”

-

-“I see it now. I didn’t know what you meant when

-you pointed so like Hamlet’s ghost.”

-

-“Don’t say a word, or look at it,” whispered Bill, as

-he placed his stool over the trap, and looked out into

-the steerage.

-

-The vice–principal passed the brig at this moment,

-and nothing more was said.

-

-

-

-

-CHAPTER II.

-

-AT THE QUARANTINE STATION.

-

-

-While these events were transpiring below, the

-signal had come from the Prince to shorten

-sail on the schooners, for the squadron was within half

-a mile of the long mole extending to the southward of

-the tongue of land that forms the easterly side of the

-harbor of Barcelona. A signal for a pilot was exhibited

-on each vessel of the fleet, but no pilot boat

-seemed to be in sight. As the bar could not be far

-distant, it was not deemed prudent to advance any farther;

-and the steamer had stopped her engine.

-

-“Signal on the steamer to heave to, Mr. Greenwood,”

-said Rolk, the fourth master, as he touched his cap to

-the first lieutenant, who was the officer of the deck.

-

-“I see it,” replied Greenwood. “Haul down the

-jib, and back the fore–topsail!”

-

-The necessary orders were given in detail, and in a

-few moments the three vessels of the fleet were lying

-almost motionless on the sea. Greenwood took a glass

-from the beckets at the companion–way, and proceeded

-to a make a survey of the situation ahead. But there

-was nothing to be seen except the mole, and the high

-fortified hill of Monjuich on the mainland, across the

-harbor.

-

-“Where are your pilots, Raimundo?” asked Scott

-of the second master; and both of them were off duty

-at this time.

-

-“You won’t see any pilots yet awhile,” replied the

-young Spaniard.

-

-“Are they all asleep?”

-

-“Do you think they will be weak enough to come on

-board before the health officers have given their permission

-for the vessels to enter the harbor?” added

-Raimundo. “If they did so they would be sent into

-quarantine themselves.”

-

-“They are prudent, as they ought to be,” added

-Scott. “I suppose you begin to feel at home about

-this time; don’t you, Don Raimundo?”

-

-“Not half so much at home as I do when I am farther

-away from Spain,” replied the second master, with

-a smile that seemed to be of a very doubtful character.

-

-“Why, how is that?” asked Scott. “This is Spain,

-the home of your parents, and the land that gave you

-birth.”

-

-“That’s true; but, for all that, I would rather go anywhere

-than into Spain. In fact, I don’t think I shall

-go on shore at all,” added Raimundo, and there was a

-very sad look on his handsome face.

-

-“Why, what’s the matter, my Don?”

-

-“I thought very seriously of asking Mr. Lowington

-to grant me leave of absence till the squadron reaches

-Lisbon,” replied the second master. “I should have

-done so if it had not been for losing my rank, and

-taking the lowest place in the Tritonia.”

-

-“I don’t understand you,” answered Scott, puzzled

-by the sudden change that had come over his friend;

-for, being in the same quarter watch, they had become

-very intimate and very much attached to each other.

-

-“Of course you do not understand it; but when I

-have the chance I will tell you all about it, for I may

-want you to help me before we get out of the waters of

-Spain. But I wish you to know, above all things, that

-I never did any thing wrong in Spain, whatever I may

-have done in New York.”

-

-“Of course not, for I think you said you left your

-native land when you were only ten years old.”

-

-“That’s so. I was born in this very city of Barcelona;

-and I suppose I have an uncle there now;

-but I would not meet him for all the money in Spain,”

-said Raimundo, looking very sad, and even terrified.

-“But we will not say any thing more about it now.

-When I have a chance, I will tell you the whole story.

-I am certain of one thing, and that is, I shall not go on

-shore in Barcelona if I can help it. There is a boat

-coming out from behind the mole.”

-

-“An eight–oar barge; and the men in her pull as

-though she were part of a funeral procession,” said

-the first lieutenant, examining the boat with the glass.

-“She has a yellow flag in her stern.”

-

-“Then it is the health officers,” added Raimundo.

-

-All hands in the squadron watched the approaching

-boat; for by this time the quarantine question had excited

-no little interest, and it was now to be decided.

-The oarsmen pulled the man–of–war stroke; but the

-pause after they recovered their blades was so fearfully

-long that the rowers seemed to be lying on their oars

-about half of the time. Certainly the progress of the

-barge was very slow, and it was a long time before it

-reached the American Prince. Then it was careful not

-to come too near, lest any pestilence that might be

-lurking in the ship should be communicated to the

-funereal oarsmen or their officers. The boat took up

-its position abreast of the steamer’s gangway, and

-about thirty feet distant from her.

-

-A well–dressed gentleman then stood up in the stern–sheets

-of the barge, and hailed the ship. Mr. Lowington,

-in full uniform, which he seldom wore, replied to

-the hail in Spanish; and a long conference ensued.

-When the principal said that the squadron came from

-Genoa, the health officer shook his head. Then he

-wanted to know all about the three vessels, and it

-appeared to be very difficult for him to comprehend the

-character of the school. At last he was satisfied on all

-these points, and understood that the academy was

-a private enterprise, and not an institution connected

-with the United States Navy.

-

-“Have you any sickness on board?” asked the health

-officer, when the nature of the craft was satisfactorily

-explained.

-

-“We have two cases of measles in the steamer, but

-all are well in the other vessels,” replied Mr. Lowington.

-

-“_Sarampion!_” exclaimed the Spanish officer, using

-the Spanish word for the measles.

-

-At the same time he shrugged his shoulders like

-a Frenchman, and vented his incredulity in a laugh.

-

-“_Viruelas!_” added the officer; and the word in

-English meant smallpox, which was just the disease the

-Spaniards feared as coming from Genoa.

-

-Mr. Lowington then called Dr. Winstock, the surgeon,

-who spoke Spanish fluently, and presented him to the

-incredulous health officer. A lengthy palaver between

-the two medical men ensued. There appeared to be

-some sort of freemasonry, or at least a professional

-sympathy, between them, for they seemed to get on very

-well together. The cases of measles were very light

-ones, the two students having probably contracted the

-disease in some interior town of Italy where they passed

-the night at a hotel. They had been kept apart from the

-other students, and no others had taken the malady.

-

-The health officer declared that he was satisfied for

-the present with the explanation of the surgeon, and

-politely asked to see the ship’s papers, which the principal

-held in his hand. The barge pulled up a little

-nearer to the steamer; a long pole with a pair of spring

-tongs affixed to the end of it was elevated to the gangway,

-between the jaws of which Mr. Lowington placed

-the documents. They were carefully examined, and

-then all hands were required to show themselves in the

-rigging. This order included every person on board,

-not excepting the cooks, waiters, and coal–heavers. In

-a few moments they were standing on the rail or perched

-in the rigging, and the health officer and his assistants

-proceeded to count them. The number was two short

-of that indicated in the ship’s papers, for those who

-were sick with the measles were not allowed to leave

-their room.

-

-The health officer then intimated that he would pay

-the vessel a visit; and all hands were ordered to muster

-at their stations where they could be most conveniently

-inspected. Every part of the vessel was then carefully

-examined, and the Spanish doctors minutely overhauled

-the two cases of measles. They declared themselves

-fully satisfied that there was neither yellow fever nor

-smallpox on board of the steamer. The other vessels

-of the squadron were subjected to the same inspection.

-Mr. Lowington and Dr. Winstock attended the health

-officer in his visit to the Josephine and the Tritonia.

-

-“You find our vessels in excellent health,” said Dr.

-Winstock, when the examination was completed.

-

-“Very good; but we cannot get over the fact that

-you come from Genoa, where the smallpox is prevailing

-badly. Vessels from that port are quarantined at Marseilles

-for from three days to a fortnight; but I shall

-not be hard with you, as you have a skilful surgeon on

-board,” replied the health officer, touching his hat to

-Dr. Winstock; “but my orders from the authorities are

-imperative that all vessels from infected or doubtful

-ports shall be fumigated before any person from them

-is allowed to land in the city. We have had the yellow

-fever so severely all summer that we are very cautious.”

-

-“Is it necessary to fumigate?” asked Dr. Winstock,

-with a smile.

-

-“The authorities require it, and I am not at liberty

-to dispense with it,” answered the official. “But it will

-detain you only a few hours. You will land the ship’s

-company of each vessel, and they will be fumigated on

-shore. While they are absent our people will purify

-the vessels.”

-

-“Is there any yellow fever in the city now?” asked

-the surgeon of the fleet.

-

-“None at all. The frost has entirely killed it; but

-we have many patients who are recovering from the

-disease. The people who went away have all returned,

-and we call the city healthy.”

-

-The quarantine grounds were pointed out to the

-principal; and the fleet was soon at anchor within a

-cable’s length of the shore. Study and recitation were

-suspended for the rest of the day. All the boats of

-the American Prince were manned; her fires were

-banked; the entire ship’s company were transferred to

-the shore; and the vessel was given up to the quarantine

-officers, who boarded her and proceeded with their

-work. In a couple of hours the steamer and her crew

-were disposed of; and then came the turn of the

-Josephine, for only one vessel could be treated at a

-time.

-

-When all hands were mustered on board of the

-Tritonia, the two delinquents in the brig were let out

-to undergo the inspection with the others. The decision

-of the health officer requiring the vessels to be

-fumigated, and the fact that the process would require

-but a few hours, were passed through each of the

-schooners as well as the steamer, and in a short time

-were known to every student in the fleet. As usual they

-were disposed to make fun of the situation, though it

-was quite a sensation for the time. During the excitement

-Bark Lingall improved the opportunity to confer

-with Lon Gibbs and Ben Pardee. Lon was willing to

-undertake any thing that Bark suggested. Ben was

-rather a prudent fellow, but soon consented to take part

-in the enterprise. Certainly neither of these worthies

-would have assented if the proposition to join had been

-made by Bill Stout, in whom they had as little confidence

-as Bark had manifested. The alliance had

-hardly been agreed upon before the vice–principal happened

-to see the four marines talking together, and

-ordered Marline to recommit two of them to the brig.

-The boatswain locked them into their prison, and left

-them to their own reflections. The excitement on deck

-was still unabated, and the cabins and steerage were

-deserted even by the stewards.

-

-“I think our time has come,” said Bill Stout, after

-he had satisfied himself that no one but the occupants

-of the brig was in the steerage. “If we don’t strike

-at once we shall lose our chance, for they say we are

-going up to the city to–night.”

-

-“They will have to let us out to be fumigated with

-the rest of the crew,” answered Bark Lingall. “We

-haven’t drawn lots yet, either.”

-

-“Never mind the lot now: I will do the job myself,”

-replied Bill magnanimously. “I should rather like the

-fun of it.”

-

-“All right, though I am willing to take my chances.

-I won’t back out of any thing.”

-

-“You are true blue, Bark, when you get started; but

-I would rather do the thing than not.”

-

-“Very well, I am willing; and when the scratch

-comes I will back you up. But I do not see how you

-are going to manage it, Bill,” added Bark, looking about

-him in the brig.

-

-“The vice has made an easy thing of it for us.

-While the fellows were all on deck, I went to my berth

-and got a little box of matches I bought in Genoa

-when we were there. I have it in my pocket now.

-All I have to do is to take off this scuttle, and go down

-into the hold. As we don’t know how soon the fellows

-will be sent ashore, I think I had better be about it

-now.”

-

-Bill Stout put his fingers into the ring on the trap–door,

-and lifted it a little way.

-

-“Hold on, Bill,” interposed Bark. “You are altogether

-too fast. When Marline comes down to let us

-out, where shall I say you are?”

-

-“That’s so: I didn’t think of that,” added Bill, looking

-rather foolish. “He will see the scuttle, and know

-just where I am.”

-

-“And, when the blaze comes off, he will see just who

-started it,” continued Bark. “That won’t do anyhow.”

-

-“But I don’t mean to give it up,” said Bill, scratching

-his head as he labored to devise a better plan.

-

-The difficulty was discussed for some time, but there

-seemed to be no way of meeting it. Bill was one of

-the crew of the second cutter, and he was sure to be

-missed when the ship’s company were piped away. If

-Bark, who did not belong to any boat, took his oar,

-the boatswain, whose place was in the second cutter

-when all hands left the vessel, would notice the change.

-Bill was almost in despair, and insisted that no amount

-of brains could overcome the difficulty. The conspirator

-who was to “do the job” was certain to be missed

-when the ship’s company took to the boats. To be

-missed was to proclaim who the incendiary was when

-the fire was investigated.

-

-“We may as well give it up for the present, and wait

-for a better time,” suggested Bark, who was as unable

-as his companion to solve the problem.

-

-“No, I won’t,” replied Bill, taking a newspaper from

-his breast–pocket. “We may never have another

-chance; and I believe in striking while the iron is

-hot.”

-

-“Don’t get us into a scrape for nothing. We can’t

-do any thing now,” protested Bark.

-

-“Now’s the day, and now’s the hour!” exclaimed

-Bill, scowling like the villain of a melodrama.

-

-“What are you going to do?” demanded Bark, a

-little startled by the sudden energy of his fellow–conspirator.

-

-“Hold on, and you shall see,” answered Bill, as he

-raised the trap–door over the scuttle.

-

-“But stop, Bill! you were not to do any thing without

-my consent.”

-

-“All hands on deck! man the boats in fire order,”

-yelled the boatswain on deck, after he had blown the

-proper pipe.

-

-Bill Stout paid no attention to the call or to the

-remonstrance of his companion. Raising the trap, he

-descended to the hold by the ladder under the scuttle.

-Striking a match, he set fire to the newspaper in his

-hand, and then cast it into the heap of hay and sawdust

-that lay near the foot of the ladder. Hastily

-throwing the box–covers and cases on the pile, he

-rushed up the steps into the brig, and closed the scuttle.

-He was intensely excited, and Bark was really

-terrified at what he considered the insane rashness of

-his associate in crime. But there was no time for

-further talk; for Marline appeared at this moment, and

-unlocked the door of the brig.

-

-“Come, my hearties, you must go on shore for an

-hour to have the smallpox smoked out of you; and I

-wish they could smoke out some of the mischief that’s

-in you at the same time,” said the adult boatswain.

-“Come, and bear a hand lively, for all hands are in

-boats by this time.”

-

-Bill Stout led the way; and on this occasion he

-needed no hurrying, for he was in haste to get away

-from the vessel before the blaze revealed itself. In a

-moment more he was on the thwart in the second

-cutter where he belonged. Bark’s place was in another

-boat, and they separated when they reached the deck.

-The fire–bill assigned every person on board of the

-vessel to a place in one of the boats, so that every

-professor and steward as well as every officer and

-seaman knew where to go without any orders. It was

-the arrangement for leaving the ship in case of fire; and

-it had worked with perfect success in the Young America

-when she was sunk by the collision with the Italian

-steamer. As the boats pulled away from the Tritonia,

-the quarantine people boarded her to perform the

-duty belonging to them.

-

-Bill Stout endeavored to compose himself, but with

-little success, though the general excitement prevented

-his appearance from being noticed. He was not so

-hardened in crime that he could see the vessel on fire

-without being greatly disturbed by the act; and it was

-more than probable that, by this time, he was sorry he

-had done it. He did not expect the fire to break out

-for some little time; and it had not occurred to him

-that the quarantine people would extend their operation

-to the hold of the vessel.

-

-The boats landed on the beach; and all hands were

-marched up to a kind of tent, a short distance from the

-water. There were fifty–five of them, and they were

-divided into two squads for the fumigating process.

-

-“How is this thing to be done?” asked Scott, as he

-halted by the side of Raimundo, at the tent.

-

-“I have not the least idea what it is all about,”

-replied the young Spaniard.

-

-“I suppose we are to take up our quarters in this

-tent.”

-

-“Not for very long; for all the rest of the squadron

-have been operated upon in a couple of hours.”

-

-The health officer now beckoned them to enter the

-tent. It was of the shape of a one–story house. The

-canvas on the sides and end was tacked down to heavy

-planks on the ground, so as to make it as tight as possible.

-There was only a small door; and, when the first

-squad had entered, it was carefully closed, so that the

-interior seemed to be almost air–tight. In the centre of

-the tent was a large tin pan, which contained some

-chemical ingredient. The health officer then poured

-another ingredient into the pan; and the union of the

-two created quite a tempest, a dense smoke or vapor

-rising from the vessel, which immediately filled the tent.

-

-“Whew!” whistled Scott, as he inhaled the vapor.

-“These Spaniards ought to have a patent for getting up

-a bad smell. This can’t be beat, even by the city of

-Chicago.”

-

-“I am glad you think my countrymen are good for

-something,” laughed Raimundo.

-

-The students coughed, sneezed, and made all the fuss

-that was necessary, and a good deal more. The health

-officer laughed at the antics of the party, and dismissed

-them in five minutes, cleansed from all taint of smallpox

-or yellow fever.

-

-“Where’s your blaze?” asked Bark Lingall, as they

-withdrew from the others who had just left the tent.

-

-“Hush up! don’t say a word about it,” whispered

-Bill; “it hasn’t got a–going yet.”

-

-“But those quarantine folks are on board; and if

-there were any fire there they would have seen it

-before this time,” continued Bark nervously.

-

-“Dry up! not another word! If we are seen talking

-together the vice will know that we are at the bottom

-of the matter.”

-

-Bill Stout shook off his companion, and walked about

-with as much indifference as he could assume. Every

-minute or two he glanced at the Tritonia, expecting to

-see the flames, or at least the smoke, rising above her

-decks. But no flame or smoke appeared, not even the

-vapor of the disinfectants.

-

-The second squad of the ship’s company were sent

-into the tent after the preparations were completed;

-and in the course of an hour the health officer gave the

-vice–principal permission to return to his vessel. The

-boats were manned; the professors and others took

-their places, and the bowmen shoved off. Bill began

-to wonder where his blaze was, for ample time had

-elapsed for the flames to envelop the schooner, if she

-was to burn at all. Still there was no sign of fire or

-smoke about the beautiful craft. She rested on the

-water as lightly and as trimly as ever. Bill could not

-understand it; but he came to the conclusion that the

-quarantine men had extinguished the flames. The

-burning of the vessel did not rest upon his conscience,

-it is true; but he was not satisfied, as he probably

-would not have been if the Tritonia had been destroyed.

-He felt as though he had attempted to do a big thing,

-and had failed. He was not quite the hero he intended

-to be in the estimation of his fellow–conspirators.

-

-The four boats of the Tritonia came alongside the

-schooner; and, when the usual order of things had been

-fully restored, the signal for sailing appeared on the

-steamer. The odor of the chemicals remained in the

-cabin and steerage for a time; but the circulation of

-the air soon removed it. It was four o’clock in the

-afternoon; and, in order to enable the students to see

-what they might of the city as the fleet went up to the

-port, the lessons were not resumed. The fore–topsail,

-jib, and mainsail were set, the anchor weighed, and the

-Tritonia followed the Prince in charge of a pilot who

-had presented himself as soon as the fumigation was

-completed.

-

-“You belong in the cage,” said Marline, walking

-up to the two conspirators, as soon as the schooner

-began to gather headway.

-

-Bill and Bark followed the boatswain to the steerage,

-and were locked into the brig.

-

-“Here we are again,” said Bark, when Marline had

-returned to the deck. “I did not expect when we left,

-to come back again.”

-

-“Neither did I; and I don’t understand it,” replied

-Bill, with a sheepish look. “I certainly fixed things

-right for something different. I lighted the newspaper,

-and put it under the hay, sawdust, and boxes. I was

-sure there would be a blaze in fifteen minutes. I can’t

-explain it; and I am going down to see how it was.”

-

-“Not now: some one will see you,” added Bark.

-

-“No; everybody is looking at the sights. Besides,

-as the thing has failed, I want to fix things so that no

-one will suspect any thing if the pile of hay and stuff

-should be overhauled.”

-

-Bark made no further objection, and his companion

-hastened down the ladder. Pulling over the pile of

-rubbish, he found the newspaper he had ignited.

-Only a small portion of it was burned, and it was

-evident that the flame had been smothered when the

-boxes and covers had been thrown on the heap. Nothing

-but the newspaper bore the marks of the fire; and,

-putting this into his pocket, he returned to the brig.

-

-“I shall do better than that next time,” said he,

-when he had explained to Bark the cause of the failure.

-

-Bill Stout was as full of plans and expedients as

-ever; and, before the anchor went down, he was willing

-to believe that “the job” could be better done at

-another time.

-

-

-

-

-CHAPTER III.

-

-A GRANDEE OF SPAIN.

-

-

-The port, or harbor, of Barcelona is formed by an

-inlet of the sea. A triangular tongue of land,

-with a long jetty projecting from its southern point,

-shelters it from the violence of the sea, except on the

-south–east. On the widest part of the tongue of land

-is the suburb of Barceloneta, or Little Barcelona, inhabited

-by sailors and other lower orders of people.

-

-“I can just remember the city as it was when I left

-it in a steamer to go to Marseilles, about ten years ago,”

-said Raimundo, as he and Scott stood on the lee side

-of the quarter–deck, looking at the objects of interest

-that were presented to them. “It does not seem to

-have changed much.”

-

-“It don’t look any more like Spain than the rest of

-the world,” added the lieutenant.

-

-“This hill on the left is Monjuich, seven hundred

-and fifty–five feet high. It has a big fort on the

-top of it, which commands the town as well as the

-harbor. The city is a walled town, with redoubts all

-the way around it. The walls take in the citadel, which

-you see above the head of the harbor. The city was

-founded by Hamilcar more than two hundred years

-before Christ, and afterwards became a Roman colony.

-There is lots of history connected with the city, but I

-will not bore you with it.”

-

-“Thank you for your good intentions,” laughed Scott.

-“But how is it that you don’t care to see the people of

-your native city after an absence of ten years?”

-

-“I don’t care about having this story told all through

-the ship, Scott,” replied the young Spaniard, glancing

-at the students on deck.

-

-“Of course I will not mention it, if you say so.”

-

-“I have always kept it to myself, though I have no

-strong reason for doing so; and I would not say any

-thing about it now if I did not feel the need of a friend.

-I am sure I can rely on you, Scott.”

-

-“When I can do any thing for you, Don, you may

-depend upon me; and not a word shall ever pass my

-lips till you request it.”

-

-“I don’t know but you will think I am laying out the

-plot of a novel, like the story of Giulia Fabiano, whom

-O’Hara assisted to a happy conclusion,” replied Raimundo,

-with a smile. “I couldn’t help thinking of my

-own case when her history was related to me; for, so

-far, the situations are very much the same.”

-

-“I have seen all I want to of the outside of Barcelona;

-and if you like, we will go down into the cabin where

-we shall be alone for the present,” suggested Scott.

-

-“That will suit me better,” answered Raimundo, as

-he followed his companion.

-

-“We shall be out of hearing of everybody here, I

-think,” said Scott, as he seated himself in the after–part

-of the cabin.

-

-“There is not much romance in the story yet; and I

-don’t know that there ever will be,” continued the Spaniard.

-“It is a family difficulty; and such things are

-never pleasant to me, however romantic they may be.”

-

-“Well, Don, I don’t want you to tell the story for my

-sake; and don’t harrow up your feelings to gratify my

-curiosity,” protested Scott.

-

-“I shall want your advice, and perhaps your assistance;

-and for this reason only I shall tell you all about

-it. Here goes. My grandfather was a Spanish merchant

-of the city of Barcelona; and when he was fifty

-years old he had made a fortune of two hundred and

-fifty thousand dollars, which is a big pile of money in

-Spain. He had three sons, and a strong weakness, as

-our friend O’Hara would express it. I suppose you

-know something about the grandees of Spain, Scott?”

-

-“Not a thing,” replied the third lieutenant candidly.

-“I have heard the word, and I know they are the

-nobles of Spain; and that’s all I know.”

-

-“That’s about all any ordinary outsider would be

-expected to know about them. There is altogether too

-much nobility and too little money in Spain. Some of

-the grandees are still very rich and powerful; but physically

-and financially the majority of them are played

-out. I am sorry to say it, but laziness is a national

-peculiarity: I am a Spaniard, and I will not call it by

-any hard names. Pride and vanity go with it. There

-are plenty of poor men who are too proud to work, or

-to engage in business of any kind. Of course such

-men do not get on very well; and, the longer they live,

-the poorer they grow. This is especially the case with

-the played–out nobility.

-

-“My grandfather was the son of a grandee who had

-lost all his property. He was a Castilian, with pride

-and dignity enough to fit out half a dozen Americans.

-He would rather have starved than do any sort of

-business. My grandfather, though it appears that he

-gloried in the title of the grandee, was not quite willing

-to be starved on his patrimonial acres. His stomach

-conquered his pride. He was the elder son; and while

-he was a young man his father died, leaving him the

-empty title, with nothing to support its dignity. I have

-been told that he actually suffered from hunger. He

-had no brothers; and his sisters were all married to one–horse

-nobles like himself. He was alone in his ruined

-castle.

-

-“Without telling any of his people where he was

-going, he journeyed to Barcelona, where, being a young

-man of good parts, he obtained a situation as a clerk.

-In time he became a merchant, and a very prosperous

-one. As soon as his circumstances would admit, he

-married, and had three sons. As he grew older, the

-Castilian pride of birth came back to him, and he began

-to think about the title he had dropped when he

-became a merchant. He desired to found a family

-with wealth as well as a name. He was still the Count

-de Escarabajosa.”

-

-“Of what?” asked Scott.

-

-“The Count de Escarabajosa,” repeated Raimundo.

-

-“Well, I don’t blame him for dropping his title if he

-had to carry as long a name as that around with him.

-It was a heavy load for him, poor man!”

-

-“The title was not of much account, according to my

-Uncle Manuel, who told me the story; for my grandfather

-was only a second or third class grandee—not

-one of the first, who were allowed to speak to the king

-with their hats on. At any rate, I think my grandfather

-did wisely not to think much of his title till his fortune

-was made. His oldest son, Enrique, was my father;

-and that’s my name also.”

-

-“Yours? Are you not entered in the ship’s books

-as Henry;” interposed Scott.

-

-“No; but Enrique is the Spanish for Henry. When

-my grandfather died, he bequeathed his fortune to my

-father, who also inherited his title, though he gave the

-other two sons enough to enable them to make a start

-in business. If my father should die without any male

-heir, the fortune, consisting largely of houses, lands,

-and farms, in and near Barcelona, was to go to the

-second son, whose name was Alejandro. In like manner

-the fortune was to pass to the third son, if the second

-died without a male heir. This was Spanish law,

-as well as the will of my grandfather. Two years after

-the death of my grandfather, and when I was about six

-years old, my father died. I was his only child. You

-will see, Scott, that under the will of my grandfather I

-was the heir of the fortune, and the title too for that

-matter, though it is of no account.”

-

-“Then, Don, you are the Count de What–ye–call–it?”

-said Scott, taking off his cap, and bowing low to the

-young grandee.

-

-“The Count de Escarabajosa,” laughed Raimundo;

-“but I would not have the fellows on board know this

-for the world; and this is one reason why I wanted to

-have my story kept a secret.”

-

-“Not a word from me. But I shall hardly dare to

-speak to you without taking off my cap. The Count de

-Scaribagiosa! My eyes! what a long tail our cat has

-got!”

-

-“That’s it! I can see just what would happen if you

-should spin this yarn to the crowd,” added the grandee,

-shaking his head.

-

-“But I won’t open my mouth till you command me

-to do so. What would Captain Wainwright say if he

-only knew that he had a Spanish grandee under his

-orders? He might faint.”

-

-“Don’t give him an opportunity.”

-

-“I won’t. But spin out the yarn: I am interested.”

-

-“My father died when I was only six; and my Uncle

-Alejandro was appointed my guardian by due process

-of law. Now, I don’t want to say a word against Don

-Alejandro, and I would not if the truth did not compel

-me to do so. My Uncle Manuel, who lives in New

-York, is my authority; and I give you the facts just as

-he gave them to me only a year before I left home to

-join the ship. Don Alejandro took me to his own

-house as soon as he was appointed my guardian. To

-make a long story short, he was a bad man, and he did

-not treat me well. I was rather a weakly child at six,

-and I stood between my uncle and my grandfather’s

-large fortune. If I died, Don Alejandro would inherit

-the estate. My Uncle Manuel insists that he did all he

-could, short of murdering me in cold blood, to help me

-out of the world. I remember how ill he treated me,

-but I was too young to understand the meaning of his

-conduct.

-

-“My Uncle Manuel was not so fortunate in business

-as his father had been, though he saved the capital my

-grandfather had bequeathed to him. The agency of a

-large mercantile house in Barcelona was offered to him

-if he would go to America; and he promptly decided to

-seek his fortune in New York. Manuel had quarrelled

-with Alejandro on account of the latter’s treatment of

-me; and a great many hard words passed between them.

-But Manuel was so well satisfied in regard to Alejandro’s

-intentions, that he dared not leave me in the keeping

-of his brother when he went to the New World. Though

-it was a matter of no small difficulty, he decided to take

-me with him to New York.

-

-“I did not like my Uncle Alejandro, and I did like

-my Uncle Manuel. I was willing to go anywhere with

-the latter; and when he called to bid farewell to my

-guardian, on the eve of his departure, he beckoned to

-me as he went out of the house. I followed him, and

-he managed to conceal his object from the servants;

-for my Uncle Alejandro did not attend him to the front

-door. He had arranged a more elaborate plan to obtain

-possession of me; but when he saw me in the hall,

-he was willing to adopt the simpler method that was

-then suggested to him. His baggage was on board of

-the steamer for Marseilles, and he had no difficulty in

-conveying me to the vessel. I was kept out of sight in

-the state–room till the steamer was well on her way. I

-will not trouble you with what I remember of the journey;

-but in less than three weeks we were in New

-York, which has been my home ever since.”

-

-“But what did your guardian say to all this?” asked

-Scott. “Did he discover what had become of you?”

-

-“I don’t know what he said; but he has been at work

-for seven years to obtain possession of me. As I disappeared

-at the same time my Uncle Manuel left, no

-doubt Alejandro suspected what had become of me.

-At any rate, he sent an agent to New York to bring me

-back to Spain; but Manuel kept me out of the way.

-As soon as I could speak English well enough, he sent

-me to a boarding–school. I ‘cut up’ so that he was

-obliged to take me away, and send me to another. I

-am sorry to say that I did no better, and was sent to

-half a dozen different schools in the course of three

-years. I was active, and full of mischief; but I grew

-into a strong and healthy boy from a very puny and

-sickly one.

-

-“At last my uncle sent me on board of the academy

-ship; but he told me before I went, that if I did not

-learn my lessons, and behave myself like a gentleman,

-he would send me back to my Uncle Alejandro in

-Spain. He would no longer attempt to keep me out

-of the way of my legal guardian. Partly on account

-of this threat, and partly because I like the institution,

-I have done as well as I could.”

-

-“And no one has done any better,” added Scott.

-

-“No doubt my Uncle Manuel has received good accounts

-of me from the principal, for he has been very

-kind to me. He wrote to me, after I had informed him

-that the squadron was going to Spain, that I must not

-go there; but he added that I was almost man grown,

-and ought to be able to take care of myself. I thought

-so too: at any rate, I have taken the chances in coming

-here.”

-

-“But you are a minor; and I suppose Don Alejandro,

-if he can get hold of you, will have the right to take

-possession of your _corpus_.”

-

-“No doubt of that.”

-

-“But does your guardian know that you are a student

-in the academy squadron?” asked Scott.

-

-“I don’t know: it is not impossible, or even improbable.

-Alejandro has had agents out seeking me, and

-they may have ascertained where I am. For aught I

-know, my guardian may have made his arrangements to

-capture me as soon as the fleet comes to anchor. But

-I don’t mean to be captured; for I should have no

-chance in a Spanish court, backed by the principal, the

-American minister, and the counsel. By law I belong

-to my guardian; and that is the whole of it. Now,

-Scott, you are the best friend I have on this side of the

-Atlantic; and I want you to help me.”

-

-“That I will do with all my might and main, Don,”

-protested Scott.

-

-“I don’t ask you to tell any lies, or to do any thing

-wrong,” said Raimundo.

-

-“What can I do for you? that’s the question.”

-

-“I shall keep out of sight while the vessels are at

-this port; and I want you to be on the lookout for any

-Spaniards in search of a young man named Raimundo,

-and let me know. When you go on shore, I

-want you to find out all you can about my Uncle Alejandro.

-If I should happen to run away at any time,

-_you_ will know, if no one else does, why I did so.”

-

-“Don’t you think it would be a good thing to tell

-the vice–principal your story, and ask him to help you

-out in case of any trouble?” suggested Scott.

-

-“No: that would not do. If Mr. Pelham should do

-any thing to help me keep out of the way, he would be

-charged with breaking or evading the Spanish laws;

-and that would get him into trouble. I ought not to

-have come here; but now I must take the responsibility,

-and not shove it off on the vice–principal.”

-

-“Who pays your bills, Don?”

-

-“My Uncle Manuel, of course. He has a half interest

-in the house for which he went out as an agent;

-and I suppose he is worth more money to–day than his

-father ever was. He is as liberal as he is rich. He

-sent me a second letter of credit for a hundred pounds

-when we were at Leghorn; and I drew half of it in

-Genoa in gold, so as to be ready for any thing that

-might happen in Spain.”

-

-“Do you really expect that your uncle will make a

-snap at you?” asked Scott, with no little anxiety in his

-expression.

-

-“I have no knowledge whatever in regard to his

-movements. I know that he has sent agents to the

-United States to look me up, and that my Uncle

-Manuel has had sharp work to keep me out of their

-way. I have been bundled out of New York in the

-middle of the night to keep me from being kidnapped

-by his emissaries; for my uncle has never believed that

-he had any case in law, even in the States.”

-

-“It is really quite a serious matter to you, Don.”

-

-“Serious? You know that my countrymen have the

-reputation of using knives when occasion requires; and

-I also know that Don Alejandro has not a good character

-in Barcelona.”

-

-“But suppose you went back to him: do you believe

-he would ill–treat you now?”

-

-“No, I don’t. I have grown to be too big a fellow

-to be abused like a child. I think I could take care of

-myself, so far as that is concerned. But my uncle has

-been nursing his wrath for years on account of my

-absence. He has sons of his own, who are living on

-my property; for I learn that Alejandro has done nothing

-to increase the small sum his father left him. He

-and his sons want my fortune. I might be treated with

-the utmost kindness and consideration, if I returned; but

-that would not convince me that I was not in constant

-peril. Spain is not England or the United States, and

-I have read a great deal about my native land,” said

-Raimundo, shaking his head. “I agree with my uncle

-Manuel, that I must not risk myself in the keeping of

-my guardian.”

-

-“Suppose Don Alejandro should come on board as

-soon as we anchor, Don: what could you do? You

-would not be in condition to run away. Where could

-you go?” inquired Scott.

-

-“I know just what I should do; but I will not put

-you in condition to be tempted to tell any lies,” replied

-Raimundo, smiling. “One thing more: I shall not be

-safe anywhere in Spain. My uncle does not want me

-for any love he bears me; and it would answer his

-purpose just as well if I should be drowned in crossing

-a river, fall off any high place, or be knifed in some

-lonely corner. There are still men enough in Spain

-who use the knife, though the country is safe under

-ordinary circumstances.”

-

-“Upon my word, I shall be hardly willing to let you

-go out of my sight,” added Scott. “I shall have to

-take you under my protection.”

-

-“I am afraid your protection will not do me much

-good, except in the way I have indicated.”

-

-“Well, you may be sure I will do all I can to serve

-and save you,” continued Scott, taking the hand of his

-friend, as the movements on deck indicated that the

-schooner was ready to anchor.

-

-“Thank you, Scott; thank you. With your help, I

-shall feel that I am almost out of danger.”

-

-Raimundo decided to remain in the cabin, as his

-watch was not called; but Scott went on deck, as much

-to look out for any suspicious Spaniards, as for the

-purpose of seeing what was to be seen. The American

-Prince had already anchored; and her two consorts

-immediately followed her example. The sails were

-hardly furled, and every thing made snug, before the

-signal, “All hands attend lecture,” appeared on the

-flag–ship.

-

-All the vessels of the fleet were surrounded by boats

-from the shore, most of them to take passengers to the

-city. The adult forward officers were stationed at the

-gangways, to prevent any persons from coming on

-board; and the boatmen were informed that no one

-would go on shore that night. Scott hastened below,

-to tell his friend that all hands were ordered on board

-of the steamer to attend the lecture. Raimundo declared,

-that, as no one could possibly recognize him

-after so many years of absence, he should go on board

-of the Prince, with the rest of the ship’s company.

-

-The boats were lowered; and in a short time all

-the students were assembled in the grand saloon, where

-Professor Mapps was ready to discourse upon the

-geography and history of Spain.

-

-

-

-

-CHAPTER IV.

-

-THE PROFESSOR’S TALK ABOUT SPAIN.

-

-

-As usual, the professor had a large map posted

-where all could see it. It was a map of Spain

-and Portugal in this instance, in which the physical as

-well as the political features of the peninsula were exhibited.

-The instructor pointed at the map, and commenced

-his lecture.

-

-“The ancient name of Spain was _Iberia_; the Latin,

-_Hispania_. The Spaniards call their country _España_.

-Notice the mark over the _n_ in this word, which gives it

-the value of _ny_, the same as the French _gn_. You will

-find it in many Spanish words.

-

-“With Portugal, Spain forms a peninsula whose

-greatest length, from east to west, is six hundred and

-twenty miles; and, from north to south, five hundred

-and forty miles. It is separated from the rest of

-Europe by the Pyrenees Mountains: they extend quite

-across the isthmus, which is two hundred and forty

-miles wide. It contains two hundred and fourteen

-thousand square miles, of which one hundred and

-seventy–eight thousand belong to Spain, and thirty–six

-thousand to Portugal. Spain is not quite four times as

-large as the State of New York; and Portugal is a

-little larger than the State of Maine.

-

-“Spain has nearly fourteen hundred miles of seacoast,

-four–sevenths of which is on the Mediterranean.

-Spain is a mountainous country. About one–half of its

-area is on the great central plateau, from two to three

-thousand feet above the level of the sea. The mountain

-ranges, you observe, extend mostly east and west,

-which gives the rivers, of course, the same general

-direction. The Cantabrian and the Pyrenees are the

-same range, the former extending along the northern

-coast to the Atlantic. Between this range and the

-Sierra Guadarrama are the valleys of the Duero and

-the Ebro. This range reaches nearly from the mouth

-of the Tagus to the mouth of the Ebro, and takes

-several names in different parts of the peninsula.

-The mountains of Toledo are about in the centre of

-Spain. South of these are the Sierra Morena, with the

-basin of the Guadiana on the north and that of the

-Guadalquiver on the south. Near the southern coast

-is the Sierra Nevada, which contains the Cerro de

-Mulahacen, 11,678 feet, the highest peak in the peninsula.

-_Sierra_ means a saw, which a chain of mountains

-may resemble; though some say it comes from the

-Arabic word _Sehrah_, meaning wild land.

-

-“There are two hundred and thirty rivers in Spain;

-but only six of them need be mentioned. The Minho

-is in the north–west, and separates Spain and Portugal

-for about forty miles. It is one hundred and thirty

-miles long, and navigable for thirty. The Duero,

-called the Douro in Portugal, has a course of four hundred

-miles, about two–thirds of which is in Spain. It

-is navigable through Portugal, and a little way into

-Spain, though only for boats. The Tagus is the longest

-river of the peninsula, five hundred and forty miles.

-It is navigable only to Abrantes in Portugal, about

-eighty miles; though Philip II. built several boats at

-Toledo, loaded them with grain, and sent them down

-to Lisbon. The Guadiana is in the south–west, three

-hundred and eighty miles long, and navigable only

-thirty–five. Near its source this river, like the Rhone

-and some others, indulges in the odd freak of disappearing,

-and flowing through an underground channel

-for twenty miles. The river loses itself gradually in an

-expanse of marshes, and re–appears in the form of

-several small lakes, which are called ‘los ojos de la

-Guadiana,’—the eyes of the Guadiana.

-

-“The Guadalquiver is two hundred and eighty miles

-long, and, like all the rivers I have mentioned, flows

-into the Atlantic. It is navigable to Cordova, and

-large vessels go up to Seville. The Ebro is the only

-large river that flows into the Mediterranean. It is

-three hundred and forty miles long, and is navigable

-for boats about half this distance. Great efforts have

-been made to improve the navigation of some of these

-rivers, especially the largest of them. There are no

-lakes of any consequence in Spain, the largest being a

-mere lagoon on the seashore near Valencia.

-

-“Spain has a population of sixteen millions, which

-places it as the tenth in rank among the nations of

-Europe. In territorial extent it is the seventh. It is

-said that Spain, as a Roman province, had a population

-of forty millions.

-

-“Spain, including the Balearic and Canary Islands,

-contains forty–nine provinces, each of which has its

-local government, and its representation in the national

-legislature, or _Cortes_. But you should know something

-of the old divisions, since these are often mentioned in

-the history of the country. There are fourteen of them,

-each of which was formerly a kingdom, principality, or

-province. Castile was the largest, including Old and

-New Castile, and was in the north–central part of the

-peninsula. This was the realm of Isabella; and, by her

-marriage with Ferdinand, it was united with Aragon,

-lying next east of it. East of Aragon, forming the

-north–east corner of Spain, is Catalonia, of which

-Barcelona is the chief city. North of Castile, on or

-near the Bay of Biscay, are the three Basque provinces.

-Bordering the Pyrenees, nearest to France, is the little

-kingdom of Navarre, with Aragon on the east. Forming

-the north–western corner of the peninsula is the

-kingdom of Galicia. East of it, on the Bay of Biscay,

-is the principality of the Asturias. South of this, and

-between Castile and Portugal, is the kingdom of Leon,

-which was attached to Castile in the eleventh century.

-Estremadura is between Portugal and New Castile.

-La Mancha, the country of Don Quixote, is south of

-New Castile. Valencia and Murcia are on the east,

-bordering on the Mediterranean. Andalusia is on both

-sides of the Guadalquiver, including the three modern

-provinces of Seville, Cordova, and Jaen. Granada is

-in the south, on the Mediterranean. You will hear the

-different parts of Spain spoken of under these names

-more than any other.

-

-“The principal vegetable productions of Spain are

-those of the vine and olive. The export of wine is ten

-million dollars; and of olive–oil, four millions. Raisins,

-flour, cork, wool, and brandy are other important

-exports, to say nothing of the fruits of the South, such

-as grapes and oranges. Silver, quicksilver, lead, and

-iron are the most valuable minerals. Silk is produced

-in Valencia, Murcia, and Granada.

-

-“The climate of Spain, as you would suppose from

-its mountainous character, is very various. The north,

-which is in the latitude of New England, is very

-different from this region of our own country. On the

-table–lands of the centre, it is hot in summer and cold

-in winter. In the south, the weather is hot in summer,

-but very mild in winter. Even here in Barcelona, the

-mercury seldom goes down to the freezing point. The

-average winter temperature of Malaga is about fifty–five

-degrees Fahrenheit.

-

-“Three thousand miles of railroad have been built,

-and two thousand miles more have been projected.

-One can go to all the principal cities in Spain now by

-rail from Madrid; and those on the seacoast are connected

-by several lines of steamers.

-

-“The army consists of one hundred and fifty thousand

-men, and may be increased in time of war by calling

-out the reserves; for every man over twenty is

-liable to do military duty. The navy consists of one

-hundred and ten vessels, seventy–three of which are

-screw steamers, twenty–four paddle steamers, and thirteen

-sailing vessels. Seven of the screws are iron–clad

-frigates. They are manned by thirteen thousand sailors

-and marines; and this navy is therefore quite formidable.

-

-“The government is a constitutional monarchy. The

-king executes the laws through his ministers, but is not

-held responsible for any thing. If things do not work

-well, the ministers are to bear the blame, and his

-Majesty may dismiss them at pleasure. The laws are

-made by the _Cortes_, which consists of two bodies, the

-Senate and the Congress. Any Spaniard who is of age,

-and not deprived of his civil rights, may be a member

-of the _Congreso_, or lower house. Four senators are

-elected for each province. They must be forty years

-old, be in possession of their civil rights, and must have

-held some high office under the government in the army

-or navy, in the church, or in certain educational institutions.

-

-“The present king is Amedeo I., second son of Vittorio

-Emanuele, king of Italy. He was elected king of

-Spain Nov. 16, 1870.[1]

-

-“All but sixty thousand of the population of Spain

-are Roman Catholics; and of this faith is the national

-church, though all other forms of worship are tolerated.

-In 1835 and in 1836 the _Cortes_ suppressed all conventual

-institutions, and confiscated their property for the

-benefit of the nation. In 1833 there were in Spain one

-hundred and seventy–five thousand ecclesiastics of all

-descriptions, including monks and nuns. In 1862 this

-number had been reduced to about forty thousand,

-which exhibits the effect of the legislation of the _Cortes_.

-The archbishop of Toledo is the head of the Church,

-primate of Spain.

-

-“Though there are ten universities in Spain some of

-them very ancient and very celebrated, the population

-of Spain have been in a state of extreme ignorance till

-quite a recent period. At the beginning of the present

-century, it was rare to find a peasant or an ordinary

-workman who could read. Efforts have been put forth

-since 1812 to promote popular education; but with no

-great success, till within the last forty years. In 1868

-there were a million and a quarter of pupils in the public

-and private schools; and not more than one in ten

-of the population are unable to read. But the sum

-expended for public education in Spain is less per

-annum than the city of Boston devotes to this object.

-

-“Money values in Spain are generally reckoned in

-_reales_, a _real_ being five cents of our money. This is

-the unit of the system. The _Isabelino_, or Isabel as it

-is generally called, is a gold coin worth one hundred

-_reales_, or five dollars. A _peso_, or _duro_, is the same as

-our dollar: it is a silver coin. The _escudo_ is half a

-dollar. The _peseta_ is twenty cents; the half _peseta_ is

-ten. The _real_ is the smallest silver coin. Of the copper

-coins, the _medio real_ means half a real. You will

-see a small copper coin stamped ‘1 _centimo de escudo_,’

-which means one hundredth of an _escudo_, or half dollar.

-It is the tenth of a _real_, or half a cent. Then

-there is the _doble decima_, worth one cent; and the

-_medio decima_, worth a quarter of a cent. But probably

-you will not hear any of these copper coins mentioned.

-Instead of them the small money will be counted in

-_cuartos_, eight and a half of them making a real. An

-American cent, an English halfpenny, a French sou,

-or any other copper coin of any nation, and about the

-same size, will go for a _cuarto_. A _maravedis_ is an

-imaginary value, four of which were equal to a _cuarto_.

-It is used in poetry and plays; and, though there is no

-such coin, any piece of base metal, even a button, will

-pass for a _maravedis_. There is a vast quantity of bad

-money in circulation in Spain, especially of the gold

-coins; and the traveller should be on the lookout for it.

-There are also a great many counterfeit _escudos_, or half–dollars.

-Travellers should have nothing to do with

-paper money, as it is not good away from the locality

-where it is issued.

-

-“Having said all that occurs to me on these general

-topics, I shall now ask your attention to the history of

-Spain, which is very interesting to the student, though

-I am obliged to make it quite brief. I hope you have

-read the historical writings of our own Prescott, which

-are more attractive than the novels of the day. If you

-have not read these works, do so before you are a year

-older; and here in Spain is the time for you to begin.

-

-“Recent events have called an unusual amount of

-attention to the Spanish peninsula; and this unhappy

-country has long been in so uneasy a state that a revolution

-surprises very few. Spain has had its full share,

-both of the smiles and the frowns of fortune. It was

-as widely known in early ages for its wealth, as it has

-been in modern times for its beggars.

-

-“Nearly three thousand years ago, the Phœnicians

-began to plant colonies in the South of Spain. They

-found the country abounding with silver. So plenty,

-indeed, was the silver ore, that, according to one

-account, they not only loaded their fleet with it, but

-they returned home with their anchors and the commonest

-implements made of the same precious metal.

-

-“This is doubtless an exaggeration; but we have

-reason to believe that silver was more abundant in

-Spain than in any other quarter of the ancient world.

-Few silver–mines were known in Asia in those days:

-yet an immense quantity of silver was in circulation

-there during the flourishing period of the Persian empire.

-Herodotus tells us that in the reign of Darius,

-son of Hystaspes, all the nations under the yoke of the

-Persians, except the Indians and the Ethiopians, paid

-their tribute in silver. A large portion of this was

-obtained from the Phœnicians, and was distributed

-through Asia by the traders who came to Tyre. The

-Carthaginians also drew uncounted treasures in silver

-from Spain. When Carthagina was taken from them

-by Scipio, the portion of the precious metals that went

-into the Roman treasury was eighteen thousand three

-hundred pounds in weight of silver, two hundred and

-seventy–six golden cups each weighing a pound, and

-silver vessels without number. Near this city is a

-silver–mine which is said to have employed forty thousand

-workmen, and which paid the Romans nearly two

-million dollars annually. Another mine in the Pyrenees

-furnished to the Carthaginians in Hannibal’s time

-three hundred pounds every day. The quantities of

-gold and silver brought into the public treasury by the

-Roman consuls who subjugated the different parts of

-the Spanish peninsula were enormous. Still the

-country was not exhausted; for it was almost as highly

-favored in soil and climate as in its mineral treasures.

-‘Next to Italy, if I except the fabulous regions of India,

-I would rank Spain,’ wrote Pliny in the first century of

-our era. At that time the country contained four hundred

-and nine cities; and there was not within the

-Roman empire a province where the people were more

-industrious or more prosperous. How strongly this

-account contrasts with the history of modern Spain!

-When the Spanish monarchs were aspiring to rule the

-world, in the sixteenth century, the streets of their

-cities were overrun with beggars. Only a century ago,

-the number of people in Spain who were without shirts,

-because they were too poor to buy such a luxury, was

-estimated at three millions, or one–third of the population

-of the kingdom. Within a hundred years, however,

-in spite of numerous drawbacks, the wealth of

-the country has vastly increased, and the population

-has nearly doubled.

-

-“The Spaniards are the descendants of various

-races, tribes, and nations. At the dawn of history, we

-find the country in possession of the Iberians and

-Celts. Of the Iberians we know but little. From

-them Spain received its ancient name, Iberia; and the

-Iberus River, now the Ebro, took the name by which,

-with slight changes, it is still known. The language

-of the Iberians is supposed to survive in that of the

-Basque provinces of Biscaya, Guipuzcoa, and Alava,

-which I located a few moments since.

-

-“The Celts, who a little more than two thousand

-years ago had not lost possession of Northern Italy

-and the countries now known as England, Scotland,

-and Ireland, drove the Iberians from the South of

-France and from the north–western part of Spain, in

-very early times. In the centre of the latter country

-these people united, and were afterwards known as

-Celt–Iberians.

-

-“About a thousand years before Christ, the Phœnicians

-began to build towns on the southern coast of

-Spain; and, a century or two later, colonies were established

-on the eastern coast by the Rhodians and by

-other Greeks. Cadiz, Malaga, and Cordova were Phœnician

-towns; and Rhodos and Saguntum—now Rosas

-and Murviedro—were among those founded by the

-Greeks.

-

-“Carthage was founded by the Tyrians; but the

-Carthaginians did not allow relationship to stand in

-the way of gain or conquest. Nearly six hundred

-years before our era, they found an opportunity to

-supplant the Phœnicians in Spain; and in the course

-of two centuries and a half they had brought under

-their sway a large portion of the country. At length

-the Greek colonies on the coast of Catalonia and

-Valencia, and several independent nations of the

-interior, seeing no other way to avoid submitting to

-Carthage, called upon the Romans for help. Rome

-sent commissioners to Carthage in the year B.C.

-227, who obtained a promise that the Carthaginians

-would not push their conquests beyond the Ebro, and

-that they would not disturb the Saguntines and other

-Greek colonies. But, in spite of this agreement,

-Saguntum was besieged eight years later, by a Carthaginian

-army under Hannibal. The siege and

-destruction of this city caused the second Punic war,

-lasting from B.C. 218 to 201, during which Carthage

-lost her last foot–hold in Spain.

-

-“But the Romans did not obtain quiet possession of

-the country their great enemy had lost. Nearly all the

-territory had to be won again from the natives; and in

-some parts of the peninsula the contest was doubtful

-for years. As if this were not enough, many of the

-battles of the civil wars, during the decline of the Roman

-republic, were fought on the soil of Spain, which,

-for two centuries after the fall of Saguntum, hardly

-knew the blessing of peace for a single year. To say

-nothing of lesser celebrities, we find the names of Hasdrubal,

-Hanno, Mago, and Hannibal, among the Carthaginians;

-of Viriathus, the Lusitanian; and, of the

-Romans, the Scipios, Sertorius, Metellus, Pompey the

-Great, and Julius Cæsar,—in the military annals of

-Spain during this period.

-

-“Shortly after the Roman republic became an empire,

-under Augustus,—B.C. 30 to A.D. 14,—war

-was suspended throughout the Roman empire; and the

-Spaniards enjoyed a large share of tranquillity from

-that time till the barbarians poured across the Pyrenees,

-at the beginning of the fifth century. As a province of

-the empire, Spain held a high rank. The stupendous

-Bridge of Alcantara, the well–preserved Theatre of

-Murviedro, and the celebrated Aqueducts of Segovia

-and Tarragona, still attest the magnificence of that

-period. Nor was the peninsula wanting in illustrious

-men during these times. The most learned and practical

-writer on agriculture among the ancients,—Columella,—the

-poets Martial and Lucan, the philosopher

-Seneca, the historian Florus, the geographer Pomponius

-Mela, and the rhetorician Quintilian, were

-Spaniards. Three of the Roman emperors—Trajan,

-one of the greatest princes that ever swayed a sceptre;

-Hadrian, the enlightened protector of arts and literature;

-and Marcus Aurelius, whose name was long held

-in grateful remembrance by his subjects—were also

-natives of the Spanish peninsula.

-

-“After the death of Constantine, A.D. 337, the

-prosperity of Spain began to decline. The taxes

-became heavier, and were increased till they were more

-than the people could bear. In a short time towns

-were deserted, fields ran to waste, and fruit–trees were

-uprooted, so as to reduce the value of property in order

-to avoid taxation. At the close of the century nothing

-was to be seen but desolation, poverty, and misery.

-But there was still a lower deep: the barbarians crossed

-the Pyrenees, and the country was turned into a desert.

-

-“The great irruption of the northern nations into the

-Roman empire began in 375. A century later, the

-western empire fell. The most important division of

-the barbarians, who occupy so large a place in the history

-of the fourth and fifth centuries, were the Germans.

-The Vandals and Suevi, two of the nations that entered

-Spain in 409, were Germans. It is not certain that the

-third nation coming to Spain, the Alani, were of the

-same race. The ravages of these barbarians were terrible.

-Towns were burned, the country laid waste, and

-the inhabitants were massacred without distinction of

-age or sex. Famine and pestilence made fearful havoc,

-and the wild beasts left their hiding–places to make

-war on the wretched people. Even the corpses were

-devoured by the starving population.

-

-“At length the conquerors themselves saw that converting

-a land in which they intended to live into a

-desert was not the wisest policy. They divided by lot,

-among themselves, those parts of the peninsula which

-they occupied. The southern part fell to the Vandals,

-whence it received the name of Vandalicia, which has

-easily become Andalusia. Lusitania, which was very

-nearly the modern Portugal, went to the Alani; and the

-Suevi had the north–western part of the peninsula,

-which is now Galicia. The Romans still held the rest

-of the country.

-

-“But this division was soon destroyed by the Visigoths,

-or West Goths, another Germanic tribe. All

-these Germans were only a little less savage than our

-North American Indians. They neglected agriculture,

-and no man tilled the same field more than one year.

-War was really their only occupation. One of them

-boasted to Julius Cæsar that his soldiers had been fourteen

-years without entering a house; another declared

-that the only country he knew as his home was the territory

-occupied by his troops; and we are told by Tacitus

-that war was the only work they liked.

-

-“The Visigoths, under their King Alaric, had ravaged

-Greece and Italy, and had taken Rome, before

-they established themselves in Southern Gaul, in 411.

-They commenced the conquest of Spain almost immediately

-after the foundation of their new kingdom; but

-they were the nominal rather than the real masters of

-the kingdom for more than half a century.

-

-“Euric (466 to 484) was the founder of the Gothic

-kingdom of Spain; and Amalaric (522 to 531) was the

-first sovereign to hold his court in the country. Before

-long, Spain became the most flourishing of the governments

-established by the Germans on the ruins of the

-western empire. The conquerors, as they were the few

-while the civilized Roman inhabitants were the many,

-adopted the manners, the religion, the laws, and the

-language, of the subject people. They mingled a little

-Gothic with the Latin; and from this mixture arose, in

-the course of time, the noble and beautiful Castilian, or

-Spanish language.

-

-“By degrees the Visigoths became less warlike, and

-finally ceased to be a nation of soldiers. Their kings

-were elective, and seem to have possessed more power

-than those of other German tribes. Still they were

-controlled to a great extent by the clergy. The councils

-of Toledo figured largely in the history of that

-period; and in these the bishops were a power. ‘Let

-no one in his pride seize upon the throne,’ says one

-of the Visigothic laws; ‘let no pretender excite civil

-war among the people; let no one conspire the death

-of the prince. But, when the king is dead in peace,

-let the principal men of the whole kingdom, together

-with the bishops—who have received power to bind

-and to loose, and whose blessing and unction confirm

-princes in their authority—appoint his successor

-by common consent, and with the approval of God.’

-But the kings were not always allowed to die in peace.

-From Euric to Roderick, the greater number of them

-were assassinated or deposed. Roderick, the last of the

-Gothic kings of Spain, drove his predecessor from the

-throne. The relations of the dethroned monarch invited

-the Arabs, or Moors, of Africa to their aid; and

-the famous battle fought on the plains of the modern

-_Xeres de la Frontera_, near Cadiz, a battle that lasted

-three days, put an end to the life of Roderick, and to

-the Gothic kingdom of Spain, in the year 711.

-

-“In the days of the patriarch Jacob, the people of

-Arabia were far enough advanced in civilization to

-maintain an active overland trade with Egypt. The

-Midianite merchantmen to whom Joseph was sold for

-twenty pieces of silver—about a dozen dollars—were

-from Arabia. Yet, for more than two thousand years

-from that time, the Arabs continued to be so divided

-into hostile clans, that they were almost unknown to

-history. The religion of Mohammed first united them;

-and the history of the Arabs really begins with the

-Hegira, or flight of the Prophet from Mecca, in the

-year 622. For ten years Mohammed had proclaimed

-his new creed in Mecca; his followers had been few,

-and had suffered incessant persecution; and now he

-was promised, by men from Medina, that, if he would

-flee to their city, his faith should be adopted and maintained.

-He made his escape from Mecca, though not

-without great risk, and reached Medina in safety,

-accompanied by a single friend. In Mecca he had

-preached patience and resignation under the wrongs

-inflicted by man. At Medina, where he had followers,

-his doctrine was, that one drop of blood shed in the

-cause of God—meaning the new faith, of course—was

-to be of more avail in working out the salvation of

-his hearers than two months of fasting and prayer. At

-first he made war on the caravan trade of his native

-city; and Mecca sent out an army to meet him.

-Mohammed had but three hundred and twenty–four

-men, while the Meccans were a thousand. But the

-prophet assured his followers that three thousand angels

-were fighting on his side; and with these unseen allies

-he utterly routed his enemy. After this first victory,

-conquest followed conquest in rapid succession. In

-less than a century from the Hegira, Arabia was but a

-small province of the empire which had been founded

-by Mohammed’s successors; an empire that extended

-from India to the Atlantic, and included Syria, Phœnicia,

-Mesopotamia, Persia, Bactriana, Egypt, Libya,

-Numidia, Spain, and many important islands of the

-Mediterranean.

-

-“After King Roderick’s defeat and death at Xeres,

-the Moors almost immediately took possession of the

-whole country, except Biscaya, Navarre, a part of Aragon,

-and the mountains of the Asturias. Here a few

-resolute Goths made a stand, under Pelayo, and established

-a kingdom; a stronghold which enabled the

-Christians step by step to recover their lost territory,

-till after eight centuries the last foot of Spanish soil

-was retaken from the Moslems.

-

-“During a part of the Moors’ dominion in Spain the

-country was very prosperous. For more than forty

-years after the conquest, however, it was ruled by viceroys

-dependent upon the caliphs who reigned in Damascus.

-This was a time of discord and civil war; and,

-towards the close of this period, many a city and village

-was laid in ruins never again to rise.

-

-“The eighth, ninth, and tenth centuries were the

-most prosperous in the history of Mohammedan Spain;

-and the last was its golden age. The Moors, though

-warlike, were also industrious, and agriculture flourished

-during this period as it has never flourished since.

-Roads and bridges were built, and canals for fertilizing

-the land were made in all parts of the country. Learning

-was encouraged by the kings of Cordova; and, at

-the end of the eleventh century, Moorish Spain could

-boast of seventy large libraries; while her poets, historians,

-philosophers, and mathematicians were second

-to none of that age. Cordova, the capital, was equal to

-many cities like the Cordova of to–day. At one time

-there were in that city six hundred mosques, and nearly

-four thousand chapels, or mosques of smaller dimensions;

-four hundred and thirty minarets, or towers

-from which the people were called to prayers, such as

-you saw in Constantinople; nine hundred baths; more

-than eighty thousand shops; sixty thousand palaces

-and mansions; and two hundred and thirteen thousand

-common dwelling–houses. The city extended eight

-leagues along the Guadalquiver. If these statistics

-are correct, the city must have contained not less than

-a million inhabitants. We can form some idea of its

-splendors when we are told that a palace built near the

-city, by Abderrahman III., had its roof supported by

-more than four thousand pillars of variegated marble;

-that the floors and walls were of the same costly material;

-that the chief apartments were adorned with

-exquisite fountains and baths; and that the whole was

-surrounded by most magnificent grounds.

-

-“In 1031 the kingdom, or caliphate, of Cordova

-came to an end; and several petty kingdoms took its

-place. But all of them soon became dependent upon

-the Moorish monarch of Northern Africa. The Christian

-kings of Spain were prompt in taking advantage

-of this division among the infidels, as the Moors were

-called; and the power of the Moslems began to decline.

-The Christians gained rapidly on the Moors; and in

-1238, when the kingdom of Granada was founded, the

-Moors held only a part of Southern Spain. Granada

-was the last realm of the Moors in Spain; and its population

-was largely composed of the Moslems who fled

-there from the kingdoms which had been overthrown

-by the victorious arms of the Christian monarchs.

-

-The little kingdom of Granada, though it had an

-area of only nine thousand square miles, contained

-thirty–two large cities and ninety–seven smaller ones,

-and a population of three million souls. The city of

-Granada had seventy thousand houses. This kingdom

-held out against the Christians till the beginning of the

-year 1492. This was the year in which America was

-discovered; and Columbus followed Ferdinand and

-Isabella, in their campaign against the Moors, to this

-city.

-

-“With the fall of Granada, came the close of the

-Moorish rule in the peninsula. A few years later many

-of the Moors were expelled from the country. In

-many parts of Spain the traveller still sees numerous

-traces of their dominion. He finds these traces in the

-Oriental style of the older buildings; in the _alcazars_,

-or palaces, they built; in the mosques now converted

-into Christian churches; and in the canals which still

-fertilize the soil from which the Moslems were driven

-more than three centuries ago.

-

-“The old Gothic monarchy founded by Pelayo survived

-in the kingdom of the Asturias. As the Christians

-began to recover their lost territory from the

-Moors, these conquests, instead of being joined to the

-Asturian kingdom, were erected into independent

-states; but, by the middle of the fifteenth century, the

-number of them had been reduced to five,—Navarre,

-Aragon, Castile, Granada, and Portugal. We shall say

-something of Portugal at another time, for it has a

-history of its own. In 1479 Ferdinand of Aragon and

-Isabella of Castile united these two monarchies into

-one. The kingdom of the Asturias had been merged

-into that of Leon, which was united to Castile in 1067.

-Granada was added in 1492, and Navarre twenty years

-later.

-

-“At the death of Ferdinand in 1516, Charles I.

-became king of Spain. He was the son of ‘Crazy

-Jane,’ daughter of Ferdinand and Isabella. He was

-elected emperor of Germany three years after his

-accession to the throne, as Charles V. His reign and

-that of his son and successor covered the most splendid

-period in the history of modern Spain, ending with the

-death of Philip in 1588. Their dominions were the

-most extensive among the monarchs of Europe; their

-armies were the best of that age; and their treasuries

-were supplied by the exhaustless mines of the new

-world which Columbus had given to Spain. But, after

-the death of Philip II., the monarchy rapidly declined;

-so rapidly indeed that a century later, when Charles II.

-died, in 1700, it was without money, without credit, and

-without troops.

-

-“I must again call your attention to the magnificent

-works of our own Prescott. I hope you will all read

-them, for I have not time to mention a score of topics

-which are treated in these volumes, such as the Inquisition,

-the Spanish Rule in Naples, the Conquest of

-Granada, the Great Captain, the Cardinal Ximines,

-and the Spanish Rule in the Netherlands. I commend

-to you also the works of Motley and Washington Irving;

-of the latter, especially ‘The Life of Columbus,’ ‘The

-Alhambra,’ and ‘The Conquest of Granada.’”

-

-“Charles II., as he had no children, and there was no

-heir to the throne, signed an instrument, before his

-death, declaring Philip, Duke of Anjou, grandson of

-the grand monarch Louis XIV., his successor. This

-king was Philip V., the first of the Spanish branch of

-the Bourbon family, to which Isabella II., the late

-queen of Spain, belonged. England, Holland, and

-Germany objected to this arrangement, because it

-placed both France and Spain under the rule of the

-same family; and for twelve years resisted the claim of

-Philip to the throne. This was ‘the war of the Spanish

-succession,’ in which Prince Eugene and the Duke of

-Marlborough won several great victories. But Philip

-retained the throne, though he lost the Spanish possessions

-in Italy and the Netherlands, and was obliged to

-cede Gibraltar and Minorca to England. Under Philip

-V. and his successors, the prosperity of Spain revived;

-and the kingdom flourished till the French Revolution.

-

-“Philip was followed by his son Ferdinand VI. in

-1748; but he was mentally unfit to take an active part

-in the government, and was succeeded by his stepbrother

-Charles III. in 1759. He was a wise prince,

-and greatly promoted the prosperity of his country.

-Charles IV., who came to the throne in 1788, began his

-reign by following the wise policy of his father; but he

-soon placed himself under the influence of Godoy, his

-prime minister, who led him into several fruitless wars

-and expensive alliances, which reduced the country to

-a miserable condition. In 1808 an insurrection compelled

-him to abdicate in favor of his son, who ascended

-the throne as Ferdinand VII. A few days later the

-ex–king wrote a letter to Napoleon, declaring that he

-had abdicated under compulsion; and he revoked the

-act. Napoleon offered to arbitrate between the father

-and son, and he met them at Bayonne for this purpose.

-He induced both of them to resign their claims to

-the throne, and then made his brother Joseph king of

-Spain. The new king started for his dominion; but

-the Spaniards were not satisfied with this little arrangement,

-and insurrections broke out all over the country.

-England decided to take a hand in the game, made

-peace with Spain, acknowledged Ferdinand VII. as

-king of Spain, and formed an alliance with the government.

-Thus began the peninsular war, in which the

-Duke of Wellington prepared the way for the destruction

-of Napoleon’s power. As you travel, you will visit

-the battle–fields of this great conflict, and your guide–book

-will contain full accounts of the struggle in various

-places.

-

-“In 1812, while Ferdinand was a prisoner in France,

-and the war was still raging, the _Cortes_, driven from

-Madrid to Seville, and then to Cadiz, drew up a written

-constitution, the first of the kind known in the peninsula.

-The regency acting for the absent monarch,

-recognized by England and Russia, took an oath to

-support it. In 1814 Ferdinand was released, and

-came back to Spain. He declared the constitution

-null and void, and the _Cortes_ that adopted it illegal.

-He ruled the nation in an arbitrary manner, and even

-attempted to restore the inquisition, which had been

-abolished, and to annul the reforms which had been for

-years in progress. But in 1820 the patience of the

-people was exhausted, and a revolution was undertaken.

-The king was deserted by his troops; and the royal

-palace was surrounded by a multitude of the people,

-who demanded his acceptance of the constitution of

-1812. The humbled monarch appeared at a balcony,

-holding a copy of the instrument in his hand, as an

-indication that he was ready to accept it, and take the

-oath to support it. In a few months the _Cortes_ met; and

-the king formally swore to obey the constitution, and

-accept the new order of things. But this did not suit

-France, Austria, Russia, and Prussia: they had no

-stomach for liberal constitutions; and these powers

-sent a French army into Spain, which soon overpowered

-the resistance offered; and Ferdinand was again in condition

-to rule as absolutely as ever. It was during this

-period that the Spanish–American colonies, which had

-begun to revolt in 1808, secured their independence.

-

-“Even those who favored the king’s views were not

-wholly satisfied with the king, and believed he was not

-energetic enough for the situation. Many of the people

-wished to dethrone Ferdinand, and elevate his

-brother Carlos, or Charles, to his place. Several insurrections

-broke out, but they were failures. Of

-course this state of things did not create the best of

-feeling between Ferdinand and Carlos. The Bourbon

-family were governed by the Salic law, which excludes

-females from the throne. In 1830, the year in which

-Isabella the late queen, who was the daughter of Ferdinand

-VII., was born, Maria Christina induced her

-husband, the king, to abolish the Salic law. Two years

-later, when the king was very sick, the Church party

-compelled him to revoke the act; but he got better;

-and, as the _Cortes_ had sanctioned the annulling of the

-Salic law, he destroyed the documents which had been

-extorted from him on his sick–bed. His queen had

-been made regent during his illness. When Ferdinand

-died, his daughter was proclaimed queen, in accordance

-with the programme, as Isabella II. Don Carlos had

-protested against his exclusion from the throne, and

-now he took up arms to enforce his right. In the

-Basque provinces he was proclaimed king, as Charles

-V. His arms were successful at first; but, though the

-war lasted seven years, it was a failure in the end.

-

-“While the Carlist war was still raging, in 1836, a

-revolution in favor of a constitution broke out; and

-the next year that of 1812, with important amendments,

-was adopted by the _Cortes_, and ratified by the

-queen regent, for Isabella was a child of only six

-years. In 1841, Maria Christina having resigned, Espartero

-was appointed regent, by the _Cortes_, for the

-rest of the queen’s minority. He was a progressive

-man, and his administration very largely promoted

-the prosperity of the country. The government had

-abolished convents, and confiscated the revenues of

-the Church; and this awakened the hostility of the

-clergy, who, for a time, prevented the sale of the property

-thus acquired. This question finally produced a

-rupture between Espartero and the clergy, resulting in

-a general insurrection. The regent fled to England,

-and the _Cortes_ declared the queen to be of age when

-she was only thirteen years old. Espartero was recalled

-a few years later, and has since held many high offices.

-The pope eventually permitted the Church property to

-be sold; but the contest between the progressive and

-the conservative parties was continued for a long period.

-Narvaez, Serrano, General Prim, Castelar, and Espartero

-are the most prominent statesmen; and doubtless

-the last–named is the most able.

-

-“The frequent insurrections gave the government

-some excuse for ruling with little regard to the fundamental

-law of the land; and this led to another revolution

-in 1854, in favor of a little more constitution.

-The evil was corrected for the time; and the instrument

-adopted, or rather restored, is sometimes called the

-constitution of 1854. But the queen was a Bourbon,

-and seemed to be always in favor of tyrannical measures

-and of the party that advocated them; and the country

-has continued to be in a disorganized state largely on

-this account. She has been noted for the frequent

-changes of her ministers. A few years ago General

-Prim raised the standard of revolt; but the time for

-a change had not yet come, and the general was glad

-to escape into Portugal.

-

-“The revolution of 1868 commenced with the fleet

-off Cadiz; but, the cry, ‘Down with the Bourbons!’

-soon reached the army and the people, and the revolution

-was accomplished almost without opposition. The

-queen fled to France. A provisional government was

-organized, and an election of members of the _Cortes_

-was ordered to decide on the form of the new government.

-The _Cortes_ met, and in May, 1869, decreed that

-the new government should be a monarchy. About the

-same time the crown was offered to King Louis of

-Portugal, who, however, declined it. Last June, Queen

-Isabella abdicated in favor of her son Alfonso, prince

-of the Asturias, who will be Alfonso XII. if he ever

-becomes king of Spain. Later in the year Prince

-Leopold, of Hohenzollern Sigmaringen, was invited to

-the throne. He was a relative of the king of Prussia;

-and, when he accepted the crown, it was a real grievance

-to France. Leopold was withdrawn from the candidacy;

-but this matter was made the pretext for the

-Franco–Prussian war now raging on the soil of France.

-

-“But we read history in the newspapers for the

-latest details; and only last month the _Cortes_ elected

-Amedeo, second son of the king of Italy, king of Spain.

-He has accepted the crown, and departed for his kingdom.

-We can wish him a prosperous reign; but in

-a country like Spain he will find that a crown is not a

-wreath of roses. I will not detain you longer, young

-gentlemen.”

-

-       *       *       *       *       *

-

-The professor bowed, and descended from his rostrum.

-Most of the students had given good attention to his

-discourse; for they desired to understand the history

-of the country they were about to visit.

-

-Since Professor Mapps finished his lecture in the port

-of Barcelona, King Amedeo, after two long years of fruitless

-struggling with the enemies of Spain’s peace and

-prosperity, renounced the crown for himself, his children,

-and successors. Nearly a year later Alfonso XII.

-was proclaimed king of Spain, and now occupies the

-throne. While the country was looking for a king, the

-third Carlist war was begun,—the last two led by

-the son of the original Don Carlos,—but it was a

-failure.

-

-

-

-

-CHAPTER V.

-

-A SUDDEN DISAPPEARANCE.

-

-

-While Professor Mapps was giving his lecture,

-or his “talk” as he preferred to call it, in the

-grand saloon of the steamer, quite a number of boats

-were pulling around the steamer, and the other vessels

-of the squadron, some of them containing boatmen

-looking for a job, and others, people who were curious

-to see the ship and her consorts. The several craft

-were not men–of–war or merchantmen; and they

-seemed to excite a great deal of curiosity. Not a few

-of the boats came up to the gangway, their occupants

-asking permission to go on board; but they were

-politely refused by the officers in charge.

-

-Some of the boats carried lateen, or leg–of–mutton

-sails, which are used more than any other on the

-Mediterranean. A long yard, or spar, is slung at an

-angle of forty–five degrees, on a short mast, so that

-one–fourth of the spar is below and the rest above the

-mast. The sail is triangular, except that the part

-nearest to the tack is squared off. It is attached to the

-long yard on the hypothenuse side. On the larger

-craft, the sail is hauled out on the long spar, sliding on

-hanks, or rings. It is a picturesque rig; and some of

-the students who had a taste for boating were anxious

-to try their skill in handling a sail of this kind.

-

-One of these feluccas, with two gentlemen in the

-stern, seemed to be more persistent than the others

-to obtain admission for its occupants on board of the

-Prince. Her huge sail was brailed up, and she had

-taken a berth at the gangway of the steamer. Peaks,

-the adult boatswain of the ship, obeyed his orders to

-the letter, and would not permit any one to put foot

-on the deck. One of the gentlemen who came off

-in her had ascended the accommodation steps, and

-insisted upon holding a parley with Peaks; but as the

-old salt understood only a few words of Spanish, and

-the stranger did not speak English, they did not get

-ahead very well. The boatswain resolutely but good–naturedly

-refused to let the visitor pass him, or to disturb

-the lecture by sending to the saloon for some one

-to act as interpreter. The gentleman obstinately

-declined to give up his point, whatever it was, and

-remained at the gangway till the students were dismissed

-from the exercise.

-

-When the lecture was finished, Mr. Lowington came

-out of the saloon; and, as he passed the gangway,

-Peaks touched his cap, and informed him that a Spaniard

-on the steps insisted upon coming on board.

-

-“I don’t understand his lingo, and can’t tell what he

-is driving at,” added Peaks.

-

-“Somebody that wishes to visit the ship, probably,”

-replied the principal.

-

-“I have turned back more than fifty, but this one

-won’t be turned back,” continued Peaks, as Mr. Lowington

-stepped up to the gangway.

-

-As soon as the Spanish gentleman saw him, he raised

-his hat, and addressed him in the politest terms, begging

-pardon for the intrusion. The principal invited

-him to come on board, and then immediately directed

-the people of the Josephine and Tritonia to return to

-their vessels. While the Tritonias were piping over the

-side, Mr. Lowington gave his attention to the visitor.

-

-“Have you a student in your ship by the name of

-Enrique Raimundo?” asked the Spanish gentleman,

-after he had properly introduced the subject of his

-visit.

-

-Mr. Lowington spoke Spanish, having learned it

-when he was on duty as a naval officer in the Mediterranean;

-but, as he had been out of practice for many

-years, he was not as fluent in the language as formerly.

-But he understood the question, and so did Raimundo,

-who happened to pass behind the principal, in company

-with Scott, at this interesting moment. Possibly his

-heart rose to his throat, as he heard his name mentioned;

-at any rate, after the history he had narrated

-to Scott, he could not help being greatly disturbed by

-the inquiry of the stranger. But he had the presence

-of mind to refrain from any demonstration, and went

-over the side into the cutter with his companions. If

-his handsome olive face was paler than usual, no one

-noticed the fact.

-

-Mr. Lowington was a prudent man in the management

-of the affairs of the students under his care.

-When he heard the inquiry for the second master of

-the Tritonia, whom he knew to be a Spaniard, he at

-once concluded that the visitor was a friend or a relative

-of the young man. But it was no part of his policy

-to deliver over his pupils to their friends and relatives

-without fully understanding what he was doing. Persons

-claiming such relations might lead the students

-astray. They might be the agents of some of his

-rogues on board, who had resorted to this expedient to

-obtain a vacation on shore.

-

-“Are you a relative of Raimundo?” was the first

-question the principal proposed to the stranger.

-

-“No, I am not; but”—

-

-Mr. Lowington failed to understand the rest of the

-reply made by the gentleman, for here his Spanish was

-at fault. The visitor was not a relative of Raimundo.

-If he had answered in the affirmative, the principal

-would have directed the Tritonia’s boats to remain, so

-that the visitor could see the young man, if upon further

-explanation it was proper for him to do so. If the

-gentleman was not a relative, it was not advisable to

-disturb the routine of the squadron to oblige him. He

-could see Raimundo the next day, when he went on

-shore. The boats of the Josephine and the Tritonia

-were therefore permitted to return without any delay.

-

-“_No hablo mucho Español_” (I do not speak much

-Spanish), said Mr. Lowington, laughing; “_y no comprendo_”

-(and I do not understand).

-

-He then with the utmost politeness, as required in all

-intercourse with Spanish gentlemen, invited the visitor

-into the grand saloon, and sent for Professor Badois,

-the instructor in modern languages, to assist at the

-interview. The gentleman proved to be Don Francisco

-Castro, an _abogado_, or lawyer, who represented Don

-Alejandro, the lawful guardian of Enrique Raimundo.

-He claimed the body of his client’s ward, the second

-master of the Tritonia. Even Professor Badois had

-some difficulty in comprehending the legal terms used

-by the _abogado_; but so much was made clear to the

-principal.

-

-“I don’t understand this business,” said he. “I

-received the young man from Manuel Raimundo, his

-uncle in New York, who has always paid his tuition

-fees; and I hold myself responsible to him for the

-safe keeping of my pupil.”

-

-“Ah, but you are in Spain, and the young man is a

-Spaniard, subject to Spanish law,” added Don Francisco,

-with a bland smile. “All the evidence will be

-presented to you, and you will be fully justified in giving

-up the young man.”

-

-Mr. Lowington was very much disturbed. He knew

-nothing of the circumstances of the case beyond what

-the lawyer told him; and he was very much perplexed

-by the situation. He called Dr. Winstock, who spoke

-Spanish even more fluently than Professor Badois, and

-asked his advice.

-

-“If Don Alejandro is the lawful guardian of Raimundo,

-how happens the young man to be a resident of

-New York?” asked the surgeon, after the case had

-been fully explained to him.

-

-The lawyer shrugged his shoulders, but smiled as

-blandly as ever.

-

-“Don Manuel, the uncle of the boy, stole him from

-his guardian when he left his native land,” said Don

-Francisco. “You see, the young man has a fortune of

-five million _reales_; and no doubt Don Manuel wants to

-get this money or a part of it.”

-

-“But Manuel Raimundo is one of the richest wine–merchants

-of New York,” protested the principal.

-

-The subject was discussed for half an hour longer.

-Don Francisco said he had sent agents to New York to

-obtain possession of the boy, and had kept the run of

-the squadron from the day the ward of his client had

-entered as a student. He had taken no action before,

-because he had been assured that the vessels would

-visit Spain, where there would be no legal difficulties in

-the way of securing his client’s ward. The lawyer

-made a very plain case of it, and was entirely fair in

-every thing he proposed. He would not take Raimundo

-out of the vessel by force unless compelled to

-do so. The whole matter would be settled in the

-proper court, and the young man should have the best

-counsel in Spain.

-

-“Very well, Don Francisco. I am much obliged to

-you for the courtesy with which you have managed your

-case so far,” said Mr. Lowington. “I will employ

-counsel to–morrow to look up the matter in the interest

-of my pupil.”

-

-“But the young man,—what is to be done with him

-in the mean time?” asked the lawyer.

-

-“He will be safe on board of the Tritonia.”

-

-“Pardon me, sir; but I have been looking for the

-boy too many years to let him slip through my fingers

-now,” interposed Don Francisco earnestly, but with

-his constant smile. “If he hears that I am looking

-for him, he will keep out of my way, as he has done for

-several years.”

-

-“Do you wish to make a prisoner of him?” inquired

-the principal.

-

-“No, no! By no means,—no prison! He shall

-have the best room in my house; but I must not lose

-sight of him.”

-

-“That would be taking possession of the young man

-without regard to any thing I may wish to do for him.

-I do not like that arrangement,” added Mr. Lowington.

-

-The courteous _abogado_ seemed to be troubled. He

-did not wish to do any thing that would not be satisfactory

-to the “distinguished officer” before him; but,

-after considerable friendly argument, he proposed a

-plan which was accepted by the principal. The person

-who had come off in the boat with him was an _alguacil_,

-or constable, who had been empowered to arrest Don

-Alejandro’s ward. Would the principal allow this

-official to remain on board of the vessel with Raimundo,

-and keep an eye on him all the time? Mr. Lowington

-did not object to this arrangement. He

-would go with Don Francisco to the Tritonia, where

-the situation could be explained to Raimundo, and the

-_alguacil_ should occupy a state–room with his charge, if

-he desired. The principal treated his guest with distinguished

-consideration; and the first cutter was lowered

-to convey him to the Tritonia. Dr. Winstock

-accompanied the party; the twelve oars of the first

-cutter dropped into the water with mechanical precision,

-to the great admiration of the Spanish gentlemen;

-and the boat darted off from the ship’s side.

-

-In a moment the cutter was alongside the Tritonia,

-and the party went on board of her. Most of the

-officers were on the quarter–deck, and Mr. Lowington

-looked among them for the second master. All hands

-raised their caps to the principal as soon as he appeared

-on the deck.

-

-“Captain Wainwright, I wish to see Mr. Raimundo,”

-said he to the young commander. “Send for him, if

-you please.”

-

-“Mr. Raimundo,” repeated the captain, touching his

-cap. “Mr. Richards, pass the word for Mr. Raimundo.”

-

-The first master, who had been designated, went to

-look for the young Spaniard. His name was repeated

-all over the deck, and through the cabin and steerage;

-but Raimundo did not respond to the call. A vigorous

-search was made in every part of the vessel; yet the

-second master was still missing. Don Francisco’s

-constant courtesy seemed to be somewhat shaken.

-Inquiries were made of all the other officers in regard

-to the second master. They had seen him on the deck

-after the return of the boats from the Prince. Scott

-had left him in the cabin, half an hour before; but he

-had not the least idea what had become of him. Don

-Francisco spoke French and Italian; and he examined

-O’Hara in the latter, and several other officers in the

-former language.

-

-Mr. Lowington explained that he had sent no one

-to the Tritonia to inform Raimundo that he was wanted;

-and the _alguacil_, who had remained in the felucca all

-the time till he took his place in the first cutter, assured

-the lawyer that no one had gone from the steamer to

-the schooner after all the boats left.

-

-The principal and the vice–principal were as much

-perplexed as the lawyer. None of them could alter

-the fact that Raimundo was missing; and they were

-utterly unable to account for his mysterious disappearance.

-All of them were confident that the absentee

-would soon be found; and the _abogado_ returned to the

-shore, leaving the _alguacil_ in the Tritonia to continue

-the search.

-

-

-

-

-CHAPTER VI.

-

-A LOOK AT BARCELONA.

-

-

-The sudden disappearance of Raimundo produced

-the greatest astonishment on board of the Tritonia,

-and not less among those who knew him best in the

-other vessels of the squadron. His character had been

-excellent since he first joined the academy squadron.

-No one believed he had run away for the mere sake of

-escaping the study and discipline of his vessel, or for

-the sake of “a time” on shore. The _abogado’s_ business

-was explained to Mr. Pelham on board of the

-Tritonia, but to no others. Raimundo was gone without

-a doubt; but when, where, or how he had disappeared,

-was a profound mystery.

-

-The excellent character of Raimundo, and the fact

-that he was a universal favorite, were strongly in his

-favor; and no one was disposed to render a harsh

-judgment in regard to his singular conduct. The officers

-talked it over in the cabin, the seamen talked it

-over in the steerage. The students could make nothing

-of the matter; and it looked to them very much like

-the usual cases of running away, strange as it seemed

-to them that a fellow like Raimundo, who had been a

-model of good conduct on board, should take such a

-step.

-

-Of course Scott was an exception to the general rule.

-Though he knew not where his friend had gone, he

-understood why he had disappeared; for Raimundo had

-told him what he had heard on board of the American

-Prince, and he was fully satisfied that the stranger had

-come for him.

-

-“I think the matter is fully explained,” said Professor

-Crumples, in the state–room. “A demand has been

-made on the principal for Raimundo; and straightway

-Raimundo disappears. It is plain enough to me that

-the young man knew the lawyer was after him.”

-

-“But how could he know it?” demanded Professor

-Primback.

-

-“That I cannot explain; but I am satisfied that a

-student like Raimundo would not run away. He has

-not gone for a frolic, or to escape his duty: he is not

-one of that sort,” persisted Professor Crumples.

-

-“I think you are right, Mr. Crumples,” added the

-vice–principal. “Raimundo was a bad boy, or at least

-full of mischief and given to a lark, before he joined

-the institution; but for more than a year his deportment

-has been perfectly exemplary. He has been a

-model since I have had charge of this vessel. I have

-found that those who have really reformed are often

-stiffer and more determined in their zeal to do right

-than many who have never left the straight path of

-duty. I may say that I know this fact from experience.

-I am satisfied that Raimundo had some very strong

-motive for the step he has taken. But what you say,

-Mr. Crumples, suggests a little further inquiry into the

-matter.”

-

-The vice–principal spoke Spanish, and he immediately

-sent for the _alguacil_ to join the trio in the state–room.

-

-“Had the boats belonging to this vessel left the

-steamer when Don Francisco went on board of her?”

-asked Mr. Pelham as the Spanish officer entered the

-room.

-

-“No, sir: not a boat had left the steamer when Don

-Francisco was permitted to go on the deck of the

-steamer,” replied the _alguacil_ promptly. “He waited

-on the steps, at the head of which the big officer stood,

-for more than an hour; and I was in the boat at the

-foot of the steps all the time. I counted eight boats

-made fast to the boom; and I am sure that no one left

-the steamer till after Don Francisco had been admitted

-on board. I saw all the boys get into these boats, and

-pull away to this vessel and the other.”

-

-“Then Don Francisco was on the deck of the

-steamer at the same time that our ship’s company

-were there,” added Mr. Pelham.

-

-“No doubt of that,” replied the _alguacil_, who appeared

-to desire that no suspicion of foul play on the

-part of the officers or the principal should be encouraged.

-

-“Now, if I could find any one who noticed the conduct

-of Raimundo on board of the steamer, we might

-get at something,” continued the vice–principal.

-

-“I think you can easily find such a one,” suggested

-Professor Crumples. “Lieutenant Scott and Raimundo

-are fast friends; they are in the same quarter–watch,

-and appear to be great cronies.”

-

-“I was thinking of him when you spoke.—Mr.

-Scott,” called the vice–principal, when he had opened

-the door of the state–room.

-

-Scott was in the cabin, and presented himself at the

-door. He was requested to come in, and the door was

-closed behind him.

-

-“Were you with Raimundo on board of the steamer?”

-asked Mr. Pelham.

-

-Scott was fully determined not to do or say any thing

-that would injure his friend, even if he were sent to the

-brig for his fidelity to the absent shipmate; and he

-hesitated long enough to consider the effect of any thing

-he might say.

-

-“We are all friends of Raimundo, and do not wish

-to harm him,” added the vice–principal. “You have

-already said you did not know where Raimundo was.”

-

-“I do not.”

-

-“Do you object to answering the question I asked?”

-

-“I do not,” replied Scott, who had by this time made

-up his mind that the truth could not harm his friend.

-“I was with Raimundo all the time he was on board of

-the steamer. We went in the same boat, and returned

-together.”

-

-“Did you notice the gentleman that came on board

-of the Tritonia with Mr. Lowington?”

-

-“I did. He was on deck here half an hour, or

-more.”

-

-“Did you see him on board of the American

-Prince?”

-

-“I did. He spoke to the principal just as Raimundo

-and I passed behind him.”

-

-“Behind whom?”

-

-“Behind the principal. I looked the gentleman in

-the face while he was speaking to Mr. Lowington.”

-

-“Do you know what he said?”

-

-“I can walk Spanish, but I can’t talk Spanish; and

-so I couldn’t understand him.”

-

-“You don’t know what he said, then?”

-

-Scott hesitated again.

-

-“I don’t say that.”

-

-“But you intimated that you did not understand

-Spanish.”

-

-“I do know what the gentleman said as I passed

-him,” replied Scott.

-

-“How could you know, without understanding the

-language he spoke?”

-

-“Raimundo told me what he said; and he could

-understand Spanish if I could not.”

-

-“Ah, indeed! Raimundo told you! Well, what did

-he tell you the gentleman said?” asked the vice–principal

-earnestly.

-

-“He told me he heard the gentleman ask the principal

-if he had a student under his care by the name of

-Enrique Raimundo: that’s all he heard, and that’s all

-he told me about the gentleman,” replied Scott, who

-had said so much because he believed that this information

-would do his absent shipmate more good than

-harm.

-

-“That explains it all,” added Mr. Pelham; and he

-informed the _alguacil_ what Scott had said.

-

-This was all the vice–principal had expected to show

-by Scott; and he was entirely satisfied with the information

-he had obtained, not suspecting that the third

-lieutenant knew any thing more about the matter. Mr. Pelham

-and the rest of the party asked Scott some

-more questions in regard to the conduct of the absentee

-after he came on board of the Tritonia; but

-Raimundo had taken care that his friend should know

-nothing at all about his intended movements, and the

-lieutenant was as ignorant of them as any other person

-on board. To his intense relief he was dismissed without

-having betrayed the confidence of his friend in the

-slightest degree.

-

-Scott knew the whole story of the young Spaniard;

-and he was confident that the principal and the vice–principal,

-if not the professors, had learned at least

-Don Alejandro’s side of it from the stranger; and he

-felt that he was relieving his friend from the charge of

-being a runaway, in the ordinary acceptation of the

-term, by showing that Raimundo knew that some one

-was after him.

-

-The exciting topic was discussed by all hands till the

-anchor–watch was set, and the rest of the ship’s company

-had turned in. Even Bill Stout and Bark Lingall

-in the brig had heard the news, for Ben Pardee had

-contrived to communicate it to them on the sly; and

-they discussed it in whispers, as well as another more

-exciting question to them, after all hands below were

-asleep. Bill was fully determined to repeat the wicked

-experiment which had so providentially failed that day.

-

-“Bark is willin’,” added that worthy, when the plan

-had been fully considered.

-

-The _alguacil_ visited every part of the vessel, attended

-by the vice–principal, before he retired for the

-night. The next morning, all hands were mustered on

-deck, and the search was repeated. This time the hold

-was visited; but no sign of the fugitive could be found.

-The _alguacil_ protested that he was sure no attempt

-had been made by any person on board to conceal the

-absentee; for every facility had been afforded him to

-see for himself.

-

-Breakfast had been ordered at an early hour; for it

-was understood that all hands were to go on shore, and

-see what little there was to be seen in Barcelona.

-Before the meal was finished, the principal came on

-board with Don Francisco. The _alguacil_ reported to

-his employer what he had done, and described the

-thorough search which had been made for the missing

-ward. The principal offered to do any thing the

-lawyer would suggest in order to find Raimundo. No

-one could imagine how he had left the vessel, though it

-seemed to be a settled conviction with all that he had

-left. Don Francisco could suggest nothing; but he

-insisted that the _alguacil_ should remain on the vessel,

-to which the principal gladly assented.

-

-Don Francisco was sent on shore in good style in the

-first cutter of the Prince; and, as soon as breakfast was

-over in the Tritonia, the principal directed that all

-hands should be mustered in the waist.

-

-“Young gentlemen,” said Mr. Lowington, as soon as

-the students had assembled, “I spent last evening, and

-the greater part of last night, in devising a plan by

-which all hands in the fleet may see the most interesting

-portions of Spain and Portugal.”

-

-This announcement was received with a demonstration

-of applause, which was permitted and even enjoyed

-by the faculty; for it had long before been proved

-that the boys were honest and sincere in their expressions

-of approbation, and that they withheld their

-tribute when they were not satisfied with the announcement,

-or the programme, whatever it was. The principal

-bowed in acknowledgment of the applause.

-

-“I am well aware that some of the interior towns of

-Spain possess more interest than any on the seacoast;

-and therefore I have decided that you shall see both.

-You will spend to–morrow in seeing Barcelona, which

-may easily be seen in one day by those who do not

-wish to make a critical survey of the country. To–night

-the ship’s company of the American Prince will

-depart for Saragossa; and will visit Burgos, Valladolid,

-the Escurial, Madrid, Toledo, Badajos, and thence

-through Portugal to Lisbon, from which they may go

-to Cintra and other places. They will reach Lisbon

-in about two weeks. To–morrow morning the ship’s

-company of the Tritonia and that of the Josephine

-will be sent in the steamer direct to Lisbon, from

-which place they will make the tour, reversed, back

-to Barcelona. The ship’s company of the American

-Prince will return to Barcelona in their own vessel,

-which will wait for them at Lisbon. When all hands

-are on board again, the squadron will sail along

-the coast, visiting Valencia, Alicante, Carthagena,

-Malaga, Gibraltar, and Cadiz; and another interior

-trip will be made to Granada, Cordova, and Seville.

-This plan will enable you to see about the whole

-of Spain. Then we shall have visited nearly every

-country in Europe. To–day will be used in coaling

-the steamer, and you will go on shore as soon as you

-are ready.”

-

-This speech was finished with another demonstration

-of applause; and the principal immediately returned

-to the Prince, alongside of which several coal–barges

-had already taken their places. The students

-had put on their go–ashore uniforms, and were in readiness

-to take a nearer view of the city. The officers

-and crew of the Prince had packed their bags for the

-two weeks’ trip through Spain, and her boats were now

-pulling to the landing–place near the foot of the _Rambla_.

-Those of the Josephine and Tritonia soon followed

-them.

-

-The _alguacil_ remained on board of the Tritonia.

-He had a recent photograph of Raimundo, obtained

-in New York by Don Alejandro’s agent; and he was

-confident that the fugitive had not left the vessel with

-the rest of the students. As it was necessary for the

-adult boatswain and carpenter, Marline and Rimmer,

-to go on shore with the boats in order to take charge

-of them, the two prisoners in the brig were left in care

-of the head steward. When the vessel was deserted

-by all but the cooks and stewards, the _alguacil_ made

-another diligent search for the ward of his employer,

-but with no better success than before. He tried to

-talk with Salter, the chief steward; but that individual

-did not know a word of Spanish, and he did not get

-ahead very fast. In the course of an hour, he seemed

-to be disgusted with his occupation, and, calling a

-shore boat, he left the Tritonia. Probably Don Francisco

-had directed him to use his own judgment as to

-the time he was to remain on board.

-

-Mr. Salter was the chief steward of the Tritonia, and

-he had a great deal of business of his own to attend to,

-so that he could not occupy himself very closely in

-looking after the marines in the brig. He was obliged

-to make up his accounts, which were required to be as

-accurately and methodically kept as though the vessel

-were a man–of–war. His desk was in the cabin, for he

-was an officer of no little consequence on board.

-Though the passage–way between the cabin and the

-steerage was open, he could not see, from the place

-where he was seated, what the prisoners were about, or

-hear their conversation. They had their books in the

-brig, though they did not study their neglected lessons.

-But what they said and what they did must be reserved

-till a later time in the day; for it would not be fair to

-leave all the good students to wander about Barcelona

-without any attention.

-

-The boats landed, and for the first time the young

-voyagers stood on the soil of Spain. Captain Wainwright,

-Scott, and O’Hara were among those who were

-permitted to take care of themselves, while not a few

-were in charge of the vice–principals and the professors.

-Those who were privileged to go where they pleased

-without any supervision chose their own companions.

-Scott and O’Hara were inclined to train in the same

-company; and Captain Sheridan and Lieutenant Murray

-of the steamer, with whom both of them had been

-formerly very intimate, hailed them as they came on

-shore. The four formed a party for the day. It was a

-very desirable party too, for the reason that Dr. Winstock,

-an old traveller in Spain, as indeed he was in all

-the countries of Europe, was as great a crony of Sheridan

-as he once had been of Paul Kendall, the first

-captain of the Josephine, and a commander of the

-Young America. The surgeon shook hands with Scott

-and O’Hara, and then led the way to the _Rambla_,

-which is the broad avenue extending through the centre

-of the city.

-

-“Barcelona, I suppose you know, young gentlemen,

-is the second city in Spain in population, and has nearly

-or quite two hundred thousand inhabitants,” said the

-doctor, as the party entered the _Rambla_. “It is by

-far the most important commercial city, and is quite a

-manufacturing place besides. There are several cotton,

-silk, and woollen mills outside of the walls; and

-ten years ago the imports of cotton from the United

-States were worth nearly five millions of dollars.”

-

-“What do you call our country in Spanish, doctor?”

-asked Sheridan.

-

-“_Los Estados Unidos de America_,” replied Dr. Winstock.

-“By the way, O’Hara, do you speak Spanish?”

-

-“No, sir: I spake only Oyrish and Oytalian,”

-laughed the fourth lieutenant of the Tritonia.

-

-“Though Spanish and Italian are very much alike,

-each of them seems to be at war with the other. Ford,

-in Murray’s Hand–book for Spain, says that a knowledge

-of Italian will prove a constant stumbling–block in

-learning Spanish. I found it so myself. Before I

-came to Spain the first time I could speak the language

-very well, and talked it whole evenings with my professor.

-Then I took lessons in Italian; but I soon found

-my Spanish so confused and confounded that I could

-not speak it at all.”

-

-“Then I won’t try to learn Spanish,” added O’Hara.

-

-“Here is the post–office on your right, and the _Teatro

-Principal_ on the left; but it is not the principal theatre

-at the present time.”

-

-“This street—I suppose they would call it a boulevard

-in Paris—is not unlike ‘_Unter den Linden_’ in

-Berlin,” said Murray. “It has the rows of trees in the

-middle.”

-

-“But the time to visit the _Rambla_ is just before night

-on a pleasant day, when it is crowded with people.

-Barcelona is not so thoroughly Spanish as some other

-cities of Spain—Madrid and Seville, for instance.

-The people are quite different from the traditional

-Spaniard, who is too dignified and proud to engage in

-commerce or to work at any honest business; while the

-Catalans are an industrious and thriving people, first–rate

-sailors, quick, impulsive, and revolutionary in their

-character. They are more like Frenchmen than Spaniards.”

-

-“There is a square up that narrow street,” said

-Sheridan.

-

-“That’s the _Plaza Real_,—Royal Square,—surrounded

-by houses with arcades, like the _Palais Royal_

-in Paris. In the centre of it is a fine monument, dedicated

-to the Catholic kings, as distinguished from the

-Moorish sovereigns, and dedicated to Ferdinand and

-Isabella; and you remember that Catalonia became a

-part of Aragon, and was annexed to Castile by the marriage

-of their respective sovereigns. This is the _Rambla

-del Centro_, for this broad avenue has six names in its

-length of three–quarters of a mile. Here is the _Calle

-Fernando_ on our right, which is the next street in importance

-to the _Rambla_, and, like it, has several names for

-its different parts. Now we have the _Teatro del Lico_ on

-our left, which is built on the plan of _La Scala_ at Milan,

-and is said to be the largest theatre in Europe, seating

-comfortably four thousand people.”

-

-Dr. Winstock continued to point out the various

-objects of interest on the way; but most of them were

-more worthy to be looked at than to be written about.

-The party walked the entire length of the _Rambla_ to

-the _Plaza de Cataluña_, which is a small park, with a

-fountain in the centre. Taking another street, they

-reached a point near the centre of the city, where the

-cathedral is located. It is a Gothic structure, built in

-the fourteenth and fifteenth centuries. In 1519 Charles V.

-presided in the choir of this church over a general

-assembly of the Knights of the Golden Fleece. Under

-the high altar is the crypt or tomb of St. Eulalia, the

-patron saint of the city. She suffered martyrdom in

-the fourth century; and it is said that her remains were

-discovered five hundred years after her death, by the

-sweet odor they emitted. Her soul ascended to heaven

-in the visible form of a dove.

-

-Near the cathedral, on the _Plaza de la Constitucion_,

-or Constitution Square, are the Town Hall and the

-Parliament House, in which the commons of Catalonia

-met before it became a part of the kingdom of Aragon.

-Between this square and the _Rambla_ is the church of

-_Santa Maria del Pino_, Gothic, built a little later than

-the cathedral. Its name is derived from a tradition that

-the image of the Virgin was found in the trunk of a pine–tree,

-and because this tree is the emblem of the Catholic

-faith, ever green and ever pointing to heaven. On

-the altars of two of its chapels, Jews were allowed to

-take an oath in any suit with a Christian, or to establish

-the validity of a will, and for similar purposes. In

-another church Hebrews are permitted to take oath on

-the Ten Commandments, placed on an altar.

-

-The party visited several other churches, and finally

-reached the great square near the head of the port, on

-which are located the Royal Palace, the Exchange, and

-the Custom House; but there is nothing remarkable

-about them. There are fifty fountains in the city, the

-principal of which is in the palace square. It is an

-allegorical representation of the four provinces of Catalonia.

-

-“There is not much to see in Barcelona,” said Dr.

-Winstock, as they walked along the sea–wall, in the

-resort called the _Muralla del Mar_. “This is a commercial

-city, and you do not see much that is distinctively

-Spanish. Commerce with other nations is very

-apt to wear away the peculiarities of any people.”

-

-“But where are the Spaniards? I don’t think I have

-seen any of them,” added Sheridan.

-

-“Probably most of the people you have met in our

-walk were Spaniards,” replied the doctor.

-

-“Don’t we see the national costume?”

-

-“You will have to go to a bull–fight to see that,”

-laughed the surgeon; “and then only the men who

-take part in the spectacle will wear the costume. The

-audience will be dressed in about the same fashion you

-have seen all over Europe. Perhaps if you go over

-into Barceloneta you will find some men clothed in the

-garb of the Catalans.”

-

-“Shall we see a bull–fight?” asked Scott.

-

-“Not in Barcelona. I suppose, if there should be an

-opportunity, the principal would allow all who wished

-to see it to do so; for it is a Spanish institution, and the

-traveller ought not to leave Spain without seeing one.

-But it is a sickening sight; and, after you have seen one

-or two poor old horses gored to death by the bull, you

-will not care to have any more of it. The people of

-this city are not very fond of the sport; and the affair

-is tame here compared with the bull–fights of Madrid

-and Seville.”

-

-At three o’clock those of the party who belonged to

-the steamer departed for Saragossa. Scott and O’Hara

-wandered about the city the rest of the day, visiting

-Barceloneta, and taking an outside view of the bull–ring,

-or _Plaza de Toros_, which is about the same thing

-as in all the other large cities of the country. They

-dined at a French restaurant in the _Rambla_, where

-they did not go hungry for the want of a language. At

-an early hour they returned to the Tritonia, where they

-were to spend another night before their departure in

-the American Prince.

-

-

-

-

-CHAPTER VII.

-

-FIRE AND WATER.

-

-

-“What’s going on, Bark?” asked Bill Stout,

-as all hands were called to go on shore; and

-perhaps this was the hundredth time this question had

-been put by one or the other of the occupants of the

-brig since the ship’s company turned out that morning.

-

-“All hands are going on shore,” replied Bark Lingall.

-“I hope they will have a good time; and I am

-thankful that I am not one of them, to be tied to the

-coat–tail of Professor Primback.”

-

-The marines knew all about the events that had

-transpired on board of the vessel since she anchored,

-including the strange disappearance of Raimundo.

-Ben Pardee had contrived to tell them all they wanted

-to know, while most of the students were on deck.

-But he and Lon Gibbs had not been informed of the

-conspiracy to burn the Tritonia. Bark had simply

-told them that “something was up,” and they must do

-some mischief to get committed to the brig before they

-could take a hand in the game. Lon and Ben had

-talked the matter over between themselves, and were

-ready to do as required till the orders came for the

-Josephines and the Tritonias to proceed to Lisbon in

-the Prince. The voyage in the steamer had too many

-attractions to permit them to lose it. They had done

-better in their lessons than Bill and Bark, who had

-purposely neglected theirs.

-

-“I should not object to the voyage in the Prince,”

-said Bark.

-

-“Nor I, if I had known about it; but it is too late

-now to back out. We are in for it,—in the brig.

-We shall have a better chance to get off when all the

-professors are away,” added Bill.

-

-“There don’t appear to be any one taking care of

-us just now,” said Bark, after he had looked through

-the bars of the prison, and satisfied himself that no

-one but themselves was in the steerage. “Marline

-had to go on shore with the crowd to take care of the

-boats; and so had the carpenter.”

-

-“Some one has the care of us, I know,” replied

-Bill. “But I can soon find out.”

-

-Bill Stout began to pound on the slats of the cage;

-and the noise soon brought the chief steward to the

-brig.

-

-“What are you about in there?” demanded Mr.

-Salter.

-

-“I want to see Mr. Marline or Mr. Rimmer,” replied

-Bill, meekly enough.

-

-“They are both gone on shore to take charge of the

-boats, and won’t be back till night,” added Salter.

-“What do you want?”

-

-“I want a drink of water: I am almost choked,”

-answered Bill.

-

-“You don’t want Mr. Rimmer for that,” said Salter,

-as he left the brig.

-

-In a moment he returned with a pitcher of water,

-which he handed into the cage through the slide.

-Having done this, he returned to the cabin to resume

-his work.

-

-“I’ll bet he is alone on board!” exclaimed Bill, as

-soon as Salter had gone.

-

-“I think not,” replied Bark.

-

-“Why did he bring the water himself, then?”

-

-“I don’t know; perhaps the stewards are all on

-deck.”

-

-“No: he always lets most of his men go on shore

-when we are in port. I don’t believe there is more

-than one of them on board,” continued Bill, with no

-little excitement in his manner.

-

-“I heard some one walking on deck since the boats

-went off. It may have been Salter; but I am sure he

-is not alone on board.”

-

-“No matter, if there are only two or three left.

-Now is our time, Bark!” whispered Bill Stout.

-

-“We may be burnt up in the vessel: we are locked

-into the brig,” suggested Bark.

-

-“No danger of that. When the fire breaks out,

-Salter will unlock the door of the cage. If he don’t we

-can break it down.”

-

-“What then?” queried Bark. “Every boat belonging

-to the vessel is gone, and we might get singed in

-the scrape.”

-

-“Nonsense, Bark! At the worst we could swim

-ashore to that old light–house.”

-

-“Well, what are we going to do then? We wear the

-uniform of the fleet, and we shall be known wherever

-we go,” added the more prudent Bark.

-

-“You have money enough, and so have I. All we

-have to do is to buy a suit of clothes apiece, and then

-we shall be all right.”

-

-They discussed the matter for half an hour longer.

-Bark was willing to admit that the time for putting the

-villanous scheme in operation was more favorable than

-any that was likely to be afforded them in the future.

-Though the professors were all on shore, they believed

-they could easily keep out of their way in a city so

-large as Barcelona.

-

-“Suppose Salter should come into the steerage when

-you are down in the hold?” suggested Bark.

-

-“That would be bad,” replied Bill, shaking his head.

-“But we must take some risk. We will wait till he

-comes in to take a look at us, and then I will do the job.

-He won’t come in again for half an hour; for I suppose

-he is busy in the cabin, as he always is while we are in

-port.”

-

-They had to wait half an hour more before the chief

-steward came into the steerage. Though he intended to

-be a faithful officer, Mr. Salter was wholly absorbed in

-his accounts, and he did not like to leave them even for

-a moment. He went into the steerage far enough to see

-that both of the prisoners were safe in the cage, and

-hastened back to his desk.

-

-“We are all right now,” whispered Bill, as he bent

-down to the scuttle that led into the hold.

-

-“If you make any noise at all the chief steward will

-hear you,” replied Bark, hardly less excited than his

-companion in villany.

-

-Bill raised the trap–door with the utmost care. As

-he made no noise, Mr. Salter heard none. Bill had his

-matches all ready, with the paper he had prepared for

-the purpose. He had taken off his shoes, so as to

-make no noise on the steps. He was not absent from

-the brig more than two minutes, and Salter was still

-absorbed in his accounts. Bark carefully adjusted the

-scuttle when Bill came up; and he could smell the

-burning straw as he did so.

-

-Bill put on his shoes with all the haste he could,

-without making any noise; and both the conspirators

-tried to look as though nothing had happened, or was

-about to happen. They were intensely excited, of

-course, for they expected the flames would burst up

-through the cabin floor in a few moments. Bark

-looked over the slats of the cage to find where the

-weakest of them were, so as to be ready, in case it

-should be necessary, to break out.

-

-“Do you smell the fire?” asked Bill, when his anxiety

-had become so great that he could no longer keep

-still.

-

-“I did smell it when the scuttle was off; but I don’t

-smell it now,” replied Bark.

-

-“What was that noise?” asked Bill.

-

-Both of them had heard it, and it seemed to be in

-the hold. They could not tell what it was like, only

-that it was a noise.

-

-“What could it be?” mused Bill. “It was in the

-hold, and not far from the foot of the ladder.”

-

-“Perhaps it was the noise of the fire,” suggested

-Bark. “It may have burned away so that one of the

-boxes tumbled down.”

-

-“That must have been it,” replied Bill, satisfied with

-this plausible explanation. “But why don’t the fire

-break out? It is time for it to show itself, for fire travels

-fast.”

-

-“I suppose it has not got a–going yet. Very likely

-the straw and stuff is damp, and does not burn very

-freely.”

-

-“It will be a sure thing this time, for I saw the blaze

-rising when I came up the ladder,” added Bill.

-

-“And I saw it myself also.”

-

-“But it ought to be a little hot by this time,” replied

-Bill, who began to have a suspicion that every thing was

-not working according to the programme.

-

-“You know best how you fixed things down below.

-The fire may have burned the straw all up without lighting

-the ceiling of the vessel.”

-

-At least ten minutes had elapsed since the match

-had been applied to the combustibles, and it was certainly

-time that the fire should begin to appear in the

-steerage. But there was no fire, and not even the

-smell of fire, to be perceived. The conspirators were

-astonished at the non–appearance of the blaze; and

-after waiting ten minutes more they were satisfied that

-the fire was not making any progress.

-

-“It is a failure again,” said Bark Lingall. “There

-will be no conflagration to–day.”

-

-“Yes, there will, if I have to set it a dozen times,”

-replied Bill Stout, setting his teeth firmly together. “I

-don’t understand it. I certainly saw the blaze before I

-left the hold; and I couldn’t have done the job any

-better if I had tried for a week.”

-

-“You did it all right, without a doubt; but a fire will

-not always burn after you touch it off,” answered Bark,

-willing to console his companion in his failure.

-

-“I will go down again, and see what the matter is, at

-any rate. If I can’t get up a blaze in the hold, I will

-see what I can do in one of the mess–rooms,” added

-Bill stoutly.

-

-“How can you get into one of the mess–rooms?”

-asked Bark. “You forget that we are locked into the

-brig.”

-

-“No, I don’t forget it; but you seem to forget that

-we can go down into the hold, and go up by the forward

-scuttle into the steerage.”

-

-“You are right, Bill. I did not think of that,” said

-Bark. “And you can also go aft, and up by the after

-scuttle into the cabin. I remember now that there are

-three ways to get into the hold.”

-

-“I haven’t forgot it for a moment,” added Bill, with

-something like triumph in his tones. “I am going

-down once more to see why the blaze didn’t do as it

-was expected to do.”

-

-“Not yet, Bill. Wait till Salter has been into the

-steerage again.”

-

-“It isn’t twenty minutes since he was here; and he

-will not come again for half an hour at least.”

-

-Bill Stout felt that he had done enough, and had

-proved that he knew enough, to entitle him to have his

-own way. Raising the scuttle, he descended into the

-hold. He did not dare to remain long, lest the chief

-steward should come into the steerage, and discover

-that he was not in the brig. But he remained long

-enough to ascertain the reason why the fire did not

-burn; and, filled with amazement, he returned to communicate

-the discovery he had made to his fellow–conspirator.

-When he had closed the trap, and turned

-around to confront Bark, his face was the very picture

-of astonishment and dismay.

-

-“Well, what’s the matter, Bill?” asked Bark, who

-could not help seeing the strange expression on the

-countenance of his shipmate.

-

-“Matter enough! I should say that the Evil One was

-fighting against us, Bark,” replied his companion.

-

-“I should say that the Evil One is fighting on the

-other side, if on either,” added Bark. “But what have

-you found?”

-

-“The fire is out, and the straw and other stuff feels

-just as though a bucket of water had been thrown

-upon it. At any rate, it is wet,” answered Bill.

-

-“Nonsense! no water could have been thrown upon

-it.”

-

-“How does it happen to be wet, then?”

-

-“The hold of a vessel is apt to be a damp place.”

-

-“Damp! I tell you it was wet!” protested Bill; and

-the mysterious circumstance seemed to awe and alarm

-him.

-

-“Certainly no water could have been thrown upon

-the fire,” persisted Bark.

-

-“How happens it to be wet, then? That’s what I

-want to know.”

-

-“Do you think any water was thrown on the straw?”

-

-“I don’t see how it could have been; but I know it

-was wet,” replied Bill.

-

-“Very likely the dry stuff burned off, and the wet

-straw would not take fire,” suggested Bark, who was

-good for accounting for strange things.

-

-“That may be; I did not think of that,” mused Bill.

-“But there is a pile of old dunnage on the starboard

-side, and some more straw and old boxes and things

-there; and I will try it on once more. I have got

-started, and I’m going to do the job if I hang for it.”

-

-“Wait till Salter has been in again before you go

-below,” said Bark.

-

-Bill was content to wait. To his desire for freedom,

-was added the feeling of revenge for being committed

-to the brig when all hands were about to make a

-voyage in the Prince. He was determined to destroy

-the Tritonia,—more determined than when he first attempted

-the crime. In a short time the chief steward

-made another visit to the steerage, and again returned

-to the cabin.

-

-“Now is my time,” said Bill, when he was satisfied

-that Salter had reached the cabin.

-

-“Be careful this time,” added Bark, as he raised the

-scuttle.

-

-“I shall be careful, but I shall make a sure thing of

-it,” replied Bill, stepping upon the narrow ladder, and

-descending.

-

-Bill Stout was absent full five minutes this time; and,

-when he returned to the brig, he had not lighted the

-train that was to complete the destruction of the Tritonia.

-

-“I had no paper, and I could not make a blaze,”

-said he. “Have you a newspaper about you, Bill?”

-

-“No, I have not: I do not carry papers around with

-me.”

-

-“What shall I do? I can’t light the rubbish without

-something that is entirely dry.”

-

-“Here,” answered Bark, picking up one of the neglected

-text–books on the floor. “You can get as much

-paper as you want out of this book.”

-

-“But that won’t do,” replied Bill. “I thought you

-were a very prudent fellow.”

-

-“So I am.”

-

-“If I should miss fire again, and this book or any

-part of it should be found in the pile, it would blow the

-whole thing upon us.”

-

-“Tear out a lot of the leaves; and they will be sure

-to be burnt, if you light them with the match.”

-

-As no other paper could be obtained, Bill consented

-to tear out some of the leaves of the book, and use

-them for his incendiary purpose. Bark declared that

-what was left of it would soon be in ashes, and there

-was nothing to fear as to its being a telltale against

-them. Once more Bill descended into the hold; and,

-as he had made every thing ready during his last visit,

-he was absent only long enough to light the paper, and

-thrust it into the pile of combustibles he had gathered.

-He had placed several small sticks of pine, which had

-been split to kindle the fire in the galley, on the heap

-of rubbish, in order to give more body to the fire when

-it was lighted. He paused an instant to see the flame

-rise from the pile, and then fled up the ladder.

-

-“Hurry up!” whispered Bark at the scuttle. “I

-hear Salter moving about in the cabin.”

-

-But the trap–door was returned to its place before

-the chief steward appeared; and he only looked into

-the steerage.

-

-“The job is done this time, you may bet your life!”

-exclaimed Bill, as he seated himself on his stool, and

-tried to look calm and self–possessed.

-

-“I saw the blaze,” added Bark. “Let’s look down,

-and see if it is going good.”

-

-“No, no!” protested Bill earnestly. “We don’t

-want to run a risk for nothing.”

-

-Both of the young villains waited with throbbing

-hearts for the bursting out of the flames, which they

-thought would run up the ceiling of the vessel, and

-communicate the fire to the berths on the starboard

-side of the steerage. Five minutes—ten minutes—a

-quarter of an hour, they waited for the catastrophe;

-but no smoke, no flame, appeared. Bill Stout could not

-understand it again. Another quarter of an hour they

-waited, but less confidently than before.

-

-“No fire yet, Bill,” said Bark, with a smile.

-

-“I don’t know what it means,” replied the puzzled

-incendiary. “You saw the fire, and so did I; and I

-can’t see why the blaze don’t come up through the

-deck.”

-

-“It is very odd, Bill; and I can’t see through it any

-better than you can,” added Bark. “It don’t look as

-though we were to have a burn to–day.”

-

-“We are bound to have it!” insisted Bill Stout. “I

-shall try next time in one of the mess–rooms.”

-

-“With all the pains and precautions to prevent fire

-on board, it seems that the jolly craft won’t burn. No

-fellow has been allowed to have a match, or even to

-take a lantern into the hold; and now you can’t make

-the vessel burn when you try with all your might.”

-

-“The Evil One is working against us,” continued Bill,

-who could make no other explanation of the repeated

-failures.

-

-“If he is, he is on the wrong side; for we have done

-nothing to make him desert us,” laughed Bark. “We

-certainly deserve better of him.”

-

-“I am going below to see what was the matter this

-time,” added Bill, as he raised the trap–door.

-

-Bark offered no opposition to his purpose, and Bill

-went down the ladder. He was not gone more than a

-couple of minutes this time; and when he returned he

-looked as though he had just come out of the abode of

-the party who was working against him. He seemed

-to be transfixed with wonder and surprise; and for a

-moment he stood in silence in the presence of his fellow–conspirator.

-

-“What’s the matter with you, Bill? You look like a

-stuck pig that has come back to haunt the butcher,”

-said Bark, trying to rally his associate. “Did you see

-any spirits in the hold? This is a temperance ship,

-and the principal don’t allow any on board.”

-

-“You may laugh, Bark, if you like; but I believe

-the evil spirit is in the hold,” replied Bill impressively.

-

-“What makes you think so, Bill?”

-

-“The pile of rubbish is as wet as water can make it.

-Do you suppose there is any one in the hold?”

-

-“Who could be there?” demanded Bark.

-

-“I don’t know; but it seems to me some one is down

-there, who puts water on the fire every time I light it.

-I can’t explain it in any other way.”

-

-“Nonsense! No one could by any possibility be in

-the hold. If any one of the stewards had gone down,

-we should have seen him.”

-

-After more discussion neither of the conspirators

-was willing to believe there was any person in the hold.

-It was not a place a man would be likely to stay in any

-longer than he was compelled to do so. It was partially

-ventilated by a couple of small shafts, and very

-dimly lighted by four small panes of heavy glass set in

-the cabin and steerage floors, under the skylights. It

-was not more than four feet high where the greatest

-elevation was had; that is, between the dunnage that

-covered the ballast, and the timbers on which the floors

-of the between–decks rested. It was not a desirable

-place for any one to remain in, though there was nothing

-in it that was destructive to human life. It was

-simply a very dingy and uncomfortable retreat for a

-human being.

-

-“I am going to try it on just once more,” said Bill

-Stout, after his suspicions of a supernatural interference

-had subsided. “I know there was water thrown on the

-pile of rubbish. It seems to me the Evil One must have

-used a fire–engine on the heap, after I had lighted the

-fire. But I am going to know about it this time, if I

-am condemned to the brig for the rest of my natural

-life. There is quite a pile of old boxes and cases split

-up in the hold, ready for use in the galley. I am going

-to touch off this heap of wood, and stand by till I see

-it well a–going. I want you to shut the door when I go

-down next time; for Salter will not come in for half an

-hour or more. I am going to see what puts the fire

-out every time I light it.”

-

-“But suppose Salter comes into the steerage, and

-finds you are not here: what shall I say to him?”

-

-“Tell him I am in the hold,—any thing you please.

-I don’t care what becomes of me now.”

-

-Bill Stout raised the trap–door, and descended; and,

-in accordance with the instructions of that worthy,

-Bark closed it as soon as his head disappeared below

-the steerage floor. Bill lighted up the pile of kindling–wood;

-and then, with a quantity of leaves he had torn

-from the book, he set fire to the heap of combustibles.

-The blaze rose from the pile, and promised that the

-result that the conspirators had been laboring to produce

-would be achieved. True to the plan he had

-arranged, Bill waited, and watched the blaze he had

-kindled; but the fire had scarcely lighted up the

-gloomy hold, before a bucket of water was dashed on

-the pile of wood, and the flames were completely extinguished.

-There was somebody in the hold, after all; and

-Bill was almost paralyzed when he realized the fact.

-

-The fire was put out; and the solitary fireman of the

-hold moved aft. Bill watched him, and was unable to

-determine whether he was a human being, or a spirit

-from the other world. But he was desperate to a degree

-he had never been before. He stooped down

-over the extinguished combustibles to ascertain whether

-they were really wet, or whether some magic had

-quenched the flame which a minute before had promised

-to make an end of the Tritonia. The water still

-hung in drops on the kindling–wood. He stirred up

-the wood, and lighted another match, which he applied

-to the dryest sticks he could find.

-

-“What are you about, you villain? Do you mean

-to burn the vessel?” demanded a voice near him, the

-owner of which instantly stamped out the fire with his

-feet.

-

-The mystery was solved; for Bill recognized the

-voice of Raimundo, whose mysterious disappearance

-had excited so much astonishment on board of the

-vessel.

-

-

-

-

-CHAPTER VIII.

-

-SARAGOSSA AND BURGOS.

-

-

-The ship’s company of the American Prince departed

-from Barcelona at three o’clock in the

-afternoon, for Saragossa, or Zaragoza as the Spaniards

-spell it. At first the route was through a beautiful and

-highly cultivated country, and then into the mountains.

-By five o’clock it was too dark to see the landscape;

-and the students, tired after the labors of the day, were

-disposed to settle themselves into the easiest positions

-they could find, and many of them went to sleep.

-

-At Manresa the train stopped for supper, which was

-all ready for the students when they arrived, Mr. Lowington

-had employed four experienced couriers for the

-double tour across the peninsula. One was to precede

-each of the two parties to engage accommodations, and

-make terms with landlords, railroad agents, and others;

-and one was to attend each party to render such service

-as might be required of him. The journeys were all

-arranged beforehand, so that trains were to have extra

-cars, and meals were to be ready at stations and hotels.

-

-The train arrived at Saragossa just before four o’clock

-in the morning. The cars, or carriages as they are

-called in Europe, were precisely like those in use in

-England. Only six persons were put in each compartment;

-and the boys contrived various plans to obtain

-comfortable positions for sleeping. Some of them

-spread their overcoats on the floor for beds, using

-their bags for pillows; and others made couches on the

-seats. Most of them were able to sleep the greater

-part of the night. But the _Fonda del Universo_ was

-prepared for their reception, and they were glad enough

-to turn into the fifty beds ready for them.

-

-At nine o’clock all hands were piped to breakfast.

-The meal was served in courses, and was essentially

-French. Some of the waiters spoke French; but there

-was really no need of saying any thing, for each dish of

-the bill of fare was presented to every person at the

-table. After the meal, the students were assembled in

-the large reading–room,—the hotel had been recently

-built,—and Professor Mapps was called upon by the

-principal to say something about Saragossa, in order

-that the tourists might know a little of the history of

-the place they were visiting. The instructor took a

-convenient position, and began his remarks:—

-

-“The old monks used to write history something

-after the manner of the Knickerbocker’s History of

-New York; and they put it on record that Saragossa

-was founded by Tubal, nephew of Noah; but you will

-not believe this. The city probably originated with the

-Phoenicians, and was a place of great importance in

-the time of Julius Cæsar, who saw its military value as

-commanding the passage of the Ebro, and built a wall

-around it. It was captured by the Suevi in 452, and

-taken from them by the Goths fourteen years later. In

-the eighth century the Moors obtained possession of

-the city, and held it till the twelfth, when it was conquered

-by Alfonso of Aragon. It contains many relics

-of the Roman and Moorish works.

-

-“Saragossa has been the scene of several noted

-sieges, the most famous of which was that of 1808,

-when the French captured the place after the most

-desperate resistance on the part of the Aragonese.

-The brave defenders of the city had no regular military

-organization, and were ill–provided with arms and

-ammunition. The people chose for a leader a young

-man whose name was Palafox: he was as brave as a

-lion, but not versed in military science. The siege

-lasted sixty–two days, and the fighting was almost incessant.

-It was ‘war to the knife’ on the part of the

-Aragonese, and they rejected all overtures to surrender.

-Famine made fearful havoc among them, and every

-house was a hospital. Even the priests and the women

-joined in the strife. I dare say you have all heard of

-the ‘Maid of Saragossa,’ who is represented in pictures

-as a young woman assisting in working a gun in

-the battle. Her name was Augustina; and she was a

-very pretty girl of twenty–two. Her lover was a cannonneer,

-and she fought by his side. When he was

-mortally wounded, she worked the gun herself. You

-will find something about her in ‘Childe Harold.’

-

-“At length the French got into the town; but the

-conflict was not finished, for the people fought for

-twenty–one days more in the streets. Fifteen thousand

-were either dead or dying when the French entered the

-city. At last the authorities agreed to surrender, but

-only on the most honorable terms. It has been estimated,

-that, out of a population of one hundred and

-fifty thousand, fifty–four thousand perished in battle or

-by famine and pestilence.”

-

-After these brief remarks, the party separated, and

-divided up into small squads to see the city as they

-pleased. As usual, Captain Sheridan and Murray

-joined themselves to Dr. Winstock, who was as much

-at home in Saragossa as he was in Paris.

-

-“You will find that this city is thoroughly Spanish;

-and doubtless you will see some of the native costumes,”

-said the doctor, as they left the hotel.

-

-“But this hotel is as much French as though it were

-in France,” added Murray, who desired when in Spain

-to do as the Spaniards did, so as to learn what they do.

-

-“That is very true; but we shall come to the true

-Spanish hotel in due time, and I have no doubt you

-will get enough of it in a very short time,” laughed

-Dr. Winstock. “There are three classes of hotels in

-Spain, though at the present time they are all about the

-same thing. A _fonda_ is a regular hotel; a _posada_ is

-the tavern of the smaller country towns; and a _venta_

-is a still lower grade of inn. A drinking–shop, which

-we sometimes call a ‘saloon’ in the United States, is

-a _ventorro_ or a _ventorillo_; and a _taberna_ is a place

-where smoking and wine–drinking are the business of

-their frequenters. A _parador_ is a hotel where the diligences

-stop for meals, and may also be a _fonda_.”

-

-“A _fonda_ is a hotel,” said Sheridan; “and we may

-not be able to remember any more than that.”

-

-“When you see the names I have given you on the

-signs, you will understand what they mean. But our

-business now is to see this city. Like Barcelona, it has

-one principal wide street extending through the middle

-of it: all the other avenues are nothing more than

-lanes, very narrow and very dirty. It is on the Ebro,

-and has a population of some eighty thousand people.”

-

-“How happens it that this place is not colder? It

-is in about the same latitude as New York City; and

-now, in the month of December, it is comfortably

-warm,” said Sheridan.

-

-“These valleys have a mild climate; and the vine

-and olive are their principal productions. It is not so

-on the high table–land in the centre of Spain. At

-Madrid, for instance, the weather will be found to be

-quite cold at this time. The weather is so bitter there

-sometimes that the sentinels on guard have to be

-changed every quarter of an hour, as they are in

-danger of being frozen to death.”

-

-The party walked first to the great square, in the

-centre of which is a public fountain. They paused to

-look at the people. Most of the men wore some kind of

-a mantle or cloak. This garment was sometimes the

-Spanish circular cloak, worn with a style and grace

-that the Spaniard alone can attain. That of the poorer

-class was often nothing but a striped blanket, which,

-however, they slung about them with no little of the air

-of those who wore better garments. They were generally

-tall, muscular, but rather bony fellows, with an

-expression as solemn as though they were doing duty

-at a funeral. Some of them wore the broad–brimmed

-_sombrero_; some had handkerchiefs wound around their

-heads, like turbans; and others sported the ordinary

-hat or cap.

-

-The party could not help laughing when they saw,

-for the first time, a priest wearing a hat which extended

-fore and aft at least three feet, with the sides rolled up

-close to the body. Everybody was dignified, and

-moved about at a funeral pace.

-

-At the fountain women and girls were filling the jars

-of odd shape with water, and bearing them away poised

-on one of their hips or on the head. Several donkeys

-were standing near, upon which their owners were loading

-the sacks of water they had filled.

-

-“Bags of water!” exclaimed Murray.

-

-“They do not call them bags, but skins,” said the

-doctor. “You can see the legs and neck of the animal,

-which are very convenient in handling them. These

-skins are more easily transported on the backs of the

-donkeys than barrels, kegs, or jars could be. Many

-kinds of wine are transported in these skins, which

-could hardly be carried on the back of an animal in any

-other way. Except a few great highways, Spain is not

-provided with roads. In some places, when you ride in

-a carriage, you will take to the open fields; and very

-rough indeed they are sometimes.”

-

-The party proceeded on their walk, and soon reached

-the Cathedral of San Salvador, generally called _El Seo_;

-a term as applicable to any other cathedral in Aragon

-as to this one. It is a sombre old structure: a part of

-it is said to have been built in the year 290; and pious

-people have been building it till within three hundred

-and fifty years of the present time. There are some

-grand monuments in it; among them that of Arbues,

-who was assassinated for carrying out the decrees of

-the Inquisition. The people of Aragon did not take

-kindly to this institution; but the murder was terribly

-avenged, and the Inquisition established its authority in

-the midst of the tumult it had excited. Murillo, the

-great Spanish painter, made the assassination of Arbues

-the subject of one of his principal pictures.

-

-Saragossa has two cathedrals, the second of which

-is called _El Pilar_, because it contains the very pillar

-on which the Virgin landed when she came down from

-heaven in one of her visits to Spain. It appears

-that St. James—Santiago in Spanish—came to Spain

-after the crucifixion of the Saviour, in the year 40, to

-preach the gospel to the natives. When he had got

-as far as Saragossa, he was naturally tired, and went to

-sleep. In this state the Virgin came to him with a

-message from the Saviour, requiring him to build a

-chapel in honor of herself. She stood on a jasper

-pillar, and was attended by a multitude of angels. St.

-James obeyed the command of the heavenly visitor,

-and erected a small chapel, only sixteen feet long and

-half as wide, where the Virgin often attended public

-worship in subsequent years. On this spot, and over

-the original chapel, was built the present church. On

-the pillar stands a dingy image of the Virgin, which

-is said to be from the studio of St. Luke, who appears

-to have been both a painter and a sculptor. It is

-clothed in the richest velvet, brocade, and satin, and

-is spangled with gold and diamonds. It cures all diseases

-to which flesh is heir; for which the grateful

-persons thus healed have bestowed the most costly

-presents. It is little less than sacrilege to express

-any disbelief in this story of the Virgin, or in the

-miracles achieved by the image.

-

-Dr. Winstock and his young companions went from

-the churches, to take a walk in the older part of the

-city. The narrow streets reminded them of Constantinople,

-while many of the buildings were similar, the

-upper part projecting out over the street. The balconies

-were shaded with mats, like the parti–colored

-draperies that hang from the windows in Naples.

-Many of the houses were of the Moorish fashion, with

-the _patio_, or court–yard, in the centre, with galleries

-around it, from which admission to the various apartments

-is obtained. Saragossa has a leaning tower

-built of brick, which was the campanile, or belfry, of

-the town.

-

-The party of the surgeon spent the rest of the day in

-a walk through the surrounding country, crossing the

-Ebro to the suburb of the city. Near the bridge they

-met a couple of ladies who wore the mantilla, a kind of

-veil worn as a head–dress, instead of the bonnet, which

-is a part of the national costume of Spain. All over

-Spain this fashion prevails, though of course the modes

-of Paris are adopted by the most fashionable ladies of

-the capital and other cities.

-

-At four o’clock the ship’s company dined at the

-hotel, and then wandered about the city at will till dark.

-They were advised to retire at an early hour, and most

-of them did so. They were called at half–past four in

-the morning, and at six were on the train. At half–past

-eight they were at Tudela, the head of navigation on

-the Ebro. At quarter past one they were at Miranda,

-on the line from Bayonne to Madrid, where dinner was

-waiting for them. This meal was decidedly Spanish,

-though it was served in courses. The soup was odorous

-of garlic, which is the especial vice of Spanish

-cookery to those who have an aversion to it. Then

-came the national dish, the _olla podrida_, a kind of stew

-made of every kind of meat and every kind of vegetable,

-not omitting a profusion of garlic. Some of the

-students declared that it was “first–rate.” A few did

-not like it at all, and more were willing to tolerate it.

-We do not consider it “bad to take.” The next dish

-was calves’ brains fried in batter, which is not national,

-but is oftener had at the hotels than _olla podrida_. The

-next course was mutton chops, followed by roast

-chicken, with a salad. The dessert was fruit and

-raisins. On the table was plenty of _Val de Peñas_ wine,

-which the students were forbidden to taste.

-

-At half–past two the tourists departed, and at twenty

-minutes to six arrived in the darkness at Burgos. The

-port watch went to the _Fonda del Norte_, and the starboard

-to the _Fonda Rafaela_. The doctor and the captain were

-at the latter, and it was more like the inns of Don

-Quixote’s time than any that Sheridan had seen. It

-had no public room except the _comedor_, or dining–room.

-The hotel seemed to be a number of buildings thrown

-together around a court–yard, on one side of which was

-the stable. Sheridan and Murray were shown to a

-room with six other students, but the apartment contained

-four beds. It was large enough for four more,

-being not less than thirty feet long, and half as wide.

-It was comfortably furnished, and every thing about it

-was clean and neat. The establishment was not unlike

-an old–fashioned country tavern in New England.

-

-Dinner, or, as the students called it, supper, was

-served at six o’clock. The meal was Spanish, being

-about the same as the one they had taken at Miranda.

-Instead of the _olla podrida_ was a kind of stew, which

-in the days of Gil Blas would have been called a

-_ragout_.

-

-“This isn’t a bad dinner,” said Murray, when they

-had finished the third course.

-

-“It is a very good one, I think,” replied Sheridan.

-

-“I have been reading books of travel in Spain for

-the last two weeks, most of them written by Englishmen;

-and I had come to the conclusion that we should

-be starved to death if we left the ship for more than

-a day or two. The writers found a great deal of fault

-with their food, and growled about garlic. I rather like

-garlic.”

-

-“The doctor says the English are very much given

-to grumbling about every thing,” added Sheridan. “I

-don’t think we shall starve if we are fed as well as we

-have been so far.”

-

-“Our room is as good as we have found in most of

-the hotels in other countries. So far, the trains on the

-railroads have been on time instead of an hour late, as

-one writer declared they always were.”

-

-“If one insists upon growling, it is easy enough to

-find something to growl at.”

-

-In the evening some of the party strolled about town,

-but it was as quiet as a tomb; for the rule in Spain is,

-“Early to bed, and late to rise.” But the students

-were out of bed in good time in the morning, and

-taking a view of the city. They found a very pretty

-promenade along the little river Arlanzon, whose waters

-find their way into the Duero; and at a considerable

-distance from it obtained a fine view of the great

-cathedral. It is impossible to obtain any just view of it,

-except at a distance, on account of the mass of buildings

-which are huddled around it, and close to it. But the

-vast church towers above them all, and presents to

-the eye a forest of spires great and small. Near the

-river, in an irregular _plaza_, is an old gateway, which is

-quite picturesque. The structure looks like a castle,

-with round towers at the corners, and circular turrets.

-On the front are a number of figures carved in stone.

-

-Breakfast was served at half–past ten, and dinner at

-six, at the _Fonda_; but special tables were set for the

-students at more convenient hours. A Spanish meal

-could not be agreeable to nice and refined American

-people. The men often sit with their hats on, and

-between the courses smoke a cigarette, or _cigarillo_ in

-Spanish. They converse in an energetic tone, but are

-polite if addressed, though they mind their own business

-severely, and seem to be devoid of curiosity—or at

-least are too dignified to stare—in regard to strangers.

-The food is very odorous of onions and garlic, and in

-the smaller inns consists largely of stews or ragouts,

-generally of mutton or kidneys. New cheese, not

-pressed, is sometimes an item of the bill of fare. _Val

-de Pañas_ wine is furnished free all over Spain at the

-_table d’hote_; but it always tastes of the skins in which

-it is transported, and most Americans who partake of

-it think it is poor stuff. Great quantities of it are

-exported to Bordeaux, where it is manufactured into

-claret.

-

-After breakfast, the students were assembled to enable

-Professor Mapps to tell them something about the

-history of the city, to which he added a very full account

-of the Cid. Of his remarks we can give only an

-abstract.

-

-Burgos is one of the most famous cities of Castile, of

-which it was at one time the capital. The name comes

-from the same word as “Burg,” and means a fortified

-eminence; and such it is, being on the watershed between

-the basins of the Ebro and the Duero. It was

-founded in 884 by a Castilian knight. It was the

-birthplace of Ferdinand Gonzales, who first took the

-title of Count of Castile, shook off the yoke of Leon,

-and established the kingdom of Castile. The city is

-on the direct line to Madrid from Paris. The French

-captured the place in 1808; and it was twice besieged

-and taken by the Duke of Wellington in the peninsular

-war.

-

-The Cid is the popular hero of Spain, and especially

-of the people of Burgos. He was the King Arthur of

-Spain, and there is about as much romance in his history

-as in that of the British demigod. The Cid Campeador,

-“knight champion,” was born about 1040, and

-died when he was not much over fifty. His name was

-Rodrigo Ruy Diaz; and his marvellous exploits are

-set forth in the “Poem of the Cid,” believed to have

-been written in the twelfth century. It is the oldest

-poem in the Spanish language. His first great deed

-was to meet the Count Gomez, who had grossly insulted

-the Cid’s aged father, in a fair fight in the field, and

-utterly vanquish him, cutting off his head. The old

-man was unable to eat from brooding over his wrong;

-but, when Ruy appeared with the head of the slain

-count, his appetite was restored. By some he is said

-to have married Ximena, the daughter of his dead

-adversary. Great was the fame of the Cid’s prowess

-after this exploit. Shortly after this event, five Moorish

-kings, with a powerful force, entered Castile; and

-the Cid roused the country to oppose their progress,

-and fell upon the enemy, routing the five kings with

-great slaughter, and making all of them his prisoners.

-Then he fought for King Ferdinand against the Aragonese,

-and won all that was in dispute. When France

-demanded the homage of his king, he entered that

-country, and won a victory which settled the question

-of homage for all time. After this event he did considerable

-domestic fighting when Castile was divided

-among the sons of the dead sovereign; and was finally

-banished by the new king. He departed with his

-knights and men–at–arms, and took up a strong position

-in the territory of the Moors, where he made war,

-right and left, with all the kingdoms of the peninsula

-except his own country, which he had the grace to

-except in his conquests. He took Valencia, where he

-seems to have established himself. His last exploit in

-the flesh was the capture of Murviedro. Then he died,

-and was buried in Valencia.

-

-Now that the Cid, who had been the scourge of the

-Moors, was dead, the Christians could no longer hold

-out against the infidels, and were in danger of losing

-what they had gained. In this emergency they clothed

-the corpse of the dead hero in armor, and fastened it

-on his war–steed, placing his famous sword in his hand.

-Thus equipped for battle, the dead Cid was led into the

-field in the midst of the soldiers. The very sight of

-him struck terror to the hearts of the Moslems, and

-the defunct warrior won yet another battle. He was

-marched through the land, the enemy fleeing before

-him in every direction, to Burgos. He seems not to

-have been buried when he got there, but was embalmed

-and placed in a chair of state, where he went into the

-business of working miracles. His long white beard

-fell upon his breast, his sword was at his side, and he

-seemed to be alive rather than dead. One day a Jew,

-out of bravado, attempted to take hold of his venerable

-beard, when the Cid began to draw his sword, whereat

-the Jew was so frightened that he fainted away. When

-he recovered he at once became a Christian. The Cid

-was a fiery man, and did not hesitate to slap the face of

-a king or the pope, if he was angry. Even after he was

-dead, and sitting in his chair, he sometimes lost his

-temper; and Ximine found it expedient to bury him, in

-order to keep him out of trouble.

-

-The students went to the cathedral first. It is a vast

-pile of buildings, and is considered one of the finest

-churches in Europe. There is an immense amount of

-fine and delicate work about it, which cannot be described.

-The dome is so beautiful that Philip II. said

-it was the work of angels rather than men. The choir

-is quite a lofty enclosure, which obstructs the view

-from the pavement. The archbishop’s palace, and the

-cloister, on one side, seem to be a part of the church.

-It contains, as usual, a great many chapels, each of

-which has its own treasures of art or antiquity. In

-one of them is the famous Christ of Burgos, which is

-said to have been made by Nicodemus after he and

-Joseph of Arimathea had buried the Saviour. As

-usual, it was found in a box floating in the sea.

-The hair, beard, eyelashes, and the thorns, are all

-real; and a French writer says the skin of the figure

-is human. The image works miracles without number,

-sweats on Friday, and even bleeds at times; and is

-held in the highest veneration by the people.

-

-In another chapel is the coffer of the Cid, an old

-worm–eaten chest bound with iron. When the champion

-was banished by the king, as he wanted to go off

-with flying colors, and was in need of a large sum of

-money, he filled this chest with sand and stones, and,

-without allowing them to look into it, assured a couple

-of rich Jews that it was full of gold and jewels. They

-took his word for it (strange as such a transaction would

-be in modern times), and loaned the money he needed.

-When he had captured Valencia, he paid the loan, and

-exposed the cheat he had put upon them. Of course

-they were willing to forgive him after he had paid the

-money.

-

-The next point of interest with the students was the

-town hall, where they were permitted to look upon the

-bones of the Cid and his wife, which are kept in a box,

-with a wire screen over them to prevent any heathen

-from stealing them. The bones are all mixed up, and

-no one can tell which belong to the Cid and which to

-his wife.

-

-At noon Dr. Winstock procured an antiquated carriage

-at the hotel stable, and took Sheridan and Murray

-out into the country. After a ride of a couple of miles

-they reached Miraflores, which is a convent founded by

-John II., and finished by Isabella I. Its church contains

-the royal tomb in which John II. is buried, and is

-one of the finest things of the kind in the world, the

-sculpture being of the most delicate character. Several

-other Castilian kings are buried in this place.

-

-The little party took the carriage again, intending to

-visit the Monastery of San Pedro de Cardeña. There

-was no road, only an ill–defined track across the fields;

-and very rough fields they were, covered with rocks so

-thick that the vehicle often had to pass over many of

-them. The passengers were terribly shaken up. On

-the way they occasionally met a peasant riding on or

-leading a mule or donkey loaded with various commodities

-carried in panniers. They were interesting as a

-study.

-

-San Pedro is nothing but a ruin. It was established

-in the fifth century; and in the ninth the Moors destroyed

-the edifice, and killed two hundred monks who

-lived in it. It was rebuilt; and, being the favorite convent

-of the Cid, he requested that he might be buried in

-it. The monument is in a side chapel, and looks as

-though it had been whitewashed at no very remote

-period. The doctor read the inscription on the empty

-tomb. A dirty peasant who joined the party as soon

-as they got out the carriage followed them at every

-step, almost looking into their mouths when they spoke.

-

-When the party started to return, things began to be

-very lively with them. First Sheridan rubbed his legs;

-then Murray did so; and before long the doctor

-joined in the recreation.

-

-“What’s the matter?” asked the surgeon, laughing.

-

-“I don’t know; but my legs feel as though I had

-an attack of the seven–years’ itch,” replied the captain

-with a vigorous attempt to reach and conquer the difficulty.

-

-“That’s just my case,” added Murray, with an

-equally violent demonstration.

-

-“I don’t understand it,” continued the captain.

-

-“I do,” answered the surgeon, vigorously rubbing

-one of his legs.

-

-“What is it?” asked Sheridan, suspecting that they

-all had some strange disease.

-

-“_Cosas de España_,” laughed the doctor.

-

-“But that is Spanish; and I don’t understand the

-lingo.”

-

-“A _cosa de España_ is a ‘thing of Spain;’ fleas

-are things of Spain; and that is what is the matter

-with you and me. The lining of this carriage has

-been repaired by covering it in part with cloth with a

-long nap, which is alive with fleas.”

-

-“The wicked flea!” exclaimed Murray.

-

-“He goeth about in Spain, seeking whom he may

-devour,” added the doctor.

-

-When they reached the hotel, supper was ready;

-but they did not want any just then, for no one feels

-hungry while a myriad of fleas are picking his bones.

-Garments were taken off, and brushed on the inside;

-the skin was washed with cologne–water; and the party

-were happy till they took in a new supply.

-

-At about eleven at night, the ship’s company took

-the train south, and at quarter past eight the next

-morning were at _El Escorial_.

-

-

-

-

-CHAPTER IX.

-

-THE HOLD OF THE TRITONIA.

-

-

-Raimundo was in the hold of the Tritonia.

-He had made for himself a hiding–place under

-the dunnage in the run, by removing a quantity of

-ballast, and arranging a number of empty casks so as

-to conceal his retreat from any who might search the

-hold for him. The task had been ingeniously accomplished;

-and those who looked for him had examined

-every hole and corner above the ballast, that could

-possibly hold a person of his size; and they had no

-suspicion that there was room even for a cat under

-the dunnage.

-

-The young Spaniard had fully considered his situation

-before he ventured into the waters of Spain. He

-was fully prepared for the event that had occurred.

-The plan of his hiding–place was his own; but he

-knew that he could not make it, or remain in it for any

-considerable time, without assistance. If he spent a

-week or even three days in his den, he must have food

-and drink. He did not believe the squadron would

-remain many weeks in Spanish waters; and it was his

-purpose to stay in the hold during this time, if he

-found it necessary to do so. A confederate was therefore

-indispensable to the success of the scheme.

-

-Certain work required to be done in the hold, such

-as getting up stores and keeping every thing in order,

-was divided among the stewards. Those employed in

-the cabin attended to the after–hold, and those in the

-steerage to the fore–hold. One of the former was a

-Cuban mulatto, a very bright fellow, who spoke Spanish

-as well as English. Raimundo had become quite intimate

-with him, because they both spoke their native

-tongue, which it was pleasant to each to hear, and the

-steward had become very fond of him. His name was

-Hugo; and Raimundo was confident the man would be

-his friend in the emergency.

-

-During study hours, the vice–principal and the professors

-were employed in the steerage. When the

-quarter–watch to which the young Spaniard belonged

-was off duty, instead of spending his time on deck as

-his companions did in fine weather, he remained in

-the cabin, which at times was entirely deserted. He

-found that Hugo was willing to listen to him; and by

-degrees he told him his whole story, as he had related

-it to Scott, and disclosed the plan he intended to

-adopt when his uncle or his agents should put in a

-claim for him. Hugo was ready and anxious to take

-part in the enterprise. There could be no doubt in

-regard to his fidelity, for the steward would have perilled

-his life in the service of the young Spaniard.

-

-At a favorable time they visited the hold together;

-and Raimundo indicated what was to be done in the

-preparation of the hiding–place. Both of them worked

-at the job. The ballast taken from the hold was carefully

-distributed in other places under the dunnage.

-Hugo had charge of the after–hold, and his being there

-so much excited no suspicion.

-

-When the ship’s company returned, after the lecture,

-Raimundo waited in the cabin till he was alone with

-Hugo; for all hands were on deck, observing the

-strange scenes around them. He then descended to

-the hold, and deposited himself in the den prepared

-for him. His faithful confederate had lined it with

-old garments and pieces of sail–cloth, so that the place

-was not as uncomfortable as it might have been. The

-“mysterious disappearance” had been duly effected.

-

-Hugo carried food and drink to his charge in the

-morning, and left a pail of water for his ablutions, if

-he chose to make them. Of course the steward was

-very nervous while the several searches were in progress;

-but, as he spoke Spanish, he was able to mislead

-the _alguacil_, even while he professed to desire that

-every part of the vessel should be examined. Hugo

-not only provided food and water for the self–made

-prisoner, but he informed him, when he could, what

-was going on; so that he knew when all hands had

-gone on shore, and was duly apprised of the fact that

-the Josephines and Tritonias were to proceed to Lisbon

-in the Prince. But the steward dared not remain long

-in the hold, while Salter was in the cabin. Raimundo

-wanted to get on board of the steamer that day or

-night, if it were possible; but the chances were all

-against him.

-

-Hugo assured him that it would be entirely safe

-for him to leave his hiding–place, as he could easily

-keep out of the way of any chance visitor in the

-hold, and he would notify him if another search was

-likely to be made. Availing himself of this permission,

-Raimundo crawled out of his hole. It was a

-relief to his limbs to stretch them; and he exercised

-himself as freely as he could. While he was thus engaged,

-he saw the fore–scuttle opened, and some one

-come down. The fugitive stepped behind the mainmast.

-He saw the figure of one of the students, as he

-judged that he was from his size, moving stealthily in

-the gloom of the place. In a moment more, he rushed

-up the steps, and disappeared. In an instant afterwards,

-Raimundo saw a flame flash up from the pile of

-rubbish.

-

-The vessel was on fire, or she soon would be; for

-there was fire near her timbers. Grasping the bucket

-of water Hugo had left for his ablutions, he poured

-enough on the fire to extinguish it, and then retreated

-to the covert of the mainmast. A second time the

-incendiary–match was applied; and again the fugitive

-put it out with the contents of the pail. For the third

-time the incendiary pile that was to doom the beautiful

-Tritonia to destruction was lighted; and this time

-the wretch who applied the match evidently intended

-to remain till the flames were well under way. The

-fugitive was greatly disturbed; for, if he showed himself

-to the incendiary, he would betray his secret, and

-expose his presence. But he could not hesitate to save

-the vessel at whatever consequences to himself; and,

-as soon as he saw the blaze, he rushed aft, accosted

-the villain, and stamped out the fire, for he had entirely

-emptied the pail.

-

-“What are you about, you villain? Do you mean to

-burn the vessel?” demanded Raimundo, who did not

-yet know who the incendiary was.

-

-Bill Stout was startled, not to say overwhelmed, by

-this unexpected interference with his plans. He recognized

-the second master, whose mysterious disappearance

-had excited so much astonishment. But he

-was prompt to see, that, if Raimundo had detected him

-in a crime, he had possession of the fugitive’s secret.

-Somebody on shore wanted the second master, and an

-officer had come on board for him. Perhaps he was

-guilty of some grave misdemeanor, and for that reason

-would not allow himself to be caught; for none of the

-students except Scott knew why the young Spaniard

-was required on shore. Bill Stout did not care: he

-only saw that it was an even thing between himself and

-Raimundo.

-

-“Who are you?” asked the fugitive, when he had

-waited a moment for an answer to his first question.

-

-“I advise you not to speak too loud, Mr. Raimundo,

-unless you wish to have the chief steward know you are

-here,” replied Bill, when he had recovered his self–possession,

-and taken a hurried view of the situation.

-

-“Stout!” exclaimed Raimundo, identifying the familiar

-voice.

-

-But he spoke in a low tone, for he was not disposed

-to summon Mr. Salter to the hold, though he had felt

-that he sacrificed himself and his plan when he showed

-himself to the incendiary.

-

-“That’s my name,” replied the young villain.

-

-“I understand what you were scheming at in your

-watch on deck. Lingall, Pardee, and Gibbs are your

-associates in this rascality,” added Raimundo.

-

-Stout, who was not before aware that he had been

-watched by the second master or by any other officer,

-was rather taken aback by this announcement; but he

-promptly denied that the students named were concerned

-in the affair.

-

-“Lingall is with you, I know. I see how you have

-managed the affair. He is your companion in the brig,

-which was built over the midship scuttle,” continued

-Raimundo. “But why do you desire to burn the vessel?”

-

-“Because I want to get out of her,” replied Bill sullenly.

-“But I can’t stop here to talk.”

-

-“Do you really mean to burn the Tritonia?”

-

-“That’s what I did mean; but, since you have found

-me out, I shall not be likely to do it now.”

-

-“Whatever you do, don’t do that. You are in the

-waters of Spain now, and I don’t know but you would

-have to be tried and punished for it in this country.”

-

-Bill Stout had no idea of being tried and punished

-for the crime in any country; and he had not even considered

-it a crime when he thought of the matter. He

-did not expect to be found out when he planned the

-job: villains never expect to be. But he was alarmed

-now; and the deed he had attempted seemed to be a

-hundred times more wicked and dangerous than at any

-time before.

-

-“I can’t stop here: Salter will miss me if I do,”

-added Bill, moving up the ladder.

-

-“Wait a minute,” interposed Raimundo, who was

-willing to save himself from exposure if he could.

-

-“I’ll come down again, after a while,” answered Bill,

-as he opened the scuttle, and got into the brig.

-

-“Why did you stay down so long?” demanded Bark

-Lingall nervously.

-

-“It’s all up now, and we can’t do any thing,” replied

-Bill sullenly, as he seated himself on his stool,

-and picked up one of his books.

-

-“What’s the matter?”

-

-“We are found out.”

-

-“Found out!” exclaimed Bark; and his heart rose

-into his throat at the announcement. “How can that

-be?”

-

-“I was seen doing it.”

-

-“Who saw you?”

-

-“You couldn’t guess in a month,” added Bill, who

-fixed his gaze on his book while he was talking.

-

-“Didn’t I hear you speaking to some one in the

-hold, Bill?” asked Bark, as he picked up a book, in

-order to follow the studious example of his companion.

-

-“I was speaking to some one,” replied Bill.

-

-“Who was it?”

-

-“Raimundo; and he knew that you were concerned

-in the job without my mentioning your name;” and

-Bill explained what had passed between himself and

-the second master.

-

-“Raimundo!” exclaimed Bark, in a musing manner.

-“Then he mysteriously disappeared into the hold.”

-

-“He did; and he has us where the hair is short,”

-added Bill.

-

-“And perhaps we have him where the hair is long

-enough to get hold of. All we have to do is to tell

-Salter, when he comes to look at us, that Raimundo is

-in the hold.”

-

-“We won’t do it; and then Raimundo won’t say we

-set the vessel on fire,” protested Bill.

-

-“Wait a bit, Bill. He is a spooney, a chaplain’s

-lamb. He may keep still till he gets out of his own

-scrape, whatever it may be, and then blow on us when

-he is safe himself.”

-

-“I don’t know: I shall see him again after Salter

-has paid us another visit.”

-

-The chief steward came into the steerage a few

-minutes later; and seeing both of the prisoners engaged

-in study, as he supposed, he probably believed the hour

-of reformation had come. As soon as he had gone,

-Bill opened the scuttle again, and went down into the

-hold; but he was unwilling to leave the brig for more

-than a few moments at a time, lest some accident should

-betray his absence to the chief steward. He arranged

-a plan by which he could talk with Raimundo without

-danger from above. Returning to the brig, he lay down

-on the floor, with a book in his hand, so that his head

-was close to the scuttle. Bark was seated on the floor,

-also with a book in his hand, in such a position as to

-conceal the trap–door, which was raised a few inches,

-from the gaze of Mr. Salter, if he should happen

-suddenly to enter the steerage. Raimundo was to stand

-on the steps of the ladder, with his head on a level

-with the cabin floor, where he could hear Bill, and be

-heard by him.

-

-“I think we can’t afford to quarrel,” said Bill magnanimously.

-“We are all in the same boat now. I

-suppose you are wanted on shore for some dido you cut

-up before you left your home.”

-

-“I did nothing wrong before I left my home,” replied

-Raimundo; and it galled him terribly to be

-obliged to make terms with the rascals in the brig.

-“My trouble is simply a family affair; and, if captured,

-I shall be subjected to no penalty whatever.”

-

-“Is that all?” asked Bill, sorry it was no worse.

-

-“That’s all; but for reasons I don’t care to explain,

-I do not wish to be taken back to my uncle in Barcelona.

-But I will give myself up before I will let you

-burn the Tritonia,” replied Raimundo, with no little

-indignation in his tones.

-

-“Of course, as things stand now, we shall not burn

-the vessel,” added Bill: “we will make a fair trade

-with you.”

-

-“I shall make no trades of any kind; but I leave

-you free to do what you think best, and I shall remain

-so myself,” said Raimundo, who was too high–toned to

-bargain with fellows wicked enough to burn the beautiful

-Tritonia. “It is enough that I wish to get away

-from this city.”

-

-“If you clear out, you won’t blow on us,” added

-Bill, willing to put the best construction on the statement

-of the second master.

-

-“I promise nothing; but this I say: if you burn the

-Tritonia, whether I am on board or a thousand miles

-away, I will inform the principal who set the fire.”

-

-“Of course we should not do any thing of that sort

-now,” added Bark, whose head was near enough to the

-scuttle to enable him to hear all that was said.

-

-“I shall be obliged to keep out of the way of all on

-board, for the present at least,” said Raimundo.

-

-“We are satisfied with that,” replied Bill, who

-seemed to be in haste to reach some other branch of

-the subject.

-

-“Very well: then there is nothing more to be said,”

-answered Raimundo, who was quite willing to close

-the interview at this point.

-

-The conspirators were not so willing; for the chance

-of escape held out to them by the burning of the

-vessel was gone, and they were very much dissatisfied

-with the situation. It would be madness to repeat the

-attempt to destroy the vessel; and the future looked

-very unpromising. All hands were going off on a very

-desirable cruise in the steamer. Ben Pardee and Lon

-Gibbs had apparently deserted them when tempted by

-the voyage to Lisbon. They had a dismal prospect of

-staying in the brig, under the care of Marline and

-Rimmer, for the next three weeks.

-

-The second master had plenty of time to think over

-his arrangements for the next week or two; and he was

-not much better satisfied with the immediate prospect

-for the future, than were the occupants of the brig.

-His accommodations were far less comfortable than

-theirs; and the experience of a single night had caused

-him to fear that he might take cold and be sick.

-Besides, he had not calculated that the Tritonia was to

-lie at this port for two or three weeks, thus increasing

-the danger and discomfort of his situation. If he had

-to abandon his hiding–place, he preferred to take his

-chances at any other port rather than Barcelona. It

-was more than probable that Marline and Rimmer would

-overhaul the hold, and re–stow the boxes and barrels

-while the vessel was at anchor; and possibly the principal

-had ordered some repairs at this favorable time.

-

-His chance of getting on board of the Prince before

-she sailed was too small to afford him any hope. The

-change the principal had made in the programme interfered

-sadly with his calculations. Mr. Lowington had

-made this alteration in order to enable the students to

-visit the northern and central parts of the peninsula

-before the weather became too cold to permit them to

-do so with any degree of comfort. The fugitive was

-willing, therefore, to change his plans if it was possible.

-

-“Hold on a minute,” interposed Bill Stout, when

-Raimundo was about to descend the ladder. “What

-are you going to do with yourself while the vessel lies

-here for the next three weeks?”

-

-“I shall have to keep out of sight in the hold,”

-replied the second master.

-

-“But you can’t do that. You will starve to death.”

-

-“I have looked out for that.”

-

-Though Bill Stout asked some questions on this

-point, Raimundo declined to say in what manner he

-had provided for his rations.

-

-“Do you know who are in charge on board now?”

-asked Bill.

-

-“Only Mr. Salter and one of the stewards,” replied

-the fugitive.

-

-“Why don’t you use your chance while Marline and

-Rimmer are ashore, and leave the vessel? You can

-get away without being seen.”

-

-“I can’t get out of the vessel without going through

-the cabin where Mr. Salter is,” answered Raimundo;

-but the suggestion gave him a lively hope.

-

-“Yes, you can: you can get out by the fore–scuttle, go

-over the bow, and roost on the bobstay till a shore

-boat comes along,” added Bill. “Only you musn’t let

-the steward see you. Salter is in the cabin, and he

-won’t know any thing about it.”

-

-Raimundo was grateful for the suggestion, though

-he was not willing to acknowledge it, considering the

-source from which it came. Hugo would help him,

-instead of being a hinderance. The steward would call

-a boat, and have it all ready for him when he got out

-of the vessel. He could even keep Mr. Salter in the

-cabin, while he made his escape, by engaging his attention

-in some matter of business.

-

-“I will see what I can do,” said the fugitive as he

-left the ladder.

-

-He went aft to the cabin ladder, and raised the

-scuttle an inch. Hugo was setting the table for Mr.

-Salter’s lunch. He saw the trap–door raised, and he

-immediately went below for a jar of pickles. In five

-minutes Raimundo had recited his plan to him. In

-five minutes more Hugo had a boat at the bow of

-the Tritonia, waiting for its passenger. At half–past

-twelve, Hugo called Mr. Salter to his lunch; and,

-when this gentleman took his seat at the table, Hugo

-raised the trap, and slammed it down as though it had

-not been in place before. Raimundo understood the

-signal.

-

-The fugitive went forward, and ascended to the

-deck by the fore–scuttle. He was making his way over

-the bow when he found that he was followed by Bill

-Stout and Bark Lingall.

-

-“What are you doing here?” demanded Raimundo,

-astonished and annoyed at the action of the incendiaries.

-

-“We are going with you,” replied Bill Stout. “Over

-with you! if you say a word, we will call Salter.”

-

-Raimundo dropped into the boat that was waiting

-for him, and the villains from the brig followed him.

-

-

-

-

-CHAPTER X.

-

-THE ESCURIAL AND PHILIP II.

-

-

-Before the train stopped, the students obtained

-a fair view of the Escurial, which is a vast pile

-of buildings, located in the most desolate place to be

-found even in Spain. The village is hardly less solemn

-and gloomy than the tremendous structure that towers

-above. The students breakfasted at the two _fondas_ in

-the place; and then Mr. Mapps, as usual, had something

-to say to them:—

-

-“The Escurial, or _El Escorial_ as it is called in

-Spanish, is a monastery, palace, and church. The

-name is derived from _scoriæ_, the refuse of iron–lore

-after it is smelted; and there were iron–mines in this

-vicinity. The full name of the building is ‘_El Real

-Sitio de San Lorenzo el Real del Escorial_,’ or, literally,

-‘The Royal Seat of St. Lawrence, the Royal, of the

-Escurial.’ It was built by Philip II. in commemoration

-of the battle of St. Quentin, in 1557, won by the arms

-of Philip, though he was not present at the battle. He

-had made a vow, that, if the saint gave him the victory,

-he would build the most magnificent monastery in the

-world in his honor. St. Lawrence was kind enough to

-accommodate him with the victory; and this remarkable

-pile of buildings was the result. Philip redeemed his

-vow, and even did more than this; for, in recognition

-of the fact that the saint was martyred on a gridiron,

-he built this monastery in the form of that useful cooking

-implement. As you see, the structure is in the

-form of a square; and, within it, seventeen ranges of

-buildings cross each other at right angles. The towers

-at each corner are two hundred feet high; and the

-grand dome in the centre is three hundred and twenty

-feet high.

-

-“The total length of the building is seven hundred

-and forty feet, by five hundred and eighty feet wide.

-It was begun in 1563, when Philip laid the corner–stone

-with his own hands; and was completed twenty–one

-years later. It cost, in money of our time, fifteen

-millions of dollars. It has four thousand windows;

-though you may see that most of them are rather small.

-The church, which is properly the chapel of the monastery,

-is three hundred and seventy–five feet long, and

-contains forty chapels. The high altar is ninety feet

-high, and fifty feet wide, and is composed of jasper.

-Directly under it is the royal tomb, in which are laid

-the remains of all the sovereigns of Spain from Charles

-V. to the present time. The Spaniards regard the

-Escurial as the eighth wonder of the world. It is

-grand, solemn, and gloomy, like Philip who built it.

-In the mountain, a mile and a half from the Escurial,

-is a seat built of granite, which Philip used to occupy

-while watching the progress of the work.”

-

-The students separated, dividing into parties to suit

-themselves. All the available guides were engaged for

-them; and in a few minutes the interior of the church

-presented a scene that would have astonished the

-gloomy Philip if he could have stepped out of his shelf

-below to look at it, for a hundred young Americans—from

-the land that Columbus gave to Castile and Leon—was

-an unusual sight within its cold and deserted

-walls.

-

-“I suppose you have read the lives of Charles V.

-and Philip II.,” said Dr. Winstock, as he entered the

-great building with his young friends.

-

-Both of them had read Robertson and Prescott and

-Irving; and it was because they were generally well

-read up that the doctor liked to be with them.

-

-“It isn’t of much use for any one who has not read

-the life of Philip II. to come here: at least, he would

-be in the dark all the time,” added the doctor.

-

-“I have seen it stated that Charles V. and his

-mother, Crazy Jane, both wanted a convent built which

-should contain a burial–place for the royal family,” said

-Sheridan.

-

-“That is true. All of them were very pious, and

-inclined to dwell in convents. Charles V. showed his

-taste at his abdication by retiring to Yuste,” replied the

-surgeon.

-

-“The architecture of the building is very plain.”

-

-“Yes,—simple, massive, and grand.”

-

-“Like Philip, as Professor Mapps said.”

-

-“It took him two years to find a suitable spot for the

-building,” said the doctor.

-

-“I don’t think he could have found a worse one,”

-laughed Murray.

-

-“But he found just the one he wanted; and he did

-not select it to suit you and me. Look off at those

-mountains on the north,—the Guadarramas. They

-tower above Philip’s mausoleum, but they do not belittle

-it. The region is rough but grand: it is desolate;

-but that makes it more solemn and impressive. It is

-a monastery and a tomb that he built, not a pleasure–house.”

-

-“But he made a royal residence of it,” suggested

-Murray.

-

-“For the same reason that his father chose to end

-his days in a monastery. Philip would be a wild

-fanatic in our day; but he is to be judged by his own

-time. He was really a king and a monk, as much one

-as the other. When we go into the room where he

-died, and where he spent the last days of his life, and

-recall some of his history there, we shall understand

-him better. I don’t admire his character, but I am disposed

-to do justice to him.”

-

-The party entered the church, called in Spanish

-_templo_: it is three hundred and twenty feet long, and it

-is the same to the top of the cupola.

-

-“The interior is so well proportioned that you do not

-get an adequate idea of the size of it,” said the doctor.

-“Consider that you could put almost any church in our

-own country into this one, and have plenty of room for

-its spire under that dome. It is severely plain; but I

-think it is grand and impressive. The high altar, which

-I believe the professor did not make as large as it really

-is, is very rich in marbles and precious stones, and cost

-about two hundred thousand dollars.”

-

-“That’s enough to build twenty comfortable country

-churches at home,” added Murray. “And this whole

-building cost money enough to build fifteen thousand

-handsome churches in any country. Of course there

-are plenty of beggars in Spain.”

-

-“That is the republican view of the matter,” replied

-Dr. Winstock. “But the builder of this mighty fabric

-believed he was serving God acceptably in rearing it;

-and we must judge him by his motive, and consider the

-age in which he lived. Observe, as Mr Ford says in

-his hand–book, that the pantheon, or crypt where the

-kings are buried, is just under the steps of the high

-altar: it was so planned by Philip, that the host, when

-it was elevated, might be above the royal dead. Now

-we will go into the _relicario_.”

-

-“I think I have seen about relics enough to last me

-the rest of my lifetime,” said Sheridan.

-

-“You need not see them if you do not wish to do

-so,” laughed the surgeon. “This is a tolerably free

-country just now, and you can do as you please.”

-

-But the captain followed his party.

-

-“The French carried away vast quantities of the

-treasures of the church when they were engaged in

-conquering the country. But they left the bones of the

-saints, which the pious regard as the real treasures.

-Among other things stolen was a statue presented by

-the people of Messina to Philip III., weighing two hundred

-pounds, of solid silver, and holding in its hand a

-gold vessel weighing twenty–six pounds; besides forty–seven

-of the richest vases, and a heavy crown set with

-rubies and other precious stones,” continued Dr. Winstock,

-consulting a guide–book he carried in his hand.

-“This book says there are 7,421 relics here now, among

-which are ten whole bodies, 144 heads, 306 whole legs

-and arms; here is one of the real bars of the gridiron

-on which St. Lawrence was martyred, with portions of

-the broiled flesh upon it; and there is one of his feet,

-with a piece of coal sticking between the toes.”

-

-“But where did they get that bar of the gridiron?”

-asked Murray earnestly. “St. Lawrence was broiled

-in the third century.”

-

-“I don’t know,” replied the doctor. “You must not

-ask me any questions of that kind, for I cannot answer

-them.”

-

-The party returned to the church again; and the surgeon

-called the attention of his companions to the oratorios,

-one on each side of the altar, which are small

-rooms for the use of the royal persons when they attend

-the mass.

-

-“The one on the left is the one used by Philip II.,”

-added the doctor. “You see the latticed window

-through which he looked at the priest. Next to it is

-his cabinet, where he worked and where he died. We

-shall visit them from the palace.”

-

-After looking at the choir, and examining the bishop’s

-throne, the party with a dozen others visited the

-pantheon, or royal tomb. The descent is by a flight of

-marble steps, and the walls are also of the same material.

-At the second landing are two doors, that on the

-left leading to the “_pantheon de los infantes_,” which is

-the tomb of those queens who were not mothers of

-sovereigns of Spain, and of princes who did not sit on

-the throne. There are sixty bodies here, including

-Don Carlos, the son of Philip, Don John of Austria,

-who asked to be buried here as the proper reward for

-his services, and other persons whose names are known

-to history.

-

-After looking at these interesting relics of mortality,

-the tourists descended to the pantheon, which is a

-heathenish name to apply to a Christian burial–place

-erected by one so pious as Philip II. It is octagonal

-in form, forty–six feet in diameter and thirty–eight feet

-high. It is built entirely of marble and jasper. It

-contains an altar of the same stone, where mass is

-sometimes celebrated. These mortuary chapels were

-not built by Philip II., who made only plain vaults;

-but by Philip III. and Philip IV., who did not inherit

-the taste for simplicity of their predecessor on the

-throne. Around the tomb are twenty–six niches, all of

-them made after the same pattern, each containing a

-sarcophagus, in most of which is the body of a king or

-queen. On the right of the altar are the kings, and on

-the left the queens. All of them are labelled with the

-name of the occupant, as “Carlos V.,” “Filipe II.,”

-“Fernando VII.,” &c.

-

-“Can it be possible that we see the coffins of

-Charles V. and Philip II.?” said Sheridan, who was

-very much impressed by the sight before him.

-

-“There is no doubt of it,” replied the doctor.

-

-“I can hardly believe that the body of Philip II. is

-in that case,” added the captain. “I see no reason to

-doubt the fact; but it seems so very strange that I

-should be looking at the coffin of that cold and cruel

-king who lived before our country was settled, and of

-whom I have read so much.”

-

-“I think before you leave Spain you will see something

-that will impress you even more than this.”

-

-“What is it?”

-

-“I will not mention it yet; for it is better not to

-anticipate these things. All the kings of Spain from

-Charles V. are buried here, except Philip V. and Ferdinand

-VI.”

-

-“What an odd way they have here of spelling

-Charles and Philip!” said Murray. “These names

-don’t look quite natural to me.”

-

-“Carlos Quinto is the Spanish for Charles Fifth;

-and Ferdinand Seventh is Fernando Septimo, as you

-see on the urn. But our way of writing these things is

-as odd to the Spaniards as theirs is to us. The late

-queen and her father, when they came to the Escurial,

-used to hear mass at midnight in this tomb.”

-

-“That was cheerful,” added Sheridan.

-

-“They had a fancy for that sort of thing. Maria

-Louisa, Philip’s wife, scratched her name on one of

-these marble cases with her scissors.”

-

-The party in the pantheon returned to the church to

-make room for another company to visit it. Dr. Winstock

-and his friends ascended the grand staircase, and

-from the top of the building obtained a fine view of

-the surrounding country, which at this season was as

-desolate and forbidding as possible. After this they

-took a survey of the monastery, most of which has

-the aspect of a barrack. They looked with interest at

-some of the portraits among the pictures, especially at

-those of Philip and Charles V. In the library they

-glanced at the old manuscripts, and at the catalogue

-in which some of Philip’s handwriting was pointed out

-to them.

-

-They next went to the palace, which is certainly a

-mean abode for a king, though it was improved and

-adorned by some of the builder’s successors. Philip

-asked only a cell in the house he had erected and consecrated

-to God; and so he made the palace very simple

-and plain. Some of the long and narrow rooms

-are adorned with tapestries on the walls; but there is

-nothing in the palace to detain the visitor beyond a

-few minutes, except the apartments of Philip II. They

-are two small rooms, hardly more than six feet wide.

-One of them is Philip’s cabinet, where he worked on

-affairs of state; and the other is the oratory, where he

-knelt at the little latticed window which commanded a

-view of the priests at the high altar of the church.

-The old table at which he wrote, the chair in which he

-sat, and the footstool on which he placed his gouty leg,

-are still there. The doctor, who had been here before,

-pointed them out to the students.

-

-“It almost seems as though he had just left the

-place,” said Sheridan. “I don’t see how a great king

-could be content to spend his time in such a gloomy

-den as this.”

-

-“It was his own fancy, and he made his own nest

-to suit himself,” replied the doctor. “He was writing

-at that table when the loss of the invincible armada

-was announced to him. It is said he did not move a

-muscle, though he had wasted eighteen years of his

-life and a hundred million ducats upon the fleet and

-the scheme. He was kneeling at the window when

-Don John of Austria came in great haste to tell him

-of the victory of Lepanto; but he was not allowed to

-see the king till the latter had finished his devotions.”

-

-“He was a cool old fellow,” added Murray.

-

-“When he was near the end, he caused himself to

-be carried in a litter all over the wonderful building

-he had erected, that he might take a last look at the

-work of his hands,” continued the doctor. “He was

-finally brought to this place, where he received extreme

-unction; and, having taken leave of his family, he died,

-grasping the crucifix which his father had held in his

-last moments.”

-

-The party passed out of the buildings, and gave

-some time to the gardens and grounds of the Escurial.

-There are some trees, a few of them the spindling and

-ghostly–looking Lombardy poplars; but, beyond the

-immediate vicinity of the “eighth wonder,” the country

-is desolate and wild, without a tree to vary the monotony

-of the scene. The doctor led the way down the

-hill to the _Casita del Principe_, which is a sort of miniature

-palace, built for Charles IV. when he was a boy.

-It is a pretty toy, containing thirty–three rooms, all of

-them of reduced size, and with furniture on the same

-scale. It contains some fine pictures and other works

-of art.

-

-The tourists dined, and devoted the rest of the day

-to wandering about in the vicinity of the village.

-Some of them walked up to the _Silla del Rey_, or king’s

-chair, where Philip overlooked the work on the Escurial.

-At five o’clock the ship’s company took the slow

-train, and arrived at Madrid at half–past seven, using

-up two hours and a half in going thirty–two miles.

-

-“I am sorry it is too dark for you to see the country,”

-said the doctor, after the train started.

-

-“Why, sir, is it very fine?” asked Sheridan.

-

-“On the contrary, it is, I think, the most desolate

-region on the face of the globe; with hardly a village,

-not a tree, nothing but rocks to be seen. It reminds

-me of some parts of Maine and New Hampshire, where

-they have to sharpen the sheep’s noses to enable them

-to feed among the rocks. The people are miserable

-and half savage; and it is said that many of them

-are clothed in sheepskins, and live in burrows in the

-ground, for the want of houses; but I never saw any

-thing of this kind, though I know that some of the

-gypsys in the South dwell in caves in the sides of the

-hills. Agriculture is at the lowest ebb, though Spain

-produces vast quantities of the most excellent qualities

-of grain. Like a portion of our own country, the numerous

-valleys are very fertile, though in the summer

-the streams of this part of Spain are all dried up. The

-gypsys camp in the bed of the Manzanares, at Madrid.

-Alexandre Dumas and his son went to a bull–fight at

-the capital. The son was faint, as you may be, and

-a glass of water was brought to him. After taking a

-swallow, he handed the rest to the waiter, saying,

-‘Portez cela au Manzanares: cela lui fera plaisir.’

-(Carry that to the Manzanares: it will give it pleasure).”

-

-“Good for Dumas, _fils_!” exclaimed Murray.

-

-“There is a prejudice against trees in Spain. The

-peasants will not plant them, or suffer them to grow,

-except those that bear fruit; because they afford habitations

-for the birds which eat up their grain. Timber

-and wood for fuel are therefore very scarce and very

-dear in this part of the country. But this region was

-not always so barren and desolate as it is now. In

-the wars with the Moors, both armies began by cutting

-down the trees and burning the villages. More of

-this desolation, however, was caused by a very remarkable

-privilege, called the _mesta_, granted to certain of

-the nobility. It gave them the right of pasturage over

-vast territories, including the Castiles, Estremadura,

-and La Mancha. It came to be a legal right, and

-permitted immense flocks of sheep to roam across the

-country twice a year, in the spring and autumn. In

-the time of Philip II., the wandering flocks of sheep

-were estimated at from seven to eight millions. They

-devoured every thing before them in the shape of grass

-and shrubs. This privilege was not abolished till

-1825.”

-

-“I should think Philip and the rest of the kings who

-lived at the Escurial would have had a nice time in

-going to and from the capital,” said Sheridan. “He

-did not have a palace–car on the railroad in those

-days.”

-

-“After Philip’s day they did not live there a great

-deal of the time, not so much because it was inconvenient

-as because it was a gloomy and cheerless place.

-They used to make it a rule to spend six weeks of the

-year there; though the last of the sovereigns did not

-live there at all, I believe. But they had good roads

-and good carriages for their time. The Spaniards do

-not make many roads; but what they do make are first–class.

-I am sorry we do not go to Segovia, though

-there is not much there except the cathedral and the

-Roman aqueduct, which is a fine specimen. But you

-have seen plenty of these things. Six miles from Segovia

-is La Granja, or the Grange, which is sometimes

-called the palace of San Ildefonso. It is a _real sitio_, or

-royal residence, built by Philip V. It is a summer

-retreat, in the midst of pine forests four thousand feet

-above the sea–level. We went through Valladolid in

-the night. Columbus died there, you remember; and

-Philip II. was born there; but there is nothing of great

-interest to be seen in the city.”

-

-When the train arrived at Madrid, a lot of small

-omnibuses, holding about eight persons each, were

-waiting for the company; and they were driven to the

-_Puerta del Sol_, where the principal hotels are located.

-Half of the party went to the _Grand Hotel de Paris_,

-and the other half to the _Hotel de los Principes_. Dr.

-Winstock and his _protégés_ were quartered at the

-former.

-

-On shore no distinction was made between officers

-and seamen, and no better rooms were given to the

-former than to the latter. As two students occupied

-one wide bed, they were allowed to pair off for this

-purpose. It so happened that the captain and the first

-lieutenant had one of the worst rooms in the house.

-After they had gone up two pairs of stairs, a sign on

-the wall informed them that they had reached the first

-story; and four more brought them to the seven–by–nine

-chamber, with a brick floor, which they were to

-occupy. The furniture was very meagre.

-

-In Spain hotels charge by the day, the price being

-regulated by the size and location of the room. Such

-as that we have just described was thirty–five _reales_. A

-good sized inside room, two flights nearer the earth,

-was fifty _reales_, with an increase of five _reales_ for an

-outside room looking into the street. The table was

-the same for all the guests. The price per day varies

-from thirty to sixty _reales_ in Spain, forty being the

-most common rate at the best hotels out of Madrid.

-From two to four _reales_ a day is charged for attendance,

-and one or two for candles. Two dollars a day

-is therefore about the average rate. Only two meals

-a day are served for this price,—a breakfast at ten or

-eleven, and dinner at six.

-

-It is the fashion in Spain, for an individual or company

-to conduct several hotels in different cities. The

-Fallola brothers run the grand Hotel de Paris in

-Madrid, the ones with the same name in Seville and in

-Cadiz, and the Hotel Suiza in Cordova; and they are

-the highest–priced hotels on the peninsula, and doubtless

-the best. The company that manages the Hotel

-de Los Principes in Madrid also have the Rizzi in

-Cordova, the Londres in Seville, the Cadiz in Cadiz,

-and the Siete Suelos in Granada, in which the prices

-are more moderate. The Hotel Washington Irving at

-Granada, and the Alameda in Malaga, are under the

-same management, and charge forty–four and forty

-_reales_ a day respectively, besides service and lights.

-Though Spain is said to be an expensive country to

-live in, these prices in 1870 were only about half those

-charged in the United States.

-

-Railroad fares are about two cents and a half a mile,

-second class; and about a third higher, first class. A

-one–horse carriage for two costs forty cents an hour in

-Madrid; and for four persons, two horses, fifty cents.

-A very handsome carriage, with driver and footman in

-livery, may be had for five dollars a day.

-

-After supper the students walked about the _Puerta

-del Sol_, and took their first view of the capital of

-Spain.

-

-

-

-

-CHAPTER XI.

-

-THE CRUISE IN THE FELUCCA.

-

-

-Raimundo was very much disgusted when he

-found that Bill Stout and Bark Lingall were to

-be the companions of his flight. Thus far he had felt

-that his conduct was justifiable. His uncle Manuel

-had taught him to believe that his guardian intended to

-“put him out of the way.” Don Alejandro had not

-actually attempted to do any thing of this kind, so far

-as was known; and no case could be made out against

-him. Don Manuel did not mean that he should have

-an opportunity to attempt any thing of the kind. Certainly

-it was safer to keep out of his way, than to tempt

-him to do a deed which his own brother believed he

-was capable of doing. Raimundo thought Don Manuel

-was right: indeed, he could remember enough of

-Don Alejandro’s treatment of him before he left Barcelona,

-to convince him of his guardian’s intentions.

-

-But when he found himself in the boat, escaping

-from the Tritonia with two of the worst “scalliwags”

-of the crew, the case seemed to present a different

-aspect to him. He realized that he was in bad company;

-and he felt contaminated by their presence, Yet

-he did not see how he could help himself. The only

-way he could get out of the scrape was to surrender

-to the chief steward, and in due time be handed over

-to the agent of his guardian. Whether he was correct

-or not in his estimate of his uncle’s character, he was

-sincere in his belief that Don Alejandro intended to do

-him harm, even to the sacrificing of his life. Independently

-of his personal fears, he did not think it

-would be right to give himself up to one who might be

-tempted to do an evil deed. He concluded to make

-the best of the situation, and as soon as possible to get

-rid of his disagreeable companions.

-

-“Where shall we go, Raimundo?” asked Bill Stout,

-as confidentially as though he had been a part of the

-enterprise from the beginning.

-

-“We must go on shore, of course,” replied the

-young Spaniard, who was not yet sufficiently reconciled

-to the situation to be very cordial.

-

-More than this, he had not yet considered what his

-course should be when he had left the vessel; but it

-occurred to him, as Bill asked the question, that the

-_alguacil_, whose action had been fully reported to him

-by Hugo, might be watching the vessel from the shore.

-Raimundo looked about him to get a better idea of the

-situation. The wind was from the north–west, which

-swung the Prince so that she lay between the Tritonia

-and the landing–place, and hid her hull from the view

-of any one on the city side.

-

-“I think we had better not land at any of the usual

-places,” suggested Bark. “Marline, Rimmer, and all

-the rest of the forward officers, are in charge of the

-boats at the principal landing.”

-

-“I had no idea of going to the city. It would not

-be safe for me to show my face there,” answered Raimundo;

-and he directed the boatman to pull to the

-Barceloneta side of the port, and in such a direction as

-to keep in the shadow of the vessels of the fleet.

-

-The man offered to land them at a more convenient

-place; but Raimundo insisted upon going to the point

-indicated. Very likely the boatman suspected that his

-passengers were not leaving the vessel to which they

-belonged in a perfectly regular manner; but probably

-this would not make any difference to him, as long as

-he was well paid for his services. Presently the boat

-grounded on some rocks at the foot of the sea–wall,

-which rose high above them. As usual the boatman

-was anxious to obtain another job; and he offered to

-take them to any point they wished to go to.

-

-“I will take you back to your ship when you are

-ready to go,” continued the man with a smile, and a

-twinkle of the eye, which was enough to show that he

-did not believe they intended to return.

-

-Raimundo replied that they had no further use for

-the boat that day.

-

-“I have a big boat like that,” persisted the man,

-pointing to a felucca which was sailing down the bay.

-

-The craft indicated was about thirty feet long, and

-carried a large lateen sail.

-

-“Where is she?” asked Raimundo, with interest.

-

-The man pointed up the harbor, and said he could

-have her ready in a few minutes.

-

-“Do you go out to sea in her?”

-

-“Oh, yes! go to Majorca in her,” replied the boatman,

-quite excited at the prospect of a large job.

-

-“Can you take us to Tarragona in her?” continued

-the young Spaniard, to whom the felucca suggested

-the best means of getting away from Barcelona.

-

-“Certainly I can: there is no trouble about it.”

-

-“How much shall you charge to take us there?”

-

-“It is fifteen leagues to Tarragona,” replied the

-boatman, who proceeded to magnify the difficulties of

-the enterprise as soon as the price was demanded.

-

-“Very well: we can go by the railroad,” added Raimundo,

-who fully comprehended the object of the man.

-

-“Your officers will see you if you go into the city,”

-said the boatman, with a cunning smile.

-

-There was no longer any doubt that the fellow fully

-comprehended the situation, but the fugitive saw that

-he would not betray them; for, if he did, he would lose

-the job, which he evidently intended should be a profitable

-one.

-

-“Name your price,” he added; and he was willing

-to pay liberally for the service he desired.

-

-“Five hundred _reales_,” answered the man.

-

-“Do you think we have so much money?” laughed

-the fugitive. “We can’t make a bargain with you.”

-

-“What will you give?” asked the boatman.

-

-“Two hundred _reales_.”

-

-After considerable haggling, the bargain was struck

-at three hundred _reales_, or fifteen dollars; and this

-was less than the fugitive had expected to pay. The

-rest of the arrangements were readily made. Filipe,

-for this was the name he gave, was afraid his passengers

-would be captured while he went for his felucca;

-and, keeping in the shadow of the sea–wall, he pulled

-them around the point on which the old light–house

-stands, and landed them on some rocks under the wall.

-In this position they could not be seen from the vessels

-of the fleet, or from the landing–place on the other

-side, while the high wall concealed them from any

-person on the shore who did not take the trouble to

-look over at them.

-

-“We shall want something to eat,” said Raimundo,

-as the boatman was about to leave them. “Take this,

-and buy as much bread and cold meat as you can with

-it.”

-

-Raimundo handed him three dollars in Spanish silver,

-which Hugo had obtained for him. The large sum of

-money he had was in Spanish gold, obtained in Genoa.

-He had a few dollars in silver left for small expenses.

-

-“What are we here for?” asked Bill Stout, who, of

-course, had not understood a word of the conversation

-of his companion and the boatman.

-

-Both he and Bark had asked half a dozen times

-what they were talking about; but Raimundo had not

-answered them.

-

-“What has been going on between you and that

-fellow all this time?” asked Bill, in a tone so imperative

-that the young officer did not like it at all.

-

-“I have made a bargain with him to take us to

-Tarragona,” replied Raimundo coldly.

-

-“And did not say a word to Bark and me about it!”

-exclaimed Bill.

-

-“If you don’t like it you need not go. I did not

-invite you to come with me.”

-

-“Did not invite me!” sneered Bill. “I know you

-didn’t; but we are in the party, and want you to understand

-that we are no longer under your orders. You

-needn’t take it upon yourself to make arrangements for

-me.”

-

-“I made the arrangement for myself, and I don’t

-ask you to go with me,” answered Raimundo with

-dignity.

-

-“Come, come! Bill, dry up!” interposed Bark. “Do

-you want to make a row now before we are fairly out

-of the vessel?”

-

-“I got out of the vessel to get clear of those snobs

-of officers, and I am not going to have one of them

-lording it over me here.”

-

-“Nonsense! He hasn’t done any thing that you can

-find fault with,” added Bark.

-

-“He has made a trade with that boatman to take us

-somewhere without saying a word to us about it,”

-blustered Bill. “I want to put a check on that sort of

-thing in the beginning.”

-

-“He has done just the right thing. If we had been

-alone we could not have managed the matter at all.”

-

-“I could have managed it well enough myself.”

-

-“You can’t speak a word of Spanish, nor I either.”

-

-“I don’t even know where that place is—Dragona—or

-whatever it is,” growled Bill.

-

-“I am not to blame for your ignorance,” said Raimundo.

-“You heard every thing that was said; and, if

-you don’t like it, I am willing to get along without

-you.”

-

-“Come, Bill; we must not get up a row. Raimundo

-has done the right thing, and for one I am very much

-obliged to him,” continued Bark.

-

-“He might have told us what he was about,” added

-Bill, somewhat appeased by the words of his fellow–conspirator.

-

-“We had no time to spare; and he could not stop to

-tell the whole story twice over.”

-

-“Where is the place we are going to?” demanded

-Bill in the same sulky tone.

-

-“Tarragona, a seaport town, south of here. How

-far is it, Mr. Raimundo?”

-

-“About fifty miles.”

-

-“Will you tell us now, if you please, what arrangements

-you made with the boatman?” continued Bark,

-doing his best to smooth the ruffled feelings of the

-young Spaniard.

-

-“Certainly I will; but I want to say in the first

-place that I had rather return to the Tritonia at once

-than be bullied by Stout or by anybody else. I don’t

-put on any airs, and I mean to treat everybody like a

-gentleman. I am a Spaniard, and I will not be insulted

-by any one,” said Raimundo, with as much dignity as

-an hidalgo in Castile.

-

-“I didn’t mean to insult you,” said Bill mildly.

-

-“Let it pass; but, if it is repeated, we part company

-at once, whatever the consequences,” added Raimundo,

-who then proceeded to explain what had passed

-between Filipe and himself.

-

-The plan was entirely satisfactory to Bark; and so

-it was to Bill, though he had not the grace to say so.

-The villain had an itching to be the leader of whatever

-was going on himself; and he was very much afraid

-that the late second master of the Tritonia would

-usurp this office if he did not make himself felt in the

-beginning. He was rather cowed by the lofty stand

-Raimundo had taken; and he had come to the conclusion

-that he had better wait till the expedition was a

-little farther along before he attempted to assert himself

-again.

-

-“Have you any money?” asked Raimundo, when he

-had finished his explanation.

-

-“Yes. Both of us have money; and we will pay our

-share of the cost of the boat,” replied Bark, who was

-ten times more of a man than his companion in mischief.

-

-“Is it Spanish money?”

-

-“No, not any of it. I have seven English sovereigns

-in gold, and some silver. Bill has twelve sovereigns.

-I can draw over eighty pounds on my letter of credit;

-and Bill can get fifty on his.”

-

-“I only wanted to know what ready money you had,”

-added Raimundo. “You must not say a word about

-money when we get into the felucca.”

-

-“Why not?” asked Bill, in his surly way, as though

-he was disposed to make another issue on this point.

-

-“I don’t know the boatman; and it is very likely he

-may have another man with him. There he comes,

-and there is another man with him,” replied Raimundo,

-as the felucca appeared off the light–house. “If you

-should show them any large sum of money, or let them

-know you had it, they might be tempted to throw us

-overboard for the sake of getting it. Of course, I

-don’t know that they would do any thing of the kind;

-but it is best to be on the safe side.”

-

-“Some of these Spaniards would cut a man’s throat

-for half a dollar,” added Bill.

-

-“So would some Americans; and they do it in New

-York sometimes,” replied Raimundo warmly. “I repeat

-it: don’t say a word about money.”

-

-“The men in the boat cannot understand us if we

-do,” suggested Bark.

-

-“They may speak English, for aught I know.”

-

-“The one you talked with could not.”

-

-“I don’t know about that. I did not try him in

-English. We must all pretend that we have very little

-money, whether we do it in English or in Spanish.

-When Filipe—that’s his name—asked me five hundred

-_reales_ for taking us to Tarragona, I said that I

-had not so much money.”

-

-“And that was a lie; wasn’t it?” sneered Bill.

-

-“If it was, it is on my conscience, and not yours;

-and it may be a lie that will save your life and mine,”

-answered Raimundo sharply.

-

-“I don’t object to the lie; but I thought you, one of

-the parson’s lambs, did object to such things,” chuckled

-Bill.

-

-“I hate a lie: I think falsehood is mean and ungentlemanly;

-but I believe there is a wide difference

-between a lie told to a sick man, or to prevent a boatman

-from being tempted to cut your throat, and a lie

-told to save you from the consequences of your own

-misconduct.”

-

-“Well, you needn’t preach: we are not chaplain’s

-lambs,” growled Bill.

-

-“Neither am I,” added Raimundo. “I am what

-they call a Christian in Spain, and that is a Roman

-Catholic. But here is the felucca. Now mind what I

-have said, for your own safety.”

-

-Filipe ran the bow of his craft up to the rocks on

-which the fugitives were standing, and they leaped on

-board of her. The boatman’s assistant shoved her off,

-and in a moment more she was driving down the harbor

-before the fresh breeze. The second man in the boat

-was not more than twenty years old, while Filipe

-was apparently about forty–five. He introduced his

-companion as his son, and said his name was John

-(_Juan_).

-

-At the suggestion of Raimundo, the fugitives coiled

-themselves away in the bottom of the felucca, so that

-no inquisitive glass on board of the vessels or on the

-shore should reveal their presence to any one that

-wanted them. In this position they had an opportunity

-to examine the craft that was to convey them out of the

-reach of danger, as they hoped and believed. She was

-not so large as the craft that Filipe had pointed out as

-the model of his own; but she carried two sails, and

-was decked over forward so as to form quite a roomy

-cuddy. She was pointed at both ends, and sailed like

-a yacht. It was about one o’clock when the party went

-on board of her, and at her present rate of speed she

-would reach her destination in six or seven hours. She

-had the wind on her beam, and the indications were

-that she would have it fair all the way. There was not

-a cloud in the sky, and there was every promise of fair

-weather for the rest of the day. When the felucca had

-passed Monjuich, the party ventured to move about the

-craft, as they were no longer in danger of being seen

-from the city or the fleet; but they took the precaution

-to keep out of sight when they passed any other craft

-which might report them to their anxious friends in

-Barcelona.

-

-“What have you got to eat, Filipe?” asked Raimundo,

-when the felucca was clear of the city.

-

-“Plenty to eat and drink,” replied the skipper.

-

-“Let me see what you have, for I am beginning to

-have an appetite.”

-

-[Illustration: “RAIMUNDO DID NOT HESITATE TO STRIKE HIM DOWN.” Page 172.]

-

-Juan was directed to bring out the hamper of provisions

-his father had purchased. Certainly there were

-enough of them; but the quality was any thing but

-satisfactory. Coarse black bread, sausages that looked

-like Bolognas, and half a dozen bottles of cheap wine,

-were the principal articles in the hamper. The whole

-could not have cost half the money given to the boatman.

-But Filipe insisted that he had paid a _peseta_

-more than the sum handed him.

-

-Raimundo inquired into this matter more because he

-was anxious to know about the character of the man

-than because he cared for the sum expended. He felt

-that he was, in a measure, in this man’s power; and he

-desired to ascertain what sort of a person he had to

-deal with. If he was not wicked enough to cut the

-throats of his passengers, or to throw them overboard

-for their money, he might betray them when there was

-no more money to be made out of them. The inquiry

-was not at all satisfactory in its results. Filipe had

-cheated him on the provisions; and Raimundo was

-confident that he would do so in other matters to the

-extent of his opportunities.

-

-The food tasted better than it looked; and Raimundo

-made a hearty meal, as did all the others on board,

-including the boatmen. Raimundo would not drink

-any of the wine; but his companions did so quite freely,

-in spite of his caution. He noticed that Filipe urged

-them to drink, and seemed to be vexed when he could

-not induce him to taste the wine.

-

-“Where are you going when you get to Tarragona?”

-asked the boatman, when the collation was disposed of.

-

-“I think I shall go to Cadiz, and join my ship when

-she arrives there,” replied Raimundo.

-

-“To Cadiz!” exclaimed Filipe. “How can you go

-to Cadiz when you have no money?”

-

-Raimundo saw that he had said too much, and that

-the skipper wished to inquire into his finances.

-

-“I shall get some money in Tarragona,” he replied;

-but he did not deem it prudent to mention his letter of

-credit.

-

-Filipe continued to ply him with questions, which he

-evaded answering as well as he could. He did his

-best to produce the impression on his mind that he

-had no money. The boatman asked him about his

-companions, whether they could not let him have all

-the money he wanted to enable him to reach Cadiz.

-Why did they leave their ship if they had no money?

-How did he expect to get money in Tarragona?

-

-“How do I know that you will pay me if you are so

-poor?” demanded Filipe, evidently much vexed at the

-result of his inquiry.

-

-“I have money enough to pay you, and a few dollars

-more,” replied Raimundo.

-

-“I don’t know: I think you had better pay me now,

-before I go any farther.”

-

-“No, I will not pay you till we get to Tarragona,”

-replied the young Spaniard.

-

-“I don’t know that you have money enough to pay

-me,” persisted the boatman.

-

-Raimundo took from his pocket the three isabelinos

-he had reserved for the purpose of paying for the

-boat, with the silver he had left, and showed them to

-the rapacious skipper.

-

-“That will convince you that I have the money,”

-said he, as he returned the gold and silver to his

-pocket.

-

-He resolutely refused to pay for the boat till her

-work was done. By this time Bill and Bark, overcome

-by the wine they had drunk, were fast asleep in the

-cuddy where they had gone at the invitation of the boatman.

-Raimundo was inclined to join them; but the

-skipper was a treacherous fellow, and it was not prudent

-to do so. After all the man’s efforts to ascertain

-what money he had, he was actually afraid the fellow

-would attack him, and attempt to search his pockets.

-There were brigands in Spain,—at least, a party had

-been recently robbed by some in the south; and there

-might be pirates as well. So confident was the passenger

-of the evil intentions of Filipe, that he believed, if

-he was not robbed, it would be because the man supposed

-he had no more money than he had shown him.

-He kept his eye on a spare tiller in the boat, which he

-meant to use in self–defence if the occasion should

-require.

-

-Just before dark Bill and Bark, having slept off the

-effect of the wine, awoke, and came out of the cuddy.

-Filipe proposed that they should have supper before

-dark, and ordered Juan to bring out the hamper.

-Raimundo did not want any supper, and refused to eat

-or drink. Bark and Bill were not hungry, and also

-declined. Then the skipper urged them to drink.

-

-“Don’t taste another drop,” said Raimundo earnestly.

-“That man means mischief.”

-

-“Do you mean to insult me?” demanded Filipe,

-fixing a savage scowl upon Raimundo.

-

-It was plain enough now that the man understood

-English, though he had not yet spoken a word of it,

-and had refused to answer when spoken to in that language.

-At the same time he left the helm, which Juan

-took as though he was beside his father for that purpose.

-Raimundo leaped from his seat, with the tiller in

-his hand; for he had kept his place where he could lay

-his hand upon it.

-

-“Stand by me!” shouted he to his companions.

-

-Filipe rushed upon Raimundo, and attempted to

-seize him by the throat. The young officer struck at

-him with the tiller, but did not hit him. He dodged

-the blow; but it fanned his wrath to the highest pitch.

-Raimundo saw him thrust his hand into his breast–pocket;

-and he was sure there was a knife there. He

-raised his club again; but at this instant Bark Lingall

-threw his arms around the boatman’s throat, and, jamming

-his knees into his back, brought him down on his

-face in the bottom of the boat.

-

-“Hold him down! don’t let him up!” cried Raimundo.

-

-Bark was a stout fellow; and he held on, in spite of

-the struggles of the Spaniard. At this moment Juan

-left the tiller, and rushed forward to take a hand in the

-conflict, now that his father had got the worst of it. He

-had a knife in his hand, and Raimundo did not hesitate

-to strike him down with the heavy tiller; and he lay

-senseless in the bottom of the felucca. The young

-officer then went to the assistance of Bark Lingall;

-and, in a few minutes more, they had bound the skipper

-hand and foot, and lashed him down to the floor.

-

-

-

-

-CHAPTER XII.

-

-SIGHTS IN MADRID.

-

-

-After an early breakfast—early for Spain—the

-students were assembled in a large hall provided

-by the landlord; and Professor Mapps gave the usual

-lesson relating to the city they were visiting:—

-

-“The population of Madrid has fallen off from about

-four hundred thousand to the neighborhood of three

-hundred thousand. The city was in existence in the

-tenth century, but was not of much account till the

-sixteenth, when Charles V. took up his residence here.

-Toledo was at that time the capital, as about every

-prominent city of Spain had been before. In 1560

-Philip III. made Madrid the sole capital of the country;

-and it has held this distinction down to this day, though

-Philip II. tried to move it to Valladolid. It is twenty–two

-hundred feet above the level of the sea; and the

-cutting off of all the trees in the vicinity—and I may

-add in all Spain—has injuriously affected the climate.

-This region has been said to have but two seasons,—‘nine

-months of winter, and three months of hell.’ If

-it is very cold in winter, it is probably by comparison

-with the southern part of the peninsula. Like many

-other cities of Spain, Madrid has been captured by the

-English and the French.”

-

-Though the professor had much more to say, we

-shall report only these few sentences. The students

-hastened out to see the city; and the surgeon took the

-captain and the first lieutenant under his wing, as usual.

-They went into the _Puerta del Sol_,—the Gate of the

-Sun. Most of the city in early days lay west of this

-point, so that its eastern gate was where the centre now

-is. As the sun first shone on this gate, it was called

-the gate of the sun. Though the gate is gone, the

-place where it was located still retains the name. It is

-nearly in the shape of an ellipse; and most of the

-principal streets radiate from it. It usually presents a

-very lively scene, by day or by night. It is always full

-of peddlers of matches, newspapers, lottery–tickets, and

-other merchandise.

-

-“Where shall we go?” said the doctor.

-

-“We will leave that to you,” replied Sheridan. “You

-know the ropes in this ship, and we don’t.”

-

-“I think we will go first to the royal palace; and we

-had better take a _berlina_, as they call it here.”

-

-“A _berlina_? Is it a pill?” asked Murray.

-

-“No; it is a carriage,” laughed the doctor. “Do

-you see that one with a tin sign on the corner, with ‘_se

-alquila_’ painted on it? That means that the vehicle is

-not engaged.”

-

-The _berlina_ was called, and the party were driven

-down the _Calla del Arenal_ to the palace. It is a magnificent

-building, one of the finest in Europe, towering

-far above every thing else in the city. It is the most

-sightly structure in Madrid. In front of it is the _Plaza

-del Oriente_, and in the rear are extensive gardens, reaching

-down to the Manzanares. On the right of it are

-the royal stables, and on the left is the royal armory.

-

-“When I was in Madrid, in the time of the late

-queen, no one was admitted to the palace because some

-vandal tourists had damaged the frescos and marbles,”

-said Dr. Winstock. “But for the last year it has been

-opened. Your uniform and my passport will open the

-doors to us.”

-

-“What has the uniform to do with it?” asked Murray.

-

-“A uniform is generally respected in Europe; for it

-indicates that those who wear it hold some naval or

-military office.”

-

-“We don’t hold any such office,” added Sheridan.

-

-“But you are officers of a very respectable institution.”

-

-As the doctor anticipated, admission was readily

-obtained; and the trio were conducted all over the

-palace, not excepting the apartments of the late queen.

-There is nothing especially noteworthy about it, for it

-was not unlike a score of other palaces the party had

-visited.

-

-In the stables, the party saw the state coaches; but,

-as they had seen so many royal carriages, they were

-more interested in an American buggy because it

-looked like home. The doctor pointed out the old

-coach in which Crazy Jane carried about with her the

-body of her dead husband. The provisional government

-had sold off most of the horses and mules. In

-the yard is a bath for horses.

-

-From the stables the trio went to the armory, which

-contains many objects of interest. The suits of armor

-are kept as clean and nice as they were when in use.

-Those worn by Charles V. and Philip II. were examined

-with much care; but there seemed to be no marks

-of any hard knocks on them. At the head of the room

-stands a figure of St. Ferdinand, dressed in regal robes,

-with a golden crown on the head and a sword in the

-hand, which is borne in solemn procession to the royal

-chapel by priests, on the 29th of May, and is kept there

-two weeks to receive the homage of the people.

-

-In another room is a great variety of articles of historic

-interest, among which may be mentioned the steel

-writing–desk of Charles V., the armor he wore when he

-entered Tunis, his camp–stool and bed, and, above all,

-the steel armor, ornamented with gold, that was worn

-by Columbus. In the collection of swords were those

-of the principal kings, the great captain, and other

-heroes.

-

-“There is the armor of Isabella, which she wore

-at the siege of Granada,” said the doctor.

-

-“Did she fight?” asked Murray.

-

-“No more than her husband. Both were sovereigns

-in their own right; and it was the fashion to wear these

-things.”

-

-“Very likely she had this on when Columbus called

-to see her at Granada,” suggested Sheridan.

-

-“I don’t know about that. I fancy she did not

-wear it in the house, but only when she presented herself

-before the army,” replied the doctor.

-

-The party spent a long time in this building, so

-interested were the young men in viewing these memorials

-of the past grandeur of Spain. After dinner they

-went to the naval museum, which is near the armory.

-It contains a great number of naval relics, models of

-historic vessels, captured flags, and similar mementos

-of the past. The chart of Columbus was particularly

-interesting to the students from the New World. There

-are several historical paintings, representing scenes in

-the lives of Cortes, Pizarro, and De Soto. A portrait

-of Columbus is flanked on each side by those of the

-sovereigns who patronized him.

-

-“This is a beautiful day,” said Dr. Winstock, as

-they left the museum. “They call it very cold here,

-when the mercury falls below the freezing point. It

-does not often get below twenty–four, and seldom so

-low as that. I think the glass to–day is as high as

-fifty–five.”

-

-“I call it a warm day for winter,” added Sheridan.

-

-“But the air of this city is very subtle. It will kill

-a man, the Spaniards say, when it will not blow out a

-candle. I think we had better take a _berlina_, and ride

-over to the _Prado_. The day is so fine that we may

-possibly see some of the summer glories of the place.”

-

-“What are they?” asked Murray.

-

-“To me they are the people who walk there; but of

-course the place is the pleasantest when the trees and

-shrubs are in foliage.”

-

-A _berlina_ was called, and the party drove through

-the _Calle Mayor_, the _Puerta del Sol_, and the _Calle de

-Alcala_, which form a continuous street, the broadest

-and finest in Madrid, from the palace to the Prado,

-which are on opposite sides of the city. A continuation

-of this street forms one end of the _Prado_; and another

-of the _Calle de Atocha_, a broad avenue reaching from

-the _Plaza Mayor_, near the palace, forms the other end.

-These are the two widest streets of Madrid. The _Calle

-de Alcala_ is wide enough to be called a boulevard,

-and contains some of the finest buildings in the city.

-

-“That must be the bull–ring,” said Sheridan, as the

-party came in sight of an immense circular building.

-“I have read that it will hold twelve thousand people.”

-

-“Some say sixteen thousand; but I think it would

-not take long to count all it would hold above ten

-thousand. Philip V. did not like bull–fights, and he

-tried to do away with them; but the spectacle is the

-national sport, and the king made himself very unpopular

-by attempting to abolish it. As a stroke of policy,

-to regain his popularity, he built this _Plaza de Toros_.

-It is what you see; but it is open to the weather in the

-middle; and all bull–fights are held, ‘_Si el tiempo no lo

-impide_’ (if the weather does not prevent it). This is

-the _Puerta de Alcala_,” continued the doctor, pointing

-to a triumphal arch about seventy feet high, built by

-Charles III. “The gardens on the right are the ‘_Buen

-Retiro_,’ pleasant retreat. Now we will turn, and go

-through the _Prado_, though all this open space is often

-called by this name.”

-

-“But what is the ‘pleasant retreat’?”

-

-“It is a sort of park and garden, not very attractive

-at that, with a pond, a menagerie, and an observatory.

-It is not worth the trouble of a visit,” added the doctor,

-as he directed the driver to turn the _berlina_.

-

-“I have often seen a picture of that statue,” said

-Sheridan, as they passed a piece of sculpture representing

-a female seated on a chariot drawn by lions.

-

-“That is the Cybele.”

-

-“Who is she?”

-

-“Wife of Saturn, and mother of the gods,” replied

-Sheridan.

-

-“This is the _Salon del Prado_” continued the doctor,

-as the carriage turned to the left into an avenue

-two hundred feet wide. “There are plenty of people

-here, and I think we had better get out and walk, if

-you are not too tired; for you want to see the people.”

-

-The _berlina_ was dismissed, and the party joined the

-throng of _Madrileños_. Dr. Winstock called the attention

-of his young friends to three ladies who were

-approaching them. They wore the mantilla, which is

-a long black lace veil, worn as a head–dress, but falling

-in graceful folds below the hips. The ladies—except

-the high class, fashionable people—wear no bonnets.

-The mantilla is a national costume, and the fan is a

-national institution among them. They manage the

-latter, as well as the former, with peculiar grace; and

-it has even been said that they flirt with it, being able

-to express their sentiments by its aid.

-

-“But these ladies are not half so pretty as I supposed

-the Spanish women were,” said Murray.

-

-“That only proves that you supposed they were

-handsomer than they are,” laughed Sheridan.

-

-“They are not so handsome here as in Cadiz and

-Seville, I grant,” added the doctor; “but still I think

-they are not bad looking.”

-

-“I will agree to that,” replied Murray. “They are

-good–looking women, and that’s all you can say of

-them.”

-

-“Probably you have got some extravagant ideas

-about Spanish girls from the novels you have read,”

-laughed the doctor; “and it is not likely that your

-ideal beauty will be realized, even in Cadiz and Seville.

-Here is the _Dos de Mayo_.”

-

-“Who’s she?” asked Murray, looking rather vacantly

-at a granite obelisk in the middle of an enclosed garden.

-

-“It is not a woman,” replied the doctor.

-

-“Excuse me; I think you said a dose of something,”

-added Murray.

-

-“That monument has the name of ‘_El Dos de

-Mayo_,’ which means ‘the second of May.’ It commemorates

-a battle fought on this spot in 1808 by the

-peasants, headed by three artillerymen, and the French.

-The ground enclosed is called ‘The Field of Loyalty.’”

-

-“What is this long building ahead?” inquired Sheridan.

-

-“That’s the Royal Museum, which contains the richest

-collection of paintings in Europe.”

-

-“Isn’t that putting it pretty strong, after what we

-have seen in Italy and Germany?” asked Sheridan.

-

-“I don’t say the largest or the best–arranged collection

-in Europe, but the richest. It has more of the old

-masters, of the best and most valuable pictures in the

-world, than any other museum. We will go there

-to–morrow, and you can judge for yourselves.”

-

-“Of course we are competent to do that,” added

-Murray with a laugh.

-

-“We haven’t been to any churches yet, doctor,” said

-Sheridan.

-

-“There are many churches in Madrid, but none of

-any great interest. The city has no cathedral.”

-

-“I am thankful for that!” exclaimed Murray. “I

-have seen churches enough, though of course I shall go

-to the great cathedrals when we come to them.”

-

-“You will be spared in Madrid. Philip II. was

-asked to erect one; but he would appropriate only a

-small sum for the purpose, because he did not wish any

-church to rival that of the Escurial.”

-

-“I am grateful to him,” added Murray.

-

-“The Atocha church contains an image which is

-among the most venerated in Spain. It works miracles,

-and was carved by St. Luke.”

-

-“Another job by St. Luke!” exclaimed Murray.

-

-“That is hardly respectful to an image whose magnificent

-dress and rich jewels would build half a score

-of cheap churches.”

-

-“Are there any theatres in Madrid, doctor?” asked

-Murray.

-

-“Of course there are; half a dozen of them. The

-principal is the Royal Theatre, near the palace, where

-the performance is Italian opera. It is large enough

-to hold two thousand; but there is nothing Spanish

-about it. If you want to see the Spanish theatre you

-must go to some of the smaller ones. As you don’t

-understand Spanish, I think you will not enjoy it.”

-

-“I want to see the customs of the country.”

-

-“The only custom you will see will be smoking; and

-you can see that anywhere, except in the churches,

-where alone, I believe, it is not permitted. Everybody

-smokes, even the women and children. I have seen a

-youngster not more than five years old struggling with

-a _cigarillo_; and I suppose it made him sick before he

-got through with it; at least, I hope it did, for the

-nausea is nature’s protest against the practice.”

-

-“But do the ladies smoke?”

-

-“Not in public; but in private many of them do. I

-have seen some very pretty girls smoking in Spain.”

-

-“I don’t remember that I have seen a man drunk in

-Spain,” said Sheridan.

-

-“Probably you have not; I never did. The Spaniards

-are very temperate.”

-

-This long talk brought the party back to the hotel

-just at dark. The next day was Sunday; but many of

-the students visited the churches, though most of them

-were willing to make it a day of rest, in the strictest

-sense of the word. On Monday morning, as the

-museum did not open till one o’clock, the doctor and

-his _protégés_ took a _berlina_, and rode out to the palace

-of the Marquis of Salamanca, where they were permitted

-to explore this elegant residence without restraint.

-In one of the apartments they saw a large

-picture of the Landing of the Pilgrims, by a Spanish

-artist; and it was certainly a strange subject. Connected

-with the palace is a museum of antiquities quite

-extensive for a private individual to own. The Pompeian

-rooms contain a vast quantity of articles from

-the buried city.

-

-“Who is this Marquis of Salamanca?” asked Sheridan,

-as they started on their return.

-

-“He is a Spanish nobleman, a grandee of Spain

-I suppose, who is somewhat noted as a financier.

-He has invested some money in railroads in the United

-States. The town of Salamanca, at the junction of the

-Erie and Great Western, in Western New York, was

-named after him,” replied Dr. Winstock.

-

-“I have been through the place,” added Sheridan.

-

-“This is not a very luxurious neighborhood,” said

-Murray, when they came to one of those villages of

-poor people, of which there were several just outside

-of the city.

-

-“Generally in Europe the rich are very rich, and the

-poor are very poor. Though the rich are not as rich in

-Spain as in some other countries, there is no exception

-to the rule in its application to the poor. These hovels

-are even worse than the homes of the poor in Russia.

-Wouldn’t you like to look into one of them?”

-

-“Would it be considered rude for us to do so?”

-asked Sheridan.

-

-“Not at all. These people are not so sensitive as

-poor folks in America; but, if they are hurt by our

-curiosity, a couple of _reales_ will repair all the damages.”

-

-“Is this a _château en Espagne_?” said Murray. “I

-have read about such things, but I never saw one

-before.”

-

-“_Châteaux en Espagne_ are castles in the air,—things

-unreal and unsubstantial; and, so far as the idea of

-comfort is concerned, this is a _château en Espagne_. When

-we were in Ireland, an old woman ran out of a far

-worse shanty than this, and, calling it an Irish castle,

-begged for money. In the same sense we may call

-this a Spanish castle.”

-

-The carriage was stopped, and the party alighted.

-

-“You see, the people live out–doors, even in the

-winter,” said the doctor. “The door of this house is

-wide open, and you can look in.”

-

-The proprietor of the establishment stood near the

-door. He wore his cloak with as much style as though

-he had been an hidalgo. Under this garment his clothes

-were ragged and dirty; and he wore a pair of spatterdashes,

-most of the buttons of which were wanting, and

-it was only at a pinch that they staid on his ankles.

-His wife and four children stopped their work, or their

-play, as the case was, and gazed at the unwonted

-visitors.

-

-“_Buenos dias, caballero_,” said the doctor, as politely

-as though he had been saluting a grandee.

-

-The man replied no less politely.

-

-“May we look into your house?” asked the doctor.

-

-“_Esta muy a la disposicion de usted_,” replied the

-_caballero_ (it is entirely at your disposal).

-

-This is a _cosa de España_. If you speak of any thing

-a Spaniard has, he makes you a present of it, be it his

-house or his horse, or any thing else; but you are not

-expected to avail yourself of his generosity. It would

-be as impolite to take him at his word as it would be

-for him not to place it “at your disposal.”

-

-The house was of one story, and had but one door

-and one window, the latter very small indeed. The

-floor was of cobble–stones bedded in the mud. The

-little window was nothing but a hole; there was no

-glass in it; and the doctor said, that, when the weather

-was bad, the occupants had to close the door, and put

-a shutter over the window, so that they had no light.

-The interior was divided into two rooms, one containing

-a bed. Every thing was as simple as possible.

-The roof of the shanty was covered with tile which

-looked like broken flower–pots. In front, for use in

-the summer, was an attempt at a veranda, with vines

-running up the posts.

-

-The doctor gave the smallest of the children a _peseta_,

-and bade the man a stately adieu, which was answered

-with dignity enough for an ambassador. The party

-drove off, glad to have seen the interior of a Spanish

-house.

-

-“Why did you give the money to the child instead

-of the father?” asked Sheridan.

-

-“I suppose your experience in other parts of Europe

-would not help you to believe it, but the average Spaniard

-who is not a professional beggar is too proud to

-receive money for any small favor,” replied the doctor.

-“I have had a _peseta_ indignantly refused by a man who

-had rendered me a small service. This is as strange

-as it is true, though, when you come to ride on a _diligencia_,

-you will find that driver, postilion, and _zagal_ will

-do their best to get a gratuity out of you. I speak

-only of the Spaniard who does you a favor, and not

-those with whom you deal; but, as a general rule, the

-people are too proud to cheat you.”

-

-“They are very odd sort of people,” added Murray.

-“There is one shovelling with his cloak on.”

-

-“Not an unusual sight. I have seen a man ploughing

-in the field with his cloak on, and that on a rather

-warm day. You notice here that the houses are not

-scattered as they are with us; but even these shanties

-are built in villages,” continued the doctor.

-

-“I noticed that the houses were all in villages in all

-the country we have come through since we left Barcelona,”

-said Murray.

-

-“Can you explain the reason?”

-

-“I do not see any reason except that is the fashion

-of the country.”

-

-“There is a better reason than that. In early days

-the people had to live in villages in order to be able

-to defend themselves from enemies. In Spain the

-custom never changes, if isolated houses are even safe

-at the present time.”

-

-“What is that sheet of paper hanging on the balcony

-for?” asked Murray. “There is another; and

-now I can see half a dozen of them.” The _berlina_

-was within a short distance of the _Puerta del Sol_.

-

-“A sheet of white paper in the middle of the balcony

-signifies that the people have rooms to let; if at

-the corner, they take boarders.”

-

-The party arrived at the hotel in season for dinner;

-and, when it was over, they hastened to the _Museo_, or

-picture–gallery. The building is very long, and of no

-particular architectural effect. It has ten apartments

-on the principal floor, in which are placed the gems of

-the collection. In the centre of the edifice is a very

-long room which contains the burden of the paintings.

-There are over two thousand of them, and they are the

-property of the Crown. Among them are sixty–two by

-Rubens, fifty–three by Teniers, ten by Raphael, forty–six

-by Murillo, sixty–four by Velasquez, twenty–two by

-Van Dyck, forty–three by Titian, thirty–four by Tintoretto,

-twenty–five by Paul Veronese, and hundreds by

-other masters hardly less celebrated.

-

-The doctor’s party spent three hours among these

-pictures, and they went to the museum for the same

-time the next day; for they could better appreciate

-these gems than most of the students, many of whom

-were not willing to use a single hour in looking at

-them. Our party visited the public buildings, and

-took many rides and walks in the city and its vicinity,

-which we have not the space to report. On Wednesday

-morning the ship’s company started for Toledo.

-

-

-

-

-CHAPTER XIII.

-

-AFTER THE BATTLE IN THE FELUCCA.

-

-

-We left the second master of the Tritonia and

-the two runaway seamen in a rather critical

-situation on board of the felucca. We regret the

-necessity of jumping about all over Spain to keep the

-run of our characters; but we are obliged to conform

-to the arrangement of the principal,—who was absolute

-in his sway,—and follow the young gentlemen

-wherever he sends them. Though Mr. Lowington was

-informed, before his departure with the ship’s company

-of the Prince, of the escape of Raimundo and the two

-“marines,” he was content to leave the steps for the recovery

-of the runaways to the good judgment of the

-vice–principal in charge of the Tritonia.

-

-Raimundo had managed his case so well that the

-departure of the three students from the vessel was not

-discovered by any one on board or on shore. If the

-_alguacil_ was on the lookout for his prisoner, he had

-failed to find him, or to obtain any information in regard

-to him. The circumstances had certainly favored

-the escape in the highest degree. The distance across

-the harbor, the concealment afforded by the hulls of

-the vessels of the fleet, and the shadow of the sea–wall

-under which the fugitives had placed themselves, had

-prevented them from being seen. Indeed, no one

-could have seen them, except from the deck of the

-Tritonia or the Josephine; and probably those on

-board of the latter were below, as they were on the

-former.

-

-Of course Mr. Salter, the chief steward of the Tritonia,

-was very much astonished when he found that

-the prisoners had escaped from the brig. Doubtless he

-made as much of an excitement as was possible with

-only one of his assistants to help him. He had no

-boat; and he was unable to find one from the shore

-till the felucca was well out of the harbor. Probably

-Hugo was as zealous as the occasion required in the

-investigation of the means by which the fugitives had

-escaped; but he was as much astonished as his chief

-when told that Bill Stout and Bark Lingall were gone.

-The brig was in its usual condition, with the door

-locked; but the unfastened scuttle soon disclosed the

-mode of egress selected by the rogues. Mr. Pelham,

-assisted by Mr. Fluxion, vice–principal of the Josephine,

-did all they could to find the two “marines,”

-without any success whatever; but they had no suspicion

-that the second master, who had disappeared the

-night before, was one of the party.

-

-The next morning all hands from the two consorts

-were sent on board of the American Prince. Mr.

-Fluxion was the senior vice–principal, and had the command

-of the vessel. The ship’s company of the Josephine

-formed the starboard, and that of the Tritonia

-the port watch. The officers took rank in each grade

-according to seniority. Mr. Fluxion was unwilling to

-sail until he had drilled this miscellaneous ship’s company

-in their new duties. He had a superabundance

-of officers, and it was necessary for them to know their

-places. In the morning he had telegraphed to the

-principal at Saragossa, in regard to the fugitives; and

-the order came back for him to sail without them. Mr.

-Lowington was not disposed to waste much of his time

-in looking for runaways: they were pretty sure to come

-back without much assistance. At noon the Prince

-sailed for Lisbon; and all on board of her were

-delighted with the novelty of the new situation. As it

-is not necessary to follow the steamer, which safely

-arrived at Lisbon on the following Sunday morning, we

-will return to Raimundo and his companions.

-

-Filipe, struggling, and swearing the heaviest oaths,

-was bound hand and foot in the bottom of the felucca,

-and lashed to the heel of the mainmast. Juan lay

-insensible in the space between the cuddy and the

-mainmast, where he had fallen when the young Spaniard

-hit him with the spare tiller. The boat had

-broached to when the helm was abandoned by the

-boatman’s son, to go to the assistance of his father.

-Of course Raimundo and Bark were very much excited

-by this sudden encounter; and it had required the

-united strength of both of them to overcome the boatman,

-though he was not a large man. Bill Stout had

-done nothing. He had not the pluck to help secure

-Filipe after he had been thrown down, or rather

-dragged down, by Bark.

-

-As soon as the victory was accomplished, Raimundo

-sprang to the helm, and brought the felucca up to her

-course again. His chest heaved, and his breathing was

-so violent as to be audible. Bark was in no better

-condition; and, if Juan had come to his senses at that

-moment, he might have conquered both of them.

-

-“Pick up that knife, Lingall,” said Raimundo, as

-soon as he was able to speak.

-

-He pointed to the knife which the boatman had

-dropped during the struggle; and Bark picked it up.

-

-“Now throw it overboard,” added the second master.

-“We can handle these men, I think, if there are

-no knives in the case.”

-

-“No; don’t do that!” interposed Bill Stout. “Give

-it to me.”

-

-“Give it to you, you coward!” replied Raimundo.

-“What do you want of it?”

-

-“I will use it if we get into another fight. I don’t

-like to tackle a man with a knife in his hand, when I

-have no weapon of any kind,” answered Bill, who,

-when the danger was over, began to assume his usual

-bullying tone and manner.

-

-“Over with it, Lingall!” repeated Raimundo sharply.

-“You are good for nothing, Stout: you had not pluck

-enough to touch the man after your friend had him

-down.”

-

-Bark waited for no more, but tossed the knife into

-the sea. He never “took any stock” in Bill Stout’s

-bluster; but he had not suspected that the fellow

-was such an arrant coward. As compared with Raimundo,

-who had risen vastly in his estimation within

-the last few hours, he thoroughly despised his fellow–conspirator.

-If he did not believe it before, he was

-satisfied now, that the gentlest and most correct students

-could also be the best fellows. However it had

-been before, Bill no longer had any influence over him;

-while he was ready to obey the slightest wish of the

-second master, whom he had hated only the day before.

-

-“See if you can find the other knife,—the one the

-young man had,” continued Raimundo.

-

-“I see it,” replied Bark; and he picked up the ugly

-weapon.

-

-“Send it after the other. The less knives we have

-on board, the better off we shall be,” added the second

-master. “I don’t like the habit of my countrymen in

-carrying the _cuchilla_ any better than I do that of yours

-in the use of revolvers.”

-

-“I think it was stupid to throw away those knives,

-when you have to fight such fellows as these,” said

-Bill Stout, as he glanced at the prostrate form of the

-older boatman, who was writhing to break away from

-his bonds.

-

-“Your opinion on that subject is of no value just

-now,” added Raimundo contemptuously.

-

-“What do you say, Bark?” continued Bill, appealing

-to his confederate.

-

-“I agree with Raimundo,” answered Bark. “I

-don’t want to be mixed up in any fight where knives

-are used.”

-

-“And I object just as much to knifing a man as I

-do to being knifed,” said Raimundo. “Though I am

-a Spaniard, I don’t think I would use a knife to save

-my own life.”

-

-“I would,” blustered Bill.

-

-“No, you wouldn’t: you haven’t pluck enough to do

-any thing,” retorted Bark. “I advise you not to say

-any thing more on this subject, Stout.”

-

-At this moment Filipe made a desperate attempt to

-free himself; and Bill retreated to the forecastle, evidently

-determined not to be in the way if another

-battle took place. Bark picked up the spare tiller the

-second master had dropped, and prepared to defend

-himself. Another club was found, and each of those

-who had the pluck to use was well prepared for

-another attack.

-

-“Lie still, or I will hit you over the head!” said

-Bark to the struggling skipper, as he flourished the

-tiller over him.

-

-But the ropes with which he was secured were strong

-and well knotted. Bark was a good sailor, and he had

-done this part of the work. He looked over the fastenings,

-and made sure that they were all right.

-

-“He can’t get loose, Mr. Raimundo,” said he.

-

-“But Juan is beginning to come to his senses,”

-added the second master. “He has just turned half

-over.”

-

-“I hope he is not much hurt: we may get into a

-scrape if he is.”

-

-“I was just thinking of that. But I don’t believe

-he is very badly damaged,” added Raimundo. “If

-the old man can’t get away, suppose you look him

-over, and see what his condition is.”

-

-Bark complied with this request. Filipe seemed to

-be interested in this inquiry; and he lay quite still

-while the examination was in progress. The young

-sailor found a wound and a considerable swelling on

-the side of Juan’s head; but it was now so dark that

-he could not distinctly see the nature of the injury.

-

-“Have you a match, Mr. Raimundo?” he asked.

-

-“I have not. We were not allowed to have matches

-on board the Tritonia,” replied the second master.

-

-“_Tengo pajuelas_,” said Filipe. “_Una linterna en el

-camarote de proa._”

-

-“What does he say?” inquired Bark, glad to find

-that the skipper was no longer pugnacious.

-

-“He says he has matches, and that there is a lantern

-in the cuddy,” replied Raimundo. “Here, Stout, look

-in the cuddy, and see if you can find a lantern

-there.”

-

-Bill had the grace to obey the order, though he was

-tempted to refuse to do so. He found the lantern, for

-he had seen it while he lay in the cuddy. He brought

-it to Bark, and took the lamp out of the globe.

-

-“You will find some matches in Filipe’s pockets,”

-added Raimundo.

-

-“I have matches enough,” answered Bill.

-

-“I forgot that you used matches,” said the second

-master; “but I am glad you have a chance to make

-a better use of them than you did on board of the

-Tritonia.”

-

-“You needn’t say any thing! You are the first

-officer that ever run away from that vessel,” growled

-Bill, as he lighted a match, and communicated the blaze

-to the wick of the lamp.

-

-It was a kerosene–lamp, just such as is used at home,

-and probably came from the United States. Bark

-proceeded to examine the wound of Juan, and found it

-was not a severe one. The young man was rapidly

-coming to himself, and in a few minutes more he would

-be able to take care of himself.

-

-“I think we had better move him into the cuddy,”

-suggested Bark. “We can make him comfortable

-there, and fasten him in at the same time.”

-

-“That’s a capital idea, Lingall; and if Stout will

-take the helm I will help you move him,” answered

-Raimundo.

-

-“I will help move him,” volunteered Bill.

-

-“I supposed you were afraid of him,” added the

-second master. “He has about come to himself.”

-

-Juan spoke then, and complained of his head. Bark

-and Bill lifted him up, and carried him to the cuddy,

-where they placed him on the bed of old garments upon

-which they had slept themselves during the afternoon.

-Bark had some little reputation among his companions

-as a surgeon, probably because he always carried a

-sheet of court–plaster in his pocket, and sometimes had

-occasion to attend to the wounds of his friends. Perhaps

-he had also a taste for this sort of thing; for he

-was generally called upon in all cases of broken heads,

-before the chief steward, who was the amateur surgeon

-of the Tritonia, was summoned. At any rate, Bark,

-either from genuine kindness, or the love of amateur

-surgical dressing, was not content to let the wounded

-Spaniard rest till he had done something more for

-him. He washed the injury in fresh water, closed the

-ugly cut with a piece of court–plaster, and then bound

-up the head of the patient with his own handkerchief.

-

-The wounded man tried to talk to him; but he could

-not understand a word he said. If his father spoke

-English, it was certain that the son did not. When he

-had done all this, Bark relieved Raimundo at the helm,

-and the latter went forward to talk with the patient,

-who was so quiet that Bark had not thought of fastening

-the door of the cuddy.

-

-“I am well now,” said Juan, “and I want to go out.”

-

-“You must not go out of this place; if you do, we

-shall hit you over the head again,” replied the second

-master sternly.

-

-“Where is my father?” asked the patient.

-

-“He is tied hand and foot; and we shall tie you in

-the same way if you don’t keep still and obey orders,”

-added Raimundo. “Lie still where you are, and no

-harm shall be done to you.”

-

-Raimundo, taking the lantern with him, left the

-cuddy, and fastened it behind him with the padlock he

-found in the staple. Putting the key in his pocket, he

-made an examination into the condition of Filipe, with

-the aid of the lantern. He found him still securely

-bound, and, better than that, as quiet as a lamb.

-

-“How is my son?” asked he.

-

-“He is doing very well. We have dressed his

-wound, and he will be as well as ever in a day or two,”

-replied Raimundo.

-

-“_Gracias, muchos gracias!_” exclaimed the prisoner.

-

-“If we had been armed as you were, he might have

-lost his life,” added Raimundo, moving aft to the helm.

-“I think we are all right, Lingall.”

-

-“I am very glad of it. We came very near getting

-into a bad scrape,” replied Bark.

-

-“It is bad enough as it is. I have been afraid of

-something of this kind ever since we got well out of

-the port of Barcelona,” continued the second master.

-“The villain asked me so many questions about my

-money that my suspicions were excited, and I was on

-the watch for him. Then he was so anxious that we

-should drink wine, I was almost sure he meant mischief.”

-

-“I am very sorry I drank any wine. It only makes

-my head ache,” replied Bark penitently.

-

-“I have heard my uncle speak of these men; and I

-know something about them.”

-

-“The wine did not make my head ache,” said Bill.

-

-“That’s because there is nothing in it,” answered

-Raimundo, who could not restrain his contempt for the

-incendiary.

-

-“But I do not understand exactly how the fight was

-begun,” said Bark. “The first I knew, the boatman

-sprang at you.”

-

-“That’s the first I knew, though I was on the lookout

-for him, as I had been all the afternoon. He

-understood what I meant when I told you this man

-means mischief.”

-

-“But he told you he could not speak English.”

-

-“Most of the boatmen speak more or less English:

-they learn it from the passengers they carry. He

-wanted to know whether we had money before he did

-any thing. He was probably satisfied that we had

-some before he attempted to assault us.”

-

-“I know you have money,” cried Filipe, in English;

-and he seemed to be more anxious to prove the correctness

-of his conclusion than to disprove his wicked

-intentions.

-

-“You have not got any of it yet,” replied Raimundo.

-

-“But I will have it!” protested the villain.

-

-“You tempt me to throw you and your son overboard,”

-said Raimundo sternly, in Spanish.

-

-“Not my son,” answered the villain, suddenly changing

-his tone. “He is his mother’s only boy.”

-

-“You should have thought of that before you brought

-him with you on such business.”

-

-The boatman, for such a villain as he was, seemed to

-have a strange affection for his son; and Raimundo was

-almost willing to believe he had not intended till some

-time after they left the port to rob his passengers. Perhaps,

-with the aid of the wine, he had expected an easy

-victory; for, though the students were all stout fellows,

-they were but boys.

-

-“I will not harm you if you do not injure my boy,”

-pleaded Filipe.

-

-“It is not in your power to harm us now; for we

-have all the power,” replied the second master.

-

-“But you are deserters from your ship. I can tell

-where you are,” added Filipe, with something like

-triumph in his tones.

-

-“We expect you to tell all you know as soon as you

-return.”

-

-“I can do it in Tarragona: they will arrest you there

-if I tell them.”

-

-“We are not afraid of that: if we were, we should

-throw you and your son overboard.”

-

-Filipe did not like this side of the argument, and he

-was silent for some time. It must be confessed that

-Raimundo did not like his side any better. The fellow

-could inform the police in Tarragona that the party

-were deserters, and cause them to be sent back to Barcelona.

-Though this was better than throwing the

-boatman and his son overboard, which was only an idle

-threat, it would spoil all his calculations, and defeat

-all his plans. He studied the case for some time, after

-he had explained to Bark what had passed between

-himself and Filipe in Spanish.

-

-“You want more money than you were to receive

-for the boat; do you, Filipe?” asked he.

-

-“I have to pay five hundred _reales_ on this boat in

-three days, or lose it and my small one too,” replied

-the boatman; and the passenger was not sure he did

-not invent the story as he went along. “I am not a

-bad man; but I want two hundred _reales_ more than

-you are to pay me.”

-

-“Then you expect me to pay what I agreed, after

-what has happened, do you?”

-

-“You promised to pay it.”

-

-“And you promised to take me to Tarragona; and

-you have been trying to murder me on the way,” exclaimed

-Raimundo indignantly.

-

-“Oh, no! I did not mean to kill you, or to hurt

-you; only to take two hundred _reales_ from you,”

-pleaded the boatman, with the most refreshing candor.

-

-“That’s all; is it?”

-

-The villain protested, by the Virgin and all the saints

-in the Spanish calendar, that he had not intended any

-thing more than this; and Raimundo translated what

-he said to his companion.

-

-“There are a lot of lights on a high hill ahead,”

-said Bill Stout, who had been looking at the shore,

-which was only a short distance from them.

-

-“That must be Tarragona,” replied the second master,

-looking at his watch by the light of the lantern.

-“It is ten minutes of seven; and we have been six

-hours on the trip. I thought it would take about this

-time. That must be Tarragona; it is on a hill eight

-hundred feet high.”

-

-“We have been sailing very fast, the last three

-hours,” added Bark. “But how are we to get out of

-this scrape?”

-

-“I will see. Keep a sharp lookout on the starboard,

-Lingall; and, when you see a place where you think we

-can make a landing, let me know.—Can you steer,

-Stout, and keep her as she is?”

-

-“Of course I can steer. I don’t give up to any

-fellow in handling a boat,” growled Bill.

-

-Raimundo gave him the tiller; but he watched him

-for a time, to see that he made good his word. The

-bully did very well, and kept the felucca parallel with

-the shore, as she had been all the afternoon.

-

-“There is a mole makes out from the shore,” continued

-the active skipper to Bark, who had gone

-forward of the foremast to do the duty assigned to

-him.

-

-“Ay, ay! I can see it,” replied Bark.

-

-“I think we need not quarrel, Filipe,” said Raimundo,

-bending over the prisoner, and unloosing the

-rope that bound his hands to the mast; but they were

-still tied behind him. “We are almost into Tarragona,

-and what we do must be done quickly.”

-

-“Don’t harm Juan,” pleaded Filipe.

-

-“That will depend on yourself, whether we do or

-not,” replied Raimundo, as fiercely as he could speak.

-“We are not to be trifled with; and Americans carry

-pistols sometimes.”

-

-“I will do what you wish,” answered Filipe.

-

-“I will give you what I agreed, and two hundred

-_reales_ besides, if you will keep still about our being

-deserters; and that is all the money we have.”

-

-“_Gracias!_ I will do it!” exclaimed the boatman.

-“Release me, and I will land you outside of the mole,

-and not go near the town to speak to any person.”

-

-“I am afraid to trust you.”

-

-“You can trust a Catalan when he promises;” and

-Filipe proceeded to call upon the Virgin and the saints

-to witness what he said.

-

-“Where can we land?” asked the second master.

-

-The boatman looked over the rail of the felucca;

-and, when he had got his bearings, he indicated a point

-where a safe landing might be made. It was not a

-quarter of a mile distant; and Filipe said the mainsail

-ought to be furled. Raimundo picked up the spare

-tiller,—for, in spite of the Catalan’s oath and promise,

-he was determined to be on the safe side,—and then

-unfastened the ropes that bound the prisoner.

-

-“If you play me false, I will brain you with this

-club, and pitch your son into the sea!” said Raimundo,

-as tragically as he could do the business.

-

-“I will be true to my promise,” he replied, as he

-brailed up the mainsail.

-

-“You see that your money is ready for you as soon

-as you land us,” continued Raimundo, as he showed

-the villain five _Isabelinos_ he held in one hand, while he

-grasped the spare tiller with the other.

-

-“_Gracias!_” replied Filipe, who was possibly satisfied

-when he found that he was to make the full sum he

-had first named as his price; and it may be that he was

-tempted by the urgency of his creditor to rob his passengers.

-

-“Have your pistol ready, Lingall!” added Raimundo,

-as the boatman, who had taken the helm from Bill, threw

-the felucca up into the wind, and her keel began to

-grate on the rocks.

-

-“Ay, ay!” shouted Bark.

-

-The boat ran her long bow up to the dry land, and

-hung there by her bottom. Raimundo gave the five

-hundred _reales_ to Filipe, and sprang ashore with the

-tiller in his hand. Calling to Bark, they shoved off the

-felucca, and then ran for the town.

-

-

-

-

-CHAPTER XIV.

-

-TOLEDO, AND TALKS ABOUT SPAIN.

-

-

-Toledo is about fifty–six miles from Madrid. As

-the principal had laid out a large day’s work, it

-became necessary to procure a special train, as the first

-regular one did not reach Toledo till after eleven

-o’clock. The special was to leave at six; and it was

-still dark when the long line of small omnibuses that

-conveyed the company to the station passed through

-the streets.

-

-“What is the matter with that man?” asked Sheridan,

-attracted by the cries of a man on the sidewalk

-with a sort of pole in his hand.

-

-“That’s a watchman,” replied the doctor.

-

-“What’s he yelling about?”

-

-“‘_Las cinco y medio y sereno_’ is what he says,” added

-the surgeon. “‘Half–past five and pleasant weather’ is

-the translation of his cry. When it rains he calls the

-hour, and adds ‘_fluvioso_;’ when there is a fire he

-informs the people on his beat of the fact, and gives

-the locality of the conflagration, which he gets from

-the fire–alarm. In some of the southern cities, as in

-Seville, the watchman indulges in some pious exclamations,

-‘Twelve o’clock, and may the Virgin watch over

-our good city!’ It used to be the fashion in some of

-the cities of our country, for the guardian of the night

-to indulge in these cries to keep himself awake; and I

-have heard him shout, ‘One o’clock and all is well’ in

-Pittsburg.”

-

-“I have walked about the _Puerta del Sol_ in the evening;

-but I have not seen a watchman,” added Sheridan.

-

-“Probably they do not use the cry early in the night,

-in the streets where the people are gathered; at least,

-there seems to be no need of it,” replied the doctor.

-“But I suppose there are a great many things yet in

-Madrid that you have not seen. For instance, did you

-notice the water–carriers?”

-

-“I did,” answered Murray. “They carry the water

-in copper vessels something like a soda–fountain, placed

-upon a kind of saddle, like the porters in Constantinople.

-

-“Some of them have donkeys, with panniers in which

-they put kegs, jars, and glass vessels filled with water.

-These men are called ‘_aguadors_,’ and their occupation

-is considered mean business; the _caballero_ whose

-house we visited would be too proud to be a water–carrier,

-and would rather starve than engage in it.”

-

-The tourists left the omnibuses, and took their

-places in the cars. As soon as the train had started,

-as it was still too dark to see the country, the doctor

-and his friends resumed the conversation about the

-sights of Madrid.

-

-“Did you go to the _Calle de la Abada_?” asked Dr.

-Winstock.

-

-“I don’t know: I didn’t notice the name of any such

-street,” replied Sheridan; and Murray was no wiser,

-both of them declaring that the Spanish names were

-too much for them.

-

-“It is not unlike Market Street in Philadelphia,

-twenty years ago, when the middle of the avenue was

-filled with stalls in a wooden building.”

-

-“I saw that,” added Sheridan. “The street led to

-a market. All the men and women that had any

-thing to sell were yelling with all their might. They

-tackled every person that came near.”

-

-“I saw the dirt–cart go along this same street,” said

-Murray. “It was a wagon with broad wheels as

-though it was to do duty in a swamp, with a bell fixed

-on the forward part. At the ring of the bell, the

-women came out of their houses, and threw baskets

-of dirt into the vehicle, which a man in it emptied and

-returned to them.”

-

-“I was in the city in fruit time once, and saw large

-watermelons sold for four and six _cuartos_ apiece, a

-_cuarto_ being about a cent,” continued the doctor.

-“The nicest grapes sold for six _cuartos_ a pound.

-Meat is dear, and so is fish, which has to be brought

-from ports on the Mediterranean and the Bay of Biscay.

-Bread is very good and cheap; but the shops

-you saw were not bakeries: these are off by themselves.”

-

-“They don’t seem to have any objection to lotteries

-in Madrid,” said Sheridan. “I couldn’t move in the

-great streets without being pestered with the sellers

-of lottery–tickets.”

-

-“There are plenty of them; for the Spaniards wish

-to make fortunes without working for them.”

-

-“Many of the lottery–venders are boys,” added

-Murray. “They called me Señorito.”

-

-“They called me the same. The word is a title of

-respect, which means master. The drawing of a lottery

-is a great event in the city, and the newspaper is sometimes

-filled with the premium numbers.”

-

-“I did not see so many beggars as I expected, after

-all I had read about them,” said Sheridan. “But I

-could understand their lingo, when they said, ‘For the

-love of God.’”

-

-“That is their universal cry. You will see enough

-in the south to make up the deficiency of the capital,”

-laughed the doctor. “They swarm in Granada and

-Malaga; and you can’t get rid of them. In Madrid,

-as in the cities of Russia, you will find the most of the

-beggars near the churches, relying more upon those

-who are pious enough to attend divine service than

-upon those in the busy part of the city. They come

-out after dark, and station themselves at any blank

-wall, where there are no doors and windows, and address

-the passers–by. By the way, did you happen to

-see a cow–house?” asked the doctor.

-

-Neither of the two students knew what he meant.

-

-“It is more properly a milk–shop. In the front you

-will see cups, on a clean white cloth on the table, for

-those who wish to drink milk on the spot. Behind a

-barred petition in the rear you will notice a number of

-cows, some with calves, which are milked in the presence

-of the customers, that they may know they get the

-genuine article.”

-

-“Don’t they keep any pump–handle?” asked Murray.

-

-“I never saw any,” laughed the surgeon. “The

-customers are allowed to put in the water to their own

-taste, which I think is the best arrangement.”

-

-“I saw plenty of cook–shops, like those in Paris,”

-said Sheridan. “In one a cook was frying something

-like Yankee doughnuts.”

-

-“If you got up early enough to visit the breakfast–stalls

-of the poorer people, you would have been interested.

-A cheap chocolate takes the place of coffee,

-which with bread forms the staple of the diet. But the

-shops are dirty and always full of tobacco–smoke. The

-higher classes in Spain are not so much given to feasting

-and dining out as the English and Americans.

-They are too poor to do it, and perhaps have no taste

-for such expensive luxuries. The _tertulia_ is a kind of

-evening party that takes the place of the dinner to

-some extent, and is a _cosa de España_. Ladies and gentlemen

-are invited,—except to literary occasions, which

-are attended only by men,—and the evening is passed

-in card–playing and small talk. Lemonade, or something

-of the kind, is the only refreshment furnished.

-

-“They go home sober, then,” laughed Murray.

-

-“Spaniards always go home sober; but they do not

-even have wine at the _tertulia_.”

-

-“I have heard a great deal said about the _siesta_ in

-Spain; and I have read that the shops shut up, and

-business ceased entirely, for two or three hours in the

-middle of the day,” said Sheridan; “but I did not see

-any signs of the suspension of business in Madrid.”

-

-“Very many take their _siesta_, even in Madrid; and

-in the hot weather you would find it almost as you

-have described it,—as quiet as Sunday,” replied the

-doctor.

-

-“Sunday was about as noisy a day as any in Madrid,”

-added Murray.

-

-“I meant a Sunday at home or in London. When

-I was here last, the thirty–first day of October came on

-Sunday; and it was the liveliest day I ever saw in

-Spain. The forenoon was quiet; for some of the

-people went to church. At noon there was a cock–fight,

-attended by some of the most noted men in

-Spain; and I went to it, though I was thoroughly disgusted

-both with the sacrilege and the barbarity of the

-show. At three o’clock came a bull–fight, lasting till

-dark, in which eight bulls and seven horses were killed.

-In the evening was the opera, and a great time at all

-the theatres. I confess that I was ashamed of myself

-for visiting these places on the sabbath; but I was in

-Spain to learn the manners and customs of the people,

-and excused myself on this plea. Monday was the

-first day of November, which is All Saints’ Day. Not

-a shop was open. The streets were almost deserted;

-and there was nothing like play to be seen, even among

-the children. It was like Sunday at home or in

-London, though perhaps even more silent and subdued.

-On this day the people visit the cemeteries, and decorate

-the tombs and graves of the dead with wreaths

-of flowers and _immortelles_. I pointed out to you the

-cemetery in the rear of the _Museo_. I visited it on

-that day; and it was really a very solemn sight.”

-

-“I wish I had visited the cemetery,” said Sheridan.

-

-“I am sorry you did not; but I did not think of it

-at the time we were near it. It is a garden surrounded

-by high walls, like parts of those we saw in

-Italy. In this wall are built a great many niches deep

-enough to receive a coffin, the lid of which, in Spain,

-as in Washington, is _dos d’âne_, or roof–shaped; and the

-cell is made like it at the top. Besides these catacombs,

-there are graves and tombs. As in Paris these

-are often seen with flowers, the toys of children, portraits,

-and other mementos of the departed, laid upon

-them.”

-

-“I saw a funeral in Geronimo Street yesterday,”

-added the captain. “The hearse was an open one,

-drawn by four horses covered with black velvet. I

-followed it to a church, and saw the service, which was

-not different from what I have seen at home. When

-the procession started for the grave, it consisted mostly

-of _berlinas_; and its length increased with every rod it

-advanced.”

-

-“I was told, that, when a person dies in Spain, the

-friends of the family send in a supply of cooked food,

-on the supposition that the bereaved are in no condition

-to attend to such matters,” continued the doctor.

-“But it is light enough now for us to see the scenery.”

-

-The country was flat and devoid of interest at first;

-but it began to improve as the train approached Aranjuez,

-where the kings have a royal residence, which

-the party were to visit on the return from Toledo.

-

-“What river is that, Dr. Winstock?” asked Murray.

-

-“_El Tajo_,” replied the doctor, with a smile.

-

-“Never heard of it,” added Murray.

-

-“There you labor under one of the disadvantages of

-a person who does not understand the language of the

-country in which he is travelling; for you are as

-familiar with the English name of this river as you are

-with that of the Rhine,” replied the doctor.

-

-“It is the Tagus,” added Sheridan. “I know that

-Toledo is on this river.”

-

-“Who could suspect that _El Tah–hoe_ was the Tagus?”

-queried Murray.

-

-“You would if you knew Spanish.”

-

-“There is a Spanish _caballero_, mounted on a mule,”

-said Murray, calling the attention of the party to a

-peasant who was sitting sideways on his steed.

-

-“All of them ride that way,” added Sheridan.

-

-“Not all of them do, for there is a fellow straddling

-his donkey behind two big panniers,” interposed the

-surgeon.

-

-The train continued to follow the river till it reached

-Toledo. The students got out of the cars, and were

-directed to assemble near the station in full view of the

-ancient city. The day was clear and mild, so that it

-was no hardship to stand in the open air, and listen to

-the description of the city given by Professor Mapps.

-

- “Toledo, as you can see for yourselves, is situated on a hill, or a

- series of hills, which rise to a considerable height above the rest of

- the country. Some of the old Spanish historians say that the city was

- founded soon after the creation of the world; but better authorities

- say it was begun by the Romans in the year B.C. 126, which makes it old

- enough to satisfy the reasonable vanity of the citizens of the place. Of

- course it was captured by the Moors, and recaptured by the Spaniards;

- and many of the buildings, and the bridge you see are the work of the

- Romans and the Moors. Under the Goths, in the seventh century, Toledo

- became very wealthy and prosperous, and in its best days is said to have

- had a population of a quarter of a million. It was made the capital of

- Spain in 567. Early in the eighth century the Moors obtained possession

- of the city, and made many improvements. In 1085, after a terrible

- siege, Alfonso VI. of Castile took it from the Moors, and it was again

- made the capital. The historians who carry the founding of Toledo almost

- back to the flood say that the Jews fled from Jerusalem, when it was

- captured by Nebuchadnezzar, to this city. Be this as it may, there were

- a great many Hebrews in Toledo in ancient days. They were an industrious

- people, and they became very wealthy. This people have been the butt

- of the Christians in many lands, and they were so here. They were

- persecuted, and their property confiscated; and it is said that the Jews

- avenged their wrongs by opening the gates of the city to the Moors; and

- then when the Moors served them in the same way, and despoiled them of

- their wealth, they admitted the army of Alfonso VI. by the same means.

- It has since been retained by the Christians. It was the capital and

- the ecclesiastic head of the nation. The archbishops of Toledo were

- immensely wealthy and influential.

-

- “One of them was Ximenes, afterward cardinal, the Richelieu of Spain,

- and one of the most famous characters of history. He was the powerful

- minister of Ferdinand the Catholic, and the regent of the kingdom in

- the absence of Charles V. He was a priest who continually mortified his

- body, and at the same time a statesman of the highest order. He was the

- confessor of Isabella I. When he was made archbishop of Toledo and head

- of the Church in Spain, he refused to accept the high honor till he was

- compelled to do so by the direct command of the pope. When he appeared

- at court in his monkish robes, looking more like a half–starved hermit

- than the primate of Spain, the courtiers laughed at him; but he meekly

- bore the sneers and the scoffs of the light–hearted. He was required

- by the pope to change his style of living, and make it conform to his

- high position. He obeyed the order; but he wore the haircloth shirt

- and frock of the order to which he belonged under his robes of purple.

- In the elegant apartments of his palace, he slept on the floor with a

- log of wood for a pillow. He led an expedition against the Moors into

- Africa, and captured Oran. As regent he maintained the authority of the

- king against the grandees, and told them they were to obey the king and

- not to deliberate over his command. By his personal will he subdued the

- great nobles.

-

- “The Moors brought to Toledo, from Damascus, the art of tempering

- steel for sword–blades; and weapons from either of these cities have

- a reputation all over the world. There is a manufactory of swords and

- other similar wares; and, while some contend that the blades made here

- are superior to any others, more insist that those made in England are

- just as good. When the capital was removed to Valladolid, Toledo began

- to decline; and now it has only fifteen thousand inhabitants. In the

- days that are past, the Jews and the Moors have been driven out of Spain

- to a degree that has retarded the prosperity of the country; for both

- the Hebrews and the Moslems were industrious and thriving races, and

- added greatly to the wealth of the nation. In religion Ferdinand and

- Isabella would be considered bigots and fanatics in our time; and their

- statesmanship would confound the modern student of political economy.

- But they did not live in our time; and we are grateful to them for the

- good they did, regardless of their religious or political views.

-

- “The large square structure which crowns the hill is the _Alcazar_, or

- palace. It is in ruins, but what remains of it is what was rebuilt for

- the fourth time. It was occupied by the Moorish and Gothic kings, as

- well as by those of Castile and Leon. The principal sight of the city

- is the cathedral. It is three hundred and seventy–three feet long, and

- a little less than two hundred in width. The first church on the spot

- was begun in the year 587. Among the relics you saw in the Escurial was

- the entire skeleton of St. Eugenius, the first Archbishop of Toledo, who

- was buried at St. Denis; and his remains were given to Philip II. by the

- King of France. He presided at a council held in the original cathedral,

- which was also visited, Dec. 18, 666, by the Virgin (the hour of the

- day is not given); and it appears that she made one or more visits at

- other times. The present church was begun in 1227, and completed in

- 1493, the year after the discovery of America. One of its chapels is

- called the Capilla Mosarabe; and perhaps a word about it may interest

- you. When the Moors captured the city, certain Christians remained, and

- were allowed to enjoy their own religion; and, being separated from

- those of the faith, they had a ritual which was peculiarly their own.

- When the city was restored to the Christians, these people preferred

- to retain the prayer–book, the customs and traditions, which had come

- down to them from their own past. The clergy objected, and all efforts

- to make them adopt the Roman forms were useless. A violent dispute

- arose, which threatened serious consequences. It was finally decided to

- settle the question after the manner of the times, by single combat;

- and each party selected its champion. They fought, and the victory was

- with the Mosarabic side. But the king Alfonso VI. and the clergy were

- not satisfied, and, declaring that the means of deciding the case had

- been cruel and impious, proposed another trial. This time it was to be

- the ordeal by fire. A heap of fagots was lighted in the _Zocodover_,—the

- public square near the cathedral,—and the Roman and the Mosarabic

- prayer–books were committed to the flames. The Roman book was burned to

- ashes, while the Toledan version remained unconsumed in the fire. There

- was no way to get around this miraculous decision; and the people of the

- city retained their ritual. When Ximenes became archbishop he seems to

- have had more regard than his predecessors for the old ritual, called

- the Apostolic Mass; and he not only ordained an order of priests for

- this especial service, but built the chapel I have mentioned. I will

- not detain you any longer, though there is much more that might be said

- about this interesting city.”

-

-Though the walk was rather long, the omnibuses were

-scarce, and most of the students were obliged to foot it

-into the city. The doctor and his travelling pupils preferred

-this, because they wished to look at the bridge

-and the towers on the way. They spent some time on

-the former in looking down into the rapid river, and

-in studying the structures at either end. The original

-bridge was built by the Romans, rebuilt by the Moors,

-and repaired by the Spaniards.

-

-“You have been in the East enough to know that the

-Orientals are fond of baths and other water luxuries.

-The Jews brought to Toledo some knowledge of the

-hydraulics of the Moslems; and they built an immense

-water–wheel in the river, which Murray says was ninety

-cubits—at least one hundred and thirty–five feet—high,

-to force the water up the hill to the city through

-pipes,” said the doctor, as he pointed out the ruins of

-a building used for this purpose.

-

-“I said it was ninety cubits high?” exclaimed Murray.

-

-“I ought to have said ‘Ford,’ since he prepared the

-hand–book of Spain that goes under your name.”

-

-“I accept the amendment,” laughed Murray,

-

-“And now there are no water–works in Toledo,

-except such as you see crossing the bridge before us,”

-added the surgeon, as he indicated a donkey with one

-keg fixed in a saddle, like a saw–horse, and two others

-slung on each side.

-

-The party passed through the _Puerta del Sol_, which

-is an old and gloomy tower, with a gateway through it.

-It is a Moorish structure; and, after examining it, they

-continued up the slope which winds around the hill to

-the top, and reached the square to which the professor

-had alluded. To the students the city presented a dull,

-deserted, desolate, and inhospitable appearance. It

-looked as though the people had got enough of the

-place, and had moved out of town. Though full of

-treasures for the student of architecture and of antiquity,

-it had but little interest to progressive Young

-America.

-

-The party went at once to the cathedral. There is

-no outside view of it except over the tops of the

-houses, though portions of it may be seen in different

-places. The interior was grand to look upon, but too

-grand to describe; and we shall report only some of

-Dr. Winstock’s talks to his pupils.

-

-“This is the _Puerta del Niño Perdido_, or the Gate of

-the Lost Child,” said he as they entered the church.

-“The story is the foundation of many a romance of

-the olden time. The clergy accused the wealthy Hebrews

-of crucifying, as they did the Saviour, a Christian

-boy, in order to use his heart in the passover service

-as a charm against the Inquisition. The gate takes

-the name from a fresco near it, representing the scene

-when the lost child was missed. The Jews were charged

-with the terrible deed, and plundered of their wealth,

-which was the whole object of the persecution.”

-

-The party walked through the grand structure,

-looked into the choir in the middle, where a service

-was in progress, and passed through several chapels,

-stopping a considerable time in the _Capilla Mayor_,

-where are monuments of some of the ancient kings

-and other great men.

-

-“This is the tomb of Cardinal Mendoza,” said the

-doctor. “He was an historian, a scholar, and, like

-Ximenes, a statesman and a warrior. The marble–work

-in the rear of the altar cost two hundred thousand

-ducats, or six times as many dollars.”

-

-“One hundred and twenty schoolhouses at ten

-thousand dollars apiece packed into that thing!”

-exclaimed Murray.

-

-“And Mr. Ford calls it a fricassee of marble!”

-laughed the doctor, as they walked into the next chapel.

-“This is the _Capilla de Santiago_. Do you know who he

-was?”

-

-“Of course we do. He was the patron saint of

-Spain,—St. James, one of the apostles,” replied Sheridan.

-

-“Do you remember what became of him?”

-

-“He suffered martyrdom under Herod Agrippa,”

-answered the captain.

-

-“The Spaniards carry his history somewhat farther

-than that event. As they wanted a distinguished

-patron, and Rome had appropriated Peter and Paul,

-they contented themselves with James the Elder, the son

-of Zebedee, and the brother of John. When he was

-dead, his body was conveyed by some miraculous agency

-to Jaffa, where it embarked in a boat for Barcelona,

-the legend informs us. Instead of going on shore, like

-a peaceable corpse, it continued on its voyage, following

-the coast of Spain, through the Strait of Gibraltar,

-to the shore of Galicia, where it made a landing at

-a place called Padron; or rather the dead–boat got

-aground there. The body was found by some fishermen,

-who had the grace to carry it to a cave, where, as

-if satisfied with its long voyage made in seven days,

-beating the P. and O. Steamers by a week, it rested

-peaceably for eight hundred years. At the end of this

-long period, it seems to have become restless again,

-and to have caused certain telegraphic lights to be

-exhibited over the cave. They were seen by a monk,

-who informed the bishop of the circumstance. He

-appears to have understood the meaning of the lights,

-and examined the cave. He found the body, and knew

-it to be that of St. James; but he has wisely failed to

-put on record the means by which he identified it. A

-church was built to contain the tomb of the patron

-saint; but it was afterwards removed to the church of

-Santiago, twelve miles distant.”

-

-The party crossed the church, and entered the

-Chapel of San Ildefonso. This saint, a primate of

-Toledo, was an especial champion of the Virgin, and

-so won her favor, that she came down from heaven,

-and seated herself in his chair. She remained during

-matins, chanting the service, and at its close placed

-the church robes on his shoulders. The primate’s successor

-undertook to sit down in this chair, but was

-driven out by angels, which was rather an imputation

-upon his sanctity. The Virgin repeated the visit several

-times. St. Ildefonso’s body was stolen by the

-Moors, but it was recovered by a miracle. The sacred

-vestment the Virgin had placed upon his back was

-taken away at the same time; but no miracle seems to

-have been interposed to restore it, though it is said to

-be in Oviedo, invisible to mortal eyes. In another

-part of the edifice is the very stone on which the

-Virgin stepped when she came first to the church. It

-is enclosed by small iron bars, but the fingers may be

-inserted so as to press it; and holes are worn into it

-from the frequent touchings of the pilgrims to this

-shrine.

-

-“Here are the portraits of all the cardinals, from St.

-Eugenio down to the present time,” said the doctor as

-they entered the Chapter House. “Cardinal Albornez

-died in Rome, and the pope desired to send his remains

-to Toledo. As this was in 1364, there was no regular

-line of steamers, or an express company, to attend to

-the transportation: so he offered plenary indulgences

-to those who would undertake the mission of conveying

-the body to its distant resting–place. There were

-plenty of poor people who could not purchase such

-favors for their souls; and they were glad of the job

-to bear the cardinal on their shoulders from town to

-town till they arrived here.”

-

-“Where is the chapel the professor told us about?”

-asked Sheridan.

-

-“We will go to that now.”

-

-This chapel, though very rich in church treasures,

-and one of the most venerated in the cathedral as

-built to preserve the ancient ritual, contained nothing

-that engaged the attention of the students, and Mr.

-Mapps had already told its story. They hardly looked

-at the image of the Virgin, which is dressed in magnificent

-costume, covered with gold and jewels, when

-it is borne in procession on Corpus Christi Day.

-

-“I have seen enough of it,” said Murray, as they

-left the cathedral, and walked to the _Alcazar_.

-

-The old palace was only a reminder of what had

-been; but the view from its crumbling walls was the

-best thing about it. The party decided not to visit the

-sword–factory, which is two miles out of the city; and

-they went next to the church of _San Juan de los Reyes_.

-It was a court chapel, and was erected by the Catholic

-king to commemorate a victory. It is Gothic; but the

-chains that are hung over the outside of it were all that

-challenged the interest of the students.

-

-“Those chains were the votive offerings of captives

-who were released when Granada was taken by Ferdinand

-and Isabella,” said the doctor, when his pupils

-began to express their wonder. “There are some very

-fine carvings and frescos in this church.”

-

-“I don’t care for them,” yawned Murray: “I will

-wait here while you and Sheridan go in.” But the

-captain did not care to go in; and they continued their

-walk to _Santa Maria la Blanca_ and _El Transito_, two

-churches which had formerly been synagogues. They

-were very highly ornamented; but by this time the students

-wanted their dinner more than to see the elaborate

-workmanship of the Jews or the Moors. They

-were tired too; for Toledo with its up and down streets

-is not an easy place to get about in. Some of the boys

-said it reminded them of Genoa; but it is more like

-parts of Constantinople, with its steep hills and Moorish

-houses.

-

-The party dined in various places in the city; and at

-two o’clock they took the train for Aranjuez, and

-arrived there in an hour.

-

-“The late queen used to live here three months of

-the year,” said the doctor, as they walked from the

-station to the palace. “The town is at the junction of

-the Jarama and the Tagus, and it is really a very pretty

-place. There is plenty of water. Charles V. was the

-first of the kings of Spain to make his residence at

-Aranjuez. A great deal of work has been done here

-since his time, by his successors.”

-

-The students walked through the gardens, and went

-through the palace. Perhaps the camels kept here

-were more interesting to the young gentlemen, gorged

-with six months’ sight–seeing in all the countries of

-Europe, than any thing else they saw at the summer

-residence of the kings of Spain.

-

-At the station there is a very fair hotel with restaurant,

-where the party had supper. But they had four

-hours of weary waiting before the train for _Ciudad Real_

-would arrive; and most of them tried to sleep, for it

-had been a long day.

-

-“Better be here than at the junction of this road

-with that to Toledo,” said the doctor, as he fixed himself

-for a nap. “The last time I was here I did not

-understand it; and, when I came from Toledo, I got off

-the train at the junction, which is Castillejo, ten miles

-from Aranjuez.”

-

-“I noticed the place when we went down this morning,”

-replied Sheridan. “The station is little better

-than a shed, and there is no town there.”

-

-“The train was late; and I had to wait there without

-my supper from eight o’clock till after midnight. It

-was cold, and there was no fire. I was never more uncomfortable

-for four hours in my life. The stations in

-Spain are built to save money, and not for the comfort

-of the passengers, at least in the smaller places. But

-we had better go to sleep if we can; for we have to

-keep moving for nearly twenty–four hours at the next

-stretch.”

-

-Not many of the party could sleep, tired as they

-were, till they took the train at eleven o’clock. The

-compartments were heated with hot–water vessels, or

-rather the feet were heated by them. The students

-stowed themselves away as well as they could; and

-soon, without much encouragement to do so, they were

-buried in slumber.

-

-

-

-

-CHAPTER XV.

-

-TROUBLE IN THE RUNAWAY CAMP.

-

-

-“What are you running for?” shouted Bill Stout,

-as Raimundo and Bark Lingall ran ahead of

-him after the party landed from the felucca. “We are

-all right now.”

-

-Bill could not quite get rid of the idea that he was the

-leader of the expedition, as he intended to be from

-the time when he began to make his wicked plans

-for the destruction of the Tritonia. He had the vanity

-to believe that he was born to command, and not to

-obey; and such are generally the very worst of leaders.

-

-“Never mind him, Lingall,” said the second master.

-“When we get to the top of this rising ground we can

-see where we are.”

-

-“I am satisfied to follow your lead,” replied Bark.

-

-“If our plans are spoiled, it will be by that fellow,”

-added Raimundo.

-

-But in a few minutes more he halted on the summit

-of a little hill, with Bark still at his side. Bill was

-some distance behind; and he was evidently determined

-to have his own way, without regard to the

-wishes of the second master. On the rising ground,

-the lights revealed the position of the city; but the

-fugitives looked with more interest, for the moment, at

-the sea. Raimundo had run when he landed, because

-he saw that the lay of the land would conceal the movements

-of the felucca from him if he remained where he

-had come on shore. Perhaps, too, he considered it best

-to put a reasonable distance between himself and the

-dangerous boatman. On the eminence they could distinctly

-see the felucca headed away from the shore in

-the direction from which she had come when they were

-on board.

-

-“I was afraid the villain might be treacherous, after

-all,” said Raimundo. “If he had headed into the port

-of Tarragona, it would not have been safe for us to go

-there.”

-

-“What’s your hurry?” demanded Bill Stout, coming

-up at this moment. “You act as though you were

-scared out of your wits.”

-

-“Shut up, Bill Stout!” said Bark, disgusted with his

-companion in crime. “If you are going to get up a

-row at every point we make, we may as well go back

-to the Tritonia, kiss the rod, and be good boys.”

-

-“I haven’t made any row,” protested Bill. “I

-couldn’t see what you were running for, when no one

-was after you.”

-

-“Raimundo knows what he is about; and, while the

-thing is going along very well, you set to yelling, so as

-to let the fellow know where we were, if he took it into

-his head to follow us.”

-

-“Raimundo may know what he is about,” snarled

-Bill; “but I want to know what he is about too, if I

-am to take part in this business.”

-

-“You will not know from me,” added Raimundo

-haughtily. “I shall not stop to explain my plans to a

-coward and an ignoramus every time I make a move.

-We are in Spain; and the country is big enough for all

-of us. I did not invite you to come with me; and I

-am not going to be trammelled by you.”

-

-“You are a great man, Mr. Raimundo; but I want

-you to understand that you are not on the quarter–deck

-of the Tritonia just now; and I have something to say,

-as well as you,” replied Bill.

-

-“That’s all! I don’t want to hear another word,”

-continued Raimundo. “We may as well part company

-here and now as at any other time and place.”

-

-“Now you can see what you have done, Bill,” said

-Bark reproachfully.

-

-“Well, what have I done? I had as lief be officered

-on board of the vessel as here, when we are on a time,”

-answered Bill.

-

-“All right; you may go where you please,” added

-Bark angrily. “I am not going about with any such

-fellow as you are. If I should get into trouble, you

-would lay back, and let me fight it out alone.”

-

-“Do you mean to say, Bark Lingall, that you will

-desert me, and go off with that spoony of an officer?”

-demanded Bill, taken all aback by what his friend had

-said.

-

-“I do mean to say it; and, more than that, I will

-stick to it,” said Bark firmly. “You are both a coward

-and a fool. Before we are out of the first danger, you

-get your back up about nothing, and make a row.

-Mr. Raimundo has been a gentleman, and behaved

-like a brave fellow. If it hadn’t been for him, we

-should have been robbed of all our money, and perhaps

-have had our throats cut besides.”

-

-“But he got us into the scrape,” protested Bill.

-“He hired that cut–throat to take us to this place without

-saying a word to us about the business. I knew

-that fellow was a rascal, and would just as lief cut a

-man’s throat as eat his dinner.”

-

-“You knew what he was, did you?”

-

-“To be sure I did. He looked like a villain; and

-I would not have trusted myself half a mile from the

-shore with him without a revolver in my pocket,”

-retorted Bill, who felt safe enough now that he was on

-shore.

-

-“I don’t care to hear any more of this,” interposed

-the second master. “It must be half–past seven by

-this time, and I am going to hurry up to the town. I

-looked at an old Bradshaw on board, while I was

-making up my plans, and I noticed that the night

-trains generally leave at about nine o’clock. There

-may be one from this place.”

-

-“But where are you going?” asked Bark.

-

-“It makes no manner of difference to me where I

-go, if I only get as far away from Barcelona as possible,”

-replied Raimundo. “The police may have

-received a despatch, ordering them to arrest us at this

-place.”

-

-“Do you believe they have such an order?” asked

-Bark, with deep interest.

-

-“I do not believe it; but it may be, for all that. I

-am confident no one saw the felucca take us off those

-rocks. I feel tolerably safe. But, when Filipe gets

-back to Barcelona, he may tell where he took us; and

-some one will be on my track in Tarragona as early as

-the first train from the north arrives here.”

-

-Raimundo walked towards the town, and Bark still

-kept by his side. Bill followed, for he had no intention

-of being left alone by his companions. He

-thought it was treason on the part of Bark to think of

-such a thing as deserting him. He felt that he had

-been the leader of the enterprise up to the time he

-had got into the boat with the second master; and

-that he had conducted Bark out of their prison, and

-out of the slavery of the vessel. It would be rank

-ingratitude for his fellow–conspirator to turn against

-him under such circumstances; and he was surprised

-that Bark did not see it in that light. As for the

-second master, he did not want any thing more of

-him; he did not wish to travel with him, or to have

-any thing to do with him. He was an officer of the

-Tritonia, one of the tyrants against whom he had

-rebelled; and as such he hated him. The consciousness

-that he had behaved like a poltroon in the presence

-of the officer, while Bark had been a lion in

-bravery, did not help the case at all. Raimundo

-despised him, and took no pains to conceal his sentiments.

-

-All Bill Stout wanted was to roam over the country

-with Bark. In the boat he had imagined the “good

-times” they would have when free from restraint.

-They could drink and smoke, and visit the places of

-amusement in Spain, while the rest of the fellows were

-listening to lectures on geography and history, and visiting

-old churches. His idea of life and enjoyment was

-very low indeed.

-

-After walking for half an hour in the direction of the

-nearest lights, they reached the lower part of the town;

-and the second master concluded that the railroad

-station must be in this section. He inquired in the

-street, and found they were quite near it. He was also

-told that a train would leave for Alicante and Madrid

-at thirty–five minutes past eight. It was only eight

-then; and, seeing a store with “_A la Barcelona_” on

-its sign, he knew it was a clothing–store, and the party

-entered it. Raimundo bought a long cape coat which

-entirely concealed his uniform. Bark and Bill purchased

-overcoats, each according to his taste, that

-covered up their nautical costume in part, though they

-did not hide their seaman’s trousers. At another shop

-they obtained caps that replaced their uniform headpieces.

-

-With their appearance thus changed, they repaired to

-the station, where Raimundo bought tickets to Valencia.

-This is a seaport town, one hundred and sixty–two

-miles from Tarragona. Raimundo was going there

-because the train went there. His plans for the future

-were not definitely arranged; but he did not wish to

-dissolve his connection with the academy squadron.

-He intended to return to his ship as soon as he could

-safely do so, which he believed would be when the vessels

-sailed from Lisbon for the “isles of the sea;” but

-in this connection he was troubled about the change in

-the programme which the principal had introduced

-the day before, of which Hugo had informed him. If the

-American Prince was to convey the Josephines and the

-Tritonias to Lisbon, and bring back the Princes,—for

-the several ships’ companies were called by these names,—it

-was not probable that the squadron would go to

-Lisbon. All hands would then have visited Portugal

-and there would be no need of going there again.

-Raimundo concluded that the fleet would sail on its

-Atlantic voyage from Cadiz, which would save going

-three hundred miles to the northward in the middle of

-winter.

-

-“Do you want first or second class tickets?” asked

-Raimundo, when they stood before the ticket–office.

-

-“A second class is good enough for me,” replied

-Bill.

-

-“What class do you take?” asked Bark.

-

-“I shall go first class, because I think it will be

-safer,” replied Raimundo. “We shall not meet so

-many people.”

-

-“Then get me a first class,” added Bark.

-

-“Two first class and one second,” repeated the

-second master.

-

-“I’m not going alone,” snarled Bill. “Get me a

-first class.”

-

-The tickets were procured; and the party took their

-places in the proper compartment, which they had all

-to themselves. Bill Stout was vexed again; for, small

-as the matter of the tickets was, he had once more

-been overruled by the second master. He felt as

-though he had no influence, instead of being the leader

-of the party as he aspired to be. He was cross and

-discontented. He was angry with Bark for thinking of

-such a thing as deserting him. He was in just the

-mood to make another fuss; and he made one.

-

-“I think it is about time for us to settle our accounts

-with you, Mr. Raimundo,” said Bark, when they were

-seated in the compartment. “We owe you a good deal

-by this time.”

-

-“_Mr._ Raimundo!” exclaimed Bill, with a heavy

-emphasis on the handle to the name. “Why don’t you

-call me Mr. Stout, Bark?”

-

-“Because I have not been in the habit of doing so,”

-replied Bark coldly.

-

-“We are not on board the ship now; and I think we

-might as well stop toadying to anybody,” growled Bill.

-

-“About the accounts, Mr. Raimundo,” continued

-Bark, taking no further notice of his ill–natured companion.

-“How much were the tickets?”

-

-“Ninety–two _reales_ each,” replied Raimundo. “That

-is four dollars and sixty cents.”

-

-“You paid for the boat and the provisions,” added

-Bark. “We will make an equal division of the whole

-expense.”

-

-“I paid five hundred _reales_ for the boat, and sixty

-for the provisions.”

-

-“You paid more than you agreed to for the boat,”

-interposed Bill sulkily. “You are not going to throw

-my money away like that, I can tell you.”

-

-“I hired the boat for my own use, and I am willing

-to pay the whole of the bill for it,” replied Raimundo

-with dignity.

-

-“That’s the sort of fellow you are, Bill Stout!”

-exclaimed Bark indignantly.—“No matter, Mr. Raimundo;

-if Bill is too mean to pay his share, I will pay

-it for him. You shall pay no more than one–third anyhow.”

-

-“I am willing to pay my fair share,” said Bill, more

-disturbed than ever to find Bark against him every

-time. “Then three dollars for that lunch was a swindle.”

-

-“I had to take what I could get under the circumstances,”

-added Raimundo; “but you drank most of

-the wine.”

-

-“I was not consulted about ordering it,” growled

-Bill.

-

-“If there ever was an unreasonable fellow on the

-face of the footstool, you are the one, Bill Stout!”

-retorted Bark vigorously. “I have had enough of you.—How

-much is the whole bill for each, Mr. Raimundo?”

-

-“An equal division makes it two hundred and

-seventy–eight _reales_ and a fraction. That is thirteen

-dollars and sixty cents.”

-

-“But my money is in sovereigns.”

-

-“Two and a half pence make a _real_. Can you figure

-that in your head?”

-

-Bark declined to do the sum in his head; but, standing

-up under the dim light in the top of the compartment,

-he ciphered it out on the back of an old letter.

-The train had been in motion for some time, and it was

-not easy to make figures; but at last he announced his

-result.

-

-“Two pounds and eighteen shillings, lacking a

-penny,” said he. “Two shares will be five pounds and

-sixteen shillings.”

-

-“That is about what I had made it in my head,”

-added Raimundo.

-

-“Here are six sovereigns for Bill’s share and my

-own,” continued Bark, handing him the gold.

-

-“You needn’t pay that swindle for me,” interposed

-Bill. “I shall not submit to having my money thrown

-away like that.”

-

-“Of course I shall not take it under these circumstances,”

-replied the second master.

-

-“I am willing to pay for the boat and the provisions,”

-said Bill, yielding a part of the point.

-

-Bark took no notice of him, but continued to press

-the money upon Raimundo; and he finally consented

-to take it on condition that a division of the loss

-should be made in the future if Bill did not pay his

-full share.

-

-“You want four shillings back: here are five _pesetas_,

-which just make it,” added Raimundo.

-

-“Of course I shall pay you whatever you are out,

-Bark,” said Bill, backing entirely out of his position,

-which he had taken more to be ugly than because he

-objected to the bill. “But I don’t like this swindle.

-Here’s three sovereigns.”

-

-“You need not pay it if you don’t want to. I did

-not mean that Mr. Raimundo should be cheated out of

-the money,” replied Bark.

-

-“Stout,” said Raimundo, rising from his seat, “this

-is not the first time, nor even the tenth, that you have

-insulted me to–day. I will have nothing more to do

-with you. You may buy your own tickets, and pay

-your own bills; and we will part company as soon as

-we leave this train.”

-

-“I think I can take care of myself without any help

-from you,” retorted Bill.—“Here is your money,

-Bark.”

-

-“I won’t take it,” replied Bark.

-

-“Why not?”

-

-“You have insulted Mr. Raimundo ever since we

-started from Barcelona; and, after you say you have

-been swindled, I won’t touch your money.”

-

-“Are you going back on me, after all I have done

-for you?” demanded Bill.

-

-“What have you done for me?” asked Bark indignantly;

-for this was a new revelation to him.

-

-“I got you out of the Tritonia; didn’t I?”

-

-“No matter: we will not jaw about any thing so

-silly as that. I won’t touch your money till you have

-apologized to Mr. Raimundo.”

-

-“When I apologize to _Mr._ Raimundo, let me know

-it, will you?” replied Bill, as he returned the sovereigns

-to his pocket, and coiled himself away in the corner.

-“That’s not my style.”

-

-Nothing more was said; and, after a while, all of

-the party went to sleep. But Bill Stout did not sleep

-well, for he was too ugly to be entirely at rest. He

-was awake most of the night; but, in the early morning,

-he dropped off again. At seven o’clock the train

-arrived at Valencia. Bill was still asleep. Raimundo

-got out of the car; and Bark was about to wake his

-fellow–conspirator, when the second master interposed:—

-

-“Don’t wake him, Lingall, if you please; but come

-with me. You can return in a moment.”

-

-Bark got out of the carriage.

-

-“I wish to leave before he wakes,” said Raimundo.

-“I will go no farther with him.”

-

-“Leave him here?” queried Bark.

-

-“I will not even speak to him again,” added the

-second master. “Of course, I shall leave you to do as

-you please; though I should be glad to have you go

-with me, for you have proved yourself to be a plucky

-fellow and a gentleman. As it is impossible for me

-to endure Stout’s company any longer, I shall have to

-leave you, if you stick to him.”

-

-“I shall not stick to him,” protested Bark. “He is

-nothing but a hog,—one hundred pounds of pork.”

-

-Bark had decided to leave Bill as soon as he could,

-and now was his time. They took an omnibus for the

-_Fonda del Cid_. They had not been gone more than

-five minutes, before a porter woke Bill Stout, who

-found that he was alone. He understood it perfectly.

-

-

-

-

-CHAPTER XVI.

-

-BILL STOUT AS A TOURIST.

-

-

-Bill Stout indulged in some very severe reflections

-upon the conduct of his fellow–conspirator

-when he found that he was alone in the compartment

-where he had spent the night. The porter who woke

-him told him very respectfully (he was a first–class

-passenger), in good Spanish for a man in his position,

-that the train was to be run out of the station. Bill

-couldn’t understand him, but he left the car.

-

-“Where are the fellows that came with me?” he

-asked, turning to the porter; but the man shook his

-head, and smiled as blandly as though the runaway had

-given him a _peseta_.

-

-Bill was not much troubled with bashfulness; and he

-walked about the station, accosting a dozen persons

-whom he met; but not one of them seemed to know

-a word of English.

-

-“_No hablo Ingles_,” was the uniform reply of all.

-One spoke to him in French; but, though Bill had

-studied this language, he had not gone far enough to

-be able to speak even a few words of it. He went into

-the street, and a crowd of carriage–drivers saluted

-him.

-

-“Hotel,” said he, satisfied by this time that it was

-of no use to talk English to anybody in Spain.

-

-As this word is known to all languages, he got on so

-far very well.

-

-“_Hotel Villa de Madrid!_” shouted one of the drivers.

-

-Though Bill’s knowledge of geography was very

-limited, he had heard of Madrid, and he identified this

-word in the speech of the man. He bowed to him to

-indicate that he was ready to go to the hotel he named.

-He was invited to take a seat in a _tartana_, a two–wheeled

-vehicle not much easier than a tip–cart, and driven to

-the hotel. Bill did not look like a very distinguished

-guest, for he wore the garb of a common sailor when he

-took off his overcoat. He had not even put on his best

-rig, as he did not go ashore in regular form. He spoke

-to the porter who received him at the door, in English,

-thinking it was quite proper for those about a hotel to

-speak all languages. But this man seemed to be no

-better linguist than the rest of the Spaniards; and he

-made no reply.

-

-The guest was conducted to the hall where the landlord,

-or the manager of the hotel, addressed him in

-Spanish, and Bill replied in English.

-

-“_Habla V. Frances?_” asked the manager.

-

-“I don’t _hablo_ any thing but English,” replied Bill,

-beginning to be disgusted with his ill–success in finding

-any one who could understand him.

-

-“_Parlez–vous Français?_” persisted the manager.

-

-“No. I don’t _parlez–vous_.”

-

-“_Parlate voi Italiano?_”

-

-“No: I tell you I don’t speak any thing but English,”

-growled Bill.

-

-“_Sprechen Sie Deutsch?_”

-

-“No; no Dutch.”

-

-The manager shrugged his shoulders, and evidently

-felt that he had done enough, having addressed the

-guest in four languages.

-

-“Two fellows—no comee here?” continued Bill,

-trying his luck with pigeon English.

-

-Of course the manager shook his head at this absurd

-lingo; and Bill was obliged to give up in despair. The

-manager called a servant, and sent him out; and the

-guest hoped that something might yet happen. He

-seated himself on a sofa, and waited for the waters to

-move.

-

-“I want some breakfast,” said Bill when he had

-waited half an hour; and as he spoke he pointed to his

-mouth, and worked his teeth, to illustrate his argument.

-

-The manager took out his watch, and pointed to the

-“X” upon the dial, to indicate that the meal would be

-ready at that hour. A little later the servant came in

-with another man, who proved to be an English–speaking

-citizen of Valencia. He was a _valet de place_, or

-guide.

-

-With his aid Bill ascertained that “two young fellows”

-had not been to the Hotel Villa de Madrid that

-morning. He also obtained a room, and some coffee

-and bread to last him till breakfast time. When he

-had taken his coffee, he went with the man to all the

-hotels in the place. It was nearly ten o’clock when he

-reached the _Fonda del Cid_. Two young gentlemen, one

-of them an officer, had just breakfasted at the hotel,

-and left for Grao, the port of Valencia, two miles distant,

-where they were to embark in a steamer which

-was to sail for Oran at ten. Bill had not the least idea

-where Oran was; and, when he asked his guide, he was

-astonished to learn that it was in Africa, a seaport of

-Algeria. Then he was madder than ever; for he would

-have been very glad to take a trip to Africa, and see

-something besides churches and palaces. He dwelt

-heavily upon the trick that Bark had played him. It

-was ten o’clock then, and it would not be possible to

-reach Grao before half–past ten. He could try it; the

-steamer might not sail as soon as advertised: they

-were often detained.

-

-Bill did try it, but the steamer was two miles at sea

-when he reached the port. He engaged the guide for

-the day, after an effort to beat him down in his price of

-six _pesetas_. He went back to the hotel, and ate his

-breakfast. There was plenty of _Val de Peñas_ wine on

-the table, and he drank all he wanted. Then he went to

-his room to take a nap before he went out to see the

-sights of the place. Instead of sleeping an hour as he

-intended, he did not wake till three o’clock in the afternoon.

-The wine had had its effect upon him. He

-found the guide waiting for him in the hall below. The

-man insisted that he should go to the cathedral; and

-when they had visited that it was dinner–time.

-

-“How much do I owe you now?” asked Bill, when he

-came to settle with the guide.

-

-“Six _pesetas_,” replied the man. “That is the price

-I told you.”

-

-“But I have not had you but half a day: from eleven

-till three you did not do any thing for me,” blustered

-Bill in his usual style.

-

-“But I was ready to go with you, and waited all that

-time for you,” pleaded the guide.

-

-“Here is four _pesetas_, and that is one more than you

-have earned,” added Bill, tendering him the silver.

-

-The man refused to accept the sum; and they had

-quite a row about it. Finally the guide appealed to the

-manager of the hotel, who promptly decided that six

-_pesetas_ was the amount due the man. Bill paid it

-under protest, but added that he wanted the guide the

-next day.

-

-“I shall go with you no more,” replied the man, as

-he put the money into his pocket. “I work for gentlemen

-only.”

-

-“I will pay you for all the time you go with me,”

-protested Bill; but the guide was resolute, and left the

-hotel.

-

-The next morning Bill used his best endeavors to

-obtain another guide; but for a time he was unable to

-make anybody comprehend what he wished. An Englishman

-who spoke Spanish, and was a guest at the

-hotel, helped him out at breakfast, and told the manager

-what the young man wanted.

-

-“I will not send for a guide for him,” replied the

-manager; and then he explained to the tourist in what

-manner Bill had treated his valet the day before, all of

-which the gentleman translated to him.

-

-But we cannot follow Bill in all his struggles with

-the language, or in all his wanderings about Valencia.

-He paid his bill at the hotel _Villa de Madrid_, and went

-to another. On his way he bought a new suit of

-clothes, and discarded for the present his uniform,

-which attracted attention wherever he was. He went

-to the _Fonda del Cid_ next; but he could not obtain a

-guide who spoke English: the only one they ever

-called in was engaged to an English party for a week.

-The manager spoke English, but he was seldom in the

-house. In some of the shops they spoke English; but

-Bill was almost as much alone as though he had been

-on a deserted island. The days wore heavy on his

-hands; and about all he could do was to drink _Val de

-Peñas_, and sleep it off. He wanted to leave Valencia,

-but knew not where to go. He desired to get out of

-Spain; and he had tried to get the run of the English

-steamers; but as he could not read the posters, or

-often find any one to read them for him, he had no

-success.

-

-He was heartily tired of the place, and even more

-disgusted than he had been on board of the Tritonia.

-He desired to go to England, where he could speak

-the language of the country; but no vessel for England

-came along, so far as he could ascertain. One day an

-English gentleman arrived at the hotel; and Bill got up

-a talk with him, as he did with everybody who could

-speak his own language. He told him he wanted to

-get to England; and the tourist advised him to cross

-Spain and Portugal by rail, and take a steamer at Lisbon,

-where one sailed every week for Southampton or

-Liverpool, and sometimes two or three a week.

-

-Bill adopted this suggestion, and in the afternoon

-started for Lisbon. He had been nearly a week in

-Valencia, and the change was very agreeable to him.

-He found a gentleman who spoke English, in the

-compartment with him; and he got along without any

-trouble till he reached Alcazar, where his travelling

-friend changed cars for Madrid. But, before he left

-the train, he told Bill that he was too late to connect

-for Lisbon, and that he would have to wait till half–past

-one in the afternoon. He could obtain plenty to

-eat in the station; but that ten hours of waiting at a

-miserable shed of a station was far worse than learning

-a lesson in navigation. He was on the high land, only ninety

-miles from Madrid, and it was cold in the night.

-There was no fire to warm him, and he had to walk to

-keep himself comfortable. He could not speak a word

-to any person; and, when any one spoke to him, he

-had learned to say, “_No hablo._” He had picked up a

-few words of Spanish, so that he could get what he

-wanted to eat, though his variety was very limited.

-

-In the afternoon he took the train for Ciudad Real,

-and arrived there at six o’clock. He was too tired to

-go any farther that night; indeed, he was almost sick.

-He found an omnibus at the station, and said “Hotel”

-to the driver. He felt better in the morning, and

-reached the railroad station at six o’clock. As at the

-hotel, he gave the ticket–seller a paper and pencil; and

-he wrote down in figures the price of a ticket to Badajos,

-in _reales_. He had changed his money into _Isabelinos_,

-and knew that each was one hundred _reales_. Bill had

-improved a good deal in knowledge since he was

-thrown on his own resources. He waited till the train

-arrived from Madrid. It was quite a long one; but

-the conductor seemed to know just where the vacant

-seats were, and led him to the last carriage, where he

-was assigned a place in a compartment in which four

-passengers occupied the corners, and seemed to be all

-asleep. The runaway took one of the middle seats.

-He only hoped, that, when the daylight came, he might

-hear some of his fellow–travellers speak English.

-Unfortunately for him, they all spoke this language.

-The light in the top of the compartment had gone out,

-and the persons in the corners were buried in their

-overcoats, so that he could not see them after the

-conductor carried his lantern away.

-

-The train started; and Bill, for the want of something

-better to do, went to sleep himself. His bed at

-the hotel had been occupied by a myriad of “_cosas de

-España_” before he got into it; and his slumbers had

-been much disturbed. He slept till the sun broke in

-through the window of the compartment. He heard his

-fellow–travellers conversing in English; and, when he

-was fairly awake, he was immediately conscious that a

-gentleman who sat in one of the opposite corners was

-studying his features. But, as soon as Bill opened his

-eyes, it was not necessary for him to study any longer.

-The gentleman in the corner was Mr. Lowington,

-principal of the academy squadron; and Bill’s solitary

-wanderings had come to an end.

-

-The principal knew every student in the fleet; but

-Bill’s head had been half concealed, and his dress had

-been entirely changed, so that he did not fully identify

-him till he opened his eyes, and raised his head. The

-other persons in the compartment were Dr. Winstock,

-the captain, and the first lieutenant of the Prince.

-

-“Good–morning, Stout,” said Mr. Lowington, as

-soon as he was sure that the new–comer was one of

-the runaways from the Tritonia.

-

-Of course Bill was taken all aback when he realized

-that he was on the train with the ship’s company of

-the Prince. But the principal was good–natured, as he

-always was; and he smiled as he spoke. Bill had

-unwittingly run into the camp of the enemy; and that

-smile assured him that he was to be laughed at, in

-addition to whatever punishment might be inflicted

-upon him; and the laugh, to him, was the worst of it.

-

-“Good–morning, sir,” replied Bill sheepishly; and

-he had not the courage to be silent as he desired to be

-in that presence.

-

-“Have you had a good time, Stout?” asked Mr.

-Lowington.

-

-“Not very good,” answered Bill; and by this time

-the eyes of the doctor and his two pupils, who had not

-noticed him before, were fixed upon the culprit.

-

-“Where is Lingall?” inquired the principal. “Is

-he on the train with you?”

-

-“No, sir: he and Raimundo ran away from me in

-Valencia.”

-

-“Raimundo!” exclaimed Mr. Lowington. “Was

-he with you?”

-

-“Yes, sir; and they played me a mean trick,” added

-Bill, who had not yet recovered from his indignation on

-account of his desertion, and was disposed to do his

-late associates all the harm he could.

-

-“They ran away from you, as you did from the rest

-of us,” laughed the principal, who knew Stout so well

-that he could not blame his companions for deserting

-him. “Do you happen to know where they have

-gone?”

-

-“They left Valencia in a steamer at ten o’clock in

-the forenoon;” and Bill recited the particulars of his

-search for his late companions, feeling all the time that

-he was having some part of his revenge upon them for

-their meanness to him.

-

-“But where was the steamer bound?” asked the

-principal.

-

-“For Oban,” replied Bill, getting it wrong, as he was

-very apt to do with geographical names.

-

-“Oban; that’s in Scotland. No steamer in Valencia

-could be bound to Oban,” added Mr. Lowington.

-

-“This place is not in Scotland: it is in Africa,” Bill

-explained.

-

-“He means Oran,” suggested Dr. Winstock.

-

-“That’s the place.”

-

-Bill knew nothing in regard to the intended movements

-of Raimundo and Bark.

-

-“How happened Raimundo to be with you?” asked

-the principal. “He left the Tritonia the night before

-we came from Barcelona.”

-

-“No, sir: he did not leave her at all. He was in

-the hold all the time.”

-

-As Bill was very willing to tell all he knew about

-his fellow–conspirator and the second master,—except

-that Bark and himself had tried to set the vessel on

-fire,—he related all the details of the escape, and the

-trip to Tarragona, including the affray with the boatman.

-He told the truth in the main, though he did

-not bring out the fact of his own cowardice, or dwell

-upon the cause of the quarrel between himself and his

-companions.

-

-“And how happened you to be here, and on this

-train? Did you know we were on board of it?”

-inquired the principal.

-

-“I did not know you were on this train; but I knew

-you were over this way somewhere.”

-

-“And you were going to look for us,” laughed Mr.

-Lowington, who believed that the fellow’s ignorance

-had caused him to blunder into this locality at the

-wrong time.

-

-“I was not looking for you, but for the Tritonias,”

-replied Bill, who had come to the conclusion that penitence

-was his best dodge under the circumstances. “I

-was going over to Lisbon to give myself up to Mr. Pelham.”

-

-“Indeed! were you?”

-

-“Yes, sir: I did not intend to run away; and it was

-only when Raimundo had a boat from the shore that I

-thought of such a thing. I have had hard luck; and

-I would rather do my duty on board than wander all

-about the country alone.”

-

-“Then it was Lingall that spoiled your fun?”

-

-“Yes, sir; but I shall never want to run away

-again.”

-

-“That’s what they all say. But, if you wished to get

-back, why didn’t you go to Barcelona, where the Tritonia

-is? That would have been the shortest way for

-you.”

-

-“I didn’t care about staying in the brig, with no one

-but Mr. Marline and Mr. Rimmer on board,” answered

-Bill, who could think of no better excuse.

-

-Bill thought he might get a chance to slip away at

-some point on the road, or at least when the party

-arrived at Lisbon. If there was a steamer in port

-bound to England, he might get on board of her.

-

-“We will consider your case at another time,” said

-the principal, as the train stopped at a station.

-

-The principal and the surgeon, after sending Bill to

-the other end of the compartment, had a talk about

-Raimundo, who had evidently gone to Africa to get out

-of the jurisdiction of Spain. After examining Bradshaw,

-they found the fugitives could take a steamer to

-Bona, in Algeria, and from there make their way to

-Italy or Egypt; and concluded they would do so.

-

-

-

-

-CHAPTER XVII.

-

-THROUGH THE HEART OF SPAIN.

-

-

-Bill Stout concluded that he was not a success

-as a tourist in Spain; but he was confident that he

-should succeed better in England. He resolved to be

-a good boy till the excursionists arrived in Lisbon, and

-not make any attempt to escape; for it was not likely

-that he could accomplish his purpose. Besides, he

-had no taste for any more travelling in Spain. In fact,

-he had a dread of being cast upon his own resources in

-the interior, where he could not speak the language.

-

-“Do you know what country you are in?” asked

-Dr. Winstock, who sat opposite his pupils, as he had

-come to call them.

-

-“I reckon you’d know if you had seen it as I have,”

-interposed Bill Stout, who had a seat next to Murray,

-with a broad grin at the absurdity of the question.

-“It is Spain,—the meanest country on the face of

-the earth.”

-

-“So you think, Stout; but you have had a rather

-hard experience of it,” replied the doctor. “We have

-had a very good time since we left Barcelona.”

-

-“I suppose you know the lingo; and that makes all

-the difference in the world,” added Bill.

-

-“When I spoke of country, I referred to a province,”

-continued Dr. Winstock.

-

-“This is La Mancha,” answered Sheridan.

-

-“The country of Don Quixote,” added the doctor.

-

-“I saw a statue of Cervantes at Madrid, and I heard

-one of the fellows say he was the author of ‘Don

-Juan,’” laughed Murray.

-

-“Cervantes wrote the first part at Valladolid, and it

-produced a tremendous sensation. I suppose you have

-read it.”

-

-“I never did,” replied Bill Stout, who counted himself

-in as one of the party. “Is it a good story?”

-

-“It is so considered by those who are competent

-judges.”

-

-“I read it years ago,” added Sheridan.

-

-“It is said to be a take–off on the knights of Spain,”

-said Murray. “Is that so?”

-

-“I don’t think that was his sole idea in writing the

-book; or, if it was, he enlarged upon his plan. He was

-a literary man, with some reputation, before he wrote

-Don Quixote; and he probably selected the most

-popular subject he could find, and it grew upon him

-as he proceeded. Sancho Panza is a representative

-of homely common–sense, unaided by any imagination,

-while his master is full of it. He is used, in the first

-part of the story, to act as a contrast to the extravagant

-Don; and in this part of the work he does not use

-any of the proverbs which is the staple of the typical

-Spaniard’s talk. The introduction of this feature of

-Sancho’s talk was a new idea to the author.”

-

-“I suppose Cervantes was born and lived in La

-Mancha,” said Murray.

-

-“Not at all: he was born near Madrid, at Alcala de

-Henares. He was a soldier in the early years of his

-life. He fought in the battle of Lepanto, under Don

-John. At one time he was a sort of custom–house

-officer in Seville; but he got into debt, and was imprisoned

-for three months, during which time he is

-said to have been engaged in his great work. He was

-also a prisoner in Algiers five years; and ten times he

-risked his life in attempts to escape. He finally died

-in neglect, poverty, and want.”

-

-“Then this is where Don Quixote tilted at windmills,”

-said Murray, looking out at the window; “and

-there is one of them.”

-

-“It is not in every province of Spain that the Don

-could have found a windmill to tilt at,” added the

-doctor.

-

-About eight o’clock the train stopped for breakfast,

-which the _avant–courier_ had ordered.

-

-“This is a vine and olive country,” said the doctor,

-when the train was again in motion.

-

-“Shall we have a chance to see how they make the

-oil and how they make wine?” asked Sheridan.

-

-“You will have a chance to see how it is done; but

-you will not be able to see it done at this season of

-the year. There is an olive–orchard,” continued the

-doctor, pointing out of the window.

-

-“The trees look like willows; and I should think

-they were willows.”

-

-“They are not. These trees last a great number of

-years,—some say, hundreds.”

-

-“There are some which look as though they were

-planted by Noah after he left the ark. They are ugly–looking

-trees,” added Murray.

-

-“The people do not plant them for their beauty, but

-for the fruit they yield. You see they are in regular

-rows, like an apple–orchard at home. They start the

-trees from slips, which are cut off in January. The end

-of the slip is quartered with a knife, and a small stone

-put into the end to separate the parts, and the slip stuck

-into the ground. The earth is banked up around the

-plant, which has to be watered and tenderly cared for

-during the first two years of its growth. In ten years

-these trees yield some returns; but they are not at their

-best estate till they are thirty years old. The olives

-we eat”—

-

-“I never eat them,” interrupted Murray, shaking his

-head.

-

-“It is an acquired taste; but those who do like

-them are usually very fond of them. The olive which

-comes in jars for table use is picked before it is quite

-ripe, but when full grown; and it is pickled for a week

-in a brine made of water, salt, garlic, and some other

-ingredients. The best come from the neighborhood

-of Seville.”

-

-“But I don’t see how they make the oil out of the

-olive. It don’t seem as though there is any grease in

-it,” said Sheridan.

-

-“The berry is picked for the manufacture of oil when

-it is ripe, and is then of a purple color. It is gathered

-in the autumn; and I have seen the peasants beating

-the trees with sticks, while the women and children

-were picking up the olives on the ground. The women

-drive the donkeys to the mill, bearing the berries in the

-panniers. The olives are crushed on a big stone hollowed

-out for the purpose, by passing a stone roller

-over them, which is moved by a mule. The pulp is

-then placed in a press not unlike that you have seen in

-a cider–mill. The oil flows out into a reservoir under

-the press, from which it is bailed into jars big enough

-to contain a man: these jars are sunk in the ground

-to keep them cool. The mass left in the press after the

-oil is extracted is used to feed the hogs, or for fuel.”

-

-“And is that the stuff they put in the casters?”

-asked Murray, with his nose turned up in disgust.

-

-“That is certainly olive–oil,” replied the doctor.

-“You look as though you did not like it.”

-

-“I do not: I should as soon think of eating lamp–oil.”

-

-“Every one to his taste, lieutenant; but I have no

-doubt you have eaten a great deal of it since you came

-into Spain,” laughed the doctor.

-

-“Not if I knew it!”

-

-“You did not know it; but you have had it on your

-beefsteaks and mutton–chops, as well as in the various

-made–dishes you have partaken of. Spanish oil is not

-so pure and good as the Italian. Lucca oil has the

-best reputation. A poorer quality of oil is made here,

-which is used in making soap.”

-

-“Castile soap?”

-

-“Yes; and all kinds of oils are used for soap.”

-

-“How do they fresco it?” asked Murray.

-

-“Fresco it! They give it the marble look by putting

-coloring matter, mixed with oil, into the mass of soap

-before it is moulded into bars. What place is this?”

-said the doctor, as the train stopped.

-

-“Almaden,” replied Sheridan, reading the sign on

-the station.

-

-“I thought so, for I spent a couple of days here.

-Do you know what it is famous for?”

-

-“I don’t think I ever heard the name of the place

-before,” replied Sheridan.

-

-“It contains the greatest mine of quicksilver in the

-world,” added the doctor. “It was worked in the time

-of the Romans, and is still deemed inexhaustible. Four

-thousand men are employed here during the winter, for

-they cannot labor in the summer because the heat

-renders it too unhealthy. The men can work only six

-hours at a time; and many of them are salivated and

-paralyzed by the vapors of the mercury.”

-

-“Is this the same stuff the doctors use?” asked

-Murray.

-

-“It is; but it is prepared especially for the purpose.

-These mines yield the government of Spain a revenue

-of nearly a million dollars a year.”

-

-The country through which the tourists passed was

-not highly cultivated, except near the towns. On the

-way they saw a man ploughing–in his grain, and the implement

-seemed to be a wooden one. But every thing

-in the agricultural line was of the most primitive kind.

-In another place they saw a farmer at work miles from

-his house, for there was no village within that distance.

-Though there is not a fence to be seen, every man

-knows his own boundary–lines. In going to his day’s

-work, he may have to go several miles, taking his

-plough and other tools in a cart; and probably he

-wastes half his day in going to and from his work.

-But the Spanish peasant is an easy–going fellow, and he

-does not go very early, or stay very late. Often in the

-morning and in the middle of the afternoon our travellers

-saw them going to or coming from their work in

-this manner.

-

-“Now we are out of La Mancha,” said the doctor,

-half an hour after the train left Almaden.

-

-“And what are we in now, sir?” asked Murray.

-

-“We are in the province of Cordova, which is a part

-of Andalusia. But we only go through a corner of

-Cordova, and then we strike into Estremadura.”

-

-In the afternoon the country looked better, though the

-people and the houses seemed to be very poor. The

-country looked better; but it was only better than the

-region near Madrid, and, compared with France or

-Italy, it was desolation. The effects of the _mesta_ were

-clearly visible.

-

-“Medellin,” said Murray, when he had spelled out

-the word on a station where the train stopped about

-half–past two.

-

-“Do you know the place?” asked Dr. Winstock.

-

-“Never heard of it.”

-

-“Yet it has some connection with the history of the

-New World. It is mentioned in Prescott’s ‘Conquest

-of Mexico.’”

-

-“I have read that, but I do not remember this name.”

-

-“It is the birthplace of Hernando Cortes; and in

-Trujillo, a town forty miles north of us, was born

-another adventurer whose name figures on the glowing

-page of Prescott,” added the doctor.

-

-“That was Pizarro,” said Sheridan. “I remember

-he was born at—what did you call the place, doctor?”

-

-“Trujillo.”

-

-“But in Prescott it is spelled with an _x_ where you

-put an _h_.”

-

-“It is the same thing in Spanish, whether you spell

-it with an _x_ or _j_. It is a strong aspirate, like _h_, but

-is pronounced with a rougher breathing sound. Loja

-and Loxa are the same word,” explained the doctor.

-“So you will find Cordova spelled with a _b_ instead of

-a _v_; but the letters have the same power in Spanish.”

-

-“What river is this on the right?” inquired Murray.

-

-“That is the Guadiana.”

-

-“And where are its eyes, of which Professor Mapps

-spoke in his lecture?”

-

-“We passed them in the night, and also went over

-the underground river,” replied the doctor. “The

-region through which we are now passing was more

-densely peopled in the days when it was a part of the

-Roman empire than it is now. Without doubt the same

-is true of the period of the Moorish dominion. After

-America was discovered, and colonization began, vast

-numbers of emigrants went from Estremadura. In the

-time of Philip II. the country began to run down; and

-one of the reasons was the emigration to America.

-About four o’clock we shall arrive at Merida,” added

-the doctor, looking at his watch.

-

-“What is there at Merida?”

-

-“There is a great deal for the antiquarian and the

-student of history. You must be on the lookout for it,

-for there are many things to be seen from the window

-of the car,” continued the doctor. “It was the capital

-of Lusitania, and was called _Emerita Augusta_, from the

-first word of which title comes the present name. The

-river there is crossed by a Roman bridge twenty–five

-hundred and seventy–five feet long, twenty–five wide,

-and thirty–three above the stream. The city was surrounded

-by six leagues of walls, having eighty–four

-gates, and had a garrison of eighty thousand foot

-and ten thousand horsemen. The ruins of aqueducts,

-temples, forum, circus, and other structures, are still to

-be seen; some of them, as I said, from the train.”

-

-Unfortunately the train passed the portion of the

-ruins of the ancient city to be seen from the window,

-so rapidly that only a glance at them could be

-obtained; but perhaps most of the students saw all

-they desired of them. An hour and a half later the

-train arrived at Badajos, where they were to spend

-the night, and thence proceed to Lisbon the next morning.

-Each individual of the ship’s company had been

-provided with a ticket; and it was called for in the

-station before he was permitted to pass out of the

-building. As soon as they appeared in the open air,

-they were assailed by a small army of omnibus–drivers;

-but fortunately, as the town was nearly two miles from

-the station, there were enough for all of them. These

-men actually fought together for the passengers, and

-behaved as badly as New York hackmen. Though all

-the vehicles at the station were loaded as full as they

-could be stowed, there was not room for more than

-half of the party.

-

-The doctor and his pupils preferred to walk. In

-Madrid, the principal had received a letter from the

-_avant–courier_; informing him how many persons could

-be accommodated in each of the hotels; and all the

-excursionists had been assigned to their quarters.

-

-“We go to the _Fonda las Tres Naciones_,” said the

-doctor as they left the station. “I went there when I

-was here before. Those drivers fought for me as they

-did to–day; and with some reason, for I was the only

-passenger. I selected one, and told him to take me to

-the _Fonda de las cuatro Naciones_; and he laughed as

-though I had made a good joke. I made it ‘Four

-Nations’ instead of ‘Three.’ Here is the bridge over

-the Guadiana, built by the same architect as the Escurial.”

-

-“What is there in this place to see?” asked Sheridan.

-

-“Nothing at all; but it is an out–of–the–way old

-Spanish town seldom mentioned by tourists.”

-

-“I have not found it in a single book I have read,

-except the guide–books; and all these have to say

-about it is concerning the battles fought here,” added

-Sheridan.

-

-“Mr. Lowington has us stop here by my advice; and

-we are simply to spend the night here. You were on

-the train last night, and it would have been too much

-to add the long and tedious journey to Lisbon to that

-from Madrid without a night’s rest. Besides, you

-should see what you can of Portugal by daylight; for

-we are to visit only Lisbon and some of the places

-near it.”

-

-The party entered the town, and climbed up the

-steep streets to the hotel. The place was certainly

-very primitive. It had been a Roman town, and did

-not seem to have changed much since the time of the

-Cæsars. A peculiarly Spanish supper was served at

-the Three Nations, which was the best hotel in the

-place, but poor enough at that. Those who were fond

-of garlic had enough of it. The room in which the

-captain and first lieutenant were lodged had no window,

-and the ceiling was composed of poles on which

-hay was placed; and the apartment above them may

-have been a stable, or at least a hay–loft. Some of the

-students took an evening walk about the town, but

-most of them “turned in” at eight o’clock.

-

-The party were called at four o’clock in the morning;

-and after a light breakfast of coffee, eggs, and bread,

-they proceeded to the station. The train provided for

-them consisted of second–class carriages, at the head

-of which were several freight–cars. This is the regular

-day train, all of the first–class cars being used on the

-night train.

-

-“Now you can see something of Badajos,” said the

-doctor, as they walked down the hill. “It is a frontier

-town, and the capital of the province. It is more of a

-fortress than a city. Marshal Soult captured it in

-1811; and it is said that it was taken only through the

-treachery of the commander of the Spaniards. The

-Duke of Wellington captured it in 1812. I suppose

-you have seen pictures by the Spanish artist Morales,

-for there are some in the _Museo_ at Madrid. He was

-born here; and, when Philip II. stopped at Badajos on

-his way to Lisbon, he sent for the artist. The king

-remarked, ‘You are very old, Morales.’—‘And very

-poor,’ replied the painter; and Philip gave him a

-pension of three hundred ducats a year till he died.

-Manuel Godoy, the villanous minister of Charles IV.,

-called the ‘Prince of Peace,’ was born also here.”

-

-The train started at six o’clock, while it was still

-dark. Badajos is five miles from the boundary–line of

-Portugal; and in about an hour the train stopped at

-Elvas. The Portuguese police were on hand in full

-force, as well as a squad of custom–house officers. The

-former asked each of the adult members of the party

-his name, age, nationality, occupation, and a score of

-other questions, and would have done the same with

-the students if the doctor had not protested; and the

-officers contented themselves with merely taking their

-names, on the assurance that they were all Americans,

-were students, and had passports. Every bag and valise

-was opened by the custom–house officers; and

-all the freight and baggage cars were locked and

-sealed, so that they should not be opened till they

-arrived at Lisbon. Elvas has been the seat of an

-extensive smuggling trade, and the officers take every

-precaution to break up the business.

-

-The train was detained over an hour; and some of

-the students, after they had been “overhauled” as they

-called it, ran up into the town. Like Badajos, it is a

-strongly fortified place; but, unlike that, it has never

-been captured, though often besieged. The students

-caught a view of the ancient aqueduct, having three

-stories of arches.

-

-The train started at last; and all day it jogged along

-at a snail’s pace through Portugal. The scenery was

-about the same as in Spain, and with about the same

-variety one finds in New England. Dr. Winstock called

-the attention of his pupils to the cork–trees, and described

-the process of removing the bark, which forms

-the valuable article of commerce. They saw piles of

-it at the railroad stations, waiting to be shipped.

-

-There were very few stations on the way, and hardly

-a town was seen before four in the afternoon, when

-the train crossed the Tagus. The students were almost

-in a state of rebellion at this time, because they had

-had nothing to eat since their early breakfast. They

-had come one hundred and ten miles in ten hours;

-and eleven miles an hour was slow locomotion on a

-railroad. The courier wrote that he had made an

-arrangement by which the train was to go to the junction

-with the road to Oporto in seven hours, which

-was not hurrying the locomotive very much; but the

-conductor said he had no orders to this effect.

-

-“This is Entroncamiento,” said the doctor, as the

-train stopped at a station. “We dine here.”

-

-“Glory!” replied Murray. “But we might starve if

-we had to pronounce that name before dinner.”

-

-The students astonished the keeper of the restaurant

-by the quantity of soup, chicken, and chops they devoured;

-but they all gave him the credit of providing

-an excellent dinner. The excursionists had to wait a

-long time for the train from Oporto, for it was more

-than an hour late; and they did not arrive at Lisbon till

-half–past nine. The doctor and his pupils were sent

-to the Hotel Braganza, after they had gone through

-another ordeal with the custom–house officers. Bill

-Stout was taken to the Hotel Central on the quay by

-the river. The runaway had been as tractable as one

-of the lambs, till he came to the hotel. While the

-party were waiting for the rooms to be assigned to

-them, and Mr. Lowington was very busy, he slipped

-out into the street. He walked along the river, looking

-out at the vessels anchored in the stream. He

-made out the outline of several steamers. While he

-was looking at them, a couple of sailors, “half seas

-over,”, passed him. They were talking in English, and

-Bill hailed them.

-

-“Do you know whether there is a steamer in port

-bound to England?” he asked, after he had passed the

-time of night with them.

-

-“Yes, my lad: there is the Princess Royal, and she

-sails for London early in the morning,” replied the

-more sober of the two sailors. “Are you bound to

-London?”

-

-“I am. Which is the Princess Royal?”

-

-The man pointed the steamer out to him, and insisted

-that he should take a drink with them. Bill did

-not object. But he never took any thing stronger than

-wine, and his new friends insisted that he should join

-them with some brandy. He took very little; but then

-he felt obliged to treat his new friends in turn for their

-civility, and he repeated the dose. He then inquired

-where he could find a boat to take him on board of the

-steamer. They went out with him, and soon found a

-boat, in which he embarked. The boatman spoke a

-little English; and as soon as he was clear of the shore

-he asked which steamer his passenger wished to go to.

-By this time the brandy was beginning to have its

-effect upon Bill’s head; but he answered the man by

-pointing to the one the sailor had indicated, as he supposed.

-

-In a few moments the boat was alongside the steamer;

-and Bill’s head was flying around like a top. He paid

-the boatman his price, and then with an uneasy step

-walked up the accommodation–ladder. A man was

-standing on the platform at the head of the ladder, who

-asked him what he wanted.

-

-“I want to go to England,” replied the runaway, tossing

-his bag over the rail upon the deck.

-

-“This vessel don’t go to England; you have boarded

-the wrong steamer,” replied the man.

-

-Bill hailed the boatman, who was pulling for the

-shore.

-

-“Anchor watch!” called the man on the platform.

-“Bring a lantern here!”

-

-“Here is one,” said a young man, wearing an overcoat

-and a uniform cap, as he handed up a lantern to

-the first speaker.

-

-“Hand me my bag, please, gen’l’men,” said Bill.

-

-At this moment the man on the platform held the

-lantern up to Bill’s face.

-

-“I thought I knew that voice,” added Mr. Pelham,

-for it was he. “Don’t give him the bag, Scott.”

-

-“That’s my bag, and I want it,” muttered Bill.

-

-“I am afraid you have been drinking, Stout,” continued

-the vice–principal, taking Bill by the collar, and

-conducting him down the steps to the deck of the

-American Prince.

-

-“It is Stout, as sure as I live!” exclaimed Scott.

-

-“No doubt of that, though he has changed his rig.

-Pass the word for Mr. Peaks.”

-

-Bill was not so far gone but that he understood the

-situation. He had boarded the American Prince, instead

-of the Princess Royal. The big boatswain of

-the steamer soon appeared, and laid his great paw on

-the culprit.

-

-“Where did you come from, Stout?” asked the vice–principal.

-

-“I came down with Mr. Lowington and the rest of

-them,” answered Bill; and his tongue seemed to be

-twice too big for his mouth.

-

-Mr. Pelham sent for Mr. Fluxion, and they got out

-of the tipsy runaway all they could. They learned that

-the ship’s company of the Prince had just arrived.

-Bill Stout was caged; and the two vice–principals went

-on shore in the boat that was waiting for the “passenger

-for England.” They found Mr. Lowington at the

-Hotel Central. He was engaged just then in looking

-up Bill Stout; and he was glad to know that he was in

-a safe place.

-

-

-

-

-CHAPTER XVIII.

-

-AFRICA AND REPENTANCE.

-

-

-Having brought Bill Stout safely into port, we

-feel obliged to bestow some attention upon the

-other wanderers from the fold of discipline and good

-instruction. At the _Fonda del Cid_, where our brace of

-tourists went after taking such unceremonious leave of

-Bill Stout, was a party of English people who insisted

-upon having their breakfast at an hour that would permit

-them to use the forenoon in seeing the sights of

-Valencia; and thus it happened that this meal was

-ready for the fugitives at eight o’clock.

-

-“What day is this, Lingall?” asked Raimundo, as they

-came into the main hall of the hotel after breakfast.

-

-“Wednesday,” replied Bark.

-

-“I thought so. Look at this bill,” added the second

-master, pointing to a small poster, with the picture of a

-steamer at the head of it.

-

-“I see it, but I can’t read it.”

-

-“This steamer starts from Grao at ten this forenoon,

-for Oran. It is only half–past eight now.”

-

-“Starts from Grao? where is that?” asked Bark.

-

-“Grao is the port of Valencia: it is not many miles

-from here.”

-

-“And where is the other place? I never heard of it.”

-

-“Oran is in Algeria. It cannot be more than three

-hundred miles from Valencia.”

-

-“But that will be going to Africa.”

-

-“It will be the best thing we can do if we mean to

-keep out of the way.”

-

-“I don’t object: I am as willing to go to Africa as

-anywhere else.”

-

-“We can stay over there for a week or two, and then

-come back to Spain. We can hit the Tritonia at Cadiz

-or Lisbon.”

-

-“I don’t think I want to hit her,” replied Bark with

-a sheepish smile.

-

-“I was speaking for myself; and I forgot that your

-case was not the same as my own,” added Raimundo.

-

-“I don’t know what your case is; but, as you seem

-to be perfectly easy about it, I wish mine was no worse

-than I believe yours is.”

-

-“We will talk about that another time; for, if we are

-going to Oran, it is time we were on the way to the

-port,” said Raimundo. “If you don’t want to go to

-Africa, I won’t urge it; but that will suit my case the

-best of any thing I can think of.”

-

-“It makes no difference to me where I go; and I

-am perfectly willing to go with you wherever you wish,”

-replied Bark, who, from hating the second master, had

-come to have an intense admiration for him.

-

-Bark Lingall believed that his companion had saved

-the lives of the whole party in the boat; and certainly

-he had managed the expedition with great skill. He

-was as brave as a lion, in spite of his gentleness. But

-perhaps his respect and regard for the young Spaniard

-had grown out of the contrast he could not help making

-between him and Bill Stout. He could not now understand

-how it was that he had got up such an intimacy

-with his late associate in mischief, or rather in crime.

-Burning the Tritonia was vastly worse than he had at

-first considered it. Its enormity had increased in his

-mind when he reflected that Raimundo, who must have

-had a very strong motive for his sudden disappearance,

-had preferred to reveal himself rather than have the

-beautiful craft destroyed. In a word, Bark had made

-some progress towards a genuine repentance for taking

-part in the conspiracy with Bill Stout.

-

-Raimundo paid the bill, and they took a _tartana_ for

-Grao. They learned from the driver that it was less

-than half an hour’s ride. They first went to the office

-of the steamer, paid their passage, and secured their

-state–room.

-

-“This is a good move for another reason,” said Raimundo,

-as they started again.

-

-“What’s that?” asked Bark.

-

-“I have been expecting to see Stout drop down

-upon us every moment since we went to the hotel.”

-

-“So have I; and I think, if it had been my case, I

-should have found you by this time, if I wanted to do

-so,” added Bark.

-

-“It is hardly time yet for him to get around; but

-he will find the _Fonda del Cid_ in the course of the

-forenoon. You forget that Stout cannot speak a word

-of Spanish; and his want of the language will make it

-slow work for him to do any thing.”

-

-“I did not think of that.”

-

-“Do you feel all right about leaving him as we did?”

-asked Raimundo. “For my part, I could not endure

-him. He insulted me without the least reason for

-doing so.”

-

-“He is the most unreasonable fellow I ever met in

-the whole course of my natural life. It was impossible

-to get along with him; and I am entirely satisfied with

-myself for leaving him,” replied Bark. “He insulted

-you, as you say; and I gave him the alternative of

-apologizing to you, or of parting company with us. I

-believe I did the fair thing. A fellow cannot hug a

-hog for any great length of period.”

-

-“That’s so; but didn’t you know him before?”

-

-“I knew him, of course; and he was always

-grumbling and discontented about something; but I

-never thought he was such a fellow as he turned out to

-be. I haven’t known him but a couple of months or

-so.”

-

-“I should think you would have got at him while you

-were getting up something”—Raimundo did not say

-what—“with him.”

-

-“I was dissatisfied myself. The squadron did not

-prove to be what I anticipated,” added Bark. “I had

-an idea that it was in for a general good time; that all

-we had to do was to go from place to place, and see

-the sights.”

-

-“But you knew it was a school.”

-

-“Certainly I did; but I never supposed the fellows

-had to study half as hard as they do. I thought the

-school was a sort of a fancy idea, to make it take with

-the parents of the boys. When I found how hard we

-had to work, I was disgusted with the whole thing.

-Then I fell in with Bill Stout and others; and, when

-we had talked the matter over a few times, it was even

-worse than I had supposed when I did all my own

-thinking on the subject. After we got together, we

-both became more and more discontented, till we were

-convinced that we were all slaves, and that it was

-really our duty to break the chains that bound us.

-This was all the kind of talk I ever had with Stout;

-and, as we sympathized on this matter, I never looked

-any farther into his character.”

-

-“We shall have time enough to talk over these

-things when we get on board the steamer,” added

-Raimundo. “I have watched you and Stout a great

-deal on board of the Tritonia; and I confess that I was

-prejudiced against you. I didn’t feel any better about

-it when I found you and Stout trying to destroy the

-vessel. But I must say now that you are a different

-sort of fellow from what I took you to be; and nobody

-ever grew any faster in another’s estimation than you

-have in mine since that affair last night in the felucca.

-I believe your pluck and skill in hauling that cut–throat

-down saved the whole of us.”

-

-“I have been thinking all the time it was you that

-saved us,” added Bark, intensely gratified at the praise

-of Raimundo.

-

-“The battle would have been lost if it hadn’t been

-for you; for I struck at the villain, and missed him. If

-you hadn’t brought him down, his knife would have

-been into me in another instant. But here is the port.”

-

-The steamer was one of the “_Messageries Nationales_,”

-though that name had been recently substituted for

-“Imperiales” because the emperor had been abolished.

-The tourists went on board in a shore–boat, and took

-possession of their state–room. They made their preparations

-for the voyage, and then went on deck. They

-found comfortable seats, and the weather was like

-spring.

-

-“What is the name of this steamer?” asked Bark.

-

-“The City of Brest.”

-

-“That was not the name on the handbill we saw;

-was it, Mr. Raimundo?”

-

-“Yes,—_Ville de Brest_.”

-

-“That was it,” added Bark.

-

-“Well, that is the French of City of Brest,” laughed

-the second master. “Don’t you speak French?”

-

-“I know a little of it; and I know that a ‘_ville_’ is

-a city; but I didn’t understand it as you spoke the

-word.”

-

-“I learned all the French I know in the academy

-squadron; and I can get along very well with it. I

-have spent a whole evening where nothing but French

-was spoken by the party. Professor Badois never

-speaks a word of English to me.”

-

-“And you speak Italian and German besides, Mr.

-Raimundo.”

-

-“I can get along with them, as I can with French.”

-

-“That makes five languages you speak.”

-

-“I am not much in Italian,” laughed the second master.

-“My uncle set me to learning it in New York;

-but I forgot most of it, and learned more while we

-were in Italy than I ever knew before.”

-

-“I wish I had some other lingo besides my own.”

-

-“You can have it by learning it.”

-

-“But I am not so good a scholar as you are, Mr.

-Raimundo.”

-

-“You don’t know that; for, if I mistake not, you

-have never laid yourself out on study, as I had not

-when I first went on board of the Young America.

-But, to change the subject, you have called me Mr.

-Raimundo three times since we sat down here. I agree

-with Stout so far, that we had better drop all titles till I

-put on my uniform again.”

-

-“I have been so used to calling you Mr., that it

-comes most natural for me to do so,” replied Bark.

-

-“I think I shall change my name a little; at least, so

-far as to translate it into plain English. I have always

-kept my Spanish name, which is Enrique Raimundo.

-It is so entered on the ship’s books; but I shall make

-it Henry Raymond for the present.”

-

-“And is that the English of the other name?”

-

-“It is; and, when you call me any thing, let it be

-Henry.”

-

-“Very well, Henry,” added Bark.

-

-“That is the name I gave when I bought the tickets.

-I noticed that Stout called you Bark.”

-

-“My name is Barclay; and you can call me that, or

-Bark for short.”

-

-“Bark don’t sound very respectful, and it reminds

-one of a dog.”

-

-“My bark is on the wave; and I do not object to the

-name. I was always called Bark before I went to sea,

-and it sounds more natural to me than any thing else

-would. My father always called me Barclay; and I

-believe he was the only one that did.”

-

-“All right, Bark: if you don’t object, I need not.

-You hinted that you did not think you should go back

-to the Tritonia.”

-

-“It wouldn’t be safe for me to do so,” replied Bark

-anxiously.

-

-“I have come to the conclusion that it is always the

-safest to do the right thing, whatever the consequences

-may be.”

-

-“What! stay in the brig the rest of the voyage!”

-

-“Yes, if that is the penalty for doing the right

-thing,” replied Henry, as he chooses to be called.

-

-“Suppose you were in my place; that you had tried

-to set the vessel on fire, and had run away: what would

-you do?”

-

-“You did not set the vessel on fire, or try to do it.

-It was Stout that did it,” argued Raymond.

-

-“But I was in the plot. I agreed to take part in it;

-and I hold myself to be just as deep in the mire as

-Bill Stout is in the mud,” added Bark.

-

-“I am glad to see that you are a man about it, and

-don’t shirk off the blame on the other fellow.”

-

-“Though I did not get up the idea, I am as guilty

-as Bill; and I will not cast it all upon him.”

-

-“That’s the right thing to say.”

-

-“But what would you do, if you were in my place?”

-

-“Just as I said before. I should return to the

-Tritonia, and face the music, if I were sent home in a

-man–of–war, to be tried for my life for the deed.”

-

-“That’s pretty rough medicine.”

-

-“Since I have been in the squadron, I have learned

-a new morality. I don’t think it would be possible for

-me to commit a crime, especially such as burning a

-vessel; but, if I had done it, I should want to be hanged

-for it as soon as possible. I don’t know that anybody

-else is like me; but I tell you just how I feel.”

-

-“But, if you were bad enough to do the deed, you

-could not feel as you do now,” replied Bark, shaking

-his head.

-

-“That may be; but I can only tell you how I feel

-now. I never did any thing that I called a crime,—I

-mean any thing that made me liable to be punished by

-the law,—but I was a very wild fellow in the way of

-mischief. I used to be playing tricks upon the fellows,

-on my schoolmasters, and others, and was always in a

-scrape. I was good for nothing till I came on board

-of the Young America. As soon as I got interested, I

-worked night and day to get my lessons. Of course

-I had to be very correct in my conduct, or I should

-have lost my rank. It required a struggle for me to

-do these things at first; but I was determined to be an

-officer. I was as severe with myself as though I had

-been a monk with the highest of aspirations. I was

-an officer in three months; and I have been one ever

-since, though I have never been higher than fourth

-lieutenant, for the reason that I am not good in mathematics.

-My strength is in the languages.”

-

-“But I should think you would get discouraged

-because you get no higher.”

-

-“Not at all. As the matter stands now with me, I

-should do the best I could if I had to take the lowest

-place in the ship.”

-

-“I don’t understand that,” added Bark, who had

-come to the conclusion that his companion was the

-strangest mortal on the face of the earth; but that was

-only because Bark dwelt on a lower moral plane.

-

-“After I had done my duty zealously for a few

-months, I was happy only in doing it; and it gave me

-more pleasure than the reward that followed it. Like

-Ignatius Loyola, I became an enthusiastic believer in

-God, in a personal God, in Christ the Saviour, and in

-the Virgin Mary: blessed be the Mother of God, her

-Son, and the Father of all of us!” and Raymond

-crossed himself as devoutly as though he were engaged

-in his devotions.

-

-Bark was absolutely thrilled by this narrative of the

-personal experience of his new–found friend; and he

-was utterly unable to say any thing.

-

-“But God and duty seem almost the same to me,”

-continued Raymond. “I am ready to die or to live,

-but not to live at the expense of right and duty. For

-the last six months I have believed myself liable to be

-assassinated at any time. I know not how much this

-has to do with my mental, moral, and religious condition;

-but I am as I have described myself to be. I

-should do my duty if I knew that I should be burned

-at the stake for it”

-

-“What do you mean by assassinated?” asked Bark,

-startled by the statement.

-

-“I mean exactly what I say. But I am going to tell

-you my story in full. I have related it to only one

-other student in the squadron; and, if we should be

-together again on board of the Tritonia, I must ask you

-to keep it to yourself,” said Raymond.

-

-“It has bothered me all along to understand how a

-fellow as high–toned as you are could allow yourself to

-be considered a runaway; for I suppose the officers

-look upon you as such.”

-

-“No doubt they do; but in good time I shall tell

-Mr. Lowington the whole story, and then he will be

-able to judge for himself.”

-

-By this time the steamer had started. Raymond

-told his story just as he had related it to Scott on

-board of the Tritonia. Bark was interested; and, when

-the recital was finished, the steamer was out of sight

-of land.

-

-“I suppose you will not believe me when I say it;

-but I have kept out of my uncle’s way more for his

-sake than my own,” said Raymond in conclusion. “I

-will not tempt one of my own flesh and blood to commit

-a crime; and I feel that it would have been cowardice

-for me to run away from my ship for the mere

-sake of saving myself from harm. Besides, I think I

-could take care of myself in Barcelona.”

-

-“I have no doubt of that,” replied Bark, whose admiration

-of his fellow–tourist was even increased by the

-narration to which he had just listened.

-

-Certainly Raymond was a most remarkable young

-man. Bark felt as though he were in the presence of a

-superior being. He realized his own meanness and

-littleness, judged by the high standard of his companion.

-As both of them were tired, after the night on the

-train, they went to the state–room, and lay down in their

-berths. Raymond went to sleep; but Bark could not,

-for he was intensely excited by the conversation he

-had had with his new friend. He lay thinking of

-his own life and character, as compared with his companion’s;

-and the conspiracy in which he had taken

-part absolutely filled him with horror. The inward

-peace and happiness which Raymond had realized from

-his devotion to duty strongly impressed him.

-

-But we will not follow him through all the meanderings

-of his thought. It is enough to say that fellowship

-with Raymond had made a man of him, and he was

-fully determined to seek peace in doing his whole duty.

-He was prepared to do what his companion had counselled

-him to do,—to return to the Tritonia, and take

-the consequences of his evil–doing. When his friend

-awoke, he announced to him his decision. Raymond

-saw that he was sincere, and he did all he could to

-confirm and strengthen his good resolution.

-

-“There is one thing about the matter that troubles

-me,” said Bark, as they seated themselves on deck

-after dinner. “I am willing to own up, and take the

-penalty, whatever it may be; but, if I confess that I

-was engaged in a conspiracy to burn the Tritonia, I shall

-implicate others,—I shall have to blow on Bill Stout.”

-

-“Well, what right have you to do any thing else?”

-demanded Raymond earnestly. “Suppose Filipe had

-killed me last night, and had offered you a thousand

-dollars to conceal the crime: would it have been right

-for you to accept the offer?”

-

-“Certainly not.”

-

-“You would be an accomplice if you had. You

-have no more right to cover up Stout’s crime than you

-would have to conceal Filipe’s. Besides, the principal

-ought to know that he has a fellow on board that is bad

-enough to burn the Tritonia. He may do it with some

-other fellow yet; and, if he should, you would share

-the guilt with him.”

-

-“You found out what we were doing,” added Bark.

-

-“And I felt that I ought not to leave the vessel without

-telling the steward,” replied Raymond. “I certainly

-intended to inform the principal as soon as I had

-an opportunity. I believe in boy honor and all that

-sort of thing as much as you do; but I have no right

-to let the vessels of the squadron be burned.”

-

-The subject was discussed till dark, and Bark could

-not resist the arguments of his friend. He was resolved

-to do his whole duty.

-

-It is not our purpose to follow the fugitives into

-Africa. They reached Oran the next day, and remained

-there two weeks, until a steamer left for Malaga, when

-they returned to Spain.

-

-“That’s the American Prince, as true as you live!”

-exclaimed Bark, as the vessel in which they sailed was

-approaching Malaga; and both of them had been observing

-her for an hour.

-

-“She is on her way from Lisbon back to Barcelona;

-and she will not be in Malaga for a week or more,”

-replied Raymond.

-

-Before night they were in the hotel in Malaga.

-

-

-

-

-CHAPTER XIX.

-

-WHAT PORTUGAL HAS DONE IN THE WORLD.

-

-

-Mr. Lowington and the two vice–principals

-had a hearty laugh over the misadventure of

-poor Bill Stout, and then discussed their plans for the

-future. The Prince had been in the river five days;

-and the Josephines and Tritonias were all ready to

-start for Badajos the next morning. It was Friday

-night; and if the party left the next morning they would

-be obliged to remain over Sunday at Badajos; or, if

-they travelled all the next night, they would arrive at

-Toledo on Sunday morning, and this was no place for

-them to be on that day. It was decided that they

-should remain on board of the Prince till Monday

-morning, and that the Princes should go on board the

-next morning to hear Professor’s Mapps’s lecture on

-Portugal.

-

-“Have you heard any thing of Raimundo or Lingall?”

-asked the principal.

-

-“Only what we got out of Stout,” replied Mr.

-Pelham. “But he was too tipsy to tell a very straight

-story.”

-

-“I don’t see how he got tipsy so quick; for he must

-have reached the Prince within fifteen or twenty minutes

-after he left this hotel,” added Mr. Lowington. “However,

-he told me all he knew—at least, I suppose he

-did—about the others who ran away with him. It

-seems that Raimundo did not leave the Tritonia, and

-must have stowed himself away in the hold.”

-

-“But we searched the hold very thoroughly,” said

-Mr. Pelham.

-

-“Did you look under the dunnage?”

-

-“No, sir: he could not have got under that.”

-

-“Probably he did,—made a hole in the ballast. He

-must have had some one to help him,” suggested the

-principal.

-

-“If any one assisted him it must have been Hugo;

-for, as he is a Spaniard, they were always very thick

-together.”

-

-“I have informed Don Francisco, the lawyer, that

-Raimundo had gone to Oran; and I suppose he will

-be on the lookout for him. I have also written to

-Manuel Raimundo in New York. He must get my

-letter in a day or two,” continued the principal. “It

-is a very singular case; and I should as soon have

-thought of Sheridan running away as Raimundo.”

-

-“He must have had a strong reason for doing so,”

-added the vice–principal of the Tritonia.

-

-The next morning Mr. Pelham directed Peaks to

-bring his prisoner into the cabin. Bill Stout did not

-remember what he had said the night before; but he

-had prepared a story for the present occasion.

-

-“Good–morning, Stout,” the vice–principal began.

-“How do you feel after your spree?”

-

-“Pretty well, sir; I did not drink but once, and I

-couldn’t help it then,” replied the culprit, beginning

-to reel off the explanation he had got up for the occasion.

-

-“You couldn’t help it? That’s very odd.”

-

-“No, sir. I met a couple of sailors on shore, and

-asked them if they could tell me where the American

-Prince lay. They pointed the steamer out to me, and

-they insisted that I should take a drink with them.

-They wouldn’t take No for an answer, and I couldn’t

-get off,” whined Bill; and he always whined when he

-was in a scrape.

-

-“Doubtless you gave them No for an answer,”

-laughed Mr. Pelham.

-

-“I certainly did; for I never take any thing. They

-made me drink brandy; but I put very little into the

-glass, and, as I am not used to liquor, it made me very

-drunk.”

-

-“One horn would not have made you as tipsy as you

-were, Stout. I think you had better tell that story to

-the other marines.”

-

-“I am telling the truth, sir: I wouldn’t lie about it.”

-

-“I think it is a bad plan to do so,” added the vice–principal.

-“Then you were coming on board, were you?”

-

-“Yes, sir: I wanted to see you, and own up.”

-

-“Oh! that was your plan, was it?” laughed Mr. Pelham,

-amused at the pickle into which the rascal was

-putting himself.

-

-“Yes, sir: I came from Valencia on purpose to give

-myself up to you. I’m sorry I ran away. I got sick of

-it in a day or two.”

-

-“This was after Lingall left you, I suppose.”

-

-“Yes, sir; but I was sorry for it before he left. We

-were almost murdered in the felucca; and I had a hard

-time of it.”

-

-“And this made you penitent.”

-

-“Yes, sir. I shall never run away again as long as I

-live.”

-

-“I hope you will not. And you came all the way

-across Spain and Portugal to give yourself up to me,”

-added Mr. Pelham. “You were so very anxious to

-surrender to me, that you were not content to stay a

-single night at the hotel with Mr. Lowington, who is

-my superior.”

-

-“I wanted to see you; and that’s the reason I left

-the hotel, and came on board last night,” protested the

-culprit.

-

-“That’s a very good story, Stout; but for your sake

-I am sorry it is only a story,” said the vice–principal.

-

-“It is the truth, sir. I hope to”—

-

-“No, no; stop!” interposed Mr. Pelham. “Don’t

-hope any thing, except to be a better fellow. Your

-story won’t hold water. I was at the gangway when

-you came on board, and you told me that you wanted

-to go to England.”

-

-“I didn’t know what I was saying,” pleaded Bill,

-taken aback by this answer.

-

-“Yes, you did: you were not as tipsy as you might

-have been; for, when I told you the steamer was not

-going to England, you called your boatman back. It is

-a plain case; and you can stay in the brig till the ship

-returns to Barcelona.”

-

-The lies did not help the case a particle; and somehow

-every thing seemed to go wrong with Bill Stout,

-but that was because he went wrong himself.

-

-The boats were sent on ashore for the Princes; and

-when they arrived all hands were called to attend the

-lecture in the grand saloon.

-

-“Young gentlemen, I am glad to meet you again,”

-the professor began. “I have said all I need say about

-the geography of the peninsula. Some of you have

-been through Spain and Portugal, and have seen that

-the natural features of the two countries are about the

-same. The lack of industry and enterprise has had

-the same result in both. The people are alike in one

-respect, at least: each hates the other intensely. ‘Strip

-a Spaniard of his virtues, and you have a Portuguese,’

-says the Spanish proverb; but I fancy one is as good as

-the other. There are plenty of minerals in the ground,

-plenty of excellent soil, and plenty of fish in the waters

-of Portugal; but none of the sources of wealth and

-prosperity are used as in England, France, and the

-United States. The principal productions are wheat,

-wine, olive–oil, cork, wool, and fruit. Of the forty million

-dollars’ worth of agricultural products, twelve are

-in wine, ten in grain, and seven in wool. More than

-two–thirds of the exports are to England.

-

-“The population of Portugal is about four millions.

-It has few large towns, only two having over fifty

-thousand inhabitants. Lisbon has two hundred and

-seventy–five thousand, and Oporto about ninety thousand.

-Coimbra,—which has the only university in

-the country,—Elvas, Evora, Braga, and Setubal, are

-important towns. The kingdom has six provinces;

-and we are now in Estremadura, as we were yesterday

-morning, though it is not the same one.

-

-“The government is a constitutional monarchy, not

-very different from that of Spain. The present king

-is Luis II. The army consists of about eighteen

-thousand men; and the navy, of twenty–two steamers

-and twenty–five sailing vessels. The colonial possessions

-of Portugal have a population equal to the kingdom

-itself.

-

-“The money of Portugal will bother you.”

-

-At this statement Sheridan and Murray looked at

-each other, and laughed.

-

-“You seem to be pleased, Captain Sheridan,” said

-the professor. “Perhaps you have had some experience

-with Portuguese money.”

-

-“Yes, sir: I went into a store to buy some photographs;

-and, when I asked the price of them, the man

-told me it was one thousand six hundred and forty

-_reis_. I concluded that I should be busted if I bought

-that dozen pictures.”

-

-“It takes about a million of those _reis_ to make a

-dollar,” added Murray.

-

-“But, when I came to figure up the price, I found it

-was only a dollar and sixty–four cents,” continued

-Sheridan.

-

-“A naval officer who dined a party of his friends

-in this very city, when he found the bill was twenty–seven

-thousand five hundred _reis_, exclaimed that he

-was utterly ruined, for he should never be able to pay

-such a bill; but it was only twenty–seven dollars and a

-half. You count the _reis_ at the rate of ten to a cent

-of our money,—a thousand to a dollar. About all the

-copper and silver money has a number on the coin that

-indicates its value in _reis_. For large sums, the count

-is given in _milreis_, which means a thousand _reis_. The

-gold most in use is the English sovereign, which

-passes for forty–five hundred _reis_. We will now give

-some attention to the history of the country.

-

-“Portugal makes no great figure on the map of

-Europe. Looking at this narrow strip of territory,

-one would naturally suppose that its history would not

-fill a very large volume. But small states have had

-their history told in voluminous works; and Portugal

-happens to belong to this class. There are histories

-and chronicles of this country in the Portuguese, Spanish,

-Italian, French, English, and Latin languages, not

-to mention some Arabic works which I have not had

-time to examine,” continued the professor, with a

-smile. “Some of these works consist of from ten to

-thirty volumes. Even the discoveries and conquests

-of this people in the East and West require quite a

-number of large volumes; for there was a time when

-Portugal filled a large place in the eye of the world,

-though that time was short, hardly reaching through

-the fifteenth and sixteenth centuries.

-

-“But the history of this country does not begin at

-all till the eleventh century. There was, indeed, the

-old Roman province of Lusitania, which corresponded

-very nearly in size with modern Portugal, except that

-the latter extends farther north and not so far east.

-The ancient Lusitanians were a warlike people; and

-a hundred and fifty years before our era they gave

-the Romans a great deal of trouble to conquer them.

-Under Viriathus, the most famous of all the Lusitanians,

-they routed several Roman armies; and might

-have held their ground for many years longer, if their

-hero had not been treacherously murdered by his own

-countrymen.

-

-“The lines of the old Roman provinces were not

-preserved after the barbarians, of whom I have spoken

-to you before, entered the peninsula in the fifth century.

-The Arabs occupied this province with the rest

-of the peninsula, after the defeat and death of King

-Roderick, or Don Rodrigo, the last of the Gothic kings

-of Spain; and held it till near the close of the eleventh

-century, a part of it somewhat later. In 1095 Alfonso

-VI., of Castile and Leon, bestowed a part of what is

-now Portugal upon his son–in–law, Henri of Burgundy,

-who had fought with Alfonso against the Moors, and

-seemed to have the ability to protect the country given

-him from the inroad of the Moslems. The region

-granted to Henri extended only from the Minho to

-the Tagus; and its capital was Coimbra, for Lisbon

-was then a Moorish city. The new ruler was called a

-count; and he had the privilege of conquering the

-country as far south as the Guadiana. His son Dom

-Alfonso defeated the Moors in a great battle near the

-Tagus, and was proclaimed king of Portugal on the

-battle–field. This was in the time of the crusades;

-but Spain and Portugal had infidels enough to fight at

-home, without going to the Holy Land, where hundreds

-of thousands were sent to die by other countries

-of Europe. Other additions were made to the

-country during the next century; but since the middle

-of the thirteenth century, when Sancho II. died, no

-increase has been made in the peninsula. The wealth

-and power of Portugal at a later period were derived

-from her colonies in America, Asia, and Africa.

-

-“John I.—Dom João, in Portuguese—led an expedition

-against Ceuta, a Moorish stronghold just across

-the Strait of Gibraltar, and captured the place. After

-this began their wonderful series of discoveries, which

-brought the whole world to the knowledge of Europe.

-But the Portuguese were not the first to carry on commerce

-by sea. Though merchandise had been mainly

-transported by land in the East, there was some trade

-on the Mediterranean and Black Seas, and on the

-Indian Ocean. It does not appear that the Phœnicians,

-the Carthaginians, or the Greeks, ever sailed on the

-Baltic Sea; and, though the Romans explored some

-parts of it, they never went far enough to ascertain that

-it was bounded on all sides by land.

-

-“The Eastern Empire of the middle ages, with its

-capital at Constantinople, carried on a much more extensive

-commerce than was ever known to the Romans

-in the days of their universal dominion. At first the

-goods brought from the East Indies were imported into

-Europe from Alexandria; but, when Egypt was conquered

-by the Arabs, a new route had to be found.

-Merchandise was conveyed up the Indus as far as that

-great river was navigable, then across the land to the

-Oxus, now the Amoo, flowing into the Sea of Aral, but

-then having a channel to the Caspian. From the

-mouth of this river it was carried over the Caspian Sea,

-and up the Volga, to about the point where there is now

-a railroad connecting this river with the Don. Then

-it was transported by land again to the Don, and taken

-in vessels by the Black Sea to Constantinople. The

-Suez Canal, opened this present year, makes an easy

-and expeditious route by water for steamers, connecting

-all the ports of Europe with those of India.

-

-“During this period another commercial state was

-growing up. After the fall of the Roman empire, when

-the Huns under Attila were ravaging Italy, the inhabitants

-of Venetia fled for safety to the group of islands

-near the northern shore of the Adriatic, and laid the

-foundation of the illustrious city and state of Venice.

-The people of the city soon began to fit out small merchant

-fleets, which they sent to all parts of the Mediterranean,

-and particularly to Syria and Egypt, after

-spices and other products of Arabia and India. Soon

-after, the city of Genoa, on the other side of Italy,

-became a rival of Venice in this trade, and Florence

-and Pisa followed their example; but the Venetians,

-having some natural advantages, outstripped their rivals

-in the end, and became a great military and commercial

-power. The crusades, in which others wasted life and

-treasure, were a source of wealth to these Italian cities.

-During the twelfth and thirteenth centuries, the commerce

-of Europe was almost wholly confined to the

-Italians. The merchants of Italy scattered themselves

-in every kingdom; and the Lombards (for this was the

-name by which they were known) became the merchants

-and bankers everywhere. After a time, however, the

-commercial spirit began to develop itself, and to make

-progress in other parts of Europe; but, up to the

-fifteenth century, vessels were accustomed, in their

-voyages, to creep along the coast; and, though it was

-known that the magnetic needle points constantly to

-the North Pole, no use was made of this knowledge for

-purposes of navigation.

-

-“In 1415 the commercial spirit had reached Portugal;

-and the Ceuta expedition was undertaken quite

-as much in the interest of trade as of religion, for the

-place was held by pirates who were daily disturbing

-Portuguese commerce. Immense treasures fell to the

-victors as the reward of their enterprise.

-

-“Dom Henrique, or Henry, the son of King John,

-afterwards so famous in the history of his country, had

-a decided taste for study. He was an able mathematician,

-and made himself master of all the astronomy

-known to the Arabians, who were then the best mathematicians

-of Europe. Henry also studied the works

-of the ancients. At this period Ptolemy was the highest

-authority in geography; and he taught that the African

-Continent reached to the South Pole. But Henry had

-read the ancient accounts of the circumnavigation of

-Africa by the Phœnicians and others; and he believed,

-that, whether these voyages had or had not been made,

-good ships might sail around the southern point of the

-continent. If this could be done, the Portuguese would

-find a way to India by sea, and thus control the entire

-trade of the East.

-

-“The prince had many obstacles to overcome. Vessels

-in that day were not built for the open sea; and

-every headland and far–stretching cape seemed to be an

-impossible barrier. There was a notion that near the

-equator was a burning zone, where the very waters of

-the ocean actually boiled under the intolerable heat of

-the sun. A superstition also prevailed, that whoever

-doubled Cape Bojador—on the coast of Africa, about

-a thousand miles south of Lisbon—would never return;

-and it was feared that the burning zone would change

-those who entered it into negroes, thus dooming them

-to wear the black marks of their temerity to the grave.

-

-“The first voyage undertaken under the direction of

-Prince Henry was in 1419, and covered only five

-degrees of latitude. The expedition was driven out to

-sea and landed at a small island north–east of Madeira,

-which they named Porto Santo. The next year three

-vessels were sent for a longer voyage. This fleet

-reached the dreaded cape, and discovered Madeira.

-On the next voyage they doubled Cape Bojador; and,

-having exploded the superstition, in the course of a

-few years they advanced four hundred leagues farther,

-and discovered the Senegal River. Here they found

-men with woolly hair and skins as black as ebony;

-and they began to dread a nearer approach to the

-equator.

-

-“When they returned, their countrymen with one

-voice attempted to dissuade Prince Henry from any

-further attempts; but he would hear of no delay. He

-applied to Pope Eugene IV.; and, representing that his

-chief object was the pious wish to spread a knowledge

-of the Christian faith among the idolatrous people of

-Africa, he obtained a bull conferring on the people of

-Portugal the exclusive right to all the countries they

-had discovered, or might discover, between Cape Nun—about

-three hundred miles north of Cape Bojador—and

-India. Such a donation may appear ridiculous

-enough to us; but it was never doubted then that the

-pope had ample right to bestow such a gift; and for

-a long time all the powers of Europe considered the

-right of the Portuguese to be good, and acknowledged

-their title to almost the whole of Africa. About this

-time Prince Henry died, and little progress was made

-in discovery for some years. But the Portuguese had

-begun to push boldly out to sea, and had lost all dread

-of the burning zone.

-

-“In the reign of John II., from 1481 to 1495, discoveries

-were pushed with greater vigor than ever before.

-The Cape de Verde Islands were colonized; and

-the Portuguese ships, which had advanced to the coast

-of Guinea, began to return with cargoes of gold–dust,

-ivory, gums, and other valuable products. It was during

-the reign of this monarch that Columbus visited

-Lisbon, and offered his services to Portugal; and it

-appears that the king was inclined to listen to the plans

-of the great navigator, but he was dissuaded from

-doing so by his own courtiers.

-

-“The revenue derived at this time from the African

-coast became so important that John feared the vessels

-of other nations might be attracted to it. To prevent

-this, the voyages there were represented as being in the

-highest degree dangerous, and even impossible except

-in the peculiar vessels used by the Portuguese. The

-monarchs of Castile had some idea of what was going

-on, and were very eager to learn more; and in one

-case came very near succeeding. A Portuguese captain

-and two pilots, in the hope of a rich reward, set

-out for Castile to dispose of the desired information;

-but they were pursued by the king’s agents. When

-overtaken, they refused to return; but two of them

-were killed on the spot, and the other brought back to

-Evora and quartered. The attempt of a rich Spaniard,

-the Duke of Medina Sidonia, to build vessels in English

-ports for the African trade, turned out no better.

-King John reminded the English king, Edward IV., of

-the ancient alliance between the two crowns; and so

-these preparations were prohibited.

-

-“In 1497 a Portuguese fleet under Vasco de Gama

-doubled the Cape of Good Hope, or the Cape of

-Storms as they called it then; and soon the voyagers

-began to hear the Arabian tongue spoken on the other

-shore of the continent, and found that they had nearly

-circumnavigated Africa. At length, with the aid of

-Mohammedan pilots, they passed the mouths of the

-Arabian and Persian Gulfs, and, stretching along the

-western coast of India, arrived, after a cruise of thirteen

-months, at Calicut, on the shore of Malabar, less

-than three hundred miles from the southern point of

-the peninsula.

-

-“The Court of Lisbon now appointed a viceroy to

-rule over new countries discovered. Expeditions followed

-each other in rapid succession; and, in less than

-half a century more, the Portuguese were masters of

-the entire trade of the Indian Ocean. Their flag floated

-triumphantly along the shores of Africa from Morocco

-to Abyssinia, and on the Asiatic coast from Arabia

-to Siam; not to mention the vast regions of Brazil,

-which this nation began to colonize about the same

-time. These conquests were not made without opposition;

-but the Portuguese were as remarkable for

-their valor as for their enterprise, in those days; and,

-for a time, their prowess was too much for their enemies

-in Africa, in India, and even in Europe. The

-Venetians, who had lost the trade between India and

-Europe, were of course their enemies; and the Sultan

-of Egypt was hostile when he found that he was about

-to lose the profitable trade that passed through Alexandria.

-These two powers joined hands; and the

-Venetians sent from Italy to the head of the Red Sea,

-at an immense expense, the materials for building a

-fleet to meet and destroy the Portuguese vessels on

-their passage to India. But, as soon as this fleet was

-ready for active operations, it was attacked and destroyed

-by the Portuguese navy.

-

-“Thus the Portuguese were masters of an empire on

-which the sun never set. It reached the height of its

-glory in the reign of John III., from 1521 to 1557. He

-was succeeded by his son Dom Sebastian, who made

-several expeditions against the Moors in Africa. In

-the last of these, he was utterly routed, his army destroyed,

-and he perished on the battle–field. This

-disaster seemed to initiate the decline of Portugal;

-and it continued to run down till it was only the shadow

-of its former greatness.

-

-“Concerning Dom Sebastian, a very remarkable

-superstition prevails, even at the present time, in

-Portugal, to the effect that he will return, resume the

-crown, and restore the realm to its former greatness.

-For nearly two hundred years this belief has existed,

-and was almost universal at one time, not among the

-ignorant only, but in all classes of society. It was

-claimed that he was not killed in the battle, though his

-body was recognized by his page, and that he will come

-back as the temporal Messiah of Portugal. Several

-persons have appeared who have claimed to be the

-prince, the most remarkable of whom turned up at

-Venice twenty years after the prince’s presumed death.

-He told a very straight story; but the Senate of Venice

-banished him, and he was afterwards imprisoned in

-Naples and Florence for insisting upon the truth of his

-statements. He finally died in Castile; and many believed

-that he was not an impostor. Several times have

-been fixed for his coming; but it is not likely that he

-will be able to put in an appearance, on account of the

-two hundred years that have elapsed since he was in

-the flesh.

-

-“As Sebastian did not come back from Africa, his

-uncle Henry assumed the crown; and at his death, as

-he had no direct heirs, Philip II., the Prince of Parma,

-and the Duchess of Braganza, claimed the throne, as

-did several others; but Philip settled the question by

-sending the Duke of Alva into Portugal, and taking

-forcible possession of the kingdom. In 1580, therefore,

-the whole of the vast dominions I have described

-were annexed to the Spanish empire. This connection

-lasted for sixty years; and the Portuguese call it ‘the

-sixty years’ captivity.’ During this time the people

-were never satisfied with their government, and in 1640

-got up a revolution, and placed the Duke of Braganza

-on the throne, under the title of John IV. This was

-the beginning of the house of Braganza, which has held

-the throne up to the present time.

-

-“Even in the seventeenth century Portugal had fallen

-from her high estate. She had lost part of her possessions

-and all her prestige; and from that time till

-the present she has had no great weight in European

-politics. Some of her colonial territories returned to

-the original owners, while others were taken by the

-Dutch, the English, and the Spaniards. For two centuries

-the most remarkable events in her history have

-been misfortunes. In 1755 an earthquake destroyed

-half the city of Lisbon, and buried thirty thousand

-people under its ruins. It came in two shocks, the

-second of which left the city a pile of ruins. Thousands

-of men and women fled from the falling walls to the

-quays on the river. Suddenly the ground under them

-sank with all the crowd upon it; and not one of the

-bodies ever came up. At the same time all the boats

-and vessels, loaded down with fugitives from the ruin,

-were sucked in by a fearful whirlpool; and not a vestige

-of them returned to the surface.

-

-“Fifty–five years later came the French Revolution;

-in the results of which Portugal was involved. In

-1807 she entered into an alliance with Great Britain;

-and Napoleon decided to wipe off the kingdom from

-the map of Europe. A French army was sent to

-Lisbon; and at its approach the Court left for Brazil,

-where it remained for several years. An English army

-arrived at Oporto the next year; and with these events

-began the peninsular war. The struggle lasted till

-1812, and many great battles were fought in this kingdom.

-The country was desolated by the strife, and the

-sufferings of the people were extremely severe. Subscriptions

-were raised for them in England and elsewhere;

-and Sir Walter Scott wrote ‘The Vision of Don

-Roderick’ in aid of the sufferers.

-

-“In 1821 Brazil declared her independence; but it

-was not acknowledged by Portugal till 1825. After

-fourteen years of absence, the Court—John VI. was

-king, having succeeded to the throne while in Brazil—returned

-to Portugal. During this period the home

-kingdom was practically a colony of Brazil; and the

-people were dissatisfied with the arrangement. A constitution

-was made, and the king accepted it. He had

-left his son as regent of Brazil, and he was proclaimed

-emperor of that country as Pedro I. He was the father

-of the present emperor, Pedro II.

-

-“John VI. died in 1826. His legitimate successor

-was Pedro of Brazil; but he gave the crown to his

-daughter Maria. Before she could get possession of it,

-Dom Miguel, a younger son of John VI., usurped the

-throne. As he did not pay much deference to the constitution,

-the people revolted; and civil war raged for

-several years. Pedro, having abdicated the crown of

-Brazil in favor of his son, came to Portugal in 1832,

-to look after the interests of his daughter. He was

-made regent,—Maria da Gloria was only thirteen years

-old,—and with the help of England, cleaned out the

-Miguelists two years later. The little queen was declared

-of age at fifteen, and took the oath to support

-the constitution. She died in 1853; and her son,

-Pedro V., became king when he was fifteen. But he

-lived only eight years after his accession, and was

-followed by his brother, Luis I., the present king.

-There have been several insurrections since the Miguelists

-were disposed of, but none since 1851. The

-royal family have secured the affections of the people;

-for the sons of Maria have proved to be wise and sensible

-men. The finances are in bad condition; for the

-expense of the government exceeds the income every

-year. Now you have heard, and you may go and see

-for yourselves.”

-

-

-

-

-CHAPTER XX.

-

-LISBON AND ITS SURROUNDINGS.

-

-

-The room in the Hotel Braganza occupied by

-Sheridan and Murray was an excellent one, so

-far as the situation was concerned; for it commanded a

-beautiful view of the Tagus and the surrounding country.

-

-“I should think this hotel had been a fort some

-time,” said Sheridan, when they rose in the morning.

-“Those windows look like port–holes for cannon.”

-

-“It is the house of Braganza, and ought to be a

-royal hotel; but it is not very elegantly furnished.

-There are no towels here. Where is the bell?”

-

-“I noticed that there was one outside of each room

-on this floor. Here is the bell–pull. It is an original

-way to fix the bells,” added Sheridan. “The bell–boys

-must come up three flights of stairs in order to hear

-them ring.”

-

-“But, if the waiter don’t speak English, what will you

-ask for?” laughed Murray.

-

-“I have a book of four languages that I picked up in

-Madrid,—French, Spanish, Italian, and Portuguese,”

-said the captain, as he took the volume from his bag.

-“Here it is. ‘_Une serviette_,’—that’s a napkin, but it

-will do as well,—‘_um guardinapo_.’”

-

-The bell was rung, and a chambermaid answered it.

-The word brought the towels, but Sheridan pointed

-to the wash–stand; and the pantomime would have answered

-just as well as speech, for the woman could see

-what was wanting. When they were dressed, Dr. Winstock

-came to the door, and invited them to visit the

-top of the house, which commanded a view even more

-extensive than the window.

-

-“The Tagus runs about east and west here,” said he.

-“It is about a mile wide, but widens out into a broad

-bay opposite the city. There is no finer harbor in the

-world. The old part of the city, between the castle

-and the river, was not destroyed by the earthquake.

-Between us and the castle is a small region of straight

-streets; and this is the part that was destroyed. On

-the river below us are the marine arsenal and the

-custom–house, with the _Praca do Commercio_ between

-them.”

-

-“The what?” asked Murray.

-

-“_Praca_ is the Portuguese for ‘square;’ ‘Commercial

-Square’ in English will cover it. This one has several

-names; and the English, who are in great force in

-Lisbon, call it Black Horse Square. There is very

-little to see in Lisbon. Orders have come up for all

-hands to be on the quay at nine o’clock, to go on

-board the Prince for the lecture; and we must breakfast

-first.”

-

-After the lecture the Princes went on shore again.

-The doctor with his pupils took a carriage, and proceeded

-to “do” the city. Their first point was the

-square they had seen from the housetop. On one side

-of it was an arch supporting a clock–tower. In the

-centre was an equestrian statue of Joseph I., erected

-by the inhabitants out of gratitude to the king and

-the Marquis of Pombal for their efforts to rebuild the

-city after the great earthquake. On the pedestal is an

-effigy of the marquis, who was the king’s minister, as

-powerful as he was unpopular. The populace cut his

-head out of the statue when the king died, but it was

-restored fifty years later.

-

-“This street,” said the doctor, indicating the one

-over which the ornamental arch was extended, “is the

-_Rua Augusta_.”

-

-“I think the Commercial is as fine a square as I

-have seen in Europe,” added Sheridan.

-

-“Most people agree with you. Now, if we pass

-through the _Rua Augusta_, we shall come to the _Praca

-do Rocio_, which is also a beautiful square. There are

-three other streets running parallel with this; on one

-side is Gold, and on the other Silver Street.”

-

-“They build their houses very high for an earthquaky

-country,” said Murray.

-

-“And this is the very spot which was sunk. I suppose

-they don’t expect to have another convulsion.”

-

-The carriage proceeded into the square, and then

-to another, only a couple of blocks from it, in which

-was the fruit–market. It was lined with trees, with a

-fountain in the centre. All around it were men and

-women selling fruit and other commodities. It was a

-lively scene. In this square they saw a Portuguese

-cart of the model that was probably used by the

-Moors. The wheels do not revolve on the axle, but

-the axle turns with the wheels, as in a child’s tin

-wagon, and creak and groan fearfully as they do so.

-As they passed through the Campo Santa Anna, the

-doctor pointed out the _Circo dos Touros_, or bull–ring.

-

-“But a bull–fight here is a tame affair compared with

-those in Spain,” he explained. “They do not kill the

-bull, nor are any horses gored to death; for the horns

-of the animal are tipped with large wooden balls. It is

-a rather lively affair, and will answer very well if you

-have not seen the real thing. It is said that there are

-seven hills in Lisbon, as in Rome; but this is a vanity

-of many other cities. There are many hills in Lisbon,

-however; and there seems to be a church or a convent

-on every one of them. This is the _Passio Publico_; and

-it is crowded with people on a warm evening,” continued

-the doctor, as they came to a long and narrow park.

-“It is the _prado_ of Lisbon.

-

-“I shall ask you to visit only one church in this city,

-unless you desire to see more; and this is the one,”

-said the doctor, as the carriage stopped at a plain building.

-“This is St. Roque. It is said that Dom John

-V., when he visited this church, was greatly mortified

-at the mean appearance of the chapel of his patron

-saint. He ordered one to be prepared in Rome, of the

-richest materials. When it was done, mass was said in

-it by the pope, Benedict XIV.; and then it was taken

-to pieces, and sent to Lisbon, where it was again set up

-as you will find it.”

-

-The party entered the church, and the attendant

-gave each of them a printed sheet on which was a

-description of the chapel. It proved to be a rather

-small recess; but the mosaics of the baptism of Christ

-in the Jordan by John, and other scriptural designs, are

-of the highest order of merit. The floor, ceiling, and

-sides are of the same costly work, the richest marbles

-and gems being used. The chapel contains eight columns

-of lapis–lazuli. The whole of this is said to

-have cost fourteen million _crusados_, over eight million

-dollars; but others say only one million _crusados_, and

-probably the last sum is nearer the truth.

-

-The next day was Sunday; and in the morning the

-United States steamer Franklin—the largest in the

-service—came into the river. There was a Portuguese

-frigate off the marine arsenal; and what with

-saluting the flag of Portugal, and the return–salute,

-saluting Mr. Lewis the American minister, and saluting

-Mr. Diamond the American consul, when each visited

-the ship, the guns of the great vessel were blazing

-away about all the forenoon. But the students were

-proud of the ship; and they did not object to any

-amount of gun–firing, even on Sunday. In the afternoon,

-some of them went to the cathedral, which was

-formerly a mosque, and to some of the other churches.

-All hands attended service on board of the American

-Prince at eleven.

-

-The next morning the Josephines and Tritonias

-started on their tour through the peninsula to Barcelona;

-and the ship’s company went on board of the

-steamer. Regular discipline was restored; but the

-business of sight–seeing was continued for two days

-more. The doctor conducted his little party to the

-palace of the _Necessidades_.

-

-“What a name for a palace!” exclaimed Murray.

-“I suppose that jaw–breaker means ‘necessities.’”

-

-“That is just what it means. Circumstances often

-give names to palaces and other things; and it was so

-in this case. A weaver brought an image of the Blessed

-Virgin from a place on the west coast, from which he

-fled to escape the plague. With money he begged of

-the pious, he built a small chapel for the image, near

-this spot. Like so many of these virgins, it wrought

-the most wonderful miracles, healing the sick, restoring

-the lame, and opening the eyes of the blind; and many

-people came to it in their ‘necessities,’ for relief. Dom

-John V. believed in it, and built a handsome church,

-with a convent attached to it, for the blessed image.

-It had restored his health once, and he built this palace

-near it, that it might be handy for his ‘necessities.’

-During the long sickness preceding his death, he had

-it brought to the palace with royal honors, and kept it

-there in state, taking it with him wherever he went.

-

-“This square is the _Fraca Alcantara_,” continued the

-doctor, when they came from the palace. “There are

-plenty of fountains in the city, nearly every public

-square being supplied with one. When I was here

-before, there were more water–carriers than now; and

-they were all men of Gallicia, as in Madrid. Three

-thousand of them used to be employed in supplying

-the inhabitants with water; but now it is probably conveyed

-into most of the houses in pipes. You can tell

-these men from the native Portuguese, because they

-carry their burden, whatever it may be, on their shoulders

-instead of their heads. A proverb here is to the

-effect that God made the Portuguese first, and then

-the Gallego to wait upon him. Most of the male

-servants in houses come from Gallicia. They are

-largely the porters and laborers, for the natives are too

-proud to carry burdens: it is too near like the work

-of a mule or a donkey. It is said, that when the French

-approached Coimbra in the peninsular war, and the

-people deserted the city, the men would not carry their

-valuables with them, so great was their prejudice

-against bundles; and every thing was lost except what

-the women could take with them. They could not

-disgrace themselves to save their property.”

-

-“No wonder the country is poor,” added Sheridan.

-

-“Now we will cross the bridge, and ride through

-Buenos Ayres, where many of the wealthy people live,

-and some of the ambassadors,” continued the doctor.

-

-They had a pleasant ride, passing the English cemetery

-in which Henry Fielding and Dr. Doddridge were

-buried. On the return, they passed the principal cemetery

-of the city. It is called the _Prazeres_, which

-means “pleasures;” a name it obtained by accident,

-and not because it was considered appropriate.

-

-The following day was set apart for an excursion to

-Cintra and Mafra, and a sufficient number of omnibuses

-were sent to a point on the north–west road; for

-the students were to walk over the aqueduct in order

-to see that wonderful work. The party ascended some

-stone steps to a large hall which contains the reservoir.

-It is near the _Praca do Rato_, and not far from the centre

-of the city. The party then entered the arched

-gallery, eight feet high and five feet wide, through

-which the water–ways are led. In the middle is a

-paved pathway for foot–passengers. On either side of

-it is a channel in the masonry, nine inches wide and

-a foot deep in the centre, rounded at the bottom.

-It looked like a small affair for the supply of a great

-city. The aqueduct is carried on a range of arches

-over the valley of the Alcantara, which is the name of

-the little stream that flows into the Tagus near the

-_Necessidades_. The highest of these arches are two hundred

-and sixty–three feet above the river. A causeway

-was built on each side of it, forming a bridge to the

-villages in the suburbs; but its use was discontinued

-because so many people committed suicide by throwing

-themselves from the dizzy height, or were possibly

-murdered by robbers. This aqueduct was erected by

-Dom John V., and it is the pride of the city. The

-water comes from springs six miles away.

-

-“Why did we have those water–jars in the hotel if

-they have spring–water?” asked Sheridan, as they

-walked along the gallery.

-

-“They think the water is better kept in those jars,”

-replied Dr. Winstock; “and I believe they are right;

-at least, they would be if they would keep the ants out

-of them.”

-

-On the other side of the valley the excursionists

-loaded themselves into the omnibuses, and were soon

-on their way to Cintra, which is fourteen miles from

-Lisbon. It is a sort of Versailles, Potsdam, or Windsor,

-where the court resides during a part of the year,

-and where all the wealthy and fashionable people

-spend their summers. It is a beautiful drive, with

-many pleasant villages, palaces, country–seats, groves,

-and gardens by the way.

-

-“Here we are,” said the doctor to his young companions,

-when the carriage in which they had come

-stopped before Victor’s Hotel. “Southey said this was

-the most blessed spot in the habitable world. Byron

-sang with equal enthusiasm; and the words of these

-poets have made the place famous in England. Our

-American guide–book does not even mention it.”

-

-Cintra is a town of forty–five hundred inhabitants.

-It is built on the southern end of the Estrella Mountains,

-at an elevation of from eighteen hundred to three

-thousand feet. It is only a few miles from the seashore,

-and the Atlantic may be seen from its hills.

-The party of the doctor first went to the royal palace.

-It was the Alhambra of the Moorish monarchs, and has

-been a favorite residence of the Christian kings. Dom

-Sebastian held his last court here when he left for

-Africa. The students wandered through its numerous

-apartments, laughed at its magpie saloon, and thought

-of the kings who had dwelt within its walls. They

-were more pleased with the gardens, though it was

-winter; for there was a great deal in them that was

-curious and interesting.

-

-The Pena Convent was the next attraction. All convents

-have been suppressed in Portugal, as in Spain;

-but the Gothic building has been repaired, and it looks

-more like a castle than a religious house. Its garden

-and grounds must be magnificent in the proper season.

-The view from the highest point presents an almost

-boundless panorama of country, river, and ocean. The

-Moorish castle that commands the town was examined;

-and the next thing was the Cork Convent. It is an

-edifice built in and on the rock, and contains twenty

-cells, each of which is lined with cork to keep out the

-dampness of the rock on which it is founded. These

-cells are dungeons five feet square, with doors so low

-that even the shortest of the students had to stoop to

-enter them.

-

-A country–house in Portugal is a _quinta_; and that

-of Dom John de Castro, the great navigator and the

-viceroy of the Indies, is called _Penha Verda_, and is

-still in the hands of his descendants. The gardens

-are very pretty; and the first orange–trees set out in

-Europe were on this estate. In the garden is the

-chapel built by him on his return from the Indies, in

-1542, and the rock with six trees on it, which was the

-only reward he desired for the conquest of the Island

-of Diu, in Hindostan. He died in the arms of St.

-Francis Xavier, in 1548, protesting that he had spent

-every thing he had in supplying the wants of his comrades

-in arms. He declared that he had not a change

-of linen, or money enough to buy him a chicken for his

-dinner. Most of the enormous wealth of the Indies

-had passed through his hands; and he had not stolen

-a _vintem_ of it. What an example for modern office–holders!

-When he was dead, only one _vintem_—about

-two cents—was found in his coffers. His descendants

-were prohibited from deriving any profit from the cultivation

-of this property.

-

-The rest of the time was given to wandering about

-among the estates of the wealthy men, including some

-of the foreign ministers, who have _quintas_ in Cintra.

-

-After a lunch, the excursionists proceeded to Mafra,

-about ten miles from Cintra. This place contains an

-enormous pile of buildings on the plan of the Escurial,

-and rather larger, if any thing. It was erected by

-John V. to carry out his vow to change the poorest

-monastery into the most magnificent one when Heaven

-would give him a son. It contains eight hundred and

-sixty–six apartments; but the only one of interest to

-the students was the audience–chamber, preserved as it

-was when the palace was inhabited by Dom John.

-

-It was late in the evening when the Princes returned

-to Lisbon; and they were rather glad to learn that the

-ship was to sail for Barcelona after breakfast the next

-morning.

-

-“I am rather sorry that we do not go to Oporto,”

-said the doctor, when the captain informed him of the

-order. “It is an old city set on a hillside; but it

-would not interest the students any more than Lisbon

-has.”

-

-“By the way, doctor, we have not seen any port

-wine,” added Sheridan.

-

-“It is not a great sight to look at the casks that contain

-port wine. In Porto, not Oporto in Portugal, it is

-not the black, logwood decoction which passes under

-the name of port in the United States, though it is

-darker than ordinary wines. It gets its color and flavor

-from the peculiarity of the grapes that grow in the

-vicinity of Porto.”

-

-The officers were tired enough to turn in. Early the

-next morning the fires were roaring in the furnaces of

-the Prince; at a later hour the pipe of the boatswain

-was heard; and at half–past eight the steamer was

-standing down the river. As the students had not

-come to Lisbon from the sea, they all gathered on the

-deck and in the rigging to see the surroundings.

-

-“That building on the height is the palace of Ajuda,

-where the present king ordinarily resides,” said the

-surgeon, when the captain pointed it out to one of the

-officers. “A temporary wooden house was built on

-that hill for the royal family after the earthquake. It

-is very large for this little kingdom, but is only one–third

-of the size it was intended to be. It was erected

-by John VI.; or, rather, it was begun by him, for it is

-not finished.”

-

-“You can see the buildings on the Cintra hills,”

-added Murray.

-

-“Yes; and you can see them better from the ocean.”

-

-“That is Belem Castle,” said Sheridan, as the ship

-approached the mouth of the river. “I saw a picture

-of it in an illustrated paper at home.”

-

-“It is called the Tower of Belem; and there is a

-palace with the same name on the shore. This is half

-Gothic and half Moorish. It is round, and the style is

-unique. What it was built for, no one knows. I suppose

-you are not aware how Columbus ascertained that

-there was a Western Continent,” added the doctor,

-smiling.

-

-“I know what the books say,—that he reasoned it

-out in his own mind,” replied the captain.

-

-“You see that town on the north: it is Cascaes, in

-which Sanchez, the renowned pilot, was born,” continued

-the doctor. “In 1486 Sanchez was blown off

-in a storm; and, before he could bring up, he was carried

-to an unknown land somewhere in North America. On

-his way back he stopped at Madeira, where he was the

-guest of Columbus. Somehow the log–book of the

-pilot fell into the hands of the great navigator, and

-from it he learned that there was an American Continent.”

-

-“Do you believe that story?” asked Sheridan seriously.

-

-“I do not. There are too many difficulties in the

-way of it; but it was told me by a Portuguese pilot.”

-

-When the ship had passed the bar, the pilot was discharged,

-and the course laid to the south. Just at dark

-she was in sight of Cape St. Vincent. The doctor

-related the story of its name, which was given to it

-because the body of St. Vincent, martyred in Rome,

-found its way to this cape, where it was watched over

-for a long period by crows. The ship that conveyed it

-to Lisbon was followed by these birds; and tame crows

-were afterwards kept in the cathedral, where the remains

-were deposited, in memory of the miraculous care of

-these birds. Three great naval victories have been

-won by the English Navy off this cape. Rodney defeated

-the Spanish fleet in 1780; Nelson, with fifteen

-small vessels, beat twenty–seven Spanish men–of–war, in

-1797; and Sir Charles Napier, in 1833, with six vessels,

-only one of them a frigate, defeated ten Portuguese

-ships, thus putting an end to the Miguel war, and

-placing Maria I. on the throne of Portugal. The next

-day the Prince passed Cape Trafalgar, where, in 1805,

-Nelson gained his great naval victory over the combined

-fleets of France and Spain.

-

-On Sunday morning the Prince arrived at Barcelona.

-

-

-

-

-CHAPTER XXI.

-

-A SAFE HARBOR.

-

-

-“We are in Malaga now; and we have to decide

-what to do next,” said Raymond, when they

-were shown to their room in the hotel.

-

-“I supposed you would wait till the squadron arrived,”

-replied Bark.

-

-“I do not intend to wait. We have talked so much

-about your affairs that we have said nothing about

-mine,” added Raymond. “My circumstances are very

-different from yours. I feel that I have been right all

-the time; and I expect that I shall be fully justified in

-the end for what I have done in violation of the discipline

-of the vessel to which I belong.”

-

-“I know that my case is very different from yours;

-but I do not want to part company with you,” said

-Bark, with an anxious look on his face.

-

-“I don’t know that it is necessary for us to part.

-Though I think it is your duty to join your ship as soon

-as convenient, I shall keep out of the way till she is

-ready to sail from Spain. The fleet will certainly visit

-Cadiz, whether it goes to sea from there or not. For

-this reason, I must work my way to Cadiz.”

-

-“And must I stay here till the squadron arrives?”

-

-“Let us look it over.”

-

-“I cannot speak Spanish; and I shall be like a cat

-in a strange garret, unless I employ a guide.”

-

-“The right thing for you to do is to return to your

-ship.”

-

-“Go back to Barcelona?”

-

-“I should advise you to do that if I were not afraid

-the fleet would leave before you could get there. The

-Prince will arrive within three days; and, if the Josephines

-and Tritonias have returned, the vessels may

-sail at once. It is a long, tedious, and expensive journey

-by rail; and you could not get there in this time by

-any steamer, for they all stop at the ports on the way.

-I don’t know where the fleet will put in on its way

-south; and you might miss it. On the whole, I think

-you had better stay with me.”

-

-“I think so myself,” replied Bark, pleased with the

-decision.

-

-“Because you want to think so, perhaps,” laughed

-Raymond. “We must be careful that our wishes don’t

-override our judgment.”

-

-“But you decided it for me.”

-

-“I think we have settled it right,” added Raymond.

-“I want to see something of my native land; and I

-shall go to the Alhambra and Seville on the way to

-Cadiz. In your case it will make only a difference of

-two or three days, whether you join the Tritonia here

-or in Cadiz.”

-

-This course was decided upon in the end; and, after

-a day in Malaga, they started for Granada. At the

-expiration of ten days, they had completed the tour

-marked out by Raymond, and were in Cadiz, waiting

-for the arrival of the squadron. At the end of a week

-it had not come. Another week, and still it did not

-appear. Raymond looked over the ship–news in all

-the papers he could find in the club–house; but the

-last news he could obtain was that the Prince and her

-consorts had arrived at Carthagena. In vain he looked

-for any thing more. The next port would certainly be

-Malaga, unless the fleet put into Almeria, which was

-not probable. It was now the middle of January.

-

-“I don’t understand it,” said Raymond. “The

-vessels ought to have been here before this time.”

-

-“Perhaps they have gone over into Africa to look

-after us,” suggested Bark.

-

-“That is not possible: Mr. Lowington never goes

-to hunt up or hunt down runaways; but he may have

-gone over there to let the students see something of

-Africa,” replied Raymond. “I don’t think he has

-gone over to Africa at all.”

-

-“Where is he, then?”

-

-“That’s a conundrum, and I can’t guess it.”

-

-Raymond continued to watch the papers till the first

-of February; but still there were no tidings of the

-fleet. He had a list of the vessels that had passed

-Tarifa, and of those which had arrived at Algiers,

-Oran, and Nemours; but they did not contain the

-name of the Prince. Then he looked for ships at Alexandria,

-thinking the principal might have concluded to

-take the students to Egypt; but he found nothing to

-support such a possibility.

-

-“I don’t think I shall stay here any longer,” said

-Raymond. “We have been here a month.”

-

-“Where will you go?” asked Bark.

-

-“I believe we had better take a steamer, and follow

-the coast up to Carthagena, where we had the last news

-of the fleet,” replied Raymond. “When we get there

-we can ascertain for what port she sailed.”

-

-“Why not go on board of one of the steamers that

-come down the coast from Barcelona, and inquire of

-the officers if they have seen the squadron?” suggested

-Bark, who was always full of suggestions.

-

-“That’s a capital idea!” exclaimed Raymond. “I

-wonder we did not think of that idea before.”

-

-Then they had to wait a week for a steamer that had

-come down the coast; but one of the line from Oran

-had been in port, and they ascertained that the fleet

-was not in the port of Malaga. Raymond went to the

-captain of the steamer from Barcelona, and was informed

-that the squadron was at Carthagena, and had

-been there for over a month.

-

-“That accounts for it all,” said Raymond, as they

-returned to the boat in which they had boarded the

-steamer. “But I can’t imagine why the fleet is staying

-all this time in the harbor of Carthagena.”

-

-“Perhaps the Prince has broken some of her machinery,

-and they have stopped to repair damages,”

-suggested Bark.

-

-“That may be; but they could hardly be a month

-mending a break. They could build a new engine in

-that time almost.”

-

-“Well, we know where the fleet is; and the next

-question is, What are we to do about it?” added Bark,

-as they landed on the quay.

-

-They returned to the Hotel de Cadiz, where they

-boarded, and went to their room to consider the situation

-with the new light just obtained.

-

-“Your course is plain enough, Bark,” said Raymond.

-“Mine is not so plain.”

-

-“You think I ought to return to the Tritonia; don’t

-you?” added Bark.

-

-“That is my view.”

-

-“But suppose the fleet should sail before I get to

-Carthagena?”

-

-“You must take your chance of that.”

-

-“But you will not go back with me?”

-

-“No: it would not be safe for me to do that. It

-will be better for my uncle in Barcelona not to know

-where I am.”

-

-“But what shall I say to Mr. Lowington, or Mr.

-Pelham, when I am asked where you are?” inquired

-Bark. “I suppose it is still to be part of my programme

-not to lie.”

-

-“Undoubtedly; and I hope you will stick to it as

-long as you live.”

-

-“I intend to do so; and you might as well go with

-me as to have me tell them where you are.”

-

-“That is true, Bark; and, when you get on board of

-the Tritonia, tell all you know about me, and say that

-you left me in Cadiz.”

-

-“You might as well go with me.”

-

-“I think not.”

-

-“Then that _alguacil_ will be after you in less than a

-week,” said Bark.

-

-“But he will not find me; for I shall not be in Cadiz

-when he arrives,” laughed the Spaniard.

-

-“Where are you going?” asked Bark curiously.

-

-“If I don’t tell you, you will not know.”

-

-“I see,” added Bark. “You do not intend to stay

-in Cadiz.”

-

-“Of course not.”

-

-“But you may miss the squadron when it goes to

-sea.”

-

-“If I do, I cannot help it; and in that case I may

-go to New York, or I may go to the West Indies in the

-Lopez steamers. I have not made up my mind what I

-shall do.”

-

-Raymond wrote a long letter to Scott, and gave it to

-his companion to deliver to him. In a few days a

-steamer came along that was going to stop at Carthagena.

-Bark went on board of her; and, after a hard

-parting, he sailed away in her to join the Tritonia,

-after an absence of two months.

-

-On the following day Raymond went to Gibraltar in

-the Spanish steamer, and remained there a full month,

-watching the papers for news of the fleet. At the end

-of this time he found the arrival of the squadron at

-Malaga. A few days later he saw that the Prince had

-passed Tarifa, and then that she had arrived at Cadiz.

-But, while he is watching the movements of the steamer,

-we will follow her to Barcelona, where she went nearly

-three months before.

-

-When the Prince reached her destination, the overland

-party had not returned, and were not expected for

-two or three days. An excursion to Monserrat was

-organized by Dr. Winstock, who declared that it would

-be ridiculous to leave Barcelona, when they had time

-on their hands, without visiting one of the most remarkable

-sights in Spain. The party had to take a

-train at seven o’clock in the morning; and then it was

-ten before they reached their destination.

-

-Monserrat is a lofty mountain, and takes its name

-from a Spanish word that means a “saw,” because

-the sharp peaks which cover the elevation resemble

-the teeth of that implement. At the _posada_ in the

-village Dr. Winstock related the legend of the place.

-

-“This is one of the most celebrated shrines in

-Spain,” he began. “Sixty thousand pilgrims used to

-visit it every year; but now the various chapels and

-monastery buildings are mostly in ruins. In 880 mysterious

-lights were seen over a part of the mountain.

-The bishop came up to see what they were, and discovered

-a small image of the Virgin in one of the numerous

-grottos that are found in the mountain. This little

-statue was the work of St. Luke, of course, and was

-brought to Spain by St. Peter himself. The Bishop of

-Barcelona hid it in this cave when the Moors invaded

-Catalonia. Bishop Gondemar, who found it, attempted

-to carry it to Manresa; but it became so heavy that he

-did not succeed. This was a miraculous intimation

-from the image that it did not wish to go any farther.

-The obliging bishop built a chapel on the spot, and the

-image was shrined at its altar. He also appointed a

-hermit to watch over it.

-

-“Now, the Devil came to live in one of the caverns

-for the purpose of leading this anchorite astray. The

-Count of Barcelona had a beautiful daughter whose

-name was Riquilda; and the Devil ‘possessed’ her.

-She told her father that the evil spirit would not leave

-her till ordered to do so by Guarin, the pious custodian

-of the image. The count left her in his care. The

-hermit was wickedly inclined by the influence of the

-Devil, and finally killed the maiden, cutting off her

-head, and burying the body. Guarin was immediately

-sorry for what he had done, and, fleeing from his evil

-neighbor, went to Rome. The pope absolved him with

-the penance that he should return to Monserrat on his

-hands and knees, and continue to walk like a beast, as

-he was morally, and never to look up to heaven which

-he had insulted, and never to speak a word. He became

-a wild beast in the forest; and Count Wildred

-captured the strange animal, and conveyed him to his

-palace, where he doubtless became a lion. One day

-the creature was brought in to be exhibited to the

-count’s guests at a banquet. A child cried out to him,

-‘Arise, Juan Guarin! thy sins are forgiven!’ Then he

-arose in the form of the hermit; and the count pardoned

-him, having the grace to follow the example set

-him.

-

-“But the end was not yet; for, when the count and

-Guarin went to search for the body, Riquilda appeared

-to them alive and well, though she had been buried

-eight years, but with a red ring around her neck, like a

-silk thread, rather ornamental than otherwise. The

-count founded a nunnery at once; and his daughter

-was made the lady superior, while Guarin became the

-_mayor–domo_ of the establishment. In time the nuns

-were removed, and monks took their places; and the

-miracles performed by the image attracted thousands

-to its shrines. The treasury of this Virgin was immense

-at one time, being valued at two hundred

-thousand ducats; but most of it was carried away by

-the French. The scenery, you see, is wild and grand,

-and I think is more enjoyable than the relics and the

-grottos.”

-

-For hours the students wandered about the wild

-locality. They saw the wonderful image; and those

-who had any taste for art thought that St. Luke, if he

-made the little statue, had not done himself any great

-credit. They visited the thirteen hermitages, and explored

-the grottos till they had had enough of this sort

-of thing. An hour after dark they were on board of

-the Prince. In two days more the Josephines and

-Tritonias arrived; and on Wednesday the squadron

-sailed for the South.

-

-During his stay in port, the principal had seen Don

-Francisco, and told him all he knew in regard to the

-fugitive. The lawyer was satisfied that Mr. Lowington

-had done nothing to keep the young Don out of the

-way of his guardian; and neither of them could suggest

-any means to recover possession of him. As yet no

-letter from Don Manuel in New York had been received.

-

-Favored by a good wind, the squadron arrived at

-Valencia in thirty hours. After a night’s sleep, all

-hands were landed at the port of the city, which the

-reader knows is Grao. The professor of geography and

-history, while the party were waiting for the vehicles

-that were to convey them to the city, gave the students

-a description of Valencia. It is an ancient city, founded

-by the Phœnicians, inhabited by the Romans for five

-centuries, captured by the Moors and held by them

-about the same time, though the Cid took the town, and

-held it for five years. At his death, in 1099, the Moors

-came down upon the city; and the body of the Cid was

-placed on his horse, and marched out of the city. The

-Moslems opened for it; and the Castilians passed

-through their army in safety, the enemy not daring to

-attack them. It was not such a victory for the

-Spaniards as some of the chronicles describe; for the

-Christians had to abandon the place. It was taken

-from the Moors in 1238, and became a part of Aragon,

-to be united with the other provinces of Spain by the

-union of Ferdinand and Isabella. The Moriscoes—the

-Moors who had been allowed to remain in Spain

-after the capture of Granada—made a great city of it,

-building its palaces and bridges; but they were driven

-out of the peninsula by Philip II. They had cultivated

-its vicinity, and made a paradise of the province; and

-their departure was almost a death–blow to the prosperity

-of the city.

-

-Though the modern kings of Spain have not spared

-its memorials of the past, it is still an interesting city.

-It has a population of nearly one hundred and fifty

-thousand, making it the fourth city of Spain. It is one

-of the most industrious cities of the peninsula; and its

-manufactures of silk and velvet are quite extensive.

-The city contains nothing very different from other

-Spanish towns. The students wandered over the

-most of it, looking into a few of the churches, nearly

-every one of which has a wonder–working image of the

-Virgin, or of St. Vincent, who is the patron saint of

-Valencia.

-

-The next day the squadron sailed, and put into Alicante

-after a twenty–four hours’ run; the wind being so

-light that the steamer had to tow her consorts nearly

-the whole distance. The students went on shore; but

-the old legend, “Nothing to see,” was passed around

-among them. Alicante is an old Spanish town, composed

-of white houses, standing at the foot of a high

-hill crowned with an old fortress. The lines, walls,

-covered ways, and batteries, seem to cover one side of

-the elevation. Those who cared to do it climbed to

-the top of the hill, and were rewarded with a fine view

-of the sea and the country.

-

-“When the Cid had captured Valencia,” said Dr.

-Winstock to his pupils, as they stood on the summit of

-the hill, “he conducted Ximine, his wife, to the top of

-a tower, and showed her the country he had conquered.

-It was called the _Huerta_, which means a large orchard.

-The land had been irrigated by the industrious and

-enterprising Moors, and bore fruit in luxurious abundance.

-The _vega_, or plain, which we see, is scarcely

-less fertile; and the region around us is perhaps the

-most productive in Spain. Twelve miles south is

-Elche, which is filled with palm–plantations. We see

-an occasional palm and fig tree here.”

-

-Mr. Lowington did not favor excursions into the

-country when it could be avoided; but the doctor

-insisted that the students ought to visit Elche, and the

-point was yielded. They made the excursion in four

-separate parties; for comfortable carriages could not

-be obtained to take them all at once. The road was

-dry and dusty at first, and the soil poor; but the aspect

-of the country soon changed. Palms began to appear

-along the way, and soon the landscape seemed to be

-covered with them.

-

-“There is something to see here, at any rate,” said

-Sheridan, as the party approached the town.

-

-“I thought you would enjoy it,” replied the doctor.

-“This is the East transplanted in Spain.”

-

-“These palms are fifty feet high,” added Murray,

-measuring them with his eye.

-

-“Some of them are sixty; but fifty is about the

-average. Now we are in the palm–forest, which is said

-to contain forty thousand trees. This region is irrigated

-by the waters of the Vinalopo River, which are

-held back by a causeway stretched across the valley

-above. These plantations are very profitable.”

-

-“But all palms are not like these,” said Murray.

-“My uncle has seen palms over a hundred feet high.”

-

-“There are nearly a hundred kinds of palm, bearing

-different sorts of fruit. These are date–palms; and

-one of them bears from one to two hundred pounds of

-dates.”

-

-“And they sell at from ten to fifteen cents a pound

-at home,” added Sheridan.

-

-“But for not more than one or two cents a pound

-here,” continued the doctor. “I suppose you have

-learned about sex in plants, which is a modern discovery;

-but it is most strikingly illustrated in these

-date–palms. Only the female tree bears fruit. The

-male palm bears a flower whose pollen was shaken over

-the female trees by the Moors long before any thing

-was known about sex in plants; and the practice is

-continued by their successors. But the male palm

-yields a profit in addition to supplying the orchard with

-pollen. Its leaves are dried, and made into fans, crowns,

-and wreaths, and sold for use on Palm Sunday. This

-town gets seventy thousand dollars for its dates, and

-ten thousand for its palm–leaves.”

-

-“When are the dates picked?” asked Sheridan.

-

-“In November. The men climb the trees by the

-aid of ropes passed around the trunk and the body. I

-will ask one of them to ascend a tree for your benefit.”

-

-The excursionists reached the village, which is in the

-middle of the forest of palms. It was very Oriental

-in its appearance. The people were swarthy, and wore

-a peculiar costume, in which were some remnants of

-the Moorish fashion. The church has its image of the

-Virgin, who dresses very richly, and owns a date–plantation

-which pays the expenses of her wardrobe.

-

-The students were so delighted with the excursion

-that they made a rollicking time of it on the way back

-to Alicante, and astonished the peasants by their lively

-demonstrations. The road was no road at all, but

-merely a path across the country, and was very rough

-in places. The cottages of the vicinity were thatched

-with palm–leaves in some instances. At the door of

-many of them was a hamper of dates, from which any

-one could help himself, and leave a _cuarto_ in payment

-for the feast. It is not watched by the owner, for the

-Spaniard here is an honest man. The students frequently

-availed themselves of these hampers when the

-doctor had explained to them the custom of the country;

-but he exhorted them to be as honest as the

-natives.

-

-The squadron remained at anchor in the port of Alicante

-four days; and, when the students of the first

-party had told their story, the trip to Elche was the

-most popular excursion since they left Italy.

-

-“Which is the best port on the east coast of Spain,

-doctor?” asked the principal, as they sat on the deck

-of the Prince while the third party had gone to Elche.

-

-“I shall answer you as the admiral did Philip II.,—Carthagena,”

-replied the doctor.

-

-“I find that the students are tired of sight–seeing,

-and the lessons have been much neglected of late,”

-continued the principal. “I think we all need a rest.

-I have about made up my mind to lie up for three

-months in some good harbor, recruit the students, and

-push along their studies.”

-

-“I think that is an excellent plan. April will be a

-better month to see the rest of Spain than the middle

-of winter.”

-

-The plan was fully discussed and adopted; and on

-the following day the squadron sailed for Carthagena,

-and having a stiff breeze was at anchor in its capacious

-harbor at sunset. The students were not sorry to take

-the rest; for the constant change of place for the last

-six months had rendered a different programme acceptable.

-There was nothing in the town to see; and the

-harbor was enclosed with hills, almost landlocked, and

-as smooth as a millpond.

-

-

-

-

-CHAPTER XXII.

-

-THE FRUITS OF REPENTANCE.

-

-

-The mail for the squadron—forwarded by the

-principal’s banker in Barcelona—had been

-following the fleet down the coast for a week, but was

-received soon after it anchored at Carthagena. Among

-the letters was one from Don Manuel, Raymond’s

-uncle in New York. He was astonished that his

-nephew had ventured into Spain, when he had been

-cautioned not to do so. He was glad he had left his

-vessel, and hoped the principal would do nothing to

-bring him back. It was extremely important that his

-nephew should not be restored to his uncle in Barcelona,

-for reasons which Henry would explain if necessary.

-If the fugitive was, by any mischance, captured

-by Don Alejandro or his agents, Don Manuel wished

-to be informed of the fact at once by cable; and

-it would be his duty to hasten to Spain without

-delay.

-

-Mr. Lowington was greatly astonished at this letter,

-and handed it to Dr. Winstock. It seemed to indicate

-that a satisfactory explanation could be given of the

-singular conduct of the second master of the Tritonia,

-and that he would be able to justify his course.

-

-“That is not the kind of letter I expected to receive,”

-said the principal, when the surgeon had read it.

-

-“There is evidently some family quarrel which Don

-Manuel does not wish to disclose to others,” replied

-the doctor.

-

-“But Don Manuel ought to have informed me

-that he did not wish to have his nephew taken into

-Spain.”

-

-“We can’t tell about that till we know all the facts

-in the case. I have no doubt that the uncle in Barcelona

-is the legal guardian of Enrique Raimundo,” continued

-the doctor.

-

-“Then how did the boy come into the possession of

-Don Manuel?”

-

-“I don’t know; but he seems to be actuated by very

-strong motives, for he is coming to Spain if the young

-man falls into the hands of his legal guardian. I don’t

-understand it; but I am satisfied that it is a case for

-the lawyers to work upon.”

-

-“I think not; for Don Manuel seems to believe that

-the safety of his nephew can only be secured by keeping

-him out of Spain; in other words, that he has no case

-which he is willing to take into a Spanish court.”

-

-“Perhaps you are right; but it looks to me like a

-fortune for the lawyers to pick upon; though I must

-say that Don Francisco is one of the most gentlemanly

-and obliging attorneys I ever met, and seems to ask

-for nothing that is not perfectly fair.”

-

-They could not solve the problem; and it was no

-use to discuss it. The principal had done all he could

-to recover the second master of the Tritonia, or rather

-to assist the detective who was in search of him. The

-last news of him, brought by Bill Stout, was that the

-fugitive had gone to Africa. The _alguacil_ had gone to

-Africa, but Raimundo had left before he arrived. He

-was unable to obtain any clew to him, for Raymond

-looked like Spaniards in general; and in the dress he

-had put on in Valencia he did not look like Raymond

-in the uniform of an officer. While the fugitive was

-sunning himself in Gibraltar, the pursuer was looking

-for him in Italy and Egypt. The principal was confident

-he had gone to the East, for runaways would not

-expose themselves to capture till their money was all

-gone. Besides, some of the officers of the Tritonia

-said that Raymond had often expressed a desire to visit

-Egypt and the Holy Land.

-

-The affairs of the squadron went along smoothly for

-six weeks. The students were studious, now that they

-had nothing to distract their attention. Bill Stout staid

-in the brig till he promised to learn his lessons, and

-then was let out. He did not like the brig after the

-trap in the floor was screwed down so that he could not

-raise it. Ben Pardee and Lon Gibbs fell out with him;

-first, because he had run away without them, and, second,

-because he was a disagreeable and unreasonable

-fellow. Bill did study his lessons in order to keep out

-of the brig; but he was behind every class in the vessel,

-and his ignorance was so dense that the professors

-were disgusted with him. It was about six weeks after

-the squadron took up its quarters in the harbor of Carthagena,

-that a shore–boat came up to the gangway, and

-Bark Lingall stepped upon the deck of the Tritonia.

-Of course his heart beat violently; but he came back

-like the Prodigal Son. He was wiser and better than

-when he left, and he was ready to submit cheerfully to

-the penalty of his offence; and he expected to be committed

-to the brig as soon as he showed himself to the

-principal.

-

-It was nearly dark when the prodigal boarded the

-Tritonia, and Scott was in charge of the anchor watch

-which had been set for the night. He looked at Bark

-as he came up the side; and, though the fugitive had

-changed his dress, he recognized him at once.

-

-“Lingall!” exclaimed Scott. “You haven’t made a

-mistake as Stout did; have you?”

-

-“I don’t know what mistake Stout made, except the

-mistake of running away; and I made that one with

-him,” replied Bark.

-

-“Stout came on board of the Prince at Lisbon, thinking

-she was a steamer bound to England,” laughed

-Scott.

-

-“I could not mistake the Tritonia for a steamer,

-even if I wanted to go to England.”

-

-“Where did you leave Raimundo?” asked the

-officer anxiously.

-

-“Here is a letter from him for you; and that will

-explain it all. I wish to see the vice–principal,” continued

-Bark.

-

-Mr. Pelham was summoned, and he gave a good–natured

-greeting to the returned fugitive, not doubting

-that he had spent all his money in riotous living, and

-had come back because he could not travel any more

-without funds.

-

-“Money all gone, Lingall?” asked the vice–principal,

-who, like his superior, believed that satire was an

-effective means of discipline at times.

-

-“No, sir: I have over fifty pounds left,” replied

-Bark, more respectfully than he had formerly been in

-the habit of speaking, even to the principal.

-

-“What did you come back for, then?” demanded

-Mr. Pelham.

-

-“Because I am sorry for what I have done, and ask

-to be forgiven,” answered Bark, taking off his hat, and

-fixing his gaze upon the deck, while his bosom was

-swelling with emotion.

-

-The vice–principal was touched by his manner. He

-had stood in the same position before the principal

-five years before; and he indulged in no more light

-words. He took the prodigal down into his cabin, so

-that whatever passed between them might have no

-witnesses.

-

-“Do you come back voluntarily, Lingall?” asked

-the vice–principal in gentle tones.

-

-“I do, sir: I left Cadiz three days ago. I had been

-waiting there a month for the squadron to arrive. We

-did not know where it was, for the last we could learn

-of it was its arrival in Carthagena.”

-

-“You say we: were you not alone?”

-

-“No, sir: Raymond was with me.”

-

-“Who is Raymond?”

-

-“Raimundo: he has translated his name into English,

-and now prefers to be called by that name.”

-

-“And you left him in Cadiz?”

-

-“Yes, sir.”

-

-“Is he there now?”

-

-“I don’t know, sir; but I think not. He did not

-tell me where he was going, and I did not wish to

-know.”

-

-“I see,” added Mr. Pelham. “I hope he will not

-be taken by those who are after him.”

-

-Bark looked up, utterly astonished at this last

-remark; for he supposed the sympathies of the officers

-were with Don Francisco, as they had been at the time

-he left the Tritonia. As Mr. Pelham was in the confidence

-of the principal in regard to the affair of the

-second master, he had been permitted to read the

-letter from Don Manuel; and this fact will explain

-the remark.

-

-“Raymond does not know from what port the

-squadron will sail for the islands; but he wants to

-return to his ship as soon as he can,” added Bark.

-

-As Raymond’s case seemed to be of more interest

-than his own, Bark told all he knew about his late

-companion; but no one was any wiser in regard to his

-present hiding–place.

-

-“Where have you been all this time?” asked the

-vice–principal, when his curiosity was fully satisfied

-concerning Raymond.

-

-“I have been a good deal worse than you think I

-have; and I wish that running away was the worst

-thing I had on my conscience,” replied Bark, in answer

-to this question.

-

-“I am sorry to hear you say that; but, whatever you

-have done, it is better to make a clean breast of it,”

-added Mr. Pelham.

-

-“That is what I am going to do, sir,” replied Bark;

-and he prefaced his confession with what had passed

-between Raymond and himself when he decided upon

-his course of action.

-

-He related the substance of his conversations with

-Bill Stout at the beginning of the conspiracy, and then

-proceeded to inform the vice–principal what had occurred

-while they were in the brig together, including the setting

-of the fire in the hold.

-

-“Do you mean to say that Stout intended to burn

-the vessel?” demanded Mr. Pelham, astonished and

-shocked at the revelation.

-

-“He and I so intended; and we actually started the

-fire three or four times,” answered Bark, detailing all

-the particulars.

-

-“You are very tender of Stout—the villain!” exclaimed

-the vice–principal. “It appears that he proposed

-the plan, and set the fire, while you assented to

-the act.”

-

-“I don’t wish to make it out that I am not just as

-guilty as Stout.”

-

-“I understand you perfectly,” added Mr. Pelham.

-“The villain pretended to be penitent when he came

-back, and told lies enough to sink the ship, if they had

-had any weight with me. Mr. Marline reported to me

-that there had been fire in the old stuff in the hold. I

-thought there was some mistake about it; but it is all

-plain enough now.”

-

-Bark proceeded with his narrative of the escape,

-which had been before related by Bill Stout; but the

-two stories differed in some respects, especially in respect

-to the conduct of Bill in the affray with the Catalonian

-in the felucca. He told about his wanderings

-and waitings with Raymond, which explained why he

-had not come back before.

-

-“Stout said that you and he pulled the boatman down

-when Raimundo missed him with the tiller,” said Mr.

-Pelham.

-

-“I mean to tell the truth, if I know how; but Bill

-did not lift his finger to do any thing, not even after

-Raymond and I had the fellow down,” replied Bark.

-“Raymond called him a coward on the spot; and I

-wish he were here to tell you so, for I know you would

-believe him.”

-

-“And I believe you, Lingall.”

-

-At this moment there was a knock at the state–room

-door.

-

-“Come in,” said the principal; and Scott opened

-the door at this summons.

-

-“I have a letter from Mr. Raimundo, sir, in which

-he has a great deal to say about Lingall,” said the

-lieutenant. “I thought you might wish to know what

-he says before you settle this case. I will leave it

-with you, sir; for there is nothing private in it.”

-

-“Thank you, Mr. Scott,” replied the vice–principal,

-as he took the letter.

-

-He opened and read the letter. It related entirely

-to the affairs of Lingall, and was an earnest plea for

-his forgiveness. It recited all the incidents of the

-cruise in the felucca, and the particulars of Bark’s

-reformation. The writer added that he hoped to be

-able to join his ship soon; and should do so, if he

-could, when she was out of Spanish waters.

-

-“Now, Lingall, you may go on board of the Prince

-with me,” said Mr. Pelham, when he had finished reading

-the letter.

-

-A boat was manned, and they were pulled to the

-steamer. The whole story was gone over again; and

-Mr. Lowington read the letter of Raymond. The

-principal and Mr. Pelham had a long consultation

-alone; and then Bark was ordered to return to his duty,

-without so much as a reprimand. Bark was bewildered

-at this unexpected clemency. He was satisfied that

-it was Raymond’s letter that saved him, because it

-assured the principal of the thorough reformation of

-the culprit. The vice–principal told him afterwards,

-that it was as much his own confession of the conspiracy,

-which was not even suspected on board, as it

-was the letter, that produced the leniency in the minds

-of the authorities. The boat that brought Mr. Pelham

-and Bark back to the Tritonia immediately conveyed

-Bill Stout, in charge of Peaks, to the Prince, where he

-was committed to the brig, without any explanation of

-the charge against him.

-

-Bill did not know what to make of this sharp discipline;

-and he felt very much like a martyr, for he

-believed he had been “a good boy,” as he called the

-chaplain’s lambs. He had time to think about it

-when the bars separated him from the rest of his shipmates.

-The news that Bark Lingall had returned was

-circulated through the Tritonia before he left the vessel.

-He could only explain his present situation by

-the supposition that Bark had told about the conspiracy

-to burn the vessel. This must be the reason why

-he was caged in the Prince rather than in the Tritonia.

-

-For three days the stewards brought him his food;

-and for an hour, each forenoon, the big boatswain

-walked him up and down the deck to give him his

-exercise; but it was in vain that he asked them what

-he was caged for. As none of these officials knew,

-none of them could tell him. On the fourth day of his

-confinement, a meeting of the faculty was held for consultation

-in regard to the affairs of the squadron. This

-was the high court of the academy, and consisted of

-the principal, the vice–principals, the chaplain, the surgeon,

-and the professors,—fourteen in all. Though

-the authority of the principal was supreme, he preferred

-to have this council to advise him in important

-matters.

-

-When the faculty had assembled, Peaks brought Bill

-Stout into the cabin, and placed him at the end of the

-long table at which the members were seated. He was

-awed and impressed by the situation. The principal

-stated that the culprit was charged with attempting to

-set fire to the Tritonia, and asked what he had to say

-for himself. Bill made haste to deny the charge with

-all his might; but he might as well have denied his

-own existence. Raymond’s letter describing what he

-saw in the hold was read, but the parts relating to Bark

-were omitted. Bill supposed the letter was the only

-evidence against him, and the writer had spared Bark

-because he was a friend. Bill declared that Raymond

-hated him, and had made up this story to injure him.

-He had been trying to do his duty, and no complaint

-had been made against him since the fleet had been at

-anchor.

-

-The chaplain thought a student ought not to be condemned

-on the evidence of one who had run away

-from his vessel. As Bill would not be satisfied, it

-became necessary to call Bark Lingall. The reformed

-seaman gave his evidence in the form of a confession;

-and, when he had finished his story, no one doubted

-his sincerity, or the truth of his statement. By a unanimous

-vote of the faculty, approved by the principal,

-Bill Stout was dismissed from the academy as one

-whom it was not safe to have on board any of the

-vessels, and as one whose character was too bad to

-allow him to associate with the students. A letter to

-his father was written; and he was sent home in charge

-of the carpenter of the Josephine, who was about to

-return to New York on account of the illness of his

-son.

-

-The particulars of this affair were kept from the

-students; for the principal did not wish to have them

-know that any one had attempted to burn one of the

-vessels, lest it might tempt some other pupil to seek a

-dismissal by the same means. Bill Stout was glad to

-be sent away, even in disgrace.

-

-Early in March Mr. Lowington received a letter from

-Don Francisco, asking if any thing had been heard

-from Raymond, and informing him that his client Don

-Alejandro was dangerously sick. The principal, since

-he had received the letter from Don Manuel, had declined

-to assist in the search for the absentee, though

-he had not communicated his views to the lawyer.

-The detective had not returned from his tour in the

-East, and was doubtless willing to continue the search

-as long as he was paid for it. The principal was “a

-square man;” and he informed Don Francisco that his

-views on the subject had changed, and that he hoped

-the fugitive would not be captured. Ten days after

-this letter was answered came Don Francisco himself.

-He went on board of the Prince; and, in spite of the

-reply of the principal, he was as cordial and courteous

-as ever.

-

-“I suppose you have received my letter, declining to

-do any thing more to secure the return of the absentee,”

-Mr. Lowington began, when they were seated in

-the grand saloon.

-

-“I have received it,” replied Don Francisco; “but

-now all the circumstances of the case are changed, and

-I am confident that you will do all you can to find the

-young man. Your letter came to me on the day before

-the funeral of my client.”

-

-“Then Don Alejandro is dead!” exclaimed the

-principal, startled by the intelligence.

-

-“He died in the greatest agony and remorse,” added

-the lawyer. “He was sick four weeks, and suffered

-the most intense pain till death relieved him. He confessed

-to me, when I went to make his will, that he had

-intended to get his nephew out of the way in some

-manner, before the boy was of an age to inherit his

-father’s property. Don Manuel had charged him with

-this purpose before he left Spain, and had repeated the

-charge in his letters. He confessed because he wanted

-his brother’s forgiveness, as well as that of the Church.

-He wished me to see that justice was done to his

-nephew. When I wrote you that last letter, my client

-desired to see the young man, and to implore his forgiveness

-for the injury he had done him as a child, and

-for that he had meditated.”

-

-“This is a very singular story,” said Mr. Lowington.

-“You did not give me the reason for which Don Alejandro

-wished to see his nephew.”

-

-“I did not know it myself. What I have related

-transpired since I wrote that letter. The case is one

-of the remarkable ones; but I have known a few just

-like it,” continued the lawyer. “My client was told

-by the physicians that he could not recover. Such an

-announcement to a Christian who has committed a

-crime—and to meditate it is the same thing in the eye

-of the Church, though not of the law—could not but

-change the whole current of his thoughts. I know that

-it caused my client more suffering than his bodily ailments,

-severe as the latter were. The terrors of the

-world to come haunted him; and he believed, that, if

-he did not do justice to that young man before he died,

-he would suffer for his crime through all the ages of

-eternity; and I believe so too. I think he confessed

-the crime to me, after he had done so to the priest,

-because he believed his son, who had been in his confidence,

-would carry out his wicked purpose after his

-father was gone; for this son would inherit the estate as

-the next heir under the will of the grandfather.”

-

-“I can understand how things appear to a man as

-wicked as your client was, when death stares him in the

-face,” added Mr. Lowington.

-

-“Now the young man is wanted. He is not of age,

-but he ought to have a voice in the selection of his

-guardian.”

-

-“I don’t know where he is under the altered circumstances,

-any more than I did before,” replied the

-principal; “but I am willing to make an effort to find

-him. Is he in any danger from the son of your late

-client?”

-

-“None at all: the son denies that he ever had any

-knowledge of the business; and, since the confession

-of the father, the son would not dare to do any thing

-wrong. Besides, my client put all the property in my

-hands before he died.”

-

-The next thing was to find Raymond. He might see

-the announcement of the death of his uncle in the

-newspapers; but, if he did not, he would be sure to

-keep out of the way till the squadron was ready to sail

-for the “isles of the sea.” Mr. Lowington sent for

-Bark Lingall, who had by this time established his

-character as one of the best–behaved and most earnest

-students in his vessel. The principal rehearsed the

-events that made it desirable to find Raymond.

-

-“Do you think you could find him, Lingall?” asked

-Mr. Lowington.

-

-“I think I might if I could speak Spanish,” replied

-Bark modestly.

-

-“You and Scott are the only students who know his

-history; and he would allow you to approach him, while

-he would keep out of the way of any other person connected

-with the squadron. We shall sail for Malaga

-to–morrow; and you shall have a courier to do your

-talking for you,” continued the principal.

-

-Bark was pleased with the mission. He was furnished

-with a letter from Don Francisco; and, as he

-had some idea of what Raymond’s plans were, he was

-hopeful of success. The squadron sailed the next day,

-and arrived at Malaga in thirty hours.

-

-

-

-

-CHAPTER XXIII.

-

-GRANADA AND THE ALHAMBRA.

-

-

-When the academy fleet arrived at Malaga, the

-principal decided to follow the plan he had

-adopted at Barcelona, though on a smaller scale, and

-send the Josephines and Tritonias to Cadiz, while the

-Princes proceeded by rail to the same place, seeing

-Granada, Cordova, and Seville on the way. As soon as

-the transfer could be made, the steamer sailed with its

-company of tourists; and her regular crew were domiciled

-at the Hotel de la Alameda, in Malaga.

-

-“Here we are again,” said Sheridan, as the party of

-the doctor came together again at the hotel.

-

-“I feel more like looking at a cathedral than I

-did when we were sight–seeing in December,” added

-Murray.

-

-“You have not many more cathedrals to see,”

-replied the doctor. “There is one here; but, as this is

-Saturday, we will visit it to–morrow. Suppose we take

-a walk on the Alameda, as this handsome square is

-called.”

-

-It is a beautiful bit of a park, with a fountain at each

-end; but it was so haunted with beggars that the tourists

-could not enjoy it. It was fresh and green, and

-bright with the flowers of early spring.

-

-“What an abomination these beggars are!” exclaimed

-Sheridan, as a pair of them, one with his eyes

-apparently eaten out with sores, leaning on the shoulder

-of another seemingly well enough, saluted them

-with the usual petition. “It makes me sick to look at

-them.”

-

-Murray gave the speaker two _reales_; but they would

-not go till the others had contributed. A little farther

-along they came to a blind man, who had stationed

-himself by a bridge, and held out his hand in silence.

-

-“That man deserves to be encouraged for holding

-his tongue,” said the captain, as he dropped a _peseta_

-into the extended hand. “Most of them yell and

-tease so that one don’t feel like giving.”

-

-The blind beggar called down the blessing of the

-Virgin upon the donor, in a gentle and devout tone.

-But he seemed to be an exception to all the other mendicants

-in Malaga. As the captain said, many of them

-were most disgusting sights; and they pointed out

-their ailments as though they were proud of them.

-

-“This is a commercial city, and there is not much to

-see in it,” said the doctor, as they returned to the

-hotel. “Its history is but a repetition of that of nearly

-all the cities of Spain. It was a place of great trade

-in the time of the Moors: it is the fifth city of Spain,

-ranking next to Valencia. You saw the United States

-flag on quite a number of vessels in the port; and it

-has a large trade with our country. Wine, raisins,

-oranges, lemons, and grapes are the principal exports.”

-

-The next day most of the students visited the cathedral,

-where they heard mass, which was attended by a

-battalion of soldiers, with a band which took part in

-the service. Early on Monday morning the tourists

-started for Granada, taking the train at quarter past

-six o’clock. The ride was exceedingly interesting; for

-the country between Malaga and Cordova is very fertile,

-though a small portion of it is a region abounding

-in the wildest scenery. The first part of the journey

-was in the midst of orange–orchards and vineyards.

-

-“What is that sort of an inclined plane?” asked

-Sheridan, pointing to a stone structure like one side of

-the roof of a small house. “I have noticed a great

-many of them here and near Alicante.”

-

-“You observe that they all slope to the south,”

-replied the doctor. “They are used in drying raisins.

-This is a grape as well as an orange country. Raisins

-are dried grapes; and, when you eat your plum–pudding

-in the future, you will be likely to think of the country

-around Malaga, for the nicest of them come from

-here.”

-

-“This is a wild country,” said Murray, after they

-had been nearly two hours on the train.

-

-“We pass through the western end of the Sierra

-Nevada range. Notice this steep rock,” added the

-doctor, as they passed a lofty precipice. “It is ‘Lovers’

-Rock.’”

-

-“Of course it is,” laughed Murray; “and they

-jumped down that cliff; and there is not a precipice

-in the world that isn’t a lovers’ leap.”

-

-“I think you are right. In this case it was a Spanish

-knight, and a Moorish maiden whose father didn’t like

-the match.”

-

-The travellers left the train at Bobadilla, and proceeded

-by rail to Archidona. Between this place and

-Loxa the railroad was not then built; and the distance—about

-sixteen miles—had to be accomplished by

-diligence. Half a dozen of these lumbering vehicles

-were in readiness, with their miscellaneous teams of

-horses and mules all hitched on in long strings. This

-part of the journey was likely to be a lark to the

-students; and they piled into and upon the carriages

-with great good–nature. The doctor and his pupils

-secured seats on the outside.

-

-“This is the _coupé_ in Spain, but it is the _banquette_ in

-Switzerland,” said he, when they were seated. “It is

-called the dickey in England.”

-

-“But the box for three passengers, with windows in

-the front of the diligence, is always the _coupé_,” added

-Sheridan.

-

-“Not in Spain: that is called the _berlina_ here. The

-middle compartment, holding four or six, is _el interior_;

-and _la rotundo_, in the rear, like an omnibus, holds six.

-The last is used by the common people because it is

-the cheapest.”

-

-“But this seat is not long enough for four,” protested

-Murray, when the conductor directed another officer to

-mount the _coupé_”.

-

-“Come up, commodore: I think we can make room

-for you,” added Sheridan.

-

-“This is a long team,” said Commodore Cantwell,

-when they were seated,—“ten mules and horses.”

-

-“I have travelled with sixteen,” added the doctor.

-

-On a seat wide enough for two, under the windows

-of the _berlina_, the driver took his place. His reins

-were a couple of ropes reaching to the outside ends of

-the bits of the wheel–horses. He was more properly

-the brakeman, since he had little to do with the team,

-except to yell at the animals. On the nigh horse or

-mule, as he happened to be, rode a young man who

-conducted the procession. He is called the _delantero_.

-The _zagal_ is a fellow who runs at the side of the

-animals, and whips them up with a long stick. The

-_mayoral_ is the conductor, who is sometimes the driver;

-but in this case he seemed to have the charge of all

-the diligences.

-

-“Oja! oja!” (o–ha) yelled the driver. The _zagal_

-began to hammer the brutes most unmercifully, and the

-team started at a lively pace.

-

-“That’s too bad!” exclaimed Sheridan, when he saw

-the _zagal_ pounding the mules over the backbone with

-his club, which was big enough to serve for a bean–pole.

-

-“I agree with you, captain, but we can’t help ourselves,”

-added the doctor. “That villain will keep it

-up till we get to the end of our journey.”

-

-The _dilijencia_ passed out of the town, and went

-through a wild country with no signs of any inhabitants.

-The road was as bad as a road could be, and

-was nothing but a track beaten over the fields, passing

-over rocks and through gullies and pools of water.

-Carts, drawn by long strings of mules or donkeys,

-driven by a peasant with a gun over his shoulder, were

-occasionally met; but the road was very lonely. Half

-way to Loxa they came to a river, over which was a

-narrow bridge for pedestrians; but the _dilijencia_ had

-to ford the stream.

-

-At this point the horses and mules were changed;

-and some of the students went over the bridge, and

-walked till they were overtaken by the coaches. At

-three o’clock they drove into Loxa. The streets of

-the town are very steep and very narrow; and the _zagal_

-had to crowd the team over to the opposite side, in

-order to get the vehicle around the corners. The

-students on the outside could have jumped into the

-windows of the houses on either side, and people on

-the ground often had to dodge into the doorways, to

-keep from being run over. From this place the party

-proceeded to Granada by railroad. Crossing a part of

-this city, which is a filthy hole, the party went to the

-Hotel Washington Irving, and the Hotel Siete Suelos,

-both of which are at the very gate of the Alhambra.

-

-The doctor and his friends were quartered at the

-former hotel, which is a very good one, but more expensive

-than the _Siete Suelos_ on the other side of the

-street. They are both in the gardens of the Alhambra,

-the avenues of which are studded with noble elms, the

-gift of the Duke of Wellington.

-

-“And this is the Alhambra,” said Capt. Sheridan, as

-the trio came out for a walk, after dinner.

-

-“What is the meaning of the name of that hotel?”

-

-“_Hotel de los Siete Suelos_,—the hotel of the seven

-stories, or floors.”

-

-“But it hasn’t more than four or five.”

-

-“Haven’t you read Irving’s Alhambra? He mentions

-a tower with this name, in which was the gate

-where Boabdil left the Alhambra for the last time. It

-was walled up at the request of the Moor.”

-

-The party walked about the gardens till it was dark.

-The next morning, before the ship’s company were

-ready, the doctor and the three highest officers entered

-the walled enclosure.

-

-“This is the Tower of Justice,” said the doctor, as

-they paused at the entrance. “It is so called because

-the Moorish kings administered the law to the people

-here. You see the hand and the key carved over the

-door. If you ask the grandson of Mateo Ximenes,

-who is a guide here, what it means, he will tell you

-the Moors believed that, when this hand reached

-down and took the key, the Alhambra might be captured;

-but not till then. Then he will tell you that

-they were mistaken; and give glory to the Spaniards.

-The key was the Moslem symbol for wisdom and

-knowledge; and the hand, of the five great commandments

-of their religion.”

-

-The party entered the tower, in which is an altar,

-and passed into the square of the cisterns. Charles V.

-began to build a huge palace on one side of it; but

-the fear of earthquakes induced him to desist. He

-destroyed a portion of the Moorish palace to make

-room for it. The visitors entered an office where they

-registered their names, paid a couple of _pesetas_, and

-received a plan of the palace. The first names in the

-book are those of Washington Irving and his Russian

-companion.

-

-“This is the Court of the Myrtles,” said the doctor,

-as they entered the first and largest court of the

-palace. “It is also called ‘the Court of Blessing,’

-because the Moors believed water was a blessing; and

-this pond contains a good deal of it.”

-

-“My guide–book does not call it by either of these

-names,” said Commodore Cantwell, who had Harper’s

-Guide in his hand. “It says here it is ‘the _Patio de la

-Alberca_,’ or fish–pond.”

-

-“And so says Mr. Ford, who is the best authority on

-Spain. We must not try to reconcile the differences in

-guide–books. We had better call it after the myrtles

-that surround the tank, and let it go at that. This

-court is the largest of the palace, though it is only one

-hundred and forty by seventy–five feet. But the Alhambra

-is noted for its beauty, and not for its size. We

-will now pass into the Court of the Lions,” continued

-the doctor, leading the way. “This is the most celebrated,

-as it is the most beautiful, part of the palace.”

-

-“I have seen many pictures of it, but I supposed it

-was ten times as large as it is,” said Sheridan.

-

-“It is about one hundred and twenty by seventy feet.

-There are one hundred and twenty–four columns around

-the court. Now we must stop and look at the wonderful

-architecture and exquisite workmanship. Look at

-these graceful arches, and examine that sort of lace–work

-in the ceilings and walls.”

-

-While they were thus occupied, the ship’s company

-came into the court, and the principal called them

-together to hear Professor Mapps on the history of

-the Alhambra.

-

- “In 1238 Ibnu–I–Ahamar founded the kingdom of Granada, and he built the

- Alhambra for his palace and fortress. In Arabic it was _Kasr–Alhamra_,

- or Red Castle; and from this comes the present name. The Vermilion

- Tower was a part of the original fortress. Under this monarch, whose

- title was Mohammed I., Granada became very prosperous and powerful.

- When the Christians captured Valencia, the Moors fled to Granada, and

- fifty thousand were added to the population of the kingdom; and it

- is estimated that a million more came when Seville and Cordova were

- conquered by the Castilians. The work of this king was continued by his

- successors; and the Alhambra was finished in 1333 by Yosuf I. He built

- the Gate of Judgment, Justice, or Law, as it is variously called, and

- the principal parts of the palace around you. The city was in its glory

- then, and is said to have had half a million inhabitants. But family

- quarrels came into the house of the monarch, here in the Alhambra; and

- this was the beginning of the decline of the Moorish power.

-

- “Abul–Hassan had two wives. One of them was Ayesha; and the other was

- a very beautiful Christian lady called Zoraya, or the Morning Star.

- Ayesha was exceedingly jealous of the other; and fearing that the son of

- the Morning Star, instead of her own, might succeed to the crown, she

- organized a powerful faction. On Zoraya’s side were the Beni–Serraj,

- whom the Spaniards called the Abencerrages. They were the descendants

- of a vizier of the King of Cordova,—Abou–Serraj. Abou–Abdallah was the

- eldest son of Ayesha; and in 1482 he dethroned his father. The name

- of this prince became Boabdil with the Spaniards; and so he is called

- in Mr. Irving’s works. As soon as he came into power, his mother, and

- the Zegris who had assisted her, persuaded him to retaliate upon the

- Abencerrages for the support they had given to Zoraya. Under a deceitful

- plea, he gathered them together in this palace, where the Zegris were

- waiting for them. One by one they were called into one of these courts,

- and treacherously murdered. Thus was Granada deprived of its bravest

- defenders; and the Moors were filled with indignation and contempt for

- their king. While they were quarrelling among themselves, Ferdinand and

- Isabella advanced upon Granada. They had captured all the towns and

- strong fortresses; and there was nothing more to stay their progress.

- For nine months the sovereigns besieged the city before it fell. It was

- a sad day for the Moors when the victors marched into the town. There

- is a great deal of poetry and romance connected with this palace and

- the Moslems who were driven out of it. You should read Mr. Lockhart’s

- translation of the poems on these subjects, and the works of Prescott

- and Irving.”

-

-When the professor had completed his account, the

-doctor’s party passed in to the right, entering one of

-the apartments which surround the court on three of its

-sides.

-

-“That’s as mean a lot of lions as I ever saw,” said

-Murray, who had lingered at the fountain which gives

-its name to the court.

-

-“The sculpture of the lions is certainly very poor;

-but we can’t have every thing,” replied the doctor.

-“This is the Hall of the Abencerrages; and it gets its

-name from the story Mr. Mapps has just told you.

-Some say these nobles were slain in this room; and

-others, that they were beheaded near the fountain in

-the court, where the guides point out a dark spot as the

-stain of blood. You must closely examine the work in

-this little room if you wish to appreciate it.”

-

-They returned to the Court of the Lions, and, crossing

-it, entered the Hall of the Two Sisters. The students

-expected to hear some romance told of these

-two ladies; but they proved to be two vast slabs in

-the floor. This room and that of the Abencerrages

-were probably the sleeping apartments of the monarch’s

-family; and several small chambers, used for baths and

-other purposes, are connected with them. On each

-side of them are raised platforms for the couches. At

-the farther end of the court is the council–hall of justice.

-It is long and narrow, seventy–five by sixteen feet; and

-is very elaborately ornamented.

-

-At the northern end of the Court of Myrtles, is the

-Hall of Ambassadors, which occupies the ground floor

-of the Tower of Comares. It is the largest apartment

-of the palace, seventy–five by thirty–seven feet. This

-was the throne–room, or hall of audience, of the monarchs.

-The doctor again insisted that his pupils should

-scrutinize the work; and he called their attention to the

-horseshoe arches and various other forms and shapes,

-to the curious niches and alcoves, to the delicate coloring

-in the ceilings and on the walls, and to the interlacing

-designs, in the portions of the palace they visited.

-

-They had now seen the principal apartments on the

-ground floor; and they ascended to the towers, the open

-galleries of which are a peculiarity in the construction

-of the edifice. They were shown the rooms occupied

-by Washington Irving when he “succeeded to Boabdil,”

-and became an inhabitant of the Alhambra; but the

-Alhambra is a thing to be seen, and not described.

-They visited the Royal Chapel, the fortress, and for

-two days they were busy as bees, though one day was

-enough to satisfy most of the students.

-

-On the third day of their sojourn at the Alhambra,

-the doctor’s party visited the Generalife. The name

-means “The Garden of the Architect,” who was probably

-an employee of the king; but the palace was purchased

-and used as a pleasure–house by one of the

-kings. The sword of Boabdil is shown here. The

-gardens, which are about all the visitor sees, are more

-quaint than beautiful. The walks are hedged in with

-box, and the cypress–trees are trimmed in square

-blocks, as in the gardens of Versailles. Passing

-through these, the visitor ascends a tower on a hill,

-which commands a magnificent view of Granada and

-the surrounding country.

-

-The abundance of water in and around the Alhambra

-attracts the attention of the tourist. The walks

-have a stream trickling down the hill on each side. It

-comes from the snow–crowned Sierra Nevadas; and, the

-warmer the weather, the faster do the ice and snow

-melt, and the greater is the flow of the water. In the

-Alhambra and in the Generalife these streams of water

-are to be met at almost every point.

-

-One day was given to the city of Granada, though

-the visitor cares but little for any thing but the Alhambra.

-Without mentioning what may be seen in the

-cathedral in detail, there is one sight there which is

-almost worth the pilgrimage to the city; and that is the

-tomb of Ferdinand and Isabella. Dr. Winstock ordered

-a carriage for the purpose of taking his charge

-to the church.

-

-When the team appeared at the door of the hotel,

-the students were very much amused at its singular

-character; for it was a very handsome carriage, but it

-was drawn by mules. The harness was quite elaborate

-and elegant; yet to be drawn by these miserable mules

-seemed to some of the party to be almost a disgrace.

-But the doctor said that they had been highly honored,

-since they had been supplied with what was doubtless

-the finest turnout to be had. These mules were very

-large and handsome for their kind, and cost more

-money than the finest horses. After this explanation,

-they were satisfied to ride behind a pair of mules.

-

-There are plenty of pictures and sculptures in the

-cathedral; but the party hastened to the royal chapel

-built by order of the sovereigns, which became their

-burial–place. The mausoleum is magnificent beyond

-description. It consists of two alabaster sepulchres in

-the centre of the chapel, on one of which are the forms

-of Ferdinand and Isabella, and on the other those of

-Crazy Jane and Philip, the parents of Charles V. But

-the lion of the place, to the students, was the vault

-below the chapel, to which they were conducted, down

-a narrow staircase of stone, by the attendant. On a

-low dais in the middle of the tomb were two very ordinary

-coffins, not differing from those in use in New

-England, except that they were strapped with iron

-bands.

-

-“This one, marked ‘F,’ contains the remains of Ferdinand,”

-said the doctor, in a low tone. “The other

-has an ‘I’ upon it, and holds all that time has left of

-the mortal part of Isabella, whose patronage enabled

-Columbus to discover the New World.”

-

-“Is it possible that the remains of Ferdinand and

-Isabella are in those coffins?” exclaimed Sheridan.

-

-“There is not a doubt of the fact. Eight years ago

-the late queen of Spain visited Granada, and caused

-mass to be said for the souls of these sovereigns at the

-same altar used by them at the taking of the city.

-Some of the guides will tell you that these coffins

-were opened at this time, and the remains of the king

-and queen were found to be in an excellent state of

-preservation. I don’t know whether the statement is

-true or not.”

-

-“Here are two other coffins just like them,” said

-Murray, as he turned to a sort of shelf that extended

-across the sides of the vault.

-

-“They contain the remains of Crazy Jane and Philip

-her husband, both of whose effigies are introduced in

-the sculpture on the monuments in the chapel above,”

-replied the doctor. “The coffin of Philip is the very

-one that she carried about everywhere she went, and

-so often embraced in the transports of her grief. She

-is at rest now.”

-

-Deeply impressed by what they had seen in the

-vault, which made the distant past more real to the

-young men, they returned to the chapel above. In

-the sacristy they saw the sword of Ferdinand, a very

-plain weapon, and his sceptre; but more interesting

-were the crown of silver gilt worn by Isabella, her

-prayer–book, and the chasuble, or priest’s vestment,

-embroidered by her.

-

-The party next visited the Carthusian Monastery,

-just out of the city, which contains some exquisite

-marble–work and curious old frescos. On their return

-to the Alhambra, they gave some attention to the gypsies,

-who are a prominent feature of Granada, where

-they are colonized in greater numbers than at any other

-place in Spain, though they also abound in the vicinity

-of Seville. They live by themselves, on the side of

-a hill, outside of the city. The tourists crossed the

-Darro, which flows at the foot of the hill on which the

-Alhambra and Generalife stand. They found the gypsies

-lolling about in the sun, hardly disturbed by the

-advent of the visitors. They seem to lead a vagabond

-life at home as well as abroad. They were of an olive

-complexion, very dirty, and very indolent. Some of the

-young girls were pretty, but most of the women were

-as disagreeable as possible. The men work at various

-trades; but the reputation of all of them for honesty

-is bad. They do not live in houses, but in caverns in

-the rocks of which the hill is composed. They are not

-natural caverns, but are excavated for dwellings.

-

-The doctor led the party into one of them. It was

-lighted only by the door; but there was a hole in the

-top for the escape of the smoke. There was a bed in

-a corner, under which reposed three pigs, while a lot

-of hens were picking up crumbs thrown to them by

-a couple of half–naked children. It was the proper

-habitation of the pigs, rather than the human beings.

-The onslaughts of the beggars were so savage that the

-visitors were compelled to beat a hasty retreat. The

-women teased the surgeon to enter their grottos in

-order to get the fee.

-

-In the evening some British officers from “Gib,” as

-they always call the great fortress, had a gypsy dance

-at the _Siete Suelos_. The doctor and his pupils were

-invited to attend. There were two men dressed in full

-Spanish costume, and three girls, also in costume, one

-of whom was quite pretty. One of the men was the

-captain of the gypsies, and played the guitar with marvellous

-skill, an exhibition of which he gave the party.

-There was nothing graceful about the dancing: it was

-simply peculiar, with a curious jerking of the hips. At

-times the dancers indulged in a wild song. When the

-show was finished, the gypsy girls made an energetic

-demonstration on the audience for money, and must

-have collected a considerable sum from the officers, for

-they used all the arts of the coquette.

-

-Just at dark a small funeral procession passed the

-hotel. It was preceded by half a dozen men bearing

-great candles lighted. The coffin was borne on the

-shoulders of four more, and was highly ornamented.

-The funeral party were singing or chanting, but so

-irreverently that the whole affair seemed more like a

-frolic than a funeral.

-

-“That is a gay–looking coffin,” said Murray to

-Mariano Ramos, the best guide and courier in Spain,

-who had been in the employ of the principal since the

-squadron arrived at Malaga.

-

-“That is all for show,” laughed Mariano. “The

-men will bring it back with them.”

-

-“Don’t they bury the dead man in it?”

-

-“No: that would make it too expensive for poor

-folks. They tumble the dead into a rough box, or

-bury him without any thing.”

-

-The next morning the excursionists started for Cordova,

-and arrived late at night, going by the same route

-they had taken to Granada as far as Bobadilla.

-

-

-

-

-CHAPTER XXIV.

-

-AN ADVENTURE ON THE ROAD.

-

-

-In twelve hours after she started, the American

-Prince was in the harbor of Cadiz. Bark Lingall

-was on board; and Jacob Lobo, who spoke five languages,

-had been engaged at the Hotel de la Alameda

-as his companion. Mr. Pelham sent them ashore as

-soon as the anchor went over the bow.

-

-“Do you expect to find the Count de Escarabajosa

-in Cadiz?” asked the interpreter, as they landed.

-

-“Of course not: I told you he would not be here,”

-replied Bark. “I may find out where he went to from

-here, and I may not. I left him at the Hotel de Cadiz;

-and we will go there first.”

-

-“I can tell you where he went without asking a

-question,” added Lobo, to whom Bark had told the

-whole story of Raymond.

-

-“I can guess at it, as you do; but I want information

-if I can obtain it,” replied Bark.

-

-“You would certainly have been caught if you hadn’t

-thrown the detective off the track by going over to

-Oran.”

-

-“We went to Oran for that purpose.”

-

-“The count has got out of Spanish territory, and he

-will keep out of it for the present. Our next move will

-be to go to Gibraltar. He is safe there.”

-

-“I think we shall find him there.”

-

-The landlord of the hotel recognized Bark, who had

-been a guest in his house for several weeks. Raymond

-had not told him where he was going when he left. He

-had gone from the hotel on foot, carrying his bag in his

-hand.

-

-“Where do you think he went?” asked Bark.

-

-“My opinion at the time was that he went to Gibraltar;

-for a steamer sailed for Algeciras that day, and

-there was none for any other port,” replied the landlord.

-

-“But he might have left by the train,” suggested

-Bark.

-

-“He went away in the middle of the day, and the

-steamer left at noon.”

-

-“He did not leave by train,” added the guide.

-

-“I don’t think he did,” said Bark. “Now, when

-does the next steamer leave for Gibraltar?”

-

-“You will find the bills of the steamers hanging in

-the hall,” replied the landlord.

-

-One of these indicated that a Spanish steamer

-would sail at noon the next day.

-

-“Perhaps she will, and perhaps she will not,” said

-Lobo.

-

-“But she is advertised to leave to–morrow,” added

-Bark.

-

-“Very likely before night you may find another bill,

-postponing the departure till the next day: they do

-such things here.”

-

-“What shall we do?”

-

-“Wait till a steamer sails,” replied Lobo, shrugging

-his shoulders.

-

-“Is there any other way to get there?” asked Bark,

-troubled by the uncertainty.

-

-“Some other steamer may come along: we will go

-to the office of the French line, and inquire when one

-is expected,” replied Jacob.

-

-They ascertained that the French steamer did not

-touch at Gibraltar; and there was no other way than

-to depend upon the Spanish line. As Jacob Lobo had

-feared, the sailing of the boat advertised was put off

-till the next day.

-

-“You can go by land, if you are not afraid of the

-brigands,” said the interpreter.

-

-“Brigands?”

-

-“Within a year a party of English people were

-robbed by brigands, on the way from Malaga to

-Ronda; but that is the only instance I ever heard of.

-The country between here and Malaga used to be

-filled with smugglers; and there are some of that trade

-now. When their business was dull, they used to take

-to the road at times.”

-

-“How long would it take to go by the road?” asked

-Bark, who was very enthusiastic in the discharge of

-his duty, and unwilling to lose a single day.

-

-“That depends upon how fast you ride,” laughed

-Lobo. “It is about sixty miles, and you might make

-it in a day, if you were a good horseman.”

-

-“But I am not: I was never on a horse above three

-times in my life.”

-

-“Then you should take two days for the journey.”

-

-“If we should start to–morrow morning, we should

-not get there as soon as the steamer that leaves the

-following day.”

-

-“That steamer may not go for three or four days yet:

-it will depend upon whether she gets a cargo, or not.”

-

-Bark was vexed and perplexed, and did not know

-what to do. He went down to the quay where they

-had landed, and found the boats from the ship, bringing

-off the Josephines and the Tritonias. He applied

-to Mr. Pelham for advice; and, after consulting Mr.

-Fluxion, it was decided that he should wait for a

-steamer, if he had to wait a week; for there was no

-such desperate hurry that he need to risk an encounter

-with brigands in order to save a day or two. So the

-services of Bark and Jacob Lobo were economized as

-guides, for both of them knew the city. Two days

-later the Spanish steamer actually sailed; and in seven

-hours Bark and his courier were in Algeciras, whence

-they crossed the bay in a boat to Gibraltar.

-

-We left Raymond in Gibraltar, watching the newspapers

-for tidings of the American Prince; and he had

-learned of her arrival at Cadiz, where she had been

-for three days when Bark arrived at the Rock. He had

-heard nothing of the death of his uncle in Barcelona,

-and had no suspicion of the change of the circumstances

-we have described. He was not willing to risk

-himself in Cadiz while the Prince was there. As her

-consorts had not gone to Cadiz with her, he was satisfied

-that the steamer was to return to Malaga.

-

-After he obtained the news, and had satisfied himself

-that the Princes were going overland to Cadiz,

-he went to his chamber at the King’s Arms, where he

-attempted to reason out the future movements of the

-squadron. He had concluded, weeks before, that the

-fleet would not go to Lisbon, since all hands had visited

-that city; and now it appeared that Cadiz would be

-avoided for a second time, for the same reason. The

-Prince would wait there till her own ship’s company

-arrived, and then go back to Malaga. The Josephines

-and Tritonias would do the place, and then return to

-Malaga overland. It looked to Raymond like a very

-plain case; and he was confident that the fleet would

-come to Gibraltar next.

-

-He was entirely satisfied that his conclusion was a

-correct one. The squadron would certainly visit the

-Rock, for the principal could not think of such a thing

-as passing by a fortress so wonderful. Raymond was

-out of the way of arrest, if the detective should trace

-him to this place; and he could join his ship when she

-came. If the principal still wanted to send him to

-Barcelona, he would tell his whole story; and, if this

-did not save him, he would trust to his chances to

-escape. He sat at the window, thinking about the

-matter. It was just before sunset, and the air was

-delicious. He could look into the square in front of the

-hotel, and he was not a little startled to see the uniform

-of the squadron on a person approaching the

-hotel. He looked till he recognized Bark as the one

-who wore it.

-

-But who was the man with him? This question

-troubled him. The man was a stranger to him; for the

-fugitives had not employed a guide in Malaga, and

-therefore Jacob Lobo was all unknown to him. Neither

-the Prince nor her consorts were in Gibraltar; and

-it was plain enough to the Spaniard that Bark and his

-companion had come in the steamer he had seen going

-into Algeciras two hours before. They had come from

-Cadiz, and they could have no other errand in Gibraltar

-than to find him. Had Bark become a traitor? or,

-what was more likely, had he been required by the

-principal to conduct this man in search of him? Had

-Mr. Lowington ascertained that he was at the Rock?

-It was almost impossible, for he had met no one who

-knew him.

-

-He saw Bark and his doubtful companion enter the

-Club–House Hotel, and he understood their business

-there. He had not seen the _alguacil_, or detective, who

-had come on board of the Tritonia for him; but he

-jumped at the conclusion that this was the man. The

-principal had afforded him every facility for finding the

-object of his search; and now it appeared that he had

-sent Bark with him, to identify his expected prisoner.

-Raymond decided on the moment not to wait for the

-detective to see him. He rang the bell, and sent for

-his bill: he paid it, and departed before Bark could

-reach the hotel. He scorned to ask the landlord or

-waiters to tell any lies on his account. He hastened

-down to the bay; and at the landing he found the very

-boat that had brought Bark and his companion over

-from Algeciras, just hoisting her sails to return. The

-boatman was glad enough to get a passenger back, and

-thus double the earnings of the trip. It is about five

-miles across the bay; and, with a fresh breeze from

-the south–east, the distance was made in an hour.

-

-On the way, Raymond learned that the boat had

-brought over two passengers; and, from the boatman’s

-description of them, he was convinced that they were

-Bark and his companion. He questioned the skipper

-in regard to them; but the man had no idea who or

-what they were. The passengers talked in English all

-the way over, and he could not understand a word they

-said. It was not prudent for the fugitive to stay over

-night in Algeciras; and, procuring a couple of mules

-and a guide, he went to San Roque, where he passed

-the night. He found a fair hotel at this place; and he

-decided to remain there till the next day.

-

-He had time to think now; and he concluded that

-Bark and his suspicious companion would depart from

-the Rock when they found he was not there. But he

-did not lose sight of the fact that he was in Spain

-again. What would his pursuers do when they found

-that he had left the hotel? They would see his name

-on the books, and the landlord would tell them he had

-just left. There were plenty of boatmen at the landing,

-who had seen him embark in the boat for Algeciras.

-Raymond did not like these suggestions as they came

-up in his mind. They would cross the bay, and find

-the boatman, who would be able to describe him, as he

-had them. Then, when they had failed to find him at

-the _fondas_, they would visit the stables. It was easy

-enough to trace him.

-

-At first he thought of journeying on horseback to

-Xeres, and there taking the train to the north, and

-into Portugal; but he abandoned the thought when he

-considered that he was liable to meet the students at

-any point on the railroad. Finally he decided to start

-for Ronda, an interior city, forty miles from the Rock.

-At eight o’clock in the morning, he was in the saddle.

-He had retained the mules that brought him from

-Algeciras. José, his guide, was one of the retired

-brigands, of whom there are so many in this region.

-As it was too soon for him to be pursued, he did not

-hurry, and stopped at Barca de Cuenca to dine.

-

-After dinner he resumed his journey. José was a

-surly, ugly fellow, and Raymond was not disposed to

-converse with him. This silence made the miles very

-long; but the scenery was wild and grand, and the

-traveller enjoyed it. After he had ridden about five

-miles he came to a country which was all hills and

-rocks. The path was very crooked; and it required

-many angles to overcome steeps, and avoid chasms.

-Suddenly, as he passed a rock which formed a corner

-in the path, he was confronted by three men, all armed

-to the teeth, with muskets, pistols, and knives. José

-was provided with the same arsenal of weapons; but

-he did not offer to use any of them.

-

-The leading brigand was a good–natured ruffian, and

-he smiled as pleasantly as though his calling was perfectly

-legitimate. He simply held out his hand, and

-said, “_Por Dios_,” which is the way that beggars generally

-do their business.

-

-“_Perdon usted por Dios hermano_,” replied Raymond,

-shaking his head.

-

-This is the usual way to refuse a beggar: “Excuse

-us for God’s sake, brother.” Raymond did not yet

-understand whether the three men intended to beg or

-rob; but he soon ascertained that the leader had only

-adopted this facetious way of doing what is commonly

-done with the challenge, “Your money or your life!”

-It was of no avail to resist, even if he had been armed.

-Most of his gold was concealed in a money–belt worn

-next to his skin, while he carried half a dozen Isabelinos

-in his purse, which he handed to the gentlemanly

-brigand.

-

-“_Gracias, señorito!_” replied the leader. “Your

-watch, if you please.”

-

-Raymond gave it up, and hoped they would be satisfied.

-Instead of this, they made him a prisoner,

-leading his mule to a cave in the hills, where they

-bound him hand and foot. José waited for his mule,

-and then, with great resignation, began his return

-journey.

-

-

-

-

-CHAPTER XXV.

-

-CORDOVA, SEVILLE, AND CADIZ.

-

-

-Cordova is a gloomy and desolate city with

-about forty thousand inhabitants. It was once

-the capital of the kingdom of Cordova, and had two

-hundred thousand people within its walls; and some

-say a million, though the former number is doubtless

-nearer the truth. The grass grows in its streets now,

-and it looks like a deserted city, as it is. There is only

-one thing to see in Cordova, and that is the mosque.

-As soon as the party had been to breakfast, they

-hastened to visit it.

-

-“We will first take a view of the outside,” said the

-doctor to his pupils when they had reached the mosque.

-“This square in front of it is the Court of Oranges;

-you observe a few palms and cypresses, as well as

-orange–trees. The fountain in the centre was built by

-the Moors nearly a thousand years ago.”

-

-“But I don’t see any thing so very grand about the

-mosque, if that great barn–like building is the one,”

-said Murray. “It looks more like a barrack than a

-mosque. We have been in the mosque business some,

-and they can’t palm that thing off upon us as a real

-mosque. We have seen the genuine thing in Constantinople.”

-

-“I grant that the outside is not very attractive,”

-added the doctor. “But in the days of the Moors,

-when the mosque was in its glory, the roof was covered

-with domes and cupolas. In spite of what you say,

-Murray, this was the finest, as it is one of the largest

-mosques in the world. It covers an area of six hundred

-and forty–two by four hundred and sixty–two feet. It

-was completed in the year 796; and the work was

-done in ten years. It was built to outdo all the other

-mosques of the world except that at Jerusalem. Now

-we will go in.”

-

-The party entered the mosque, and were amazed, as

-everybody is who has not been prepared for the sight,

-by the wilderness of columns. There are about a

-thousand of them; and they formerly numbered twelve

-hundred. Each of them is composed of a single stone,

-and no two of them seem to be of the same order of

-architecture. They come from different parts of the

-globe; and therefore the marbles are of various kinds

-and colors, from pure white to blood red. These

-pillars form twenty–nine naves, or avenues, one way,

-and nineteen the other. The roof is only forty feet

-high, and the columns are only a fraction of this height.

-They have no pedestal, and support a sort of double

-arch, the upper one plain, and the lower a horseshoe;

-indeed, this last looks like a huge horseshoe stretching

-across below the loftier arch.

-

-For an hour the party wandered about in the forest

-of pillars, pausing at the _Mih–ràb_, or sanctuary of the

-mosque, where was kept the copy of the Koran made by

-Othman, the founder of the dynasty of that name. It

-is still beautiful, but little of its former magnificence

-remains; for the pulpit it contained is said to have

-cost the equivalent of five millions of dollars.

-

-“St. Ferdinand conquered Cordova in 1236; and

-then the mosque was turned into a Christian church

-without any great change,” said Dr. Winstock, as they

-approached the choir in the centre of the mosque.

-“The victors had the good sense and the good taste to

-leave the building pretty much as they found it. But

-three hundred years later the chapter of the church

-built this choir, which almost ruins the interior effect

-as we gaze upon it. The fine perspective is lost.

-Sixty columns were removed to make room for the

-choir. When Charles V. visited Cordova, and saw the

-mischief the chapter had wrought, he was very angry,

-and severely reproached the authors of it.”

-

-The tourists looked into the high chapel, and glanced

-at the forty–four others which surround the mosque.

-Then they walked to the bridge over the Guadalquiver.

-Arabian writers say it was built by Octavius Cæsar,

-but it was entirely reconstructed by the Moors. An

-old Moorish mill was pointed out; and the party

-returned to the mosque to spend the rest of their time

-in studying its marvellous workmanship. Early in the

-afternoon the excursionists left for Seville, and arrived

-in three hours. The journey was through a pleasant

-country, affording them an occasional view of the

-Guadalquiver.

-

-[Illustration: “HE SIMPLY HELD OUT HIS HAND.” Page 356.]

-

-“To my mind,” said Dr. Winstock, as the party

-passed out of the _Hotel de Londres_ to the _Plaza Nueva_,

-which is a small park in front of the City Hall,—“to

-my mind Seville is the pleasantest city in Spain, I

-have always been in love with it since I came here the

-first time; and I have spent four months here altogether.

-The air is perfectly delicious; and, though it

-often rains, I do not remember a single rainy day.

-The streets are clean, the houses are neat and pretty,

-the people are polite, the ladies are beautiful,—which

-is a consideration to a bachelor like myself,—and, if I

-had to spend a year in any city of Europe, Seville

-would be the place.”

-

-“What is there to see here?” asked Murray. “I

-should like a list of the sights to put in a letter I shall

-write to–day.”

-

-“The principal thing is the cathedral; then the

-_Giralda_, the _Alcazar_, the tobacco–factory, the Palace of

-San Telmo, the _Casa de Pilatos_.”

-

-“That will do, doctor. I can’t put those things in

-my letter,” interposed Murray.

-

-“You may say ‘Pilate’s house’ for the last; and add

-the _Calle de las Sierpes_, which is the most frequented

-street of the city.”

-

-“But I can’t spell the words.”

-

-“It is not in good taste to translate the name of a

-street; but it means ‘the street of the serpents.’ But I

-think you had better wait till you have seen the sights,

-before you attempt to describe them in your letter.”

-

-“I will look them up in the guide–book, when I

-write.”

-

-“This is the _Calle de las Sierpes_,” continued the

-doctor, as they entered a narrow street leading from

-the _Plaza de la Constitucion_—nearly every Spanish city

-has one with this name—in the rear of the City Hall.

-“This is the business street of the town, and it is

-generally crowded with people. Here are the retail

-stores, the cafés, the post–office, and the principal

-theatre.”

-

-The students were interested in this street, it was so

-full of life. The ends of it were barred so that no carriages

-could enter it; and the whole pavement was a

-sidewalk, as O’Hara would have expressed it. Passing

-the theatre, they followed a continuation of the same

-street.

-

-“Do you notice the name of this street?” said the

-doctor, as he pointed to the sign on a corner. “It is

-the _Calle del Amor de Dios_. It is so near like the Latin

-that you can tell what it means.”

-

-“But it seems hardly possible that a street should

-have such a name,—the ‘Street of the Love of God,’”

-added Sheridan.

-

-“That is just what it is; and it was given by reverent

-men. There is also in this city the _Calle de Gesu_, or

-Jesus Street; and the names of the Virgin and the

-saints are applied in the same way.”

-

-Passing through this street, the party came to the

-_Alameda de Hercules_.

-

-“The city has about the same history as most others

-in the South of Spain,—Romans, Goths, Vandals,

-Moors, Christians,” said the doctor. “But some of

-the romancists ascribe its origin to Hercules; and this

-_alameda_ is named after him. Now we will take a

-closer view of one of the houses. You observe that

-they differ from those of our cities. They are built on

-the Moorish plan. What we call the front door is left

-open all day. It leads into a vestibule; and on the

-right and left are the entrances to the apartments.

-Let us go in.”

-

-“Is this a private house?” asked Sheridan, who

-seemed to have some doubts about proceeding any

-farther; but then the doctor astonished him by ringing

-the bell, which was promptly answered by a voice inquiring

-who was there.

-

-“_Gentes de paz_” (peaceful people), replied the surgeon;

-and this is the usual way to answer the question

-in Spain.

-

-It presently appeared that Dr. Winstock was acquainted

-with the gentleman who lived in the house;

-and he received a cordial welcome from him. The

-young gentlemen were introduced to him, though he

-did not speak English; and they were shown the house.

-

-In the vestibule, directly opposite the front door, was

-a pair of iron gates of open ornamental work, set in an

-archway. A person standing in the street can look

-through this gateway into the _patio_, or court of the

-mansion. It was paved with marble, with a fountain in

-the middle. It was surrounded with plants and flowers;

-and here the family sit with their guests in summer, to

-enjoy the coolness of the place. Thanking the host,

-and promising to call in the evening, the surgeon left

-with his pupils,—his “_pupilos_,” as he described them

-to the gentleman.

-

-After lunch the sight–seers went to the _Giralda_,

-which is now the campanile or bell–tower of the cathedral.

-It was built by the Moors in 1296 as a muezzin

-tower, or place where the priest calls the faithful to

-prayers, and was part of the mosque that stood on this

-spot. It is square, and built of red brick, and is

-crowned with a lofty spire. The whole height is three

-hundred and fifty feet. To the top of this tower the

-party ascended, and obtained a fine view of the city

-and its surroundings,—so fine that they remained on

-their lofty perch for three hours. They could look

-down into the bull–ring, and trace the Guadalquiver for

-many miles through the flat country. The doctor

-pointed out all the prominent objects of interest; and

-when they came down they had a very good idea of

-Seville and its vicinity.

-

-The next day, as Murray expressed it, they “commenced

-work on the cathedral.” It is the handsomest

-church in Spain, and some say in the world. It is the

-enlargement of an old church made in the fifteenth

-century. On the outside it looks like a miscellaneous

-pile of buildings, with here and there a semicircular

-chapel projecting into the area, and richly ornamented

-with various devices. It is in the oblong form, three

-hundred and seventy by two hundred and seventy feet,

-not including the projecting chapels.

-

-“Now we will enter by the west side,” said the

-doctor, when they had surveyed the exterior of the vast

-pile. “The _Giralda_ is on the other side. By the way,

-did I tell you what this word meant?”

-

-“You did not; but I supposed it was some saint,”

-replied Sheridan.

-

-“Not at all. It comes from the Spanish verb _girar_,

-which means to turn or whirl; and from this comes

-_Giralda_, a weathercock. The name is accidental, coming

-probably from the vane on the top of it at some former

-period,” continued the doctor as they entered the

-cathedral. “The central nave is about one hundred

-and twenty–five feet high; and here you get an idea of

-the grandeur of the edifice. Here is the burial–place

-of the son of Columbus. This slab in the pavement

-contains his epitaph:—

-

-FERNANDO COLON.

-

-_Á Castilla, y á Leon

-Nuevo mundo dío Colon._”

-

-“_Hablo Español!_” exclaimed Murray. “And I

-know what that means,—‘To Castile and Leon Columbus

-gave a new world.’”

-

-“It is in all the school–books, and you ought to know

-it,” added Sheridan. “Colon means Columbus; but

-what was his full name in Spanish?”

-

-“Cristobal Colon. This son was quite an eminent

-man, and gave his library to the chapter of this church.

-Seville was the birthplace and the residence of Murillo;

-and you will find many of his pictures in the

-churches and other buildings.”

-

-The party went into the royal chapel. The under

-part of the altar is formed by the silver and glass

-casket which contains the remains of St. Ferdinand,

-nearly perfect. It is exhibited three days in the year;

-and then the body lies dressed in royal robes, with the

-crown on the head. The doctor pointed out the windows

-of stained glass, of which there are ninety–three.

-Nearly the whole day was spent in the church by those

-of the students who had the taste to appreciate its

-beautiful works of art. The next morning was devoted

-to the _Alcazar_. It was the palace of the Moorish sovereigns

-when Seville became the capital of an independent

-kingdom. After the city was captured, St. Ferdinand

-took up his quarters within it. Don Pedro the

-Cruel repaired and rebuilt portions of it, and made it

-his residence; and it was occupied by the subsequent

-sovereigns as long as Seville was the capital of Spain.

-Though the structure as it now stands was mainly

-erected by Christian kings, its Arabian style is explained

-by the fact that Moorish architects were employed in

-the various additions and repairs.

-

-It is very like the Alhambra, but inferior to it as a

-whole. It contains apartments similar to those the

-students had seen at Granada, and therefore was not

-as interesting as it would otherwise have been. The

-gardens of the palace were more to their taste. They

-are filled with orange–trees and a variety of tropical

-plants. The avenues are lined with box, and the

-garden contains several small ponds. The walks near

-the palace are underlaid with pipes perforated with

-little holes, so that, when the water is let on, a continuous

-line of fountains cools the air; and it is customary

-to duck the visitors mildly as a sort of surprise.

-

-The tobacco–factory is the next sight, and is located

-opposite the gardens of the _Alcazar_. It is an immense

-building used for the manufacture of cigars, cigarillos,

-and smoking–tobacco. The article is a monopoly in

-the hands of the Government; and many of the larger

-cities have similar establishments, but none so large as

-the one at Seville. At the time of which we write, six

-thousand women were employed in making cigars, and

-putting up papers of tobacco. Visitors go through the

-works more to observe the operatives than to see the

-process of making cigars; and the students were no

-exception to the rule. Most of the females were old

-and ugly, though many were young. Among them

-were not a few gypsies, who could be distinguished by

-their olive complexion.

-

-These women all have to be searched before they

-leave the building, to prevent them from stealing the

-tobacco. Women are employed for this duty, who

-become so expert in doing it that the operation is

-performed in a very short time.

-

-On the river, near the factory, is the palace of San

-Telmo, the residence of the Duke de Montpensier, son

-of Louis Philippe, who married the sister of the late

-queen of Spain. It is a very unique structure, with an

-elaborate portico in the centre of the front, rising one

-story above the top of the palace, and surmounted

-with a clock. It has a score of carved columns, and

-as many statues. The rest of the building is quite

-plain, which greatly increases the effect of the complicated

-portico. The picture–gallery and the museums

-of art in the palace are opened to the tourist, and they

-richly repay the visit. Among the curiosities is the

-guitar used by Isabella I., the sword of Pedro the

-Cruel, and that of Fernando Gonzales. The building

-was erected for a naval school, and was used as such for

-a hundred and fifty years. It was presented by the

-queen to her sister in 1849.

-

-Leaving the palace, the party walked along the

-quays by the river, till they came to the _Toro del Oro_,

-or tower of gold. It was originally part of a Moorish

-fortress; but now stands alone on the quay, and is

-occupied as a steamboat–office. The Moors used it as

-a treasure–house, and so did Pedro the Cruel. In the

-time of Columbus it was a place of deposit for the

-gold brought over by the fleets from the New World,

-and landed here. It is said that more than eight million

-ducats were often stored here.

-

-Near this tower, is the hospital of _La Caridad_, or

-charity. It was founded by a young nobleman who

-had reformed his dissipated life, and passed the remainder

-of it in deeds of piety in this institution. It

-is a house of refuge for the poor and the aged. It

-contains two beautiful _patios_, with the usual plants,

-flowers, and fountains. The institution is something

-on the plan of the Brotherhood of Pity in Florence;

-and the young gentlemen of the city render service in

-it in turn. The founder was an intimate friend of

-Murillo, which accounts for the number of the great

-artist’s pictures to be found in the establishment. Its

-little church contains several of them. A singular

-painting by another artist attracted the attention of

-some of the students as a sensation in art. It represents

-a dead prelate in full robes, lying in the tomb.

-The body has begun to decay; and the worms are

-feasting upon it, crawling in and out at the eyes, nose,

-and mouth. It is a most disgusting picture, though

-it may have its moral.

-

-A day was given to the museum which contains

-many of Murillo’s pictures, and next to that at Madrid

-is the finest in Spain. The _Casa de Pilatos_ was visited

-on the last day the excursionists were in Seville at this

-time, though it happened that they came to the city a

-second time. It belongs to the Duke of Medina Celi,

-though he seldom occupies it. It is not the house of

-Pilate, but only an imitation of it. It was built in the

-sixteenth century, by the ancestors of the duke, some

-of whom had visited the Holy Land. The _Patio_ is

-large and is paved with white marble, with a checkered

-border and other ornaments. In the centre is a

-fountain, and in each corner is a colossal statue of a

-goddess. Around it are two stories of galleries, with

-fine arches and columns. The palace contains a beautiful

-chapel, in which is a pillar made in imitation of

-that to which Christ was bound when he was scourged.

-On the marble staircase the guides point out a cock,

-which is said to be in the place of the one that crowed

-when Peter denied his Master; but of course this is

-sheer tomfoolery, and it was lawful game for Murray,

-who was the joker of the officers’ party.

-

-On another day the doctor and his pupils walked

-over the bridge to the suburb of Triana, where the

-gypsies lived. They were hardly more civilized than

-those seen at Granada. Then, as the order was not

-given for the departure, they began to see some of the

-sights a second time; and many of them will bear

-repeated visits. During a second examination of the

-_Alcazar_, Dr. Winstock told them many stories of Pedro

-the Cruel, of Don Fadrique, of Blanche of Bourbon,

-and of Maria de Padilla, which we have not the space

-to repeat, but which are more interesting than most of

-the novels of the day. After the ship’s company had

-been in Seville five days, the order was given to leave

-at quarter before six; and the party arrived at Cadiz

-at ten.

-

-This city is located nearly on the point of a tongue

-of land which encloses a considerable bay; and, when

-the train had twenty miles farther to go, the students

-could see the multitude of lights that glittered like

-stars along the line of the town. Cadiz is a commercial

-place, was colonized by the Phœnicians, and they

-supposed it to be about at the end of the earth. They

-believed that the high bluff at Gibraltar, which was

-called Calpe, and Abyla at Ceuta in Africa, were part

-of the same hill, rent asunder by Hercules; and they

-erected a column on each height, which are known

-as the Pillars of Hercules. Cadiz was held by the

-Romans and the Moors in turn, and captured by the

-Spaniards in 1262. After the discovery of America, it

-shared with Seville the prosperity which followed that

-event; and the gold and merchandise were brought to

-these ports. Its vast wealth caused it to be often

-attacked by the pirates of Algiers and Morocco; the

-English have twice captured it, and twice failed to do

-so; and it was the civil and military headquarters of

-the Spaniards during the peninsular war. When the

-American colonies of Spain became independent, it

-lost much of its valuable commerce, and has not

-been what it was in the last century since the French

-Revolution.

-

-The boats of the American Prince, in charge of the

-forward officers and a squad of firemen and stewards,

-were on the beach near the railroad station; and the

-ship’s company slept on board that night. The next

-day was devoted to Cadiz. The cathedral is a modern

-edifice and a beautiful church, though the tourist who

-had been to Toledo and Seville does not care to give

-much of his time to it. In the Capuchin Monastery,

-to which the doctor took his pupils, is the last picture

-painted by Murillo. It is the Marriage of St. Catharine,

-and is painted on the wall over the high altar of

-the chapel. Before it was quite finished, Murillo fell

-from the scaffold, was fatally injured, and died soon

-after. The picture was finished by one of his pupils,

-at his request.

-

-There are no other sights to be seen in Cadiz;

-but the students were very much pleased with the place.

-Its public buildings are large and massive; its white

-dwellings are pretty; and its squares and walks on the

-seashore are very pleasant. By the kindness of the

-banker, the club–house was opened to the party.

-

-“I am rather sorry we do not go to Xeres,” said the

-doctor, when they were seated in the reading–room.

-“I supposed we should stop there on our way from

-Seville. I wished to take you into the great wine–vaults.

-I think you know what the place is noted for.”

-

-“_Vino del Xeres_,” replied Murray,—“Sherry wine.”

-

-“It is made exclusively in this place; and its peculiarity

-comes from the kind of grapes and method

-of manufacture. The business here is in the hands

-of English, French, and German people, who far

-surpass the Spaniards in the making of wine. The

-immense cellars and store–houses where the wine is

-kept are well worth seeing, though they are not

-encouraging to men with temperance principles. The

-place has forty thousand inhabitants, and is the _Xeres

-de la Frontera_, where Don Roderick was overwhelmed

-by the Moors, and the Gothic rule in Spain was

-ended.”

-

-“Seville is a larger place than Cadiz, isn’t it?”

-asked Sheridan.

-

-“More than twice as large. Seville is the third city

-of Spain, having one hundred and fifty–two thousand

-inhabitants; while Cadiz is the ninth, with only seventy–two

-thousand.”

-

-The party returned to the steamer; and the next

-morning she sailed for Malaga, where the Josephines

-and Tritonias had arrived before them. The fleet immediately

-departed for Gibraltar, and in five hours was

-at anchor off the Rock.

-

-

-

-

-CHAPTER XXVI.

-

-THE CAPTURE OF THE BEGGARS.

-

-

-When Bark Lingall and Jacob Lobo arrived at

-Gibraltar, they went to the Club–House Hotel

-to inquire for the fugitive. He was not there; but they

-spent half an hour questioning the landlord and others

-about the hall, in regard to the town and its hotels

-and boarding–houses. Then they went to the King’s

-Arms; and, in the course of another half–hour, they

-learned that Henry Raymond had left this hotel within

-an hour. Where had he gone? The landlord could

-not tell. No steamer had left that day; he might have

-left by crossing the Neutral Ground, or he might have

-gone over to Algeciras in a boat.

-

-“I wonder why he cleared out so suddenly,” said

-Bark, very much annoyed at the situation.

-

-“I suppose he was frightened at something,” replied

-Jacob. “Very likely he saw you when we went into

-the Club–House.”

-

-“But he wouldn’t run away from me. He and I are

-the best of friends.”

-

-“But circumstances alter cases,” laughed the interpreter.

-“He may have supposed you had gone over to

-the enemy, and had come here to entrap him in some

-way.”

-

-“It may be; but I hardly believe it,” mused Bark.

-

-Jacob Lobo had no suspicion that he had been the

-cause of Raymond’s hurried departure; and he did not

-suggest the true solution of the problem. But the fugitive

-was gone; and all they had to do was to look

-him up. They were zealous in the mission with which

-they were charged, and lost not a moment in prosecuting

-the search. But they had almost gained the battle

-in obtaining a clew to the fugitive. Lobo declared that

-it would be easy enough to trace him out of the town,

-for he must have gone by the Neutral Ground, which is

-the strip of land separating the Rock from the mainland,

-or crossed to Algeciras in a boat. They were on

-their way to the landing–port, when the evening gun

-was fired.

-

-“That’s as far as we can go to–night,” said Lobo,

-coming to a sudden halt.

-

-“Why? what’s the matter now?” asked Bark.

-

-“That’s the gun, and the gate will be closed in a

-few minutes,” replied Lobo. “They wouldn’t open

-it to oblige the King of Spain, if he happened along

-here about this time.”

-

-It was no use to argue the matter in the face of

-fact; and they spent the rest of the day in making

-inquiries about the town. They went to the drivers of

-cabs, and to those who kept horses and mules to let.

-They questioned men and women located near the

-gate. No one had seen such a person as was described.

-They went to the King’s Arms for the night;

-and as soon as the gate was opened in the morning

-they hastened to the landing–port to make inquiries

-among the boatmen. They found one with whom they

-had spoken when they landed the day before. He

-wanted a job, as all of them do. He had seen a young

-man answering to the description given; and he had

-gone over to Algeciras in the very boat that brought

-them over. Would they like to go over to Algeciras?

-They would, immediately after breakfast; for they had

-left their bags, and had not paid their bill at the hotel.

-

-The wind was light, and it took them two hours to

-cross the bay. With but little difficulty they found the

-stable at which the fugitive had obtained his mules, and

-learned that the name of the guide was José Barca.

-The keeper of the _fonda_ volunteered the information

-that José was a brigand and a rascal; but the stable–keeper,

-who had furnished the guide, insisted that the

-landlord spoke ill of José because he had not obtained

-the job for his own man.

-

-“About all these guides are ex–brigands and smugglers,”

-said Lobo.

-

-“But the landlord of the _fonda_ looks like a more

-honest man than the stable–keeper,” added Bark. “I

-think I should prefer to trust him.”

-

-“I believe you are right, Mr. Lingall; but either of

-them would cheat you if he got the chance,” laughed

-Lobo; but, being a courier himself, it was for his interest

-to cry down the men with whom travellers have to

-deal, in order to enhance the value of his own calling.

-

-The landlord would furnish mules and a guide; and

-in an hour the animals were ready for a start. It was

-not known where Raymond had gone: he had taken

-the mules for San Roque, but with the understanding

-that he could go as far as he pleased with them. The

-name of the landlord’s guide was Julio Piedra. He

-was armed to the teeth, as Raymond’s guide had been.

-He was a good–natured, talkative fellow; and the fugitive

-would certainly have done better, so far as the

-agreeableness of his companion was concerned, if he

-had patronized the landlord instead of the stable–keeper.

-

-When the party arrived at the hotel in San Roque,

-their store of information was increased by the knowledge

-that Raymond had started that morning for

-Ronda. The pursuit looked very hopeful now, and the

-travellers resumed their journey.

-

-“We are not making more than three or four knots

-an hour on this tack,” said Bark, when they had ridden

-a short distance.

-

-“Three miles an hour is all you can average on

-mules through this country,” replied Lobo.

-

-“Can’t we offer the guide a bonus to hurry up?”

-

-“You can’t stand it to ride any faster; and, as it is,

-you will be very sore when you get out of bed to–morrow

-morning.”

-

-“I can stand any thing in this chase,” added Bark

-confidently.

-

-“What good will it do to hurry?” persisted Lobo.

-“It is one o’clock now; and Raymond has five hours

-the start of us. It will be impossible to overtake him

-to–day. The mules can go about so far; and at six

-o’clock we shall reach the place where Raymond

-stopped to dine. That will be Barca de Cuenca; and

-that will be the place for us to stop over night.”

-

-“Over night! I don’t want to stop anywhere till we

-come up with Raymond,” replied Bark.

-

-“You won’t say that when you get to Barca,” laughed

-Lobo. “You will be tired enough to go to bed without

-your supper. Besides, the mules will want rest, if you

-do not; for the distance will be twenty miles from Algeciras.

-Raymond stopped over night at San Roque.”

-

-“But where shall we catch up with him?”

-

-“Not till we get to Ronda, as things now stand.”

-

-“I don’t like the idea of dragging after him in this

-lazy way,” protested Bark.

-

-“What do you wish to do?” demanded Lobo, who

-had been over this road twenty times or more, and

-knew all about the business.

-

-“I don’t believe in stopping anywhere over night,”

-replied Bark with enthusiasm.

-

-“Very well, Mr. Lingall,” added Lobo, laughing.

-“If when you get to Barca, and have had your supper,

-you wish to go any farther, I will see what can be done.

-I can make a trade with Julio to go on with these

-mules, or we can hire others.”

-

-“You say that Raymond left at noon the place

-where we shall be at supper–time: where will he be at

-that time?” asked Bark.

-

-“He will go on to Barca de Cortes, which is twelve

-miles farther; unless he takes it into his head, as you

-do, that he will travel in the night.”

-

-“I am in favor of going on to that place where he

-sleeps.”

-

-“You are in favor of it now; but, take my word for

-it, you will not be in favor of it when you get to Barca

-de Cuenca,” laughed Lobo.

-

-“It will be only four hours more; and I can stand

-that, if I am tired, as I have no doubt I shall be. In

-fact, I am tired now, for I am not used to riding on

-horseback, or muleback either.”

-

-Before six o’clock they reached Barca de Cuenca;

-and Bark was certainly very tired. The motion of the

-mule made him uncomfortable, and he had walked a

-good part of the distance. But, in spite of his weariness,

-he was still in favor of proceeding that night to the

-place where it was supposed the fugitive lodged. It

-would save going about twenty miles in all; and he

-thought he should come out of the journey better in the

-end if he were relieved of riding this distance. Julio

-was willing to take out his mules again after they had

-rested two hours, for a consideration.

-

-While they were making these arrangements in the

-court of the _venta_, or inn, a man mounted on one mule,

-and leading another, entered the yard. He was dressed

-and armed in the same style as Julio. At this moment

-the landlord called the party to supper. Bark was

-democratic in his ideas; and he insisted that the guide

-should take a seat at the table with Lobo and himself.

-Julio was a little backward, but he finally took the seat

-assigned to him. He said something in Spanish to the

-interpreter as soon as he had taken his chair, which

-seemed to excite the greatest astonishment on the part

-of the latter. Lobo plied him with a running fire of

-questions, which Julio answered as fast as they were

-put. Bark judged, that, as neither of them touched the

-food which was on their plates, the subject of the conversation

-must be exceedingly interesting.

-

-“What is it, Lobo?” he asked, when he had listened,

-as long as his patience held out, to the exciting talk he

-could not understand.

-

-“Did you notice the man that rode into the yard on

-a mule, leading another?” said Lobo.

-

-“I did: he was dressed like Julio,” replied Bark.

-

-“That was José Barca, who came from Algeciras as

-Raymond’s guide.”

-

-“But what has he done with Raymond?” demanded

-Bark, now as much excited as his companions.

-

-“We don’t know. Julio has quarrelled with José,

-and refuses to speak to him; and he says José would

-not answer him if he did.”

-

-“Do you suppose any thing has gone wrong with

-Raymond?” asked Bark anxiously.

-

-“I don’t know; but it looks bad to see this fellow

-coming back at this time.”

-

-“Well, can’t you see José, and ask him what has

-become of Raymond?”

-

-“Certainly I can; but whether he will tell me is

-another thing.”

-

-“Of course he will tell you: why shouldn’t he?”

-

-“Circumstances alter cases. If Raymond has dismissed

-him in order to continue his journey in some

-other way, José will tell all he knows about it.”

-

-“Do you suppose that is what he has done?”

-

-“I am afraid not,” answered Lobo seriously.

-

-“What has become of him, then?” asked Bark,

-almost borne down by anxiety for his friend.

-

-“There is only one other thing that can have happened

-to him; and that is, that he has been set upon by

-brigands, and made a prisoner for the sake of the

-ransom. If this is the case, José will not be so likely

-to tell what he knows about the matter.”

-

-“Brigands!” exclaimed Bark, startled at the word.

-

-“A party of English people were captured last year;

-but I have not heard of any being on the road this

-year,” added Lobo. “But they won’t hurt him if he is

-quiet, and don’t attempt to resist.”

-

-After supper Lobo had a talk with José. He did

-not know what had become of the young gentleman.

-Three beggars had met them on the road, and Raymond

-had gone away with them. They wanted to

-show him a cave in the mountains, and he accompanied

-them. José had waited two hours for him, and then

-had gone to look for him, but could not find him.

-

-“Where was this?” demanded Lobo.

-

-“Less than two leagues from here,” replied José.

-

-Lobo translated this story to Bark, and declared

-that every word of it was a lie.

-

-“Raymond went from this _venta_ five hours ago;

-and it must have taken six or seven hours for all that

-José describes to take place,” added Lobo. “But we

-must pretend to believe the story, and not say a word.”

-

-Bark could not say a word except to the interpreter,

-who had a talk with Julio next; and the guide presently

-disappeared. Lobo had formed his plan, and

-put it into execution.

-

-“The route by which we have come is not by the

-great road from San Roque to Ronda, but a shorter

-one by which two leagues are saved,” said Lobo,

-explaining his operations to Bark. “All the guides

-take this route. About a league across the country, is

-a considerable town, which is the headquarters of the

-civil guard, sent here last year after the English party

-was captured, to guard the roads. This is an extra

-force; and I have sent Julio over to bring a squad of

-them to this place. José will spend the night here, and

-start for home to–morrow morning. I want some of

-the civil guard before he goes; and they will be here in

-the course of a couple of hours. Julio is glad enough

-of a chance to get José into trouble.”

-

-“But do you believe José has done any thing wrong,

-even if Raymond has been captured by brigands?”

-asked Bark.

-

-“Very likely he is to have a share of the plunder

-and the ransom; and I think you will find him ready

-to negotiate for the ransom now.”

-

-This proved to be the case; for in the course of an

-hour José broached the subject to Lobo. He thought,

-if the friends of the young man would pay liberally for

-the trouble of looking him up, he might possibly be

-found. He did not know what had become of him;

-but he would undertake to find him. He was a poor

-man, and he could not afford to spend his time in the

-search for nothing. Lobo encouraged him to talk as

-much as he could, and mentioned several sums of money.

-They were too small. The beggars had probably

-lured the young man into the mountains; and he did

-not believe they would let him go without a reward.

-He thought that the beggars would be satisfied with

-fifty thousand _reales_.

-

-While they were talking about the price, Julio returned

-with an officer and ten soldiers, who at once

-took José into custody. It seemed that he had been

-mixed up in some other irregular transaction, and

-the officers knew their man. Lobo stated the substance

-of his conversation with José, who protested

-his innocence in the strongest terms. It was evident

-that he preferred to deal with the friends of Raymond,

-rather than the civil guard.

-

-The officer of the guard examined the guide very

-closely; and his story was quite different from that he

-had told Lobo, though he still insisted that the men

-whom they had encountered were beggars. The

-officer was very prompt in action. José was required

-to conduct the party to the spot where the young man

-had been captured. Bark and Lobo mounted their

-mules again, and Julio led the way as before.

-

-“Can any thing be done in the night?” asked Bark.

-

-“The officer says the night is the best time to hunt

-up these gentlemen of the road,” replied Lobo. “They

-often make fires, and cook their victuals, for the soldiers

-do not like to follow them in the dark.”

-

-When the procession had been in motion an hour

-and a quarter, José indicated that it had reached the

-place where the beggars—as he still persisted in calling

-them—had stopped the traveller. For some reason

-or other, he told the truth, halting the soldiers at

-the rock which made a corner in the road. He also

-indicated the place where the beggars had taken to the

-hills. The officer of the civil guard disposed of his

-force for a careful but silent search of the region near

-the road. Many of the soldiers were familiar with the

-locality; for they had examined it in order to become

-acquainted with the haunts of brigands. The members

-were widely scattered, so as to cover as much territory

-as possible. Bark and Lobo were required to remain

-with the officer.

-

-Not a sound could be heard while the soldiers were

-creeping stealthily about among the rocks, and visiting

-the various caverns they had discovered in their former

-survey. In less than half an hour, several of the guard

-returned together, reporting a fire they had all seen at

-about the same time. One of them described the place

-as being not more than ten minutes’ walk from the

-road; and he knew all about the cave in which the fire

-was built.

-

-“The mouth of the cave is covered with mats; but

-they do not conceal the light of the fire,” continued

-the soldier; and Lobo translated his description to

-Bark. “The smoke goes out at a hole in the farther

-end of the cave; and, when the brigands are attacked

-in front, they will try to escape by this opening in the

-rear.”

-

-“We will provide for that,” replied the officer.

-

-He sent out some of the men to call in the rest of

-the party; and, at a safe distance from the fire, they

-used a whistle for this purpose. In a short time all

-the soldiers were collected in the road, at the nearest

-point to the cave. The lieutenant sent five of his men

-to the rear of the cave, and four to the front, leaving

-José in charge of one of them.

-

-“Tell him not to let his men fire into the cave,” said

-Bark to the interpreter. “I am afraid they will shoot

-Raymond.”

-

-“I will speak to him; but I do not think there will

-be any firing,” replied Lobo. “When the beggars find

-they are in any danger, they will try to get out at the

-hole in the rear; and the lieutenant will bag them as

-they come out.”

-

-The officer directed the men in front not to fire at

-all, unless the brigands came out of the cave; and not

-then, if they could capture them without. Bark and

-Lobo accompanied the party to the rear, which started

-before the others. They went by a long roundabout

-way, creeping like cats the whole distance. They

-found the hole, and could see the light of the fire

-through the aperture.

-

-The beggars appeared to be having a jolly good

-time in the cavern, for they were singing and joking;

-and Lobo said they were drinking the health of the

-prisoner while he was listening at the aperture. The

-lieutenant thought that one of their number had been

-to a town, a league from the place, to procure wine

-and provisions with the money they had taken from

-Raymond; for they could smell the garlic in the stew

-that was doubtless cooking on the fire. And this

-explained the lateness of the hour at which they were

-having their repast.

-

-Bark looked into the hole. It appeared to be

-formed of two immense bowlders, which had been

-thrown together so as to form an angular space under

-them. The aperture was quite small at the rear end,

-and the bottom of the cave sloped sharply down to the

-part where the beggars were. Raymond could not

-be seen; but Bark heard his voice, as he spoke in

-cheerful tones, indicating that he had no great fears

-for the future. But, while Bark was looking into the

-den, the soldiers in front of the cave set up a tremendous

-yell, as they had been instructed to do; and the

-brigands sprang to their feet.

-

-The rear opening into the cave was partly concealed

-by the rocks and trees: and probably the brigands

-supposed the cave was unknown to the soldiers. The

-officer pulled Bark away from the hole, and placed

-himself where he could see into it.

-

-“_Arrida! Alto ahi!_” (Up! Up there!) shouted

-one of the brigands; and in a moment Raymond

-appeared at the opening, with his hands tied behind

-him, urged forward by the leader of the beggars.

-

-They evidently intended to make sure of their prisoner,

-and were driving him out of the cave before

-them. The moment the first beggar appeared, he was

-seized by a couple of the soldiers; and in like manner

-four others were captured, for their number had been

-increased since Raymond was captured. Bark was

-overjoyed when he found that his friend was safe. He

-cut the rope that bound his hands behind him, and

-then actually hugged him.

-

-“Who are you?” demanded Raymond; for it was too

-dark, coming from the bright light of the fire, for him

-to identify the person who was so demonstrative.

-

-“Why, don’t you know me, Henry?” asked Bark,

-wringing the hand of his friend.

-

-“What! Is it Bark?” demanded Raymond, overwhelmed

-with astonishment to find his late associate

-at this place.

-

-“Of course it is Bark.”

-

-“What are you doing here?”

-

-“I came after you; and I think, under the circumstances,

-it is rather fortunate I did come,” added Bark.

-

-“God bless you, Bark! for you have saved me from

-these vagabonds, who might have kept me for months,

-so that I could not join my ship.”

-

-That was all the harm the fugitive seemed to think

-would come of his capture. The soldiers had led the

-brigands down into the cavern, and the young men followed

-them. The fire was still burning briskly, and

-the pot over it was boiling merrily. Everybody was

-happy except the brigands; and the leader of these

-did not appear to be much disturbed by the accident

-that had happened to him.

-

-“_For Dios_,” said Raymond, extending his hand to

-this latter worthy.

-

-“_Perdon usted por Dios hermano_,” replied the leader,

-shrugging his shoulders.

-

-Raymond informed the lieutenant that this was the

-manner the interview on the road had commenced.

-The officer ordered the ruffians to be searched; and the

-purse and watch of Raymond were found upon the

-chief beggar. They were restored to the owner, with

-the request that he would see if the money was all in

-the purse.

-

-“I was not fool enough to give the beggar all I had,”

-answered Raymond. “I have a large sum of money in

-my belt, which was not disturbed.”

-

-The good–natured leader of the beggars opened his

-eyes at this statement.

-

-“There were six _Isabelinos_ in the purse, and now

-there are but five,” added Raymond.

-

-“We spent one of them for food and wine,” said

-the gentle beggar. “We had nothing to eat for two

-days, till we got some bread we bought with this money.

-We were going to have a good supper before we started

-for the mountains; but you have spoiled it.”

-

-The officer was good–natured enough to let them eat

-their supper, as it was ready by this time. But Raymond

-and Bark did not care to wait, and started for

-the _venta_, where they intended to pass the night.

-Julio walked, and Raymond rode his mule.

-

-“I congratulate the Count de Escarabajosa on his

-escape,” said Lobo, as they mounted the mules.

-

-“I thank you; but where did you get that title,

-which I will thank you never to apply to me again?”

-replied Raymond rather coldly.

-

-“I beg your pardon; but I meant no offence,” said

-Lobo, rather startled by the coldness and dignity of

-Raymond.

-

-“He is a good friend; and if it hadn’t been for him

-I never should have found you, Henry,” interposed

-Bark.

-

-“I do not understand where he learned about that

-title, and I do not know who he is,” added Raymond.

-“If you say he is a friend, Bark, I am satisfied.”

-

-“He is, and a good friend. But why did you leave

-Gibraltar so suddenly?” asked Bark, thinking it best

-to change the subject.

-

-“I left because I saw you and your companion go

-into the Club–House Hotel; and I knew that you

-would come to the King’s Arms next,” replied Raymond.

-

-“You left because you saw me!” exclaimed Bark,

-astonished at this statement. “Why, I was sent after

-you because the principal thought you would not dodge

-out of sight if you saw Scott or me.”

-

-“I did not dodge out of sight because I saw you,

-but because I saw you had a companion I did not

-know: I came to the conclusion that your friend was

-the detective sent after me.”

-

-Bark explained who and what Lobo was; and Raymond

-apologized to the interpreter for his coldness.

-Before the party reached the _venta_, the messenger of

-the principal had explained the situation as it was

-changed by the death of Don Alejandro. Raymond

-was happy in being justified for his past conduct, and

-glad that his uncle had died confessing his sins and at

-peace with the Church.

-

-The fugitive and his friend were asleep when the

-soldiers arrived with the prisoners. In the morning

-Raymond read the letter of Don Francisco, and immediately

-wrote a reply to it, requesting him to take

-charge of his affairs in Barcelona; and to ask the

-advice of his uncle in New York. Bark wrote to the

-principal a full account of his adventures in search

-of Raymond. These letters were mailed at Ronda,

-where the prisoners were taken, and where Raymond

-had to go as a witness. The testimony was abundant

-to convict them all; but Spanish courts were so slow,

-that Bark and Raymond were detained in Ronda for

-two weeks, though Lobo was sent back to Malaga at

-once.

-

-The three brigands were sentenced to a long imprisonment;

-the two men who were found in the cave with

-them to a shorter term, as accomplices; but nothing

-was proved against José. Raymond made a handsome

-present to each of the soldiers, and to Julio, for the

-service they had rendered him; and, though his gratitude

-to Bark could not be expressed in this way, it was

-earnest and sincere. Julio and José were still in Ronda

-with their mules; and it was decided to return to Gibraltar

-as they had come. During their stay in this

-mountain city, the two students had seen the sights of

-the place; and they departed with a lively appreciation

-of this wild locality.

-

-In two days they arrived at Gibraltar, to find that

-the fleet had been there, and left. Both of them were

-astonished at this information, which was given them

-at the King’s Arms, where they had both been guests

-before. They had been confident that the squadron

-would take her final departure for the “Isles of the

-Sea” from this port.

-

-“Left!” exclaimed both of them in the same breath.

-

-“The three vessels sailed three days ago,” replied

-the landlord.

-

-“Where have they gone?” asked Raymond, who had

-depended upon meeting his friends on board of the

-Tritonia that evening.

-

-“That I couldn’t tell you.”

-

-They walked about the town, making inquiries in

-regard to the fleet; but no one knew where it had

-gone. The custom–house was closed for the day; and

-they were obliged to sleep without knowing whether or

-not the vessels were on their way across the ocean, or

-gone to some port in Spain.

-

-

-

-

-CHAPTER XXVII.

-

-THE BULL–FIGHT AT SEVILLE.

-

-

-“Now we are under the meteor flag of old England,”

-said Clyde Blacklock, the fourth lieutenant

-of the Prince, after the squadron had come to

-anchor off the Rock.

-

-“Do you call that the meteor flag of England?”

-laughed Murray, as he pointed to the stars and stripes

-at the peak of the steamer.

-

-“We are in British waters anyhow,” replied Clyde.

-

-“That’s so; but the flag you are under just now is

-the glorious flag of the United States of America—long

-may it wave!”

-

-“They are both glorious flags,” said Dr. Winstock;

-“and both nations ought to be proud of what they

-have done for the human race.”

-

-“And Johnny Bull is the father of Brother Jonathan,”

-added Clyde.

-

-“There is the sunset gun,” said the doctor, as the

-report pealed across the water, and a cloud of smoke

-rose from one of the numerous batteries on the shore.

-“The gates of the town are closed now, and no one is

-allowed to enter or leave after this hour.”

-

-The surgeon continued to point out various buildings

-and batteries, rather to prevent the students from

-engaging in an international wrangle, to which a few

-were somewhat inclined, than for any other reason,

-though he was always employed in imparting information

-to them.

-

-The next morning, as soon as the arrangements were

-completed, the several ships’ companies landed at the

-same time, and marched in procession to the top of the

-hill, where the students were formed in a hollow square

-to hear what Professor Mapps had to say about the

-Rock. The view was magnificent, for the hill is fourteen

-hundred and thirty feet above the sea level.

-

-“Young gentlemen, I know that the view from this

-height is grand and beautiful,” the professor began,

-“and I cannot blame you for wishing to enjoy it at

-once; but I wish you to give your attention to the

-history of the Rock for a few minutes, and then I shall

-ask Dr. Winstock, who is more familiar with the place

-than I am, to point out to you in detail the various

-objects under your eye.”

-

-In addition to the twenty non–commissioned officers

-who had been detailed to act as guides for the party,

-quite a number of superior officers, and not a few

-ladies, formed a part of the professor’s audience. The

-latter had been attracted by curiosity to follow the students;

-and the majors, captains, and lieutenants were

-already on speaking–terms with the principal, the vice–principals,

-and the professors, though no formal introductions

-had taken place; and, before the day was over,

-all hands had established a very pleasant relation with

-the officers of the garrison and their families.

-

-“When the Phœnicians came to the Rock and to

-Cadiz, they believed they had reached the end of the

-world; and here they erected one of the two Pillars

-of Hercules, which have already been mentioned to

-you. The Berbers were the original inhabitants of the

-Barbary States; and Tarìk, a leader of this people,

-captured the place. He gave his own name to his

-conquest, calling it Ghebal–Tarìk, or the Hill of Tarìk.

-This was in 711; but Guzman the Good, the first of

-the Dukes of Medina Sidonia, recovered it in 1309.

-Soon after, the Spanish governor of the Rock stole

-the money appropriated for its defence, employing it in

-a land speculation at Xeres; and the place surrendered

-to the Moors. In 1462 another Duke of Medina Sidonia

-drove out the Moslems; and Spain held the Rock

-till 1704. In this year, during the war of the Spanish

-succession, the fortress was attacked by the combined

-forces of the English and the Dutch. The Spanish

-garrison consisted of only one hundred and fifty men;

-but it killed or disabled nearly twice this number of

-the assailants before the Rock was surrendered, which

-shows that it was a very strong place even then; and

-its defences have been doubled since that time. The

-Spaniards have made repeated attempts to recover possession

-of the fortress, but without success; and it has

-been settled that it is entirely impregnable.”

-

-The English officers applauded this last statement;

-and Dr. Winstock, stepping upon the rock which served

-the professor for a rostrum, proceeded to point out the

-objects on interest in sight.

-

-“You have two grand divisions before you,” said the

-surgeon. “On the other side of the strait is Africa,

-with its rough steeps. The nest of white houses you

-see at the head of the deep bay is Ceuta; and the hill

-is the Mount Abyla of the ancients, on which the other

-Pillar of Hercules was planted. Turning to the west,

-the broad Atlantic is before you. Below is the beautiful

-Bay of Gibraltar, with Algeciras on the opposite

-side. The village north of us is San Roque; and the

-lofty snow–capped mountains in the north–east are the

-Sierra Nevadas, which you saw from Granada. Now

-look at what is nearer to us. The strait is from twelve

-to fifteen miles wide. Perhaps you saw some of the

-monkeys that inhabit the Rock on your way up the hill.

-Though there are plenty of them on the other side of

-the strait, they are not found in a wild state in any

-part of Europe except on this Rock. How they got

-here, is the conundrum; and some credulous people

-insist that there is a tunnel under the strait by which

-they came over.

-

-“Below you is Europa Point; or, rather, three

-capes with this name. You see the beautiful gardens

-near the Point; and in the hands of the English people

-the whole Rock blossoms like the rose, while, if any

-other people had it, it would be a desolate waste.

-Stretching out into the bay, near the dockyard, is the

-new mole, which is seven hundred feet long. The one

-near the landing–port is eleven hundred feet; but it

-shelters only the small craft. The low, sandy strip of

-ground that bounds the Rock on the north is the Neutral

-Ground, where the sentinels of the two countries

-are always on duty. This strip of land is diked, so

-that it can be inundated and rendered impassable to an

-army in a few moments.”

-

-The doctor finished his remarks, but we have not

-reported all that he said; nor have we space for the

-speeches of a couple of the English officers who were

-invited to address the students, though they gave much

-information in regard to the fortress and garrison life

-at the Rock. The crowd was divided into small parties,

-and spent the rest of the day in exploring the fortifications

-with the guides. As usual, the doctor had

-the captain and first lieutenant under his special charge.

-

-“The east and south sides of the Rock, as you

-observed when we came into the bay from Malaga,”

-said he, “are almost perpendicular; and at first sight

-it would seem to be absurd to fortify a steep which no

-one could possibly ascend. But an enemy would find

-a way to get up if it were not for the guns that cover

-this part of the Rock. The north end is also too steep

-to climb. The west side, where we came up by the

-zigzag path, has a gentler slope; and this is protected

-by batteries in every direction.”

-

-“I can see the guns of the batteries; but I do not

-see any on the north and east sides of the Rock,” said

-Sheridan.

-

-“The edges of the Rock on all sides are tunnelled:

-and these galleries form a series of casemates, with

-embrasures, or port–holes, every thirty or forty yards,

-through which the great guns are pointed. These galleries

-are in tiers, or stories, and there are miles of

-them. They were made just before the French Revolution

-began, nearly a hundred years after the English

-got possession.”

-

-“They must have cost a pile of money,” suggested

-Murray.

-

-“Yes; and it costs a pile of money to support them,”

-added the doctor. “Five thousand troops are kept

-here in time of peace. Some British statesmen have

-advocated the policy of giving or selling the Rock to

-Spain; for it has been a standing grievance to this

-power to have England own a part of the peninsula.

-But in other than a military view the Rock is valuable

-to England. Whatever wars may be in progress on the

-face of the earth, her naval and commercial vessels can

-always find shelter in the port of Gibraltar.”

-

-“But I don’t see how it could prevent ships of

-war from entering the Mediterranean Sea,” added

-Sheridan.

-

-“I doubt whether it could ever do that except by

-sheltering a fleet to do the fighting; for no gun in

-existence could send a shot ten or twelve miles,” replied

-the doctor.

-

-By this time the party had reached the entrance of

-the galleries, and they went in to view what the surgeon

-had described. The students were amazed at the extent

-of the tunnels, and the vast quantities of shot and shell

-piled up in every part of the works; at the great guns,

-and the appliances for handling them. They walked

-till they were tired out; and then the party descended

-to the town for a lunch.

-

-“This isn’t much of a city,” said Murray, as they

-walked through its narrow and crooked streets to Commercial

-Square, where the hotels are located.

-

-“I believe the people do not brag of it, though it

-contains much that is interesting,” replied the doctor.

-“You find all sorts of people here: there are Moors,

-Jews, Greeks, Portuguese, and Spaniards, besides the

-English. This is a free port, and vast quantities of

-goods are smuggled into Spain from this town.”

-

-They lunched at the Club–House; and it was a luxury

-to sit at the table with English people, who do not

-wear their hats, or smoke between the courses. After

-this important duty had been disposed of, the party

-walked to the _alameda_, as the Spaniards call it, or

-the parade and public garden as the English have it.

-It is an exceedingly pleasant retreat to an English–speaking

-traveller who has just come from Spain, for

-every thing is in the English fashion. It contains a

-monument to the Duke of Wellington, and another to

-General Lord Heathfield. The party enjoyed this

-garden so much that they remained there till it was

-time to go on board of the ship.

-

-Three days were spent at the Rock, and many courtesies

-were exchanged between the sailors and the soldiers.

-The students saw a review of a brigade, and

-the officers were feasted at the mess–rooms of the garrison.

-The principal was sorely tried when he saw the

-wine passing around among the military men; but the

-students drank the toasts in water. In return for these

-civilities, the officers were invited on board of the

-vessels of the squadron; the yards were manned; the

-crews were exercised in the various evolutions of seamanship;

-and a bountiful collation was served in each

-vessel. Everybody was happy.

-

-Dr. Winstock was a little more “gamy” than the

-principal; and, when he heard that there was to be a

-bull–fight at Seville on Easter Sunday, he declared that

-it would be a pity to take the students away from Spain

-without seeing the national spectacle. He suggested

-that the ceremonies of Holy Week would also be very

-interesting. The question was discussed for a long

-time. All the rest of their lives these young men

-would be obliged to say that they had been to Spain

-without seeing a bull–fight. The professors were consulted;

-and they were unanimously in favor of making

-a second visit to Seville. It was decided to adopt the

-doctor’s suggestion.

-

-“But it will be impossible to get into the hotels,”

-added Dr. Winstock. “They all double their prices,

-and are filled to overflowing for several days before the

-ceremonies begin.”

-

-“Then, why did you suggest the idea of going?”

-laughed the principal. “The boys must have something

-to eat, and a place to sleep.”

-

-“I think we can do better than to go to the hotels,

-even if we could get into them,” replied the doctor.

-“The Guadalquiver is very high at the present time,

-and the fleet will go up to Seville without quarrelling

-with the bottom. We can anchor off the _Toro del Oro_,

-and save all the hotel–bills.”

-

-This plan was adopted; and the order to coal the

-steamer for the voyage across the Atlantic was rescinded,

-so that she might go up the river as light as

-possible. Half a dozen officers of the garrison were

-taken as passengers, guests of the officers, for the excursion,

-as the steamer was to return to the Rock. On

-Tuesday morning the fleet sailed. While the schooners

-remained off Cadiz, the Prince ran in and obtained

-three pilots,—a father and his two sons,—and distributed

-them among the vessels. At the mouth of the

-river the Prince took her consorts in tow. They were

-lashed together, and a hawser extended to each of

-them. Off Bonanza the vessels anchored for the

-night; for the pilots would not take the risk of running

-in the darkness. In the morning the voyage was

-renewed. Portions of the country were flooded with

-water, for the ice and snows in the mountains were

-melting in the warm weather of spring. Indeed, there

-was so much water that it bothered the pilot of the

-steamer to keep in the channel, for the high water

-covered some of his landmarks. There were some

-sharp turns to be made; and the pilots in the Tritonia

-and Josephine had to be as active as their father in the

-steamer; for, in making these curves, the hawser of the

-outer vessel had to be slacked off; and, when the ropes

-were well run out, the steamer was stopped, and they

-were hauled in. But, before sunset, the fleet was at

-anchor off Seville.

-

-The next day was Holy Thursday, and all hands

-were landed to see the sights. The city was crowded

-with people. All along the streets through which the

-procession was to pass, seats were arranged for the

-spectators, which were rented for the occasion, as in

-the large cities at home. The trip to Seville had been

-decided upon a week before the vessels arrived, and

-while they were at Malaga. Couriers had been sent

-ahead to engage places for the procession, and in

-the _Coliseo de Toros_. Lobo and Ramos were on the

-quay when the boats landed; and the students were

-conducted to the places assigned to them. They went

-early, and had to wait a long time; but the people

-were almost as interesting as the “_Gran Funcion_” as

-they call any spectacle, whether it be a bull–fight or a

-church occasion.

-

-Not only was the street where they were seated full

-of people, but all the houses were dressed in the gayest

-of colors; and no one would have suspected that

-the occasion was a religious ceremony. Printed programmes

-of all the details of the procession had been

-hawked about the streets for the last two days, and

-Lobo had procured a supply of them; but unfortunately,

-as they were in Spanish, hardly any of the students

-could make use of them, though the surgeon,

-the professors, and the couriers, translated the main

-items for them.

-

-“I suppose you both understand the meaning of the

-procession we are about to see,” said the doctor, while

-they waiting.

-

-“I don’t,” replied Murray. “My father is a

-Scotchman, and I was brought up in the kirk.”

-

-“The week begins with Palm Sunday, which commemorates

-the entry of Christ into Jerusalem, when

-the people cast palm–branches before him; Holy

-Thursday celebrates the institution of the Lord’s Supper;

-Good Friday, the crucifixion; Holy Saturday is

-when water used in baptism is blessed; and Easter

-Sunday, the greatest of all the holy days except

-Christmas, is in honor of the resurrection of the

-Saviour. On Holy Thursday, in Madrid, the late

-queen used to wash the feet of a dozen beggars, as

-Christ washed the feet of his disciples. I hear music,

-and I think the procession is coming.”

-

-It was not church music which the band at the head

-of the procession played, but lively airs from the

-operas. A line of soldiers formed in front of the spectators

-that filled the street, to keep them back; and the

-procession soon came in sight. To say that the boys

-were amused would be to express it mildly as the leading

-feature of the show came into view. It seemed to

-be a grand masquerade, or a tremendous burlesque.

-First came a number of persons dressed in long robes

-of white, black, or violet, gathered up at the waist by a

-leather belt. On their heads they wore enormous fools’

-caps, in the shape of so many sugar–loaves, but at least

-four feet high.

-

-“You mustn’t laugh so as to be observed,” said the

-doctor to the first lieutenant. “These are the penitents.”

-

-“They ought to be penitent for coming out in such a

-rig,” laughed Murray.

-

-A pointed piece of cloth fell from the tall cap of the

-penitents over the face and down upon the breast, with

-round holes for the eyes. Some carried torches, and

-others banners with the arms of some religious order

-worked on them. These people were a considerable

-feature of the procession, and they were to be seen

-through the whole length of it.

-

-After them came some men dressed as Roman soldiers,

-with helmet, cuirass, and yellow tunic, representing

-the soldiers that took part in the crucifixion. They

-were followed by a kind of car, which seemed to float

-along without the help of any bearers; but it was carried

-by men under it whose forms were concealed by

-the surrounding drapery that fell to the ground, forming

-a very effective piece of stage machinery. The car

-was richly ornamented with gold and velvet, and bore

-on its top rail several elegant and fancifully shaped

-lanterns in which candles were burning.

-

-On the car was a variety of subjects represented by

-a dozen figures, carved in wood and painted to the life.

-Above all the others rose Christ and the two thieves on

-the crosses. The Virgin Mary was the most noticeable

-figure. She was dressed in an elegant velvet robe,

-embroidered with gold, with a lace handkerchief in her

-hand. A velvet mantle reached from her shoulders

-over the rail of the car to the ground. Her train was

-in charge of an angel, who managed it according to her

-own taste and fancy. On the car were other angels,

-who seemed to be more ornamental than useful.

-

-The rest of the procession was made up of similar

-materials,—holy men, women and children, crosses,

-images of saints, such as have often been seen and described.

-During the rest of the week, the students

-visited the cathedral, where they saw the blackened

-remains of King Ferdinand, and other relics that are

-exhibited at this time, as well as several other of the

-churches. Easter Sunday came, and the general joy

-was as extravagantly manifested as though the resurrection

-were an event of that day. Early in the afternoon

-crowds of gayly dressed people of all classes and ranks

-began to crowd towards the bull–ring. All over the

-city were posted placards announcing this _Gran Funcion_,

-with overdrawn pictures of the scenes expected to

-transpire in the arena. We have one of these bills

-before us as we write.

-

-“As we are to take part in the _Funcion_, we will go

-to the _plaza_” said the doctor, as he and his friends

-left the cathedral.

-

-“Take part!” exclaimed Murray. “I have no idea

-of fighting a bull. I would rather be on board of the

-ship.”

-

-“Perhaps I should have said ‘assist in the _Funcion_,’

-which is the usual way of expressing it in Spain.”

-

-“Who is this?” said Sheridan, as a couple of young

-men wearing the uniform of the squadron approached

-the party. “Upon my word, it is Raimundo!”

-

-The young men proved to be Raymond and Bark

-Lingall, just arrived from Gibraltar. The fugitive had

-resumed his uniform when he expected to join the Tritonia;

-and, if he had asked any officer of the garrison

-where the fleet had gone, he could have informed him.

-In the evening one of them spoke to Raymond at the

-hotel, asking him how it happened that he had not

-gone to Seville. This led to an explanation. Raymond

-and Bark had taken a steamer to Cadiz the next

-day, and had just arrived in a special train, in season

-for the bull–fight. The surgeon, who knew all about

-Raymond’s history, gave him a cordial greeting; and

-so did his shipmates of the Tritonia.

-

-“You are just in time to assist at the bull–fight,”

-said Scott, who readily took up the Spanish style of

-expressing it, for it seemed like a huge joke to him.

-

-“I don’t care for the bull–fight, but I am glad to be

-with the fellows once more,” replied Raymond, as he

-seated himself with the officers of the vessel.

-

-Before the show began, he had reported himself to

-Mr. Lowington and Mr. Pelham; and some of the students

-who did not understand the matter thought he

-received a very warm greeting for a returned runaway.

-But all hands were thinking of the grand spectacle;

-and not much attention was given to Raymond and

-Bark, except by their intimate friends.

-

-“If the people are so fond of these shows, I should

-think they would have more of them,” said Sheridan.

-“This is the first chance we have had to see one; and

-we have been in Spain four months.”

-

-“They cost too much money; and only the large

-places can afford to have them,” replied the doctor.

-“It costs about two thousand dollars to get one up in

-good style. I will tell you all about the performers as

-they come in.”

-

-“But what are all those people doing in the ring?”

-asked Murray; for the arena was filled with spectators

-walking about, chatting and smoking.

-

-“They are the men who will occupy the lower seats,

-which are not very comfortable; and they prefer to

-walk about till the performance begins. They are all

-deeply interested in the affair, and are talking it over.”

-

-“I don’t see many ladies here,” said Sheridan. “I

-was told that they all attend the bull–fights.”

-

-“I should think that one–third of the audience were

-ladies,” replied the doctor, looking about the _plaza_.

-“At those I attended in Madrid, there were not five

-hundred ladies present.”

-

-The _Plaza de Toros_ at Seville, which the people dignify

-by calling it the _Coliseum_, is about the same size

-as the one at Madrid, open at the top, and will seat

-ten or twelve thousand people. It is circular in form,

-and the walls may be twenty or twenty–five feet high.

-Standing in the ring, the lower part of the structure

-looks much like a country circus on a very large scale;

-the tiers of seats for the common people sloping down

-from half the height of the walls to the arena, which

-is enclosed by a strong fence about five feet high.

-Inside of the heavy fence enclosing the ring, is another,

-which separates the spectators from a kind of avenue

-all around the arena; and above this is stretched a

-rope, to prevent the bull, in case he should leap the

-inner fence, from going over among the spectators.

-This avenue between the two fences is for the use of

-the performers and various hangers–on at the _funcion_.

-

-Above the sloping rows of seats, are balconies, or

-boxes as they would be called in a theatre. They are

-roofed over, and the front of them presents a continuous

-colonnade supporting arches, behind which are sloping

-rows of cushioned seats. In hot weather, awnings

-are placed in front of those exposed to the sun. Opposite

-the gates by which the bull is admitted is an elaborately

-ornamented box for the “_autoridad_” and the

-person who presides over the spectacle. The latter

-was often the late queen, in Madrid; and on the present

-occasion it was the _infanta_, the Marquesa de Montpensier.

-This box was dressed with flags and bright colors.

-

-During the gathering of the vast audience, which

-some estimated at fifteen thousand, a band had been

-playing. Punctually at three o’clock came a flourish

-of trumpets, and two _alguacils_, dressed in sober black,

-rode into the ring; and the people there vacated it,

-leaping over the fences to their seats. When the arena

-was clear, another blast announced the first scene of the

-tragedy.

-

-“Now we have a procession of the performers,” said

-the doctor to his pupils. “The men on horseback are

-_picadores_, from _pica_, a lance; and you see that each

-rider carries one.”

-

-These men were dressed in full Spanish costume,

-and wore broad sombreros on their heads, something

-like a tarpaulin. They were mounted on old hacks of

-horses, worn out by service on the cabs or omnibuses.

-They are blindfolded during the fight, to keep them

-from dodging the bull. The legs of the men are cased

-in splints of wood and sole–leather to protect them

-from the horns of the bull. Each of them is paid a

-hundred dollars for each _corrida_, or performance.

-

-“Those men with the red and yellow mantles, or

-cloaks, on their arms, are the _chulos_, whose part is to

-worry the bull, and to call him away from the _picador_,

-or other actor who is in danger,” continued the surgeon.

-“Next to them are the _banderilleros_; and the

-dart adorned with many colored ribbons is called a

-_banderilla_. You will see what this is for when the

-time comes. The last are the _matadors_, or _espadas_;

-and each of them carries a Toledo blade. They are

-the heroes of the fight; and, when they are skilful,

-their reputation extends all over Spain. Montes, one

-of the most celebrated of them, was killed in a _corrida_

-in Madrid. Cuchares was another not less noted; and,

-when I saw him, he was received with a demonstration

-of applause that would have satisfied a king of Spain.

-I don’t know what has become of him. I see that the

-names of four _espadas_ are given on the bill, besides a

-supernumerary in case of accident. The _espadas_

-receive from two to three hundred dollars for a _corrida_;

-the _banderilleros_, from fifty to seventy–five; and

-the _chulos_, from fifteen to twenty.”

-

-An _alguacil_ now entered the ring, and, walking over

-to the box of the authorities, asked permission to

-begin the fight. The key of the bull–pen was given to

-him. He returned, gave it to the keeper of the gate;

-and made haste to save himself by jumping over the

-fence, to the great amusement of the vast audience.

-

-Most of the students had been informed what all

-this meant by the interpreters and others; and they

-waited with no little emotion for the conflict to commence.

-The bull had been goaded to fury in the

-pen; and, when the gates were thrown open, he rushed

-with a bellowing snort into the ring. At first he

-seemed to be startled by the strange sight before him,

-and halted at the gate, which had been closed behind

-him. Two _picadores_ had been stationed on opposite

-sides of the arena; and, as soon as the bull saw the

-nearest of these, he dashed towards him. The _picador_

-received him on the point of his lance, and turned him

-off. The animal then went for the other, who warded

-him off in the same way. The audience did not seem

-to be satisfied with this part of the performance, and

-yelled as if they had been cheated out of something.

-It was altogether too tame for them.

-

-Then the first _picador_, at these signs of disapprobation,

-rode to the middle of the ring; and the bull made

-another onslaught upon him. This time he tumbled

-horse and rider in a heap on the ground. Then the

-_chulos_ put in an appearance, and with their red and

-yellow cloaks attracted the attention of the bull, thus

-saving the _picador_ from further harm. While the bull

-was chasing some of the _chulos_, more of them went to

-the assistance of the fallen rider, whose splinted legs

-did not permit him to rise alone. He was pulled out

-from beneath his nag; and the poor animal got up,

-goaded to do so by the kicks of the brutal performers.

-His stomach had been ripped open by the horns of the

-bull, and his entrails dragged upon the ground.

-

-Some of the students turned pale, and were made

-sick by the cruel sight. A few of them were obliged to

-leave their places, which they did amidst the laughter

-of the Spaniards near them. But the audience applauded

-heartily, and appeared to be satisfied now that

-a horse had been gored so terribly. The _picador_ was

-lifted upon the mangled steed, and he rode about the

-ring with the animal’s entrails dragging under him.

-The _chulos_ played with the bull for a time, till the

-people became impatient; and then he was permitted

-to attack the horses again. The one injured before

-dropped dead under the next assault, to the great

-relief of the American spectators. The audience became

-stormy again, and two more horses were killed

-without appeasing them.

-

-“Now we shall have the _banderilleros_,” said the

-doctor, as a flourish of trumpets came from the bandstand.

-

-“I have got about enough of it,” said Sheridan

-faintly.

-

-“Brace yourself up, and you will soon become more

-accustomed to it. You ought to see one bull killed,”

-added the surgeon.

-

-Two men with _banderillas_ in their hands now entered

-the ring. These weapons have barbs, so that, when the

-point is driven into the flesh of the bull, they stick fast,

-and are not shaken out by the motion of the animal.

-These men were received with applause; but it was

-evident that the temper of the assembled multitude

-required prompt and daring deeds of them. There was

-to be no unnecessary delay, no dodging or skulking.

-They were bold fellows, and seemed to be ready for

-business. One of them showed himself to the bull;

-and the beast made for him without an instant’s hesitation.

-

-The _banderillero_ held his ground as though he had

-been tied to the spot; and it looked as if he was

-surely to be transfixed by the horns of the angry bull.

-Suddenly, as the animal dropped his head to use his

-horns, the man swung the _banderillas_ over his shoulders,

-and planted both of the darts just behind the neck of

-the beast, and then dexterously slipped out of the way.

-This feat was applauded tremendously, and the yells

-seemed to shake the arena. Vainly the bull tried to

-shake off the darts, roaring with the pain they gave

-him.

-

-Another flourish of trumpets announced the last

-scene of the tragedy, and one of the _espadas_ bounded

-lightly into the ring. He was greeted with hearty

-applause; and, walking over to the front of the _marquesa’s_

-box, he bent down on one knee, and made a

-grandiloquent speech, to the effect that for the honor of

-the city, in the name of the good people there assembled,

-and for the benefit of the hospital, he would kill

-the bull or be killed himself in the attempt, if her

-highness would graciously accord him the permission to

-do so. The _infanta_ kindly consented; and the _espada_

-whirled his hat several times over his head, finally jerking

-it under his left arm over the fence. In his hand

-he carried a crimson banner, which he presented to the

-bull; and this was enough to rouse all his fury again.

-

-[Illustration: THE BULL–FIGHT AT SEVILLE. Page 406.]

-

-For a time he played with the furious beast, which

-continually plunged at the red banner, the man skilfully

-stepping aside. At last he seemed to be prepared

-for the final blow. Holding the banner in his

-left hand, he permitted the bull to make a dive at it;

-and, while his head was down, he reached over his

-horns with the sword, and plunged it in between the

-shoulder–blades. His aim was sure: he had pierced the

-heart, and the bull dropped dead. Again the applause

-shook the arena, and the audience in the lower part of

-the building hurled their hats and caps into the ring;

-and a shower of cigars, mingled with an occasional

-piece of silver, followed the head–gear. The victorious

-_espada_ picked up the cigars and money, bowing his

-thanks all the time, while the _chulos_ tossed back the

-hats and caps.

-

-“‘You can take my hat’ is what they mean by that,

-I suppose,” said Murray.

-

-“That is one of the ways a Spanish audience has

-of expressing their approbation in strong terms,” replied

-the doctor.

-

-A team of half a dozen mules, tricked out in the

-gayest colors, galloped into the ring; and, when a sling

-had been passed over the horns of the dead bull, he

-was dragged out at a side gate. The doors had hardly

-closed upon the last scene before the main gates were

-thrown wide open again, and another bull bounded into

-the arena, where the _picadores_ and the _chulos_ were

-already in position for action. The second act was

-about like the first. Four horses were killed by the

-second bull, which was even more savage than the

-first. The _banderillero_ was unfortunate in his first

-attempt, and was hooted by the audience; but in a

-second attempt he redeemed himself. The _espada_ got

-his sword into the bull; but he did not hit the vital

-part, and he was unable to withdraw his weapon. The

-animal flew around the ring with the sword in his

-shoulders, while the audience yelled, and taunted the

-unlucky hero. It was not allowable for him to take

-another sword; and the bull was lured to the side of

-the ring, where the _espada_ leaped upon a screen, and

-recovered his blade. In a second trial he did the

-business so handsomely that he regained the credit he

-had temporarily lost.

-

-Many of the students did not stay to see the second

-bull slain; and not more than half of them staid till

-the conclusion of the _funcion_. One of the last of the

-bulls would not fight at all, and evidently belonged to

-the peace society; but neither the audience nor the

-_lidiadores_ had any mercy for him.

-

-“_Perros! Perros!_” shouted the audience, when it

-was found that the bull had no pluck.

-

-“_Perros! Perros!_” screamed some of the wildest

-of the students, without having the least idea what the

-word meant.

-

-“What does all that mean?” asked Murray.

-

-“_Perros_ means dogs. Not long ago, when a bull

-would not fight, they used to set dogs upon him to

-worry and excite him,” answered the doctor.

-

-“Well, will they set the dogs upon him?” inquired

-Murray.

-

-“No, I suppose not; for here in the bill it says, ‘No

-dogs will be used; but fire–_banderillas_ will be substituted

-for bulls that will not fight at the call of the

-authorities.’”

-

-This expedient was resorted to in the present case;

-the bull was frightened, and showed a little pluck.

-After he had upset a _picador_, and charged on a _chulo_,

-he leaped over the fence into the avenue. The loafers

-gathered there sprang into the ring; but the animal

-was speedily driven back, and was finally killed without

-having done any great damage to the horses.

-

-The last bull was the fiercest of them all; and he

-came into the arena roaring like a lion. He demolished

-two _picadores_ in the twinkling of an eye, and

-made it lively for all the performers. “_Bravo, Toro!_”

-shouted the people, for they applaud the bull as well

-as the actors. The _espada_ stabbed him three times

-before he killed him.

-

-Six bulls and seventeen horses had been slain: the

-last one had killed five. Even the most insensible of

-the students had had enough of it; and most of them

-declared that it was the most barbarous spectacle they

-had ever seen. They pitied the poor horses, and some

-of them would not have been greatly distressed if the

-bull had tossed up a few of the performers. The doctor

-was disgusted, though he had done his best to have

-the students see this _cosa de España_. The principal

-refused to go farther than the gate of the _plaza_.

-

-“I don’t care to see another,” said Dr. Winstock

-to his Spanish friend, who sat near him. “It is barbarous;

-and I hope the people of Spain will soon

-abolish these spectacles.”

-

-“Barbarous, is it?” laughed the Spanish gentleman.

-“Do you think it is any worse than the prize–fights you

-have in England and America?”

-

-“Only a few low ruffians go to prize–fights in England

-and America,” replied the doctor warmly. “They

-are forbidden by law, and those who engage in them

-are sent to the penitentiary. But bull–fights are managed

-by the authorities of the province, presided over

-by the queen or members of the royal family.”

-

-All hands returned to the vessels of the squadron;

-and early the next morning the fleet sailed for Gibraltar.

-The river was still very high; and, though the

-Prince stirred up the mud once or twice, she reached

-the mouth of the river in good time, and the squadron

-stood away for the Rock, where it arrived the next day.

-

-Raymond was delighted to be on board of the Tritonia

-again, and at his duties. Enough of his story was

-told to the students to enable them to understand his

-case, and why he had been excused for running away.

-New rank had been assigned at the beginning of the

-month, and Raymond found on his return that he was

-second master, as before; the faculty voting that he

-was entitled to his old rank.

-

-Bark Lingall had worked a full month since his

-reformation; and when he went on board the Tritonia,

-at Seville, he was delighted to find that he was third

-master, and entitled to a place in the cabin. On the

-voyage to Gibraltar, he wore the uniform of his rank,

-and made no complaint of the sneers of Ben Pardee

-and Lon Gibbs, who had not yet concluded to turn over

-a new leaf.

-

-As soon as the Prince had coaled, and the vessels

-were watered and provisioned for the voyage, the fleet

-sailed; and what new climes the students visited, and

-what adventures they had, will be related in “Isles of

-the Sea; or, Young America Homeward Bound.”

-

-

-

-

-LEE & SHEPARD’S

-

-LIST OF

-

-JUVENILE PUBLICATIONS.

-

-

-

-

-OLIVER OPTIC’S BOOKS.

-

-Each Set in a neat Box with Illuminated Titles.

-

-

-=Army and Navy Stories.= A Library for Young and

-Old, in 6 volumes. 16mo. Illustrated. Per vol.           =$1 50=

-

-  The Soldier Boy.           The Yankee Middy.

-  The Sailor Boy.            Fighting Joe.

-  The Young Lieutenant.      Brave Old Salt.

-

-=Famous “Boat–Club” Series.= A Library for Young

-People. Handsomely Illustrated. Six volumes, in neat

-box. Per vol.                                             =1 25=

-

-The Boat Club; or, The Bunkers of Rippleton.

-All Aboard; or, Life on the Lake.

-Now or Never; or, The Adventures of Bobby Bright.

-Try Again; or, The Trials and Triumphs of Harry West.

-Poor and Proud; or, The Fortunes of Katy Redburn.

-Little by Little; or, The Cruise of the Flyaway.

-

-

-=Lake Shore Series, The.= Six volumes. Illustrated.

-In neat box. Per vol.                                     =1 25=

-

-Through by Daylight; or, The Young Engineer of the Lake Shore Railroad.

-Lightning Express; or, The Rival Academies.

-On Time, or, The Young Captain of the Ucayga Steamer.

-Switch Off, or, The War of the Students.

-Break Up; or, The Young Peacemakers.

-Bear and Forbear; or, The Young Skipper of Lake Ucayga.

-

-

-=Soldier Boy Series, The.= Three volumes, in neat

-box. Illustrated. Per vol.                                =1 50=

-

-The Soldier Boy; or, Tom Somers in the Army.

-The Young Lieutenant; or, The Adventures of an Army Officer.

-Fighting Joe; or, The Fortunes of a Staff Officer.

-

-

-=Sailor Boy Series, The.= Three volumes in neat box.

-Illustrated. Per vol.                                     =1 50=

-

-The Sailor Boy; or, Jack Somers in the Navy.

-The Yankee Middy; or, Adventures of a Naval Officer.

-Brave Old Salt; or, Life on the Quarter–Deck.

-

-

-=Starry Flag Series, The.= Six volumes. Illustrated.

-Per vol.                                                  =1 25=

-

-The Starry Flag; or, The Young Fisherman of Cape Ann.

-Breaking Away; or, The Fortunes of a Student.

-Seek and Find; or, The Adventures of a Smart Boy.

-Freaks of Fortune; or, Half Round the World.

-Make or Break; or, The Rich Man’s Daughter.

-Down the River; or, Buck Bradford and the Tyrants.

-

-

-=The Household Library.= 3 volumes. Illustrated.

-Per volume                                                =1 50=

-

-  Living too Fast.          In Doors and Out.

-             The Way of the World.

-

-

-=Way of the World, The.= By William T. Adams (Oliver

-Optic)                                              12mo. =1 50=

-

-

-=Woodville Stories.= Uniform with Library for Young

-People. Six volumes. Illustrated. Per vol.          16mo. =1 25=

-

-Rich and Humble; or, The Mission of Bertha Grant.

-In School and Out; or, The Conquest of Richard Grant.

-Watch and Wait; or, The Young Fugitives.

-Work and Win; or, Noddy Newman on a Cruise.

-Hope and Have; or, Fanny Grant among the Indians.

-Haste and Waste; or, The Young Pilot of Lake Champlain.

-

-

-=Yacht Club Series.= Uniform with the ever popular

-“Boat Club” Series. Completed in six vols. Illustrated.

-Per vol.                                            16mo. =1 50=

-

-Little Bobtail; or, The Wreck of the Penobscot.

-The Yacht Club; or, The Young Boat Builders.

-Money Maker; or, The Victory of the Basilisk.

-The Coming Wave; or, The Treasure of High Rock,

-The Dorcas Club; or, Our Girls Afloat.

-Ocean Born; or, The Cruise of the Clubs.

-

-

-=Onward and Upward Series, The.= Complete in six

-volumes. Illustrated. In neat box. Per vol.               =1 25=

-

-Field and Forest; or, The Fortunes of a Farmer.

-Plane and Plank; or, The Mishaps of a Mechanic.

-Desk and Debit; or, The Catastrophes of a Clerk.

-Cringle and Cross–Tree; or, The Sea Swashes of a Sailor.

-Bivouac and Battle; or, The Struggles of a Soldier.

-Sea and Shore; or, The Tramps of a Traveller.

-

-

-=Young America Abroad Series.= A Library of

-Travel and Adventure in Foreign Lands. Illustrated

-by Nast, Stevens, Perkins, and others. Per vol.     16mo. =1 50=

-

-_First Series._

-

-Outward Bound; or, Young America Afloat.

-Shamrock and Thistle; or, Young America in Ireland and Scotland.

-Red Cross; or, Young America in England and Wales.

-Dikes and Ditches, or, Young America in Holland and Belgium.

-Palace and Cottage; or, Young America in France and Switzerland.

-Down the Rhine; or, Young America in Germany.

-

-_Second Series._

-

-Up the Baltic; or, Young America in Norway, Sweden, and Denmark.

-Northern Lands; or, Young America in Russia and Prussia.

-Cross and Crescent; or, Young America in Turkey and Greece.

-Sunny Shores; or, Young America in Italy and Austria.

-Vine and Olive; or, Young America in Spain and Portugal.

-Isles of the Sea; or, Young America Homeward Bound.

-

-

-=Riverdale Stories.= Twelve volumes. A New Edition.

-Profusely Illustrated from new designs by Billings. In

-neat box. Per vol.

-

-  Little Merchant.          Proud and Lazy.

-  Young Voyagers.           Careless Kate.

-  Robinson Crusoe, Jr.      Christmas Gift.

-  Dolly and I.              The Picnic Party.

-  Uncle Ben.                The Gold Thimble.

-  Birthday Party.

-

-=Riverdale Story Books.= Six volumes, in neat box.

-Cloth. Per vol.

-

-  Little Merchant.          Proud and Lazy.

-  Young Voyagers.           Careless Kate.

-  Dolly and I.              Robinson Crusoe, Jr.

-

-=Flora Lee Story Books.= Six volumes in neat box.

-Cloth. Per vol.

-

-  Christmas Gift.           The Picnic Party.

-  Uncle Ben.                The Gold Thimble.

-  Birthday Party.           The Do–Somethings.

-

-=Great Western Series, The.= Six volumes. Illustrated.

-Per vol.                                                  =1 50=

-

-Going West; or, The Perils of a Poor Boy.

-Out West; or, Roughing it on the Great Lakes.

-Lake Breezes.

-

-

-=Our Boys’ and Girls’ Offering.= Containing Oliver

-Optic’s popular Story, Ocean Born; or, The Cruise of the

-Clubs; Stories of the Seas, Tales of Wonder, Records

-of Travel, &c. Edited by Oliver Optic. Profusely

-Illustrated. Covers printed in Colors. 8vo.               =1 50=

-

-

-=Our Boys’ and Girls’ Souvenir.= Containing Oliver

-Optic’s Popular Story, Going West; or. The Perils of a

-Poor Boy; Stories of the Sea, Tales of Wonder, Records

-of Travel, &c. Edited by Oliver Optic. With numerous

-full–page and letter–press Engravings. Covers

-printed in Colors. 8vo.                                   =1 50=

-

-

-

-

-                               FOOTNOTE:

-

-[1] King Amedeo abdicated Feb. 11, 1874; and Alfonso XII., son of

-Isabella II., was proclaimed king of Spain Dec. 31, 1874, thus

-restoring the Bourbons to the throne. Alfonso was about seventeen when

-he became king.

-

-

-

-

-

-

-End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Vine and Olive; Or Young America in

-Spain and Portugal, by Oliver Optic and William T. Adams

-

-*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK VINE AND OLIVE ***

-

-***** This file should be named 47423-0.txt or 47423-0.zip *****

-This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:

-        http://www.gutenberg.org/4/7/4/2/47423/

-

-Produced by Giovanni Fini, Josep Cols Canals and the Online

-Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This

-file was produced from images generously made available

-by The Internet Archive/American Libraries.)

-

-

-Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions

-will be renamed.

-

-Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no

-one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation

-(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without

-permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,

-set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to

-copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to

-protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project

-Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you

-charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you

-do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the

-rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose

-such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and

-research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do

-practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is

-subject to the trademark license, especially commercial

-redistribution.

-

-

-

-*** START: FULL LICENSE ***

-

-THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE

-PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK

-

-To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free

-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work

-(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project

-Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project

-Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at

-  www.gutenberg.org/license.

-

-

-Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm

-electronic works

-

-1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm

-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to

-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property

-(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all

-the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy

-all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.

-If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project

-Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the

-terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or

-entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.

-

-1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be

-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who

-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few

-things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works

-even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See

-paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project

-Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement

-and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic

-works.  See paragraph 1.E below.

-

-1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"

-or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project

-Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the

-collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an

-individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are

-located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from

-copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative

-works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg

-are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project

-Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by

-freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of

-this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with

-the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by

-keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project

-Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.

-

-1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern

-what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in

-a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check

-the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement

-before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or

-creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project

-Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning

-the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United

-States.

-

-1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:

-

-1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate

-access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently

-whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the

-phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project

-Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,

-copied or distributed:

-

-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with

-almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or

-re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included

-with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org

-

-1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived

-from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is

-posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied

-and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees

-or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work

-with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the

-work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1

-through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the

-Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or

-1.E.9.

-

-1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted

-with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution

-must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional

-terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked

-to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the

-permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.

-

-1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm

-License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this

-work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.

-

-1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this

-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without

-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with

-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project

-Gutenberg-tm License.

-

-1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,

-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any

-word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or

-distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than

-"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version

-posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),

-you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a

-copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon

-request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other

-form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm

-License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.

-

-1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,

-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works

-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.

-

-1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing

-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided

-that

-

-- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from

-     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method

-     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is

-     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he

-     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the

-     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments

-     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you

-     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax

-     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and

-     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the

-     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to

-     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."

-

-- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies

-     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he

-     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm

-     License.  You must require such a user to return or

-     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium

-     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of

-     Project Gutenberg-tm works.

-

-- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any

-     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the

-     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days

-     of receipt of the work.

-

-- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free

-     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.

-

-1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm

-electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set

-forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from

-both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael

-Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the

-Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.

-

-1.F.

-

-1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable

-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread

-public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm

-collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic

-works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain

-"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or

-corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual

-property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a

-computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by

-your equipment.

-

-1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right

-of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project

-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project

-Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project

-Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all

-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal

-fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT

-LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE

-PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE

-TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE

-LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR

-INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH

-DAMAGE.

-

-1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a

-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can

-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a

-written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you

-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with

-your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with

-the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a

-refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity

-providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to

-receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy

-is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further

-opportunities to fix the problem.

-

-1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth

-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER

-WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO

-WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.

-

-1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied

-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.

-If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the

-law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be

-interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by

-the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any

-provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.

-

-1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the

-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone

-providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance

-with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,

-promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,

-harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,

-that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do

-or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm

-work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any

-Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.

-

-

-Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm

-

-Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of

-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers

-including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists

-because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from

-people in all walks of life.

-

-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the

-assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's

-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will

-remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project

-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure

-and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.

-To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation

-and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4

-and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org

-

-

-Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive

-Foundation

-

-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit

-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the

-state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal

-Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification

-number is 64-6221541.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg

-Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent

-permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.

-

-The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.

-Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered

-throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at 809

-North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887.  Email

-contact links and up to date contact information can be found at the

-Foundation's web site and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact

-

-For additional contact information:

-     Dr. Gregory B. Newby

-     Chief Executive and Director

-     gbnewby@pglaf.org

-

-Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg

-Literary Archive Foundation

-

-Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide

-spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of

-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be

-freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest

-array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations

-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt

-status with the IRS.

-

-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating

-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United

-States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a

-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up

-with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations

-where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To

-SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any

-particular state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate

-

-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we

-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition

-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who

-approach us with offers to donate.

-

-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make

-any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from

-outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.

-

-Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation

-methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other

-ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.

-To donate, please visit:  www.gutenberg.org/donate

-

-

-Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic

-works.

-

-Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm

-concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared

-with anyone.  For forty years, he produced and distributed Project

-Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.

-

-Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed

-editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.

-unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily

-keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.

-

-Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:

-

-     www.gutenberg.org

-

-This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,

-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary

-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to

-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.

-

+*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 47423 ***
+
+                         TRANSCRIBER’S NOTES:
+
+—Obvious print and punctuation errors were corrected.
+
+—Bold text has been rendered as =bold text=.
+
+—Spaced text (gesperrt) has been rendered as ~bold text~.
+
+
+[Illustration: THE ACADEMY SQUADRON OFF BARCELONA. Page 12.]
+
+
+
+
+[Illustration: DECORATED FRONT PAGE:
+
+YOUNG AMERICA ABROAD
+BY
+OLIVER OPTIC.
+
+_VINE
+&
+OLIVE_
+
+BOSTON
+LEE & SHEPARD.]
+
+
+
+
+                 _YOUNG AMERICA ABROAD—SECOND SERIES._
+
+
+                            VINE AND OLIVE;
+
+                                  OR,
+
+                      YOUNG AMERICA IN SPAIN AND
+                               PORTUGAL.
+
+
+                   A STORY OF TRAVEL AND ADVENTURE.
+
+
+                                  BY
+
+                          ~WILLIAM T. ADAMS~
+                           (_OLIVER OPTIC_),
+
+    AUTHOR OF “OUTWARD BOUND,” “SHAMROCK AND THISTLE,” “RED CROSS,”
+         “DIKES AND DITCHES,” “PALACE AND COTTAGE,” “DOWN THE
+              RHINE,” “UP THE BALTIC,” “NORTHERN LANDS,”
+                     “CROSS AND CRESCENT,” “SUNNY
+                             SHORES,” ETC.
+
+
+                                BOSTON:
+                    ~LEE AND SHEPARD, PUBLISHERS.~
+
+                               NEW YORK:
+                        CHARLES T. DILLINGHAM.
+
+
+
+
+                              COPYRIGHT:
+                         BY WILLIAM T. ADAMS.
+                                 1876.
+
+
+
+
+                             TO MY FRIEND,
+                        ~HENRY RUGGLES, ESQ.,~
+
+            “CONSULADO DE LOS ESTADOS UNIDOS, EN BARCELONA,
+                         EN TIEMPOS PASADOS,”
+
+            WHEN WE “ASSISTED” TOGETHER AT A BULL–FIGHT IN
+                MADRID, VISITED EL ESCORIAL AND TOLEDO,
+                       AND WITH WHOM THE AUTHOR
+                          RELUCTANTLY PARTED
+                            AT CASTILLEJO,
+
+                             ~THIS VOLUME~
+
+                      IS RESPECTFULLY DEDICATED.
+
+
+
+
+PREFACE.
+
+
+VINE AND OLIVE, the fifth volume of the second series of
+“YOUNG AMERICA ABROAD,” contains the history of the Academy
+Squadron during the cruise along the shores of Spain and
+Portugal, and the travels of the students in the peninsula. As in
+the preceding volumes, the professor of geography and history
+discourses on these subjects to the pupils, conveying to them a
+great deal of useful information concerning the countries they
+visit. The surgeon of the ship is a sort of encyclopædia of travel;
+and, while he is on shore with a couple of the juvenile officers,
+he enlightens them by his talk on a great variety of topics; and
+the description of “sights” is given in these conversations, or in
+the “waits” between the speeches. In addition to the cities of the
+peninsula on the Atlantic and the Mediterranean, the young travellers
+cross the country from Barcelona to Lisbon, visiting on the
+way Saragossa, Burgos, the Escurial, Madrid, Toledo, Aranjuez,
+Badajos, and Elvas. In another excursion by land, they start from
+Malaga, and take in Granada and the Alhambra, Cordova, Seville,
+and Cadiz. Besides the ports mentioned, the party vessels visit
+Valencia, Alicante,—from which they make an excursion to Elche
+to see its palms—Carthagena, and Gibraltar.
+
+The author has visited every country included in the titles of
+the eleven volumes of the two series of which the present volume
+is the last published. He has been abroad twice for the sole purpose
+of obtaining the materials for these books; his object being
+to produce books that would instruct as well as amuse.
+
+The story of the incendiaries and of the young Spanish officer of
+the Tritonia, interwoven with the incidents of travel, is in accordance
+with the plan adopted in the first, and followed out in every
+subsequent volume of the two series. Doubtless the book will
+have some readers who will skip the lectures of the professor and
+the travel–talk of the surgeon, and others who will turn unread the
+pages on which the story is related; but we fancy the former will
+be larger than the latter class. If both are suited, the author
+need not complain; though he especially advises his young
+friends to read the historical portions of the volume, because he
+thinks that the maritime history of Portugal, for instance, ought
+to interest them more than any story he can invent.
+
+The titles of all the books of this series were published ten
+years ago. The boys and girls who read the first volume are men
+and women now; and the task the author undertook then will be
+finished in one more volume.
+
+With the hope that he will live to complete the work begun
+so many years ago, the author once more returns his grateful
+acknowledgments to his friends, old and young, for the favor
+they have extended to this series.
+
+TOWERHOUSE, BOSTON, Oct. 19, 1876.
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS.
+
+
+                                                                   PAGE.
+
+     I. SOMETHING ABOUT THE MARINES                                   11
+
+    II. AT THE QUARANTINE STATION                                     26
+
+   III. A GRANDEE OF SPAIN                                            41
+
+    IV. THE PROFESSOR’S TALK ABOUT SPAIN                              53
+
+     V. A SUDDEN DISAPPEARANCE                                        79
+
+    VI. A LOOK AT BARCELONA                                           87
+
+   VII. FIRE AND WATER                                               102
+
+  VIII. SARAGOSSA AND BURGOS                                         116
+
+    IX. THE HOLD OF THE TRITONIA                                     133
+
+     X. THE ESCURIAL AND PHILIP II.                                  145
+
+    XI. THE CRUISE IN THE FELUCCA                                    159
+
+   XII. SIGHTS IN MADRID                                             173
+
+  XIII. AFTER THE BATTLE IN THE FELUCCA                              187
+
+   XIV. TOLEDO, AND TALKS ABOUT SPAIN                                202
+
+    XV. TROUBLE IN THE RUNAWAY CAMP                                  221
+
+   XVI. BILL STOUT AS A TOURIST                                      233
+
+  XVII. THROUGH THE HEART OF SPAIN                                   245
+
+ XVIII. AFRICA AND REPENTANCE                                        261
+
+   XIX. WHAT PORTUGAL HAS DONE IN THE WORLD                          274
+
+    XX. LISBON AND ITS SURROUNDINGS                                  292
+
+   XXI. A SAFE HARBOR                                                305
+
+  XXII. THE FRUITS OF REPENTANCE                                     319
+
+ XXIII. GRANADA AND THE ALHAMBRA                                     333
+
+  XXIV. AN ADVENTURE ON THE ROAD                                     349
+
+   XXV. CORDOVA, SEVILLE, AND CADIZ                                  358
+
+  XXVI. THE CAPTURE OF THE BEGGARS                                   373
+
+ XXVII. THE BULL–FIGHT AT SEVILLE                                    390
+
+
+
+
+                            VINE AND OLIVE.
+
+
+
+
+                            VINE AND OLIVE;
+
+                                  OR,
+
+                 YOUNG AMERICA IN SPAIN AND PORTUGAL.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I.
+
+SOMETHING ABOUT THE MARINES.
+
+
+“Land, ho!” shouted the lookout in the foretop of
+the Tritonia.
+
+“Where away?” demanded the officer of the deck,
+as he glanced in the direction the land was expected to
+be found.
+
+“Broad on the weather bow,” returned the seaman
+in the foretop.
+
+“Mr. Raimundo,” said the officer of the deck, who
+was the third lieutenant, calling to the second master.
+
+“Mr. Scott,” replied the officer addressed, touching
+his cap to his superior.
+
+“You will inform the captain, if you please, that the
+lookout reports land on the weather bow.”
+
+The second master touched his cap again, and hastened
+to the cabin to obey the order. The academy
+squadron, consisting of the steamer American Prince
+and the topsail schooners Josephine and Tritonia,
+were bound from Genoa to Barcelona. They had a
+short and very pleasant passage, and the students
+on board of all the vessels were in excellent spirits.
+Though they had been seeing sights through all the
+preceding year, they were keenly alive to the pleasure
+of visiting a country so different as Spain from any
+other they had seen. The weather was warm and
+pleasant for the season, and the young men were anxiously
+looking forward to the arrival at Barcelona. On
+the voyage and while waiting in Genoa, they had
+studied up all the books in the library that contained
+any thing about the interesting land they were next to
+visit.
+
+The Tritonia sailed on the starboard, and the Josephine
+on the port quarter, of the American Prince.
+The two consorts had all sail set, and were making
+about eight knots an hour, which was only half speed
+for the steamer, to which she had been reduced in order
+to keep company with the sailing vessels. Though
+the breeze was tolerably fresh, the sea was smooth,
+and the vessels had very little motion. The skies were
+as blue and as clear as skies can ever be; and nothing
+could be more delicious than the climate.
+
+In the saloon of the steamer and the steerage of the
+schooners, which were the schoolrooms of the academy
+squadron, one–half of the students of the fleet were
+engaged in their studies and recitations. A quarter
+watch was on duty in each vessel, and the same portion
+were off duty. But the latter were not idle: they were,
+for the most part, occupied in reading about the new
+land they were to visit; and the more ambitious were
+preparing for the next recitation. Their positions on
+board for the next month would depend upon their
+merit–roll; and it was a matter of no little consequence
+to them whether they were officers or seamen, whether
+they lived in the cabin or steerage. Some were struggling
+to retain the places they now held, and others
+were eager to win what they had not yet attained.
+
+There were from two to half a dozen in each vessel
+who did only what they were obliged to do, either in
+scholarship or seamanship. At first, ship’s duty had
+been novel and pleasant to them; and they had done
+well for a time,—had even struggled hard with their
+lessons for the sake of attaining creditable places as
+officers and seamen. They had been kindly and generously
+encouraged as long as they deserved it; but,
+when the novelty had worn away, they dropped back to
+what they had been before they became students of the
+academy squadron. Mr. Lowington labored hard over
+the cases of these fellows; and, next to getting the fleet
+safely into port, his desire was to reform them.
+
+In the Tritonia were four of them, who had also
+challenged the attention and interest of Mr. Augustus
+Pelham, the vice–principal in charge of the vessel, who
+had formerly been a student in the academy ship, and
+who had been a wild boy in his time. The interest
+which Mr. Lowington manifested in these wayward
+fellows had inspired the vice–principal to follow his
+example. Possibly the pleasant weather had some influence
+on the laggards; for they seemed to be very
+restive and uneasy under restraint as the squadron
+approached the coast of Spain. All four of them were
+in the starboard watch, and in the second part thereof,
+where they had been put so that the vice–principal could
+know where to find them when he desired to watch them
+at unusual hours.
+
+The third lieutenant was the officer of the deck,
+assisted by the second master. The former was planking
+the weather side of the quarter deck, and the latter
+was moving about in the waist. The captain came on
+deck, and looked at the distant coast through his glass;
+but it was an old story, and he remained on deck but
+a few minutes. Raimundo, the officer in the waist, was
+a Spaniard, and the shore on the starboard was that of
+“his own, his native land.” But this fact did not seem
+to excite any enthusiasm in his mind: in fact, he really
+wished it had been somebody else’s native land, and he
+did not wish to go there. He bestowed more attention
+upon the four idlers, who had coiled themselves away
+in the lee side of the waist, than upon the shadowy
+shore of the home of his ancestors. He was a sharp
+officer; and this was his reputation on board. He
+could snuff mischief afar off; and more than one
+conspiracy had been blighted by his vigilance. He
+seemed to be gazing at the clear blue sky, and to be
+enjoying its azure transparency; but he had an eye to
+the laggards all the time.
+
+“I wonder what those marines are driving at,” said
+he to himself, after he had studied the familiar phenomenon
+for a while, and, as it appeared, without any
+satisfactory result. “I never see those four fellows
+talking together as long as they have been at it, without
+an earthquake or some sort of a smash following
+pretty soon after. I suppose they are going to run
+away, for that is really the most fashionable sport on
+board of all the vessels of the fleet.”
+
+Perhaps the second master was right, and perhaps
+he was wrong. Certainly running away had been the
+greatest evil that had tried the patience of the principal;
+but there had been hardly a case of it since the
+squadron came into the waters of the Mediterranean,
+and he hoped the practice had gone out of fashion. It
+had been so unsuccessful, that most of the students
+regarded it as a played–out expedient.
+
+Raimundo was one of those whom this nautical institution
+had saved to be a blessing, instead of a curse, to
+the community; but he was truly reformed, and, over
+and above his duty as an officer, he was sincerely desirous
+to save the “marines” from the error of their
+ways. He did not expect them to uncover their plans
+all at once, and he was willing to watch and wait.
+
+Having viewed the marines from the officer’s side of
+the question, we will enter into the counsels of those
+who were the subjects of this official scrutiny. After
+the first few months of life in the squadron, these four
+fellows had been discontented and dissatisfied. They
+had been transferred from one vessel to another, in the
+hope that they might find their appropriate sphere; but
+there seemed to be no sphere below—at least, as far
+as they had gone—where they could revolve and shine.
+They had been “sticks,” wherever they were. One
+country seemed to be about the same as any other to
+them. They did not like to study; they did not like
+to “knot and splice;” they did not like to stand watch;
+they did not like to read even stories, fond as they
+were of yarns of the coarser sort; they did not like to
+do any thing but eat, sleep, and loaf about the deck, or,
+on shore, but to dissipate and indulge in rowdyism.
+Two of them had been transferred to the Tritonia from
+the Prince at Genoa, and the other two had been in the
+schooner but two months.
+
+“I’m as tired as death of this sort of thing,” said
+Bill Stout, the oldest and biggest fellow of the four.
+
+“I had enough of it in a month after I came on
+board,” added Ben Pardee, who was lying flat on his
+back, and gazing listlessly up into the clear blue sky;
+“but what can a fellow do?”
+
+“Nothing at all,” replied Lon Gibbs. “It’s the
+same thing from morning to night, from one week’s
+end to the other.”
+
+“Can’t we get up some sort of an excitement?”
+asked Bark Lingall, whose first name was Barclay.
+
+“We have tried it on too many times,” answered
+Ben Pardee, who was perhaps the most prudent of the
+four. “We never make out any thing. The fellows in
+the Tritonia are a lot of spoonies, and are afraid to
+say their souls are their own.”
+
+“They are good little boys, lambs of the chaplain’s
+fold,” sneered Lon Gibbs. “There is nothing like fun
+in them.”
+
+“We are almost at the end of the cruise, at any rate,”
+said Bark Lingall, who seemed to derive great comfort
+from the fact. “This slavery is almost at an end.”
+
+“I don’t know about that,” added Bill Stout.
+
+“Spain and Portugal are the last countries in Europe
+we are to visit; and we shall finish them up in
+three or four weeks more.”
+
+“And what then? we are not to go home and be discharged,
+as you seem to think,” continued Bill Stout.
+“We are to go to the West Indies, taking in a lot of
+islands on the way—I forget what they are.”
+
+“I can stand it better when we are at sea,” said Ben
+Pardee. “There is more life in it as we are tumbling
+along in a big sea. Besides, there will be something to
+see in those islands. These cities of Europe are about
+the same thing; and, when you have seen one, you
+have seen the whole of them.”
+
+“I don’t know about that,” suggested Lon Gibbs,
+who, from the chaplain’s point of view, was the most
+hopeful of the four; for his education was better than
+the others, and he had some taste for the wonders of
+nature and art. “Spain ought to be worth seeing to
+fellows from the United States of America. I suppose
+you know that Columbus sailed from this country.”
+
+“Is that so?” laughed Bark Lingall. “I thought he
+was an Italian; at any rate, we saw the place where he
+was born, or else it was a fraud.”
+
+“I think you had better read up your history again,
+and you will find that Columbus was born in Italy, but
+sailed in the service of Spain,” replied Lon Gibbs.
+
+“That will do!” interposed Bill Stout, turning up
+his nose. “We don’t want any of that sort of thing in
+our crowd. If you wish to show off your learning,
+Lon, you had better go and join the lambs.”
+
+“That’s so. It’s treason to talk that kind of bosh in
+our company. We have too much of it in the steerage
+to tolerate any of it when we are by ourselves,” said
+Ben Pardee.
+
+“I thought you were going to do something about
+it,” added Bill Stout. “We are utterly disgusted, and
+we agreed that we could not stand it any longer. We
+shall go into the next place—I forget the name of
+it”—
+
+“Barcelona,” added Lon Gibbs, who was rather
+annoyed at the dense ignorance of his friend.
+
+“Barcelona, then. I suppose it is some one–horse
+seaport, where we are expected to go into ecstasies over
+tumble–down old buildings, or pretend that we like to
+look at a lot of musty pictures. I have had enough of
+this sort of thing, as I said before. I should like to
+have a right down good time, such as we had in New
+York when we went round among the theatres and the
+beer–shops. That was fun for me. I’m no book–worm,
+and I don’t pretend to be. I won’t make believe that
+I enjoy looking at ruins and pictures when it is a bore
+to me. I will not be a hypocrite, whatever else I am.”
+
+Bill Stout evidently believed that he had some virtue
+left; and, as he delivered himself of his sentiments, he
+looked like a much abused and wronged young man.
+
+“Here we are; and in six or eight hours we shall be
+in Barcelona,” continued Ben Pardee.
+
+“And it is no such one–horse place as you seem to
+think it is,” added Lon Gibbs. “It is a large city; in
+fact, the second in size in Spain, and with about the
+same population as Boston. It is a great commercial
+place.”
+
+“You have learned the geography by heart,” sneered
+Bill Stout, who had a hearty contempt for those who
+knew any thing contained in the books, or at least for
+those who made any display of their knowledge.
+
+“I like, when I am going to any place, to know
+something about it,” pleaded Lon, in excuse for his
+wisdom in regard to Barcelona.
+
+“Are there any beer–shops there, Lon?” asked Bill.
+
+“I don’t know.”
+
+“Then your education has been neglected.”
+
+“Spain is not a beer–drinking country; and I should
+say you would find no beer–shops there,” continued
+Lon. “Spain is a wine country; and I have no doubt
+you will find plenty of wine–shops in Barcelona, and in
+the other cities of the country.”
+
+“Wine–shops! that will do just as well, and perhaps
+a little better,” chuckled Bill. “There is no fun where
+there are no wine or beer shops.”
+
+“What’s the use of talking?” demanded Bark Lingall.
+“What are the wine or the beer shops to do with
+us? If we entered one of them, we should be deprived
+of our liberty, or be put into the brig for twenty–four
+hours; and that don’t pay.”
+
+“But I want to break away from this thing altogether,”
+added Bill Stout. “I have been a slave from
+the first moment I came into the squadron. I never
+was used to being tied up to every hour and minute in
+the day. A fellow can’t move without being watched.
+What they call recreation is as solemn as a prayer–meeting.”
+
+“Well, what do you want to do, Bill?” asked Ben
+Pardee, as he glanced at the second master, who had
+halted in his walk in the waist, to overhear, if he could,
+any word that might be dropped by the party.
+
+“That’s more than I am able to say just at this
+minute,” replied Bill, pausing till the officer of the
+watch had moved on. “I want to end this dog’s life,
+and be my own master once more. I want to get out
+of this vessel, and out of the fleet.”
+
+“Would you like to get into the steamer?” asked
+Lon Gibbs.
+
+“I should like that for a short time; but I don’t
+think I should be satisfied in her for more than a week
+or two. It was just my luck, when I got out of the
+Young America, after she went to the bottom, to have
+the American Prince come to take her place, and leave
+me out in the cold. No, I don’t want to stay in the
+steamer; but I should like to be in her a few days, just
+to see how things are done. All the fellows have to
+keep strained up in her, even more than in the Tritonia;
+and that is just the thing I don’t like. In fact, it is just
+the thing I won’t stand much longer.”
+
+“What are you going to do about it? How are you
+going to help yourself?” inquired Lon Gibbs. “Here
+we are, and here we must stay. It is all nonsense to
+think of such a thing as running away.”
+
+“I want some sort of an excitement, and I’m going
+to have it too, if I am sent home in some ship–of–war
+in irons.”
+
+“You are getting desperate, Bill,” laughed Ben
+Pardee.
+
+“That’s just it, Ben; I am getting desperate. I cannot
+endure the life I am leading on board of this vessel.
+It is worse than slavery to me. If you can stand it,
+you are welcome to do so.”
+
+“We all hate it as bad as you do,” added Bark Lingall,
+who had the reputation of being the boldest and
+pluckiest of the bad boys on board of the Tritonia.
+
+“I don’t think you do. If you did, you would be as
+ready as I am to break the chains that bind us.”
+
+“We are ready to do any thing that will end this
+dog’s life,” replied Bark. “We will stand by you, if
+you will only tell us what to do.”
+
+“I think you are ready for business, Bark; but I am
+not so sure of the others,” he added, glancing into the
+faces of Lon Gibbs and Ben Pardee.
+
+“I don’t believe in running away,” said the prudent
+Ben.
+
+“Nor I,” added Lon.
+
+“I knew you were afraid of your own shadows,”
+sneered Bill.
+
+“We are not afraid of any thing; but so many fellows
+have tried to run away, and made fools of themselves,
+that I am not anxious to try it on. The principal
+always gets the best of it. There were the two fellows,
+De Forrest and Beckwith, who had been cabin officers,
+that tried it on. Lowington didn’t seem to care what
+became of them. But in the end they came back on
+board, like a couple of sick monkeys, went into the
+brig like white lambs, and to this day they have to stay
+on board when the rest of the crew go ashore, in
+charge of the big boatswain of the ship.”
+
+“Well, what of it? I had as lief stay on board as
+march in solemn procession with the professors through
+the old churches of the place we are coming to—what
+did you say the name of it was?”
+
+“Barcelona,” answered Lon.
+
+“But that’s not the thing, Bill,” protested Ben. “It
+is not so much the brig and the loss of all shore liberty
+as it is the being whipped out at your own game.”
+
+“That’s the idea,” added Lon. “When those fellows
+came on board, though they had been absent for weeks,
+the principal only laughed at them as he ordered them
+into the brig. There was not a fellow in the ship who
+did not feel that they had made fools of themselves. I
+would rather stay in the brig six months than feel as
+I know those fellows felt at that moment.”
+
+“I don’t think of running away,” continued Bill. “I
+have a bigger idea than that in my mind.”
+
+“What is it?” demanded the others, in the same
+breath.
+
+“I won’t tell you now, and not at all till I know that
+you can bear it. Desperate cases require desperate
+remedies; and I’m not sure that any of you are up to
+it yet.”
+
+No amount of teasing could induce Bill Stout to expose
+the dark secret that was concealed in his mind;
+and at noon the watch was relieved, so that they had
+no other opportunity to talk till the first dog–watch;
+but the secret came out in due time, and it was nothing
+less than to burn the Tritonia. Bill believed that her
+ship’s company could not be accommodated on board
+of the other vessels, which were all full, and therefore
+the students would be sent home. At first Bark Lingall
+was horrified at the proposition; but having talked it
+over for hours with Bill Stout alone, for the conspirator
+would not yet trust the secret with Ben Pardee and
+Lon Gibbs, he came to like the plan, and fully assented
+to it. He would not consent to do any thing that
+would expose the life of any person on board. It was
+not till the following day that Bark came to the conclusion
+to join in the conspiracy. Towards night, as it
+was too late to go into port, the order had been signalled
+from the Prince to stand off and on; and this
+was done till the next morning.
+
+The plan was discussed in all its details. It was
+believed that the vessels would be quarantined at Barcelona,
+and this would afford the best chance to carry
+out the wicked plot. One of their number was to conceal
+himself in the hold; and, when all hands had left
+the vessel, he was to light the fire, and escape the best
+way he could. If the fleet was not quarantined, the
+job was to be done when the ship’s company landed to
+see the city.
+
+At eight bells in the morning, the signal was set on
+the Prince to stand in for Barcelona. The conspirators
+found no opportunity to broach the wicked scheme
+to Ben and Lon. For the next three hours the starboard
+watch were engaged in their duties. As may be supposed,
+Bill Stout and Bark Lingall, with their heads full
+of conspiracy and incendiarism, were in no condition to
+recite their lessons, even if they had learned them,
+which they had not done. They were both wofully
+deficient, and Bill Stout did not pretend to know the
+first thing about the subject on which he was called upon
+to recite. The professor was very indignant, and reported
+them to the vice–principal. Mr. Pelham found
+them obstinate as well as deficient; and he ordered them
+to be committed to the brig, and their books to be committed
+with them. They were to stand their watches
+on deck, and spend all the rest of the time in the cage,
+till they were ready to recite the lessons in which they
+had failed. The “brig” was the ship’s prison.
+
+Mr. Marline, the adult boatswain, took charge of
+them, and locked them up. The position of the brig
+had been recently changed, and it was now under the
+ladder leading from the deck to the steerage. The
+partitions were hard wood slats, two inches thick and
+three inches apart. Two stools were the only furniture
+it contained, though a berth–sack was supplied for each
+occupant at night. Their food, which was always much
+plainer than that furnished for the cabin and steerage
+tables, was passed in to them through an aperture in one
+side, beneath which was a shelf that served for a table.
+
+Bark looked at Bill, and Bill looked at Bark, when
+the door had been secured, and the boatswain had left
+them to their own reflections. Neither of them seemed
+to be appalled by the situation. They sat down upon
+the stools facing each other. Bark smiled upon Bill,
+and Bill smiled in return. This was not the first time
+they had been occupants of the brig.
+
+“Here we are,” said Bill Stout, in a low tone, after
+he had made a hasty survey of the prison. “I think
+this is better than the old brig, and I believe we can be
+happy here for a few days.”
+
+“What will become of our big plan now, Bill?”
+asked Bark.
+
+“Hush!” added Bill in his hoarsest whisper, as he
+looked through the slats of the prison to see if any one
+was observing them.
+
+“What’s the matter now?” demanded Bark, rather
+startled by the impressive manner of his companion.
+
+“Not a word,” replied Bill, as he pointed and gesticulated
+in the direction of the flooring under the ladder.
+
+“Well, what is it?” demanded Bark.
+
+“Don’t you see?” and again he pointed as before.
+
+“I don’t see any thing.”
+
+“Then you are blind! Don’t you see that the new
+brig has been built over one of the scuttles that lead
+down into the hold?”
+
+“I see it now. I didn’t know what you meant when
+you pointed so like Hamlet’s ghost.”
+
+“Don’t say a word, or look at it,” whispered Bill, as
+he placed his stool over the trap, and looked out into
+the steerage.
+
+The vice–principal passed the brig at this moment,
+and nothing more was said.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II.
+
+AT THE QUARANTINE STATION.
+
+
+While these events were transpiring below, the
+signal had come from the Prince to shorten
+sail on the schooners, for the squadron was within half
+a mile of the long mole extending to the southward of
+the tongue of land that forms the easterly side of the
+harbor of Barcelona. A signal for a pilot was exhibited
+on each vessel of the fleet, but no pilot boat
+seemed to be in sight. As the bar could not be far
+distant, it was not deemed prudent to advance any farther;
+and the steamer had stopped her engine.
+
+“Signal on the steamer to heave to, Mr. Greenwood,”
+said Rolk, the fourth master, as he touched his cap to
+the first lieutenant, who was the officer of the deck.
+
+“I see it,” replied Greenwood. “Haul down the
+jib, and back the fore–topsail!”
+
+The necessary orders were given in detail, and in a
+few moments the three vessels of the fleet were lying
+almost motionless on the sea. Greenwood took a glass
+from the beckets at the companion–way, and proceeded
+to a make a survey of the situation ahead. But there
+was nothing to be seen except the mole, and the high
+fortified hill of Monjuich on the mainland, across the
+harbor.
+
+“Where are your pilots, Raimundo?” asked Scott
+of the second master; and both of them were off duty
+at this time.
+
+“You won’t see any pilots yet awhile,” replied the
+young Spaniard.
+
+“Are they all asleep?”
+
+“Do you think they will be weak enough to come on
+board before the health officers have given their permission
+for the vessels to enter the harbor?” added
+Raimundo. “If they did so they would be sent into
+quarantine themselves.”
+
+“They are prudent, as they ought to be,” added
+Scott. “I suppose you begin to feel at home about
+this time; don’t you, Don Raimundo?”
+
+“Not half so much at home as I do when I am farther
+away from Spain,” replied the second master, with
+a smile that seemed to be of a very doubtful character.
+
+“Why, how is that?” asked Scott. “This is Spain,
+the home of your parents, and the land that gave you
+birth.”
+
+“That’s true; but, for all that, I would rather go anywhere
+than into Spain. In fact, I don’t think I shall
+go on shore at all,” added Raimundo, and there was a
+very sad look on his handsome face.
+
+“Why, what’s the matter, my Don?”
+
+“I thought very seriously of asking Mr. Lowington
+to grant me leave of absence till the squadron reaches
+Lisbon,” replied the second master. “I should have
+done so if it had not been for losing my rank, and
+taking the lowest place in the Tritonia.”
+
+“I don’t understand you,” answered Scott, puzzled
+by the sudden change that had come over his friend;
+for, being in the same quarter watch, they had become
+very intimate and very much attached to each other.
+
+“Of course you do not understand it; but when I
+have the chance I will tell you all about it, for I may
+want you to help me before we get out of the waters of
+Spain. But I wish you to know, above all things, that
+I never did any thing wrong in Spain, whatever I may
+have done in New York.”
+
+“Of course not, for I think you said you left your
+native land when you were only ten years old.”
+
+“That’s so. I was born in this very city of Barcelona;
+and I suppose I have an uncle there now;
+but I would not meet him for all the money in Spain,”
+said Raimundo, looking very sad, and even terrified.
+“But we will not say any thing more about it now.
+When I have a chance, I will tell you the whole story.
+I am certain of one thing, and that is, I shall not go on
+shore in Barcelona if I can help it. There is a boat
+coming out from behind the mole.”
+
+“An eight–oar barge; and the men in her pull as
+though she were part of a funeral procession,” said
+the first lieutenant, examining the boat with the glass.
+“She has a yellow flag in her stern.”
+
+“Then it is the health officers,” added Raimundo.
+
+All hands in the squadron watched the approaching
+boat; for by this time the quarantine question had excited
+no little interest, and it was now to be decided.
+The oarsmen pulled the man–of–war stroke; but the
+pause after they recovered their blades was so fearfully
+long that the rowers seemed to be lying on their oars
+about half of the time. Certainly the progress of the
+barge was very slow, and it was a long time before it
+reached the American Prince. Then it was careful not
+to come too near, lest any pestilence that might be
+lurking in the ship should be communicated to the
+funereal oarsmen or their officers. The boat took up
+its position abreast of the steamer’s gangway, and
+about thirty feet distant from her.
+
+A well–dressed gentleman then stood up in the stern–sheets
+of the barge, and hailed the ship. Mr. Lowington,
+in full uniform, which he seldom wore, replied to
+the hail in Spanish; and a long conference ensued.
+When the principal said that the squadron came from
+Genoa, the health officer shook his head. Then he
+wanted to know all about the three vessels, and it
+appeared to be very difficult for him to comprehend the
+character of the school. At last he was satisfied on all
+these points, and understood that the academy was
+a private enterprise, and not an institution connected
+with the United States Navy.
+
+“Have you any sickness on board?” asked the health
+officer, when the nature of the craft was satisfactorily
+explained.
+
+“We have two cases of measles in the steamer, but
+all are well in the other vessels,” replied Mr. Lowington.
+
+“_Sarampion!_” exclaimed the Spanish officer, using
+the Spanish word for the measles.
+
+At the same time he shrugged his shoulders like
+a Frenchman, and vented his incredulity in a laugh.
+
+“_Viruelas!_” added the officer; and the word in
+English meant smallpox, which was just the disease the
+Spaniards feared as coming from Genoa.
+
+Mr. Lowington then called Dr. Winstock, the surgeon,
+who spoke Spanish fluently, and presented him to the
+incredulous health officer. A lengthy palaver between
+the two medical men ensued. There appeared to be
+some sort of freemasonry, or at least a professional
+sympathy, between them, for they seemed to get on very
+well together. The cases of measles were very light
+ones, the two students having probably contracted the
+disease in some interior town of Italy where they passed
+the night at a hotel. They had been kept apart from the
+other students, and no others had taken the malady.
+
+The health officer declared that he was satisfied for
+the present with the explanation of the surgeon, and
+politely asked to see the ship’s papers, which the principal
+held in his hand. The barge pulled up a little
+nearer to the steamer; a long pole with a pair of spring
+tongs affixed to the end of it was elevated to the gangway,
+between the jaws of which Mr. Lowington placed
+the documents. They were carefully examined, and
+then all hands were required to show themselves in the
+rigging. This order included every person on board,
+not excepting the cooks, waiters, and coal–heavers. In
+a few moments they were standing on the rail or perched
+in the rigging, and the health officer and his assistants
+proceeded to count them. The number was two short
+of that indicated in the ship’s papers, for those who
+were sick with the measles were not allowed to leave
+their room.
+
+The health officer then intimated that he would pay
+the vessel a visit; and all hands were ordered to muster
+at their stations where they could be most conveniently
+inspected. Every part of the vessel was then carefully
+examined, and the Spanish doctors minutely overhauled
+the two cases of measles. They declared themselves
+fully satisfied that there was neither yellow fever nor
+smallpox on board of the steamer. The other vessels
+of the squadron were subjected to the same inspection.
+Mr. Lowington and Dr. Winstock attended the health
+officer in his visit to the Josephine and the Tritonia.
+
+“You find our vessels in excellent health,” said Dr.
+Winstock, when the examination was completed.
+
+“Very good; but we cannot get over the fact that
+you come from Genoa, where the smallpox is prevailing
+badly. Vessels from that port are quarantined at Marseilles
+for from three days to a fortnight; but I shall
+not be hard with you, as you have a skilful surgeon on
+board,” replied the health officer, touching his hat to
+Dr. Winstock; “but my orders from the authorities are
+imperative that all vessels from infected or doubtful
+ports shall be fumigated before any person from them
+is allowed to land in the city. We have had the yellow
+fever so severely all summer that we are very cautious.”
+
+“Is it necessary to fumigate?” asked Dr. Winstock,
+with a smile.
+
+“The authorities require it, and I am not at liberty
+to dispense with it,” answered the official. “But it will
+detain you only a few hours. You will land the ship’s
+company of each vessel, and they will be fumigated on
+shore. While they are absent our people will purify
+the vessels.”
+
+“Is there any yellow fever in the city now?” asked
+the surgeon of the fleet.
+
+“None at all. The frost has entirely killed it; but
+we have many patients who are recovering from the
+disease. The people who went away have all returned,
+and we call the city healthy.”
+
+The quarantine grounds were pointed out to the
+principal; and the fleet was soon at anchor within a
+cable’s length of the shore. Study and recitation were
+suspended for the rest of the day. All the boats of
+the American Prince were manned; her fires were
+banked; the entire ship’s company were transferred to
+the shore; and the vessel was given up to the quarantine
+officers, who boarded her and proceeded with their
+work. In a couple of hours the steamer and her crew
+were disposed of; and then came the turn of the
+Josephine, for only one vessel could be treated at a
+time.
+
+When all hands were mustered on board of the
+Tritonia, the two delinquents in the brig were let out
+to undergo the inspection with the others. The decision
+of the health officer requiring the vessels to be
+fumigated, and the fact that the process would require
+but a few hours, were passed through each of the
+schooners as well as the steamer, and in a short time
+were known to every student in the fleet. As usual they
+were disposed to make fun of the situation, though it
+was quite a sensation for the time. During the excitement
+Bark Lingall improved the opportunity to confer
+with Lon Gibbs and Ben Pardee. Lon was willing to
+undertake any thing that Bark suggested. Ben was
+rather a prudent fellow, but soon consented to take part
+in the enterprise. Certainly neither of these worthies
+would have assented if the proposition to join had been
+made by Bill Stout, in whom they had as little confidence
+as Bark had manifested. The alliance had
+hardly been agreed upon before the vice–principal happened
+to see the four marines talking together, and
+ordered Marline to recommit two of them to the brig.
+The boatswain locked them into their prison, and left
+them to their own reflections. The excitement on deck
+was still unabated, and the cabins and steerage were
+deserted even by the stewards.
+
+“I think our time has come,” said Bill Stout, after
+he had satisfied himself that no one but the occupants
+of the brig was in the steerage. “If we don’t strike
+at once we shall lose our chance, for they say we are
+going up to the city to–night.”
+
+“They will have to let us out to be fumigated with
+the rest of the crew,” answered Bark Lingall. “We
+haven’t drawn lots yet, either.”
+
+“Never mind the lot now: I will do the job myself,”
+replied Bill magnanimously. “I should rather like the
+fun of it.”
+
+“All right, though I am willing to take my chances.
+I won’t back out of any thing.”
+
+“You are true blue, Bark, when you get started; but
+I would rather do the thing than not.”
+
+“Very well, I am willing; and when the scratch
+comes I will back you up. But I do not see how you
+are going to manage it, Bill,” added Bark, looking about
+him in the brig.
+
+“The vice has made an easy thing of it for us.
+While the fellows were all on deck, I went to my berth
+and got a little box of matches I bought in Genoa
+when we were there. I have it in my pocket now.
+All I have to do is to take off this scuttle, and go down
+into the hold. As we don’t know how soon the fellows
+will be sent ashore, I think I had better be about it
+now.”
+
+Bill Stout put his fingers into the ring on the trap–door,
+and lifted it a little way.
+
+“Hold on, Bill,” interposed Bark. “You are altogether
+too fast. When Marline comes down to let us
+out, where shall I say you are?”
+
+“That’s so: I didn’t think of that,” added Bill, looking
+rather foolish. “He will see the scuttle, and know
+just where I am.”
+
+“And, when the blaze comes off, he will see just who
+started it,” continued Bark. “That won’t do anyhow.”
+
+“But I don’t mean to give it up,” said Bill, scratching
+his head as he labored to devise a better plan.
+
+The difficulty was discussed for some time, but there
+seemed to be no way of meeting it. Bill was one of
+the crew of the second cutter, and he was sure to be
+missed when the ship’s company were piped away. If
+Bark, who did not belong to any boat, took his oar,
+the boatswain, whose place was in the second cutter
+when all hands left the vessel, would notice the change.
+Bill was almost in despair, and insisted that no amount
+of brains could overcome the difficulty. The conspirator
+who was to “do the job” was certain to be missed
+when the ship’s company took to the boats. To be
+missed was to proclaim who the incendiary was when
+the fire was investigated.
+
+“We may as well give it up for the present, and wait
+for a better time,” suggested Bark, who was as unable
+as his companion to solve the problem.
+
+“No, I won’t,” replied Bill, taking a newspaper from
+his breast–pocket. “We may never have another
+chance; and I believe in striking while the iron is
+hot.”
+
+“Don’t get us into a scrape for nothing. We can’t
+do any thing now,” protested Bark.
+
+“Now’s the day, and now’s the hour!” exclaimed
+Bill, scowling like the villain of a melodrama.
+
+“What are you going to do?” demanded Bark, a
+little startled by the sudden energy of his fellow–conspirator.
+
+“Hold on, and you shall see,” answered Bill, as he
+raised the trap–door over the scuttle.
+
+“But stop, Bill! you were not to do any thing without
+my consent.”
+
+“All hands on deck! man the boats in fire order,”
+yelled the boatswain on deck, after he had blown the
+proper pipe.
+
+Bill Stout paid no attention to the call or to the
+remonstrance of his companion. Raising the trap, he
+descended to the hold by the ladder under the scuttle.
+Striking a match, he set fire to the newspaper in his
+hand, and then cast it into the heap of hay and sawdust
+that lay near the foot of the ladder. Hastily
+throwing the box–covers and cases on the pile, he
+rushed up the steps into the brig, and closed the scuttle.
+He was intensely excited, and Bark was really
+terrified at what he considered the insane rashness of
+his associate in crime. But there was no time for
+further talk; for Marline appeared at this moment, and
+unlocked the door of the brig.
+
+“Come, my hearties, you must go on shore for an
+hour to have the smallpox smoked out of you; and I
+wish they could smoke out some of the mischief that’s
+in you at the same time,” said the adult boatswain.
+“Come, and bear a hand lively, for all hands are in
+boats by this time.”
+
+Bill Stout led the way; and on this occasion he
+needed no hurrying, for he was in haste to get away
+from the vessel before the blaze revealed itself. In a
+moment more he was on the thwart in the second
+cutter where he belonged. Bark’s place was in another
+boat, and they separated when they reached the deck.
+The fire–bill assigned every person on board of the
+vessel to a place in one of the boats, so that every
+professor and steward as well as every officer and
+seaman knew where to go without any orders. It was
+the arrangement for leaving the ship in case of fire; and
+it had worked with perfect success in the Young America
+when she was sunk by the collision with the Italian
+steamer. As the boats pulled away from the Tritonia,
+the quarantine people boarded her to perform the
+duty belonging to them.
+
+Bill Stout endeavored to compose himself, but with
+little success, though the general excitement prevented
+his appearance from being noticed. He was not so
+hardened in crime that he could see the vessel on fire
+without being greatly disturbed by the act; and it was
+more than probable that, by this time, he was sorry he
+had done it. He did not expect the fire to break out
+for some little time; and it had not occurred to him
+that the quarantine people would extend their operation
+to the hold of the vessel.
+
+The boats landed on the beach; and all hands were
+marched up to a kind of tent, a short distance from the
+water. There were fifty–five of them, and they were
+divided into two squads for the fumigating process.
+
+“How is this thing to be done?” asked Scott, as he
+halted by the side of Raimundo, at the tent.
+
+“I have not the least idea what it is all about,”
+replied the young Spaniard.
+
+“I suppose we are to take up our quarters in this
+tent.”
+
+“Not for very long; for all the rest of the squadron
+have been operated upon in a couple of hours.”
+
+The health officer now beckoned them to enter the
+tent. It was of the shape of a one–story house. The
+canvas on the sides and end was tacked down to heavy
+planks on the ground, so as to make it as tight as possible.
+There was only a small door; and, when the first
+squad had entered, it was carefully closed, so that the
+interior seemed to be almost air–tight. In the centre of
+the tent was a large tin pan, which contained some
+chemical ingredient. The health officer then poured
+another ingredient into the pan; and the union of the
+two created quite a tempest, a dense smoke or vapor
+rising from the vessel, which immediately filled the tent.
+
+“Whew!” whistled Scott, as he inhaled the vapor.
+“These Spaniards ought to have a patent for getting up
+a bad smell. This can’t be beat, even by the city of
+Chicago.”
+
+“I am glad you think my countrymen are good for
+something,” laughed Raimundo.
+
+The students coughed, sneezed, and made all the fuss
+that was necessary, and a good deal more. The health
+officer laughed at the antics of the party, and dismissed
+them in five minutes, cleansed from all taint of smallpox
+or yellow fever.
+
+“Where’s your blaze?” asked Bark Lingall, as they
+withdrew from the others who had just left the tent.
+
+“Hush up! don’t say a word about it,” whispered
+Bill; “it hasn’t got a–going yet.”
+
+“But those quarantine folks are on board; and if
+there were any fire there they would have seen it
+before this time,” continued Bark nervously.
+
+“Dry up! not another word! If we are seen talking
+together the vice will know that we are at the bottom
+of the matter.”
+
+Bill Stout shook off his companion, and walked about
+with as much indifference as he could assume. Every
+minute or two he glanced at the Tritonia, expecting to
+see the flames, or at least the smoke, rising above her
+decks. But no flame or smoke appeared, not even the
+vapor of the disinfectants.
+
+The second squad of the ship’s company were sent
+into the tent after the preparations were completed;
+and in the course of an hour the health officer gave the
+vice–principal permission to return to his vessel. The
+boats were manned; the professors and others took
+their places, and the bowmen shoved off. Bill began
+to wonder where his blaze was, for ample time had
+elapsed for the flames to envelop the schooner, if she
+was to burn at all. Still there was no sign of fire or
+smoke about the beautiful craft. She rested on the
+water as lightly and as trimly as ever. Bill could not
+understand it; but he came to the conclusion that the
+quarantine men had extinguished the flames. The
+burning of the vessel did not rest upon his conscience,
+it is true; but he was not satisfied, as he probably
+would not have been if the Tritonia had been destroyed.
+He felt as though he had attempted to do a big thing,
+and had failed. He was not quite the hero he intended
+to be in the estimation of his fellow–conspirators.
+
+The four boats of the Tritonia came alongside the
+schooner; and, when the usual order of things had been
+fully restored, the signal for sailing appeared on the
+steamer. The odor of the chemicals remained in the
+cabin and steerage for a time; but the circulation of
+the air soon removed it. It was four o’clock in the
+afternoon; and, in order to enable the students to see
+what they might of the city as the fleet went up to the
+port, the lessons were not resumed. The fore–topsail,
+jib, and mainsail were set, the anchor weighed, and the
+Tritonia followed the Prince in charge of a pilot who
+had presented himself as soon as the fumigation was
+completed.
+
+“You belong in the cage,” said Marline, walking
+up to the two conspirators, as soon as the schooner
+began to gather headway.
+
+Bill and Bark followed the boatswain to the steerage,
+and were locked into the brig.
+
+“Here we are again,” said Bark, when Marline had
+returned to the deck. “I did not expect when we left,
+to come back again.”
+
+“Neither did I; and I don’t understand it,” replied
+Bill, with a sheepish look. “I certainly fixed things
+right for something different. I lighted the newspaper,
+and put it under the hay, sawdust, and boxes. I was
+sure there would be a blaze in fifteen minutes. I can’t
+explain it; and I am going down to see how it was.”
+
+“Not now: some one will see you,” added Bark.
+
+“No; everybody is looking at the sights. Besides,
+as the thing has failed, I want to fix things so that no
+one will suspect any thing if the pile of hay and stuff
+should be overhauled.”
+
+Bark made no further objection, and his companion
+hastened down the ladder. Pulling over the pile of
+rubbish, he found the newspaper he had ignited.
+Only a small portion of it was burned, and it was
+evident that the flame had been smothered when the
+boxes and covers had been thrown on the heap. Nothing
+but the newspaper bore the marks of the fire; and,
+putting this into his pocket, he returned to the brig.
+
+“I shall do better than that next time,” said he,
+when he had explained to Bark the cause of the failure.
+
+Bill Stout was as full of plans and expedients as
+ever; and, before the anchor went down, he was willing
+to believe that “the job” could be better done at
+another time.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III.
+
+A GRANDEE OF SPAIN.
+
+
+The port, or harbor, of Barcelona is formed by an
+inlet of the sea. A triangular tongue of land,
+with a long jetty projecting from its southern point,
+shelters it from the violence of the sea, except on the
+south–east. On the widest part of the tongue of land
+is the suburb of Barceloneta, or Little Barcelona, inhabited
+by sailors and other lower orders of people.
+
+“I can just remember the city as it was when I left
+it in a steamer to go to Marseilles, about ten years ago,”
+said Raimundo, as he and Scott stood on the lee side
+of the quarter–deck, looking at the objects of interest
+that were presented to them. “It does not seem to
+have changed much.”
+
+“It don’t look any more like Spain than the rest of
+the world,” added the lieutenant.
+
+“This hill on the left is Monjuich, seven hundred
+and fifty–five feet high. It has a big fort on the
+top of it, which commands the town as well as the
+harbor. The city is a walled town, with redoubts all
+the way around it. The walls take in the citadel, which
+you see above the head of the harbor. The city was
+founded by Hamilcar more than two hundred years
+before Christ, and afterwards became a Roman colony.
+There is lots of history connected with the city, but I
+will not bore you with it.”
+
+“Thank you for your good intentions,” laughed Scott.
+“But how is it that you don’t care to see the people of
+your native city after an absence of ten years?”
+
+“I don’t care about having this story told all through
+the ship, Scott,” replied the young Spaniard, glancing
+at the students on deck.
+
+“Of course I will not mention it, if you say so.”
+
+“I have always kept it to myself, though I have no
+strong reason for doing so; and I would not say any
+thing about it now if I did not feel the need of a friend.
+I am sure I can rely on you, Scott.”
+
+“When I can do any thing for you, Don, you may
+depend upon me; and not a word shall ever pass my
+lips till you request it.”
+
+“I don’t know but you will think I am laying out the
+plot of a novel, like the story of Giulia Fabiano, whom
+O’Hara assisted to a happy conclusion,” replied Raimundo,
+with a smile. “I couldn’t help thinking of my
+own case when her history was related to me; for, so
+far, the situations are very much the same.”
+
+“I have seen all I want to of the outside of Barcelona;
+and if you like, we will go down into the cabin where
+we shall be alone for the present,” suggested Scott.
+
+“That will suit me better,” answered Raimundo, as
+he followed his companion.
+
+“We shall be out of hearing of everybody here, I
+think,” said Scott, as he seated himself in the after–part
+of the cabin.
+
+“There is not much romance in the story yet; and I
+don’t know that there ever will be,” continued the Spaniard.
+“It is a family difficulty; and such things are
+never pleasant to me, however romantic they may be.”
+
+“Well, Don, I don’t want you to tell the story for my
+sake; and don’t harrow up your feelings to gratify my
+curiosity,” protested Scott.
+
+“I shall want your advice, and perhaps your assistance;
+and for this reason only I shall tell you all about
+it. Here goes. My grandfather was a Spanish merchant
+of the city of Barcelona; and when he was fifty
+years old he had made a fortune of two hundred and
+fifty thousand dollars, which is a big pile of money in
+Spain. He had three sons, and a strong weakness, as
+our friend O’Hara would express it. I suppose you
+know something about the grandees of Spain, Scott?”
+
+“Not a thing,” replied the third lieutenant candidly.
+“I have heard the word, and I know they are the
+nobles of Spain; and that’s all I know.”
+
+“That’s about all any ordinary outsider would be
+expected to know about them. There is altogether too
+much nobility and too little money in Spain. Some of
+the grandees are still very rich and powerful; but physically
+and financially the majority of them are played
+out. I am sorry to say it, but laziness is a national
+peculiarity: I am a Spaniard, and I will not call it by
+any hard names. Pride and vanity go with it. There
+are plenty of poor men who are too proud to work, or
+to engage in business of any kind. Of course such
+men do not get on very well; and, the longer they live,
+the poorer they grow. This is especially the case with
+the played–out nobility.
+
+“My grandfather was the son of a grandee who had
+lost all his property. He was a Castilian, with pride
+and dignity enough to fit out half a dozen Americans.
+He would rather have starved than do any sort of
+business. My grandfather, though it appears that he
+gloried in the title of the grandee, was not quite willing
+to be starved on his patrimonial acres. His stomach
+conquered his pride. He was the elder son; and while
+he was a young man his father died, leaving him the
+empty title, with nothing to support its dignity. I have
+been told that he actually suffered from hunger. He
+had no brothers; and his sisters were all married to one–horse
+nobles like himself. He was alone in his ruined
+castle.
+
+“Without telling any of his people where he was
+going, he journeyed to Barcelona, where, being a young
+man of good parts, he obtained a situation as a clerk.
+In time he became a merchant, and a very prosperous
+one. As soon as his circumstances would admit, he
+married, and had three sons. As he grew older, the
+Castilian pride of birth came back to him, and he began
+to think about the title he had dropped when he
+became a merchant. He desired to found a family
+with wealth as well as a name. He was still the Count
+de Escarabajosa.”
+
+“Of what?” asked Scott.
+
+“The Count de Escarabajosa,” repeated Raimundo.
+
+“Well, I don’t blame him for dropping his title if he
+had to carry as long a name as that around with him.
+It was a heavy load for him, poor man!”
+
+“The title was not of much account, according to my
+Uncle Manuel, who told me the story; for my grandfather
+was only a second or third class grandee—not
+one of the first, who were allowed to speak to the king
+with their hats on. At any rate, I think my grandfather
+did wisely not to think much of his title till his fortune
+was made. His oldest son, Enrique, was my father;
+and that’s my name also.”
+
+“Yours? Are you not entered in the ship’s books
+as Henry;” interposed Scott.
+
+“No; but Enrique is the Spanish for Henry. When
+my grandfather died, he bequeathed his fortune to my
+father, who also inherited his title, though he gave the
+other two sons enough to enable them to make a start
+in business. If my father should die without any male
+heir, the fortune, consisting largely of houses, lands,
+and farms, in and near Barcelona, was to go to the
+second son, whose name was Alejandro. In like manner
+the fortune was to pass to the third son, if the second
+died without a male heir. This was Spanish law,
+as well as the will of my grandfather. Two years after
+the death of my grandfather, and when I was about six
+years old, my father died. I was his only child. You
+will see, Scott, that under the will of my grandfather I
+was the heir of the fortune, and the title too for that
+matter, though it is of no account.”
+
+“Then, Don, you are the Count de What–ye–call–it?”
+said Scott, taking off his cap, and bowing low to the
+young grandee.
+
+“The Count de Escarabajosa,” laughed Raimundo;
+“but I would not have the fellows on board know this
+for the world; and this is one reason why I wanted to
+have my story kept a secret.”
+
+“Not a word from me. But I shall hardly dare to
+speak to you without taking off my cap. The Count de
+Scaribagiosa! My eyes! what a long tail our cat has
+got!”
+
+“That’s it! I can see just what would happen if you
+should spin this yarn to the crowd,” added the grandee,
+shaking his head.
+
+“But I won’t open my mouth till you command me
+to do so. What would Captain Wainwright say if he
+only knew that he had a Spanish grandee under his
+orders? He might faint.”
+
+“Don’t give him an opportunity.”
+
+“I won’t. But spin out the yarn: I am interested.”
+
+“My father died when I was only six; and my Uncle
+Alejandro was appointed my guardian by due process
+of law. Now, I don’t want to say a word against Don
+Alejandro, and I would not if the truth did not compel
+me to do so. My Uncle Manuel, who lives in New
+York, is my authority; and I give you the facts just as
+he gave them to me only a year before I left home to
+join the ship. Don Alejandro took me to his own
+house as soon as he was appointed my guardian. To
+make a long story short, he was a bad man, and he did
+not treat me well. I was rather a weakly child at six,
+and I stood between my uncle and my grandfather’s
+large fortune. If I died, Don Alejandro would inherit
+the estate. My Uncle Manuel insists that he did all he
+could, short of murdering me in cold blood, to help me
+out of the world. I remember how ill he treated me,
+but I was too young to understand the meaning of his
+conduct.
+
+“My Uncle Manuel was not so fortunate in business
+as his father had been, though he saved the capital my
+grandfather had bequeathed to him. The agency of a
+large mercantile house in Barcelona was offered to him
+if he would go to America; and he promptly decided to
+seek his fortune in New York. Manuel had quarrelled
+with Alejandro on account of the latter’s treatment of
+me; and a great many hard words passed between them.
+But Manuel was so well satisfied in regard to Alejandro’s
+intentions, that he dared not leave me in the keeping
+of his brother when he went to the New World. Though
+it was a matter of no small difficulty, he decided to take
+me with him to New York.
+
+“I did not like my Uncle Alejandro, and I did like
+my Uncle Manuel. I was willing to go anywhere with
+the latter; and when he called to bid farewell to my
+guardian, on the eve of his departure, he beckoned to
+me as he went out of the house. I followed him, and
+he managed to conceal his object from the servants;
+for my Uncle Alejandro did not attend him to the front
+door. He had arranged a more elaborate plan to obtain
+possession of me; but when he saw me in the hall,
+he was willing to adopt the simpler method that was
+then suggested to him. His baggage was on board of
+the steamer for Marseilles, and he had no difficulty in
+conveying me to the vessel. I was kept out of sight in
+the state–room till the steamer was well on her way. I
+will not trouble you with what I remember of the journey;
+but in less than three weeks we were in New
+York, which has been my home ever since.”
+
+“But what did your guardian say to all this?” asked
+Scott. “Did he discover what had become of you?”
+
+“I don’t know what he said; but he has been at work
+for seven years to obtain possession of me. As I disappeared
+at the same time my Uncle Manuel left, no
+doubt Alejandro suspected what had become of me.
+At any rate, he sent an agent to New York to bring me
+back to Spain; but Manuel kept me out of the way.
+As soon as I could speak English well enough, he sent
+me to a boarding–school. I ‘cut up’ so that he was
+obliged to take me away, and send me to another. I
+am sorry to say that I did no better, and was sent to
+half a dozen different schools in the course of three
+years. I was active, and full of mischief; but I grew
+into a strong and healthy boy from a very puny and
+sickly one.
+
+“At last my uncle sent me on board of the academy
+ship; but he told me before I went, that if I did not
+learn my lessons, and behave myself like a gentleman,
+he would send me back to my Uncle Alejandro in
+Spain. He would no longer attempt to keep me out
+of the way of my legal guardian. Partly on account
+of this threat, and partly because I like the institution,
+I have done as well as I could.”
+
+“And no one has done any better,” added Scott.
+
+“No doubt my Uncle Manuel has received good accounts
+of me from the principal, for he has been very
+kind to me. He wrote to me, after I had informed him
+that the squadron was going to Spain, that I must not
+go there; but he added that I was almost man grown,
+and ought to be able to take care of myself. I thought
+so too: at any rate, I have taken the chances in coming
+here.”
+
+“But you are a minor; and I suppose Don Alejandro,
+if he can get hold of you, will have the right to take
+possession of your _corpus_.”
+
+“No doubt of that.”
+
+“But does your guardian know that you are a student
+in the academy squadron?” asked Scott.
+
+“I don’t know: it is not impossible, or even improbable.
+Alejandro has had agents out seeking me, and
+they may have ascertained where I am. For aught I
+know, my guardian may have made his arrangements to
+capture me as soon as the fleet comes to anchor. But
+I don’t mean to be captured; for I should have no
+chance in a Spanish court, backed by the principal, the
+American minister, and the counsel. By law I belong
+to my guardian; and that is the whole of it. Now,
+Scott, you are the best friend I have on this side of the
+Atlantic; and I want you to help me.”
+
+“That I will do with all my might and main, Don,”
+protested Scott.
+
+“I don’t ask you to tell any lies, or to do any thing
+wrong,” said Raimundo.
+
+“What can I do for you? that’s the question.”
+
+“I shall keep out of sight while the vessels are at
+this port; and I want you to be on the lookout for any
+Spaniards in search of a young man named Raimundo,
+and let me know. When you go on shore, I
+want you to find out all you can about my Uncle Alejandro.
+If I should happen to run away at any time,
+_you_ will know, if no one else does, why I did so.”
+
+“Don’t you think it would be a good thing to tell
+the vice–principal your story, and ask him to help you
+out in case of any trouble?” suggested Scott.
+
+“No: that would not do. If Mr. Pelham should do
+any thing to help me keep out of the way, he would be
+charged with breaking or evading the Spanish laws;
+and that would get him into trouble. I ought not to
+have come here; but now I must take the responsibility,
+and not shove it off on the vice–principal.”
+
+“Who pays your bills, Don?”
+
+“My Uncle Manuel, of course. He has a half interest
+in the house for which he went out as an agent;
+and I suppose he is worth more money to–day than his
+father ever was. He is as liberal as he is rich. He
+sent me a second letter of credit for a hundred pounds
+when we were at Leghorn; and I drew half of it in
+Genoa in gold, so as to be ready for any thing that
+might happen in Spain.”
+
+“Do you really expect that your uncle will make a
+snap at you?” asked Scott, with no little anxiety in his
+expression.
+
+“I have no knowledge whatever in regard to his
+movements. I know that he has sent agents to the
+United States to look me up, and that my Uncle
+Manuel has had sharp work to keep me out of their
+way. I have been bundled out of New York in the
+middle of the night to keep me from being kidnapped
+by his emissaries; for my uncle has never believed that
+he had any case in law, even in the States.”
+
+“It is really quite a serious matter to you, Don.”
+
+“Serious? You know that my countrymen have the
+reputation of using knives when occasion requires; and
+I also know that Don Alejandro has not a good character
+in Barcelona.”
+
+“But suppose you went back to him: do you believe
+he would ill–treat you now?”
+
+“No, I don’t. I have grown to be too big a fellow
+to be abused like a child. I think I could take care of
+myself, so far as that is concerned. But my uncle has
+been nursing his wrath for years on account of my
+absence. He has sons of his own, who are living on
+my property; for I learn that Alejandro has done nothing
+to increase the small sum his father left him. He
+and his sons want my fortune. I might be treated with
+the utmost kindness and consideration, if I returned; but
+that would not convince me that I was not in constant
+peril. Spain is not England or the United States, and
+I have read a great deal about my native land,” said
+Raimundo, shaking his head. “I agree with my uncle
+Manuel, that I must not risk myself in the keeping of
+my guardian.”
+
+“Suppose Don Alejandro should come on board as
+soon as we anchor, Don: what could you do? You
+would not be in condition to run away. Where could
+you go?” inquired Scott.
+
+“I know just what I should do; but I will not put
+you in condition to be tempted to tell any lies,” replied
+Raimundo, smiling. “One thing more: I shall not be
+safe anywhere in Spain. My uncle does not want me
+for any love he bears me; and it would answer his
+purpose just as well if I should be drowned in crossing
+a river, fall off any high place, or be knifed in some
+lonely corner. There are still men enough in Spain
+who use the knife, though the country is safe under
+ordinary circumstances.”
+
+“Upon my word, I shall be hardly willing to let you
+go out of my sight,” added Scott. “I shall have to
+take you under my protection.”
+
+“I am afraid your protection will not do me much
+good, except in the way I have indicated.”
+
+“Well, you may be sure I will do all I can to serve
+and save you,” continued Scott, taking the hand of his
+friend, as the movements on deck indicated that the
+schooner was ready to anchor.
+
+“Thank you, Scott; thank you. With your help, I
+shall feel that I am almost out of danger.”
+
+Raimundo decided to remain in the cabin, as his
+watch was not called; but Scott went on deck, as much
+to look out for any suspicious Spaniards, as for the
+purpose of seeing what was to be seen. The American
+Prince had already anchored; and her two consorts
+immediately followed her example. The sails were
+hardly furled, and every thing made snug, before the
+signal, “All hands attend lecture,” appeared on the
+flag–ship.
+
+All the vessels of the fleet were surrounded by boats
+from the shore, most of them to take passengers to the
+city. The adult forward officers were stationed at the
+gangways, to prevent any persons from coming on
+board; and the boatmen were informed that no one
+would go on shore that night. Scott hastened below,
+to tell his friend that all hands were ordered on board
+of the steamer to attend the lecture. Raimundo declared,
+that, as no one could possibly recognize him
+after so many years of absence, he should go on board
+of the Prince, with the rest of the ship’s company.
+
+The boats were lowered; and in a short time all
+the students were assembled in the grand saloon, where
+Professor Mapps was ready to discourse upon the
+geography and history of Spain.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV.
+
+THE PROFESSOR’S TALK ABOUT SPAIN.
+
+
+As usual, the professor had a large map posted
+where all could see it. It was a map of Spain
+and Portugal in this instance, in which the physical as
+well as the political features of the peninsula were exhibited.
+The instructor pointed at the map, and commenced
+his lecture.
+
+“The ancient name of Spain was _Iberia_; the Latin,
+_Hispania_. The Spaniards call their country _España_.
+Notice the mark over the _n_ in this word, which gives it
+the value of _ny_, the same as the French _gn_. You will
+find it in many Spanish words.
+
+“With Portugal, Spain forms a peninsula whose
+greatest length, from east to west, is six hundred and
+twenty miles; and, from north to south, five hundred
+and forty miles. It is separated from the rest of
+Europe by the Pyrenees Mountains: they extend quite
+across the isthmus, which is two hundred and forty
+miles wide. It contains two hundred and fourteen
+thousand square miles, of which one hundred and
+seventy–eight thousand belong to Spain, and thirty–six
+thousand to Portugal. Spain is not quite four times as
+large as the State of New York; and Portugal is a
+little larger than the State of Maine.
+
+“Spain has nearly fourteen hundred miles of seacoast,
+four–sevenths of which is on the Mediterranean.
+Spain is a mountainous country. About one–half of its
+area is on the great central plateau, from two to three
+thousand feet above the level of the sea. The mountain
+ranges, you observe, extend mostly east and west,
+which gives the rivers, of course, the same general
+direction. The Cantabrian and the Pyrenees are the
+same range, the former extending along the northern
+coast to the Atlantic. Between this range and the
+Sierra Guadarrama are the valleys of the Duero and
+the Ebro. This range reaches nearly from the mouth
+of the Tagus to the mouth of the Ebro, and takes
+several names in different parts of the peninsula.
+The mountains of Toledo are about in the centre of
+Spain. South of these are the Sierra Morena, with the
+basin of the Guadiana on the north and that of the
+Guadalquiver on the south. Near the southern coast
+is the Sierra Nevada, which contains the Cerro de
+Mulahacen, 11,678 feet, the highest peak in the peninsula.
+_Sierra_ means a saw, which a chain of mountains
+may resemble; though some say it comes from the
+Arabic word _Sehrah_, meaning wild land.
+
+“There are two hundred and thirty rivers in Spain;
+but only six of them need be mentioned. The Minho
+is in the north–west, and separates Spain and Portugal
+for about forty miles. It is one hundred and thirty
+miles long, and navigable for thirty. The Duero,
+called the Douro in Portugal, has a course of four hundred
+miles, about two–thirds of which is in Spain. It
+is navigable through Portugal, and a little way into
+Spain, though only for boats. The Tagus is the longest
+river of the peninsula, five hundred and forty miles.
+It is navigable only to Abrantes in Portugal, about
+eighty miles; though Philip II. built several boats at
+Toledo, loaded them with grain, and sent them down
+to Lisbon. The Guadiana is in the south–west, three
+hundred and eighty miles long, and navigable only
+thirty–five. Near its source this river, like the Rhone
+and some others, indulges in the odd freak of disappearing,
+and flowing through an underground channel
+for twenty miles. The river loses itself gradually in an
+expanse of marshes, and re–appears in the form of
+several small lakes, which are called ‘los ojos de la
+Guadiana,’—the eyes of the Guadiana.
+
+“The Guadalquiver is two hundred and eighty miles
+long, and, like all the rivers I have mentioned, flows
+into the Atlantic. It is navigable to Cordova, and
+large vessels go up to Seville. The Ebro is the only
+large river that flows into the Mediterranean. It is
+three hundred and forty miles long, and is navigable
+for boats about half this distance. Great efforts have
+been made to improve the navigation of some of these
+rivers, especially the largest of them. There are no
+lakes of any consequence in Spain, the largest being a
+mere lagoon on the seashore near Valencia.
+
+“Spain has a population of sixteen millions, which
+places it as the tenth in rank among the nations of
+Europe. In territorial extent it is the seventh. It is
+said that Spain, as a Roman province, had a population
+of forty millions.
+
+“Spain, including the Balearic and Canary Islands,
+contains forty–nine provinces, each of which has its
+local government, and its representation in the national
+legislature, or _Cortes_. But you should know something
+of the old divisions, since these are often mentioned in
+the history of the country. There are fourteen of them,
+each of which was formerly a kingdom, principality, or
+province. Castile was the largest, including Old and
+New Castile, and was in the north–central part of the
+peninsula. This was the realm of Isabella; and, by her
+marriage with Ferdinand, it was united with Aragon,
+lying next east of it. East of Aragon, forming the
+north–east corner of Spain, is Catalonia, of which
+Barcelona is the chief city. North of Castile, on or
+near the Bay of Biscay, are the three Basque provinces.
+Bordering the Pyrenees, nearest to France, is the little
+kingdom of Navarre, with Aragon on the east. Forming
+the north–western corner of the peninsula is the
+kingdom of Galicia. East of it, on the Bay of Biscay,
+is the principality of the Asturias. South of this, and
+between Castile and Portugal, is the kingdom of Leon,
+which was attached to Castile in the eleventh century.
+Estremadura is between Portugal and New Castile.
+La Mancha, the country of Don Quixote, is south of
+New Castile. Valencia and Murcia are on the east,
+bordering on the Mediterranean. Andalusia is on both
+sides of the Guadalquiver, including the three modern
+provinces of Seville, Cordova, and Jaen. Granada is
+in the south, on the Mediterranean. You will hear the
+different parts of Spain spoken of under these names
+more than any other.
+
+“The principal vegetable productions of Spain are
+those of the vine and olive. The export of wine is ten
+million dollars; and of olive–oil, four millions. Raisins,
+flour, cork, wool, and brandy are other important
+exports, to say nothing of the fruits of the South, such
+as grapes and oranges. Silver, quicksilver, lead, and
+iron are the most valuable minerals. Silk is produced
+in Valencia, Murcia, and Granada.
+
+“The climate of Spain, as you would suppose from
+its mountainous character, is very various. The north,
+which is in the latitude of New England, is very
+different from this region of our own country. On the
+table–lands of the centre, it is hot in summer and cold
+in winter. In the south, the weather is hot in summer,
+but very mild in winter. Even here in Barcelona, the
+mercury seldom goes down to the freezing point. The
+average winter temperature of Malaga is about fifty–five
+degrees Fahrenheit.
+
+“Three thousand miles of railroad have been built,
+and two thousand miles more have been projected.
+One can go to all the principal cities in Spain now by
+rail from Madrid; and those on the seacoast are connected
+by several lines of steamers.
+
+“The army consists of one hundred and fifty thousand
+men, and may be increased in time of war by calling
+out the reserves; for every man over twenty is
+liable to do military duty. The navy consists of one
+hundred and ten vessels, seventy–three of which are
+screw steamers, twenty–four paddle steamers, and thirteen
+sailing vessels. Seven of the screws are iron–clad
+frigates. They are manned by thirteen thousand sailors
+and marines; and this navy is therefore quite formidable.
+
+“The government is a constitutional monarchy. The
+king executes the laws through his ministers, but is not
+held responsible for any thing. If things do not work
+well, the ministers are to bear the blame, and his
+Majesty may dismiss them at pleasure. The laws are
+made by the _Cortes_, which consists of two bodies, the
+Senate and the Congress. Any Spaniard who is of age,
+and not deprived of his civil rights, may be a member
+of the _Congreso_, or lower house. Four senators are
+elected for each province. They must be forty years
+old, be in possession of their civil rights, and must have
+held some high office under the government in the army
+or navy, in the church, or in certain educational institutions.
+
+“The present king is Amedeo I., second son of Vittorio
+Emanuele, king of Italy. He was elected king of
+Spain Nov. 16, 1870.[1]
+
+“All but sixty thousand of the population of Spain
+are Roman Catholics; and of this faith is the national
+church, though all other forms of worship are tolerated.
+In 1835 and in 1836 the _Cortes_ suppressed all conventual
+institutions, and confiscated their property for the
+benefit of the nation. In 1833 there were in Spain one
+hundred and seventy–five thousand ecclesiastics of all
+descriptions, including monks and nuns. In 1862 this
+number had been reduced to about forty thousand,
+which exhibits the effect of the legislation of the _Cortes_.
+The archbishop of Toledo is the head of the Church,
+primate of Spain.
+
+“Though there are ten universities in Spain some of
+them very ancient and very celebrated, the population
+of Spain have been in a state of extreme ignorance till
+quite a recent period. At the beginning of the present
+century, it was rare to find a peasant or an ordinary
+workman who could read. Efforts have been put forth
+since 1812 to promote popular education; but with no
+great success, till within the last forty years. In 1868
+there were a million and a quarter of pupils in the public
+and private schools; and not more than one in ten
+of the population are unable to read. But the sum
+expended for public education in Spain is less per
+annum than the city of Boston devotes to this object.
+
+“Money values in Spain are generally reckoned in
+_reales_, a _real_ being five cents of our money. This is
+the unit of the system. The _Isabelino_, or Isabel as it
+is generally called, is a gold coin worth one hundred
+_reales_, or five dollars. A _peso_, or _duro_, is the same as
+our dollar: it is a silver coin. The _escudo_ is half a
+dollar. The _peseta_ is twenty cents; the half _peseta_ is
+ten. The _real_ is the smallest silver coin. Of the copper
+coins, the _medio real_ means half a real. You will
+see a small copper coin stamped ‘1 _centimo de escudo_,’
+which means one hundredth of an _escudo_, or half dollar.
+It is the tenth of a _real_, or half a cent. Then
+there is the _doble decima_, worth one cent; and the
+_medio decima_, worth a quarter of a cent. But probably
+you will not hear any of these copper coins mentioned.
+Instead of them the small money will be counted in
+_cuartos_, eight and a half of them making a real. An
+American cent, an English halfpenny, a French sou,
+or any other copper coin of any nation, and about the
+same size, will go for a _cuarto_. A _maravedis_ is an
+imaginary value, four of which were equal to a _cuarto_.
+It is used in poetry and plays; and, though there is no
+such coin, any piece of base metal, even a button, will
+pass for a _maravedis_. There is a vast quantity of bad
+money in circulation in Spain, especially of the gold
+coins; and the traveller should be on the lookout for it.
+There are also a great many counterfeit _escudos_, or half–dollars.
+Travellers should have nothing to do with
+paper money, as it is not good away from the locality
+where it is issued.
+
+“Having said all that occurs to me on these general
+topics, I shall now ask your attention to the history of
+Spain, which is very interesting to the student, though
+I am obliged to make it quite brief. I hope you have
+read the historical writings of our own Prescott, which
+are more attractive than the novels of the day. If you
+have not read these works, do so before you are a year
+older; and here in Spain is the time for you to begin.
+
+“Recent events have called an unusual amount of
+attention to the Spanish peninsula; and this unhappy
+country has long been in so uneasy a state that a revolution
+surprises very few. Spain has had its full share,
+both of the smiles and the frowns of fortune. It was
+as widely known in early ages for its wealth, as it has
+been in modern times for its beggars.
+
+“Nearly three thousand years ago, the Phœnicians
+began to plant colonies in the South of Spain. They
+found the country abounding with silver. So plenty,
+indeed, was the silver ore, that, according to one
+account, they not only loaded their fleet with it, but
+they returned home with their anchors and the commonest
+implements made of the same precious metal.
+
+“This is doubtless an exaggeration; but we have
+reason to believe that silver was more abundant in
+Spain than in any other quarter of the ancient world.
+Few silver–mines were known in Asia in those days:
+yet an immense quantity of silver was in circulation
+there during the flourishing period of the Persian empire.
+Herodotus tells us that in the reign of Darius,
+son of Hystaspes, all the nations under the yoke of the
+Persians, except the Indians and the Ethiopians, paid
+their tribute in silver. A large portion of this was
+obtained from the Phœnicians, and was distributed
+through Asia by the traders who came to Tyre. The
+Carthaginians also drew uncounted treasures in silver
+from Spain. When Carthagina was taken from them
+by Scipio, the portion of the precious metals that went
+into the Roman treasury was eighteen thousand three
+hundred pounds in weight of silver, two hundred and
+seventy–six golden cups each weighing a pound, and
+silver vessels without number. Near this city is a
+silver–mine which is said to have employed forty thousand
+workmen, and which paid the Romans nearly two
+million dollars annually. Another mine in the Pyrenees
+furnished to the Carthaginians in Hannibal’s time
+three hundred pounds every day. The quantities of
+gold and silver brought into the public treasury by the
+Roman consuls who subjugated the different parts of
+the Spanish peninsula were enormous. Still the
+country was not exhausted; for it was almost as highly
+favored in soil and climate as in its mineral treasures.
+‘Next to Italy, if I except the fabulous regions of India,
+I would rank Spain,’ wrote Pliny in the first century of
+our era. At that time the country contained four hundred
+and nine cities; and there was not within the
+Roman empire a province where the people were more
+industrious or more prosperous. How strongly this
+account contrasts with the history of modern Spain!
+When the Spanish monarchs were aspiring to rule the
+world, in the sixteenth century, the streets of their
+cities were overrun with beggars. Only a century ago,
+the number of people in Spain who were without shirts,
+because they were too poor to buy such a luxury, was
+estimated at three millions, or one–third of the population
+of the kingdom. Within a hundred years, however,
+in spite of numerous drawbacks, the wealth of
+the country has vastly increased, and the population
+has nearly doubled.
+
+“The Spaniards are the descendants of various
+races, tribes, and nations. At the dawn of history, we
+find the country in possession of the Iberians and
+Celts. Of the Iberians we know but little. From
+them Spain received its ancient name, Iberia; and the
+Iberus River, now the Ebro, took the name by which,
+with slight changes, it is still known. The language
+of the Iberians is supposed to survive in that of the
+Basque provinces of Biscaya, Guipuzcoa, and Alava,
+which I located a few moments since.
+
+“The Celts, who a little more than two thousand
+years ago had not lost possession of Northern Italy
+and the countries now known as England, Scotland,
+and Ireland, drove the Iberians from the South of
+France and from the north–western part of Spain, in
+very early times. In the centre of the latter country
+these people united, and were afterwards known as
+Celt–Iberians.
+
+“About a thousand years before Christ, the Phœnicians
+began to build towns on the southern coast of
+Spain; and, a century or two later, colonies were established
+on the eastern coast by the Rhodians and by
+other Greeks. Cadiz, Malaga, and Cordova were Phœnician
+towns; and Rhodos and Saguntum—now Rosas
+and Murviedro—were among those founded by the
+Greeks.
+
+“Carthage was founded by the Tyrians; but the
+Carthaginians did not allow relationship to stand in
+the way of gain or conquest. Nearly six hundred
+years before our era, they found an opportunity to
+supplant the Phœnicians in Spain; and in the course
+of two centuries and a half they had brought under
+their sway a large portion of the country. At length
+the Greek colonies on the coast of Catalonia and
+Valencia, and several independent nations of the
+interior, seeing no other way to avoid submitting to
+Carthage, called upon the Romans for help. Rome
+sent commissioners to Carthage in the year B.C.
+227, who obtained a promise that the Carthaginians
+would not push their conquests beyond the Ebro, and
+that they would not disturb the Saguntines and other
+Greek colonies. But, in spite of this agreement,
+Saguntum was besieged eight years later, by a Carthaginian
+army under Hannibal. The siege and
+destruction of this city caused the second Punic war,
+lasting from B.C. 218 to 201, during which Carthage
+lost her last foot–hold in Spain.
+
+“But the Romans did not obtain quiet possession of
+the country their great enemy had lost. Nearly all the
+territory had to be won again from the natives; and in
+some parts of the peninsula the contest was doubtful
+for years. As if this were not enough, many of the
+battles of the civil wars, during the decline of the Roman
+republic, were fought on the soil of Spain, which,
+for two centuries after the fall of Saguntum, hardly
+knew the blessing of peace for a single year. To say
+nothing of lesser celebrities, we find the names of Hasdrubal,
+Hanno, Mago, and Hannibal, among the Carthaginians;
+of Viriathus, the Lusitanian; and, of the
+Romans, the Scipios, Sertorius, Metellus, Pompey the
+Great, and Julius Cæsar,—in the military annals of
+Spain during this period.
+
+“Shortly after the Roman republic became an empire,
+under Augustus,—B.C. 30 to A.D. 14,—war
+was suspended throughout the Roman empire; and the
+Spaniards enjoyed a large share of tranquillity from
+that time till the barbarians poured across the Pyrenees,
+at the beginning of the fifth century. As a province of
+the empire, Spain held a high rank. The stupendous
+Bridge of Alcantara, the well–preserved Theatre of
+Murviedro, and the celebrated Aqueducts of Segovia
+and Tarragona, still attest the magnificence of that
+period. Nor was the peninsula wanting in illustrious
+men during these times. The most learned and practical
+writer on agriculture among the ancients,—Columella,—the
+poets Martial and Lucan, the philosopher
+Seneca, the historian Florus, the geographer Pomponius
+Mela, and the rhetorician Quintilian, were
+Spaniards. Three of the Roman emperors—Trajan,
+one of the greatest princes that ever swayed a sceptre;
+Hadrian, the enlightened protector of arts and literature;
+and Marcus Aurelius, whose name was long held
+in grateful remembrance by his subjects—were also
+natives of the Spanish peninsula.
+
+“After the death of Constantine, A.D. 337, the
+prosperity of Spain began to decline. The taxes
+became heavier, and were increased till they were more
+than the people could bear. In a short time towns
+were deserted, fields ran to waste, and fruit–trees were
+uprooted, so as to reduce the value of property in order
+to avoid taxation. At the close of the century nothing
+was to be seen but desolation, poverty, and misery.
+But there was still a lower deep: the barbarians crossed
+the Pyrenees, and the country was turned into a desert.
+
+“The great irruption of the northern nations into the
+Roman empire began in 375. A century later, the
+western empire fell. The most important division of
+the barbarians, who occupy so large a place in the history
+of the fourth and fifth centuries, were the Germans.
+The Vandals and Suevi, two of the nations that entered
+Spain in 409, were Germans. It is not certain that the
+third nation coming to Spain, the Alani, were of the
+same race. The ravages of these barbarians were terrible.
+Towns were burned, the country laid waste, and
+the inhabitants were massacred without distinction of
+age or sex. Famine and pestilence made fearful havoc,
+and the wild beasts left their hiding–places to make
+war on the wretched people. Even the corpses were
+devoured by the starving population.
+
+“At length the conquerors themselves saw that converting
+a land in which they intended to live into a
+desert was not the wisest policy. They divided by lot,
+among themselves, those parts of the peninsula which
+they occupied. The southern part fell to the Vandals,
+whence it received the name of Vandalicia, which has
+easily become Andalusia. Lusitania, which was very
+nearly the modern Portugal, went to the Alani; and the
+Suevi had the north–western part of the peninsula,
+which is now Galicia. The Romans still held the rest
+of the country.
+
+“But this division was soon destroyed by the Visigoths,
+or West Goths, another Germanic tribe. All
+these Germans were only a little less savage than our
+North American Indians. They neglected agriculture,
+and no man tilled the same field more than one year.
+War was really their only occupation. One of them
+boasted to Julius Cæsar that his soldiers had been fourteen
+years without entering a house; another declared
+that the only country he knew as his home was the territory
+occupied by his troops; and we are told by Tacitus
+that war was the only work they liked.
+
+“The Visigoths, under their King Alaric, had ravaged
+Greece and Italy, and had taken Rome, before
+they established themselves in Southern Gaul, in 411.
+They commenced the conquest of Spain almost immediately
+after the foundation of their new kingdom; but
+they were the nominal rather than the real masters of
+the kingdom for more than half a century.
+
+“Euric (466 to 484) was the founder of the Gothic
+kingdom of Spain; and Amalaric (522 to 531) was the
+first sovereign to hold his court in the country. Before
+long, Spain became the most flourishing of the governments
+established by the Germans on the ruins of the
+western empire. The conquerors, as they were the few
+while the civilized Roman inhabitants were the many,
+adopted the manners, the religion, the laws, and the
+language, of the subject people. They mingled a little
+Gothic with the Latin; and from this mixture arose, in
+the course of time, the noble and beautiful Castilian, or
+Spanish language.
+
+“By degrees the Visigoths became less warlike, and
+finally ceased to be a nation of soldiers. Their kings
+were elective, and seem to have possessed more power
+than those of other German tribes. Still they were
+controlled to a great extent by the clergy. The councils
+of Toledo figured largely in the history of that
+period; and in these the bishops were a power. ‘Let
+no one in his pride seize upon the throne,’ says one
+of the Visigothic laws; ‘let no pretender excite civil
+war among the people; let no one conspire the death
+of the prince. But, when the king is dead in peace,
+let the principal men of the whole kingdom, together
+with the bishops—who have received power to bind
+and to loose, and whose blessing and unction confirm
+princes in their authority—appoint his successor
+by common consent, and with the approval of God.’
+But the kings were not always allowed to die in peace.
+From Euric to Roderick, the greater number of them
+were assassinated or deposed. Roderick, the last of the
+Gothic kings of Spain, drove his predecessor from the
+throne. The relations of the dethroned monarch invited
+the Arabs, or Moors, of Africa to their aid; and
+the famous battle fought on the plains of the modern
+_Xeres de la Frontera_, near Cadiz, a battle that lasted
+three days, put an end to the life of Roderick, and to
+the Gothic kingdom of Spain, in the year 711.
+
+“In the days of the patriarch Jacob, the people of
+Arabia were far enough advanced in civilization to
+maintain an active overland trade with Egypt. The
+Midianite merchantmen to whom Joseph was sold for
+twenty pieces of silver—about a dozen dollars—were
+from Arabia. Yet, for more than two thousand years
+from that time, the Arabs continued to be so divided
+into hostile clans, that they were almost unknown to
+history. The religion of Mohammed first united them;
+and the history of the Arabs really begins with the
+Hegira, or flight of the Prophet from Mecca, in the
+year 622. For ten years Mohammed had proclaimed
+his new creed in Mecca; his followers had been few,
+and had suffered incessant persecution; and now he
+was promised, by men from Medina, that, if he would
+flee to their city, his faith should be adopted and maintained.
+He made his escape from Mecca, though not
+without great risk, and reached Medina in safety,
+accompanied by a single friend. In Mecca he had
+preached patience and resignation under the wrongs
+inflicted by man. At Medina, where he had followers,
+his doctrine was, that one drop of blood shed in the
+cause of God—meaning the new faith, of course—was
+to be of more avail in working out the salvation of
+his hearers than two months of fasting and prayer. At
+first he made war on the caravan trade of his native
+city; and Mecca sent out an army to meet him.
+Mohammed had but three hundred and twenty–four
+men, while the Meccans were a thousand. But the
+prophet assured his followers that three thousand angels
+were fighting on his side; and with these unseen allies
+he utterly routed his enemy. After this first victory,
+conquest followed conquest in rapid succession. In
+less than a century from the Hegira, Arabia was but a
+small province of the empire which had been founded
+by Mohammed’s successors; an empire that extended
+from India to the Atlantic, and included Syria, Phœnicia,
+Mesopotamia, Persia, Bactriana, Egypt, Libya,
+Numidia, Spain, and many important islands of the
+Mediterranean.
+
+“After King Roderick’s defeat and death at Xeres,
+the Moors almost immediately took possession of the
+whole country, except Biscaya, Navarre, a part of Aragon,
+and the mountains of the Asturias. Here a few
+resolute Goths made a stand, under Pelayo, and established
+a kingdom; a stronghold which enabled the
+Christians step by step to recover their lost territory,
+till after eight centuries the last foot of Spanish soil
+was retaken from the Moslems.
+
+“During a part of the Moors’ dominion in Spain the
+country was very prosperous. For more than forty
+years after the conquest, however, it was ruled by viceroys
+dependent upon the caliphs who reigned in Damascus.
+This was a time of discord and civil war; and,
+towards the close of this period, many a city and village
+was laid in ruins never again to rise.
+
+“The eighth, ninth, and tenth centuries were the
+most prosperous in the history of Mohammedan Spain;
+and the last was its golden age. The Moors, though
+warlike, were also industrious, and agriculture flourished
+during this period as it has never flourished since.
+Roads and bridges were built, and canals for fertilizing
+the land were made in all parts of the country. Learning
+was encouraged by the kings of Cordova; and, at
+the end of the eleventh century, Moorish Spain could
+boast of seventy large libraries; while her poets, historians,
+philosophers, and mathematicians were second
+to none of that age. Cordova, the capital, was equal to
+many cities like the Cordova of to–day. At one time
+there were in that city six hundred mosques, and nearly
+four thousand chapels, or mosques of smaller dimensions;
+four hundred and thirty minarets, or towers
+from which the people were called to prayers, such as
+you saw in Constantinople; nine hundred baths; more
+than eighty thousand shops; sixty thousand palaces
+and mansions; and two hundred and thirteen thousand
+common dwelling–houses. The city extended eight
+leagues along the Guadalquiver. If these statistics
+are correct, the city must have contained not less than
+a million inhabitants. We can form some idea of its
+splendors when we are told that a palace built near the
+city, by Abderrahman III., had its roof supported by
+more than four thousand pillars of variegated marble;
+that the floors and walls were of the same costly material;
+that the chief apartments were adorned with
+exquisite fountains and baths; and that the whole was
+surrounded by most magnificent grounds.
+
+“In 1031 the kingdom, or caliphate, of Cordova
+came to an end; and several petty kingdoms took its
+place. But all of them soon became dependent upon
+the Moorish monarch of Northern Africa. The Christian
+kings of Spain were prompt in taking advantage
+of this division among the infidels, as the Moors were
+called; and the power of the Moslems began to decline.
+The Christians gained rapidly on the Moors; and in
+1238, when the kingdom of Granada was founded, the
+Moors held only a part of Southern Spain. Granada
+was the last realm of the Moors in Spain; and its population
+was largely composed of the Moslems who fled
+there from the kingdoms which had been overthrown
+by the victorious arms of the Christian monarchs.
+
+The little kingdom of Granada, though it had an
+area of only nine thousand square miles, contained
+thirty–two large cities and ninety–seven smaller ones,
+and a population of three million souls. The city of
+Granada had seventy thousand houses. This kingdom
+held out against the Christians till the beginning of the
+year 1492. This was the year in which America was
+discovered; and Columbus followed Ferdinand and
+Isabella, in their campaign against the Moors, to this
+city.
+
+“With the fall of Granada, came the close of the
+Moorish rule in the peninsula. A few years later many
+of the Moors were expelled from the country. In
+many parts of Spain the traveller still sees numerous
+traces of their dominion. He finds these traces in the
+Oriental style of the older buildings; in the _alcazars_,
+or palaces, they built; in the mosques now converted
+into Christian churches; and in the canals which still
+fertilize the soil from which the Moslems were driven
+more than three centuries ago.
+
+“The old Gothic monarchy founded by Pelayo survived
+in the kingdom of the Asturias. As the Christians
+began to recover their lost territory from the
+Moors, these conquests, instead of being joined to the
+Asturian kingdom, were erected into independent
+states; but, by the middle of the fifteenth century, the
+number of them had been reduced to five,—Navarre,
+Aragon, Castile, Granada, and Portugal. We shall say
+something of Portugal at another time, for it has a
+history of its own. In 1479 Ferdinand of Aragon and
+Isabella of Castile united these two monarchies into
+one. The kingdom of the Asturias had been merged
+into that of Leon, which was united to Castile in 1067.
+Granada was added in 1492, and Navarre twenty years
+later.
+
+“At the death of Ferdinand in 1516, Charles I.
+became king of Spain. He was the son of ‘Crazy
+Jane,’ daughter of Ferdinand and Isabella. He was
+elected emperor of Germany three years after his
+accession to the throne, as Charles V. His reign and
+that of his son and successor covered the most splendid
+period in the history of modern Spain, ending with the
+death of Philip in 1588. Their dominions were the
+most extensive among the monarchs of Europe; their
+armies were the best of that age; and their treasuries
+were supplied by the exhaustless mines of the new
+world which Columbus had given to Spain. But, after
+the death of Philip II., the monarchy rapidly declined;
+so rapidly indeed that a century later, when Charles II.
+died, in 1700, it was without money, without credit, and
+without troops.
+
+“I must again call your attention to the magnificent
+works of our own Prescott. I hope you will all read
+them, for I have not time to mention a score of topics
+which are treated in these volumes, such as the Inquisition,
+the Spanish Rule in Naples, the Conquest of
+Granada, the Great Captain, the Cardinal Ximines,
+and the Spanish Rule in the Netherlands. I commend
+to you also the works of Motley and Washington Irving;
+of the latter, especially ‘The Life of Columbus,’ ‘The
+Alhambra,’ and ‘The Conquest of Granada.’”
+
+“Charles II., as he had no children, and there was no
+heir to the throne, signed an instrument, before his
+death, declaring Philip, Duke of Anjou, grandson of
+the grand monarch Louis XIV., his successor. This
+king was Philip V., the first of the Spanish branch of
+the Bourbon family, to which Isabella II., the late
+queen of Spain, belonged. England, Holland, and
+Germany objected to this arrangement, because it
+placed both France and Spain under the rule of the
+same family; and for twelve years resisted the claim of
+Philip to the throne. This was ‘the war of the Spanish
+succession,’ in which Prince Eugene and the Duke of
+Marlborough won several great victories. But Philip
+retained the throne, though he lost the Spanish possessions
+in Italy and the Netherlands, and was obliged to
+cede Gibraltar and Minorca to England. Under Philip
+V. and his successors, the prosperity of Spain revived;
+and the kingdom flourished till the French Revolution.
+
+“Philip was followed by his son Ferdinand VI. in
+1748; but he was mentally unfit to take an active part
+in the government, and was succeeded by his stepbrother
+Charles III. in 1759. He was a wise prince,
+and greatly promoted the prosperity of his country.
+Charles IV., who came to the throne in 1788, began his
+reign by following the wise policy of his father; but he
+soon placed himself under the influence of Godoy, his
+prime minister, who led him into several fruitless wars
+and expensive alliances, which reduced the country to
+a miserable condition. In 1808 an insurrection compelled
+him to abdicate in favor of his son, who ascended
+the throne as Ferdinand VII. A few days later the
+ex–king wrote a letter to Napoleon, declaring that he
+had abdicated under compulsion; and he revoked the
+act. Napoleon offered to arbitrate between the father
+and son, and he met them at Bayonne for this purpose.
+He induced both of them to resign their claims to
+the throne, and then made his brother Joseph king of
+Spain. The new king started for his dominion; but
+the Spaniards were not satisfied with this little arrangement,
+and insurrections broke out all over the country.
+England decided to take a hand in the game, made
+peace with Spain, acknowledged Ferdinand VII. as
+king of Spain, and formed an alliance with the government.
+Thus began the peninsular war, in which the
+Duke of Wellington prepared the way for the destruction
+of Napoleon’s power. As you travel, you will visit
+the battle–fields of this great conflict, and your guide–book
+will contain full accounts of the struggle in various
+places.
+
+“In 1812, while Ferdinand was a prisoner in France,
+and the war was still raging, the _Cortes_, driven from
+Madrid to Seville, and then to Cadiz, drew up a written
+constitution, the first of the kind known in the peninsula.
+The regency acting for the absent monarch,
+recognized by England and Russia, took an oath to
+support it. In 1814 Ferdinand was released, and
+came back to Spain. He declared the constitution
+null and void, and the _Cortes_ that adopted it illegal.
+He ruled the nation in an arbitrary manner, and even
+attempted to restore the inquisition, which had been
+abolished, and to annul the reforms which had been for
+years in progress. But in 1820 the patience of the
+people was exhausted, and a revolution was undertaken.
+The king was deserted by his troops; and the royal
+palace was surrounded by a multitude of the people,
+who demanded his acceptance of the constitution of
+1812. The humbled monarch appeared at a balcony,
+holding a copy of the instrument in his hand, as an
+indication that he was ready to accept it, and take the
+oath to support it. In a few months the _Cortes_ met; and
+the king formally swore to obey the constitution, and
+accept the new order of things. But this did not suit
+France, Austria, Russia, and Prussia: they had no
+stomach for liberal constitutions; and these powers
+sent a French army into Spain, which soon overpowered
+the resistance offered; and Ferdinand was again in condition
+to rule as absolutely as ever. It was during this
+period that the Spanish–American colonies, which had
+begun to revolt in 1808, secured their independence.
+
+“Even those who favored the king’s views were not
+wholly satisfied with the king, and believed he was not
+energetic enough for the situation. Many of the people
+wished to dethrone Ferdinand, and elevate his
+brother Carlos, or Charles, to his place. Several insurrections
+broke out, but they were failures. Of
+course this state of things did not create the best of
+feeling between Ferdinand and Carlos. The Bourbon
+family were governed by the Salic law, which excludes
+females from the throne. In 1830, the year in which
+Isabella the late queen, who was the daughter of Ferdinand
+VII., was born, Maria Christina induced her
+husband, the king, to abolish the Salic law. Two years
+later, when the king was very sick, the Church party
+compelled him to revoke the act; but he got better;
+and, as the _Cortes_ had sanctioned the annulling of the
+Salic law, he destroyed the documents which had been
+extorted from him on his sick–bed. His queen had
+been made regent during his illness. When Ferdinand
+died, his daughter was proclaimed queen, in accordance
+with the programme, as Isabella II. Don Carlos had
+protested against his exclusion from the throne, and
+now he took up arms to enforce his right. In the
+Basque provinces he was proclaimed king, as Charles
+V. His arms were successful at first; but, though the
+war lasted seven years, it was a failure in the end.
+
+“While the Carlist war was still raging, in 1836, a
+revolution in favor of a constitution broke out; and
+the next year that of 1812, with important amendments,
+was adopted by the _Cortes_, and ratified by the
+queen regent, for Isabella was a child of only six
+years. In 1841, Maria Christina having resigned, Espartero
+was appointed regent, by the _Cortes_, for the
+rest of the queen’s minority. He was a progressive
+man, and his administration very largely promoted
+the prosperity of the country. The government had
+abolished convents, and confiscated the revenues of
+the Church; and this awakened the hostility of the
+clergy, who, for a time, prevented the sale of the property
+thus acquired. This question finally produced a
+rupture between Espartero and the clergy, resulting in
+a general insurrection. The regent fled to England,
+and the _Cortes_ declared the queen to be of age when
+she was only thirteen years old. Espartero was recalled
+a few years later, and has since held many high offices.
+The pope eventually permitted the Church property to
+be sold; but the contest between the progressive and
+the conservative parties was continued for a long period.
+Narvaez, Serrano, General Prim, Castelar, and Espartero
+are the most prominent statesmen; and doubtless
+the last–named is the most able.
+
+“The frequent insurrections gave the government
+some excuse for ruling with little regard to the fundamental
+law of the land; and this led to another revolution
+in 1854, in favor of a little more constitution.
+The evil was corrected for the time; and the instrument
+adopted, or rather restored, is sometimes called the
+constitution of 1854. But the queen was a Bourbon,
+and seemed to be always in favor of tyrannical measures
+and of the party that advocated them; and the country
+has continued to be in a disorganized state largely on
+this account. She has been noted for the frequent
+changes of her ministers. A few years ago General
+Prim raised the standard of revolt; but the time for
+a change had not yet come, and the general was glad
+to escape into Portugal.
+
+“The revolution of 1868 commenced with the fleet
+off Cadiz; but, the cry, ‘Down with the Bourbons!’
+soon reached the army and the people, and the revolution
+was accomplished almost without opposition. The
+queen fled to France. A provisional government was
+organized, and an election of members of the _Cortes_
+was ordered to decide on the form of the new government.
+The _Cortes_ met, and in May, 1869, decreed that
+the new government should be a monarchy. About the
+same time the crown was offered to King Louis of
+Portugal, who, however, declined it. Last June, Queen
+Isabella abdicated in favor of her son Alfonso, prince
+of the Asturias, who will be Alfonso XII. if he ever
+becomes king of Spain. Later in the year Prince
+Leopold, of Hohenzollern Sigmaringen, was invited to
+the throne. He was a relative of the king of Prussia;
+and, when he accepted the crown, it was a real grievance
+to France. Leopold was withdrawn from the candidacy;
+but this matter was made the pretext for the
+Franco–Prussian war now raging on the soil of France.
+
+“But we read history in the newspapers for the
+latest details; and only last month the _Cortes_ elected
+Amedeo, second son of the king of Italy, king of Spain.
+He has accepted the crown, and departed for his kingdom.
+We can wish him a prosperous reign; but in
+a country like Spain he will find that a crown is not a
+wreath of roses. I will not detain you longer, young
+gentlemen.”
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+The professor bowed, and descended from his rostrum.
+Most of the students had given good attention to his
+discourse; for they desired to understand the history
+of the country they were about to visit.
+
+Since Professor Mapps finished his lecture in the port
+of Barcelona, King Amedeo, after two long years of fruitless
+struggling with the enemies of Spain’s peace and
+prosperity, renounced the crown for himself, his children,
+and successors. Nearly a year later Alfonso XII.
+was proclaimed king of Spain, and now occupies the
+throne. While the country was looking for a king, the
+third Carlist war was begun,—the last two led by
+the son of the original Don Carlos,—but it was a
+failure.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V.
+
+A SUDDEN DISAPPEARANCE.
+
+
+While Professor Mapps was giving his lecture,
+or his “talk” as he preferred to call it, in the
+grand saloon of the steamer, quite a number of boats
+were pulling around the steamer, and the other vessels
+of the squadron, some of them containing boatmen
+looking for a job, and others, people who were curious
+to see the ship and her consorts. The several craft
+were not men–of–war or merchantmen; and they
+seemed to excite a great deal of curiosity. Not a few
+of the boats came up to the gangway, their occupants
+asking permission to go on board; but they were
+politely refused by the officers in charge.
+
+Some of the boats carried lateen, or leg–of–mutton
+sails, which are used more than any other on the
+Mediterranean. A long yard, or spar, is slung at an
+angle of forty–five degrees, on a short mast, so that
+one–fourth of the spar is below and the rest above the
+mast. The sail is triangular, except that the part
+nearest to the tack is squared off. It is attached to the
+long yard on the hypothenuse side. On the larger
+craft, the sail is hauled out on the long spar, sliding on
+hanks, or rings. It is a picturesque rig; and some of
+the students who had a taste for boating were anxious
+to try their skill in handling a sail of this kind.
+
+One of these feluccas, with two gentlemen in the
+stern, seemed to be more persistent than the others
+to obtain admission for its occupants on board of the
+Prince. Her huge sail was brailed up, and she had
+taken a berth at the gangway of the steamer. Peaks,
+the adult boatswain of the ship, obeyed his orders to
+the letter, and would not permit any one to put foot
+on the deck. One of the gentlemen who came off
+in her had ascended the accommodation steps, and
+insisted upon holding a parley with Peaks; but as the
+old salt understood only a few words of Spanish, and
+the stranger did not speak English, they did not get
+ahead very well. The boatswain resolutely but good–naturedly
+refused to let the visitor pass him, or to disturb
+the lecture by sending to the saloon for some one
+to act as interpreter. The gentleman obstinately
+declined to give up his point, whatever it was, and
+remained at the gangway till the students were dismissed
+from the exercise.
+
+When the lecture was finished, Mr. Lowington came
+out of the saloon; and, as he passed the gangway,
+Peaks touched his cap, and informed him that a Spaniard
+on the steps insisted upon coming on board.
+
+“I don’t understand his lingo, and can’t tell what he
+is driving at,” added Peaks.
+
+“Somebody that wishes to visit the ship, probably,”
+replied the principal.
+
+“I have turned back more than fifty, but this one
+won’t be turned back,” continued Peaks, as Mr. Lowington
+stepped up to the gangway.
+
+As soon as the Spanish gentleman saw him, he raised
+his hat, and addressed him in the politest terms, begging
+pardon for the intrusion. The principal invited
+him to come on board, and then immediately directed
+the people of the Josephine and Tritonia to return to
+their vessels. While the Tritonias were piping over the
+side, Mr. Lowington gave his attention to the visitor.
+
+“Have you a student in your ship by the name of
+Enrique Raimundo?” asked the Spanish gentleman,
+after he had properly introduced the subject of his
+visit.
+
+Mr. Lowington spoke Spanish, having learned it
+when he was on duty as a naval officer in the Mediterranean;
+but, as he had been out of practice for many
+years, he was not as fluent in the language as formerly.
+But he understood the question, and so did Raimundo,
+who happened to pass behind the principal, in company
+with Scott, at this interesting moment. Possibly his
+heart rose to his throat, as he heard his name mentioned;
+at any rate, after the history he had narrated
+to Scott, he could not help being greatly disturbed by
+the inquiry of the stranger. But he had the presence
+of mind to refrain from any demonstration, and went
+over the side into the cutter with his companions. If
+his handsome olive face was paler than usual, no one
+noticed the fact.
+
+Mr. Lowington was a prudent man in the management
+of the affairs of the students under his care.
+When he heard the inquiry for the second master of
+the Tritonia, whom he knew to be a Spaniard, he at
+once concluded that the visitor was a friend or a relative
+of the young man. But it was no part of his policy
+to deliver over his pupils to their friends and relatives
+without fully understanding what he was doing. Persons
+claiming such relations might lead the students
+astray. They might be the agents of some of his
+rogues on board, who had resorted to this expedient to
+obtain a vacation on shore.
+
+“Are you a relative of Raimundo?” was the first
+question the principal proposed to the stranger.
+
+“No, I am not; but”—
+
+Mr. Lowington failed to understand the rest of the
+reply made by the gentleman, for here his Spanish was
+at fault. The visitor was not a relative of Raimundo.
+If he had answered in the affirmative, the principal
+would have directed the Tritonia’s boats to remain, so
+that the visitor could see the young man, if upon further
+explanation it was proper for him to do so. If the
+gentleman was not a relative, it was not advisable to
+disturb the routine of the squadron to oblige him. He
+could see Raimundo the next day, when he went on
+shore. The boats of the Josephine and the Tritonia
+were therefore permitted to return without any delay.
+
+“_No hablo mucho Español_” (I do not speak much
+Spanish), said Mr. Lowington, laughing; “_y no comprendo_”
+(and I do not understand).
+
+He then with the utmost politeness, as required in all
+intercourse with Spanish gentlemen, invited the visitor
+into the grand saloon, and sent for Professor Badois,
+the instructor in modern languages, to assist at the
+interview. The gentleman proved to be Don Francisco
+Castro, an _abogado_, or lawyer, who represented Don
+Alejandro, the lawful guardian of Enrique Raimundo.
+He claimed the body of his client’s ward, the second
+master of the Tritonia. Even Professor Badois had
+some difficulty in comprehending the legal terms used
+by the _abogado_; but so much was made clear to the
+principal.
+
+“I don’t understand this business,” said he. “I
+received the young man from Manuel Raimundo, his
+uncle in New York, who has always paid his tuition
+fees; and I hold myself responsible to him for the
+safe keeping of my pupil.”
+
+“Ah, but you are in Spain, and the young man is a
+Spaniard, subject to Spanish law,” added Don Francisco,
+with a bland smile. “All the evidence will be
+presented to you, and you will be fully justified in giving
+up the young man.”
+
+Mr. Lowington was very much disturbed. He knew
+nothing of the circumstances of the case beyond what
+the lawyer told him; and he was very much perplexed
+by the situation. He called Dr. Winstock, who spoke
+Spanish even more fluently than Professor Badois, and
+asked his advice.
+
+“If Don Alejandro is the lawful guardian of Raimundo,
+how happens the young man to be a resident of
+New York?” asked the surgeon, after the case had
+been fully explained to him.
+
+The lawyer shrugged his shoulders, but smiled as
+blandly as ever.
+
+“Don Manuel, the uncle of the boy, stole him from
+his guardian when he left his native land,” said Don
+Francisco. “You see, the young man has a fortune of
+five million _reales_; and no doubt Don Manuel wants to
+get this money or a part of it.”
+
+“But Manuel Raimundo is one of the richest wine–merchants
+of New York,” protested the principal.
+
+The subject was discussed for half an hour longer.
+Don Francisco said he had sent agents to New York to
+obtain possession of the boy, and had kept the run of
+the squadron from the day the ward of his client had
+entered as a student. He had taken no action before,
+because he had been assured that the vessels would
+visit Spain, where there would be no legal difficulties in
+the way of securing his client’s ward. The lawyer
+made a very plain case of it, and was entirely fair in
+every thing he proposed. He would not take Raimundo
+out of the vessel by force unless compelled to
+do so. The whole matter would be settled in the
+proper court, and the young man should have the best
+counsel in Spain.
+
+“Very well, Don Francisco. I am much obliged to
+you for the courtesy with which you have managed your
+case so far,” said Mr. Lowington. “I will employ
+counsel to–morrow to look up the matter in the interest
+of my pupil.”
+
+“But the young man,—what is to be done with him
+in the mean time?” asked the lawyer.
+
+“He will be safe on board of the Tritonia.”
+
+“Pardon me, sir; but I have been looking for the
+boy too many years to let him slip through my fingers
+now,” interposed Don Francisco earnestly, but with
+his constant smile. “If he hears that I am looking
+for him, he will keep out of my way, as he has done for
+several years.”
+
+“Do you wish to make a prisoner of him?” inquired
+the principal.
+
+“No, no! By no means,—no prison! He shall
+have the best room in my house; but I must not lose
+sight of him.”
+
+“That would be taking possession of the young man
+without regard to any thing I may wish to do for him.
+I do not like that arrangement,” added Mr. Lowington.
+
+The courteous _abogado_ seemed to be troubled. He
+did not wish to do any thing that would not be satisfactory
+to the “distinguished officer” before him; but,
+after considerable friendly argument, he proposed a
+plan which was accepted by the principal. The person
+who had come off in the boat with him was an _alguacil_,
+or constable, who had been empowered to arrest Don
+Alejandro’s ward. Would the principal allow this
+official to remain on board of the vessel with Raimundo,
+and keep an eye on him all the time? Mr. Lowington
+did not object to this arrangement. He
+would go with Don Francisco to the Tritonia, where
+the situation could be explained to Raimundo, and the
+_alguacil_ should occupy a state–room with his charge, if
+he desired. The principal treated his guest with distinguished
+consideration; and the first cutter was lowered
+to convey him to the Tritonia. Dr. Winstock
+accompanied the party; the twelve oars of the first
+cutter dropped into the water with mechanical precision,
+to the great admiration of the Spanish gentlemen;
+and the boat darted off from the ship’s side.
+
+In a moment the cutter was alongside the Tritonia,
+and the party went on board of her. Most of the
+officers were on the quarter–deck, and Mr. Lowington
+looked among them for the second master. All hands
+raised their caps to the principal as soon as he appeared
+on the deck.
+
+“Captain Wainwright, I wish to see Mr. Raimundo,”
+said he to the young commander. “Send for him, if
+you please.”
+
+“Mr. Raimundo,” repeated the captain, touching his
+cap. “Mr. Richards, pass the word for Mr. Raimundo.”
+
+The first master, who had been designated, went to
+look for the young Spaniard. His name was repeated
+all over the deck, and through the cabin and steerage;
+but Raimundo did not respond to the call. A vigorous
+search was made in every part of the vessel; yet the
+second master was still missing. Don Francisco’s
+constant courtesy seemed to be somewhat shaken.
+Inquiries were made of all the other officers in regard
+to the second master. They had seen him on the deck
+after the return of the boats from the Prince. Scott
+had left him in the cabin, half an hour before; but he
+had not the least idea what had become of him. Don
+Francisco spoke French and Italian; and he examined
+O’Hara in the latter, and several other officers in the
+former language.
+
+Mr. Lowington explained that he had sent no one
+to the Tritonia to inform Raimundo that he was wanted;
+and the _alguacil_, who had remained in the felucca all
+the time till he took his place in the first cutter, assured
+the lawyer that no one had gone from the steamer to
+the schooner after all the boats left.
+
+The principal and the vice–principal were as much
+perplexed as the lawyer. None of them could alter
+the fact that Raimundo was missing; and they were
+utterly unable to account for his mysterious disappearance.
+All of them were confident that the absentee
+would soon be found; and the _abogado_ returned to the
+shore, leaving the _alguacil_ in the Tritonia to continue
+the search.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI.
+
+A LOOK AT BARCELONA.
+
+
+The sudden disappearance of Raimundo produced
+the greatest astonishment on board of the Tritonia,
+and not less among those who knew him best in the
+other vessels of the squadron. His character had been
+excellent since he first joined the academy squadron.
+No one believed he had run away for the mere sake of
+escaping the study and discipline of his vessel, or for
+the sake of “a time” on shore. The _abogado’s_ business
+was explained to Mr. Pelham on board of the
+Tritonia, but to no others. Raimundo was gone without
+a doubt; but when, where, or how he had disappeared,
+was a profound mystery.
+
+The excellent character of Raimundo, and the fact
+that he was a universal favorite, were strongly in his
+favor; and no one was disposed to render a harsh
+judgment in regard to his singular conduct. The officers
+talked it over in the cabin, the seamen talked it
+over in the steerage. The students could make nothing
+of the matter; and it looked to them very much like
+the usual cases of running away, strange as it seemed
+to them that a fellow like Raimundo, who had been a
+model of good conduct on board, should take such a
+step.
+
+Of course Scott was an exception to the general rule.
+Though he knew not where his friend had gone, he
+understood why he had disappeared; for Raimundo had
+told him what he had heard on board of the American
+Prince, and he was fully satisfied that the stranger had
+come for him.
+
+“I think the matter is fully explained,” said Professor
+Crumples, in the state–room. “A demand has been
+made on the principal for Raimundo; and straightway
+Raimundo disappears. It is plain enough to me that
+the young man knew the lawyer was after him.”
+
+“But how could he know it?” demanded Professor
+Primback.
+
+“That I cannot explain; but I am satisfied that a
+student like Raimundo would not run away. He has
+not gone for a frolic, or to escape his duty: he is not
+one of that sort,” persisted Professor Crumples.
+
+“I think you are right, Mr. Crumples,” added the
+vice–principal. “Raimundo was a bad boy, or at least
+full of mischief and given to a lark, before he joined
+the institution; but for more than a year his deportment
+has been perfectly exemplary. He has been a
+model since I have had charge of this vessel. I have
+found that those who have really reformed are often
+stiffer and more determined in their zeal to do right
+than many who have never left the straight path of
+duty. I may say that I know this fact from experience.
+I am satisfied that Raimundo had some very strong
+motive for the step he has taken. But what you say,
+Mr. Crumples, suggests a little further inquiry into the
+matter.”
+
+The vice–principal spoke Spanish, and he immediately
+sent for the _alguacil_ to join the trio in the state–room.
+
+“Had the boats belonging to this vessel left the
+steamer when Don Francisco went on board of her?”
+asked Mr. Pelham as the Spanish officer entered the
+room.
+
+“No, sir: not a boat had left the steamer when Don
+Francisco was permitted to go on the deck of the
+steamer,” replied the _alguacil_ promptly. “He waited
+on the steps, at the head of which the big officer stood,
+for more than an hour; and I was in the boat at the
+foot of the steps all the time. I counted eight boats
+made fast to the boom; and I am sure that no one left
+the steamer till after Don Francisco had been admitted
+on board. I saw all the boys get into these boats, and
+pull away to this vessel and the other.”
+
+“Then Don Francisco was on the deck of the
+steamer at the same time that our ship’s company
+were there,” added Mr. Pelham.
+
+“No doubt of that,” replied the _alguacil_, who appeared
+to desire that no suspicion of foul play on the
+part of the officers or the principal should be encouraged.
+
+“Now, if I could find any one who noticed the conduct
+of Raimundo on board of the steamer, we might
+get at something,” continued the vice–principal.
+
+“I think you can easily find such a one,” suggested
+Professor Crumples. “Lieutenant Scott and Raimundo
+are fast friends; they are in the same quarter–watch,
+and appear to be great cronies.”
+
+“I was thinking of him when you spoke.—Mr.
+Scott,” called the vice–principal, when he had opened
+the door of the state–room.
+
+Scott was in the cabin, and presented himself at the
+door. He was requested to come in, and the door was
+closed behind him.
+
+“Were you with Raimundo on board of the steamer?”
+asked Mr. Pelham.
+
+Scott was fully determined not to do or say any thing
+that would injure his friend, even if he were sent to the
+brig for his fidelity to the absent shipmate; and he
+hesitated long enough to consider the effect of any thing
+he might say.
+
+“We are all friends of Raimundo, and do not wish
+to harm him,” added the vice–principal. “You have
+already said you did not know where Raimundo was.”
+
+“I do not.”
+
+“Do you object to answering the question I asked?”
+
+“I do not,” replied Scott, who had by this time made
+up his mind that the truth could not harm his friend.
+“I was with Raimundo all the time he was on board of
+the steamer. We went in the same boat, and returned
+together.”
+
+“Did you notice the gentleman that came on board
+of the Tritonia with Mr. Lowington?”
+
+“I did. He was on deck here half an hour, or
+more.”
+
+“Did you see him on board of the American
+Prince?”
+
+“I did. He spoke to the principal just as Raimundo
+and I passed behind him.”
+
+“Behind whom?”
+
+“Behind the principal. I looked the gentleman in
+the face while he was speaking to Mr. Lowington.”
+
+“Do you know what he said?”
+
+“I can walk Spanish, but I can’t talk Spanish; and
+so I couldn’t understand him.”
+
+“You don’t know what he said, then?”
+
+Scott hesitated again.
+
+“I don’t say that.”
+
+“But you intimated that you did not understand
+Spanish.”
+
+“I do know what the gentleman said as I passed
+him,” replied Scott.
+
+“How could you know, without understanding the
+language he spoke?”
+
+“Raimundo told me what he said; and he could
+understand Spanish if I could not.”
+
+“Ah, indeed! Raimundo told you! Well, what did
+he tell you the gentleman said?” asked the vice–principal
+earnestly.
+
+“He told me he heard the gentleman ask the principal
+if he had a student under his care by the name of
+Enrique Raimundo: that’s all he heard, and that’s all
+he told me about the gentleman,” replied Scott, who
+had said so much because he believed that this information
+would do his absent shipmate more good than
+harm.
+
+“That explains it all,” added Mr. Pelham; and he
+informed the _alguacil_ what Scott had said.
+
+This was all the vice–principal had expected to show
+by Scott; and he was entirely satisfied with the information
+he had obtained, not suspecting that the third
+lieutenant knew any thing more about the matter. Mr. Pelham
+and the rest of the party asked Scott some
+more questions in regard to the conduct of the absentee
+after he came on board of the Tritonia; but
+Raimundo had taken care that his friend should know
+nothing at all about his intended movements, and the
+lieutenant was as ignorant of them as any other person
+on board. To his intense relief he was dismissed without
+having betrayed the confidence of his friend in the
+slightest degree.
+
+Scott knew the whole story of the young Spaniard;
+and he was confident that the principal and the vice–principal,
+if not the professors, had learned at least
+Don Alejandro’s side of it from the stranger; and he
+felt that he was relieving his friend from the charge of
+being a runaway, in the ordinary acceptation of the
+term, by showing that Raimundo knew that some one
+was after him.
+
+The exciting topic was discussed by all hands till the
+anchor–watch was set, and the rest of the ship’s company
+had turned in. Even Bill Stout and Bark Lingall
+in the brig had heard the news, for Ben Pardee had
+contrived to communicate it to them on the sly; and
+they discussed it in whispers, as well as another more
+exciting question to them, after all hands below were
+asleep. Bill was fully determined to repeat the wicked
+experiment which had so providentially failed that day.
+
+“Bark is willin’,” added that worthy, when the plan
+had been fully considered.
+
+The _alguacil_ visited every part of the vessel, attended
+by the vice–principal, before he retired for the
+night. The next morning, all hands were mustered on
+deck, and the search was repeated. This time the hold
+was visited; but no sign of the fugitive could be found.
+The _alguacil_ protested that he was sure no attempt
+had been made by any person on board to conceal the
+absentee; for every facility had been afforded him to
+see for himself.
+
+Breakfast had been ordered at an early hour; for it
+was understood that all hands were to go on shore, and
+see what little there was to be seen in Barcelona.
+Before the meal was finished, the principal came on
+board with Don Francisco. The _alguacil_ reported to
+his employer what he had done, and described the
+thorough search which had been made for the missing
+ward. The principal offered to do any thing the
+lawyer would suggest in order to find Raimundo. No
+one could imagine how he had left the vessel, though it
+seemed to be a settled conviction with all that he had
+left. Don Francisco could suggest nothing; but he
+insisted that the _alguacil_ should remain on the vessel,
+to which the principal gladly assented.
+
+Don Francisco was sent on shore in good style in the
+first cutter of the Prince; and, as soon as breakfast was
+over in the Tritonia, the principal directed that all
+hands should be mustered in the waist.
+
+“Young gentlemen,” said Mr. Lowington, as soon as
+the students had assembled, “I spent last evening, and
+the greater part of last night, in devising a plan by
+which all hands in the fleet may see the most interesting
+portions of Spain and Portugal.”
+
+This announcement was received with a demonstration
+of applause, which was permitted and even enjoyed
+by the faculty; for it had long before been proved
+that the boys were honest and sincere in their expressions
+of approbation, and that they withheld their
+tribute when they were not satisfied with the announcement,
+or the programme, whatever it was. The principal
+bowed in acknowledgment of the applause.
+
+“I am well aware that some of the interior towns of
+Spain possess more interest than any on the seacoast;
+and therefore I have decided that you shall see both.
+You will spend to–morrow in seeing Barcelona, which
+may easily be seen in one day by those who do not
+wish to make a critical survey of the country. To–night
+the ship’s company of the American Prince will
+depart for Saragossa; and will visit Burgos, Valladolid,
+the Escurial, Madrid, Toledo, Badajos, and thence
+through Portugal to Lisbon, from which they may go
+to Cintra and other places. They will reach Lisbon
+in about two weeks. To–morrow morning the ship’s
+company of the Tritonia and that of the Josephine
+will be sent in the steamer direct to Lisbon, from
+which place they will make the tour, reversed, back
+to Barcelona. The ship’s company of the American
+Prince will return to Barcelona in their own vessel,
+which will wait for them at Lisbon. When all hands
+are on board again, the squadron will sail along
+the coast, visiting Valencia, Alicante, Carthagena,
+Malaga, Gibraltar, and Cadiz; and another interior
+trip will be made to Granada, Cordova, and Seville.
+This plan will enable you to see about the whole
+of Spain. Then we shall have visited nearly every
+country in Europe. To–day will be used in coaling
+the steamer, and you will go on shore as soon as you
+are ready.”
+
+This speech was finished with another demonstration
+of applause; and the principal immediately returned
+to the Prince, alongside of which several coal–barges
+had already taken their places. The students
+had put on their go–ashore uniforms, and were in readiness
+to take a nearer view of the city. The officers
+and crew of the Prince had packed their bags for the
+two weeks’ trip through Spain, and her boats were now
+pulling to the landing–place near the foot of the _Rambla_.
+Those of the Josephine and Tritonia soon followed
+them.
+
+The _alguacil_ remained on board of the Tritonia.
+He had a recent photograph of Raimundo, obtained
+in New York by Don Alejandro’s agent; and he was
+confident that the fugitive had not left the vessel with
+the rest of the students. As it was necessary for the
+adult boatswain and carpenter, Marline and Rimmer,
+to go on shore with the boats in order to take charge
+of them, the two prisoners in the brig were left in care
+of the head steward. When the vessel was deserted
+by all but the cooks and stewards, the _alguacil_ made
+another diligent search for the ward of his employer,
+but with no better success than before. He tried to
+talk with Salter, the chief steward; but that individual
+did not know a word of Spanish, and he did not get
+ahead very fast. In the course of an hour, he seemed
+to be disgusted with his occupation, and, calling a
+shore boat, he left the Tritonia. Probably Don Francisco
+had directed him to use his own judgment as to
+the time he was to remain on board.
+
+Mr. Salter was the chief steward of the Tritonia, and
+he had a great deal of business of his own to attend to,
+so that he could not occupy himself very closely in
+looking after the marines in the brig. He was obliged
+to make up his accounts, which were required to be as
+accurately and methodically kept as though the vessel
+were a man–of–war. His desk was in the cabin, for he
+was an officer of no little consequence on board.
+Though the passage–way between the cabin and the
+steerage was open, he could not see, from the place
+where he was seated, what the prisoners were about, or
+hear their conversation. They had their books in the
+brig, though they did not study their neglected lessons.
+But what they said and what they did must be reserved
+till a later time in the day; for it would not be fair to
+leave all the good students to wander about Barcelona
+without any attention.
+
+The boats landed, and for the first time the young
+voyagers stood on the soil of Spain. Captain Wainwright,
+Scott, and O’Hara were among those who were
+permitted to take care of themselves, while not a few
+were in charge of the vice–principals and the professors.
+Those who were privileged to go where they pleased
+without any supervision chose their own companions.
+Scott and O’Hara were inclined to train in the same
+company; and Captain Sheridan and Lieutenant Murray
+of the steamer, with whom both of them had been
+formerly very intimate, hailed them as they came on
+shore. The four formed a party for the day. It was a
+very desirable party too, for the reason that Dr. Winstock,
+an old traveller in Spain, as indeed he was in all
+the countries of Europe, was as great a crony of Sheridan
+as he once had been of Paul Kendall, the first
+captain of the Josephine, and a commander of the
+Young America. The surgeon shook hands with Scott
+and O’Hara, and then led the way to the _Rambla_,
+which is the broad avenue extending through the centre
+of the city.
+
+“Barcelona, I suppose you know, young gentlemen,
+is the second city in Spain in population, and has nearly
+or quite two hundred thousand inhabitants,” said the
+doctor, as the party entered the _Rambla_. “It is by
+far the most important commercial city, and is quite a
+manufacturing place besides. There are several cotton,
+silk, and woollen mills outside of the walls; and
+ten years ago the imports of cotton from the United
+States were worth nearly five millions of dollars.”
+
+“What do you call our country in Spanish, doctor?”
+asked Sheridan.
+
+“_Los Estados Unidos de America_,” replied Dr. Winstock.
+“By the way, O’Hara, do you speak Spanish?”
+
+“No, sir: I spake only Oyrish and Oytalian,”
+laughed the fourth lieutenant of the Tritonia.
+
+“Though Spanish and Italian are very much alike,
+each of them seems to be at war with the other. Ford,
+in Murray’s Hand–book for Spain, says that a knowledge
+of Italian will prove a constant stumbling–block in
+learning Spanish. I found it so myself. Before I
+came to Spain the first time I could speak the language
+very well, and talked it whole evenings with my professor.
+Then I took lessons in Italian; but I soon found
+my Spanish so confused and confounded that I could
+not speak it at all.”
+
+“Then I won’t try to learn Spanish,” added O’Hara.
+
+“Here is the post–office on your right, and the _Teatro
+Principal_ on the left; but it is not the principal theatre
+at the present time.”
+
+“This street—I suppose they would call it a boulevard
+in Paris—is not unlike ‘_Unter den Linden_’ in
+Berlin,” said Murray. “It has the rows of trees in the
+middle.”
+
+“But the time to visit the _Rambla_ is just before night
+on a pleasant day, when it is crowded with people.
+Barcelona is not so thoroughly Spanish as some other
+cities of Spain—Madrid and Seville, for instance.
+The people are quite different from the traditional
+Spaniard, who is too dignified and proud to engage in
+commerce or to work at any honest business; while the
+Catalans are an industrious and thriving people, first–rate
+sailors, quick, impulsive, and revolutionary in their
+character. They are more like Frenchmen than Spaniards.”
+
+“There is a square up that narrow street,” said
+Sheridan.
+
+“That’s the _Plaza Real_,—Royal Square,—surrounded
+by houses with arcades, like the _Palais Royal_
+in Paris. In the centre of it is a fine monument, dedicated
+to the Catholic kings, as distinguished from the
+Moorish sovereigns, and dedicated to Ferdinand and
+Isabella; and you remember that Catalonia became a
+part of Aragon, and was annexed to Castile by the marriage
+of their respective sovereigns. This is the _Rambla
+del Centro_, for this broad avenue has six names in its
+length of three–quarters of a mile. Here is the _Calle
+Fernando_ on our right, which is the next street in importance
+to the _Rambla_, and, like it, has several names for
+its different parts. Now we have the _Teatro del Lico_ on
+our left, which is built on the plan of _La Scala_ at Milan,
+and is said to be the largest theatre in Europe, seating
+comfortably four thousand people.”
+
+Dr. Winstock continued to point out the various
+objects of interest on the way; but most of them were
+more worthy to be looked at than to be written about.
+The party walked the entire length of the _Rambla_ to
+the _Plaza de Cataluña_, which is a small park, with a
+fountain in the centre. Taking another street, they
+reached a point near the centre of the city, where the
+cathedral is located. It is a Gothic structure, built in
+the fourteenth and fifteenth centuries. In 1519 Charles V.
+presided in the choir of this church over a general
+assembly of the Knights of the Golden Fleece. Under
+the high altar is the crypt or tomb of St. Eulalia, the
+patron saint of the city. She suffered martyrdom in
+the fourth century; and it is said that her remains were
+discovered five hundred years after her death, by the
+sweet odor they emitted. Her soul ascended to heaven
+in the visible form of a dove.
+
+Near the cathedral, on the _Plaza de la Constitucion_,
+or Constitution Square, are the Town Hall and the
+Parliament House, in which the commons of Catalonia
+met before it became a part of the kingdom of Aragon.
+Between this square and the _Rambla_ is the church of
+_Santa Maria del Pino_, Gothic, built a little later than
+the cathedral. Its name is derived from a tradition that
+the image of the Virgin was found in the trunk of a pine–tree,
+and because this tree is the emblem of the Catholic
+faith, ever green and ever pointing to heaven. On
+the altars of two of its chapels, Jews were allowed to
+take an oath in any suit with a Christian, or to establish
+the validity of a will, and for similar purposes. In
+another church Hebrews are permitted to take oath on
+the Ten Commandments, placed on an altar.
+
+The party visited several other churches, and finally
+reached the great square near the head of the port, on
+which are located the Royal Palace, the Exchange, and
+the Custom House; but there is nothing remarkable
+about them. There are fifty fountains in the city, the
+principal of which is in the palace square. It is an
+allegorical representation of the four provinces of Catalonia.
+
+“There is not much to see in Barcelona,” said Dr.
+Winstock, as they walked along the sea–wall, in the
+resort called the _Muralla del Mar_. “This is a commercial
+city, and you do not see much that is distinctively
+Spanish. Commerce with other nations is very
+apt to wear away the peculiarities of any people.”
+
+“But where are the Spaniards? I don’t think I have
+seen any of them,” added Sheridan.
+
+“Probably most of the people you have met in our
+walk were Spaniards,” replied the doctor.
+
+“Don’t we see the national costume?”
+
+“You will have to go to a bull–fight to see that,”
+laughed the surgeon; “and then only the men who
+take part in the spectacle will wear the costume. The
+audience will be dressed in about the same fashion you
+have seen all over Europe. Perhaps if you go over
+into Barceloneta you will find some men clothed in the
+garb of the Catalans.”
+
+“Shall we see a bull–fight?” asked Scott.
+
+“Not in Barcelona. I suppose, if there should be an
+opportunity, the principal would allow all who wished
+to see it to do so; for it is a Spanish institution, and the
+traveller ought not to leave Spain without seeing one.
+But it is a sickening sight; and, after you have seen one
+or two poor old horses gored to death by the bull, you
+will not care to have any more of it. The people of
+this city are not very fond of the sport; and the affair
+is tame here compared with the bull–fights of Madrid
+and Seville.”
+
+At three o’clock those of the party who belonged to
+the steamer departed for Saragossa. Scott and O’Hara
+wandered about the city the rest of the day, visiting
+Barceloneta, and taking an outside view of the bull–ring,
+or _Plaza de Toros_, which is about the same thing
+as in all the other large cities of the country. They
+dined at a French restaurant in the _Rambla_, where
+they did not go hungry for the want of a language. At
+an early hour they returned to the Tritonia, where they
+were to spend another night before their departure in
+the American Prince.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII.
+
+FIRE AND WATER.
+
+
+“What’s going on, Bark?” asked Bill Stout,
+as all hands were called to go on shore; and
+perhaps this was the hundredth time this question had
+been put by one or the other of the occupants of the
+brig since the ship’s company turned out that morning.
+
+“All hands are going on shore,” replied Bark Lingall.
+“I hope they will have a good time; and I am
+thankful that I am not one of them, to be tied to the
+coat–tail of Professor Primback.”
+
+The marines knew all about the events that had
+transpired on board of the vessel since she anchored,
+including the strange disappearance of Raimundo.
+Ben Pardee had contrived to tell them all they wanted
+to know, while most of the students were on deck.
+But he and Lon Gibbs had not been informed of the
+conspiracy to burn the Tritonia. Bark had simply
+told them that “something was up,” and they must do
+some mischief to get committed to the brig before they
+could take a hand in the game. Lon and Ben had
+talked the matter over between themselves, and were
+ready to do as required till the orders came for the
+Josephines and the Tritonias to proceed to Lisbon in
+the Prince. The voyage in the steamer had too many
+attractions to permit them to lose it. They had done
+better in their lessons than Bill and Bark, who had
+purposely neglected theirs.
+
+“I should not object to the voyage in the Prince,”
+said Bark.
+
+“Nor I, if I had known about it; but it is too late
+now to back out. We are in for it,—in the brig.
+We shall have a better chance to get off when all the
+professors are away,” added Bill.
+
+“There don’t appear to be any one taking care of
+us just now,” said Bark, after he had looked through
+the bars of the prison, and satisfied himself that no
+one but themselves was in the steerage. “Marline
+had to go on shore with the crowd to take care of the
+boats; and so had the carpenter.”
+
+“Some one has the care of us, I know,” replied
+Bill. “But I can soon find out.”
+
+Bill Stout began to pound on the slats of the cage;
+and the noise soon brought the chief steward to the
+brig.
+
+“What are you about in there?” demanded Mr.
+Salter.
+
+“I want to see Mr. Marline or Mr. Rimmer,” replied
+Bill, meekly enough.
+
+“They are both gone on shore to take charge of the
+boats, and won’t be back till night,” added Salter.
+“What do you want?”
+
+“I want a drink of water: I am almost choked,”
+answered Bill.
+
+“You don’t want Mr. Rimmer for that,” said Salter,
+as he left the brig.
+
+In a moment he returned with a pitcher of water,
+which he handed into the cage through the slide.
+Having done this, he returned to the cabin to resume
+his work.
+
+“I’ll bet he is alone on board!” exclaimed Bill, as
+soon as Salter had gone.
+
+“I think not,” replied Bark.
+
+“Why did he bring the water himself, then?”
+
+“I don’t know; perhaps the stewards are all on
+deck.”
+
+“No: he always lets most of his men go on shore
+when we are in port. I don’t believe there is more
+than one of them on board,” continued Bill, with no
+little excitement in his manner.
+
+“I heard some one walking on deck since the boats
+went off. It may have been Salter; but I am sure he
+is not alone on board.”
+
+“No matter, if there are only two or three left.
+Now is our time, Bark!” whispered Bill Stout.
+
+“We may be burnt up in the vessel: we are locked
+into the brig,” suggested Bark.
+
+“No danger of that. When the fire breaks out,
+Salter will unlock the door of the cage. If he don’t we
+can break it down.”
+
+“What then?” queried Bark. “Every boat belonging
+to the vessel is gone, and we might get singed in
+the scrape.”
+
+“Nonsense, Bark! At the worst we could swim
+ashore to that old light–house.”
+
+“Well, what are we going to do then? We wear the
+uniform of the fleet, and we shall be known wherever
+we go,” added the more prudent Bark.
+
+“You have money enough, and so have I. All we
+have to do is to buy a suit of clothes apiece, and then
+we shall be all right.”
+
+They discussed the matter for half an hour longer.
+Bark was willing to admit that the time for putting the
+villanous scheme in operation was more favorable than
+any that was likely to be afforded them in the future.
+Though the professors were all on shore, they believed
+they could easily keep out of their way in a city so
+large as Barcelona.
+
+“Suppose Salter should come into the steerage when
+you are down in the hold?” suggested Bark.
+
+“That would be bad,” replied Bill, shaking his head.
+“But we must take some risk. We will wait till he
+comes in to take a look at us, and then I will do the job.
+He won’t come in again for half an hour; for I suppose
+he is busy in the cabin, as he always is while we are in
+port.”
+
+They had to wait half an hour more before the chief
+steward came into the steerage. Though he intended to
+be a faithful officer, Mr. Salter was wholly absorbed in
+his accounts, and he did not like to leave them even for
+a moment. He went into the steerage far enough to see
+that both of the prisoners were safe in the cage, and
+hastened back to his desk.
+
+“We are all right now,” whispered Bill, as he bent
+down to the scuttle that led into the hold.
+
+“If you make any noise at all the chief steward will
+hear you,” replied Bark, hardly less excited than his
+companion in villany.
+
+Bill raised the trap–door with the utmost care. As
+he made no noise, Mr. Salter heard none. Bill had his
+matches all ready, with the paper he had prepared for
+the purpose. He had taken off his shoes, so as to
+make no noise on the steps. He was not absent from
+the brig more than two minutes, and Salter was still
+absorbed in his accounts. Bark carefully adjusted the
+scuttle when Bill came up; and he could smell the
+burning straw as he did so.
+
+Bill put on his shoes with all the haste he could,
+without making any noise; and both the conspirators
+tried to look as though nothing had happened, or was
+about to happen. They were intensely excited, of
+course, for they expected the flames would burst up
+through the cabin floor in a few moments. Bark
+looked over the slats of the cage to find where the
+weakest of them were, so as to be ready, in case it
+should be necessary, to break out.
+
+“Do you smell the fire?” asked Bill, when his anxiety
+had become so great that he could no longer keep
+still.
+
+“I did smell it when the scuttle was off; but I don’t
+smell it now,” replied Bark.
+
+“What was that noise?” asked Bill.
+
+Both of them had heard it, and it seemed to be in
+the hold. They could not tell what it was like, only
+that it was a noise.
+
+“What could it be?” mused Bill. “It was in the
+hold, and not far from the foot of the ladder.”
+
+“Perhaps it was the noise of the fire,” suggested
+Bark. “It may have burned away so that one of the
+boxes tumbled down.”
+
+“That must have been it,” replied Bill, satisfied with
+this plausible explanation. “But why don’t the fire
+break out? It is time for it to show itself, for fire travels
+fast.”
+
+“I suppose it has not got a–going yet. Very likely
+the straw and stuff is damp, and does not burn very
+freely.”
+
+“It will be a sure thing this time, for I saw the blaze
+rising when I came up the ladder,” added Bill.
+
+“And I saw it myself also.”
+
+“But it ought to be a little hot by this time,” replied
+Bill, who began to have a suspicion that every thing was
+not working according to the programme.
+
+“You know best how you fixed things down below.
+The fire may have burned the straw all up without lighting
+the ceiling of the vessel.”
+
+At least ten minutes had elapsed since the match
+had been applied to the combustibles, and it was certainly
+time that the fire should begin to appear in the
+steerage. But there was no fire, and not even the
+smell of fire, to be perceived. The conspirators were
+astonished at the non–appearance of the blaze; and
+after waiting ten minutes more they were satisfied that
+the fire was not making any progress.
+
+“It is a failure again,” said Bark Lingall. “There
+will be no conflagration to–day.”
+
+“Yes, there will, if I have to set it a dozen times,”
+replied Bill Stout, setting his teeth firmly together. “I
+don’t understand it. I certainly saw the blaze before I
+left the hold; and I couldn’t have done the job any
+better if I had tried for a week.”
+
+“You did it all right, without a doubt; but a fire will
+not always burn after you touch it off,” answered Bark,
+willing to console his companion in his failure.
+
+“I will go down again, and see what the matter is, at
+any rate. If I can’t get up a blaze in the hold, I will
+see what I can do in one of the mess–rooms,” added
+Bill stoutly.
+
+“How can you get into one of the mess–rooms?”
+asked Bark. “You forget that we are locked into the
+brig.”
+
+“No, I don’t forget it; but you seem to forget that
+we can go down into the hold, and go up by the forward
+scuttle into the steerage.”
+
+“You are right, Bill. I did not think of that,” said
+Bark. “And you can also go aft, and up by the after
+scuttle into the cabin. I remember now that there are
+three ways to get into the hold.”
+
+“I haven’t forgot it for a moment,” added Bill, with
+something like triumph in his tones. “I am going
+down once more to see why the blaze didn’t do as it
+was expected to do.”
+
+“Not yet, Bill. Wait till Salter has been into the
+steerage again.”
+
+“It isn’t twenty minutes since he was here; and he
+will not come again for half an hour at least.”
+
+Bill Stout felt that he had done enough, and had
+proved that he knew enough, to entitle him to have his
+own way. Raising the scuttle, he descended into the
+hold. He did not dare to remain long, lest the chief
+steward should come into the steerage, and discover
+that he was not in the brig. But he remained long
+enough to ascertain the reason why the fire did not
+burn; and, filled with amazement, he returned to communicate
+the discovery he had made to his fellow–conspirator.
+When he had closed the trap, and turned
+around to confront Bark, his face was the very picture
+of astonishment and dismay.
+
+“Well, what’s the matter, Bill?” asked Bark, who
+could not help seeing the strange expression on the
+countenance of his shipmate.
+
+“Matter enough! I should say that the Evil One was
+fighting against us, Bark,” replied his companion.
+
+“I should say that the Evil One is fighting on the
+other side, if on either,” added Bark. “But what have
+you found?”
+
+“The fire is out, and the straw and other stuff feels
+just as though a bucket of water had been thrown
+upon it. At any rate, it is wet,” answered Bill.
+
+“Nonsense! no water could have been thrown upon
+it.”
+
+“How does it happen to be wet, then?”
+
+“The hold of a vessel is apt to be a damp place.”
+
+“Damp! I tell you it was wet!” protested Bill; and
+the mysterious circumstance seemed to awe and alarm
+him.
+
+“Certainly no water could have been thrown upon
+the fire,” persisted Bark.
+
+“How happens it to be wet, then? That’s what I
+want to know.”
+
+“Do you think any water was thrown on the straw?”
+
+“I don’t see how it could have been; but I know it
+was wet,” replied Bill.
+
+“Very likely the dry stuff burned off, and the wet
+straw would not take fire,” suggested Bark, who was
+good for accounting for strange things.
+
+“That may be; I did not think of that,” mused Bill.
+“But there is a pile of old dunnage on the starboard
+side, and some more straw and old boxes and things
+there; and I will try it on once more. I have got
+started, and I’m going to do the job if I hang for it.”
+
+“Wait till Salter has been in again before you go
+below,” said Bark.
+
+Bill was content to wait. To his desire for freedom,
+was added the feeling of revenge for being committed
+to the brig when all hands were about to make a
+voyage in the Prince. He was determined to destroy
+the Tritonia,—more determined than when he first attempted
+the crime. In a short time the chief steward
+made another visit to the steerage, and again returned
+to the cabin.
+
+“Now is my time,” said Bill, when he was satisfied
+that Salter had reached the cabin.
+
+“Be careful this time,” added Bark, as he raised the
+scuttle.
+
+“I shall be careful, but I shall make a sure thing of
+it,” replied Bill, stepping upon the narrow ladder, and
+descending.
+
+Bill Stout was absent full five minutes this time; and,
+when he returned to the brig, he had not lighted the
+train that was to complete the destruction of the Tritonia.
+
+“I had no paper, and I could not make a blaze,”
+said he. “Have you a newspaper about you, Bill?”
+
+“No, I have not: I do not carry papers around with
+me.”
+
+“What shall I do? I can’t light the rubbish without
+something that is entirely dry.”
+
+“Here,” answered Bark, picking up one of the neglected
+text–books on the floor. “You can get as much
+paper as you want out of this book.”
+
+“But that won’t do,” replied Bill. “I thought you
+were a very prudent fellow.”
+
+“So I am.”
+
+“If I should miss fire again, and this book or any
+part of it should be found in the pile, it would blow the
+whole thing upon us.”
+
+“Tear out a lot of the leaves; and they will be sure
+to be burnt, if you light them with the match.”
+
+As no other paper could be obtained, Bill consented
+to tear out some of the leaves of the book, and use
+them for his incendiary purpose. Bark declared that
+what was left of it would soon be in ashes, and there
+was nothing to fear as to its being a telltale against
+them. Once more Bill descended into the hold; and,
+as he had made every thing ready during his last visit,
+he was absent only long enough to light the paper, and
+thrust it into the pile of combustibles he had gathered.
+He had placed several small sticks of pine, which had
+been split to kindle the fire in the galley, on the heap
+of rubbish, in order to give more body to the fire when
+it was lighted. He paused an instant to see the flame
+rise from the pile, and then fled up the ladder.
+
+“Hurry up!” whispered Bark at the scuttle. “I
+hear Salter moving about in the cabin.”
+
+But the trap–door was returned to its place before
+the chief steward appeared; and he only looked into
+the steerage.
+
+“The job is done this time, you may bet your life!”
+exclaimed Bill, as he seated himself on his stool, and
+tried to look calm and self–possessed.
+
+“I saw the blaze,” added Bark. “Let’s look down,
+and see if it is going good.”
+
+“No, no!” protested Bill earnestly. “We don’t
+want to run a risk for nothing.”
+
+Both of the young villains waited with throbbing
+hearts for the bursting out of the flames, which they
+thought would run up the ceiling of the vessel, and
+communicate the fire to the berths on the starboard
+side of the steerage. Five minutes—ten minutes—a
+quarter of an hour, they waited for the catastrophe;
+but no smoke, no flame, appeared. Bill Stout could not
+understand it again. Another quarter of an hour they
+waited, but less confidently than before.
+
+“No fire yet, Bill,” said Bark, with a smile.
+
+“I don’t know what it means,” replied the puzzled
+incendiary. “You saw the fire, and so did I; and I
+can’t see why the blaze don’t come up through the
+deck.”
+
+“It is very odd, Bill; and I can’t see through it any
+better than you can,” added Bark. “It don’t look as
+though we were to have a burn to–day.”
+
+“We are bound to have it!” insisted Bill Stout. “I
+shall try next time in one of the mess–rooms.”
+
+“With all the pains and precautions to prevent fire
+on board, it seems that the jolly craft won’t burn. No
+fellow has been allowed to have a match, or even to
+take a lantern into the hold; and now you can’t make
+the vessel burn when you try with all your might.”
+
+“The Evil One is working against us,” continued Bill,
+who could make no other explanation of the repeated
+failures.
+
+“If he is, he is on the wrong side; for we have done
+nothing to make him desert us,” laughed Bark. “We
+certainly deserve better of him.”
+
+“I am going below to see what was the matter this
+time,” added Bill, as he raised the trap–door.
+
+Bark offered no opposition to his purpose, and Bill
+went down the ladder. He was not gone more than a
+couple of minutes this time; and when he returned he
+looked as though he had just come out of the abode of
+the party who was working against him. He seemed
+to be transfixed with wonder and surprise; and for a
+moment he stood in silence in the presence of his fellow–conspirator.
+
+“What’s the matter with you, Bill? You look like a
+stuck pig that has come back to haunt the butcher,”
+said Bark, trying to rally his associate. “Did you see
+any spirits in the hold? This is a temperance ship,
+and the principal don’t allow any on board.”
+
+“You may laugh, Bark, if you like; but I believe
+the evil spirit is in the hold,” replied Bill impressively.
+
+“What makes you think so, Bill?”
+
+“The pile of rubbish is as wet as water can make it.
+Do you suppose there is any one in the hold?”
+
+“Who could be there?” demanded Bark.
+
+“I don’t know; but it seems to me some one is down
+there, who puts water on the fire every time I light it.
+I can’t explain it in any other way.”
+
+“Nonsense! No one could by any possibility be in
+the hold. If any one of the stewards had gone down,
+we should have seen him.”
+
+After more discussion neither of the conspirators
+was willing to believe there was any person in the hold.
+It was not a place a man would be likely to stay in any
+longer than he was compelled to do so. It was partially
+ventilated by a couple of small shafts, and very
+dimly lighted by four small panes of heavy glass set in
+the cabin and steerage floors, under the skylights. It
+was not more than four feet high where the greatest
+elevation was had; that is, between the dunnage that
+covered the ballast, and the timbers on which the floors
+of the between–decks rested. It was not a desirable
+place for any one to remain in, though there was nothing
+in it that was destructive to human life. It was
+simply a very dingy and uncomfortable retreat for a
+human being.
+
+“I am going to try it on just once more,” said Bill
+Stout, after his suspicions of a supernatural interference
+had subsided. “I know there was water thrown on the
+pile of rubbish. It seems to me the Evil One must have
+used a fire–engine on the heap, after I had lighted the
+fire. But I am going to know about it this time, if I
+am condemned to the brig for the rest of my natural
+life. There is quite a pile of old boxes and cases split
+up in the hold, ready for use in the galley. I am going
+to touch off this heap of wood, and stand by till I see
+it well a–going. I want you to shut the door when I go
+down next time; for Salter will not come in for half an
+hour or more. I am going to see what puts the fire
+out every time I light it.”
+
+“But suppose Salter comes into the steerage, and
+finds you are not here: what shall I say to him?”
+
+“Tell him I am in the hold,—any thing you please.
+I don’t care what becomes of me now.”
+
+Bill Stout raised the trap–door, and descended; and,
+in accordance with the instructions of that worthy,
+Bark closed it as soon as his head disappeared below
+the steerage floor. Bill lighted up the pile of kindling–wood;
+and then, with a quantity of leaves he had torn
+from the book, he set fire to the heap of combustibles.
+The blaze rose from the pile, and promised that the
+result that the conspirators had been laboring to produce
+would be achieved. True to the plan he had
+arranged, Bill waited, and watched the blaze he had
+kindled; but the fire had scarcely lighted up the
+gloomy hold, before a bucket of water was dashed on
+the pile of wood, and the flames were completely extinguished.
+There was somebody in the hold, after all; and
+Bill was almost paralyzed when he realized the fact.
+
+The fire was put out; and the solitary fireman of the
+hold moved aft. Bill watched him, and was unable to
+determine whether he was a human being, or a spirit
+from the other world. But he was desperate to a degree
+he had never been before. He stooped down
+over the extinguished combustibles to ascertain whether
+they were really wet, or whether some magic had
+quenched the flame which a minute before had promised
+to make an end of the Tritonia. The water still
+hung in drops on the kindling–wood. He stirred up
+the wood, and lighted another match, which he applied
+to the dryest sticks he could find.
+
+“What are you about, you villain? Do you mean
+to burn the vessel?” demanded a voice near him, the
+owner of which instantly stamped out the fire with his
+feet.
+
+The mystery was solved; for Bill recognized the
+voice of Raimundo, whose mysterious disappearance
+had excited so much astonishment on board of the
+vessel.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII.
+
+SARAGOSSA AND BURGOS.
+
+
+The ship’s company of the American Prince departed
+from Barcelona at three o’clock in the
+afternoon, for Saragossa, or Zaragoza as the Spaniards
+spell it. At first the route was through a beautiful and
+highly cultivated country, and then into the mountains.
+By five o’clock it was too dark to see the landscape;
+and the students, tired after the labors of the day, were
+disposed to settle themselves into the easiest positions
+they could find, and many of them went to sleep.
+
+At Manresa the train stopped for supper, which was
+all ready for the students when they arrived, Mr. Lowington
+had employed four experienced couriers for the
+double tour across the peninsula. One was to precede
+each of the two parties to engage accommodations, and
+make terms with landlords, railroad agents, and others;
+and one was to attend each party to render such service
+as might be required of him. The journeys were all
+arranged beforehand, so that trains were to have extra
+cars, and meals were to be ready at stations and hotels.
+
+The train arrived at Saragossa just before four o’clock
+in the morning. The cars, or carriages as they are
+called in Europe, were precisely like those in use in
+England. Only six persons were put in each compartment;
+and the boys contrived various plans to obtain
+comfortable positions for sleeping. Some of them
+spread their overcoats on the floor for beds, using
+their bags for pillows; and others made couches on the
+seats. Most of them were able to sleep the greater
+part of the night. But the _Fonda del Universo_ was
+prepared for their reception, and they were glad enough
+to turn into the fifty beds ready for them.
+
+At nine o’clock all hands were piped to breakfast.
+The meal was served in courses, and was essentially
+French. Some of the waiters spoke French; but there
+was really no need of saying any thing, for each dish of
+the bill of fare was presented to every person at the
+table. After the meal, the students were assembled in
+the large reading–room,—the hotel had been recently
+built,—and Professor Mapps was called upon by the
+principal to say something about Saragossa, in order
+that the tourists might know a little of the history of
+the place they were visiting. The instructor took a
+convenient position, and began his remarks:—
+
+“The old monks used to write history something
+after the manner of the Knickerbocker’s History of
+New York; and they put it on record that Saragossa
+was founded by Tubal, nephew of Noah; but you will
+not believe this. The city probably originated with the
+Phoenicians, and was a place of great importance in
+the time of Julius Cæsar, who saw its military value as
+commanding the passage of the Ebro, and built a wall
+around it. It was captured by the Suevi in 452, and
+taken from them by the Goths fourteen years later. In
+the eighth century the Moors obtained possession of
+the city, and held it till the twelfth, when it was conquered
+by Alfonso of Aragon. It contains many relics
+of the Roman and Moorish works.
+
+“Saragossa has been the scene of several noted
+sieges, the most famous of which was that of 1808,
+when the French captured the place after the most
+desperate resistance on the part of the Aragonese.
+The brave defenders of the city had no regular military
+organization, and were ill–provided with arms and
+ammunition. The people chose for a leader a young
+man whose name was Palafox: he was as brave as a
+lion, but not versed in military science. The siege
+lasted sixty–two days, and the fighting was almost incessant.
+It was ‘war to the knife’ on the part of the
+Aragonese, and they rejected all overtures to surrender.
+Famine made fearful havoc among them, and every
+house was a hospital. Even the priests and the women
+joined in the strife. I dare say you have all heard of
+the ‘Maid of Saragossa,’ who is represented in pictures
+as a young woman assisting in working a gun in
+the battle. Her name was Augustina; and she was a
+very pretty girl of twenty–two. Her lover was a cannonneer,
+and she fought by his side. When he was
+mortally wounded, she worked the gun herself. You
+will find something about her in ‘Childe Harold.’
+
+“At length the French got into the town; but the
+conflict was not finished, for the people fought for
+twenty–one days more in the streets. Fifteen thousand
+were either dead or dying when the French entered the
+city. At last the authorities agreed to surrender, but
+only on the most honorable terms. It has been estimated,
+that, out of a population of one hundred and
+fifty thousand, fifty–four thousand perished in battle or
+by famine and pestilence.”
+
+After these brief remarks, the party separated, and
+divided up into small squads to see the city as they
+pleased. As usual, Captain Sheridan and Murray
+joined themselves to Dr. Winstock, who was as much
+at home in Saragossa as he was in Paris.
+
+“You will find that this city is thoroughly Spanish;
+and doubtless you will see some of the native costumes,”
+said the doctor, as they left the hotel.
+
+“But this hotel is as much French as though it were
+in France,” added Murray, who desired when in Spain
+to do as the Spaniards did, so as to learn what they do.
+
+“That is very true; but we shall come to the true
+Spanish hotel in due time, and I have no doubt you
+will get enough of it in a very short time,” laughed
+Dr. Winstock. “There are three classes of hotels in
+Spain, though at the present time they are all about the
+same thing. A _fonda_ is a regular hotel; a _posada_ is
+the tavern of the smaller country towns; and a _venta_
+is a still lower grade of inn. A drinking–shop, which
+we sometimes call a ‘saloon’ in the United States, is
+a _ventorro_ or a _ventorillo_; and a _taberna_ is a place
+where smoking and wine–drinking are the business of
+their frequenters. A _parador_ is a hotel where the diligences
+stop for meals, and may also be a _fonda_.”
+
+“A _fonda_ is a hotel,” said Sheridan; “and we may
+not be able to remember any more than that.”
+
+“When you see the names I have given you on the
+signs, you will understand what they mean. But our
+business now is to see this city. Like Barcelona, it has
+one principal wide street extending through the middle
+of it: all the other avenues are nothing more than
+lanes, very narrow and very dirty. It is on the Ebro,
+and has a population of some eighty thousand people.”
+
+“How happens it that this place is not colder? It
+is in about the same latitude as New York City; and
+now, in the month of December, it is comfortably
+warm,” said Sheridan.
+
+“These valleys have a mild climate; and the vine
+and olive are their principal productions. It is not so
+on the high table–land in the centre of Spain. At
+Madrid, for instance, the weather will be found to be
+quite cold at this time. The weather is so bitter there
+sometimes that the sentinels on guard have to be
+changed every quarter of an hour, as they are in
+danger of being frozen to death.”
+
+The party walked first to the great square, in the
+centre of which is a public fountain. They paused to
+look at the people. Most of the men wore some kind of
+a mantle or cloak. This garment was sometimes the
+Spanish circular cloak, worn with a style and grace
+that the Spaniard alone can attain. That of the poorer
+class was often nothing but a striped blanket, which,
+however, they slung about them with no little of the air
+of those who wore better garments. They were generally
+tall, muscular, but rather bony fellows, with an
+expression as solemn as though they were doing duty
+at a funeral. Some of them wore the broad–brimmed
+_sombrero_; some had handkerchiefs wound around their
+heads, like turbans; and others sported the ordinary
+hat or cap.
+
+The party could not help laughing when they saw,
+for the first time, a priest wearing a hat which extended
+fore and aft at least three feet, with the sides rolled up
+close to the body. Everybody was dignified, and
+moved about at a funeral pace.
+
+At the fountain women and girls were filling the jars
+of odd shape with water, and bearing them away poised
+on one of their hips or on the head. Several donkeys
+were standing near, upon which their owners were loading
+the sacks of water they had filled.
+
+“Bags of water!” exclaimed Murray.
+
+“They do not call them bags, but skins,” said the
+doctor. “You can see the legs and neck of the animal,
+which are very convenient in handling them. These
+skins are more easily transported on the backs of the
+donkeys than barrels, kegs, or jars could be. Many
+kinds of wine are transported in these skins, which
+could hardly be carried on the back of an animal in any
+other way. Except a few great highways, Spain is not
+provided with roads. In some places, when you ride in
+a carriage, you will take to the open fields; and very
+rough indeed they are sometimes.”
+
+The party proceeded on their walk, and soon reached
+the Cathedral of San Salvador, generally called _El Seo_;
+a term as applicable to any other cathedral in Aragon
+as to this one. It is a sombre old structure: a part of
+it is said to have been built in the year 290; and pious
+people have been building it till within three hundred
+and fifty years of the present time. There are some
+grand monuments in it; among them that of Arbues,
+who was assassinated for carrying out the decrees of
+the Inquisition. The people of Aragon did not take
+kindly to this institution; but the murder was terribly
+avenged, and the Inquisition established its authority in
+the midst of the tumult it had excited. Murillo, the
+great Spanish painter, made the assassination of Arbues
+the subject of one of his principal pictures.
+
+Saragossa has two cathedrals, the second of which
+is called _El Pilar_, because it contains the very pillar
+on which the Virgin landed when she came down from
+heaven in one of her visits to Spain. It appears
+that St. James—Santiago in Spanish—came to Spain
+after the crucifixion of the Saviour, in the year 40, to
+preach the gospel to the natives. When he had got
+as far as Saragossa, he was naturally tired, and went to
+sleep. In this state the Virgin came to him with a
+message from the Saviour, requiring him to build a
+chapel in honor of herself. She stood on a jasper
+pillar, and was attended by a multitude of angels. St.
+James obeyed the command of the heavenly visitor,
+and erected a small chapel, only sixteen feet long and
+half as wide, where the Virgin often attended public
+worship in subsequent years. On this spot, and over
+the original chapel, was built the present church. On
+the pillar stands a dingy image of the Virgin, which
+is said to be from the studio of St. Luke, who appears
+to have been both a painter and a sculptor. It is
+clothed in the richest velvet, brocade, and satin, and
+is spangled with gold and diamonds. It cures all diseases
+to which flesh is heir; for which the grateful
+persons thus healed have bestowed the most costly
+presents. It is little less than sacrilege to express
+any disbelief in this story of the Virgin, or in the
+miracles achieved by the image.
+
+Dr. Winstock and his young companions went from
+the churches, to take a walk in the older part of the
+city. The narrow streets reminded them of Constantinople,
+while many of the buildings were similar, the
+upper part projecting out over the street. The balconies
+were shaded with mats, like the parti–colored
+draperies that hang from the windows in Naples.
+Many of the houses were of the Moorish fashion, with
+the _patio_, or court–yard, in the centre, with galleries
+around it, from which admission to the various apartments
+is obtained. Saragossa has a leaning tower
+built of brick, which was the campanile, or belfry, of
+the town.
+
+The party of the surgeon spent the rest of the day in
+a walk through the surrounding country, crossing the
+Ebro to the suburb of the city. Near the bridge they
+met a couple of ladies who wore the mantilla, a kind of
+veil worn as a head–dress, instead of the bonnet, which
+is a part of the national costume of Spain. All over
+Spain this fashion prevails, though of course the modes
+of Paris are adopted by the most fashionable ladies of
+the capital and other cities.
+
+At four o’clock the ship’s company dined at the
+hotel, and then wandered about the city at will till dark.
+They were advised to retire at an early hour, and most
+of them did so. They were called at half–past four in
+the morning, and at six were on the train. At half–past
+eight they were at Tudela, the head of navigation on
+the Ebro. At quarter past one they were at Miranda,
+on the line from Bayonne to Madrid, where dinner was
+waiting for them. This meal was decidedly Spanish,
+though it was served in courses. The soup was odorous
+of garlic, which is the especial vice of Spanish
+cookery to those who have an aversion to it. Then
+came the national dish, the _olla podrida_, a kind of stew
+made of every kind of meat and every kind of vegetable,
+not omitting a profusion of garlic. Some of the
+students declared that it was “first–rate.” A few did
+not like it at all, and more were willing to tolerate it.
+We do not consider it “bad to take.” The next dish
+was calves’ brains fried in batter, which is not national,
+but is oftener had at the hotels than _olla podrida_. The
+next course was mutton chops, followed by roast
+chicken, with a salad. The dessert was fruit and
+raisins. On the table was plenty of _Val de Peñas_ wine,
+which the students were forbidden to taste.
+
+At half–past two the tourists departed, and at twenty
+minutes to six arrived in the darkness at Burgos. The
+port watch went to the _Fonda del Norte_, and the starboard
+to the _Fonda Rafaela_. The doctor and the captain were
+at the latter, and it was more like the inns of Don
+Quixote’s time than any that Sheridan had seen. It
+had no public room except the _comedor_, or dining–room.
+The hotel seemed to be a number of buildings thrown
+together around a court–yard, on one side of which was
+the stable. Sheridan and Murray were shown to a
+room with six other students, but the apartment contained
+four beds. It was large enough for four more,
+being not less than thirty feet long, and half as wide.
+It was comfortably furnished, and every thing about it
+was clean and neat. The establishment was not unlike
+an old–fashioned country tavern in New England.
+
+Dinner, or, as the students called it, supper, was
+served at six o’clock. The meal was Spanish, being
+about the same as the one they had taken at Miranda.
+Instead of the _olla podrida_ was a kind of stew, which
+in the days of Gil Blas would have been called a
+_ragout_.
+
+“This isn’t a bad dinner,” said Murray, when they
+had finished the third course.
+
+“It is a very good one, I think,” replied Sheridan.
+
+“I have been reading books of travel in Spain for
+the last two weeks, most of them written by Englishmen;
+and I had come to the conclusion that we should
+be starved to death if we left the ship for more than
+a day or two. The writers found a great deal of fault
+with their food, and growled about garlic. I rather like
+garlic.”
+
+“The doctor says the English are very much given
+to grumbling about every thing,” added Sheridan. “I
+don’t think we shall starve if we are fed as well as we
+have been so far.”
+
+“Our room is as good as we have found in most of
+the hotels in other countries. So far, the trains on the
+railroads have been on time instead of an hour late, as
+one writer declared they always were.”
+
+“If one insists upon growling, it is easy enough to
+find something to growl at.”
+
+In the evening some of the party strolled about town,
+but it was as quiet as a tomb; for the rule in Spain is,
+“Early to bed, and late to rise.” But the students
+were out of bed in good time in the morning, and
+taking a view of the city. They found a very pretty
+promenade along the little river Arlanzon, whose waters
+find their way into the Duero; and at a considerable
+distance from it obtained a fine view of the great
+cathedral. It is impossible to obtain any just view of it,
+except at a distance, on account of the mass of buildings
+which are huddled around it, and close to it. But the
+vast church towers above them all, and presents to
+the eye a forest of spires great and small. Near the
+river, in an irregular _plaza_, is an old gateway, which is
+quite picturesque. The structure looks like a castle,
+with round towers at the corners, and circular turrets.
+On the front are a number of figures carved in stone.
+
+Breakfast was served at half–past ten, and dinner at
+six, at the _Fonda_; but special tables were set for the
+students at more convenient hours. A Spanish meal
+could not be agreeable to nice and refined American
+people. The men often sit with their hats on, and
+between the courses smoke a cigarette, or _cigarillo_ in
+Spanish. They converse in an energetic tone, but are
+polite if addressed, though they mind their own business
+severely, and seem to be devoid of curiosity—or at
+least are too dignified to stare—in regard to strangers.
+The food is very odorous of onions and garlic, and in
+the smaller inns consists largely of stews or ragouts,
+generally of mutton or kidneys. New cheese, not
+pressed, is sometimes an item of the bill of fare. _Val
+de Pañas_ wine is furnished free all over Spain at the
+_table d’hote_; but it always tastes of the skins in which
+it is transported, and most Americans who partake of
+it think it is poor stuff. Great quantities of it are
+exported to Bordeaux, where it is manufactured into
+claret.
+
+After breakfast, the students were assembled to enable
+Professor Mapps to tell them something about the
+history of the city, to which he added a very full account
+of the Cid. Of his remarks we can give only an
+abstract.
+
+Burgos is one of the most famous cities of Castile, of
+which it was at one time the capital. The name comes
+from the same word as “Burg,” and means a fortified
+eminence; and such it is, being on the watershed between
+the basins of the Ebro and the Duero. It was
+founded in 884 by a Castilian knight. It was the
+birthplace of Ferdinand Gonzales, who first took the
+title of Count of Castile, shook off the yoke of Leon,
+and established the kingdom of Castile. The city is
+on the direct line to Madrid from Paris. The French
+captured the place in 1808; and it was twice besieged
+and taken by the Duke of Wellington in the peninsular
+war.
+
+The Cid is the popular hero of Spain, and especially
+of the people of Burgos. He was the King Arthur of
+Spain, and there is about as much romance in his history
+as in that of the British demigod. The Cid Campeador,
+“knight champion,” was born about 1040, and
+died when he was not much over fifty. His name was
+Rodrigo Ruy Diaz; and his marvellous exploits are
+set forth in the “Poem of the Cid,” believed to have
+been written in the twelfth century. It is the oldest
+poem in the Spanish language. His first great deed
+was to meet the Count Gomez, who had grossly insulted
+the Cid’s aged father, in a fair fight in the field, and
+utterly vanquish him, cutting off his head. The old
+man was unable to eat from brooding over his wrong;
+but, when Ruy appeared with the head of the slain
+count, his appetite was restored. By some he is said
+to have married Ximena, the daughter of his dead
+adversary. Great was the fame of the Cid’s prowess
+after this exploit. Shortly after this event, five Moorish
+kings, with a powerful force, entered Castile; and
+the Cid roused the country to oppose their progress,
+and fell upon the enemy, routing the five kings with
+great slaughter, and making all of them his prisoners.
+Then he fought for King Ferdinand against the Aragonese,
+and won all that was in dispute. When France
+demanded the homage of his king, he entered that
+country, and won a victory which settled the question
+of homage for all time. After this event he did considerable
+domestic fighting when Castile was divided
+among the sons of the dead sovereign; and was finally
+banished by the new king. He departed with his
+knights and men–at–arms, and took up a strong position
+in the territory of the Moors, where he made war,
+right and left, with all the kingdoms of the peninsula
+except his own country, which he had the grace to
+except in his conquests. He took Valencia, where he
+seems to have established himself. His last exploit in
+the flesh was the capture of Murviedro. Then he died,
+and was buried in Valencia.
+
+Now that the Cid, who had been the scourge of the
+Moors, was dead, the Christians could no longer hold
+out against the infidels, and were in danger of losing
+what they had gained. In this emergency they clothed
+the corpse of the dead hero in armor, and fastened it
+on his war–steed, placing his famous sword in his hand.
+Thus equipped for battle, the dead Cid was led into the
+field in the midst of the soldiers. The very sight of
+him struck terror to the hearts of the Moslems, and
+the defunct warrior won yet another battle. He was
+marched through the land, the enemy fleeing before
+him in every direction, to Burgos. He seems not to
+have been buried when he got there, but was embalmed
+and placed in a chair of state, where he went into the
+business of working miracles. His long white beard
+fell upon his breast, his sword was at his side, and he
+seemed to be alive rather than dead. One day a Jew,
+out of bravado, attempted to take hold of his venerable
+beard, when the Cid began to draw his sword, whereat
+the Jew was so frightened that he fainted away. When
+he recovered he at once became a Christian. The Cid
+was a fiery man, and did not hesitate to slap the face of
+a king or the pope, if he was angry. Even after he was
+dead, and sitting in his chair, he sometimes lost his
+temper; and Ximine found it expedient to bury him, in
+order to keep him out of trouble.
+
+The students went to the cathedral first. It is a vast
+pile of buildings, and is considered one of the finest
+churches in Europe. There is an immense amount of
+fine and delicate work about it, which cannot be described.
+The dome is so beautiful that Philip II. said
+it was the work of angels rather than men. The choir
+is quite a lofty enclosure, which obstructs the view
+from the pavement. The archbishop’s palace, and the
+cloister, on one side, seem to be a part of the church.
+It contains, as usual, a great many chapels, each of
+which has its own treasures of art or antiquity. In
+one of them is the famous Christ of Burgos, which is
+said to have been made by Nicodemus after he and
+Joseph of Arimathea had buried the Saviour. As
+usual, it was found in a box floating in the sea.
+The hair, beard, eyelashes, and the thorns, are all
+real; and a French writer says the skin of the figure
+is human. The image works miracles without number,
+sweats on Friday, and even bleeds at times; and is
+held in the highest veneration by the people.
+
+In another chapel is the coffer of the Cid, an old
+worm–eaten chest bound with iron. When the champion
+was banished by the king, as he wanted to go off
+with flying colors, and was in need of a large sum of
+money, he filled this chest with sand and stones, and,
+without allowing them to look into it, assured a couple
+of rich Jews that it was full of gold and jewels. They
+took his word for it (strange as such a transaction would
+be in modern times), and loaned the money he needed.
+When he had captured Valencia, he paid the loan, and
+exposed the cheat he had put upon them. Of course
+they were willing to forgive him after he had paid the
+money.
+
+The next point of interest with the students was the
+town hall, where they were permitted to look upon the
+bones of the Cid and his wife, which are kept in a box,
+with a wire screen over them to prevent any heathen
+from stealing them. The bones are all mixed up, and
+no one can tell which belong to the Cid and which to
+his wife.
+
+At noon Dr. Winstock procured an antiquated carriage
+at the hotel stable, and took Sheridan and Murray
+out into the country. After a ride of a couple of miles
+they reached Miraflores, which is a convent founded by
+John II., and finished by Isabella I. Its church contains
+the royal tomb in which John II. is buried, and is
+one of the finest things of the kind in the world, the
+sculpture being of the most delicate character. Several
+other Castilian kings are buried in this place.
+
+The little party took the carriage again, intending to
+visit the Monastery of San Pedro de Cardeña. There
+was no road, only an ill–defined track across the fields;
+and very rough fields they were, covered with rocks so
+thick that the vehicle often had to pass over many of
+them. The passengers were terribly shaken up. On
+the way they occasionally met a peasant riding on or
+leading a mule or donkey loaded with various commodities
+carried in panniers. They were interesting as a
+study.
+
+San Pedro is nothing but a ruin. It was established
+in the fifth century; and in the ninth the Moors destroyed
+the edifice, and killed two hundred monks who
+lived in it. It was rebuilt; and, being the favorite convent
+of the Cid, he requested that he might be buried in
+it. The monument is in a side chapel, and looks as
+though it had been whitewashed at no very remote
+period. The doctor read the inscription on the empty
+tomb. A dirty peasant who joined the party as soon
+as they got out the carriage followed them at every
+step, almost looking into their mouths when they spoke.
+
+When the party started to return, things began to be
+very lively with them. First Sheridan rubbed his legs;
+then Murray did so; and before long the doctor
+joined in the recreation.
+
+“What’s the matter?” asked the surgeon, laughing.
+
+“I don’t know; but my legs feel as though I had
+an attack of the seven–years’ itch,” replied the captain
+with a vigorous attempt to reach and conquer the difficulty.
+
+“That’s just my case,” added Murray, with an
+equally violent demonstration.
+
+“I don’t understand it,” continued the captain.
+
+“I do,” answered the surgeon, vigorously rubbing
+one of his legs.
+
+“What is it?” asked Sheridan, suspecting that they
+all had some strange disease.
+
+“_Cosas de España_,” laughed the doctor.
+
+“But that is Spanish; and I don’t understand the
+lingo.”
+
+“A _cosa de España_ is a ‘thing of Spain;’ fleas
+are things of Spain; and that is what is the matter
+with you and me. The lining of this carriage has
+been repaired by covering it in part with cloth with a
+long nap, which is alive with fleas.”
+
+“The wicked flea!” exclaimed Murray.
+
+“He goeth about in Spain, seeking whom he may
+devour,” added the doctor.
+
+When they reached the hotel, supper was ready;
+but they did not want any just then, for no one feels
+hungry while a myriad of fleas are picking his bones.
+Garments were taken off, and brushed on the inside;
+the skin was washed with cologne–water; and the party
+were happy till they took in a new supply.
+
+At about eleven at night, the ship’s company took
+the train south, and at quarter past eight the next
+morning were at _El Escorial_.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IX.
+
+THE HOLD OF THE TRITONIA.
+
+
+Raimundo was in the hold of the Tritonia.
+He had made for himself a hiding–place under
+the dunnage in the run, by removing a quantity of
+ballast, and arranging a number of empty casks so as
+to conceal his retreat from any who might search the
+hold for him. The task had been ingeniously accomplished;
+and those who looked for him had examined
+every hole and corner above the ballast, that could
+possibly hold a person of his size; and they had no
+suspicion that there was room even for a cat under
+the dunnage.
+
+The young Spaniard had fully considered his situation
+before he ventured into the waters of Spain. He
+was fully prepared for the event that had occurred.
+The plan of his hiding–place was his own; but he
+knew that he could not make it, or remain in it for any
+considerable time, without assistance. If he spent a
+week or even three days in his den, he must have food
+and drink. He did not believe the squadron would
+remain many weeks in Spanish waters; and it was his
+purpose to stay in the hold during this time, if he
+found it necessary to do so. A confederate was therefore
+indispensable to the success of the scheme.
+
+Certain work required to be done in the hold, such
+as getting up stores and keeping every thing in order,
+was divided among the stewards. Those employed in
+the cabin attended to the after–hold, and those in the
+steerage to the fore–hold. One of the former was a
+Cuban mulatto, a very bright fellow, who spoke Spanish
+as well as English. Raimundo had become quite intimate
+with him, because they both spoke their native
+tongue, which it was pleasant to each to hear, and the
+steward had become very fond of him. His name was
+Hugo; and Raimundo was confident the man would be
+his friend in the emergency.
+
+During study hours, the vice–principal and the professors
+were employed in the steerage. When the
+quarter–watch to which the young Spaniard belonged
+was off duty, instead of spending his time on deck as
+his companions did in fine weather, he remained in
+the cabin, which at times was entirely deserted. He
+found that Hugo was willing to listen to him; and by
+degrees he told him his whole story, as he had related
+it to Scott, and disclosed the plan he intended to
+adopt when his uncle or his agents should put in a
+claim for him. Hugo was ready and anxious to take
+part in the enterprise. There could be no doubt in
+regard to his fidelity, for the steward would have perilled
+his life in the service of the young Spaniard.
+
+At a favorable time they visited the hold together;
+and Raimundo indicated what was to be done in the
+preparation of the hiding–place. Both of them worked
+at the job. The ballast taken from the hold was carefully
+distributed in other places under the dunnage.
+Hugo had charge of the after–hold, and his being there
+so much excited no suspicion.
+
+When the ship’s company returned, after the lecture,
+Raimundo waited in the cabin till he was alone with
+Hugo; for all hands were on deck, observing the
+strange scenes around them. He then descended to
+the hold, and deposited himself in the den prepared
+for him. His faithful confederate had lined it with
+old garments and pieces of sail–cloth, so that the place
+was not as uncomfortable as it might have been. The
+“mysterious disappearance” had been duly effected.
+
+Hugo carried food and drink to his charge in the
+morning, and left a pail of water for his ablutions, if
+he chose to make them. Of course the steward was
+very nervous while the several searches were in progress;
+but, as he spoke Spanish, he was able to mislead
+the _alguacil_, even while he professed to desire that
+every part of the vessel should be examined. Hugo
+not only provided food and water for the self–made
+prisoner, but he informed him, when he could, what
+was going on; so that he knew when all hands had
+gone on shore, and was duly apprised of the fact that
+the Josephines and Tritonias were to proceed to Lisbon
+in the Prince. But the steward dared not remain long
+in the hold, while Salter was in the cabin. Raimundo
+wanted to get on board of the steamer that day or
+night, if it were possible; but the chances were all
+against him.
+
+Hugo assured him that it would be entirely safe
+for him to leave his hiding–place, as he could easily
+keep out of the way of any chance visitor in the
+hold, and he would notify him if another search was
+likely to be made. Availing himself of this permission,
+Raimundo crawled out of his hole. It was a
+relief to his limbs to stretch them; and he exercised
+himself as freely as he could. While he was thus engaged,
+he saw the fore–scuttle opened, and some one
+come down. The fugitive stepped behind the mainmast.
+He saw the figure of one of the students, as he
+judged that he was from his size, moving stealthily in
+the gloom of the place. In a moment more, he rushed
+up the steps, and disappeared. In an instant afterwards,
+Raimundo saw a flame flash up from the pile of
+rubbish.
+
+The vessel was on fire, or she soon would be; for
+there was fire near her timbers. Grasping the bucket
+of water Hugo had left for his ablutions, he poured
+enough on the fire to extinguish it, and then retreated
+to the covert of the mainmast. A second time the
+incendiary–match was applied; and again the fugitive
+put it out with the contents of the pail. For the third
+time the incendiary pile that was to doom the beautiful
+Tritonia to destruction was lighted; and this time
+the wretch who applied the match evidently intended
+to remain till the flames were well under way. The
+fugitive was greatly disturbed; for, if he showed himself
+to the incendiary, he would betray his secret, and
+expose his presence. But he could not hesitate to save
+the vessel at whatever consequences to himself; and,
+as soon as he saw the blaze, he rushed aft, accosted
+the villain, and stamped out the fire, for he had entirely
+emptied the pail.
+
+“What are you about, you villain? Do you mean to
+burn the vessel?” demanded Raimundo, who did not
+yet know who the incendiary was.
+
+Bill Stout was startled, not to say overwhelmed, by
+this unexpected interference with his plans. He recognized
+the second master, whose mysterious disappearance
+had excited so much astonishment. But he
+was prompt to see, that, if Raimundo had detected him
+in a crime, he had possession of the fugitive’s secret.
+Somebody on shore wanted the second master, and an
+officer had come on board for him. Perhaps he was
+guilty of some grave misdemeanor, and for that reason
+would not allow himself to be caught; for none of the
+students except Scott knew why the young Spaniard
+was required on shore. Bill Stout did not care: he
+only saw that it was an even thing between himself and
+Raimundo.
+
+“Who are you?” asked the fugitive, when he had
+waited a moment for an answer to his first question.
+
+“I advise you not to speak too loud, Mr. Raimundo,
+unless you wish to have the chief steward know you are
+here,” replied Bill, when he had recovered his self–possession,
+and taken a hurried view of the situation.
+
+“Stout!” exclaimed Raimundo, identifying the familiar
+voice.
+
+But he spoke in a low tone, for he was not disposed
+to summon Mr. Salter to the hold, though he had felt
+that he sacrificed himself and his plan when he showed
+himself to the incendiary.
+
+“That’s my name,” replied the young villain.
+
+“I understand what you were scheming at in your
+watch on deck. Lingall, Pardee, and Gibbs are your
+associates in this rascality,” added Raimundo.
+
+Stout, who was not before aware that he had been
+watched by the second master or by any other officer,
+was rather taken aback by this announcement; but he
+promptly denied that the students named were concerned
+in the affair.
+
+“Lingall is with you, I know. I see how you have
+managed the affair. He is your companion in the brig,
+which was built over the midship scuttle,” continued
+Raimundo. “But why do you desire to burn the vessel?”
+
+“Because I want to get out of her,” replied Bill sullenly.
+“But I can’t stop here to talk.”
+
+“Do you really mean to burn the Tritonia?”
+
+“That’s what I did mean; but, since you have found
+me out, I shall not be likely to do it now.”
+
+“Whatever you do, don’t do that. You are in the
+waters of Spain now, and I don’t know but you would
+have to be tried and punished for it in this country.”
+
+Bill Stout had no idea of being tried and punished
+for the crime in any country; and he had not even considered
+it a crime when he thought of the matter. He
+did not expect to be found out when he planned the
+job: villains never expect to be. But he was alarmed
+now; and the deed he had attempted seemed to be a
+hundred times more wicked and dangerous than at any
+time before.
+
+“I can’t stop here: Salter will miss me if I do,”
+added Bill, moving up the ladder.
+
+“Wait a minute,” interposed Raimundo, who was
+willing to save himself from exposure if he could.
+
+“I’ll come down again, after a while,” answered Bill,
+as he opened the scuttle, and got into the brig.
+
+“Why did you stay down so long?” demanded Bark
+Lingall nervously.
+
+“It’s all up now, and we can’t do any thing,” replied
+Bill sullenly, as he seated himself on his stool,
+and picked up one of his books.
+
+“What’s the matter?”
+
+“We are found out.”
+
+“Found out!” exclaimed Bark; and his heart rose
+into his throat at the announcement. “How can that
+be?”
+
+“I was seen doing it.”
+
+“Who saw you?”
+
+“You couldn’t guess in a month,” added Bill, who
+fixed his gaze on his book while he was talking.
+
+“Didn’t I hear you speaking to some one in the
+hold, Bill?” asked Bark, as he picked up a book, in
+order to follow the studious example of his companion.
+
+“I was speaking to some one,” replied Bill.
+
+“Who was it?”
+
+“Raimundo; and he knew that you were concerned
+in the job without my mentioning your name;” and
+Bill explained what had passed between himself and
+the second master.
+
+“Raimundo!” exclaimed Bark, in a musing manner.
+“Then he mysteriously disappeared into the hold.”
+
+“He did; and he has us where the hair is short,”
+added Bill.
+
+“And perhaps we have him where the hair is long
+enough to get hold of. All we have to do is to tell
+Salter, when he comes to look at us, that Raimundo is
+in the hold.”
+
+“We won’t do it; and then Raimundo won’t say we
+set the vessel on fire,” protested Bill.
+
+“Wait a bit, Bill. He is a spooney, a chaplain’s
+lamb. He may keep still till he gets out of his own
+scrape, whatever it may be, and then blow on us when
+he is safe himself.”
+
+“I don’t know: I shall see him again after Salter
+has paid us another visit.”
+
+The chief steward came into the steerage a few
+minutes later; and seeing both of the prisoners engaged
+in study, as he supposed, he probably believed the hour
+of reformation had come. As soon as he had gone,
+Bill opened the scuttle again, and went down into the
+hold; but he was unwilling to leave the brig for more
+than a few moments at a time, lest some accident should
+betray his absence to the chief steward. He arranged
+a plan by which he could talk with Raimundo without
+danger from above. Returning to the brig, he lay down
+on the floor, with a book in his hand, so that his head
+was close to the scuttle. Bark was seated on the floor,
+also with a book in his hand, in such a position as to
+conceal the trap–door, which was raised a few inches,
+from the gaze of Mr. Salter, if he should happen
+suddenly to enter the steerage. Raimundo was to stand
+on the steps of the ladder, with his head on a level
+with the cabin floor, where he could hear Bill, and be
+heard by him.
+
+“I think we can’t afford to quarrel,” said Bill magnanimously.
+“We are all in the same boat now. I
+suppose you are wanted on shore for some dido you cut
+up before you left your home.”
+
+“I did nothing wrong before I left my home,” replied
+Raimundo; and it galled him terribly to be
+obliged to make terms with the rascals in the brig.
+“My trouble is simply a family affair; and, if captured,
+I shall be subjected to no penalty whatever.”
+
+“Is that all?” asked Bill, sorry it was no worse.
+
+“That’s all; but for reasons I don’t care to explain,
+I do not wish to be taken back to my uncle in Barcelona.
+But I will give myself up before I will let you
+burn the Tritonia,” replied Raimundo, with no little
+indignation in his tones.
+
+“Of course, as things stand now, we shall not burn
+the vessel,” added Bill: “we will make a fair trade
+with you.”
+
+“I shall make no trades of any kind; but I leave
+you free to do what you think best, and I shall remain
+so myself,” said Raimundo, who was too high–toned to
+bargain with fellows wicked enough to burn the beautiful
+Tritonia. “It is enough that I wish to get away
+from this city.”
+
+“If you clear out, you won’t blow on us,” added
+Bill, willing to put the best construction on the statement
+of the second master.
+
+“I promise nothing; but this I say: if you burn the
+Tritonia, whether I am on board or a thousand miles
+away, I will inform the principal who set the fire.”
+
+“Of course we should not do any thing of that sort
+now,” added Bark, whose head was near enough to the
+scuttle to enable him to hear all that was said.
+
+“I shall be obliged to keep out of the way of all on
+board, for the present at least,” said Raimundo.
+
+“We are satisfied with that,” replied Bill, who
+seemed to be in haste to reach some other branch of
+the subject.
+
+“Very well: then there is nothing more to be said,”
+answered Raimundo, who was quite willing to close
+the interview at this point.
+
+The conspirators were not so willing; for the chance
+of escape held out to them by the burning of the
+vessel was gone, and they were very much dissatisfied
+with the situation. It would be madness to repeat the
+attempt to destroy the vessel; and the future looked
+very unpromising. All hands were going off on a very
+desirable cruise in the steamer. Ben Pardee and Lon
+Gibbs had apparently deserted them when tempted by
+the voyage to Lisbon. They had a dismal prospect of
+staying in the brig, under the care of Marline and
+Rimmer, for the next three weeks.
+
+The second master had plenty of time to think over
+his arrangements for the next week or two; and he was
+not much better satisfied with the immediate prospect
+for the future, than were the occupants of the brig.
+His accommodations were far less comfortable than
+theirs; and the experience of a single night had caused
+him to fear that he might take cold and be sick.
+Besides, he had not calculated that the Tritonia was to
+lie at this port for two or three weeks, thus increasing
+the danger and discomfort of his situation. If he had
+to abandon his hiding–place, he preferred to take his
+chances at any other port rather than Barcelona. It
+was more than probable that Marline and Rimmer would
+overhaul the hold, and re–stow the boxes and barrels
+while the vessel was at anchor; and possibly the principal
+had ordered some repairs at this favorable time.
+
+His chance of getting on board of the Prince before
+she sailed was too small to afford him any hope. The
+change the principal had made in the programme interfered
+sadly with his calculations. Mr. Lowington had
+made this alteration in order to enable the students to
+visit the northern and central parts of the peninsula
+before the weather became too cold to permit them to
+do so with any degree of comfort. The fugitive was
+willing, therefore, to change his plans if it was possible.
+
+“Hold on a minute,” interposed Bill Stout, when
+Raimundo was about to descend the ladder. “What
+are you going to do with yourself while the vessel lies
+here for the next three weeks?”
+
+“I shall have to keep out of sight in the hold,”
+replied the second master.
+
+“But you can’t do that. You will starve to death.”
+
+“I have looked out for that.”
+
+Though Bill Stout asked some questions on this
+point, Raimundo declined to say in what manner he
+had provided for his rations.
+
+“Do you know who are in charge on board now?”
+asked Bill.
+
+“Only Mr. Salter and one of the stewards,” replied
+the fugitive.
+
+“Why don’t you use your chance while Marline and
+Rimmer are ashore, and leave the vessel? You can
+get away without being seen.”
+
+“I can’t get out of the vessel without going through
+the cabin where Mr. Salter is,” answered Raimundo;
+but the suggestion gave him a lively hope.
+
+“Yes, you can: you can get out by the fore–scuttle, go
+over the bow, and roost on the bobstay till a shore
+boat comes along,” added Bill. “Only you musn’t let
+the steward see you. Salter is in the cabin, and he
+won’t know any thing about it.”
+
+Raimundo was grateful for the suggestion, though
+he was not willing to acknowledge it, considering the
+source from which it came. Hugo would help him,
+instead of being a hinderance. The steward would call
+a boat, and have it all ready for him when he got out
+of the vessel. He could even keep Mr. Salter in the
+cabin, while he made his escape, by engaging his attention
+in some matter of business.
+
+“I will see what I can do,” said the fugitive as he
+left the ladder.
+
+He went aft to the cabin ladder, and raised the
+scuttle an inch. Hugo was setting the table for Mr.
+Salter’s lunch. He saw the trap–door raised, and he
+immediately went below for a jar of pickles. In five
+minutes Raimundo had recited his plan to him. In
+five minutes more Hugo had a boat at the bow of
+the Tritonia, waiting for its passenger. At half–past
+twelve, Hugo called Mr. Salter to his lunch; and,
+when this gentleman took his seat at the table, Hugo
+raised the trap, and slammed it down as though it had
+not been in place before. Raimundo understood the
+signal.
+
+The fugitive went forward, and ascended to the
+deck by the fore–scuttle. He was making his way over
+the bow when he found that he was followed by Bill
+Stout and Bark Lingall.
+
+“What are you doing here?” demanded Raimundo,
+astonished and annoyed at the action of the incendiaries.
+
+“We are going with you,” replied Bill Stout. “Over
+with you! if you say a word, we will call Salter.”
+
+Raimundo dropped into the boat that was waiting
+for him, and the villains from the brig followed him.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER X.
+
+THE ESCURIAL AND PHILIP II.
+
+
+Before the train stopped, the students obtained
+a fair view of the Escurial, which is a vast pile
+of buildings, located in the most desolate place to be
+found even in Spain. The village is hardly less solemn
+and gloomy than the tremendous structure that towers
+above. The students breakfasted at the two _fondas_ in
+the place; and then Mr. Mapps, as usual, had something
+to say to them:—
+
+“The Escurial, or _El Escorial_ as it is called in
+Spanish, is a monastery, palace, and church. The
+name is derived from _scoriæ_, the refuse of iron–lore
+after it is smelted; and there were iron–mines in this
+vicinity. The full name of the building is ‘_El Real
+Sitio de San Lorenzo el Real del Escorial_,’ or, literally,
+‘The Royal Seat of St. Lawrence, the Royal, of the
+Escurial.’ It was built by Philip II. in commemoration
+of the battle of St. Quentin, in 1557, won by the arms
+of Philip, though he was not present at the battle. He
+had made a vow, that, if the saint gave him the victory,
+he would build the most magnificent monastery in the
+world in his honor. St. Lawrence was kind enough to
+accommodate him with the victory; and this remarkable
+pile of buildings was the result. Philip redeemed his
+vow, and even did more than this; for, in recognition
+of the fact that the saint was martyred on a gridiron,
+he built this monastery in the form of that useful cooking
+implement. As you see, the structure is in the
+form of a square; and, within it, seventeen ranges of
+buildings cross each other at right angles. The towers
+at each corner are two hundred feet high; and the
+grand dome in the centre is three hundred and twenty
+feet high.
+
+“The total length of the building is seven hundred
+and forty feet, by five hundred and eighty feet wide.
+It was begun in 1563, when Philip laid the corner–stone
+with his own hands; and was completed twenty–one
+years later. It cost, in money of our time, fifteen
+millions of dollars. It has four thousand windows;
+though you may see that most of them are rather small.
+The church, which is properly the chapel of the monastery,
+is three hundred and seventy–five feet long, and
+contains forty chapels. The high altar is ninety feet
+high, and fifty feet wide, and is composed of jasper.
+Directly under it is the royal tomb, in which are laid
+the remains of all the sovereigns of Spain from Charles
+V. to the present time. The Spaniards regard the
+Escurial as the eighth wonder of the world. It is
+grand, solemn, and gloomy, like Philip who built it.
+In the mountain, a mile and a half from the Escurial,
+is a seat built of granite, which Philip used to occupy
+while watching the progress of the work.”
+
+The students separated, dividing into parties to suit
+themselves. All the available guides were engaged for
+them; and in a few minutes the interior of the church
+presented a scene that would have astonished the
+gloomy Philip if he could have stepped out of his shelf
+below to look at it, for a hundred young Americans—from
+the land that Columbus gave to Castile and Leon—was
+an unusual sight within its cold and deserted
+walls.
+
+“I suppose you have read the lives of Charles V.
+and Philip II.,” said Dr. Winstock, as he entered the
+great building with his young friends.
+
+Both of them had read Robertson and Prescott and
+Irving; and it was because they were generally well
+read up that the doctor liked to be with them.
+
+“It isn’t of much use for any one who has not read
+the life of Philip II. to come here: at least, he would
+be in the dark all the time,” added the doctor.
+
+“I have seen it stated that Charles V. and his
+mother, Crazy Jane, both wanted a convent built which
+should contain a burial–place for the royal family,” said
+Sheridan.
+
+“That is true. All of them were very pious, and
+inclined to dwell in convents. Charles V. showed his
+taste at his abdication by retiring to Yuste,” replied the
+surgeon.
+
+“The architecture of the building is very plain.”
+
+“Yes,—simple, massive, and grand.”
+
+“Like Philip, as Professor Mapps said.”
+
+“It took him two years to find a suitable spot for the
+building,” said the doctor.
+
+“I don’t think he could have found a worse one,”
+laughed Murray.
+
+“But he found just the one he wanted; and he did
+not select it to suit you and me. Look off at those
+mountains on the north,—the Guadarramas. They
+tower above Philip’s mausoleum, but they do not belittle
+it. The region is rough but grand: it is desolate;
+but that makes it more solemn and impressive. It is
+a monastery and a tomb that he built, not a pleasure–house.”
+
+“But he made a royal residence of it,” suggested
+Murray.
+
+“For the same reason that his father chose to end
+his days in a monastery. Philip would be a wild
+fanatic in our day; but he is to be judged by his own
+time. He was really a king and a monk, as much one
+as the other. When we go into the room where he
+died, and where he spent the last days of his life, and
+recall some of his history there, we shall understand
+him better. I don’t admire his character, but I am disposed
+to do justice to him.”
+
+The party entered the church, called in Spanish
+_templo_: it is three hundred and twenty feet long, and it
+is the same to the top of the cupola.
+
+“The interior is so well proportioned that you do not
+get an adequate idea of the size of it,” said the doctor.
+“Consider that you could put almost any church in our
+own country into this one, and have plenty of room for
+its spire under that dome. It is severely plain; but I
+think it is grand and impressive. The high altar, which
+I believe the professor did not make as large as it really
+is, is very rich in marbles and precious stones, and cost
+about two hundred thousand dollars.”
+
+“That’s enough to build twenty comfortable country
+churches at home,” added Murray. “And this whole
+building cost money enough to build fifteen thousand
+handsome churches in any country. Of course there
+are plenty of beggars in Spain.”
+
+“That is the republican view of the matter,” replied
+Dr. Winstock. “But the builder of this mighty fabric
+believed he was serving God acceptably in rearing it;
+and we must judge him by his motive, and consider the
+age in which he lived. Observe, as Mr Ford says in
+his hand–book, that the pantheon, or crypt where the
+kings are buried, is just under the steps of the high
+altar: it was so planned by Philip, that the host, when
+it was elevated, might be above the royal dead. Now
+we will go into the _relicario_.”
+
+“I think I have seen about relics enough to last me
+the rest of my lifetime,” said Sheridan.
+
+“You need not see them if you do not wish to do
+so,” laughed the surgeon. “This is a tolerably free
+country just now, and you can do as you please.”
+
+But the captain followed his party.
+
+“The French carried away vast quantities of the
+treasures of the church when they were engaged in
+conquering the country. But they left the bones of the
+saints, which the pious regard as the real treasures.
+Among other things stolen was a statue presented by
+the people of Messina to Philip III., weighing two hundred
+pounds, of solid silver, and holding in its hand a
+gold vessel weighing twenty–six pounds; besides forty–seven
+of the richest vases, and a heavy crown set with
+rubies and other precious stones,” continued Dr. Winstock,
+consulting a guide–book he carried in his hand.
+“This book says there are 7,421 relics here now, among
+which are ten whole bodies, 144 heads, 306 whole legs
+and arms; here is one of the real bars of the gridiron
+on which St. Lawrence was martyred, with portions of
+the broiled flesh upon it; and there is one of his feet,
+with a piece of coal sticking between the toes.”
+
+“But where did they get that bar of the gridiron?”
+asked Murray earnestly. “St. Lawrence was broiled
+in the third century.”
+
+“I don’t know,” replied the doctor. “You must not
+ask me any questions of that kind, for I cannot answer
+them.”
+
+The party returned to the church again; and the surgeon
+called the attention of his companions to the oratorios,
+one on each side of the altar, which are small
+rooms for the use of the royal persons when they attend
+the mass.
+
+“The one on the left is the one used by Philip II.,”
+added the doctor. “You see the latticed window
+through which he looked at the priest. Next to it is
+his cabinet, where he worked and where he died. We
+shall visit them from the palace.”
+
+After looking at the choir, and examining the bishop’s
+throne, the party with a dozen others visited the
+pantheon, or royal tomb. The descent is by a flight of
+marble steps, and the walls are also of the same material.
+At the second landing are two doors, that on the
+left leading to the “_pantheon de los infantes_,” which is
+the tomb of those queens who were not mothers of
+sovereigns of Spain, and of princes who did not sit on
+the throne. There are sixty bodies here, including
+Don Carlos, the son of Philip, Don John of Austria,
+who asked to be buried here as the proper reward for
+his services, and other persons whose names are known
+to history.
+
+After looking at these interesting relics of mortality,
+the tourists descended to the pantheon, which is a
+heathenish name to apply to a Christian burial–place
+erected by one so pious as Philip II. It is octagonal
+in form, forty–six feet in diameter and thirty–eight feet
+high. It is built entirely of marble and jasper. It
+contains an altar of the same stone, where mass is
+sometimes celebrated. These mortuary chapels were
+not built by Philip II., who made only plain vaults;
+but by Philip III. and Philip IV., who did not inherit
+the taste for simplicity of their predecessor on the
+throne. Around the tomb are twenty–six niches, all of
+them made after the same pattern, each containing a
+sarcophagus, in most of which is the body of a king or
+queen. On the right of the altar are the kings, and on
+the left the queens. All of them are labelled with the
+name of the occupant, as “Carlos V.,” “Filipe II.,”
+“Fernando VII.,” &c.
+
+“Can it be possible that we see the coffins of
+Charles V. and Philip II.?” said Sheridan, who was
+very much impressed by the sight before him.
+
+“There is no doubt of it,” replied the doctor.
+
+“I can hardly believe that the body of Philip II. is
+in that case,” added the captain. “I see no reason to
+doubt the fact; but it seems so very strange that I
+should be looking at the coffin of that cold and cruel
+king who lived before our country was settled, and of
+whom I have read so much.”
+
+“I think before you leave Spain you will see something
+that will impress you even more than this.”
+
+“What is it?”
+
+“I will not mention it yet; for it is better not to
+anticipate these things. All the kings of Spain from
+Charles V. are buried here, except Philip V. and Ferdinand
+VI.”
+
+“What an odd way they have here of spelling
+Charles and Philip!” said Murray. “These names
+don’t look quite natural to me.”
+
+“Carlos Quinto is the Spanish for Charles Fifth;
+and Ferdinand Seventh is Fernando Septimo, as you
+see on the urn. But our way of writing these things is
+as odd to the Spaniards as theirs is to us. The late
+queen and her father, when they came to the Escurial,
+used to hear mass at midnight in this tomb.”
+
+“That was cheerful,” added Sheridan.
+
+“They had a fancy for that sort of thing. Maria
+Louisa, Philip’s wife, scratched her name on one of
+these marble cases with her scissors.”
+
+The party in the pantheon returned to the church to
+make room for another company to visit it. Dr. Winstock
+and his friends ascended the grand staircase, and
+from the top of the building obtained a fine view of
+the surrounding country, which at this season was as
+desolate and forbidding as possible. After this they
+took a survey of the monastery, most of which has
+the aspect of a barrack. They looked with interest at
+some of the portraits among the pictures, especially at
+those of Philip and Charles V. In the library they
+glanced at the old manuscripts, and at the catalogue
+in which some of Philip’s handwriting was pointed out
+to them.
+
+They next went to the palace, which is certainly a
+mean abode for a king, though it was improved and
+adorned by some of the builder’s successors. Philip
+asked only a cell in the house he had erected and consecrated
+to God; and so he made the palace very simple
+and plain. Some of the long and narrow rooms
+are adorned with tapestries on the walls; but there is
+nothing in the palace to detain the visitor beyond a
+few minutes, except the apartments of Philip II. They
+are two small rooms, hardly more than six feet wide.
+One of them is Philip’s cabinet, where he worked on
+affairs of state; and the other is the oratory, where he
+knelt at the little latticed window which commanded a
+view of the priests at the high altar of the church.
+The old table at which he wrote, the chair in which he
+sat, and the footstool on which he placed his gouty leg,
+are still there. The doctor, who had been here before,
+pointed them out to the students.
+
+“It almost seems as though he had just left the
+place,” said Sheridan. “I don’t see how a great king
+could be content to spend his time in such a gloomy
+den as this.”
+
+“It was his own fancy, and he made his own nest
+to suit himself,” replied the doctor. “He was writing
+at that table when the loss of the invincible armada
+was announced to him. It is said he did not move a
+muscle, though he had wasted eighteen years of his
+life and a hundred million ducats upon the fleet and
+the scheme. He was kneeling at the window when
+Don John of Austria came in great haste to tell him
+of the victory of Lepanto; but he was not allowed to
+see the king till the latter had finished his devotions.”
+
+“He was a cool old fellow,” added Murray.
+
+“When he was near the end, he caused himself to
+be carried in a litter all over the wonderful building
+he had erected, that he might take a last look at the
+work of his hands,” continued the doctor. “He was
+finally brought to this place, where he received extreme
+unction; and, having taken leave of his family, he died,
+grasping the crucifix which his father had held in his
+last moments.”
+
+The party passed out of the buildings, and gave
+some time to the gardens and grounds of the Escurial.
+There are some trees, a few of them the spindling and
+ghostly–looking Lombardy poplars; but, beyond the
+immediate vicinity of the “eighth wonder,” the country
+is desolate and wild, without a tree to vary the monotony
+of the scene. The doctor led the way down the
+hill to the _Casita del Principe_, which is a sort of miniature
+palace, built for Charles IV. when he was a boy.
+It is a pretty toy, containing thirty–three rooms, all of
+them of reduced size, and with furniture on the same
+scale. It contains some fine pictures and other works
+of art.
+
+The tourists dined, and devoted the rest of the day
+to wandering about in the vicinity of the village.
+Some of them walked up to the _Silla del Rey_, or king’s
+chair, where Philip overlooked the work on the Escurial.
+At five o’clock the ship’s company took the slow
+train, and arrived at Madrid at half–past seven, using
+up two hours and a half in going thirty–two miles.
+
+“I am sorry it is too dark for you to see the country,”
+said the doctor, after the train started.
+
+“Why, sir, is it very fine?” asked Sheridan.
+
+“On the contrary, it is, I think, the most desolate
+region on the face of the globe; with hardly a village,
+not a tree, nothing but rocks to be seen. It reminds
+me of some parts of Maine and New Hampshire, where
+they have to sharpen the sheep’s noses to enable them
+to feed among the rocks. The people are miserable
+and half savage; and it is said that many of them
+are clothed in sheepskins, and live in burrows in the
+ground, for the want of houses; but I never saw any
+thing of this kind, though I know that some of the
+gypsys in the South dwell in caves in the sides of the
+hills. Agriculture is at the lowest ebb, though Spain
+produces vast quantities of the most excellent qualities
+of grain. Like a portion of our own country, the numerous
+valleys are very fertile, though in the summer
+the streams of this part of Spain are all dried up. The
+gypsys camp in the bed of the Manzanares, at Madrid.
+Alexandre Dumas and his son went to a bull–fight at
+the capital. The son was faint, as you may be, and
+a glass of water was brought to him. After taking a
+swallow, he handed the rest to the waiter, saying,
+‘Portez cela au Manzanares: cela lui fera plaisir.’
+(Carry that to the Manzanares: it will give it pleasure).”
+
+“Good for Dumas, _fils_!” exclaimed Murray.
+
+“There is a prejudice against trees in Spain. The
+peasants will not plant them, or suffer them to grow,
+except those that bear fruit; because they afford habitations
+for the birds which eat up their grain. Timber
+and wood for fuel are therefore very scarce and very
+dear in this part of the country. But this region was
+not always so barren and desolate as it is now. In
+the wars with the Moors, both armies began by cutting
+down the trees and burning the villages. More of
+this desolation, however, was caused by a very remarkable
+privilege, called the _mesta_, granted to certain of
+the nobility. It gave them the right of pasturage over
+vast territories, including the Castiles, Estremadura,
+and La Mancha. It came to be a legal right, and
+permitted immense flocks of sheep to roam across the
+country twice a year, in the spring and autumn. In
+the time of Philip II., the wandering flocks of sheep
+were estimated at from seven to eight millions. They
+devoured every thing before them in the shape of grass
+and shrubs. This privilege was not abolished till
+1825.”
+
+“I should think Philip and the rest of the kings who
+lived at the Escurial would have had a nice time in
+going to and from the capital,” said Sheridan. “He
+did not have a palace–car on the railroad in those
+days.”
+
+“After Philip’s day they did not live there a great
+deal of the time, not so much because it was inconvenient
+as because it was a gloomy and cheerless place.
+They used to make it a rule to spend six weeks of the
+year there; though the last of the sovereigns did not
+live there at all, I believe. But they had good roads
+and good carriages for their time. The Spaniards do
+not make many roads; but what they do make are first–class.
+I am sorry we do not go to Segovia, though
+there is not much there except the cathedral and the
+Roman aqueduct, which is a fine specimen. But you
+have seen plenty of these things. Six miles from Segovia
+is La Granja, or the Grange, which is sometimes
+called the palace of San Ildefonso. It is a _real sitio_, or
+royal residence, built by Philip V. It is a summer
+retreat, in the midst of pine forests four thousand feet
+above the sea–level. We went through Valladolid in
+the night. Columbus died there, you remember; and
+Philip II. was born there; but there is nothing of great
+interest to be seen in the city.”
+
+When the train arrived at Madrid, a lot of small
+omnibuses, holding about eight persons each, were
+waiting for the company; and they were driven to the
+_Puerta del Sol_, where the principal hotels are located.
+Half of the party went to the _Grand Hotel de Paris_,
+and the other half to the _Hotel de los Principes_. Dr.
+Winstock and his _protégés_ were quartered at the
+former.
+
+On shore no distinction was made between officers
+and seamen, and no better rooms were given to the
+former than to the latter. As two students occupied
+one wide bed, they were allowed to pair off for this
+purpose. It so happened that the captain and the first
+lieutenant had one of the worst rooms in the house.
+After they had gone up two pairs of stairs, a sign on
+the wall informed them that they had reached the first
+story; and four more brought them to the seven–by–nine
+chamber, with a brick floor, which they were to
+occupy. The furniture was very meagre.
+
+In Spain hotels charge by the day, the price being
+regulated by the size and location of the room. Such
+as that we have just described was thirty–five _reales_. A
+good sized inside room, two flights nearer the earth,
+was fifty _reales_, with an increase of five _reales_ for an
+outside room looking into the street. The table was
+the same for all the guests. The price per day varies
+from thirty to sixty _reales_ in Spain, forty being the
+most common rate at the best hotels out of Madrid.
+From two to four _reales_ a day is charged for attendance,
+and one or two for candles. Two dollars a day
+is therefore about the average rate. Only two meals
+a day are served for this price,—a breakfast at ten or
+eleven, and dinner at six.
+
+It is the fashion in Spain, for an individual or company
+to conduct several hotels in different cities. The
+Fallola brothers run the grand Hotel de Paris in
+Madrid, the ones with the same name in Seville and in
+Cadiz, and the Hotel Suiza in Cordova; and they are
+the highest–priced hotels on the peninsula, and doubtless
+the best. The company that manages the Hotel
+de Los Principes in Madrid also have the Rizzi in
+Cordova, the Londres in Seville, the Cadiz in Cadiz,
+and the Siete Suelos in Granada, in which the prices
+are more moderate. The Hotel Washington Irving at
+Granada, and the Alameda in Malaga, are under the
+same management, and charge forty–four and forty
+_reales_ a day respectively, besides service and lights.
+Though Spain is said to be an expensive country to
+live in, these prices in 1870 were only about half those
+charged in the United States.
+
+Railroad fares are about two cents and a half a mile,
+second class; and about a third higher, first class. A
+one–horse carriage for two costs forty cents an hour in
+Madrid; and for four persons, two horses, fifty cents.
+A very handsome carriage, with driver and footman in
+livery, may be had for five dollars a day.
+
+After supper the students walked about the _Puerta
+del Sol_, and took their first view of the capital of
+Spain.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XI.
+
+THE CRUISE IN THE FELUCCA.
+
+
+Raimundo was very much disgusted when he
+found that Bill Stout and Bark Lingall were to
+be the companions of his flight. Thus far he had felt
+that his conduct was justifiable. His uncle Manuel
+had taught him to believe that his guardian intended to
+“put him out of the way.” Don Alejandro had not
+actually attempted to do any thing of this kind, so far
+as was known; and no case could be made out against
+him. Don Manuel did not mean that he should have
+an opportunity to attempt any thing of the kind. Certainly
+it was safer to keep out of his way, than to tempt
+him to do a deed which his own brother believed he
+was capable of doing. Raimundo thought Don Manuel
+was right: indeed, he could remember enough of
+Don Alejandro’s treatment of him before he left Barcelona,
+to convince him of his guardian’s intentions.
+
+But when he found himself in the boat, escaping
+from the Tritonia with two of the worst “scalliwags”
+of the crew, the case seemed to present a different
+aspect to him. He realized that he was in bad company;
+and he felt contaminated by their presence, Yet
+he did not see how he could help himself. The only
+way he could get out of the scrape was to surrender
+to the chief steward, and in due time be handed over
+to the agent of his guardian. Whether he was correct
+or not in his estimate of his uncle’s character, he was
+sincere in his belief that Don Alejandro intended to do
+him harm, even to the sacrificing of his life. Independently
+of his personal fears, he did not think it
+would be right to give himself up to one who might be
+tempted to do an evil deed. He concluded to make
+the best of the situation, and as soon as possible to get
+rid of his disagreeable companions.
+
+“Where shall we go, Raimundo?” asked Bill Stout,
+as confidentially as though he had been a part of the
+enterprise from the beginning.
+
+“We must go on shore, of course,” replied the
+young Spaniard, who was not yet sufficiently reconciled
+to the situation to be very cordial.
+
+More than this, he had not yet considered what his
+course should be when he had left the vessel; but it
+occurred to him, as Bill asked the question, that the
+_alguacil_, whose action had been fully reported to him
+by Hugo, might be watching the vessel from the shore.
+Raimundo looked about him to get a better idea of the
+situation. The wind was from the north–west, which
+swung the Prince so that she lay between the Tritonia
+and the landing–place, and hid her hull from the view
+of any one on the city side.
+
+“I think we had better not land at any of the usual
+places,” suggested Bark. “Marline, Rimmer, and all
+the rest of the forward officers, are in charge of the
+boats at the principal landing.”
+
+“I had no idea of going to the city. It would not
+be safe for me to show my face there,” answered Raimundo;
+and he directed the boatman to pull to the
+Barceloneta side of the port, and in such a direction as
+to keep in the shadow of the vessels of the fleet.
+
+The man offered to land them at a more convenient
+place; but Raimundo insisted upon going to the point
+indicated. Very likely the boatman suspected that his
+passengers were not leaving the vessel to which they
+belonged in a perfectly regular manner; but probably
+this would not make any difference to him, as long as
+he was well paid for his services. Presently the boat
+grounded on some rocks at the foot of the sea–wall,
+which rose high above them. As usual the boatman
+was anxious to obtain another job; and he offered to
+take them to any point they wished to go to.
+
+“I will take you back to your ship when you are
+ready to go,” continued the man with a smile, and a
+twinkle of the eye, which was enough to show that he
+did not believe they intended to return.
+
+Raimundo replied that they had no further use for
+the boat that day.
+
+“I have a big boat like that,” persisted the man,
+pointing to a felucca which was sailing down the bay.
+
+The craft indicated was about thirty feet long, and
+carried a large lateen sail.
+
+“Where is she?” asked Raimundo, with interest.
+
+The man pointed up the harbor, and said he could
+have her ready in a few minutes.
+
+“Do you go out to sea in her?”
+
+“Oh, yes! go to Majorca in her,” replied the boatman,
+quite excited at the prospect of a large job.
+
+“Can you take us to Tarragona in her?” continued
+the young Spaniard, to whom the felucca suggested
+the best means of getting away from Barcelona.
+
+“Certainly I can: there is no trouble about it.”
+
+“How much shall you charge to take us there?”
+
+“It is fifteen leagues to Tarragona,” replied the
+boatman, who proceeded to magnify the difficulties of
+the enterprise as soon as the price was demanded.
+
+“Very well: we can go by the railroad,” added Raimundo,
+who fully comprehended the object of the man.
+
+“Your officers will see you if you go into the city,”
+said the boatman, with a cunning smile.
+
+There was no longer any doubt that the fellow fully
+comprehended the situation, but the fugitive saw that
+he would not betray them; for, if he did, he would lose
+the job, which he evidently intended should be a profitable
+one.
+
+“Name your price,” he added; and he was willing
+to pay liberally for the service he desired.
+
+“Five hundred _reales_,” answered the man.
+
+“Do you think we have so much money?” laughed
+the fugitive. “We can’t make a bargain with you.”
+
+“What will you give?” asked the boatman.
+
+“Two hundred _reales_.”
+
+After considerable haggling, the bargain was struck
+at three hundred _reales_, or fifteen dollars; and this
+was less than the fugitive had expected to pay. The
+rest of the arrangements were readily made. Filipe,
+for this was the name he gave, was afraid his passengers
+would be captured while he went for his felucca;
+and, keeping in the shadow of the sea–wall, he pulled
+them around the point on which the old light–house
+stands, and landed them on some rocks under the wall.
+In this position they could not be seen from the vessels
+of the fleet, or from the landing–place on the other
+side, while the high wall concealed them from any
+person on the shore who did not take the trouble to
+look over at them.
+
+“We shall want something to eat,” said Raimundo,
+as the boatman was about to leave them. “Take this,
+and buy as much bread and cold meat as you can with
+it.”
+
+Raimundo handed him three dollars in Spanish silver,
+which Hugo had obtained for him. The large sum of
+money he had was in Spanish gold, obtained in Genoa.
+He had a few dollars in silver left for small expenses.
+
+“What are we here for?” asked Bill Stout, who, of
+course, had not understood a word of the conversation
+of his companion and the boatman.
+
+Both he and Bark had asked half a dozen times
+what they were talking about; but Raimundo had not
+answered them.
+
+“What has been going on between you and that
+fellow all this time?” asked Bill, in a tone so imperative
+that the young officer did not like it at all.
+
+“I have made a bargain with him to take us to
+Tarragona,” replied Raimundo coldly.
+
+“And did not say a word to Bark and me about it!”
+exclaimed Bill.
+
+“If you don’t like it you need not go. I did not
+invite you to come with me.”
+
+“Did not invite me!” sneered Bill. “I know you
+didn’t; but we are in the party, and want you to understand
+that we are no longer under your orders. You
+needn’t take it upon yourself to make arrangements for
+me.”
+
+“I made the arrangement for myself, and I don’t
+ask you to go with me,” answered Raimundo with
+dignity.
+
+“Come, come! Bill, dry up!” interposed Bark. “Do
+you want to make a row now before we are fairly out
+of the vessel?”
+
+“I got out of the vessel to get clear of those snobs
+of officers, and I am not going to have one of them
+lording it over me here.”
+
+“Nonsense! He hasn’t done any thing that you can
+find fault with,” added Bark.
+
+“He has made a trade with that boatman to take us
+somewhere without saying a word to us about it,”
+blustered Bill. “I want to put a check on that sort of
+thing in the beginning.”
+
+“He has done just the right thing. If we had been
+alone we could not have managed the matter at all.”
+
+“I could have managed it well enough myself.”
+
+“You can’t speak a word of Spanish, nor I either.”
+
+“I don’t even know where that place is—Dragona—or
+whatever it is,” growled Bill.
+
+“I am not to blame for your ignorance,” said Raimundo.
+“You heard every thing that was said; and, if
+you don’t like it, I am willing to get along without
+you.”
+
+“Come, Bill; we must not get up a row. Raimundo
+has done the right thing, and for one I am very much
+obliged to him,” continued Bark.
+
+“He might have told us what he was about,” added
+Bill, somewhat appeased by the words of his fellow–conspirator.
+
+“We had no time to spare; and he could not stop to
+tell the whole story twice over.”
+
+“Where is the place we are going to?” demanded
+Bill in the same sulky tone.
+
+“Tarragona, a seaport town, south of here. How
+far is it, Mr. Raimundo?”
+
+“About fifty miles.”
+
+“Will you tell us now, if you please, what arrangements
+you made with the boatman?” continued Bark,
+doing his best to smooth the ruffled feelings of the
+young Spaniard.
+
+“Certainly I will; but I want to say in the first
+place that I had rather return to the Tritonia at once
+than be bullied by Stout or by anybody else. I don’t
+put on any airs, and I mean to treat everybody like a
+gentleman. I am a Spaniard, and I will not be insulted
+by any one,” said Raimundo, with as much dignity as
+an hidalgo in Castile.
+
+“I didn’t mean to insult you,” said Bill mildly.
+
+“Let it pass; but, if it is repeated, we part company
+at once, whatever the consequences,” added Raimundo,
+who then proceeded to explain what had passed
+between Filipe and himself.
+
+The plan was entirely satisfactory to Bark; and so
+it was to Bill, though he had not the grace to say so.
+The villain had an itching to be the leader of whatever
+was going on himself; and he was very much afraid
+that the late second master of the Tritonia would
+usurp this office if he did not make himself felt in the
+beginning. He was rather cowed by the lofty stand
+Raimundo had taken; and he had come to the conclusion
+that he had better wait till the expedition was a
+little farther along before he attempted to assert himself
+again.
+
+“Have you any money?” asked Raimundo, when he
+had finished his explanation.
+
+“Yes. Both of us have money; and we will pay our
+share of the cost of the boat,” replied Bark, who was
+ten times more of a man than his companion in mischief.
+
+“Is it Spanish money?”
+
+“No, not any of it. I have seven English sovereigns
+in gold, and some silver. Bill has twelve sovereigns.
+I can draw over eighty pounds on my letter of credit;
+and Bill can get fifty on his.”
+
+“I only wanted to know what ready money you had,”
+added Raimundo. “You must not say a word about
+money when we get into the felucca.”
+
+“Why not?” asked Bill, in his surly way, as though
+he was disposed to make another issue on this point.
+
+“I don’t know the boatman; and it is very likely he
+may have another man with him. There he comes,
+and there is another man with him,” replied Raimundo,
+as the felucca appeared off the light–house. “If you
+should show them any large sum of money, or let them
+know you had it, they might be tempted to throw us
+overboard for the sake of getting it. Of course, I
+don’t know that they would do any thing of the kind;
+but it is best to be on the safe side.”
+
+“Some of these Spaniards would cut a man’s throat
+for half a dollar,” added Bill.
+
+“So would some Americans; and they do it in New
+York sometimes,” replied Raimundo warmly. “I repeat
+it: don’t say a word about money.”
+
+“The men in the boat cannot understand us if we
+do,” suggested Bark.
+
+“They may speak English, for aught I know.”
+
+“The one you talked with could not.”
+
+“I don’t know about that. I did not try him in
+English. We must all pretend that we have very little
+money, whether we do it in English or in Spanish.
+When Filipe—that’s his name—asked me five hundred
+_reales_ for taking us to Tarragona, I said that I
+had not so much money.”
+
+“And that was a lie; wasn’t it?” sneered Bill.
+
+“If it was, it is on my conscience, and not yours;
+and it may be a lie that will save your life and mine,”
+answered Raimundo sharply.
+
+“I don’t object to the lie; but I thought you, one of
+the parson’s lambs, did object to such things,” chuckled
+Bill.
+
+“I hate a lie: I think falsehood is mean and ungentlemanly;
+but I believe there is a wide difference
+between a lie told to a sick man, or to prevent a boatman
+from being tempted to cut your throat, and a lie
+told to save you from the consequences of your own
+misconduct.”
+
+“Well, you needn’t preach: we are not chaplain’s
+lambs,” growled Bill.
+
+“Neither am I,” added Raimundo. “I am what
+they call a Christian in Spain, and that is a Roman
+Catholic. But here is the felucca. Now mind what I
+have said, for your own safety.”
+
+Filipe ran the bow of his craft up to the rocks on
+which the fugitives were standing, and they leaped on
+board of her. The boatman’s assistant shoved her off,
+and in a moment more she was driving down the harbor
+before the fresh breeze. The second man in the boat
+was not more than twenty years old, while Filipe
+was apparently about forty–five. He introduced his
+companion as his son, and said his name was John
+(_Juan_).
+
+At the suggestion of Raimundo, the fugitives coiled
+themselves away in the bottom of the felucca, so that
+no inquisitive glass on board of the vessels or on the
+shore should reveal their presence to any one that
+wanted them. In this position they had an opportunity
+to examine the craft that was to convey them out of the
+reach of danger, as they hoped and believed. She was
+not so large as the craft that Filipe had pointed out as
+the model of his own; but she carried two sails, and
+was decked over forward so as to form quite a roomy
+cuddy. She was pointed at both ends, and sailed like
+a yacht. It was about one o’clock when the party went
+on board of her, and at her present rate of speed she
+would reach her destination in six or seven hours. She
+had the wind on her beam, and the indications were
+that she would have it fair all the way. There was not
+a cloud in the sky, and there was every promise of fair
+weather for the rest of the day. When the felucca had
+passed Monjuich, the party ventured to move about the
+craft, as they were no longer in danger of being seen
+from the city or the fleet; but they took the precaution
+to keep out of sight when they passed any other craft
+which might report them to their anxious friends in
+Barcelona.
+
+“What have you got to eat, Filipe?” asked Raimundo,
+when the felucca was clear of the city.
+
+“Plenty to eat and drink,” replied the skipper.
+
+“Let me see what you have, for I am beginning to
+have an appetite.”
+
+[Illustration: “RAIMUNDO DID NOT HESITATE TO STRIKE HIM DOWN.” Page 172.]
+
+Juan was directed to bring out the hamper of provisions
+his father had purchased. Certainly there were
+enough of them; but the quality was any thing but
+satisfactory. Coarse black bread, sausages that looked
+like Bolognas, and half a dozen bottles of cheap wine,
+were the principal articles in the hamper. The whole
+could not have cost half the money given to the boatman.
+But Filipe insisted that he had paid a _peseta_
+more than the sum handed him.
+
+Raimundo inquired into this matter more because he
+was anxious to know about the character of the man
+than because he cared for the sum expended. He felt
+that he was, in a measure, in this man’s power; and he
+desired to ascertain what sort of a person he had to
+deal with. If he was not wicked enough to cut the
+throats of his passengers, or to throw them overboard
+for their money, he might betray them when there was
+no more money to be made out of them. The inquiry
+was not at all satisfactory in its results. Filipe had
+cheated him on the provisions; and Raimundo was
+confident that he would do so in other matters to the
+extent of his opportunities.
+
+The food tasted better than it looked; and Raimundo
+made a hearty meal, as did all the others on board,
+including the boatmen. Raimundo would not drink
+any of the wine; but his companions did so quite freely,
+in spite of his caution. He noticed that Filipe urged
+them to drink, and seemed to be vexed when he could
+not induce him to taste the wine.
+
+“Where are you going when you get to Tarragona?”
+asked the boatman, when the collation was disposed of.
+
+“I think I shall go to Cadiz, and join my ship when
+she arrives there,” replied Raimundo.
+
+“To Cadiz!” exclaimed Filipe. “How can you go
+to Cadiz when you have no money?”
+
+Raimundo saw that he had said too much, and that
+the skipper wished to inquire into his finances.
+
+“I shall get some money in Tarragona,” he replied;
+but he did not deem it prudent to mention his letter of
+credit.
+
+Filipe continued to ply him with questions, which he
+evaded answering as well as he could. He did his
+best to produce the impression on his mind that he
+had no money. The boatman asked him about his
+companions, whether they could not let him have all
+the money he wanted to enable him to reach Cadiz.
+Why did they leave their ship if they had no money?
+How did he expect to get money in Tarragona?
+
+“How do I know that you will pay me if you are so
+poor?” demanded Filipe, evidently much vexed at the
+result of his inquiry.
+
+“I have money enough to pay you, and a few dollars
+more,” replied Raimundo.
+
+“I don’t know: I think you had better pay me now,
+before I go any farther.”
+
+“No, I will not pay you till we get to Tarragona,”
+replied the young Spaniard.
+
+“I don’t know that you have money enough to pay
+me,” persisted the boatman.
+
+Raimundo took from his pocket the three isabelinos
+he had reserved for the purpose of paying for the
+boat, with the silver he had left, and showed them to
+the rapacious skipper.
+
+“That will convince you that I have the money,”
+said he, as he returned the gold and silver to his
+pocket.
+
+He resolutely refused to pay for the boat till her
+work was done. By this time Bill and Bark, overcome
+by the wine they had drunk, were fast asleep in the
+cuddy where they had gone at the invitation of the boatman.
+Raimundo was inclined to join them; but the
+skipper was a treacherous fellow, and it was not prudent
+to do so. After all the man’s efforts to ascertain
+what money he had, he was actually afraid the fellow
+would attack him, and attempt to search his pockets.
+There were brigands in Spain,—at least, a party had
+been recently robbed by some in the south; and there
+might be pirates as well. So confident was the passenger
+of the evil intentions of Filipe, that he believed, if
+he was not robbed, it would be because the man supposed
+he had no more money than he had shown him.
+He kept his eye on a spare tiller in the boat, which he
+meant to use in self–defence if the occasion should
+require.
+
+Just before dark Bill and Bark, having slept off the
+effect of the wine, awoke, and came out of the cuddy.
+Filipe proposed that they should have supper before
+dark, and ordered Juan to bring out the hamper.
+Raimundo did not want any supper, and refused to eat
+or drink. Bark and Bill were not hungry, and also
+declined. Then the skipper urged them to drink.
+
+“Don’t taste another drop,” said Raimundo earnestly.
+“That man means mischief.”
+
+“Do you mean to insult me?” demanded Filipe,
+fixing a savage scowl upon Raimundo.
+
+It was plain enough now that the man understood
+English, though he had not yet spoken a word of it,
+and had refused to answer when spoken to in that language.
+At the same time he left the helm, which Juan
+took as though he was beside his father for that purpose.
+Raimundo leaped from his seat, with the tiller in
+his hand; for he had kept his place where he could lay
+his hand upon it.
+
+“Stand by me!” shouted he to his companions.
+
+Filipe rushed upon Raimundo, and attempted to
+seize him by the throat. The young officer struck at
+him with the tiller, but did not hit him. He dodged
+the blow; but it fanned his wrath to the highest pitch.
+Raimundo saw him thrust his hand into his breast–pocket;
+and he was sure there was a knife there. He
+raised his club again; but at this instant Bark Lingall
+threw his arms around the boatman’s throat, and, jamming
+his knees into his back, brought him down on his
+face in the bottom of the boat.
+
+“Hold him down! don’t let him up!” cried Raimundo.
+
+Bark was a stout fellow; and he held on, in spite of
+the struggles of the Spaniard. At this moment Juan
+left the tiller, and rushed forward to take a hand in the
+conflict, now that his father had got the worst of it. He
+had a knife in his hand, and Raimundo did not hesitate
+to strike him down with the heavy tiller; and he lay
+senseless in the bottom of the felucca. The young
+officer then went to the assistance of Bark Lingall;
+and, in a few minutes more, they had bound the skipper
+hand and foot, and lashed him down to the floor.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XII.
+
+SIGHTS IN MADRID.
+
+
+After an early breakfast—early for Spain—the
+students were assembled in a large hall provided
+by the landlord; and Professor Mapps gave the usual
+lesson relating to the city they were visiting:—
+
+“The population of Madrid has fallen off from about
+four hundred thousand to the neighborhood of three
+hundred thousand. The city was in existence in the
+tenth century, but was not of much account till the
+sixteenth, when Charles V. took up his residence here.
+Toledo was at that time the capital, as about every
+prominent city of Spain had been before. In 1560
+Philip III. made Madrid the sole capital of the country;
+and it has held this distinction down to this day, though
+Philip II. tried to move it to Valladolid. It is twenty–two
+hundred feet above the level of the sea; and the
+cutting off of all the trees in the vicinity—and I may
+add in all Spain—has injuriously affected the climate.
+This region has been said to have but two seasons,—‘nine
+months of winter, and three months of hell.’ If
+it is very cold in winter, it is probably by comparison
+with the southern part of the peninsula. Like many
+other cities of Spain, Madrid has been captured by the
+English and the French.”
+
+Though the professor had much more to say, we
+shall report only these few sentences. The students
+hastened out to see the city; and the surgeon took the
+captain and the first lieutenant under his wing, as usual.
+They went into the _Puerta del Sol_,—the Gate of the
+Sun. Most of the city in early days lay west of this
+point, so that its eastern gate was where the centre now
+is. As the sun first shone on this gate, it was called
+the gate of the sun. Though the gate is gone, the
+place where it was located still retains the name. It is
+nearly in the shape of an ellipse; and most of the
+principal streets radiate from it. It usually presents a
+very lively scene, by day or by night. It is always full
+of peddlers of matches, newspapers, lottery–tickets, and
+other merchandise.
+
+“Where shall we go?” said the doctor.
+
+“We will leave that to you,” replied Sheridan. “You
+know the ropes in this ship, and we don’t.”
+
+“I think we will go first to the royal palace; and we
+had better take a _berlina_, as they call it here.”
+
+“A _berlina_? Is it a pill?” asked Murray.
+
+“No; it is a carriage,” laughed the doctor. “Do
+you see that one with a tin sign on the corner, with ‘_se
+alquila_’ painted on it? That means that the vehicle is
+not engaged.”
+
+The _berlina_ was called, and the party were driven
+down the _Calla del Arenal_ to the palace. It is a magnificent
+building, one of the finest in Europe, towering
+far above every thing else in the city. It is the most
+sightly structure in Madrid. In front of it is the _Plaza
+del Oriente_, and in the rear are extensive gardens, reaching
+down to the Manzanares. On the right of it are
+the royal stables, and on the left is the royal armory.
+
+“When I was in Madrid, in the time of the late
+queen, no one was admitted to the palace because some
+vandal tourists had damaged the frescos and marbles,”
+said Dr. Winstock. “But for the last year it has been
+opened. Your uniform and my passport will open the
+doors to us.”
+
+“What has the uniform to do with it?” asked Murray.
+
+“A uniform is generally respected in Europe; for it
+indicates that those who wear it hold some naval or
+military office.”
+
+“We don’t hold any such office,” added Sheridan.
+
+“But you are officers of a very respectable institution.”
+
+As the doctor anticipated, admission was readily
+obtained; and the trio were conducted all over the
+palace, not excepting the apartments of the late queen.
+There is nothing especially noteworthy about it, for it
+was not unlike a score of other palaces the party had
+visited.
+
+In the stables, the party saw the state coaches; but,
+as they had seen so many royal carriages, they were
+more interested in an American buggy because it
+looked like home. The doctor pointed out the old
+coach in which Crazy Jane carried about with her the
+body of her dead husband. The provisional government
+had sold off most of the horses and mules. In
+the yard is a bath for horses.
+
+From the stables the trio went to the armory, which
+contains many objects of interest. The suits of armor
+are kept as clean and nice as they were when in use.
+Those worn by Charles V. and Philip II. were examined
+with much care; but there seemed to be no marks
+of any hard knocks on them. At the head of the room
+stands a figure of St. Ferdinand, dressed in regal robes,
+with a golden crown on the head and a sword in the
+hand, which is borne in solemn procession to the royal
+chapel by priests, on the 29th of May, and is kept there
+two weeks to receive the homage of the people.
+
+In another room is a great variety of articles of historic
+interest, among which may be mentioned the steel
+writing–desk of Charles V., the armor he wore when he
+entered Tunis, his camp–stool and bed, and, above all,
+the steel armor, ornamented with gold, that was worn
+by Columbus. In the collection of swords were those
+of the principal kings, the great captain, and other
+heroes.
+
+“There is the armor of Isabella, which she wore
+at the siege of Granada,” said the doctor.
+
+“Did she fight?” asked Murray.
+
+“No more than her husband. Both were sovereigns
+in their own right; and it was the fashion to wear these
+things.”
+
+“Very likely she had this on when Columbus called
+to see her at Granada,” suggested Sheridan.
+
+“I don’t know about that. I fancy she did not
+wear it in the house, but only when she presented herself
+before the army,” replied the doctor.
+
+The party spent a long time in this building, so
+interested were the young men in viewing these memorials
+of the past grandeur of Spain. After dinner they
+went to the naval museum, which is near the armory.
+It contains a great number of naval relics, models of
+historic vessels, captured flags, and similar mementos
+of the past. The chart of Columbus was particularly
+interesting to the students from the New World. There
+are several historical paintings, representing scenes in
+the lives of Cortes, Pizarro, and De Soto. A portrait
+of Columbus is flanked on each side by those of the
+sovereigns who patronized him.
+
+“This is a beautiful day,” said Dr. Winstock, as
+they left the museum. “They call it very cold here,
+when the mercury falls below the freezing point. It
+does not often get below twenty–four, and seldom so
+low as that. I think the glass to–day is as high as
+fifty–five.”
+
+“I call it a warm day for winter,” added Sheridan.
+
+“But the air of this city is very subtle. It will kill
+a man, the Spaniards say, when it will not blow out a
+candle. I think we had better take a _berlina_, and ride
+over to the _Prado_. The day is so fine that we may
+possibly see some of the summer glories of the place.”
+
+“What are they?” asked Murray.
+
+“To me they are the people who walk there; but of
+course the place is the pleasantest when the trees and
+shrubs are in foliage.”
+
+A _berlina_ was called, and the party drove through
+the _Calle Mayor_, the _Puerta del Sol_, and the _Calle de
+Alcala_, which form a continuous street, the broadest
+and finest in Madrid, from the palace to the Prado,
+which are on opposite sides of the city. A continuation
+of this street forms one end of the _Prado_; and another
+of the _Calle de Atocha_, a broad avenue reaching from
+the _Plaza Mayor_, near the palace, forms the other end.
+These are the two widest streets of Madrid. The _Calle
+de Alcala_ is wide enough to be called a boulevard,
+and contains some of the finest buildings in the city.
+
+“That must be the bull–ring,” said Sheridan, as the
+party came in sight of an immense circular building.
+“I have read that it will hold twelve thousand people.”
+
+“Some say sixteen thousand; but I think it would
+not take long to count all it would hold above ten
+thousand. Philip V. did not like bull–fights, and he
+tried to do away with them; but the spectacle is the
+national sport, and the king made himself very unpopular
+by attempting to abolish it. As a stroke of policy,
+to regain his popularity, he built this _Plaza de Toros_.
+It is what you see; but it is open to the weather in the
+middle; and all bull–fights are held, ‘_Si el tiempo no lo
+impide_’ (if the weather does not prevent it). This is
+the _Puerta de Alcala_,” continued the doctor, pointing
+to a triumphal arch about seventy feet high, built by
+Charles III. “The gardens on the right are the ‘_Buen
+Retiro_,’ pleasant retreat. Now we will turn, and go
+through the _Prado_, though all this open space is often
+called by this name.”
+
+“But what is the ‘pleasant retreat’?”
+
+“It is a sort of park and garden, not very attractive
+at that, with a pond, a menagerie, and an observatory.
+It is not worth the trouble of a visit,” added the doctor,
+as he directed the driver to turn the _berlina_.
+
+“I have often seen a picture of that statue,” said
+Sheridan, as they passed a piece of sculpture representing
+a female seated on a chariot drawn by lions.
+
+“That is the Cybele.”
+
+“Who is she?”
+
+“Wife of Saturn, and mother of the gods,” replied
+Sheridan.
+
+“This is the _Salon del Prado_” continued the doctor,
+as the carriage turned to the left into an avenue
+two hundred feet wide. “There are plenty of people
+here, and I think we had better get out and walk, if
+you are not too tired; for you want to see the people.”
+
+The _berlina_ was dismissed, and the party joined the
+throng of _Madrileños_. Dr. Winstock called the attention
+of his young friends to three ladies who were
+approaching them. They wore the mantilla, which is
+a long black lace veil, worn as a head–dress, but falling
+in graceful folds below the hips. The ladies—except
+the high class, fashionable people—wear no bonnets.
+The mantilla is a national costume, and the fan is a
+national institution among them. They manage the
+latter, as well as the former, with peculiar grace; and
+it has even been said that they flirt with it, being able
+to express their sentiments by its aid.
+
+“But these ladies are not half so pretty as I supposed
+the Spanish women were,” said Murray.
+
+“That only proves that you supposed they were
+handsomer than they are,” laughed Sheridan.
+
+“They are not so handsome here as in Cadiz and
+Seville, I grant,” added the doctor; “but still I think
+they are not bad looking.”
+
+“I will agree to that,” replied Murray. “They are
+good–looking women, and that’s all you can say of
+them.”
+
+“Probably you have got some extravagant ideas
+about Spanish girls from the novels you have read,”
+laughed the doctor; “and it is not likely that your
+ideal beauty will be realized, even in Cadiz and Seville.
+Here is the _Dos de Mayo_.”
+
+“Who’s she?” asked Murray, looking rather vacantly
+at a granite obelisk in the middle of an enclosed garden.
+
+“It is not a woman,” replied the doctor.
+
+“Excuse me; I think you said a dose of something,”
+added Murray.
+
+“That monument has the name of ‘_El Dos de
+Mayo_,’ which means ‘the second of May.’ It commemorates
+a battle fought on this spot in 1808 by the
+peasants, headed by three artillerymen, and the French.
+The ground enclosed is called ‘The Field of Loyalty.’”
+
+“What is this long building ahead?” inquired Sheridan.
+
+“That’s the Royal Museum, which contains the richest
+collection of paintings in Europe.”
+
+“Isn’t that putting it pretty strong, after what we
+have seen in Italy and Germany?” asked Sheridan.
+
+“I don’t say the largest or the best–arranged collection
+in Europe, but the richest. It has more of the old
+masters, of the best and most valuable pictures in the
+world, than any other museum. We will go there
+to–morrow, and you can judge for yourselves.”
+
+“Of course we are competent to do that,” added
+Murray with a laugh.
+
+“We haven’t been to any churches yet, doctor,” said
+Sheridan.
+
+“There are many churches in Madrid, but none of
+any great interest. The city has no cathedral.”
+
+“I am thankful for that!” exclaimed Murray. “I
+have seen churches enough, though of course I shall go
+to the great cathedrals when we come to them.”
+
+“You will be spared in Madrid. Philip II. was
+asked to erect one; but he would appropriate only a
+small sum for the purpose, because he did not wish any
+church to rival that of the Escurial.”
+
+“I am grateful to him,” added Murray.
+
+“The Atocha church contains an image which is
+among the most venerated in Spain. It works miracles,
+and was carved by St. Luke.”
+
+“Another job by St. Luke!” exclaimed Murray.
+
+“That is hardly respectful to an image whose magnificent
+dress and rich jewels would build half a score
+of cheap churches.”
+
+“Are there any theatres in Madrid, doctor?” asked
+Murray.
+
+“Of course there are; half a dozen of them. The
+principal is the Royal Theatre, near the palace, where
+the performance is Italian opera. It is large enough
+to hold two thousand; but there is nothing Spanish
+about it. If you want to see the Spanish theatre you
+must go to some of the smaller ones. As you don’t
+understand Spanish, I think you will not enjoy it.”
+
+“I want to see the customs of the country.”
+
+“The only custom you will see will be smoking; and
+you can see that anywhere, except in the churches,
+where alone, I believe, it is not permitted. Everybody
+smokes, even the women and children. I have seen a
+youngster not more than five years old struggling with
+a _cigarillo_; and I suppose it made him sick before he
+got through with it; at least, I hope it did, for the
+nausea is nature’s protest against the practice.”
+
+“But do the ladies smoke?”
+
+“Not in public; but in private many of them do. I
+have seen some very pretty girls smoking in Spain.”
+
+“I don’t remember that I have seen a man drunk in
+Spain,” said Sheridan.
+
+“Probably you have not; I never did. The Spaniards
+are very temperate.”
+
+This long talk brought the party back to the hotel
+just at dark. The next day was Sunday; but many of
+the students visited the churches, though most of them
+were willing to make it a day of rest, in the strictest
+sense of the word. On Monday morning, as the
+museum did not open till one o’clock, the doctor and
+his _protégés_ took a _berlina_, and rode out to the palace
+of the Marquis of Salamanca, where they were permitted
+to explore this elegant residence without restraint.
+In one of the apartments they saw a large
+picture of the Landing of the Pilgrims, by a Spanish
+artist; and it was certainly a strange subject. Connected
+with the palace is a museum of antiquities quite
+extensive for a private individual to own. The Pompeian
+rooms contain a vast quantity of articles from
+the buried city.
+
+“Who is this Marquis of Salamanca?” asked Sheridan,
+as they started on their return.
+
+“He is a Spanish nobleman, a grandee of Spain
+I suppose, who is somewhat noted as a financier.
+He has invested some money in railroads in the United
+States. The town of Salamanca, at the junction of the
+Erie and Great Western, in Western New York, was
+named after him,” replied Dr. Winstock.
+
+“I have been through the place,” added Sheridan.
+
+“This is not a very luxurious neighborhood,” said
+Murray, when they came to one of those villages of
+poor people, of which there were several just outside
+of the city.
+
+“Generally in Europe the rich are very rich, and the
+poor are very poor. Though the rich are not as rich in
+Spain as in some other countries, there is no exception
+to the rule in its application to the poor. These hovels
+are even worse than the homes of the poor in Russia.
+Wouldn’t you like to look into one of them?”
+
+“Would it be considered rude for us to do so?”
+asked Sheridan.
+
+“Not at all. These people are not so sensitive as
+poor folks in America; but, if they are hurt by our
+curiosity, a couple of _reales_ will repair all the damages.”
+
+“Is this a _château en Espagne_?” said Murray. “I
+have read about such things, but I never saw one
+before.”
+
+“_Châteaux en Espagne_ are castles in the air,—things
+unreal and unsubstantial; and, so far as the idea of
+comfort is concerned, this is a _château en Espagne_. When
+we were in Ireland, an old woman ran out of a far
+worse shanty than this, and, calling it an Irish castle,
+begged for money. In the same sense we may call
+this a Spanish castle.”
+
+The carriage was stopped, and the party alighted.
+
+“You see, the people live out–doors, even in the
+winter,” said the doctor. “The door of this house is
+wide open, and you can look in.”
+
+The proprietor of the establishment stood near the
+door. He wore his cloak with as much style as though
+he had been an hidalgo. Under this garment his clothes
+were ragged and dirty; and he wore a pair of spatterdashes,
+most of the buttons of which were wanting, and
+it was only at a pinch that they staid on his ankles.
+His wife and four children stopped their work, or their
+play, as the case was, and gazed at the unwonted
+visitors.
+
+“_Buenos dias, caballero_,” said the doctor, as politely
+as though he had been saluting a grandee.
+
+The man replied no less politely.
+
+“May we look into your house?” asked the doctor.
+
+“_Esta muy a la disposicion de usted_,” replied the
+_caballero_ (it is entirely at your disposal).
+
+This is a _cosa de España_. If you speak of any thing
+a Spaniard has, he makes you a present of it, be it his
+house or his horse, or any thing else; but you are not
+expected to avail yourself of his generosity. It would
+be as impolite to take him at his word as it would be
+for him not to place it “at your disposal.”
+
+The house was of one story, and had but one door
+and one window, the latter very small indeed. The
+floor was of cobble–stones bedded in the mud. The
+little window was nothing but a hole; there was no
+glass in it; and the doctor said, that, when the weather
+was bad, the occupants had to close the door, and put
+a shutter over the window, so that they had no light.
+The interior was divided into two rooms, one containing
+a bed. Every thing was as simple as possible.
+The roof of the shanty was covered with tile which
+looked like broken flower–pots. In front, for use in
+the summer, was an attempt at a veranda, with vines
+running up the posts.
+
+The doctor gave the smallest of the children a _peseta_,
+and bade the man a stately adieu, which was answered
+with dignity enough for an ambassador. The party
+drove off, glad to have seen the interior of a Spanish
+house.
+
+“Why did you give the money to the child instead
+of the father?” asked Sheridan.
+
+“I suppose your experience in other parts of Europe
+would not help you to believe it, but the average Spaniard
+who is not a professional beggar is too proud to
+receive money for any small favor,” replied the doctor.
+“I have had a _peseta_ indignantly refused by a man who
+had rendered me a small service. This is as strange
+as it is true, though, when you come to ride on a _diligencia_,
+you will find that driver, postilion, and _zagal_ will
+do their best to get a gratuity out of you. I speak
+only of the Spaniard who does you a favor, and not
+those with whom you deal; but, as a general rule, the
+people are too proud to cheat you.”
+
+“They are very odd sort of people,” added Murray.
+“There is one shovelling with his cloak on.”
+
+“Not an unusual sight. I have seen a man ploughing
+in the field with his cloak on, and that on a rather
+warm day. You notice here that the houses are not
+scattered as they are with us; but even these shanties
+are built in villages,” continued the doctor.
+
+“I noticed that the houses were all in villages in all
+the country we have come through since we left Barcelona,”
+said Murray.
+
+“Can you explain the reason?”
+
+“I do not see any reason except that is the fashion
+of the country.”
+
+“There is a better reason than that. In early days
+the people had to live in villages in order to be able
+to defend themselves from enemies. In Spain the
+custom never changes, if isolated houses are even safe
+at the present time.”
+
+“What is that sheet of paper hanging on the balcony
+for?” asked Murray. “There is another; and
+now I can see half a dozen of them.” The _berlina_
+was within a short distance of the _Puerta del Sol_.
+
+“A sheet of white paper in the middle of the balcony
+signifies that the people have rooms to let; if at
+the corner, they take boarders.”
+
+The party arrived at the hotel in season for dinner;
+and, when it was over, they hastened to the _Museo_, or
+picture–gallery. The building is very long, and of no
+particular architectural effect. It has ten apartments
+on the principal floor, in which are placed the gems of
+the collection. In the centre of the edifice is a very
+long room which contains the burden of the paintings.
+There are over two thousand of them, and they are the
+property of the Crown. Among them are sixty–two by
+Rubens, fifty–three by Teniers, ten by Raphael, forty–six
+by Murillo, sixty–four by Velasquez, twenty–two by
+Van Dyck, forty–three by Titian, thirty–four by Tintoretto,
+twenty–five by Paul Veronese, and hundreds by
+other masters hardly less celebrated.
+
+The doctor’s party spent three hours among these
+pictures, and they went to the museum for the same
+time the next day; for they could better appreciate
+these gems than most of the students, many of whom
+were not willing to use a single hour in looking at
+them. Our party visited the public buildings, and
+took many rides and walks in the city and its vicinity,
+which we have not the space to report. On Wednesday
+morning the ship’s company started for Toledo.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIII.
+
+AFTER THE BATTLE IN THE FELUCCA.
+
+
+We left the second master of the Tritonia and
+the two runaway seamen in a rather critical
+situation on board of the felucca. We regret the
+necessity of jumping about all over Spain to keep the
+run of our characters; but we are obliged to conform
+to the arrangement of the principal,—who was absolute
+in his sway,—and follow the young gentlemen
+wherever he sends them. Though Mr. Lowington was
+informed, before his departure with the ship’s company
+of the Prince, of the escape of Raimundo and the two
+“marines,” he was content to leave the steps for the recovery
+of the runaways to the good judgment of the
+vice–principal in charge of the Tritonia.
+
+Raimundo had managed his case so well that the
+departure of the three students from the vessel was not
+discovered by any one on board or on shore. If the
+_alguacil_ was on the lookout for his prisoner, he had
+failed to find him, or to obtain any information in regard
+to him. The circumstances had certainly favored
+the escape in the highest degree. The distance across
+the harbor, the concealment afforded by the hulls of
+the vessels of the fleet, and the shadow of the sea–wall
+under which the fugitives had placed themselves, had
+prevented them from being seen. Indeed, no one
+could have seen them, except from the deck of the
+Tritonia or the Josephine; and probably those on
+board of the latter were below, as they were on the
+former.
+
+Of course Mr. Salter, the chief steward of the Tritonia,
+was very much astonished when he found that
+the prisoners had escaped from the brig. Doubtless he
+made as much of an excitement as was possible with
+only one of his assistants to help him. He had no
+boat; and he was unable to find one from the shore
+till the felucca was well out of the harbor. Probably
+Hugo was as zealous as the occasion required in the
+investigation of the means by which the fugitives had
+escaped; but he was as much astonished as his chief
+when told that Bill Stout and Bark Lingall were gone.
+The brig was in its usual condition, with the door
+locked; but the unfastened scuttle soon disclosed the
+mode of egress selected by the rogues. Mr. Pelham,
+assisted by Mr. Fluxion, vice–principal of the Josephine,
+did all they could to find the two “marines,”
+without any success whatever; but they had no suspicion
+that the second master, who had disappeared the
+night before, was one of the party.
+
+The next morning all hands from the two consorts
+were sent on board of the American Prince. Mr.
+Fluxion was the senior vice–principal, and had the command
+of the vessel. The ship’s company of the Josephine
+formed the starboard, and that of the Tritonia
+the port watch. The officers took rank in each grade
+according to seniority. Mr. Fluxion was unwilling to
+sail until he had drilled this miscellaneous ship’s company
+in their new duties. He had a superabundance
+of officers, and it was necessary for them to know their
+places. In the morning he had telegraphed to the
+principal at Saragossa, in regard to the fugitives; and
+the order came back for him to sail without them. Mr.
+Lowington was not disposed to waste much of his time
+in looking for runaways: they were pretty sure to come
+back without much assistance. At noon the Prince
+sailed for Lisbon; and all on board of her were
+delighted with the novelty of the new situation. As it
+is not necessary to follow the steamer, which safely
+arrived at Lisbon on the following Sunday morning, we
+will return to Raimundo and his companions.
+
+Filipe, struggling, and swearing the heaviest oaths,
+was bound hand and foot in the bottom of the felucca,
+and lashed to the heel of the mainmast. Juan lay
+insensible in the space between the cuddy and the
+mainmast, where he had fallen when the young Spaniard
+hit him with the spare tiller. The boat had
+broached to when the helm was abandoned by the
+boatman’s son, to go to the assistance of his father.
+Of course Raimundo and Bark were very much excited
+by this sudden encounter; and it had required the
+united strength of both of them to overcome the boatman,
+though he was not a large man. Bill Stout had
+done nothing. He had not the pluck to help secure
+Filipe after he had been thrown down, or rather
+dragged down, by Bark.
+
+As soon as the victory was accomplished, Raimundo
+sprang to the helm, and brought the felucca up to her
+course again. His chest heaved, and his breathing was
+so violent as to be audible. Bark was in no better
+condition; and, if Juan had come to his senses at that
+moment, he might have conquered both of them.
+
+“Pick up that knife, Lingall,” said Raimundo, as
+soon as he was able to speak.
+
+He pointed to the knife which the boatman had
+dropped during the struggle; and Bark picked it up.
+
+“Now throw it overboard,” added the second master.
+“We can handle these men, I think, if there are
+no knives in the case.”
+
+“No; don’t do that!” interposed Bill Stout. “Give
+it to me.”
+
+“Give it to you, you coward!” replied Raimundo.
+“What do you want of it?”
+
+“I will use it if we get into another fight. I don’t
+like to tackle a man with a knife in his hand, when I
+have no weapon of any kind,” answered Bill, who,
+when the danger was over, began to assume his usual
+bullying tone and manner.
+
+“Over with it, Lingall!” repeated Raimundo sharply.
+“You are good for nothing, Stout: you had not pluck
+enough to touch the man after your friend had him
+down.”
+
+Bark waited for no more, but tossed the knife into
+the sea. He never “took any stock” in Bill Stout’s
+bluster; but he had not suspected that the fellow
+was such an arrant coward. As compared with Raimundo,
+who had risen vastly in his estimation within
+the last few hours, he thoroughly despised his fellow–conspirator.
+If he did not believe it before, he was
+satisfied now, that the gentlest and most correct students
+could also be the best fellows. However it had
+been before, Bill no longer had any influence over him;
+while he was ready to obey the slightest wish of the
+second master, whom he had hated only the day before.
+
+“See if you can find the other knife,—the one the
+young man had,” continued Raimundo.
+
+“I see it,” replied Bark; and he picked up the ugly
+weapon.
+
+“Send it after the other. The less knives we have
+on board, the better off we shall be,” added the second
+master. “I don’t like the habit of my countrymen in
+carrying the _cuchilla_ any better than I do that of yours
+in the use of revolvers.”
+
+“I think it was stupid to throw away those knives,
+when you have to fight such fellows as these,” said
+Bill Stout, as he glanced at the prostrate form of the
+older boatman, who was writhing to break away from
+his bonds.
+
+“Your opinion on that subject is of no value just
+now,” added Raimundo contemptuously.
+
+“What do you say, Bark?” continued Bill, appealing
+to his confederate.
+
+“I agree with Raimundo,” answered Bark. “I
+don’t want to be mixed up in any fight where knives
+are used.”
+
+“And I object just as much to knifing a man as I
+do to being knifed,” said Raimundo. “Though I am
+a Spaniard, I don’t think I would use a knife to save
+my own life.”
+
+“I would,” blustered Bill.
+
+“No, you wouldn’t: you haven’t pluck enough to do
+any thing,” retorted Bark. “I advise you not to say
+any thing more on this subject, Stout.”
+
+At this moment Filipe made a desperate attempt to
+free himself; and Bill retreated to the forecastle, evidently
+determined not to be in the way if another
+battle took place. Bark picked up the spare tiller the
+second master had dropped, and prepared to defend
+himself. Another club was found, and each of those
+who had the pluck to use was well prepared for
+another attack.
+
+“Lie still, or I will hit you over the head!” said
+Bark to the struggling skipper, as he flourished the
+tiller over him.
+
+But the ropes with which he was secured were strong
+and well knotted. Bark was a good sailor, and he had
+done this part of the work. He looked over the fastenings,
+and made sure that they were all right.
+
+“He can’t get loose, Mr. Raimundo,” said he.
+
+“But Juan is beginning to come to his senses,”
+added the second master. “He has just turned half
+over.”
+
+“I hope he is not much hurt: we may get into a
+scrape if he is.”
+
+“I was just thinking of that. But I don’t believe
+he is very badly damaged,” added Raimundo. “If
+the old man can’t get away, suppose you look him
+over, and see what his condition is.”
+
+Bark complied with this request. Filipe seemed to
+be interested in this inquiry; and he lay quite still
+while the examination was in progress. The young
+sailor found a wound and a considerable swelling on
+the side of Juan’s head; but it was now so dark that
+he could not distinctly see the nature of the injury.
+
+“Have you a match, Mr. Raimundo?” he asked.
+
+“I have not. We were not allowed to have matches
+on board the Tritonia,” replied the second master.
+
+“_Tengo pajuelas_,” said Filipe. “_Una linterna en el
+camarote de proa._”
+
+“What does he say?” inquired Bark, glad to find
+that the skipper was no longer pugnacious.
+
+“He says he has matches, and that there is a lantern
+in the cuddy,” replied Raimundo. “Here, Stout, look
+in the cuddy, and see if you can find a lantern
+there.”
+
+Bill had the grace to obey the order, though he was
+tempted to refuse to do so. He found the lantern, for
+he had seen it while he lay in the cuddy. He brought
+it to Bark, and took the lamp out of the globe.
+
+“You will find some matches in Filipe’s pockets,”
+added Raimundo.
+
+“I have matches enough,” answered Bill.
+
+“I forgot that you used matches,” said the second
+master; “but I am glad you have a chance to make
+a better use of them than you did on board of the
+Tritonia.”
+
+“You needn’t say any thing! You are the first
+officer that ever run away from that vessel,” growled
+Bill, as he lighted a match, and communicated the blaze
+to the wick of the lamp.
+
+It was a kerosene–lamp, just such as is used at home,
+and probably came from the United States. Bark
+proceeded to examine the wound of Juan, and found it
+was not a severe one. The young man was rapidly
+coming to himself, and in a few minutes more he would
+be able to take care of himself.
+
+“I think we had better move him into the cuddy,”
+suggested Bark. “We can make him comfortable
+there, and fasten him in at the same time.”
+
+“That’s a capital idea, Lingall; and if Stout will
+take the helm I will help you move him,” answered
+Raimundo.
+
+“I will help move him,” volunteered Bill.
+
+“I supposed you were afraid of him,” added the
+second master. “He has about come to himself.”
+
+Juan spoke then, and complained of his head. Bark
+and Bill lifted him up, and carried him to the cuddy,
+where they placed him on the bed of old garments upon
+which they had slept themselves during the afternoon.
+Bark had some little reputation among his companions
+as a surgeon, probably because he always carried a
+sheet of court–plaster in his pocket, and sometimes had
+occasion to attend to the wounds of his friends. Perhaps
+he had also a taste for this sort of thing; for he
+was generally called upon in all cases of broken heads,
+before the chief steward, who was the amateur surgeon
+of the Tritonia, was summoned. At any rate, Bark,
+either from genuine kindness, or the love of amateur
+surgical dressing, was not content to let the wounded
+Spaniard rest till he had done something more for
+him. He washed the injury in fresh water, closed the
+ugly cut with a piece of court–plaster, and then bound
+up the head of the patient with his own handkerchief.
+
+The wounded man tried to talk to him; but he could
+not understand a word he said. If his father spoke
+English, it was certain that the son did not. When he
+had done all this, Bark relieved Raimundo at the helm,
+and the latter went forward to talk with the patient,
+who was so quiet that Bark had not thought of fastening
+the door of the cuddy.
+
+“I am well now,” said Juan, “and I want to go out.”
+
+“You must not go out of this place; if you do, we
+shall hit you over the head again,” replied the second
+master sternly.
+
+“Where is my father?” asked the patient.
+
+“He is tied hand and foot; and we shall tie you in
+the same way if you don’t keep still and obey orders,”
+added Raimundo. “Lie still where you are, and no
+harm shall be done to you.”
+
+Raimundo, taking the lantern with him, left the
+cuddy, and fastened it behind him with the padlock he
+found in the staple. Putting the key in his pocket, he
+made an examination into the condition of Filipe, with
+the aid of the lantern. He found him still securely
+bound, and, better than that, as quiet as a lamb.
+
+“How is my son?” asked he.
+
+“He is doing very well. We have dressed his
+wound, and he will be as well as ever in a day or two,”
+replied Raimundo.
+
+“_Gracias, muchos gracias!_” exclaimed the prisoner.
+
+“If we had been armed as you were, he might have
+lost his life,” added Raimundo, moving aft to the helm.
+“I think we are all right, Lingall.”
+
+“I am very glad of it. We came very near getting
+into a bad scrape,” replied Bark.
+
+“It is bad enough as it is. I have been afraid of
+something of this kind ever since we got well out of
+the port of Barcelona,” continued the second master.
+“The villain asked me so many questions about my
+money that my suspicions were excited, and I was on
+the watch for him. Then he was so anxious that we
+should drink wine, I was almost sure he meant mischief.”
+
+“I am very sorry I drank any wine. It only makes
+my head ache,” replied Bark penitently.
+
+“I have heard my uncle speak of these men; and I
+know something about them.”
+
+“The wine did not make my head ache,” said Bill.
+
+“That’s because there is nothing in it,” answered
+Raimundo, who could not restrain his contempt for the
+incendiary.
+
+“But I do not understand exactly how the fight was
+begun,” said Bark. “The first I knew, the boatman
+sprang at you.”
+
+“That’s the first I knew, though I was on the lookout
+for him, as I had been all the afternoon. He
+understood what I meant when I told you this man
+means mischief.”
+
+“But he told you he could not speak English.”
+
+“Most of the boatmen speak more or less English:
+they learn it from the passengers they carry. He
+wanted to know whether we had money before he did
+any thing. He was probably satisfied that we had
+some before he attempted to assault us.”
+
+“I know you have money,” cried Filipe, in English;
+and he seemed to be more anxious to prove the correctness
+of his conclusion than to disprove his wicked
+intentions.
+
+“You have not got any of it yet,” replied Raimundo.
+
+“But I will have it!” protested the villain.
+
+“You tempt me to throw you and your son overboard,”
+said Raimundo sternly, in Spanish.
+
+“Not my son,” answered the villain, suddenly changing
+his tone. “He is his mother’s only boy.”
+
+“You should have thought of that before you brought
+him with you on such business.”
+
+The boatman, for such a villain as he was, seemed to
+have a strange affection for his son; and Raimundo was
+almost willing to believe he had not intended till some
+time after they left the port to rob his passengers. Perhaps,
+with the aid of the wine, he had expected an easy
+victory; for, though the students were all stout fellows,
+they were but boys.
+
+“I will not harm you if you do not injure my boy,”
+pleaded Filipe.
+
+“It is not in your power to harm us now; for we
+have all the power,” replied the second master.
+
+“But you are deserters from your ship. I can tell
+where you are,” added Filipe, with something like
+triumph in his tones.
+
+“We expect you to tell all you know as soon as you
+return.”
+
+“I can do it in Tarragona: they will arrest you there
+if I tell them.”
+
+“We are not afraid of that: if we were, we should
+throw you and your son overboard.”
+
+Filipe did not like this side of the argument, and he
+was silent for some time. It must be confessed that
+Raimundo did not like his side any better. The fellow
+could inform the police in Tarragona that the party
+were deserters, and cause them to be sent back to Barcelona.
+Though this was better than throwing the
+boatman and his son overboard, which was only an idle
+threat, it would spoil all his calculations, and defeat
+all his plans. He studied the case for some time, after
+he had explained to Bark what had passed between
+himself and Filipe in Spanish.
+
+“You want more money than you were to receive
+for the boat; do you, Filipe?” asked he.
+
+“I have to pay five hundred _reales_ on this boat in
+three days, or lose it and my small one too,” replied
+the boatman; and the passenger was not sure he did
+not invent the story as he went along. “I am not a
+bad man; but I want two hundred _reales_ more than
+you are to pay me.”
+
+“Then you expect me to pay what I agreed, after
+what has happened, do you?”
+
+“You promised to pay it.”
+
+“And you promised to take me to Tarragona; and
+you have been trying to murder me on the way,” exclaimed
+Raimundo indignantly.
+
+“Oh, no! I did not mean to kill you, or to hurt
+you; only to take two hundred _reales_ from you,”
+pleaded the boatman, with the most refreshing candor.
+
+“That’s all; is it?”
+
+The villain protested, by the Virgin and all the saints
+in the Spanish calendar, that he had not intended any
+thing more than this; and Raimundo translated what
+he said to his companion.
+
+“There are a lot of lights on a high hill ahead,”
+said Bill Stout, who had been looking at the shore,
+which was only a short distance from them.
+
+“That must be Tarragona,” replied the second master,
+looking at his watch by the light of the lantern.
+“It is ten minutes of seven; and we have been six
+hours on the trip. I thought it would take about this
+time. That must be Tarragona; it is on a hill eight
+hundred feet high.”
+
+“We have been sailing very fast, the last three
+hours,” added Bark. “But how are we to get out of
+this scrape?”
+
+“I will see. Keep a sharp lookout on the starboard,
+Lingall; and, when you see a place where you think we
+can make a landing, let me know.—Can you steer,
+Stout, and keep her as she is?”
+
+“Of course I can steer. I don’t give up to any
+fellow in handling a boat,” growled Bill.
+
+Raimundo gave him the tiller; but he watched him
+for a time, to see that he made good his word. The
+bully did very well, and kept the felucca parallel with
+the shore, as she had been all the afternoon.
+
+“There is a mole makes out from the shore,” continued
+the active skipper to Bark, who had gone
+forward of the foremast to do the duty assigned to
+him.
+
+“Ay, ay! I can see it,” replied Bark.
+
+“I think we need not quarrel, Filipe,” said Raimundo,
+bending over the prisoner, and unloosing the
+rope that bound his hands to the mast; but they were
+still tied behind him. “We are almost into Tarragona,
+and what we do must be done quickly.”
+
+“Don’t harm Juan,” pleaded Filipe.
+
+“That will depend on yourself, whether we do or
+not,” replied Raimundo, as fiercely as he could speak.
+“We are not to be trifled with; and Americans carry
+pistols sometimes.”
+
+“I will do what you wish,” answered Filipe.
+
+“I will give you what I agreed, and two hundred
+_reales_ besides, if you will keep still about our being
+deserters; and that is all the money we have.”
+
+“_Gracias!_ I will do it!” exclaimed the boatman.
+“Release me, and I will land you outside of the mole,
+and not go near the town to speak to any person.”
+
+“I am afraid to trust you.”
+
+“You can trust a Catalan when he promises;” and
+Filipe proceeded to call upon the Virgin and the saints
+to witness what he said.
+
+“Where can we land?” asked the second master.
+
+The boatman looked over the rail of the felucca;
+and, when he had got his bearings, he indicated a point
+where a safe landing might be made. It was not a
+quarter of a mile distant; and Filipe said the mainsail
+ought to be furled. Raimundo picked up the spare
+tiller,—for, in spite of the Catalan’s oath and promise,
+he was determined to be on the safe side,—and then
+unfastened the ropes that bound the prisoner.
+
+“If you play me false, I will brain you with this
+club, and pitch your son into the sea!” said Raimundo,
+as tragically as he could do the business.
+
+“I will be true to my promise,” he replied, as he
+brailed up the mainsail.
+
+“You see that your money is ready for you as soon
+as you land us,” continued Raimundo, as he showed
+the villain five _Isabelinos_ he held in one hand, while he
+grasped the spare tiller with the other.
+
+“_Gracias!_” replied Filipe, who was possibly satisfied
+when he found that he was to make the full sum he
+had first named as his price; and it may be that he was
+tempted by the urgency of his creditor to rob his passengers.
+
+“Have your pistol ready, Lingall!” added Raimundo,
+as the boatman, who had taken the helm from Bill, threw
+the felucca up into the wind, and her keel began to
+grate on the rocks.
+
+“Ay, ay!” shouted Bark.
+
+The boat ran her long bow up to the dry land, and
+hung there by her bottom. Raimundo gave the five
+hundred _reales_ to Filipe, and sprang ashore with the
+tiller in his hand. Calling to Bark, they shoved off the
+felucca, and then ran for the town.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIV.
+
+TOLEDO, AND TALKS ABOUT SPAIN.
+
+
+Toledo is about fifty–six miles from Madrid. As
+the principal had laid out a large day’s work, it
+became necessary to procure a special train, as the first
+regular one did not reach Toledo till after eleven
+o’clock. The special was to leave at six; and it was
+still dark when the long line of small omnibuses that
+conveyed the company to the station passed through
+the streets.
+
+“What is the matter with that man?” asked Sheridan,
+attracted by the cries of a man on the sidewalk
+with a sort of pole in his hand.
+
+“That’s a watchman,” replied the doctor.
+
+“What’s he yelling about?”
+
+“‘_Las cinco y medio y sereno_’ is what he says,” added
+the surgeon. “‘Half–past five and pleasant weather’ is
+the translation of his cry. When it rains he calls the
+hour, and adds ‘_fluvioso_;’ when there is a fire he
+informs the people on his beat of the fact, and gives
+the locality of the conflagration, which he gets from
+the fire–alarm. In some of the southern cities, as in
+Seville, the watchman indulges in some pious exclamations,
+‘Twelve o’clock, and may the Virgin watch over
+our good city!’ It used to be the fashion in some of
+the cities of our country, for the guardian of the night
+to indulge in these cries to keep himself awake; and I
+have heard him shout, ‘One o’clock and all is well’ in
+Pittsburg.”
+
+“I have walked about the _Puerta del Sol_ in the evening;
+but I have not seen a watchman,” added Sheridan.
+
+“Probably they do not use the cry early in the night,
+in the streets where the people are gathered; at least,
+there seems to be no need of it,” replied the doctor.
+“But I suppose there are a great many things yet in
+Madrid that you have not seen. For instance, did you
+notice the water–carriers?”
+
+“I did,” answered Murray. “They carry the water
+in copper vessels something like a soda–fountain, placed
+upon a kind of saddle, like the porters in Constantinople.
+
+“Some of them have donkeys, with panniers in which
+they put kegs, jars, and glass vessels filled with water.
+These men are called ‘_aguadors_,’ and their occupation
+is considered mean business; the _caballero_ whose
+house we visited would be too proud to be a water–carrier,
+and would rather starve than engage in it.”
+
+The tourists left the omnibuses, and took their
+places in the cars. As soon as the train had started,
+as it was still too dark to see the country, the doctor
+and his friends resumed the conversation about the
+sights of Madrid.
+
+“Did you go to the _Calle de la Abada_?” asked Dr.
+Winstock.
+
+“I don’t know: I didn’t notice the name of any such
+street,” replied Sheridan; and Murray was no wiser,
+both of them declaring that the Spanish names were
+too much for them.
+
+“It is not unlike Market Street in Philadelphia,
+twenty years ago, when the middle of the avenue was
+filled with stalls in a wooden building.”
+
+“I saw that,” added Sheridan. “The street led to
+a market. All the men and women that had any
+thing to sell were yelling with all their might. They
+tackled every person that came near.”
+
+“I saw the dirt–cart go along this same street,” said
+Murray. “It was a wagon with broad wheels as
+though it was to do duty in a swamp, with a bell fixed
+on the forward part. At the ring of the bell, the
+women came out of their houses, and threw baskets
+of dirt into the vehicle, which a man in it emptied and
+returned to them.”
+
+“I was in the city in fruit time once, and saw large
+watermelons sold for four and six _cuartos_ apiece, a
+_cuarto_ being about a cent,” continued the doctor.
+“The nicest grapes sold for six _cuartos_ a pound.
+Meat is dear, and so is fish, which has to be brought
+from ports on the Mediterranean and the Bay of Biscay.
+Bread is very good and cheap; but the shops
+you saw were not bakeries: these are off by themselves.”
+
+“They don’t seem to have any objection to lotteries
+in Madrid,” said Sheridan. “I couldn’t move in the
+great streets without being pestered with the sellers
+of lottery–tickets.”
+
+“There are plenty of them; for the Spaniards wish
+to make fortunes without working for them.”
+
+“Many of the lottery–venders are boys,” added
+Murray. “They called me Señorito.”
+
+“They called me the same. The word is a title of
+respect, which means master. The drawing of a lottery
+is a great event in the city, and the newspaper is sometimes
+filled with the premium numbers.”
+
+“I did not see so many beggars as I expected, after
+all I had read about them,” said Sheridan. “But I
+could understand their lingo, when they said, ‘For the
+love of God.’”
+
+“That is their universal cry. You will see enough
+in the south to make up the deficiency of the capital,”
+laughed the doctor. “They swarm in Granada and
+Malaga; and you can’t get rid of them. In Madrid,
+as in the cities of Russia, you will find the most of the
+beggars near the churches, relying more upon those
+who are pious enough to attend divine service than
+upon those in the busy part of the city. They come
+out after dark, and station themselves at any blank
+wall, where there are no doors and windows, and address
+the passers–by. By the way, did you happen to
+see a cow–house?” asked the doctor.
+
+Neither of the two students knew what he meant.
+
+“It is more properly a milk–shop. In the front you
+will see cups, on a clean white cloth on the table, for
+those who wish to drink milk on the spot. Behind a
+barred petition in the rear you will notice a number of
+cows, some with calves, which are milked in the presence
+of the customers, that they may know they get the
+genuine article.”
+
+“Don’t they keep any pump–handle?” asked Murray.
+
+“I never saw any,” laughed the surgeon. “The
+customers are allowed to put in the water to their own
+taste, which I think is the best arrangement.”
+
+“I saw plenty of cook–shops, like those in Paris,”
+said Sheridan. “In one a cook was frying something
+like Yankee doughnuts.”
+
+“If you got up early enough to visit the breakfast–stalls
+of the poorer people, you would have been interested.
+A cheap chocolate takes the place of coffee,
+which with bread forms the staple of the diet. But the
+shops are dirty and always full of tobacco–smoke. The
+higher classes in Spain are not so much given to feasting
+and dining out as the English and Americans.
+They are too poor to do it, and perhaps have no taste
+for such expensive luxuries. The _tertulia_ is a kind of
+evening party that takes the place of the dinner to
+some extent, and is a _cosa de España_. Ladies and gentlemen
+are invited,—except to literary occasions, which
+are attended only by men,—and the evening is passed
+in card–playing and small talk. Lemonade, or something
+of the kind, is the only refreshment furnished.
+
+“They go home sober, then,” laughed Murray.
+
+“Spaniards always go home sober; but they do not
+even have wine at the _tertulia_.”
+
+“I have heard a great deal said about the _siesta_ in
+Spain; and I have read that the shops shut up, and
+business ceased entirely, for two or three hours in the
+middle of the day,” said Sheridan; “but I did not see
+any signs of the suspension of business in Madrid.”
+
+“Very many take their _siesta_, even in Madrid; and
+in the hot weather you would find it almost as you
+have described it,—as quiet as Sunday,” replied the
+doctor.
+
+“Sunday was about as noisy a day as any in Madrid,”
+added Murray.
+
+“I meant a Sunday at home or in London. When
+I was here last, the thirty–first day of October came on
+Sunday; and it was the liveliest day I ever saw in
+Spain. The forenoon was quiet; for some of the
+people went to church. At noon there was a cock–fight,
+attended by some of the most noted men in
+Spain; and I went to it, though I was thoroughly disgusted
+both with the sacrilege and the barbarity of the
+show. At three o’clock came a bull–fight, lasting till
+dark, in which eight bulls and seven horses were killed.
+In the evening was the opera, and a great time at all
+the theatres. I confess that I was ashamed of myself
+for visiting these places on the sabbath; but I was in
+Spain to learn the manners and customs of the people,
+and excused myself on this plea. Monday was the
+first day of November, which is All Saints’ Day. Not
+a shop was open. The streets were almost deserted;
+and there was nothing like play to be seen, even among
+the children. It was like Sunday at home or in
+London, though perhaps even more silent and subdued.
+On this day the people visit the cemeteries, and decorate
+the tombs and graves of the dead with wreaths
+of flowers and _immortelles_. I pointed out to you the
+cemetery in the rear of the _Museo_. I visited it on
+that day; and it was really a very solemn sight.”
+
+“I wish I had visited the cemetery,” said Sheridan.
+
+“I am sorry you did not; but I did not think of it
+at the time we were near it. It is a garden surrounded
+by high walls, like parts of those we saw in
+Italy. In this wall are built a great many niches deep
+enough to receive a coffin, the lid of which, in Spain,
+as in Washington, is _dos d’âne_, or roof–shaped; and the
+cell is made like it at the top. Besides these catacombs,
+there are graves and tombs. As in Paris these
+are often seen with flowers, the toys of children, portraits,
+and other mementos of the departed, laid upon
+them.”
+
+“I saw a funeral in Geronimo Street yesterday,”
+added the captain. “The hearse was an open one,
+drawn by four horses covered with black velvet. I
+followed it to a church, and saw the service, which was
+not different from what I have seen at home. When
+the procession started for the grave, it consisted mostly
+of _berlinas_; and its length increased with every rod it
+advanced.”
+
+“I was told, that, when a person dies in Spain, the
+friends of the family send in a supply of cooked food,
+on the supposition that the bereaved are in no condition
+to attend to such matters,” continued the doctor.
+“But it is light enough now for us to see the scenery.”
+
+The country was flat and devoid of interest at first;
+but it began to improve as the train approached Aranjuez,
+where the kings have a royal residence, which
+the party were to visit on the return from Toledo.
+
+“What river is that, Dr. Winstock?” asked Murray.
+
+“_El Tajo_,” replied the doctor, with a smile.
+
+“Never heard of it,” added Murray.
+
+“There you labor under one of the disadvantages of
+a person who does not understand the language of the
+country in which he is travelling; for you are as
+familiar with the English name of this river as you are
+with that of the Rhine,” replied the doctor.
+
+“It is the Tagus,” added Sheridan. “I know that
+Toledo is on this river.”
+
+“Who could suspect that _El Tah–hoe_ was the Tagus?”
+queried Murray.
+
+“You would if you knew Spanish.”
+
+“There is a Spanish _caballero_, mounted on a mule,”
+said Murray, calling the attention of the party to a
+peasant who was sitting sideways on his steed.
+
+“All of them ride that way,” added Sheridan.
+
+“Not all of them do, for there is a fellow straddling
+his donkey behind two big panniers,” interposed the
+surgeon.
+
+The train continued to follow the river till it reached
+Toledo. The students got out of the cars, and were
+directed to assemble near the station in full view of the
+ancient city. The day was clear and mild, so that it
+was no hardship to stand in the open air, and listen to
+the description of the city given by Professor Mapps.
+
+ “Toledo, as you can see for yourselves, is situated on a hill, or a
+ series of hills, which rise to a considerable height above the rest of
+ the country. Some of the old Spanish historians say that the city was
+ founded soon after the creation of the world; but better authorities
+ say it was begun by the Romans in the year B.C. 126, which makes it old
+ enough to satisfy the reasonable vanity of the citizens of the place. Of
+ course it was captured by the Moors, and recaptured by the Spaniards;
+ and many of the buildings, and the bridge you see are the work of the
+ Romans and the Moors. Under the Goths, in the seventh century, Toledo
+ became very wealthy and prosperous, and in its best days is said to have
+ had a population of a quarter of a million. It was made the capital of
+ Spain in 567. Early in the eighth century the Moors obtained possession
+ of the city, and made many improvements. In 1085, after a terrible
+ siege, Alfonso VI. of Castile took it from the Moors, and it was again
+ made the capital. The historians who carry the founding of Toledo almost
+ back to the flood say that the Jews fled from Jerusalem, when it was
+ captured by Nebuchadnezzar, to this city. Be this as it may, there were
+ a great many Hebrews in Toledo in ancient days. They were an industrious
+ people, and they became very wealthy. This people have been the butt
+ of the Christians in many lands, and they were so here. They were
+ persecuted, and their property confiscated; and it is said that the Jews
+ avenged their wrongs by opening the gates of the city to the Moors; and
+ then when the Moors served them in the same way, and despoiled them of
+ their wealth, they admitted the army of Alfonso VI. by the same means.
+ It has since been retained by the Christians. It was the capital and
+ the ecclesiastic head of the nation. The archbishops of Toledo were
+ immensely wealthy and influential.
+
+ “One of them was Ximenes, afterward cardinal, the Richelieu of Spain,
+ and one of the most famous characters of history. He was the powerful
+ minister of Ferdinand the Catholic, and the regent of the kingdom in
+ the absence of Charles V. He was a priest who continually mortified his
+ body, and at the same time a statesman of the highest order. He was the
+ confessor of Isabella I. When he was made archbishop of Toledo and head
+ of the Church in Spain, he refused to accept the high honor till he was
+ compelled to do so by the direct command of the pope. When he appeared
+ at court in his monkish robes, looking more like a half–starved hermit
+ than the primate of Spain, the courtiers laughed at him; but he meekly
+ bore the sneers and the scoffs of the light–hearted. He was required
+ by the pope to change his style of living, and make it conform to his
+ high position. He obeyed the order; but he wore the haircloth shirt
+ and frock of the order to which he belonged under his robes of purple.
+ In the elegant apartments of his palace, he slept on the floor with a
+ log of wood for a pillow. He led an expedition against the Moors into
+ Africa, and captured Oran. As regent he maintained the authority of the
+ king against the grandees, and told them they were to obey the king and
+ not to deliberate over his command. By his personal will he subdued the
+ great nobles.
+
+ “The Moors brought to Toledo, from Damascus, the art of tempering
+ steel for sword–blades; and weapons from either of these cities have
+ a reputation all over the world. There is a manufactory of swords and
+ other similar wares; and, while some contend that the blades made here
+ are superior to any others, more insist that those made in England are
+ just as good. When the capital was removed to Valladolid, Toledo began
+ to decline; and now it has only fifteen thousand inhabitants. In the
+ days that are past, the Jews and the Moors have been driven out of Spain
+ to a degree that has retarded the prosperity of the country; for both
+ the Hebrews and the Moslems were industrious and thriving races, and
+ added greatly to the wealth of the nation. In religion Ferdinand and
+ Isabella would be considered bigots and fanatics in our time; and their
+ statesmanship would confound the modern student of political economy.
+ But they did not live in our time; and we are grateful to them for the
+ good they did, regardless of their religious or political views.
+
+ “The large square structure which crowns the hill is the _Alcazar_, or
+ palace. It is in ruins, but what remains of it is what was rebuilt for
+ the fourth time. It was occupied by the Moorish and Gothic kings, as
+ well as by those of Castile and Leon. The principal sight of the city
+ is the cathedral. It is three hundred and seventy–three feet long, and
+ a little less than two hundred in width. The first church on the spot
+ was begun in the year 587. Among the relics you saw in the Escurial was
+ the entire skeleton of St. Eugenius, the first Archbishop of Toledo, who
+ was buried at St. Denis; and his remains were given to Philip II. by the
+ King of France. He presided at a council held in the original cathedral,
+ which was also visited, Dec. 18, 666, by the Virgin (the hour of the
+ day is not given); and it appears that she made one or more visits at
+ other times. The present church was begun in 1227, and completed in
+ 1493, the year after the discovery of America. One of its chapels is
+ called the Capilla Mosarabe; and perhaps a word about it may interest
+ you. When the Moors captured the city, certain Christians remained, and
+ were allowed to enjoy their own religion; and, being separated from
+ those of the faith, they had a ritual which was peculiarly their own.
+ When the city was restored to the Christians, these people preferred
+ to retain the prayer–book, the customs and traditions, which had come
+ down to them from their own past. The clergy objected, and all efforts
+ to make them adopt the Roman forms were useless. A violent dispute
+ arose, which threatened serious consequences. It was finally decided to
+ settle the question after the manner of the times, by single combat;
+ and each party selected its champion. They fought, and the victory was
+ with the Mosarabic side. But the king Alfonso VI. and the clergy were
+ not satisfied, and, declaring that the means of deciding the case had
+ been cruel and impious, proposed another trial. This time it was to be
+ the ordeal by fire. A heap of fagots was lighted in the _Zocodover_,—the
+ public square near the cathedral,—and the Roman and the Mosarabic
+ prayer–books were committed to the flames. The Roman book was burned to
+ ashes, while the Toledan version remained unconsumed in the fire. There
+ was no way to get around this miraculous decision; and the people of the
+ city retained their ritual. When Ximenes became archbishop he seems to
+ have had more regard than his predecessors for the old ritual, called
+ the Apostolic Mass; and he not only ordained an order of priests for
+ this especial service, but built the chapel I have mentioned. I will
+ not detain you any longer, though there is much more that might be said
+ about this interesting city.”
+
+Though the walk was rather long, the omnibuses were
+scarce, and most of the students were obliged to foot it
+into the city. The doctor and his travelling pupils preferred
+this, because they wished to look at the bridge
+and the towers on the way. They spent some time on
+the former in looking down into the rapid river, and
+in studying the structures at either end. The original
+bridge was built by the Romans, rebuilt by the Moors,
+and repaired by the Spaniards.
+
+“You have been in the East enough to know that the
+Orientals are fond of baths and other water luxuries.
+The Jews brought to Toledo some knowledge of the
+hydraulics of the Moslems; and they built an immense
+water–wheel in the river, which Murray says was ninety
+cubits—at least one hundred and thirty–five feet—high,
+to force the water up the hill to the city through
+pipes,” said the doctor, as he pointed out the ruins of
+a building used for this purpose.
+
+“I said it was ninety cubits high?” exclaimed Murray.
+
+“I ought to have said ‘Ford,’ since he prepared the
+hand–book of Spain that goes under your name.”
+
+“I accept the amendment,” laughed Murray,
+
+“And now there are no water–works in Toledo,
+except such as you see crossing the bridge before us,”
+added the surgeon, as he indicated a donkey with one
+keg fixed in a saddle, like a saw–horse, and two others
+slung on each side.
+
+The party passed through the _Puerta del Sol_, which
+is an old and gloomy tower, with a gateway through it.
+It is a Moorish structure; and, after examining it, they
+continued up the slope which winds around the hill to
+the top, and reached the square to which the professor
+had alluded. To the students the city presented a dull,
+deserted, desolate, and inhospitable appearance. It
+looked as though the people had got enough of the
+place, and had moved out of town. Though full of
+treasures for the student of architecture and of antiquity,
+it had but little interest to progressive Young
+America.
+
+The party went at once to the cathedral. There is
+no outside view of it except over the tops of the
+houses, though portions of it may be seen in different
+places. The interior was grand to look upon, but too
+grand to describe; and we shall report only some of
+Dr. Winstock’s talks to his pupils.
+
+“This is the _Puerta del Niño Perdido_, or the Gate of
+the Lost Child,” said he as they entered the church.
+“The story is the foundation of many a romance of
+the olden time. The clergy accused the wealthy Hebrews
+of crucifying, as they did the Saviour, a Christian
+boy, in order to use his heart in the passover service
+as a charm against the Inquisition. The gate takes
+the name from a fresco near it, representing the scene
+when the lost child was missed. The Jews were charged
+with the terrible deed, and plundered of their wealth,
+which was the whole object of the persecution.”
+
+The party walked through the grand structure,
+looked into the choir in the middle, where a service
+was in progress, and passed through several chapels,
+stopping a considerable time in the _Capilla Mayor_,
+where are monuments of some of the ancient kings
+and other great men.
+
+“This is the tomb of Cardinal Mendoza,” said the
+doctor. “He was an historian, a scholar, and, like
+Ximenes, a statesman and a warrior. The marble–work
+in the rear of the altar cost two hundred thousand
+ducats, or six times as many dollars.”
+
+“One hundred and twenty schoolhouses at ten
+thousand dollars apiece packed into that thing!”
+exclaimed Murray.
+
+“And Mr. Ford calls it a fricassee of marble!”
+laughed the doctor, as they walked into the next chapel.
+“This is the _Capilla de Santiago_. Do you know who he
+was?”
+
+“Of course we do. He was the patron saint of
+Spain,—St. James, one of the apostles,” replied Sheridan.
+
+“Do you remember what became of him?”
+
+“He suffered martyrdom under Herod Agrippa,”
+answered the captain.
+
+“The Spaniards carry his history somewhat farther
+than that event. As they wanted a distinguished
+patron, and Rome had appropriated Peter and Paul,
+they contented themselves with James the Elder, the son
+of Zebedee, and the brother of John. When he was
+dead, his body was conveyed by some miraculous agency
+to Jaffa, where it embarked in a boat for Barcelona,
+the legend informs us. Instead of going on shore, like
+a peaceable corpse, it continued on its voyage, following
+the coast of Spain, through the Strait of Gibraltar,
+to the shore of Galicia, where it made a landing at
+a place called Padron; or rather the dead–boat got
+aground there. The body was found by some fishermen,
+who had the grace to carry it to a cave, where, as
+if satisfied with its long voyage made in seven days,
+beating the P. and O. Steamers by a week, it rested
+peaceably for eight hundred years. At the end of this
+long period, it seems to have become restless again,
+and to have caused certain telegraphic lights to be
+exhibited over the cave. They were seen by a monk,
+who informed the bishop of the circumstance. He
+appears to have understood the meaning of the lights,
+and examined the cave. He found the body, and knew
+it to be that of St. James; but he has wisely failed to
+put on record the means by which he identified it. A
+church was built to contain the tomb of the patron
+saint; but it was afterwards removed to the church of
+Santiago, twelve miles distant.”
+
+The party crossed the church, and entered the
+Chapel of San Ildefonso. This saint, a primate of
+Toledo, was an especial champion of the Virgin, and
+so won her favor, that she came down from heaven,
+and seated herself in his chair. She remained during
+matins, chanting the service, and at its close placed
+the church robes on his shoulders. The primate’s successor
+undertook to sit down in this chair, but was
+driven out by angels, which was rather an imputation
+upon his sanctity. The Virgin repeated the visit several
+times. St. Ildefonso’s body was stolen by the
+Moors, but it was recovered by a miracle. The sacred
+vestment the Virgin had placed upon his back was
+taken away at the same time; but no miracle seems to
+have been interposed to restore it, though it is said to
+be in Oviedo, invisible to mortal eyes. In another
+part of the edifice is the very stone on which the
+Virgin stepped when she came first to the church. It
+is enclosed by small iron bars, but the fingers may be
+inserted so as to press it; and holes are worn into it
+from the frequent touchings of the pilgrims to this
+shrine.
+
+“Here are the portraits of all the cardinals, from St.
+Eugenio down to the present time,” said the doctor as
+they entered the Chapter House. “Cardinal Albornez
+died in Rome, and the pope desired to send his remains
+to Toledo. As this was in 1364, there was no regular
+line of steamers, or an express company, to attend to
+the transportation: so he offered plenary indulgences
+to those who would undertake the mission of conveying
+the body to its distant resting–place. There were
+plenty of poor people who could not purchase such
+favors for their souls; and they were glad of the job
+to bear the cardinal on their shoulders from town to
+town till they arrived here.”
+
+“Where is the chapel the professor told us about?”
+asked Sheridan.
+
+“We will go to that now.”
+
+This chapel, though very rich in church treasures,
+and one of the most venerated in the cathedral as
+built to preserve the ancient ritual, contained nothing
+that engaged the attention of the students, and Mr.
+Mapps had already told its story. They hardly looked
+at the image of the Virgin, which is dressed in magnificent
+costume, covered with gold and jewels, when
+it is borne in procession on Corpus Christi Day.
+
+“I have seen enough of it,” said Murray, as they
+left the cathedral, and walked to the _Alcazar_.
+
+The old palace was only a reminder of what had
+been; but the view from its crumbling walls was the
+best thing about it. The party decided not to visit the
+sword–factory, which is two miles out of the city; and
+they went next to the church of _San Juan de los Reyes_.
+It was a court chapel, and was erected by the Catholic
+king to commemorate a victory. It is Gothic; but the
+chains that are hung over the outside of it were all that
+challenged the interest of the students.
+
+“Those chains were the votive offerings of captives
+who were released when Granada was taken by Ferdinand
+and Isabella,” said the doctor, when his pupils
+began to express their wonder. “There are some very
+fine carvings and frescos in this church.”
+
+“I don’t care for them,” yawned Murray: “I will
+wait here while you and Sheridan go in.” But the
+captain did not care to go in; and they continued their
+walk to _Santa Maria la Blanca_ and _El Transito_, two
+churches which had formerly been synagogues. They
+were very highly ornamented; but by this time the students
+wanted their dinner more than to see the elaborate
+workmanship of the Jews or the Moors. They
+were tired too; for Toledo with its up and down streets
+is not an easy place to get about in. Some of the boys
+said it reminded them of Genoa; but it is more like
+parts of Constantinople, with its steep hills and Moorish
+houses.
+
+The party dined in various places in the city; and at
+two o’clock they took the train for Aranjuez, and
+arrived there in an hour.
+
+“The late queen used to live here three months of
+the year,” said the doctor, as they walked from the
+station to the palace. “The town is at the junction of
+the Jarama and the Tagus, and it is really a very pretty
+place. There is plenty of water. Charles V. was the
+first of the kings of Spain to make his residence at
+Aranjuez. A great deal of work has been done here
+since his time, by his successors.”
+
+The students walked through the gardens, and went
+through the palace. Perhaps the camels kept here
+were more interesting to the young gentlemen, gorged
+with six months’ sight–seeing in all the countries of
+Europe, than any thing else they saw at the summer
+residence of the kings of Spain.
+
+At the station there is a very fair hotel with restaurant,
+where the party had supper. But they had four
+hours of weary waiting before the train for _Ciudad Real_
+would arrive; and most of them tried to sleep, for it
+had been a long day.
+
+“Better be here than at the junction of this road
+with that to Toledo,” said the doctor, as he fixed himself
+for a nap. “The last time I was here I did not
+understand it; and, when I came from Toledo, I got off
+the train at the junction, which is Castillejo, ten miles
+from Aranjuez.”
+
+“I noticed the place when we went down this morning,”
+replied Sheridan. “The station is little better
+than a shed, and there is no town there.”
+
+“The train was late; and I had to wait there without
+my supper from eight o’clock till after midnight. It
+was cold, and there was no fire. I was never more uncomfortable
+for four hours in my life. The stations in
+Spain are built to save money, and not for the comfort
+of the passengers, at least in the smaller places. But
+we had better go to sleep if we can; for we have to
+keep moving for nearly twenty–four hours at the next
+stretch.”
+
+Not many of the party could sleep, tired as they
+were, till they took the train at eleven o’clock. The
+compartments were heated with hot–water vessels, or
+rather the feet were heated by them. The students
+stowed themselves away as well as they could; and
+soon, without much encouragement to do so, they were
+buried in slumber.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XV.
+
+TROUBLE IN THE RUNAWAY CAMP.
+
+
+“What are you running for?” shouted Bill Stout,
+as Raimundo and Bark Lingall ran ahead of
+him after the party landed from the felucca. “We are
+all right now.”
+
+Bill could not quite get rid of the idea that he was the
+leader of the expedition, as he intended to be from
+the time when he began to make his wicked plans
+for the destruction of the Tritonia. He had the vanity
+to believe that he was born to command, and not to
+obey; and such are generally the very worst of leaders.
+
+“Never mind him, Lingall,” said the second master.
+“When we get to the top of this rising ground we can
+see where we are.”
+
+“I am satisfied to follow your lead,” replied Bark.
+
+“If our plans are spoiled, it will be by that fellow,”
+added Raimundo.
+
+But in a few minutes more he halted on the summit
+of a little hill, with Bark still at his side. Bill was
+some distance behind; and he was evidently determined
+to have his own way, without regard to the
+wishes of the second master. On the rising ground,
+the lights revealed the position of the city; but the
+fugitives looked with more interest, for the moment, at
+the sea. Raimundo had run when he landed, because
+he saw that the lay of the land would conceal the movements
+of the felucca from him if he remained where he
+had come on shore. Perhaps, too, he considered it best
+to put a reasonable distance between himself and the
+dangerous boatman. On the eminence they could distinctly
+see the felucca headed away from the shore in
+the direction from which she had come when they were
+on board.
+
+“I was afraid the villain might be treacherous, after
+all,” said Raimundo. “If he had headed into the port
+of Tarragona, it would not have been safe for us to go
+there.”
+
+“What’s your hurry?” demanded Bill Stout, coming
+up at this moment. “You act as though you were
+scared out of your wits.”
+
+“Shut up, Bill Stout!” said Bark, disgusted with his
+companion in crime. “If you are going to get up a
+row at every point we make, we may as well go back
+to the Tritonia, kiss the rod, and be good boys.”
+
+“I haven’t made any row,” protested Bill. “I
+couldn’t see what you were running for, when no one
+was after you.”
+
+“Raimundo knows what he is about; and, while the
+thing is going along very well, you set to yelling, so as
+to let the fellow know where we were, if he took it into
+his head to follow us.”
+
+“Raimundo may know what he is about,” snarled
+Bill; “but I want to know what he is about too, if I
+am to take part in this business.”
+
+“You will not know from me,” added Raimundo
+haughtily. “I shall not stop to explain my plans to a
+coward and an ignoramus every time I make a move.
+We are in Spain; and the country is big enough for all
+of us. I did not invite you to come with me; and I
+am not going to be trammelled by you.”
+
+“You are a great man, Mr. Raimundo; but I want
+you to understand that you are not on the quarter–deck
+of the Tritonia just now; and I have something to say,
+as well as you,” replied Bill.
+
+“That’s all! I don’t want to hear another word,”
+continued Raimundo. “We may as well part company
+here and now as at any other time and place.”
+
+“Now you can see what you have done, Bill,” said
+Bark reproachfully.
+
+“Well, what have I done? I had as lief be officered
+on board of the vessel as here, when we are on a time,”
+answered Bill.
+
+“All right; you may go where you please,” added
+Bark angrily. “I am not going about with any such
+fellow as you are. If I should get into trouble, you
+would lay back, and let me fight it out alone.”
+
+“Do you mean to say, Bark Lingall, that you will
+desert me, and go off with that spoony of an officer?”
+demanded Bill, taken all aback by what his friend had
+said.
+
+“I do mean to say it; and, more than that, I will
+stick to it,” said Bark firmly. “You are both a coward
+and a fool. Before we are out of the first danger, you
+get your back up about nothing, and make a row.
+Mr. Raimundo has been a gentleman, and behaved
+like a brave fellow. If it hadn’t been for him, we
+should have been robbed of all our money, and perhaps
+have had our throats cut besides.”
+
+“But he got us into the scrape,” protested Bill.
+“He hired that cut–throat to take us to this place without
+saying a word to us about the business. I knew
+that fellow was a rascal, and would just as lief cut a
+man’s throat as eat his dinner.”
+
+“You knew what he was, did you?”
+
+“To be sure I did. He looked like a villain; and
+I would not have trusted myself half a mile from the
+shore with him without a revolver in my pocket,”
+retorted Bill, who felt safe enough now that he was on
+shore.
+
+“I don’t care to hear any more of this,” interposed
+the second master. “It must be half–past seven by
+this time, and I am going to hurry up to the town. I
+looked at an old Bradshaw on board, while I was
+making up my plans, and I noticed that the night
+trains generally leave at about nine o’clock. There
+may be one from this place.”
+
+“But where are you going?” asked Bark.
+
+“It makes no manner of difference to me where I
+go, if I only get as far away from Barcelona as possible,”
+replied Raimundo. “The police may have
+received a despatch, ordering them to arrest us at this
+place.”
+
+“Do you believe they have such an order?” asked
+Bark, with deep interest.
+
+“I do not believe it; but it may be, for all that. I
+am confident no one saw the felucca take us off those
+rocks. I feel tolerably safe. But, when Filipe gets
+back to Barcelona, he may tell where he took us; and
+some one will be on my track in Tarragona as early as
+the first train from the north arrives here.”
+
+Raimundo walked towards the town, and Bark still
+kept by his side. Bill followed, for he had no intention
+of being left alone by his companions. He
+thought it was treason on the part of Bark to think of
+such a thing as deserting him. He felt that he had
+been the leader of the enterprise up to the time he
+had got into the boat with the second master; and
+that he had conducted Bark out of their prison, and
+out of the slavery of the vessel. It would be rank
+ingratitude for his fellow–conspirator to turn against
+him under such circumstances; and he was surprised
+that Bark did not see it in that light. As for the
+second master, he did not want any thing more of
+him; he did not wish to travel with him, or to have
+any thing to do with him. He was an officer of the
+Tritonia, one of the tyrants against whom he had
+rebelled; and as such he hated him. The consciousness
+that he had behaved like a poltroon in the presence
+of the officer, while Bark had been a lion in
+bravery, did not help the case at all. Raimundo
+despised him, and took no pains to conceal his sentiments.
+
+All Bill Stout wanted was to roam over the country
+with Bark. In the boat he had imagined the “good
+times” they would have when free from restraint.
+They could drink and smoke, and visit the places of
+amusement in Spain, while the rest of the fellows were
+listening to lectures on geography and history, and visiting
+old churches. His idea of life and enjoyment was
+very low indeed.
+
+After walking for half an hour in the direction of the
+nearest lights, they reached the lower part of the town;
+and the second master concluded that the railroad
+station must be in this section. He inquired in the
+street, and found they were quite near it. He was also
+told that a train would leave for Alicante and Madrid
+at thirty–five minutes past eight. It was only eight
+then; and, seeing a store with “_A la Barcelona_” on
+its sign, he knew it was a clothing–store, and the party
+entered it. Raimundo bought a long cape coat which
+entirely concealed his uniform. Bark and Bill purchased
+overcoats, each according to his taste, that
+covered up their nautical costume in part, though they
+did not hide their seaman’s trousers. At another shop
+they obtained caps that replaced their uniform headpieces.
+
+With their appearance thus changed, they repaired to
+the station, where Raimundo bought tickets to Valencia.
+This is a seaport town, one hundred and sixty–two
+miles from Tarragona. Raimundo was going there
+because the train went there. His plans for the future
+were not definitely arranged; but he did not wish to
+dissolve his connection with the academy squadron.
+He intended to return to his ship as soon as he could
+safely do so, which he believed would be when the vessels
+sailed from Lisbon for the “isles of the sea;” but
+in this connection he was troubled about the change in
+the programme which the principal had introduced
+the day before, of which Hugo had informed him. If the
+American Prince was to convey the Josephines and the
+Tritonias to Lisbon, and bring back the Princes,—for
+the several ships’ companies were called by these names,—it
+was not probable that the squadron would go to
+Lisbon. All hands would then have visited Portugal
+and there would be no need of going there again.
+Raimundo concluded that the fleet would sail on its
+Atlantic voyage from Cadiz, which would save going
+three hundred miles to the northward in the middle of
+winter.
+
+“Do you want first or second class tickets?” asked
+Raimundo, when they stood before the ticket–office.
+
+“A second class is good enough for me,” replied
+Bill.
+
+“What class do you take?” asked Bark.
+
+“I shall go first class, because I think it will be
+safer,” replied Raimundo. “We shall not meet so
+many people.”
+
+“Then get me a first class,” added Bark.
+
+“Two first class and one second,” repeated the
+second master.
+
+“I’m not going alone,” snarled Bill. “Get me a
+first class.”
+
+The tickets were procured; and the party took their
+places in the proper compartment, which they had all
+to themselves. Bill Stout was vexed again; for, small
+as the matter of the tickets was, he had once more
+been overruled by the second master. He felt as
+though he had no influence, instead of being the leader
+of the party as he aspired to be. He was cross and
+discontented. He was angry with Bark for thinking of
+such a thing as deserting him. He was in just the
+mood to make another fuss; and he made one.
+
+“I think it is about time for us to settle our accounts
+with you, Mr. Raimundo,” said Bark, when they were
+seated in the compartment. “We owe you a good deal
+by this time.”
+
+“_Mr._ Raimundo!” exclaimed Bill, with a heavy
+emphasis on the handle to the name. “Why don’t you
+call me Mr. Stout, Bark?”
+
+“Because I have not been in the habit of doing so,”
+replied Bark coldly.
+
+“We are not on board the ship now; and I think we
+might as well stop toadying to anybody,” growled Bill.
+
+“About the accounts, Mr. Raimundo,” continued
+Bark, taking no further notice of his ill–natured companion.
+“How much were the tickets?”
+
+“Ninety–two _reales_ each,” replied Raimundo. “That
+is four dollars and sixty cents.”
+
+“You paid for the boat and the provisions,” added
+Bark. “We will make an equal division of the whole
+expense.”
+
+“I paid five hundred _reales_ for the boat, and sixty
+for the provisions.”
+
+“You paid more than you agreed to for the boat,”
+interposed Bill sulkily. “You are not going to throw
+my money away like that, I can tell you.”
+
+“I hired the boat for my own use, and I am willing
+to pay the whole of the bill for it,” replied Raimundo
+with dignity.
+
+“That’s the sort of fellow you are, Bill Stout!”
+exclaimed Bark indignantly.—“No matter, Mr. Raimundo;
+if Bill is too mean to pay his share, I will pay
+it for him. You shall pay no more than one–third anyhow.”
+
+“I am willing to pay my fair share,” said Bill, more
+disturbed than ever to find Bark against him every
+time. “Then three dollars for that lunch was a swindle.”
+
+“I had to take what I could get under the circumstances,”
+added Raimundo; “but you drank most of
+the wine.”
+
+“I was not consulted about ordering it,” growled
+Bill.
+
+“If there ever was an unreasonable fellow on the
+face of the footstool, you are the one, Bill Stout!”
+retorted Bark vigorously. “I have had enough of you.—How
+much is the whole bill for each, Mr. Raimundo?”
+
+“An equal division makes it two hundred and
+seventy–eight _reales_ and a fraction. That is thirteen
+dollars and sixty cents.”
+
+“But my money is in sovereigns.”
+
+“Two and a half pence make a _real_. Can you figure
+that in your head?”
+
+Bark declined to do the sum in his head; but, standing
+up under the dim light in the top of the compartment,
+he ciphered it out on the back of an old letter.
+The train had been in motion for some time, and it was
+not easy to make figures; but at last he announced his
+result.
+
+“Two pounds and eighteen shillings, lacking a
+penny,” said he. “Two shares will be five pounds and
+sixteen shillings.”
+
+“That is about what I had made it in my head,”
+added Raimundo.
+
+“Here are six sovereigns for Bill’s share and my
+own,” continued Bark, handing him the gold.
+
+“You needn’t pay that swindle for me,” interposed
+Bill. “I shall not submit to having my money thrown
+away like that.”
+
+“Of course I shall not take it under these circumstances,”
+replied the second master.
+
+“I am willing to pay for the boat and the provisions,”
+said Bill, yielding a part of the point.
+
+Bark took no notice of him, but continued to press
+the money upon Raimundo; and he finally consented
+to take it on condition that a division of the loss
+should be made in the future if Bill did not pay his
+full share.
+
+“You want four shillings back: here are five _pesetas_,
+which just make it,” added Raimundo.
+
+“Of course I shall pay you whatever you are out,
+Bark,” said Bill, backing entirely out of his position,
+which he had taken more to be ugly than because he
+objected to the bill. “But I don’t like this swindle.
+Here’s three sovereigns.”
+
+“You need not pay it if you don’t want to. I did
+not mean that Mr. Raimundo should be cheated out of
+the money,” replied Bark.
+
+“Stout,” said Raimundo, rising from his seat, “this
+is not the first time, nor even the tenth, that you have
+insulted me to–day. I will have nothing more to do
+with you. You may buy your own tickets, and pay
+your own bills; and we will part company as soon as
+we leave this train.”
+
+“I think I can take care of myself without any help
+from you,” retorted Bill.—“Here is your money,
+Bark.”
+
+“I won’t take it,” replied Bark.
+
+“Why not?”
+
+“You have insulted Mr. Raimundo ever since we
+started from Barcelona; and, after you say you have
+been swindled, I won’t touch your money.”
+
+“Are you going back on me, after all I have done
+for you?” demanded Bill.
+
+“What have you done for me?” asked Bark indignantly;
+for this was a new revelation to him.
+
+“I got you out of the Tritonia; didn’t I?”
+
+“No matter: we will not jaw about any thing so
+silly as that. I won’t touch your money till you have
+apologized to Mr. Raimundo.”
+
+“When I apologize to _Mr._ Raimundo, let me know
+it, will you?” replied Bill, as he returned the sovereigns
+to his pocket, and coiled himself away in the corner.
+“That’s not my style.”
+
+Nothing more was said; and, after a while, all of
+the party went to sleep. But Bill Stout did not sleep
+well, for he was too ugly to be entirely at rest. He
+was awake most of the night; but, in the early morning,
+he dropped off again. At seven o’clock the train
+arrived at Valencia. Bill was still asleep. Raimundo
+got out of the car; and Bark was about to wake his
+fellow–conspirator, when the second master interposed:—
+
+“Don’t wake him, Lingall, if you please; but come
+with me. You can return in a moment.”
+
+Bark got out of the carriage.
+
+“I wish to leave before he wakes,” said Raimundo.
+“I will go no farther with him.”
+
+“Leave him here?” queried Bark.
+
+“I will not even speak to him again,” added the
+second master. “Of course, I shall leave you to do as
+you please; though I should be glad to have you go
+with me, for you have proved yourself to be a plucky
+fellow and a gentleman. As it is impossible for me
+to endure Stout’s company any longer, I shall have to
+leave you, if you stick to him.”
+
+“I shall not stick to him,” protested Bark. “He is
+nothing but a hog,—one hundred pounds of pork.”
+
+Bark had decided to leave Bill as soon as he could,
+and now was his time. They took an omnibus for the
+_Fonda del Cid_. They had not been gone more than
+five minutes, before a porter woke Bill Stout, who
+found that he was alone. He understood it perfectly.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVI.
+
+BILL STOUT AS A TOURIST.
+
+
+Bill Stout indulged in some very severe reflections
+upon the conduct of his fellow–conspirator
+when he found that he was alone in the compartment
+where he had spent the night. The porter who woke
+him told him very respectfully (he was a first–class
+passenger), in good Spanish for a man in his position,
+that the train was to be run out of the station. Bill
+couldn’t understand him, but he left the car.
+
+“Where are the fellows that came with me?” he
+asked, turning to the porter; but the man shook his
+head, and smiled as blandly as though the runaway had
+given him a _peseta_.
+
+Bill was not much troubled with bashfulness; and he
+walked about the station, accosting a dozen persons
+whom he met; but not one of them seemed to know
+a word of English.
+
+“_No hablo Ingles_,” was the uniform reply of all.
+One spoke to him in French; but, though Bill had
+studied this language, he had not gone far enough to
+be able to speak even a few words of it. He went into
+the street, and a crowd of carriage–drivers saluted
+him.
+
+“Hotel,” said he, satisfied by this time that it was
+of no use to talk English to anybody in Spain.
+
+As this word is known to all languages, he got on so
+far very well.
+
+“_Hotel Villa de Madrid!_” shouted one of the drivers.
+
+Though Bill’s knowledge of geography was very
+limited, he had heard of Madrid, and he identified this
+word in the speech of the man. He bowed to him to
+indicate that he was ready to go to the hotel he named.
+He was invited to take a seat in a _tartana_, a two–wheeled
+vehicle not much easier than a tip–cart, and driven to
+the hotel. Bill did not look like a very distinguished
+guest, for he wore the garb of a common sailor when he
+took off his overcoat. He had not even put on his best
+rig, as he did not go ashore in regular form. He spoke
+to the porter who received him at the door, in English,
+thinking it was quite proper for those about a hotel to
+speak all languages. But this man seemed to be no
+better linguist than the rest of the Spaniards; and he
+made no reply.
+
+The guest was conducted to the hall where the landlord,
+or the manager of the hotel, addressed him in
+Spanish, and Bill replied in English.
+
+“_Habla V. Frances?_” asked the manager.
+
+“I don’t _hablo_ any thing but English,” replied Bill,
+beginning to be disgusted with his ill–success in finding
+any one who could understand him.
+
+“_Parlez–vous Français?_” persisted the manager.
+
+“No. I don’t _parlez–vous_.”
+
+“_Parlate voi Italiano?_”
+
+“No: I tell you I don’t speak any thing but English,”
+growled Bill.
+
+“_Sprechen Sie Deutsch?_”
+
+“No; no Dutch.”
+
+The manager shrugged his shoulders, and evidently
+felt that he had done enough, having addressed the
+guest in four languages.
+
+“Two fellows—no comee here?” continued Bill,
+trying his luck with pigeon English.
+
+Of course the manager shook his head at this absurd
+lingo; and Bill was obliged to give up in despair. The
+manager called a servant, and sent him out; and the
+guest hoped that something might yet happen. He
+seated himself on a sofa, and waited for the waters to
+move.
+
+“I want some breakfast,” said Bill when he had
+waited half an hour; and as he spoke he pointed to his
+mouth, and worked his teeth, to illustrate his argument.
+
+The manager took out his watch, and pointed to the
+“X” upon the dial, to indicate that the meal would be
+ready at that hour. A little later the servant came in
+with another man, who proved to be an English–speaking
+citizen of Valencia. He was a _valet de place_, or
+guide.
+
+With his aid Bill ascertained that “two young fellows”
+had not been to the Hotel Villa de Madrid that
+morning. He also obtained a room, and some coffee
+and bread to last him till breakfast time. When he
+had taken his coffee, he went with the man to all the
+hotels in the place. It was nearly ten o’clock when he
+reached the _Fonda del Cid_. Two young gentlemen, one
+of them an officer, had just breakfasted at the hotel,
+and left for Grao, the port of Valencia, two miles distant,
+where they were to embark in a steamer which
+was to sail for Oran at ten. Bill had not the least idea
+where Oran was; and, when he asked his guide, he was
+astonished to learn that it was in Africa, a seaport of
+Algeria. Then he was madder than ever; for he would
+have been very glad to take a trip to Africa, and see
+something besides churches and palaces. He dwelt
+heavily upon the trick that Bark had played him. It
+was ten o’clock then, and it would not be possible to
+reach Grao before half–past ten. He could try it; the
+steamer might not sail as soon as advertised: they
+were often detained.
+
+Bill did try it, but the steamer was two miles at sea
+when he reached the port. He engaged the guide for
+the day, after an effort to beat him down in his price of
+six _pesetas_. He went back to the hotel, and ate his
+breakfast. There was plenty of _Val de Peñas_ wine on
+the table, and he drank all he wanted. Then he went to
+his room to take a nap before he went out to see the
+sights of the place. Instead of sleeping an hour as he
+intended, he did not wake till three o’clock in the afternoon.
+The wine had had its effect upon him. He
+found the guide waiting for him in the hall below. The
+man insisted that he should go to the cathedral; and
+when they had visited that it was dinner–time.
+
+“How much do I owe you now?” asked Bill, when he
+came to settle with the guide.
+
+“Six _pesetas_,” replied the man. “That is the price
+I told you.”
+
+“But I have not had you but half a day: from eleven
+till three you did not do any thing for me,” blustered
+Bill in his usual style.
+
+“But I was ready to go with you, and waited all that
+time for you,” pleaded the guide.
+
+“Here is four _pesetas_, and that is one more than you
+have earned,” added Bill, tendering him the silver.
+
+The man refused to accept the sum; and they had
+quite a row about it. Finally the guide appealed to the
+manager of the hotel, who promptly decided that six
+_pesetas_ was the amount due the man. Bill paid it
+under protest, but added that he wanted the guide the
+next day.
+
+“I shall go with you no more,” replied the man, as
+he put the money into his pocket. “I work for gentlemen
+only.”
+
+“I will pay you for all the time you go with me,”
+protested Bill; but the guide was resolute, and left the
+hotel.
+
+The next morning Bill used his best endeavors to
+obtain another guide; but for a time he was unable to
+make anybody comprehend what he wished. An Englishman
+who spoke Spanish, and was a guest at the
+hotel, helped him out at breakfast, and told the manager
+what the young man wanted.
+
+“I will not send for a guide for him,” replied the
+manager; and then he explained to the tourist in what
+manner Bill had treated his valet the day before, all of
+which the gentleman translated to him.
+
+But we cannot follow Bill in all his struggles with
+the language, or in all his wanderings about Valencia.
+He paid his bill at the hotel _Villa de Madrid_, and went
+to another. On his way he bought a new suit of
+clothes, and discarded for the present his uniform,
+which attracted attention wherever he was. He went
+to the _Fonda del Cid_ next; but he could not obtain a
+guide who spoke English: the only one they ever
+called in was engaged to an English party for a week.
+The manager spoke English, but he was seldom in the
+house. In some of the shops they spoke English; but
+Bill was almost as much alone as though he had been
+on a deserted island. The days wore heavy on his
+hands; and about all he could do was to drink _Val de
+Peñas_, and sleep it off. He wanted to leave Valencia,
+but knew not where to go. He desired to get out of
+Spain; and he had tried to get the run of the English
+steamers; but as he could not read the posters, or
+often find any one to read them for him, he had no
+success.
+
+He was heartily tired of the place, and even more
+disgusted than he had been on board of the Tritonia.
+He desired to go to England, where he could speak
+the language of the country; but no vessel for England
+came along, so far as he could ascertain. One day an
+English gentleman arrived at the hotel; and Bill got up
+a talk with him, as he did with everybody who could
+speak his own language. He told him he wanted to
+get to England; and the tourist advised him to cross
+Spain and Portugal by rail, and take a steamer at Lisbon,
+where one sailed every week for Southampton or
+Liverpool, and sometimes two or three a week.
+
+Bill adopted this suggestion, and in the afternoon
+started for Lisbon. He had been nearly a week in
+Valencia, and the change was very agreeable to him.
+He found a gentleman who spoke English, in the
+compartment with him; and he got along without any
+trouble till he reached Alcazar, where his travelling
+friend changed cars for Madrid. But, before he left
+the train, he told Bill that he was too late to connect
+for Lisbon, and that he would have to wait till half–past
+one in the afternoon. He could obtain plenty to
+eat in the station; but that ten hours of waiting at a
+miserable shed of a station was far worse than learning
+a lesson in navigation. He was on the high land, only ninety
+miles from Madrid, and it was cold in the night.
+There was no fire to warm him, and he had to walk to
+keep himself comfortable. He could not speak a word
+to any person; and, when any one spoke to him, he
+had learned to say, “_No hablo._” He had picked up a
+few words of Spanish, so that he could get what he
+wanted to eat, though his variety was very limited.
+
+In the afternoon he took the train for Ciudad Real,
+and arrived there at six o’clock. He was too tired to
+go any farther that night; indeed, he was almost sick.
+He found an omnibus at the station, and said “Hotel”
+to the driver. He felt better in the morning, and
+reached the railroad station at six o’clock. As at the
+hotel, he gave the ticket–seller a paper and pencil; and
+he wrote down in figures the price of a ticket to Badajos,
+in _reales_. He had changed his money into _Isabelinos_,
+and knew that each was one hundred _reales_. Bill had
+improved a good deal in knowledge since he was
+thrown on his own resources. He waited till the train
+arrived from Madrid. It was quite a long one; but
+the conductor seemed to know just where the vacant
+seats were, and led him to the last carriage, where he
+was assigned a place in a compartment in which four
+passengers occupied the corners, and seemed to be all
+asleep. The runaway took one of the middle seats.
+He only hoped, that, when the daylight came, he might
+hear some of his fellow–travellers speak English.
+Unfortunately for him, they all spoke this language.
+The light in the top of the compartment had gone out,
+and the persons in the corners were buried in their
+overcoats, so that he could not see them after the
+conductor carried his lantern away.
+
+The train started; and Bill, for the want of something
+better to do, went to sleep himself. His bed at
+the hotel had been occupied by a myriad of “_cosas de
+España_” before he got into it; and his slumbers had
+been much disturbed. He slept till the sun broke in
+through the window of the compartment. He heard his
+fellow–travellers conversing in English; and, when he
+was fairly awake, he was immediately conscious that a
+gentleman who sat in one of the opposite corners was
+studying his features. But, as soon as Bill opened his
+eyes, it was not necessary for him to study any longer.
+The gentleman in the corner was Mr. Lowington,
+principal of the academy squadron; and Bill’s solitary
+wanderings had come to an end.
+
+The principal knew every student in the fleet; but
+Bill’s head had been half concealed, and his dress had
+been entirely changed, so that he did not fully identify
+him till he opened his eyes, and raised his head. The
+other persons in the compartment were Dr. Winstock,
+the captain, and the first lieutenant of the Prince.
+
+“Good–morning, Stout,” said Mr. Lowington, as
+soon as he was sure that the new–comer was one of
+the runaways from the Tritonia.
+
+Of course Bill was taken all aback when he realized
+that he was on the train with the ship’s company of
+the Prince. But the principal was good–natured, as he
+always was; and he smiled as he spoke. Bill had
+unwittingly run into the camp of the enemy; and that
+smile assured him that he was to be laughed at, in
+addition to whatever punishment might be inflicted
+upon him; and the laugh, to him, was the worst of it.
+
+“Good–morning, sir,” replied Bill sheepishly; and
+he had not the courage to be silent as he desired to be
+in that presence.
+
+“Have you had a good time, Stout?” asked Mr.
+Lowington.
+
+“Not very good,” answered Bill; and by this time
+the eyes of the doctor and his two pupils, who had not
+noticed him before, were fixed upon the culprit.
+
+“Where is Lingall?” inquired the principal. “Is
+he on the train with you?”
+
+“No, sir: he and Raimundo ran away from me in
+Valencia.”
+
+“Raimundo!” exclaimed Mr. Lowington. “Was
+he with you?”
+
+“Yes, sir; and they played me a mean trick,” added
+Bill, who had not yet recovered from his indignation on
+account of his desertion, and was disposed to do his
+late associates all the harm he could.
+
+“They ran away from you, as you did from the rest
+of us,” laughed the principal, who knew Stout so well
+that he could not blame his companions for deserting
+him. “Do you happen to know where they have
+gone?”
+
+“They left Valencia in a steamer at ten o’clock in
+the forenoon;” and Bill recited the particulars of his
+search for his late companions, feeling all the time that
+he was having some part of his revenge upon them for
+their meanness to him.
+
+“But where was the steamer bound?” asked the
+principal.
+
+“For Oban,” replied Bill, getting it wrong, as he was
+very apt to do with geographical names.
+
+“Oban; that’s in Scotland. No steamer in Valencia
+could be bound to Oban,” added Mr. Lowington.
+
+“This place is not in Scotland: it is in Africa,” Bill
+explained.
+
+“He means Oran,” suggested Dr. Winstock.
+
+“That’s the place.”
+
+Bill knew nothing in regard to the intended movements
+of Raimundo and Bark.
+
+“How happened Raimundo to be with you?” asked
+the principal. “He left the Tritonia the night before
+we came from Barcelona.”
+
+“No, sir: he did not leave her at all. He was in
+the hold all the time.”
+
+As Bill was very willing to tell all he knew about
+his fellow–conspirator and the second master,—except
+that Bark and himself had tried to set the vessel on
+fire,—he related all the details of the escape, and the
+trip to Tarragona, including the affray with the boatman.
+He told the truth in the main, though he did
+not bring out the fact of his own cowardice, or dwell
+upon the cause of the quarrel between himself and his
+companions.
+
+“And how happened you to be here, and on this
+train? Did you know we were on board of it?”
+inquired the principal.
+
+“I did not know you were on this train; but I knew
+you were over this way somewhere.”
+
+“And you were going to look for us,” laughed Mr.
+Lowington, who believed that the fellow’s ignorance
+had caused him to blunder into this locality at the
+wrong time.
+
+“I was not looking for you, but for the Tritonias,”
+replied Bill, who had come to the conclusion that penitence
+was his best dodge under the circumstances. “I
+was going over to Lisbon to give myself up to Mr. Pelham.”
+
+“Indeed! were you?”
+
+“Yes, sir: I did not intend to run away; and it was
+only when Raimundo had a boat from the shore that I
+thought of such a thing. I have had hard luck; and
+I would rather do my duty on board than wander all
+about the country alone.”
+
+“Then it was Lingall that spoiled your fun?”
+
+“Yes, sir; but I shall never want to run away
+again.”
+
+“That’s what they all say. But, if you wished to get
+back, why didn’t you go to Barcelona, where the Tritonia
+is? That would have been the shortest way for
+you.”
+
+“I didn’t care about staying in the brig, with no one
+but Mr. Marline and Mr. Rimmer on board,” answered
+Bill, who could think of no better excuse.
+
+Bill thought he might get a chance to slip away at
+some point on the road, or at least when the party
+arrived at Lisbon. If there was a steamer in port
+bound to England, he might get on board of her.
+
+“We will consider your case at another time,” said
+the principal, as the train stopped at a station.
+
+The principal and the surgeon, after sending Bill to
+the other end of the compartment, had a talk about
+Raimundo, who had evidently gone to Africa to get out
+of the jurisdiction of Spain. After examining Bradshaw,
+they found the fugitives could take a steamer to
+Bona, in Algeria, and from there make their way to
+Italy or Egypt; and concluded they would do so.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVII.
+
+THROUGH THE HEART OF SPAIN.
+
+
+Bill Stout concluded that he was not a success
+as a tourist in Spain; but he was confident that he
+should succeed better in England. He resolved to be
+a good boy till the excursionists arrived in Lisbon, and
+not make any attempt to escape; for it was not likely
+that he could accomplish his purpose. Besides, he
+had no taste for any more travelling in Spain. In fact,
+he had a dread of being cast upon his own resources in
+the interior, where he could not speak the language.
+
+“Do you know what country you are in?” asked
+Dr. Winstock, who sat opposite his pupils, as he had
+come to call them.
+
+“I reckon you’d know if you had seen it as I have,”
+interposed Bill Stout, who had a seat next to Murray,
+with a broad grin at the absurdity of the question.
+“It is Spain,—the meanest country on the face of
+the earth.”
+
+“So you think, Stout; but you have had a rather
+hard experience of it,” replied the doctor. “We have
+had a very good time since we left Barcelona.”
+
+“I suppose you know the lingo; and that makes all
+the difference in the world,” added Bill.
+
+“When I spoke of country, I referred to a province,”
+continued Dr. Winstock.
+
+“This is La Mancha,” answered Sheridan.
+
+“The country of Don Quixote,” added the doctor.
+
+“I saw a statue of Cervantes at Madrid, and I heard
+one of the fellows say he was the author of ‘Don
+Juan,’” laughed Murray.
+
+“Cervantes wrote the first part at Valladolid, and it
+produced a tremendous sensation. I suppose you have
+read it.”
+
+“I never did,” replied Bill Stout, who counted himself
+in as one of the party. “Is it a good story?”
+
+“It is so considered by those who are competent
+judges.”
+
+“I read it years ago,” added Sheridan.
+
+“It is said to be a take–off on the knights of Spain,”
+said Murray. “Is that so?”
+
+“I don’t think that was his sole idea in writing the
+book; or, if it was, he enlarged upon his plan. He was
+a literary man, with some reputation, before he wrote
+Don Quixote; and he probably selected the most
+popular subject he could find, and it grew upon him
+as he proceeded. Sancho Panza is a representative
+of homely common–sense, unaided by any imagination,
+while his master is full of it. He is used, in the first
+part of the story, to act as a contrast to the extravagant
+Don; and in this part of the work he does not use
+any of the proverbs which is the staple of the typical
+Spaniard’s talk. The introduction of this feature of
+Sancho’s talk was a new idea to the author.”
+
+“I suppose Cervantes was born and lived in La
+Mancha,” said Murray.
+
+“Not at all: he was born near Madrid, at Alcala de
+Henares. He was a soldier in the early years of his
+life. He fought in the battle of Lepanto, under Don
+John. At one time he was a sort of custom–house
+officer in Seville; but he got into debt, and was imprisoned
+for three months, during which time he is
+said to have been engaged in his great work. He was
+also a prisoner in Algiers five years; and ten times he
+risked his life in attempts to escape. He finally died
+in neglect, poverty, and want.”
+
+“Then this is where Don Quixote tilted at windmills,”
+said Murray, looking out at the window; “and
+there is one of them.”
+
+“It is not in every province of Spain that the Don
+could have found a windmill to tilt at,” added the
+doctor.
+
+About eight o’clock the train stopped for breakfast,
+which the _avant–courier_ had ordered.
+
+“This is a vine and olive country,” said the doctor,
+when the train was again in motion.
+
+“Shall we have a chance to see how they make the
+oil and how they make wine?” asked Sheridan.
+
+“You will have a chance to see how it is done; but
+you will not be able to see it done at this season of
+the year. There is an olive–orchard,” continued the
+doctor, pointing out of the window.
+
+“The trees look like willows; and I should think
+they were willows.”
+
+“They are not. These trees last a great number of
+years,—some say, hundreds.”
+
+“There are some which look as though they were
+planted by Noah after he left the ark. They are ugly–looking
+trees,” added Murray.
+
+“The people do not plant them for their beauty, but
+for the fruit they yield. You see they are in regular
+rows, like an apple–orchard at home. They start the
+trees from slips, which are cut off in January. The end
+of the slip is quartered with a knife, and a small stone
+put into the end to separate the parts, and the slip stuck
+into the ground. The earth is banked up around the
+plant, which has to be watered and tenderly cared for
+during the first two years of its growth. In ten years
+these trees yield some returns; but they are not at their
+best estate till they are thirty years old. The olives
+we eat”—
+
+“I never eat them,” interrupted Murray, shaking his
+head.
+
+“It is an acquired taste; but those who do like
+them are usually very fond of them. The olive which
+comes in jars for table use is picked before it is quite
+ripe, but when full grown; and it is pickled for a week
+in a brine made of water, salt, garlic, and some other
+ingredients. The best come from the neighborhood
+of Seville.”
+
+“But I don’t see how they make the oil out of the
+olive. It don’t seem as though there is any grease in
+it,” said Sheridan.
+
+“The berry is picked for the manufacture of oil when
+it is ripe, and is then of a purple color. It is gathered
+in the autumn; and I have seen the peasants beating
+the trees with sticks, while the women and children
+were picking up the olives on the ground. The women
+drive the donkeys to the mill, bearing the berries in the
+panniers. The olives are crushed on a big stone hollowed
+out for the purpose, by passing a stone roller
+over them, which is moved by a mule. The pulp is
+then placed in a press not unlike that you have seen in
+a cider–mill. The oil flows out into a reservoir under
+the press, from which it is bailed into jars big enough
+to contain a man: these jars are sunk in the ground
+to keep them cool. The mass left in the press after the
+oil is extracted is used to feed the hogs, or for fuel.”
+
+“And is that the stuff they put in the casters?”
+asked Murray, with his nose turned up in disgust.
+
+“That is certainly olive–oil,” replied the doctor.
+“You look as though you did not like it.”
+
+“I do not: I should as soon think of eating lamp–oil.”
+
+“Every one to his taste, lieutenant; but I have no
+doubt you have eaten a great deal of it since you came
+into Spain,” laughed the doctor.
+
+“Not if I knew it!”
+
+“You did not know it; but you have had it on your
+beefsteaks and mutton–chops, as well as in the various
+made–dishes you have partaken of. Spanish oil is not
+so pure and good as the Italian. Lucca oil has the
+best reputation. A poorer quality of oil is made here,
+which is used in making soap.”
+
+“Castile soap?”
+
+“Yes; and all kinds of oils are used for soap.”
+
+“How do they fresco it?” asked Murray.
+
+“Fresco it! They give it the marble look by putting
+coloring matter, mixed with oil, into the mass of soap
+before it is moulded into bars. What place is this?”
+said the doctor, as the train stopped.
+
+“Almaden,” replied Sheridan, reading the sign on
+the station.
+
+“I thought so, for I spent a couple of days here.
+Do you know what it is famous for?”
+
+“I don’t think I ever heard the name of the place
+before,” replied Sheridan.
+
+“It contains the greatest mine of quicksilver in the
+world,” added the doctor. “It was worked in the time
+of the Romans, and is still deemed inexhaustible. Four
+thousand men are employed here during the winter, for
+they cannot labor in the summer because the heat
+renders it too unhealthy. The men can work only six
+hours at a time; and many of them are salivated and
+paralyzed by the vapors of the mercury.”
+
+“Is this the same stuff the doctors use?” asked
+Murray.
+
+“It is; but it is prepared especially for the purpose.
+These mines yield the government of Spain a revenue
+of nearly a million dollars a year.”
+
+The country through which the tourists passed was
+not highly cultivated, except near the towns. On the
+way they saw a man ploughing–in his grain, and the implement
+seemed to be a wooden one. But every thing
+in the agricultural line was of the most primitive kind.
+In another place they saw a farmer at work miles from
+his house, for there was no village within that distance.
+Though there is not a fence to be seen, every man
+knows his own boundary–lines. In going to his day’s
+work, he may have to go several miles, taking his
+plough and other tools in a cart; and probably he
+wastes half his day in going to and from his work.
+But the Spanish peasant is an easy–going fellow, and he
+does not go very early, or stay very late. Often in the
+morning and in the middle of the afternoon our travellers
+saw them going to or coming from their work in
+this manner.
+
+“Now we are out of La Mancha,” said the doctor,
+half an hour after the train left Almaden.
+
+“And what are we in now, sir?” asked Murray.
+
+“We are in the province of Cordova, which is a part
+of Andalusia. But we only go through a corner of
+Cordova, and then we strike into Estremadura.”
+
+In the afternoon the country looked better, though the
+people and the houses seemed to be very poor. The
+country looked better; but it was only better than the
+region near Madrid, and, compared with France or
+Italy, it was desolation. The effects of the _mesta_ were
+clearly visible.
+
+“Medellin,” said Murray, when he had spelled out
+the word on a station where the train stopped about
+half–past two.
+
+“Do you know the place?” asked Dr. Winstock.
+
+“Never heard of it.”
+
+“Yet it has some connection with the history of the
+New World. It is mentioned in Prescott’s ‘Conquest
+of Mexico.’”
+
+“I have read that, but I do not remember this name.”
+
+“It is the birthplace of Hernando Cortes; and in
+Trujillo, a town forty miles north of us, was born
+another adventurer whose name figures on the glowing
+page of Prescott,” added the doctor.
+
+“That was Pizarro,” said Sheridan. “I remember
+he was born at—what did you call the place, doctor?”
+
+“Trujillo.”
+
+“But in Prescott it is spelled with an _x_ where you
+put an _h_.”
+
+“It is the same thing in Spanish, whether you spell
+it with an _x_ or _j_. It is a strong aspirate, like _h_, but
+is pronounced with a rougher breathing sound. Loja
+and Loxa are the same word,” explained the doctor.
+“So you will find Cordova spelled with a _b_ instead of
+a _v_; but the letters have the same power in Spanish.”
+
+“What river is this on the right?” inquired Murray.
+
+“That is the Guadiana.”
+
+“And where are its eyes, of which Professor Mapps
+spoke in his lecture?”
+
+“We passed them in the night, and also went over
+the underground river,” replied the doctor. “The
+region through which we are now passing was more
+densely peopled in the days when it was a part of the
+Roman empire than it is now. Without doubt the same
+is true of the period of the Moorish dominion. After
+America was discovered, and colonization began, vast
+numbers of emigrants went from Estremadura. In the
+time of Philip II. the country began to run down; and
+one of the reasons was the emigration to America.
+About four o’clock we shall arrive at Merida,” added
+the doctor, looking at his watch.
+
+“What is there at Merida?”
+
+“There is a great deal for the antiquarian and the
+student of history. You must be on the lookout for it,
+for there are many things to be seen from the window
+of the car,” continued the doctor. “It was the capital
+of Lusitania, and was called _Emerita Augusta_, from the
+first word of which title comes the present name. The
+river there is crossed by a Roman bridge twenty–five
+hundred and seventy–five feet long, twenty–five wide,
+and thirty–three above the stream. The city was surrounded
+by six leagues of walls, having eighty–four
+gates, and had a garrison of eighty thousand foot
+and ten thousand horsemen. The ruins of aqueducts,
+temples, forum, circus, and other structures, are still to
+be seen; some of them, as I said, from the train.”
+
+Unfortunately the train passed the portion of the
+ruins of the ancient city to be seen from the window,
+so rapidly that only a glance at them could be
+obtained; but perhaps most of the students saw all
+they desired of them. An hour and a half later the
+train arrived at Badajos, where they were to spend
+the night, and thence proceed to Lisbon the next morning.
+Each individual of the ship’s company had been
+provided with a ticket; and it was called for in the
+station before he was permitted to pass out of the
+building. As soon as they appeared in the open air,
+they were assailed by a small army of omnibus–drivers;
+but fortunately, as the town was nearly two miles from
+the station, there were enough for all of them. These
+men actually fought together for the passengers, and
+behaved as badly as New York hackmen. Though all
+the vehicles at the station were loaded as full as they
+could be stowed, there was not room for more than
+half of the party.
+
+The doctor and his pupils preferred to walk. In
+Madrid, the principal had received a letter from the
+_avant–courier_; informing him how many persons could
+be accommodated in each of the hotels; and all the
+excursionists had been assigned to their quarters.
+
+“We go to the _Fonda las Tres Naciones_,” said the
+doctor as they left the station. “I went there when I
+was here before. Those drivers fought for me as they
+did to–day; and with some reason, for I was the only
+passenger. I selected one, and told him to take me to
+the _Fonda de las cuatro Naciones_; and he laughed as
+though I had made a good joke. I made it ‘Four
+Nations’ instead of ‘Three.’ Here is the bridge over
+the Guadiana, built by the same architect as the Escurial.”
+
+“What is there in this place to see?” asked Sheridan.
+
+“Nothing at all; but it is an out–of–the–way old
+Spanish town seldom mentioned by tourists.”
+
+“I have not found it in a single book I have read,
+except the guide–books; and all these have to say
+about it is concerning the battles fought here,” added
+Sheridan.
+
+“Mr. Lowington has us stop here by my advice; and
+we are simply to spend the night here. You were on
+the train last night, and it would have been too much
+to add the long and tedious journey to Lisbon to that
+from Madrid without a night’s rest. Besides, you
+should see what you can of Portugal by daylight; for
+we are to visit only Lisbon and some of the places
+near it.”
+
+The party entered the town, and climbed up the
+steep streets to the hotel. The place was certainly
+very primitive. It had been a Roman town, and did
+not seem to have changed much since the time of the
+Cæsars. A peculiarly Spanish supper was served at
+the Three Nations, which was the best hotel in the
+place, but poor enough at that. Those who were fond
+of garlic had enough of it. The room in which the
+captain and first lieutenant were lodged had no window,
+and the ceiling was composed of poles on which
+hay was placed; and the apartment above them may
+have been a stable, or at least a hay–loft. Some of the
+students took an evening walk about the town, but
+most of them “turned in” at eight o’clock.
+
+The party were called at four o’clock in the morning;
+and after a light breakfast of coffee, eggs, and bread,
+they proceeded to the station. The train provided for
+them consisted of second–class carriages, at the head
+of which were several freight–cars. This is the regular
+day train, all of the first–class cars being used on the
+night train.
+
+“Now you can see something of Badajos,” said the
+doctor, as they walked down the hill. “It is a frontier
+town, and the capital of the province. It is more of a
+fortress than a city. Marshal Soult captured it in
+1811; and it is said that it was taken only through the
+treachery of the commander of the Spaniards. The
+Duke of Wellington captured it in 1812. I suppose
+you have seen pictures by the Spanish artist Morales,
+for there are some in the _Museo_ at Madrid. He was
+born here; and, when Philip II. stopped at Badajos on
+his way to Lisbon, he sent for the artist. The king
+remarked, ‘You are very old, Morales.’—‘And very
+poor,’ replied the painter; and Philip gave him a
+pension of three hundred ducats a year till he died.
+Manuel Godoy, the villanous minister of Charles IV.,
+called the ‘Prince of Peace,’ was born also here.”
+
+The train started at six o’clock, while it was still
+dark. Badajos is five miles from the boundary–line of
+Portugal; and in about an hour the train stopped at
+Elvas. The Portuguese police were on hand in full
+force, as well as a squad of custom–house officers. The
+former asked each of the adult members of the party
+his name, age, nationality, occupation, and a score of
+other questions, and would have done the same with
+the students if the doctor had not protested; and the
+officers contented themselves with merely taking their
+names, on the assurance that they were all Americans,
+were students, and had passports. Every bag and valise
+was opened by the custom–house officers; and
+all the freight and baggage cars were locked and
+sealed, so that they should not be opened till they
+arrived at Lisbon. Elvas has been the seat of an
+extensive smuggling trade, and the officers take every
+precaution to break up the business.
+
+The train was detained over an hour; and some of
+the students, after they had been “overhauled” as they
+called it, ran up into the town. Like Badajos, it is a
+strongly fortified place; but, unlike that, it has never
+been captured, though often besieged. The students
+caught a view of the ancient aqueduct, having three
+stories of arches.
+
+The train started at last; and all day it jogged along
+at a snail’s pace through Portugal. The scenery was
+about the same as in Spain, and with about the same
+variety one finds in New England. Dr. Winstock called
+the attention of his pupils to the cork–trees, and described
+the process of removing the bark, which forms
+the valuable article of commerce. They saw piles of
+it at the railroad stations, waiting to be shipped.
+
+There were very few stations on the way, and hardly
+a town was seen before four in the afternoon, when
+the train crossed the Tagus. The students were almost
+in a state of rebellion at this time, because they had
+had nothing to eat since their early breakfast. They
+had come one hundred and ten miles in ten hours;
+and eleven miles an hour was slow locomotion on a
+railroad. The courier wrote that he had made an
+arrangement by which the train was to go to the junction
+with the road to Oporto in seven hours, which
+was not hurrying the locomotive very much; but the
+conductor said he had no orders to this effect.
+
+“This is Entroncamiento,” said the doctor, as the
+train stopped at a station. “We dine here.”
+
+“Glory!” replied Murray. “But we might starve if
+we had to pronounce that name before dinner.”
+
+The students astonished the keeper of the restaurant
+by the quantity of soup, chicken, and chops they devoured;
+but they all gave him the credit of providing
+an excellent dinner. The excursionists had to wait a
+long time for the train from Oporto, for it was more
+than an hour late; and they did not arrive at Lisbon till
+half–past nine. The doctor and his pupils were sent
+to the Hotel Braganza, after they had gone through
+another ordeal with the custom–house officers. Bill
+Stout was taken to the Hotel Central on the quay by
+the river. The runaway had been as tractable as one
+of the lambs, till he came to the hotel. While the
+party were waiting for the rooms to be assigned to
+them, and Mr. Lowington was very busy, he slipped
+out into the street. He walked along the river, looking
+out at the vessels anchored in the stream. He
+made out the outline of several steamers. While he
+was looking at them, a couple of sailors, “half seas
+over,”, passed him. They were talking in English, and
+Bill hailed them.
+
+“Do you know whether there is a steamer in port
+bound to England?” he asked, after he had passed the
+time of night with them.
+
+“Yes, my lad: there is the Princess Royal, and she
+sails for London early in the morning,” replied the
+more sober of the two sailors. “Are you bound to
+London?”
+
+“I am. Which is the Princess Royal?”
+
+The man pointed the steamer out to him, and insisted
+that he should take a drink with them. Bill did
+not object. But he never took any thing stronger than
+wine, and his new friends insisted that he should join
+them with some brandy. He took very little; but then
+he felt obliged to treat his new friends in turn for their
+civility, and he repeated the dose. He then inquired
+where he could find a boat to take him on board of the
+steamer. They went out with him, and soon found a
+boat, in which he embarked. The boatman spoke a
+little English; and as soon as he was clear of the shore
+he asked which steamer his passenger wished to go to.
+By this time the brandy was beginning to have its
+effect upon Bill’s head; but he answered the man by
+pointing to the one the sailor had indicated, as he supposed.
+
+In a few moments the boat was alongside the steamer;
+and Bill’s head was flying around like a top. He paid
+the boatman his price, and then with an uneasy step
+walked up the accommodation–ladder. A man was
+standing on the platform at the head of the ladder, who
+asked him what he wanted.
+
+“I want to go to England,” replied the runaway, tossing
+his bag over the rail upon the deck.
+
+“This vessel don’t go to England; you have boarded
+the wrong steamer,” replied the man.
+
+Bill hailed the boatman, who was pulling for the
+shore.
+
+“Anchor watch!” called the man on the platform.
+“Bring a lantern here!”
+
+“Here is one,” said a young man, wearing an overcoat
+and a uniform cap, as he handed up a lantern to
+the first speaker.
+
+“Hand me my bag, please, gen’l’men,” said Bill.
+
+At this moment the man on the platform held the
+lantern up to Bill’s face.
+
+“I thought I knew that voice,” added Mr. Pelham,
+for it was he. “Don’t give him the bag, Scott.”
+
+“That’s my bag, and I want it,” muttered Bill.
+
+“I am afraid you have been drinking, Stout,” continued
+the vice–principal, taking Bill by the collar, and
+conducting him down the steps to the deck of the
+American Prince.
+
+“It is Stout, as sure as I live!” exclaimed Scott.
+
+“No doubt of that, though he has changed his rig.
+Pass the word for Mr. Peaks.”
+
+Bill was not so far gone but that he understood the
+situation. He had boarded the American Prince, instead
+of the Princess Royal. The big boatswain of
+the steamer soon appeared, and laid his great paw on
+the culprit.
+
+“Where did you come from, Stout?” asked the vice–principal.
+
+“I came down with Mr. Lowington and the rest of
+them,” answered Bill; and his tongue seemed to be
+twice too big for his mouth.
+
+Mr. Pelham sent for Mr. Fluxion, and they got out
+of the tipsy runaway all they could. They learned that
+the ship’s company of the Prince had just arrived.
+Bill Stout was caged; and the two vice–principals went
+on shore in the boat that was waiting for the “passenger
+for England.” They found Mr. Lowington at the
+Hotel Central. He was engaged just then in looking
+up Bill Stout; and he was glad to know that he was in
+a safe place.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVIII.
+
+AFRICA AND REPENTANCE.
+
+
+Having brought Bill Stout safely into port, we
+feel obliged to bestow some attention upon the
+other wanderers from the fold of discipline and good
+instruction. At the _Fonda del Cid_, where our brace of
+tourists went after taking such unceremonious leave of
+Bill Stout, was a party of English people who insisted
+upon having their breakfast at an hour that would permit
+them to use the forenoon in seeing the sights of
+Valencia; and thus it happened that this meal was
+ready for the fugitives at eight o’clock.
+
+“What day is this, Lingall?” asked Raimundo, as they
+came into the main hall of the hotel after breakfast.
+
+“Wednesday,” replied Bark.
+
+“I thought so. Look at this bill,” added the second
+master, pointing to a small poster, with the picture of a
+steamer at the head of it.
+
+“I see it, but I can’t read it.”
+
+“This steamer starts from Grao at ten this forenoon,
+for Oran. It is only half–past eight now.”
+
+“Starts from Grao? where is that?” asked Bark.
+
+“Grao is the port of Valencia: it is not many miles
+from here.”
+
+“And where is the other place? I never heard of it.”
+
+“Oran is in Algeria. It cannot be more than three
+hundred miles from Valencia.”
+
+“But that will be going to Africa.”
+
+“It will be the best thing we can do if we mean to
+keep out of the way.”
+
+“I don’t object: I am as willing to go to Africa as
+anywhere else.”
+
+“We can stay over there for a week or two, and then
+come back to Spain. We can hit the Tritonia at Cadiz
+or Lisbon.”
+
+“I don’t think I want to hit her,” replied Bark with
+a sheepish smile.
+
+“I was speaking for myself; and I forgot that your
+case was not the same as my own,” added Raimundo.
+
+“I don’t know what your case is; but, as you seem
+to be perfectly easy about it, I wish mine was no worse
+than I believe yours is.”
+
+“We will talk about that another time; for, if we are
+going to Oran, it is time we were on the way to the
+port,” said Raimundo. “If you don’t want to go to
+Africa, I won’t urge it; but that will suit my case the
+best of any thing I can think of.”
+
+“It makes no difference to me where I go; and I
+am perfectly willing to go with you wherever you wish,”
+replied Bark, who, from hating the second master, had
+come to have an intense admiration for him.
+
+Bark Lingall believed that his companion had saved
+the lives of the whole party in the boat; and certainly
+he had managed the expedition with great skill. He
+was as brave as a lion, in spite of his gentleness. But
+perhaps his respect and regard for the young Spaniard
+had grown out of the contrast he could not help making
+between him and Bill Stout. He could not now understand
+how it was that he had got up such an intimacy
+with his late associate in mischief, or rather in crime.
+Burning the Tritonia was vastly worse than he had at
+first considered it. Its enormity had increased in his
+mind when he reflected that Raimundo, who must have
+had a very strong motive for his sudden disappearance,
+had preferred to reveal himself rather than have the
+beautiful craft destroyed. In a word, Bark had made
+some progress towards a genuine repentance for taking
+part in the conspiracy with Bill Stout.
+
+Raimundo paid the bill, and they took a _tartana_ for
+Grao. They learned from the driver that it was less
+than half an hour’s ride. They first went to the office
+of the steamer, paid their passage, and secured their
+state–room.
+
+“This is a good move for another reason,” said Raimundo,
+as they started again.
+
+“What’s that?” asked Bark.
+
+“I have been expecting to see Stout drop down
+upon us every moment since we went to the hotel.”
+
+“So have I; and I think, if it had been my case, I
+should have found you by this time, if I wanted to do
+so,” added Bark.
+
+“It is hardly time yet for him to get around; but
+he will find the _Fonda del Cid_ in the course of the
+forenoon. You forget that Stout cannot speak a word
+of Spanish; and his want of the language will make it
+slow work for him to do any thing.”
+
+“I did not think of that.”
+
+“Do you feel all right about leaving him as we did?”
+asked Raimundo. “For my part, I could not endure
+him. He insulted me without the least reason for
+doing so.”
+
+“He is the most unreasonable fellow I ever met in
+the whole course of my natural life. It was impossible
+to get along with him; and I am entirely satisfied with
+myself for leaving him,” replied Bark. “He insulted
+you, as you say; and I gave him the alternative of
+apologizing to you, or of parting company with us. I
+believe I did the fair thing. A fellow cannot hug a
+hog for any great length of period.”
+
+“That’s so; but didn’t you know him before?”
+
+“I knew him, of course; and he was always
+grumbling and discontented about something; but I
+never thought he was such a fellow as he turned out to
+be. I haven’t known him but a couple of months or
+so.”
+
+“I should think you would have got at him while you
+were getting up something”—Raimundo did not say
+what—“with him.”
+
+“I was dissatisfied myself. The squadron did not
+prove to be what I anticipated,” added Bark. “I had
+an idea that it was in for a general good time; that all
+we had to do was to go from place to place, and see
+the sights.”
+
+“But you knew it was a school.”
+
+“Certainly I did; but I never supposed the fellows
+had to study half as hard as they do. I thought the
+school was a sort of a fancy idea, to make it take with
+the parents of the boys. When I found how hard we
+had to work, I was disgusted with the whole thing.
+Then I fell in with Bill Stout and others; and, when
+we had talked the matter over a few times, it was even
+worse than I had supposed when I did all my own
+thinking on the subject. After we got together, we
+both became more and more discontented, till we were
+convinced that we were all slaves, and that it was
+really our duty to break the chains that bound us.
+This was all the kind of talk I ever had with Stout;
+and, as we sympathized on this matter, I never looked
+any farther into his character.”
+
+“We shall have time enough to talk over these
+things when we get on board the steamer,” added
+Raimundo. “I have watched you and Stout a great
+deal on board of the Tritonia; and I confess that I was
+prejudiced against you. I didn’t feel any better about
+it when I found you and Stout trying to destroy the
+vessel. But I must say now that you are a different
+sort of fellow from what I took you to be; and nobody
+ever grew any faster in another’s estimation than you
+have in mine since that affair last night in the felucca.
+I believe your pluck and skill in hauling that cut–throat
+down saved the whole of us.”
+
+“I have been thinking all the time it was you that
+saved us,” added Bark, intensely gratified at the praise
+of Raimundo.
+
+“The battle would have been lost if it hadn’t been
+for you; for I struck at the villain, and missed him. If
+you hadn’t brought him down, his knife would have
+been into me in another instant. But here is the port.”
+
+The steamer was one of the “_Messageries Nationales_,”
+though that name had been recently substituted for
+“Imperiales” because the emperor had been abolished.
+The tourists went on board in a shore–boat, and took
+possession of their state–room. They made their preparations
+for the voyage, and then went on deck. They
+found comfortable seats, and the weather was like
+spring.
+
+“What is the name of this steamer?” asked Bark.
+
+“The City of Brest.”
+
+“That was not the name on the handbill we saw;
+was it, Mr. Raimundo?”
+
+“Yes,—_Ville de Brest_.”
+
+“That was it,” added Bark.
+
+“Well, that is the French of City of Brest,” laughed
+the second master. “Don’t you speak French?”
+
+“I know a little of it; and I know that a ‘_ville_’ is
+a city; but I didn’t understand it as you spoke the
+word.”
+
+“I learned all the French I know in the academy
+squadron; and I can get along very well with it. I
+have spent a whole evening where nothing but French
+was spoken by the party. Professor Badois never
+speaks a word of English to me.”
+
+“And you speak Italian and German besides, Mr.
+Raimundo.”
+
+“I can get along with them, as I can with French.”
+
+“That makes five languages you speak.”
+
+“I am not much in Italian,” laughed the second master.
+“My uncle set me to learning it in New York;
+but I forgot most of it, and learned more while we
+were in Italy than I ever knew before.”
+
+“I wish I had some other lingo besides my own.”
+
+“You can have it by learning it.”
+
+“But I am not so good a scholar as you are, Mr.
+Raimundo.”
+
+“You don’t know that; for, if I mistake not, you
+have never laid yourself out on study, as I had not
+when I first went on board of the Young America.
+But, to change the subject, you have called me Mr.
+Raimundo three times since we sat down here. I agree
+with Stout so far, that we had better drop all titles till I
+put on my uniform again.”
+
+“I have been so used to calling you Mr., that it
+comes most natural for me to do so,” replied Bark.
+
+“I think I shall change my name a little; at least, so
+far as to translate it into plain English. I have always
+kept my Spanish name, which is Enrique Raimundo.
+It is so entered on the ship’s books; but I shall make
+it Henry Raymond for the present.”
+
+“And is that the English of the other name?”
+
+“It is; and, when you call me any thing, let it be
+Henry.”
+
+“Very well, Henry,” added Bark.
+
+“That is the name I gave when I bought the tickets.
+I noticed that Stout called you Bark.”
+
+“My name is Barclay; and you can call me that, or
+Bark for short.”
+
+“Bark don’t sound very respectful, and it reminds
+one of a dog.”
+
+“My bark is on the wave; and I do not object to the
+name. I was always called Bark before I went to sea,
+and it sounds more natural to me than any thing else
+would. My father always called me Barclay; and I
+believe he was the only one that did.”
+
+“All right, Bark: if you don’t object, I need not.
+You hinted that you did not think you should go back
+to the Tritonia.”
+
+“It wouldn’t be safe for me to do so,” replied Bark
+anxiously.
+
+“I have come to the conclusion that it is always the
+safest to do the right thing, whatever the consequences
+may be.”
+
+“What! stay in the brig the rest of the voyage!”
+
+“Yes, if that is the penalty for doing the right
+thing,” replied Henry, as he chooses to be called.
+
+“Suppose you were in my place; that you had tried
+to set the vessel on fire, and had run away: what would
+you do?”
+
+“You did not set the vessel on fire, or try to do it.
+It was Stout that did it,” argued Raymond.
+
+“But I was in the plot. I agreed to take part in it;
+and I hold myself to be just as deep in the mire as
+Bill Stout is in the mud,” added Bark.
+
+“I am glad to see that you are a man about it, and
+don’t shirk off the blame on the other fellow.”
+
+“Though I did not get up the idea, I am as guilty
+as Bill; and I will not cast it all upon him.”
+
+“That’s the right thing to say.”
+
+“But what would you do, if you were in my place?”
+
+“Just as I said before. I should return to the
+Tritonia, and face the music, if I were sent home in a
+man–of–war, to be tried for my life for the deed.”
+
+“That’s pretty rough medicine.”
+
+“Since I have been in the squadron, I have learned
+a new morality. I don’t think it would be possible for
+me to commit a crime, especially such as burning a
+vessel; but, if I had done it, I should want to be hanged
+for it as soon as possible. I don’t know that anybody
+else is like me; but I tell you just how I feel.”
+
+“But, if you were bad enough to do the deed, you
+could not feel as you do now,” replied Bark, shaking
+his head.
+
+“That may be; but I can only tell you how I feel
+now. I never did any thing that I called a crime,—I
+mean any thing that made me liable to be punished by
+the law,—but I was a very wild fellow in the way of
+mischief. I used to be playing tricks upon the fellows,
+on my schoolmasters, and others, and was always in a
+scrape. I was good for nothing till I came on board
+of the Young America. As soon as I got interested, I
+worked night and day to get my lessons. Of course
+I had to be very correct in my conduct, or I should
+have lost my rank. It required a struggle for me to
+do these things at first; but I was determined to be an
+officer. I was as severe with myself as though I had
+been a monk with the highest of aspirations. I was
+an officer in three months; and I have been one ever
+since, though I have never been higher than fourth
+lieutenant, for the reason that I am not good in mathematics.
+My strength is in the languages.”
+
+“But I should think you would get discouraged
+because you get no higher.”
+
+“Not at all. As the matter stands now with me, I
+should do the best I could if I had to take the lowest
+place in the ship.”
+
+“I don’t understand that,” added Bark, who had
+come to the conclusion that his companion was the
+strangest mortal on the face of the earth; but that was
+only because Bark dwelt on a lower moral plane.
+
+“After I had done my duty zealously for a few
+months, I was happy only in doing it; and it gave me
+more pleasure than the reward that followed it. Like
+Ignatius Loyola, I became an enthusiastic believer in
+God, in a personal God, in Christ the Saviour, and in
+the Virgin Mary: blessed be the Mother of God, her
+Son, and the Father of all of us!” and Raymond
+crossed himself as devoutly as though he were engaged
+in his devotions.
+
+Bark was absolutely thrilled by this narrative of the
+personal experience of his new–found friend; and he
+was utterly unable to say any thing.
+
+“But God and duty seem almost the same to me,”
+continued Raymond. “I am ready to die or to live,
+but not to live at the expense of right and duty. For
+the last six months I have believed myself liable to be
+assassinated at any time. I know not how much this
+has to do with my mental, moral, and religious condition;
+but I am as I have described myself to be. I
+should do my duty if I knew that I should be burned
+at the stake for it”
+
+“What do you mean by assassinated?” asked Bark,
+startled by the statement.
+
+“I mean exactly what I say. But I am going to tell
+you my story in full. I have related it to only one
+other student in the squadron; and, if we should be
+together again on board of the Tritonia, I must ask you
+to keep it to yourself,” said Raymond.
+
+“It has bothered me all along to understand how a
+fellow as high–toned as you are could allow yourself to
+be considered a runaway; for I suppose the officers
+look upon you as such.”
+
+“No doubt they do; but in good time I shall tell
+Mr. Lowington the whole story, and then he will be
+able to judge for himself.”
+
+By this time the steamer had started. Raymond
+told his story just as he had related it to Scott on
+board of the Tritonia. Bark was interested; and, when
+the recital was finished, the steamer was out of sight
+of land.
+
+“I suppose you will not believe me when I say it;
+but I have kept out of my uncle’s way more for his
+sake than my own,” said Raymond in conclusion. “I
+will not tempt one of my own flesh and blood to commit
+a crime; and I feel that it would have been cowardice
+for me to run away from my ship for the mere
+sake of saving myself from harm. Besides, I think I
+could take care of myself in Barcelona.”
+
+“I have no doubt of that,” replied Bark, whose admiration
+of his fellow–tourist was even increased by the
+narration to which he had just listened.
+
+Certainly Raymond was a most remarkable young
+man. Bark felt as though he were in the presence of a
+superior being. He realized his own meanness and
+littleness, judged by the high standard of his companion.
+As both of them were tired, after the night on the
+train, they went to the state–room, and lay down in their
+berths. Raymond went to sleep; but Bark could not,
+for he was intensely excited by the conversation he
+had had with his new friend. He lay thinking of
+his own life and character, as compared with his companion’s;
+and the conspiracy in which he had taken
+part absolutely filled him with horror. The inward
+peace and happiness which Raymond had realized from
+his devotion to duty strongly impressed him.
+
+But we will not follow him through all the meanderings
+of his thought. It is enough to say that fellowship
+with Raymond had made a man of him, and he was
+fully determined to seek peace in doing his whole duty.
+He was prepared to do what his companion had counselled
+him to do,—to return to the Tritonia, and take
+the consequences of his evil–doing. When his friend
+awoke, he announced to him his decision. Raymond
+saw that he was sincere, and he did all he could to
+confirm and strengthen his good resolution.
+
+“There is one thing about the matter that troubles
+me,” said Bark, as they seated themselves on deck
+after dinner. “I am willing to own up, and take the
+penalty, whatever it may be; but, if I confess that I
+was engaged in a conspiracy to burn the Tritonia, I shall
+implicate others,—I shall have to blow on Bill Stout.”
+
+“Well, what right have you to do any thing else?”
+demanded Raymond earnestly. “Suppose Filipe had
+killed me last night, and had offered you a thousand
+dollars to conceal the crime: would it have been right
+for you to accept the offer?”
+
+“Certainly not.”
+
+“You would be an accomplice if you had. You
+have no more right to cover up Stout’s crime than you
+would have to conceal Filipe’s. Besides, the principal
+ought to know that he has a fellow on board that is bad
+enough to burn the Tritonia. He may do it with some
+other fellow yet; and, if he should, you would share
+the guilt with him.”
+
+“You found out what we were doing,” added Bark.
+
+“And I felt that I ought not to leave the vessel without
+telling the steward,” replied Raymond. “I certainly
+intended to inform the principal as soon as I had
+an opportunity. I believe in boy honor and all that
+sort of thing as much as you do; but I have no right
+to let the vessels of the squadron be burned.”
+
+The subject was discussed till dark, and Bark could
+not resist the arguments of his friend. He was resolved
+to do his whole duty.
+
+It is not our purpose to follow the fugitives into
+Africa. They reached Oran the next day, and remained
+there two weeks, until a steamer left for Malaga, when
+they returned to Spain.
+
+“That’s the American Prince, as true as you live!”
+exclaimed Bark, as the vessel in which they sailed was
+approaching Malaga; and both of them had been observing
+her for an hour.
+
+“She is on her way from Lisbon back to Barcelona;
+and she will not be in Malaga for a week or more,”
+replied Raymond.
+
+Before night they were in the hotel in Malaga.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIX.
+
+WHAT PORTUGAL HAS DONE IN THE WORLD.
+
+
+Mr. Lowington and the two vice–principals
+had a hearty laugh over the misadventure of
+poor Bill Stout, and then discussed their plans for the
+future. The Prince had been in the river five days;
+and the Josephines and Tritonias were all ready to
+start for Badajos the next morning. It was Friday
+night; and if the party left the next morning they would
+be obliged to remain over Sunday at Badajos; or, if
+they travelled all the next night, they would arrive at
+Toledo on Sunday morning, and this was no place for
+them to be on that day. It was decided that they
+should remain on board of the Prince till Monday
+morning, and that the Princes should go on board the
+next morning to hear Professor’s Mapps’s lecture on
+Portugal.
+
+“Have you heard any thing of Raimundo or Lingall?”
+asked the principal.
+
+“Only what we got out of Stout,” replied Mr.
+Pelham. “But he was too tipsy to tell a very straight
+story.”
+
+“I don’t see how he got tipsy so quick; for he must
+have reached the Prince within fifteen or twenty minutes
+after he left this hotel,” added Mr. Lowington. “However,
+he told me all he knew—at least, I suppose he
+did—about the others who ran away with him. It
+seems that Raimundo did not leave the Tritonia, and
+must have stowed himself away in the hold.”
+
+“But we searched the hold very thoroughly,” said
+Mr. Pelham.
+
+“Did you look under the dunnage?”
+
+“No, sir: he could not have got under that.”
+
+“Probably he did,—made a hole in the ballast. He
+must have had some one to help him,” suggested the
+principal.
+
+“If any one assisted him it must have been Hugo;
+for, as he is a Spaniard, they were always very thick
+together.”
+
+“I have informed Don Francisco, the lawyer, that
+Raimundo had gone to Oran; and I suppose he will
+be on the lookout for him. I have also written to
+Manuel Raimundo in New York. He must get my
+letter in a day or two,” continued the principal. “It
+is a very singular case; and I should as soon have
+thought of Sheridan running away as Raimundo.”
+
+“He must have had a strong reason for doing so,”
+added the vice–principal of the Tritonia.
+
+The next morning Mr. Pelham directed Peaks to
+bring his prisoner into the cabin. Bill Stout did not
+remember what he had said the night before; but he
+had prepared a story for the present occasion.
+
+“Good–morning, Stout,” the vice–principal began.
+“How do you feel after your spree?”
+
+“Pretty well, sir; I did not drink but once, and I
+couldn’t help it then,” replied the culprit, beginning
+to reel off the explanation he had got up for the occasion.
+
+“You couldn’t help it? That’s very odd.”
+
+“No, sir. I met a couple of sailors on shore, and
+asked them if they could tell me where the American
+Prince lay. They pointed the steamer out to me, and
+they insisted that I should take a drink with them.
+They wouldn’t take No for an answer, and I couldn’t
+get off,” whined Bill; and he always whined when he
+was in a scrape.
+
+“Doubtless you gave them No for an answer,”
+laughed Mr. Pelham.
+
+“I certainly did; for I never take any thing. They
+made me drink brandy; but I put very little into the
+glass, and, as I am not used to liquor, it made me very
+drunk.”
+
+“One horn would not have made you as tipsy as you
+were, Stout. I think you had better tell that story to
+the other marines.”
+
+“I am telling the truth, sir: I wouldn’t lie about it.”
+
+“I think it is a bad plan to do so,” added the vice–principal.
+“Then you were coming on board, were you?”
+
+“Yes, sir: I wanted to see you, and own up.”
+
+“Oh! that was your plan, was it?” laughed Mr. Pelham,
+amused at the pickle into which the rascal was
+putting himself.
+
+“Yes, sir: I came from Valencia on purpose to give
+myself up to you. I’m sorry I ran away. I got sick of
+it in a day or two.”
+
+“This was after Lingall left you, I suppose.”
+
+“Yes, sir; but I was sorry for it before he left. We
+were almost murdered in the felucca; and I had a hard
+time of it.”
+
+“And this made you penitent.”
+
+“Yes, sir. I shall never run away again as long as I
+live.”
+
+“I hope you will not. And you came all the way
+across Spain and Portugal to give yourself up to me,”
+added Mr. Pelham. “You were so very anxious to
+surrender to me, that you were not content to stay a
+single night at the hotel with Mr. Lowington, who is
+my superior.”
+
+“I wanted to see you; and that’s the reason I left
+the hotel, and came on board last night,” protested the
+culprit.
+
+“That’s a very good story, Stout; but for your sake
+I am sorry it is only a story,” said the vice–principal.
+
+“It is the truth, sir. I hope to”—
+
+“No, no; stop!” interposed Mr. Pelham. “Don’t
+hope any thing, except to be a better fellow. Your
+story won’t hold water. I was at the gangway when
+you came on board, and you told me that you wanted
+to go to England.”
+
+“I didn’t know what I was saying,” pleaded Bill,
+taken aback by this answer.
+
+“Yes, you did: you were not as tipsy as you might
+have been; for, when I told you the steamer was not
+going to England, you called your boatman back. It is
+a plain case; and you can stay in the brig till the ship
+returns to Barcelona.”
+
+The lies did not help the case a particle; and somehow
+every thing seemed to go wrong with Bill Stout,
+but that was because he went wrong himself.
+
+The boats were sent on ashore for the Princes; and
+when they arrived all hands were called to attend the
+lecture in the grand saloon.
+
+“Young gentlemen, I am glad to meet you again,”
+the professor began. “I have said all I need say about
+the geography of the peninsula. Some of you have
+been through Spain and Portugal, and have seen that
+the natural features of the two countries are about the
+same. The lack of industry and enterprise has had
+the same result in both. The people are alike in one
+respect, at least: each hates the other intensely. ‘Strip
+a Spaniard of his virtues, and you have a Portuguese,’
+says the Spanish proverb; but I fancy one is as good as
+the other. There are plenty of minerals in the ground,
+plenty of excellent soil, and plenty of fish in the waters
+of Portugal; but none of the sources of wealth and
+prosperity are used as in England, France, and the
+United States. The principal productions are wheat,
+wine, olive–oil, cork, wool, and fruit. Of the forty million
+dollars’ worth of agricultural products, twelve are
+in wine, ten in grain, and seven in wool. More than
+two–thirds of the exports are to England.
+
+“The population of Portugal is about four millions.
+It has few large towns, only two having over fifty
+thousand inhabitants. Lisbon has two hundred and
+seventy–five thousand, and Oporto about ninety thousand.
+Coimbra,—which has the only university in
+the country,—Elvas, Evora, Braga, and Setubal, are
+important towns. The kingdom has six provinces;
+and we are now in Estremadura, as we were yesterday
+morning, though it is not the same one.
+
+“The government is a constitutional monarchy, not
+very different from that of Spain. The present king
+is Luis II. The army consists of about eighteen
+thousand men; and the navy, of twenty–two steamers
+and twenty–five sailing vessels. The colonial possessions
+of Portugal have a population equal to the kingdom
+itself.
+
+“The money of Portugal will bother you.”
+
+At this statement Sheridan and Murray looked at
+each other, and laughed.
+
+“You seem to be pleased, Captain Sheridan,” said
+the professor. “Perhaps you have had some experience
+with Portuguese money.”
+
+“Yes, sir: I went into a store to buy some photographs;
+and, when I asked the price of them, the man
+told me it was one thousand six hundred and forty
+_reis_. I concluded that I should be busted if I bought
+that dozen pictures.”
+
+“It takes about a million of those _reis_ to make a
+dollar,” added Murray.
+
+“But, when I came to figure up the price, I found it
+was only a dollar and sixty–four cents,” continued
+Sheridan.
+
+“A naval officer who dined a party of his friends
+in this very city, when he found the bill was twenty–seven
+thousand five hundred _reis_, exclaimed that he
+was utterly ruined, for he should never be able to pay
+such a bill; but it was only twenty–seven dollars and a
+half. You count the _reis_ at the rate of ten to a cent
+of our money,—a thousand to a dollar. About all the
+copper and silver money has a number on the coin that
+indicates its value in _reis_. For large sums, the count
+is given in _milreis_, which means a thousand _reis_. The
+gold most in use is the English sovereign, which
+passes for forty–five hundred _reis_. We will now give
+some attention to the history of the country.
+
+“Portugal makes no great figure on the map of
+Europe. Looking at this narrow strip of territory,
+one would naturally suppose that its history would not
+fill a very large volume. But small states have had
+their history told in voluminous works; and Portugal
+happens to belong to this class. There are histories
+and chronicles of this country in the Portuguese, Spanish,
+Italian, French, English, and Latin languages, not
+to mention some Arabic works which I have not had
+time to examine,” continued the professor, with a
+smile. “Some of these works consist of from ten to
+thirty volumes. Even the discoveries and conquests
+of this people in the East and West require quite a
+number of large volumes; for there was a time when
+Portugal filled a large place in the eye of the world,
+though that time was short, hardly reaching through
+the fifteenth and sixteenth centuries.
+
+“But the history of this country does not begin at
+all till the eleventh century. There was, indeed, the
+old Roman province of Lusitania, which corresponded
+very nearly in size with modern Portugal, except that
+the latter extends farther north and not so far east.
+The ancient Lusitanians were a warlike people; and
+a hundred and fifty years before our era they gave
+the Romans a great deal of trouble to conquer them.
+Under Viriathus, the most famous of all the Lusitanians,
+they routed several Roman armies; and might
+have held their ground for many years longer, if their
+hero had not been treacherously murdered by his own
+countrymen.
+
+“The lines of the old Roman provinces were not
+preserved after the barbarians, of whom I have spoken
+to you before, entered the peninsula in the fifth century.
+The Arabs occupied this province with the rest
+of the peninsula, after the defeat and death of King
+Roderick, or Don Rodrigo, the last of the Gothic kings
+of Spain; and held it till near the close of the eleventh
+century, a part of it somewhat later. In 1095 Alfonso
+VI., of Castile and Leon, bestowed a part of what is
+now Portugal upon his son–in–law, Henri of Burgundy,
+who had fought with Alfonso against the Moors, and
+seemed to have the ability to protect the country given
+him from the inroad of the Moslems. The region
+granted to Henri extended only from the Minho to
+the Tagus; and its capital was Coimbra, for Lisbon
+was then a Moorish city. The new ruler was called a
+count; and he had the privilege of conquering the
+country as far south as the Guadiana. His son Dom
+Alfonso defeated the Moors in a great battle near the
+Tagus, and was proclaimed king of Portugal on the
+battle–field. This was in the time of the crusades;
+but Spain and Portugal had infidels enough to fight at
+home, without going to the Holy Land, where hundreds
+of thousands were sent to die by other countries
+of Europe. Other additions were made to the
+country during the next century; but since the middle
+of the thirteenth century, when Sancho II. died, no
+increase has been made in the peninsula. The wealth
+and power of Portugal at a later period were derived
+from her colonies in America, Asia, and Africa.
+
+“John I.—Dom João, in Portuguese—led an expedition
+against Ceuta, a Moorish stronghold just across
+the Strait of Gibraltar, and captured the place. After
+this began their wonderful series of discoveries, which
+brought the whole world to the knowledge of Europe.
+But the Portuguese were not the first to carry on commerce
+by sea. Though merchandise had been mainly
+transported by land in the East, there was some trade
+on the Mediterranean and Black Seas, and on the
+Indian Ocean. It does not appear that the Phœnicians,
+the Carthaginians, or the Greeks, ever sailed on the
+Baltic Sea; and, though the Romans explored some
+parts of it, they never went far enough to ascertain that
+it was bounded on all sides by land.
+
+“The Eastern Empire of the middle ages, with its
+capital at Constantinople, carried on a much more extensive
+commerce than was ever known to the Romans
+in the days of their universal dominion. At first the
+goods brought from the East Indies were imported into
+Europe from Alexandria; but, when Egypt was conquered
+by the Arabs, a new route had to be found.
+Merchandise was conveyed up the Indus as far as that
+great river was navigable, then across the land to the
+Oxus, now the Amoo, flowing into the Sea of Aral, but
+then having a channel to the Caspian. From the
+mouth of this river it was carried over the Caspian Sea,
+and up the Volga, to about the point where there is now
+a railroad connecting this river with the Don. Then
+it was transported by land again to the Don, and taken
+in vessels by the Black Sea to Constantinople. The
+Suez Canal, opened this present year, makes an easy
+and expeditious route by water for steamers, connecting
+all the ports of Europe with those of India.
+
+“During this period another commercial state was
+growing up. After the fall of the Roman empire, when
+the Huns under Attila were ravaging Italy, the inhabitants
+of Venetia fled for safety to the group of islands
+near the northern shore of the Adriatic, and laid the
+foundation of the illustrious city and state of Venice.
+The people of the city soon began to fit out small merchant
+fleets, which they sent to all parts of the Mediterranean,
+and particularly to Syria and Egypt, after
+spices and other products of Arabia and India. Soon
+after, the city of Genoa, on the other side of Italy,
+became a rival of Venice in this trade, and Florence
+and Pisa followed their example; but the Venetians,
+having some natural advantages, outstripped their rivals
+in the end, and became a great military and commercial
+power. The crusades, in which others wasted life and
+treasure, were a source of wealth to these Italian cities.
+During the twelfth and thirteenth centuries, the commerce
+of Europe was almost wholly confined to the
+Italians. The merchants of Italy scattered themselves
+in every kingdom; and the Lombards (for this was the
+name by which they were known) became the merchants
+and bankers everywhere. After a time, however, the
+commercial spirit began to develop itself, and to make
+progress in other parts of Europe; but, up to the
+fifteenth century, vessels were accustomed, in their
+voyages, to creep along the coast; and, though it was
+known that the magnetic needle points constantly to
+the North Pole, no use was made of this knowledge for
+purposes of navigation.
+
+“In 1415 the commercial spirit had reached Portugal;
+and the Ceuta expedition was undertaken quite
+as much in the interest of trade as of religion, for the
+place was held by pirates who were daily disturbing
+Portuguese commerce. Immense treasures fell to the
+victors as the reward of their enterprise.
+
+“Dom Henrique, or Henry, the son of King John,
+afterwards so famous in the history of his country, had
+a decided taste for study. He was an able mathematician,
+and made himself master of all the astronomy
+known to the Arabians, who were then the best mathematicians
+of Europe. Henry also studied the works
+of the ancients. At this period Ptolemy was the highest
+authority in geography; and he taught that the African
+Continent reached to the South Pole. But Henry had
+read the ancient accounts of the circumnavigation of
+Africa by the Phœnicians and others; and he believed,
+that, whether these voyages had or had not been made,
+good ships might sail around the southern point of the
+continent. If this could be done, the Portuguese would
+find a way to India by sea, and thus control the entire
+trade of the East.
+
+“The prince had many obstacles to overcome. Vessels
+in that day were not built for the open sea; and
+every headland and far–stretching cape seemed to be an
+impossible barrier. There was a notion that near the
+equator was a burning zone, where the very waters of
+the ocean actually boiled under the intolerable heat of
+the sun. A superstition also prevailed, that whoever
+doubled Cape Bojador—on the coast of Africa, about
+a thousand miles south of Lisbon—would never return;
+and it was feared that the burning zone would change
+those who entered it into negroes, thus dooming them
+to wear the black marks of their temerity to the grave.
+
+“The first voyage undertaken under the direction of
+Prince Henry was in 1419, and covered only five
+degrees of latitude. The expedition was driven out to
+sea and landed at a small island north–east of Madeira,
+which they named Porto Santo. The next year three
+vessels were sent for a longer voyage. This fleet
+reached the dreaded cape, and discovered Madeira.
+On the next voyage they doubled Cape Bojador; and,
+having exploded the superstition, in the course of a
+few years they advanced four hundred leagues farther,
+and discovered the Senegal River. Here they found
+men with woolly hair and skins as black as ebony;
+and they began to dread a nearer approach to the
+equator.
+
+“When they returned, their countrymen with one
+voice attempted to dissuade Prince Henry from any
+further attempts; but he would hear of no delay. He
+applied to Pope Eugene IV.; and, representing that his
+chief object was the pious wish to spread a knowledge
+of the Christian faith among the idolatrous people of
+Africa, he obtained a bull conferring on the people of
+Portugal the exclusive right to all the countries they
+had discovered, or might discover, between Cape Nun—about
+three hundred miles north of Cape Bojador—and
+India. Such a donation may appear ridiculous
+enough to us; but it was never doubted then that the
+pope had ample right to bestow such a gift; and for
+a long time all the powers of Europe considered the
+right of the Portuguese to be good, and acknowledged
+their title to almost the whole of Africa. About this
+time Prince Henry died, and little progress was made
+in discovery for some years. But the Portuguese had
+begun to push boldly out to sea, and had lost all dread
+of the burning zone.
+
+“In the reign of John II., from 1481 to 1495, discoveries
+were pushed with greater vigor than ever before.
+The Cape de Verde Islands were colonized; and
+the Portuguese ships, which had advanced to the coast
+of Guinea, began to return with cargoes of gold–dust,
+ivory, gums, and other valuable products. It was during
+the reign of this monarch that Columbus visited
+Lisbon, and offered his services to Portugal; and it
+appears that the king was inclined to listen to the plans
+of the great navigator, but he was dissuaded from
+doing so by his own courtiers.
+
+“The revenue derived at this time from the African
+coast became so important that John feared the vessels
+of other nations might be attracted to it. To prevent
+this, the voyages there were represented as being in the
+highest degree dangerous, and even impossible except
+in the peculiar vessels used by the Portuguese. The
+monarchs of Castile had some idea of what was going
+on, and were very eager to learn more; and in one
+case came very near succeeding. A Portuguese captain
+and two pilots, in the hope of a rich reward, set
+out for Castile to dispose of the desired information;
+but they were pursued by the king’s agents. When
+overtaken, they refused to return; but two of them
+were killed on the spot, and the other brought back to
+Evora and quartered. The attempt of a rich Spaniard,
+the Duke of Medina Sidonia, to build vessels in English
+ports for the African trade, turned out no better.
+King John reminded the English king, Edward IV., of
+the ancient alliance between the two crowns; and so
+these preparations were prohibited.
+
+“In 1497 a Portuguese fleet under Vasco de Gama
+doubled the Cape of Good Hope, or the Cape of
+Storms as they called it then; and soon the voyagers
+began to hear the Arabian tongue spoken on the other
+shore of the continent, and found that they had nearly
+circumnavigated Africa. At length, with the aid of
+Mohammedan pilots, they passed the mouths of the
+Arabian and Persian Gulfs, and, stretching along the
+western coast of India, arrived, after a cruise of thirteen
+months, at Calicut, on the shore of Malabar, less
+than three hundred miles from the southern point of
+the peninsula.
+
+“The Court of Lisbon now appointed a viceroy to
+rule over new countries discovered. Expeditions followed
+each other in rapid succession; and, in less than
+half a century more, the Portuguese were masters of
+the entire trade of the Indian Ocean. Their flag floated
+triumphantly along the shores of Africa from Morocco
+to Abyssinia, and on the Asiatic coast from Arabia
+to Siam; not to mention the vast regions of Brazil,
+which this nation began to colonize about the same
+time. These conquests were not made without opposition;
+but the Portuguese were as remarkable for
+their valor as for their enterprise, in those days; and,
+for a time, their prowess was too much for their enemies
+in Africa, in India, and even in Europe. The
+Venetians, who had lost the trade between India and
+Europe, were of course their enemies; and the Sultan
+of Egypt was hostile when he found that he was about
+to lose the profitable trade that passed through Alexandria.
+These two powers joined hands; and the
+Venetians sent from Italy to the head of the Red Sea,
+at an immense expense, the materials for building a
+fleet to meet and destroy the Portuguese vessels on
+their passage to India. But, as soon as this fleet was
+ready for active operations, it was attacked and destroyed
+by the Portuguese navy.
+
+“Thus the Portuguese were masters of an empire on
+which the sun never set. It reached the height of its
+glory in the reign of John III., from 1521 to 1557. He
+was succeeded by his son Dom Sebastian, who made
+several expeditions against the Moors in Africa. In
+the last of these, he was utterly routed, his army destroyed,
+and he perished on the battle–field. This
+disaster seemed to initiate the decline of Portugal;
+and it continued to run down till it was only the shadow
+of its former greatness.
+
+“Concerning Dom Sebastian, a very remarkable
+superstition prevails, even at the present time, in
+Portugal, to the effect that he will return, resume the
+crown, and restore the realm to its former greatness.
+For nearly two hundred years this belief has existed,
+and was almost universal at one time, not among the
+ignorant only, but in all classes of society. It was
+claimed that he was not killed in the battle, though his
+body was recognized by his page, and that he will come
+back as the temporal Messiah of Portugal. Several
+persons have appeared who have claimed to be the
+prince, the most remarkable of whom turned up at
+Venice twenty years after the prince’s presumed death.
+He told a very straight story; but the Senate of Venice
+banished him, and he was afterwards imprisoned in
+Naples and Florence for insisting upon the truth of his
+statements. He finally died in Castile; and many believed
+that he was not an impostor. Several times have
+been fixed for his coming; but it is not likely that he
+will be able to put in an appearance, on account of the
+two hundred years that have elapsed since he was in
+the flesh.
+
+“As Sebastian did not come back from Africa, his
+uncle Henry assumed the crown; and at his death, as
+he had no direct heirs, Philip II., the Prince of Parma,
+and the Duchess of Braganza, claimed the throne, as
+did several others; but Philip settled the question by
+sending the Duke of Alva into Portugal, and taking
+forcible possession of the kingdom. In 1580, therefore,
+the whole of the vast dominions I have described
+were annexed to the Spanish empire. This connection
+lasted for sixty years; and the Portuguese call it ‘the
+sixty years’ captivity.’ During this time the people
+were never satisfied with their government, and in 1640
+got up a revolution, and placed the Duke of Braganza
+on the throne, under the title of John IV. This was
+the beginning of the house of Braganza, which has held
+the throne up to the present time.
+
+“Even in the seventeenth century Portugal had fallen
+from her high estate. She had lost part of her possessions
+and all her prestige; and from that time till
+the present she has had no great weight in European
+politics. Some of her colonial territories returned to
+the original owners, while others were taken by the
+Dutch, the English, and the Spaniards. For two centuries
+the most remarkable events in her history have
+been misfortunes. In 1755 an earthquake destroyed
+half the city of Lisbon, and buried thirty thousand
+people under its ruins. It came in two shocks, the
+second of which left the city a pile of ruins. Thousands
+of men and women fled from the falling walls to the
+quays on the river. Suddenly the ground under them
+sank with all the crowd upon it; and not one of the
+bodies ever came up. At the same time all the boats
+and vessels, loaded down with fugitives from the ruin,
+were sucked in by a fearful whirlpool; and not a vestige
+of them returned to the surface.
+
+“Fifty–five years later came the French Revolution;
+in the results of which Portugal was involved. In
+1807 she entered into an alliance with Great Britain;
+and Napoleon decided to wipe off the kingdom from
+the map of Europe. A French army was sent to
+Lisbon; and at its approach the Court left for Brazil,
+where it remained for several years. An English army
+arrived at Oporto the next year; and with these events
+began the peninsular war. The struggle lasted till
+1812, and many great battles were fought in this kingdom.
+The country was desolated by the strife, and the
+sufferings of the people were extremely severe. Subscriptions
+were raised for them in England and elsewhere;
+and Sir Walter Scott wrote ‘The Vision of Don
+Roderick’ in aid of the sufferers.
+
+“In 1821 Brazil declared her independence; but it
+was not acknowledged by Portugal till 1825. After
+fourteen years of absence, the Court—John VI. was
+king, having succeeded to the throne while in Brazil—returned
+to Portugal. During this period the home
+kingdom was practically a colony of Brazil; and the
+people were dissatisfied with the arrangement. A constitution
+was made, and the king accepted it. He had
+left his son as regent of Brazil, and he was proclaimed
+emperor of that country as Pedro I. He was the father
+of the present emperor, Pedro II.
+
+“John VI. died in 1826. His legitimate successor
+was Pedro of Brazil; but he gave the crown to his
+daughter Maria. Before she could get possession of it,
+Dom Miguel, a younger son of John VI., usurped the
+throne. As he did not pay much deference to the constitution,
+the people revolted; and civil war raged for
+several years. Pedro, having abdicated the crown of
+Brazil in favor of his son, came to Portugal in 1832,
+to look after the interests of his daughter. He was
+made regent,—Maria da Gloria was only thirteen years
+old,—and with the help of England, cleaned out the
+Miguelists two years later. The little queen was declared
+of age at fifteen, and took the oath to support
+the constitution. She died in 1853; and her son,
+Pedro V., became king when he was fifteen. But he
+lived only eight years after his accession, and was
+followed by his brother, Luis I., the present king.
+There have been several insurrections since the Miguelists
+were disposed of, but none since 1851. The
+royal family have secured the affections of the people;
+for the sons of Maria have proved to be wise and sensible
+men. The finances are in bad condition; for the
+expense of the government exceeds the income every
+year. Now you have heard, and you may go and see
+for yourselves.”
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XX.
+
+LISBON AND ITS SURROUNDINGS.
+
+
+The room in the Hotel Braganza occupied by
+Sheridan and Murray was an excellent one, so
+far as the situation was concerned; for it commanded a
+beautiful view of the Tagus and the surrounding country.
+
+“I should think this hotel had been a fort some
+time,” said Sheridan, when they rose in the morning.
+“Those windows look like port–holes for cannon.”
+
+“It is the house of Braganza, and ought to be a
+royal hotel; but it is not very elegantly furnished.
+There are no towels here. Where is the bell?”
+
+“I noticed that there was one outside of each room
+on this floor. Here is the bell–pull. It is an original
+way to fix the bells,” added Sheridan. “The bell–boys
+must come up three flights of stairs in order to hear
+them ring.”
+
+“But, if the waiter don’t speak English, what will you
+ask for?” laughed Murray.
+
+“I have a book of four languages that I picked up in
+Madrid,—French, Spanish, Italian, and Portuguese,”
+said the captain, as he took the volume from his bag.
+“Here it is. ‘_Une serviette_,’—that’s a napkin, but it
+will do as well,—‘_um guardinapo_.’”
+
+The bell was rung, and a chambermaid answered it.
+The word brought the towels, but Sheridan pointed
+to the wash–stand; and the pantomime would have answered
+just as well as speech, for the woman could see
+what was wanting. When they were dressed, Dr. Winstock
+came to the door, and invited them to visit the
+top of the house, which commanded a view even more
+extensive than the window.
+
+“The Tagus runs about east and west here,” said he.
+“It is about a mile wide, but widens out into a broad
+bay opposite the city. There is no finer harbor in the
+world. The old part of the city, between the castle
+and the river, was not destroyed by the earthquake.
+Between us and the castle is a small region of straight
+streets; and this is the part that was destroyed. On
+the river below us are the marine arsenal and the
+custom–house, with the _Praca do Commercio_ between
+them.”
+
+“The what?” asked Murray.
+
+“_Praca_ is the Portuguese for ‘square;’ ‘Commercial
+Square’ in English will cover it. This one has several
+names; and the English, who are in great force in
+Lisbon, call it Black Horse Square. There is very
+little to see in Lisbon. Orders have come up for all
+hands to be on the quay at nine o’clock, to go on
+board the Prince for the lecture; and we must breakfast
+first.”
+
+After the lecture the Princes went on shore again.
+The doctor with his pupils took a carriage, and proceeded
+to “do” the city. Their first point was the
+square they had seen from the housetop. On one side
+of it was an arch supporting a clock–tower. In the
+centre was an equestrian statue of Joseph I., erected
+by the inhabitants out of gratitude to the king and
+the Marquis of Pombal for their efforts to rebuild the
+city after the great earthquake. On the pedestal is an
+effigy of the marquis, who was the king’s minister, as
+powerful as he was unpopular. The populace cut his
+head out of the statue when the king died, but it was
+restored fifty years later.
+
+“This street,” said the doctor, indicating the one
+over which the ornamental arch was extended, “is the
+_Rua Augusta_.”
+
+“I think the Commercial is as fine a square as I
+have seen in Europe,” added Sheridan.
+
+“Most people agree with you. Now, if we pass
+through the _Rua Augusta_, we shall come to the _Praca
+do Rocio_, which is also a beautiful square. There are
+three other streets running parallel with this; on one
+side is Gold, and on the other Silver Street.”
+
+“They build their houses very high for an earthquaky
+country,” said Murray.
+
+“And this is the very spot which was sunk. I suppose
+they don’t expect to have another convulsion.”
+
+The carriage proceeded into the square, and then
+to another, only a couple of blocks from it, in which
+was the fruit–market. It was lined with trees, with a
+fountain in the centre. All around it were men and
+women selling fruit and other commodities. It was a
+lively scene. In this square they saw a Portuguese
+cart of the model that was probably used by the
+Moors. The wheels do not revolve on the axle, but
+the axle turns with the wheels, as in a child’s tin
+wagon, and creak and groan fearfully as they do so.
+As they passed through the Campo Santa Anna, the
+doctor pointed out the _Circo dos Touros_, or bull–ring.
+
+“But a bull–fight here is a tame affair compared with
+those in Spain,” he explained. “They do not kill the
+bull, nor are any horses gored to death; for the horns
+of the animal are tipped with large wooden balls. It is
+a rather lively affair, and will answer very well if you
+have not seen the real thing. It is said that there are
+seven hills in Lisbon, as in Rome; but this is a vanity
+of many other cities. There are many hills in Lisbon,
+however; and there seems to be a church or a convent
+on every one of them. This is the _Passio Publico_; and
+it is crowded with people on a warm evening,” continued
+the doctor, as they came to a long and narrow park.
+“It is the _prado_ of Lisbon.
+
+“I shall ask you to visit only one church in this city,
+unless you desire to see more; and this is the one,”
+said the doctor, as the carriage stopped at a plain building.
+“This is St. Roque. It is said that Dom John
+V., when he visited this church, was greatly mortified
+at the mean appearance of the chapel of his patron
+saint. He ordered one to be prepared in Rome, of the
+richest materials. When it was done, mass was said in
+it by the pope, Benedict XIV.; and then it was taken
+to pieces, and sent to Lisbon, where it was again set up
+as you will find it.”
+
+The party entered the church, and the attendant
+gave each of them a printed sheet on which was a
+description of the chapel. It proved to be a rather
+small recess; but the mosaics of the baptism of Christ
+in the Jordan by John, and other scriptural designs, are
+of the highest order of merit. The floor, ceiling, and
+sides are of the same costly work, the richest marbles
+and gems being used. The chapel contains eight columns
+of lapis–lazuli. The whole of this is said to
+have cost fourteen million _crusados_, over eight million
+dollars; but others say only one million _crusados_, and
+probably the last sum is nearer the truth.
+
+The next day was Sunday; and in the morning the
+United States steamer Franklin—the largest in the
+service—came into the river. There was a Portuguese
+frigate off the marine arsenal; and what with
+saluting the flag of Portugal, and the return–salute,
+saluting Mr. Lewis the American minister, and saluting
+Mr. Diamond the American consul, when each visited
+the ship, the guns of the great vessel were blazing
+away about all the forenoon. But the students were
+proud of the ship; and they did not object to any
+amount of gun–firing, even on Sunday. In the afternoon,
+some of them went to the cathedral, which was
+formerly a mosque, and to some of the other churches.
+All hands attended service on board of the American
+Prince at eleven.
+
+The next morning the Josephines and Tritonias
+started on their tour through the peninsula to Barcelona;
+and the ship’s company went on board of the
+steamer. Regular discipline was restored; but the
+business of sight–seeing was continued for two days
+more. The doctor conducted his little party to the
+palace of the _Necessidades_.
+
+“What a name for a palace!” exclaimed Murray.
+“I suppose that jaw–breaker means ‘necessities.’”
+
+“That is just what it means. Circumstances often
+give names to palaces and other things; and it was so
+in this case. A weaver brought an image of the Blessed
+Virgin from a place on the west coast, from which he
+fled to escape the plague. With money he begged of
+the pious, he built a small chapel for the image, near
+this spot. Like so many of these virgins, it wrought
+the most wonderful miracles, healing the sick, restoring
+the lame, and opening the eyes of the blind; and many
+people came to it in their ‘necessities,’ for relief. Dom
+John V. believed in it, and built a handsome church,
+with a convent attached to it, for the blessed image.
+It had restored his health once, and he built this palace
+near it, that it might be handy for his ‘necessities.’
+During the long sickness preceding his death, he had
+it brought to the palace with royal honors, and kept it
+there in state, taking it with him wherever he went.
+
+“This square is the _Fraca Alcantara_,” continued the
+doctor, when they came from the palace. “There are
+plenty of fountains in the city, nearly every public
+square being supplied with one. When I was here
+before, there were more water–carriers than now; and
+they were all men of Gallicia, as in Madrid. Three
+thousand of them used to be employed in supplying
+the inhabitants with water; but now it is probably conveyed
+into most of the houses in pipes. You can tell
+these men from the native Portuguese, because they
+carry their burden, whatever it may be, on their shoulders
+instead of their heads. A proverb here is to the
+effect that God made the Portuguese first, and then
+the Gallego to wait upon him. Most of the male
+servants in houses come from Gallicia. They are
+largely the porters and laborers, for the natives are too
+proud to carry burdens: it is too near like the work
+of a mule or a donkey. It is said, that when the French
+approached Coimbra in the peninsular war, and the
+people deserted the city, the men would not carry their
+valuables with them, so great was their prejudice
+against bundles; and every thing was lost except what
+the women could take with them. They could not
+disgrace themselves to save their property.”
+
+“No wonder the country is poor,” added Sheridan.
+
+“Now we will cross the bridge, and ride through
+Buenos Ayres, where many of the wealthy people live,
+and some of the ambassadors,” continued the doctor.
+
+They had a pleasant ride, passing the English cemetery
+in which Henry Fielding and Dr. Doddridge were
+buried. On the return, they passed the principal cemetery
+of the city. It is called the _Prazeres_, which
+means “pleasures;” a name it obtained by accident,
+and not because it was considered appropriate.
+
+The following day was set apart for an excursion to
+Cintra and Mafra, and a sufficient number of omnibuses
+were sent to a point on the north–west road; for
+the students were to walk over the aqueduct in order
+to see that wonderful work. The party ascended some
+stone steps to a large hall which contains the reservoir.
+It is near the _Praca do Rato_, and not far from the centre
+of the city. The party then entered the arched
+gallery, eight feet high and five feet wide, through
+which the water–ways are led. In the middle is a
+paved pathway for foot–passengers. On either side of
+it is a channel in the masonry, nine inches wide and
+a foot deep in the centre, rounded at the bottom.
+It looked like a small affair for the supply of a great
+city. The aqueduct is carried on a range of arches
+over the valley of the Alcantara, which is the name of
+the little stream that flows into the Tagus near the
+_Necessidades_. The highest of these arches are two hundred
+and sixty–three feet above the river. A causeway
+was built on each side of it, forming a bridge to the
+villages in the suburbs; but its use was discontinued
+because so many people committed suicide by throwing
+themselves from the dizzy height, or were possibly
+murdered by robbers. This aqueduct was erected by
+Dom John V., and it is the pride of the city. The
+water comes from springs six miles away.
+
+“Why did we have those water–jars in the hotel if
+they have spring–water?” asked Sheridan, as they
+walked along the gallery.
+
+“They think the water is better kept in those jars,”
+replied Dr. Winstock; “and I believe they are right;
+at least, they would be if they would keep the ants out
+of them.”
+
+On the other side of the valley the excursionists
+loaded themselves into the omnibuses, and were soon
+on their way to Cintra, which is fourteen miles from
+Lisbon. It is a sort of Versailles, Potsdam, or Windsor,
+where the court resides during a part of the year,
+and where all the wealthy and fashionable people
+spend their summers. It is a beautiful drive, with
+many pleasant villages, palaces, country–seats, groves,
+and gardens by the way.
+
+“Here we are,” said the doctor to his young companions,
+when the carriage in which they had come
+stopped before Victor’s Hotel. “Southey said this was
+the most blessed spot in the habitable world. Byron
+sang with equal enthusiasm; and the words of these
+poets have made the place famous in England. Our
+American guide–book does not even mention it.”
+
+Cintra is a town of forty–five hundred inhabitants.
+It is built on the southern end of the Estrella Mountains,
+at an elevation of from eighteen hundred to three
+thousand feet. It is only a few miles from the seashore,
+and the Atlantic may be seen from its hills.
+The party of the doctor first went to the royal palace.
+It was the Alhambra of the Moorish monarchs, and has
+been a favorite residence of the Christian kings. Dom
+Sebastian held his last court here when he left for
+Africa. The students wandered through its numerous
+apartments, laughed at its magpie saloon, and thought
+of the kings who had dwelt within its walls. They
+were more pleased with the gardens, though it was
+winter; for there was a great deal in them that was
+curious and interesting.
+
+The Pena Convent was the next attraction. All convents
+have been suppressed in Portugal, as in Spain;
+but the Gothic building has been repaired, and it looks
+more like a castle than a religious house. Its garden
+and grounds must be magnificent in the proper season.
+The view from the highest point presents an almost
+boundless panorama of country, river, and ocean. The
+Moorish castle that commands the town was examined;
+and the next thing was the Cork Convent. It is an
+edifice built in and on the rock, and contains twenty
+cells, each of which is lined with cork to keep out the
+dampness of the rock on which it is founded. These
+cells are dungeons five feet square, with doors so low
+that even the shortest of the students had to stoop to
+enter them.
+
+A country–house in Portugal is a _quinta_; and that
+of Dom John de Castro, the great navigator and the
+viceroy of the Indies, is called _Penha Verda_, and is
+still in the hands of his descendants. The gardens
+are very pretty; and the first orange–trees set out in
+Europe were on this estate. In the garden is the
+chapel built by him on his return from the Indies, in
+1542, and the rock with six trees on it, which was the
+only reward he desired for the conquest of the Island
+of Diu, in Hindostan. He died in the arms of St.
+Francis Xavier, in 1548, protesting that he had spent
+every thing he had in supplying the wants of his comrades
+in arms. He declared that he had not a change
+of linen, or money enough to buy him a chicken for his
+dinner. Most of the enormous wealth of the Indies
+had passed through his hands; and he had not stolen
+a _vintem_ of it. What an example for modern office–holders!
+When he was dead, only one _vintem_—about
+two cents—was found in his coffers. His descendants
+were prohibited from deriving any profit from the cultivation
+of this property.
+
+The rest of the time was given to wandering about
+among the estates of the wealthy men, including some
+of the foreign ministers, who have _quintas_ in Cintra.
+
+After a lunch, the excursionists proceeded to Mafra,
+about ten miles from Cintra. This place contains an
+enormous pile of buildings on the plan of the Escurial,
+and rather larger, if any thing. It was erected by
+John V. to carry out his vow to change the poorest
+monastery into the most magnificent one when Heaven
+would give him a son. It contains eight hundred and
+sixty–six apartments; but the only one of interest to
+the students was the audience–chamber, preserved as it
+was when the palace was inhabited by Dom John.
+
+It was late in the evening when the Princes returned
+to Lisbon; and they were rather glad to learn that the
+ship was to sail for Barcelona after breakfast the next
+morning.
+
+“I am rather sorry that we do not go to Oporto,”
+said the doctor, when the captain informed him of the
+order. “It is an old city set on a hillside; but it
+would not interest the students any more than Lisbon
+has.”
+
+“By the way, doctor, we have not seen any port
+wine,” added Sheridan.
+
+“It is not a great sight to look at the casks that contain
+port wine. In Porto, not Oporto in Portugal, it is
+not the black, logwood decoction which passes under
+the name of port in the United States, though it is
+darker than ordinary wines. It gets its color and flavor
+from the peculiarity of the grapes that grow in the
+vicinity of Porto.”
+
+The officers were tired enough to turn in. Early the
+next morning the fires were roaring in the furnaces of
+the Prince; at a later hour the pipe of the boatswain
+was heard; and at half–past eight the steamer was
+standing down the river. As the students had not
+come to Lisbon from the sea, they all gathered on the
+deck and in the rigging to see the surroundings.
+
+“That building on the height is the palace of Ajuda,
+where the present king ordinarily resides,” said the
+surgeon, when the captain pointed it out to one of the
+officers. “A temporary wooden house was built on
+that hill for the royal family after the earthquake. It
+is very large for this little kingdom, but is only one–third
+of the size it was intended to be. It was erected
+by John VI.; or, rather, it was begun by him, for it is
+not finished.”
+
+“You can see the buildings on the Cintra hills,”
+added Murray.
+
+“Yes; and you can see them better from the ocean.”
+
+“That is Belem Castle,” said Sheridan, as the ship
+approached the mouth of the river. “I saw a picture
+of it in an illustrated paper at home.”
+
+“It is called the Tower of Belem; and there is a
+palace with the same name on the shore. This is half
+Gothic and half Moorish. It is round, and the style is
+unique. What it was built for, no one knows. I suppose
+you are not aware how Columbus ascertained that
+there was a Western Continent,” added the doctor,
+smiling.
+
+“I know what the books say,—that he reasoned it
+out in his own mind,” replied the captain.
+
+“You see that town on the north: it is Cascaes, in
+which Sanchez, the renowned pilot, was born,” continued
+the doctor. “In 1486 Sanchez was blown off
+in a storm; and, before he could bring up, he was carried
+to an unknown land somewhere in North America. On
+his way back he stopped at Madeira, where he was the
+guest of Columbus. Somehow the log–book of the
+pilot fell into the hands of the great navigator, and
+from it he learned that there was an American Continent.”
+
+“Do you believe that story?” asked Sheridan seriously.
+
+“I do not. There are too many difficulties in the
+way of it; but it was told me by a Portuguese pilot.”
+
+When the ship had passed the bar, the pilot was discharged,
+and the course laid to the south. Just at dark
+she was in sight of Cape St. Vincent. The doctor
+related the story of its name, which was given to it
+because the body of St. Vincent, martyred in Rome,
+found its way to this cape, where it was watched over
+for a long period by crows. The ship that conveyed it
+to Lisbon was followed by these birds; and tame crows
+were afterwards kept in the cathedral, where the remains
+were deposited, in memory of the miraculous care of
+these birds. Three great naval victories have been
+won by the English Navy off this cape. Rodney defeated
+the Spanish fleet in 1780; Nelson, with fifteen
+small vessels, beat twenty–seven Spanish men–of–war, in
+1797; and Sir Charles Napier, in 1833, with six vessels,
+only one of them a frigate, defeated ten Portuguese
+ships, thus putting an end to the Miguel war, and
+placing Maria I. on the throne of Portugal. The next
+day the Prince passed Cape Trafalgar, where, in 1805,
+Nelson gained his great naval victory over the combined
+fleets of France and Spain.
+
+On Sunday morning the Prince arrived at Barcelona.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXI.
+
+A SAFE HARBOR.
+
+
+“We are in Malaga now; and we have to decide
+what to do next,” said Raymond, when they
+were shown to their room in the hotel.
+
+“I supposed you would wait till the squadron arrived,”
+replied Bark.
+
+“I do not intend to wait. We have talked so much
+about your affairs that we have said nothing about
+mine,” added Raymond. “My circumstances are very
+different from yours. I feel that I have been right all
+the time; and I expect that I shall be fully justified in
+the end for what I have done in violation of the discipline
+of the vessel to which I belong.”
+
+“I know that my case is very different from yours;
+but I do not want to part company with you,” said
+Bark, with an anxious look on his face.
+
+“I don’t know that it is necessary for us to part.
+Though I think it is your duty to join your ship as soon
+as convenient, I shall keep out of the way till she is
+ready to sail from Spain. The fleet will certainly visit
+Cadiz, whether it goes to sea from there or not. For
+this reason, I must work my way to Cadiz.”
+
+“And must I stay here till the squadron arrives?”
+
+“Let us look it over.”
+
+“I cannot speak Spanish; and I shall be like a cat
+in a strange garret, unless I employ a guide.”
+
+“The right thing for you to do is to return to your
+ship.”
+
+“Go back to Barcelona?”
+
+“I should advise you to do that if I were not afraid
+the fleet would leave before you could get there. The
+Prince will arrive within three days; and, if the Josephines
+and Tritonias have returned, the vessels may
+sail at once. It is a long, tedious, and expensive journey
+by rail; and you could not get there in this time by
+any steamer, for they all stop at the ports on the way.
+I don’t know where the fleet will put in on its way
+south; and you might miss it. On the whole, I think
+you had better stay with me.”
+
+“I think so myself,” replied Bark, pleased with the
+decision.
+
+“Because you want to think so, perhaps,” laughed
+Raymond. “We must be careful that our wishes don’t
+override our judgment.”
+
+“But you decided it for me.”
+
+“I think we have settled it right,” added Raymond.
+“I want to see something of my native land; and I
+shall go to the Alhambra and Seville on the way to
+Cadiz. In your case it will make only a difference of
+two or three days, whether you join the Tritonia here
+or in Cadiz.”
+
+This course was decided upon in the end; and, after
+a day in Malaga, they started for Granada. At the
+expiration of ten days, they had completed the tour
+marked out by Raymond, and were in Cadiz, waiting
+for the arrival of the squadron. At the end of a week
+it had not come. Another week, and still it did not
+appear. Raymond looked over the ship–news in all
+the papers he could find in the club–house; but the
+last news he could obtain was that the Prince and her
+consorts had arrived at Carthagena. In vain he looked
+for any thing more. The next port would certainly be
+Malaga, unless the fleet put into Almeria, which was
+not probable. It was now the middle of January.
+
+“I don’t understand it,” said Raymond. “The
+vessels ought to have been here before this time.”
+
+“Perhaps they have gone over into Africa to look
+after us,” suggested Bark.
+
+“That is not possible: Mr. Lowington never goes
+to hunt up or hunt down runaways; but he may have
+gone over there to let the students see something of
+Africa,” replied Raymond. “I don’t think he has
+gone over to Africa at all.”
+
+“Where is he, then?”
+
+“That’s a conundrum, and I can’t guess it.”
+
+Raymond continued to watch the papers till the first
+of February; but still there were no tidings of the
+fleet. He had a list of the vessels that had passed
+Tarifa, and of those which had arrived at Algiers,
+Oran, and Nemours; but they did not contain the
+name of the Prince. Then he looked for ships at Alexandria,
+thinking the principal might have concluded to
+take the students to Egypt; but he found nothing to
+support such a possibility.
+
+“I don’t think I shall stay here any longer,” said
+Raymond. “We have been here a month.”
+
+“Where will you go?” asked Bark.
+
+“I believe we had better take a steamer, and follow
+the coast up to Carthagena, where we had the last news
+of the fleet,” replied Raymond. “When we get there
+we can ascertain for what port she sailed.”
+
+“Why not go on board of one of the steamers that
+come down the coast from Barcelona, and inquire of
+the officers if they have seen the squadron?” suggested
+Bark, who was always full of suggestions.
+
+“That’s a capital idea!” exclaimed Raymond. “I
+wonder we did not think of that idea before.”
+
+Then they had to wait a week for a steamer that had
+come down the coast; but one of the line from Oran
+had been in port, and they ascertained that the fleet
+was not in the port of Malaga. Raymond went to the
+captain of the steamer from Barcelona, and was informed
+that the squadron was at Carthagena, and had
+been there for over a month.
+
+“That accounts for it all,” said Raymond, as they
+returned to the boat in which they had boarded the
+steamer. “But I can’t imagine why the fleet is staying
+all this time in the harbor of Carthagena.”
+
+“Perhaps the Prince has broken some of her machinery,
+and they have stopped to repair damages,”
+suggested Bark.
+
+“That may be; but they could hardly be a month
+mending a break. They could build a new engine in
+that time almost.”
+
+“Well, we know where the fleet is; and the next
+question is, What are we to do about it?” added Bark,
+as they landed on the quay.
+
+They returned to the Hotel de Cadiz, where they
+boarded, and went to their room to consider the situation
+with the new light just obtained.
+
+“Your course is plain enough, Bark,” said Raymond.
+“Mine is not so plain.”
+
+“You think I ought to return to the Tritonia; don’t
+you?” added Bark.
+
+“That is my view.”
+
+“But suppose the fleet should sail before I get to
+Carthagena?”
+
+“You must take your chance of that.”
+
+“But you will not go back with me?”
+
+“No: it would not be safe for me to do that. It
+will be better for my uncle in Barcelona not to know
+where I am.”
+
+“But what shall I say to Mr. Lowington, or Mr.
+Pelham, when I am asked where you are?” inquired
+Bark. “I suppose it is still to be part of my programme
+not to lie.”
+
+“Undoubtedly; and I hope you will stick to it as
+long as you live.”
+
+“I intend to do so; and you might as well go with
+me as to have me tell them where you are.”
+
+“That is true, Bark; and, when you get on board of
+the Tritonia, tell all you know about me, and say that
+you left me in Cadiz.”
+
+“You might as well go with me.”
+
+“I think not.”
+
+“Then that _alguacil_ will be after you in less than a
+week,” said Bark.
+
+“But he will not find me; for I shall not be in Cadiz
+when he arrives,” laughed the Spaniard.
+
+“Where are you going?” asked Bark curiously.
+
+“If I don’t tell you, you will not know.”
+
+“I see,” added Bark. “You do not intend to stay
+in Cadiz.”
+
+“Of course not.”
+
+“But you may miss the squadron when it goes to
+sea.”
+
+“If I do, I cannot help it; and in that case I may
+go to New York, or I may go to the West Indies in the
+Lopez steamers. I have not made up my mind what I
+shall do.”
+
+Raymond wrote a long letter to Scott, and gave it to
+his companion to deliver to him. In a few days a
+steamer came along that was going to stop at Carthagena.
+Bark went on board of her; and, after a hard
+parting, he sailed away in her to join the Tritonia,
+after an absence of two months.
+
+On the following day Raymond went to Gibraltar in
+the Spanish steamer, and remained there a full month,
+watching the papers for news of the fleet. At the end
+of this time he found the arrival of the squadron at
+Malaga. A few days later he saw that the Prince had
+passed Tarifa, and then that she had arrived at Cadiz.
+But, while he is watching the movements of the steamer,
+we will follow her to Barcelona, where she went nearly
+three months before.
+
+When the Prince reached her destination, the overland
+party had not returned, and were not expected for
+two or three days. An excursion to Monserrat was
+organized by Dr. Winstock, who declared that it would
+be ridiculous to leave Barcelona, when they had time
+on their hands, without visiting one of the most remarkable
+sights in Spain. The party had to take a
+train at seven o’clock in the morning; and then it was
+ten before they reached their destination.
+
+Monserrat is a lofty mountain, and takes its name
+from a Spanish word that means a “saw,” because
+the sharp peaks which cover the elevation resemble
+the teeth of that implement. At the _posada_ in the
+village Dr. Winstock related the legend of the place.
+
+“This is one of the most celebrated shrines in
+Spain,” he began. “Sixty thousand pilgrims used to
+visit it every year; but now the various chapels and
+monastery buildings are mostly in ruins. In 880 mysterious
+lights were seen over a part of the mountain.
+The bishop came up to see what they were, and discovered
+a small image of the Virgin in one of the numerous
+grottos that are found in the mountain. This little
+statue was the work of St. Luke, of course, and was
+brought to Spain by St. Peter himself. The Bishop of
+Barcelona hid it in this cave when the Moors invaded
+Catalonia. Bishop Gondemar, who found it, attempted
+to carry it to Manresa; but it became so heavy that he
+did not succeed. This was a miraculous intimation
+from the image that it did not wish to go any farther.
+The obliging bishop built a chapel on the spot, and the
+image was shrined at its altar. He also appointed a
+hermit to watch over it.
+
+“Now, the Devil came to live in one of the caverns
+for the purpose of leading this anchorite astray. The
+Count of Barcelona had a beautiful daughter whose
+name was Riquilda; and the Devil ‘possessed’ her.
+She told her father that the evil spirit would not leave
+her till ordered to do so by Guarin, the pious custodian
+of the image. The count left her in his care. The
+hermit was wickedly inclined by the influence of the
+Devil, and finally killed the maiden, cutting off her
+head, and burying the body. Guarin was immediately
+sorry for what he had done, and, fleeing from his evil
+neighbor, went to Rome. The pope absolved him with
+the penance that he should return to Monserrat on his
+hands and knees, and continue to walk like a beast, as
+he was morally, and never to look up to heaven which
+he had insulted, and never to speak a word. He became
+a wild beast in the forest; and Count Wildred
+captured the strange animal, and conveyed him to his
+palace, where he doubtless became a lion. One day
+the creature was brought in to be exhibited to the
+count’s guests at a banquet. A child cried out to him,
+‘Arise, Juan Guarin! thy sins are forgiven!’ Then he
+arose in the form of the hermit; and the count pardoned
+him, having the grace to follow the example set
+him.
+
+“But the end was not yet; for, when the count and
+Guarin went to search for the body, Riquilda appeared
+to them alive and well, though she had been buried
+eight years, but with a red ring around her neck, like a
+silk thread, rather ornamental than otherwise. The
+count founded a nunnery at once; and his daughter
+was made the lady superior, while Guarin became the
+_mayor–domo_ of the establishment. In time the nuns
+were removed, and monks took their places; and the
+miracles performed by the image attracted thousands
+to its shrines. The treasury of this Virgin was immense
+at one time, being valued at two hundred
+thousand ducats; but most of it was carried away by
+the French. The scenery, you see, is wild and grand,
+and I think is more enjoyable than the relics and the
+grottos.”
+
+For hours the students wandered about the wild
+locality. They saw the wonderful image; and those
+who had any taste for art thought that St. Luke, if he
+made the little statue, had not done himself any great
+credit. They visited the thirteen hermitages, and explored
+the grottos till they had had enough of this sort
+of thing. An hour after dark they were on board of
+the Prince. In two days more the Josephines and
+Tritonias arrived; and on Wednesday the squadron
+sailed for the South.
+
+During his stay in port, the principal had seen Don
+Francisco, and told him all he knew in regard to the
+fugitive. The lawyer was satisfied that Mr. Lowington
+had done nothing to keep the young Don out of the
+way of his guardian; and neither of them could suggest
+any means to recover possession of him. As yet no
+letter from Don Manuel in New York had been received.
+
+Favored by a good wind, the squadron arrived at
+Valencia in thirty hours. After a night’s sleep, all
+hands were landed at the port of the city, which the
+reader knows is Grao. The professor of geography and
+history, while the party were waiting for the vehicles
+that were to convey them to the city, gave the students
+a description of Valencia. It is an ancient city, founded
+by the Phœnicians, inhabited by the Romans for five
+centuries, captured by the Moors and held by them
+about the same time, though the Cid took the town, and
+held it for five years. At his death, in 1099, the Moors
+came down upon the city; and the body of the Cid was
+placed on his horse, and marched out of the city. The
+Moslems opened for it; and the Castilians passed
+through their army in safety, the enemy not daring to
+attack them. It was not such a victory for the
+Spaniards as some of the chronicles describe; for the
+Christians had to abandon the place. It was taken
+from the Moors in 1238, and became a part of Aragon,
+to be united with the other provinces of Spain by the
+union of Ferdinand and Isabella. The Moriscoes—the
+Moors who had been allowed to remain in Spain
+after the capture of Granada—made a great city of it,
+building its palaces and bridges; but they were driven
+out of the peninsula by Philip II. They had cultivated
+its vicinity, and made a paradise of the province; and
+their departure was almost a death–blow to the prosperity
+of the city.
+
+Though the modern kings of Spain have not spared
+its memorials of the past, it is still an interesting city.
+It has a population of nearly one hundred and fifty
+thousand, making it the fourth city of Spain. It is one
+of the most industrious cities of the peninsula; and its
+manufactures of silk and velvet are quite extensive.
+The city contains nothing very different from other
+Spanish towns. The students wandered over the
+most of it, looking into a few of the churches, nearly
+every one of which has a wonder–working image of the
+Virgin, or of St. Vincent, who is the patron saint of
+Valencia.
+
+The next day the squadron sailed, and put into Alicante
+after a twenty–four hours’ run; the wind being so
+light that the steamer had to tow her consorts nearly
+the whole distance. The students went on shore; but
+the old legend, “Nothing to see,” was passed around
+among them. Alicante is an old Spanish town, composed
+of white houses, standing at the foot of a high
+hill crowned with an old fortress. The lines, walls,
+covered ways, and batteries, seem to cover one side of
+the elevation. Those who cared to do it climbed to
+the top of the hill, and were rewarded with a fine view
+of the sea and the country.
+
+“When the Cid had captured Valencia,” said Dr.
+Winstock to his pupils, as they stood on the summit of
+the hill, “he conducted Ximine, his wife, to the top of
+a tower, and showed her the country he had conquered.
+It was called the _Huerta_, which means a large orchard.
+The land had been irrigated by the industrious and
+enterprising Moors, and bore fruit in luxurious abundance.
+The _vega_, or plain, which we see, is scarcely
+less fertile; and the region around us is perhaps the
+most productive in Spain. Twelve miles south is
+Elche, which is filled with palm–plantations. We see
+an occasional palm and fig tree here.”
+
+Mr. Lowington did not favor excursions into the
+country when it could be avoided; but the doctor
+insisted that the students ought to visit Elche, and the
+point was yielded. They made the excursion in four
+separate parties; for comfortable carriages could not
+be obtained to take them all at once. The road was
+dry and dusty at first, and the soil poor; but the aspect
+of the country soon changed. Palms began to appear
+along the way, and soon the landscape seemed to be
+covered with them.
+
+“There is something to see here, at any rate,” said
+Sheridan, as the party approached the town.
+
+“I thought you would enjoy it,” replied the doctor.
+“This is the East transplanted in Spain.”
+
+“These palms are fifty feet high,” added Murray,
+measuring them with his eye.
+
+“Some of them are sixty; but fifty is about the
+average. Now we are in the palm–forest, which is said
+to contain forty thousand trees. This region is irrigated
+by the waters of the Vinalopo River, which are
+held back by a causeway stretched across the valley
+above. These plantations are very profitable.”
+
+“But all palms are not like these,” said Murray.
+“My uncle has seen palms over a hundred feet high.”
+
+“There are nearly a hundred kinds of palm, bearing
+different sorts of fruit. These are date–palms; and
+one of them bears from one to two hundred pounds of
+dates.”
+
+“And they sell at from ten to fifteen cents a pound
+at home,” added Sheridan.
+
+“But for not more than one or two cents a pound
+here,” continued the doctor. “I suppose you have
+learned about sex in plants, which is a modern discovery;
+but it is most strikingly illustrated in these
+date–palms. Only the female tree bears fruit. The
+male palm bears a flower whose pollen was shaken over
+the female trees by the Moors long before any thing
+was known about sex in plants; and the practice is
+continued by their successors. But the male palm
+yields a profit in addition to supplying the orchard with
+pollen. Its leaves are dried, and made into fans, crowns,
+and wreaths, and sold for use on Palm Sunday. This
+town gets seventy thousand dollars for its dates, and
+ten thousand for its palm–leaves.”
+
+“When are the dates picked?” asked Sheridan.
+
+“In November. The men climb the trees by the
+aid of ropes passed around the trunk and the body. I
+will ask one of them to ascend a tree for your benefit.”
+
+The excursionists reached the village, which is in the
+middle of the forest of palms. It was very Oriental
+in its appearance. The people were swarthy, and wore
+a peculiar costume, in which were some remnants of
+the Moorish fashion. The church has its image of the
+Virgin, who dresses very richly, and owns a date–plantation
+which pays the expenses of her wardrobe.
+
+The students were so delighted with the excursion
+that they made a rollicking time of it on the way back
+to Alicante, and astonished the peasants by their lively
+demonstrations. The road was no road at all, but
+merely a path across the country, and was very rough
+in places. The cottages of the vicinity were thatched
+with palm–leaves in some instances. At the door of
+many of them was a hamper of dates, from which any
+one could help himself, and leave a _cuarto_ in payment
+for the feast. It is not watched by the owner, for the
+Spaniard here is an honest man. The students frequently
+availed themselves of these hampers when the
+doctor had explained to them the custom of the country;
+but he exhorted them to be as honest as the
+natives.
+
+The squadron remained at anchor in the port of Alicante
+four days; and, when the students of the first
+party had told their story, the trip to Elche was the
+most popular excursion since they left Italy.
+
+“Which is the best port on the east coast of Spain,
+doctor?” asked the principal, as they sat on the deck
+of the Prince while the third party had gone to Elche.
+
+“I shall answer you as the admiral did Philip II.,—Carthagena,”
+replied the doctor.
+
+“I find that the students are tired of sight–seeing,
+and the lessons have been much neglected of late,”
+continued the principal. “I think we all need a rest.
+I have about made up my mind to lie up for three
+months in some good harbor, recruit the students, and
+push along their studies.”
+
+“I think that is an excellent plan. April will be a
+better month to see the rest of Spain than the middle
+of winter.”
+
+The plan was fully discussed and adopted; and on
+the following day the squadron sailed for Carthagena,
+and having a stiff breeze was at anchor in its capacious
+harbor at sunset. The students were not sorry to take
+the rest; for the constant change of place for the last
+six months had rendered a different programme acceptable.
+There was nothing in the town to see; and the
+harbor was enclosed with hills, almost landlocked, and
+as smooth as a millpond.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXII.
+
+THE FRUITS OF REPENTANCE.
+
+
+The mail for the squadron—forwarded by the
+principal’s banker in Barcelona—had been
+following the fleet down the coast for a week, but was
+received soon after it anchored at Carthagena. Among
+the letters was one from Don Manuel, Raymond’s
+uncle in New York. He was astonished that his
+nephew had ventured into Spain, when he had been
+cautioned not to do so. He was glad he had left his
+vessel, and hoped the principal would do nothing to
+bring him back. It was extremely important that his
+nephew should not be restored to his uncle in Barcelona,
+for reasons which Henry would explain if necessary.
+If the fugitive was, by any mischance, captured
+by Don Alejandro or his agents, Don Manuel wished
+to be informed of the fact at once by cable; and
+it would be his duty to hasten to Spain without
+delay.
+
+Mr. Lowington was greatly astonished at this letter,
+and handed it to Dr. Winstock. It seemed to indicate
+that a satisfactory explanation could be given of the
+singular conduct of the second master of the Tritonia,
+and that he would be able to justify his course.
+
+“That is not the kind of letter I expected to receive,”
+said the principal, when the surgeon had read it.
+
+“There is evidently some family quarrel which Don
+Manuel does not wish to disclose to others,” replied
+the doctor.
+
+“But Don Manuel ought to have informed me
+that he did not wish to have his nephew taken into
+Spain.”
+
+“We can’t tell about that till we know all the facts
+in the case. I have no doubt that the uncle in Barcelona
+is the legal guardian of Enrique Raimundo,” continued
+the doctor.
+
+“Then how did the boy come into the possession of
+Don Manuel?”
+
+“I don’t know; but he seems to be actuated by very
+strong motives, for he is coming to Spain if the young
+man falls into the hands of his legal guardian. I don’t
+understand it; but I am satisfied that it is a case for
+the lawyers to work upon.”
+
+“I think not; for Don Manuel seems to believe that
+the safety of his nephew can only be secured by keeping
+him out of Spain; in other words, that he has no case
+which he is willing to take into a Spanish court.”
+
+“Perhaps you are right; but it looks to me like a
+fortune for the lawyers to pick upon; though I must
+say that Don Francisco is one of the most gentlemanly
+and obliging attorneys I ever met, and seems to ask
+for nothing that is not perfectly fair.”
+
+They could not solve the problem; and it was no
+use to discuss it. The principal had done all he could
+to recover the second master of the Tritonia, or rather
+to assist the detective who was in search of him. The
+last news of him, brought by Bill Stout, was that the
+fugitive had gone to Africa. The _alguacil_ had gone to
+Africa, but Raimundo had left before he arrived. He
+was unable to obtain any clew to him, for Raymond
+looked like Spaniards in general; and in the dress he
+had put on in Valencia he did not look like Raymond
+in the uniform of an officer. While the fugitive was
+sunning himself in Gibraltar, the pursuer was looking
+for him in Italy and Egypt. The principal was confident
+he had gone to the East, for runaways would not
+expose themselves to capture till their money was all
+gone. Besides, some of the officers of the Tritonia
+said that Raymond had often expressed a desire to visit
+Egypt and the Holy Land.
+
+The affairs of the squadron went along smoothly for
+six weeks. The students were studious, now that they
+had nothing to distract their attention. Bill Stout staid
+in the brig till he promised to learn his lessons, and
+then was let out. He did not like the brig after the
+trap in the floor was screwed down so that he could not
+raise it. Ben Pardee and Lon Gibbs fell out with him;
+first, because he had run away without them, and, second,
+because he was a disagreeable and unreasonable
+fellow. Bill did study his lessons in order to keep out
+of the brig; but he was behind every class in the vessel,
+and his ignorance was so dense that the professors
+were disgusted with him. It was about six weeks after
+the squadron took up its quarters in the harbor of Carthagena,
+that a shore–boat came up to the gangway, and
+Bark Lingall stepped upon the deck of the Tritonia.
+Of course his heart beat violently; but he came back
+like the Prodigal Son. He was wiser and better than
+when he left, and he was ready to submit cheerfully to
+the penalty of his offence; and he expected to be committed
+to the brig as soon as he showed himself to the
+principal.
+
+It was nearly dark when the prodigal boarded the
+Tritonia, and Scott was in charge of the anchor watch
+which had been set for the night. He looked at Bark
+as he came up the side; and, though the fugitive had
+changed his dress, he recognized him at once.
+
+“Lingall!” exclaimed Scott. “You haven’t made a
+mistake as Stout did; have you?”
+
+“I don’t know what mistake Stout made, except the
+mistake of running away; and I made that one with
+him,” replied Bark.
+
+“Stout came on board of the Prince at Lisbon, thinking
+she was a steamer bound to England,” laughed
+Scott.
+
+“I could not mistake the Tritonia for a steamer,
+even if I wanted to go to England.”
+
+“Where did you leave Raimundo?” asked the
+officer anxiously.
+
+“Here is a letter from him for you; and that will
+explain it all. I wish to see the vice–principal,” continued
+Bark.
+
+Mr. Pelham was summoned, and he gave a good–natured
+greeting to the returned fugitive, not doubting
+that he had spent all his money in riotous living, and
+had come back because he could not travel any more
+without funds.
+
+“Money all gone, Lingall?” asked the vice–principal,
+who, like his superior, believed that satire was an
+effective means of discipline at times.
+
+“No, sir: I have over fifty pounds left,” replied
+Bark, more respectfully than he had formerly been in
+the habit of speaking, even to the principal.
+
+“What did you come back for, then?” demanded
+Mr. Pelham.
+
+“Because I am sorry for what I have done, and ask
+to be forgiven,” answered Bark, taking off his hat, and
+fixing his gaze upon the deck, while his bosom was
+swelling with emotion.
+
+The vice–principal was touched by his manner. He
+had stood in the same position before the principal
+five years before; and he indulged in no more light
+words. He took the prodigal down into his cabin, so
+that whatever passed between them might have no
+witnesses.
+
+“Do you come back voluntarily, Lingall?” asked
+the vice–principal in gentle tones.
+
+“I do, sir: I left Cadiz three days ago. I had been
+waiting there a month for the squadron to arrive. We
+did not know where it was, for the last we could learn
+of it was its arrival in Carthagena.”
+
+“You say we: were you not alone?”
+
+“No, sir: Raymond was with me.”
+
+“Who is Raymond?”
+
+“Raimundo: he has translated his name into English,
+and now prefers to be called by that name.”
+
+“And you left him in Cadiz?”
+
+“Yes, sir.”
+
+“Is he there now?”
+
+“I don’t know, sir; but I think not. He did not
+tell me where he was going, and I did not wish to
+know.”
+
+“I see,” added Mr. Pelham. “I hope he will not
+be taken by those who are after him.”
+
+Bark looked up, utterly astonished at this last
+remark; for he supposed the sympathies of the officers
+were with Don Francisco, as they had been at the time
+he left the Tritonia. As Mr. Pelham was in the confidence
+of the principal in regard to the affair of the
+second master, he had been permitted to read the
+letter from Don Manuel; and this fact will explain
+the remark.
+
+“Raymond does not know from what port the
+squadron will sail for the islands; but he wants to
+return to his ship as soon as he can,” added Bark.
+
+As Raymond’s case seemed to be of more interest
+than his own, Bark told all he knew about his late
+companion; but no one was any wiser in regard to his
+present hiding–place.
+
+“Where have you been all this time?” asked the
+vice–principal, when his curiosity was fully satisfied
+concerning Raymond.
+
+“I have been a good deal worse than you think I
+have; and I wish that running away was the worst
+thing I had on my conscience,” replied Bark, in answer
+to this question.
+
+“I am sorry to hear you say that; but, whatever you
+have done, it is better to make a clean breast of it,”
+added Mr. Pelham.
+
+“That is what I am going to do, sir,” replied Bark;
+and he prefaced his confession with what had passed
+between Raymond and himself when he decided upon
+his course of action.
+
+He related the substance of his conversations with
+Bill Stout at the beginning of the conspiracy, and then
+proceeded to inform the vice–principal what had occurred
+while they were in the brig together, including the setting
+of the fire in the hold.
+
+“Do you mean to say that Stout intended to burn
+the vessel?” demanded Mr. Pelham, astonished and
+shocked at the revelation.
+
+“He and I so intended; and we actually started the
+fire three or four times,” answered Bark, detailing all
+the particulars.
+
+“You are very tender of Stout—the villain!” exclaimed
+the vice–principal. “It appears that he proposed
+the plan, and set the fire, while you assented to
+the act.”
+
+“I don’t wish to make it out that I am not just as
+guilty as Stout.”
+
+“I understand you perfectly,” added Mr. Pelham.
+“The villain pretended to be penitent when he came
+back, and told lies enough to sink the ship, if they had
+had any weight with me. Mr. Marline reported to me
+that there had been fire in the old stuff in the hold. I
+thought there was some mistake about it; but it is all
+plain enough now.”
+
+Bark proceeded with his narrative of the escape,
+which had been before related by Bill Stout; but the
+two stories differed in some respects, especially in respect
+to the conduct of Bill in the affray with the Catalonian
+in the felucca. He told about his wanderings
+and waitings with Raymond, which explained why he
+had not come back before.
+
+“Stout said that you and he pulled the boatman down
+when Raimundo missed him with the tiller,” said Mr.
+Pelham.
+
+“I mean to tell the truth, if I know how; but Bill
+did not lift his finger to do any thing, not even after
+Raymond and I had the fellow down,” replied Bark.
+“Raymond called him a coward on the spot; and I
+wish he were here to tell you so, for I know you would
+believe him.”
+
+“And I believe you, Lingall.”
+
+At this moment there was a knock at the state–room
+door.
+
+“Come in,” said the principal; and Scott opened
+the door at this summons.
+
+“I have a letter from Mr. Raimundo, sir, in which
+he has a great deal to say about Lingall,” said the
+lieutenant. “I thought you might wish to know what
+he says before you settle this case. I will leave it
+with you, sir; for there is nothing private in it.”
+
+“Thank you, Mr. Scott,” replied the vice–principal,
+as he took the letter.
+
+He opened and read the letter. It related entirely
+to the affairs of Lingall, and was an earnest plea for
+his forgiveness. It recited all the incidents of the
+cruise in the felucca, and the particulars of Bark’s
+reformation. The writer added that he hoped to be
+able to join his ship soon; and should do so, if he
+could, when she was out of Spanish waters.
+
+“Now, Lingall, you may go on board of the Prince
+with me,” said Mr. Pelham, when he had finished reading
+the letter.
+
+A boat was manned, and they were pulled to the
+steamer. The whole story was gone over again; and
+Mr. Lowington read the letter of Raymond. The
+principal and Mr. Pelham had a long consultation
+alone; and then Bark was ordered to return to his duty,
+without so much as a reprimand. Bark was bewildered
+at this unexpected clemency. He was satisfied that
+it was Raymond’s letter that saved him, because it
+assured the principal of the thorough reformation of
+the culprit. The vice–principal told him afterwards,
+that it was as much his own confession of the conspiracy,
+which was not even suspected on board, as it
+was the letter, that produced the leniency in the minds
+of the authorities. The boat that brought Mr. Pelham
+and Bark back to the Tritonia immediately conveyed
+Bill Stout, in charge of Peaks, to the Prince, where he
+was committed to the brig, without any explanation of
+the charge against him.
+
+Bill did not know what to make of this sharp discipline;
+and he felt very much like a martyr, for he
+believed he had been “a good boy,” as he called the
+chaplain’s lambs. He had time to think about it
+when the bars separated him from the rest of his shipmates.
+The news that Bark Lingall had returned was
+circulated through the Tritonia before he left the vessel.
+He could only explain his present situation by
+the supposition that Bark had told about the conspiracy
+to burn the vessel. This must be the reason why
+he was caged in the Prince rather than in the Tritonia.
+
+For three days the stewards brought him his food;
+and for an hour, each forenoon, the big boatswain
+walked him up and down the deck to give him his
+exercise; but it was in vain that he asked them what
+he was caged for. As none of these officials knew,
+none of them could tell him. On the fourth day of his
+confinement, a meeting of the faculty was held for consultation
+in regard to the affairs of the squadron. This
+was the high court of the academy, and consisted of
+the principal, the vice–principals, the chaplain, the surgeon,
+and the professors,—fourteen in all. Though
+the authority of the principal was supreme, he preferred
+to have this council to advise him in important
+matters.
+
+When the faculty had assembled, Peaks brought Bill
+Stout into the cabin, and placed him at the end of the
+long table at which the members were seated. He was
+awed and impressed by the situation. The principal
+stated that the culprit was charged with attempting to
+set fire to the Tritonia, and asked what he had to say
+for himself. Bill made haste to deny the charge with
+all his might; but he might as well have denied his
+own existence. Raymond’s letter describing what he
+saw in the hold was read, but the parts relating to Bark
+were omitted. Bill supposed the letter was the only
+evidence against him, and the writer had spared Bark
+because he was a friend. Bill declared that Raymond
+hated him, and had made up this story to injure him.
+He had been trying to do his duty, and no complaint
+had been made against him since the fleet had been at
+anchor.
+
+The chaplain thought a student ought not to be condemned
+on the evidence of one who had run away
+from his vessel. As Bill would not be satisfied, it
+became necessary to call Bark Lingall. The reformed
+seaman gave his evidence in the form of a confession;
+and, when he had finished his story, no one doubted
+his sincerity, or the truth of his statement. By a unanimous
+vote of the faculty, approved by the principal,
+Bill Stout was dismissed from the academy as one
+whom it was not safe to have on board any of the
+vessels, and as one whose character was too bad to
+allow him to associate with the students. A letter to
+his father was written; and he was sent home in charge
+of the carpenter of the Josephine, who was about to
+return to New York on account of the illness of his
+son.
+
+The particulars of this affair were kept from the
+students; for the principal did not wish to have them
+know that any one had attempted to burn one of the
+vessels, lest it might tempt some other pupil to seek a
+dismissal by the same means. Bill Stout was glad to
+be sent away, even in disgrace.
+
+Early in March Mr. Lowington received a letter from
+Don Francisco, asking if any thing had been heard
+from Raymond, and informing him that his client Don
+Alejandro was dangerously sick. The principal, since
+he had received the letter from Don Manuel, had declined
+to assist in the search for the absentee, though
+he had not communicated his views to the lawyer.
+The detective had not returned from his tour in the
+East, and was doubtless willing to continue the search
+as long as he was paid for it. The principal was “a
+square man;” and he informed Don Francisco that his
+views on the subject had changed, and that he hoped
+the fugitive would not be captured. Ten days after
+this letter was answered came Don Francisco himself.
+He went on board of the Prince; and, in spite of the
+reply of the principal, he was as cordial and courteous
+as ever.
+
+“I suppose you have received my letter, declining to
+do any thing more to secure the return of the absentee,”
+Mr. Lowington began, when they were seated in
+the grand saloon.
+
+“I have received it,” replied Don Francisco; “but
+now all the circumstances of the case are changed, and
+I am confident that you will do all you can to find the
+young man. Your letter came to me on the day before
+the funeral of my client.”
+
+“Then Don Alejandro is dead!” exclaimed the
+principal, startled by the intelligence.
+
+“He died in the greatest agony and remorse,” added
+the lawyer. “He was sick four weeks, and suffered
+the most intense pain till death relieved him. He confessed
+to me, when I went to make his will, that he had
+intended to get his nephew out of the way in some
+manner, before the boy was of an age to inherit his
+father’s property. Don Manuel had charged him with
+this purpose before he left Spain, and had repeated the
+charge in his letters. He confessed because he wanted
+his brother’s forgiveness, as well as that of the Church.
+He wished me to see that justice was done to his
+nephew. When I wrote you that last letter, my client
+desired to see the young man, and to implore his forgiveness
+for the injury he had done him as a child, and
+for that he had meditated.”
+
+“This is a very singular story,” said Mr. Lowington.
+“You did not give me the reason for which Don Alejandro
+wished to see his nephew.”
+
+“I did not know it myself. What I have related
+transpired since I wrote that letter. The case is one
+of the remarkable ones; but I have known a few just
+like it,” continued the lawyer. “My client was told
+by the physicians that he could not recover. Such an
+announcement to a Christian who has committed a
+crime—and to meditate it is the same thing in the eye
+of the Church, though not of the law—could not but
+change the whole current of his thoughts. I know that
+it caused my client more suffering than his bodily ailments,
+severe as the latter were. The terrors of the
+world to come haunted him; and he believed, that, if
+he did not do justice to that young man before he died,
+he would suffer for his crime through all the ages of
+eternity; and I believe so too. I think he confessed
+the crime to me, after he had done so to the priest,
+because he believed his son, who had been in his confidence,
+would carry out his wicked purpose after his
+father was gone; for this son would inherit the estate as
+the next heir under the will of the grandfather.”
+
+“I can understand how things appear to a man as
+wicked as your client was, when death stares him in the
+face,” added Mr. Lowington.
+
+“Now the young man is wanted. He is not of age,
+but he ought to have a voice in the selection of his
+guardian.”
+
+“I don’t know where he is under the altered circumstances,
+any more than I did before,” replied the
+principal; “but I am willing to make an effort to find
+him. Is he in any danger from the son of your late
+client?”
+
+“None at all: the son denies that he ever had any
+knowledge of the business; and, since the confession
+of the father, the son would not dare to do any thing
+wrong. Besides, my client put all the property in my
+hands before he died.”
+
+The next thing was to find Raymond. He might see
+the announcement of the death of his uncle in the
+newspapers; but, if he did not, he would be sure to
+keep out of the way till the squadron was ready to sail
+for the “isles of the sea.” Mr. Lowington sent for
+Bark Lingall, who had by this time established his
+character as one of the best–behaved and most earnest
+students in his vessel. The principal rehearsed the
+events that made it desirable to find Raymond.
+
+“Do you think you could find him, Lingall?” asked
+Mr. Lowington.
+
+“I think I might if I could speak Spanish,” replied
+Bark modestly.
+
+“You and Scott are the only students who know his
+history; and he would allow you to approach him, while
+he would keep out of the way of any other person connected
+with the squadron. We shall sail for Malaga
+to–morrow; and you shall have a courier to do your
+talking for you,” continued the principal.
+
+Bark was pleased with the mission. He was furnished
+with a letter from Don Francisco; and, as he
+had some idea of what Raymond’s plans were, he was
+hopeful of success. The squadron sailed the next day,
+and arrived at Malaga in thirty hours.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXIII.
+
+GRANADA AND THE ALHAMBRA.
+
+
+When the academy fleet arrived at Malaga, the
+principal decided to follow the plan he had
+adopted at Barcelona, though on a smaller scale, and
+send the Josephines and Tritonias to Cadiz, while the
+Princes proceeded by rail to the same place, seeing
+Granada, Cordova, and Seville on the way. As soon as
+the transfer could be made, the steamer sailed with its
+company of tourists; and her regular crew were domiciled
+at the Hotel de la Alameda, in Malaga.
+
+“Here we are again,” said Sheridan, as the party of
+the doctor came together again at the hotel.
+
+“I feel more like looking at a cathedral than I
+did when we were sight–seeing in December,” added
+Murray.
+
+“You have not many more cathedrals to see,”
+replied the doctor. “There is one here; but, as this is
+Saturday, we will visit it to–morrow. Suppose we take
+a walk on the Alameda, as this handsome square is
+called.”
+
+It is a beautiful bit of a park, with a fountain at each
+end; but it was so haunted with beggars that the tourists
+could not enjoy it. It was fresh and green, and
+bright with the flowers of early spring.
+
+“What an abomination these beggars are!” exclaimed
+Sheridan, as a pair of them, one with his eyes
+apparently eaten out with sores, leaning on the shoulder
+of another seemingly well enough, saluted them
+with the usual petition. “It makes me sick to look at
+them.”
+
+Murray gave the speaker two _reales_; but they would
+not go till the others had contributed. A little farther
+along they came to a blind man, who had stationed
+himself by a bridge, and held out his hand in silence.
+
+“That man deserves to be encouraged for holding
+his tongue,” said the captain, as he dropped a _peseta_
+into the extended hand. “Most of them yell and
+tease so that one don’t feel like giving.”
+
+The blind beggar called down the blessing of the
+Virgin upon the donor, in a gentle and devout tone.
+But he seemed to be an exception to all the other mendicants
+in Malaga. As the captain said, many of them
+were most disgusting sights; and they pointed out
+their ailments as though they were proud of them.
+
+“This is a commercial city, and there is not much to
+see in it,” said the doctor, as they returned to the
+hotel. “Its history is but a repetition of that of nearly
+all the cities of Spain. It was a place of great trade
+in the time of the Moors: it is the fifth city of Spain,
+ranking next to Valencia. You saw the United States
+flag on quite a number of vessels in the port; and it
+has a large trade with our country. Wine, raisins,
+oranges, lemons, and grapes are the principal exports.”
+
+The next day most of the students visited the cathedral,
+where they heard mass, which was attended by a
+battalion of soldiers, with a band which took part in
+the service. Early on Monday morning the tourists
+started for Granada, taking the train at quarter past
+six o’clock. The ride was exceedingly interesting; for
+the country between Malaga and Cordova is very fertile,
+though a small portion of it is a region abounding
+in the wildest scenery. The first part of the journey
+was in the midst of orange–orchards and vineyards.
+
+“What is that sort of an inclined plane?” asked
+Sheridan, pointing to a stone structure like one side of
+the roof of a small house. “I have noticed a great
+many of them here and near Alicante.”
+
+“You observe that they all slope to the south,”
+replied the doctor. “They are used in drying raisins.
+This is a grape as well as an orange country. Raisins
+are dried grapes; and, when you eat your plum–pudding
+in the future, you will be likely to think of the country
+around Malaga, for the nicest of them come from
+here.”
+
+“This is a wild country,” said Murray, after they
+had been nearly two hours on the train.
+
+“We pass through the western end of the Sierra
+Nevada range. Notice this steep rock,” added the
+doctor, as they passed a lofty precipice. “It is ‘Lovers’
+Rock.’”
+
+“Of course it is,” laughed Murray; “and they
+jumped down that cliff; and there is not a precipice
+in the world that isn’t a lovers’ leap.”
+
+“I think you are right. In this case it was a Spanish
+knight, and a Moorish maiden whose father didn’t like
+the match.”
+
+The travellers left the train at Bobadilla, and proceeded
+by rail to Archidona. Between this place and
+Loxa the railroad was not then built; and the distance—about
+sixteen miles—had to be accomplished by
+diligence. Half a dozen of these lumbering vehicles
+were in readiness, with their miscellaneous teams of
+horses and mules all hitched on in long strings. This
+part of the journey was likely to be a lark to the
+students; and they piled into and upon the carriages
+with great good–nature. The doctor and his pupils
+secured seats on the outside.
+
+“This is the _coupé_ in Spain, but it is the _banquette_ in
+Switzerland,” said he, when they were seated. “It is
+called the dickey in England.”
+
+“But the box for three passengers, with windows in
+the front of the diligence, is always the _coupé_,” added
+Sheridan.
+
+“Not in Spain: that is called the _berlina_ here. The
+middle compartment, holding four or six, is _el interior_;
+and _la rotundo_, in the rear, like an omnibus, holds six.
+The last is used by the common people because it is
+the cheapest.”
+
+“But this seat is not long enough for four,” protested
+Murray, when the conductor directed another officer to
+mount the _coupé_”.
+
+“Come up, commodore: I think we can make room
+for you,” added Sheridan.
+
+“This is a long team,” said Commodore Cantwell,
+when they were seated,—“ten mules and horses.”
+
+“I have travelled with sixteen,” added the doctor.
+
+On a seat wide enough for two, under the windows
+of the _berlina_, the driver took his place. His reins
+were a couple of ropes reaching to the outside ends of
+the bits of the wheel–horses. He was more properly
+the brakeman, since he had little to do with the team,
+except to yell at the animals. On the nigh horse or
+mule, as he happened to be, rode a young man who
+conducted the procession. He is called the _delantero_.
+The _zagal_ is a fellow who runs at the side of the
+animals, and whips them up with a long stick. The
+_mayoral_ is the conductor, who is sometimes the driver;
+but in this case he seemed to have the charge of all
+the diligences.
+
+“Oja! oja!” (o–ha) yelled the driver. The _zagal_
+began to hammer the brutes most unmercifully, and the
+team started at a lively pace.
+
+“That’s too bad!” exclaimed Sheridan, when he saw
+the _zagal_ pounding the mules over the backbone with
+his club, which was big enough to serve for a bean–pole.
+
+“I agree with you, captain, but we can’t help ourselves,”
+added the doctor. “That villain will keep it
+up till we get to the end of our journey.”
+
+The _dilijencia_ passed out of the town, and went
+through a wild country with no signs of any inhabitants.
+The road was as bad as a road could be, and
+was nothing but a track beaten over the fields, passing
+over rocks and through gullies and pools of water.
+Carts, drawn by long strings of mules or donkeys,
+driven by a peasant with a gun over his shoulder, were
+occasionally met; but the road was very lonely. Half
+way to Loxa they came to a river, over which was a
+narrow bridge for pedestrians; but the _dilijencia_ had
+to ford the stream.
+
+At this point the horses and mules were changed;
+and some of the students went over the bridge, and
+walked till they were overtaken by the coaches. At
+three o’clock they drove into Loxa. The streets of
+the town are very steep and very narrow; and the _zagal_
+had to crowd the team over to the opposite side, in
+order to get the vehicle around the corners. The
+students on the outside could have jumped into the
+windows of the houses on either side, and people on
+the ground often had to dodge into the doorways, to
+keep from being run over. From this place the party
+proceeded to Granada by railroad. Crossing a part of
+this city, which is a filthy hole, the party went to the
+Hotel Washington Irving, and the Hotel Siete Suelos,
+both of which are at the very gate of the Alhambra.
+
+The doctor and his friends were quartered at the
+former hotel, which is a very good one, but more expensive
+than the _Siete Suelos_ on the other side of the
+street. They are both in the gardens of the Alhambra,
+the avenues of which are studded with noble elms, the
+gift of the Duke of Wellington.
+
+“And this is the Alhambra,” said Capt. Sheridan, as
+the trio came out for a walk, after dinner.
+
+“What is the meaning of the name of that hotel?”
+
+“_Hotel de los Siete Suelos_,—the hotel of the seven
+stories, or floors.”
+
+“But it hasn’t more than four or five.”
+
+“Haven’t you read Irving’s Alhambra? He mentions
+a tower with this name, in which was the gate
+where Boabdil left the Alhambra for the last time. It
+was walled up at the request of the Moor.”
+
+The party walked about the gardens till it was dark.
+The next morning, before the ship’s company were
+ready, the doctor and the three highest officers entered
+the walled enclosure.
+
+“This is the Tower of Justice,” said the doctor, as
+they paused at the entrance. “It is so called because
+the Moorish kings administered the law to the people
+here. You see the hand and the key carved over the
+door. If you ask the grandson of Mateo Ximenes,
+who is a guide here, what it means, he will tell you
+the Moors believed that, when this hand reached
+down and took the key, the Alhambra might be captured;
+but not till then. Then he will tell you that
+they were mistaken; and give glory to the Spaniards.
+The key was the Moslem symbol for wisdom and
+knowledge; and the hand, of the five great commandments
+of their religion.”
+
+The party entered the tower, in which is an altar,
+and passed into the square of the cisterns. Charles V.
+began to build a huge palace on one side of it; but
+the fear of earthquakes induced him to desist. He
+destroyed a portion of the Moorish palace to make
+room for it. The visitors entered an office where they
+registered their names, paid a couple of _pesetas_, and
+received a plan of the palace. The first names in the
+book are those of Washington Irving and his Russian
+companion.
+
+“This is the Court of the Myrtles,” said the doctor,
+as they entered the first and largest court of the
+palace. “It is also called ‘the Court of Blessing,’
+because the Moors believed water was a blessing; and
+this pond contains a good deal of it.”
+
+“My guide–book does not call it by either of these
+names,” said Commodore Cantwell, who had Harper’s
+Guide in his hand. “It says here it is ‘the _Patio de la
+Alberca_,’ or fish–pond.”
+
+“And so says Mr. Ford, who is the best authority on
+Spain. We must not try to reconcile the differences in
+guide–books. We had better call it after the myrtles
+that surround the tank, and let it go at that. This
+court is the largest of the palace, though it is only one
+hundred and forty by seventy–five feet. But the Alhambra
+is noted for its beauty, and not for its size. We
+will now pass into the Court of the Lions,” continued
+the doctor, leading the way. “This is the most celebrated,
+as it is the most beautiful, part of the palace.”
+
+“I have seen many pictures of it, but I supposed it
+was ten times as large as it is,” said Sheridan.
+
+“It is about one hundred and twenty by seventy feet.
+There are one hundred and twenty–four columns around
+the court. Now we must stop and look at the wonderful
+architecture and exquisite workmanship. Look at
+these graceful arches, and examine that sort of lace–work
+in the ceilings and walls.”
+
+While they were thus occupied, the ship’s company
+came into the court, and the principal called them
+together to hear Professor Mapps on the history of
+the Alhambra.
+
+ “In 1238 Ibnu–I–Ahamar founded the kingdom of Granada, and he built the
+ Alhambra for his palace and fortress. In Arabic it was _Kasr–Alhamra_,
+ or Red Castle; and from this comes the present name. The Vermilion
+ Tower was a part of the original fortress. Under this monarch, whose
+ title was Mohammed I., Granada became very prosperous and powerful.
+ When the Christians captured Valencia, the Moors fled to Granada, and
+ fifty thousand were added to the population of the kingdom; and it
+ is estimated that a million more came when Seville and Cordova were
+ conquered by the Castilians. The work of this king was continued by his
+ successors; and the Alhambra was finished in 1333 by Yosuf I. He built
+ the Gate of Judgment, Justice, or Law, as it is variously called, and
+ the principal parts of the palace around you. The city was in its glory
+ then, and is said to have had half a million inhabitants. But family
+ quarrels came into the house of the monarch, here in the Alhambra; and
+ this was the beginning of the decline of the Moorish power.
+
+ “Abul–Hassan had two wives. One of them was Ayesha; and the other was
+ a very beautiful Christian lady called Zoraya, or the Morning Star.
+ Ayesha was exceedingly jealous of the other; and fearing that the son of
+ the Morning Star, instead of her own, might succeed to the crown, she
+ organized a powerful faction. On Zoraya’s side were the Beni–Serraj,
+ whom the Spaniards called the Abencerrages. They were the descendants
+ of a vizier of the King of Cordova,—Abou–Serraj. Abou–Abdallah was the
+ eldest son of Ayesha; and in 1482 he dethroned his father. The name
+ of this prince became Boabdil with the Spaniards; and so he is called
+ in Mr. Irving’s works. As soon as he came into power, his mother, and
+ the Zegris who had assisted her, persuaded him to retaliate upon the
+ Abencerrages for the support they had given to Zoraya. Under a deceitful
+ plea, he gathered them together in this palace, where the Zegris were
+ waiting for them. One by one they were called into one of these courts,
+ and treacherously murdered. Thus was Granada deprived of its bravest
+ defenders; and the Moors were filled with indignation and contempt for
+ their king. While they were quarrelling among themselves, Ferdinand and
+ Isabella advanced upon Granada. They had captured all the towns and
+ strong fortresses; and there was nothing more to stay their progress.
+ For nine months the sovereigns besieged the city before it fell. It was
+ a sad day for the Moors when the victors marched into the town. There
+ is a great deal of poetry and romance connected with this palace and
+ the Moslems who were driven out of it. You should read Mr. Lockhart’s
+ translation of the poems on these subjects, and the works of Prescott
+ and Irving.”
+
+When the professor had completed his account, the
+doctor’s party passed in to the right, entering one of
+the apartments which surround the court on three of its
+sides.
+
+“That’s as mean a lot of lions as I ever saw,” said
+Murray, who had lingered at the fountain which gives
+its name to the court.
+
+“The sculpture of the lions is certainly very poor;
+but we can’t have every thing,” replied the doctor.
+“This is the Hall of the Abencerrages; and it gets its
+name from the story Mr. Mapps has just told you.
+Some say these nobles were slain in this room; and
+others, that they were beheaded near the fountain in
+the court, where the guides point out a dark spot as the
+stain of blood. You must closely examine the work in
+this little room if you wish to appreciate it.”
+
+They returned to the Court of the Lions, and, crossing
+it, entered the Hall of the Two Sisters. The students
+expected to hear some romance told of these
+two ladies; but they proved to be two vast slabs in
+the floor. This room and that of the Abencerrages
+were probably the sleeping apartments of the monarch’s
+family; and several small chambers, used for baths and
+other purposes, are connected with them. On each
+side of them are raised platforms for the couches. At
+the farther end of the court is the council–hall of justice.
+It is long and narrow, seventy–five by sixteen feet; and
+is very elaborately ornamented.
+
+At the northern end of the Court of Myrtles, is the
+Hall of Ambassadors, which occupies the ground floor
+of the Tower of Comares. It is the largest apartment
+of the palace, seventy–five by thirty–seven feet. This
+was the throne–room, or hall of audience, of the monarchs.
+The doctor again insisted that his pupils should
+scrutinize the work; and he called their attention to the
+horseshoe arches and various other forms and shapes,
+to the curious niches and alcoves, to the delicate coloring
+in the ceilings and on the walls, and to the interlacing
+designs, in the portions of the palace they visited.
+
+They had now seen the principal apartments on the
+ground floor; and they ascended to the towers, the open
+galleries of which are a peculiarity in the construction
+of the edifice. They were shown the rooms occupied
+by Washington Irving when he “succeeded to Boabdil,”
+and became an inhabitant of the Alhambra; but the
+Alhambra is a thing to be seen, and not described.
+They visited the Royal Chapel, the fortress, and for
+two days they were busy as bees, though one day was
+enough to satisfy most of the students.
+
+On the third day of their sojourn at the Alhambra,
+the doctor’s party visited the Generalife. The name
+means “The Garden of the Architect,” who was probably
+an employee of the king; but the palace was purchased
+and used as a pleasure–house by one of the
+kings. The sword of Boabdil is shown here. The
+gardens, which are about all the visitor sees, are more
+quaint than beautiful. The walks are hedged in with
+box, and the cypress–trees are trimmed in square
+blocks, as in the gardens of Versailles. Passing
+through these, the visitor ascends a tower on a hill,
+which commands a magnificent view of Granada and
+the surrounding country.
+
+The abundance of water in and around the Alhambra
+attracts the attention of the tourist. The walks
+have a stream trickling down the hill on each side. It
+comes from the snow–crowned Sierra Nevadas; and, the
+warmer the weather, the faster do the ice and snow
+melt, and the greater is the flow of the water. In the
+Alhambra and in the Generalife these streams of water
+are to be met at almost every point.
+
+One day was given to the city of Granada, though
+the visitor cares but little for any thing but the Alhambra.
+Without mentioning what may be seen in the
+cathedral in detail, there is one sight there which is
+almost worth the pilgrimage to the city; and that is the
+tomb of Ferdinand and Isabella. Dr. Winstock ordered
+a carriage for the purpose of taking his charge
+to the church.
+
+When the team appeared at the door of the hotel,
+the students were very much amused at its singular
+character; for it was a very handsome carriage, but it
+was drawn by mules. The harness was quite elaborate
+and elegant; yet to be drawn by these miserable mules
+seemed to some of the party to be almost a disgrace.
+But the doctor said that they had been highly honored,
+since they had been supplied with what was doubtless
+the finest turnout to be had. These mules were very
+large and handsome for their kind, and cost more
+money than the finest horses. After this explanation,
+they were satisfied to ride behind a pair of mules.
+
+There are plenty of pictures and sculptures in the
+cathedral; but the party hastened to the royal chapel
+built by order of the sovereigns, which became their
+burial–place. The mausoleum is magnificent beyond
+description. It consists of two alabaster sepulchres in
+the centre of the chapel, on one of which are the forms
+of Ferdinand and Isabella, and on the other those of
+Crazy Jane and Philip, the parents of Charles V. But
+the lion of the place, to the students, was the vault
+below the chapel, to which they were conducted, down
+a narrow staircase of stone, by the attendant. On a
+low dais in the middle of the tomb were two very ordinary
+coffins, not differing from those in use in New
+England, except that they were strapped with iron
+bands.
+
+“This one, marked ‘F,’ contains the remains of Ferdinand,”
+said the doctor, in a low tone. “The other
+has an ‘I’ upon it, and holds all that time has left of
+the mortal part of Isabella, whose patronage enabled
+Columbus to discover the New World.”
+
+“Is it possible that the remains of Ferdinand and
+Isabella are in those coffins?” exclaimed Sheridan.
+
+“There is not a doubt of the fact. Eight years ago
+the late queen of Spain visited Granada, and caused
+mass to be said for the souls of these sovereigns at the
+same altar used by them at the taking of the city.
+Some of the guides will tell you that these coffins
+were opened at this time, and the remains of the king
+and queen were found to be in an excellent state of
+preservation. I don’t know whether the statement is
+true or not.”
+
+“Here are two other coffins just like them,” said
+Murray, as he turned to a sort of shelf that extended
+across the sides of the vault.
+
+“They contain the remains of Crazy Jane and Philip
+her husband, both of whose effigies are introduced in
+the sculpture on the monuments in the chapel above,”
+replied the doctor. “The coffin of Philip is the very
+one that she carried about everywhere she went, and
+so often embraced in the transports of her grief. She
+is at rest now.”
+
+Deeply impressed by what they had seen in the
+vault, which made the distant past more real to the
+young men, they returned to the chapel above. In
+the sacristy they saw the sword of Ferdinand, a very
+plain weapon, and his sceptre; but more interesting
+were the crown of silver gilt worn by Isabella, her
+prayer–book, and the chasuble, or priest’s vestment,
+embroidered by her.
+
+The party next visited the Carthusian Monastery,
+just out of the city, which contains some exquisite
+marble–work and curious old frescos. On their return
+to the Alhambra, they gave some attention to the gypsies,
+who are a prominent feature of Granada, where
+they are colonized in greater numbers than at any other
+place in Spain, though they also abound in the vicinity
+of Seville. They live by themselves, on the side of
+a hill, outside of the city. The tourists crossed the
+Darro, which flows at the foot of the hill on which the
+Alhambra and Generalife stand. They found the gypsies
+lolling about in the sun, hardly disturbed by the
+advent of the visitors. They seem to lead a vagabond
+life at home as well as abroad. They were of an olive
+complexion, very dirty, and very indolent. Some of the
+young girls were pretty, but most of the women were
+as disagreeable as possible. The men work at various
+trades; but the reputation of all of them for honesty
+is bad. They do not live in houses, but in caverns in
+the rocks of which the hill is composed. They are not
+natural caverns, but are excavated for dwellings.
+
+The doctor led the party into one of them. It was
+lighted only by the door; but there was a hole in the
+top for the escape of the smoke. There was a bed in
+a corner, under which reposed three pigs, while a lot
+of hens were picking up crumbs thrown to them by
+a couple of half–naked children. It was the proper
+habitation of the pigs, rather than the human beings.
+The onslaughts of the beggars were so savage that the
+visitors were compelled to beat a hasty retreat. The
+women teased the surgeon to enter their grottos in
+order to get the fee.
+
+In the evening some British officers from “Gib,” as
+they always call the great fortress, had a gypsy dance
+at the _Siete Suelos_. The doctor and his pupils were
+invited to attend. There were two men dressed in full
+Spanish costume, and three girls, also in costume, one
+of whom was quite pretty. One of the men was the
+captain of the gypsies, and played the guitar with marvellous
+skill, an exhibition of which he gave the party.
+There was nothing graceful about the dancing: it was
+simply peculiar, with a curious jerking of the hips. At
+times the dancers indulged in a wild song. When the
+show was finished, the gypsy girls made an energetic
+demonstration on the audience for money, and must
+have collected a considerable sum from the officers, for
+they used all the arts of the coquette.
+
+Just at dark a small funeral procession passed the
+hotel. It was preceded by half a dozen men bearing
+great candles lighted. The coffin was borne on the
+shoulders of four more, and was highly ornamented.
+The funeral party were singing or chanting, but so
+irreverently that the whole affair seemed more like a
+frolic than a funeral.
+
+“That is a gay–looking coffin,” said Murray to
+Mariano Ramos, the best guide and courier in Spain,
+who had been in the employ of the principal since the
+squadron arrived at Malaga.
+
+“That is all for show,” laughed Mariano. “The
+men will bring it back with them.”
+
+“Don’t they bury the dead man in it?”
+
+“No: that would make it too expensive for poor
+folks. They tumble the dead into a rough box, or
+bury him without any thing.”
+
+The next morning the excursionists started for Cordova,
+and arrived late at night, going by the same route
+they had taken to Granada as far as Bobadilla.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXIV.
+
+AN ADVENTURE ON THE ROAD.
+
+
+In twelve hours after she started, the American
+Prince was in the harbor of Cadiz. Bark Lingall
+was on board; and Jacob Lobo, who spoke five languages,
+had been engaged at the Hotel de la Alameda
+as his companion. Mr. Pelham sent them ashore as
+soon as the anchor went over the bow.
+
+“Do you expect to find the Count de Escarabajosa
+in Cadiz?” asked the interpreter, as they landed.
+
+“Of course not: I told you he would not be here,”
+replied Bark. “I may find out where he went to from
+here, and I may not. I left him at the Hotel de Cadiz;
+and we will go there first.”
+
+“I can tell you where he went without asking a
+question,” added Lobo, to whom Bark had told the
+whole story of Raymond.
+
+“I can guess at it, as you do; but I want information
+if I can obtain it,” replied Bark.
+
+“You would certainly have been caught if you hadn’t
+thrown the detective off the track by going over to
+Oran.”
+
+“We went to Oran for that purpose.”
+
+“The count has got out of Spanish territory, and he
+will keep out of it for the present. Our next move will
+be to go to Gibraltar. He is safe there.”
+
+“I think we shall find him there.”
+
+The landlord of the hotel recognized Bark, who had
+been a guest in his house for several weeks. Raymond
+had not told him where he was going when he left. He
+had gone from the hotel on foot, carrying his bag in his
+hand.
+
+“Where do you think he went?” asked Bark.
+
+“My opinion at the time was that he went to Gibraltar;
+for a steamer sailed for Algeciras that day, and
+there was none for any other port,” replied the landlord.
+
+“But he might have left by the train,” suggested
+Bark.
+
+“He went away in the middle of the day, and the
+steamer left at noon.”
+
+“He did not leave by train,” added the guide.
+
+“I don’t think he did,” said Bark. “Now, when
+does the next steamer leave for Gibraltar?”
+
+“You will find the bills of the steamers hanging in
+the hall,” replied the landlord.
+
+One of these indicated that a Spanish steamer
+would sail at noon the next day.
+
+“Perhaps she will, and perhaps she will not,” said
+Lobo.
+
+“But she is advertised to leave to–morrow,” added
+Bark.
+
+“Very likely before night you may find another bill,
+postponing the departure till the next day: they do
+such things here.”
+
+“What shall we do?”
+
+“Wait till a steamer sails,” replied Lobo, shrugging
+his shoulders.
+
+“Is there any other way to get there?” asked Bark,
+troubled by the uncertainty.
+
+“Some other steamer may come along: we will go
+to the office of the French line, and inquire when one
+is expected,” replied Jacob.
+
+They ascertained that the French steamer did not
+touch at Gibraltar; and there was no other way than
+to depend upon the Spanish line. As Jacob Lobo had
+feared, the sailing of the boat advertised was put off
+till the next day.
+
+“You can go by land, if you are not afraid of the
+brigands,” said the interpreter.
+
+“Brigands?”
+
+“Within a year a party of English people were
+robbed by brigands, on the way from Malaga to
+Ronda; but that is the only instance I ever heard of.
+The country between here and Malaga used to be
+filled with smugglers; and there are some of that trade
+now. When their business was dull, they used to take
+to the road at times.”
+
+“How long would it take to go by the road?” asked
+Bark, who was very enthusiastic in the discharge of
+his duty, and unwilling to lose a single day.
+
+“That depends upon how fast you ride,” laughed
+Lobo. “It is about sixty miles, and you might make
+it in a day, if you were a good horseman.”
+
+“But I am not: I was never on a horse above three
+times in my life.”
+
+“Then you should take two days for the journey.”
+
+“If we should start to–morrow morning, we should
+not get there as soon as the steamer that leaves the
+following day.”
+
+“That steamer may not go for three or four days yet:
+it will depend upon whether she gets a cargo, or not.”
+
+Bark was vexed and perplexed, and did not know
+what to do. He went down to the quay where they
+had landed, and found the boats from the ship, bringing
+off the Josephines and the Tritonias. He applied
+to Mr. Pelham for advice; and, after consulting Mr.
+Fluxion, it was decided that he should wait for a
+steamer, if he had to wait a week; for there was no
+such desperate hurry that he need to risk an encounter
+with brigands in order to save a day or two. So the
+services of Bark and Jacob Lobo were economized as
+guides, for both of them knew the city. Two days
+later the Spanish steamer actually sailed; and in seven
+hours Bark and his courier were in Algeciras, whence
+they crossed the bay in a boat to Gibraltar.
+
+We left Raymond in Gibraltar, watching the newspapers
+for tidings of the American Prince; and he had
+learned of her arrival at Cadiz, where she had been
+for three days when Bark arrived at the Rock. He had
+heard nothing of the death of his uncle in Barcelona,
+and had no suspicion of the change of the circumstances
+we have described. He was not willing to risk
+himself in Cadiz while the Prince was there. As her
+consorts had not gone to Cadiz with her, he was satisfied
+that the steamer was to return to Malaga.
+
+After he obtained the news, and had satisfied himself
+that the Princes were going overland to Cadiz,
+he went to his chamber at the King’s Arms, where he
+attempted to reason out the future movements of the
+squadron. He had concluded, weeks before, that the
+fleet would not go to Lisbon, since all hands had visited
+that city; and now it appeared that Cadiz would be
+avoided for a second time, for the same reason. The
+Prince would wait there till her own ship’s company
+arrived, and then go back to Malaga. The Josephines
+and Tritonias would do the place, and then return to
+Malaga overland. It looked to Raymond like a very
+plain case; and he was confident that the fleet would
+come to Gibraltar next.
+
+He was entirely satisfied that his conclusion was a
+correct one. The squadron would certainly visit the
+Rock, for the principal could not think of such a thing
+as passing by a fortress so wonderful. Raymond was
+out of the way of arrest, if the detective should trace
+him to this place; and he could join his ship when she
+came. If the principal still wanted to send him to
+Barcelona, he would tell his whole story; and, if this
+did not save him, he would trust to his chances to
+escape. He sat at the window, thinking about the
+matter. It was just before sunset, and the air was
+delicious. He could look into the square in front of the
+hotel, and he was not a little startled to see the uniform
+of the squadron on a person approaching the
+hotel. He looked till he recognized Bark as the one
+who wore it.
+
+But who was the man with him? This question
+troubled him. The man was a stranger to him; for the
+fugitives had not employed a guide in Malaga, and
+therefore Jacob Lobo was all unknown to him. Neither
+the Prince nor her consorts were in Gibraltar; and
+it was plain enough to the Spaniard that Bark and his
+companion had come in the steamer he had seen going
+into Algeciras two hours before. They had come from
+Cadiz, and they could have no other errand in Gibraltar
+than to find him. Had Bark become a traitor? or,
+what was more likely, had he been required by the
+principal to conduct this man in search of him? Had
+Mr. Lowington ascertained that he was at the Rock?
+It was almost impossible, for he had met no one who
+knew him.
+
+He saw Bark and his doubtful companion enter the
+Club–House Hotel, and he understood their business
+there. He had not seen the _alguacil_, or detective, who
+had come on board of the Tritonia for him; but he
+jumped at the conclusion that this was the man. The
+principal had afforded him every facility for finding the
+object of his search; and now it appeared that he had
+sent Bark with him, to identify his expected prisoner.
+Raymond decided on the moment not to wait for the
+detective to see him. He rang the bell, and sent for
+his bill: he paid it, and departed before Bark could
+reach the hotel. He scorned to ask the landlord or
+waiters to tell any lies on his account. He hastened
+down to the bay; and at the landing he found the very
+boat that had brought Bark and his companion over
+from Algeciras, just hoisting her sails to return. The
+boatman was glad enough to get a passenger back, and
+thus double the earnings of the trip. It is about five
+miles across the bay; and, with a fresh breeze from
+the south–east, the distance was made in an hour.
+
+On the way, Raymond learned that the boat had
+brought over two passengers; and, from the boatman’s
+description of them, he was convinced that they were
+Bark and his companion. He questioned the skipper
+in regard to them; but the man had no idea who or
+what they were. The passengers talked in English all
+the way over, and he could not understand a word they
+said. It was not prudent for the fugitive to stay over
+night in Algeciras; and, procuring a couple of mules
+and a guide, he went to San Roque, where he passed
+the night. He found a fair hotel at this place; and he
+decided to remain there till the next day.
+
+He had time to think now; and he concluded that
+Bark and his suspicious companion would depart from
+the Rock when they found he was not there. But he
+did not lose sight of the fact that he was in Spain
+again. What would his pursuers do when they found
+that he had left the hotel? They would see his name
+on the books, and the landlord would tell them he had
+just left. There were plenty of boatmen at the landing,
+who had seen him embark in the boat for Algeciras.
+Raymond did not like these suggestions as they came
+up in his mind. They would cross the bay, and find
+the boatman, who would be able to describe him, as he
+had them. Then, when they had failed to find him at
+the _fondas_, they would visit the stables. It was easy
+enough to trace him.
+
+At first he thought of journeying on horseback to
+Xeres, and there taking the train to the north, and
+into Portugal; but he abandoned the thought when he
+considered that he was liable to meet the students at
+any point on the railroad. Finally he decided to start
+for Ronda, an interior city, forty miles from the Rock.
+At eight o’clock in the morning, he was in the saddle.
+He had retained the mules that brought him from
+Algeciras. José, his guide, was one of the retired
+brigands, of whom there are so many in this region.
+As it was too soon for him to be pursued, he did not
+hurry, and stopped at Barca de Cuenca to dine.
+
+After dinner he resumed his journey. José was a
+surly, ugly fellow, and Raymond was not disposed to
+converse with him. This silence made the miles very
+long; but the scenery was wild and grand, and the
+traveller enjoyed it. After he had ridden about five
+miles he came to a country which was all hills and
+rocks. The path was very crooked; and it required
+many angles to overcome steeps, and avoid chasms.
+Suddenly, as he passed a rock which formed a corner
+in the path, he was confronted by three men, all armed
+to the teeth, with muskets, pistols, and knives. José
+was provided with the same arsenal of weapons; but
+he did not offer to use any of them.
+
+The leading brigand was a good–natured ruffian, and
+he smiled as pleasantly as though his calling was perfectly
+legitimate. He simply held out his hand, and
+said, “_Por Dios_,” which is the way that beggars generally
+do their business.
+
+“_Perdon usted por Dios hermano_,” replied Raymond,
+shaking his head.
+
+This is the usual way to refuse a beggar: “Excuse
+us for God’s sake, brother.” Raymond did not yet
+understand whether the three men intended to beg or
+rob; but he soon ascertained that the leader had only
+adopted this facetious way of doing what is commonly
+done with the challenge, “Your money or your life!”
+It was of no avail to resist, even if he had been armed.
+Most of his gold was concealed in a money–belt worn
+next to his skin, while he carried half a dozen Isabelinos
+in his purse, which he handed to the gentlemanly
+brigand.
+
+“_Gracias, señorito!_” replied the leader. “Your
+watch, if you please.”
+
+Raymond gave it up, and hoped they would be satisfied.
+Instead of this, they made him a prisoner,
+leading his mule to a cave in the hills, where they
+bound him hand and foot. José waited for his mule,
+and then, with great resignation, began his return
+journey.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXV.
+
+CORDOVA, SEVILLE, AND CADIZ.
+
+
+Cordova is a gloomy and desolate city with
+about forty thousand inhabitants. It was once
+the capital of the kingdom of Cordova, and had two
+hundred thousand people within its walls; and some
+say a million, though the former number is doubtless
+nearer the truth. The grass grows in its streets now,
+and it looks like a deserted city, as it is. There is only
+one thing to see in Cordova, and that is the mosque.
+As soon as the party had been to breakfast, they
+hastened to visit it.
+
+“We will first take a view of the outside,” said the
+doctor to his pupils when they had reached the mosque.
+“This square in front of it is the Court of Oranges;
+you observe a few palms and cypresses, as well as
+orange–trees. The fountain in the centre was built by
+the Moors nearly a thousand years ago.”
+
+“But I don’t see any thing so very grand about the
+mosque, if that great barn–like building is the one,”
+said Murray. “It looks more like a barrack than a
+mosque. We have been in the mosque business some,
+and they can’t palm that thing off upon us as a real
+mosque. We have seen the genuine thing in Constantinople.”
+
+“I grant that the outside is not very attractive,”
+added the doctor. “But in the days of the Moors,
+when the mosque was in its glory, the roof was covered
+with domes and cupolas. In spite of what you say,
+Murray, this was the finest, as it is one of the largest
+mosques in the world. It covers an area of six hundred
+and forty–two by four hundred and sixty–two feet. It
+was completed in the year 796; and the work was
+done in ten years. It was built to outdo all the other
+mosques of the world except that at Jerusalem. Now
+we will go in.”
+
+The party entered the mosque, and were amazed, as
+everybody is who has not been prepared for the sight,
+by the wilderness of columns. There are about a
+thousand of them; and they formerly numbered twelve
+hundred. Each of them is composed of a single stone,
+and no two of them seem to be of the same order of
+architecture. They come from different parts of the
+globe; and therefore the marbles are of various kinds
+and colors, from pure white to blood red. These
+pillars form twenty–nine naves, or avenues, one way,
+and nineteen the other. The roof is only forty feet
+high, and the columns are only a fraction of this height.
+They have no pedestal, and support a sort of double
+arch, the upper one plain, and the lower a horseshoe;
+indeed, this last looks like a huge horseshoe stretching
+across below the loftier arch.
+
+For an hour the party wandered about in the forest
+of pillars, pausing at the _Mih–ràb_, or sanctuary of the
+mosque, where was kept the copy of the Koran made by
+Othman, the founder of the dynasty of that name. It
+is still beautiful, but little of its former magnificence
+remains; for the pulpit it contained is said to have
+cost the equivalent of five millions of dollars.
+
+“St. Ferdinand conquered Cordova in 1236; and
+then the mosque was turned into a Christian church
+without any great change,” said Dr. Winstock, as they
+approached the choir in the centre of the mosque.
+“The victors had the good sense and the good taste to
+leave the building pretty much as they found it. But
+three hundred years later the chapter of the church
+built this choir, which almost ruins the interior effect
+as we gaze upon it. The fine perspective is lost.
+Sixty columns were removed to make room for the
+choir. When Charles V. visited Cordova, and saw the
+mischief the chapter had wrought, he was very angry,
+and severely reproached the authors of it.”
+
+The tourists looked into the high chapel, and glanced
+at the forty–four others which surround the mosque.
+Then they walked to the bridge over the Guadalquiver.
+Arabian writers say it was built by Octavius Cæsar,
+but it was entirely reconstructed by the Moors. An
+old Moorish mill was pointed out; and the party
+returned to the mosque to spend the rest of their time
+in studying its marvellous workmanship. Early in the
+afternoon the excursionists left for Seville, and arrived
+in three hours. The journey was through a pleasant
+country, affording them an occasional view of the
+Guadalquiver.
+
+[Illustration: “HE SIMPLY HELD OUT HIS HAND.” Page 356.]
+
+“To my mind,” said Dr. Winstock, as the party
+passed out of the _Hotel de Londres_ to the _Plaza Nueva_,
+which is a small park in front of the City Hall,—“to
+my mind Seville is the pleasantest city in Spain, I
+have always been in love with it since I came here the
+first time; and I have spent four months here altogether.
+The air is perfectly delicious; and, though it
+often rains, I do not remember a single rainy day.
+The streets are clean, the houses are neat and pretty,
+the people are polite, the ladies are beautiful,—which
+is a consideration to a bachelor like myself,—and, if I
+had to spend a year in any city of Europe, Seville
+would be the place.”
+
+“What is there to see here?” asked Murray. “I
+should like a list of the sights to put in a letter I shall
+write to–day.”
+
+“The principal thing is the cathedral; then the
+_Giralda_, the _Alcazar_, the tobacco–factory, the Palace of
+San Telmo, the _Casa de Pilatos_.”
+
+“That will do, doctor. I can’t put those things in
+my letter,” interposed Murray.
+
+“You may say ‘Pilate’s house’ for the last; and add
+the _Calle de las Sierpes_, which is the most frequented
+street of the city.”
+
+“But I can’t spell the words.”
+
+“It is not in good taste to translate the name of a
+street; but it means ‘the street of the serpents.’ But I
+think you had better wait till you have seen the sights,
+before you attempt to describe them in your letter.”
+
+“I will look them up in the guide–book, when I
+write.”
+
+“This is the _Calle de las Sierpes_,” continued the
+doctor, as they entered a narrow street leading from
+the _Plaza de la Constitucion_—nearly every Spanish city
+has one with this name—in the rear of the City Hall.
+“This is the business street of the town, and it is
+generally crowded with people. Here are the retail
+stores, the cafés, the post–office, and the principal
+theatre.”
+
+The students were interested in this street, it was so
+full of life. The ends of it were barred so that no carriages
+could enter it; and the whole pavement was a
+sidewalk, as O’Hara would have expressed it. Passing
+the theatre, they followed a continuation of the same
+street.
+
+“Do you notice the name of this street?” said the
+doctor, as he pointed to the sign on a corner. “It is
+the _Calle del Amor de Dios_. It is so near like the Latin
+that you can tell what it means.”
+
+“But it seems hardly possible that a street should
+have such a name,—the ‘Street of the Love of God,’”
+added Sheridan.
+
+“That is just what it is; and it was given by reverent
+men. There is also in this city the _Calle de Gesu_, or
+Jesus Street; and the names of the Virgin and the
+saints are applied in the same way.”
+
+Passing through this street, the party came to the
+_Alameda de Hercules_.
+
+“The city has about the same history as most others
+in the South of Spain,—Romans, Goths, Vandals,
+Moors, Christians,” said the doctor. “But some of
+the romancists ascribe its origin to Hercules; and this
+_alameda_ is named after him. Now we will take a
+closer view of one of the houses. You observe that
+they differ from those of our cities. They are built on
+the Moorish plan. What we call the front door is left
+open all day. It leads into a vestibule; and on the
+right and left are the entrances to the apartments.
+Let us go in.”
+
+“Is this a private house?” asked Sheridan, who
+seemed to have some doubts about proceeding any
+farther; but then the doctor astonished him by ringing
+the bell, which was promptly answered by a voice inquiring
+who was there.
+
+“_Gentes de paz_” (peaceful people), replied the surgeon;
+and this is the usual way to answer the question
+in Spain.
+
+It presently appeared that Dr. Winstock was acquainted
+with the gentleman who lived in the house;
+and he received a cordial welcome from him. The
+young gentlemen were introduced to him, though he
+did not speak English; and they were shown the house.
+
+In the vestibule, directly opposite the front door, was
+a pair of iron gates of open ornamental work, set in an
+archway. A person standing in the street can look
+through this gateway into the _patio_, or court of the
+mansion. It was paved with marble, with a fountain in
+the middle. It was surrounded with plants and flowers;
+and here the family sit with their guests in summer, to
+enjoy the coolness of the place. Thanking the host,
+and promising to call in the evening, the surgeon left
+with his pupils,—his “_pupilos_,” as he described them
+to the gentleman.
+
+After lunch the sight–seers went to the _Giralda_,
+which is now the campanile or bell–tower of the cathedral.
+It was built by the Moors in 1296 as a muezzin
+tower, or place where the priest calls the faithful to
+prayers, and was part of the mosque that stood on this
+spot. It is square, and built of red brick, and is
+crowned with a lofty spire. The whole height is three
+hundred and fifty feet. To the top of this tower the
+party ascended, and obtained a fine view of the city
+and its surroundings,—so fine that they remained on
+their lofty perch for three hours. They could look
+down into the bull–ring, and trace the Guadalquiver for
+many miles through the flat country. The doctor
+pointed out all the prominent objects of interest; and
+when they came down they had a very good idea of
+Seville and its vicinity.
+
+The next day, as Murray expressed it, they “commenced
+work on the cathedral.” It is the handsomest
+church in Spain, and some say in the world. It is the
+enlargement of an old church made in the fifteenth
+century. On the outside it looks like a miscellaneous
+pile of buildings, with here and there a semicircular
+chapel projecting into the area, and richly ornamented
+with various devices. It is in the oblong form, three
+hundred and seventy by two hundred and seventy feet,
+not including the projecting chapels.
+
+“Now we will enter by the west side,” said the
+doctor, when they had surveyed the exterior of the vast
+pile. “The _Giralda_ is on the other side. By the way,
+did I tell you what this word meant?”
+
+“You did not; but I supposed it was some saint,”
+replied Sheridan.
+
+“Not at all. It comes from the Spanish verb _girar_,
+which means to turn or whirl; and from this comes
+_Giralda_, a weathercock. The name is accidental, coming
+probably from the vane on the top of it at some former
+period,” continued the doctor as they entered the
+cathedral. “The central nave is about one hundred
+and twenty–five feet high; and here you get an idea of
+the grandeur of the edifice. Here is the burial–place
+of the son of Columbus. This slab in the pavement
+contains his epitaph:—
+
+FERNANDO COLON.
+
+_Á Castilla, y á Leon
+Nuevo mundo dío Colon._”
+
+“_Hablo Español!_” exclaimed Murray. “And I
+know what that means,—‘To Castile and Leon Columbus
+gave a new world.’”
+
+“It is in all the school–books, and you ought to know
+it,” added Sheridan. “Colon means Columbus; but
+what was his full name in Spanish?”
+
+“Cristobal Colon. This son was quite an eminent
+man, and gave his library to the chapter of this church.
+Seville was the birthplace and the residence of Murillo;
+and you will find many of his pictures in the
+churches and other buildings.”
+
+The party went into the royal chapel. The under
+part of the altar is formed by the silver and glass
+casket which contains the remains of St. Ferdinand,
+nearly perfect. It is exhibited three days in the year;
+and then the body lies dressed in royal robes, with the
+crown on the head. The doctor pointed out the windows
+of stained glass, of which there are ninety–three.
+Nearly the whole day was spent in the church by those
+of the students who had the taste to appreciate its
+beautiful works of art. The next morning was devoted
+to the _Alcazar_. It was the palace of the Moorish sovereigns
+when Seville became the capital of an independent
+kingdom. After the city was captured, St. Ferdinand
+took up his quarters within it. Don Pedro the
+Cruel repaired and rebuilt portions of it, and made it
+his residence; and it was occupied by the subsequent
+sovereigns as long as Seville was the capital of Spain.
+Though the structure as it now stands was mainly
+erected by Christian kings, its Arabian style is explained
+by the fact that Moorish architects were employed in
+the various additions and repairs.
+
+It is very like the Alhambra, but inferior to it as a
+whole. It contains apartments similar to those the
+students had seen at Granada, and therefore was not
+as interesting as it would otherwise have been. The
+gardens of the palace were more to their taste. They
+are filled with orange–trees and a variety of tropical
+plants. The avenues are lined with box, and the
+garden contains several small ponds. The walks near
+the palace are underlaid with pipes perforated with
+little holes, so that, when the water is let on, a continuous
+line of fountains cools the air; and it is customary
+to duck the visitors mildly as a sort of surprise.
+
+The tobacco–factory is the next sight, and is located
+opposite the gardens of the _Alcazar_. It is an immense
+building used for the manufacture of cigars, cigarillos,
+and smoking–tobacco. The article is a monopoly in
+the hands of the Government; and many of the larger
+cities have similar establishments, but none so large as
+the one at Seville. At the time of which we write, six
+thousand women were employed in making cigars, and
+putting up papers of tobacco. Visitors go through the
+works more to observe the operatives than to see the
+process of making cigars; and the students were no
+exception to the rule. Most of the females were old
+and ugly, though many were young. Among them
+were not a few gypsies, who could be distinguished by
+their olive complexion.
+
+These women all have to be searched before they
+leave the building, to prevent them from stealing the
+tobacco. Women are employed for this duty, who
+become so expert in doing it that the operation is
+performed in a very short time.
+
+On the river, near the factory, is the palace of San
+Telmo, the residence of the Duke de Montpensier, son
+of Louis Philippe, who married the sister of the late
+queen of Spain. It is a very unique structure, with an
+elaborate portico in the centre of the front, rising one
+story above the top of the palace, and surmounted
+with a clock. It has a score of carved columns, and
+as many statues. The rest of the building is quite
+plain, which greatly increases the effect of the complicated
+portico. The picture–gallery and the museums
+of art in the palace are opened to the tourist, and they
+richly repay the visit. Among the curiosities is the
+guitar used by Isabella I., the sword of Pedro the
+Cruel, and that of Fernando Gonzales. The building
+was erected for a naval school, and was used as such for
+a hundred and fifty years. It was presented by the
+queen to her sister in 1849.
+
+Leaving the palace, the party walked along the
+quays by the river, till they came to the _Toro del Oro_,
+or tower of gold. It was originally part of a Moorish
+fortress; but now stands alone on the quay, and is
+occupied as a steamboat–office. The Moors used it as
+a treasure–house, and so did Pedro the Cruel. In the
+time of Columbus it was a place of deposit for the
+gold brought over by the fleets from the New World,
+and landed here. It is said that more than eight million
+ducats were often stored here.
+
+Near this tower, is the hospital of _La Caridad_, or
+charity. It was founded by a young nobleman who
+had reformed his dissipated life, and passed the remainder
+of it in deeds of piety in this institution. It
+is a house of refuge for the poor and the aged. It
+contains two beautiful _patios_, with the usual plants,
+flowers, and fountains. The institution is something
+on the plan of the Brotherhood of Pity in Florence;
+and the young gentlemen of the city render service in
+it in turn. The founder was an intimate friend of
+Murillo, which accounts for the number of the great
+artist’s pictures to be found in the establishment. Its
+little church contains several of them. A singular
+painting by another artist attracted the attention of
+some of the students as a sensation in art. It represents
+a dead prelate in full robes, lying in the tomb.
+The body has begun to decay; and the worms are
+feasting upon it, crawling in and out at the eyes, nose,
+and mouth. It is a most disgusting picture, though
+it may have its moral.
+
+A day was given to the museum which contains
+many of Murillo’s pictures, and next to that at Madrid
+is the finest in Spain. The _Casa de Pilatos_ was visited
+on the last day the excursionists were in Seville at this
+time, though it happened that they came to the city a
+second time. It belongs to the Duke of Medina Celi,
+though he seldom occupies it. It is not the house of
+Pilate, but only an imitation of it. It was built in the
+sixteenth century, by the ancestors of the duke, some
+of whom had visited the Holy Land. The _Patio_ is
+large and is paved with white marble, with a checkered
+border and other ornaments. In the centre is a
+fountain, and in each corner is a colossal statue of a
+goddess. Around it are two stories of galleries, with
+fine arches and columns. The palace contains a beautiful
+chapel, in which is a pillar made in imitation of
+that to which Christ was bound when he was scourged.
+On the marble staircase the guides point out a cock,
+which is said to be in the place of the one that crowed
+when Peter denied his Master; but of course this is
+sheer tomfoolery, and it was lawful game for Murray,
+who was the joker of the officers’ party.
+
+On another day the doctor and his pupils walked
+over the bridge to the suburb of Triana, where the
+gypsies lived. They were hardly more civilized than
+those seen at Granada. Then, as the order was not
+given for the departure, they began to see some of the
+sights a second time; and many of them will bear
+repeated visits. During a second examination of the
+_Alcazar_, Dr. Winstock told them many stories of Pedro
+the Cruel, of Don Fadrique, of Blanche of Bourbon,
+and of Maria de Padilla, which we have not the space
+to repeat, but which are more interesting than most of
+the novels of the day. After the ship’s company had
+been in Seville five days, the order was given to leave
+at quarter before six; and the party arrived at Cadiz
+at ten.
+
+This city is located nearly on the point of a tongue
+of land which encloses a considerable bay; and, when
+the train had twenty miles farther to go, the students
+could see the multitude of lights that glittered like
+stars along the line of the town. Cadiz is a commercial
+place, was colonized by the Phœnicians, and they
+supposed it to be about at the end of the earth. They
+believed that the high bluff at Gibraltar, which was
+called Calpe, and Abyla at Ceuta in Africa, were part
+of the same hill, rent asunder by Hercules; and they
+erected a column on each height, which are known
+as the Pillars of Hercules. Cadiz was held by the
+Romans and the Moors in turn, and captured by the
+Spaniards in 1262. After the discovery of America, it
+shared with Seville the prosperity which followed that
+event; and the gold and merchandise were brought to
+these ports. Its vast wealth caused it to be often
+attacked by the pirates of Algiers and Morocco; the
+English have twice captured it, and twice failed to do
+so; and it was the civil and military headquarters of
+the Spaniards during the peninsular war. When the
+American colonies of Spain became independent, it
+lost much of its valuable commerce, and has not
+been what it was in the last century since the French
+Revolution.
+
+The boats of the American Prince, in charge of the
+forward officers and a squad of firemen and stewards,
+were on the beach near the railroad station; and the
+ship’s company slept on board that night. The next
+day was devoted to Cadiz. The cathedral is a modern
+edifice and a beautiful church, though the tourist who
+had been to Toledo and Seville does not care to give
+much of his time to it. In the Capuchin Monastery,
+to which the doctor took his pupils, is the last picture
+painted by Murillo. It is the Marriage of St. Catharine,
+and is painted on the wall over the high altar of
+the chapel. Before it was quite finished, Murillo fell
+from the scaffold, was fatally injured, and died soon
+after. The picture was finished by one of his pupils,
+at his request.
+
+There are no other sights to be seen in Cadiz;
+but the students were very much pleased with the place.
+Its public buildings are large and massive; its white
+dwellings are pretty; and its squares and walks on the
+seashore are very pleasant. By the kindness of the
+banker, the club–house was opened to the party.
+
+“I am rather sorry we do not go to Xeres,” said the
+doctor, when they were seated in the reading–room.
+“I supposed we should stop there on our way from
+Seville. I wished to take you into the great wine–vaults.
+I think you know what the place is noted for.”
+
+“_Vino del Xeres_,” replied Murray,—“Sherry wine.”
+
+“It is made exclusively in this place; and its peculiarity
+comes from the kind of grapes and method
+of manufacture. The business here is in the hands
+of English, French, and German people, who far
+surpass the Spaniards in the making of wine. The
+immense cellars and store–houses where the wine is
+kept are well worth seeing, though they are not
+encouraging to men with temperance principles. The
+place has forty thousand inhabitants, and is the _Xeres
+de la Frontera_, where Don Roderick was overwhelmed
+by the Moors, and the Gothic rule in Spain was
+ended.”
+
+“Seville is a larger place than Cadiz, isn’t it?”
+asked Sheridan.
+
+“More than twice as large. Seville is the third city
+of Spain, having one hundred and fifty–two thousand
+inhabitants; while Cadiz is the ninth, with only seventy–two
+thousand.”
+
+The party returned to the steamer; and the next
+morning she sailed for Malaga, where the Josephines
+and Tritonias had arrived before them. The fleet immediately
+departed for Gibraltar, and in five hours was
+at anchor off the Rock.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXVI.
+
+THE CAPTURE OF THE BEGGARS.
+
+
+When Bark Lingall and Jacob Lobo arrived at
+Gibraltar, they went to the Club–House Hotel
+to inquire for the fugitive. He was not there; but they
+spent half an hour questioning the landlord and others
+about the hall, in regard to the town and its hotels
+and boarding–houses. Then they went to the King’s
+Arms; and, in the course of another half–hour, they
+learned that Henry Raymond had left this hotel within
+an hour. Where had he gone? The landlord could
+not tell. No steamer had left that day; he might have
+left by crossing the Neutral Ground, or he might have
+gone over to Algeciras in a boat.
+
+“I wonder why he cleared out so suddenly,” said
+Bark, very much annoyed at the situation.
+
+“I suppose he was frightened at something,” replied
+Jacob. “Very likely he saw you when we went into
+the Club–House.”
+
+“But he wouldn’t run away from me. He and I are
+the best of friends.”
+
+“But circumstances alter cases,” laughed the interpreter.
+“He may have supposed you had gone over to
+the enemy, and had come here to entrap him in some
+way.”
+
+“It may be; but I hardly believe it,” mused Bark.
+
+Jacob Lobo had no suspicion that he had been the
+cause of Raymond’s hurried departure; and he did not
+suggest the true solution of the problem. But the fugitive
+was gone; and all they had to do was to look
+him up. They were zealous in the mission with which
+they were charged, and lost not a moment in prosecuting
+the search. But they had almost gained the battle
+in obtaining a clew to the fugitive. Lobo declared that
+it would be easy enough to trace him out of the town,
+for he must have gone by the Neutral Ground, which is
+the strip of land separating the Rock from the mainland,
+or crossed to Algeciras in a boat. They were on
+their way to the landing–port, when the evening gun
+was fired.
+
+“That’s as far as we can go to–night,” said Lobo,
+coming to a sudden halt.
+
+“Why? what’s the matter now?” asked Bark.
+
+“That’s the gun, and the gate will be closed in a
+few minutes,” replied Lobo. “They wouldn’t open
+it to oblige the King of Spain, if he happened along
+here about this time.”
+
+It was no use to argue the matter in the face of
+fact; and they spent the rest of the day in making
+inquiries about the town. They went to the drivers of
+cabs, and to those who kept horses and mules to let.
+They questioned men and women located near the
+gate. No one had seen such a person as was described.
+They went to the King’s Arms for the night;
+and as soon as the gate was opened in the morning
+they hastened to the landing–port to make inquiries
+among the boatmen. They found one with whom they
+had spoken when they landed the day before. He
+wanted a job, as all of them do. He had seen a young
+man answering to the description given; and he had
+gone over to Algeciras in the very boat that brought
+them over. Would they like to go over to Algeciras?
+They would, immediately after breakfast; for they had
+left their bags, and had not paid their bill at the hotel.
+
+The wind was light, and it took them two hours to
+cross the bay. With but little difficulty they found the
+stable at which the fugitive had obtained his mules, and
+learned that the name of the guide was José Barca.
+The keeper of the _fonda_ volunteered the information
+that José was a brigand and a rascal; but the stable–keeper,
+who had furnished the guide, insisted that the
+landlord spoke ill of José because he had not obtained
+the job for his own man.
+
+“About all these guides are ex–brigands and smugglers,”
+said Lobo.
+
+“But the landlord of the _fonda_ looks like a more
+honest man than the stable–keeper,” added Bark. “I
+think I should prefer to trust him.”
+
+“I believe you are right, Mr. Lingall; but either of
+them would cheat you if he got the chance,” laughed
+Lobo; but, being a courier himself, it was for his interest
+to cry down the men with whom travellers have to
+deal, in order to enhance the value of his own calling.
+
+The landlord would furnish mules and a guide; and
+in an hour the animals were ready for a start. It was
+not known where Raymond had gone: he had taken
+the mules for San Roque, but with the understanding
+that he could go as far as he pleased with them. The
+name of the landlord’s guide was Julio Piedra. He
+was armed to the teeth, as Raymond’s guide had been.
+He was a good–natured, talkative fellow; and the fugitive
+would certainly have done better, so far as the
+agreeableness of his companion was concerned, if he
+had patronized the landlord instead of the stable–keeper.
+
+When the party arrived at the hotel in San Roque,
+their store of information was increased by the knowledge
+that Raymond had started that morning for
+Ronda. The pursuit looked very hopeful now, and the
+travellers resumed their journey.
+
+“We are not making more than three or four knots
+an hour on this tack,” said Bark, when they had ridden
+a short distance.
+
+“Three miles an hour is all you can average on
+mules through this country,” replied Lobo.
+
+“Can’t we offer the guide a bonus to hurry up?”
+
+“You can’t stand it to ride any faster; and, as it is,
+you will be very sore when you get out of bed to–morrow
+morning.”
+
+“I can stand any thing in this chase,” added Bark
+confidently.
+
+“What good will it do to hurry?” persisted Lobo.
+“It is one o’clock now; and Raymond has five hours
+the start of us. It will be impossible to overtake him
+to–day. The mules can go about so far; and at six
+o’clock we shall reach the place where Raymond
+stopped to dine. That will be Barca de Cuenca; and
+that will be the place for us to stop over night.”
+
+“Over night! I don’t want to stop anywhere till we
+come up with Raymond,” replied Bark.
+
+“You won’t say that when you get to Barca,” laughed
+Lobo. “You will be tired enough to go to bed without
+your supper. Besides, the mules will want rest, if you
+do not; for the distance will be twenty miles from Algeciras.
+Raymond stopped over night at San Roque.”
+
+“But where shall we catch up with him?”
+
+“Not till we get to Ronda, as things now stand.”
+
+“I don’t like the idea of dragging after him in this
+lazy way,” protested Bark.
+
+“What do you wish to do?” demanded Lobo, who
+had been over this road twenty times or more, and
+knew all about the business.
+
+“I don’t believe in stopping anywhere over night,”
+replied Bark with enthusiasm.
+
+“Very well, Mr. Lingall,” added Lobo, laughing.
+“If when you get to Barca, and have had your supper,
+you wish to go any farther, I will see what can be done.
+I can make a trade with Julio to go on with these
+mules, or we can hire others.”
+
+“You say that Raymond left at noon the place
+where we shall be at supper–time: where will he be at
+that time?” asked Bark.
+
+“He will go on to Barca de Cortes, which is twelve
+miles farther; unless he takes it into his head, as you
+do, that he will travel in the night.”
+
+“I am in favor of going on to that place where he
+sleeps.”
+
+“You are in favor of it now; but, take my word for
+it, you will not be in favor of it when you get to Barca
+de Cuenca,” laughed Lobo.
+
+“It will be only four hours more; and I can stand
+that, if I am tired, as I have no doubt I shall be. In
+fact, I am tired now, for I am not used to riding on
+horseback, or muleback either.”
+
+Before six o’clock they reached Barca de Cuenca;
+and Bark was certainly very tired. The motion of the
+mule made him uncomfortable, and he had walked a
+good part of the distance. But, in spite of his weariness,
+he was still in favor of proceeding that night to the
+place where it was supposed the fugitive lodged. It
+would save going about twenty miles in all; and he
+thought he should come out of the journey better in the
+end if he were relieved of riding this distance. Julio
+was willing to take out his mules again after they had
+rested two hours, for a consideration.
+
+While they were making these arrangements in the
+court of the _venta_, or inn, a man mounted on one mule,
+and leading another, entered the yard. He was dressed
+and armed in the same style as Julio. At this moment
+the landlord called the party to supper. Bark was
+democratic in his ideas; and he insisted that the guide
+should take a seat at the table with Lobo and himself.
+Julio was a little backward, but he finally took the seat
+assigned to him. He said something in Spanish to the
+interpreter as soon as he had taken his chair, which
+seemed to excite the greatest astonishment on the part
+of the latter. Lobo plied him with a running fire of
+questions, which Julio answered as fast as they were
+put. Bark judged, that, as neither of them touched the
+food which was on their plates, the subject of the conversation
+must be exceedingly interesting.
+
+“What is it, Lobo?” he asked, when he had listened,
+as long as his patience held out, to the exciting talk he
+could not understand.
+
+“Did you notice the man that rode into the yard on
+a mule, leading another?” said Lobo.
+
+“I did: he was dressed like Julio,” replied Bark.
+
+“That was José Barca, who came from Algeciras as
+Raymond’s guide.”
+
+“But what has he done with Raymond?” demanded
+Bark, now as much excited as his companions.
+
+“We don’t know. Julio has quarrelled with José,
+and refuses to speak to him; and he says José would
+not answer him if he did.”
+
+“Do you suppose any thing has gone wrong with
+Raymond?” asked Bark anxiously.
+
+“I don’t know; but it looks bad to see this fellow
+coming back at this time.”
+
+“Well, can’t you see José, and ask him what has
+become of Raymond?”
+
+“Certainly I can; but whether he will tell me is
+another thing.”
+
+“Of course he will tell you: why shouldn’t he?”
+
+“Circumstances alter cases. If Raymond has dismissed
+him in order to continue his journey in some
+other way, José will tell all he knows about it.”
+
+“Do you suppose that is what he has done?”
+
+“I am afraid not,” answered Lobo seriously.
+
+“What has become of him, then?” asked Bark,
+almost borne down by anxiety for his friend.
+
+“There is only one other thing that can have happened
+to him; and that is, that he has been set upon by
+brigands, and made a prisoner for the sake of the
+ransom. If this is the case, José will not be so likely
+to tell what he knows about the matter.”
+
+“Brigands!” exclaimed Bark, startled at the word.
+
+“A party of English people were captured last year;
+but I have not heard of any being on the road this
+year,” added Lobo. “But they won’t hurt him if he is
+quiet, and don’t attempt to resist.”
+
+After supper Lobo had a talk with José. He did
+not know what had become of the young gentleman.
+Three beggars had met them on the road, and Raymond
+had gone away with them. They wanted to
+show him a cave in the mountains, and he accompanied
+them. José had waited two hours for him, and then
+had gone to look for him, but could not find him.
+
+“Where was this?” demanded Lobo.
+
+“Less than two leagues from here,” replied José.
+
+Lobo translated this story to Bark, and declared
+that every word of it was a lie.
+
+“Raymond went from this _venta_ five hours ago;
+and it must have taken six or seven hours for all that
+José describes to take place,” added Lobo. “But we
+must pretend to believe the story, and not say a word.”
+
+Bark could not say a word except to the interpreter,
+who had a talk with Julio next; and the guide presently
+disappeared. Lobo had formed his plan, and
+put it into execution.
+
+“The route by which we have come is not by the
+great road from San Roque to Ronda, but a shorter
+one by which two leagues are saved,” said Lobo,
+explaining his operations to Bark. “All the guides
+take this route. About a league across the country, is
+a considerable town, which is the headquarters of the
+civil guard, sent here last year after the English party
+was captured, to guard the roads. This is an extra
+force; and I have sent Julio over to bring a squad of
+them to this place. José will spend the night here, and
+start for home to–morrow morning. I want some of
+the civil guard before he goes; and they will be here in
+the course of a couple of hours. Julio is glad enough
+of a chance to get José into trouble.”
+
+“But do you believe José has done any thing wrong,
+even if Raymond has been captured by brigands?”
+asked Bark.
+
+“Very likely he is to have a share of the plunder
+and the ransom; and I think you will find him ready
+to negotiate for the ransom now.”
+
+This proved to be the case; for in the course of an
+hour José broached the subject to Lobo. He thought,
+if the friends of the young man would pay liberally for
+the trouble of looking him up, he might possibly be
+found. He did not know what had become of him;
+but he would undertake to find him. He was a poor
+man, and he could not afford to spend his time in the
+search for nothing. Lobo encouraged him to talk as
+much as he could, and mentioned several sums of money.
+They were too small. The beggars had probably
+lured the young man into the mountains; and he did
+not believe they would let him go without a reward.
+He thought that the beggars would be satisfied with
+fifty thousand _reales_.
+
+While they were talking about the price, Julio returned
+with an officer and ten soldiers, who at once
+took José into custody. It seemed that he had been
+mixed up in some other irregular transaction, and
+the officers knew their man. Lobo stated the substance
+of his conversation with José, who protested
+his innocence in the strongest terms. It was evident
+that he preferred to deal with the friends of Raymond,
+rather than the civil guard.
+
+The officer of the guard examined the guide very
+closely; and his story was quite different from that he
+had told Lobo, though he still insisted that the men
+whom they had encountered were beggars. The
+officer was very prompt in action. José was required
+to conduct the party to the spot where the young man
+had been captured. Bark and Lobo mounted their
+mules again, and Julio led the way as before.
+
+“Can any thing be done in the night?” asked Bark.
+
+“The officer says the night is the best time to hunt
+up these gentlemen of the road,” replied Lobo. “They
+often make fires, and cook their victuals, for the soldiers
+do not like to follow them in the dark.”
+
+When the procession had been in motion an hour
+and a quarter, José indicated that it had reached the
+place where the beggars—as he still persisted in calling
+them—had stopped the traveller. For some reason
+or other, he told the truth, halting the soldiers at
+the rock which made a corner in the road. He also
+indicated the place where the beggars had taken to the
+hills. The officer of the civil guard disposed of his
+force for a careful but silent search of the region near
+the road. Many of the soldiers were familiar with the
+locality; for they had examined it in order to become
+acquainted with the haunts of brigands. The members
+were widely scattered, so as to cover as much territory
+as possible. Bark and Lobo were required to remain
+with the officer.
+
+Not a sound could be heard while the soldiers were
+creeping stealthily about among the rocks, and visiting
+the various caverns they had discovered in their former
+survey. In less than half an hour, several of the guard
+returned together, reporting a fire they had all seen at
+about the same time. One of them described the place
+as being not more than ten minutes’ walk from the
+road; and he knew all about the cave in which the fire
+was built.
+
+“The mouth of the cave is covered with mats; but
+they do not conceal the light of the fire,” continued
+the soldier; and Lobo translated his description to
+Bark. “The smoke goes out at a hole in the farther
+end of the cave; and, when the brigands are attacked
+in front, they will try to escape by this opening in the
+rear.”
+
+“We will provide for that,” replied the officer.
+
+He sent out some of the men to call in the rest of
+the party; and, at a safe distance from the fire, they
+used a whistle for this purpose. In a short time all
+the soldiers were collected in the road, at the nearest
+point to the cave. The lieutenant sent five of his men
+to the rear of the cave, and four to the front, leaving
+José in charge of one of them.
+
+“Tell him not to let his men fire into the cave,” said
+Bark to the interpreter. “I am afraid they will shoot
+Raymond.”
+
+“I will speak to him; but I do not think there will
+be any firing,” replied Lobo. “When the beggars find
+they are in any danger, they will try to get out at the
+hole in the rear; and the lieutenant will bag them as
+they come out.”
+
+The officer directed the men in front not to fire at
+all, unless the brigands came out of the cave; and not
+then, if they could capture them without. Bark and
+Lobo accompanied the party to the rear, which started
+before the others. They went by a long roundabout
+way, creeping like cats the whole distance. They
+found the hole, and could see the light of the fire
+through the aperture.
+
+The beggars appeared to be having a jolly good
+time in the cavern, for they were singing and joking;
+and Lobo said they were drinking the health of the
+prisoner while he was listening at the aperture. The
+lieutenant thought that one of their number had been
+to a town, a league from the place, to procure wine
+and provisions with the money they had taken from
+Raymond; for they could smell the garlic in the stew
+that was doubtless cooking on the fire. And this
+explained the lateness of the hour at which they were
+having their repast.
+
+Bark looked into the hole. It appeared to be
+formed of two immense bowlders, which had been
+thrown together so as to form an angular space under
+them. The aperture was quite small at the rear end,
+and the bottom of the cave sloped sharply down to the
+part where the beggars were. Raymond could not
+be seen; but Bark heard his voice, as he spoke in
+cheerful tones, indicating that he had no great fears
+for the future. But, while Bark was looking into the
+den, the soldiers in front of the cave set up a tremendous
+yell, as they had been instructed to do; and the
+brigands sprang to their feet.
+
+The rear opening into the cave was partly concealed
+by the rocks and trees: and probably the brigands
+supposed the cave was unknown to the soldiers. The
+officer pulled Bark away from the hole, and placed
+himself where he could see into it.
+
+“_Arrida! Alto ahi!_” (Up! Up there!) shouted
+one of the brigands; and in a moment Raymond
+appeared at the opening, with his hands tied behind
+him, urged forward by the leader of the beggars.
+
+They evidently intended to make sure of their prisoner,
+and were driving him out of the cave before
+them. The moment the first beggar appeared, he was
+seized by a couple of the soldiers; and in like manner
+four others were captured, for their number had been
+increased since Raymond was captured. Bark was
+overjoyed when he found that his friend was safe. He
+cut the rope that bound his hands behind him, and
+then actually hugged him.
+
+“Who are you?” demanded Raymond; for it was too
+dark, coming from the bright light of the fire, for him
+to identify the person who was so demonstrative.
+
+“Why, don’t you know me, Henry?” asked Bark,
+wringing the hand of his friend.
+
+“What! Is it Bark?” demanded Raymond, overwhelmed
+with astonishment to find his late associate
+at this place.
+
+“Of course it is Bark.”
+
+“What are you doing here?”
+
+“I came after you; and I think, under the circumstances,
+it is rather fortunate I did come,” added Bark.
+
+“God bless you, Bark! for you have saved me from
+these vagabonds, who might have kept me for months,
+so that I could not join my ship.”
+
+That was all the harm the fugitive seemed to think
+would come of his capture. The soldiers had led the
+brigands down into the cavern, and the young men followed
+them. The fire was still burning briskly, and
+the pot over it was boiling merrily. Everybody was
+happy except the brigands; and the leader of these
+did not appear to be much disturbed by the accident
+that had happened to him.
+
+“_For Dios_,” said Raymond, extending his hand to
+this latter worthy.
+
+“_Perdon usted por Dios hermano_,” replied the leader,
+shrugging his shoulders.
+
+Raymond informed the lieutenant that this was the
+manner the interview on the road had commenced.
+The officer ordered the ruffians to be searched; and the
+purse and watch of Raymond were found upon the
+chief beggar. They were restored to the owner, with
+the request that he would see if the money was all in
+the purse.
+
+“I was not fool enough to give the beggar all I had,”
+answered Raymond. “I have a large sum of money in
+my belt, which was not disturbed.”
+
+The good–natured leader of the beggars opened his
+eyes at this statement.
+
+“There were six _Isabelinos_ in the purse, and now
+there are but five,” added Raymond.
+
+“We spent one of them for food and wine,” said
+the gentle beggar. “We had nothing to eat for two
+days, till we got some bread we bought with this money.
+We were going to have a good supper before we started
+for the mountains; but you have spoiled it.”
+
+The officer was good–natured enough to let them eat
+their supper, as it was ready by this time. But Raymond
+and Bark did not care to wait, and started for
+the _venta_, where they intended to pass the night.
+Julio walked, and Raymond rode his mule.
+
+“I congratulate the Count de Escarabajosa on his
+escape,” said Lobo, as they mounted the mules.
+
+“I thank you; but where did you get that title,
+which I will thank you never to apply to me again?”
+replied Raymond rather coldly.
+
+“I beg your pardon; but I meant no offence,” said
+Lobo, rather startled by the coldness and dignity of
+Raymond.
+
+“He is a good friend; and if it hadn’t been for him
+I never should have found you, Henry,” interposed
+Bark.
+
+“I do not understand where he learned about that
+title, and I do not know who he is,” added Raymond.
+“If you say he is a friend, Bark, I am satisfied.”
+
+“He is, and a good friend. But why did you leave
+Gibraltar so suddenly?” asked Bark, thinking it best
+to change the subject.
+
+“I left because I saw you and your companion go
+into the Club–House Hotel; and I knew that you
+would come to the King’s Arms next,” replied Raymond.
+
+“You left because you saw me!” exclaimed Bark,
+astonished at this statement. “Why, I was sent after
+you because the principal thought you would not dodge
+out of sight if you saw Scott or me.”
+
+“I did not dodge out of sight because I saw you,
+but because I saw you had a companion I did not
+know: I came to the conclusion that your friend was
+the detective sent after me.”
+
+Bark explained who and what Lobo was; and Raymond
+apologized to the interpreter for his coldness.
+Before the party reached the _venta_, the messenger of
+the principal had explained the situation as it was
+changed by the death of Don Alejandro. Raymond
+was happy in being justified for his past conduct, and
+glad that his uncle had died confessing his sins and at
+peace with the Church.
+
+The fugitive and his friend were asleep when the
+soldiers arrived with the prisoners. In the morning
+Raymond read the letter of Don Francisco, and immediately
+wrote a reply to it, requesting him to take
+charge of his affairs in Barcelona; and to ask the
+advice of his uncle in New York. Bark wrote to the
+principal a full account of his adventures in search
+of Raymond. These letters were mailed at Ronda,
+where the prisoners were taken, and where Raymond
+had to go as a witness. The testimony was abundant
+to convict them all; but Spanish courts were so slow,
+that Bark and Raymond were detained in Ronda for
+two weeks, though Lobo was sent back to Malaga at
+once.
+
+The three brigands were sentenced to a long imprisonment;
+the two men who were found in the cave with
+them to a shorter term, as accomplices; but nothing
+was proved against José. Raymond made a handsome
+present to each of the soldiers, and to Julio, for the
+service they had rendered him; and, though his gratitude
+to Bark could not be expressed in this way, it was
+earnest and sincere. Julio and José were still in Ronda
+with their mules; and it was decided to return to Gibraltar
+as they had come. During their stay in this
+mountain city, the two students had seen the sights of
+the place; and they departed with a lively appreciation
+of this wild locality.
+
+In two days they arrived at Gibraltar, to find that
+the fleet had been there, and left. Both of them were
+astonished at this information, which was given them
+at the King’s Arms, where they had both been guests
+before. They had been confident that the squadron
+would take her final departure for the “Isles of the
+Sea” from this port.
+
+“Left!” exclaimed both of them in the same breath.
+
+“The three vessels sailed three days ago,” replied
+the landlord.
+
+“Where have they gone?” asked Raymond, who had
+depended upon meeting his friends on board of the
+Tritonia that evening.
+
+“That I couldn’t tell you.”
+
+They walked about the town, making inquiries in
+regard to the fleet; but no one knew where it had
+gone. The custom–house was closed for the day; and
+they were obliged to sleep without knowing whether or
+not the vessels were on their way across the ocean, or
+gone to some port in Spain.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXVII.
+
+THE BULL–FIGHT AT SEVILLE.
+
+
+“Now we are under the meteor flag of old England,”
+said Clyde Blacklock, the fourth lieutenant
+of the Prince, after the squadron had come to
+anchor off the Rock.
+
+“Do you call that the meteor flag of England?”
+laughed Murray, as he pointed to the stars and stripes
+at the peak of the steamer.
+
+“We are in British waters anyhow,” replied Clyde.
+
+“That’s so; but the flag you are under just now is
+the glorious flag of the United States of America—long
+may it wave!”
+
+“They are both glorious flags,” said Dr. Winstock;
+“and both nations ought to be proud of what they
+have done for the human race.”
+
+“And Johnny Bull is the father of Brother Jonathan,”
+added Clyde.
+
+“There is the sunset gun,” said the doctor, as the
+report pealed across the water, and a cloud of smoke
+rose from one of the numerous batteries on the shore.
+“The gates of the town are closed now, and no one is
+allowed to enter or leave after this hour.”
+
+The surgeon continued to point out various buildings
+and batteries, rather to prevent the students from
+engaging in an international wrangle, to which a few
+were somewhat inclined, than for any other reason,
+though he was always employed in imparting information
+to them.
+
+The next morning, as soon as the arrangements were
+completed, the several ships’ companies landed at the
+same time, and marched in procession to the top of the
+hill, where the students were formed in a hollow square
+to hear what Professor Mapps had to say about the
+Rock. The view was magnificent, for the hill is fourteen
+hundred and thirty feet above the sea level.
+
+“Young gentlemen, I know that the view from this
+height is grand and beautiful,” the professor began,
+“and I cannot blame you for wishing to enjoy it at
+once; but I wish you to give your attention to the
+history of the Rock for a few minutes, and then I shall
+ask Dr. Winstock, who is more familiar with the place
+than I am, to point out to you in detail the various
+objects under your eye.”
+
+In addition to the twenty non–commissioned officers
+who had been detailed to act as guides for the party,
+quite a number of superior officers, and not a few
+ladies, formed a part of the professor’s audience. The
+latter had been attracted by curiosity to follow the students;
+and the majors, captains, and lieutenants were
+already on speaking–terms with the principal, the vice–principals,
+and the professors, though no formal introductions
+had taken place; and, before the day was over,
+all hands had established a very pleasant relation with
+the officers of the garrison and their families.
+
+“When the Phœnicians came to the Rock and to
+Cadiz, they believed they had reached the end of the
+world; and here they erected one of the two Pillars
+of Hercules, which have already been mentioned to
+you. The Berbers were the original inhabitants of the
+Barbary States; and Tarìk, a leader of this people,
+captured the place. He gave his own name to his
+conquest, calling it Ghebal–Tarìk, or the Hill of Tarìk.
+This was in 711; but Guzman the Good, the first of
+the Dukes of Medina Sidonia, recovered it in 1309.
+Soon after, the Spanish governor of the Rock stole
+the money appropriated for its defence, employing it in
+a land speculation at Xeres; and the place surrendered
+to the Moors. In 1462 another Duke of Medina Sidonia
+drove out the Moslems; and Spain held the Rock
+till 1704. In this year, during the war of the Spanish
+succession, the fortress was attacked by the combined
+forces of the English and the Dutch. The Spanish
+garrison consisted of only one hundred and fifty men;
+but it killed or disabled nearly twice this number of
+the assailants before the Rock was surrendered, which
+shows that it was a very strong place even then; and
+its defences have been doubled since that time. The
+Spaniards have made repeated attempts to recover possession
+of the fortress, but without success; and it has
+been settled that it is entirely impregnable.”
+
+The English officers applauded this last statement;
+and Dr. Winstock, stepping upon the rock which served
+the professor for a rostrum, proceeded to point out the
+objects on interest in sight.
+
+“You have two grand divisions before you,” said the
+surgeon. “On the other side of the strait is Africa,
+with its rough steeps. The nest of white houses you
+see at the head of the deep bay is Ceuta; and the hill
+is the Mount Abyla of the ancients, on which the other
+Pillar of Hercules was planted. Turning to the west,
+the broad Atlantic is before you. Below is the beautiful
+Bay of Gibraltar, with Algeciras on the opposite
+side. The village north of us is San Roque; and the
+lofty snow–capped mountains in the north–east are the
+Sierra Nevadas, which you saw from Granada. Now
+look at what is nearer to us. The strait is from twelve
+to fifteen miles wide. Perhaps you saw some of the
+monkeys that inhabit the Rock on your way up the hill.
+Though there are plenty of them on the other side of
+the strait, they are not found in a wild state in any
+part of Europe except on this Rock. How they got
+here, is the conundrum; and some credulous people
+insist that there is a tunnel under the strait by which
+they came over.
+
+“Below you is Europa Point; or, rather, three
+capes with this name. You see the beautiful gardens
+near the Point; and in the hands of the English people
+the whole Rock blossoms like the rose, while, if any
+other people had it, it would be a desolate waste.
+Stretching out into the bay, near the dockyard, is the
+new mole, which is seven hundred feet long. The one
+near the landing–port is eleven hundred feet; but it
+shelters only the small craft. The low, sandy strip of
+ground that bounds the Rock on the north is the Neutral
+Ground, where the sentinels of the two countries
+are always on duty. This strip of land is diked, so
+that it can be inundated and rendered impassable to an
+army in a few moments.”
+
+The doctor finished his remarks, but we have not
+reported all that he said; nor have we space for the
+speeches of a couple of the English officers who were
+invited to address the students, though they gave much
+information in regard to the fortress and garrison life
+at the Rock. The crowd was divided into small parties,
+and spent the rest of the day in exploring the fortifications
+with the guides. As usual, the doctor had
+the captain and first lieutenant under his special charge.
+
+“The east and south sides of the Rock, as you
+observed when we came into the bay from Malaga,”
+said he, “are almost perpendicular; and at first sight
+it would seem to be absurd to fortify a steep which no
+one could possibly ascend. But an enemy would find
+a way to get up if it were not for the guns that cover
+this part of the Rock. The north end is also too steep
+to climb. The west side, where we came up by the
+zigzag path, has a gentler slope; and this is protected
+by batteries in every direction.”
+
+“I can see the guns of the batteries; but I do not
+see any on the north and east sides of the Rock,” said
+Sheridan.
+
+“The edges of the Rock on all sides are tunnelled:
+and these galleries form a series of casemates, with
+embrasures, or port–holes, every thirty or forty yards,
+through which the great guns are pointed. These galleries
+are in tiers, or stories, and there are miles of
+them. They were made just before the French Revolution
+began, nearly a hundred years after the English
+got possession.”
+
+“They must have cost a pile of money,” suggested
+Murray.
+
+“Yes; and it costs a pile of money to support them,”
+added the doctor. “Five thousand troops are kept
+here in time of peace. Some British statesmen have
+advocated the policy of giving or selling the Rock to
+Spain; for it has been a standing grievance to this
+power to have England own a part of the peninsula.
+But in other than a military view the Rock is valuable
+to England. Whatever wars may be in progress on the
+face of the earth, her naval and commercial vessels can
+always find shelter in the port of Gibraltar.”
+
+“But I don’t see how it could prevent ships of
+war from entering the Mediterranean Sea,” added
+Sheridan.
+
+“I doubt whether it could ever do that except by
+sheltering a fleet to do the fighting; for no gun in
+existence could send a shot ten or twelve miles,” replied
+the doctor.
+
+By this time the party had reached the entrance of
+the galleries, and they went in to view what the surgeon
+had described. The students were amazed at the extent
+of the tunnels, and the vast quantities of shot and shell
+piled up in every part of the works; at the great guns,
+and the appliances for handling them. They walked
+till they were tired out; and then the party descended
+to the town for a lunch.
+
+“This isn’t much of a city,” said Murray, as they
+walked through its narrow and crooked streets to Commercial
+Square, where the hotels are located.
+
+“I believe the people do not brag of it, though it
+contains much that is interesting,” replied the doctor.
+“You find all sorts of people here: there are Moors,
+Jews, Greeks, Portuguese, and Spaniards, besides the
+English. This is a free port, and vast quantities of
+goods are smuggled into Spain from this town.”
+
+They lunched at the Club–House; and it was a luxury
+to sit at the table with English people, who do not
+wear their hats, or smoke between the courses. After
+this important duty had been disposed of, the party
+walked to the _alameda_, as the Spaniards call it, or
+the parade and public garden as the English have it.
+It is an exceedingly pleasant retreat to an English–speaking
+traveller who has just come from Spain, for
+every thing is in the English fashion. It contains a
+monument to the Duke of Wellington, and another to
+General Lord Heathfield. The party enjoyed this
+garden so much that they remained there till it was
+time to go on board of the ship.
+
+Three days were spent at the Rock, and many courtesies
+were exchanged between the sailors and the soldiers.
+The students saw a review of a brigade, and
+the officers were feasted at the mess–rooms of the garrison.
+The principal was sorely tried when he saw the
+wine passing around among the military men; but the
+students drank the toasts in water. In return for these
+civilities, the officers were invited on board of the
+vessels of the squadron; the yards were manned; the
+crews were exercised in the various evolutions of seamanship;
+and a bountiful collation was served in each
+vessel. Everybody was happy.
+
+Dr. Winstock was a little more “gamy” than the
+principal; and, when he heard that there was to be a
+bull–fight at Seville on Easter Sunday, he declared that
+it would be a pity to take the students away from Spain
+without seeing the national spectacle. He suggested
+that the ceremonies of Holy Week would also be very
+interesting. The question was discussed for a long
+time. All the rest of their lives these young men
+would be obliged to say that they had been to Spain
+without seeing a bull–fight. The professors were consulted;
+and they were unanimously in favor of making
+a second visit to Seville. It was decided to adopt the
+doctor’s suggestion.
+
+“But it will be impossible to get into the hotels,”
+added Dr. Winstock. “They all double their prices,
+and are filled to overflowing for several days before the
+ceremonies begin.”
+
+“Then, why did you suggest the idea of going?”
+laughed the principal. “The boys must have something
+to eat, and a place to sleep.”
+
+“I think we can do better than to go to the hotels,
+even if we could get into them,” replied the doctor.
+“The Guadalquiver is very high at the present time,
+and the fleet will go up to Seville without quarrelling
+with the bottom. We can anchor off the _Toro del Oro_,
+and save all the hotel–bills.”
+
+This plan was adopted; and the order to coal the
+steamer for the voyage across the Atlantic was rescinded,
+so that she might go up the river as light as
+possible. Half a dozen officers of the garrison were
+taken as passengers, guests of the officers, for the excursion,
+as the steamer was to return to the Rock. On
+Tuesday morning the fleet sailed. While the schooners
+remained off Cadiz, the Prince ran in and obtained
+three pilots,—a father and his two sons,—and distributed
+them among the vessels. At the mouth of the
+river the Prince took her consorts in tow. They were
+lashed together, and a hawser extended to each of
+them. Off Bonanza the vessels anchored for the
+night; for the pilots would not take the risk of running
+in the darkness. In the morning the voyage was
+renewed. Portions of the country were flooded with
+water, for the ice and snows in the mountains were
+melting in the warm weather of spring. Indeed, there
+was so much water that it bothered the pilot of the
+steamer to keep in the channel, for the high water
+covered some of his landmarks. There were some
+sharp turns to be made; and the pilots in the Tritonia
+and Josephine had to be as active as their father in the
+steamer; for, in making these curves, the hawser of the
+outer vessel had to be slacked off; and, when the ropes
+were well run out, the steamer was stopped, and they
+were hauled in. But, before sunset, the fleet was at
+anchor off Seville.
+
+The next day was Holy Thursday, and all hands
+were landed to see the sights. The city was crowded
+with people. All along the streets through which the
+procession was to pass, seats were arranged for the
+spectators, which were rented for the occasion, as in
+the large cities at home. The trip to Seville had been
+decided upon a week before the vessels arrived, and
+while they were at Malaga. Couriers had been sent
+ahead to engage places for the procession, and in
+the _Coliseo de Toros_. Lobo and Ramos were on the
+quay when the boats landed; and the students were
+conducted to the places assigned to them. They went
+early, and had to wait a long time; but the people
+were almost as interesting as the “_Gran Funcion_” as
+they call any spectacle, whether it be a bull–fight or a
+church occasion.
+
+Not only was the street where they were seated full
+of people, but all the houses were dressed in the gayest
+of colors; and no one would have suspected that
+the occasion was a religious ceremony. Printed programmes
+of all the details of the procession had been
+hawked about the streets for the last two days, and
+Lobo had procured a supply of them; but unfortunately,
+as they were in Spanish, hardly any of the students
+could make use of them, though the surgeon,
+the professors, and the couriers, translated the main
+items for them.
+
+“I suppose you both understand the meaning of the
+procession we are about to see,” said the doctor, while
+they waiting.
+
+“I don’t,” replied Murray. “My father is a
+Scotchman, and I was brought up in the kirk.”
+
+“The week begins with Palm Sunday, which commemorates
+the entry of Christ into Jerusalem, when
+the people cast palm–branches before him; Holy
+Thursday celebrates the institution of the Lord’s Supper;
+Good Friday, the crucifixion; Holy Saturday is
+when water used in baptism is blessed; and Easter
+Sunday, the greatest of all the holy days except
+Christmas, is in honor of the resurrection of the
+Saviour. On Holy Thursday, in Madrid, the late
+queen used to wash the feet of a dozen beggars, as
+Christ washed the feet of his disciples. I hear music,
+and I think the procession is coming.”
+
+It was not church music which the band at the head
+of the procession played, but lively airs from the
+operas. A line of soldiers formed in front of the spectators
+that filled the street, to keep them back; and the
+procession soon came in sight. To say that the boys
+were amused would be to express it mildly as the leading
+feature of the show came into view. It seemed to
+be a grand masquerade, or a tremendous burlesque.
+First came a number of persons dressed in long robes
+of white, black, or violet, gathered up at the waist by a
+leather belt. On their heads they wore enormous fools’
+caps, in the shape of so many sugar–loaves, but at least
+four feet high.
+
+“You mustn’t laugh so as to be observed,” said the
+doctor to the first lieutenant. “These are the penitents.”
+
+“They ought to be penitent for coming out in such a
+rig,” laughed Murray.
+
+A pointed piece of cloth fell from the tall cap of the
+penitents over the face and down upon the breast, with
+round holes for the eyes. Some carried torches, and
+others banners with the arms of some religious order
+worked on them. These people were a considerable
+feature of the procession, and they were to be seen
+through the whole length of it.
+
+After them came some men dressed as Roman soldiers,
+with helmet, cuirass, and yellow tunic, representing
+the soldiers that took part in the crucifixion. They
+were followed by a kind of car, which seemed to float
+along without the help of any bearers; but it was carried
+by men under it whose forms were concealed by
+the surrounding drapery that fell to the ground, forming
+a very effective piece of stage machinery. The car
+was richly ornamented with gold and velvet, and bore
+on its top rail several elegant and fancifully shaped
+lanterns in which candles were burning.
+
+On the car was a variety of subjects represented by
+a dozen figures, carved in wood and painted to the life.
+Above all the others rose Christ and the two thieves on
+the crosses. The Virgin Mary was the most noticeable
+figure. She was dressed in an elegant velvet robe,
+embroidered with gold, with a lace handkerchief in her
+hand. A velvet mantle reached from her shoulders
+over the rail of the car to the ground. Her train was
+in charge of an angel, who managed it according to her
+own taste and fancy. On the car were other angels,
+who seemed to be more ornamental than useful.
+
+The rest of the procession was made up of similar
+materials,—holy men, women and children, crosses,
+images of saints, such as have often been seen and described.
+During the rest of the week, the students
+visited the cathedral, where they saw the blackened
+remains of King Ferdinand, and other relics that are
+exhibited at this time, as well as several other of the
+churches. Easter Sunday came, and the general joy
+was as extravagantly manifested as though the resurrection
+were an event of that day. Early in the afternoon
+crowds of gayly dressed people of all classes and ranks
+began to crowd towards the bull–ring. All over the
+city were posted placards announcing this _Gran Funcion_,
+with overdrawn pictures of the scenes expected to
+transpire in the arena. We have one of these bills
+before us as we write.
+
+“As we are to take part in the _Funcion_, we will go
+to the _plaza_” said the doctor, as he and his friends
+left the cathedral.
+
+“Take part!” exclaimed Murray. “I have no idea
+of fighting a bull. I would rather be on board of the
+ship.”
+
+“Perhaps I should have said ‘assist in the _Funcion_,’
+which is the usual way of expressing it in Spain.”
+
+“Who is this?” said Sheridan, as a couple of young
+men wearing the uniform of the squadron approached
+the party. “Upon my word, it is Raimundo!”
+
+The young men proved to be Raymond and Bark
+Lingall, just arrived from Gibraltar. The fugitive had
+resumed his uniform when he expected to join the Tritonia;
+and, if he had asked any officer of the garrison
+where the fleet had gone, he could have informed him.
+In the evening one of them spoke to Raymond at the
+hotel, asking him how it happened that he had not
+gone to Seville. This led to an explanation. Raymond
+and Bark had taken a steamer to Cadiz the next
+day, and had just arrived in a special train, in season
+for the bull–fight. The surgeon, who knew all about
+Raymond’s history, gave him a cordial greeting; and
+so did his shipmates of the Tritonia.
+
+“You are just in time to assist at the bull–fight,”
+said Scott, who readily took up the Spanish style of
+expressing it, for it seemed like a huge joke to him.
+
+“I don’t care for the bull–fight, but I am glad to be
+with the fellows once more,” replied Raymond, as he
+seated himself with the officers of the vessel.
+
+Before the show began, he had reported himself to
+Mr. Lowington and Mr. Pelham; and some of the students
+who did not understand the matter thought he
+received a very warm greeting for a returned runaway.
+But all hands were thinking of the grand spectacle;
+and not much attention was given to Raymond and
+Bark, except by their intimate friends.
+
+“If the people are so fond of these shows, I should
+think they would have more of them,” said Sheridan.
+“This is the first chance we have had to see one; and
+we have been in Spain four months.”
+
+“They cost too much money; and only the large
+places can afford to have them,” replied the doctor.
+“It costs about two thousand dollars to get one up in
+good style. I will tell you all about the performers as
+they come in.”
+
+“But what are all those people doing in the ring?”
+asked Murray; for the arena was filled with spectators
+walking about, chatting and smoking.
+
+“They are the men who will occupy the lower seats,
+which are not very comfortable; and they prefer to
+walk about till the performance begins. They are all
+deeply interested in the affair, and are talking it over.”
+
+“I don’t see many ladies here,” said Sheridan. “I
+was told that they all attend the bull–fights.”
+
+“I should think that one–third of the audience were
+ladies,” replied the doctor, looking about the _plaza_.
+“At those I attended in Madrid, there were not five
+hundred ladies present.”
+
+The _Plaza de Toros_ at Seville, which the people dignify
+by calling it the _Coliseum_, is about the same size
+as the one at Madrid, open at the top, and will seat
+ten or twelve thousand people. It is circular in form,
+and the walls may be twenty or twenty–five feet high.
+Standing in the ring, the lower part of the structure
+looks much like a country circus on a very large scale;
+the tiers of seats for the common people sloping down
+from half the height of the walls to the arena, which
+is enclosed by a strong fence about five feet high.
+Inside of the heavy fence enclosing the ring, is another,
+which separates the spectators from a kind of avenue
+all around the arena; and above this is stretched a
+rope, to prevent the bull, in case he should leap the
+inner fence, from going over among the spectators.
+This avenue between the two fences is for the use of
+the performers and various hangers–on at the _funcion_.
+
+Above the sloping rows of seats, are balconies, or
+boxes as they would be called in a theatre. They are
+roofed over, and the front of them presents a continuous
+colonnade supporting arches, behind which are sloping
+rows of cushioned seats. In hot weather, awnings
+are placed in front of those exposed to the sun. Opposite
+the gates by which the bull is admitted is an elaborately
+ornamented box for the “_autoridad_” and the
+person who presides over the spectacle. The latter
+was often the late queen, in Madrid; and on the present
+occasion it was the _infanta_, the Marquesa de Montpensier.
+This box was dressed with flags and bright colors.
+
+During the gathering of the vast audience, which
+some estimated at fifteen thousand, a band had been
+playing. Punctually at three o’clock came a flourish
+of trumpets, and two _alguacils_, dressed in sober black,
+rode into the ring; and the people there vacated it,
+leaping over the fences to their seats. When the arena
+was clear, another blast announced the first scene of the
+tragedy.
+
+“Now we have a procession of the performers,” said
+the doctor to his pupils. “The men on horseback are
+_picadores_, from _pica_, a lance; and you see that each
+rider carries one.”
+
+These men were dressed in full Spanish costume,
+and wore broad sombreros on their heads, something
+like a tarpaulin. They were mounted on old hacks of
+horses, worn out by service on the cabs or omnibuses.
+They are blindfolded during the fight, to keep them
+from dodging the bull. The legs of the men are cased
+in splints of wood and sole–leather to protect them
+from the horns of the bull. Each of them is paid a
+hundred dollars for each _corrida_, or performance.
+
+“Those men with the red and yellow mantles, or
+cloaks, on their arms, are the _chulos_, whose part is to
+worry the bull, and to call him away from the _picador_,
+or other actor who is in danger,” continued the surgeon.
+“Next to them are the _banderilleros_; and the
+dart adorned with many colored ribbons is called a
+_banderilla_. You will see what this is for when the
+time comes. The last are the _matadors_, or _espadas_;
+and each of them carries a Toledo blade. They are
+the heroes of the fight; and, when they are skilful,
+their reputation extends all over Spain. Montes, one
+of the most celebrated of them, was killed in a _corrida_
+in Madrid. Cuchares was another not less noted; and,
+when I saw him, he was received with a demonstration
+of applause that would have satisfied a king of Spain.
+I don’t know what has become of him. I see that the
+names of four _espadas_ are given on the bill, besides a
+supernumerary in case of accident. The _espadas_
+receive from two to three hundred dollars for a _corrida_;
+the _banderilleros_, from fifty to seventy–five; and
+the _chulos_, from fifteen to twenty.”
+
+An _alguacil_ now entered the ring, and, walking over
+to the box of the authorities, asked permission to
+begin the fight. The key of the bull–pen was given to
+him. He returned, gave it to the keeper of the gate;
+and made haste to save himself by jumping over the
+fence, to the great amusement of the vast audience.
+
+Most of the students had been informed what all
+this meant by the interpreters and others; and they
+waited with no little emotion for the conflict to commence.
+The bull had been goaded to fury in the
+pen; and, when the gates were thrown open, he rushed
+with a bellowing snort into the ring. At first he
+seemed to be startled by the strange sight before him,
+and halted at the gate, which had been closed behind
+him. Two _picadores_ had been stationed on opposite
+sides of the arena; and, as soon as the bull saw the
+nearest of these, he dashed towards him. The _picador_
+received him on the point of his lance, and turned him
+off. The animal then went for the other, who warded
+him off in the same way. The audience did not seem
+to be satisfied with this part of the performance, and
+yelled as if they had been cheated out of something.
+It was altogether too tame for them.
+
+Then the first _picador_, at these signs of disapprobation,
+rode to the middle of the ring; and the bull made
+another onslaught upon him. This time he tumbled
+horse and rider in a heap on the ground. Then the
+_chulos_ put in an appearance, and with their red and
+yellow cloaks attracted the attention of the bull, thus
+saving the _picador_ from further harm. While the bull
+was chasing some of the _chulos_, more of them went to
+the assistance of the fallen rider, whose splinted legs
+did not permit him to rise alone. He was pulled out
+from beneath his nag; and the poor animal got up,
+goaded to do so by the kicks of the brutal performers.
+His stomach had been ripped open by the horns of the
+bull, and his entrails dragged upon the ground.
+
+Some of the students turned pale, and were made
+sick by the cruel sight. A few of them were obliged to
+leave their places, which they did amidst the laughter
+of the Spaniards near them. But the audience applauded
+heartily, and appeared to be satisfied now that
+a horse had been gored so terribly. The _picador_ was
+lifted upon the mangled steed, and he rode about the
+ring with the animal’s entrails dragging under him.
+The _chulos_ played with the bull for a time, till the
+people became impatient; and then he was permitted
+to attack the horses again. The one injured before
+dropped dead under the next assault, to the great
+relief of the American spectators. The audience became
+stormy again, and two more horses were killed
+without appeasing them.
+
+“Now we shall have the _banderilleros_,” said the
+doctor, as a flourish of trumpets came from the bandstand.
+
+“I have got about enough of it,” said Sheridan
+faintly.
+
+“Brace yourself up, and you will soon become more
+accustomed to it. You ought to see one bull killed,”
+added the surgeon.
+
+Two men with _banderillas_ in their hands now entered
+the ring. These weapons have barbs, so that, when the
+point is driven into the flesh of the bull, they stick fast,
+and are not shaken out by the motion of the animal.
+These men were received with applause; but it was
+evident that the temper of the assembled multitude
+required prompt and daring deeds of them. There was
+to be no unnecessary delay, no dodging or skulking.
+They were bold fellows, and seemed to be ready for
+business. One of them showed himself to the bull;
+and the beast made for him without an instant’s hesitation.
+
+The _banderillero_ held his ground as though he had
+been tied to the spot; and it looked as if he was
+surely to be transfixed by the horns of the angry bull.
+Suddenly, as the animal dropped his head to use his
+horns, the man swung the _banderillas_ over his shoulders,
+and planted both of the darts just behind the neck of
+the beast, and then dexterously slipped out of the way.
+This feat was applauded tremendously, and the yells
+seemed to shake the arena. Vainly the bull tried to
+shake off the darts, roaring with the pain they gave
+him.
+
+Another flourish of trumpets announced the last
+scene of the tragedy, and one of the _espadas_ bounded
+lightly into the ring. He was greeted with hearty
+applause; and, walking over to the front of the _marquesa’s_
+box, he bent down on one knee, and made a
+grandiloquent speech, to the effect that for the honor of
+the city, in the name of the good people there assembled,
+and for the benefit of the hospital, he would kill
+the bull or be killed himself in the attempt, if her
+highness would graciously accord him the permission to
+do so. The _infanta_ kindly consented; and the _espada_
+whirled his hat several times over his head, finally jerking
+it under his left arm over the fence. In his hand
+he carried a crimson banner, which he presented to the
+bull; and this was enough to rouse all his fury again.
+
+[Illustration: THE BULL–FIGHT AT SEVILLE. Page 406.]
+
+For a time he played with the furious beast, which
+continually plunged at the red banner, the man skilfully
+stepping aside. At last he seemed to be prepared
+for the final blow. Holding the banner in his
+left hand, he permitted the bull to make a dive at it;
+and, while his head was down, he reached over his
+horns with the sword, and plunged it in between the
+shoulder–blades. His aim was sure: he had pierced the
+heart, and the bull dropped dead. Again the applause
+shook the arena, and the audience in the lower part of
+the building hurled their hats and caps into the ring;
+and a shower of cigars, mingled with an occasional
+piece of silver, followed the head–gear. The victorious
+_espada_ picked up the cigars and money, bowing his
+thanks all the time, while the _chulos_ tossed back the
+hats and caps.
+
+“‘You can take my hat’ is what they mean by that,
+I suppose,” said Murray.
+
+“That is one of the ways a Spanish audience has
+of expressing their approbation in strong terms,” replied
+the doctor.
+
+A team of half a dozen mules, tricked out in the
+gayest colors, galloped into the ring; and, when a sling
+had been passed over the horns of the dead bull, he
+was dragged out at a side gate. The doors had hardly
+closed upon the last scene before the main gates were
+thrown wide open again, and another bull bounded into
+the arena, where the _picadores_ and the _chulos_ were
+already in position for action. The second act was
+about like the first. Four horses were killed by the
+second bull, which was even more savage than the
+first. The _banderillero_ was unfortunate in his first
+attempt, and was hooted by the audience; but in a
+second attempt he redeemed himself. The _espada_ got
+his sword into the bull; but he did not hit the vital
+part, and he was unable to withdraw his weapon. The
+animal flew around the ring with the sword in his
+shoulders, while the audience yelled, and taunted the
+unlucky hero. It was not allowable for him to take
+another sword; and the bull was lured to the side of
+the ring, where the _espada_ leaped upon a screen, and
+recovered his blade. In a second trial he did the
+business so handsomely that he regained the credit he
+had temporarily lost.
+
+Many of the students did not stay to see the second
+bull slain; and not more than half of them staid till
+the conclusion of the _funcion_. One of the last of the
+bulls would not fight at all, and evidently belonged to
+the peace society; but neither the audience nor the
+_lidiadores_ had any mercy for him.
+
+“_Perros! Perros!_” shouted the audience, when it
+was found that the bull had no pluck.
+
+“_Perros! Perros!_” screamed some of the wildest
+of the students, without having the least idea what the
+word meant.
+
+“What does all that mean?” asked Murray.
+
+“_Perros_ means dogs. Not long ago, when a bull
+would not fight, they used to set dogs upon him to
+worry and excite him,” answered the doctor.
+
+“Well, will they set the dogs upon him?” inquired
+Murray.
+
+“No, I suppose not; for here in the bill it says, ‘No
+dogs will be used; but fire–_banderillas_ will be substituted
+for bulls that will not fight at the call of the
+authorities.’”
+
+This expedient was resorted to in the present case;
+the bull was frightened, and showed a little pluck.
+After he had upset a _picador_, and charged on a _chulo_,
+he leaped over the fence into the avenue. The loafers
+gathered there sprang into the ring; but the animal
+was speedily driven back, and was finally killed without
+having done any great damage to the horses.
+
+The last bull was the fiercest of them all; and he
+came into the arena roaring like a lion. He demolished
+two _picadores_ in the twinkling of an eye, and
+made it lively for all the performers. “_Bravo, Toro!_”
+shouted the people, for they applaud the bull as well
+as the actors. The _espada_ stabbed him three times
+before he killed him.
+
+Six bulls and seventeen horses had been slain: the
+last one had killed five. Even the most insensible of
+the students had had enough of it; and most of them
+declared that it was the most barbarous spectacle they
+had ever seen. They pitied the poor horses, and some
+of them would not have been greatly distressed if the
+bull had tossed up a few of the performers. The doctor
+was disgusted, though he had done his best to have
+the students see this _cosa de España_. The principal
+refused to go farther than the gate of the _plaza_.
+
+“I don’t care to see another,” said Dr. Winstock
+to his Spanish friend, who sat near him. “It is barbarous;
+and I hope the people of Spain will soon
+abolish these spectacles.”
+
+“Barbarous, is it?” laughed the Spanish gentleman.
+“Do you think it is any worse than the prize–fights you
+have in England and America?”
+
+“Only a few low ruffians go to prize–fights in England
+and America,” replied the doctor warmly. “They
+are forbidden by law, and those who engage in them
+are sent to the penitentiary. But bull–fights are managed
+by the authorities of the province, presided over
+by the queen or members of the royal family.”
+
+All hands returned to the vessels of the squadron;
+and early the next morning the fleet sailed for Gibraltar.
+The river was still very high; and, though the
+Prince stirred up the mud once or twice, she reached
+the mouth of the river in good time, and the squadron
+stood away for the Rock, where it arrived the next day.
+
+Raymond was delighted to be on board of the Tritonia
+again, and at his duties. Enough of his story was
+told to the students to enable them to understand his
+case, and why he had been excused for running away.
+New rank had been assigned at the beginning of the
+month, and Raymond found on his return that he was
+second master, as before; the faculty voting that he
+was entitled to his old rank.
+
+Bark Lingall had worked a full month since his
+reformation; and when he went on board the Tritonia,
+at Seville, he was delighted to find that he was third
+master, and entitled to a place in the cabin. On the
+voyage to Gibraltar, he wore the uniform of his rank,
+and made no complaint of the sneers of Ben Pardee
+and Lon Gibbs, who had not yet concluded to turn over
+a new leaf.
+
+As soon as the Prince had coaled, and the vessels
+were watered and provisioned for the voyage, the fleet
+sailed; and what new climes the students visited, and
+what adventures they had, will be related in “Isles of
+the Sea; or, Young America Homeward Bound.”
+
+
+
+
+LEE & SHEPARD’S
+
+LIST OF
+
+JUVENILE PUBLICATIONS.
+
+
+
+
+OLIVER OPTIC’S BOOKS.
+
+Each Set in a neat Box with Illuminated Titles.
+
+
+=Army and Navy Stories.= A Library for Young and
+Old, in 6 volumes. 16mo. Illustrated. Per vol.           =$1 50=
+
+  The Soldier Boy.           The Yankee Middy.
+  The Sailor Boy.            Fighting Joe.
+  The Young Lieutenant.      Brave Old Salt.
+
+=Famous “Boat–Club” Series.= A Library for Young
+People. Handsomely Illustrated. Six volumes, in neat
+box. Per vol.                                             =1 25=
+
+The Boat Club; or, The Bunkers of Rippleton.
+All Aboard; or, Life on the Lake.
+Now or Never; or, The Adventures of Bobby Bright.
+Try Again; or, The Trials and Triumphs of Harry West.
+Poor and Proud; or, The Fortunes of Katy Redburn.
+Little by Little; or, The Cruise of the Flyaway.
+
+
+=Lake Shore Series, The.= Six volumes. Illustrated.
+In neat box. Per vol.                                     =1 25=
+
+Through by Daylight; or, The Young Engineer of the Lake Shore Railroad.
+Lightning Express; or, The Rival Academies.
+On Time, or, The Young Captain of the Ucayga Steamer.
+Switch Off, or, The War of the Students.
+Break Up; or, The Young Peacemakers.
+Bear and Forbear; or, The Young Skipper of Lake Ucayga.
+
+
+=Soldier Boy Series, The.= Three volumes, in neat
+box. Illustrated. Per vol.                                =1 50=
+
+The Soldier Boy; or, Tom Somers in the Army.
+The Young Lieutenant; or, The Adventures of an Army Officer.
+Fighting Joe; or, The Fortunes of a Staff Officer.
+
+
+=Sailor Boy Series, The.= Three volumes in neat box.
+Illustrated. Per vol.                                     =1 50=
+
+The Sailor Boy; or, Jack Somers in the Navy.
+The Yankee Middy; or, Adventures of a Naval Officer.
+Brave Old Salt; or, Life on the Quarter–Deck.
+
+
+=Starry Flag Series, The.= Six volumes. Illustrated.
+Per vol.                                                  =1 25=
+
+The Starry Flag; or, The Young Fisherman of Cape Ann.
+Breaking Away; or, The Fortunes of a Student.
+Seek and Find; or, The Adventures of a Smart Boy.
+Freaks of Fortune; or, Half Round the World.
+Make or Break; or, The Rich Man’s Daughter.
+Down the River; or, Buck Bradford and the Tyrants.
+
+
+=The Household Library.= 3 volumes. Illustrated.
+Per volume                                                =1 50=
+
+  Living too Fast.          In Doors and Out.
+             The Way of the World.
+
+
+=Way of the World, The.= By William T. Adams (Oliver
+Optic)                                              12mo. =1 50=
+
+
+=Woodville Stories.= Uniform with Library for Young
+People. Six volumes. Illustrated. Per vol.          16mo. =1 25=
+
+Rich and Humble; or, The Mission of Bertha Grant.
+In School and Out; or, The Conquest of Richard Grant.
+Watch and Wait; or, The Young Fugitives.
+Work and Win; or, Noddy Newman on a Cruise.
+Hope and Have; or, Fanny Grant among the Indians.
+Haste and Waste; or, The Young Pilot of Lake Champlain.
+
+
+=Yacht Club Series.= Uniform with the ever popular
+“Boat Club” Series. Completed in six vols. Illustrated.
+Per vol.                                            16mo. =1 50=
+
+Little Bobtail; or, The Wreck of the Penobscot.
+The Yacht Club; or, The Young Boat Builders.
+Money Maker; or, The Victory of the Basilisk.
+The Coming Wave; or, The Treasure of High Rock,
+The Dorcas Club; or, Our Girls Afloat.
+Ocean Born; or, The Cruise of the Clubs.
+
+
+=Onward and Upward Series, The.= Complete in six
+volumes. Illustrated. In neat box. Per vol.               =1 25=
+
+Field and Forest; or, The Fortunes of a Farmer.
+Plane and Plank; or, The Mishaps of a Mechanic.
+Desk and Debit; or, The Catastrophes of a Clerk.
+Cringle and Cross–Tree; or, The Sea Swashes of a Sailor.
+Bivouac and Battle; or, The Struggles of a Soldier.
+Sea and Shore; or, The Tramps of a Traveller.
+
+
+=Young America Abroad Series.= A Library of
+Travel and Adventure in Foreign Lands. Illustrated
+by Nast, Stevens, Perkins, and others. Per vol.     16mo. =1 50=
+
+_First Series._
+
+Outward Bound; or, Young America Afloat.
+Shamrock and Thistle; or, Young America in Ireland and Scotland.
+Red Cross; or, Young America in England and Wales.
+Dikes and Ditches, or, Young America in Holland and Belgium.
+Palace and Cottage; or, Young America in France and Switzerland.
+Down the Rhine; or, Young America in Germany.
+
+_Second Series._
+
+Up the Baltic; or, Young America in Norway, Sweden, and Denmark.
+Northern Lands; or, Young America in Russia and Prussia.
+Cross and Crescent; or, Young America in Turkey and Greece.
+Sunny Shores; or, Young America in Italy and Austria.
+Vine and Olive; or, Young America in Spain and Portugal.
+Isles of the Sea; or, Young America Homeward Bound.
+
+
+=Riverdale Stories.= Twelve volumes. A New Edition.
+Profusely Illustrated from new designs by Billings. In
+neat box. Per vol.
+
+  Little Merchant.          Proud and Lazy.
+  Young Voyagers.           Careless Kate.
+  Robinson Crusoe, Jr.      Christmas Gift.
+  Dolly and I.              The Picnic Party.
+  Uncle Ben.                The Gold Thimble.
+  Birthday Party.
+
+=Riverdale Story Books.= Six volumes, in neat box.
+Cloth. Per vol.
+
+  Little Merchant.          Proud and Lazy.
+  Young Voyagers.           Careless Kate.
+  Dolly and I.              Robinson Crusoe, Jr.
+
+=Flora Lee Story Books.= Six volumes in neat box.
+Cloth. Per vol.
+
+  Christmas Gift.           The Picnic Party.
+  Uncle Ben.                The Gold Thimble.
+  Birthday Party.           The Do–Somethings.
+
+=Great Western Series, The.= Six volumes. Illustrated.
+Per vol.                                                  =1 50=
+
+Going West; or, The Perils of a Poor Boy.
+Out West; or, Roughing it on the Great Lakes.
+Lake Breezes.
+
+
+=Our Boys’ and Girls’ Offering.= Containing Oliver
+Optic’s popular Story, Ocean Born; or, The Cruise of the
+Clubs; Stories of the Seas, Tales of Wonder, Records
+of Travel, &c. Edited by Oliver Optic. Profusely
+Illustrated. Covers printed in Colors. 8vo.               =1 50=
+
+
+=Our Boys’ and Girls’ Souvenir.= Containing Oliver
+Optic’s Popular Story, Going West; or. The Perils of a
+Poor Boy; Stories of the Sea, Tales of Wonder, Records
+of Travel, &c. Edited by Oliver Optic. With numerous
+full–page and letter–press Engravings. Covers
+printed in Colors. 8vo.                                   =1 50=
+
+
+
+
+                               FOOTNOTE:
+
+[1] King Amedeo abdicated Feb. 11, 1874; and Alfonso XII., son of
+Isabella II., was proclaimed king of Spain Dec. 31, 1874, thus
+restoring the Bourbons to the throne. Alfonso was about seventeen when
+he became king.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Vine and Olive; Or Young America in
+Spain and Portugal, by Oliver Optic and William T. Adams
+
+*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 47423 ***
diff --git a/47423/47423-h/47423-h.htm b/47423-h/47423-h.htm
index acc18c3..38de16a 100644
--- a/47423/47423-h/47423-h.htm
+++ b/47423-h/47423-h.htm
@@ -1,16353 +1,15933 @@
-<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"

-    "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">

-<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en">

-  <head>

-    <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=utf-8" />

-    <meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css" />

-    <title>

-      The Project Gutenberg eBook of Vine and Olive; or, young america in Spain and Portugal., by Oliver Optic.

-    </title>

-     <link rel="coverpage" href="images/cover.jpg" />

-    <style type="text/css">

-

-body {margin-left: 10%;

-      margin-right: 10%;}

-

-div.limit   {max-width: 35em;

-             margin-left: auto;

-             margin-right: auto;}

-

-div.sum    {page-break-before: always;

-            page-break-after: always;}

-

-div.break  {page-break-before: always;}

-

-.ln1     {position: absolute;

-          text-align: right;

-          top: auto;

-          margin-left: -2em;}

-

-    h1,h2     {text-align: center;

-               clear: both;}

-

-p      {margin-top: 0.2em;

-        text-align: justify;

-        margin-bottom: 0em;

-        text-indent: 1.5em;}

-

-.pi12  {margin-top: 0.2em;

-        text-align: justify;

-        margin-bottom: 0em;

-        padding-left: 12em;

-        text-indent: 0em;}

-

-.pc    {margin-top: 0.2em;

-        text-align: center;

-        margin-bottom: 0em;

-        text-indent: 0em;}

-

-.pch   {margin-top: 1.5em;

-        font-size: 115%;

-        text-align: center;

-        margin-bottom: 2em;

-        text-indent: 0em;}

-

-.pc1   {margin-top: 1em;

-        text-align: center;

-        margin-bottom: 0em;

-        text-indent: 0em;}

-

-.pc2   {margin-top: 2em;

-        text-align: center;

-        margin-bottom: 0em;

-        text-indent: 0em;}

-

-.pc4   {margin-top: 4em;

-        text-align: center;

-        margin-bottom: 0em;

-        text-indent: 0em;}

-

-.pn    {margin-top: 0.2em;

-        text-align: justify;

-        margin-bottom: 0em;

-        text-indent: 0em;}

-

-.pbq  {margin-top: 0.2em;

-       text-align: justify;

-       margin-bottom: 0;

-       text-indent: 1.2em;

-       font-size: 90%;

-       margin-left: 5%;

-       margin-right: 5%;}

-

-.pbqi2 {margin-top: 0.2em;

-       text-align: justify;

-       margin-bottom: 0;

-       text-indent: 0em;

-       font-size: 90%;

-       padding-left: 1.5em;

-       margin-left: 5%;

-       margin-right: 5%;}

-

-.pfn4 {margin-top: 1em;

-       font-size: 90%;

-       text-align: justify;

-       margin-bottom: 0;

-       text-indent: 0em;

-       margin-left: 4em;

-       margin-right: 1em;}

-

-.ptn  {margin-top: 0.3em;

-       text-align: justify;

-       margin-bottom: 0;

-       text-indent: -1em;

-       margin-left: 2%;}

-

-.p1       {margin-top: 1em;}

-.p2       {margin-top: 2em;}

-.p4       {margin-top: 4em;}

-

-.small   {font-size: 75%;}

-.reduct  {font-size: 90%;}

-.lmid    {font-size: 110%;}

-.mid     {font-size: 125%;}

-.large   {font-size: 150%;}

-.elarge  {font-size: 175%;}

-

-hr       {width: 33%;

-          margin-top: 2em;

-          margin-bottom: 2em;

-          margin-left: 33.5%;

-          margin-right: 33.5%;

-          clear: both;}

-

-hr.chap  {width: 65%;

-          margin-left: 17.5%;

-          margin-right: 17.5%;}

-

-hr.dec1  {width: 40%;

-          margin-left: 30%;

-          margin-right: 30%;

-          margin-top: 0.7em;

-          margin-bottom: 4em;}

-

-hr.dec2  {width: 15%;

-          margin-left: 42.5%;

-          margin-right: 42.5%;

-          margin-top: 2em;

-          margin-bottom: 2em;}

-

-hr.dec3  {width: 40%;

-          margin-left: 30%;

-          margin-right: 30%;

-          margin-top: 2em;

-          margin-bottom: 2em;}

-

-table {margin-left: auto;

-       margin-right: auto;}

-

-#toc  {width: 80%;

-       line-height: 1.3em;}

-

-#ta01, #ta02, #ta03, #ta04, #ta05, #ta06, #ta07, #ta08, #ta09, #ta10, #ta11, #ta12,

-#ta13, #ta14, #ta15, #ta16, #ta17, #ta18

-       {width: 90%;

-       line-height: 1em;

-       margin-top: 1em;}

-

-#t01, #t02, #t03, #t04, #t05

-            {width: 70%;

-             line-height: 1em;

-             margin-top: 1em;}

-

-    .tdr      {text-align: right;}

-    .tdc      {text-align: center;}

-

-    .tdli     {text-align: left;

-               padding-left: 1em;}

-

-    .tad1     {text-align: justify;

-               vertical-align: top;

-               padding-left: 2em;

-               text-indent: -2em;

-               margin-top: 1em;}

-

-    .tdrl     {text-align: right;

-               vertical-align: bottom;

-               margin-top: 1em;}

-

-.pagenum { /* visibility: hidden; */

-          position: absolute;

-          left: 94%;

-          color: gray;

-          font-size: smaller;

-          text-align: right;

-          text-indent: 0em;

-          font-style: normal;

-          font-weight: normal;}

-

-.smcap    {font-variant: small-caps;}

-

-.gesperrt {letter-spacing: 0.2em;

-           margin-right: -0.2em; }

-

-p.drop-cap {text-indent: -0.2em;}

-

-p.drop-capa {text-indent: -0.8em;}

-

-p.drop-capr {text-indent: -0.6em;}

-

-p.drop-cap:first-letter, p.drop-capa:first-letter, p.drop-capr:first-letter

-                         {float: left;

-                          margin: 0.15em 0.1em 0em 0em;

-                          font-size: 390%;

-                          line-height:0.85em;}

-

-@media handheld {p.drop-cap:first-letter {float: none;

-                                          margin: 0;

-                                          font-size: 100%;}

-}

-

-.smdrop    {font-variant: small-caps;

-            font-size: 115%;}

-

-.caption  {font-weight: bold;}

-

-.figcenter   {margin: auto;

-              text-align: center;

-              margin-top: 1.5em;

-              margin-bottom: 1.5em;}

-

-.footnotes        {border: dashed 1px;

-                   padding: 10px;}

-

-.label  {position: absolute; right: 84%; text-align: right;}

-

-.fnanchor {vertical-align: super;

-           font-size: .8em;

-           text-decoration: none;

-           font-style: normal;

-           font-weight: normal;}

-

-.transnote {background-color: #E6E6FA;

-    color: black;

-     font-size:smaller;

-     padding:0.5em;

-     margin-bottom:5em;

-     font-family:sans-serif, serif; }

-    </style>

-  </head>

-<body>

-

-

-<pre>

-

-The Project Gutenberg EBook of Vine and Olive; Or Young America in Spain

-and Portugal, by Oliver Optic and William T. Adams

-

-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most

-other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions

-whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of

-the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at

-www.gutenberg.org.  If you are not located in the United States, you'll have

-to check the laws of the country where you are located before using this ebook.

-

-

-

-Title: Vine and Olive; Or Young America in Spain and Portugal

-       A Story of Travel and Adventure

-

-Author: Oliver Optic

-        William T. Adams

-

-Release Date: November 22, 2014 [EBook #47423]

-

-Language: English

-

-Character set encoding: UTF-8

-

-*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK VINE AND OLIVE ***

-

-

-

-

-Produced by Giovanni Fini, Josep Cols Canals and the Online

-Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This

-file was produced from images generously made available

-by The Internet Archive/American Libraries.)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-</pre>

-

-<div class="limit">

-

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_i" id="Page_i">[i]</a></span></p>

-

-<div class="sum">

-

-<div class="transnote p4">

-

-<p class="pc large">TRANSCRIBER’S NOTES:</p>

-

-<p class="ptn">&mdash;Obvious print and punctuation errors were corrected.</p>

-

-<p class="ptn">&mdash;The transcriber of this project created the book cover image using

-the front cover of the original book. The image is placed in the public domain.</p>

-</div></div>

-

-<div class="break">

-

-<div class="figcenter">

-     <img src="images/ill-001.jpg" width="450" height="289"

-         alt=""

-         title="" />

-     <div class="caption"><p class="pc"><span class="smcap">The Academy Squadron off Barcelona.</span> <span style="font-weight: normal; font-size: 90%;">Page <a href="#Page_12">12</a>.</span></p>

-</div></div>

-

-<hr class="chap" />

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_1" id="Page_1">[1]</a></span></p>

-

-<div class="figcenter">

-     <img src="images/ill-002.jpg" width="400" height="660"

-         alt=""

-         title="" />

-</div>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_2" id="Page_2">[2]</a></span></p>

-

-

-

-<p class="pc4 large"><i>YOUNG AMERICA ABROAD&mdash;SECOND SERIES.</i></p>

-

-<hr class="dec1" />

-

-<h1><span class="smcap">Vine and Olive</span>;</h1>

-

-<p class="pc1">OR,</p>

-

-<p class="pc1 elarge">YOUNG AMERICA IN SPAIN AND<br />

-PORTUGAL.</p>

-

-<p class="pc4 mid"><span class="smcap">A Story of Travel and Adventure.</span></p>

-

-<p class="pc4 lmid">BY</p>

-

-<p class="pc2 large gesperrt">WILLIAM T. ADAMS</p>

-<p class="pc mid">(<i>OLIVER OPTIC</i>),</p>

-

-<p class="pc reduct">AUTHOR OF “OUTWARD BOUND,” “SHAMROCK AND THISTLE,” “RED CROSS,”<br />

-“DIKES AND DITCHES,” “PALACE AND COTTAGE,” “DOWN THE<br />

-RHINE,” “UP THE BALTIC,” “NORTHERN LANDS,”<br />

-“CROSS AND CRESCENT,” “SUNNY<br />

-SHORES,” ETC.</p>

-

-<p class="pc4 lmid">BOSTON:<br />

-<span class="gesperrt">LEE AND SHEPARD, PUBLISHERS.</span><br />

-<span class="smcap">New York</span>:<br />

-CHARLES T. DILLINGHAM.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_3" id="Page_3">[3]</a></span></p>

-

-<p class="pc4 small">COPYRIGHT:<br />

-<span class="smcap reduct">By WILLIAM T. ADAMS</span>.<br />

-1876.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_4" id="Page_4">[4]</a></span></p>

-

-<p class="pc4">TO MY FRIEND,</p>

-

-<p class="pc1 mid gesperrt">HENRY RUGGLES, <span class="smcap">Esq.</span>,</p>

-

-<p class="pc1">“CONSULADO DE LOS ESTADOS UNIDOS, EN BARCELONA,<br />

-EN TIEMPOS PASADOS,”</p>

-

-<p class="pc1">WHEN WE “ASSISTED” TOGETHER AT A BULL-FIGHT IN<br />

-MADRID, VISITED EL ESCORIAL AND TOLEDO,<br />

-AND WITH WHOM THE AUTHOR<br />

-RELUCTANTLY PARTED<br />

-AT CASTILLEJO,</p>

-

-<p class="pc1 large gesperrt">THIS VOLUME</p>

-

-<p class="pc1">IS RESPECTFULLY DEDICATED.</p>

-

-<hr class="chap" />

-

-</div>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_5" id="Page_5">[5]</a></span></p>

-

-<div class="break">

-

-<h2 class="p4">PREFACE.</h2>

-

-<p class="p2"><span class="smcap">Vine and Olive</span>, the fifth volume of the second series of

-“<span class="smcap">Young America Abroad</span>,” contains the history of the Academy

-Squadron during the cruise along the shores of Spain and

-Portugal, and the travels of the students in the peninsula. As in

-the preceding volumes, the professor of geography and history

-discourses on these subjects to the pupils, conveying to them a

-great deal of useful information concerning the countries they

-visit. The surgeon of the ship is a sort of encyclopædia of travel;

-and, while he is on shore with a couple of the juvenile officers,

-he enlightens them by his talk on a great variety of topics; and

-the description of “sights” is given in these conversations, or in

-the “waits” between the speeches. In addition to the cities of the

-peninsula on the Atlantic and the Mediterranean, the young travellers

-cross the country from Barcelona to Lisbon, visiting on the

-way Saragossa, Burgos, the Escurial, Madrid, Toledo, Aranjuez,

-Badajos, and Elvas. In another excursion by land, they start from

-Malaga, and take in Granada and the Alhambra, Cordova, Seville,

-and Cadiz. Besides the ports mentioned, the party vessels visit

-Valencia, Alicante,&mdash;from which they make an excursion to Elche

-to see its palms&mdash;Carthagena, and Gibraltar.</p>

-

-<p>The author has visited every country included in the titles of

-the eleven volumes of the two series of which the present volume

-is the last published. He has been abroad twice for the sole purpose

-of obtaining the materials for these books; his object being

-to produce books that would instruct as well as amuse.</p>

-

-<p>The story of the incendiaries and of the young Spanish officer of<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_6" id="Page_6">[6]</a></span>

-the Tritonia, interwoven with the incidents of travel, is in accordance

-with the plan adopted in the first, and followed out in every

-subsequent volume of the two series. Doubtless the book will

-have some readers who will skip the lectures of the professor and

-the travel-talk of the surgeon, and others who will turn unread the

-pages on which the story is related; but we fancy the former will

-be larger than the latter class. If both are suited, the author

-need not complain; though he especially advises his young

-friends to read the historical portions of the volume, because he

-thinks that the maritime history of Portugal, for instance, ought

-to interest them more than any story he can invent.</p>

-

-<p>The titles of all the books of this series were published ten

-years ago. The boys and girls who read the first volume are men

-and women now; and the task the author undertook then will be

-finished in one more volume.</p>

-

-<p>With the hope that he will live to complete the work begun

-so many years ago, the author once more returns his grateful

-acknowledgments to his friends, old and young, for the favor

-they have extended to this series.</p>

-

-<p><span class="smcap">Towerhouse, Boston</span>, Oct. 19, 1876.</p>

-

-<hr class="chap" />

-

-</div>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_7" id="Page_7">[7]</a></span></p>

-

-<div class="sum">

-

-<h2 class="p4">CONTENTS.</h2>

-

-<hr class="dec2" />

-

-<table id="toc" summary="cont">

-

- <tr>

-  <td colspan="2">&nbsp;</td>

-  <td class="tdr"><span class="small">PAGE.</span></td>

- </tr>

-

- <tr>

-  <td class="tdr">I.</td>

-  <td class="tdli"><span class="smcap">Something about the Marines</span></td>

-  <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_11">11</a></td>

- </tr>

-

- <tr>

-  <td class="tdr">II.</td>

-  <td class="tdli"><span class="smcap">At the Quarantine Station</span></td>

-  <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_26">26</a></td>

- </tr>

-

- <tr>

-  <td class="tdr">III.</td>

-  <td class="tdli"><span class="smcap">A Grandee of Spain</span></td>

-  <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_41">41</a></td>

- </tr>

-

- <tr>

-  <td class="tdr">IV.</td>

-  <td class="tdli"><span class="smcap">The Professor’s Talk about Spain</span></td>

-  <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_53">53</a></td>

- </tr>

-

- <tr>

-  <td class="tdr">V.</td>

-  <td class="tdli"><span class="smcap">A Sudden Disappearance</span></td>

-  <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_79">79</a></td>

- </tr>

-

- <tr>

-  <td class="tdr">VI.</td>

-  <td class="tdli"><span class="smcap">A Look at Barcelona</span></td>

-  <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_87">87</a></td>

- </tr>

-

- <tr>

-  <td class="tdr">VII.</td>

-  <td class="tdli"><span class="smcap">Fire and Water</span></td>

-  <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_102">102</a></td>

- </tr>

-

- <tr>

-  <td class="tdr">VIII.</td>

-  <td class="tdli"><span class="smcap">Saragossa and Burgos</span></td>

-  <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_116">116</a></td>

- </tr>

-

- <tr>

-  <td class="tdr">IX.</td>

-  <td class="tdli"><span class="smcap">The Hold of the Tritonia</span></td>

-  <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_133">133</a></td>

- </tr>

-

- <tr>

-  <td class="tdr">X.</td>

-  <td class="tdli"><span class="smcap">The Escurial and Philip II.</span></td>

-  <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_145">145</a></td>

- </tr>

-

- <tr>

-  <td class="tdr">XI.</td>

-  <td class="tdli"><span class="smcap">The Cruise in the Felucca</span></td>

-  <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_159">159</a></td>

- </tr>

-

- <tr>

-  <td class="tdr">XII.</td>

-  <td class="tdli"><span class="smcap">Sights in Madrid</span></td>

-  <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_173">173</a></td>

- </tr>

-

- <tr>

-  <td class="tdr">XIII.</td>

-  <td class="tdli"><span class="smcap">After the Battle in the Felucca</span></td>

-  <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_187">187</a></td>

- </tr>

-

- <tr>

-  <td class="tdr">XIV.</td>

-  <td class="tdli"><span class="smcap">Toledo, and Talks about Spain</span></td>

-  <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_202">202</a></td>

- </tr>

-

- <tr>

-  <td class="tdr">XV.</td>

-  <td class="tdli"><span class="smcap">Trouble in the Runaway Camp</span></td>

-  <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_221">221</a></td>

- </tr>

-

- <tr>

-  <td class="tdr">XVI.</td>

-  <td class="tdli"><span class="smcap">Bill Stout as a Tourist</span></td>

-  <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_233">233</a></td>

- </tr>

-

- <tr>

-  <td class="tdr">XVII.</td>

-  <td class="tdli"><span class="smcap">Through the Heart of Spain</span></td>

-  <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_245">245</a></td>

- </tr>

-

- <tr>

-  <td class="tdr">XVIII.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_8" id="Page_8">[8]</a></span></td>

-  <td class="tdli"><span class="smcap">Africa and Repentance</span></td>

-  <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_261">261</a></td>

- </tr>

-

- <tr>

-  <td class="tdr">XIX.</td>

-  <td class="tdli"><span class="smcap">What Portugal has done in the World</span></td>

-  <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_274">274</a></td>

- </tr>

-

- <tr>

-  <td class="tdr">XX.</td>

-  <td class="tdli"><span class="smcap">Lisbon and its Surroundings</span></td>

-  <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_292">292</a></td>

- </tr>

-

- <tr>

-  <td class="tdr">XXI.</td>

-  <td class="tdli"><span class="smcap">A Safe Harbor</span></td>

-  <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_305">305</a></td>

- </tr>

-

- <tr>

-  <td class="tdr">XXII.</td>

-  <td class="tdli"><span class="smcap">The Fruits of Repentance</span></td>

-  <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_319">319</a></td>

- </tr>

-

- <tr>

-  <td class="tdr">XXIII.</td>

-  <td class="tdli"><span class="smcap">Granada and the Alhambra</span></td>

-  <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_333">333</a></td>

- </tr>

-

- <tr>

-  <td class="tdr">XXIV.</td>

-  <td class="tdli"><span class="smcap">An Adventure on the Road</span></td>

-  <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_349">349</a></td>

- </tr>

-

- <tr>

-  <td class="tdr">XXV.</td>

-  <td class="tdli"><span class="smcap">Cordova, Seville, and Cadiz</span></td>

-  <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_358">358</a></td>

- </tr>

-

- <tr>

-  <td class="tdr">XXVI.</td>

-  <td class="tdli"><span class="smcap">The Capture of the Beggars</span></td>

-  <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_373">373</a></td>

- </tr>

-

- <tr>

-  <td class="tdr">XXVII.</td>

-  <td class="tdli"><span class="smcap">The Bull-Fight at Seville</span></td>

-  <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_390">390</a></td>

- </tr>

-

-</table>

-

-<hr class="chap" />

-

-</div>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_9" id="Page_9">[9]</a></span></p>

-

-<div class="break">

-

-<p class="pc4 elarge"><a name="VINE_AND_OLIVE" id="VINE_AND_OLIVE">VINE AND OLIVE.</a></p>

-

-<hr class="chap" />

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_10" id="Page_10">[10]</a></span></p>

-<p>&nbsp;</p>

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_11" id="Page_11">[11]</a></span></p>

-

-<p class="pc4 elarge">VINE AND OLIVE;</p>

-

-<p class="pc1">OR,</p>

-

-<p class="pc1 mid">YOUNG AMERICA IN SPAIN AND PORTUGAL.</p>

-

-<hr class="dec2" />

-

-<h2>CHAPTER I.</h2>

-

-<p class="pch">SOMETHING ABOUT THE MARINES.</p>

-

-<p class="drop-cap"><span class="smdrop">“Land</span>, ho!” shouted the lookout in the foretop of

-the Tritonia.</p>

-

-<p class="pn">“Where away?” demanded the officer of the deck,

-as he glanced in the direction the land was expected to

-be found.</p>

-

-<p>“Broad on the weather bow,” returned the seaman

-in the foretop.</p>

-

-<p>“Mr. Raimundo,” said the officer of the deck, who

-was the third lieutenant, calling to the second master.</p>

-

-<p>“Mr. Scott,” replied the officer addressed, touching

-his cap to his superior.</p>

-

-<p>“You will inform the captain, if you please, that the

-lookout reports land on the weather bow.”</p>

-

-<p>The second master touched his cap again, and hastened

-to the cabin to obey the order. The academy

-squadron, consisting of the steamer American Prince

-and the topsail schooners Josephine and Tritonia,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_12" id="Page_12">[12]</a></span>

-were bound from Genoa to Barcelona. They had a

-short and very pleasant passage, and the students

-on board of all the vessels were in excellent spirits.

-Though they had been seeing sights through all the

-preceding year, they were keenly alive to the pleasure

-of visiting a country so different as Spain from any

-other they had seen. The weather was warm and

-pleasant for the season, and the young men were anxiously

-looking forward to the arrival at Barcelona. On

-the voyage and while waiting in Genoa, they had

-studied up all the books in the library that contained

-any thing about the interesting land they were next to

-visit.</p>

-

-<p>The Tritonia sailed on the starboard, and the Josephine

-on the port quarter, of the American Prince.

-The two consorts had all sail set, and were making

-about eight knots an hour, which was only half speed

-for the steamer, to which she had been reduced in order

-to keep company with the sailing vessels. Though

-the breeze was tolerably fresh, the sea was smooth,

-and the vessels had very little motion. The skies were

-as blue and as clear as skies can ever be; and nothing

-could be more delicious than the climate.</p>

-

-<p>In the saloon of the steamer and the steerage of the

-schooners, which were the schoolrooms of the academy

-squadron, one-half of the students of the fleet were

-engaged in their studies and recitations. A quarter

-watch was on duty in each vessel, and the same portion

-were off duty. But the latter were not idle: they were,

-for the most part, occupied in reading about the new

-land they were to visit; and the more ambitious were

-preparing for the next recitation. Their positions on<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_13" id="Page_13">[13]</a></span>

-board for the next month would depend upon their

-merit-roll; and it was a matter of no little consequence

-to them whether they were officers or seamen, whether

-they lived in the cabin or steerage. Some were struggling

-to retain the places they now held, and others

-were eager to win what they had not yet attained.</p>

-

-<p>There were from two to half a dozen in each vessel

-who did only what they were obliged to do, either in

-scholarship or seamanship. At first, ship’s duty had

-been novel and pleasant to them; and they had done

-well for a time,&mdash;had even struggled hard with their

-lessons for the sake of attaining creditable places as

-officers and seamen. They had been kindly and generously

-encouraged as long as they deserved it; but,

-when the novelty had worn away, they dropped back to

-what they had been before they became students of the

-academy squadron. Mr. Lowington labored hard over

-the cases of these fellows; and, next to getting the fleet

-safely into port, his desire was to reform them.</p>

-

-<p>In the Tritonia were four of them, who had also

-challenged the attention and interest of Mr. Augustus

-Pelham, the vice-principal in charge of the vessel, who

-had formerly been a student in the academy ship, and

-who had been a wild boy in his time. The interest

-which Mr. Lowington manifested in these wayward

-fellows had inspired the vice-principal to follow his

-example. Possibly the pleasant weather had some influence

-on the laggards; for they seemed to be very

-restive and uneasy under restraint as the squadron

-approached the coast of Spain. All four of them were

-in the starboard watch, and in the second part thereof,

-where they had been put so that the vice-principal could<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_14" id="Page_14">[14]</a></span>

-know where to find them when he desired to watch them

-at unusual hours.</p>

-

-<p>The third lieutenant was the officer of the deck,

-assisted by the second master. The former was planking

-the weather side of the quarter deck, and the latter

-was moving about in the waist. The captain came on

-deck, and looked at the distant coast through his glass;

-but it was an old story, and he remained on deck but

-a few minutes. Raimundo, the officer in the waist, was

-a Spaniard, and the shore on the starboard was that of

-“his own, his native land.” But this fact did not seem

-to excite any enthusiasm in his mind: in fact, he really

-wished it had been somebody else’s native land, and he

-did not wish to go there. He bestowed more attention

-upon the four idlers, who had coiled themselves away

-in the lee side of the waist, than upon the shadowy

-shore of the home of his ancestors. He was a sharp

-officer; and this was his reputation on board. He

-could snuff mischief afar off; and more than one

-conspiracy had been blighted by his vigilance. He

-seemed to be gazing at the clear blue sky, and to be

-enjoying its azure transparency; but he had an eye to

-the laggards all the time.</p>

-

-<p>“I wonder what those marines are driving at,” said

-he to himself, after he had studied the familiar phenomenon

-for a while, and, as it appeared, without any

-satisfactory result. “I never see those four fellows

-talking together as long as they have been at it, without

-an earthquake or some sort of a smash following

-pretty soon after. I suppose they are going to run

-away, for that is really the most fashionable sport on

-board of all the vessels of the fleet<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_15" id="Page_15">[15]</a></span>.”</p>

-

-<p>Perhaps the second master was right, and perhaps

-he was wrong. Certainly running away had been the

-greatest evil that had tried the patience of the principal;

-but there had been hardly a case of it since the

-squadron came into the waters of the Mediterranean,

-and he hoped the practice had gone out of fashion. It

-had been so unsuccessful, that most of the students

-regarded it as a played-out expedient.</p>

-

-<p>Raimundo was one of those whom this nautical institution

-had saved to be a blessing, instead of a curse, to

-the community; but he was truly reformed, and, over

-and above his duty as an officer, he was sincerely desirous

-to save the “marines” from the error of their

-ways. He did not expect them to uncover their plans

-all at once, and he was willing to watch and wait.</p>

-

-<p>Having viewed the marines from the officer’s side of

-the question, we will enter into the counsels of those

-who were the subjects of this official scrutiny. After

-the first few months of life in the squadron, these four

-fellows had been discontented and dissatisfied. They

-had been transferred from one vessel to another, in the

-hope that they might find their appropriate sphere; but

-there seemed to be no sphere below&mdash;at least, as far

-as they had gone&mdash;where they could revolve and shine.

-They had been “sticks,” wherever they were. One

-country seemed to be about the same as any other to

-them. They did not like to study; they did not like

-to “knot and splice;” they did not like to stand watch;

-they did not like to read even stories, fond as they

-were of yarns of the coarser sort; they did not like to

-do any thing but eat, sleep, and loaf about the deck, or,

-on shore, but to dissipate and indulge in rowdyism.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_16" id="Page_16">[16]</a></span>

-Two of them had been transferred to the Tritonia from

-the Prince at Genoa, and the other two had been in the

-schooner but two months.</p>

-

-<p>“I’m as tired as death of this sort of thing,” said

-Bill Stout, the oldest and biggest fellow of the four.</p>

-

-<p>“I had enough of it in a month after I came on

-board,” added Ben Pardee, who was lying flat on his

-back, and gazing listlessly up into the clear blue sky;

-“but what can a fellow do?”</p>

-

-<p>“Nothing at all,” replied Lon Gibbs. “It’s the

-same thing from morning to night, from one week’s

-end to the other.”</p>

-

-<p>“Can’t we get up some sort of an excitement?”

-asked Bark Lingall, whose first name was Barclay.</p>

-

-<p>“We have tried it on too many times,” answered

-Ben Pardee, who was perhaps the most prudent of the

-four. “We never make out any thing. The fellows in

-the Tritonia are a lot of spoonies, and are afraid to

-say their souls are their own.”</p>

-

-<p>“They are good little boys, lambs of the chaplain’s

-fold,” sneered Lon Gibbs. “There is nothing like fun

-in them.”</p>

-

-<p>“We are almost at the end of the cruise, at any rate,”

-said Bark Lingall, who seemed to derive great comfort

-from the fact. “This slavery is almost at an end.”</p>

-

-<p>“I don’t know about that,” added Bill Stout.</p>

-

-<p>“Spain and Portugal are the last countries in Europe

-we are to visit; and we shall finish them up in

-three or four weeks more.”</p>

-

-<p>“And what then? we are not to go home and be discharged,

-as you seem to think,” continued Bill Stout.

-“We are to go to the West Indies, taking in a lot of

-islands on the way&mdash;I forget what they are<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_17" id="Page_17">[17]</a></span>.”</p>

-

-<p>“I can stand it better when we are at sea,” said Ben

-Pardee. “There is more life in it as we are tumbling

-along in a big sea. Besides, there will be something to

-see in those islands. These cities of Europe are about

-the same thing; and, when you have seen one, you

-have seen the whole of them.”</p>

-

-<p>“I don’t know about that,” suggested Lon Gibbs,

-who, from the chaplain’s point of view, was the most

-hopeful of the four; for his education was better than

-the others, and he had some taste for the wonders of

-nature and art. “Spain ought to be worth seeing to

-fellows from the United States of America. I suppose

-you know that Columbus sailed from this country.”</p>

-

-<p>“Is that so?” laughed Bark Lingall. “I thought he

-was an Italian; at any rate, we saw the place where he

-was born, or else it was a fraud.”</p>

-

-<p>“I think you had better read up your history again,

-and you will find that Columbus was born in Italy, but

-sailed in the service of Spain,” replied Lon Gibbs.</p>

-

-<p>“That will do!” interposed Bill Stout, turning up

-his nose. “We don’t want any of that sort of thing in

-our crowd. If you wish to show off your learning,

-Lon, you had better go and join the lambs.”</p>

-

-<p>“That’s so. It’s treason to talk that kind of bosh in

-our company. We have too much of it in the steerage

-to tolerate any of it when we are by ourselves,” said

-Ben Pardee.</p>

-

-<p>“I thought you were going to do something about

-it,” added Bill Stout. “We are utterly disgusted, and

-we agreed that we could not stand it any longer. We

-shall go into the next place&mdash;I forget the name of

-it<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_18" id="Page_18">[18]</a></span>”&mdash;</p>

-

-<p>“Barcelona,” added Lon Gibbs, who was rather

-annoyed at the dense ignorance of his friend.</p>

-

-<p>“Barcelona, then. I suppose it is some one-horse

-seaport, where we are expected to go into ecstasies over

-tumble-down old buildings, or pretend that we like to

-look at a lot of musty pictures. I have had enough of

-this sort of thing, as I said before. I should like to

-have a right down good time, such as we had in New

-York when we went round among the theatres and the

-beer-shops. That was fun for me. I’m no book-worm,

-and I don’t pretend to be. I won’t make believe that

-I enjoy looking at ruins and pictures when it is a bore

-to me. I will not be a hypocrite, whatever else I am.”</p>

-

-<p>Bill Stout evidently believed that he had some virtue

-left; and, as he delivered himself of his sentiments, he

-looked like a much abused and wronged young man.</p>

-

-<p>“Here we are; and in six or eight hours we shall be

-in Barcelona,” continued Ben Pardee.</p>

-

-<p>“And it is no such one-horse place as you seem to

-think it is,” added Lon Gibbs. “It is a large city; in

-fact, the second in size in Spain, and with about the

-same population as Boston. It is a great commercial

-place.”</p>

-

-<p>“You have learned the geography by heart,” sneered

-Bill Stout, who had a hearty contempt for those who

-knew any thing contained in the books, or at least for

-those who made any display of their knowledge.</p>

-

-<p>“I like, when I am going to any place, to know

-something about it,” pleaded Lon, in excuse for his

-wisdom in regard to Barcelona.</p>

-

-<p>“Are there any beer-shops there, Lon?” asked Bill.</p>

-

-<p>“I don’t know<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_19" id="Page_19">[19]</a></span>.”</p>

-

-<p>“Then your education has been neglected.”</p>

-

-<p>“Spain is not a beer-drinking country; and I should

-say you would find no beer-shops there,” continued

-Lon. “Spain is a wine country; and I have no doubt

-you will find plenty of wine-shops in Barcelona, and in

-the other cities of the country.”</p>

-

-<p>“Wine-shops! that will do just as well, and perhaps

-a little better,” chuckled Bill. “There is no fun where

-there are no wine or beer shops.”</p>

-

-<p>“What’s the use of talking?” demanded Bark Lingall.

-“What are the wine or the beer shops to do with

-us? If we entered one of them, we should be deprived

-of our liberty, or be put into the brig for twenty-four

-hours; and that don’t pay.”</p>

-

-<p>“But I want to break away from this thing altogether,”

-added Bill Stout. “I have been a slave from

-the first moment I came into the squadron. I never

-was used to being tied up to every hour and minute in

-the day. A fellow can’t move without being watched.

-What they call recreation is as solemn as a prayer-meeting.”</p>

-

-<p>“Well, what do you want to do, Bill?” asked Ben

-Pardee, as he glanced at the second master, who had

-halted in his walk in the waist, to overhear, if he could,

-any word that might be dropped by the party.</p>

-

-<p>“That’s more than I am able to say just at this

-minute,” replied Bill, pausing till the officer of the

-watch had moved on. “I want to end this dog’s life,

-and be my own master once more. I want to get out

-of this vessel, and out of the fleet.”</p>

-

-<p>“Would you like to get into the steamer?” asked

-Lon Gibbs.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_20" id="Page_20">[20]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>“I should like that for a short time; but I don’t

-think I should be satisfied in her for more than a week

-or two. It was just my luck, when I got out of the

-Young America, after she went to the bottom, to have

-the American Prince come to take her place, and leave

-me out in the cold. No, I don’t want to stay in the

-steamer; but I should like to be in her a few days, just

-to see how things are done. All the fellows have to

-keep strained up in her, even more than in the Tritonia;

-and that is just the thing I don’t like. In fact, it is just

-the thing I won’t stand much longer.”</p>

-

-<p>“What are you going to do about it? How are you

-going to help yourself?” inquired Lon Gibbs. “Here

-we are, and here we must stay. It is all nonsense to

-think of such a thing as running away.”</p>

-

-<p>“I want some sort of an excitement, and I’m going

-to have it too, if I am sent home in some ship-of-war

-in irons.”</p>

-

-<p>“You are getting desperate, Bill,” laughed Ben

-Pardee.</p>

-

-<p>“That’s just it, Ben; I am getting desperate. I cannot

-endure the life I am leading on board of this vessel.

-It is worse than slavery to me. If you can stand it,

-you are welcome to do so.”</p>

-

-<p>“We all hate it as bad as you do,” added Bark Lingall,

-who had the reputation of being the boldest and

-pluckiest of the bad boys on board of the Tritonia.</p>

-

-<p>“I don’t think you do. If you did, you would be as

-ready as I am to break the chains that bind us.”</p>

-

-<p>“We are ready to do any thing that will end this

-dog’s life,” replied Bark. “We will stand by you, if

-you will only tell us what to do<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_21" id="Page_21">[21]</a></span>.”</p>

-

-<p>“I think you are ready for business, Bark; but I am

-not so sure of the others,” he added, glancing into the

-faces of Lon Gibbs and Ben Pardee.</p>

-

-<p>“I don’t believe in running away,” said the prudent

-Ben.</p>

-

-<p>“Nor I,” added Lon.</p>

-

-<p>“I knew you were afraid of your own shadows,”

-sneered Bill.</p>

-

-<p>“We are not afraid of any thing; but so many fellows

-have tried to run away, and made fools of themselves,

-that I am not anxious to try it on. The principal

-always gets the best of it. There were the two fellows,

-De Forrest and Beckwith, who had been cabin officers,

-that tried it on. Lowington didn’t seem to care what

-became of them. But in the end they came back on

-board, like a couple of sick monkeys, went into the

-brig like white lambs, and to this day they have to stay

-on board when the rest of the crew go ashore, in

-charge of the big boatswain of the ship.”</p>

-

-<p>“Well, what of it? I had as lief stay on board as

-march in solemn procession with the professors through

-the old churches of the place we are coming to&mdash;what

-did you say the name of it was?”</p>

-

-<p>“Barcelona,” answered Lon.</p>

-

-<p>“But that’s not the thing, Bill,” protested Ben. “It

-is not so much the brig and the loss of all shore liberty

-as it is the being whipped out at your own game.”</p>

-

-<p>“That’s the idea,” added Lon. “When those fellows

-came on board, though they had been absent for weeks,

-the principal only laughed at them as he ordered them

-into the brig. There was not a fellow in the ship who

-did not feel that they had made fools of themselves. I<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_22" id="Page_22">[22]</a></span>

-would rather stay in the brig six months than feel as

-I know those fellows felt at that moment.”</p>

-

-<p>“I don’t think of running away,” continued Bill. “I

-have a bigger idea than that in my mind.”</p>

-

-<p>“What is it?” demanded the others, in the same

-breath.</p>

-

-<p>“I won’t tell you now, and not at all till I know that

-you can bear it. Desperate cases require desperate

-remedies; and I’m not sure that any of you are up to

-it yet.”</p>

-

-<p>No amount of teasing could induce Bill Stout to expose

-the dark secret that was concealed in his mind;

-and at noon the watch was relieved, so that they had

-no other opportunity to talk till the first dog-watch;

-but the secret came out in due time, and it was nothing

-less than to burn the Tritonia. Bill believed that her

-ship’s company could not be accommodated on board

-of the other vessels, which were all full, and therefore

-the students would be sent home. At first Bark Lingall

-was horrified at the proposition; but having talked it

-over for hours with Bill Stout alone, for the conspirator

-would not yet trust the secret with Ben Pardee and

-Lon Gibbs, he came to like the plan, and fully assented

-to it. He would not consent to do any thing that

-would expose the life of any person on board. It was

-not till the following day that Bark came to the conclusion

-to join in the conspiracy. Towards night, as it

-was too late to go into port, the order had been signalled

-from the Prince to stand off and on; and this

-was done till the next morning.</p>

-

-<p>The plan was discussed in all its details. It was

-believed that the vessels would be quarantined at Barcelona,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_23" id="Page_23">[23]</a></span>

-and this would afford the best chance to carry

-out the wicked plot. One of their number was to conceal

-himself in the hold; and, when all hands had left

-the vessel, he was to light the fire, and escape the best

-way he could. If the fleet was not quarantined, the

-job was to be done when the ship’s company landed to

-see the city.</p>

-

-<p>At eight bells in the morning, the signal was set on

-the Prince to stand in for Barcelona. The conspirators

-found no opportunity to broach the wicked scheme

-to Ben and Lon. For the next three hours the starboard

-watch were engaged in their duties. As may be supposed,

-Bill Stout and Bark Lingall, with their heads full

-of conspiracy and incendiarism, were in no condition to

-recite their lessons, even if they had learned them,

-which they had not done. They were both wofully

-deficient, and Bill Stout did not pretend to know the

-first thing about the subject on which he was called upon

-to recite. The professor was very indignant, and reported

-them to the vice-principal. Mr. Pelham found

-them obstinate as well as deficient; and he ordered them

-to be committed to the brig, and their books to be committed

-with them. They were to stand their watches

-on deck, and spend all the rest of the time in the cage,

-till they were ready to recite the lessons in which they

-had failed. The “brig” was the ship’s prison.</p>

-

-<p>Mr. Marline, the adult boatswain, took charge of

-them, and locked them up. The position of the brig

-had been recently changed, and it was now under the

-ladder leading from the deck to the steerage. The

-partitions were hard wood slats, two inches thick and

-three inches apart. Two stools were the only furniture<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_24" id="Page_24">[24]</a></span>

-it contained, though a berth-sack was supplied for each

-occupant at night. Their food, which was always much

-plainer than that furnished for the cabin and steerage

-tables, was passed in to them through an aperture in one

-side, beneath which was a shelf that served for a table.</p>

-

-<p>Bark looked at Bill, and Bill looked at Bark, when

-the door had been secured, and the boatswain had left

-them to their own reflections. Neither of them seemed

-to be appalled by the situation. They sat down upon

-the stools facing each other. Bark smiled upon Bill,

-and Bill smiled in return. This was not the first time

-they had been occupants of the brig.</p>

-

-<p>“Here we are,” said Bill Stout, in a low tone, after

-he had made a hasty survey of the prison. “I think

-this is better than the old brig, and I believe we can be

-happy here for a few days.”</p>

-

-<p>“What will become of our big plan now, Bill?”

-asked Bark.</p>

-

-<p>“Hush!” added Bill in his hoarsest whisper, as he

-looked through the slats of the prison to see if any one

-was observing them.</p>

-

-<p>“What’s the matter now?” demanded Bark, rather

-startled by the impressive manner of his companion.</p>

-

-<p>“Not a word,” replied Bill, as he pointed and gesticulated

-in the direction of the flooring under the ladder.</p>

-

-<p>“Well, what is it?” demanded Bark.</p>

-

-<p>“Don’t you see?” and again he pointed as before.</p>

-

-<p>“I don’t see any thing.”</p>

-

-<p>“Then you are blind! Don’t you see that the new

-brig has been built over one of the scuttles that lead

-down into the hold?”</p>

-

-<p>“I see it now. I didn’t know what you meant when

-you pointed so like Hamlet’s ghost<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_25" id="Page_25">[25]</a></span>.”</p>

-

-<p>“Don’t say a word, or look at it,” whispered Bill, as

-he placed his stool over the trap, and looked out into

-the steerage.</p>

-

-<p>The vice-principal passed the brig at this moment,

-and nothing more was said.</p>

-

-<hr class="chap" />

-

-</div>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_26" id="Page_26">[26]</a></span></p>

-

-<div class="break">

-

-<h2 class="p4">CHAPTER II.</h2>

-

-<p class="pch">AT THE QUARANTINE STATION.</p>

-

-<p class="drop-cap"><span class="smdrop">While</span> these events were transpiring below, the

-signal had come from the Prince to shorten

-sail on the schooners, for the squadron was within half

-a mile of the long mole extending to the southward of

-the tongue of land that forms the easterly side of the

-harbor of Barcelona. A signal for a pilot was exhibited

-on each vessel of the fleet, but no pilot boat

-seemed to be in sight. As the bar could not be far

-distant, it was not deemed prudent to advance any farther;

-and the steamer had stopped her engine.</p>

-

-<p>“Signal on the steamer to heave to, Mr. Greenwood,”

-said Rolk, the fourth master, as he touched his cap to

-the first lieutenant, who was the officer of the deck.</p>

-

-<p>“I see it,” replied Greenwood. “Haul down the

-jib, and back the fore-topsail!”</p>

-

-<p>The necessary orders were given in detail, and in a

-few moments the three vessels of the fleet were lying

-almost motionless on the sea. Greenwood took a glass

-from the beckets at the companion-way, and proceeded

-to a make a survey of the situation ahead. But there

-was nothing to be seen except the mole, and the high

-fortified hill of Monjuich on the mainland, across the

-harbor.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_27" id="Page_27">[27]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>“Where are your pilots, Raimundo?” asked Scott

-of the second master; and both of them were off duty

-at this time.</p>

-

-<p>“You won’t see any pilots yet awhile,” replied the

-young Spaniard.</p>

-

-<p>“Are they all asleep?”</p>

-

-<p>“Do you think they will be weak enough to come on

-board before the health officers have given their permission

-for the vessels to enter the harbor?” added

-Raimundo. “If they did so they would be sent into

-quarantine themselves.”</p>

-

-<p>“They are prudent, as they ought to be,” added

-Scott. “I suppose you begin to feel at home about

-this time; don’t you, Don Raimundo?”</p>

-

-<p>“Not half so much at home as I do when I am farther

-away from Spain,” replied the second master, with

-a smile that seemed to be of a very doubtful character.</p>

-

-<p>“Why, how is that?” asked Scott. “This is Spain,

-the home of your parents, and the land that gave you

-birth.”</p>

-

-<p>“That’s true; but, for all that, I would rather go anywhere

-than into Spain. In fact, I don’t think I shall

-go on shore at all,” added Raimundo, and there was a

-very sad look on his handsome face.</p>

-

-<p>“Why, what’s the matter, my Don?”</p>

-

-<p>“I thought very seriously of asking Mr. Lowington

-to grant me leave of absence till the squadron reaches

-Lisbon,” replied the second master. “I should have

-done so if it had not been for losing my rank, and

-taking the lowest place in the Tritonia.”</p>

-

-<p>“I don’t understand you,” answered Scott, puzzled

-by the sudden change that had come over his friend;<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_28" id="Page_28">[28]</a></span>

-for, being in the same quarter watch, they had become

-very intimate and very much attached to each other.</p>

-

-<p>“Of course you do not understand it; but when I

-have the chance I will tell you all about it, for I may

-want you to help me before we get out of the waters of

-Spain. But I wish you to know, above all things, that

-I never did any thing wrong in Spain, whatever I may

-have done in New York.”</p>

-

-<p>“Of course not, for I think you said you left your

-native land when you were only ten years old.”</p>

-

-<p>“That’s so. I was born in this very city of Barcelona;

-and I suppose I have an uncle there now;

-but I would not meet him for all the money in Spain,”

-said Raimundo, looking very sad, and even terrified.

-“But we will not say any thing more about it now.

-When I have a chance, I will tell you the whole story.

-I am certain of one thing, and that is, I shall not go on

-shore in Barcelona if I can help it. There is a boat

-coming out from behind the mole.”</p>

-

-<p>“An eight-oar barge; and the men in her pull as

-though she were part of a funeral procession,” said

-the first lieutenant, examining the boat with the glass.

-“She has a yellow flag in her stern.”</p>

-

-<p>“Then it is the health officers,” added Raimundo.</p>

-

-<p>All hands in the squadron watched the approaching

-boat; for by this time the quarantine question had excited

-no little interest, and it was now to be decided.

-The oarsmen pulled the man-of-war stroke; but the

-pause after they recovered their blades was so fearfully

-long that the rowers seemed to be lying on their oars

-about half of the time. Certainly the progress of the

-barge was very slow, and it was a long time before it<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_29" id="Page_29">[29]</a></span>

-reached the American Prince. Then it was careful not

-to come too near, lest any pestilence that might be

-lurking in the ship should be communicated to the

-funereal oarsmen or their officers. The boat took up

-its position abreast of the steamer’s gangway, and

-about thirty feet distant from her.</p>

-

-<p>A well-dressed gentleman then stood up in the stern-sheets

-of the barge, and hailed the ship. Mr. Lowington,

-in full uniform, which he seldom wore, replied to

-the hail in Spanish; and a long conference ensued.

-When the principal said that the squadron came from

-Genoa, the health officer shook his head. Then he

-wanted to know all about the three vessels, and it

-appeared to be very difficult for him to comprehend the

-character of the school. At last he was satisfied on all

-these points, and understood that the academy was

-a private enterprise, and not an institution connected

-with the United States Navy.</p>

-

-<p>“Have you any sickness on board?” asked the health

-officer, when the nature of the craft was satisfactorily

-explained.</p>

-

-<p>“We have two cases of measles in the steamer, but

-all are well in the other vessels,” replied Mr. Lowington.</p>

-

-<p>“<i>Sarampion!</i>” exclaimed the Spanish officer, using

-the Spanish word for the measles.</p>

-

-<p>At the same time he shrugged his shoulders like

-a Frenchman, and vented his incredulity in a laugh.</p>

-

-<p>“<i>Viruelas!</i>” added the officer; and the word in

-English meant smallpox, which was just the disease the

-Spaniards feared as coming from Genoa.</p>

-

-<p>Mr. Lowington then called Dr. Winstock, the surgeon,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_30" id="Page_30">[30]</a></span>

-who spoke Spanish fluently, and presented him to the

-incredulous health officer. A lengthy palaver between

-the two medical men ensued. There appeared to be

-some sort of freemasonry, or at least a professional

-sympathy, between them, for they seemed to get on very

-well together. The cases of measles were very light

-ones, the two students having probably contracted the

-disease in some interior town of Italy where they passed

-the night at a hotel. They had been kept apart from the

-other students, and no others had taken the malady.</p>

-

-<p>The health officer declared that he was satisfied for

-the present with the explanation of the surgeon, and

-politely asked to see the ship’s papers, which the principal

-held in his hand. The barge pulled up a little

-nearer to the steamer; a long pole with a pair of spring

-tongs affixed to the end of it was elevated to the gangway,

-between the jaws of which Mr. Lowington placed

-the documents. They were carefully examined, and

-then all hands were required to show themselves in the

-rigging. This order included every person on board,

-not excepting the cooks, waiters, and coal-heavers. In

-a few moments they were standing on the rail or perched

-in the rigging, and the health officer and his assistants

-proceeded to count them. The number was two short

-of that indicated in the ship’s papers, for those who

-were sick with the measles were not allowed to leave

-their room.</p>

-

-<p>The health officer then intimated that he would pay

-the vessel a visit; and all hands were ordered to muster

-at their stations where they could be most conveniently

-inspected. Every part of the vessel was then carefully

-examined, and the Spanish doctors minutely overhauled<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_31" id="Page_31">[31]</a></span>

-the two cases of measles. They declared themselves

-fully satisfied that there was neither yellow fever nor

-smallpox on board of the steamer. The other vessels

-of the squadron were subjected to the same inspection.

-Mr. Lowington and Dr. Winstock attended the health

-officer in his visit to the Josephine and the Tritonia.</p>

-

-<p>“You find our vessels in excellent health,” said Dr.

-Winstock, when the examination was completed.</p>

-

-<p>“Very good; but we cannot get over the fact that

-you come from Genoa, where the smallpox is prevailing

-badly. Vessels from that port are quarantined at Marseilles

-for from three days to a fortnight; but I shall

-not be hard with you, as you have a skilful surgeon on

-board,” replied the health officer, touching his hat to

-Dr. Winstock; “but my orders from the authorities are

-imperative that all vessels from infected or doubtful

-ports shall be fumigated before any person from them

-is allowed to land in the city. We have had the yellow

-fever so severely all summer that we are very cautious.”</p>

-

-<p>“Is it necessary to fumigate?” asked Dr. Winstock,

-with a smile.</p>

-

-<p>“The authorities require it, and I am not at liberty

-to dispense with it,” answered the official. “But it will

-detain you only a few hours. You will land the ship’s

-company of each vessel, and they will be fumigated on

-shore. While they are absent our people will purify

-the vessels.”</p>

-

-<p>“Is there any yellow fever in the city now?” asked

-the surgeon of the fleet.</p>

-

-<p>“None at all. The frost has entirely killed it; but

-we have many patients who are recovering from the

-disease. The people who went away have all returned,

-and we call the city healthy<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_32" id="Page_32">[32]</a></span>.”</p>

-

-<p>The quarantine grounds were pointed out to the

-principal; and the fleet was soon at anchor within a

-cable’s length of the shore. Study and recitation were

-suspended for the rest of the day. All the boats of

-the American Prince were manned; her fires were

-banked; the entire ship’s company were transferred to

-the shore; and the vessel was given up to the quarantine

-officers, who boarded her and proceeded with their

-work. In a couple of hours the steamer and her crew

-were disposed of; and then came the turn of the

-Josephine, for only one vessel could be treated at a

-time.</p>

-

-<p>When all hands were mustered on board of the

-Tritonia, the two delinquents in the brig were let out

-to undergo the inspection with the others. The decision

-of the health officer requiring the vessels to be

-fumigated, and the fact that the process would require

-but a few hours, were passed through each of the

-schooners as well as the steamer, and in a short time

-were known to every student in the fleet. As usual they

-were disposed to make fun of the situation, though it

-was quite a sensation for the time. During the excitement

-Bark Lingall improved the opportunity to confer

-with Lon Gibbs and Ben Pardee. Lon was willing to

-undertake any thing that Bark suggested. Ben was

-rather a prudent fellow, but soon consented to take part

-in the enterprise. Certainly neither of these worthies

-would have assented if the proposition to join had been

-made by Bill Stout, in whom they had as little confidence

-as Bark had manifested. The alliance had

-hardly been agreed upon before the vice-principal happened

-to see the four marines talking together, and<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_33" id="Page_33">[33]</a></span>

-ordered Marline to recommit two of them to the brig.

-The boatswain locked them into their prison, and left

-them to their own reflections. The excitement on deck

-was still unabated, and the cabins and steerage were

-deserted even by the stewards.</p>

-

-<p>“I think our time has come,” said Bill Stout, after

-he had satisfied himself that no one but the occupants

-of the brig was in the steerage. “If we don’t strike

-at once we shall lose our chance, for they say we are

-going up to the city to-night.”</p>

-

-<p>“They will have to let us out to be fumigated with

-the rest of the crew,” answered Bark Lingall. “We

-haven’t drawn lots yet, either.”</p>

-

-<p>“Never mind the lot now: I will do the job myself,”

-replied Bill magnanimously. “I should rather like the

-fun of it.”</p>

-

-<p>“All right, though I am willing to take my chances.

-I won’t back out of any thing.”</p>

-

-<p>“You are true blue, Bark, when you get started; but

-I would rather do the thing than not.”</p>

-

-<p>“Very well, I am willing; and when the scratch

-comes I will back you up. But I do not see how you

-are going to manage it, Bill,” added Bark, looking about

-him in the brig.</p>

-

-<p>“The vice has made an easy thing of it for us.

-While the fellows were all on deck, I went to my berth

-and got a little box of matches I bought in Genoa

-when we were there. I have it in my pocket now.

-All I have to do is to take off this scuttle, and go down

-into the hold. As we don’t know how soon the fellows

-will be sent ashore, I think I had better be about it

-now<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_34" id="Page_34">[34]</a></span>.”</p>

-

-<p>Bill Stout put his fingers into the ring on the trap-door,

-and lifted it a little way.</p>

-

-<p>“Hold on, Bill,” interposed Bark. “You are altogether

-too fast. When Marline comes down to let us

-out, where shall I say you are?”</p>

-

-<p>“That’s so: I didn’t think of that,” added Bill, looking

-rather foolish. “He will see the scuttle, and know

-just where I am.”</p>

-

-<p>“And, when the blaze comes off, he will see just who

-started it,” continued Bark. “That won’t do anyhow.”</p>

-

-<p>“But I don’t mean to give it up,” said Bill, scratching

-his head as he labored to devise a better plan.</p>

-

-<p>The difficulty was discussed for some time, but there

-seemed to be no way of meeting it. Bill was one of

-the crew of the second cutter, and he was sure to be

-missed when the ship’s company were piped away. If

-Bark, who did not belong to any boat, took his oar,

-the boatswain, whose place was in the second cutter

-when all hands left the vessel, would notice the change.

-Bill was almost in despair, and insisted that no amount

-of brains could overcome the difficulty. The conspirator

-who was to “do the job” was certain to be missed

-when the ship’s company took to the boats. To be

-missed was to proclaim who the incendiary was when

-the fire was investigated.</p>

-

-<p>“We may as well give it up for the present, and wait

-for a better time,” suggested Bark, who was as unable

-as his companion to solve the problem.</p>

-

-<p>“No, I won’t,” replied Bill, taking a newspaper from

-his breast-pocket. “We may never have another

-chance; and I believe in striking while the iron is

-hot<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_35" id="Page_35">[35]</a></span>.”</p>

-

-<p>“Don’t get us into a scrape for nothing. We can’t

-do any thing now,” protested Bark.</p>

-

-<p>“Now’s the day, and now’s the hour!” exclaimed

-Bill, scowling like the villain of a melodrama.</p>

-

-<p>“What are you going to do?” demanded Bark, a

-little startled by the sudden energy of his fellow-conspirator.</p>

-

-<p>“Hold on, and you shall see,” answered Bill, as he

-raised the trap-door over the scuttle.</p>

-

-<p>“But stop, Bill! you were not to do any thing without

-my consent.”</p>

-

-<p>“All hands on deck! man the boats in fire order,”

-yelled the boatswain on deck, after he had blown the

-proper pipe.</p>

-

-<p>Bill Stout paid no attention to the call or to the

-remonstrance of his companion. Raising the trap, he

-descended to the hold by the ladder under the scuttle.

-Striking a match, he set fire to the newspaper in his

-hand, and then cast it into the heap of hay and sawdust

-that lay near the foot of the ladder. Hastily

-throwing the box-covers and cases on the pile, he

-rushed up the steps into the brig, and closed the scuttle.

-He was intensely excited, and Bark was really

-terrified at what he considered the insane rashness of

-his associate in crime. But there was no time for

-further talk; for Marline appeared at this moment, and

-unlocked the door of the brig.</p>

-

-<p>“Come, my hearties, you must go on shore for an

-hour to have the smallpox smoked out of you; and I

-wish they could smoke out some of the mischief that’s

-in you at the same time,” said the adult boatswain.

-“Come, and bear a hand lively, for all hands are in

-boats by this time<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_36" id="Page_36">[36]</a></span>.”</p>

-

-<p>Bill Stout led the way; and on this occasion he

-needed no hurrying, for he was in haste to get away

-from the vessel before the blaze revealed itself. In a

-moment more he was on the thwart in the second

-cutter where he belonged. Bark’s place was in another

-boat, and they separated when they reached the deck.

-The fire-bill assigned every person on board of the

-vessel to a place in one of the boats, so that every

-professor and steward as well as every officer and

-seaman knew where to go without any orders. It was

-the arrangement for leaving the ship in case of fire; and

-it had worked with perfect success in the Young America

-when she was sunk by the collision with the Italian

-steamer. As the boats pulled away from the Tritonia,

-the quarantine people boarded her to perform the

-duty belonging to them.</p>

-

-<p>Bill Stout endeavored to compose himself, but with

-little success, though the general excitement prevented

-his appearance from being noticed. He was not so

-hardened in crime that he could see the vessel on fire

-without being greatly disturbed by the act; and it was

-more than probable that, by this time, he was sorry he

-had done it. He did not expect the fire to break out

-for some little time; and it had not occurred to him

-that the quarantine people would extend their operation

-to the hold of the vessel.</p>

-

-<p>The boats landed on the beach; and all hands were

-marched up to a kind of tent, a short distance from the

-water. There were fifty-five of them, and they were

-divided into two squads for the fumigating process.</p>

-

-<p>“How is this thing to be done?” asked Scott, as he

-halted by the side of Raimundo, at the tent.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_37" id="Page_37">[37]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>“I have not the least idea what it is all about,”

-replied the young Spaniard.</p>

-

-<p>“I suppose we are to take up our quarters in this

-tent.”</p>

-

-<p>“Not for very long; for all the rest of the squadron

-have been operated upon in a couple of hours.”</p>

-

-<p>The health officer now beckoned them to enter the

-tent. It was of the shape of a one-story house. The

-canvas on the sides and end was tacked down to heavy

-planks on the ground, so as to make it as tight as possible.

-There was only a small door; and, when the first

-squad had entered, it was carefully closed, so that the

-interior seemed to be almost air-tight. In the centre of

-the tent was a large tin pan, which contained some

-chemical ingredient. The health officer then poured

-another ingredient into the pan; and the union of the

-two created quite a tempest, a dense smoke or vapor

-rising from the vessel, which immediately filled the tent.</p>

-

-<p>“Whew!” whistled Scott, as he inhaled the vapor.

-“These Spaniards ought to have a patent for getting up

-a bad smell. This can’t be beat, even by the city of

-Chicago.”</p>

-

-<p>“I am glad you think my countrymen are good for

-something,” laughed Raimundo.</p>

-

-<p>The students coughed, sneezed, and made all the fuss

-that was necessary, and a good deal more. The health

-officer laughed at the antics of the party, and dismissed

-them in five minutes, cleansed from all taint of smallpox

-or yellow fever.</p>

-

-<p>“Where’s your blaze?” asked Bark Lingall, as they

-withdrew from the others who had just left the tent.</p>

-

-<p>“Hush up! don’t say a word about it,” whispered

-Bill; “it hasn’t got a-going yet<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_38" id="Page_38">[38]</a></span>.”</p>

-

-<p>“But those quarantine folks are on board; and if

-there were any fire there they would have seen it

-before this time,” continued Bark nervously.</p>

-

-<p>“Dry up! not another word! If we are seen talking

-together the vice will know that we are at the bottom

-of the matter.”</p>

-

-<p>Bill Stout shook off his companion, and walked about

-with as much indifference as he could assume. Every

-minute or two he glanced at the Tritonia, expecting to

-see the flames, or at least the smoke, rising above her

-decks. But no flame or smoke appeared, not even the

-vapor of the disinfectants.</p>

-

-<p>The second squad of the ship’s company were sent

-into the tent after the preparations were completed;

-and in the course of an hour the health officer gave the

-vice-principal permission to return to his vessel. The

-boats were manned; the professors and others took

-their places, and the bowmen shoved off. Bill began

-to wonder where his blaze was, for ample time had

-elapsed for the flames to envelop the schooner, if she

-was to burn at all. Still there was no sign of fire or

-smoke about the beautiful craft. She rested on the

-water as lightly and as trimly as ever. Bill could not

-understand it; but he came to the conclusion that the

-quarantine men had extinguished the flames. The

-burning of the vessel did not rest upon his conscience,

-it is true; but he was not satisfied, as he probably

-would not have been if the Tritonia had been destroyed.

-He felt as though he had attempted to do a big thing,

-and had failed. He was not quite the hero he intended

-to be in the estimation of his fellow-conspirators.</p>

-

-<p>The four boats of the Tritonia came alongside the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_39" id="Page_39">[39]</a></span>

-schooner; and, when the usual order of things had been

-fully restored, the signal for sailing appeared on the

-steamer. The odor of the chemicals remained in the

-cabin and steerage for a time; but the circulation of

-the air soon removed it. It was four o’clock in the

-afternoon; and, in order to enable the students to see

-what they might of the city as the fleet went up to the

-port, the lessons were not resumed. The fore-topsail,

-jib, and mainsail were set, the anchor weighed, and the

-Tritonia followed the Prince in charge of a pilot who

-had presented himself as soon as the fumigation was

-completed.</p>

-

-<p>“You belong in the cage,” said Marline, walking

-up to the two conspirators, as soon as the schooner

-began to gather headway.</p>

-

-<p>Bill and Bark followed the boatswain to the steerage,

-and were locked into the brig.</p>

-

-<p>“Here we are again,” said Bark, when Marline had

-returned to the deck. “I did not expect when we left,

-to come back again.”</p>

-

-<p>“Neither did I; and I don’t understand it,” replied

-Bill, with a sheepish look. “I certainly fixed things

-right for something different. I lighted the newspaper,

-and put it under the hay, sawdust, and boxes. I was

-sure there would be a blaze in fifteen minutes. I can’t

-explain it; and I am going down to see how it was.”</p>

-

-<p>“Not now: some one will see you,” added Bark.</p>

-

-<p>“No; everybody is looking at the sights. Besides,

-as the thing has failed, I want to fix things so that no

-one will suspect any thing if the pile of hay and stuff

-should be overhauled.”</p>

-

-<p>Bark made no further objection, and his companion<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_40" id="Page_40">[40]</a></span>

-hastened down the ladder. Pulling over the pile of

-rubbish, he found the newspaper he had ignited.

-Only a small portion of it was burned, and it was

-evident that the flame had been smothered when the

-boxes and covers had been thrown on the heap. Nothing

-but the newspaper bore the marks of the fire; and,

-putting this into his pocket, he returned to the brig.</p>

-

-<p>“I shall do better than that next time,” said he,

-when he had explained to Bark the cause of the failure.</p>

-

-<p>Bill Stout was as full of plans and expedients as

-ever; and, before the anchor went down, he was willing

-to believe that “the job” could be better done at

-another time.</p>

-

-<hr class="chap" />

-

-</div>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_41" id="Page_41">[41]</a></span></p>

-

-<div class="break">

-

-<h2 class="p4">CHAPTER III.</h2>

-

-<p class="pch">A GRANDEE OF SPAIN.</p>

-

-<p class="drop-cap"><span class="smdrop">The</span> port, or harbor, of Barcelona is formed by an

-inlet of the sea. A triangular tongue of land,

-with a long jetty projecting from its southern point,

-shelters it from the violence of the sea, except on the

-south-east. On the widest part of the tongue of land

-is the suburb of Barceloneta, or Little Barcelona, inhabited

-by sailors and other lower orders of people.</p>

-

-<p>“I can just remember the city as it was when I left

-it in a steamer to go to Marseilles, about ten years ago,”

-said Raimundo, as he and Scott stood on the lee side

-of the quarter-deck, looking at the objects of interest

-that were presented to them. “It does not seem to

-have changed much.”</p>

-

-<p>“It don’t look any more like Spain than the rest of

-the world,” added the lieutenant.</p>

-

-<p>“This hill on the left is Monjuich, seven hundred

-and fifty-five feet high. It has a big fort on the

-top of it, which commands the town as well as the

-harbor. The city is a walled town, with redoubts all

-the way around it. The walls take in the citadel, which

-you see above the head of the harbor. The city was

-founded by Hamilcar more than two hundred years<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_42" id="Page_42">[42]</a></span>

-before Christ, and afterwards became a Roman colony.

-There is lots of history connected with the city, but I

-will not bore you with it.”</p>

-

-<p>“Thank you for your good intentions,” laughed Scott.

-“But how is it that you don’t care to see the people of

-your native city after an absence of ten years?”</p>

-

-<p>“I don’t care about having this story told all through

-the ship, Scott,” replied the young Spaniard, glancing

-at the students on deck.</p>

-

-<p>“Of course I will not mention it, if you say so.”</p>

-

-<p>“I have always kept it to myself, though I have no

-strong reason for doing so; and I would not say any

-thing about it now if I did not feel the need of a friend.

-I am sure I can rely on you, Scott.”</p>

-

-<p>“When I can do any thing for you, Don, you may

-depend upon me; and not a word shall ever pass my

-lips till you request it.”</p>

-

-<p>“I don’t know but you will think I am laying out the

-plot of a novel, like the story of Giulia Fabiano, whom

-O’Hara assisted to a happy conclusion,” replied Raimundo,

-with a smile. “I couldn’t help thinking of my

-own case when her history was related to me; for, so

-far, the situations are very much the same.”</p>

-

-<p>“I have seen all I want to of the outside of Barcelona;

-and if you like, we will go down into the cabin where

-we shall be alone for the present,” suggested Scott.</p>

-

-<p>“That will suit me better,” answered Raimundo, as

-he followed his companion.</p>

-

-<p>“We shall be out of hearing of everybody here, I

-think,” said Scott, as he seated himself in the after-part

-of the cabin.</p>

-

-<p>“There is not much romance in the story yet; and I<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_43" id="Page_43">[43]</a></span>

-don’t know that there ever will be,” continued the Spaniard.

-“It is a family difficulty; and such things are

-never pleasant to me, however romantic they may be.”</p>

-

-<p>“Well, Don, I don’t want you to tell the story for my

-sake; and don’t harrow up your feelings to gratify my

-curiosity,” protested Scott.</p>

-

-<p>“I shall want your advice, and perhaps your assistance;

-and for this reason only I shall tell you all about

-it. Here goes. My grandfather was a Spanish merchant

-of the city of Barcelona; and when he was fifty

-years old he had made a fortune of two hundred and

-fifty thousand dollars, which is a big pile of money in

-Spain. He had three sons, and a strong weakness, as

-our friend O’Hara would express it. I suppose you

-know something about the grandees of Spain, Scott?”</p>

-

-<p>“Not a thing,” replied the third lieutenant candidly.

-“I have heard the word, and I know they are the

-nobles of Spain; and that’s all I know.”</p>

-

-<p>“That’s about all any ordinary outsider would be

-expected to know about them. There is altogether too

-much nobility and too little money in Spain. Some of

-the grandees are still very rich and powerful; but physically

-and financially the majority of them are played

-out. I am sorry to say it, but laziness is a national

-peculiarity: I am a Spaniard, and I will not call it by

-any hard names. Pride and vanity go with it. There

-are plenty of poor men who are too proud to work, or

-to engage in business of any kind. Of course such

-men do not get on very well; and, the longer they live,

-the poorer they grow. This is especially the case with

-the played-out nobility.</p>

-

-<p>“My grandfather was the son of a grandee who had<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_44" id="Page_44">[44]</a></span>

-lost all his property. He was a Castilian, with pride

-and dignity enough to fit out half a dozen Americans.

-He would rather have starved than do any sort of

-business. My grandfather, though it appears that he

-gloried in the title of the grandee, was not quite willing

-to be starved on his patrimonial acres. His stomach

-conquered his pride. He was the elder son; and while

-he was a young man his father died, leaving him the

-empty title, with nothing to support its dignity. I have

-been told that he actually suffered from hunger. He

-had no brothers; and his sisters were all married to one-horse

-nobles like himself. He was alone in his ruined

-castle.</p>

-

-<p>“Without telling any of his people where he was

-going, he journeyed to Barcelona, where, being a young

-man of good parts, he obtained a situation as a clerk.

-In time he became a merchant, and a very prosperous

-one. As soon as his circumstances would admit, he

-married, and had three sons. As he grew older, the

-Castilian pride of birth came back to him, and he began

-to think about the title he had dropped when he

-became a merchant. He desired to found a family

-with wealth as well as a name. He was still the Count

-de Escarabajosa.”</p>

-

-<p>“Of what?” asked Scott.</p>

-

-<p>“The Count de Escarabajosa,” repeated Raimundo.</p>

-

-<p>“Well, I don’t blame him for dropping his title if he

-had to carry as long a name as that around with him.

-It was a heavy load for him, poor man!”</p>

-

-<p>“The title was not of much account, according to my

-Uncle Manuel, who told me the story; for my grandfather

-was only a second or third class grandee&mdash;not<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_45" id="Page_45">[45]</a></span>

-one of the first, who were allowed to speak to the king

-with their hats on. At any rate, I think my grandfather

-did wisely not to think much of his title till his fortune

-was made. His oldest son, Enrique, was my father;

-and that’s my name also.”</p>

-

-<p>“Yours? Are you not entered in the ship’s books

-as Henry;” interposed Scott.</p>

-

-<p>“No; but Enrique is the Spanish for Henry. When

-my grandfather died, he bequeathed his fortune to my

-father, who also inherited his title, though he gave the

-other two sons enough to enable them to make a start

-in business. If my father should die without any male

-heir, the fortune, consisting largely of houses, lands,

-and farms, in and near Barcelona, was to go to the

-second son, whose name was Alejandro. In like manner

-the fortune was to pass to the third son, if the second

-died without a male heir. This was Spanish law,

-as well as the will of my grandfather. Two years after

-the death of my grandfather, and when I was about six

-years old, my father died. I was his only child. You

-will see, Scott, that under the will of my grandfather I

-was the heir of the fortune, and the title too for that

-matter, though it is of no account.”</p>

-

-<p>“Then, Don, you are the Count de What-ye-call-it?”

-said Scott, taking off his cap, and bowing low to the

-young grandee.</p>

-

-<p>“The Count de Escarabajosa,” laughed Raimundo;

-“but I would not have the fellows on board know this

-for the world; and this is one reason why I wanted to

-have my story kept a secret.”</p>

-

-<p>“Not a word from me. But I shall hardly dare to

-speak to you without taking off my cap. The Count de<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_46" id="Page_46">[46]</a></span>

-Scaribagiosa! My eyes! what a long tail our cat has

-got!”</p>

-

-<p>“That’s it! I can see just what would happen if you

-should spin this yarn to the crowd,” added the grandee,

-shaking his head.</p>

-

-<p>“But I won’t open my mouth till you command me

-to do so. What would Captain Wainwright say if he

-only knew that he had a Spanish grandee under his

-orders? He might faint.”</p>

-

-<p>“Don’t give him an opportunity.”</p>

-

-<p>“I won’t. But spin out the yarn: I am interested.”</p>

-

-<p>“My father died when I was only six; and my Uncle

-Alejandro was appointed my guardian by due process

-of law. Now, I don’t want to say a word against Don

-Alejandro, and I would not if the truth did not compel

-me to do so. My Uncle Manuel, who lives in New

-York, is my authority; and I give you the facts just as

-he gave them to me only a year before I left home to

-join the ship. Don Alejandro took me to his own

-house as soon as he was appointed my guardian. To

-make a long story short, he was a bad man, and he did

-not treat me well. I was rather a weakly child at six,

-and I stood between my uncle and my grandfather’s

-large fortune. If I died, Don Alejandro would inherit

-the estate. My Uncle Manuel insists that he did all he

-could, short of murdering me in cold blood, to help me

-out of the world. I remember how ill he treated me,

-but I was too young to understand the meaning of his

-conduct.</p>

-

-<p>“My Uncle Manuel was not so fortunate in business

-as his father had been, though he saved the capital my

-grandfather had bequeathed to him. The agency of a<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_47" id="Page_47">[47]</a></span>

-large mercantile house in Barcelona was offered to him

-if he would go to America; and he promptly decided to

-seek his fortune in New York. Manuel had quarrelled

-with Alejandro on account of the latter’s treatment of

-me; and a great many hard words passed between them.

-But Manuel was so well satisfied in regard to Alejandro’s

-intentions, that he dared not leave me in the keeping

-of his brother when he went to the New World. Though

-it was a matter of no small difficulty, he decided to take

-me with him to New York.</p>

-

-<p>“I did not like my Uncle Alejandro, and I did like

-my Uncle Manuel. I was willing to go anywhere with

-the latter; and when he called to bid farewell to my

-guardian, on the eve of his departure, he beckoned to

-me as he went out of the house. I followed him, and

-he managed to conceal his object from the servants;

-for my Uncle Alejandro did not attend him to the front

-door. He had arranged a more elaborate plan to obtain

-possession of me; but when he saw me in the hall,

-he was willing to adopt the simpler method that was

-then suggested to him. His baggage was on board of

-the steamer for Marseilles, and he had no difficulty in

-conveying me to the vessel. I was kept out of sight in

-the state-room till the steamer was well on her way. I

-will not trouble you with what I remember of the journey;

-but in less than three weeks we were in New

-York, which has been my home ever since.”</p>

-

-<p>“But what did your guardian say to all this?” asked

-Scott. “Did he discover what had become of you?”</p>

-

-<p>“I don’t know what he said; but he has been at work

-for seven years to obtain possession of me. As I disappeared

-at the same time my Uncle Manuel left, no<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_48" id="Page_48">[48]</a></span>

-doubt Alejandro suspected what had become of me.

-At any rate, he sent an agent to New York to bring me

-back to Spain; but Manuel kept me out of the way.

-As soon as I could speak English well enough, he sent

-me to a boarding-school. I ‘cut up’ so that he was

-obliged to take me away, and send me to another. I

-am sorry to say that I did no better, and was sent to

-half a dozen different schools in the course of three

-years. I was active, and full of mischief; but I grew

-into a strong and healthy boy from a very puny and

-sickly one.</p>

-

-<p>“At last my uncle sent me on board of the academy

-ship; but he told me before I went, that if I did not

-learn my lessons, and behave myself like a gentleman,

-he would send me back to my Uncle Alejandro in

-Spain. He would no longer attempt to keep me out

-of the way of my legal guardian. Partly on account

-of this threat, and partly because I like the institution,

-I have done as well as I could.”</p>

-

-<p>“And no one has done any better,” added Scott.</p>

-

-<p>“No doubt my Uncle Manuel has received good accounts

-of me from the principal, for he has been very

-kind to me. He wrote to me, after I had informed him

-that the squadron was going to Spain, that I must not

-go there; but he added that I was almost man grown,

-and ought to be able to take care of myself. I thought

-so too: at any rate, I have taken the chances in coming

-here.”</p>

-

-<p>“But you are a minor; and I suppose Don Alejandro,

-if he can get hold of you, will have the right to take

-possession of your <i>corpus</i>.”</p>

-

-<p>“No doubt of that<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_49" id="Page_49">[49]</a></span>.”</p>

-

-<p>“But does your guardian know that you are a student

-in the academy squadron?” asked Scott.</p>

-

-<p>“I don’t know: it is not impossible, or even improbable.

-Alejandro has had agents out seeking me, and

-they may have ascertained where I am. For aught I

-know, my guardian may have made his arrangements to

-capture me as soon as the fleet comes to anchor. But

-I don’t mean to be captured; for I should have no

-chance in a Spanish court, backed by the principal, the

-American minister, and the counsel. By law I belong

-to my guardian; and that is the whole of it. Now,

-Scott, you are the best friend I have on this side of the

-Atlantic; and I want you to help me.”</p>

-

-<p>“That I will do with all my might and main, Don,”

-protested Scott.</p>

-

-<p>“I don’t ask you to tell any lies, or to do any thing

-wrong,” said Raimundo.</p>

-

-<p>“What can I do for you? that’s the question.”</p>

-

-<p>“I shall keep out of sight while the vessels are at

-this port; and I want you to be on the lookout for any

-Spaniards in search of a young man named Raimundo,

-and let me know. When you go on shore, I

-want you to find out all you can about my Uncle Alejandro.

-If I should happen to run away at any time,

-<i>you</i> will know, if no one else does, why I did so.”</p>

-

-<p>“Don’t you think it would be a good thing to tell

-the vice-principal your story, and ask him to help you

-out in case of any trouble?” suggested Scott.</p>

-

-<p>“No: that would not do. If Mr. Pelham should do

-any thing to help me keep out of the way, he would be

-charged with breaking or evading the Spanish laws;

-and that would get him into trouble. I ought not to<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_50" id="Page_50">[50]</a></span>

-have come here; but now I must take the responsibility,

-and not shove it off on the vice-principal.”</p>

-

-<p>“Who pays your bills, Don?”</p>

-

-<p>“My Uncle Manuel, of course. He has a half interest

-in the house for which he went out as an agent;

-and I suppose he is worth more money to-day than his

-father ever was. He is as liberal as he is rich. He

-sent me a second letter of credit for a hundred pounds

-when we were at Leghorn; and I drew half of it in

-Genoa in gold, so as to be ready for any thing that

-might happen in Spain.”</p>

-

-<p>“Do you really expect that your uncle will make a

-snap at you?” asked Scott, with no little anxiety in his

-expression.</p>

-

-<p>“I have no knowledge whatever in regard to his

-movements. I know that he has sent agents to the

-United States to look me up, and that my Uncle

-Manuel has had sharp work to keep me out of their

-way. I have been bundled out of New York in the

-middle of the night to keep me from being kidnapped

-by his emissaries; for my uncle has never believed that

-he had any case in law, even in the States.”</p>

-

-<p>“It is really quite a serious matter to you, Don.”</p>

-

-<p>“Serious? You know that my countrymen have the

-reputation of using knives when occasion requires; and

-I also know that Don Alejandro has not a good character

-in Barcelona.”</p>

-

-<p>“But suppose you went back to him: do you believe

-he would ill-treat you now?”</p>

-

-<p>“No, I don’t. I have grown to be too big a fellow

-to be abused like a child. I think I could take care of

-myself, so far as that is concerned. But my uncle has<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_51" id="Page_51">[51]</a></span>

-been nursing his wrath for years on account of my

-absence. He has sons of his own, who are living on

-my property; for I learn that Alejandro has done nothing

-to increase the small sum his father left him. He

-and his sons want my fortune. I might be treated with

-the utmost kindness and consideration, if I returned; but

-that would not convince me that I was not in constant

-peril. Spain is not England or the United States, and

-I have read a great deal about my native land,” said

-Raimundo, shaking his head. “I agree with my uncle

-Manuel, that I must not risk myself in the keeping of

-my guardian.”</p>

-

-<p>“Suppose Don Alejandro should come on board as

-soon as we anchor, Don: what could you do? You

-would not be in condition to run away. Where could

-you go?” inquired Scott.</p>

-

-<p>“I know just what I should do; but I will not put

-you in condition to be tempted to tell any lies,” replied

-Raimundo, smiling. “One thing more: I shall not be

-safe anywhere in Spain. My uncle does not want me

-for any love he bears me; and it would answer his

-purpose just as well if I should be drowned in crossing

-a river, fall off any high place, or be knifed in some

-lonely corner. There are still men enough in Spain

-who use the knife, though the country is safe under

-ordinary circumstances.”</p>

-

-<p>“Upon my word, I shall be hardly willing to let you

-go out of my sight,” added Scott. “I shall have to

-take you under my protection.”</p>

-

-<p>“I am afraid your protection will not do me much

-good, except in the way I have indicated.”</p>

-

-<p>“Well, you may be sure I will do all I can to serve<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_52" id="Page_52">[52]</a></span>

-and save you,” continued Scott, taking the hand of his

-friend, as the movements on deck indicated that the

-schooner was ready to anchor.</p>

-

-<p>“Thank you, Scott; thank you. With your help, I

-shall feel that I am almost out of danger.”</p>

-

-<p>Raimundo decided to remain in the cabin, as his

-watch was not called; but Scott went on deck, as much

-to look out for any suspicious Spaniards, as for the

-purpose of seeing what was to be seen. The American

-Prince had already anchored; and her two consorts

-immediately followed her example. The sails were

-hardly furled, and every thing made snug, before the

-signal, “All hands attend lecture,” appeared on the

-flag-ship.</p>

-

-<p>All the vessels of the fleet were surrounded by boats

-from the shore, most of them to take passengers to the

-city. The adult forward officers were stationed at the

-gangways, to prevent any persons from coming on

-board; and the boatmen were informed that no one

-would go on shore that night. Scott hastened below,

-to tell his friend that all hands were ordered on board

-of the steamer to attend the lecture. Raimundo declared,

-that, as no one could possibly recognize him

-after so many years of absence, he should go on board

-of the Prince, with the rest of the ship’s company.</p>

-

-<p>The boats were lowered; and in a short time all

-the students were assembled in the grand saloon, where

-Professor Mapps was ready to discourse upon the

-geography and history of Spain.</p>

-

-<hr class="chap" />

-

-</div>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_53" id="Page_53">[53]</a></span></p>

-

-<div class="break">

-

-<h2 class="p4">CHAPTER IV.</h2>

-

-<p class="pch">THE PROFESSOR’S TALK ABOUT SPAIN.</p>

-

-<p class="drop-capa"><span class="smdrop">As</span> usual, the professor had a large map posted

-where all could see it. It was a map of Spain

-and Portugal in this instance, in which the physical as

-well as the political features of the peninsula were exhibited.

-The instructor pointed at the map, and commenced

-his lecture.</p>

-

-<p>“The ancient name of Spain was <i>Iberia</i>; the Latin,

-<i>Hispania</i>. The Spaniards call their country <i>España</i>.

-Notice the mark over the <i>n</i> in this word, which gives it

-the value of <i>ny</i>, the same as the French <i>gn</i>. You will

-find it in many Spanish words.</p>

-

-<p>“With Portugal, Spain forms a peninsula whose

-greatest length, from east to west, is six hundred and

-twenty miles; and, from north to south, five hundred

-and forty miles. It is separated from the rest of

-Europe by the Pyrenees Mountains: they extend quite

-across the isthmus, which is two hundred and forty

-miles wide. It contains two hundred and fourteen

-thousand square miles, of which one hundred and

-seventy-eight thousand belong to Spain, and thirty-six

-thousand to Portugal. Spain is not quite four times as

-large as the State of New York; and Portugal is a

-little larger than the State of Maine.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_54" id="Page_54">[54]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>“Spain has nearly fourteen hundred miles of seacoast,

-four-sevenths of which is on the Mediterranean.

-Spain is a mountainous country. About one-half of its

-area is on the great central plateau, from two to three

-thousand feet above the level of the sea. The mountain

-ranges, you observe, extend mostly east and west,

-which gives the rivers, of course, the same general

-direction. The Cantabrian and the Pyrenees are the

-same range, the former extending along the northern

-coast to the Atlantic. Between this range and the

-Sierra Guadarrama are the valleys of the Duero and

-the Ebro. This range reaches nearly from the mouth

-of the Tagus to the mouth of the Ebro, and takes

-several names in different parts of the peninsula.

-The mountains of Toledo are about in the centre of

-Spain. South of these are the Sierra Morena, with the

-basin of the Guadiana on the north and that of the

-Guadalquiver on the south. Near the southern coast

-is the Sierra Nevada, which contains the Cerro de

-Mulahacen, 11,678 feet, the highest peak in the peninsula.

-<i>Sierra</i> means a saw, which a chain of mountains

-may resemble; though some say it comes from the

-Arabic word <i>Sehrah</i>, meaning wild land.</p>

-

-<p>“There are two hundred and thirty rivers in Spain;

-but only six of them need be mentioned. The Minho

-is in the north-west, and separates Spain and Portugal

-for about forty miles. It is one hundred and thirty

-miles long, and navigable for thirty. The Duero,

-called the Douro in Portugal, has a course of four hundred

-miles, about two-thirds of which is in Spain. It

-is navigable through Portugal, and a little way into

-Spain, though only for boats. The Tagus is the longest<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_55" id="Page_55">[55]</a></span>

-river of the peninsula, five hundred and forty miles.

-It is navigable only to Abrantes in Portugal, about

-eighty miles; though Philip II. built several boats at

-Toledo, loaded them with grain, and sent them down

-to Lisbon. The Guadiana is in the south-west, three

-hundred and eighty miles long, and navigable only

-thirty-five. Near its source this river, like the Rhone

-and some others, indulges in the odd freak of disappearing,

-and flowing through an underground channel

-for twenty miles. The river loses itself gradually in an

-expanse of marshes, and re-appears in the form of

-several small lakes, which are called ‘los ojos de la

-Guadiana,’&mdash;the eyes of the Guadiana.</p>

-

-<p>“The Guadalquiver is two hundred and eighty miles

-long, and, like all the rivers I have mentioned, flows

-into the Atlantic. It is navigable to Cordova, and

-large vessels go up to Seville. The Ebro is the only

-large river that flows into the Mediterranean. It is

-three hundred and forty miles long, and is navigable

-for boats about half this distance. Great efforts have

-been made to improve the navigation of some of these

-rivers, especially the largest of them. There are no

-lakes of any consequence in Spain, the largest being a

-mere lagoon on the seashore near Valencia.</p>

-

-<p>“Spain has a population of sixteen millions, which

-places it as the tenth in rank among the nations of

-Europe. In territorial extent it is the seventh. It is

-said that Spain, as a Roman province, had a population

-of forty millions.</p>

-

-<p>“Spain, including the Balearic and Canary Islands,

-contains forty-nine provinces, each of which has its

-local government, and its representation in the national<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_56" id="Page_56">[56]</a></span>

-legislature, or <i>Cortes</i>. But you should know something

-of the old divisions, since these are often mentioned in

-the history of the country. There are fourteen of them,

-each of which was formerly a kingdom, principality, or

-province. Castile was the largest, including Old and

-New Castile, and was in the north-central part of the

-peninsula. This was the realm of Isabella; and, by her

-marriage with Ferdinand, it was united with Aragon,

-lying next east of it. East of Aragon, forming the

-north-east corner of Spain, is Catalonia, of which

-Barcelona is the chief city. North of Castile, on or

-near the Bay of Biscay, are the three Basque provinces.

-Bordering the Pyrenees, nearest to France, is the little

-kingdom of Navarre, with Aragon on the east. Forming

-the north-western corner of the peninsula is the

-kingdom of Galicia. East of it, on the Bay of Biscay,

-is the principality of the Asturias. South of this, and

-between Castile and Portugal, is the kingdom of Leon,

-which was attached to Castile in the eleventh century.

-Estremadura is between Portugal and New Castile.

-La Mancha, the country of Don Quixote, is south of

-New Castile. Valencia and Murcia are on the east,

-bordering on the Mediterranean. Andalusia is on both

-sides of the Guadalquiver, including the three modern

-provinces of Seville, Cordova, and Jaen. Granada is

-in the south, on the Mediterranean. You will hear the

-different parts of Spain spoken of under these names

-more than any other.</p>

-

-<p>“The principal vegetable productions of Spain are

-those of the vine and olive. The export of wine is ten

-million dollars; and of olive-oil, four millions. Raisins,

-flour, cork, wool, and brandy are other important<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_57" id="Page_57">[57]</a></span>

-exports, to say nothing of the fruits of the South, such

-as grapes and oranges. Silver, quicksilver, lead, and

-iron are the most valuable minerals. Silk is produced

-in Valencia, Murcia, and Granada.</p>

-

-<p>“The climate of Spain, as you would suppose from

-its mountainous character, is very various. The north,

-which is in the latitude of New England, is very

-different from this region of our own country. On the

-table-lands of the centre, it is hot in summer and cold

-in winter. In the south, the weather is hot in summer,

-but very mild in winter. Even here in Barcelona, the

-mercury seldom goes down to the freezing point. The

-average winter temperature of Malaga is about fifty-five

-degrees Fahrenheit.</p>

-

-<p>“Three thousand miles of railroad have been built,

-and two thousand miles more have been projected.

-One can go to all the principal cities in Spain now by

-rail from Madrid; and those on the seacoast are connected

-by several lines of steamers.</p>

-

-<p>“The army consists of one hundred and fifty thousand

-men, and may be increased in time of war by calling

-out the reserves; for every man over twenty is

-liable to do military duty. The navy consists of one

-hundred and ten vessels, seventy-three of which are

-screw steamers, twenty-four paddle steamers, and thirteen

-sailing vessels. Seven of the screws are iron-clad

-frigates. They are manned by thirteen thousand sailors

-and marines; and this navy is therefore quite formidable.</p>

-

-<p>“The government is a constitutional monarchy. The

-king executes the laws through his ministers, but is not

-held responsible for any thing. If things do not work<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_58" id="Page_58">[58]</a></span>

-well, the ministers are to bear the blame, and his

-Majesty may dismiss them at pleasure. The laws are

-made by the <i>Cortes</i>, which consists of two bodies, the

-Senate and the Congress. Any Spaniard who is of age,

-and not deprived of his civil rights, may be a member

-of the <i>Congreso</i>, or lower house. Four senators are

-elected for each province. They must be forty years

-old, be in possession of their civil rights, and must have

-held some high office under the government in the army

-or navy, in the church, or in certain educational institutions.</p>

-

-<p>“The present king is Amedeo I., second son of Vittorio

-Emanuele, king of Italy. He was elected king of

-Spain Nov. 16, 1870.<a name="FNanchor_1_1" id="FNanchor_1_1"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_1" class="fnanchor">[1]</a></p>

-

-<p>“All but sixty thousand of the population of Spain

-are Roman Catholics; and of this faith is the national

-church, though all other forms of worship are tolerated.

-In 1835 and in 1836 the <i>Cortes</i> suppressed all conventual

-institutions, and confiscated their property for the

-benefit of the nation. In 1833 there were in Spain one

-hundred and seventy-five thousand ecclesiastics of all

-descriptions, including monks and nuns. In 1862 this

-number had been reduced to about forty thousand,

-which exhibits the effect of the legislation of the <i>Cortes</i>.

-The archbishop of Toledo is the head of the Church,

-primate of Spain.</p>

-

-<p>“Though there are ten universities in Spain some of

-them very ancient and very celebrated, the population<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_59" id="Page_59">[59]</a></span>

-of Spain have been in a state of extreme ignorance till

-quite a recent period. At the beginning of the present

-century, it was rare to find a peasant or an ordinary

-workman who could read. Efforts have been put forth

-since 1812 to promote popular education; but with no

-great success, till within the last forty years. In 1868

-there were a million and a quarter of pupils in the public

-and private schools; and not more than one in ten

-of the population are unable to read. But the sum

-expended for public education in Spain is less per

-annum than the city of Boston devotes to this object.</p>

-

-<p>“Money values in Spain are generally reckoned in

-<i>reales</i>, a <i>real</i> being five cents of our money. This is

-the unit of the system. The <i>Isabelino</i>, or Isabel as it

-is generally called, is a gold coin worth one hundred

-<i>reales</i>, or five dollars. A <i>peso</i>, or <i>duro</i>, is the same as

-our dollar: it is a silver coin. The <i>escudo</i> is half a

-dollar. The <i>peseta</i> is twenty cents; the half <i>peseta</i> is

-ten. The <i>real</i> is the smallest silver coin. Of the copper

-coins, the <i>medio real</i> means half a real. You will

-see a small copper coin stamped ‘1 <i>centimo de escudo</i>,’

-which means one hundredth of an <i>escudo</i>, or half dollar.

-It is the tenth of a <i>real</i>, or half a cent. Then

-there is the <i>doble decima</i>, worth one cent; and the

-<i>medio decima</i>, worth a quarter of a cent. But probably

-you will not hear any of these copper coins mentioned.

-Instead of them the small money will be counted in

-<i>cuartos</i>, eight and a half of them making a real. An

-American cent, an English halfpenny, a French sou,

-or any other copper coin of any nation, and about the

-same size, will go for a <i>cuarto</i>. A <i>maravedis</i> is an

-imaginary value, four of which were equal to a <i>cuarto</i>.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_60" id="Page_60">[60]</a></span>

-It is used in poetry and plays; and, though there is no

-such coin, any piece of base metal, even a button, will

-pass for a <i>maravedis</i>. There is a vast quantity of bad

-money in circulation in Spain, especially of the gold

-coins; and the traveller should be on the lookout for it.

-There are also a great many counterfeit <i>escudos</i>, or half-dollars.

-Travellers should have nothing to do with

-paper money, as it is not good away from the locality

-where it is issued.</p>

-

-<p>“Having said all that occurs to me on these general

-topics, I shall now ask your attention to the history of

-Spain, which is very interesting to the student, though

-I am obliged to make it quite brief. I hope you have

-read the historical writings of our own Prescott, which

-are more attractive than the novels of the day. If you

-have not read these works, do so before you are a year

-older; and here in Spain is the time for you to begin.</p>

-

-<p>“Recent events have called an unusual amount of

-attention to the Spanish peninsula; and this unhappy

-country has long been in so uneasy a state that a revolution

-surprises very few. Spain has had its full share,

-both of the smiles and the frowns of fortune. It was

-as widely known in early ages for its wealth, as it has

-been in modern times for its beggars.</p>

-

-<p>“Nearly three thousand years ago, the Ph&oelig;nicians

-began to plant colonies in the South of Spain. They

-found the country abounding with silver. So plenty,

-indeed, was the silver ore, that, according to one

-account, they not only loaded their fleet with it, but

-they returned home with their anchors and the commonest

-implements made of the same precious metal.</p>

-

-<p>“This is doubtless an exaggeration; but we have<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_61" id="Page_61">[61]</a></span>

-reason to believe that silver was more abundant in

-Spain than in any other quarter of the ancient world.

-Few silver-mines were known in Asia in those days:

-yet an immense quantity of silver was in circulation

-there during the flourishing period of the Persian empire.

-Herodotus tells us that in the reign of Darius,

-son of Hystaspes, all the nations under the yoke of the

-Persians, except the Indians and the Ethiopians, paid

-their tribute in silver. A large portion of this was

-obtained from the Ph&oelig;nicians, and was distributed

-through Asia by the traders who came to Tyre. The

-Carthaginians also drew uncounted treasures in silver

-from Spain. When Carthagina was taken from them

-by Scipio, the portion of the precious metals that went

-into the Roman treasury was eighteen thousand three

-hundred pounds in weight of silver, two hundred and

-seventy-six golden cups each weighing a pound, and

-silver vessels without number. Near this city is a

-silver-mine which is said to have employed forty thousand

-workmen, and which paid the Romans nearly two

-million dollars annually. Another mine in the Pyrenees

-furnished to the Carthaginians in Hannibal’s time

-three hundred pounds every day. The quantities of

-gold and silver brought into the public treasury by the

-Roman consuls who subjugated the different parts of

-the Spanish peninsula were enormous. Still the

-country was not exhausted; for it was almost as highly

-favored in soil and climate as in its mineral treasures.

-‘Next to Italy, if I except the fabulous regions of India,

-I would rank Spain,’ wrote Pliny in the first century of

-our era. At that time the country contained four hundred

-and nine cities; and there was not within the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_62" id="Page_62">[62]</a></span>

-Roman empire a province where the people were more

-industrious or more prosperous. How strongly this

-account contrasts with the history of modern Spain!

-When the Spanish monarchs were aspiring to rule the

-world, in the sixteenth century, the streets of their

-cities were overrun with beggars. Only a century ago,

-the number of people in Spain who were without shirts,

-because they were too poor to buy such a luxury, was

-estimated at three millions, or one-third of the population

-of the kingdom. Within a hundred years, however,

-in spite of numerous drawbacks, the wealth of

-the country has vastly increased, and the population

-has nearly doubled.</p>

-

-<p>“The Spaniards are the descendants of various

-races, tribes, and nations. At the dawn of history, we

-find the country in possession of the Iberians and

-Celts. Of the Iberians we know but little. From

-them Spain received its ancient name, Iberia; and the

-Iberus River, now the Ebro, took the name by which,

-with slight changes, it is still known. The language

-of the Iberians is supposed to survive in that of the

-Basque provinces of Biscaya, Guipuzcoa, and Alava,

-which I located a few moments since.</p>

-

-<p>“The Celts, who a little more than two thousand

-years ago had not lost possession of Northern Italy

-and the countries now known as England, Scotland,

-and Ireland, drove the Iberians from the South of

-France and from the north-western part of Spain, in

-very early times. In the centre of the latter country

-these people united, and were afterwards known as

-Celt-Iberians.</p>

-

-<p>“About a thousand years before Christ, the Ph&oelig;nicians<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_63" id="Page_63">[63]</a></span>

-began to build towns on the southern coast of

-Spain; and, a century or two later, colonies were established

-on the eastern coast by the Rhodians and by

-other Greeks. Cadiz, Malaga, and Cordova were Ph&oelig;nician

-towns; and Rhodos and Saguntum&mdash;now Rosas

-and Murviedro&mdash;were among those founded by the

-Greeks.</p>

-

-<p>“Carthage was founded by the Tyrians; but the

-Carthaginians did not allow relationship to stand in

-the way of gain or conquest. Nearly six hundred

-years before our era, they found an opportunity to

-supplant the Ph&oelig;nicians in Spain; and in the course

-of two centuries and a half they had brought under

-their sway a large portion of the country. At length

-the Greek colonies on the coast of Catalonia and

-Valencia, and several independent nations of the

-interior, seeing no other way to avoid submitting to

-Carthage, called upon the Romans for help. Rome

-sent commissioners to Carthage in the year B.C.

-227, who obtained a promise that the Carthaginians

-would not push their conquests beyond the Ebro, and

-that they would not disturb the Saguntines and other

-Greek colonies. But, in spite of this agreement,

-Saguntum was besieged eight years later, by a Carthaginian

-army under Hannibal. The siege and

-destruction of this city caused the second Punic war,

-lasting from B.C. 218 to 201, during which Carthage

-lost her last foot-hold in Spain.</p>

-

-<p>“But the Romans did not obtain quiet possession of

-the country their great enemy had lost. Nearly all the

-territory had to be won again from the natives; and in

-some parts of the peninsula the contest was doubtful<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_64" id="Page_64">[64]</a></span>

-for years. As if this were not enough, many of the

-battles of the civil wars, during the decline of the Roman

-republic, were fought on the soil of Spain, which,

-for two centuries after the fall of Saguntum, hardly

-knew the blessing of peace for a single year. To say

-nothing of lesser celebrities, we find the names of Hasdrubal,

-Hanno, Mago, and Hannibal, among the Carthaginians;

-of Viriathus, the Lusitanian; and, of the

-Romans, the Scipios, Sertorius, Metellus, Pompey the

-Great, and Julius Cæsar,&mdash;in the military annals of

-Spain during this period.</p>

-

-<p>“Shortly after the Roman republic became an empire,

-under Augustus,&mdash;B.C. 30 to A.D. 14,&mdash;war

-was suspended throughout the Roman empire; and the

-Spaniards enjoyed a large share of tranquillity from

-that time till the barbarians poured across the Pyrenees,

-at the beginning of the fifth century. As a province of

-the empire, Spain held a high rank. The stupendous

-Bridge of Alcantara, the well-preserved Theatre of

-Murviedro, and the celebrated Aqueducts of Segovia

-and Tarragona, still attest the magnificence of that

-period. Nor was the peninsula wanting in illustrious

-men during these times. The most learned and practical

-writer on agriculture among the ancients,&mdash;Columella,&mdash;the

-poets Martial and Lucan, the philosopher

-Seneca, the historian Florus, the geographer Pomponius

-Mela, and the rhetorician Quintilian, were

-Spaniards. Three of the Roman emperors&mdash;Trajan,

-one of the greatest princes that ever swayed a sceptre;

-Hadrian, the enlightened protector of arts and literature;

-and Marcus Aurelius, whose name was long held

-in grateful remembrance by his subjects&mdash;were also

-natives of the Spanish peninsula.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_65" id="Page_65">[65]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>“After the death of Constantine, A.D. 337, the

-prosperity of Spain began to decline. The taxes

-became heavier, and were increased till they were more

-than the people could bear. In a short time towns

-were deserted, fields ran to waste, and fruit-trees were

-uprooted, so as to reduce the value of property in order

-to avoid taxation. At the close of the century nothing

-was to be seen but desolation, poverty, and misery.

-But there was still a lower deep: the barbarians crossed

-the Pyrenees, and the country was turned into a desert.</p>

-

-<p>“The great irruption of the northern nations into the

-Roman empire began in 375. A century later, the

-western empire fell. The most important division of

-the barbarians, who occupy so large a place in the history

-of the fourth and fifth centuries, were the Germans.

-The Vandals and Suevi, two of the nations that entered

-Spain in 409, were Germans. It is not certain that the

-third nation coming to Spain, the Alani, were of the

-same race. The ravages of these barbarians were terrible.

-Towns were burned, the country laid waste, and

-the inhabitants were massacred without distinction of

-age or sex. Famine and pestilence made fearful havoc,

-and the wild beasts left their hiding-places to make

-war on the wretched people. Even the corpses were

-devoured by the starving population.</p>

-

-<p>“At length the conquerors themselves saw that converting

-a land in which they intended to live into a

-desert was not the wisest policy. They divided by lot,

-among themselves, those parts of the peninsula which

-they occupied. The southern part fell to the Vandals,

-whence it received the name of Vandalicia, which has

-easily become Andalusia. Lusitania, which was very<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_66" id="Page_66">[66]</a></span>

-nearly the modern Portugal, went to the Alani; and the

-Suevi had the north-western part of the peninsula,

-which is now Galicia. The Romans still held the rest

-of the country.</p>

-

-<p>“But this division was soon destroyed by the Visigoths,

-or West Goths, another Germanic tribe. All

-these Germans were only a little less savage than our

-North American Indians. They neglected agriculture,

-and no man tilled the same field more than one year.

-War was really their only occupation. One of them

-boasted to Julius Cæsar that his soldiers had been fourteen

-years without entering a house; another declared

-that the only country he knew as his home was the territory

-occupied by his troops; and we are told by Tacitus

-that war was the only work they liked.</p>

-

-<p>“The Visigoths, under their King Alaric, had ravaged

-Greece and Italy, and had taken Rome, before

-they established themselves in Southern Gaul, in 411.

-They commenced the conquest of Spain almost immediately

-after the foundation of their new kingdom; but

-they were the nominal rather than the real masters of

-the kingdom for more than half a century.</p>

-

-<p>“Euric (466 to 484) was the founder of the Gothic

-kingdom of Spain; and Amalaric (522 to 531) was the

-first sovereign to hold his court in the country. Before

-long, Spain became the most flourishing of the governments

-established by the Germans on the ruins of the

-western empire. The conquerors, as they were the few

-while the civilized Roman inhabitants were the many,

-adopted the manners, the religion, the laws, and the

-language, of the subject people. They mingled a little

-Gothic with the Latin; and from this mixture arose, in<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_67" id="Page_67">[67]</a></span>

-the course of time, the noble and beautiful Castilian, or

-Spanish language.</p>

-

-<p>“By degrees the Visigoths became less warlike, and

-finally ceased to be a nation of soldiers. Their kings

-were elective, and seem to have possessed more power

-than those of other German tribes. Still they were

-controlled to a great extent by the clergy. The councils

-of Toledo figured largely in the history of that

-period; and in these the bishops were a power. ‘Let

-no one in his pride seize upon the throne,’ says one

-of the Visigothic laws; ‘let no pretender excite civil

-war among the people; let no one conspire the death

-of the prince. But, when the king is dead in peace,

-let the principal men of the whole kingdom, together

-with the bishops&mdash;who have received power to bind

-and to loose, and whose blessing and unction confirm

-princes in their authority&mdash;appoint his successor

-by common consent, and with the approval of God.’

-But the kings were not always allowed to die in peace.

-From Euric to Roderick, the greater number of them

-were assassinated or deposed. Roderick, the last of the

-Gothic kings of Spain, drove his predecessor from the

-throne. The relations of the dethroned monarch invited

-the Arabs, or Moors, of Africa to their aid; and

-the famous battle fought on the plains of the modern

-<i>Xeres de la Frontera</i>, near Cadiz, a battle that lasted

-three days, put an end to the life of Roderick, and to

-the Gothic kingdom of Spain, in the year 711.</p>

-

-<p>“In the days of the patriarch Jacob, the people of

-Arabia were far enough advanced in civilization to

-maintain an active overland trade with Egypt. The

-Midianite merchantmen to whom Joseph was sold for<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_68" id="Page_68">[68]</a></span>

-twenty pieces of silver&mdash;about a dozen dollars&mdash;were

-from Arabia. Yet, for more than two thousand years

-from that time, the Arabs continued to be so divided

-into hostile clans, that they were almost unknown to

-history. The religion of Mohammed first united them;

-and the history of the Arabs really begins with the

-Hegira, or flight of the Prophet from Mecca, in the

-year 622. For ten years Mohammed had proclaimed

-his new creed in Mecca; his followers had been few,

-and had suffered incessant persecution; and now he

-was promised, by men from Medina, that, if he would

-flee to their city, his faith should be adopted and maintained.

-He made his escape from Mecca, though not

-without great risk, and reached Medina in safety,

-accompanied by a single friend. In Mecca he had

-preached patience and resignation under the wrongs

-inflicted by man. At Medina, where he had followers,

-his doctrine was, that one drop of blood shed in the

-cause of God&mdash;meaning the new faith, of course&mdash;was

-to be of more avail in working out the salvation of

-his hearers than two months of fasting and prayer. At

-first he made war on the caravan trade of his native

-city; and Mecca sent out an army to meet him.

-Mohammed had but three hundred and twenty-four

-men, while the Meccans were a thousand. But the

-prophet assured his followers that three thousand angels

-were fighting on his side; and with these unseen allies

-he utterly routed his enemy. After this first victory,

-conquest followed conquest in rapid succession. In

-less than a century from the Hegira, Arabia was but a

-small province of the empire which had been founded

-by Mohammed’s successors; an empire that extended<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_69" id="Page_69">[69]</a></span>

-from India to the Atlantic, and included Syria, Ph&oelig;nicia,

-Mesopotamia, Persia, Bactriana, Egypt, Libya,

-Numidia, Spain, and many important islands of the

-Mediterranean.</p>

-

-<p>“After King Roderick’s defeat and death at Xeres,

-the Moors almost immediately took possession of the

-whole country, except Biscaya, Navarre, a part of Aragon,

-and the mountains of the Asturias. Here a few

-resolute Goths made a stand, under Pelayo, and established

-a kingdom; a stronghold which enabled the

-Christians step by step to recover their lost territory,

-till after eight centuries the last foot of Spanish soil

-was retaken from the Moslems.</p>

-

-<p>“During a part of the Moors’ dominion in Spain the

-country was very prosperous. For more than forty

-years after the conquest, however, it was ruled by viceroys

-dependent upon the caliphs who reigned in Damascus.

-This was a time of discord and civil war; and,

-towards the close of this period, many a city and village

-was laid in ruins never again to rise.</p>

-

-<p>“The eighth, ninth, and tenth centuries were the

-most prosperous in the history of Mohammedan Spain;

-and the last was its golden age. The Moors, though

-warlike, were also industrious, and agriculture flourished

-during this period as it has never flourished since.

-Roads and bridges were built, and canals for fertilizing

-the land were made in all parts of the country. Learning

-was encouraged by the kings of Cordova; and, at

-the end of the eleventh century, Moorish Spain could

-boast of seventy large libraries; while her poets, historians,

-philosophers, and mathematicians were second

-to none of that age. Cordova, the capital, was equal to<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_70" id="Page_70">[70]</a></span>

-many cities like the Cordova of to-day. At one time

-there were in that city six hundred mosques, and nearly

-four thousand chapels, or mosques of smaller dimensions;

-four hundred and thirty minarets, or towers

-from which the people were called to prayers, such as

-you saw in Constantinople; nine hundred baths; more

-than eighty thousand shops; sixty thousand palaces

-and mansions; and two hundred and thirteen thousand

-common dwelling-houses. The city extended eight

-leagues along the Guadalquiver. If these statistics

-are correct, the city must have contained not less than

-a million inhabitants. We can form some idea of its

-splendors when we are told that a palace built near the

-city, by Abderrahman III., had its roof supported by

-more than four thousand pillars of variegated marble;

-that the floors and walls were of the same costly material;

-that the chief apartments were adorned with

-exquisite fountains and baths; and that the whole was

-surrounded by most magnificent grounds.</p>

-

-<p>“In 1031 the kingdom, or caliphate, of Cordova

-came to an end; and several petty kingdoms took its

-place. But all of them soon became dependent upon

-the Moorish monarch of Northern Africa. The Christian

-kings of Spain were prompt in taking advantage

-of this division among the infidels, as the Moors were

-called; and the power of the Moslems began to decline.

-The Christians gained rapidly on the Moors; and in

-1238, when the kingdom of Granada was founded, the

-Moors held only a part of Southern Spain. Granada

-was the last realm of the Moors in Spain; and its population

-was largely composed of the Moslems who fled

-there from the kingdoms which had been overthrown

-by the victorious arms of the Christian monarchs.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_71" id="Page_71">[71]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>The little kingdom of Granada, though it had an

-area of only nine thousand square miles, contained

-thirty-two large cities and ninety-seven smaller ones,

-and a population of three million souls. The city of

-Granada had seventy thousand houses. This kingdom

-held out against the Christians till the beginning of the

-year 1492. This was the year in which America was

-discovered; and Columbus followed Ferdinand and

-Isabella, in their campaign against the Moors, to this

-city.</p>

-

-<p>“With the fall of Granada, came the close of the

-Moorish rule in the peninsula. A few years later many

-of the Moors were expelled from the country. In

-many parts of Spain the traveller still sees numerous

-traces of their dominion. He finds these traces in the

-Oriental style of the older buildings; in the <i>alcazars</i>,

-or palaces, they built; in the mosques now converted

-into Christian churches; and in the canals which still

-fertilize the soil from which the Moslems were driven

-more than three centuries ago.</p>

-

-<p>“The old Gothic monarchy founded by Pelayo survived

-in the kingdom of the Asturias. As the Christians

-began to recover their lost territory from the

-Moors, these conquests, instead of being joined to the

-Asturian kingdom, were erected into independent

-states; but, by the middle of the fifteenth century, the

-number of them had been reduced to five,&mdash;Navarre,

-Aragon, Castile, Granada, and Portugal. We shall say

-something of Portugal at another time, for it has a

-history of its own. In 1479 Ferdinand of Aragon and

-Isabella of Castile united these two monarchies into

-one. The kingdom of the Asturias had been merged<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_72" id="Page_72">[72]</a></span>

-into that of Leon, which was united to Castile in 1067.

-Granada was added in 1492, and Navarre twenty years

-later.</p>

-

-<p>“At the death of Ferdinand in 1516, Charles I.

-became king of Spain. He was the son of ‘Crazy

-Jane,’ daughter of Ferdinand and Isabella. He was

-elected emperor of Germany three years after his

-accession to the throne, as Charles V. His reign and

-that of his son and successor covered the most splendid

-period in the history of modern Spain, ending with the

-death of Philip in 1588. Their dominions were the

-most extensive among the monarchs of Europe; their

-armies were the best of that age; and their treasuries

-were supplied by the exhaustless mines of the new

-world which Columbus had given to Spain. But, after

-the death of Philip II., the monarchy rapidly declined;

-so rapidly indeed that a century later, when Charles II.

-died, in 1700, it was without money, without credit, and

-without troops.</p>

-

-<p>“I must again call your attention to the magnificent

-works of our own Prescott. I hope you will all read

-them, for I have not time to mention a score of topics

-which are treated in these volumes, such as the Inquisition,

-the Spanish Rule in Naples, the Conquest of

-Granada, the Great Captain, the Cardinal Ximines,

-and the Spanish Rule in the Netherlands. I commend

-to you also the works of Motley and Washington Irving;

-of the latter, especially ‘The Life of Columbus,’ ‘The

-Alhambra,’ and ‘The Conquest of Granada.’”</p>

-

-<p>“Charles II., as he had no children, and there was no

-heir to the throne, signed an instrument, before his

-death, declaring Philip, Duke of Anjou, grandson of<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_73" id="Page_73">[73]</a></span>

-the grand monarch Louis XIV., his successor. This

-king was Philip V., the first of the Spanish branch of

-the Bourbon family, to which Isabella II., the late

-queen of Spain, belonged. England, Holland, and

-Germany objected to this arrangement, because it

-placed both France and Spain under the rule of the

-same family; and for twelve years resisted the claim of

-Philip to the throne. This was ‘the war of the Spanish

-succession,’ in which Prince Eugene and the Duke of

-Marlborough won several great victories. But Philip

-retained the throne, though he lost the Spanish possessions

-in Italy and the Netherlands, and was obliged to

-cede Gibraltar and Minorca to England. Under Philip

-V. and his successors, the prosperity of Spain revived;

-and the kingdom flourished till the French Revolution.</p>

-

-<p>“Philip was followed by his son Ferdinand VI. in

-1748; but he was mentally unfit to take an active part

-in the government, and was succeeded by his stepbrother

-Charles III. in 1759. He was a wise prince,

-and greatly promoted the prosperity of his country.

-Charles IV., who came to the throne in 1788, began his

-reign by following the wise policy of his father; but he

-soon placed himself under the influence of Godoy, his

-prime minister, who led him into several fruitless wars

-and expensive alliances, which reduced the country to

-a miserable condition. In 1808 an insurrection compelled

-him to abdicate in favor of his son, who ascended

-the throne as Ferdinand VII. A few days later the

-ex-king wrote a letter to Napoleon, declaring that he

-had abdicated under compulsion; and he revoked the

-act. Napoleon offered to arbitrate between the father

-and son, and he met them at Bayonne for this purpose.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_74" id="Page_74">[74]</a></span>

-He induced both of them to resign their claims to

-the throne, and then made his brother Joseph king of

-Spain. The new king started for his dominion; but

-the Spaniards were not satisfied with this little arrangement,

-and insurrections broke out all over the country.

-England decided to take a hand in the game, made

-peace with Spain, acknowledged Ferdinand VII. as

-king of Spain, and formed an alliance with the government.

-Thus began the peninsular war, in which the

-Duke of Wellington prepared the way for the destruction

-of Napoleon’s power. As you travel, you will visit

-the battle-fields of this great conflict, and your guide-book

-will contain full accounts of the struggle in various

-places.</p>

-

-<p>“In 1812, while Ferdinand was a prisoner in France,

-and the war was still raging, the <i>Cortes</i>, driven from

-Madrid to Seville, and then to Cadiz, drew up a written

-constitution, the first of the kind known in the peninsula.

-The regency acting for the absent monarch,

-recognized by England and Russia, took an oath to

-support it. In 1814 Ferdinand was released, and

-came back to Spain. He declared the constitution

-null and void, and the <i>Cortes</i> that adopted it illegal.

-He ruled the nation in an arbitrary manner, and even

-attempted to restore the inquisition, which had been

-abolished, and to annul the reforms which had been for

-years in progress. But in 1820 the patience of the

-people was exhausted, and a revolution was undertaken.

-The king was deserted by his troops; and the royal

-palace was surrounded by a multitude of the people,

-who demanded his acceptance of the constitution of

-1812. The humbled monarch appeared at a balcony,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_75" id="Page_75">[75]</a></span>

-holding a copy of the instrument in his hand, as an

-indication that he was ready to accept it, and take the

-oath to support it. In a few months the <i>Cortes</i> met; and

-the king formally swore to obey the constitution, and

-accept the new order of things. But this did not suit

-France, Austria, Russia, and Prussia: they had no

-stomach for liberal constitutions; and these powers

-sent a French army into Spain, which soon overpowered

-the resistance offered; and Ferdinand was again in condition

-to rule as absolutely as ever. It was during this

-period that the Spanish-American colonies, which had

-begun to revolt in 1808, secured their independence.</p>

-

-<p>“Even those who favored the king’s views were not

-wholly satisfied with the king, and believed he was not

-energetic enough for the situation. Many of the people

-wished to dethrone Ferdinand, and elevate his

-brother Carlos, or Charles, to his place. Several insurrections

-broke out, but they were failures. Of

-course this state of things did not create the best of

-feeling between Ferdinand and Carlos. The Bourbon

-family were governed by the Salic law, which excludes

-females from the throne. In 1830, the year in which

-Isabella the late queen, who was the daughter of Ferdinand

-VII., was born, Maria Christina induced her

-husband, the king, to abolish the Salic law. Two years

-later, when the king was very sick, the Church party

-compelled him to revoke the act; but he got better;

-and, as the <i>Cortes</i> had sanctioned the annulling of the

-Salic law, he destroyed the documents which had been

-extorted from him on his sick-bed. His queen had

-been made regent during his illness. When Ferdinand

-died, his daughter was proclaimed queen, in accordance<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_76" id="Page_76">[76]</a></span>

-with the programme, as Isabella II. Don Carlos had

-protested against his exclusion from the throne, and

-now he took up arms to enforce his right. In the

-Basque provinces he was proclaimed king, as Charles

-V. His arms were successful at first; but, though the

-war lasted seven years, it was a failure in the end.</p>

-

-<p>“While the Carlist war was still raging, in 1836, a

-revolution in favor of a constitution broke out; and

-the next year that of 1812, with important amendments,

-was adopted by the <i>Cortes</i>, and ratified by the

-queen regent, for Isabella was a child of only six

-years. In 1841, Maria Christina having resigned, Espartero

-was appointed regent, by the <i>Cortes</i>, for the

-rest of the queen’s minority. He was a progressive

-man, and his administration very largely promoted

-the prosperity of the country. The government had

-abolished convents, and confiscated the revenues of

-the Church; and this awakened the hostility of the

-clergy, who, for a time, prevented the sale of the property

-thus acquired. This question finally produced a

-rupture between Espartero and the clergy, resulting in

-a general insurrection. The regent fled to England,

-and the <i>Cortes</i> declared the queen to be of age when

-she was only thirteen years old. Espartero was recalled

-a few years later, and has since held many high offices.

-The pope eventually permitted the Church property to

-be sold; but the contest between the progressive and

-the conservative parties was continued for a long period.

-Narvaez, Serrano, General Prim, Castelar, and Espartero

-are the most prominent statesmen; and doubtless

-the last-named is the most able.</p>

-

-<p>“The frequent insurrections gave the government<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_77" id="Page_77">[77]</a></span>

-some excuse for ruling with little regard to the fundamental

-law of the land; and this led to another revolution

-in 1854, in favor of a little more constitution.

-The evil was corrected for the time; and the instrument

-adopted, or rather restored, is sometimes called the

-constitution of 1854. But the queen was a Bourbon,

-and seemed to be always in favor of tyrannical measures

-and of the party that advocated them; and the country

-has continued to be in a disorganized state largely on

-this account. She has been noted for the frequent

-changes of her ministers. A few years ago General

-Prim raised the standard of revolt; but the time for

-a change had not yet come, and the general was glad

-to escape into Portugal.</p>

-

-<p>“The revolution of 1868 commenced with the fleet

-off Cadiz; but, the cry, ‘Down with the Bourbons!’

-soon reached the army and the people, and the revolution

-was accomplished almost without opposition. The

-queen fled to France. A provisional government was

-organized, and an election of members of the <i>Cortes</i>

-was ordered to decide on the form of the new government.

-The <i>Cortes</i> met, and in May, 1869, decreed that

-the new government should be a monarchy. About the

-same time the crown was offered to King Louis of

-Portugal, who, however, declined it. Last June, Queen

-Isabella abdicated in favor of her son Alfonso, prince

-of the Asturias, who will be Alfonso XII. if he ever

-becomes king of Spain. Later in the year Prince

-Leopold, of Hohenzollern Sigmaringen, was invited to

-the throne. He was a relative of the king of Prussia;

-and, when he accepted the crown, it was a real grievance

-to France. Leopold was withdrawn from the candidacy;<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_78" id="Page_78">[78]</a></span>

-but this matter was made the pretext for the

-Franco-Prussian war now raging on the soil of France.</p>

-

-<p>“But we read history in the newspapers for the

-latest details; and only last month the <i>Cortes</i> elected

-Amedeo, second son of the king of Italy, king of Spain.

-He has accepted the crown, and departed for his kingdom.

-We can wish him a prosperous reign; but in

-a country like Spain he will find that a crown is not a

-wreath of roses. I will not detain you longer, young

-gentlemen.”</p>

-

-<p class="p2">The professor bowed, and descended from his rostrum.

-Most of the students had given good attention to his

-discourse; for they desired to understand the history

-of the country they were about to visit.</p>

-

-<p>Since Professor Mapps finished his lecture in the port

-of Barcelona, King Amedeo, after two long years of fruitless

-struggling with the enemies of Spain’s peace and

-prosperity, renounced the crown for himself, his children,

-and successors. Nearly a year later Alfonso XII.

-was proclaimed king of Spain, and now occupies the

-throne. While the country was looking for a king, the

-third Carlist war was begun,&mdash;the last two led by

-the son of the original Don Carlos,&mdash;but it was a

-failure.</p>

-

-<hr class="chap" />

-

-</div>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_79" id="Page_79">[79]</a></span></p>

-

-<div class="break">

-

-<h2 class="p4">CHAPTER V.</h2>

-

-<p class="pch">A SUDDEN DISAPPEARANCE.</p>

-

-<p class="drop-cap"><span class="smdrop">While</span> Professor Mapps was giving his lecture,

-or his “talk” as he preferred to call it, in the

-grand saloon of the steamer, quite a number of boats

-were pulling around the steamer, and the other vessels

-of the squadron, some of them containing boatmen

-looking for a job, and others, people who were curious

-to see the ship and her consorts. The several craft

-were not men-of-war or merchantmen; and they

-seemed to excite a great deal of curiosity. Not a few

-of the boats came up to the gangway, their occupants

-asking permission to go on board; but they were

-politely refused by the officers in charge.</p>

-

-<p>Some of the boats carried lateen, or leg-of-mutton

-sails, which are used more than any other on the

-Mediterranean. A long yard, or spar, is slung at an

-angle of forty-five degrees, on a short mast, so that

-one-fourth of the spar is below and the rest above the

-mast. The sail is triangular, except that the part

-nearest to the tack is squared off. It is attached to the

-long yard on the hypothenuse side. On the larger

-craft, the sail is hauled out on the long spar, sliding on

-hanks, or rings. It is a picturesque rig; and some of<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_80" id="Page_80">[80]</a></span>

-the students who had a taste for boating were anxious

-to try their skill in handling a sail of this kind.</p>

-

-<p>One of these feluccas, with two gentlemen in the

-stern, seemed to be more persistent than the others

-to obtain admission for its occupants on board of the

-Prince. Her huge sail was brailed up, and she had

-taken a berth at the gangway of the steamer. Peaks,

-the adult boatswain of the ship, obeyed his orders to

-the letter, and would not permit any one to put foot

-on the deck. One of the gentlemen who came off

-in her had ascended the accommodation steps, and

-insisted upon holding a parley with Peaks; but as the

-old salt understood only a few words of Spanish, and

-the stranger did not speak English, they did not get

-ahead very well. The boatswain resolutely but good-naturedly

-refused to let the visitor pass him, or to disturb

-the lecture by sending to the saloon for some one

-to act as interpreter. The gentleman obstinately

-declined to give up his point, whatever it was, and

-remained at the gangway till the students were dismissed

-from the exercise.</p>

-

-<p>When the lecture was finished, Mr. Lowington came

-out of the saloon; and, as he passed the gangway,

-Peaks touched his cap, and informed him that a Spaniard

-on the steps insisted upon coming on board.</p>

-

-<p>“I don’t understand his lingo, and can’t tell what he

-is driving at,” added Peaks.</p>

-

-<p>“Somebody that wishes to visit the ship, probably,”

-replied the principal.</p>

-

-<p>“I have turned back more than fifty, but this one

-won’t be turned back,” continued Peaks, as Mr. Lowington

-stepped up to the gangway.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_81" id="Page_81">[81]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>As soon as the Spanish gentleman saw him, he raised

-his hat, and addressed him in the politest terms, begging

-pardon for the intrusion. The principal invited

-him to come on board, and then immediately directed

-the people of the Josephine and Tritonia to return to

-their vessels. While the Tritonias were piping over the

-side, Mr. Lowington gave his attention to the visitor.</p>

-

-<p>“Have you a student in your ship by the name of

-Enrique Raimundo?” asked the Spanish gentleman,

-after he had properly introduced the subject of his

-visit.</p>

-

-<p>Mr. Lowington spoke Spanish, having learned it

-when he was on duty as a naval officer in the Mediterranean;

-but, as he had been out of practice for many

-years, he was not as fluent in the language as formerly.

-But he understood the question, and so did Raimundo,

-who happened to pass behind the principal, in company

-with Scott, at this interesting moment. Possibly his

-heart rose to his throat, as he heard his name mentioned;

-at any rate, after the history he had narrated

-to Scott, he could not help being greatly disturbed by

-the inquiry of the stranger. But he had the presence

-of mind to refrain from any demonstration, and went

-over the side into the cutter with his companions. If

-his handsome olive face was paler than usual, no one

-noticed the fact.</p>

-

-<p>Mr. Lowington was a prudent man in the management

-of the affairs of the students under his care.

-When he heard the inquiry for the second master of

-the Tritonia, whom he knew to be a Spaniard, he at

-once concluded that the visitor was a friend or a relative

-of the young man. But it was no part of his policy<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_82" id="Page_82">[82]</a></span>

-to deliver over his pupils to their friends and relatives

-without fully understanding what he was doing. Persons

-claiming such relations might lead the students

-astray. They might be the agents of some of his

-rogues on board, who had resorted to this expedient to

-obtain a vacation on shore.</p>

-

-<p>“Are you a relative of Raimundo?” was the first

-question the principal proposed to the stranger.</p>

-

-<p>“No, I am not; but”&mdash;</p>

-

-<p>Mr. Lowington failed to understand the rest of the

-reply made by the gentleman, for here his Spanish was

-at fault. The visitor was not a relative of Raimundo.

-If he had answered in the affirmative, the principal

-would have directed the Tritonia’s boats to remain, so

-that the visitor could see the young man, if upon further

-explanation it was proper for him to do so. If the

-gentleman was not a relative, it was not advisable to

-disturb the routine of the squadron to oblige him. He

-could see Raimundo the next day, when he went on

-shore. The boats of the Josephine and the Tritonia

-were therefore permitted to return without any delay.</p>

-

-<p>“<i>No hablo mucho Español</i>” (I do not speak much

-Spanish), said Mr. Lowington, laughing; “<i>y no comprendo</i>”

-(and I do not understand).</p>

-

-<p>He then with the utmost politeness, as required in all

-intercourse with Spanish gentlemen, invited the visitor

-into the grand saloon, and sent for Professor Badois,

-the instructor in modern languages, to assist at the

-interview. The gentleman proved to be Don Francisco

-Castro, an <i>abogado</i>, or lawyer, who represented Don

-Alejandro, the lawful guardian of Enrique Raimundo.

-He claimed the body of his client’s ward, the second<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_83" id="Page_83">[83]</a></span>

-master of the Tritonia. Even Professor Badois had

-some difficulty in comprehending the legal terms used

-by the <i>abogado</i>; but so much was made clear to the

-principal.</p>

-

-<p>“I don’t understand this business,” said he. “I

-received the young man from Manuel Raimundo, his

-uncle in New York, who has always paid his tuition

-fees; and I hold myself responsible to him for the

-safe keeping of my pupil.”</p>

-

-<p>“Ah, but you are in Spain, and the young man is a

-Spaniard, subject to Spanish law,” added Don Francisco,

-with a bland smile. “All the evidence will be

-presented to you, and you will be fully justified in giving

-up the young man.”</p>

-

-<p>Mr. Lowington was very much disturbed. He knew

-nothing of the circumstances of the case beyond what

-the lawyer told him; and he was very much perplexed

-by the situation. He called Dr. Winstock, who spoke

-Spanish even more fluently than Professor Badois, and

-asked his advice.</p>

-

-<p>“If Don Alejandro is the lawful guardian of Raimundo,

-how happens the young man to be a resident of

-New York?” asked the surgeon, after the case had

-been fully explained to him.</p>

-

-<p>The lawyer shrugged his shoulders, but smiled as

-blandly as ever.</p>

-

-<p>“Don Manuel, the uncle of the boy, stole him from

-his guardian when he left his native land,” said Don

-Francisco. “You see, the young man has a fortune of

-five million <i>reales</i>; and no doubt Don Manuel wants to

-get this money or a part of it.”</p>

-

-<p>“But Manuel Raimundo is one of the richest wine-merchants

-of New York,” protested the principal.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_84" id="Page_84">[84]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>The subject was discussed for half an hour longer.

-Don Francisco said he had sent agents to New York to

-obtain possession of the boy, and had kept the run of

-the squadron from the day the ward of his client had

-entered as a student. He had taken no action before,

-because he had been assured that the vessels would

-visit Spain, where there would be no legal difficulties in

-the way of securing his client’s ward. The lawyer

-made a very plain case of it, and was entirely fair in

-every thing he proposed. He would not take Raimundo

-out of the vessel by force unless compelled to

-do so. The whole matter would be settled in the

-proper court, and the young man should have the best

-counsel in Spain.</p>

-

-<p>“Very well, Don Francisco. I am much obliged to

-you for the courtesy with which you have managed your

-case so far,” said Mr. Lowington. “I will employ

-counsel to-morrow to look up the matter in the interest

-of my pupil.”</p>

-

-<p>“But the young man,&mdash;what is to be done with him

-in the mean time?” asked the lawyer.</p>

-

-<p>“He will be safe on board of the Tritonia.”</p>

-

-<p>“Pardon me, sir; but I have been looking for the

-boy too many years to let him slip through my fingers

-now,” interposed Don Francisco earnestly, but with

-his constant smile. “If he hears that I am looking

-for him, he will keep out of my way, as he has done for

-several years.”</p>

-

-<p>“Do you wish to make a prisoner of him?” inquired

-the principal.</p>

-

-<p>“No, no! By no means,&mdash;no prison! He shall

-have the best room in my house; but I must not lose

-sight of him<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_85" id="Page_85">[85]</a></span>.”</p>

-

-<p>“That would be taking possession of the young man

-without regard to any thing I may wish to do for him.

-I do not like that arrangement,” added Mr. Lowington.</p>

-

-<p>The courteous <i>abogado</i> seemed to be troubled. He

-did not wish to do any thing that would not be satisfactory

-to the “distinguished officer” before him; but,

-after considerable friendly argument, he proposed a

-plan which was accepted by the principal. The person

-who had come off in the boat with him was an <i>alguacil</i>,

-or constable, who had been empowered to arrest Don

-Alejandro’s ward. Would the principal allow this

-official to remain on board of the vessel with Raimundo,

-and keep an eye on him all the time? Mr. Lowington

-did not object to this arrangement. He

-would go with Don Francisco to the Tritonia, where

-the situation could be explained to Raimundo, and the

-<i>alguacil</i> should occupy a state-room with his charge, if

-he desired. The principal treated his guest with distinguished

-consideration; and the first cutter was lowered

-to convey him to the Tritonia. Dr. Winstock

-accompanied the party; the twelve oars of the first

-cutter dropped into the water with mechanical precision,

-to the great admiration of the Spanish gentlemen;

-and the boat darted off from the ship’s side.</p>

-

-<p>In a moment the cutter was alongside the Tritonia,

-and the party went on board of her. Most of the

-officers were on the quarter-deck, and Mr. Lowington

-looked among them for the second master. All hands

-raised their caps to the principal as soon as he appeared

-on the deck.</p>

-

-<p>“Captain Wainwright, I wish to see Mr. Raimundo,”

-said he to the young commander. “Send for him, if

-you please<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_86" id="Page_86">[86]</a></span>.”</p>

-

-<p>“Mr. Raimundo,” repeated the captain, touching his

-cap. “Mr. Richards, pass the word for Mr. Raimundo.”</p>

-

-<p>The first master, who had been designated, went to

-look for the young Spaniard. His name was repeated

-all over the deck, and through the cabin and steerage;

-but Raimundo did not respond to the call. A vigorous

-search was made in every part of the vessel; yet the

-second master was still missing. Don Francisco’s

-constant courtesy seemed to be somewhat shaken.

-Inquiries were made of all the other officers in regard

-to the second master. They had seen him on the deck

-after the return of the boats from the Prince. Scott

-had left him in the cabin, half an hour before; but he

-had not the least idea what had become of him. Don

-Francisco spoke French and Italian; and he examined

-O’Hara in the latter, and several other officers in the

-former language.</p>

-

-<p>Mr. Lowington explained that he had sent no one

-to the Tritonia to inform Raimundo that he was wanted;

-and the <i>alguacil</i>, who had remained in the felucca all

-the time till he took his place in the first cutter, assured

-the lawyer that no one had gone from the steamer to

-the schooner after all the boats left.</p>

-

-<p>The principal and the vice-principal were as much

-perplexed as the lawyer. None of them could alter

-the fact that Raimundo was missing; and they were

-utterly unable to account for his mysterious disappearance.

-All of them were confident that the absentee

-would soon be found; and the <i>abogado</i> returned to the

-shore, leaving the <i>alguacil</i> in the Tritonia to continue

-the search.</p>

-

-<hr class="chap" />

-

-</div>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_87" id="Page_87">[87]</a></span></p>

-

-<div class="break">

-

-<h2 class="pc4">CHAPTER VI.</h2>

-

-<p class="pch">A LOOK AT BARCELONA.</p>

-

-<p class="drop-cap"><span class="smdrop">The</span> sudden disappearance of Raimundo produced

-the greatest astonishment on board of the Tritonia,

-and not less among those who knew him best in the

-other vessels of the squadron. His character had been

-excellent since he first joined the academy squadron.

-No one believed he had run away for the mere sake of

-escaping the study and discipline of his vessel, or for

-the sake of “a time” on shore. The <i>abogado’s</i> business

-was explained to Mr. Pelham on board of the

-Tritonia, but to no others. Raimundo was gone without

-a doubt; but when, where, or how he had disappeared,

-was a profound mystery.</p>

-

-<p>The excellent character of Raimundo, and the fact

-that he was a universal favorite, were strongly in his

-favor; and no one was disposed to render a harsh

-judgment in regard to his singular conduct. The officers

-talked it over in the cabin, the seamen talked it

-over in the steerage. The students could make nothing

-of the matter; and it looked to them very much like

-the usual cases of running away, strange as it seemed

-to them that a fellow like Raimundo, who had been a

-model of good conduct on board, should take such a

-step.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_88" id="Page_88">[88]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>Of course Scott was an exception to the general rule.

-Though he knew not where his friend had gone, he

-understood why he had disappeared; for Raimundo had

-told him what he had heard on board of the American

-Prince, and he was fully satisfied that the stranger had

-come for him.</p>

-

-<p>“I think the matter is fully explained,” said Professor

-Crumples, in the state-room. “A demand has been

-made on the principal for Raimundo; and straightway

-Raimundo disappears. It is plain enough to me that

-the young man knew the lawyer was after him.”</p>

-

-<p>“But how could he know it?” demanded Professor

-Primback.</p>

-

-<p>“That I cannot explain; but I am satisfied that a

-student like Raimundo would not run away. He has

-not gone for a frolic, or to escape his duty: he is not

-one of that sort,” persisted Professor Crumples.</p>

-

-<p>“I think you are right, Mr. Crumples,” added the

-vice-principal. “Raimundo was a bad boy, or at least

-full of mischief and given to a lark, before he joined

-the institution; but for more than a year his deportment

-has been perfectly exemplary. He has been a

-model since I have had charge of this vessel. I have

-found that those who have really reformed are often

-stiffer and more determined in their zeal to do right

-than many who have never left the straight path of

-duty. I may say that I know this fact from experience.

-I am satisfied that Raimundo had some very strong

-motive for the step he has taken. But what you say,

-Mr. Crumples, suggests a little further inquiry into the

-matter.”</p>

-

-<p>The vice-principal spoke Spanish, and he immediately<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_89" id="Page_89">[89]</a></span>

-sent for the <i>alguacil</i> to join the trio in the state-room.</p>

-

-<p>“Had the boats belonging to this vessel left the

-steamer when Don Francisco went on board of her?”

-asked Mr. Pelham as the Spanish officer entered the

-room.</p>

-

-<p>“No, sir: not a boat had left the steamer when Don

-Francisco was permitted to go on the deck of the

-steamer,” replied the <i>alguacil</i> promptly. “He waited

-on the steps, at the head of which the big officer stood,

-for more than an hour; and I was in the boat at the

-foot of the steps all the time. I counted eight boats

-made fast to the boom; and I am sure that no one left

-the steamer till after Don Francisco had been admitted

-on board. I saw all the boys get into these boats, and

-pull away to this vessel and the other.”</p>

-

-<p>“Then Don Francisco was on the deck of the

-steamer at the same time that our ship’s company

-were there,” added Mr. Pelham.</p>

-

-<p>“No doubt of that,” replied the <i>alguacil</i>, who appeared

-to desire that no suspicion of foul play on the

-part of the officers or the principal should be encouraged.</p>

-

-<p>“Now, if I could find any one who noticed the conduct

-of Raimundo on board of the steamer, we might

-get at something,” continued the vice-principal.</p>

-

-<p>“I think you can easily find such a one,” suggested

-Professor Crumples. “Lieutenant Scott and Raimundo

-are fast friends; they are in the same quarter-watch,

-and appear to be great cronies.”</p>

-

-<p>“I was thinking of him when you spoke.&mdash;Mr.

-Scott,” called the vice-principal, when he had opened

-the door of the state-room.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_90" id="Page_90">[90]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>Scott was in the cabin, and presented himself at the

-door. He was requested to come in, and the door was

-closed behind him.</p>

-

-<p>“Were you with Raimundo on board of the steamer?”

-asked Mr. Pelham.</p>

-

-<p>Scott was fully determined not to do or say any thing

-that would injure his friend, even if he were sent to the

-brig for his fidelity to the absent shipmate; and he

-hesitated long enough to consider the effect of any thing

-he might say.</p>

-

-<p>“We are all friends of Raimundo, and do not wish

-to harm him,” added the vice-principal. “You have

-already said you did not know where Raimundo was.”</p>

-

-<p>“I do not.”</p>

-

-<p>“Do you object to answering the question I asked?”</p>

-

-<p>“I do not,” replied Scott, who had by this time made

-up his mind that the truth could not harm his friend.

-“I was with Raimundo all the time he was on board of

-the steamer. We went in the same boat, and returned

-together.”</p>

-

-<p>“Did you notice the gentleman that came on board

-of the Tritonia with Mr. Lowington?”</p>

-

-<p>“I did. He was on deck here half an hour, or

-more.”</p>

-

-<p>“Did you see him on board of the American

-Prince?”</p>

-

-<p>“I did. He spoke to the principal just as Raimundo

-and I passed behind him.”</p>

-

-<p>“Behind whom?”</p>

-

-<p>“Behind the principal. I looked the gentleman in

-the face while he was speaking to Mr. Lowington.”</p>

-

-<p>“Do you know what he said<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_91" id="Page_91">[91]</a></span>?”</p>

-

-<p>“I can walk Spanish, but I can’t talk Spanish; and

-so I couldn’t understand him.”</p>

-

-<p>“You don’t know what he said, then?”</p>

-

-<p>Scott hesitated again.</p>

-

-<p>“I don’t say that.”</p>

-

-<p>“But you intimated that you did not understand

-Spanish.”</p>

-

-<p>“I do know what the gentleman said as I passed

-him,” replied Scott.</p>

-

-<p>“How could you know, without understanding the

-language he spoke?”</p>

-

-<p>“Raimundo told me what he said; and he could

-understand Spanish if I could not.”</p>

-

-<p>“Ah, indeed! Raimundo told you! Well, what did

-he tell you the gentleman said?” asked the vice-principal

-earnestly.</p>

-

-<p>“He told me he heard the gentleman ask the principal

-if he had a student under his care by the name of

-Enrique Raimundo: that’s all he heard, and that’s all

-he told me about the gentleman,” replied Scott, who

-had said so much because he believed that this information

-would do his absent shipmate more good than

-harm.</p>

-

-<p>“That explains it all,” added Mr. Pelham; and he

-informed the <i>alguacil</i> what Scott had said.</p>

-

-<p>This was all the vice-principal had expected to show

-by Scott; and he was entirely satisfied with the information

-he had obtained, not suspecting that the third

-lieutenant knew any thing more about the matter. Mr. Pelham

-and the rest of the party asked Scott some

-more questions in regard to the conduct of the absentee

-after he came on board of the Tritonia; but<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_92" id="Page_92">[92]</a></span>

-Raimundo had taken care that his friend should know

-nothing at all about his intended movements, and the

-lieutenant was as ignorant of them as any other person

-on board. To his intense relief he was dismissed without

-having betrayed the confidence of his friend in the

-slightest degree.</p>

-

-<p>Scott knew the whole story of the young Spaniard;

-and he was confident that the principal and the vice-principal,

-if not the professors, had learned at least

-Don Alejandro’s side of it from the stranger; and he

-felt that he was relieving his friend from the charge of

-being a runaway, in the ordinary acceptation of the

-term, by showing that Raimundo knew that some one

-was after him.</p>

-

-<p>The exciting topic was discussed by all hands till the

-anchor-watch was set, and the rest of the ship’s company

-had turned in. Even Bill Stout and Bark Lingall

-in the brig had heard the news, for Ben Pardee had

-contrived to communicate it to them on the sly; and

-they discussed it in whispers, as well as another more

-exciting question to them, after all hands below were

-asleep. Bill was fully determined to repeat the wicked

-experiment which had so providentially failed that day.</p>

-

-<p>“Bark is willin’,” added that worthy, when the plan

-had been fully considered.</p>

-

-<p>The <i>alguacil</i> visited every part of the vessel, attended

-by the vice-principal, before he retired for the

-night. The next morning, all hands were mustered on

-deck, and the search was repeated. This time the hold

-was visited; but no sign of the fugitive could be found.

-The <i>alguacil</i> protested that he was sure no attempt

-had been made by any person on board to conceal the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_93" id="Page_93">[93]</a></span>

-absentee; for every facility had been afforded him to

-see for himself.</p>

-

-<p>Breakfast had been ordered at an early hour; for it

-was understood that all hands were to go on shore, and

-see what little there was to be seen in Barcelona.

-Before the meal was finished, the principal came on

-board with Don Francisco. The <i>alguacil</i> reported to

-his employer what he had done, and described the

-thorough search which had been made for the missing

-ward. The principal offered to do any thing the

-lawyer would suggest in order to find Raimundo. No

-one could imagine how he had left the vessel, though it

-seemed to be a settled conviction with all that he had

-left. Don Francisco could suggest nothing; but he

-insisted that the <i>alguacil</i> should remain on the vessel,

-to which the principal gladly assented.</p>

-

-<p>Don Francisco was sent on shore in good style in the

-first cutter of the Prince; and, as soon as breakfast was

-over in the Tritonia, the principal directed that all

-hands should be mustered in the waist.</p>

-

-<p>“Young gentlemen,” said Mr. Lowington, as soon as

-the students had assembled, “I spent last evening, and

-the greater part of last night, in devising a plan by

-which all hands in the fleet may see the most interesting

-portions of Spain and Portugal.”</p>

-

-<p>This announcement was received with a demonstration

-of applause, which was permitted and even enjoyed

-by the faculty; for it had long before been proved

-that the boys were honest and sincere in their expressions

-of approbation, and that they withheld their

-tribute when they were not satisfied with the announcement,

-or the programme, whatever it was. The principal

-bowed in acknowledgment of the applause.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_94" id="Page_94">[94]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>“I am well aware that some of the interior towns of

-Spain possess more interest than any on the seacoast;

-and therefore I have decided that you shall see both.

-You will spend to-morrow in seeing Barcelona, which

-may easily be seen in one day by those who do not

-wish to make a critical survey of the country. To-night

-the ship’s company of the American Prince will

-depart for Saragossa; and will visit Burgos, Valladolid,

-the Escurial, Madrid, Toledo, Badajos, and thence

-through Portugal to Lisbon, from which they may go

-to Cintra and other places. They will reach Lisbon

-in about two weeks. To-morrow morning the ship’s

-company of the Tritonia and that of the Josephine

-will be sent in the steamer direct to Lisbon, from

-which place they will make the tour, reversed, back

-to Barcelona. The ship’s company of the American

-Prince will return to Barcelona in their own vessel,

-which will wait for them at Lisbon. When all hands

-are on board again, the squadron will sail along

-the coast, visiting Valencia, Alicante, Carthagena,

-Malaga, Gibraltar, and Cadiz; and another interior

-trip will be made to Granada, Cordova, and Seville.

-This plan will enable you to see about the whole

-of Spain. Then we shall have visited nearly every

-country in Europe. To-day will be used in coaling

-the steamer, and you will go on shore as soon as you

-are ready.”</p>

-

-<p>This speech was finished with another demonstration

-of applause; and the principal immediately returned

-to the Prince, alongside of which several coal-barges

-had already taken their places. The students

-had put on their go-ashore uniforms, and were in readiness<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_95" id="Page_95">[95]</a></span>

-to take a nearer view of the city. The officers

-and crew of the Prince had packed their bags for the

-two weeks’ trip through Spain, and her boats were now

-pulling to the landing-place near the foot of the <i>Rambla</i>.

-Those of the Josephine and Tritonia soon followed

-them.</p>

-

-<p>The <i>alguacil</i> remained on board of the Tritonia.

-He had a recent photograph of Raimundo, obtained

-in New York by Don Alejandro’s agent; and he was

-confident that the fugitive had not left the vessel with

-the rest of the students. As it was necessary for the

-adult boatswain and carpenter, Marline and Rimmer,

-to go on shore with the boats in order to take charge

-of them, the two prisoners in the brig were left in care

-of the head steward. When the vessel was deserted

-by all but the cooks and stewards, the <i>alguacil</i> made

-another diligent search for the ward of his employer,

-but with no better success than before. He tried to

-talk with Salter, the chief steward; but that individual

-did not know a word of Spanish, and he did not get

-ahead very fast. In the course of an hour, he seemed

-to be disgusted with his occupation, and, calling a

-shore boat, he left the Tritonia. Probably Don Francisco

-had directed him to use his own judgment as to

-the time he was to remain on board.</p>

-

-<p>Mr. Salter was the chief steward of the Tritonia, and

-he had a great deal of business of his own to attend to,

-so that he could not occupy himself very closely in

-looking after the marines in the brig. He was obliged

-to make up his accounts, which were required to be as

-accurately and methodically kept as though the vessel

-were a man-of-war. His desk was in the cabin, for he<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_96" id="Page_96">[96]</a></span>

-was an officer of no little consequence on board.

-Though the passage-way between the cabin and the

-steerage was open, he could not see, from the place

-where he was seated, what the prisoners were about, or

-hear their conversation. They had their books in the

-brig, though they did not study their neglected lessons.

-But what they said and what they did must be reserved

-till a later time in the day; for it would not be fair to

-leave all the good students to wander about Barcelona

-without any attention.</p>

-

-<p>The boats landed, and for the first time the young

-voyagers stood on the soil of Spain. Captain Wainwright,

-Scott, and O’Hara were among those who were

-permitted to take care of themselves, while not a few

-were in charge of the vice-principals and the professors.

-Those who were privileged to go where they pleased

-without any supervision chose their own companions.

-Scott and O’Hara were inclined to train in the same

-company; and Captain Sheridan and Lieutenant Murray

-of the steamer, with whom both of them had been

-formerly very intimate, hailed them as they came on

-shore. The four formed a party for the day. It was a

-very desirable party too, for the reason that Dr. Winstock,

-an old traveller in Spain, as indeed he was in all

-the countries of Europe, was as great a crony of Sheridan

-as he once had been of Paul Kendall, the first

-captain of the Josephine, and a commander of the

-Young America. The surgeon shook hands with Scott

-and O’Hara, and then led the way to the <i>Rambla</i>,

-which is the broad avenue extending through the centre

-of the city.</p>

-

-<p>“Barcelona, I suppose you know, young gentlemen,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_97" id="Page_97">[97]</a></span>

-is the second city in Spain in population, and has nearly

-or quite two hundred thousand inhabitants,” said the

-doctor, as the party entered the <i>Rambla</i>. “It is by

-far the most important commercial city, and is quite a

-manufacturing place besides. There are several cotton,

-silk, and woollen mills outside of the walls; and

-ten years ago the imports of cotton from the United

-States were worth nearly five millions of dollars.”</p>

-

-<p>“What do you call our country in Spanish, doctor?”

-asked Sheridan.</p>

-

-<p>“<i>Los Estados Unidos de America</i>,” replied Dr. Winstock.

-“By the way, O’Hara, do you speak Spanish?”</p>

-

-<p>“No, sir: I spake only Oyrish and Oytalian,”

-laughed the fourth lieutenant of the Tritonia.</p>

-

-<p>“Though Spanish and Italian are very much alike,

-each of them seems to be at war with the other. Ford,

-in Murray’s Hand-book for Spain, says that a knowledge

-of Italian will prove a constant stumbling-block in

-learning Spanish. I found it so myself. Before I

-came to Spain the first time I could speak the language

-very well, and talked it whole evenings with my professor.

-Then I took lessons in Italian; but I soon found

-my Spanish so confused and confounded that I could

-not speak it at all.”</p>

-

-<p>“Then I won’t try to learn Spanish,” added O’Hara.</p>

-

-<p>“Here is the post-office on your right, and the <i>Teatro

-Principal</i> on the left; but it is not the principal theatre

-at the present time.”</p>

-

-<p>“This street&mdash;I suppose they would call it a boulevard

-in Paris&mdash;is not unlike ‘<i>Unter den Linden</i>’ in

-Berlin,” said Murray. “It has the rows of trees in the

-middle<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_98" id="Page_98">[98]</a></span>.”</p>

-

-<p>“But the time to visit the <i>Rambla</i> is just before night

-on a pleasant day, when it is crowded with people.

-Barcelona is not so thoroughly Spanish as some other

-cities of Spain&mdash;Madrid and Seville, for instance.

-The people are quite different from the traditional

-Spaniard, who is too dignified and proud to engage in

-commerce or to work at any honest business; while the

-Catalans are an industrious and thriving people, first-rate

-sailors, quick, impulsive, and revolutionary in their

-character. They are more like Frenchmen than Spaniards.”</p>

-

-<p>“There is a square up that narrow street,” said

-Sheridan.</p>

-

-<p>“That’s the <i>Plaza Real</i>,&mdash;Royal Square,&mdash;surrounded

-by houses with arcades, like the <i>Palais Royal</i>

-in Paris. In the centre of it is a fine monument, dedicated

-to the Catholic kings, as distinguished from the

-Moorish sovereigns, and dedicated to Ferdinand and

-Isabella; and you remember that Catalonia became a

-part of Aragon, and was annexed to Castile by the marriage

-of their respective sovereigns. This is the <i>Rambla

-del Centro</i>, for this broad avenue has six names in its

-length of three-quarters of a mile. Here is the <i>Calle

-Fernando</i> on our right, which is the next street in importance

-to the <i>Rambla</i>, and, like it, has several names for

-its different parts. Now we have the <i>Teatro del Lico</i> on

-our left, which is built on the plan of <i>La Scala</i> at Milan,

-and is said to be the largest theatre in Europe, seating

-comfortably four thousand people.”</p>

-

-<p>Dr. Winstock continued to point out the various

-objects of interest on the way; but most of them were

-more worthy to be looked at than to be written about.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_99" id="Page_99">[99]</a></span>

-The party walked the entire length of the <i>Rambla</i> to

-the <i>Plaza de Cataluña</i>, which is a small park, with a

-fountain in the centre. Taking another street, they

-reached a point near the centre of the city, where the

-cathedral is located. It is a Gothic structure, built in

-the fourteenth and fifteenth centuries. In 1519 Charles V.

-presided in the choir of this church over a general

-assembly of the Knights of the Golden Fleece. Under

-the high altar is the crypt or tomb of St. Eulalia, the

-patron saint of the city. She suffered martyrdom in

-the fourth century; and it is said that her remains were

-discovered five hundred years after her death, by the

-sweet odor they emitted. Her soul ascended to heaven

-in the visible form of a dove.</p>

-

-<p>Near the cathedral, on the <i>Plaza de la Constitucion</i>,

-or Constitution Square, are the Town Hall and the

-Parliament House, in which the commons of Catalonia

-met before it became a part of the kingdom of Aragon.

-Between this square and the <i>Rambla</i> is the church of

-<i>Santa Maria del Pino</i>, Gothic, built a little later than

-the cathedral. Its name is derived from a tradition that

-the image of the Virgin was found in the trunk of a pine-tree,

-and because this tree is the emblem of the Catholic

-faith, ever green and ever pointing to heaven. On

-the altars of two of its chapels, Jews were allowed to

-take an oath in any suit with a Christian, or to establish

-the validity of a will, and for similar purposes. In

-another church Hebrews are permitted to take oath on

-the Ten Commandments, placed on an altar.</p>

-

-<p>The party visited several other churches, and finally

-reached the great square near the head of the port, on

-which are located the Royal Palace, the Exchange, and<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_100" id="Page_100">[100]</a></span>

-the Custom House; but there is nothing remarkable

-about them. There are fifty fountains in the city, the

-principal of which is in the palace square. It is an

-allegorical representation of the four provinces of Catalonia.</p>

-

-<p>“There is not much to see in Barcelona,” said Dr.

-Winstock, as they walked along the sea-wall, in the

-resort called the <i>Muralla del Mar</i>. “This is a commercial

-city, and you do not see much that is distinctively

-Spanish. Commerce with other nations is very

-apt to wear away the peculiarities of any people.”</p>

-

-<p>“But where are the Spaniards? I don’t think I have

-seen any of them,” added Sheridan.</p>

-

-<p>“Probably most of the people you have met in our

-walk were Spaniards,” replied the doctor.</p>

-

-<p>“Don’t we see the national costume?”</p>

-

-<p>“You will have to go to a bull-fight to see that,”

-laughed the surgeon; “and then only the men who

-take part in the spectacle will wear the costume. The

-audience will be dressed in about the same fashion you

-have seen all over Europe. Perhaps if you go over

-into Barceloneta you will find some men clothed in the

-garb of the Catalans.”</p>

-

-<p>“Shall we see a bull-fight?” asked Scott.</p>

-

-<p>“Not in Barcelona. I suppose, if there should be an

-opportunity, the principal would allow all who wished

-to see it to do so; for it is a Spanish institution, and the

-traveller ought not to leave Spain without seeing one.

-But it is a sickening sight; and, after you have seen one

-or two poor old horses gored to death by the bull, you

-will not care to have any more of it. The people of

-this city are not very fond of the sport; and the affair<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_101" id="Page_101">[101]</a></span>

-is tame here compared with the bull-fights of Madrid

-and Seville.”</p>

-

-<p>At three o’clock those of the party who belonged to

-the steamer departed for Saragossa. Scott and O’Hara

-wandered about the city the rest of the day, visiting

-Barceloneta, and taking an outside view of the bull-ring,

-or <i>Plaza de Toros</i>, which is about the same thing

-as in all the other large cities of the country. They

-dined at a French restaurant in the <i>Rambla</i>, where

-they did not go hungry for the want of a language. At

-an early hour they returned to the Tritonia, where they

-were to spend another night before their departure in

-the American Prince.</p>

-

-<hr class="chap" />

-

-</div>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_102" id="Page_102">[102]</a></span></p>

-

-<div class="break">

-

-<h2 class="p4">CHAPTER VII.</h2>

-

-<p class="pch">FIRE AND WATER.</p>

-

-<p class="drop-cap"><span class="smdrop">“What’s</span> going on, Bark?” asked Bill Stout,

-as all hands were called to go on shore; and

-perhaps this was the hundredth time this question had

-been put by one or the other of the occupants of the

-brig since the ship’s company turned out that morning.</p>

-

-<p>“All hands are going on shore,” replied Bark Lingall.

-“I hope they will have a good time; and I am

-thankful that I am not one of them, to be tied to the

-coat-tail of Professor Primback.”</p>

-

-<p>The marines knew all about the events that had

-transpired on board of the vessel since she anchored,

-including the strange disappearance of Raimundo.

-Ben Pardee had contrived to tell them all they wanted

-to know, while most of the students were on deck.

-But he and Lon Gibbs had not been informed of the

-conspiracy to burn the Tritonia. Bark had simply

-told them that “something was up,” and they must do

-some mischief to get committed to the brig before they

-could take a hand in the game. Lon and Ben had

-talked the matter over between themselves, and were

-ready to do as required till the orders came for the

-Josephines and the Tritonias to proceed to Lisbon in<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_103" id="Page_103">[103]</a></span>

-the Prince. The voyage in the steamer had too many

-attractions to permit them to lose it. They had done

-better in their lessons than Bill and Bark, who had

-purposely neglected theirs.</p>

-

-<p>“I should not object to the voyage in the Prince,”

-said Bark.</p>

-

-<p>“Nor I, if I had known about it; but it is too late

-now to back out. We are in for it,&mdash;in the brig.

-We shall have a better chance to get off when all the

-professors are away,” added Bill.</p>

-

-<p>“There don’t appear to be any one taking care of

-us just now,” said Bark, after he had looked through

-the bars of the prison, and satisfied himself that no

-one but themselves was in the steerage. “Marline

-had to go on shore with the crowd to take care of the

-boats; and so had the carpenter.”</p>

-

-<p>“Some one has the care of us, I know,” replied

-Bill. “But I can soon find out.”</p>

-

-<p>Bill Stout began to pound on the slats of the cage;

-and the noise soon brought the chief steward to the

-brig.</p>

-

-<p>“What are you about in there?” demanded Mr.

-Salter.</p>

-

-<p>“I want to see Mr. Marline or Mr. Rimmer,” replied

-Bill, meekly enough.</p>

-

-<p>“They are both gone on shore to take charge of the

-boats, and won’t be back till night,” added Salter.

-“What do you want?”</p>

-

-<p>“I want a drink of water: I am almost choked,”

-answered Bill.</p>

-

-<p>“You don’t want Mr. Rimmer for that,” said Salter,

-as he left the brig.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_104" id="Page_104">[104]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>In a moment he returned with a pitcher of water,

-which he handed into the cage through the slide.

-Having done this, he returned to the cabin to resume

-his work.</p>

-

-<p>“I’ll bet he is alone on board!” exclaimed Bill, as

-soon as Salter had gone.</p>

-

-<p>“I think not,” replied Bark.</p>

-

-<p>“Why did he bring the water himself, then?”</p>

-

-<p>“I don’t know; perhaps the stewards are all on

-deck.”</p>

-

-<p>“No: he always lets most of his men go on shore

-when we are in port. I don’t believe there is more

-than one of them on board,” continued Bill, with no

-little excitement in his manner.</p>

-

-<p>“I heard some one walking on deck since the boats

-went off. It may have been Salter; but I am sure he

-is not alone on board.”</p>

-

-<p>“No matter, if there are only two or three left.

-Now is our time, Bark!” whispered Bill Stout.</p>

-

-<p>“We may be burnt up in the vessel: we are locked

-into the brig,” suggested Bark.</p>

-

-<p>“No danger of that. When the fire breaks out,

-Salter will unlock the door of the cage. If he don’t we

-can break it down.”</p>

-

-<p>“What then?” queried Bark. “Every boat belonging

-to the vessel is gone, and we might get singed in

-the scrape.”</p>

-

-<p>“Nonsense, Bark! At the worst we could swim

-ashore to that old light-house.”</p>

-

-<p>“Well, what are we going to do then? We wear the

-uniform of the fleet, and we shall be known wherever

-we go,” added the more prudent Bark.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_105" id="Page_105">[105]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>“You have money enough, and so have I. All we

-have to do is to buy a suit of clothes apiece, and then

-we shall be all right.”</p>

-

-<p>They discussed the matter for half an hour longer.

-Bark was willing to admit that the time for putting the

-villanous scheme in operation was more favorable than

-any that was likely to be afforded them in the future.

-Though the professors were all on shore, they believed

-they could easily keep out of their way in a city so

-large as Barcelona.</p>

-

-<p>“Suppose Salter should come into the steerage when

-you are down in the hold?” suggested Bark.</p>

-

-<p>“That would be bad,” replied Bill, shaking his head.

-“But we must take some risk. We will wait till he

-comes in to take a look at us, and then I will do the job.

-He won’t come in again for half an hour; for I suppose

-he is busy in the cabin, as he always is while we are in

-port.”</p>

-

-<p>They had to wait half an hour more before the chief

-steward came into the steerage. Though he intended to

-be a faithful officer, Mr. Salter was wholly absorbed in

-his accounts, and he did not like to leave them even for

-a moment. He went into the steerage far enough to see

-that both of the prisoners were safe in the cage, and

-hastened back to his desk.</p>

-

-<p>“We are all right now,” whispered Bill, as he bent

-down to the scuttle that led into the hold.</p>

-

-<p>“If you make any noise at all the chief steward will

-hear you,” replied Bark, hardly less excited than his

-companion in villany.</p>

-

-<p>Bill raised the trap-door with the utmost care. As

-he made no noise, Mr. Salter heard none. Bill had his<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_106" id="Page_106">[106]</a></span>

-matches all ready, with the paper he had prepared for

-the purpose. He had taken off his shoes, so as to

-make no noise on the steps. He was not absent from

-the brig more than two minutes, and Salter was still

-absorbed in his accounts. Bark carefully adjusted the

-scuttle when Bill came up; and he could smell the

-burning straw as he did so.</p>

-

-<p>Bill put on his shoes with all the haste he could,

-without making any noise; and both the conspirators

-tried to look as though nothing had happened, or was

-about to happen. They were intensely excited, of

-course, for they expected the flames would burst up

-through the cabin floor in a few moments. Bark

-looked over the slats of the cage to find where the

-weakest of them were, so as to be ready, in case it

-should be necessary, to break out.</p>

-

-<p>“Do you smell the fire?” asked Bill, when his anxiety

-had become so great that he could no longer keep

-still.</p>

-

-<p>“I did smell it when the scuttle was off; but I don’t

-smell it now,” replied Bark.</p>

-

-<p>“What was that noise?” asked Bill.</p>

-

-<p>Both of them had heard it, and it seemed to be in

-the hold. They could not tell what it was like, only

-that it was a noise.</p>

-

-<p>“What could it be?” mused Bill. “It was in the

-hold, and not far from the foot of the ladder.”</p>

-

-<p>“Perhaps it was the noise of the fire,” suggested

-Bark. “It may have burned away so that one of the

-boxes tumbled down.”</p>

-

-<p>“That must have been it,” replied Bill, satisfied with

-this plausible explanation. “But why don’t the fire<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_107" id="Page_107">[107]</a></span>

-break out? It is time for it to show itself, for fire travels

-fast.”</p>

-

-<p>“I suppose it has not got a-going yet. Very likely

-the straw and stuff is damp, and does not burn very

-freely.”</p>

-

-<p>“It will be a sure thing this time, for I saw the blaze

-rising when I came up the ladder,” added Bill.</p>

-

-<p>“And I saw it myself also.”</p>

-

-<p>“But it ought to be a little hot by this time,” replied

-Bill, who began to have a suspicion that every thing was

-not working according to the programme.</p>

-

-<p>“You know best how you fixed things down below.

-The fire may have burned the straw all up without lighting

-the ceiling of the vessel.”</p>

-

-<p>At least ten minutes had elapsed since the match

-had been applied to the combustibles, and it was certainly

-time that the fire should begin to appear in the

-steerage. But there was no fire, and not even the

-smell of fire, to be perceived. The conspirators were

-astonished at the non-appearance of the blaze; and

-after waiting ten minutes more they were satisfied that

-the fire was not making any progress.</p>

-

-<p>“It is a failure again,” said Bark Lingall. “There

-will be no conflagration to-day.”</p>

-

-<p>“Yes, there will, if I have to set it a dozen times,”

-replied Bill Stout, setting his teeth firmly together. “I

-don’t understand it. I certainly saw the blaze before I

-left the hold; and I couldn’t have done the job any

-better if I had tried for a week.”</p>

-

-<p>“You did it all right, without a doubt; but a fire will

-not always burn after you touch it off,” answered Bark,

-willing to console his companion in his failure.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_108" id="Page_108">[108]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>“I will go down again, and see what the matter is, at

-any rate. If I can’t get up a blaze in the hold, I will

-see what I can do in one of the mess-rooms,” added

-Bill stoutly.</p>

-

-<p>“How can you get into one of the mess-rooms?”

-asked Bark. “You forget that we are locked into the

-brig.”</p>

-

-<p>“No, I don’t forget it; but you seem to forget that

-we can go down into the hold, and go up by the forward

-scuttle into the steerage.”</p>

-

-<p>“You are right, Bill. I did not think of that,” said

-Bark. “And you can also go aft, and up by the after

-scuttle into the cabin. I remember now that there are

-three ways to get into the hold.”</p>

-

-<p>“I haven’t forgot it for a moment,” added Bill, with

-something like triumph in his tones. “I am going

-down once more to see why the blaze didn’t do as it

-was expected to do.”</p>

-

-<p>“Not yet, Bill. Wait till Salter has been into the

-steerage again.”</p>

-

-<p>“It isn’t twenty minutes since he was here; and he

-will not come again for half an hour at least.”</p>

-

-<p>Bill Stout felt that he had done enough, and had

-proved that he knew enough, to entitle him to have his

-own way. Raising the scuttle, he descended into the

-hold. He did not dare to remain long, lest the chief

-steward should come into the steerage, and discover

-that he was not in the brig. But he remained long

-enough to ascertain the reason why the fire did not

-burn; and, filled with amazement, he returned to communicate

-the discovery he had made to his fellow-conspirator.

-When he had closed the trap, and turned<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_109" id="Page_109">[109]</a></span>

-around to confront Bark, his face was the very picture

-of astonishment and dismay.</p>

-

-<p>“Well, what’s the matter, Bill?” asked Bark, who

-could not help seeing the strange expression on the

-countenance of his shipmate.</p>

-

-<p>“Matter enough! I should say that the Evil One was

-fighting against us, Bark,” replied his companion.</p>

-

-<p>“I should say that the Evil One is fighting on the

-other side, if on either,” added Bark. “But what have

-you found?”</p>

-

-<p>“The fire is out, and the straw and other stuff feels

-just as though a bucket of water had been thrown

-upon it. At any rate, it is wet,” answered Bill.</p>

-

-<p>“Nonsense! no water could have been thrown upon

-it.”</p>

-

-<p>“How does it happen to be wet, then?”</p>

-

-<p>“The hold of a vessel is apt to be a damp place.”</p>

-

-<p>“Damp! I tell you it was wet!” protested Bill; and

-the mysterious circumstance seemed to awe and alarm

-him.</p>

-

-<p>“Certainly no water could have been thrown upon

-the fire,” persisted Bark.</p>

-

-<p>“How happens it to be wet, then? That’s what I

-want to know.”</p>

-

-<p>“Do you think any water was thrown on the straw?”</p>

-

-<p>“I don’t see how it could have been; but I know it

-was wet,” replied Bill.</p>

-

-<p>“Very likely the dry stuff burned off, and the wet

-straw would not take fire,” suggested Bark, who was

-good for accounting for strange things.</p>

-

-<p>“That may be; I did not think of that,” mused Bill.

-“But there is a pile of old dunnage on the starboard<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_110" id="Page_110">[110]</a></span>

-side, and some more straw and old boxes and things

-there; and I will try it on once more. I have got

-started, and I’m going to do the job if I hang for it.”</p>

-

-<p>“Wait till Salter has been in again before you go

-below,” said Bark.</p>

-

-<p>Bill was content to wait. To his desire for freedom,

-was added the feeling of revenge for being committed

-to the brig when all hands were about to make a

-voyage in the Prince. He was determined to destroy

-the Tritonia,&mdash;more determined than when he first attempted

-the crime. In a short time the chief steward

-made another visit to the steerage, and again returned

-to the cabin.</p>

-

-<p>“Now is my time,” said Bill, when he was satisfied

-that Salter had reached the cabin.</p>

-

-<p>“Be careful this time,” added Bark, as he raised the

-scuttle.</p>

-

-<p>“I shall be careful, but I shall make a sure thing of

-it,” replied Bill, stepping upon the narrow ladder, and

-descending.</p>

-

-<p>Bill Stout was absent full five minutes this time; and,

-when he returned to the brig, he had not lighted the

-train that was to complete the destruction of the Tritonia.</p>

-

-<p>“I had no paper, and I could not make a blaze,”

-said he. “Have you a newspaper about you, Bill?”</p>

-

-<p>“No, I have not: I do not carry papers around with

-me.”</p>

-

-<p>“What shall I do? I can’t light the rubbish without

-something that is entirely dry.”</p>

-

-<p>“Here,” answered Bark, picking up one of the neglected

-text-books on the floor. “You can get as much

-paper as you want out of this book<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_111" id="Page_111">[111]</a></span>.”</p>

-

-<p>“But that won’t do,” replied Bill. “I thought you

-were a very prudent fellow.”</p>

-

-<p>“So I am.”</p>

-

-<p>“If I should miss fire again, and this book or any

-part of it should be found in the pile, it would blow the

-whole thing upon us.”</p>

-

-<p>“Tear out a lot of the leaves; and they will be sure

-to be burnt, if you light them with the match.”</p>

-

-<p>As no other paper could be obtained, Bill consented

-to tear out some of the leaves of the book, and use

-them for his incendiary purpose. Bark declared that

-what was left of it would soon be in ashes, and there

-was nothing to fear as to its being a telltale against

-them. Once more Bill descended into the hold; and,

-as he had made every thing ready during his last visit,

-he was absent only long enough to light the paper, and

-thrust it into the pile of combustibles he had gathered.

-He had placed several small sticks of pine, which had

-been split to kindle the fire in the galley, on the heap

-of rubbish, in order to give more body to the fire when

-it was lighted. He paused an instant to see the flame

-rise from the pile, and then fled up the ladder.</p>

-

-<p>“Hurry up!” whispered Bark at the scuttle. “I

-hear Salter moving about in the cabin.”</p>

-

-<p>But the trap-door was returned to its place before

-the chief steward appeared; and he only looked into

-the steerage.</p>

-

-<p>“The job is done this time, you may bet your life!”

-exclaimed Bill, as he seated himself on his stool, and

-tried to look calm and self-possessed.</p>

-

-<p>“I saw the blaze,” added Bark. “Let’s look down,

-and see if it is going good<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_112" id="Page_112">[112]</a></span>.”</p>

-

-<p>“No, no!” protested Bill earnestly. “We don’t

-want to run a risk for nothing.”</p>

-

-<p>Both of the young villains waited with throbbing

-hearts for the bursting out of the flames, which they

-thought would run up the ceiling of the vessel, and

-communicate the fire to the berths on the starboard

-side of the steerage. Five minutes&mdash;ten minutes&mdash;a

-quarter of an hour, they waited for the catastrophe;

-but no smoke, no flame, appeared. Bill Stout could not

-understand it again. Another quarter of an hour they

-waited, but less confidently than before.</p>

-

-<p>“No fire yet, Bill,” said Bark, with a smile.</p>

-

-<p>“I don’t know what it means,” replied the puzzled

-incendiary. “You saw the fire, and so did I; and I

-can’t see why the blaze don’t come up through the

-deck.”</p>

-

-<p>“It is very odd, Bill; and I can’t see through it any

-better than you can,” added Bark. “It don’t look as

-though we were to have a burn to-day.”</p>

-

-<p>“We are bound to have it!” insisted Bill Stout. “I

-shall try next time in one of the mess-rooms.”</p>

-

-<p>“With all the pains and precautions to prevent fire

-on board, it seems that the jolly craft won’t burn. No

-fellow has been allowed to have a match, or even to

-take a lantern into the hold; and now you can’t make

-the vessel burn when you try with all your might.”</p>

-

-<p>“The Evil One is working against us,” continued Bill,

-who could make no other explanation of the repeated

-failures.</p>

-

-<p>“If he is, he is on the wrong side; for we have done

-nothing to make him desert us,” laughed Bark. “We

-certainly deserve better of him<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_113" id="Page_113">[113]</a></span>.”</p>

-

-<p>“I am going below to see what was the matter this

-time,” added Bill, as he raised the trap-door.</p>

-

-<p>Bark offered no opposition to his purpose, and Bill

-went down the ladder. He was not gone more than a

-couple of minutes this time; and when he returned he

-looked as though he had just come out of the abode of

-the party who was working against him. He seemed

-to be transfixed with wonder and surprise; and for a

-moment he stood in silence in the presence of his fellow-conspirator.</p>

-

-<p>“What’s the matter with you, Bill? You look like a

-stuck pig that has come back to haunt the butcher,”

-said Bark, trying to rally his associate. “Did you see

-any spirits in the hold? This is a temperance ship,

-and the principal don’t allow any on board.”</p>

-

-<p>“You may laugh, Bark, if you like; but I believe

-the evil spirit is in the hold,” replied Bill impressively.</p>

-

-<p>“What makes you think so, Bill?”</p>

-

-<p>“The pile of rubbish is as wet as water can make it.

-Do you suppose there is any one in the hold?”</p>

-

-<p>“Who could be there?” demanded Bark.</p>

-

-<p>“I don’t know; but it seems to me some one is down

-there, who puts water on the fire every time I light it.

-I can’t explain it in any other way.”</p>

-

-<p>“Nonsense! No one could by any possibility be in

-the hold. If any one of the stewards had gone down,

-we should have seen him.”</p>

-

-<p>After more discussion neither of the conspirators

-was willing to believe there was any person in the hold.

-It was not a place a man would be likely to stay in any

-longer than he was compelled to do so. It was partially

-ventilated by a couple of small shafts, and very<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_114" id="Page_114">[114]</a></span>

-dimly lighted by four small panes of heavy glass set in

-the cabin and steerage floors, under the skylights. It

-was not more than four feet high where the greatest

-elevation was had; that is, between the dunnage that

-covered the ballast, and the timbers on which the floors

-of the between-decks rested. It was not a desirable

-place for any one to remain in, though there was nothing

-in it that was destructive to human life. It was

-simply a very dingy and uncomfortable retreat for a

-human being.</p>

-

-<p>“I am going to try it on just once more,” said Bill

-Stout, after his suspicions of a supernatural interference

-had subsided. “I know there was water thrown on the

-pile of rubbish. It seems to me the Evil One must have

-used a fire-engine on the heap, after I had lighted the

-fire. But I am going to know about it this time, if I

-am condemned to the brig for the rest of my natural

-life. There is quite a pile of old boxes and cases split

-up in the hold, ready for use in the galley. I am going

-to touch off this heap of wood, and stand by till I see

-it well a-going. I want you to shut the door when I go

-down next time; for Salter will not come in for half an

-hour or more. I am going to see what puts the fire

-out every time I light it.”</p>

-

-<p>“But suppose Salter comes into the steerage, and

-finds you are not here: what shall I say to him?”</p>

-

-<p>“Tell him I am in the hold,&mdash;any thing you please.

-I don’t care what becomes of me now.”</p>

-

-<p>Bill Stout raised the trap-door, and descended; and,

-in accordance with the instructions of that worthy,

-Bark closed it as soon as his head disappeared below

-the steerage floor. Bill lighted up the pile of kindling-wood;<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_115" id="Page_115">[115]</a></span>

-and then, with a quantity of leaves he had torn

-from the book, he set fire to the heap of combustibles.

-The blaze rose from the pile, and promised that the

-result that the conspirators had been laboring to produce

-would be achieved. True to the plan he had

-arranged, Bill waited, and watched the blaze he had

-kindled; but the fire had scarcely lighted up the

-gloomy hold, before a bucket of water was dashed on

-the pile of wood, and the flames were completely extinguished.

-There was somebody in the hold, after all; and

-Bill was almost paralyzed when he realized the fact.</p>

-

-<p>The fire was put out; and the solitary fireman of the

-hold moved aft. Bill watched him, and was unable to

-determine whether he was a human being, or a spirit

-from the other world. But he was desperate to a degree

-he had never been before. He stooped down

-over the extinguished combustibles to ascertain whether

-they were really wet, or whether some magic had

-quenched the flame which a minute before had promised

-to make an end of the Tritonia. The water still

-hung in drops on the kindling-wood. He stirred up

-the wood, and lighted another match, which he applied

-to the dryest sticks he could find.</p>

-

-<p>“What are you about, you villain? Do you mean

-to burn the vessel?” demanded a voice near him, the

-owner of which instantly stamped out the fire with his

-feet.</p>

-

-<p>The mystery was solved; for Bill recognized the

-voice of Raimundo, whose mysterious disappearance

-had excited so much astonishment on board of the

-vessel.</p>

-

-<hr class="chap" />

-

-</div>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_116" id="Page_116">[116]</a></span></p>

-

-<div class="break">

-

-<h2 class="p4">CHAPTER VIII.</h2>

-

-<p class="pch">SARAGOSSA AND BURGOS.</p>

-

-<p class="drop-cap"><span class="smdrop">The</span> ship’s company of the American Prince departed

-from Barcelona at three o’clock in the

-afternoon, for Saragossa, or Zaragoza as the Spaniards

-spell it. At first the route was through a beautiful and

-highly cultivated country, and then into the mountains.

-By five o’clock it was too dark to see the landscape;

-and the students, tired after the labors of the day, were

-disposed to settle themselves into the easiest positions

-they could find, and many of them went to sleep.</p>

-

-<p>At Manresa the train stopped for supper, which was

-all ready for the students when they arrived, Mr. Lowington

-had employed four experienced couriers for the

-double tour across the peninsula. One was to precede

-each of the two parties to engage accommodations, and

-make terms with landlords, railroad agents, and others;

-and one was to attend each party to render such service

-as might be required of him. The journeys were all

-arranged beforehand, so that trains were to have extra

-cars, and meals were to be ready at stations and hotels.</p>

-

-<p>The train arrived at Saragossa just before four o’clock

-in the morning. The cars, or carriages as they are

-called in Europe, were precisely like those in use in<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_117" id="Page_117">[117]</a></span>

-England. Only six persons were put in each compartment;

-and the boys contrived various plans to obtain

-comfortable positions for sleeping. Some of them

-spread their overcoats on the floor for beds, using

-their bags for pillows; and others made couches on the

-seats. Most of them were able to sleep the greater

-part of the night. But the <i>Fonda del Universo</i> was

-prepared for their reception, and they were glad enough

-to turn into the fifty beds ready for them.</p>

-

-<p>At nine o’clock all hands were piped to breakfast.

-The meal was served in courses, and was essentially

-French. Some of the waiters spoke French; but there

-was really no need of saying any thing, for each dish of

-the bill of fare was presented to every person at the

-table. After the meal, the students were assembled in

-the large reading-room,&mdash;the hotel had been recently

-built,&mdash;and Professor Mapps was called upon by the

-principal to say something about Saragossa, in order

-that the tourists might know a little of the history of

-the place they were visiting. The instructor took a

-convenient position, and began his remarks:&mdash;</p>

-

-<p class="pbq p1">“The old monks used to write history something

-after the manner of the Knickerbocker’s History of

-New York; and they put it on record that Saragossa

-was founded by Tubal, nephew of Noah; but you will

-not believe this. The city probably originated with the

-Phoenicians, and was a place of great importance in

-the time of Julius Cæsar, who saw its military value as

-commanding the passage of the Ebro, and built a wall

-around it. It was captured by the Suevi in 452, and

-taken from them by the Goths fourteen years later. In<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_118" id="Page_118">[118]</a></span>

-the eighth century the Moors obtained possession of

-the city, and held it till the twelfth, when it was conquered

-by Alfonso of Aragon. It contains many relics

-of the Roman and Moorish works.</p>

-

-<p class="pbq">“Saragossa has been the scene of several noted

-sieges, the most famous of which was that of 1808,

-when the French captured the place after the most

-desperate resistance on the part of the Aragonese.

-The brave defenders of the city had no regular military

-organization, and were ill-provided with arms and

-ammunition. The people chose for a leader a young

-man whose name was Palafox: he was as brave as a

-lion, but not versed in military science. The siege

-lasted sixty-two days, and the fighting was almost incessant.

-It was ‘war to the knife’ on the part of the

-Aragonese, and they rejected all overtures to surrender.

-Famine made fearful havoc among them, and every

-house was a hospital. Even the priests and the women

-joined in the strife. I dare say you have all heard of

-the ‘Maid of Saragossa,’ who is represented in pictures

-as a young woman assisting in working a gun in

-the battle. Her name was Augustina; and she was a

-very pretty girl of twenty-two. Her lover was a cannonneer,

-and she fought by his side. When he was

-mortally wounded, she worked the gun herself. You

-will find something about her in ‘Childe Harold.’</p>

-

-<p class="pbq">“At length the French got into the town; but the

-conflict was not finished, for the people fought for

-twenty-one days more in the streets. Fifteen thousand

-were either dead or dying when the French entered the

-city. At last the authorities agreed to surrender, but

-only on the most honorable terms. It has been estimated,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_119" id="Page_119">[119]</a></span>

-that, out of a population of one hundred and

-fifty thousand, fifty-four thousand perished in battle or

-by famine and pestilence.”</p>

-

-<p class="p1">After these brief remarks, the party separated, and

-divided up into small squads to see the city as they

-pleased. As usual, Captain Sheridan and Murray

-joined themselves to Dr. Winstock, who was as much

-at home in Saragossa as he was in Paris.</p>

-

-<p>“You will find that this city is thoroughly Spanish;

-and doubtless you will see some of the native costumes,”

-said the doctor, as they left the hotel.</p>

-

-<p>“But this hotel is as much French as though it were

-in France,” added Murray, who desired when in Spain

-to do as the Spaniards did, so as to learn what they do.</p>

-

-<p>“That is very true; but we shall come to the true

-Spanish hotel in due time, and I have no doubt you

-will get enough of it in a very short time,” laughed

-Dr. Winstock. “There are three classes of hotels in

-Spain, though at the present time they are all about the

-same thing. A <i>fonda</i> is a regular hotel; a <i>posada</i> is

-the tavern of the smaller country towns; and a <i>venta</i>

-is a still lower grade of inn. A drinking-shop, which

-we sometimes call a ‘saloon’ in the United States, is

-a <i>ventorro</i> or a <i>ventorillo</i>; and a <i>taberna</i> is a place

-where smoking and wine-drinking are the business of

-their frequenters. A <i>parador</i> is a hotel where the diligences

-stop for meals, and may also be a <i>fonda</i>.”</p>

-

-<p>“A <i>fonda</i> is a hotel,” said Sheridan; “and we may

-not be able to remember any more than that.”</p>

-

-<p>“When you see the names I have given you on the

-signs, you will understand what they mean. But our<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_120" id="Page_120">[120]</a></span>

-business now is to see this city. Like Barcelona, it has

-one principal wide street extending through the middle

-of it: all the other avenues are nothing more than

-lanes, very narrow and very dirty. It is on the Ebro,

-and has a population of some eighty thousand people.”</p>

-

-<p>“How happens it that this place is not colder? It

-is in about the same latitude as New York City; and

-now, in the month of December, it is comfortably

-warm,” said Sheridan.</p>

-

-<p>“These valleys have a mild climate; and the vine

-and olive are their principal productions. It is not so

-on the high table-land in the centre of Spain. At

-Madrid, for instance, the weather will be found to be

-quite cold at this time. The weather is so bitter there

-sometimes that the sentinels on guard have to be

-changed every quarter of an hour, as they are in

-danger of being frozen to death.”</p>

-

-<p>The party walked first to the great square, in the

-centre of which is a public fountain. They paused to

-look at the people. Most of the men wore some kind of

-a mantle or cloak. This garment was sometimes the

-Spanish circular cloak, worn with a style and grace

-that the Spaniard alone can attain. That of the poorer

-class was often nothing but a striped blanket, which,

-however, they slung about them with no little of the air

-of those who wore better garments. They were generally

-tall, muscular, but rather bony fellows, with an

-expression as solemn as though they were doing duty

-at a funeral. Some of them wore the broad-brimmed

-<i>sombrero</i>; some had handkerchiefs wound around their

-heads, like turbans; and others sported the ordinary

-hat or cap.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_121" id="Page_121">[121]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>The party could not help laughing when they saw,

-for the first time, a priest wearing a hat which extended

-fore and aft at least three feet, with the sides rolled up

-close to the body. Everybody was dignified, and

-moved about at a funeral pace.</p>

-

-<p>At the fountain women and girls were filling the jars

-of odd shape with water, and bearing them away poised

-on one of their hips or on the head. Several donkeys

-were standing near, upon which their owners were loading

-the sacks of water they had filled.</p>

-

-<p>“Bags of water!” exclaimed Murray.</p>

-

-<p>“They do not call them bags, but skins,” said the

-doctor. “You can see the legs and neck of the animal,

-which are very convenient in handling them. These

-skins are more easily transported on the backs of the

-donkeys than barrels, kegs, or jars could be. Many

-kinds of wine are transported in these skins, which

-could hardly be carried on the back of an animal in any

-other way. Except a few great highways, Spain is not

-provided with roads. In some places, when you ride in

-a carriage, you will take to the open fields; and very

-rough indeed they are sometimes.”</p>

-

-<p>The party proceeded on their walk, and soon reached

-the Cathedral of San Salvador, generally called <i>El Seo</i>;

-a term as applicable to any other cathedral in Aragon

-as to this one. It is a sombre old structure: a part of

-it is said to have been built in the year 290; and pious

-people have been building it till within three hundred

-and fifty years of the present time. There are some

-grand monuments in it; among them that of Arbues,

-who was assassinated for carrying out the decrees of

-the Inquisition. The people of Aragon did not take<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_122" id="Page_122">[122]</a></span>

-kindly to this institution; but the murder was terribly

-avenged, and the Inquisition established its authority in

-the midst of the tumult it had excited. Murillo, the

-great Spanish painter, made the assassination of Arbues

-the subject of one of his principal pictures.</p>

-

-<p>Saragossa has two cathedrals, the second of which

-is called <i>El Pilar</i>, because it contains the very pillar

-on which the Virgin landed when she came down from

-heaven in one of her visits to Spain. It appears

-that St. James&mdash;Santiago in Spanish&mdash;came to Spain

-after the crucifixion of the Saviour, in the year 40, to

-preach the gospel to the natives. When he had got

-as far as Saragossa, he was naturally tired, and went to

-sleep. In this state the Virgin came to him with a

-message from the Saviour, requiring him to build a

-chapel in honor of herself. She stood on a jasper

-pillar, and was attended by a multitude of angels. St.

-James obeyed the command of the heavenly visitor,

-and erected a small chapel, only sixteen feet long and

-half as wide, where the Virgin often attended public

-worship in subsequent years. On this spot, and over

-the original chapel, was built the present church. On

-the pillar stands a dingy image of the Virgin, which

-is said to be from the studio of St. Luke, who appears

-to have been both a painter and a sculptor. It is

-clothed in the richest velvet, brocade, and satin, and

-is spangled with gold and diamonds. It cures all diseases

-to which flesh is heir; for which the grateful

-persons thus healed have bestowed the most costly

-presents. It is little less than sacrilege to express

-any disbelief in this story of the Virgin, or in the

-miracles achieved by the image.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_123" id="Page_123">[123]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>Dr. Winstock and his young companions went from

-the churches, to take a walk in the older part of the

-city. The narrow streets reminded them of Constantinople,

-while many of the buildings were similar, the

-upper part projecting out over the street. The balconies

-were shaded with mats, like the parti-colored

-draperies that hang from the windows in Naples.

-Many of the houses were of the Moorish fashion, with

-the <i>patio</i>, or court-yard, in the centre, with galleries

-around it, from which admission to the various apartments

-is obtained. Saragossa has a leaning tower

-built of brick, which was the campanile, or belfry, of

-the town.</p>

-

-<p>The party of the surgeon spent the rest of the day in

-a walk through the surrounding country, crossing the

-Ebro to the suburb of the city. Near the bridge they

-met a couple of ladies who wore the mantilla, a kind of

-veil worn as a head-dress, instead of the bonnet, which

-is a part of the national costume of Spain. All over

-Spain this fashion prevails, though of course the modes

-of Paris are adopted by the most fashionable ladies of

-the capital and other cities.</p>

-

-<p>At four o’clock the ship’s company dined at the

-hotel, and then wandered about the city at will till dark.

-They were advised to retire at an early hour, and most

-of them did so. They were called at half-past four in

-the morning, and at six were on the train. At half-past

-eight they were at Tudela, the head of navigation on

-the Ebro. At quarter past one they were at Miranda,

-on the line from Bayonne to Madrid, where dinner was

-waiting for them. This meal was decidedly Spanish,

-though it was served in courses. The soup was odorous<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_124" id="Page_124">[124]</a></span>

-of garlic, which is the especial vice of Spanish

-cookery to those who have an aversion to it. Then

-came the national dish, the <i>olla podrida</i>, a kind of stew

-made of every kind of meat and every kind of vegetable,

-not omitting a profusion of garlic. Some of the

-students declared that it was “first-rate.” A few did

-not like it at all, and more were willing to tolerate it.

-We do not consider it “bad to take.” The next dish

-was calves’ brains fried in batter, which is not national,

-but is oftener had at the hotels than <i>olla podrida</i>. The

-next course was mutton chops, followed by roast

-chicken, with a salad. The dessert was fruit and

-raisins. On the table was plenty of <i>Val de Peñas</i> wine,

-which the students were forbidden to taste.</p>

-

-<p>At half-past two the tourists departed, and at twenty

-minutes to six arrived in the darkness at Burgos. The

-port watch went to the <i>Fonda del Norte</i>, and the starboard

-to the <i>Fonda Rafaela</i>. The doctor and the captain were

-at the latter, and it was more like the inns of Don

-Quixote’s time than any that Sheridan had seen. It

-had no public room except the <i>comedor</i>, or dining-room.

-The hotel seemed to be a number of buildings thrown

-together around a court-yard, on one side of which was

-the stable. Sheridan and Murray were shown to a

-room with six other students, but the apartment contained

-four beds. It was large enough for four more,

-being not less than thirty feet long, and half as wide.

-It was comfortably furnished, and every thing about it

-was clean and neat. The establishment was not unlike

-an old-fashioned country tavern in New England.</p>

-

-<p>Dinner, or, as the students called it, supper, was

-served at six o’clock. The meal was Spanish, being<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_125" id="Page_125">[125]</a></span>

-about the same as the one they had taken at Miranda.

-Instead of the <i>olla podrida</i> was a kind of stew, which

-in the days of Gil Blas would have been called a

-<i>ragout</i>.</p>

-

-<p>“This isn’t a bad dinner,” said Murray, when they

-had finished the third course.</p>

-

-<p>“It is a very good one, I think,” replied Sheridan.</p>

-

-<p>“I have been reading books of travel in Spain for

-the last two weeks, most of them written by Englishmen;

-and I had come to the conclusion that we should

-be starved to death if we left the ship for more than

-a day or two. The writers found a great deal of fault

-with their food, and growled about garlic. I rather like

-garlic.”</p>

-

-<p>“The doctor says the English are very much given

-to grumbling about every thing,” added Sheridan. “I

-don’t think we shall starve if we are fed as well as we

-have been so far.”</p>

-

-<p>“Our room is as good as we have found in most of

-the hotels in other countries. So far, the trains on the

-railroads have been on time instead of an hour late, as

-one writer declared they always were.”</p>

-

-<p>“If one insists upon growling, it is easy enough to

-find something to growl at.”</p>

-

-<p>In the evening some of the party strolled about town,

-but it was as quiet as a tomb; for the rule in Spain is,

-“Early to bed, and late to rise.” But the students

-were out of bed in good time in the morning, and

-taking a view of the city. They found a very pretty

-promenade along the little river Arlanzon, whose waters

-find their way into the Duero; and at a considerable

-distance from it obtained a fine view of the great<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_126" id="Page_126">[126]</a></span>

-cathedral. It is impossible to obtain any just view of it,

-except at a distance, on account of the mass of buildings

-which are huddled around it, and close to it. But the

-vast church towers above them all, and presents to

-the eye a forest of spires great and small. Near the

-river, in an irregular <i>plaza</i>, is an old gateway, which is

-quite picturesque. The structure looks like a castle,

-with round towers at the corners, and circular turrets.

-On the front are a number of figures carved in stone.</p>

-

-<p>Breakfast was served at half-past ten, and dinner at

-six, at the <i>Fonda</i>; but special tables were set for the

-students at more convenient hours. A Spanish meal

-could not be agreeable to nice and refined American

-people. The men often sit with their hats on, and

-between the courses smoke a cigarette, or <i>cigarillo</i> in

-Spanish. They converse in an energetic tone, but are

-polite if addressed, though they mind their own business

-severely, and seem to be devoid of curiosity&mdash;or at

-least are too dignified to stare&mdash;in regard to strangers.

-The food is very odorous of onions and garlic, and in

-the smaller inns consists largely of stews or ragouts,

-generally of mutton or kidneys. New cheese, not

-pressed, is sometimes an item of the bill of fare. <i>Val

-de Pañas</i> wine is furnished free all over Spain at the

-<i>table d’hote</i>; but it always tastes of the skins in which

-it is transported, and most Americans who partake of

-it think it is poor stuff. Great quantities of it are

-exported to Bordeaux, where it is manufactured into

-claret.</p>

-

-<p>After breakfast, the students were assembled to enable

-Professor Mapps to tell them something about the

-history of the city, to which he added a very full account<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_127" id="Page_127">[127]</a></span>

-of the Cid. Of his remarks we can give only an

-abstract.</p>

-

-<p>Burgos is one of the most famous cities of Castile, of

-which it was at one time the capital. The name comes

-from the same word as “Burg,” and means a fortified

-eminence; and such it is, being on the watershed between

-the basins of the Ebro and the Duero. It was

-founded in 884 by a Castilian knight. It was the

-birthplace of Ferdinand Gonzales, who first took the

-title of Count of Castile, shook off the yoke of Leon,

-and established the kingdom of Castile. The city is

-on the direct line to Madrid from Paris. The French

-captured the place in 1808; and it was twice besieged

-and taken by the Duke of Wellington in the peninsular

-war.</p>

-

-<p>The Cid is the popular hero of Spain, and especially

-of the people of Burgos. He was the King Arthur of

-Spain, and there is about as much romance in his history

-as in that of the British demigod. The Cid Campeador,

-“knight champion,” was born about 1040, and

-died when he was not much over fifty. His name was

-Rodrigo Ruy Diaz; and his marvellous exploits are

-set forth in the “Poem of the Cid,” believed to have

-been written in the twelfth century. It is the oldest

-poem in the Spanish language. His first great deed

-was to meet the Count Gomez, who had grossly insulted

-the Cid’s aged father, in a fair fight in the field, and

-utterly vanquish him, cutting off his head. The old

-man was unable to eat from brooding over his wrong;

-but, when Ruy appeared with the head of the slain

-count, his appetite was restored. By some he is said

-to have married Ximena, the daughter of his dead<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_128" id="Page_128">[128]</a></span>

-adversary. Great was the fame of the Cid’s prowess

-after this exploit. Shortly after this event, five Moorish

-kings, with a powerful force, entered Castile; and

-the Cid roused the country to oppose their progress,

-and fell upon the enemy, routing the five kings with

-great slaughter, and making all of them his prisoners.

-Then he fought for King Ferdinand against the Aragonese,

-and won all that was in dispute. When France

-demanded the homage of his king, he entered that

-country, and won a victory which settled the question

-of homage for all time. After this event he did considerable

-domestic fighting when Castile was divided

-among the sons of the dead sovereign; and was finally

-banished by the new king. He departed with his

-knights and men-at-arms, and took up a strong position

-in the territory of the Moors, where he made war,

-right and left, with all the kingdoms of the peninsula

-except his own country, which he had the grace to

-except in his conquests. He took Valencia, where he

-seems to have established himself. His last exploit in

-the flesh was the capture of Murviedro. Then he died,

-and was buried in Valencia.</p>

-

-<p>Now that the Cid, who had been the scourge of the

-Moors, was dead, the Christians could no longer hold

-out against the infidels, and were in danger of losing

-what they had gained. In this emergency they clothed

-the corpse of the dead hero in armor, and fastened it

-on his war-steed, placing his famous sword in his hand.

-Thus equipped for battle, the dead Cid was led into the

-field in the midst of the soldiers. The very sight of

-him struck terror to the hearts of the Moslems, and

-the defunct warrior won yet another battle. He was<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_129" id="Page_129">[129]</a></span>

-marched through the land, the enemy fleeing before

-him in every direction, to Burgos. He seems not to

-have been buried when he got there, but was embalmed

-and placed in a chair of state, where he went into the

-business of working miracles. His long white beard

-fell upon his breast, his sword was at his side, and he

-seemed to be alive rather than dead. One day a Jew,

-out of bravado, attempted to take hold of his venerable

-beard, when the Cid began to draw his sword, whereat

-the Jew was so frightened that he fainted away. When

-he recovered he at once became a Christian. The Cid

-was a fiery man, and did not hesitate to slap the face of

-a king or the pope, if he was angry. Even after he was

-dead, and sitting in his chair, he sometimes lost his

-temper; and Ximine found it expedient to bury him, in

-order to keep him out of trouble.</p>

-

-<p>The students went to the cathedral first. It is a vast

-pile of buildings, and is considered one of the finest

-churches in Europe. There is an immense amount of

-fine and delicate work about it, which cannot be described.

-The dome is so beautiful that Philip II. said

-it was the work of angels rather than men. The choir

-is quite a lofty enclosure, which obstructs the view

-from the pavement. The archbishop’s palace, and the

-cloister, on one side, seem to be a part of the church.

-It contains, as usual, a great many chapels, each of

-which has its own treasures of art or antiquity. In

-one of them is the famous Christ of Burgos, which is

-said to have been made by Nicodemus after he and

-Joseph of Arimathea had buried the Saviour. As

-usual, it was found in a box floating in the sea.

-The hair, beard, eyelashes, and the thorns, are all<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_130" id="Page_130">[130]</a></span>

-real; and a French writer says the skin of the figure

-is human. The image works miracles without number,

-sweats on Friday, and even bleeds at times; and is

-held in the highest veneration by the people.</p>

-

-<p>In another chapel is the coffer of the Cid, an old

-worm-eaten chest bound with iron. When the champion

-was banished by the king, as he wanted to go off

-with flying colors, and was in need of a large sum of

-money, he filled this chest with sand and stones, and,

-without allowing them to look into it, assured a couple

-of rich Jews that it was full of gold and jewels. They

-took his word for it (strange as such a transaction would

-be in modern times), and loaned the money he needed.

-When he had captured Valencia, he paid the loan, and

-exposed the cheat he had put upon them. Of course

-they were willing to forgive him after he had paid the

-money.</p>

-

-<p>The next point of interest with the students was the

-town hall, where they were permitted to look upon the

-bones of the Cid and his wife, which are kept in a box,

-with a wire screen over them to prevent any heathen

-from stealing them. The bones are all mixed up, and

-no one can tell which belong to the Cid and which to

-his wife.</p>

-

-<p>At noon Dr. Winstock procured an antiquated carriage

-at the hotel stable, and took Sheridan and Murray

-out into the country. After a ride of a couple of miles

-they reached Miraflores, which is a convent founded by

-John II., and finished by Isabella I. Its church contains

-the royal tomb in which John II. is buried, and is

-one of the finest things of the kind in the world, the

-sculpture being of the most delicate character. Several

-other Castilian kings are buried in this place.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_131" id="Page_131">[131]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>The little party took the carriage again, intending to

-visit the Monastery of San Pedro de Cardeña. There

-was no road, only an ill-defined track across the fields;

-and very rough fields they were, covered with rocks so

-thick that the vehicle often had to pass over many of

-them. The passengers were terribly shaken up. On

-the way they occasionally met a peasant riding on or

-leading a mule or donkey loaded with various commodities

-carried in panniers. They were interesting as a

-study.</p>

-

-<p>San Pedro is nothing but a ruin. It was established

-in the fifth century; and in the ninth the Moors destroyed

-the edifice, and killed two hundred monks who

-lived in it. It was rebuilt; and, being the favorite convent

-of the Cid, he requested that he might be buried in

-it. The monument is in a side chapel, and looks as

-though it had been whitewashed at no very remote

-period. The doctor read the inscription on the empty

-tomb. A dirty peasant who joined the party as soon

-as they got out the carriage followed them at every

-step, almost looking into their mouths when they spoke.</p>

-

-<p>When the party started to return, things began to be

-very lively with them. First Sheridan rubbed his legs;

-then Murray did so; and before long the doctor

-joined in the recreation.</p>

-

-<p>“What’s the matter?” asked the surgeon, laughing.</p>

-

-<p>“I don’t know; but my legs feel as though I had

-an attack of the seven-years’ itch,” replied the captain

-with a vigorous attempt to reach and conquer the difficulty.</p>

-

-<p>“That’s just my case,” added Murray, with an

-equally violent demonstration.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_132" id="Page_132">[132]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>“I don’t understand it,” continued the captain.</p>

-

-<p>“I do,” answered the surgeon, vigorously rubbing

-one of his legs.</p>

-

-<p>“What is it?” asked Sheridan, suspecting that they

-all had some strange disease.</p>

-

-<p>“<i>Cosas de España</i>,” laughed the doctor.</p>

-

-<p>“But that is Spanish; and I don’t understand the

-lingo.”</p>

-

-<p>“A <i>cosa de España</i> is a ‘thing of Spain;’ fleas

-are things of Spain; and that is what is the matter

-with you and me. The lining of this carriage has

-been repaired by covering it in part with cloth with a

-long nap, which is alive with fleas.”</p>

-

-<p>“The wicked flea!” exclaimed Murray.</p>

-

-<p>“He goeth about in Spain, seeking whom he may

-devour,” added the doctor.</p>

-

-<p>When they reached the hotel, supper was ready;

-but they did not want any just then, for no one feels

-hungry while a myriad of fleas are picking his bones.

-Garments were taken off, and brushed on the inside;

-the skin was washed with cologne-water; and the party

-were happy till they took in a new supply.</p>

-

-<p>At about eleven at night, the ship’s company took

-the train south, and at quarter past eight the next

-morning were at <i>El Escorial</i>.</p>

-

-<hr class="chap" />

-

-</div>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_133" id="Page_133">[133]</a></span></p>

-

-<div class="break">

-

-<h2 class="p4">CHAPTER IX.</h2>

-

-<p class="pch">THE HOLD OF THE TRITONIA.</p>

-

-<p class="drop-capr"><span class="smdrop">Raimundo</span> was in the hold of the Tritonia.

-He had made for himself a hiding-place under

-the dunnage in the run, by removing a quantity of

-ballast, and arranging a number of empty casks so as

-to conceal his retreat from any who might search the

-hold for him. The task had been ingeniously accomplished;

-and those who looked for him had examined

-every hole and corner above the ballast, that could

-possibly hold a person of his size; and they had no

-suspicion that there was room even for a cat under

-the dunnage.</p>

-

-<p>The young Spaniard had fully considered his situation

-before he ventured into the waters of Spain. He

-was fully prepared for the event that had occurred.

-The plan of his hiding-place was his own; but he

-knew that he could not make it, or remain in it for any

-considerable time, without assistance. If he spent a

-week or even three days in his den, he must have food

-and drink. He did not believe the squadron would

-remain many weeks in Spanish waters; and it was his

-purpose to stay in the hold during this time, if he

-found it necessary to do so. A confederate was therefore

-indispensable to the success of the scheme.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_134" id="Page_134">[134]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>Certain work required to be done in the hold, such

-as getting up stores and keeping every thing in order,

-was divided among the stewards. Those employed in

-the cabin attended to the after-hold, and those in the

-steerage to the fore-hold. One of the former was a

-Cuban mulatto, a very bright fellow, who spoke Spanish

-as well as English. Raimundo had become quite intimate

-with him, because they both spoke their native

-tongue, which it was pleasant to each to hear, and the

-steward had become very fond of him. His name was

-Hugo; and Raimundo was confident the man would be

-his friend in the emergency.</p>

-

-<p>During study hours, the vice-principal and the professors

-were employed in the steerage. When the

-quarter-watch to which the young Spaniard belonged

-was off duty, instead of spending his time on deck as

-his companions did in fine weather, he remained in

-the cabin, which at times was entirely deserted. He

-found that Hugo was willing to listen to him; and by

-degrees he told him his whole story, as he had related

-it to Scott, and disclosed the plan he intended to

-adopt when his uncle or his agents should put in a

-claim for him. Hugo was ready and anxious to take

-part in the enterprise. There could be no doubt in

-regard to his fidelity, for the steward would have perilled

-his life in the service of the young Spaniard.</p>

-

-<p>At a favorable time they visited the hold together;

-and Raimundo indicated what was to be done in the

-preparation of the hiding-place. Both of them worked

-at the job. The ballast taken from the hold was carefully

-distributed in other places under the dunnage.

-Hugo had charge of the after-hold, and his being there

-so much excited no suspicion.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_135" id="Page_135">[135]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>When the ship’s company returned, after the lecture,

-Raimundo waited in the cabin till he was alone with

-Hugo; for all hands were on deck, observing the

-strange scenes around them. He then descended to

-the hold, and deposited himself in the den prepared

-for him. His faithful confederate had lined it with

-old garments and pieces of sail-cloth, so that the place

-was not as uncomfortable as it might have been. The

-“mysterious disappearance” had been duly effected.</p>

-

-<p>Hugo carried food and drink to his charge in the

-morning, and left a pail of water for his ablutions, if

-he chose to make them. Of course the steward was

-very nervous while the several searches were in progress;

-but, as he spoke Spanish, he was able to mislead

-the <i>alguacil</i>, even while he professed to desire that

-every part of the vessel should be examined. Hugo

-not only provided food and water for the self-made

-prisoner, but he informed him, when he could, what

-was going on; so that he knew when all hands had

-gone on shore, and was duly apprised of the fact that

-the Josephines and Tritonias were to proceed to Lisbon

-in the Prince. But the steward dared not remain long

-in the hold, while Salter was in the cabin. Raimundo

-wanted to get on board of the steamer that day or

-night, if it were possible; but the chances were all

-against him.</p>

-

-<p>Hugo assured him that it would be entirely safe

-for him to leave his hiding-place, as he could easily

-keep out of the way of any chance visitor in the

-hold, and he would notify him if another search was

-likely to be made. Availing himself of this permission,

-Raimundo crawled out of his hole. It was a<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_136" id="Page_136">[136]</a></span>

-relief to his limbs to stretch them; and he exercised

-himself as freely as he could. While he was thus engaged,

-he saw the fore-scuttle opened, and some one

-come down. The fugitive stepped behind the mainmast.

-He saw the figure of one of the students, as he

-judged that he was from his size, moving stealthily in

-the gloom of the place. In a moment more, he rushed

-up the steps, and disappeared. In an instant afterwards,

-Raimundo saw a flame flash up from the pile of

-rubbish.</p>

-

-<p>The vessel was on fire, or she soon would be; for

-there was fire near her timbers. Grasping the bucket

-of water Hugo had left for his ablutions, he poured

-enough on the fire to extinguish it, and then retreated

-to the covert of the mainmast. A second time the

-incendiary-match was applied; and again the fugitive

-put it out with the contents of the pail. For the third

-time the incendiary pile that was to doom the beautiful

-Tritonia to destruction was lighted; and this time

-the wretch who applied the match evidently intended

-to remain till the flames were well under way. The

-fugitive was greatly disturbed; for, if he showed himself

-to the incendiary, he would betray his secret, and

-expose his presence. But he could not hesitate to save

-the vessel at whatever consequences to himself; and,

-as soon as he saw the blaze, he rushed aft, accosted

-the villain, and stamped out the fire, for he had entirely

-emptied the pail.</p>

-

-<p>“What are you about, you villain? Do you mean to

-burn the vessel?” demanded Raimundo, who did not

-yet know who the incendiary was.</p>

-

-<p>Bill Stout was startled, not to say overwhelmed, by<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_137" id="Page_137">[137]</a></span>

-this unexpected interference with his plans. He recognized

-the second master, whose mysterious disappearance

-had excited so much astonishment. But he

-was prompt to see, that, if Raimundo had detected him

-in a crime, he had possession of the fugitive’s secret.

-Somebody on shore wanted the second master, and an

-officer had come on board for him. Perhaps he was

-guilty of some grave misdemeanor, and for that reason

-would not allow himself to be caught; for none of the

-students except Scott knew why the young Spaniard

-was required on shore. Bill Stout did not care: he

-only saw that it was an even thing between himself and

-Raimundo.</p>

-

-<p>“Who are you?” asked the fugitive, when he had

-waited a moment for an answer to his first question.</p>

-

-<p>“I advise you not to speak too loud, Mr. Raimundo,

-unless you wish to have the chief steward know you are

-here,” replied Bill, when he had recovered his self-possession,

-and taken a hurried view of the situation.</p>

-

-<p>“Stout!” exclaimed Raimundo, identifying the familiar

-voice.</p>

-

-<p>But he spoke in a low tone, for he was not disposed

-to summon Mr. Salter to the hold, though he had felt

-that he sacrificed himself and his plan when he showed

-himself to the incendiary.</p>

-

-<p>“That’s my name,” replied the young villain.</p>

-

-<p>“I understand what you were scheming at in your

-watch on deck. Lingall, Pardee, and Gibbs are your

-associates in this rascality,” added Raimundo.</p>

-

-<p>Stout, who was not before aware that he had been

-watched by the second master or by any other officer,

-was rather taken aback by this announcement; but he<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_138" id="Page_138">[138]</a></span>

-promptly denied that the students named were concerned

-in the affair.</p>

-

-<p>“Lingall is with you, I know. I see how you have

-managed the affair. He is your companion in the brig,

-which was built over the midship scuttle,” continued

-Raimundo. “But why do you desire to burn the vessel?”</p>

-

-<p>“Because I want to get out of her,” replied Bill sullenly.

-“But I can’t stop here to talk.”</p>

-

-<p>“Do you really mean to burn the Tritonia?”</p>

-

-<p>“That’s what I did mean; but, since you have found

-me out, I shall not be likely to do it now.”</p>

-

-<p>“Whatever you do, don’t do that. You are in the

-waters of Spain now, and I don’t know but you would

-have to be tried and punished for it in this country.”</p>

-

-<p>Bill Stout had no idea of being tried and punished

-for the crime in any country; and he had not even considered

-it a crime when he thought of the matter. He

-did not expect to be found out when he planned the

-job: villains never expect to be. But he was alarmed

-now; and the deed he had attempted seemed to be a

-hundred times more wicked and dangerous than at any

-time before.</p>

-

-<p>“I can’t stop here: Salter will miss me if I do,”

-added Bill, moving up the ladder.</p>

-

-<p>“Wait a minute,” interposed Raimundo, who was

-willing to save himself from exposure if he could.</p>

-

-<p>“I’ll come down again, after a while,” answered Bill,

-as he opened the scuttle, and got into the brig.</p>

-

-<p>“Why did you stay down so long?” demanded Bark

-Lingall nervously.</p>

-

-<p>“It’s all up now, and we can’t do any thing,” replied<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_139" id="Page_139">[139]</a></span>

-Bill sullenly, as he seated himself on his stool,

-and picked up one of his books.</p>

-

-<p>“What’s the matter?”</p>

-

-<p>“We are found out.”</p>

-

-<p>“Found out!” exclaimed Bark; and his heart rose

-into his throat at the announcement. “How can that

-be?”</p>

-

-<p>“I was seen doing it.”</p>

-

-<p>“Who saw you?”</p>

-

-<p>“You couldn’t guess in a month,” added Bill, who

-fixed his gaze on his book while he was talking.</p>

-

-<p>“Didn’t I hear you speaking to some one in the

-hold, Bill?” asked Bark, as he picked up a book, in

-order to follow the studious example of his companion.</p>

-

-<p>“I was speaking to some one,” replied Bill.</p>

-

-<p>“Who was it?”</p>

-

-<p>“Raimundo; and he knew that you were concerned

-in the job without my mentioning your name;” and

-Bill explained what had passed between himself and

-the second master.</p>

-

-<p>“Raimundo!” exclaimed Bark, in a musing manner.

-“Then he mysteriously disappeared into the hold.”</p>

-

-<p>“He did; and he has us where the hair is short,”

-added Bill.</p>

-

-<p>“And perhaps we have him where the hair is long

-enough to get hold of. All we have to do is to tell

-Salter, when he comes to look at us, that Raimundo is

-in the hold.”</p>

-

-<p>“We won’t do it; and then Raimundo won’t say we

-set the vessel on fire,” protested Bill.</p>

-

-<p>“Wait a bit, Bill. He is a spooney, a chaplain’s

-lamb. He may keep still till he gets out of his own<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_140" id="Page_140">[140]</a></span>

-scrape, whatever it may be, and then blow on us when

-he is safe himself.”</p>

-

-<p>“I don’t know: I shall see him again after Salter

-has paid us another visit.”</p>

-

-<p>The chief steward came into the steerage a few

-minutes later; and seeing both of the prisoners engaged

-in study, as he supposed, he probably believed the hour

-of reformation had come. As soon as he had gone,

-Bill opened the scuttle again, and went down into the

-hold; but he was unwilling to leave the brig for more

-than a few moments at a time, lest some accident should

-betray his absence to the chief steward. He arranged

-a plan by which he could talk with Raimundo without

-danger from above. Returning to the brig, he lay down

-on the floor, with a book in his hand, so that his head

-was close to the scuttle. Bark was seated on the floor,

-also with a book in his hand, in such a position as to

-conceal the trap-door, which was raised a few inches,

-from the gaze of Mr. Salter, if he should happen

-suddenly to enter the steerage. Raimundo was to stand

-on the steps of the ladder, with his head on a level

-with the cabin floor, where he could hear Bill, and be

-heard by him.</p>

-

-<p>“I think we can’t afford to quarrel,” said Bill magnanimously.

-“We are all in the same boat now. I

-suppose you are wanted on shore for some dido you cut

-up before you left your home.”</p>

-

-<p>“I did nothing wrong before I left my home,” replied

-Raimundo; and it galled him terribly to be

-obliged to make terms with the rascals in the brig.

-“My trouble is simply a family affair; and, if captured,

-I shall be subjected to no penalty whatever<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_141" id="Page_141">[141]</a></span>.”</p>

-

-<p>“Is that all?” asked Bill, sorry it was no worse.</p>

-

-<p>“That’s all; but for reasons I don’t care to explain,

-I do not wish to be taken back to my uncle in Barcelona.

-But I will give myself up before I will let you

-burn the Tritonia,” replied Raimundo, with no little

-indignation in his tones.</p>

-

-<p>“Of course, as things stand now, we shall not burn

-the vessel,” added Bill: “we will make a fair trade

-with you.”</p>

-

-<p>“I shall make no trades of any kind; but I leave

-you free to do what you think best, and I shall remain

-so myself,” said Raimundo, who was too high-toned to

-bargain with fellows wicked enough to burn the beautiful

-Tritonia. “It is enough that I wish to get away

-from this city.”</p>

-

-<p>“If you clear out, you won’t blow on us,” added

-Bill, willing to put the best construction on the statement

-of the second master.</p>

-

-<p>“I promise nothing; but this I say: if you burn the

-Tritonia, whether I am on board or a thousand miles

-away, I will inform the principal who set the fire.”</p>

-

-<p>“Of course we should not do any thing of that sort

-now,” added Bark, whose head was near enough to the

-scuttle to enable him to hear all that was said.</p>

-

-<p>“I shall be obliged to keep out of the way of all on

-board, for the present at least,” said Raimundo.</p>

-

-<p>“We are satisfied with that,” replied Bill, who

-seemed to be in haste to reach some other branch of

-the subject.</p>

-

-<p>“Very well: then there is nothing more to be said,”

-answered Raimundo, who was quite willing to close

-the interview at this point.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_142" id="Page_142">[142]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>The conspirators were not so willing; for the chance

-of escape held out to them by the burning of the

-vessel was gone, and they were very much dissatisfied

-with the situation. It would be madness to repeat the

-attempt to destroy the vessel; and the future looked

-very unpromising. All hands were going off on a very

-desirable cruise in the steamer. Ben Pardee and Lon

-Gibbs had apparently deserted them when tempted by

-the voyage to Lisbon. They had a dismal prospect of

-staying in the brig, under the care of Marline and

-Rimmer, for the next three weeks.</p>

-

-<p>The second master had plenty of time to think over

-his arrangements for the next week or two; and he was

-not much better satisfied with the immediate prospect

-for the future, than were the occupants of the brig.

-His accommodations were far less comfortable than

-theirs; and the experience of a single night had caused

-him to fear that he might take cold and be sick.

-Besides, he had not calculated that the Tritonia was to

-lie at this port for two or three weeks, thus increasing

-the danger and discomfort of his situation. If he had

-to abandon his hiding-place, he preferred to take his

-chances at any other port rather than Barcelona. It

-was more than probable that Marline and Rimmer would

-overhaul the hold, and re-stow the boxes and barrels

-while the vessel was at anchor; and possibly the principal

-had ordered some repairs at this favorable time.</p>

-

-<p>His chance of getting on board of the Prince before

-she sailed was too small to afford him any hope. The

-change the principal had made in the programme interfered

-sadly with his calculations. Mr. Lowington had

-made this alteration in order to enable the students to<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_143" id="Page_143">[143]</a></span>

-visit the northern and central parts of the peninsula

-before the weather became too cold to permit them to

-do so with any degree of comfort. The fugitive was

-willing, therefore, to change his plans if it was possible.</p>

-

-<p>“Hold on a minute,” interposed Bill Stout, when

-Raimundo was about to descend the ladder. “What

-are you going to do with yourself while the vessel lies

-here for the next three weeks?”</p>

-

-<p>“I shall have to keep out of sight in the hold,”

-replied the second master.</p>

-

-<p>“But you can’t do that. You will starve to death.”</p>

-

-<p>“I have looked out for that.”</p>

-

-<p>Though Bill Stout asked some questions on this

-point, Raimundo declined to say in what manner he

-had provided for his rations.</p>

-

-<p>“Do you know who are in charge on board now?”

-asked Bill.</p>

-

-<p>“Only Mr. Salter and one of the stewards,” replied

-the fugitive.</p>

-

-<p>“Why don’t you use your chance while Marline and

-Rimmer are ashore, and leave the vessel? You can

-get away without being seen.”</p>

-

-<p>“I can’t get out of the vessel without going through

-the cabin where Mr. Salter is,” answered Raimundo;

-but the suggestion gave him a lively hope.</p>

-

-<p>“Yes, you can: you can get out by the fore-scuttle, go

-over the bow, and roost on the bobstay till a shore

-boat comes along,” added Bill. “Only you musn’t let

-the steward see you. Salter is in the cabin, and he

-won’t know any thing about it.”</p>

-

-<p>Raimundo was grateful for the suggestion, though

-he was not willing to acknowledge it, considering the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_144" id="Page_144">[144]</a></span>

-source from which it came. Hugo would help him,

-instead of being a hinderance. The steward would call

-a boat, and have it all ready for him when he got out

-of the vessel. He could even keep Mr. Salter in the

-cabin, while he made his escape, by engaging his attention

-in some matter of business.</p>

-

-<p>“I will see what I can do,” said the fugitive as he

-left the ladder.</p>

-

-<p>He went aft to the cabin ladder, and raised the

-scuttle an inch. Hugo was setting the table for Mr.

-Salter’s lunch. He saw the trap-door raised, and he

-immediately went below for a jar of pickles. In five

-minutes Raimundo had recited his plan to him. In

-five minutes more Hugo had a boat at the bow of

-the Tritonia, waiting for its passenger. At half-past

-twelve, Hugo called Mr. Salter to his lunch; and,

-when this gentleman took his seat at the table, Hugo

-raised the trap, and slammed it down as though it had

-not been in place before. Raimundo understood the

-signal.</p>

-

-<p>The fugitive went forward, and ascended to the

-deck by the fore-scuttle. He was making his way over

-the bow when he found that he was followed by Bill

-Stout and Bark Lingall.</p>

-

-<p>“What are you doing here?” demanded Raimundo,

-astonished and annoyed at the action of the incendiaries.</p>

-

-<p>“We are going with you,” replied Bill Stout. “Over

-with you! if you say a word, we will call Salter.”</p>

-

-<p>Raimundo dropped into the boat that was waiting

-for him, and the villains from the brig followed him.</p>

-

-<hr class="chap" />

-

-</div>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_145" id="Page_145">[145]</a></span></p>

-

-<div class="break">

-

-<h2 class="p4">CHAPTER X.</h2>

-

-<p class="pch">THE ESCURIAL AND PHILIP II.</p>

-

-<p class="drop-capr"><span class="smdrop">Before</span> the train stopped, the students obtained

-a fair view of the Escurial, which is a vast pile

-of buildings, located in the most desolate place to be

-found even in Spain. The village is hardly less solemn

-and gloomy than the tremendous structure that towers

-above. The students breakfasted at the two <i>fondas</i> in

-the place; and then Mr. Mapps, as usual, had something

-to say to them:&mdash;</p>

-

-<p class="pbq p1">“The Escurial, or <i>El Escorial</i> as it is called in

-Spanish, is a monastery, palace, and church. The

-name is derived from <i>scoriæ</i>, the refuse of iron-lore

-after it is smelted; and there were iron-mines in this

-vicinity. The full name of the building is ‘<i>El Real

-Sitio de San Lorenzo el Real del Escorial</i>,’ or, literally,

-‘The Royal Seat of St. Lawrence, the Royal, of the

-Escurial.’ It was built by Philip II. in commemoration

-of the battle of St. Quentin, in 1557, won by the arms

-of Philip, though he was not present at the battle. He

-had made a vow, that, if the saint gave him the victory,

-he would build the most magnificent monastery in the

-world in his honor. St. Lawrence was kind enough to<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_146" id="Page_146">[146]</a></span>

-accommodate him with the victory; and this remarkable

-pile of buildings was the result. Philip redeemed his

-vow, and even did more than this; for, in recognition

-of the fact that the saint was martyred on a gridiron,

-he built this monastery in the form of that useful cooking

-implement. As you see, the structure is in the

-form of a square; and, within it, seventeen ranges of

-buildings cross each other at right angles. The towers

-at each corner are two hundred feet high; and the

-grand dome in the centre is three hundred and twenty

-feet high.</p>

-

-<p class="pbq">“The total length of the building is seven hundred

-and forty feet, by five hundred and eighty feet wide.

-It was begun in 1563, when Philip laid the corner-stone

-with his own hands; and was completed twenty-one

-years later. It cost, in money of our time, fifteen

-millions of dollars. It has four thousand windows;

-though you may see that most of them are rather small.

-The church, which is properly the chapel of the monastery,

-is three hundred and seventy-five feet long, and

-contains forty chapels. The high altar is ninety feet

-high, and fifty feet wide, and is composed of jasper.

-Directly under it is the royal tomb, in which are laid

-the remains of all the sovereigns of Spain from Charles

-V. to the present time. The Spaniards regard the

-Escurial as the eighth wonder of the world. It is

-grand, solemn, and gloomy, like Philip who built it.

-In the mountain, a mile and a half from the Escurial,

-is a seat built of granite, which Philip used to occupy

-while watching the progress of the work.”</p>

-

-<p class="p1">The students separated, dividing into parties to suit<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_147" id="Page_147">[147]</a></span>

-themselves. All the available guides were engaged for

-them; and in a few minutes the interior of the church

-presented a scene that would have astonished the

-gloomy Philip if he could have stepped out of his shelf

-below to look at it, for a hundred young Americans&mdash;from

-the land that Columbus gave to Castile and Leon&mdash;was

-an unusual sight within its cold and deserted

-walls.</p>

-

-<p>“I suppose you have read the lives of Charles V.

-and Philip II.,” said Dr. Winstock, as he entered the

-great building with his young friends.</p>

-

-<p>Both of them had read Robertson and Prescott and

-Irving; and it was because they were generally well

-read up that the doctor liked to be with them.</p>

-

-<p>“It isn’t of much use for any one who has not read

-the life of Philip II. to come here: at least, he would

-be in the dark all the time,” added the doctor.</p>

-

-<p>“I have seen it stated that Charles V. and his

-mother, Crazy Jane, both wanted a convent built which

-should contain a burial-place for the royal family,” said

-Sheridan.</p>

-

-<p>“That is true. All of them were very pious, and

-inclined to dwell in convents. Charles V. showed his

-taste at his abdication by retiring to Yuste,” replied the

-surgeon.</p>

-

-<p>“The architecture of the building is very plain.”</p>

-

-<p>“Yes,&mdash;simple, massive, and grand.”</p>

-

-<p>“Like Philip, as Professor Mapps said.”</p>

-

-<p>“It took him two years to find a suitable spot for the

-building,” said the doctor.</p>

-

-<p>“I don’t think he could have found a worse one,”

-laughed Murray.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_148" id="Page_148">[148]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>“But he found just the one he wanted; and he did

-not select it to suit you and me. Look off at those

-mountains on the north,&mdash;the Guadarramas. They

-tower above Philip’s mausoleum, but they do not belittle

-it. The region is rough but grand: it is desolate;

-but that makes it more solemn and impressive. It is

-a monastery and a tomb that he built, not a pleasure-house.”</p>

-

-<p>“But he made a royal residence of it,” suggested

-Murray.</p>

-

-<p>“For the same reason that his father chose to end

-his days in a monastery. Philip would be a wild

-fanatic in our day; but he is to be judged by his own

-time. He was really a king and a monk, as much one

-as the other. When we go into the room where he

-died, and where he spent the last days of his life, and

-recall some of his history there, we shall understand

-him better. I don’t admire his character, but I am disposed

-to do justice to him.”</p>

-

-<p>The party entered the church, called in Spanish

-<i>templo</i>: it is three hundred and twenty feet long, and it

-is the same to the top of the cupola.</p>

-

-<p>“The interior is so well proportioned that you do not

-get an adequate idea of the size of it,” said the doctor.

-“Consider that you could put almost any church in our

-own country into this one, and have plenty of room for

-its spire under that dome. It is severely plain; but I

-think it is grand and impressive. The high altar, which

-I believe the professor did not make as large as it really

-is, is very rich in marbles and precious stones, and cost

-about two hundred thousand dollars.”</p>

-

-<p>“That’s enough to build twenty comfortable country<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_149" id="Page_149">[149]</a></span>

-churches at home,” added Murray. “And this whole

-building cost money enough to build fifteen thousand

-handsome churches in any country. Of course there

-are plenty of beggars in Spain.”</p>

-

-<p>“That is the republican view of the matter,” replied

-Dr. Winstock. “But the builder of this mighty fabric

-believed he was serving God acceptably in rearing it;

-and we must judge him by his motive, and consider the

-age in which he lived. Observe, as Mr Ford says in

-his hand-book, that the pantheon, or crypt where the

-kings are buried, is just under the steps of the high

-altar: it was so planned by Philip, that the host, when

-it was elevated, might be above the royal dead. Now

-we will go into the <i>relicario</i>.”</p>

-

-<p>“I think I have seen about relics enough to last me

-the rest of my lifetime,” said Sheridan.</p>

-

-<p>“You need not see them if you do not wish to do

-so,” laughed the surgeon. “This is a tolerably free

-country just now, and you can do as you please.”</p>

-

-<p>But the captain followed his party.</p>

-

-<p>“The French carried away vast quantities of the

-treasures of the church when they were engaged in

-conquering the country. But they left the bones of the

-saints, which the pious regard as the real treasures.

-Among other things stolen was a statue presented by

-the people of Messina to Philip III., weighing two hundred

-pounds, of solid silver, and holding in its hand a

-gold vessel weighing twenty-six pounds; besides forty-seven

-of the richest vases, and a heavy crown set with

-rubies and other precious stones,” continued Dr. Winstock,

-consulting a guide-book he carried in his hand.

-“This book says there are 7,421 relics here now, among<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_150" id="Page_150">[150]</a></span>

-which are ten whole bodies, 144 heads, 306 whole legs

-and arms; here is one of the real bars of the gridiron

-on which St. Lawrence was martyred, with portions of

-the broiled flesh upon it; and there is one of his feet,

-with a piece of coal sticking between the toes.”</p>

-

-<p>“But where did they get that bar of the gridiron?”

-asked Murray earnestly. “St. Lawrence was broiled

-in the third century.”</p>

-

-<p>“I don’t know,” replied the doctor. “You must not

-ask me any questions of that kind, for I cannot answer

-them.”</p>

-

-<p>The party returned to the church again; and the surgeon

-called the attention of his companions to the oratorios,

-one on each side of the altar, which are small

-rooms for the use of the royal persons when they attend

-the mass.</p>

-

-<p>“The one on the left is the one used by Philip II.,”

-added the doctor. “You see the latticed window

-through which he looked at the priest. Next to it is

-his cabinet, where he worked and where he died. We

-shall visit them from the palace.”</p>

-

-<p>After looking at the choir, and examining the bishop’s

-throne, the party with a dozen others visited the

-pantheon, or royal tomb. The descent is by a flight of

-marble steps, and the walls are also of the same material.

-At the second landing are two doors, that on the

-left leading to the “<i>pantheon de los infantes</i>,” which is

-the tomb of those queens who were not mothers of

-sovereigns of Spain, and of princes who did not sit on

-the throne. There are sixty bodies here, including

-Don Carlos, the son of Philip, Don John of Austria,

-who asked to be buried here as the proper reward for<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_151" id="Page_151">[151]</a></span>

-his services, and other persons whose names are known

-to history.</p>

-

-<p>After looking at these interesting relics of mortality,

-the tourists descended to the pantheon, which is a

-heathenish name to apply to a Christian burial-place

-erected by one so pious as Philip II. It is octagonal

-in form, forty-six feet in diameter and thirty-eight feet

-high. It is built entirely of marble and jasper. It

-contains an altar of the same stone, where mass is

-sometimes celebrated. These mortuary chapels were

-not built by Philip II., who made only plain vaults;

-but by Philip III. and Philip IV., who did not inherit

-the taste for simplicity of their predecessor on the

-throne. Around the tomb are twenty-six niches, all of

-them made after the same pattern, each containing a

-sarcophagus, in most of which is the body of a king or

-queen. On the right of the altar are the kings, and on

-the left the queens. All of them are labelled with the

-name of the occupant, as “Carlos V.,” “Filipe II.,”

-“Fernando VII.,” &amp;c.</p>

-

-<p>“Can it be possible that we see the coffins of

-Charles V. and Philip II.?” said Sheridan, who was

-very much impressed by the sight before him.</p>

-

-<p>“There is no doubt of it,” replied the doctor.</p>

-

-<p>“I can hardly believe that the body of Philip II. is

-in that case,” added the captain. “I see no reason to

-doubt the fact; but it seems so very strange that I

-should be looking at the coffin of that cold and cruel

-king who lived before our country was settled, and of

-whom I have read so much.”</p>

-

-<p>“I think before you leave Spain you will see something

-that will impress you even more than this<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_152" id="Page_152">[152]</a></span>.”</p>

-

-<p>“What is it?”</p>

-

-<p>“I will not mention it yet; for it is better not to

-anticipate these things. All the kings of Spain from

-Charles V. are buried here, except Philip V. and Ferdinand

-VI.”</p>

-

-<p>“What an odd way they have here of spelling

-Charles and Philip!” said Murray. “These names

-don’t look quite natural to me.”</p>

-

-<p>“Carlos Quinto is the Spanish for Charles Fifth;

-and Ferdinand Seventh is Fernando Septimo, as you

-see on the urn. But our way of writing these things is

-as odd to the Spaniards as theirs is to us. The late

-queen and her father, when they came to the Escurial,

-used to hear mass at midnight in this tomb.”</p>

-

-<p>“That was cheerful,” added Sheridan.</p>

-

-<p>“They had a fancy for that sort of thing. Maria

-Louisa, Philip’s wife, scratched her name on one of

-these marble cases with her scissors.”</p>

-

-<p>The party in the pantheon returned to the church to

-make room for another company to visit it. Dr. Winstock

-and his friends ascended the grand staircase, and

-from the top of the building obtained a fine view of

-the surrounding country, which at this season was as

-desolate and forbidding as possible. After this they

-took a survey of the monastery, most of which has

-the aspect of a barrack. They looked with interest at

-some of the portraits among the pictures, especially at

-those of Philip and Charles V. In the library they

-glanced at the old manuscripts, and at the catalogue

-in which some of Philip’s handwriting was pointed out

-to them.</p>

-

-<p>They next went to the palace, which is certainly a<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_153" id="Page_153">[153]</a></span>

-mean abode for a king, though it was improved and

-adorned by some of the builder’s successors. Philip

-asked only a cell in the house he had erected and consecrated

-to God; and so he made the palace very simple

-and plain. Some of the long and narrow rooms

-are adorned with tapestries on the walls; but there is

-nothing in the palace to detain the visitor beyond a

-few minutes, except the apartments of Philip II. They

-are two small rooms, hardly more than six feet wide.

-One of them is Philip’s cabinet, where he worked on

-affairs of state; and the other is the oratory, where he

-knelt at the little latticed window which commanded a

-view of the priests at the high altar of the church.

-The old table at which he wrote, the chair in which he

-sat, and the footstool on which he placed his gouty leg,

-are still there. The doctor, who had been here before,

-pointed them out to the students.</p>

-

-<p>“It almost seems as though he had just left the

-place,” said Sheridan. “I don’t see how a great king

-could be content to spend his time in such a gloomy

-den as this.”</p>

-

-<p>“It was his own fancy, and he made his own nest

-to suit himself,” replied the doctor. “He was writing

-at that table when the loss of the invincible armada

-was announced to him. It is said he did not move a

-muscle, though he had wasted eighteen years of his

-life and a hundred million ducats upon the fleet and

-the scheme. He was kneeling at the window when

-Don John of Austria came in great haste to tell him

-of the victory of Lepanto; but he was not allowed to

-see the king till the latter had finished his devotions.”</p>

-

-<p>“He was a cool old fellow,” added Murray.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_154" id="Page_154">[154]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>“When he was near the end, he caused himself to

-be carried in a litter all over the wonderful building

-he had erected, that he might take a last look at the

-work of his hands,” continued the doctor. “He was

-finally brought to this place, where he received extreme

-unction; and, having taken leave of his family, he died,

-grasping the crucifix which his father had held in his

-last moments.”</p>

-

-<p>The party passed out of the buildings, and gave

-some time to the gardens and grounds of the Escurial.

-There are some trees, a few of them the spindling and

-ghostly-looking Lombardy poplars; but, beyond the

-immediate vicinity of the “eighth wonder,” the country

-is desolate and wild, without a tree to vary the monotony

-of the scene. The doctor led the way down the

-hill to the <i>Casita del Principe</i>, which is a sort of miniature

-palace, built for Charles IV. when he was a boy.

-It is a pretty toy, containing thirty-three rooms, all of

-them of reduced size, and with furniture on the same

-scale. It contains some fine pictures and other works

-of art.</p>

-

-<p>The tourists dined, and devoted the rest of the day

-to wandering about in the vicinity of the village.

-Some of them walked up to the <i>Silla del Rey</i>, or king’s

-chair, where Philip overlooked the work on the Escurial.

-At five o’clock the ship’s company took the slow

-train, and arrived at Madrid at half-past seven, using

-up two hours and a half in going thirty-two miles.</p>

-

-<p>“I am sorry it is too dark for you to see the country,”

-said the doctor, after the train started.</p>

-

-<p>“Why, sir, is it very fine?” asked Sheridan.</p>

-

-<p>“On the contrary, it is, I think, the most desolate<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_155" id="Page_155">[155]</a></span>

-region on the face of the globe; with hardly a village,

-not a tree, nothing but rocks to be seen. It reminds

-me of some parts of Maine and New Hampshire, where

-they have to sharpen the sheep’s noses to enable them

-to feed among the rocks. The people are miserable

-and half savage; and it is said that many of them

-are clothed in sheepskins, and live in burrows in the

-ground, for the want of houses; but I never saw any

-thing of this kind, though I know that some of the

-gypsys in the South dwell in caves in the sides of the

-hills. Agriculture is at the lowest ebb, though Spain

-produces vast quantities of the most excellent qualities

-of grain. Like a portion of our own country, the numerous

-valleys are very fertile, though in the summer

-the streams of this part of Spain are all dried up. The

-gypsys camp in the bed of the Manzanares, at Madrid.

-Alexandre Dumas and his son went to a bull-fight at

-the capital. The son was faint, as you may be, and

-a glass of water was brought to him. After taking a

-swallow, he handed the rest to the waiter, saying,

-‘Portez cela au Manzanares: cela lui fera plaisir.’

-(Carry that to the Manzanares: it will give it pleasure).”</p>

-

-<p>“Good for Dumas, <i>fils</i>!” exclaimed Murray.</p>

-

-<p>“There is a prejudice against trees in Spain. The

-peasants will not plant them, or suffer them to grow,

-except those that bear fruit; because they afford habitations

-for the birds which eat up their grain. Timber

-and wood for fuel are therefore very scarce and very

-dear in this part of the country. But this region was

-not always so barren and desolate as it is now. In

-the wars with the Moors, both armies began by cutting

-down the trees and burning the villages. More of<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_156" id="Page_156">[156]</a></span>

-this desolation, however, was caused by a very remarkable

-privilege, called the <i>mesta</i>, granted to certain of

-the nobility. It gave them the right of pasturage over

-vast territories, including the Castiles, Estremadura,

-and La Mancha. It came to be a legal right, and

-permitted immense flocks of sheep to roam across the

-country twice a year, in the spring and autumn. In

-the time of Philip II., the wandering flocks of sheep

-were estimated at from seven to eight millions. They

-devoured every thing before them in the shape of grass

-and shrubs. This privilege was not abolished till

-1825.”</p>

-

-<p>“I should think Philip and the rest of the kings who

-lived at the Escurial would have had a nice time in

-going to and from the capital,” said Sheridan. “He

-did not have a palace-car on the railroad in those

-days.”</p>

-

-<p>“After Philip’s day they did not live there a great

-deal of the time, not so much because it was inconvenient

-as because it was a gloomy and cheerless place.

-They used to make it a rule to spend six weeks of the

-year there; though the last of the sovereigns did not

-live there at all, I believe. But they had good roads

-and good carriages for their time. The Spaniards do

-not make many roads; but what they do make are first-class.

-I am sorry we do not go to Segovia, though

-there is not much there except the cathedral and the

-Roman aqueduct, which is a fine specimen. But you

-have seen plenty of these things. Six miles from Segovia

-is La Granja, or the Grange, which is sometimes

-called the palace of San Ildefonso. It is a <i>real sitio</i>, or

-royal residence, built by Philip V. It is a summer<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_157" id="Page_157">[157]</a></span>

-retreat, in the midst of pine forests four thousand feet

-above the sea-level. We went through Valladolid in

-the night. Columbus died there, you remember; and

-Philip II. was born there; but there is nothing of great

-interest to be seen in the city.”</p>

-

-<p>When the train arrived at Madrid, a lot of small

-omnibuses, holding about eight persons each, were

-waiting for the company; and they were driven to the

-<i>Puerta del Sol</i>, where the principal hotels are located.

-Half of the party went to the <i>Grand Hotel de Paris</i>,

-and the other half to the <i>Hotel de los Principes</i>. Dr.

-Winstock and his <i>protégés</i> were quartered at the

-former.</p>

-

-<p>On shore no distinction was made between officers

-and seamen, and no better rooms were given to the

-former than to the latter. As two students occupied

-one wide bed, they were allowed to pair off for this

-purpose. It so happened that the captain and the first

-lieutenant had one of the worst rooms in the house.

-After they had gone up two pairs of stairs, a sign on

-the wall informed them that they had reached the first

-story; and four more brought them to the seven-by-nine

-chamber, with a brick floor, which they were to

-occupy. The furniture was very meagre.</p>

-

-<p>In Spain hotels charge by the day, the price being

-regulated by the size and location of the room. Such

-as that we have just described was thirty-five <i>reales</i>. A

-good sized inside room, two flights nearer the earth,

-was fifty <i>reales</i>, with an increase of five <i>reales</i> for an

-outside room looking into the street. The table was

-the same for all the guests. The price per day varies

-from thirty to sixty <i>reales</i> in Spain, forty being the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_158" id="Page_158">[158]</a></span>

-most common rate at the best hotels out of Madrid.

-From two to four <i>reales</i> a day is charged for attendance,

-and one or two for candles. Two dollars a day

-is therefore about the average rate. Only two meals

-a day are served for this price,&mdash;a breakfast at ten or

-eleven, and dinner at six.</p>

-

-<p>It is the fashion in Spain, for an individual or company

-to conduct several hotels in different cities. The

-Fallola brothers run the grand Hotel de Paris in

-Madrid, the ones with the same name in Seville and in

-Cadiz, and the Hotel Suiza in Cordova; and they are

-the highest-priced hotels on the peninsula, and doubtless

-the best. The company that manages the Hotel

-de Los Principes in Madrid also have the Rizzi in

-Cordova, the Londres in Seville, the Cadiz in Cadiz,

-and the Siete Suelos in Granada, in which the prices

-are more moderate. The Hotel Washington Irving at

-Granada, and the Alameda in Malaga, are under the

-same management, and charge forty-four and forty

-<i>reales</i> a day respectively, besides service and lights.

-Though Spain is said to be an expensive country to

-live in, these prices in 1870 were only about half those

-charged in the United States.</p>

-

-<p>Railroad fares are about two cents and a half a mile,

-second class; and about a third higher, first class. A

-one-horse carriage for two costs forty cents an hour in

-Madrid; and for four persons, two horses, fifty cents.

-A very handsome carriage, with driver and footman in

-livery, may be had for five dollars a day.</p>

-

-<p>After supper the students walked about the <i>Puerta

-del Sol</i>, and took their first view of the capital of

-Spain.</p>

-

-<hr class="chap" />

-

-</div>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_159" id="Page_159">[159]</a></span></p>

-

-<div class="break">

-

-<h2 class="p4">CHAPTER XI.</h2>

-

-<p class="pch">THE CRUISE IN THE FELUCCA.</p>

-

-<p class="drop-capr"><span class="smdrop">Raimundo</span> was very much disgusted when he

-found that Bill Stout and Bark Lingall were to

-be the companions of his flight. Thus far he had felt

-that his conduct was justifiable. His uncle Manuel

-had taught him to believe that his guardian intended to

-“put him out of the way.” Don Alejandro had not

-actually attempted to do any thing of this kind, so far

-as was known; and no case could be made out against

-him. Don Manuel did not mean that he should have

-an opportunity to attempt any thing of the kind. Certainly

-it was safer to keep out of his way, than to tempt

-him to do a deed which his own brother believed he

-was capable of doing. Raimundo thought Don Manuel

-was right: indeed, he could remember enough of

-Don Alejandro’s treatment of him before he left Barcelona,

-to convince him of his guardian’s intentions.</p>

-

-<p>But when he found himself in the boat, escaping

-from the Tritonia with two of the worst “scalliwags”

-of the crew, the case seemed to present a different

-aspect to him. He realized that he was in bad company;

-and he felt contaminated by their presence, Yet

-he did not see how he could help himself. The only<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_160" id="Page_160">[160]</a></span>

-way he could get out of the scrape was to surrender

-to the chief steward, and in due time be handed over

-to the agent of his guardian. Whether he was correct

-or not in his estimate of his uncle’s character, he was

-sincere in his belief that Don Alejandro intended to do

-him harm, even to the sacrificing of his life. Independently

-of his personal fears, he did not think it

-would be right to give himself up to one who might be

-tempted to do an evil deed. He concluded to make

-the best of the situation, and as soon as possible to get

-rid of his disagreeable companions.</p>

-

-<p>“Where shall we go, Raimundo?” asked Bill Stout,

-as confidentially as though he had been a part of the

-enterprise from the beginning.</p>

-

-<p>“We must go on shore, of course,” replied the

-young Spaniard, who was not yet sufficiently reconciled

-to the situation to be very cordial.</p>

-

-<p>More than this, he had not yet considered what his

-course should be when he had left the vessel; but it

-occurred to him, as Bill asked the question, that the

-<i>alguacil</i>, whose action had been fully reported to him

-by Hugo, might be watching the vessel from the shore.

-Raimundo looked about him to get a better idea of the

-situation. The wind was from the north-west, which

-swung the Prince so that she lay between the Tritonia

-and the landing-place, and hid her hull from the view

-of any one on the city side.</p>

-

-<p>“I think we had better not land at any of the usual

-places,” suggested Bark. “Marline, Rimmer, and all

-the rest of the forward officers, are in charge of the

-boats at the principal landing.”</p>

-

-<p>“I had no idea of going to the city. It would not<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_161" id="Page_161">[161]</a></span>

-be safe for me to show my face there,” answered Raimundo;

-and he directed the boatman to pull to the

-Barceloneta side of the port, and in such a direction as

-to keep in the shadow of the vessels of the fleet.</p>

-

-<p>The man offered to land them at a more convenient

-place; but Raimundo insisted upon going to the point

-indicated. Very likely the boatman suspected that his

-passengers were not leaving the vessel to which they

-belonged in a perfectly regular manner; but probably

-this would not make any difference to him, as long as

-he was well paid for his services. Presently the boat

-grounded on some rocks at the foot of the sea-wall,

-which rose high above them. As usual the boatman

-was anxious to obtain another job; and he offered to

-take them to any point they wished to go to.</p>

-

-<p>“I will take you back to your ship when you are

-ready to go,” continued the man with a smile, and a

-twinkle of the eye, which was enough to show that he

-did not believe they intended to return.</p>

-

-<p>Raimundo replied that they had no further use for

-the boat that day.</p>

-

-<p>“I have a big boat like that,” persisted the man,

-pointing to a felucca which was sailing down the bay.</p>

-

-<p>The craft indicated was about thirty feet long, and

-carried a large lateen sail.</p>

-

-<p>“Where is she?” asked Raimundo, with interest.</p>

-

-<p>The man pointed up the harbor, and said he could

-have her ready in a few minutes.</p>

-

-<p>“Do you go out to sea in her?”</p>

-

-<p>“Oh, yes! go to Majorca in her,” replied the boatman,

-quite excited at the prospect of a large job.</p>

-

-<p>“Can you take us to Tarragona in her?” continued<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_162" id="Page_162">[162]</a></span>

-the young Spaniard, to whom the felucca suggested

-the best means of getting away from Barcelona.</p>

-

-<p>“Certainly I can: there is no trouble about it.”</p>

-

-<p>“How much shall you charge to take us there?”</p>

-

-<p>“It is fifteen leagues to Tarragona,” replied the

-boatman, who proceeded to magnify the difficulties of

-the enterprise as soon as the price was demanded.</p>

-

-<p>“Very well: we can go by the railroad,” added Raimundo,

-who fully comprehended the object of the man.</p>

-

-<p>“Your officers will see you if you go into the city,”

-said the boatman, with a cunning smile.</p>

-

-<p>There was no longer any doubt that the fellow fully

-comprehended the situation, but the fugitive saw that

-he would not betray them; for, if he did, he would lose

-the job, which he evidently intended should be a profitable

-one.</p>

-

-<p>“Name your price,” he added; and he was willing

-to pay liberally for the service he desired.</p>

-

-<p>“Five hundred <i>reales</i>,” answered the man.</p>

-

-<p>“Do you think we have so much money?” laughed

-the fugitive. “We can’t make a bargain with you.”</p>

-

-<p>“What will you give?” asked the boatman.</p>

-

-<p>“Two hundred <i>reales</i>.”</p>

-

-<p>After considerable haggling, the bargain was struck

-at three hundred <i>reales</i>, or fifteen dollars; and this

-was less than the fugitive had expected to pay. The

-rest of the arrangements were readily made. Filipe,

-for this was the name he gave, was afraid his passengers

-would be captured while he went for his felucca;

-and, keeping in the shadow of the sea-wall, he pulled

-them around the point on which the old light-house

-stands, and landed them on some rocks under the wall.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_163" id="Page_163">[163]</a></span>

-In this position they could not be seen from the vessels

-of the fleet, or from the landing-place on the other

-side, while the high wall concealed them from any

-person on the shore who did not take the trouble to

-look over at them.</p>

-

-<p>“We shall want something to eat,” said Raimundo,

-as the boatman was about to leave them. “Take this,

-and buy as much bread and cold meat as you can with

-it.”</p>

-

-<p>Raimundo handed him three dollars in Spanish silver,

-which Hugo had obtained for him. The large sum of

-money he had was in Spanish gold, obtained in Genoa.

-He had a few dollars in silver left for small expenses.</p>

-

-<p>“What are we here for?” asked Bill Stout, who, of

-course, had not understood a word of the conversation

-of his companion and the boatman.</p>

-

-<p>Both he and Bark had asked half a dozen times

-what they were talking about; but Raimundo had not

-answered them.</p>

-

-<p>“What has been going on between you and that

-fellow all this time?” asked Bill, in a tone so imperative

-that the young officer did not like it at all.</p>

-

-<p>“I have made a bargain with him to take us to

-Tarragona,” replied Raimundo coldly.</p>

-

-<p>“And did not say a word to Bark and me about it!”

-exclaimed Bill.</p>

-

-<p>“If you don’t like it you need not go. I did not

-invite you to come with me.”</p>

-

-<p>“Did not invite me!” sneered Bill. “I know you

-didn’t; but we are in the party, and want you to understand

-that we are no longer under your orders. You

-needn’t take it upon yourself to make arrangements for

-me<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_164" id="Page_164">[164]</a></span>.”</p>

-

-<p>“I made the arrangement for myself, and I don’t

-ask you to go with me,” answered Raimundo with

-dignity.</p>

-

-<p>“Come, come! Bill, dry up!” interposed Bark. “Do

-you want to make a row now before we are fairly out

-of the vessel?”</p>

-

-<p>“I got out of the vessel to get clear of those snobs

-of officers, and I am not going to have one of them

-lording it over me here.”</p>

-

-<p>“Nonsense! He hasn’t done any thing that you can

-find fault with,” added Bark.</p>

-

-<p>“He has made a trade with that boatman to take us

-somewhere without saying a word to us about it,”

-blustered Bill. “I want to put a check on that sort of

-thing in the beginning.”</p>

-

-<p>“He has done just the right thing. If we had been

-alone we could not have managed the matter at all.”</p>

-

-<p>“I could have managed it well enough myself.”</p>

-

-<p>“You can’t speak a word of Spanish, nor I either.”</p>

-

-<p>“I don’t even know where that place is&mdash;Dragona&mdash;or

-whatever it is,” growled Bill.</p>

-

-<p>“I am not to blame for your ignorance,” said Raimundo.

-“You heard every thing that was said; and, if

-you don’t like it, I am willing to get along without

-you.”</p>

-

-<p>“Come, Bill; we must not get up a row. Raimundo

-has done the right thing, and for one I am very much

-obliged to him,” continued Bark.</p>

-

-<p>“He might have told us what he was about,” added

-Bill, somewhat appeased by the words of his fellow-conspirator.</p>

-

-<p>“We had no time to spare; and he could not stop to

-tell the whole story twice over<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_165" id="Page_165">[165]</a></span>.”</p>

-

-<p>“Where is the place we are going to?” demanded

-Bill in the same sulky tone.</p>

-

-<p>“Tarragona, a seaport town, south of here. How

-far is it, Mr. Raimundo?”</p>

-

-<p>“About fifty miles.”</p>

-

-<p>“Will you tell us now, if you please, what arrangements

-you made with the boatman?” continued Bark,

-doing his best to smooth the ruffled feelings of the

-young Spaniard.</p>

-

-<p>“Certainly I will; but I want to say in the first

-place that I had rather return to the Tritonia at once

-than be bullied by Stout or by anybody else. I don’t

-put on any airs, and I mean to treat everybody like a

-gentleman. I am a Spaniard, and I will not be insulted

-by any one,” said Raimundo, with as much dignity as

-an hidalgo in Castile.</p>

-

-<p>“I didn’t mean to insult you,” said Bill mildly.</p>

-

-<p>“Let it pass; but, if it is repeated, we part company

-at once, whatever the consequences,” added Raimundo,

-who then proceeded to explain what had passed

-between Filipe and himself.</p>

-

-<p>The plan was entirely satisfactory to Bark; and so

-it was to Bill, though he had not the grace to say so.

-The villain had an itching to be the leader of whatever

-was going on himself; and he was very much afraid

-that the late second master of the Tritonia would

-usurp this office if he did not make himself felt in the

-beginning. He was rather cowed by the lofty stand

-Raimundo had taken; and he had come to the conclusion

-that he had better wait till the expedition was a

-little farther along before he attempted to assert himself

-again.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_166" id="Page_166">[166]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>“Have you any money?” asked Raimundo, when he

-had finished his explanation.</p>

-

-<p>“Yes. Both of us have money; and we will pay our

-share of the cost of the boat,” replied Bark, who was

-ten times more of a man than his companion in mischief.</p>

-

-<p>“Is it Spanish money?”</p>

-

-<p>“No, not any of it. I have seven English sovereigns

-in gold, and some silver. Bill has twelve sovereigns.

-I can draw over eighty pounds on my letter of credit;

-and Bill can get fifty on his.”</p>

-

-<p>“I only wanted to know what ready money you had,”

-added Raimundo. “You must not say a word about

-money when we get into the felucca.”</p>

-

-<p>“Why not?” asked Bill, in his surly way, as though

-he was disposed to make another issue on this point.</p>

-

-<p>“I don’t know the boatman; and it is very likely he

-may have another man with him. There he comes,

-and there is another man with him,” replied Raimundo,

-as the felucca appeared off the light-house. “If you

-should show them any large sum of money, or let them

-know you had it, they might be tempted to throw us

-overboard for the sake of getting it. Of course, I

-don’t know that they would do any thing of the kind;

-but it is best to be on the safe side.”</p>

-

-<p>“Some of these Spaniards would cut a man’s throat

-for half a dollar,” added Bill.</p>

-

-<p>“So would some Americans; and they do it in New

-York sometimes,” replied Raimundo warmly. “I repeat

-it: don’t say a word about money.”</p>

-

-<p>“The men in the boat cannot understand us if we

-do,” suggested Bark.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_167" id="Page_167">[167]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>“They may speak English, for aught I know.”</p>

-

-<p>“The one you talked with could not.”</p>

-

-<p>“I don’t know about that. I did not try him in

-English. We must all pretend that we have very little

-money, whether we do it in English or in Spanish.

-When Filipe&mdash;that’s his name&mdash;asked me five hundred

-<i>reales</i> for taking us to Tarragona, I said that I

-had not so much money.”</p>

-

-<p>“And that was a lie; wasn’t it?” sneered Bill.</p>

-

-<p>“If it was, it is on my conscience, and not yours;

-and it may be a lie that will save your life and mine,”

-answered Raimundo sharply.</p>

-

-<p>“I don’t object to the lie; but I thought you, one of

-the parson’s lambs, did object to such things,” chuckled

-Bill.</p>

-

-<p>“I hate a lie: I think falsehood is mean and ungentlemanly;

-but I believe there is a wide difference

-between a lie told to a sick man, or to prevent a boatman

-from being tempted to cut your throat, and a lie

-told to save you from the consequences of your own

-misconduct.”</p>

-

-<p>“Well, you needn’t preach: we are not chaplain’s

-lambs,” growled Bill.</p>

-

-<p>“Neither am I,” added Raimundo. “I am what

-they call a Christian in Spain, and that is a Roman

-Catholic. But here is the felucca. Now mind what I

-have said, for your own safety.”</p>

-

-<p>Filipe ran the bow of his craft up to the rocks on

-which the fugitives were standing, and they leaped on

-board of her. The boatman’s assistant shoved her off,

-and in a moment more she was driving down the harbor

-before the fresh breeze. The second man in the boat<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_168" id="Page_168">[168]</a></span>

-was not more than twenty years old, while Filipe

-was apparently about forty-five. He introduced his

-companion as his son, and said his name was John

-(<i>Juan</i>).</p>

-

-<p>At the suggestion of Raimundo, the fugitives coiled

-themselves away in the bottom of the felucca, so that

-no inquisitive glass on board of the vessels or on the

-shore should reveal their presence to any one that

-wanted them. In this position they had an opportunity

-to examine the craft that was to convey them out of the

-reach of danger, as they hoped and believed. She was

-not so large as the craft that Filipe had pointed out as

-the model of his own; but she carried two sails, and

-was decked over forward so as to form quite a roomy

-cuddy. She was pointed at both ends, and sailed like

-a yacht. It was about one o’clock when the party went

-on board of her, and at her present rate of speed she

-would reach her destination in six or seven hours. She

-had the wind on her beam, and the indications were

-that she would have it fair all the way. There was not

-a cloud in the sky, and there was every promise of fair

-weather for the rest of the day. When the felucca had

-passed Monjuich, the party ventured to move about the

-craft, as they were no longer in danger of being seen

-from the city or the fleet; but they took the precaution

-to keep out of sight when they passed any other craft

-which might report them to their anxious friends in

-Barcelona.</p>

-

-<p>“What have you got to eat, Filipe?” asked Raimundo,

-when the felucca was clear of the city.</p>

-

-<p>“Plenty to eat and drink,” replied the skipper.</p>

-

-<p>“Let me see what you have, for I am beginning to

-have an appetite.”</p>

-

-<div class="figcenter">

-     <img src="images/ill-172.jpg" width="450" height="280"

-         alt=""

-         title="" />

-     <div class="caption"><p class="pc">“<span class="smcap">Raimundo did not hesitate to strike him down.</span>” <span style="font-weight: normal; font-size: 90%;">Page <a href="#Page_172">172</a>.</span></p>

-</div></div>

-

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_169" id="Page_169">[169]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>Juan was directed to bring out the hamper of provisions

-his father had purchased. Certainly there were

-enough of them; but the quality was any thing but

-satisfactory. Coarse black bread, sausages that looked

-like Bolognas, and half a dozen bottles of cheap wine,

-were the principal articles in the hamper. The whole

-could not have cost half the money given to the boatman.

-But Filipe insisted that he had paid a <i>peseta</i>

-more than the sum handed him.</p>

-

-<p>Raimundo inquired into this matter more because he

-was anxious to know about the character of the man

-than because he cared for the sum expended. He felt

-that he was, in a measure, in this man’s power; and he

-desired to ascertain what sort of a person he had to

-deal with. If he was not wicked enough to cut the

-throats of his passengers, or to throw them overboard

-for their money, he might betray them when there was

-no more money to be made out of them. The inquiry

-was not at all satisfactory in its results. Filipe had

-cheated him on the provisions; and Raimundo was

-confident that he would do so in other matters to the

-extent of his opportunities.</p>

-

-<p>The food tasted better than it looked; and Raimundo

-made a hearty meal, as did all the others on board,

-including the boatmen. Raimundo would not drink

-any of the wine; but his companions did so quite freely,

-in spite of his caution. He noticed that Filipe urged

-them to drink, and seemed to be vexed when he could

-not induce him to taste the wine.</p>

-

-<p>“Where are you going when you get to Tarragona?”

-asked the boatman, when the collation was disposed of.</p>

-

-<p>“I think I shall go to Cadiz, and join my ship when

-she arrives there,” replied Raimundo.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_170" id="Page_170">[170]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>“To Cadiz!” exclaimed Filipe. “How can you go

-to Cadiz when you have no money?”</p>

-

-<p>Raimundo saw that he had said too much, and that

-the skipper wished to inquire into his finances.</p>

-

-<p>“I shall get some money in Tarragona,” he replied;

-but he did not deem it prudent to mention his letter of

-credit.</p>

-

-<p>Filipe continued to ply him with questions, which he

-evaded answering as well as he could. He did his

-best to produce the impression on his mind that he

-had no money. The boatman asked him about his

-companions, whether they could not let him have all

-the money he wanted to enable him to reach Cadiz.

-Why did they leave their ship if they had no money?

-How did he expect to get money in Tarragona?</p>

-

-<p>“How do I know that you will pay me if you are so

-poor?” demanded Filipe, evidently much vexed at the

-result of his inquiry.</p>

-

-<p>“I have money enough to pay you, and a few dollars

-more,” replied Raimundo.</p>

-

-<p>“I don’t know: I think you had better pay me now,

-before I go any farther.”</p>

-

-<p>“No, I will not pay you till we get to Tarragona,”

-replied the young Spaniard.</p>

-

-<p>“I don’t know that you have money enough to pay

-me,” persisted the boatman.</p>

-

-<p>Raimundo took from his pocket the three isabelinos

-he had reserved for the purpose of paying for the

-boat, with the silver he had left, and showed them to

-the rapacious skipper.</p>

-

-<p>“That will convince you that I have the money,”

-said he, as he returned the gold and silver to his

-pocket.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_171" id="Page_171">[171]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>He resolutely refused to pay for the boat till her

-work was done. By this time Bill and Bark, overcome

-by the wine they had drunk, were fast asleep in the

-cuddy where they had gone at the invitation of the boatman.

-Raimundo was inclined to join them; but the

-skipper was a treacherous fellow, and it was not prudent

-to do so. After all the man’s efforts to ascertain

-what money he had, he was actually afraid the fellow

-would attack him, and attempt to search his pockets.

-There were brigands in Spain,&mdash;at least, a party had

-been recently robbed by some in the south; and there

-might be pirates as well. So confident was the passenger

-of the evil intentions of Filipe, that he believed, if

-he was not robbed, it would be because the man supposed

-he had no more money than he had shown him.

-He kept his eye on a spare tiller in the boat, which he

-meant to use in self-defence if the occasion should

-require.</p>

-

-<p>Just before dark Bill and Bark, having slept off the

-effect of the wine, awoke, and came out of the cuddy.

-Filipe proposed that they should have supper before

-dark, and ordered Juan to bring out the hamper.

-Raimundo did not want any supper, and refused to eat

-or drink. Bark and Bill were not hungry, and also

-declined. Then the skipper urged them to drink.</p>

-

-<p>“Don’t taste another drop,” said Raimundo earnestly.

-“That man means mischief.”</p>

-

-<p>“Do you mean to insult me?” demanded Filipe,

-fixing a savage scowl upon Raimundo.</p>

-

-<p>It was plain enough now that the man understood

-English, though he had not yet spoken a word of it,

-and had refused to answer when spoken to in that language.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_172" id="Page_172">[172]</a></span>

-At the same time he left the helm, which Juan

-took as though he was beside his father for that purpose.

-Raimundo leaped from his seat, with the tiller in

-his hand; for he had kept his place where he could lay

-his hand upon it.</p>

-

-<p>“Stand by me!” shouted he to his companions.</p>

-

-<p>Filipe rushed upon Raimundo, and attempted to

-seize him by the throat. The young officer struck at

-him with the tiller, but did not hit him. He dodged

-the blow; but it fanned his wrath to the highest pitch.

-Raimundo saw him thrust his hand into his breast-pocket;

-and he was sure there was a knife there. He

-raised his club again; but at this instant Bark Lingall

-threw his arms around the boatman’s throat, and, jamming

-his knees into his back, brought him down on his

-face in the bottom of the boat.</p>

-

-<p>“Hold him down! don’t let him up!” cried Raimundo.</p>

-

-<p>Bark was a stout fellow; and he held on, in spite of

-the struggles of the Spaniard. At this moment Juan

-left the tiller, and rushed forward to take a hand in the

-conflict, now that his father had got the worst of it. He

-had a knife in his hand, and Raimundo did not hesitate

-to strike him down with the heavy tiller; and he lay

-senseless in the bottom of the felucca. The young

-officer then went to the assistance of Bark Lingall;

-and, in a few minutes more, they had bound the skipper

-hand and foot, and lashed him down to the floor.</p>

-

-<hr class="chap" />

-

-</div>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_173" id="Page_173">[173]</a></span></p>

-

-<div class="break">

-

-<h2 class="p4">CHAPTER XII.</h2>

-

-<p class="pch">SIGHTS IN MADRID.</p>

-

-<p class="drop-capa"><span class="smdrop">After</span> an early breakfast&mdash;early for Spain&mdash;the

-students were assembled in a large hall provided

-by the landlord; and Professor Mapps gave the usual

-lesson relating to the city they were visiting:&mdash;</p>

-

-<p>“The population of Madrid has fallen off from about

-four hundred thousand to the neighborhood of three

-hundred thousand. The city was in existence in the

-tenth century, but was not of much account till the

-sixteenth, when Charles V. took up his residence here.

-Toledo was at that time the capital, as about every

-prominent city of Spain had been before. In 1560

-Philip III. made Madrid the sole capital of the country;

-and it has held this distinction down to this day, though

-Philip II. tried to move it to Valladolid. It is twenty-two

-hundred feet above the level of the sea; and the

-cutting off of all the trees in the vicinity&mdash;and I may

-add in all Spain&mdash;has injuriously affected the climate.

-This region has been said to have but two seasons,&mdash;‘nine

-months of winter, and three months of hell.’ If

-it is very cold in winter, it is probably by comparison

-with the southern part of the peninsula. Like many

-other cities of Spain, Madrid has been captured by the

-English and the French<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_174" id="Page_174">[174]</a></span>.”</p>

-

-<p>Though the professor had much more to say, we

-shall report only these few sentences. The students

-hastened out to see the city; and the surgeon took the

-captain and the first lieutenant under his wing, as usual.

-They went into the <i>Puerta del Sol</i>,&mdash;the Gate of the

-Sun. Most of the city in early days lay west of this

-point, so that its eastern gate was where the centre now

-is. As the sun first shone on this gate, it was called

-the gate of the sun. Though the gate is gone, the

-place where it was located still retains the name. It is

-nearly in the shape of an ellipse; and most of the

-principal streets radiate from it. It usually presents a

-very lively scene, by day or by night. It is always full

-of peddlers of matches, newspapers, lottery-tickets, and

-other merchandise.</p>

-

-<p>“Where shall we go?” said the doctor.</p>

-

-<p>“We will leave that to you,” replied Sheridan. “You

-know the ropes in this ship, and we don’t.”</p>

-

-<p>“I think we will go first to the royal palace; and we

-had better take a <i>berlina</i>, as they call it here.”</p>

-

-<p>“A <i>berlina</i>? Is it a pill?” asked Murray.</p>

-

-<p>“No; it is a carriage,” laughed the doctor. “Do

-you see that one with a tin sign on the corner, with ‘<i>se

-alquila</i>’ painted on it? That means that the vehicle is

-not engaged.”</p>

-

-<p>The <i>berlina</i> was called, and the party were driven

-down the <i>Calla del Arenal</i> to the palace. It is a magnificent

-building, one of the finest in Europe, towering

-far above every thing else in the city. It is the most

-sightly structure in Madrid. In front of it is the <i>Plaza

-del Oriente</i>, and in the rear are extensive gardens, reaching

-down to the Manzanares. On the right of it are<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_175" id="Page_175">[175]</a></span>

-the royal stables, and on the left is the royal armory.</p>

-

-<p>“When I was in Madrid, in the time of the late

-queen, no one was admitted to the palace because some

-vandal tourists had damaged the frescos and marbles,”

-said Dr. Winstock. “But for the last year it has been

-opened. Your uniform and my passport will open the

-doors to us.”</p>

-

-<p>“What has the uniform to do with it?” asked Murray.</p>

-

-<p>“A uniform is generally respected in Europe; for it

-indicates that those who wear it hold some naval or

-military office.”</p>

-

-<p>“We don’t hold any such office,” added Sheridan.</p>

-

-<p>“But you are officers of a very respectable institution.”</p>

-

-<p>As the doctor anticipated, admission was readily

-obtained; and the trio were conducted all over the

-palace, not excepting the apartments of the late queen.

-There is nothing especially noteworthy about it, for it

-was not unlike a score of other palaces the party had

-visited.</p>

-

-<p>In the stables, the party saw the state coaches; but,

-as they had seen so many royal carriages, they were

-more interested in an American buggy because it

-looked like home. The doctor pointed out the old

-coach in which Crazy Jane carried about with her the

-body of her dead husband. The provisional government

-had sold off most of the horses and mules. In

-the yard is a bath for horses.</p>

-

-<p>From the stables the trio went to the armory, which

-contains many objects of interest. The suits of armor<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_176" id="Page_176">[176]</a></span>

-are kept as clean and nice as they were when in use.

-Those worn by Charles V. and Philip II. were examined

-with much care; but there seemed to be no marks

-of any hard knocks on them. At the head of the room

-stands a figure of St. Ferdinand, dressed in regal robes,

-with a golden crown on the head and a sword in the

-hand, which is borne in solemn procession to the royal

-chapel by priests, on the 29th of May, and is kept there

-two weeks to receive the homage of the people.</p>

-

-<p>In another room is a great variety of articles of historic

-interest, among which may be mentioned the steel

-writing-desk of Charles V., the armor he wore when he

-entered Tunis, his camp-stool and bed, and, above all,

-the steel armor, ornamented with gold, that was worn

-by Columbus. In the collection of swords were those

-of the principal kings, the great captain, and other

-heroes.</p>

-

-<p>“There is the armor of Isabella, which she wore

-at the siege of Granada,” said the doctor.</p>

-

-<p>“Did she fight?” asked Murray.</p>

-

-<p>“No more than her husband. Both were sovereigns

-in their own right; and it was the fashion to wear these

-things.”</p>

-

-<p>“Very likely she had this on when Columbus called

-to see her at Granada,” suggested Sheridan.</p>

-

-<p>“I don’t know about that. I fancy she did not

-wear it in the house, but only when she presented herself

-before the army,” replied the doctor.</p>

-

-<p>The party spent a long time in this building, so

-interested were the young men in viewing these memorials

-of the past grandeur of Spain. After dinner they

-went to the naval museum, which is near the armory.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_177" id="Page_177">[177]</a></span>

-It contains a great number of naval relics, models of

-historic vessels, captured flags, and similar mementos

-of the past. The chart of Columbus was particularly

-interesting to the students from the New World. There

-are several historical paintings, representing scenes in

-the lives of Cortes, Pizarro, and De Soto. A portrait

-of Columbus is flanked on each side by those of the

-sovereigns who patronized him.</p>

-

-<p>“This is a beautiful day,” said Dr. Winstock, as

-they left the museum. “They call it very cold here,

-when the mercury falls below the freezing point. It

-does not often get below twenty-four, and seldom so

-low as that. I think the glass to-day is as high as

-fifty-five.”</p>

-

-<p>“I call it a warm day for winter,” added Sheridan.</p>

-

-<p>“But the air of this city is very subtle. It will kill

-a man, the Spaniards say, when it will not blow out a

-candle. I think we had better take a <i>berlina</i>, and ride

-over to the <i>Prado</i>. The day is so fine that we may

-possibly see some of the summer glories of the place.”</p>

-

-<p>“What are they?” asked Murray.</p>

-

-<p>“To me they are the people who walk there; but of

-course the place is the pleasantest when the trees and

-shrubs are in foliage.”</p>

-

-<p>A <i>berlina</i> was called, and the party drove through

-the <i>Calle Mayor</i>, the <i>Puerta del Sol</i>, and the <i>Calle de

-Alcala</i>, which form a continuous street, the broadest

-and finest in Madrid, from the palace to the Prado,

-which are on opposite sides of the city. A continuation

-of this street forms one end of the <i>Prado</i>; and another

-of the <i>Calle de Atocha</i>, a broad avenue reaching from

-the <i>Plaza Mayor</i>, near the palace, forms the other end.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_178" id="Page_178">[178]</a></span>

-These are the two widest streets of Madrid. The <i>Calle

-de Alcala</i> is wide enough to be called a boulevard,

-and contains some of the finest buildings in the city.</p>

-

-<p>“That must be the bull-ring,” said Sheridan, as the

-party came in sight of an immense circular building.

-“I have read that it will hold twelve thousand people.”</p>

-

-<p>“Some say sixteen thousand; but I think it would

-not take long to count all it would hold above ten

-thousand. Philip V. did not like bull-fights, and he

-tried to do away with them; but the spectacle is the

-national sport, and the king made himself very unpopular

-by attempting to abolish it. As a stroke of policy,

-to regain his popularity, he built this <i>Plaza de Toros</i>.

-It is what you see; but it is open to the weather in the

-middle; and all bull-fights are held, ‘<i>Si el tiempo no lo

-impide</i>’ (if the weather does not prevent it). This is

-the <i>Puerta de Alcala</i>,” continued the doctor, pointing

-to a triumphal arch about seventy feet high, built by

-Charles III. “The gardens on the right are the ‘<i>Buen

-Retiro</i>,’ pleasant retreat. Now we will turn, and go

-through the <i>Prado</i>, though all this open space is often

-called by this name.”</p>

-

-<p>“But what is the ‘pleasant retreat’?”</p>

-

-<p>“It is a sort of park and garden, not very attractive

-at that, with a pond, a menagerie, and an observatory.

-It is not worth the trouble of a visit,” added the doctor,

-as he directed the driver to turn the <i>berlina</i>.</p>

-

-<p>“I have often seen a picture of that statue,” said

-Sheridan, as they passed a piece of sculpture representing

-a female seated on a chariot drawn by lions.</p>

-

-<p>“That is the Cybele.”</p>

-

-<p>“Who is she<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_179" id="Page_179">[179]</a></span>?”</p>

-

-<p>“Wife of Saturn, and mother of the gods,” replied

-Sheridan.</p>

-

-<p>“This is the <i>Salon del Prado</i>” continued the doctor,

-as the carriage turned to the left into an avenue

-two hundred feet wide. “There are plenty of people

-here, and I think we had better get out and walk, if

-you are not too tired; for you want to see the people.”</p>

-

-<p>The <i>berlina</i> was dismissed, and the party joined the

-throng of <i>Madrileños</i>. Dr. Winstock called the attention

-of his young friends to three ladies who were

-approaching them. They wore the mantilla, which is

-a long black lace veil, worn as a head-dress, but falling

-in graceful folds below the hips. The ladies&mdash;except

-the high class, fashionable people&mdash;wear no bonnets.

-The mantilla is a national costume, and the fan is a

-national institution among them. They manage the

-latter, as well as the former, with peculiar grace; and

-it has even been said that they flirt with it, being able

-to express their sentiments by its aid.</p>

-

-<p>“But these ladies are not half so pretty as I supposed

-the Spanish women were,” said Murray.</p>

-

-<p>“That only proves that you supposed they were

-handsomer than they are,” laughed Sheridan.</p>

-

-<p>“They are not so handsome here as in Cadiz and

-Seville, I grant,” added the doctor; “but still I think

-they are not bad looking.”</p>

-

-<p>“I will agree to that,” replied Murray. “They are

-good-looking women, and that’s all you can say of

-them.”</p>

-

-<p>“Probably you have got some extravagant ideas

-about Spanish girls from the novels you have read,”

-laughed the doctor; “and it is not likely that your<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_180" id="Page_180">[180]</a></span>

-ideal beauty will be realized, even in Cadiz and Seville.

-Here is the <i>Dos de Mayo</i>.”</p>

-

-<p>“Who’s she?” asked Murray, looking rather vacantly

-at a granite obelisk in the middle of an enclosed garden.</p>

-

-<p>“It is not a woman,” replied the doctor.</p>

-

-<p>“Excuse me; I think you said a dose of something,”

-added Murray.</p>

-

-<p>“That monument has the name of ‘<i>El Dos de

-Mayo</i>,’ which means ‘the second of May.’ It commemorates

-a battle fought on this spot in 1808 by the

-peasants, headed by three artillerymen, and the French.

-The ground enclosed is called ‘The Field of Loyalty.’”</p>

-

-<p>“What is this long building ahead?” inquired Sheridan.</p>

-

-<p>“That’s the Royal Museum, which contains the richest

-collection of paintings in Europe.”</p>

-

-<p>“Isn’t that putting it pretty strong, after what we

-have seen in Italy and Germany?” asked Sheridan.</p>

-

-<p>“I don’t say the largest or the best-arranged collection

-in Europe, but the richest. It has more of the old

-masters, of the best and most valuable pictures in the

-world, than any other museum. We will go there

-to-morrow, and you can judge for yourselves.”</p>

-

-<p>“Of course we are competent to do that,” added

-Murray with a laugh.</p>

-

-<p>“We haven’t been to any churches yet, doctor,” said

-Sheridan.</p>

-

-<p>“There are many churches in Madrid, but none of

-any great interest. The city has no cathedral.”</p>

-

-<p>“I am thankful for that!” exclaimed Murray. “I

-have seen churches enough, though of course I shall go

-to the great cathedrals when we come to them<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_181" id="Page_181">[181]</a></span>.”</p>

-

-<p>“You will be spared in Madrid. Philip II. was

-asked to erect one; but he would appropriate only a

-small sum for the purpose, because he did not wish any

-church to rival that of the Escurial.”</p>

-

-<p>“I am grateful to him,” added Murray.</p>

-

-<p>“The Atocha church contains an image which is

-among the most venerated in Spain. It works miracles,

-and was carved by St. Luke.”</p>

-

-<p>“Another job by St. Luke!” exclaimed Murray.</p>

-

-<p>“That is hardly respectful to an image whose magnificent

-dress and rich jewels would build half a score

-of cheap churches.”</p>

-

-<p>“Are there any theatres in Madrid, doctor?” asked

-Murray.</p>

-

-<p>“Of course there are; half a dozen of them. The

-principal is the Royal Theatre, near the palace, where

-the performance is Italian opera. It is large enough

-to hold two thousand; but there is nothing Spanish

-about it. If you want to see the Spanish theatre you

-must go to some of the smaller ones. As you don’t

-understand Spanish, I think you will not enjoy it.”</p>

-

-<p>“I want to see the customs of the country.”</p>

-

-<p>“The only custom you will see will be smoking; and

-you can see that anywhere, except in the churches,

-where alone, I believe, it is not permitted. Everybody

-smokes, even the women and children. I have seen a

-youngster not more than five years old struggling with

-a <i>cigarillo</i>; and I suppose it made him sick before he

-got through with it; at least, I hope it did, for the

-nausea is nature’s protest against the practice.”</p>

-

-<p>“But do the ladies smoke?”</p>

-

-<p>“Not in public; but in private many of them do. I

-have seen some very pretty girls smoking in Spain<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_182" id="Page_182">[182]</a></span>.”</p>

-

-<p>“I don’t remember that I have seen a man drunk in

-Spain,” said Sheridan.</p>

-

-<p>“Probably you have not; I never did. The Spaniards

-are very temperate.”</p>

-

-<p>This long talk brought the party back to the hotel

-just at dark. The next day was Sunday; but many of

-the students visited the churches, though most of them

-were willing to make it a day of rest, in the strictest

-sense of the word. On Monday morning, as the

-museum did not open till one o’clock, the doctor and

-his <i>protégés</i> took a <i>berlina</i>, and rode out to the palace

-of the Marquis of Salamanca, where they were permitted

-to explore this elegant residence without restraint.

-In one of the apartments they saw a large

-picture of the Landing of the Pilgrims, by a Spanish

-artist; and it was certainly a strange subject. Connected

-with the palace is a museum of antiquities quite

-extensive for a private individual to own. The Pompeian

-rooms contain a vast quantity of articles from

-the buried city.</p>

-

-<p>“Who is this Marquis of Salamanca?” asked Sheridan,

-as they started on their return.</p>

-

-<p>“He is a Spanish nobleman, a grandee of Spain

-I suppose, who is somewhat noted as a financier.

-He has invested some money in railroads in the United

-States. The town of Salamanca, at the junction of the

-Erie and Great Western, in Western New York, was

-named after him,” replied Dr. Winstock.</p>

-

-<p>“I have been through the place,” added Sheridan.</p>

-

-<p>“This is not a very luxurious neighborhood,” said

-Murray, when they came to one of those villages of

-poor people, of which there were several just outside

-of the city.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_183" id="Page_183">[183]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>“Generally in Europe the rich are very rich, and the

-poor are very poor. Though the rich are not as rich in

-Spain as in some other countries, there is no exception

-to the rule in its application to the poor. These hovels

-are even worse than the homes of the poor in Russia.

-Wouldn’t you like to look into one of them?”</p>

-

-<p>“Would it be considered rude for us to do so?”

-asked Sheridan.</p>

-

-<p>“Not at all. These people are not so sensitive as

-poor folks in America; but, if they are hurt by our

-curiosity, a couple of <i>reales</i> will repair all the damages.”</p>

-

-<p>“Is this a <i>château en Espagne</i>?” said Murray. “I

-have read about such things, but I never saw one

-before.”</p>

-

-<p>“<i>Châteaux en Espagne</i> are castles in the air,&mdash;things

-unreal and unsubstantial; and, so far as the idea of

-comfort is concerned, this is a <i>château en Espagne</i>. When

-we were in Ireland, an old woman ran out of a far

-worse shanty than this, and, calling it an Irish castle,

-begged for money. In the same sense we may call

-this a Spanish castle.”</p>

-

-<p>The carriage was stopped, and the party alighted.</p>

-

-<p>“You see, the people live out-doors, even in the

-winter,” said the doctor. “The door of this house is

-wide open, and you can look in.”</p>

-

-<p>The proprietor of the establishment stood near the

-door. He wore his cloak with as much style as though

-he had been an hidalgo. Under this garment his clothes

-were ragged and dirty; and he wore a pair of spatterdashes,

-most of the buttons of which were wanting, and

-it was only at a pinch that they staid on his ankles.

-His wife and four children stopped their work, or their<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_184" id="Page_184">[184]</a></span>

-play, as the case was, and gazed at the unwonted

-visitors.</p>

-

-<p>“<i>Buenos dias, caballero</i>,” said the doctor, as politely

-as though he had been saluting a grandee.</p>

-

-<p>The man replied no less politely.</p>

-

-<p>“May we look into your house?” asked the doctor.</p>

-

-<p>“<i>Esta muy a la disposicion de usted</i>,” replied the

-<i>caballero</i> (it is entirely at your disposal).</p>

-

-<p>This is a <i>cosa de España</i>. If you speak of any thing

-a Spaniard has, he makes you a present of it, be it his

-house or his horse, or any thing else; but you are not

-expected to avail yourself of his generosity. It would

-be as impolite to take him at his word as it would be

-for him not to place it “at your disposal.”</p>

-

-<p>The house was of one story, and had but one door

-and one window, the latter very small indeed. The

-floor was of cobble-stones bedded in the mud. The

-little window was nothing but a hole; there was no

-glass in it; and the doctor said, that, when the weather

-was bad, the occupants had to close the door, and put

-a shutter over the window, so that they had no light.

-The interior was divided into two rooms, one containing

-a bed. Every thing was as simple as possible.

-The roof of the shanty was covered with tile which

-looked like broken flower-pots. In front, for use in

-the summer, was an attempt at a veranda, with vines

-running up the posts.</p>

-

-<p>The doctor gave the smallest of the children a <i>peseta</i>,

-and bade the man a stately adieu, which was answered

-with dignity enough for an ambassador. The party

-drove off, glad to have seen the interior of a Spanish

-house.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_185" id="Page_185">[185]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>“Why did you give the money to the child instead

-of the father?” asked Sheridan.</p>

-

-<p>“I suppose your experience in other parts of Europe

-would not help you to believe it, but the average Spaniard

-who is not a professional beggar is too proud to

-receive money for any small favor,” replied the doctor.

-“I have had a <i>peseta</i> indignantly refused by a man who

-had rendered me a small service. This is as strange

-as it is true, though, when you come to ride on a <i>diligencia</i>,

-you will find that driver, postilion, and <i>zagal</i> will

-do their best to get a gratuity out of you. I speak

-only of the Spaniard who does you a favor, and not

-those with whom you deal; but, as a general rule, the

-people are too proud to cheat you.”</p>

-

-<p>“They are very odd sort of people,” added Murray.

-“There is one shovelling with his cloak on.”</p>

-

-<p>“Not an unusual sight. I have seen a man ploughing

-in the field with his cloak on, and that on a rather

-warm day. You notice here that the houses are not

-scattered as they are with us; but even these shanties

-are built in villages,” continued the doctor.</p>

-

-<p>“I noticed that the houses were all in villages in all

-the country we have come through since we left Barcelona,”

-said Murray.</p>

-

-<p>“Can you explain the reason?”</p>

-

-<p>“I do not see any reason except that is the fashion

-of the country.”</p>

-

-<p>“There is a better reason than that. In early days

-the people had to live in villages in order to be able

-to defend themselves from enemies. In Spain the

-custom never changes, if isolated houses are even safe

-at the present time<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_186" id="Page_186">[186]</a></span>.”</p>

-

-<p>“What is that sheet of paper hanging on the balcony

-for?” asked Murray. “There is another; and

-now I can see half a dozen of them.” The <i>berlina</i>

-was within a short distance of the <i>Puerta del Sol</i>.</p>

-

-<p>“A sheet of white paper in the middle of the balcony

-signifies that the people have rooms to let; if at

-the corner, they take boarders.”</p>

-

-<p>The party arrived at the hotel in season for dinner;

-and, when it was over, they hastened to the <i>Museo</i>, or

-picture-gallery. The building is very long, and of no

-particular architectural effect. It has ten apartments

-on the principal floor, in which are placed the gems of

-the collection. In the centre of the edifice is a very

-long room which contains the burden of the paintings.

-There are over two thousand of them, and they are the

-property of the Crown. Among them are sixty-two by

-Rubens, fifty-three by Teniers, ten by Raphael, forty-six

-by Murillo, sixty-four by Velasquez, twenty-two by

-Van Dyck, forty-three by Titian, thirty-four by Tintoretto,

-twenty-five by Paul Veronese, and hundreds by

-other masters hardly less celebrated.</p>

-

-<p>The doctor’s party spent three hours among these

-pictures, and they went to the museum for the same

-time the next day; for they could better appreciate

-these gems than most of the students, many of whom

-were not willing to use a single hour in looking at

-them. Our party visited the public buildings, and

-took many rides and walks in the city and its vicinity,

-which we have not the space to report. On Wednesday

-morning the ship’s company started for Toledo.</p>

-

-<hr class="chap" />

-

-</div>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_187" id="Page_187">[187]</a></span></p>

-

-<div class="break">

-

-<h2 class="p4">CHAPTER XIII.</h2>

-

-<p class="pch">AFTER THE BATTLE IN THE FELUCCA.</p>

-

-<p class="drop-cap"><span class="smdrop">We</span> left the second master of the Tritonia and

-the two runaway seamen in a rather critical

-situation on board of the felucca. We regret the

-necessity of jumping about all over Spain to keep the

-run of our characters; but we are obliged to conform

-to the arrangement of the principal,&mdash;who was absolute

-in his sway,&mdash;and follow the young gentlemen

-wherever he sends them. Though Mr. Lowington was

-informed, before his departure with the ship’s company

-of the Prince, of the escape of Raimundo and the two

-“marines,” he was content to leave the steps for the recovery

-of the runaways to the good judgment of the

-vice-principal in charge of the Tritonia.</p>

-

-<p>Raimundo had managed his case so well that the

-departure of the three students from the vessel was not

-discovered by any one on board or on shore. If the

-<i>alguacil</i> was on the lookout for his prisoner, he had

-failed to find him, or to obtain any information in regard

-to him. The circumstances had certainly favored

-the escape in the highest degree. The distance across

-the harbor, the concealment afforded by the hulls of

-the vessels of the fleet, and the shadow of the sea-wall<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_188" id="Page_188">[188]</a></span>

-under which the fugitives had placed themselves, had

-prevented them from being seen. Indeed, no one

-could have seen them, except from the deck of the

-Tritonia or the Josephine; and probably those on

-board of the latter were below, as they were on the

-former.</p>

-

-<p>Of course Mr. Salter, the chief steward of the Tritonia,

-was very much astonished when he found that

-the prisoners had escaped from the brig. Doubtless he

-made as much of an excitement as was possible with

-only one of his assistants to help him. He had no

-boat; and he was unable to find one from the shore

-till the felucca was well out of the harbor. Probably

-Hugo was as zealous as the occasion required in the

-investigation of the means by which the fugitives had

-escaped; but he was as much astonished as his chief

-when told that Bill Stout and Bark Lingall were gone.

-The brig was in its usual condition, with the door

-locked; but the unfastened scuttle soon disclosed the

-mode of egress selected by the rogues. Mr. Pelham,

-assisted by Mr. Fluxion, vice-principal of the Josephine,

-did all they could to find the two “marines,”

-without any success whatever; but they had no suspicion

-that the second master, who had disappeared the

-night before, was one of the party.</p>

-

-<p>The next morning all hands from the two consorts

-were sent on board of the American Prince. Mr.

-Fluxion was the senior vice-principal, and had the command

-of the vessel. The ship’s company of the Josephine

-formed the starboard, and that of the Tritonia

-the port watch. The officers took rank in each grade

-according to seniority. Mr. Fluxion was unwilling to<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_189" id="Page_189">[189]</a></span>

-sail until he had drilled this miscellaneous ship’s company

-in their new duties. He had a superabundance

-of officers, and it was necessary for them to know their

-places. In the morning he had telegraphed to the

-principal at Saragossa, in regard to the fugitives; and

-the order came back for him to sail without them. Mr.

-Lowington was not disposed to waste much of his time

-in looking for runaways: they were pretty sure to come

-back without much assistance. At noon the Prince

-sailed for Lisbon; and all on board of her were

-delighted with the novelty of the new situation. As it

-is not necessary to follow the steamer, which safely

-arrived at Lisbon on the following Sunday morning, we

-will return to Raimundo and his companions.</p>

-

-<p>Filipe, struggling, and swearing the heaviest oaths,

-was bound hand and foot in the bottom of the felucca,

-and lashed to the heel of the mainmast. Juan lay

-insensible in the space between the cuddy and the

-mainmast, where he had fallen when the young Spaniard

-hit him with the spare tiller. The boat had

-broached to when the helm was abandoned by the

-boatman’s son, to go to the assistance of his father.

-Of course Raimundo and Bark were very much excited

-by this sudden encounter; and it had required the

-united strength of both of them to overcome the boatman,

-though he was not a large man. Bill Stout had

-done nothing. He had not the pluck to help secure

-Filipe after he had been thrown down, or rather

-dragged down, by Bark.</p>

-

-<p>As soon as the victory was accomplished, Raimundo

-sprang to the helm, and brought the felucca up to her

-course again. His chest heaved, and his breathing was<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_190" id="Page_190">[190]</a></span>

-so violent as to be audible. Bark was in no better

-condition; and, if Juan had come to his senses at that

-moment, he might have conquered both of them.</p>

-

-<p>“Pick up that knife, Lingall,” said Raimundo, as

-soon as he was able to speak.</p>

-

-<p>He pointed to the knife which the boatman had

-dropped during the struggle; and Bark picked it up.</p>

-

-<p>“Now throw it overboard,” added the second master.

-“We can handle these men, I think, if there are

-no knives in the case.”</p>

-

-<p>“No; don’t do that!” interposed Bill Stout. “Give

-it to me.”</p>

-

-<p>“Give it to you, you coward!” replied Raimundo.

-“What do you want of it?”</p>

-

-<p>“I will use it if we get into another fight. I don’t

-like to tackle a man with a knife in his hand, when I

-have no weapon of any kind,” answered Bill, who,

-when the danger was over, began to assume his usual

-bullying tone and manner.</p>

-

-<p>“Over with it, Lingall!” repeated Raimundo sharply.

-“You are good for nothing, Stout: you had not pluck

-enough to touch the man after your friend had him

-down.”</p>

-

-<p>Bark waited for no more, but tossed the knife into

-the sea. He never “took any stock” in Bill Stout’s

-bluster; but he had not suspected that the fellow

-was such an arrant coward. As compared with Raimundo,

-who had risen vastly in his estimation within

-the last few hours, he thoroughly despised his fellow-conspirator.

-If he did not believe it before, he was

-satisfied now, that the gentlest and most correct students

-could also be the best fellows. However it had<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_191" id="Page_191">[191]</a></span>

-been before, Bill no longer had any influence over him;

-while he was ready to obey the slightest wish of the

-second master, whom he had hated only the day before.</p>

-

-<p>“See if you can find the other knife,&mdash;the one the

-young man had,” continued Raimundo.</p>

-

-<p>“I see it,” replied Bark; and he picked up the ugly

-weapon.</p>

-

-<p>“Send it after the other. The less knives we have

-on board, the better off we shall be,” added the second

-master. “I don’t like the habit of my countrymen in

-carrying the <i>cuchilla</i> any better than I do that of yours

-in the use of revolvers.”</p>

-

-<p>“I think it was stupid to throw away those knives,

-when you have to fight such fellows as these,” said

-Bill Stout, as he glanced at the prostrate form of the

-older boatman, who was writhing to break away from

-his bonds.</p>

-

-<p>“Your opinion on that subject is of no value just

-now,” added Raimundo contemptuously.</p>

-

-<p>“What do you say, Bark?” continued Bill, appealing

-to his confederate.</p>

-

-<p>“I agree with Raimundo,” answered Bark. “I

-don’t want to be mixed up in any fight where knives

-are used.”</p>

-

-<p>“And I object just as much to knifing a man as I

-do to being knifed,” said Raimundo. “Though I am

-a Spaniard, I don’t think I would use a knife to save

-my own life.”</p>

-

-<p>“I would,” blustered Bill.</p>

-

-<p>“No, you wouldn’t: you haven’t pluck enough to do

-any thing,” retorted Bark. “I advise you not to say

-any thing more on this subject, Stout<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_192" id="Page_192">[192]</a></span>.”</p>

-

-<p>At this moment Filipe made a desperate attempt to

-free himself; and Bill retreated to the forecastle, evidently

-determined not to be in the way if another

-battle took place. Bark picked up the spare tiller the

-second master had dropped, and prepared to defend

-himself. Another club was found, and each of those

-who had the pluck to use was well prepared for

-another attack.</p>

-

-<p>“Lie still, or I will hit you over the head!” said

-Bark to the struggling skipper, as he flourished the

-tiller over him.</p>

-

-<p>But the ropes with which he was secured were strong

-and well knotted. Bark was a good sailor, and he had

-done this part of the work. He looked over the fastenings,

-and made sure that they were all right.</p>

-

-<p>“He can’t get loose, Mr. Raimundo,” said he.</p>

-

-<p>“But Juan is beginning to come to his senses,”

-added the second master. “He has just turned half

-over.”</p>

-

-<p>“I hope he is not much hurt: we may get into a

-scrape if he is.”</p>

-

-<p>“I was just thinking of that. But I don’t believe

-he is very badly damaged,” added Raimundo. “If

-the old man can’t get away, suppose you look him

-over, and see what his condition is.”</p>

-

-<p>Bark complied with this request. Filipe seemed to

-be interested in this inquiry; and he lay quite still

-while the examination was in progress. The young

-sailor found a wound and a considerable swelling on

-the side of Juan’s head; but it was now so dark that

-he could not distinctly see the nature of the injury.</p>

-

-<p>“Have you a match, Mr. Raimundo?” he asked.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_193" id="Page_193">[193]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>“I have not. We were not allowed to have matches

-on board the Tritonia,” replied the second master.</p>

-

-<p>“<i>Tengo pajuelas</i>,” said Filipe. “<i>Una linterna en el

-camarote de proa.</i>”</p>

-

-<p>“What does he say?” inquired Bark, glad to find

-that the skipper was no longer pugnacious.</p>

-

-<p>“He says he has matches, and that there is a lantern

-in the cuddy,” replied Raimundo. “Here, Stout, look

-in the cuddy, and see if you can find a lantern

-there.”</p>

-

-<p>Bill had the grace to obey the order, though he was

-tempted to refuse to do so. He found the lantern, for

-he had seen it while he lay in the cuddy. He brought

-it to Bark, and took the lamp out of the globe.</p>

-

-<p>“You will find some matches in Filipe’s pockets,”

-added Raimundo.</p>

-

-<p>“I have matches enough,” answered Bill.</p>

-

-<p>“I forgot that you used matches,” said the second

-master; “but I am glad you have a chance to make

-a better use of them than you did on board of the

-Tritonia.”</p>

-

-<p>“You needn’t say any thing! You are the first

-officer that ever run away from that vessel,” growled

-Bill, as he lighted a match, and communicated the blaze

-to the wick of the lamp.</p>

-

-<p>It was a kerosene-lamp, just such as is used at home,

-and probably came from the United States. Bark

-proceeded to examine the wound of Juan, and found it

-was not a severe one. The young man was rapidly

-coming to himself, and in a few minutes more he would

-be able to take care of himself.</p>

-

-<p>“I think we had better move him into the cuddy<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_194" id="Page_194">[194]</a></span>,”

-suggested Bark. “We can make him comfortable

-there, and fasten him in at the same time.”</p>

-

-<p>“That’s a capital idea, Lingall; and if Stout will

-take the helm I will help you move him,” answered

-Raimundo.</p>

-

-<p>“I will help move him,” volunteered Bill.</p>

-

-<p>“I supposed you were afraid of him,” added the

-second master. “He has about come to himself.”</p>

-

-<p>Juan spoke then, and complained of his head. Bark

-and Bill lifted him up, and carried him to the cuddy,

-where they placed him on the bed of old garments upon

-which they had slept themselves during the afternoon.

-Bark had some little reputation among his companions

-as a surgeon, probably because he always carried a

-sheet of court-plaster in his pocket, and sometimes had

-occasion to attend to the wounds of his friends. Perhaps

-he had also a taste for this sort of thing; for he

-was generally called upon in all cases of broken heads,

-before the chief steward, who was the amateur surgeon

-of the Tritonia, was summoned. At any rate, Bark,

-either from genuine kindness, or the love of amateur

-surgical dressing, was not content to let the wounded

-Spaniard rest till he had done something more for

-him. He washed the injury in fresh water, closed the

-ugly cut with a piece of court-plaster, and then bound

-up the head of the patient with his own handkerchief.</p>

-

-<p>The wounded man tried to talk to him; but he could

-not understand a word he said. If his father spoke

-English, it was certain that the son did not. When he

-had done all this, Bark relieved Raimundo at the helm,

-and the latter went forward to talk with the patient,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_195" id="Page_195">[195]</a></span>

-who was so quiet that Bark had not thought of fastening

-the door of the cuddy.</p>

-

-<p>“I am well now,” said Juan, “and I want to go out.”</p>

-

-<p>“You must not go out of this place; if you do, we

-shall hit you over the head again,” replied the second

-master sternly.</p>

-

-<p>“Where is my father?” asked the patient.</p>

-

-<p>“He is tied hand and foot; and we shall tie you in

-the same way if you don’t keep still and obey orders,”

-added Raimundo. “Lie still where you are, and no

-harm shall be done to you.”</p>

-

-<p>Raimundo, taking the lantern with him, left the

-cuddy, and fastened it behind him with the padlock he

-found in the staple. Putting the key in his pocket, he

-made an examination into the condition of Filipe, with

-the aid of the lantern. He found him still securely

-bound, and, better than that, as quiet as a lamb.</p>

-

-<p>“How is my son?” asked he.</p>

-

-<p>“He is doing very well. We have dressed his

-wound, and he will be as well as ever in a day or two,”

-replied Raimundo.</p>

-

-<p>“<i>Gracias, muchos gracias!</i>” exclaimed the prisoner.</p>

-

-<p>“If we had been armed as you were, he might have

-lost his life,” added Raimundo, moving aft to the helm.

-“I think we are all right, Lingall.”</p>

-

-<p>“I am very glad of it. We came very near getting

-into a bad scrape,” replied Bark.</p>

-

-<p>“It is bad enough as it is. I have been afraid of

-something of this kind ever since we got well out of

-the port of Barcelona,” continued the second master.

-“The villain asked me so many questions about my

-money that my suspicions were excited, and I was on<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_196" id="Page_196">[196]</a></span>

-the watch for him. Then he was so anxious that we

-should drink wine, I was almost sure he meant mischief.”</p>

-

-<p>“I am very sorry I drank any wine. It only makes

-my head ache,” replied Bark penitently.</p>

-

-<p>“I have heard my uncle speak of these men; and I

-know something about them.”</p>

-

-<p>“The wine did not make my head ache,” said Bill.</p>

-

-<p>“That’s because there is nothing in it,” answered

-Raimundo, who could not restrain his contempt for the

-incendiary.</p>

-

-<p>“But I do not understand exactly how the fight was

-begun,” said Bark. “The first I knew, the boatman

-sprang at you.”</p>

-

-<p>“That’s the first I knew, though I was on the lookout

-for him, as I had been all the afternoon. He

-understood what I meant when I told you this man

-means mischief.”</p>

-

-<p>“But he told you he could not speak English.”</p>

-

-<p>“Most of the boatmen speak more or less English:

-they learn it from the passengers they carry. He

-wanted to know whether we had money before he did

-any thing. He was probably satisfied that we had

-some before he attempted to assault us.”</p>

-

-<p>“I know you have money,” cried Filipe, in English;

-and he seemed to be more anxious to prove the correctness

-of his conclusion than to disprove his wicked

-intentions.</p>

-

-<p>“You have not got any of it yet,” replied Raimundo.</p>

-

-<p>“But I will have it!” protested the villain.</p>

-

-<p>“You tempt me to throw you and your son overboard,”

-said Raimundo sternly, in Spanish.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_197" id="Page_197">[197]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>“Not my son,” answered the villain, suddenly changing

-his tone. “He is his mother’s only boy.”</p>

-

-<p>“You should have thought of that before you brought

-him with you on such business.”</p>

-

-<p>The boatman, for such a villain as he was, seemed to

-have a strange affection for his son; and Raimundo was

-almost willing to believe he had not intended till some

-time after they left the port to rob his passengers. Perhaps,

-with the aid of the wine, he had expected an easy

-victory; for, though the students were all stout fellows,

-they were but boys.</p>

-

-<p>“I will not harm you if you do not injure my boy,”

-pleaded Filipe.</p>

-

-<p>“It is not in your power to harm us now; for we

-have all the power,” replied the second master.</p>

-

-<p>“But you are deserters from your ship. I can tell

-where you are,” added Filipe, with something like

-triumph in his tones.</p>

-

-<p>“We expect you to tell all you know as soon as you

-return.”</p>

-

-<p>“I can do it in Tarragona: they will arrest you there

-if I tell them.”</p>

-

-<p>“We are not afraid of that: if we were, we should

-throw you and your son overboard.”</p>

-

-<p>Filipe did not like this side of the argument, and he

-was silent for some time. It must be confessed that

-Raimundo did not like his side any better. The fellow

-could inform the police in Tarragona that the party

-were deserters, and cause them to be sent back to Barcelona.

-Though this was better than throwing the

-boatman and his son overboard, which was only an idle

-threat, it would spoil all his calculations, and defeat<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_198" id="Page_198">[198]</a></span>

-all his plans. He studied the case for some time, after

-he had explained to Bark what had passed between

-himself and Filipe in Spanish.</p>

-

-<p>“You want more money than you were to receive

-for the boat; do you, Filipe?” asked he.</p>

-

-<p>“I have to pay five hundred <i>reales</i> on this boat in

-three days, or lose it and my small one too,” replied

-the boatman; and the passenger was not sure he did

-not invent the story as he went along. “I am not a

-bad man; but I want two hundred <i>reales</i> more than

-you are to pay me.”</p>

-

-<p>“Then you expect me to pay what I agreed, after

-what has happened, do you?”</p>

-

-<p>“You promised to pay it.”</p>

-

-<p>“And you promised to take me to Tarragona; and

-you have been trying to murder me on the way,” exclaimed

-Raimundo indignantly.</p>

-

-<p>“Oh, no! I did not mean to kill you, or to hurt

-you; only to take two hundred <i>reales</i> from you,”

-pleaded the boatman, with the most refreshing candor.</p>

-

-<p>“That’s all; is it?”</p>

-

-<p>The villain protested, by the Virgin and all the saints

-in the Spanish calendar, that he had not intended any

-thing more than this; and Raimundo translated what

-he said to his companion.</p>

-

-<p>“There are a lot of lights on a high hill ahead,”

-said Bill Stout, who had been looking at the shore,

-which was only a short distance from them.</p>

-

-<p>“That must be Tarragona,” replied the second master,

-looking at his watch by the light of the lantern.

-“It is ten minutes of seven; and we have been six

-hours on the trip. I thought it would take about this<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_199" id="Page_199">[199]</a></span>

-time. That must be Tarragona; it is on a hill eight

-hundred feet high.”</p>

-

-<p>“We have been sailing very fast, the last three

-hours,” added Bark. “But how are we to get out of

-this scrape?”</p>

-

-<p>“I will see. Keep a sharp lookout on the starboard,

-Lingall; and, when you see a place where you think we

-can make a landing, let me know.&mdash;Can you steer,

-Stout, and keep her as she is?”</p>

-

-<p>“Of course I can steer. I don’t give up to any

-fellow in handling a boat,” growled Bill.</p>

-

-<p>Raimundo gave him the tiller; but he watched him

-for a time, to see that he made good his word. The

-bully did very well, and kept the felucca parallel with

-the shore, as she had been all the afternoon.</p>

-

-<p>“There is a mole makes out from the shore,” continued

-the active skipper to Bark, who had gone

-forward of the foremast to do the duty assigned to

-him.</p>

-

-<p>“Ay, ay! I can see it,” replied Bark.</p>

-

-<p>“I think we need not quarrel, Filipe,” said Raimundo,

-bending over the prisoner, and unloosing the

-rope that bound his hands to the mast; but they were

-still tied behind him. “We are almost into Tarragona,

-and what we do must be done quickly.”</p>

-

-<p>“Don’t harm Juan,” pleaded Filipe.</p>

-

-<p>“That will depend on yourself, whether we do or

-not,” replied Raimundo, as fiercely as he could speak.

-“We are not to be trifled with; and Americans carry

-pistols sometimes.”</p>

-

-<p>“I will do what you wish,” answered Filipe.</p>

-

-<p>“I will give you what I agreed, and two hundred<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_200" id="Page_200">[200]</a></span>

-<i>reales</i> besides, if you will keep still about our being

-deserters; and that is all the money we have.”</p>

-

-<p>“<i>Gracias!</i> I will do it!” exclaimed the boatman.

-“Release me, and I will land you outside of the mole,

-and not go near the town to speak to any person.”</p>

-

-<p>“I am afraid to trust you.”</p>

-

-<p>“You can trust a Catalan when he promises;” and

-Filipe proceeded to call upon the Virgin and the saints

-to witness what he said.</p>

-

-<p>“Where can we land?” asked the second master.</p>

-

-<p>The boatman looked over the rail of the felucca;

-and, when he had got his bearings, he indicated a point

-where a safe landing might be made. It was not a

-quarter of a mile distant; and Filipe said the mainsail

-ought to be furled. Raimundo picked up the spare

-tiller,&mdash;for, in spite of the Catalan’s oath and promise,

-he was determined to be on the safe side,&mdash;and then

-unfastened the ropes that bound the prisoner.</p>

-

-<p>“If you play me false, I will brain you with this

-club, and pitch your son into the sea!” said Raimundo,

-as tragically as he could do the business.</p>

-

-<p>“I will be true to my promise,” he replied, as he

-brailed up the mainsail.</p>

-

-<p>“You see that your money is ready for you as soon

-as you land us,” continued Raimundo, as he showed

-the villain five <i>Isabelinos</i> he held in one hand, while he

-grasped the spare tiller with the other.</p>

-

-<p>“<i>Gracias!</i>” replied Filipe, who was possibly satisfied

-when he found that he was to make the full sum he

-had first named as his price; and it may be that he was

-tempted by the urgency of his creditor to rob his passengers.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_201" id="Page_201">[201]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>“Have your pistol ready, Lingall!” added Raimundo,

-as the boatman, who had taken the helm from Bill, threw

-the felucca up into the wind, and her keel began to

-grate on the rocks.</p>

-

-<p>“Ay, ay!” shouted Bark.</p>

-

-<p>The boat ran her long bow up to the dry land, and

-hung there by her bottom. Raimundo gave the five

-hundred <i>reales</i> to Filipe, and sprang ashore with the

-tiller in his hand. Calling to Bark, they shoved off the

-felucca, and then ran for the town.</p>

-

-<hr class="chap" />

-

-</div>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_202" id="Page_202">[202]</a></span></p>

-

-<div class="break">

-

-<h2 class="p4">CHAPTER XIV.</h2>

-

-<p class="pch">TOLEDO, AND TALKS ABOUT SPAIN.</p>

-

-<p class="drop-cap"><span class="smdrop">Toledo</span> is about fifty-six miles from Madrid. As

-the principal had laid out a large day’s work, it

-became necessary to procure a special train, as the first

-regular one did not reach Toledo till after eleven

-o’clock. The special was to leave at six; and it was

-still dark when the long line of small omnibuses that

-conveyed the company to the station passed through

-the streets.</p>

-

-<p>“What is the matter with that man?” asked Sheridan,

-attracted by the cries of a man on the sidewalk

-with a sort of pole in his hand.</p>

-

-<p>“That’s a watchman,” replied the doctor.</p>

-

-<p>“What’s he yelling about?”</p>

-

-<p>“‘<i>Las cinco y medio y sereno</i>’ is what he says,” added

-the surgeon. “‘Half-past five and pleasant weather’ is

-the translation of his cry. When it rains he calls the

-hour, and adds ‘<i>fluvioso</i>;’ when there is a fire he

-informs the people on his beat of the fact, and gives

-the locality of the conflagration, which he gets from

-the fire-alarm. In some of the southern cities, as in

-Seville, the watchman indulges in some pious exclamations,

-‘Twelve o’clock, and may the Virgin watch over<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_203" id="Page_203">[203]</a></span>

-our good city!’ It used to be the fashion in some of

-the cities of our country, for the guardian of the night

-to indulge in these cries to keep himself awake; and I

-have heard him shout, ‘One o’clock and all is well’ in

-Pittsburg.”</p>

-

-<p>“I have walked about the <i>Puerta del Sol</i> in the evening;

-but I have not seen a watchman,” added Sheridan.</p>

-

-<p>“Probably they do not use the cry early in the night,

-in the streets where the people are gathered; at least,

-there seems to be no need of it,” replied the doctor.

-“But I suppose there are a great many things yet in

-Madrid that you have not seen. For instance, did you

-notice the water-carriers?”</p>

-

-<p>“I did,” answered Murray. “They carry the water

-in copper vessels something like a soda-fountain, placed

-upon a kind of saddle, like the porters in Constantinople.</p>

-

-<p>“Some of them have donkeys, with panniers in which

-they put kegs, jars, and glass vessels filled with water.

-These men are called ‘<i>aguadors</i>,’ and their occupation

-is considered mean business; the <i>caballero</i> whose

-house we visited would be too proud to be a water-carrier,

-and would rather starve than engage in it.”</p>

-

-<p>The tourists left the omnibuses, and took their

-places in the cars. As soon as the train had started,

-as it was still too dark to see the country, the doctor

-and his friends resumed the conversation about the

-sights of Madrid.</p>

-

-<p>“Did you go to the <i>Calle de la Abada</i>?” asked Dr.

-Winstock.</p>

-

-<p>“I don’t know: I didn’t notice the name of any such

-street,” replied Sheridan; and Murray was no wiser,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_204" id="Page_204">[204]</a></span>

-both of them declaring that the Spanish names were

-too much for them.</p>

-

-<p>“It is not unlike Market Street in Philadelphia,

-twenty years ago, when the middle of the avenue was

-filled with stalls in a wooden building.”</p>

-

-<p>“I saw that,” added Sheridan. “The street led to

-a market. All the men and women that had any

-thing to sell were yelling with all their might. They

-tackled every person that came near.”</p>

-

-<p>“I saw the dirt-cart go along this same street,” said

-Murray. “It was a wagon with broad wheels as

-though it was to do duty in a swamp, with a bell fixed

-on the forward part. At the ring of the bell, the

-women came out of their houses, and threw baskets

-of dirt into the vehicle, which a man in it emptied and

-returned to them.”</p>

-

-<p>“I was in the city in fruit time once, and saw large

-watermelons sold for four and six <i>cuartos</i> apiece, a

-<i>cuarto</i> being about a cent,” continued the doctor.

-“The nicest grapes sold for six <i>cuartos</i> a pound.

-Meat is dear, and so is fish, which has to be brought

-from ports on the Mediterranean and the Bay of Biscay.

-Bread is very good and cheap; but the shops

-you saw were not bakeries: these are off by themselves.”</p>

-

-<p>“They don’t seem to have any objection to lotteries

-in Madrid,” said Sheridan. “I couldn’t move in the

-great streets without being pestered with the sellers

-of lottery-tickets.”</p>

-

-<p>“There are plenty of them; for the Spaniards wish

-to make fortunes without working for them.”</p>

-

-<p>“Many of the lottery-venders are boys,” added

-Murray. “They called me Señorito<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_205" id="Page_205">[205]</a></span>.”</p>

-

-<p>“They called me the same. The word is a title of

-respect, which means master. The drawing of a lottery

-is a great event in the city, and the newspaper is sometimes

-filled with the premium numbers.”</p>

-

-<p>“I did not see so many beggars as I expected, after

-all I had read about them,” said Sheridan. “But I

-could understand their lingo, when they said, ‘For the

-love of God.’”</p>

-

-<p>“That is their universal cry. You will see enough

-in the south to make up the deficiency of the capital,”

-laughed the doctor. “They swarm in Granada and

-Malaga; and you can’t get rid of them. In Madrid,

-as in the cities of Russia, you will find the most of the

-beggars near the churches, relying more upon those

-who are pious enough to attend divine service than

-upon those in the busy part of the city. They come

-out after dark, and station themselves at any blank

-wall, where there are no doors and windows, and address

-the passers-by. By the way, did you happen to

-see a cow-house?” asked the doctor.</p>

-

-<p>Neither of the two students knew what he meant.</p>

-

-<p>“It is more properly a milk-shop. In the front you

-will see cups, on a clean white cloth on the table, for

-those who wish to drink milk on the spot. Behind a

-barred petition in the rear you will notice a number of

-cows, some with calves, which are milked in the presence

-of the customers, that they may know they get the

-genuine article.”</p>

-

-<p>“Don’t they keep any pump-handle?” asked Murray.</p>

-

-<p>“I never saw any,” laughed the surgeon. “The

-customers are allowed to put in the water to their own

-taste, which I think is the best arrangement<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_206" id="Page_206">[206]</a></span>.”</p>

-

-<p>“I saw plenty of cook-shops, like those in Paris,”

-said Sheridan. “In one a cook was frying something

-like Yankee doughnuts.”</p>

-

-<p>“If you got up early enough to visit the breakfast-stalls

-of the poorer people, you would have been interested.

-A cheap chocolate takes the place of coffee,

-which with bread forms the staple of the diet. But the

-shops are dirty and always full of tobacco-smoke. The

-higher classes in Spain are not so much given to feasting

-and dining out as the English and Americans.

-They are too poor to do it, and perhaps have no taste

-for such expensive luxuries. The <i>tertulia</i> is a kind of

-evening party that takes the place of the dinner to

-some extent, and is a <i>cosa de España</i>. Ladies and gentlemen

-are invited,&mdash;except to literary occasions, which

-are attended only by men,&mdash;and the evening is passed

-in card-playing and small talk. Lemonade, or something

-of the kind, is the only refreshment furnished.</p>

-

-<p>“They go home sober, then,” laughed Murray.</p>

-

-<p>“Spaniards always go home sober; but they do not

-even have wine at the <i>tertulia</i>.”</p>

-

-<p>“I have heard a great deal said about the <i>siesta</i> in

-Spain; and I have read that the shops shut up, and

-business ceased entirely, for two or three hours in the

-middle of the day,” said Sheridan; “but I did not see

-any signs of the suspension of business in Madrid.”</p>

-

-<p>“Very many take their <i>siesta</i>, even in Madrid; and

-in the hot weather you would find it almost as you

-have described it,&mdash;as quiet as Sunday,” replied the

-doctor.</p>

-

-<p>“Sunday was about as noisy a day as any in Madrid,”

-added Murray.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_207" id="Page_207">[207]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>“I meant a Sunday at home or in London. When

-I was here last, the thirty-first day of October came on

-Sunday; and it was the liveliest day I ever saw in

-Spain. The forenoon was quiet; for some of the

-people went to church. At noon there was a cock-fight,

-attended by some of the most noted men in

-Spain; and I went to it, though I was thoroughly disgusted

-both with the sacrilege and the barbarity of the

-show. At three o’clock came a bull-fight, lasting till

-dark, in which eight bulls and seven horses were killed.

-In the evening was the opera, and a great time at all

-the theatres. I confess that I was ashamed of myself

-for visiting these places on the sabbath; but I was in

-Spain to learn the manners and customs of the people,

-and excused myself on this plea. Monday was the

-first day of November, which is All Saints’ Day. Not

-a shop was open. The streets were almost deserted;

-and there was nothing like play to be seen, even among

-the children. It was like Sunday at home or in

-London, though perhaps even more silent and subdued.

-On this day the people visit the cemeteries, and decorate

-the tombs and graves of the dead with wreaths

-of flowers and <i>immortelles</i>. I pointed out to you the

-cemetery in the rear of the <i>Museo</i>. I visited it on

-that day; and it was really a very solemn sight.”</p>

-

-<p>“I wish I had visited the cemetery,” said Sheridan.</p>

-

-<p>“I am sorry you did not; but I did not think of it

-at the time we were near it. It is a garden surrounded

-by high walls, like parts of those we saw in

-Italy. In this wall are built a great many niches deep

-enough to receive a coffin, the lid of which, in Spain,

-as in Washington, is <i>dos d’âne</i>, or roof-shaped; and the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_208" id="Page_208">[208]</a></span>

-cell is made like it at the top. Besides these catacombs,

-there are graves and tombs. As in Paris these

-are often seen with flowers, the toys of children, portraits,

-and other mementos of the departed, laid upon

-them.”</p>

-

-<p>“I saw a funeral in Geronimo Street yesterday,”

-added the captain. “The hearse was an open one,

-drawn by four horses covered with black velvet. I

-followed it to a church, and saw the service, which was

-not different from what I have seen at home. When

-the procession started for the grave, it consisted mostly

-of <i>berlinas</i>; and its length increased with every rod it

-advanced.”</p>

-

-<p>“I was told, that, when a person dies in Spain, the

-friends of the family send in a supply of cooked food,

-on the supposition that the bereaved are in no condition

-to attend to such matters,” continued the doctor.

-“But it is light enough now for us to see the scenery.”</p>

-

-<p>The country was flat and devoid of interest at first;

-but it began to improve as the train approached Aranjuez,

-where the kings have a royal residence, which

-the party were to visit on the return from Toledo.</p>

-

-<p>“What river is that, Dr. Winstock?” asked Murray.</p>

-

-<p>“<i>El Tajo</i>,” replied the doctor, with a smile.</p>

-

-<p>“Never heard of it,” added Murray.</p>

-

-<p>“There you labor under one of the disadvantages of

-a person who does not understand the language of the

-country in which he is travelling; for you are as

-familiar with the English name of this river as you are

-with that of the Rhine,” replied the doctor.</p>

-

-<p>“It is the Tagus,” added Sheridan. “I know that

-Toledo is on this river<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_209" id="Page_209">[209]</a></span>.”</p>

-

-<p>“Who could suspect that <i>El Tah-hoe</i> was the Tagus?”

-queried Murray.</p>

-

-<p>“You would if you knew Spanish.”</p>

-

-<p>“There is a Spanish <i>caballero</i>, mounted on a mule,”

-said Murray, calling the attention of the party to a

-peasant who was sitting sideways on his steed.</p>

-

-<p>“All of them ride that way,” added Sheridan.</p>

-

-<p>“Not all of them do, for there is a fellow straddling

-his donkey behind two big panniers,” interposed the

-surgeon.</p>

-

-<p>The train continued to follow the river till it reached

-Toledo. The students got out of the cars, and were

-directed to assemble near the station in full view of the

-ancient city. The day was clear and mild, so that it

-was no hardship to stand in the open air, and listen to

-the description of the city given by Professor Mapps.</p>

-

-<div class="pbq">

-<p class="p1">“Toledo, as you can see for yourselves, is situated

-on a hill, or a series of hills, which rise to a considerable

-height above the rest of the country. Some of

-the old Spanish historians say that the city was founded

-soon after the creation of the world; but better authorities

-say it was begun by the Romans in the year B.C.

-126, which makes it old enough to satisfy the reasonable

-vanity of the citizens of the place. Of course it

-was captured by the Moors, and recaptured by the

-Spaniards; and many of the buildings, and the bridge

-you see are the work of the Romans and the Moors.

-Under the Goths, in the seventh century, Toledo

-became very wealthy and prosperous, and in its best

-days is said to have had a population of a quarter of

-a million. It was made the capital of Spain in 567.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_210" id="Page_210">[210]</a></span>

-Early in the eighth century the Moors obtained possession

-of the city, and made many improvements. In

-1085, after a terrible siege, Alfonso VI. of Castile took

-it from the Moors, and it was again made the capital.

-The historians who carry the founding of Toledo almost

-back to the flood say that the Jews fled from Jerusalem,

-when it was captured by Nebuchadnezzar, to this city.

-Be this as it may, there were a great many Hebrews

-in Toledo in ancient days. They were an industrious

-people, and they became very wealthy. This people

-have been the butt of the Christians in many lands,

-and they were so here. They were persecuted, and

-their property confiscated; and it is said that the Jews

-avenged their wrongs by opening the gates of the city

-to the Moors; and then when the Moors served them

-in the same way, and despoiled them of their wealth,

-they admitted the army of Alfonso VI. by the same

-means. It has since been retained by the Christians.

-It was the capital and the ecclesiastic head of the

-nation. The archbishops of Toledo were immensely

-wealthy and influential.</p>

-

-<p>“One of them was Ximenes, afterward cardinal, the

-Richelieu of Spain, and one of the most famous characters

-of history. He was the powerful minister of Ferdinand

-the Catholic, and the regent of the kingdom in

-the absence of Charles V. He was a priest who continually

-mortified his body, and at the same time a statesman

-of the highest order. He was the confessor of

-Isabella I. When he was made archbishop of Toledo

-and head of the Church in Spain, he refused to accept

-the high honor till he was compelled to do so by the

-direct command of the pope. When he appeared<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_211" id="Page_211">[211]</a></span>

-at court in his monkish robes, looking more like a half-starved

-hermit than the primate of Spain, the courtiers

-laughed at him; but he meekly bore the sneers and

-the scoffs of the light-hearted. He was required by the

-pope to change his style of living, and make it conform

-to his high position. He obeyed the order; but he

-wore the haircloth shirt and frock of the order to which

-he belonged under his robes of purple. In the elegant

-apartments of his palace, he slept on the floor with a

-log of wood for a pillow. He led an expedition against

-the Moors into Africa, and captured Oran. As regent

-he maintained the authority of the king against the

-grandees, and told them they were to obey the king and

-not to deliberate over his command. By his personal

-will he subdued the great nobles.</p>

-

-<p>“The Moors brought to Toledo, from Damascus, the

-art of tempering steel for sword-blades; and weapons

-from either of these cities have a reputation all over

-the world. There is a manufactory of swords and

-other similar wares; and, while some contend that the

-blades made here are superior to any others, more

-insist that those made in England are just as good.

-When the capital was removed to Valladolid, Toledo

-began to decline; and now it has only fifteen thousand

-inhabitants. In the days that are past, the Jews and

-the Moors have been driven out of Spain to a degree

-that has retarded the prosperity of the country; for

-both the Hebrews and the Moslems were industrious

-and thriving races, and added greatly to the wealth of

-the nation. In religion Ferdinand and Isabella would

-be considered bigots and fanatics in our time; and

-their statesmanship would confound the modern student<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_212" id="Page_212">[212]</a></span>

-of political economy. But they did not live in our time;

-and we are grateful to them for the good they did,

-regardless of their religious or political views.</p>

-

-<p>“The large square structure which crowns the hill is

-the <i>Alcazar</i>, or palace. It is in ruins, but what remains

-of it is what was rebuilt for the fourth time. It was

-occupied by the Moorish and Gothic kings, as well as

-by those of Castile and Leon. The principal sight of

-the city is the cathedral. It is three hundred and

-seventy-three feet long, and a little less than two hundred

-in width. The first church on the spot was begun

-in the year 587. Among the relics you saw in the

-Escurial was the entire skeleton of St. Eugenius, the

-first Archbishop of Toledo, who was buried at St.

-Denis; and his remains were given to Philip II. by the

-King of France. He presided at a council held in the

-original cathedral, which was also visited, Dec. 18,

-666, by the Virgin (the hour of the day is not given);

-and it appears that she made one or more visits at other

-times. The present church was begun in 1227, and

-completed in 1493, the year after the discovery of

-America. One of its chapels is called the Capilla

-Mosarabe; and perhaps a word about it may interest

-you. When the Moors captured the city, certain Christians

-remained, and were allowed to enjoy their own

-religion; and, being separated from those of the faith,

-they had a ritual which was peculiarly their own.

-When the city was restored to the Christians, these

-people preferred to retain the prayer-book, the customs

-and traditions, which had come down to them from their

-own past. The clergy objected, and all efforts to make

-them adopt the Roman forms were useless. A violent<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_213" id="Page_213">[213]</a></span>

-dispute arose, which threatened serious consequences.

-It was finally decided to settle the question after the

-manner of the times, by single combat; and each party

-selected its champion. They fought, and the victory

-was with the Mosarabic side. But the king Alfonso

-VI. and the clergy were not satisfied, and, declaring

-that the means of deciding the case had been cruel and

-impious, proposed another trial. This time it was to

-be the ordeal by fire. A heap of fagots was lighted in

-the <i>Zocodover</i>,&mdash;the public square near the cathedral,&mdash;and

-the Roman and the Mosarabic prayer-books were

-committed to the flames. The Roman book was burned

-to ashes, while the Toledan version remained unconsumed

-in the fire. There was no way to get around

-this miraculous decision; and the people of the city retained

-their ritual. When Ximenes became archbishop

-he seems to have had more regard than his predecessors

-for the old ritual, called the Apostolic Mass; and

-he not only ordained an order of priests for this especial

-service, but built the chapel I have mentioned. I will

-not detain you any longer, though there is much more

-that might be said about this interesting city.”</p>

-</div>

-

-<p class="p1">Though the walk was rather long, the omnibuses were

-scarce, and most of the students were obliged to foot it

-into the city. The doctor and his travelling pupils preferred

-this, because they wished to look at the bridge

-and the towers on the way. They spent some time on

-the former in looking down into the rapid river, and

-in studying the structures at either end. The original

-bridge was built by the Romans, rebuilt by the Moors,

-and repaired by the Spaniards.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_214" id="Page_214">[214]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>“You have been in the East enough to know that the

-Orientals are fond of baths and other water luxuries.

-The Jews brought to Toledo some knowledge of the

-hydraulics of the Moslems; and they built an immense

-water-wheel in the river, which Murray says was ninety

-cubits&mdash;at least one hundred and thirty-five feet&mdash;high,

-to force the water up the hill to the city through

-pipes,” said the doctor, as he pointed out the ruins of

-a building used for this purpose.</p>

-

-<p>“I said it was ninety cubits high?” exclaimed Murray.</p>

-

-<p>“I ought to have said ‘Ford,’ since he prepared the

-hand-book of Spain that goes under your name.”</p>

-

-<p>“I accept the amendment,” laughed Murray,</p>

-

-<p>“And now there are no water-works in Toledo,

-except such as you see crossing the bridge before us,”

-added the surgeon, as he indicated a donkey with one

-keg fixed in a saddle, like a saw-horse, and two others

-slung on each side.</p>

-

-<p>The party passed through the <i>Puerta del Sol</i>, which

-is an old and gloomy tower, with a gateway through it.

-It is a Moorish structure; and, after examining it, they

-continued up the slope which winds around the hill to

-the top, and reached the square to which the professor

-had alluded. To the students the city presented a dull,

-deserted, desolate, and inhospitable appearance. It

-looked as though the people had got enough of the

-place, and had moved out of town. Though full of

-treasures for the student of architecture and of antiquity,

-it had but little interest to progressive Young

-America.</p>

-

-<p>The party went at once to the cathedral. There is

-no outside view of it except over the tops of the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_215" id="Page_215">[215]</a></span>

-houses, though portions of it may be seen in different

-places. The interior was grand to look upon, but too

-grand to describe; and we shall report only some of

-Dr. Winstock’s talks to his pupils.</p>

-

-<p>“This is the <i>Puerta del Niño Perdido</i>, or the Gate of

-the Lost Child,” said he as they entered the church.

-“The story is the foundation of many a romance of

-the olden time. The clergy accused the wealthy Hebrews

-of crucifying, as they did the Saviour, a Christian

-boy, in order to use his heart in the passover service

-as a charm against the Inquisition. The gate takes

-the name from a fresco near it, representing the scene

-when the lost child was missed. The Jews were charged

-with the terrible deed, and plundered of their wealth,

-which was the whole object of the persecution.”</p>

-

-<p>The party walked through the grand structure,

-looked into the choir in the middle, where a service

-was in progress, and passed through several chapels,

-stopping a considerable time in the <i>Capilla Mayor</i>,

-where are monuments of some of the ancient kings

-and other great men.</p>

-

-<p>“This is the tomb of Cardinal Mendoza,” said the

-doctor. “He was an historian, a scholar, and, like

-Ximenes, a statesman and a warrior. The marble-work

-in the rear of the altar cost two hundred thousand

-ducats, or six times as many dollars.”</p>

-

-<p>“One hundred and twenty schoolhouses at ten

-thousand dollars apiece packed into that thing!”

-exclaimed Murray.</p>

-

-<p>“And Mr. Ford calls it a fricassee of marble!”

-laughed the doctor, as they walked into the next chapel.

-“This is the <i>Capilla de Santiago</i>. Do you know who he

-was<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_216" id="Page_216">[216]</a></span>?”</p>

-

-<p>“Of course we do. He was the patron saint of

-Spain,&mdash;St. James, one of the apostles,” replied Sheridan.</p>

-

-<p>“Do you remember what became of him?”</p>

-

-<p>“He suffered martyrdom under Herod Agrippa,”

-answered the captain.</p>

-

-<p>“The Spaniards carry his history somewhat farther

-than that event. As they wanted a distinguished

-patron, and Rome had appropriated Peter and Paul,

-they contented themselves with James the Elder, the son

-of Zebedee, and the brother of John. When he was

-dead, his body was conveyed by some miraculous agency

-to Jaffa, where it embarked in a boat for Barcelona,

-the legend informs us. Instead of going on shore, like

-a peaceable corpse, it continued on its voyage, following

-the coast of Spain, through the Strait of Gibraltar,

-to the shore of Galicia, where it made a landing at

-a place called Padron; or rather the dead-boat got

-aground there. The body was found by some fishermen,

-who had the grace to carry it to a cave, where, as

-if satisfied with its long voyage made in seven days,

-beating the P. and O. Steamers by a week, it rested

-peaceably for eight hundred years. At the end of this

-long period, it seems to have become restless again,

-and to have caused certain telegraphic lights to be

-exhibited over the cave. They were seen by a monk,

-who informed the bishop of the circumstance. He

-appears to have understood the meaning of the lights,

-and examined the cave. He found the body, and knew

-it to be that of St. James; but he has wisely failed to

-put on record the means by which he identified it. A

-church was built to contain the tomb of the patron<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_217" id="Page_217">[217]</a></span>

-saint; but it was afterwards removed to the church of

-Santiago, twelve miles distant.”</p>

-

-<p>The party crossed the church, and entered the

-Chapel of San Ildefonso. This saint, a primate of

-Toledo, was an especial champion of the Virgin, and

-so won her favor, that she came down from heaven,

-and seated herself in his chair. She remained during

-matins, chanting the service, and at its close placed

-the church robes on his shoulders. The primate’s successor

-undertook to sit down in this chair, but was

-driven out by angels, which was rather an imputation

-upon his sanctity. The Virgin repeated the visit several

-times. St. Ildefonso’s body was stolen by the

-Moors, but it was recovered by a miracle. The sacred

-vestment the Virgin had placed upon his back was

-taken away at the same time; but no miracle seems to

-have been interposed to restore it, though it is said to

-be in Oviedo, invisible to mortal eyes. In another

-part of the edifice is the very stone on which the

-Virgin stepped when she came first to the church. It

-is enclosed by small iron bars, but the fingers may be

-inserted so as to press it; and holes are worn into it

-from the frequent touchings of the pilgrims to this

-shrine.</p>

-

-<p>“Here are the portraits of all the cardinals, from St.

-Eugenio down to the present time,” said the doctor as

-they entered the Chapter House. “Cardinal Albornez

-died in Rome, and the pope desired to send his remains

-to Toledo. As this was in 1364, there was no regular

-line of steamers, or an express company, to attend to

-the transportation: so he offered plenary indulgences

-to those who would undertake the mission of conveying<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_218" id="Page_218">[218]</a></span>

-the body to its distant resting-place. There were

-plenty of poor people who could not purchase such

-favors for their souls; and they were glad of the job

-to bear the cardinal on their shoulders from town to

-town till they arrived here.”</p>

-

-<p>“Where is the chapel the professor told us about?”

-asked Sheridan.</p>

-

-<p>“We will go to that now.”</p>

-

-<p>This chapel, though very rich in church treasures,

-and one of the most venerated in the cathedral as

-built to preserve the ancient ritual, contained nothing

-that engaged the attention of the students, and Mr.

-Mapps had already told its story. They hardly looked

-at the image of the Virgin, which is dressed in magnificent

-costume, covered with gold and jewels, when

-it is borne in procession on Corpus Christi Day.</p>

-

-<p>“I have seen enough of it,” said Murray, as they

-left the cathedral, and walked to the <i>Alcazar</i>.</p>

-

-<p>The old palace was only a reminder of what had

-been; but the view from its crumbling walls was the

-best thing about it. The party decided not to visit the

-sword-factory, which is two miles out of the city; and

-they went next to the church of <i>San Juan de los Reyes</i>.

-It was a court chapel, and was erected by the Catholic

-king to commemorate a victory. It is Gothic; but the

-chains that are hung over the outside of it were all that

-challenged the interest of the students.</p>

-

-<p>“Those chains were the votive offerings of captives

-who were released when Granada was taken by Ferdinand

-and Isabella,” said the doctor, when his pupils

-began to express their wonder. “There are some very

-fine carvings and frescos in this church<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_219" id="Page_219">[219]</a></span>.”</p>

-

-<p>“I don’t care for them,” yawned Murray: “I will

-wait here while you and Sheridan go in.” But the

-captain did not care to go in; and they continued their

-walk to <i>Santa Maria la Blanca</i> and <i>El Transito</i>, two

-churches which had formerly been synagogues. They

-were very highly ornamented; but by this time the students

-wanted their dinner more than to see the elaborate

-workmanship of the Jews or the Moors. They

-were tired too; for Toledo with its up and down streets

-is not an easy place to get about in. Some of the boys

-said it reminded them of Genoa; but it is more like

-parts of Constantinople, with its steep hills and Moorish

-houses.</p>

-

-<p>The party dined in various places in the city; and at

-two o’clock they took the train for Aranjuez, and

-arrived there in an hour.</p>

-

-<p>“The late queen used to live here three months of

-the year,” said the doctor, as they walked from the

-station to the palace. “The town is at the junction of

-the Jarama and the Tagus, and it is really a very pretty

-place. There is plenty of water. Charles V. was the

-first of the kings of Spain to make his residence at

-Aranjuez. A great deal of work has been done here

-since his time, by his successors.”</p>

-

-<p>The students walked through the gardens, and went

-through the palace. Perhaps the camels kept here

-were more interesting to the young gentlemen, gorged

-with six months’ sight-seeing in all the countries of

-Europe, than any thing else they saw at the summer

-residence of the kings of Spain.</p>

-

-<p>At the station there is a very fair hotel with restaurant,

-where the party had supper. But they had four<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_220" id="Page_220">[220]</a></span>

-hours of weary waiting before the train for <i>Ciudad Real</i>

-would arrive; and most of them tried to sleep, for it

-had been a long day.</p>

-

-<p>“Better be here than at the junction of this road

-with that to Toledo,” said the doctor, as he fixed himself

-for a nap. “The last time I was here I did not

-understand it; and, when I came from Toledo, I got off

-the train at the junction, which is Castillejo, ten miles

-from Aranjuez.”</p>

-

-<p>“I noticed the place when we went down this morning,”

-replied Sheridan. “The station is little better

-than a shed, and there is no town there.”</p>

-

-<p>“The train was late; and I had to wait there without

-my supper from eight o’clock till after midnight. It

-was cold, and there was no fire. I was never more uncomfortable

-for four hours in my life. The stations in

-Spain are built to save money, and not for the comfort

-of the passengers, at least in the smaller places. But

-we had better go to sleep if we can; for we have to

-keep moving for nearly twenty-four hours at the next

-stretch.”</p>

-

-<p>Not many of the party could sleep, tired as they

-were, till they took the train at eleven o’clock. The

-compartments were heated with hot-water vessels, or

-rather the feet were heated by them. The students

-stowed themselves away as well as they could; and

-soon, without much encouragement to do so, they were

-buried in slumber.</p>

-

-<hr class="chap" />

-

-</div>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_221" id="Page_221">[221]</a></span></p>

-

-<div class="break">

-

-<h2 class="p4">CHAPTER XV.</h2>

-

-<p class="pch">TROUBLE IN THE RUNAWAY CAMP.</p>

-

-<p class="drop-cap"><span class="smdrop">“What</span> are you running for?” shouted Bill Stout,

-as Raimundo and Bark Lingall ran ahead of

-him after the party landed from the felucca. “We are

-all right now.”</p>

-

-<p>Bill could not quite get rid of the idea that he was the

-leader of the expedition, as he intended to be from

-the time when he began to make his wicked plans

-for the destruction of the Tritonia. He had the vanity

-to believe that he was born to command, and not to

-obey; and such are generally the very worst of leaders.</p>

-

-<p>“Never mind him, Lingall,” said the second master.

-“When we get to the top of this rising ground we can

-see where we are.”</p>

-

-<p>“I am satisfied to follow your lead,” replied Bark.</p>

-

-<p>“If our plans are spoiled, it will be by that fellow,”

-added Raimundo.</p>

-

-<p>But in a few minutes more he halted on the summit

-of a little hill, with Bark still at his side. Bill was

-some distance behind; and he was evidently determined

-to have his own way, without regard to the

-wishes of the second master. On the rising ground,

-the lights revealed the position of the city; but the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_222" id="Page_222">[222]</a></span>

-fugitives looked with more interest, for the moment, at

-the sea. Raimundo had run when he landed, because

-he saw that the lay of the land would conceal the movements

-of the felucca from him if he remained where he

-had come on shore. Perhaps, too, he considered it best

-to put a reasonable distance between himself and the

-dangerous boatman. On the eminence they could distinctly

-see the felucca headed away from the shore in

-the direction from which she had come when they were

-on board.</p>

-

-<p>“I was afraid the villain might be treacherous, after

-all,” said Raimundo. “If he had headed into the port

-of Tarragona, it would not have been safe for us to go

-there.”</p>

-

-<p>“What’s your hurry?” demanded Bill Stout, coming

-up at this moment. “You act as though you were

-scared out of your wits.”</p>

-

-<p>“Shut up, Bill Stout!” said Bark, disgusted with his

-companion in crime. “If you are going to get up a

-row at every point we make, we may as well go back

-to the Tritonia, kiss the rod, and be good boys.”</p>

-

-<p>“I haven’t made any row,” protested Bill. “I

-couldn’t see what you were running for, when no one

-was after you.”</p>

-

-<p>“Raimundo knows what he is about; and, while the

-thing is going along very well, you set to yelling, so as

-to let the fellow know where we were, if he took it into

-his head to follow us.”</p>

-

-<p>“Raimundo may know what he is about,” snarled

-Bill; “but I want to know what he is about too, if I

-am to take part in this business.”</p>

-

-<p>“You will not know from me,” added Raimundo<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_223" id="Page_223">[223]</a></span>

-haughtily. “I shall not stop to explain my plans to a

-coward and an ignoramus every time I make a move.

-We are in Spain; and the country is big enough for all

-of us. I did not invite you to come with me; and I

-am not going to be trammelled by you.”</p>

-

-<p>“You are a great man, Mr. Raimundo; but I want

-you to understand that you are not on the quarter-deck

-of the Tritonia just now; and I have something to say,

-as well as you,” replied Bill.</p>

-

-<p>“That’s all! I don’t want to hear another word,”

-continued Raimundo. “We may as well part company

-here and now as at any other time and place.”</p>

-

-<p>“Now you can see what you have done, Bill,” said

-Bark reproachfully.</p>

-

-<p>“Well, what have I done? I had as lief be officered

-on board of the vessel as here, when we are on a time,”

-answered Bill.</p>

-

-<p>“All right; you may go where you please,” added

-Bark angrily. “I am not going about with any such

-fellow as you are. If I should get into trouble, you

-would lay back, and let me fight it out alone.”</p>

-

-<p>“Do you mean to say, Bark Lingall, that you will

-desert me, and go off with that spoony of an officer?”

-demanded Bill, taken all aback by what his friend had

-said.</p>

-

-<p>“I do mean to say it; and, more than that, I will

-stick to it,” said Bark firmly. “You are both a coward

-and a fool. Before we are out of the first danger, you

-get your back up about nothing, and make a row.

-Mr. Raimundo has been a gentleman, and behaved

-like a brave fellow. If it hadn’t been for him, we

-should have been robbed of all our money, and perhaps

-have had our throats cut besides<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_224" id="Page_224">[224]</a></span>.”</p>

-

-<p>“But he got us into the scrape,” protested Bill.

-“He hired that cut-throat to take us to this place without

-saying a word to us about the business. I knew

-that fellow was a rascal, and would just as lief cut a

-man’s throat as eat his dinner.”</p>

-

-<p>“You knew what he was, did you?”</p>

-

-<p>“To be sure I did. He looked like a villain; and

-I would not have trusted myself half a mile from the

-shore with him without a revolver in my pocket,”

-retorted Bill, who felt safe enough now that he was on

-shore.</p>

-

-<p>“I don’t care to hear any more of this,” interposed

-the second master. “It must be half-past seven by

-this time, and I am going to hurry up to the town. I

-looked at an old Bradshaw on board, while I was

-making up my plans, and I noticed that the night

-trains generally leave at about nine o’clock. There

-may be one from this place.”</p>

-

-<p>“But where are you going?” asked Bark.</p>

-

-<p>“It makes no manner of difference to me where I

-go, if I only get as far away from Barcelona as possible,”

-replied Raimundo. “The police may have

-received a despatch, ordering them to arrest us at this

-place.”</p>

-

-<p>“Do you believe they have such an order?” asked

-Bark, with deep interest.</p>

-

-<p>“I do not believe it; but it may be, for all that. I

-am confident no one saw the felucca take us off those

-rocks. I feel tolerably safe. But, when Filipe gets

-back to Barcelona, he may tell where he took us; and

-some one will be on my track in Tarragona as early as

-the first train from the north arrives here<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_225" id="Page_225">[225]</a></span>.”</p>

-

-<p>Raimundo walked towards the town, and Bark still

-kept by his side. Bill followed, for he had no intention

-of being left alone by his companions. He

-thought it was treason on the part of Bark to think of

-such a thing as deserting him. He felt that he had

-been the leader of the enterprise up to the time he

-had got into the boat with the second master; and

-that he had conducted Bark out of their prison, and

-out of the slavery of the vessel. It would be rank

-ingratitude for his fellow-conspirator to turn against

-him under such circumstances; and he was surprised

-that Bark did not see it in that light. As for the

-second master, he did not want any thing more of

-him; he did not wish to travel with him, or to have

-any thing to do with him. He was an officer of the

-Tritonia, one of the tyrants against whom he had

-rebelled; and as such he hated him. The consciousness

-that he had behaved like a poltroon in the presence

-of the officer, while Bark had been a lion in

-bravery, did not help the case at all. Raimundo

-despised him, and took no pains to conceal his sentiments.</p>

-

-<p>All Bill Stout wanted was to roam over the country

-with Bark. In the boat he had imagined the “good

-times” they would have when free from restraint.

-They could drink and smoke, and visit the places of

-amusement in Spain, while the rest of the fellows were

-listening to lectures on geography and history, and visiting

-old churches. His idea of life and enjoyment was

-very low indeed.</p>

-

-<p>After walking for half an hour in the direction of the

-nearest lights, they reached the lower part of the town;<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_226" id="Page_226">[226]</a></span>

-and the second master concluded that the railroad

-station must be in this section. He inquired in the

-street, and found they were quite near it. He was also

-told that a train would leave for Alicante and Madrid

-at thirty-five minutes past eight. It was only eight

-then; and, seeing a store with “<i>A la Barcelona</i>” on

-its sign, he knew it was a clothing-store, and the party

-entered it. Raimundo bought a long cape coat which

-entirely concealed his uniform. Bark and Bill purchased

-overcoats, each according to his taste, that

-covered up their nautical costume in part, though they

-did not hide their seaman’s trousers. At another shop

-they obtained caps that replaced their uniform headpieces.</p>

-

-<p>With their appearance thus changed, they repaired to

-the station, where Raimundo bought tickets to Valencia.

-This is a seaport town, one hundred and sixty-two

-miles from Tarragona. Raimundo was going there

-because the train went there. His plans for the future

-were not definitely arranged; but he did not wish to

-dissolve his connection with the academy squadron.

-He intended to return to his ship as soon as he could

-safely do so, which he believed would be when the vessels

-sailed from Lisbon for the “isles of the sea;” but

-in this connection he was troubled about the change in

-the programme which the principal had introduced

-the day before, of which Hugo had informed him. If the

-American Prince was to convey the Josephines and the

-Tritonias to Lisbon, and bring back the Princes,&mdash;for

-the several ships’ companies were called by these names,&mdash;it

-was not probable that the squadron would go to

-Lisbon. All hands would then have visited Portugal<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_227" id="Page_227">[227]</a></span>

-and there would be no need of going there again.

-Raimundo concluded that the fleet would sail on its

-Atlantic voyage from Cadiz, which would save going

-three hundred miles to the northward in the middle of

-winter.</p>

-

-<p>“Do you want first or second class tickets?” asked

-Raimundo, when they stood before the ticket-office.</p>

-

-<p>“A second class is good enough for me,” replied

-Bill.</p>

-

-<p>“What class do you take?” asked Bark.</p>

-

-<p>“I shall go first class, because I think it will be

-safer,” replied Raimundo. “We shall not meet so

-many people.”</p>

-

-<p>“Then get me a first class,” added Bark.</p>

-

-<p>“Two first class and one second,” repeated the

-second master.</p>

-

-<p>“I’m not going alone,” snarled Bill. “Get me a

-first class.”</p>

-

-<p>The tickets were procured; and the party took their

-places in the proper compartment, which they had all

-to themselves. Bill Stout was vexed again; for, small

-as the matter of the tickets was, he had once more

-been overruled by the second master. He felt as

-though he had no influence, instead of being the leader

-of the party as he aspired to be. He was cross and

-discontented. He was angry with Bark for thinking of

-such a thing as deserting him. He was in just the

-mood to make another fuss; and he made one.</p>

-

-<p>“I think it is about time for us to settle our accounts

-with you, Mr. Raimundo,” said Bark, when they were

-seated in the compartment. “We owe you a good deal

-by this time<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_228" id="Page_228">[228]</a></span>.”</p>

-

-<p>“<i>Mr.</i> Raimundo!” exclaimed Bill, with a heavy

-emphasis on the handle to the name. “Why don’t you

-call me Mr. Stout, Bark?”</p>

-

-<p>“Because I have not been in the habit of doing so,”

-replied Bark coldly.</p>

-

-<p>“We are not on board the ship now; and I think we

-might as well stop toadying to anybody,” growled Bill.</p>

-

-<p>“About the accounts, Mr. Raimundo,” continued

-Bark, taking no further notice of his ill-natured companion.

-“How much were the tickets?”</p>

-

-<p>“Ninety-two <i>reales</i> each,” replied Raimundo. “That

-is four dollars and sixty cents.”</p>

-

-<p>“You paid for the boat and the provisions,” added

-Bark. “We will make an equal division of the whole

-expense.”</p>

-

-<p>“I paid five hundred <i>reales</i> for the boat, and sixty

-for the provisions.”</p>

-

-<p>“You paid more than you agreed to for the boat,”

-interposed Bill sulkily. “You are not going to throw

-my money away like that, I can tell you.”</p>

-

-<p>“I hired the boat for my own use, and I am willing

-to pay the whole of the bill for it,” replied Raimundo

-with dignity.</p>

-

-<p>“That’s the sort of fellow you are, Bill Stout!”

-exclaimed Bark indignantly.&mdash;“No matter, Mr. Raimundo;

-if Bill is too mean to pay his share, I will pay

-it for him. You shall pay no more than one-third anyhow.”</p>

-

-<p>“I am willing to pay my fair share,” said Bill, more

-disturbed than ever to find Bark against him every

-time. “Then three dollars for that lunch was a swindle<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_229" id="Page_229">[229]</a></span>.”</p>

-

-<p>“I had to take what I could get under the circumstances,”

-added Raimundo; “but you drank most of

-the wine.”</p>

-

-<p>“I was not consulted about ordering it,” growled

-Bill.</p>

-

-<p>“If there ever was an unreasonable fellow on the

-face of the footstool, you are the one, Bill Stout!”

-retorted Bark vigorously. “I have had enough of you.&mdash;How

-much is the whole bill for each, Mr. Raimundo?”</p>

-

-<p>“An equal division makes it two hundred and

-seventy-eight <i>reales</i> and a fraction. That is thirteen

-dollars and sixty cents.”</p>

-

-<p>“But my money is in sovereigns.”</p>

-

-<p>“Two and a half pence make a <i>real</i>. Can you figure

-that in your head?”</p>

-

-<p>Bark declined to do the sum in his head; but, standing

-up under the dim light in the top of the compartment,

-he ciphered it out on the back of an old letter.

-The train had been in motion for some time, and it was

-not easy to make figures; but at last he announced his

-result.</p>

-

-<p>“Two pounds and eighteen shillings, lacking a

-penny,” said he. “Two shares will be five pounds and

-sixteen shillings.”</p>

-

-<p>“That is about what I had made it in my head,”

-added Raimundo.</p>

-

-<p>“Here are six sovereigns for Bill’s share and my

-own,” continued Bark, handing him the gold.</p>

-

-<p>“You needn’t pay that swindle for me,” interposed

-Bill. “I shall not submit to having my money thrown

-away like that<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_230" id="Page_230">[230]</a></span>.”</p>

-

-<p>“Of course I shall not take it under these circumstances,”

-replied the second master.</p>

-

-<p>“I am willing to pay for the boat and the provisions,”

-said Bill, yielding a part of the point.</p>

-

-<p>Bark took no notice of him, but continued to press

-the money upon Raimundo; and he finally consented

-to take it on condition that a division of the loss

-should be made in the future if Bill did not pay his

-full share.</p>

-

-<p>“You want four shillings back: here are five <i>pesetas</i>,

-which just make it,” added Raimundo.</p>

-

-<p>“Of course I shall pay you whatever you are out,

-Bark,” said Bill, backing entirely out of his position,

-which he had taken more to be ugly than because he

-objected to the bill. “But I don’t like this swindle.

-Here’s three sovereigns.”</p>

-

-<p>“You need not pay it if you don’t want to. I did

-not mean that Mr. Raimundo should be cheated out of

-the money,” replied Bark.</p>

-

-<p>“Stout,” said Raimundo, rising from his seat, “this

-is not the first time, nor even the tenth, that you have

-insulted me to-day. I will have nothing more to do

-with you. You may buy your own tickets, and pay

-your own bills; and we will part company as soon as

-we leave this train.”</p>

-

-<p>“I think I can take care of myself without any help

-from you,” retorted Bill.&mdash;“Here is your money,

-Bark.”</p>

-

-<p>“I won’t take it,” replied Bark.</p>

-

-<p>“Why not?”</p>

-

-<p>“You have insulted Mr. Raimundo ever since we

-started from Barcelona; and, after you say you have

-been swindled, I won’t touch your money<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_231" id="Page_231">[231]</a></span>.”</p>

-

-<p>“Are you going back on me, after all I have done

-for you?” demanded Bill.</p>

-

-<p>“What have you done for me?” asked Bark indignantly;

-for this was a new revelation to him.</p>

-

-<p>“I got you out of the Tritonia; didn’t I?”</p>

-

-<p>“No matter: we will not jaw about any thing so

-silly as that. I won’t touch your money till you have

-apologized to Mr. Raimundo.”</p>

-

-<p>“When I apologize to <i>Mr.</i> Raimundo, let me know

-it, will you?” replied Bill, as he returned the sovereigns

-to his pocket, and coiled himself away in the corner.

-“That’s not my style.”</p>

-

-<p>Nothing more was said; and, after a while, all of

-the party went to sleep. But Bill Stout did not sleep

-well, for he was too ugly to be entirely at rest. He

-was awake most of the night; but, in the early morning,

-he dropped off again. At seven o’clock the train

-arrived at Valencia. Bill was still asleep. Raimundo

-got out of the car; and Bark was about to wake his

-fellow-conspirator, when the second master interposed:&mdash;</p>

-

-<p>“Don’t wake him, Lingall, if you please; but come

-with me. You can return in a moment.”</p>

-

-<p>Bark got out of the carriage.</p>

-

-<p>“I wish to leave before he wakes,” said Raimundo.

-“I will go no farther with him.”</p>

-

-<p>“Leave him here?” queried Bark.</p>

-

-<p>“I will not even speak to him again,” added the

-second master. “Of course, I shall leave you to do as

-you please; though I should be glad to have you go

-with me, for you have proved yourself to be a plucky

-fellow and a gentleman. As it is impossible for me<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_232" id="Page_232">[232]</a></span>

-to endure Stout’s company any longer, I shall have to

-leave you, if you stick to him.”</p>

-

-<p>“I shall not stick to him,” protested Bark. “He is

-nothing but a hog,&mdash;one hundred pounds of pork.”</p>

-

-<p>Bark had decided to leave Bill as soon as he could,

-and now was his time. They took an omnibus for the

-<i>Fonda del Cid</i>. They had not been gone more than

-five minutes, before a porter woke Bill Stout, who

-found that he was alone. He understood it perfectly.</p>

-

-<hr class="chap" />

-

-</div>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_233" id="Page_233">[233]</a></span></p>

-

-<div class="break">

-

-<h2 class="p4">CHAPTER XVI.</h2>

-

-<p class="pch">BILL STOUT AS A TOURIST.</p>

-

-

-<p class="drop-capr"><span class="smdrop">Bill Stout</span> indulged in some very severe reflections

-upon the conduct of his fellow-conspirator

-when he found that he was alone in the compartment

-where he had spent the night. The porter who woke

-him told him very respectfully (he was a first-class

-passenger), in good Spanish for a man in his position,

-that the train was to be run out of the station. Bill

-couldn’t understand him, but he left the car.</p>

-

-<p>“Where are the fellows that came with me?” he

-asked, turning to the porter; but the man shook his

-head, and smiled as blandly as though the runaway had

-given him a <i>peseta</i>.</p>

-

-<p>Bill was not much troubled with bashfulness; and he

-walked about the station, accosting a dozen persons

-whom he met; but not one of them seemed to know

-a word of English.</p>

-

-<p>“<i>No hablo Ingles</i>,” was the uniform reply of all.

-One spoke to him in French; but, though Bill had

-studied this language, he had not gone far enough to

-be able to speak even a few words of it. He went into

-the street, and a crowd of carriage-drivers saluted

-him.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_234" id="Page_234">[234]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>“Hotel,” said he, satisfied by this time that it was

-of no use to talk English to anybody in Spain.</p>

-

-<p>As this word is known to all languages, he got on so

-far very well.</p>

-

-<p>“<i>Hotel Villa de Madrid!</i>” shouted one of the drivers.</p>

-

-<p>Though Bill’s knowledge of geography was very

-limited, he had heard of Madrid, and he identified this

-word in the speech of the man. He bowed to him to

-indicate that he was ready to go to the hotel he named.

-He was invited to take a seat in a <i>tartana</i>, a two-wheeled

-vehicle not much easier than a tip-cart, and driven to

-the hotel. Bill did not look like a very distinguished

-guest, for he wore the garb of a common sailor when he

-took off his overcoat. He had not even put on his best

-rig, as he did not go ashore in regular form. He spoke

-to the porter who received him at the door, in English,

-thinking it was quite proper for those about a hotel to

-speak all languages. But this man seemed to be no

-better linguist than the rest of the Spaniards; and he

-made no reply.</p>

-

-<p>The guest was conducted to the hall where the landlord,

-or the manager of the hotel, addressed him in

-Spanish, and Bill replied in English.</p>

-

-<p>“<i>Habla V. Frances?</i>” asked the manager.</p>

-

-<p>“I don’t <i>hablo</i> any thing but English,” replied Bill,

-beginning to be disgusted with his ill-success in finding

-any one who could understand him.</p>

-

-<p>“<i>Parlez-vous Français?</i>” persisted the manager.</p>

-

-<p>“No. I don’t <i>parlez-vous</i>.”</p>

-

-<p>“<i>Parlate voi Italiano?</i>”</p>

-

-<p>“No: I tell you I don’t speak any thing but English,”

-growled Bill.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_235" id="Page_235">[235]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>“<i>Sprechen Sie Deutsch?</i>”</p>

-

-<p>“No; no Dutch.”</p>

-

-<p>The manager shrugged his shoulders, and evidently

-felt that he had done enough, having addressed the

-guest in four languages.</p>

-

-<p>“Two fellows&mdash;no comee here?” continued Bill,

-trying his luck with pigeon English.</p>

-

-<p>Of course the manager shook his head at this absurd

-lingo; and Bill was obliged to give up in despair. The

-manager called a servant, and sent him out; and the

-guest hoped that something might yet happen. He

-seated himself on a sofa, and waited for the waters to

-move.</p>

-

-<p>“I want some breakfast,” said Bill when he had

-waited half an hour; and as he spoke he pointed to his

-mouth, and worked his teeth, to illustrate his argument.</p>

-

-<p>The manager took out his watch, and pointed to the

-“X” upon the dial, to indicate that the meal would be

-ready at that hour. A little later the servant came in

-with another man, who proved to be an English-speaking

-citizen of Valencia. He was a <i>valet de place</i>, or

-guide.</p>

-

-<p>With his aid Bill ascertained that “two young fellows”

-had not been to the Hotel Villa de Madrid that

-morning. He also obtained a room, and some coffee

-and bread to last him till breakfast time. When he

-had taken his coffee, he went with the man to all the

-hotels in the place. It was nearly ten o’clock when he

-reached the <i>Fonda del Cid</i>. Two young gentlemen, one

-of them an officer, had just breakfasted at the hotel,

-and left for Grao, the port of Valencia, two miles distant,

-where they were to embark in a steamer which<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_236" id="Page_236">[236]</a></span>

-was to sail for Oran at ten. Bill had not the least idea

-where Oran was; and, when he asked his guide, he was

-astonished to learn that it was in Africa, a seaport of

-Algeria. Then he was madder than ever; for he would

-have been very glad to take a trip to Africa, and see

-something besides churches and palaces. He dwelt

-heavily upon the trick that Bark had played him. It

-was ten o’clock then, and it would not be possible to

-reach Grao before half-past ten. He could try it; the

-steamer might not sail as soon as advertised: they

-were often detained.</p>

-

-<p>Bill did try it, but the steamer was two miles at sea

-when he reached the port. He engaged the guide for

-the day, after an effort to beat him down in his price of

-six <i>pesetas</i>. He went back to the hotel, and ate his

-breakfast. There was plenty of <i>Val de Peñas</i> wine on

-the table, and he drank all he wanted. Then he went to

-his room to take a nap before he went out to see the

-sights of the place. Instead of sleeping an hour as he

-intended, he did not wake till three o’clock in the afternoon.

-The wine had had its effect upon him. He

-found the guide waiting for him in the hall below. The

-man insisted that he should go to the cathedral; and

-when they had visited that it was dinner-time.</p>

-

-<p>“How much do I owe you now?” asked Bill, when he

-came to settle with the guide.</p>

-

-<p>“Six <i>pesetas</i>,” replied the man. “That is the price

-I told you.”</p>

-

-<p>“But I have not had you but half a day: from eleven

-till three you did not do any thing for me,” blustered

-Bill in his usual style.</p>

-

-<p>“But I was ready to go with you, and waited all that

-time for you,” pleaded the guide.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_237" id="Page_237">[237]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>“Here is four <i>pesetas</i>, and that is one more than you

-have earned,” added Bill, tendering him the silver.</p>

-

-<p>The man refused to accept the sum; and they had

-quite a row about it. Finally the guide appealed to the

-manager of the hotel, who promptly decided that six

-<i>pesetas</i> was the amount due the man. Bill paid it

-under protest, but added that he wanted the guide the

-next day.</p>

-

-<p>“I shall go with you no more,” replied the man, as

-he put the money into his pocket. “I work for gentlemen

-only.”</p>

-

-<p>“I will pay you for all the time you go with me,”

-protested Bill; but the guide was resolute, and left the

-hotel.</p>

-

-<p>The next morning Bill used his best endeavors to

-obtain another guide; but for a time he was unable to

-make anybody comprehend what he wished. An Englishman

-who spoke Spanish, and was a guest at the

-hotel, helped him out at breakfast, and told the manager

-what the young man wanted.</p>

-

-<p>“I will not send for a guide for him,” replied the

-manager; and then he explained to the tourist in what

-manner Bill had treated his valet the day before, all of

-which the gentleman translated to him.</p>

-

-<p>But we cannot follow Bill in all his struggles with

-the language, or in all his wanderings about Valencia.

-He paid his bill at the hotel <i>Villa de Madrid</i>, and went

-to another. On his way he bought a new suit of

-clothes, and discarded for the present his uniform,

-which attracted attention wherever he was. He went

-to the <i>Fonda del Cid</i> next; but he could not obtain a

-guide who spoke English: the only one they ever<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_238" id="Page_238">[238]</a></span>

-called in was engaged to an English party for a week.

-The manager spoke English, but he was seldom in the

-house. In some of the shops they spoke English; but

-Bill was almost as much alone as though he had been

-on a deserted island. The days wore heavy on his

-hands; and about all he could do was to drink <i>Val de

-Peñas</i>, and sleep it off. He wanted to leave Valencia,

-but knew not where to go. He desired to get out of

-Spain; and he had tried to get the run of the English

-steamers; but as he could not read the posters, or

-often find any one to read them for him, he had no

-success.</p>

-

-<p>He was heartily tired of the place, and even more

-disgusted than he had been on board of the Tritonia.

-He desired to go to England, where he could speak

-the language of the country; but no vessel for England

-came along, so far as he could ascertain. One day an

-English gentleman arrived at the hotel; and Bill got up

-a talk with him, as he did with everybody who could

-speak his own language. He told him he wanted to

-get to England; and the tourist advised him to cross

-Spain and Portugal by rail, and take a steamer at Lisbon,

-where one sailed every week for Southampton or

-Liverpool, and sometimes two or three a week.</p>

-

-<p>Bill adopted this suggestion, and in the afternoon

-started for Lisbon. He had been nearly a week in

-Valencia, and the change was very agreeable to him.

-He found a gentleman who spoke English, in the

-compartment with him; and he got along without any

-trouble till he reached Alcazar, where his travelling

-friend changed cars for Madrid. But, before he left

-the train, he told Bill that he was too late to connect<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_239" id="Page_239">[239]</a></span>

-for Lisbon, and that he would have to wait till half-past

-one in the afternoon. He could obtain plenty to

-eat in the station; but that ten hours of waiting at a

-miserable shed of a station was far worse than learning

-a lesson in navigation. He was on the high land, only ninety

-miles from Madrid, and it was cold in the night.

-There was no fire to warm him, and he had to walk to

-keep himself comfortable. He could not speak a word

-to any person; and, when any one spoke to him, he

-had learned to say, “<i>No hablo.</i>” He had picked up a

-few words of Spanish, so that he could get what he

-wanted to eat, though his variety was very limited.</p>

-

-<p>In the afternoon he took the train for Ciudad Real,

-and arrived there at six o’clock. He was too tired to

-go any farther that night; indeed, he was almost sick.

-He found an omnibus at the station, and said “Hotel”

-to the driver. He felt better in the morning, and

-reached the railroad station at six o’clock. As at the

-hotel, he gave the ticket-seller a paper and pencil; and

-he wrote down in figures the price of a ticket to Badajos,

-in <i>reales</i>. He had changed his money into <i>Isabelinos</i>,

-and knew that each was one hundred <i>reales</i>. Bill had

-improved a good deal in knowledge since he was

-thrown on his own resources. He waited till the train

-arrived from Madrid. It was quite a long one; but

-the conductor seemed to know just where the vacant

-seats were, and led him to the last carriage, where he

-was assigned a place in a compartment in which four

-passengers occupied the corners, and seemed to be all

-asleep. The runaway took one of the middle seats.

-He only hoped, that, when the daylight came, he might

-hear some of his fellow-travellers speak English.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_240" id="Page_240">[240]</a></span>

-Unfortunately for him, they all spoke this language.

-The light in the top of the compartment had gone out,

-and the persons in the corners were buried in their

-overcoats, so that he could not see them after the

-conductor carried his lantern away.</p>

-

-<p>The train started; and Bill, for the want of something

-better to do, went to sleep himself. His bed at

-the hotel had been occupied by a myriad of “<i>cosas de

-España</i>” before he got into it; and his slumbers had

-been much disturbed. He slept till the sun broke in

-through the window of the compartment. He heard his

-fellow-travellers conversing in English; and, when he

-was fairly awake, he was immediately conscious that a

-gentleman who sat in one of the opposite corners was

-studying his features. But, as soon as Bill opened his

-eyes, it was not necessary for him to study any longer.

-The gentleman in the corner was Mr. Lowington,

-principal of the academy squadron; and Bill’s solitary

-wanderings had come to an end.</p>

-

-<p>The principal knew every student in the fleet; but

-Bill’s head had been half concealed, and his dress had

-been entirely changed, so that he did not fully identify

-him till he opened his eyes, and raised his head. The

-other persons in the compartment were Dr. Winstock,

-the captain, and the first lieutenant of the Prince.</p>

-

-<p>“Good-morning, Stout,” said Mr. Lowington, as

-soon as he was sure that the new-comer was one of

-the runaways from the Tritonia.</p>

-

-<p>Of course Bill was taken all aback when he realized

-that he was on the train with the ship’s company of

-the Prince. But the principal was good-natured, as he

-always was; and he smiled as he spoke. Bill had<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_241" id="Page_241">[241]</a></span>

-unwittingly run into the camp of the enemy; and that

-smile assured him that he was to be laughed at, in

-addition to whatever punishment might be inflicted

-upon him; and the laugh, to him, was the worst of it.</p>

-

-<p>“Good-morning, sir,” replied Bill sheepishly; and

-he had not the courage to be silent as he desired to be

-in that presence.</p>

-

-<p>“Have you had a good time, Stout?” asked Mr.

-Lowington.</p>

-

-<p>“Not very good,” answered Bill; and by this time

-the eyes of the doctor and his two pupils, who had not

-noticed him before, were fixed upon the culprit.</p>

-

-<p>“Where is Lingall?” inquired the principal. “Is

-he on the train with you?”</p>

-

-<p>“No, sir: he and Raimundo ran away from me in

-Valencia.”</p>

-

-<p>“Raimundo!” exclaimed Mr. Lowington. “Was

-he with you?”</p>

-

-<p>“Yes, sir; and they played me a mean trick,” added

-Bill, who had not yet recovered from his indignation on

-account of his desertion, and was disposed to do his

-late associates all the harm he could.</p>

-

-<p>“They ran away from you, as you did from the rest

-of us,” laughed the principal, who knew Stout so well

-that he could not blame his companions for deserting

-him. “Do you happen to know where they have

-gone?”</p>

-

-<p>“They left Valencia in a steamer at ten o’clock in

-the forenoon;” and Bill recited the particulars of his

-search for his late companions, feeling all the time that

-he was having some part of his revenge upon them for

-their meanness to him.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_242" id="Page_242">[242]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>“But where was the steamer bound?” asked the

-principal.</p>

-

-<p>“For Oban,” replied Bill, getting it wrong, as he was

-very apt to do with geographical names.</p>

-

-<p>“Oban; that’s in Scotland. No steamer in Valencia

-could be bound to Oban,” added Mr. Lowington.</p>

-

-<p>“This place is not in Scotland: it is in Africa,” Bill

-explained.</p>

-

-<p>“He means Oran,” suggested Dr. Winstock.</p>

-

-<p>“That’s the place.”</p>

-

-<p>Bill knew nothing in regard to the intended movements

-of Raimundo and Bark.</p>

-

-<p>“How happened Raimundo to be with you?” asked

-the principal. “He left the Tritonia the night before

-we came from Barcelona.”</p>

-

-<p>“No, sir: he did not leave her at all. He was in

-the hold all the time.”</p>

-

-<p>As Bill was very willing to tell all he knew about

-his fellow-conspirator and the second master,&mdash;except

-that Bark and himself had tried to set the vessel on

-fire,&mdash;he related all the details of the escape, and the

-trip to Tarragona, including the affray with the boatman.

-He told the truth in the main, though he did

-not bring out the fact of his own cowardice, or dwell

-upon the cause of the quarrel between himself and his

-companions.</p>

-

-<p>“And how happened you to be here, and on this

-train? Did you know we were on board of it?”

-inquired the principal.</p>

-

-<p>“I did not know you were on this train; but I knew

-you were over this way somewhere.”</p>

-

-<p>“And you were going to look for us,” laughed Mr.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_243" id="Page_243">[243]</a></span>

-Lowington, who believed that the fellow’s ignorance

-had caused him to blunder into this locality at the

-wrong time.</p>

-

-<p>“I was not looking for you, but for the Tritonias,”

-replied Bill, who had come to the conclusion that penitence

-was his best dodge under the circumstances. “I

-was going over to Lisbon to give myself up to Mr. Pelham.”</p>

-

-<p>“Indeed! were you?”</p>

-

-<p>“Yes, sir: I did not intend to run away; and it was

-only when Raimundo had a boat from the shore that I

-thought of such a thing. I have had hard luck; and

-I would rather do my duty on board than wander all

-about the country alone.”</p>

-

-<p>“Then it was Lingall that spoiled your fun?”</p>

-

-<p>“Yes, sir; but I shall never want to run away

-again.”</p>

-

-<p>“That’s what they all say. But, if you wished to get

-back, why didn’t you go to Barcelona, where the Tritonia

-is? That would have been the shortest way for

-you.”</p>

-

-<p>“I didn’t care about staying in the brig, with no one

-but Mr. Marline and Mr. Rimmer on board,” answered

-Bill, who could think of no better excuse.</p>

-

-<p>Bill thought he might get a chance to slip away at

-some point on the road, or at least when the party

-arrived at Lisbon. If there was a steamer in port

-bound to England, he might get on board of her.</p>

-

-<p>“We will consider your case at another time,” said

-the principal, as the train stopped at a station.</p>

-

-<p>The principal and the surgeon, after sending Bill to

-the other end of the compartment, had a talk about<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_244" id="Page_244">[244]</a></span>

-Raimundo, who had evidently gone to Africa to get out

-of the jurisdiction of Spain. After examining Bradshaw,

-they found the fugitives could take a steamer to

-Bona, in Algeria, and from there make their way to

-Italy or Egypt; and concluded they would do so.</p>

-

-<hr class="chap" />

-

-</div>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_245" id="Page_245">[245]</a></span></p>

-

-<div class="break">

-

-<h2 class="p4">CHAPTER XVII.</h2>

-

-<p class="pch">THROUGH THE HEART OF SPAIN.</p>

-

-<p class="drop-capr"><span class="smdrop">Bill Stout</span> concluded that he was not a success

-as a tourist in Spain; but he was confident that he

-should succeed better in England. He resolved to be

-a good boy till the excursionists arrived in Lisbon, and

-not make any attempt to escape; for it was not likely

-that he could accomplish his purpose. Besides, he

-had no taste for any more travelling in Spain. In fact,

-he had a dread of being cast upon his own resources in

-the interior, where he could not speak the language.</p>

-

-<p>“Do you know what country you are in?” asked

-Dr. Winstock, who sat opposite his pupils, as he had

-come to call them.</p>

-

-<p>“I reckon you’d know if you had seen it as I have,”

-interposed Bill Stout, who had a seat next to Murray,

-with a broad grin at the absurdity of the question.

-“It is Spain,&mdash;the meanest country on the face of

-the earth.”</p>

-

-<p>“So you think, Stout; but you have had a rather

-hard experience of it,” replied the doctor. “We have

-had a very good time since we left Barcelona.”</p>

-

-<p>“I suppose you know the lingo; and that makes all

-the difference in the world,” added Bill.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_246" id="Page_246">[246]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>“When I spoke of country, I referred to a province,”

-continued Dr. Winstock.</p>

-

-<p>“This is La Mancha,” answered Sheridan.</p>

-

-<p>“The country of Don Quixote,” added the doctor.</p>

-

-<p>“I saw a statue of Cervantes at Madrid, and I heard

-one of the fellows say he was the author of ‘Don

-Juan,’” laughed Murray.</p>

-

-<p>“Cervantes wrote the first part at Valladolid, and it

-produced a tremendous sensation. I suppose you have

-read it.”</p>

-

-<p>“I never did,” replied Bill Stout, who counted himself

-in as one of the party. “Is it a good story?”</p>

-

-<p>“It is so considered by those who are competent

-judges.”</p>

-

-<p>“I read it years ago,” added Sheridan.</p>

-

-<p>“It is said to be a take-off on the knights of Spain,”

-said Murray. “Is that so?”</p>

-

-<p>“I don’t think that was his sole idea in writing the

-book; or, if it was, he enlarged upon his plan. He was

-a literary man, with some reputation, before he wrote

-Don Quixote; and he probably selected the most

-popular subject he could find, and it grew upon him

-as he proceeded. Sancho Panza is a representative

-of homely common-sense, unaided by any imagination,

-while his master is full of it. He is used, in the first

-part of the story, to act as a contrast to the extravagant

-Don; and in this part of the work he does not use

-any of the proverbs which is the staple of the typical

-Spaniard’s talk. The introduction of this feature of

-Sancho’s talk was a new idea to the author.”</p>

-

-<p>“I suppose Cervantes was born and lived in La

-Mancha,” said Murray.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_247" id="Page_247">[247]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>“Not at all: he was born near Madrid, at Alcala de

-Henares. He was a soldier in the early years of his

-life. He fought in the battle of Lepanto, under Don

-John. At one time he was a sort of custom-house

-officer in Seville; but he got into debt, and was imprisoned

-for three months, during which time he is

-said to have been engaged in his great work. He was

-also a prisoner in Algiers five years; and ten times he

-risked his life in attempts to escape. He finally died

-in neglect, poverty, and want.”</p>

-

-<p>“Then this is where Don Quixote tilted at windmills,”

-said Murray, looking out at the window; “and

-there is one of them.”</p>

-

-<p>“It is not in every province of Spain that the Don

-could have found a windmill to tilt at,” added the

-doctor.</p>

-

-<p>About eight o’clock the train stopped for breakfast,

-which the <i>avant-courier</i> had ordered.</p>

-

-<p>“This is a vine and olive country,” said the doctor,

-when the train was again in motion.</p>

-

-<p>“Shall we have a chance to see how they make the

-oil and how they make wine?” asked Sheridan.</p>

-

-<p>“You will have a chance to see how it is done; but

-you will not be able to see it done at this season of

-the year. There is an olive-orchard,” continued the

-doctor, pointing out of the window.</p>

-

-<p>“The trees look like willows; and I should think

-they were willows.”</p>

-

-<p>“They are not. These trees last a great number of

-years,&mdash;some say, hundreds.”</p>

-

-<p>“There are some which look as though they were

-planted by Noah after he left the ark. They are ugly-looking

-trees,” added Murray.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_248" id="Page_248">[248]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>“The people do not plant them for their beauty, but

-for the fruit they yield. You see they are in regular

-rows, like an apple-orchard at home. They start the

-trees from slips, which are cut off in January. The end

-of the slip is quartered with a knife, and a small stone

-put into the end to separate the parts, and the slip stuck

-into the ground. The earth is banked up around the

-plant, which has to be watered and tenderly cared for

-during the first two years of its growth. In ten years

-these trees yield some returns; but they are not at their

-best estate till they are thirty years old. The olives

-we eat”&mdash;</p>

-

-<p>“I never eat them,” interrupted Murray, shaking his

-head.</p>

-

-<p>“It is an acquired taste; but those who do like

-them are usually very fond of them. The olive which

-comes in jars for table use is picked before it is quite

-ripe, but when full grown; and it is pickled for a week

-in a brine made of water, salt, garlic, and some other

-ingredients. The best come from the neighborhood

-of Seville.”</p>

-

-<p>“But I don’t see how they make the oil out of the

-olive. It don’t seem as though there is any grease in

-it,” said Sheridan.</p>

-

-<p>“The berry is picked for the manufacture of oil when

-it is ripe, and is then of a purple color. It is gathered

-in the autumn; and I have seen the peasants beating

-the trees with sticks, while the women and children

-were picking up the olives on the ground. The women

-drive the donkeys to the mill, bearing the berries in the

-panniers. The olives are crushed on a big stone hollowed

-out for the purpose, by passing a stone roller<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_249" id="Page_249">[249]</a></span>

-over them, which is moved by a mule. The pulp is

-then placed in a press not unlike that you have seen in

-a cider-mill. The oil flows out into a reservoir under

-the press, from which it is bailed into jars big enough

-to contain a man: these jars are sunk in the ground

-to keep them cool. The mass left in the press after the

-oil is extracted is used to feed the hogs, or for fuel.”</p>

-

-<p>“And is that the stuff they put in the casters?”

-asked Murray, with his nose turned up in disgust.</p>

-

-<p>“That is certainly olive-oil,” replied the doctor.

-“You look as though you did not like it.”</p>

-

-<p>“I do not: I should as soon think of eating lamp-oil.”</p>

-

-<p>“Every one to his taste, lieutenant; but I have no

-doubt you have eaten a great deal of it since you came

-into Spain,” laughed the doctor.</p>

-

-<p>“Not if I knew it!”</p>

-

-<p>“You did not know it; but you have had it on your

-beefsteaks and mutton-chops, as well as in the various

-made-dishes you have partaken of. Spanish oil is not

-so pure and good as the Italian. Lucca oil has the

-best reputation. A poorer quality of oil is made here,

-which is used in making soap.”</p>

-

-<p>“Castile soap?”</p>

-

-<p>“Yes; and all kinds of oils are used for soap.”</p>

-

-<p>“How do they fresco it?” asked Murray.</p>

-

-<p>“Fresco it! They give it the marble look by putting

-coloring matter, mixed with oil, into the mass of soap

-before it is moulded into bars. What place is this?”

-said the doctor, as the train stopped.</p>

-

-<p>“Almaden,” replied Sheridan, reading the sign on

-the station.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_250" id="Page_250">[250]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>“I thought so, for I spent a couple of days here.

-Do you know what it is famous for?”</p>

-

-<p>“I don’t think I ever heard the name of the place

-before,” replied Sheridan.</p>

-

-<p>“It contains the greatest mine of quicksilver in the

-world,” added the doctor. “It was worked in the time

-of the Romans, and is still deemed inexhaustible. Four

-thousand men are employed here during the winter, for

-they cannot labor in the summer because the heat

-renders it too unhealthy. The men can work only six

-hours at a time; and many of them are salivated and

-paralyzed by the vapors of the mercury.”</p>

-

-<p>“Is this the same stuff the doctors use?” asked

-Murray.</p>

-

-<p>“It is; but it is prepared especially for the purpose.

-These mines yield the government of Spain a revenue

-of nearly a million dollars a year.”</p>

-

-<p>The country through which the tourists passed was

-not highly cultivated, except near the towns. On the

-way they saw a man ploughing-in his grain, and the implement

-seemed to be a wooden one. But every thing

-in the agricultural line was of the most primitive kind.

-In another place they saw a farmer at work miles from

-his house, for there was no village within that distance.

-Though there is not a fence to be seen, every man

-knows his own boundary-lines. In going to his day’s

-work, he may have to go several miles, taking his

-plough and other tools in a cart; and probably he

-wastes half his day in going to and from his work.

-But the Spanish peasant is an easy-going fellow, and he

-does not go very early, or stay very late. Often in the

-morning and in the middle of the afternoon our travellers<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_251" id="Page_251">[251]</a></span>

-saw them going to or coming from their work in

-this manner.</p>

-

-<p>“Now we are out of La Mancha,” said the doctor,

-half an hour after the train left Almaden.</p>

-

-<p>“And what are we in now, sir?” asked Murray.</p>

-

-<p>“We are in the province of Cordova, which is a part

-of Andalusia. But we only go through a corner of

-Cordova, and then we strike into Estremadura.”</p>

-

-<p>In the afternoon the country looked better, though the

-people and the houses seemed to be very poor. The

-country looked better; but it was only better than the

-region near Madrid, and, compared with France or

-Italy, it was desolation. The effects of the <i>mesta</i> were

-clearly visible.</p>

-

-<p>“Medellin,” said Murray, when he had spelled out

-the word on a station where the train stopped about

-half-past two.</p>

-

-<p>“Do you know the place?” asked Dr. Winstock.</p>

-

-<p>“Never heard of it.”</p>

-

-<p>“Yet it has some connection with the history of the

-New World. It is mentioned in Prescott’s ‘Conquest

-of Mexico.’”</p>

-

-<p>“I have read that, but I do not remember this name.”</p>

-

-<p>“It is the birthplace of Hernando Cortes; and in

-Trujillo, a town forty miles north of us, was born

-another adventurer whose name figures on the glowing

-page of Prescott,” added the doctor.</p>

-

-<p>“That was Pizarro,” said Sheridan. “I remember

-he was born at&mdash;what did you call the place, doctor?”</p>

-

-<p>“Trujillo.”</p>

-

-<p>“But in Prescott it is spelled with an <i>x</i> where you

-put an <i>h</i><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_252" id="Page_252">[252]</a></span>.”</p>

-

-<p>“It is the same thing in Spanish, whether you spell

-it with an <i>x</i> or <i>j</i>. It is a strong aspirate, like <i>h</i>, but

-is pronounced with a rougher breathing sound. Loja

-and Loxa are the same word,” explained the doctor.

-“So you will find Cordova spelled with a <i>b</i> instead of

-a <i>v</i>; but the letters have the same power in Spanish.”</p>

-

-<p>“What river is this on the right?” inquired Murray.</p>

-

-<p>“That is the Guadiana.”</p>

-

-<p>“And where are its eyes, of which Professor Mapps

-spoke in his lecture?”</p>

-

-<p>“We passed them in the night, and also went over

-the underground river,” replied the doctor. “The

-region through which we are now passing was more

-densely peopled in the days when it was a part of the

-Roman empire than it is now. Without doubt the same

-is true of the period of the Moorish dominion. After

-America was discovered, and colonization began, vast

-numbers of emigrants went from Estremadura. In the

-time of Philip II. the country began to run down; and

-one of the reasons was the emigration to America.

-About four o’clock we shall arrive at Merida,” added

-the doctor, looking at his watch.</p>

-

-<p>“What is there at Merida?”</p>

-

-<p>“There is a great deal for the antiquarian and the

-student of history. You must be on the lookout for it,

-for there are many things to be seen from the window

-of the car,” continued the doctor. “It was the capital

-of Lusitania, and was called <i>Emerita Augusta</i>, from the

-first word of which title comes the present name. The

-river there is crossed by a Roman bridge twenty-five

-hundred and seventy-five feet long, twenty-five wide,

-and thirty-three above the stream. The city was surrounded<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_253" id="Page_253">[253]</a></span>

-by six leagues of walls, having eighty-four

-gates, and had a garrison of eighty thousand foot

-and ten thousand horsemen. The ruins of aqueducts,

-temples, forum, circus, and other structures, are still to

-be seen; some of them, as I said, from the train.”</p>

-

-<p>Unfortunately the train passed the portion of the

-ruins of the ancient city to be seen from the window,

-so rapidly that only a glance at them could be

-obtained; but perhaps most of the students saw all

-they desired of them. An hour and a half later the

-train arrived at Badajos, where they were to spend

-the night, and thence proceed to Lisbon the next morning.

-Each individual of the ship’s company had been

-provided with a ticket; and it was called for in the

-station before he was permitted to pass out of the

-building. As soon as they appeared in the open air,

-they were assailed by a small army of omnibus-drivers;

-but fortunately, as the town was nearly two miles from

-the station, there were enough for all of them. These

-men actually fought together for the passengers, and

-behaved as badly as New York hackmen. Though all

-the vehicles at the station were loaded as full as they

-could be stowed, there was not room for more than

-half of the party.</p>

-

-<p>The doctor and his pupils preferred to walk. In

-Madrid, the principal had received a letter from the

-<i>avant-courier</i>; informing him how many persons could

-be accommodated in each of the hotels; and all the

-excursionists had been assigned to their quarters.</p>

-

-<p>“We go to the <i>Fonda las Tres Naciones</i>,” said the

-doctor as they left the station. “I went there when I

-was here before. Those drivers fought for me as they<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_254" id="Page_254">[254]</a></span>

-did to-day; and with some reason, for I was the only

-passenger. I selected one, and told him to take me to

-the <i>Fonda de las cuatro Naciones</i>; and he laughed as

-though I had made a good joke. I made it ‘Four

-Nations’ instead of ‘Three.’ Here is the bridge over

-the Guadiana, built by the same architect as the Escurial.”</p>

-

-<p>“What is there in this place to see?” asked Sheridan.</p>

-

-<p>“Nothing at all; but it is an out-of-the-way old

-Spanish town seldom mentioned by tourists.”</p>

-

-<p>“I have not found it in a single book I have read,

-except the guide-books; and all these have to say

-about it is concerning the battles fought here,” added

-Sheridan.</p>

-

-<p>“Mr. Lowington has us stop here by my advice; and

-we are simply to spend the night here. You were on

-the train last night, and it would have been too much

-to add the long and tedious journey to Lisbon to that

-from Madrid without a night’s rest. Besides, you

-should see what you can of Portugal by daylight; for

-we are to visit only Lisbon and some of the places

-near it.”</p>

-

-<p>The party entered the town, and climbed up the

-steep streets to the hotel. The place was certainly

-very primitive. It had been a Roman town, and did

-not seem to have changed much since the time of the

-Cæsars. A peculiarly Spanish supper was served at

-the Three Nations, which was the best hotel in the

-place, but poor enough at that. Those who were fond

-of garlic had enough of it. The room in which the

-captain and first lieutenant were lodged had no window,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_255" id="Page_255">[255]</a></span>

-and the ceiling was composed of poles on which

-hay was placed; and the apartment above them may

-have been a stable, or at least a hay-loft. Some of the

-students took an evening walk about the town, but

-most of them “turned in” at eight o’clock.</p>

-

-<p>The party were called at four o’clock in the morning;

-and after a light breakfast of coffee, eggs, and bread,

-they proceeded to the station. The train provided for

-them consisted of second-class carriages, at the head

-of which were several freight-cars. This is the regular

-day train, all of the first-class cars being used on the

-night train.</p>

-

-<p>“Now you can see something of Badajos,” said the

-doctor, as they walked down the hill. “It is a frontier

-town, and the capital of the province. It is more of a

-fortress than a city. Marshal Soult captured it in

-1811; and it is said that it was taken only through the

-treachery of the commander of the Spaniards. The

-Duke of Wellington captured it in 1812. I suppose

-you have seen pictures by the Spanish artist Morales,

-for there are some in the <i>Museo</i> at Madrid. He was

-born here; and, when Philip II. stopped at Badajos on

-his way to Lisbon, he sent for the artist. The king

-remarked, ‘You are very old, Morales.’&mdash;‘And very

-poor,’ replied the painter; and Philip gave him a

-pension of three hundred ducats a year till he died.

-Manuel Godoy, the villanous minister of Charles IV.,

-called the ‘Prince of Peace,’ was born also here.”</p>

-

-<p>The train started at six o’clock, while it was still

-dark. Badajos is five miles from the boundary-line of

-Portugal; and in about an hour the train stopped at

-Elvas. The Portuguese police were on hand in full<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_256" id="Page_256">[256]</a></span>

-force, as well as a squad of custom-house officers. The

-former asked each of the adult members of the party

-his name, age, nationality, occupation, and a score of

-other questions, and would have done the same with

-the students if the doctor had not protested; and the

-officers contented themselves with merely taking their

-names, on the assurance that they were all Americans,

-were students, and had passports. Every bag and valise

-was opened by the custom-house officers; and

-all the freight and baggage cars were locked and

-sealed, so that they should not be opened till they

-arrived at Lisbon. Elvas has been the seat of an

-extensive smuggling trade, and the officers take every

-precaution to break up the business.</p>

-

-<p>The train was detained over an hour; and some of

-the students, after they had been “overhauled” as they

-called it, ran up into the town. Like Badajos, it is a

-strongly fortified place; but, unlike that, it has never

-been captured, though often besieged. The students

-caught a view of the ancient aqueduct, having three

-stories of arches.</p>

-

-<p>The train started at last; and all day it jogged along

-at a snail’s pace through Portugal. The scenery was

-about the same as in Spain, and with about the same

-variety one finds in New England. Dr. Winstock called

-the attention of his pupils to the cork-trees, and described

-the process of removing the bark, which forms

-the valuable article of commerce. They saw piles of

-it at the railroad stations, waiting to be shipped.</p>

-

-<p>There were very few stations on the way, and hardly

-a town was seen before four in the afternoon, when

-the train crossed the Tagus. The students were almost<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_257" id="Page_257">[257]</a></span>

-in a state of rebellion at this time, because they had

-had nothing to eat since their early breakfast. They

-had come one hundred and ten miles in ten hours;

-and eleven miles an hour was slow locomotion on a

-railroad. The courier wrote that he had made an

-arrangement by which the train was to go to the junction

-with the road to Oporto in seven hours, which

-was not hurrying the locomotive very much; but the

-conductor said he had no orders to this effect.</p>

-

-<p>“This is Entroncamiento,” said the doctor, as the

-train stopped at a station. “We dine here.”</p>

-

-<p>“Glory!” replied Murray. “But we might starve if

-we had to pronounce that name before dinner.”</p>

-

-<p>The students astonished the keeper of the restaurant

-by the quantity of soup, chicken, and chops they devoured;

-but they all gave him the credit of providing

-an excellent dinner. The excursionists had to wait a

-long time for the train from Oporto, for it was more

-than an hour late; and they did not arrive at Lisbon till

-half-past nine. The doctor and his pupils were sent

-to the Hotel Braganza, after they had gone through

-another ordeal with the custom-house officers. Bill

-Stout was taken to the Hotel Central on the quay by

-the river. The runaway had been as tractable as one

-of the lambs, till he came to the hotel. While the

-party were waiting for the rooms to be assigned to

-them, and Mr. Lowington was very busy, he slipped

-out into the street. He walked along the river, looking

-out at the vessels anchored in the stream. He

-made out the outline of several steamers. While he

-was looking at them, a couple of sailors, “half seas

-over,”, passed him. They were talking in English, and

-Bill hailed them.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_258" id="Page_258">[258]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>“Do you know whether there is a steamer in port

-bound to England?” he asked, after he had passed the

-time of night with them.</p>

-

-<p>“Yes, my lad: there is the Princess Royal, and she

-sails for London early in the morning,” replied the

-more sober of the two sailors. “Are you bound to

-London?”</p>

-

-<p>“I am. Which is the Princess Royal?”</p>

-

-<p>The man pointed the steamer out to him, and insisted

-that he should take a drink with them. Bill did

-not object. But he never took any thing stronger than

-wine, and his new friends insisted that he should join

-them with some brandy. He took very little; but then

-he felt obliged to treat his new friends in turn for their

-civility, and he repeated the dose. He then inquired

-where he could find a boat to take him on board of the

-steamer. They went out with him, and soon found a

-boat, in which he embarked. The boatman spoke a

-little English; and as soon as he was clear of the shore

-he asked which steamer his passenger wished to go to.

-By this time the brandy was beginning to have its

-effect upon Bill’s head; but he answered the man by

-pointing to the one the sailor had indicated, as he supposed.</p>

-

-<p>In a few moments the boat was alongside the steamer;

-and Bill’s head was flying around like a top. He paid

-the boatman his price, and then with an uneasy step

-walked up the accommodation-ladder. A man was

-standing on the platform at the head of the ladder, who

-asked him what he wanted.</p>

-

-<p>“I want to go to England,” replied the runaway, tossing

-his bag over the rail upon the deck.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_259" id="Page_259">[259]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>“This vessel don’t go to England; you have boarded

-the wrong steamer,” replied the man.</p>

-

-<p>Bill hailed the boatman, who was pulling for the

-shore.</p>

-

-<p>“Anchor watch!” called the man on the platform.

-“Bring a lantern here!”</p>

-

-<p>“Here is one,” said a young man, wearing an overcoat

-and a uniform cap, as he handed up a lantern to

-the first speaker.</p>

-

-<p>“Hand me my bag, please, gen’l’men,” said Bill.</p>

-

-<p>At this moment the man on the platform held the

-lantern up to Bill’s face.</p>

-

-<p>“I thought I knew that voice,” added Mr. Pelham,

-for it was he. “Don’t give him the bag, Scott.”</p>

-

-<p>“That’s my bag, and I want it,” muttered Bill.</p>

-

-<p>“I am afraid you have been drinking, Stout,” continued

-the vice-principal, taking Bill by the collar, and

-conducting him down the steps to the deck of the

-American Prince.</p>

-

-<p>“It is Stout, as sure as I live!” exclaimed Scott.</p>

-

-<p>“No doubt of that, though he has changed his rig.

-Pass the word for Mr. Peaks.”</p>

-

-<p>Bill was not so far gone but that he understood the

-situation. He had boarded the American Prince, instead

-of the Princess Royal. The big boatswain of

-the steamer soon appeared, and laid his great paw on

-the culprit.</p>

-

-<p>“Where did you come from, Stout?” asked the vice-principal.</p>

-

-<p>“I came down with Mr. Lowington and the rest of

-them,” answered Bill; and his tongue seemed to be

-twice too big for his mouth.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_260" id="Page_260">[260]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>Mr. Pelham sent for Mr. Fluxion, and they got out

-of the tipsy runaway all they could. They learned that

-the ship’s company of the Prince had just arrived.

-Bill Stout was caged; and the two vice-principals went

-on shore in the boat that was waiting for the “passenger

-for England.” They found Mr. Lowington at the

-Hotel Central. He was engaged just then in looking

-up Bill Stout; and he was glad to know that he was in

-a safe place.</p>

-

-<hr class="chap" />

-

-</div>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_261" id="Page_261">[261]</a></span></p>

-

-<div class="break">

-

-<h2 class="p4">CHAPTER XVIII.</h2>

-

-<p class="pch">AFRICA AND REPENTANCE.</p>

-

-<p class="drop-cap"><span class="smdrop">Having</span> brought Bill Stout safely into port, we

-feel obliged to bestow some attention upon the

-other wanderers from the fold of discipline and good

-instruction. At the <i>Fonda del Cid</i>, where our brace of

-tourists went after taking such unceremonious leave of

-Bill Stout, was a party of English people who insisted

-upon having their breakfast at an hour that would permit

-them to use the forenoon in seeing the sights of

-Valencia; and thus it happened that this meal was

-ready for the fugitives at eight o’clock.</p>

-

-<p>“What day is this, Lingall?” asked Raimundo, as they

-came into the main hall of the hotel after breakfast.</p>

-

-<p>“Wednesday,” replied Bark.</p>

-

-<p>“I thought so. Look at this bill,” added the second

-master, pointing to a small poster, with the picture of a

-steamer at the head of it.</p>

-

-<p>“I see it, but I can’t read it.”</p>

-

-<p>“This steamer starts from Grao at ten this forenoon,

-for Oran. It is only half-past eight now.”</p>

-

-<p>“Starts from Grao? where is that?” asked Bark.</p>

-

-<p>“Grao is the port of Valencia: it is not many miles

-from here<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_262" id="Page_262">[262]</a></span>.”</p>

-

-<p>“And where is the other place? I never heard of it.”</p>

-

-<p>“Oran is in Algeria. It cannot be more than three

-hundred miles from Valencia.”</p>

-

-<p>“But that will be going to Africa.”</p>

-

-<p>“It will be the best thing we can do if we mean to

-keep out of the way.”</p>

-

-<p>“I don’t object: I am as willing to go to Africa as

-anywhere else.”</p>

-

-<p>“We can stay over there for a week or two, and then

-come back to Spain. We can hit the Tritonia at Cadiz

-or Lisbon.”</p>

-

-<p>“I don’t think I want to hit her,” replied Bark with

-a sheepish smile.</p>

-

-<p>“I was speaking for myself; and I forgot that your

-case was not the same as my own,” added Raimundo.</p>

-

-<p>“I don’t know what your case is; but, as you seem

-to be perfectly easy about it, I wish mine was no worse

-than I believe yours is.”</p>

-

-<p>“We will talk about that another time; for, if we are

-going to Oran, it is time we were on the way to the

-port,” said Raimundo. “If you don’t want to go to

-Africa, I won’t urge it; but that will suit my case the

-best of any thing I can think of.”</p>

-

-<p>“It makes no difference to me where I go; and I

-am perfectly willing to go with you wherever you wish,”

-replied Bark, who, from hating the second master, had

-come to have an intense admiration for him.</p>

-

-<p>Bark Lingall believed that his companion had saved

-the lives of the whole party in the boat; and certainly

-he had managed the expedition with great skill. He

-was as brave as a lion, in spite of his gentleness. But

-perhaps his respect and regard for the young Spaniard<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_263" id="Page_263">[263]</a></span>

-had grown out of the contrast he could not help making

-between him and Bill Stout. He could not now understand

-how it was that he had got up such an intimacy

-with his late associate in mischief, or rather in crime.

-Burning the Tritonia was vastly worse than he had at

-first considered it. Its enormity had increased in his

-mind when he reflected that Raimundo, who must have

-had a very strong motive for his sudden disappearance,

-had preferred to reveal himself rather than have the

-beautiful craft destroyed. In a word, Bark had made

-some progress towards a genuine repentance for taking

-part in the conspiracy with Bill Stout.</p>

-

-<p>Raimundo paid the bill, and they took a <i>tartana</i> for

-Grao. They learned from the driver that it was less

-than half an hour’s ride. They first went to the office

-of the steamer, paid their passage, and secured their

-state-room.</p>

-

-<p>“This is a good move for another reason,” said Raimundo,

-as they started again.</p>

-

-<p>“What’s that?” asked Bark.</p>

-

-<p>“I have been expecting to see Stout drop down

-upon us every moment since we went to the hotel.”</p>

-

-<p>“So have I; and I think, if it had been my case, I

-should have found you by this time, if I wanted to do

-so,” added Bark.</p>

-

-<p>“It is hardly time yet for him to get around; but

-he will find the <i>Fonda del Cid</i> in the course of the

-forenoon. You forget that Stout cannot speak a word

-of Spanish; and his want of the language will make it

-slow work for him to do any thing.”</p>

-

-<p>“I did not think of that.”</p>

-

-<p>“Do you feel all right about leaving him as we did<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_264" id="Page_264">[264]</a></span>?”

-asked Raimundo. “For my part, I could not endure

-him. He insulted me without the least reason for

-doing so.”</p>

-

-<p>“He is the most unreasonable fellow I ever met in

-the whole course of my natural life. It was impossible

-to get along with him; and I am entirely satisfied with

-myself for leaving him,” replied Bark. “He insulted

-you, as you say; and I gave him the alternative of

-apologizing to you, or of parting company with us. I

-believe I did the fair thing. A fellow cannot hug a

-hog for any great length of period.”</p>

-

-<p>“That’s so; but didn’t you know him before?”</p>

-

-<p>“I knew him, of course; and he was always

-grumbling and discontented about something; but I

-never thought he was such a fellow as he turned out to

-be. I haven’t known him but a couple of months or

-so.”</p>

-

-<p>“I should think you would have got at him while you

-were getting up something”&mdash;Raimundo did not say

-what&mdash;“with him.”</p>

-

-<p>“I was dissatisfied myself. The squadron did not

-prove to be what I anticipated,” added Bark. “I had

-an idea that it was in for a general good time; that all

-we had to do was to go from place to place, and see

-the sights.”</p>

-

-<p>“But you knew it was a school.”</p>

-

-<p>“Certainly I did; but I never supposed the fellows

-had to study half as hard as they do. I thought the

-school was a sort of a fancy idea, to make it take with

-the parents of the boys. When I found how hard we

-had to work, I was disgusted with the whole thing.

-Then I fell in with Bill Stout and others; and, when<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_265" id="Page_265">[265]</a></span>

-we had talked the matter over a few times, it was even

-worse than I had supposed when I did all my own

-thinking on the subject. After we got together, we

-both became more and more discontented, till we were

-convinced that we were all slaves, and that it was

-really our duty to break the chains that bound us.

-This was all the kind of talk I ever had with Stout;

-and, as we sympathized on this matter, I never looked

-any farther into his character.”</p>

-

-<p>“We shall have time enough to talk over these

-things when we get on board the steamer,” added

-Raimundo. “I have watched you and Stout a great

-deal on board of the Tritonia; and I confess that I was

-prejudiced against you. I didn’t feel any better about

-it when I found you and Stout trying to destroy the

-vessel. But I must say now that you are a different

-sort of fellow from what I took you to be; and nobody

-ever grew any faster in another’s estimation than you

-have in mine since that affair last night in the felucca.

-I believe your pluck and skill in hauling that cut-throat

-down saved the whole of us.”</p>

-

-<p>“I have been thinking all the time it was you that

-saved us,” added Bark, intensely gratified at the praise

-of Raimundo.</p>

-

-<p>“The battle would have been lost if it hadn’t been

-for you; for I struck at the villain, and missed him. If

-you hadn’t brought him down, his knife would have

-been into me in another instant. But here is the port.”</p>

-

-<p>The steamer was one of the “<i>Messageries Nationales</i>,”

-though that name had been recently substituted for

-“Imperiales” because the emperor had been abolished.

-The tourists went on board in a shore-boat, and took<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_266" id="Page_266">[266]</a></span>

-possession of their state-room. They made their preparations

-for the voyage, and then went on deck. They

-found comfortable seats, and the weather was like

-spring.</p>

-

-<p>“What is the name of this steamer?” asked Bark.</p>

-

-<p>“The City of Brest.”</p>

-

-<p>“That was not the name on the handbill we saw;

-was it, Mr. Raimundo?”</p>

-

-<p>“Yes,&mdash;<i>Ville de Brest</i>.”</p>

-

-<p>“That was it,” added Bark.</p>

-

-<p>“Well, that is the French of City of Brest,” laughed

-the second master. “Don’t you speak French?”</p>

-

-<p>“I know a little of it; and I know that a ‘<i>ville</i>’ is

-a city; but I didn’t understand it as you spoke the

-word.”</p>

-

-<p>“I learned all the French I know in the academy

-squadron; and I can get along very well with it. I

-have spent a whole evening where nothing but French

-was spoken by the party. Professor Badois never

-speaks a word of English to me.”</p>

-

-<p>“And you speak Italian and German besides, Mr.

-Raimundo.”</p>

-

-<p>“I can get along with them, as I can with French.”</p>

-

-<p>“That makes five languages you speak.”</p>

-

-<p>“I am not much in Italian,” laughed the second master.

-“My uncle set me to learning it in New York;

-but I forgot most of it, and learned more while we

-were in Italy than I ever knew before.”</p>

-

-<p>“I wish I had some other lingo besides my own.”</p>

-

-<p>“You can have it by learning it.”</p>

-

-<p>“But I am not so good a scholar as you are, Mr.

-Raimundo<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_267" id="Page_267">[267]</a></span>.”</p>

-

-<p>“You don’t know that; for, if I mistake not, you

-have never laid yourself out on study, as I had not

-when I first went on board of the Young America.

-But, to change the subject, you have called me Mr.

-Raimundo three times since we sat down here. I agree

-with Stout so far, that we had better drop all titles till I

-put on my uniform again.”</p>

-

-<p>“I have been so used to calling you Mr., that it

-comes most natural for me to do so,” replied Bark.</p>

-

-<p>“I think I shall change my name a little; at least, so

-far as to translate it into plain English. I have always

-kept my Spanish name, which is Enrique Raimundo.

-It is so entered on the ship’s books; but I shall make

-it Henry Raymond for the present.”</p>

-

-<p>“And is that the English of the other name?”</p>

-

-<p>“It is; and, when you call me any thing, let it be

-Henry.”</p>

-

-<p>“Very well, Henry,” added Bark.</p>

-

-<p>“That is the name I gave when I bought the tickets.

-I noticed that Stout called you Bark.”</p>

-

-<p>“My name is Barclay; and you can call me that, or

-Bark for short.”</p>

-

-<p>“Bark don’t sound very respectful, and it reminds

-one of a dog.”</p>

-

-<p>“My bark is on the wave; and I do not object to the

-name. I was always called Bark before I went to sea,

-and it sounds more natural to me than any thing else

-would. My father always called me Barclay; and I

-believe he was the only one that did.”</p>

-

-<p>“All right, Bark: if you don’t object, I need not.

-You hinted that you did not think you should go back

-to the Tritonia<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_268" id="Page_268">[268]</a></span>.”</p>

-

-<p>“It wouldn’t be safe for me to do so,” replied Bark

-anxiously.</p>

-

-<p>“I have come to the conclusion that it is always the

-safest to do the right thing, whatever the consequences

-may be.”</p>

-

-<p>“What! stay in the brig the rest of the voyage!”</p>

-

-<p>“Yes, if that is the penalty for doing the right

-thing,” replied Henry, as he chooses to be called.</p>

-

-<p>“Suppose you were in my place; that you had tried

-to set the vessel on fire, and had run away: what would

-you do?”</p>

-

-<p>“You did not set the vessel on fire, or try to do it.

-It was Stout that did it,” argued Raymond.</p>

-

-<p>“But I was in the plot. I agreed to take part in it;

-and I hold myself to be just as deep in the mire as

-Bill Stout is in the mud,” added Bark.</p>

-

-<p>“I am glad to see that you are a man about it, and

-don’t shirk off the blame on the other fellow.”</p>

-

-<p>“Though I did not get up the idea, I am as guilty

-as Bill; and I will not cast it all upon him.”</p>

-

-<p>“That’s the right thing to say.”</p>

-

-<p>“But what would you do, if you were in my place?”</p>

-

-<p>“Just as I said before. I should return to the

-Tritonia, and face the music, if I were sent home in a

-man-of-war, to be tried for my life for the deed.”</p>

-

-<p>“That’s pretty rough medicine.”</p>

-

-<p>“Since I have been in the squadron, I have learned

-a new morality. I don’t think it would be possible for

-me to commit a crime, especially such as burning a

-vessel; but, if I had done it, I should want to be hanged

-for it as soon as possible. I don’t know that anybody

-else is like me; but I tell you just how I feel<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_269" id="Page_269">[269]</a></span>.”</p>

-

-<p>“But, if you were bad enough to do the deed, you

-could not feel as you do now,” replied Bark, shaking

-his head.</p>

-

-<p>“That may be; but I can only tell you how I feel

-now. I never did any thing that I called a crime,&mdash;I

-mean any thing that made me liable to be punished by

-the law,&mdash;but I was a very wild fellow in the way of

-mischief. I used to be playing tricks upon the fellows,

-on my schoolmasters, and others, and was always in a

-scrape. I was good for nothing till I came on board

-of the Young America. As soon as I got interested, I

-worked night and day to get my lessons. Of course

-I had to be very correct in my conduct, or I should

-have lost my rank. It required a struggle for me to

-do these things at first; but I was determined to be an

-officer. I was as severe with myself as though I had

-been a monk with the highest of aspirations. I was

-an officer in three months; and I have been one ever

-since, though I have never been higher than fourth

-lieutenant, for the reason that I am not good in mathematics.

-My strength is in the languages.”</p>

-

-<p>“But I should think you would get discouraged

-because you get no higher.”</p>

-

-<p>“Not at all. As the matter stands now with me, I

-should do the best I could if I had to take the lowest

-place in the ship.”</p>

-

-<p>“I don’t understand that,” added Bark, who had

-come to the conclusion that his companion was the

-strangest mortal on the face of the earth; but that was

-only because Bark dwelt on a lower moral plane.</p>

-

-<p>“After I had done my duty zealously for a few

-months, I was happy only in doing it; and it gave me<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_270" id="Page_270">[270]</a></span>

-more pleasure than the reward that followed it. Like

-Ignatius Loyola, I became an enthusiastic believer in

-God, in a personal God, in Christ the Saviour, and in

-the Virgin Mary: blessed be the Mother of God, her

-Son, and the Father of all of us!” and Raymond

-crossed himself as devoutly as though he were engaged

-in his devotions.</p>

-

-<p>Bark was absolutely thrilled by this narrative of the

-personal experience of his new-found friend; and he

-was utterly unable to say any thing.</p>

-

-<p>“But God and duty seem almost the same to me,”

-continued Raymond. “I am ready to die or to live,

-but not to live at the expense of right and duty. For

-the last six months I have believed myself liable to be

-assassinated at any time. I know not how much this

-has to do with my mental, moral, and religious condition;

-but I am as I have described myself to be. I

-should do my duty if I knew that I should be burned

-at the stake for it”</p>

-

-<p>“What do you mean by assassinated?” asked Bark,

-startled by the statement.</p>

-

-<p>“I mean exactly what I say. But I am going to tell

-you my story in full. I have related it to only one

-other student in the squadron; and, if we should be

-together again on board of the Tritonia, I must ask you

-to keep it to yourself,” said Raymond.</p>

-

-<p>“It has bothered me all along to understand how a

-fellow as high-toned as you are could allow yourself to

-be considered a runaway; for I suppose the officers

-look upon you as such.”</p>

-

-<p>“No doubt they do; but in good time I shall tell

-Mr. Lowington the whole story, and then he will be

-able to judge for himself<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_271" id="Page_271">[271]</a></span>.”</p>

-

-<p>By this time the steamer had started. Raymond

-told his story just as he had related it to Scott on

-board of the Tritonia. Bark was interested; and, when

-the recital was finished, the steamer was out of sight

-of land.</p>

-

-<p>“I suppose you will not believe me when I say it;

-but I have kept out of my uncle’s way more for his

-sake than my own,” said Raymond in conclusion. “I

-will not tempt one of my own flesh and blood to commit

-a crime; and I feel that it would have been cowardice

-for me to run away from my ship for the mere

-sake of saving myself from harm. Besides, I think I

-could take care of myself in Barcelona.”</p>

-

-<p>“I have no doubt of that,” replied Bark, whose admiration

-of his fellow-tourist was even increased by the

-narration to which he had just listened.</p>

-

-<p>Certainly Raymond was a most remarkable young

-man. Bark felt as though he were in the presence of a

-superior being. He realized his own meanness and

-littleness, judged by the high standard of his companion.

-As both of them were tired, after the night on the

-train, they went to the state-room, and lay down in their

-berths. Raymond went to sleep; but Bark could not,

-for he was intensely excited by the conversation he

-had had with his new friend. He lay thinking of

-his own life and character, as compared with his companion’s;

-and the conspiracy in which he had taken

-part absolutely filled him with horror. The inward

-peace and happiness which Raymond had realized from

-his devotion to duty strongly impressed him.</p>

-

-<p>But we will not follow him through all the meanderings

-of his thought. It is enough to say that fellowship<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_272" id="Page_272">[272]</a></span>

-with Raymond had made a man of him, and he was

-fully determined to seek peace in doing his whole duty.

-He was prepared to do what his companion had counselled

-him to do,&mdash;to return to the Tritonia, and take

-the consequences of his evil-doing. When his friend

-awoke, he announced to him his decision. Raymond

-saw that he was sincere, and he did all he could to

-confirm and strengthen his good resolution.</p>

-

-<p>“There is one thing about the matter that troubles

-me,” said Bark, as they seated themselves on deck

-after dinner. “I am willing to own up, and take the

-penalty, whatever it may be; but, if I confess that I

-was engaged in a conspiracy to burn the Tritonia, I shall

-implicate others,&mdash;I shall have to blow on Bill Stout.”</p>

-

-<p>“Well, what right have you to do any thing else?”

-demanded Raymond earnestly. “Suppose Filipe had

-killed me last night, and had offered you a thousand

-dollars to conceal the crime: would it have been right

-for you to accept the offer?”</p>

-

-<p>“Certainly not.”</p>

-

-<p>“You would be an accomplice if you had. You

-have no more right to cover up Stout’s crime than you

-would have to conceal Filipe’s. Besides, the principal

-ought to know that he has a fellow on board that is bad

-enough to burn the Tritonia. He may do it with some

-other fellow yet; and, if he should, you would share

-the guilt with him.”</p>

-

-<p>“You found out what we were doing,” added Bark.</p>

-

-<p>“And I felt that I ought not to leave the vessel without

-telling the steward,” replied Raymond. “I certainly

-intended to inform the principal as soon as I had

-an opportunity. I believe in boy honor and all that<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_273" id="Page_273">[273]</a></span>

-sort of thing as much as you do; but I have no right

-to let the vessels of the squadron be burned.”</p>

-

-<p>The subject was discussed till dark, and Bark could

-not resist the arguments of his friend. He was resolved

-to do his whole duty.</p>

-

-<p>It is not our purpose to follow the fugitives into

-Africa. They reached Oran the next day, and remained

-there two weeks, until a steamer left for Malaga, when

-they returned to Spain.</p>

-

-<p>“That’s the American Prince, as true as you live!”

-exclaimed Bark, as the vessel in which they sailed was

-approaching Malaga; and both of them had been observing

-her for an hour.</p>

-

-<p>“She is on her way from Lisbon back to Barcelona;

-and she will not be in Malaga for a week or more,”

-replied Raymond.</p>

-

-<p>Before night they were in the hotel in Malaga.</p>

-

-<hr class="chap" />

-

-</div>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_274" id="Page_274">[274]</a></span></p>

-

-<div class="break">

-

-<h2 class="p4">CHAPTER XIX.</h2>

-

-<p class="pch">WHAT PORTUGAL HAS DONE IN THE WORLD.</p>

-

-<p class="drop-cap"><span class="smdrop">Mr. Lowington</span> and the two vice-principals

-had a hearty laugh over the misadventure of

-poor Bill Stout, and then discussed their plans for the

-future. The Prince had been in the river five days;

-and the Josephines and Tritonias were all ready to

-start for Badajos the next morning. It was Friday

-night; and if the party left the next morning they would

-be obliged to remain over Sunday at Badajos; or, if

-they travelled all the next night, they would arrive at

-Toledo on Sunday morning, and this was no place for

-them to be on that day. It was decided that they

-should remain on board of the Prince till Monday

-morning, and that the Princes should go on board the

-next morning to hear Professor’s Mapps’s lecture on

-Portugal.</p>

-

-<p>“Have you heard any thing of Raimundo or Lingall?”

-asked the principal.</p>

-

-<p>“Only what we got out of Stout,” replied Mr.

-Pelham. “But he was too tipsy to tell a very straight

-story.”</p>

-

-<p>“I don’t see how he got tipsy so quick; for he must

-have reached the Prince within fifteen or twenty minutes<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_275" id="Page_275">[275]</a></span>

-after he left this hotel,” added Mr. Lowington. “However,

-he told me all he knew&mdash;at least, I suppose he

-did&mdash;about the others who ran away with him. It

-seems that Raimundo did not leave the Tritonia, and

-must have stowed himself away in the hold.”</p>

-

-<p>“But we searched the hold very thoroughly,” said

-Mr. Pelham.</p>

-

-<p>“Did you look under the dunnage?”</p>

-

-<p>“No, sir: he could not have got under that.”</p>

-

-<p>“Probably he did,&mdash;made a hole in the ballast. He

-must have had some one to help him,” suggested the

-principal.</p>

-

-<p>“If any one assisted him it must have been Hugo;

-for, as he is a Spaniard, they were always very thick

-together.”</p>

-

-<p>“I have informed Don Francisco, the lawyer, that

-Raimundo had gone to Oran; and I suppose he will

-be on the lookout for him. I have also written to

-Manuel Raimundo in New York. He must get my

-letter in a day or two,” continued the principal. “It

-is a very singular case; and I should as soon have

-thought of Sheridan running away as Raimundo.”</p>

-

-<p>“He must have had a strong reason for doing so,”

-added the vice-principal of the Tritonia.</p>

-

-<p>The next morning Mr. Pelham directed Peaks to

-bring his prisoner into the cabin. Bill Stout did not

-remember what he had said the night before; but he

-had prepared a story for the present occasion.</p>

-

-<p>“Good-morning, Stout,” the vice-principal began.

-“How do you feel after your spree?”</p>

-

-<p>“Pretty well, sir; I did not drink but once, and I

-couldn’t help it then,” replied the culprit, beginning<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_276" id="Page_276">[276]</a></span>

-to reel off the explanation he had got up for the occasion.</p>

-

-<p>“You couldn’t help it? That’s very odd.”</p>

-

-<p>“No, sir. I met a couple of sailors on shore, and

-asked them if they could tell me where the American

-Prince lay. They pointed the steamer out to me, and

-they insisted that I should take a drink with them.

-They wouldn’t take No for an answer, and I couldn’t

-get off,” whined Bill; and he always whined when he

-was in a scrape.</p>

-

-<p>“Doubtless you gave them No for an answer,”

-laughed Mr. Pelham.</p>

-

-<p>“I certainly did; for I never take any thing. They

-made me drink brandy; but I put very little into the

-glass, and, as I am not used to liquor, it made me very

-drunk.”</p>

-

-<p>“One horn would not have made you as tipsy as you

-were, Stout. I think you had better tell that story to

-the other marines.”</p>

-

-<p>“I am telling the truth, sir: I wouldn’t lie about it.”</p>

-

-<p>“I think it is a bad plan to do so,” added the vice-principal.

-“Then you were coming on board, were you?”</p>

-

-<p>“Yes, sir: I wanted to see you, and own up.”</p>

-

-<p>“Oh! that was your plan, was it?” laughed Mr. Pelham,

-amused at the pickle into which the rascal was

-putting himself.</p>

-

-<p>“Yes, sir: I came from Valencia on purpose to give

-myself up to you. I’m sorry I ran away. I got sick of

-it in a day or two.”</p>

-

-<p>“This was after Lingall left you, I suppose.”</p>

-

-<p>“Yes, sir; but I was sorry for it before he left. We

-were almost murdered in the felucca; and I had a hard

-time of it<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_277" id="Page_277">[277]</a></span>.”</p>

-

-<p>“And this made you penitent.”</p>

-

-<p>“Yes, sir. I shall never run away again as long as I

-live.”</p>

-

-<p>“I hope you will not. And you came all the way

-across Spain and Portugal to give yourself up to me,”

-added Mr. Pelham. “You were so very anxious to

-surrender to me, that you were not content to stay a

-single night at the hotel with Mr. Lowington, who is

-my superior.”</p>

-

-<p>“I wanted to see you; and that’s the reason I left

-the hotel, and came on board last night,” protested the

-culprit.</p>

-

-<p>“That’s a very good story, Stout; but for your sake

-I am sorry it is only a story,” said the vice-principal.</p>

-

-<p>“It is the truth, sir. I hope to”&mdash;</p>

-

-<p>“No, no; stop!” interposed Mr. Pelham. “Don’t

-hope any thing, except to be a better fellow. Your

-story won’t hold water. I was at the gangway when

-you came on board, and you told me that you wanted

-to go to England.”</p>

-

-<p>“I didn’t know what I was saying,” pleaded Bill,

-taken aback by this answer.</p>

-

-<p>“Yes, you did: you were not as tipsy as you might

-have been; for, when I told you the steamer was not

-going to England, you called your boatman back. It is

-a plain case; and you can stay in the brig till the ship

-returns to Barcelona.”</p>

-

-<p>The lies did not help the case a particle; and somehow

-every thing seemed to go wrong with Bill Stout,

-but that was because he went wrong himself.</p>

-

-<p>The boats were sent on ashore for the Princes; and

-when they arrived all hands were called to attend the

-lecture in the grand saloon.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_278" id="Page_278">[278]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>“Young gentlemen, I am glad to meet you again,”

-the professor began. “I have said all I need say about

-the geography of the peninsula. Some of you have

-been through Spain and Portugal, and have seen that

-the natural features of the two countries are about the

-same. The lack of industry and enterprise has had

-the same result in both. The people are alike in one

-respect, at least: each hates the other intensely. ‘Strip

-a Spaniard of his virtues, and you have a Portuguese,’

-says the Spanish proverb; but I fancy one is as good as

-the other. There are plenty of minerals in the ground,

-plenty of excellent soil, and plenty of fish in the waters

-of Portugal; but none of the sources of wealth and

-prosperity are used as in England, France, and the

-United States. The principal productions are wheat,

-wine, olive-oil, cork, wool, and fruit. Of the forty million

-dollars’ worth of agricultural products, twelve are

-in wine, ten in grain, and seven in wool. More than

-two-thirds of the exports are to England.</p>

-

-<p>“The population of Portugal is about four millions.

-It has few large towns, only two having over fifty

-thousand inhabitants. Lisbon has two hundred and

-seventy-five thousand, and Oporto about ninety thousand.

-Coimbra,&mdash;which has the only university in

-the country,&mdash;Elvas, Evora, Braga, and Setubal, are

-important towns. The kingdom has six provinces;

-and we are now in Estremadura, as we were yesterday

-morning, though it is not the same one.</p>

-

-<p>“The government is a constitutional monarchy, not

-very different from that of Spain. The present king

-is Luis II. The army consists of about eighteen

-thousand men; and the navy, of twenty-two steamers<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_279" id="Page_279">[279]</a></span>

-and twenty-five sailing vessels. The colonial possessions

-of Portugal have a population equal to the kingdom

-itself.</p>

-

-<p>“The money of Portugal will bother you.”</p>

-

-<p>At this statement Sheridan and Murray looked at

-each other, and laughed.</p>

-

-<p>“You seem to be pleased, Captain Sheridan,” said

-the professor. “Perhaps you have had some experience

-with Portuguese money.”</p>

-

-<p>“Yes, sir: I went into a store to buy some photographs;

-and, when I asked the price of them, the man

-told me it was one thousand six hundred and forty

-<i>reis</i>. I concluded that I should be busted if I bought

-that dozen pictures.”</p>

-

-<p>“It takes about a million of those <i>reis</i> to make a

-dollar,” added Murray.</p>

-

-<p>“But, when I came to figure up the price, I found it

-was only a dollar and sixty-four cents,” continued

-Sheridan.</p>

-

-<p>“A naval officer who dined a party of his friends

-in this very city, when he found the bill was twenty-seven

-thousand five hundred <i>reis</i>, exclaimed that he

-was utterly ruined, for he should never be able to pay

-such a bill; but it was only twenty-seven dollars and a

-half. You count the <i>reis</i> at the rate of ten to a cent

-of our money,&mdash;a thousand to a dollar. About all the

-copper and silver money has a number on the coin that

-indicates its value in <i>reis</i>. For large sums, the count

-is given in <i>milreis</i>, which means a thousand <i>reis</i>. The

-gold most in use is the English sovereign, which

-passes for forty-five hundred <i>reis</i>. We will now give

-some attention to the history of the country.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_280" id="Page_280">[280]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>“Portugal makes no great figure on the map of

-Europe. Looking at this narrow strip of territory,

-one would naturally suppose that its history would not

-fill a very large volume. But small states have had

-their history told in voluminous works; and Portugal

-happens to belong to this class. There are histories

-and chronicles of this country in the Portuguese, Spanish,

-Italian, French, English, and Latin languages, not

-to mention some Arabic works which I have not had

-time to examine,” continued the professor, with a

-smile. “Some of these works consist of from ten to

-thirty volumes. Even the discoveries and conquests

-of this people in the East and West require quite a

-number of large volumes; for there was a time when

-Portugal filled a large place in the eye of the world,

-though that time was short, hardly reaching through

-the fifteenth and sixteenth centuries.</p>

-

-<p>“But the history of this country does not begin at

-all till the eleventh century. There was, indeed, the

-old Roman province of Lusitania, which corresponded

-very nearly in size with modern Portugal, except that

-the latter extends farther north and not so far east.

-The ancient Lusitanians were a warlike people; and

-a hundred and fifty years before our era they gave

-the Romans a great deal of trouble to conquer them.

-Under Viriathus, the most famous of all the Lusitanians,

-they routed several Roman armies; and might

-have held their ground for many years longer, if their

-hero had not been treacherously murdered by his own

-countrymen.</p>

-

-<p>“The lines of the old Roman provinces were not

-preserved after the barbarians, of whom I have spoken<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_281" id="Page_281">[281]</a></span>

-to you before, entered the peninsula in the fifth century.

-The Arabs occupied this province with the rest

-of the peninsula, after the defeat and death of King

-Roderick, or Don Rodrigo, the last of the Gothic kings

-of Spain; and held it till near the close of the eleventh

-century, a part of it somewhat later. In 1095 Alfonso

-VI., of Castile and Leon, bestowed a part of what is

-now Portugal upon his son-in-law, Henri of Burgundy,

-who had fought with Alfonso against the Moors, and

-seemed to have the ability to protect the country given

-him from the inroad of the Moslems. The region

-granted to Henri extended only from the Minho to

-the Tagus; and its capital was Coimbra, for Lisbon

-was then a Moorish city. The new ruler was called a

-count; and he had the privilege of conquering the

-country as far south as the Guadiana. His son Dom

-Alfonso defeated the Moors in a great battle near the

-Tagus, and was proclaimed king of Portugal on the

-battle-field. This was in the time of the crusades;

-but Spain and Portugal had infidels enough to fight at

-home, without going to the Holy Land, where hundreds

-of thousands were sent to die by other countries

-of Europe. Other additions were made to the

-country during the next century; but since the middle

-of the thirteenth century, when Sancho II. died, no

-increase has been made in the peninsula. The wealth

-and power of Portugal at a later period were derived

-from her colonies in America, Asia, and Africa.</p>

-

-<p>“John I.&mdash;Dom João, in Portuguese&mdash;led an expedition

-against Ceuta, a Moorish stronghold just across

-the Strait of Gibraltar, and captured the place. After

-this began their wonderful series of discoveries, which<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_282" id="Page_282">[282]</a></span>

-brought the whole world to the knowledge of Europe.

-But the Portuguese were not the first to carry on commerce

-by sea. Though merchandise had been mainly

-transported by land in the East, there was some trade

-on the Mediterranean and Black Seas, and on the

-Indian Ocean. It does not appear that the Ph&oelig;nicians,

-the Carthaginians, or the Greeks, ever sailed on the

-Baltic Sea; and, though the Romans explored some

-parts of it, they never went far enough to ascertain that

-it was bounded on all sides by land.</p>

-

-<p>“The Eastern Empire of the middle ages, with its

-capital at Constantinople, carried on a much more extensive

-commerce than was ever known to the Romans

-in the days of their universal dominion. At first the

-goods brought from the East Indies were imported into

-Europe from Alexandria; but, when Egypt was conquered

-by the Arabs, a new route had to be found.

-Merchandise was conveyed up the Indus as far as that

-great river was navigable, then across the land to the

-Oxus, now the Amoo, flowing into the Sea of Aral, but

-then having a channel to the Caspian. From the

-mouth of this river it was carried over the Caspian Sea,

-and up the Volga, to about the point where there is now

-a railroad connecting this river with the Don. Then

-it was transported by land again to the Don, and taken

-in vessels by the Black Sea to Constantinople. The

-Suez Canal, opened this present year, makes an easy

-and expeditious route by water for steamers, connecting

-all the ports of Europe with those of India.</p>

-

-<p>“During this period another commercial state was

-growing up. After the fall of the Roman empire, when

-the Huns under Attila were ravaging Italy, the inhabitants<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_283" id="Page_283">[283]</a></span>

-of Venetia fled for safety to the group of islands

-near the northern shore of the Adriatic, and laid the

-foundation of the illustrious city and state of Venice.

-The people of the city soon began to fit out small merchant

-fleets, which they sent to all parts of the Mediterranean,

-and particularly to Syria and Egypt, after

-spices and other products of Arabia and India. Soon

-after, the city of Genoa, on the other side of Italy,

-became a rival of Venice in this trade, and Florence

-and Pisa followed their example; but the Venetians,

-having some natural advantages, outstripped their rivals

-in the end, and became a great military and commercial

-power. The crusades, in which others wasted life and

-treasure, were a source of wealth to these Italian cities.

-During the twelfth and thirteenth centuries, the commerce

-of Europe was almost wholly confined to the

-Italians. The merchants of Italy scattered themselves

-in every kingdom; and the Lombards (for this was the

-name by which they were known) became the merchants

-and bankers everywhere. After a time, however, the

-commercial spirit began to develop itself, and to make

-progress in other parts of Europe; but, up to the

-fifteenth century, vessels were accustomed, in their

-voyages, to creep along the coast; and, though it was

-known that the magnetic needle points constantly to

-the North Pole, no use was made of this knowledge for

-purposes of navigation.</p>

-

-<p>“In 1415 the commercial spirit had reached Portugal;

-and the Ceuta expedition was undertaken quite

-as much in the interest of trade as of religion, for the

-place was held by pirates who were daily disturbing

-Portuguese commerce. Immense treasures fell to the

-victors as the reward of their enterprise.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_284" id="Page_284">[284]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>“Dom Henrique, or Henry, the son of King John,

-afterwards so famous in the history of his country, had

-a decided taste for study. He was an able mathematician,

-and made himself master of all the astronomy

-known to the Arabians, who were then the best mathematicians

-of Europe. Henry also studied the works

-of the ancients. At this period Ptolemy was the highest

-authority in geography; and he taught that the African

-Continent reached to the South Pole. But Henry had

-read the ancient accounts of the circumnavigation of

-Africa by the Ph&oelig;nicians and others; and he believed,

-that, whether these voyages had or had not been made,

-good ships might sail around the southern point of the

-continent. If this could be done, the Portuguese would

-find a way to India by sea, and thus control the entire

-trade of the East.</p>

-

-<p>“The prince had many obstacles to overcome. Vessels

-in that day were not built for the open sea; and

-every headland and far-stretching cape seemed to be an

-impossible barrier. There was a notion that near the

-equator was a burning zone, where the very waters of

-the ocean actually boiled under the intolerable heat of

-the sun. A superstition also prevailed, that whoever

-doubled Cape Bojador&mdash;on the coast of Africa, about

-a thousand miles south of Lisbon&mdash;would never return;

-and it was feared that the burning zone would change

-those who entered it into negroes, thus dooming them

-to wear the black marks of their temerity to the grave.</p>

-

-<p>“The first voyage undertaken under the direction of

-Prince Henry was in 1419, and covered only five

-degrees of latitude. The expedition was driven out to

-sea and landed at a small island north-east of Madeira,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_285" id="Page_285">[285]</a></span>

-which they named Porto Santo. The next year three

-vessels were sent for a longer voyage. This fleet

-reached the dreaded cape, and discovered Madeira.

-On the next voyage they doubled Cape Bojador; and,

-having exploded the superstition, in the course of a

-few years they advanced four hundred leagues farther,

-and discovered the Senegal River. Here they found

-men with woolly hair and skins as black as ebony;

-and they began to dread a nearer approach to the

-equator.</p>

-

-<p>“When they returned, their countrymen with one

-voice attempted to dissuade Prince Henry from any

-further attempts; but he would hear of no delay. He

-applied to Pope Eugene IV.; and, representing that his

-chief object was the pious wish to spread a knowledge

-of the Christian faith among the idolatrous people of

-Africa, he obtained a bull conferring on the people of

-Portugal the exclusive right to all the countries they

-had discovered, or might discover, between Cape Nun&mdash;about

-three hundred miles north of Cape Bojador&mdash;and

-India. Such a donation may appear ridiculous

-enough to us; but it was never doubted then that the

-pope had ample right to bestow such a gift; and for

-a long time all the powers of Europe considered the

-right of the Portuguese to be good, and acknowledged

-their title to almost the whole of Africa. About this

-time Prince Henry died, and little progress was made

-in discovery for some years. But the Portuguese had

-begun to push boldly out to sea, and had lost all dread

-of the burning zone.</p>

-

-<p>“In the reign of John II., from 1481 to 1495, discoveries

-were pushed with greater vigor than ever before.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_286" id="Page_286">[286]</a></span>

-The Cape de Verde Islands were colonized; and

-the Portuguese ships, which had advanced to the coast

-of Guinea, began to return with cargoes of gold-dust,

-ivory, gums, and other valuable products. It was during

-the reign of this monarch that Columbus visited

-Lisbon, and offered his services to Portugal; and it

-appears that the king was inclined to listen to the plans

-of the great navigator, but he was dissuaded from

-doing so by his own courtiers.</p>

-

-<p>“The revenue derived at this time from the African

-coast became so important that John feared the vessels

-of other nations might be attracted to it. To prevent

-this, the voyages there were represented as being in the

-highest degree dangerous, and even impossible except

-in the peculiar vessels used by the Portuguese. The

-monarchs of Castile had some idea of what was going

-on, and were very eager to learn more; and in one

-case came very near succeeding. A Portuguese captain

-and two pilots, in the hope of a rich reward, set

-out for Castile to dispose of the desired information;

-but they were pursued by the king’s agents. When

-overtaken, they refused to return; but two of them

-were killed on the spot, and the other brought back to

-Evora and quartered. The attempt of a rich Spaniard,

-the Duke of Medina Sidonia, to build vessels in English

-ports for the African trade, turned out no better.

-King John reminded the English king, Edward IV., of

-the ancient alliance between the two crowns; and so

-these preparations were prohibited.</p>

-

-<p>“In 1497 a Portuguese fleet under Vasco de Gama

-doubled the Cape of Good Hope, or the Cape of

-Storms as they called it then; and soon the voyagers<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_287" id="Page_287">[287]</a></span>

-began to hear the Arabian tongue spoken on the other

-shore of the continent, and found that they had nearly

-circumnavigated Africa. At length, with the aid of

-Mohammedan pilots, they passed the mouths of the

-Arabian and Persian Gulfs, and, stretching along the

-western coast of India, arrived, after a cruise of thirteen

-months, at Calicut, on the shore of Malabar, less

-than three hundred miles from the southern point of

-the peninsula.</p>

-

-<p>“The Court of Lisbon now appointed a viceroy to

-rule over new countries discovered. Expeditions followed

-each other in rapid succession; and, in less than

-half a century more, the Portuguese were masters of

-the entire trade of the Indian Ocean. Their flag floated

-triumphantly along the shores of Africa from Morocco

-to Abyssinia, and on the Asiatic coast from Arabia

-to Siam; not to mention the vast regions of Brazil,

-which this nation began to colonize about the same

-time. These conquests were not made without opposition;

-but the Portuguese were as remarkable for

-their valor as for their enterprise, in those days; and,

-for a time, their prowess was too much for their enemies

-in Africa, in India, and even in Europe. The

-Venetians, who had lost the trade between India and

-Europe, were of course their enemies; and the Sultan

-of Egypt was hostile when he found that he was about

-to lose the profitable trade that passed through Alexandria.

-These two powers joined hands; and the

-Venetians sent from Italy to the head of the Red Sea,

-at an immense expense, the materials for building a

-fleet to meet and destroy the Portuguese vessels on

-their passage to India. But, as soon as this fleet was<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_288" id="Page_288">[288]</a></span>

-ready for active operations, it was attacked and destroyed

-by the Portuguese navy.</p>

-

-<p>“Thus the Portuguese were masters of an empire on

-which the sun never set. It reached the height of its

-glory in the reign of John III., from 1521 to 1557. He

-was succeeded by his son Dom Sebastian, who made

-several expeditions against the Moors in Africa. In

-the last of these, he was utterly routed, his army destroyed,

-and he perished on the battle-field. This

-disaster seemed to initiate the decline of Portugal;

-and it continued to run down till it was only the shadow

-of its former greatness.</p>

-

-<p>“Concerning Dom Sebastian, a very remarkable

-superstition prevails, even at the present time, in

-Portugal, to the effect that he will return, resume the

-crown, and restore the realm to its former greatness.

-For nearly two hundred years this belief has existed,

-and was almost universal at one time, not among the

-ignorant only, but in all classes of society. It was

-claimed that he was not killed in the battle, though his

-body was recognized by his page, and that he will come

-back as the temporal Messiah of Portugal. Several

-persons have appeared who have claimed to be the

-prince, the most remarkable of whom turned up at

-Venice twenty years after the prince’s presumed death.

-He told a very straight story; but the Senate of Venice

-banished him, and he was afterwards imprisoned in

-Naples and Florence for insisting upon the truth of his

-statements. He finally died in Castile; and many believed

-that he was not an impostor. Several times have

-been fixed for his coming; but it is not likely that he

-will be able to put in an appearance, on account of the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_289" id="Page_289">[289]</a></span>

-two hundred years that have elapsed since he was in

-the flesh.</p>

-

-<p>“As Sebastian did not come back from Africa, his

-uncle Henry assumed the crown; and at his death, as

-he had no direct heirs, Philip II., the Prince of Parma,

-and the Duchess of Braganza, claimed the throne, as

-did several others; but Philip settled the question by

-sending the Duke of Alva into Portugal, and taking

-forcible possession of the kingdom. In 1580, therefore,

-the whole of the vast dominions I have described

-were annexed to the Spanish empire. This connection

-lasted for sixty years; and the Portuguese call it ‘the

-sixty years’ captivity.’ During this time the people

-were never satisfied with their government, and in 1640

-got up a revolution, and placed the Duke of Braganza

-on the throne, under the title of John IV. This was

-the beginning of the house of Braganza, which has held

-the throne up to the present time.</p>

-

-<p>“Even in the seventeenth century Portugal had fallen

-from her high estate. She had lost part of her possessions

-and all her prestige; and from that time till

-the present she has had no great weight in European

-politics. Some of her colonial territories returned to

-the original owners, while others were taken by the

-Dutch, the English, and the Spaniards. For two centuries

-the most remarkable events in her history have

-been misfortunes. In 1755 an earthquake destroyed

-half the city of Lisbon, and buried thirty thousand

-people under its ruins. It came in two shocks, the

-second of which left the city a pile of ruins. Thousands

-of men and women fled from the falling walls to the

-quays on the river. Suddenly the ground under them<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_290" id="Page_290">[290]</a></span>

-sank with all the crowd upon it; and not one of the

-bodies ever came up. At the same time all the boats

-and vessels, loaded down with fugitives from the ruin,

-were sucked in by a fearful whirlpool; and not a vestige

-of them returned to the surface.</p>

-

-<p>“Fifty-five years later came the French Revolution;

-in the results of which Portugal was involved. In

-1807 she entered into an alliance with Great Britain;

-and Napoleon decided to wipe off the kingdom from

-the map of Europe. A French army was sent to

-Lisbon; and at its approach the Court left for Brazil,

-where it remained for several years. An English army

-arrived at Oporto the next year; and with these events

-began the peninsular war. The struggle lasted till

-1812, and many great battles were fought in this kingdom.

-The country was desolated by the strife, and the

-sufferings of the people were extremely severe. Subscriptions

-were raised for them in England and elsewhere;

-and Sir Walter Scott wrote ‘The Vision of Don

-Roderick’ in aid of the sufferers.</p>

-

-<p>“In 1821 Brazil declared her independence; but it

-was not acknowledged by Portugal till 1825. After

-fourteen years of absence, the Court&mdash;John VI. was

-king, having succeeded to the throne while in Brazil&mdash;returned

-to Portugal. During this period the home

-kingdom was practically a colony of Brazil; and the

-people were dissatisfied with the arrangement. A constitution

-was made, and the king accepted it. He had

-left his son as regent of Brazil, and he was proclaimed

-emperor of that country as Pedro I. He was the father

-of the present emperor, Pedro II.</p>

-

-<p>“John VI. died in 1826. His legitimate successor<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_291" id="Page_291">[291]</a></span>

-was Pedro of Brazil; but he gave the crown to his

-daughter Maria. Before she could get possession of it,

-Dom Miguel, a younger son of John VI., usurped the

-throne. As he did not pay much deference to the constitution,

-the people revolted; and civil war raged for

-several years. Pedro, having abdicated the crown of

-Brazil in favor of his son, came to Portugal in 1832,

-to look after the interests of his daughter. He was

-made regent,&mdash;Maria da Gloria was only thirteen years

-old,&mdash;and with the help of England, cleaned out the

-Miguelists two years later. The little queen was declared

-of age at fifteen, and took the oath to support

-the constitution. She died in 1853; and her son,

-Pedro V., became king when he was fifteen. But he

-lived only eight years after his accession, and was

-followed by his brother, Luis I., the present king.

-There have been several insurrections since the Miguelists

-were disposed of, but none since 1851. The

-royal family have secured the affections of the people;

-for the sons of Maria have proved to be wise and sensible

-men. The finances are in bad condition; for the

-expense of the government exceeds the income every

-year. Now you have heard, and you may go and see

-for yourselves.”</p>

-

-<hr class="chap" />

-

-</div>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_292" id="Page_292">[292]</a></span></p>

-

-<div class="break">

-

-<h2 class="p4">CHAPTER XX.</h2>

-

-<p class="pch">LISBON AND ITS SURROUNDINGS.</p>

-

-<p class="drop-cap"><span class="smdrop">The</span> room in the Hotel Braganza occupied by

-Sheridan and Murray was an excellent one, so

-far as the situation was concerned; for it commanded a

-beautiful view of the Tagus and the surrounding country.</p>

-

-<p>“I should think this hotel had been a fort some

-time,” said Sheridan, when they rose in the morning.

-“Those windows look like port-holes for cannon.”</p>

-

-<p>“It is the house of Braganza, and ought to be a

-royal hotel; but it is not very elegantly furnished.

-There are no towels here. Where is the bell?”</p>

-

-<p>“I noticed that there was one outside of each room

-on this floor. Here is the bell-pull. It is an original

-way to fix the bells,” added Sheridan. “The bell-boys

-must come up three flights of stairs in order to hear

-them ring.”</p>

-

-<p>“But, if the waiter don’t speak English, what will you

-ask for?” laughed Murray.</p>

-

-<p>“I have a book of four languages that I picked up in

-Madrid,&mdash;French, Spanish, Italian, and Portuguese,”

-said the captain, as he took the volume from his bag.

-“Here it is. ‘<i>Une serviette</i>,’&mdash;that’s a napkin, but it

-will do as well,&mdash;‘<i>um guardinapo</i>.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_293" id="Page_293">[293]</a></span>’”</p>

-

-<p>The bell was rung, and a chambermaid answered it.

-The word brought the towels, but Sheridan pointed

-to the wash-stand; and the pantomime would have answered

-just as well as speech, for the woman could see

-what was wanting. When they were dressed, Dr. Winstock

-came to the door, and invited them to visit the

-top of the house, which commanded a view even more

-extensive than the window.</p>

-

-<p>“The Tagus runs about east and west here,” said he.

-“It is about a mile wide, but widens out into a broad

-bay opposite the city. There is no finer harbor in the

-world. The old part of the city, between the castle

-and the river, was not destroyed by the earthquake.

-Between us and the castle is a small region of straight

-streets; and this is the part that was destroyed. On

-the river below us are the marine arsenal and the

-custom-house, with the <i>Praca do Commercio</i> between

-them.”</p>

-

-<p>“The what?” asked Murray.</p>

-

-<p>“<i>Praca</i> is the Portuguese for ‘square;’ ‘Commercial

-Square’ in English will cover it. This one has several

-names; and the English, who are in great force in

-Lisbon, call it Black Horse Square. There is very

-little to see in Lisbon. Orders have come up for all

-hands to be on the quay at nine o’clock, to go on

-board the Prince for the lecture; and we must breakfast

-first.”</p>

-

-<p>After the lecture the Princes went on shore again.

-The doctor with his pupils took a carriage, and proceeded

-to “do” the city. Their first point was the

-square they had seen from the housetop. On one side

-of it was an arch supporting a clock-tower. In the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_294" id="Page_294">[294]</a></span>

-centre was an equestrian statue of Joseph I., erected

-by the inhabitants out of gratitude to the king and

-the Marquis of Pombal for their efforts to rebuild the

-city after the great earthquake. On the pedestal is an

-effigy of the marquis, who was the king’s minister, as

-powerful as he was unpopular. The populace cut his

-head out of the statue when the king died, but it was

-restored fifty years later.</p>

-

-<p>“This street,” said the doctor, indicating the one

-over which the ornamental arch was extended, “is the

-<i>Rua Augusta</i>.”</p>

-

-<p>“I think the Commercial is as fine a square as I

-have seen in Europe,” added Sheridan.</p>

-

-<p>“Most people agree with you. Now, if we pass

-through the <i>Rua Augusta</i>, we shall come to the <i>Praca

-do Rocio</i>, which is also a beautiful square. There are

-three other streets running parallel with this; on one

-side is Gold, and on the other Silver Street.”</p>

-

-<p>“They build their houses very high for an earthquaky

-country,” said Murray.</p>

-

-<p>“And this is the very spot which was sunk. I suppose

-they don’t expect to have another convulsion.”</p>

-

-<p>The carriage proceeded into the square, and then

-to another, only a couple of blocks from it, in which

-was the fruit-market. It was lined with trees, with a

-fountain in the centre. All around it were men and

-women selling fruit and other commodities. It was a

-lively scene. In this square they saw a Portuguese

-cart of the model that was probably used by the

-Moors. The wheels do not revolve on the axle, but

-the axle turns with the wheels, as in a child’s tin

-wagon, and creak and groan fearfully as they do so.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_295" id="Page_295">[295]</a></span>

-As they passed through the Campo Santa Anna, the

-doctor pointed out the <i>Circo dos Touros</i>, or bull-ring.</p>

-

-<p>“But a bull-fight here is a tame affair compared with

-those in Spain,” he explained. “They do not kill the

-bull, nor are any horses gored to death; for the horns

-of the animal are tipped with large wooden balls. It is

-a rather lively affair, and will answer very well if you

-have not seen the real thing. It is said that there are

-seven hills in Lisbon, as in Rome; but this is a vanity

-of many other cities. There are many hills in Lisbon,

-however; and there seems to be a church or a convent

-on every one of them. This is the <i>Passio Publico</i>; and

-it is crowded with people on a warm evening,” continued

-the doctor, as they came to a long and narrow park.

-“It is the <i>prado</i> of Lisbon.</p>

-

-<p>“I shall ask you to visit only one church in this city,

-unless you desire to see more; and this is the one,”

-said the doctor, as the carriage stopped at a plain building.

-“This is St. Roque. It is said that Dom John

-V., when he visited this church, was greatly mortified

-at the mean appearance of the chapel of his patron

-saint. He ordered one to be prepared in Rome, of the

-richest materials. When it was done, mass was said in

-it by the pope, Benedict XIV.; and then it was taken

-to pieces, and sent to Lisbon, where it was again set up

-as you will find it.”</p>

-

-<p>The party entered the church, and the attendant

-gave each of them a printed sheet on which was a

-description of the chapel. It proved to be a rather

-small recess; but the mosaics of the baptism of Christ

-in the Jordan by John, and other scriptural designs, are

-of the highest order of merit. The floor, ceiling, and<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_296" id="Page_296">[296]</a></span>

-sides are of the same costly work, the richest marbles

-and gems being used. The chapel contains eight columns

-of lapis-lazuli. The whole of this is said to

-have cost fourteen million <i>crusados</i>, over eight million

-dollars; but others say only one million <i>crusados</i>, and

-probably the last sum is nearer the truth.</p>

-

-<p>The next day was Sunday; and in the morning the

-United States steamer Franklin&mdash;the largest in the

-service&mdash;came into the river. There was a Portuguese

-frigate off the marine arsenal; and what with

-saluting the flag of Portugal, and the return-salute,

-saluting Mr. Lewis the American minister, and saluting

-Mr. Diamond the American consul, when each visited

-the ship, the guns of the great vessel were blazing

-away about all the forenoon. But the students were

-proud of the ship; and they did not object to any

-amount of gun-firing, even on Sunday. In the afternoon,

-some of them went to the cathedral, which was

-formerly a mosque, and to some of the other churches.

-All hands attended service on board of the American

-Prince at eleven.</p>

-

-<p>The next morning the Josephines and Tritonias

-started on their tour through the peninsula to Barcelona;

-and the ship’s company went on board of the

-steamer. Regular discipline was restored; but the

-business of sight-seeing was continued for two days

-more. The doctor conducted his little party to the

-palace of the <i>Necessidades</i>.</p>

-

-<p>“What a name for a palace!” exclaimed Murray.

-“I suppose that jaw-breaker means ‘necessities.’”</p>

-

-<p>“That is just what it means. Circumstances often

-give names to palaces and other things; and it was so<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_297" id="Page_297">[297]</a></span>

-in this case. A weaver brought an image of the Blessed

-Virgin from a place on the west coast, from which he

-fled to escape the plague. With money he begged of

-the pious, he built a small chapel for the image, near

-this spot. Like so many of these virgins, it wrought

-the most wonderful miracles, healing the sick, restoring

-the lame, and opening the eyes of the blind; and many

-people came to it in their ‘necessities,’ for relief. Dom

-John V. believed in it, and built a handsome church,

-with a convent attached to it, for the blessed image.

-It had restored his health once, and he built this palace

-near it, that it might be handy for his ‘necessities.’

-During the long sickness preceding his death, he had

-it brought to the palace with royal honors, and kept it

-there in state, taking it with him wherever he went.</p>

-

-<p>“This square is the <i>Fraca Alcantara</i>,” continued the

-doctor, when they came from the palace. “There are

-plenty of fountains in the city, nearly every public

-square being supplied with one. When I was here

-before, there were more water-carriers than now; and

-they were all men of Gallicia, as in Madrid. Three

-thousand of them used to be employed in supplying

-the inhabitants with water; but now it is probably conveyed

-into most of the houses in pipes. You can tell

-these men from the native Portuguese, because they

-carry their burden, whatever it may be, on their shoulders

-instead of their heads. A proverb here is to the

-effect that God made the Portuguese first, and then

-the Gallego to wait upon him. Most of the male

-servants in houses come from Gallicia. They are

-largely the porters and laborers, for the natives are too

-proud to carry burdens: it is too near like the work<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_298" id="Page_298">[298]</a></span>

-of a mule or a donkey. It is said, that when the French

-approached Coimbra in the peninsular war, and the

-people deserted the city, the men would not carry their

-valuables with them, so great was their prejudice

-against bundles; and every thing was lost except what

-the women could take with them. They could not

-disgrace themselves to save their property.”</p>

-

-<p>“No wonder the country is poor,” added Sheridan.</p>

-

-<p>“Now we will cross the bridge, and ride through

-Buenos Ayres, where many of the wealthy people live,

-and some of the ambassadors,” continued the doctor.</p>

-

-<p>They had a pleasant ride, passing the English cemetery

-in which Henry Fielding and Dr. Doddridge were

-buried. On the return, they passed the principal cemetery

-of the city. It is called the <i>Prazeres</i>, which

-means “pleasures;” a name it obtained by accident,

-and not because it was considered appropriate.</p>

-

-<p>The following day was set apart for an excursion to

-Cintra and Mafra, and a sufficient number of omnibuses

-were sent to a point on the north-west road; for

-the students were to walk over the aqueduct in order

-to see that wonderful work. The party ascended some

-stone steps to a large hall which contains the reservoir.

-It is near the <i>Praca do Rato</i>, and not far from the centre

-of the city. The party then entered the arched

-gallery, eight feet high and five feet wide, through

-which the water-ways are led. In the middle is a

-paved pathway for foot-passengers. On either side of

-it is a channel in the masonry, nine inches wide and

-a foot deep in the centre, rounded at the bottom.

-It looked like a small affair for the supply of a great

-city. The aqueduct is carried on a range of arches<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_299" id="Page_299">[299]</a></span>

-over the valley of the Alcantara, which is the name of

-the little stream that flows into the Tagus near the

-<i>Necessidades</i>. The highest of these arches are two hundred

-and sixty-three feet above the river. A causeway

-was built on each side of it, forming a bridge to the

-villages in the suburbs; but its use was discontinued

-because so many people committed suicide by throwing

-themselves from the dizzy height, or were possibly

-murdered by robbers. This aqueduct was erected by

-Dom John V., and it is the pride of the city. The

-water comes from springs six miles away.</p>

-

-<p>“Why did we have those water-jars in the hotel if

-they have spring-water?” asked Sheridan, as they

-walked along the gallery.</p>

-

-<p>“They think the water is better kept in those jars,”

-replied Dr. Winstock; “and I believe they are right;

-at least, they would be if they would keep the ants out

-of them.”</p>

-

-<p>On the other side of the valley the excursionists

-loaded themselves into the omnibuses, and were soon

-on their way to Cintra, which is fourteen miles from

-Lisbon. It is a sort of Versailles, Potsdam, or Windsor,

-where the court resides during a part of the year,

-and where all the wealthy and fashionable people

-spend their summers. It is a beautiful drive, with

-many pleasant villages, palaces, country-seats, groves,

-and gardens by the way.</p>

-

-<p>“Here we are,” said the doctor to his young companions,

-when the carriage in which they had come

-stopped before Victor’s Hotel. “Southey said this was

-the most blessed spot in the habitable world. Byron

-sang with equal enthusiasm; and the words of these<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_300" id="Page_300">[300]</a></span>

-poets have made the place famous in England. Our

-American guide-book does not even mention it.”</p>

-

-<p>Cintra is a town of forty-five hundred inhabitants.

-It is built on the southern end of the Estrella Mountains,

-at an elevation of from eighteen hundred to three

-thousand feet. It is only a few miles from the seashore,

-and the Atlantic may be seen from its hills.

-The party of the doctor first went to the royal palace.

-It was the Alhambra of the Moorish monarchs, and has

-been a favorite residence of the Christian kings. Dom

-Sebastian held his last court here when he left for

-Africa. The students wandered through its numerous

-apartments, laughed at its magpie saloon, and thought

-of the kings who had dwelt within its walls. They

-were more pleased with the gardens, though it was

-winter; for there was a great deal in them that was

-curious and interesting.</p>

-

-<p>The Pena Convent was the next attraction. All convents

-have been suppressed in Portugal, as in Spain;

-but the Gothic building has been repaired, and it looks

-more like a castle than a religious house. Its garden

-and grounds must be magnificent in the proper season.

-The view from the highest point presents an almost

-boundless panorama of country, river, and ocean. The

-Moorish castle that commands the town was examined;

-and the next thing was the Cork Convent. It is an

-edifice built in and on the rock, and contains twenty

-cells, each of which is lined with cork to keep out the

-dampness of the rock on which it is founded. These

-cells are dungeons five feet square, with doors so low

-that even the shortest of the students had to stoop to

-enter them.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_301" id="Page_301">[301]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>A country-house in Portugal is a <i>quinta</i>; and that

-of Dom John de Castro, the great navigator and the

-viceroy of the Indies, is called <i>Penha Verda</i>, and is

-still in the hands of his descendants. The gardens

-are very pretty; and the first orange-trees set out in

-Europe were on this estate. In the garden is the

-chapel built by him on his return from the Indies, in

-1542, and the rock with six trees on it, which was the

-only reward he desired for the conquest of the Island

-of Diu, in Hindostan. He died in the arms of St.

-Francis Xavier, in 1548, protesting that he had spent

-every thing he had in supplying the wants of his comrades

-in arms. He declared that he had not a change

-of linen, or money enough to buy him a chicken for his

-dinner. Most of the enormous wealth of the Indies

-had passed through his hands; and he had not stolen

-a <i>vintem</i> of it. What an example for modern office-holders!

-When he was dead, only one <i>vintem</i>&mdash;about

-two cents&mdash;was found in his coffers. His descendants

-were prohibited from deriving any profit from the cultivation

-of this property.</p>

-

-<p>The rest of the time was given to wandering about

-among the estates of the wealthy men, including some

-of the foreign ministers, who have <i>quintas</i> in Cintra.</p>

-

-<p>After a lunch, the excursionists proceeded to Mafra,

-about ten miles from Cintra. This place contains an

-enormous pile of buildings on the plan of the Escurial,

-and rather larger, if any thing. It was erected by

-John V. to carry out his vow to change the poorest

-monastery into the most magnificent one when Heaven

-would give him a son. It contains eight hundred and

-sixty-six apartments; but the only one of interest to<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_302" id="Page_302">[302]</a></span>

-the students was the audience-chamber, preserved as it

-was when the palace was inhabited by Dom John.</p>

-

-<p>It was late in the evening when the Princes returned

-to Lisbon; and they were rather glad to learn that the

-ship was to sail for Barcelona after breakfast the next

-morning.</p>

-

-<p>“I am rather sorry that we do not go to Oporto,”

-said the doctor, when the captain informed him of the

-order. “It is an old city set on a hillside; but it

-would not interest the students any more than Lisbon

-has.”</p>

-

-<p>“By the way, doctor, we have not seen any port

-wine,” added Sheridan.</p>

-

-<p>“It is not a great sight to look at the casks that contain

-port wine. In Porto, not Oporto in Portugal, it is

-not the black, logwood decoction which passes under

-the name of port in the United States, though it is

-darker than ordinary wines. It gets its color and flavor

-from the peculiarity of the grapes that grow in the

-vicinity of Porto.”</p>

-

-<p>The officers were tired enough to turn in. Early the

-next morning the fires were roaring in the furnaces of

-the Prince; at a later hour the pipe of the boatswain

-was heard; and at half-past eight the steamer was

-standing down the river. As the students had not

-come to Lisbon from the sea, they all gathered on the

-deck and in the rigging to see the surroundings.</p>

-

-<p>“That building on the height is the palace of Ajuda,

-where the present king ordinarily resides,” said the

-surgeon, when the captain pointed it out to one of the

-officers. “A temporary wooden house was built on

-that hill for the royal family after the earthquake. It<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_303" id="Page_303">[303]</a></span>

-is very large for this little kingdom, but is only one-third

-of the size it was intended to be. It was erected

-by John VI.; or, rather, it was begun by him, for it is

-not finished.”</p>

-

-<p>“You can see the buildings on the Cintra hills,”

-added Murray.</p>

-

-<p>“Yes; and you can see them better from the ocean.”</p>

-

-<p>“That is Belem Castle,” said Sheridan, as the ship

-approached the mouth of the river. “I saw a picture

-of it in an illustrated paper at home.”</p>

-

-<p>“It is called the Tower of Belem; and there is a

-palace with the same name on the shore. This is half

-Gothic and half Moorish. It is round, and the style is

-unique. What it was built for, no one knows. I suppose

-you are not aware how Columbus ascertained that

-there was a Western Continent,” added the doctor,

-smiling.</p>

-

-<p>“I know what the books say,&mdash;that he reasoned it

-out in his own mind,” replied the captain.</p>

-

-<p>“You see that town on the north: it is Cascaes, in

-which Sanchez, the renowned pilot, was born,” continued

-the doctor. “In 1486 Sanchez was blown off

-in a storm; and, before he could bring up, he was carried

-to an unknown land somewhere in North America. On

-his way back he stopped at Madeira, where he was the

-guest of Columbus. Somehow the log-book of the

-pilot fell into the hands of the great navigator, and

-from it he learned that there was an American Continent.”</p>

-

-<p>“Do you believe that story?” asked Sheridan seriously.</p>

-

-<p>“I do not. There are too many difficulties in the

-way of it; but it was told me by a Portuguese pilot<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_304" id="Page_304">[304]</a></span>.”</p>

-

-<p>When the ship had passed the bar, the pilot was discharged,

-and the course laid to the south. Just at dark

-she was in sight of Cape St. Vincent. The doctor

-related the story of its name, which was given to it

-because the body of St. Vincent, martyred in Rome,

-found its way to this cape, where it was watched over

-for a long period by crows. The ship that conveyed it

-to Lisbon was followed by these birds; and tame crows

-were afterwards kept in the cathedral, where the remains

-were deposited, in memory of the miraculous care of

-these birds. Three great naval victories have been

-won by the English Navy off this cape. Rodney defeated

-the Spanish fleet in 1780; Nelson, with fifteen

-small vessels, beat twenty-seven Spanish men-of-war, in

-1797; and Sir Charles Napier, in 1833, with six vessels,

-only one of them a frigate, defeated ten Portuguese

-ships, thus putting an end to the Miguel war, and

-placing Maria I. on the throne of Portugal. The next

-day the Prince passed Cape Trafalgar, where, in 1805,

-Nelson gained his great naval victory over the combined

-fleets of France and Spain.</p>

-

-<p>On Sunday morning the Prince arrived at Barcelona.</p>

-

-<hr class="chap" />

-

-</div>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_305" id="Page_305">[305]</a></span></p>

-

-<div class="break">

-

-<h2 class="p4">CHAPTER XXI.</h2>

-

-<p class="pch">A SAFE HARBOR.</p>

-

-<p class="drop-cap"><span class="smdrop">“We</span> are in Malaga now; and we have to decide

-what to do next,” said Raymond, when they

-were shown to their room in the hotel.</p>

-

-<p class="pn">“I supposed you would wait till the squadron arrived,”

-replied Bark.</p>

-

-<p>“I do not intend to wait. We have talked so much

-about your affairs that we have said nothing about

-mine,” added Raymond. “My circumstances are very

-different from yours. I feel that I have been right all

-the time; and I expect that I shall be fully justified in

-the end for what I have done in violation of the discipline

-of the vessel to which I belong.”</p>

-

-<p>“I know that my case is very different from yours;

-but I do not want to part company with you,” said

-Bark, with an anxious look on his face.</p>

-

-<p>“I don’t know that it is necessary for us to part.

-Though I think it is your duty to join your ship as soon

-as convenient, I shall keep out of the way till she is

-ready to sail from Spain. The fleet will certainly visit

-Cadiz, whether it goes to sea from there or not. For

-this reason, I must work my way to Cadiz.”</p>

-

-<p>“And must I stay here till the squadron arrives<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_306" id="Page_306">[306]</a></span>?”</p>

-

-<p>“Let us look it over.”</p>

-

-<p>“I cannot speak Spanish; and I shall be like a cat

-in a strange garret, unless I employ a guide.”</p>

-

-<p>“The right thing for you to do is to return to your

-ship.”</p>

-

-<p>“Go back to Barcelona?”</p>

-

-<p>“I should advise you to do that if I were not afraid

-the fleet would leave before you could get there. The

-Prince will arrive within three days; and, if the Josephines

-and Tritonias have returned, the vessels may

-sail at once. It is a long, tedious, and expensive journey

-by rail; and you could not get there in this time by

-any steamer, for they all stop at the ports on the way.

-I don’t know where the fleet will put in on its way

-south; and you might miss it. On the whole, I think

-you had better stay with me.”</p>

-

-<p>“I think so myself,” replied Bark, pleased with the

-decision.</p>

-

-<p>“Because you want to think so, perhaps,” laughed

-Raymond. “We must be careful that our wishes don’t

-override our judgment.”</p>

-

-<p>“But you decided it for me.”</p>

-

-<p>“I think we have settled it right,” added Raymond.

-“I want to see something of my native land; and I

-shall go to the Alhambra and Seville on the way to

-Cadiz. In your case it will make only a difference of

-two or three days, whether you join the Tritonia here

-or in Cadiz.”</p>

-

-<p>This course was decided upon in the end; and, after

-a day in Malaga, they started for Granada. At the

-expiration of ten days, they had completed the tour

-marked out by Raymond, and were in Cadiz, waiting<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_307" id="Page_307">[307]</a></span>

-for the arrival of the squadron. At the end of a week

-it had not come. Another week, and still it did not

-appear. Raymond looked over the ship-news in all

-the papers he could find in the club-house; but the

-last news he could obtain was that the Prince and her

-consorts had arrived at Carthagena. In vain he looked

-for any thing more. The next port would certainly be

-Malaga, unless the fleet put into Almeria, which was

-not probable. It was now the middle of January.</p>

-

-<p>“I don’t understand it,” said Raymond. “The

-vessels ought to have been here before this time.”</p>

-

-<p>“Perhaps they have gone over into Africa to look

-after us,” suggested Bark.</p>

-

-<p>“That is not possible: Mr. Lowington never goes

-to hunt up or hunt down runaways; but he may have

-gone over there to let the students see something of

-Africa,” replied Raymond. “I don’t think he has

-gone over to Africa at all.”</p>

-

-<p>“Where is he, then?”</p>

-

-<p>“That’s a conundrum, and I can’t guess it.”</p>

-

-<p>Raymond continued to watch the papers till the first

-of February; but still there were no tidings of the

-fleet. He had a list of the vessels that had passed

-Tarifa, and of those which had arrived at Algiers,

-Oran, and Nemours; but they did not contain the

-name of the Prince. Then he looked for ships at Alexandria,

-thinking the principal might have concluded to

-take the students to Egypt; but he found nothing to

-support such a possibility.</p>

-

-<p>“I don’t think I shall stay here any longer,” said

-Raymond. “We have been here a month.”</p>

-

-<p>“Where will you go?” asked Bark.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_308" id="Page_308">[308]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>“I believe we had better take a steamer, and follow

-the coast up to Carthagena, where we had the last news

-of the fleet,” replied Raymond. “When we get there

-we can ascertain for what port she sailed.”</p>

-

-<p>“Why not go on board of one of the steamers that

-come down the coast from Barcelona, and inquire of

-the officers if they have seen the squadron?” suggested

-Bark, who was always full of suggestions.</p>

-

-<p>“That’s a capital idea!” exclaimed Raymond. “I

-wonder we did not think of that idea before.”</p>

-

-<p>Then they had to wait a week for a steamer that had

-come down the coast; but one of the line from Oran

-had been in port, and they ascertained that the fleet

-was not in the port of Malaga. Raymond went to the

-captain of the steamer from Barcelona, and was informed

-that the squadron was at Carthagena, and had

-been there for over a month.</p>

-

-<p>“That accounts for it all,” said Raymond, as they

-returned to the boat in which they had boarded the

-steamer. “But I can’t imagine why the fleet is staying

-all this time in the harbor of Carthagena.”</p>

-

-<p>“Perhaps the Prince has broken some of her machinery,

-and they have stopped to repair damages,”

-suggested Bark.</p>

-

-<p>“That may be; but they could hardly be a month

-mending a break. They could build a new engine in

-that time almost.”</p>

-

-<p>“Well, we know where the fleet is; and the next

-question is, What are we to do about it?” added Bark,

-as they landed on the quay.</p>

-

-<p>They returned to the Hotel de Cadiz, where they

-boarded, and went to their room to consider the situation

-with the new light just obtained.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_309" id="Page_309">[309]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>“Your course is plain enough, Bark,” said Raymond.

-“Mine is not so plain.”</p>

-

-<p>“You think I ought to return to the Tritonia; don’t

-you?” added Bark.</p>

-

-<p>“That is my view.”</p>

-

-<p>“But suppose the fleet should sail before I get to

-Carthagena?”</p>

-

-<p>“You must take your chance of that.”</p>

-

-<p>“But you will not go back with me?”</p>

-

-<p>“No: it would not be safe for me to do that. It

-will be better for my uncle in Barcelona not to know

-where I am.”</p>

-

-<p>“But what shall I say to Mr. Lowington, or Mr.

-Pelham, when I am asked where you are?” inquired

-Bark. “I suppose it is still to be part of my programme

-not to lie.”</p>

-

-<p>“Undoubtedly; and I hope you will stick to it as

-long as you live.”</p>

-

-<p>“I intend to do so; and you might as well go with

-me as to have me tell them where you are.”</p>

-

-<p>“That is true, Bark; and, when you get on board of

-the Tritonia, tell all you know about me, and say that

-you left me in Cadiz.”</p>

-

-<p>“You might as well go with me.”</p>

-

-<p>“I think not.”</p>

-

-<p>“Then that <i>alguacil</i> will be after you in less than a

-week,” said Bark.</p>

-

-<p>“But he will not find me; for I shall not be in Cadiz

-when he arrives,” laughed the Spaniard.</p>

-

-<p>“Where are you going?” asked Bark curiously.</p>

-

-<p>“If I don’t tell you, you will not know.”</p>

-

-<p>“I see,” added Bark. “You do not intend to stay

-in Cadiz<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_310" id="Page_310">[310]</a></span>.”</p>

-

-<p>“Of course not.”</p>

-

-<p>“But you may miss the squadron when it goes to

-sea.”</p>

-

-<p>“If I do, I cannot help it; and in that case I may

-go to New York, or I may go to the West Indies in the

-Lopez steamers. I have not made up my mind what I

-shall do.”</p>

-

-<p>Raymond wrote a long letter to Scott, and gave it to

-his companion to deliver to him. In a few days a

-steamer came along that was going to stop at Carthagena.

-Bark went on board of her; and, after a hard

-parting, he sailed away in her to join the Tritonia,

-after an absence of two months.</p>

-

-<p>On the following day Raymond went to Gibraltar in

-the Spanish steamer, and remained there a full month,

-watching the papers for news of the fleet. At the end

-of this time he found the arrival of the squadron at

-Malaga. A few days later he saw that the Prince had

-passed Tarifa, and then that she had arrived at Cadiz.

-But, while he is watching the movements of the steamer,

-we will follow her to Barcelona, where she went nearly

-three months before.</p>

-

-<p>When the Prince reached her destination, the overland

-party had not returned, and were not expected for

-two or three days. An excursion to Monserrat was

-organized by Dr. Winstock, who declared that it would

-be ridiculous to leave Barcelona, when they had time

-on their hands, without visiting one of the most remarkable

-sights in Spain. The party had to take a

-train at seven o’clock in the morning; and then it was

-ten before they reached their destination.</p>

-

-<p>Monserrat is a lofty mountain, and takes its name<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_311" id="Page_311">[311]</a></span>

-from a Spanish word that means a “saw,” because

-the sharp peaks which cover the elevation resemble

-the teeth of that implement. At the <i>posada</i> in the

-village Dr. Winstock related the legend of the place.</p>

-

-<p>“This is one of the most celebrated shrines in

-Spain,” he began. “Sixty thousand pilgrims used to

-visit it every year; but now the various chapels and

-monastery buildings are mostly in ruins. In 880 mysterious

-lights were seen over a part of the mountain.

-The bishop came up to see what they were, and discovered

-a small image of the Virgin in one of the numerous

-grottos that are found in the mountain. This little

-statue was the work of St. Luke, of course, and was

-brought to Spain by St. Peter himself. The Bishop of

-Barcelona hid it in this cave when the Moors invaded

-Catalonia. Bishop Gondemar, who found it, attempted

-to carry it to Manresa; but it became so heavy that he

-did not succeed. This was a miraculous intimation

-from the image that it did not wish to go any farther.

-The obliging bishop built a chapel on the spot, and the

-image was shrined at its altar. He also appointed a

-hermit to watch over it.</p>

-

-<p>“Now, the Devil came to live in one of the caverns

-for the purpose of leading this anchorite astray. The

-Count of Barcelona had a beautiful daughter whose

-name was Riquilda; and the Devil ‘possessed’ her.

-She told her father that the evil spirit would not leave

-her till ordered to do so by Guarin, the pious custodian

-of the image. The count left her in his care. The

-hermit was wickedly inclined by the influence of the

-Devil, and finally killed the maiden, cutting off her

-head, and burying the body. Guarin was immediately<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_312" id="Page_312">[312]</a></span>

-sorry for what he had done, and, fleeing from his evil

-neighbor, went to Rome. The pope absolved him with

-the penance that he should return to Monserrat on his

-hands and knees, and continue to walk like a beast, as

-he was morally, and never to look up to heaven which

-he had insulted, and never to speak a word. He became

-a wild beast in the forest; and Count Wildred

-captured the strange animal, and conveyed him to his

-palace, where he doubtless became a lion. One day

-the creature was brought in to be exhibited to the

-count’s guests at a banquet. A child cried out to him,

-‘Arise, Juan Guarin! thy sins are forgiven!’ Then he

-arose in the form of the hermit; and the count pardoned

-him, having the grace to follow the example set

-him.</p>

-

-<p>“But the end was not yet; for, when the count and

-Guarin went to search for the body, Riquilda appeared

-to them alive and well, though she had been buried

-eight years, but with a red ring around her neck, like a

-silk thread, rather ornamental than otherwise. The

-count founded a nunnery at once; and his daughter

-was made the lady superior, while Guarin became the

-<i>mayor-domo</i> of the establishment. In time the nuns

-were removed, and monks took their places; and the

-miracles performed by the image attracted thousands

-to its shrines. The treasury of this Virgin was immense

-at one time, being valued at two hundred

-thousand ducats; but most of it was carried away by

-the French. The scenery, you see, is wild and grand,

-and I think is more enjoyable than the relics and the

-grottos.”</p>

-

-<p>For hours the students wandered about the wild<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_313" id="Page_313">[313]</a></span>

-locality. They saw the wonderful image; and those

-who had any taste for art thought that St. Luke, if he

-made the little statue, had not done himself any great

-credit. They visited the thirteen hermitages, and explored

-the grottos till they had had enough of this sort

-of thing. An hour after dark they were on board of

-the Prince. In two days more the Josephines and

-Tritonias arrived; and on Wednesday the squadron

-sailed for the South.</p>

-

-<p>During his stay in port, the principal had seen Don

-Francisco, and told him all he knew in regard to the

-fugitive. The lawyer was satisfied that Mr. Lowington

-had done nothing to keep the young Don out of the

-way of his guardian; and neither of them could suggest

-any means to recover possession of him. As yet no

-letter from Don Manuel in New York had been received.</p>

-

-<p>Favored by a good wind, the squadron arrived at

-Valencia in thirty hours. After a night’s sleep, all

-hands were landed at the port of the city, which the

-reader knows is Grao. The professor of geography and

-history, while the party were waiting for the vehicles

-that were to convey them to the city, gave the students

-a description of Valencia. It is an ancient city, founded

-by the Ph&oelig;nicians, inhabited by the Romans for five

-centuries, captured by the Moors and held by them

-about the same time, though the Cid took the town, and

-held it for five years. At his death, in 1099, the Moors

-came down upon the city; and the body of the Cid was

-placed on his horse, and marched out of the city. The

-Moslems opened for it; and the Castilians passed

-through their army in safety, the enemy not daring to<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_314" id="Page_314">[314]</a></span>

-attack them. It was not such a victory for the

-Spaniards as some of the chronicles describe; for the

-Christians had to abandon the place. It was taken

-from the Moors in 1238, and became a part of Aragon,

-to be united with the other provinces of Spain by the

-union of Ferdinand and Isabella. The Moriscoes&mdash;the

-Moors who had been allowed to remain in Spain

-after the capture of Granada&mdash;made a great city of it,

-building its palaces and bridges; but they were driven

-out of the peninsula by Philip II. They had cultivated

-its vicinity, and made a paradise of the province; and

-their departure was almost a death-blow to the prosperity

-of the city.</p>

-

-<p>Though the modern kings of Spain have not spared

-its memorials of the past, it is still an interesting city.

-It has a population of nearly one hundred and fifty

-thousand, making it the fourth city of Spain. It is one

-of the most industrious cities of the peninsula; and its

-manufactures of silk and velvet are quite extensive.

-The city contains nothing very different from other

-Spanish towns. The students wandered over the

-most of it, looking into a few of the churches, nearly

-every one of which has a wonder-working image of the

-Virgin, or of St. Vincent, who is the patron saint of

-Valencia.</p>

-

-<p>The next day the squadron sailed, and put into Alicante

-after a twenty-four hours’ run; the wind being so

-light that the steamer had to tow her consorts nearly

-the whole distance. The students went on shore; but

-the old legend, “Nothing to see,” was passed around

-among them. Alicante is an old Spanish town, composed

-of white houses, standing at the foot of a high<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_315" id="Page_315">[315]</a></span>

-hill crowned with an old fortress. The lines, walls,

-covered ways, and batteries, seem to cover one side of

-the elevation. Those who cared to do it climbed to

-the top of the hill, and were rewarded with a fine view

-of the sea and the country.</p>

-

-<p>“When the Cid had captured Valencia,” said Dr.

-Winstock to his pupils, as they stood on the summit of

-the hill, “he conducted Ximine, his wife, to the top of

-a tower, and showed her the country he had conquered.

-It was called the <i>Huerta</i>, which means a large orchard.

-The land had been irrigated by the industrious and

-enterprising Moors, and bore fruit in luxurious abundance.

-The <i>vega</i>, or plain, which we see, is scarcely

-less fertile; and the region around us is perhaps the

-most productive in Spain. Twelve miles south is

-Elche, which is filled with palm-plantations. We see

-an occasional palm and fig tree here.”</p>

-

-<p>Mr. Lowington did not favor excursions into the

-country when it could be avoided; but the doctor

-insisted that the students ought to visit Elche, and the

-point was yielded. They made the excursion in four

-separate parties; for comfortable carriages could not

-be obtained to take them all at once. The road was

-dry and dusty at first, and the soil poor; but the aspect

-of the country soon changed. Palms began to appear

-along the way, and soon the landscape seemed to be

-covered with them.</p>

-

-<p>“There is something to see here, at any rate,” said

-Sheridan, as the party approached the town.</p>

-

-<p>“I thought you would enjoy it,” replied the doctor.

-“This is the East transplanted in Spain.”</p>

-

-<p>“These palms are fifty feet high,” added Murray,

-measuring them with his eye.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_316" id="Page_316">[316]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>“Some of them are sixty; but fifty is about the

-average. Now we are in the palm-forest, which is said

-to contain forty thousand trees. This region is irrigated

-by the waters of the Vinalopo River, which are

-held back by a causeway stretched across the valley

-above. These plantations are very profitable.”</p>

-

-<p>“But all palms are not like these,” said Murray.

-“My uncle has seen palms over a hundred feet high.”</p>

-

-<p>“There are nearly a hundred kinds of palm, bearing

-different sorts of fruit. These are date-palms; and

-one of them bears from one to two hundred pounds of

-dates.”</p>

-

-<p>“And they sell at from ten to fifteen cents a pound

-at home,” added Sheridan.</p>

-

-<p>“But for not more than one or two cents a pound

-here,” continued the doctor. “I suppose you have

-learned about sex in plants, which is a modern discovery;

-but it is most strikingly illustrated in these

-date-palms. Only the female tree bears fruit. The

-male palm bears a flower whose pollen was shaken over

-the female trees by the Moors long before any thing

-was known about sex in plants; and the practice is

-continued by their successors. But the male palm

-yields a profit in addition to supplying the orchard with

-pollen. Its leaves are dried, and made into fans, crowns,

-and wreaths, and sold for use on Palm Sunday. This

-town gets seventy thousand dollars for its dates, and

-ten thousand for its palm-leaves.”</p>

-

-<p>“When are the dates picked?” asked Sheridan.</p>

-

-<p>“In November. The men climb the trees by the

-aid of ropes passed around the trunk and the body. I

-will ask one of them to ascend a tree for your benefit<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_317" id="Page_317">[317]</a></span>.”</p>

-

-<p>The excursionists reached the village, which is in the

-middle of the forest of palms. It was very Oriental

-in its appearance. The people were swarthy, and wore

-a peculiar costume, in which were some remnants of

-the Moorish fashion. The church has its image of the

-Virgin, who dresses very richly, and owns a date-plantation

-which pays the expenses of her wardrobe.</p>

-

-<p>The students were so delighted with the excursion

-that they made a rollicking time of it on the way back

-to Alicante, and astonished the peasants by their lively

-demonstrations. The road was no road at all, but

-merely a path across the country, and was very rough

-in places. The cottages of the vicinity were thatched

-with palm-leaves in some instances. At the door of

-many of them was a hamper of dates, from which any

-one could help himself, and leave a <i>cuarto</i> in payment

-for the feast. It is not watched by the owner, for the

-Spaniard here is an honest man. The students frequently

-availed themselves of these hampers when the

-doctor had explained to them the custom of the country;

-but he exhorted them to be as honest as the

-natives.</p>

-

-<p>The squadron remained at anchor in the port of Alicante

-four days; and, when the students of the first

-party had told their story, the trip to Elche was the

-most popular excursion since they left Italy.</p>

-

-<p>“Which is the best port on the east coast of Spain,

-doctor?” asked the principal, as they sat on the deck

-of the Prince while the third party had gone to Elche.</p>

-

-<p>“I shall answer you as the admiral did Philip II.,&mdash;Carthagena,”

-replied the doctor.</p>

-

-<p>“I find that the students are tired of sight-seeing,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_318" id="Page_318">[318]</a></span>

-and the lessons have been much neglected of late,”

-continued the principal. “I think we all need a rest.

-I have about made up my mind to lie up for three

-months in some good harbor, recruit the students, and

-push along their studies.”</p>

-

-<p>“I think that is an excellent plan. April will be a

-better month to see the rest of Spain than the middle

-of winter.”</p>

-

-<p>The plan was fully discussed and adopted; and on

-the following day the squadron sailed for Carthagena,

-and having a stiff breeze was at anchor in its capacious

-harbor at sunset. The students were not sorry to take

-the rest; for the constant change of place for the last

-six months had rendered a different programme acceptable.

-There was nothing in the town to see; and the

-harbor was enclosed with hills, almost landlocked, and

-as smooth as a millpond.</p>

-

-<hr class="chap" />

-

-</div>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_319" id="Page_319">[319]</a></span></p>

-

-<div class="break">

-

-<h2 class="p4">CHAPTER XXII.</h2>

-

-<p class="pch">THE FRUITS OF REPENTANCE.</p>

-

-<p class="drop-cap"><span class="smdrop">The</span> mail for the squadron&mdash;forwarded by the

-principal’s banker in Barcelona&mdash;had been

-following the fleet down the coast for a week, but was

-received soon after it anchored at Carthagena. Among

-the letters was one from Don Manuel, Raymond’s

-uncle in New York. He was astonished that his

-nephew had ventured into Spain, when he had been

-cautioned not to do so. He was glad he had left his

-vessel, and hoped the principal would do nothing to

-bring him back. It was extremely important that his

-nephew should not be restored to his uncle in Barcelona,

-for reasons which Henry would explain if necessary.

-If the fugitive was, by any mischance, captured

-by Don Alejandro or his agents, Don Manuel wished

-to be informed of the fact at once by cable; and

-it would be his duty to hasten to Spain without

-delay.</p>

-

-<p>Mr. Lowington was greatly astonished at this letter,

-and handed it to Dr. Winstock. It seemed to indicate

-that a satisfactory explanation could be given of the

-singular conduct of the second master of the Tritonia,

-and that he would be able to justify his course.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_320" id="Page_320">[320]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>“That is not the kind of letter I expected to receive,”

-said the principal, when the surgeon had read it.</p>

-

-<p>“There is evidently some family quarrel which Don

-Manuel does not wish to disclose to others,” replied

-the doctor.</p>

-

-<p>“But Don Manuel ought to have informed me

-that he did not wish to have his nephew taken into

-Spain.”</p>

-

-<p>“We can’t tell about that till we know all the facts

-in the case. I have no doubt that the uncle in Barcelona

-is the legal guardian of Enrique Raimundo,” continued

-the doctor.</p>

-

-<p>“Then how did the boy come into the possession of

-Don Manuel?”</p>

-

-<p>“I don’t know; but he seems to be actuated by very

-strong motives, for he is coming to Spain if the young

-man falls into the hands of his legal guardian. I don’t

-understand it; but I am satisfied that it is a case for

-the lawyers to work upon.”</p>

-

-<p>“I think not; for Don Manuel seems to believe that

-the safety of his nephew can only be secured by keeping

-him out of Spain; in other words, that he has no case

-which he is willing to take into a Spanish court.”</p>

-

-<p>“Perhaps you are right; but it looks to me like a

-fortune for the lawyers to pick upon; though I must

-say that Don Francisco is one of the most gentlemanly

-and obliging attorneys I ever met, and seems to ask

-for nothing that is not perfectly fair.”</p>

-

-<p>They could not solve the problem; and it was no

-use to discuss it. The principal had done all he could

-to recover the second master of the Tritonia, or rather

-to assist the detective who was in search of him. The<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_321" id="Page_321">[321]</a></span>

-last news of him, brought by Bill Stout, was that the

-fugitive had gone to Africa. The <i>alguacil</i> had gone to

-Africa, but Raimundo had left before he arrived. He

-was unable to obtain any clew to him, for Raymond

-looked like Spaniards in general; and in the dress he

-had put on in Valencia he did not look like Raymond

-in the uniform of an officer. While the fugitive was

-sunning himself in Gibraltar, the pursuer was looking

-for him in Italy and Egypt. The principal was confident

-he had gone to the East, for runaways would not

-expose themselves to capture till their money was all

-gone. Besides, some of the officers of the Tritonia

-said that Raymond had often expressed a desire to visit

-Egypt and the Holy Land.</p>

-

-<p>The affairs of the squadron went along smoothly for

-six weeks. The students were studious, now that they

-had nothing to distract their attention. Bill Stout staid

-in the brig till he promised to learn his lessons, and

-then was let out. He did not like the brig after the

-trap in the floor was screwed down so that he could not

-raise it. Ben Pardee and Lon Gibbs fell out with him;

-first, because he had run away without them, and, second,

-because he was a disagreeable and unreasonable

-fellow. Bill did study his lessons in order to keep out

-of the brig; but he was behind every class in the vessel,

-and his ignorance was so dense that the professors

-were disgusted with him. It was about six weeks after

-the squadron took up its quarters in the harbor of Carthagena,

-that a shore-boat came up to the gangway, and

-Bark Lingall stepped upon the deck of the Tritonia.

-Of course his heart beat violently; but he came back

-like the Prodigal Son. He was wiser and better than<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_322" id="Page_322">[322]</a></span>

-when he left, and he was ready to submit cheerfully to

-the penalty of his offence; and he expected to be committed

-to the brig as soon as he showed himself to the

-principal.</p>

-

-<p>It was nearly dark when the prodigal boarded the

-Tritonia, and Scott was in charge of the anchor watch

-which had been set for the night. He looked at Bark

-as he came up the side; and, though the fugitive had

-changed his dress, he recognized him at once.</p>

-

-<p>“Lingall!” exclaimed Scott. “You haven’t made a

-mistake as Stout did; have you?”</p>

-

-<p>“I don’t know what mistake Stout made, except the

-mistake of running away; and I made that one with

-him,” replied Bark.</p>

-

-<p>“Stout came on board of the Prince at Lisbon, thinking

-she was a steamer bound to England,” laughed

-Scott.</p>

-

-<p>“I could not mistake the Tritonia for a steamer,

-even if I wanted to go to England.”</p>

-

-<p>“Where did you leave Raimundo?” asked the

-officer anxiously.</p>

-

-<p>“Here is a letter from him for you; and that will

-explain it all. I wish to see the vice-principal,” continued

-Bark.</p>

-

-<p>Mr. Pelham was summoned, and he gave a good-natured

-greeting to the returned fugitive, not doubting

-that he had spent all his money in riotous living, and

-had come back because he could not travel any more

-without funds.</p>

-

-<p>“Money all gone, Lingall?” asked the vice-principal,

-who, like his superior, believed that satire was an

-effective means of discipline at times.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_323" id="Page_323">[323]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>“No, sir: I have over fifty pounds left,” replied

-Bark, more respectfully than he had formerly been in

-the habit of speaking, even to the principal.</p>

-

-<p>“What did you come back for, then?” demanded

-Mr. Pelham.</p>

-

-<p>“Because I am sorry for what I have done, and ask

-to be forgiven,” answered Bark, taking off his hat, and

-fixing his gaze upon the deck, while his bosom was

-swelling with emotion.</p>

-

-<p>The vice-principal was touched by his manner. He

-had stood in the same position before the principal

-five years before; and he indulged in no more light

-words. He took the prodigal down into his cabin, so

-that whatever passed between them might have no

-witnesses.</p>

-

-<p>“Do you come back voluntarily, Lingall?” asked

-the vice-principal in gentle tones.</p>

-

-<p>“I do, sir: I left Cadiz three days ago. I had been

-waiting there a month for the squadron to arrive. We

-did not know where it was, for the last we could learn

-of it was its arrival in Carthagena.”</p>

-

-<p>“You say we: were you not alone?”</p>

-

-<p>“No, sir: Raymond was with me.”</p>

-

-<p>“Who is Raymond?”</p>

-

-<p>“Raimundo: he has translated his name into English,

-and now prefers to be called by that name.”</p>

-

-<p>“And you left him in Cadiz?”</p>

-

-<p>“Yes, sir.”</p>

-

-<p>“Is he there now?”</p>

-

-<p>“I don’t know, sir; but I think not. He did not

-tell me where he was going, and I did not wish to

-know<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_324" id="Page_324">[324]</a></span>.”</p>

-

-<p>“I see,” added Mr. Pelham. “I hope he will not

-be taken by those who are after him.”</p>

-

-<p>Bark looked up, utterly astonished at this last

-remark; for he supposed the sympathies of the officers

-were with Don Francisco, as they had been at the time

-he left the Tritonia. As Mr. Pelham was in the confidence

-of the principal in regard to the affair of the

-second master, he had been permitted to read the

-letter from Don Manuel; and this fact will explain

-the remark.</p>

-

-<p>“Raymond does not know from what port the

-squadron will sail for the islands; but he wants to

-return to his ship as soon as he can,” added Bark.</p>

-

-<p>As Raymond’s case seemed to be of more interest

-than his own, Bark told all he knew about his late

-companion; but no one was any wiser in regard to his

-present hiding-place.</p>

-

-<p>“Where have you been all this time?” asked the

-vice-principal, when his curiosity was fully satisfied

-concerning Raymond.</p>

-

-<p>“I have been a good deal worse than you think I

-have; and I wish that running away was the worst

-thing I had on my conscience,” replied Bark, in answer

-to this question.</p>

-

-<p>“I am sorry to hear you say that; but, whatever you

-have done, it is better to make a clean breast of it,”

-added Mr. Pelham.</p>

-

-<p>“That is what I am going to do, sir,” replied Bark;

-and he prefaced his confession with what had passed

-between Raymond and himself when he decided upon

-his course of action.</p>

-

-<p>He related the substance of his conversations with<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_325" id="Page_325">[325]</a></span>

-Bill Stout at the beginning of the conspiracy, and then

-proceeded to inform the vice-principal what had occurred

-while they were in the brig together, including the setting

-of the fire in the hold.</p>

-

-<p>“Do you mean to say that Stout intended to burn

-the vessel?” demanded Mr. Pelham, astonished and

-shocked at the revelation.</p>

-

-<p>“He and I so intended; and we actually started the

-fire three or four times,” answered Bark, detailing all

-the particulars.</p>

-

-<p>“You are very tender of Stout&mdash;the villain!” exclaimed

-the vice-principal. “It appears that he proposed

-the plan, and set the fire, while you assented to

-the act.”</p>

-

-<p>“I don’t wish to make it out that I am not just as

-guilty as Stout.”</p>

-

-<p>“I understand you perfectly,” added Mr. Pelham.

-“The villain pretended to be penitent when he came

-back, and told lies enough to sink the ship, if they had

-had any weight with me. Mr. Marline reported to me

-that there had been fire in the old stuff in the hold. I

-thought there was some mistake about it; but it is all

-plain enough now.”</p>

-

-<p>Bark proceeded with his narrative of the escape,

-which had been before related by Bill Stout; but the

-two stories differed in some respects, especially in respect

-to the conduct of Bill in the affray with the Catalonian

-in the felucca. He told about his wanderings

-and waitings with Raymond, which explained why he

-had not come back before.</p>

-

-<p>“Stout said that you and he pulled the boatman down

-when Raimundo missed him with the tiller,” said Mr.

-Pelham.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_326" id="Page_326">[326]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>“I mean to tell the truth, if I know how; but Bill

-did not lift his finger to do any thing, not even after

-Raymond and I had the fellow down,” replied Bark.

-“Raymond called him a coward on the spot; and I

-wish he were here to tell you so, for I know you would

-believe him.”</p>

-

-<p>“And I believe you, Lingall.”</p>

-

-<p>At this moment there was a knock at the state-room

-door.</p>

-

-<p>“Come in,” said the principal; and Scott opened

-the door at this summons.</p>

-

-<p>“I have a letter from Mr. Raimundo, sir, in which

-he has a great deal to say about Lingall,” said the

-lieutenant. “I thought you might wish to know what

-he says before you settle this case. I will leave it

-with you, sir; for there is nothing private in it.”</p>

-

-<p>“Thank you, Mr. Scott,” replied the vice-principal,

-as he took the letter.</p>

-

-<p>He opened and read the letter. It related entirely

-to the affairs of Lingall, and was an earnest plea for

-his forgiveness. It recited all the incidents of the

-cruise in the felucca, and the particulars of Bark’s

-reformation. The writer added that he hoped to be

-able to join his ship soon; and should do so, if he

-could, when she was out of Spanish waters.</p>

-

-<p>“Now, Lingall, you may go on board of the Prince

-with me,” said Mr. Pelham, when he had finished reading

-the letter.</p>

-

-<p>A boat was manned, and they were pulled to the

-steamer. The whole story was gone over again; and

-Mr. Lowington read the letter of Raymond. The

-principal and Mr. Pelham had a long consultation<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_327" id="Page_327">[327]</a></span>

-alone; and then Bark was ordered to return to his duty,

-without so much as a reprimand. Bark was bewildered

-at this unexpected clemency. He was satisfied that

-it was Raymond’s letter that saved him, because it

-assured the principal of the thorough reformation of

-the culprit. The vice-principal told him afterwards,

-that it was as much his own confession of the conspiracy,

-which was not even suspected on board, as it

-was the letter, that produced the leniency in the minds

-of the authorities. The boat that brought Mr. Pelham

-and Bark back to the Tritonia immediately conveyed

-Bill Stout, in charge of Peaks, to the Prince, where he

-was committed to the brig, without any explanation of

-the charge against him.</p>

-

-<p>Bill did not know what to make of this sharp discipline;

-and he felt very much like a martyr, for he

-believed he had been “a good boy,” as he called the

-chaplain’s lambs. He had time to think about it

-when the bars separated him from the rest of his shipmates.

-The news that Bark Lingall had returned was

-circulated through the Tritonia before he left the vessel.

-He could only explain his present situation by

-the supposition that Bark had told about the conspiracy

-to burn the vessel. This must be the reason why

-he was caged in the Prince rather than in the Tritonia.</p>

-

-<p>For three days the stewards brought him his food;

-and for an hour, each forenoon, the big boatswain

-walked him up and down the deck to give him his

-exercise; but it was in vain that he asked them what

-he was caged for. As none of these officials knew,

-none of them could tell him. On the fourth day of his

-confinement, a meeting of the faculty was held for consultation<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_328" id="Page_328">[328]</a></span>

-in regard to the affairs of the squadron. This

-was the high court of the academy, and consisted of

-the principal, the vice-principals, the chaplain, the surgeon,

-and the professors,&mdash;fourteen in all. Though

-the authority of the principal was supreme, he preferred

-to have this council to advise him in important

-matters.</p>

-

-<p>When the faculty had assembled, Peaks brought Bill

-Stout into the cabin, and placed him at the end of the

-long table at which the members were seated. He was

-awed and impressed by the situation. The principal

-stated that the culprit was charged with attempting to

-set fire to the Tritonia, and asked what he had to say

-for himself. Bill made haste to deny the charge with

-all his might; but he might as well have denied his

-own existence. Raymond’s letter describing what he

-saw in the hold was read, but the parts relating to Bark

-were omitted. Bill supposed the letter was the only

-evidence against him, and the writer had spared Bark

-because he was a friend. Bill declared that Raymond

-hated him, and had made up this story to injure him.

-He had been trying to do his duty, and no complaint

-had been made against him since the fleet had been at

-anchor.</p>

-

-<p>The chaplain thought a student ought not to be condemned

-on the evidence of one who had run away

-from his vessel. As Bill would not be satisfied, it

-became necessary to call Bark Lingall. The reformed

-seaman gave his evidence in the form of a confession;

-and, when he had finished his story, no one doubted

-his sincerity, or the truth of his statement. By a unanimous

-vote of the faculty, approved by the principal,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_329" id="Page_329">[329]</a></span>

-Bill Stout was dismissed from the academy as one

-whom it was not safe to have on board any of the

-vessels, and as one whose character was too bad to

-allow him to associate with the students. A letter to

-his father was written; and he was sent home in charge

-of the carpenter of the Josephine, who was about to

-return to New York on account of the illness of his

-son.</p>

-

-<p>The particulars of this affair were kept from the

-students; for the principal did not wish to have them

-know that any one had attempted to burn one of the

-vessels, lest it might tempt some other pupil to seek a

-dismissal by the same means. Bill Stout was glad to

-be sent away, even in disgrace.</p>

-

-<p>Early in March Mr. Lowington received a letter from

-Don Francisco, asking if any thing had been heard

-from Raymond, and informing him that his client Don

-Alejandro was dangerously sick. The principal, since

-he had received the letter from Don Manuel, had declined

-to assist in the search for the absentee, though

-he had not communicated his views to the lawyer.

-The detective had not returned from his tour in the

-East, and was doubtless willing to continue the search

-as long as he was paid for it. The principal was “a

-square man;” and he informed Don Francisco that his

-views on the subject had changed, and that he hoped

-the fugitive would not be captured. Ten days after

-this letter was answered came Don Francisco himself.

-He went on board of the Prince; and, in spite of the

-reply of the principal, he was as cordial and courteous

-as ever.</p>

-

-<p>“I suppose you have received my letter, declining to<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_330" id="Page_330">[330]</a></span>

-do any thing more to secure the return of the absentee,”

-Mr. Lowington began, when they were seated in

-the grand saloon.</p>

-

-<p>“I have received it,” replied Don Francisco; “but

-now all the circumstances of the case are changed, and

-I am confident that you will do all you can to find the

-young man. Your letter came to me on the day before

-the funeral of my client.”</p>

-

-<p>“Then Don Alejandro is dead!” exclaimed the

-principal, startled by the intelligence.</p>

-

-<p>“He died in the greatest agony and remorse,” added

-the lawyer. “He was sick four weeks, and suffered

-the most intense pain till death relieved him. He confessed

-to me, when I went to make his will, that he had

-intended to get his nephew out of the way in some

-manner, before the boy was of an age to inherit his

-father’s property. Don Manuel had charged him with

-this purpose before he left Spain, and had repeated the

-charge in his letters. He confessed because he wanted

-his brother’s forgiveness, as well as that of the Church.

-He wished me to see that justice was done to his

-nephew. When I wrote you that last letter, my client

-desired to see the young man, and to implore his forgiveness

-for the injury he had done him as a child, and

-for that he had meditated.”</p>

-

-<p>“This is a very singular story,” said Mr. Lowington.

-“You did not give me the reason for which Don Alejandro

-wished to see his nephew.”</p>

-

-<p>“I did not know it myself. What I have related

-transpired since I wrote that letter. The case is one

-of the remarkable ones; but I have known a few just

-like it,” continued the lawyer. “My client was told<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_331" id="Page_331">[331]</a></span>

-by the physicians that he could not recover. Such an

-announcement to a Christian who has committed a

-crime&mdash;and to meditate it is the same thing in the eye

-of the Church, though not of the law&mdash;could not but

-change the whole current of his thoughts. I know that

-it caused my client more suffering than his bodily ailments,

-severe as the latter were. The terrors of the

-world to come haunted him; and he believed, that, if

-he did not do justice to that young man before he died,

-he would suffer for his crime through all the ages of

-eternity; and I believe so too. I think he confessed

-the crime to me, after he had done so to the priest,

-because he believed his son, who had been in his confidence,

-would carry out his wicked purpose after his

-father was gone; for this son would inherit the estate as

-the next heir under the will of the grandfather.”</p>

-

-<p>“I can understand how things appear to a man as

-wicked as your client was, when death stares him in the

-face,” added Mr. Lowington.</p>

-

-<p>“Now the young man is wanted. He is not of age,

-but he ought to have a voice in the selection of his

-guardian.”</p>

-

-<p>“I don’t know where he is under the altered circumstances,

-any more than I did before,” replied the

-principal; “but I am willing to make an effort to find

-him. Is he in any danger from the son of your late

-client?”</p>

-

-<p>“None at all: the son denies that he ever had any

-knowledge of the business; and, since the confession

-of the father, the son would not dare to do any thing

-wrong. Besides, my client put all the property in my

-hands before he died<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_332" id="Page_332">[332]</a></span>.”</p>

-

-<p>The next thing was to find Raymond. He might see

-the announcement of the death of his uncle in the

-newspapers; but, if he did not, he would be sure to

-keep out of the way till the squadron was ready to sail

-for the “isles of the sea.” Mr. Lowington sent for

-Bark Lingall, who had by this time established his

-character as one of the best-behaved and most earnest

-students in his vessel. The principal rehearsed the

-events that made it desirable to find Raymond.</p>

-

-<p>“Do you think you could find him, Lingall?” asked

-Mr. Lowington.</p>

-

-<p>“I think I might if I could speak Spanish,” replied

-Bark modestly.</p>

-

-<p>“You and Scott are the only students who know his

-history; and he would allow you to approach him, while

-he would keep out of the way of any other person connected

-with the squadron. We shall sail for Malaga

-to-morrow; and you shall have a courier to do your

-talking for you,” continued the principal.</p>

-

-<p>Bark was pleased with the mission. He was furnished

-with a letter from Don Francisco; and, as he

-had some idea of what Raymond’s plans were, he was

-hopeful of success. The squadron sailed the next day,

-and arrived at Malaga in thirty hours.</p>

-

-<hr class="chap" />

-

-</div>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_333" id="Page_333">[333]</a></span></p>

-

-<div class="break">

-

-<h2 class="p4">CHAPTER XXIII.</h2>

-

-<p class="pch">GRANADA AND THE ALHAMBRA.</p>

-

-<p class="drop-cap"><span class="smdrop">When</span> the academy fleet arrived at Malaga, the

-principal decided to follow the plan he had

-adopted at Barcelona, though on a smaller scale, and

-send the Josephines and Tritonias to Cadiz, while the

-Princes proceeded by rail to the same place, seeing

-Granada, Cordova, and Seville on the way. As soon as

-the transfer could be made, the steamer sailed with its

-company of tourists; and her regular crew were domiciled

-at the Hotel de la Alameda, in Malaga.</p>

-

-<p>“Here we are again,” said Sheridan, as the party of

-the doctor came together again at the hotel.</p>

-

-<p>“I feel more like looking at a cathedral than I

-did when we were sight-seeing in December,” added

-Murray.</p>

-

-<p>“You have not many more cathedrals to see,”

-replied the doctor. “There is one here; but, as this is

-Saturday, we will visit it to-morrow. Suppose we take

-a walk on the Alameda, as this handsome square is

-called.”</p>

-

-<p>It is a beautiful bit of a park, with a fountain at each

-end; but it was so haunted with beggars that the tourists

-could not enjoy it. It was fresh and green, and

-bright with the flowers of early spring.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_334" id="Page_334">[334]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>“What an abomination these beggars are!” exclaimed

-Sheridan, as a pair of them, one with his eyes

-apparently eaten out with sores, leaning on the shoulder

-of another seemingly well enough, saluted them

-with the usual petition. “It makes me sick to look at

-them.”</p>

-

-<p>Murray gave the speaker two <i>reales</i>; but they would

-not go till the others had contributed. A little farther

-along they came to a blind man, who had stationed

-himself by a bridge, and held out his hand in silence.</p>

-

-<p>“That man deserves to be encouraged for holding

-his tongue,” said the captain, as he dropped a <i>peseta</i>

-into the extended hand. “Most of them yell and

-tease so that one don’t feel like giving.”</p>

-

-<p>The blind beggar called down the blessing of the

-Virgin upon the donor, in a gentle and devout tone.

-But he seemed to be an exception to all the other mendicants

-in Malaga. As the captain said, many of them

-were most disgusting sights; and they pointed out

-their ailments as though they were proud of them.</p>

-

-<p>“This is a commercial city, and there is not much to

-see in it,” said the doctor, as they returned to the

-hotel. “Its history is but a repetition of that of nearly

-all the cities of Spain. It was a place of great trade

-in the time of the Moors: it is the fifth city of Spain,

-ranking next to Valencia. You saw the United States

-flag on quite a number of vessels in the port; and it

-has a large trade with our country. Wine, raisins,

-oranges, lemons, and grapes are the principal exports.”</p>

-

-<p>The next day most of the students visited the cathedral,

-where they heard mass, which was attended by a

-battalion of soldiers, with a band which took part in<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_335" id="Page_335">[335]</a></span>

-the service. Early on Monday morning the tourists

-started for Granada, taking the train at quarter past

-six o’clock. The ride was exceedingly interesting; for

-the country between Malaga and Cordova is very fertile,

-though a small portion of it is a region abounding

-in the wildest scenery. The first part of the journey

-was in the midst of orange-orchards and vineyards.</p>

-

-<p>“What is that sort of an inclined plane?” asked

-Sheridan, pointing to a stone structure like one side of

-the roof of a small house. “I have noticed a great

-many of them here and near Alicante.”</p>

-

-<p>“You observe that they all slope to the south,”

-replied the doctor. “They are used in drying raisins.

-This is a grape as well as an orange country. Raisins

-are dried grapes; and, when you eat your plum-pudding

-in the future, you will be likely to think of the country

-around Malaga, for the nicest of them come from

-here.”</p>

-

-<p>“This is a wild country,” said Murray, after they

-had been nearly two hours on the train.</p>

-

-<p>“We pass through the western end of the Sierra

-Nevada range. Notice this steep rock,” added the

-doctor, as they passed a lofty precipice. “It is ‘Lovers’

-Rock.’”</p>

-

-<p>“Of course it is,” laughed Murray; “and they

-jumped down that cliff; and there is not a precipice

-in the world that isn’t a lovers’ leap.”</p>

-

-<p>“I think you are right. In this case it was a Spanish

-knight, and a Moorish maiden whose father didn’t like

-the match.”</p>

-

-<p>The travellers left the train at Bobadilla, and proceeded

-by rail to Archidona. Between this place and<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_336" id="Page_336">[336]</a></span>

-Loxa the railroad was not then built; and the distance&mdash;about

-sixteen miles&mdash;had to be accomplished by

-diligence. Half a dozen of these lumbering vehicles

-were in readiness, with their miscellaneous teams of

-horses and mules all hitched on in long strings. This

-part of the journey was likely to be a lark to the

-students; and they piled into and upon the carriages

-with great good-nature. The doctor and his pupils

-secured seats on the outside.</p>

-

-<p>“This is the <i>coupé</i> in Spain, but it is the <i>banquette</i> in

-Switzerland,” said he, when they were seated. “It is

-called the dickey in England.”</p>

-

-<p>“But the box for three passengers, with windows in

-the front of the diligence, is always the <i>coupé</i>,” added

-Sheridan.</p>

-

-<p>“Not in Spain: that is called the <i>berlina</i> here. The

-middle compartment, holding four or six, is <i>el interior</i>;

-and <i>la rotundo</i>, in the rear, like an omnibus, holds six.

-The last is used by the common people because it is

-the cheapest.”</p>

-

-<p>“But this seat is not long enough for four,” protested

-Murray, when the conductor directed another officer to

-mount the <i>coupé</i>”.</p>

-

-<p>“Come up, commodore: I think we can make room

-for you,” added Sheridan.</p>

-

-<p>“This is a long team,” said Commodore Cantwell,

-when they were seated,&mdash;“ten mules and horses.”</p>

-

-<p>“I have travelled with sixteen,” added the doctor.</p>

-

-<p>On a seat wide enough for two, under the windows

-of the <i>berlina</i>, the driver took his place. His reins

-were a couple of ropes reaching to the outside ends of

-the bits of the wheel-horses. He was more properly<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_337" id="Page_337">[337]</a></span>

-the brakeman, since he had little to do with the team,

-except to yell at the animals. On the nigh horse or

-mule, as he happened to be, rode a young man who

-conducted the procession. He is called the <i>delantero</i>.

-The <i>zagal</i> is a fellow who runs at the side of the

-animals, and whips them up with a long stick. The

-<i>mayoral</i> is the conductor, who is sometimes the driver;

-but in this case he seemed to have the charge of all

-the diligences.</p>

-

-<p>“Oja! oja!” (o-ha) yelled the driver. The <i>zagal</i>

-began to hammer the brutes most unmercifully, and the

-team started at a lively pace.</p>

-

-<p>“That’s too bad!” exclaimed Sheridan, when he saw

-the <i>zagal</i> pounding the mules over the backbone with

-his club, which was big enough to serve for a bean-pole.</p>

-

-<p>“I agree with you, captain, but we can’t help ourselves,”

-added the doctor. “That villain will keep it

-up till we get to the end of our journey.”</p>

-

-<p>The <i>dilijencia</i> passed out of the town, and went

-through a wild country with no signs of any inhabitants.

-The road was as bad as a road could be, and

-was nothing but a track beaten over the fields, passing

-over rocks and through gullies and pools of water.

-Carts, drawn by long strings of mules or donkeys,

-driven by a peasant with a gun over his shoulder, were

-occasionally met; but the road was very lonely. Half

-way to Loxa they came to a river, over which was a

-narrow bridge for pedestrians; but the <i>dilijencia</i> had

-to ford the stream.</p>

-

-<p>At this point the horses and mules were changed;

-and some of the students went over the bridge, and<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_338" id="Page_338">[338]</a></span>

-walked till they were overtaken by the coaches. At

-three o’clock they drove into Loxa. The streets of

-the town are very steep and very narrow; and the <i>zagal</i>

-had to crowd the team over to the opposite side, in

-order to get the vehicle around the corners. The

-students on the outside could have jumped into the

-windows of the houses on either side, and people on

-the ground often had to dodge into the doorways, to

-keep from being run over. From this place the party

-proceeded to Granada by railroad. Crossing a part of

-this city, which is a filthy hole, the party went to the

-Hotel Washington Irving, and the Hotel Siete Suelos,

-both of which are at the very gate of the Alhambra.</p>

-

-<p>The doctor and his friends were quartered at the

-former hotel, which is a very good one, but more expensive

-than the <i>Siete Suelos</i> on the other side of the

-street. They are both in the gardens of the Alhambra,

-the avenues of which are studded with noble elms, the

-gift of the Duke of Wellington.</p>

-

-<p>“And this is the Alhambra,” said Capt. Sheridan, as

-the trio came out for a walk, after dinner.</p>

-

-<p>“What is the meaning of the name of that hotel?”</p>

-

-<p>“<i>Hotel de los Siete Suelos</i>,&mdash;the hotel of the seven

-stories, or floors.”</p>

-

-<p>“But it hasn’t more than four or five.”</p>

-

-<p>“Haven’t you read Irving’s Alhambra? He mentions

-a tower with this name, in which was the gate

-where Boabdil left the Alhambra for the last time. It

-was walled up at the request of the Moor.”</p>

-

-<p>The party walked about the gardens till it was dark.

-The next morning, before the ship’s company were

-ready, the doctor and the three highest officers entered

-the walled enclosure.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_339" id="Page_339">[339]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>“This is the Tower of Justice,” said the doctor, as

-they paused at the entrance. “It is so called because

-the Moorish kings administered the law to the people

-here. You see the hand and the key carved over the

-door. If you ask the grandson of Mateo Ximenes,

-who is a guide here, what it means, he will tell you

-the Moors believed that, when this hand reached

-down and took the key, the Alhambra might be captured;

-but not till then. Then he will tell you that

-they were mistaken; and give glory to the Spaniards.

-The key was the Moslem symbol for wisdom and

-knowledge; and the hand, of the five great commandments

-of their religion.”</p>

-

-<p>The party entered the tower, in which is an altar,

-and passed into the square of the cisterns. Charles V.

-began to build a huge palace on one side of it; but

-the fear of earthquakes induced him to desist. He

-destroyed a portion of the Moorish palace to make

-room for it. The visitors entered an office where they

-registered their names, paid a couple of <i>pesetas</i>, and

-received a plan of the palace. The first names in the

-book are those of Washington Irving and his Russian

-companion.</p>

-

-<p>“This is the Court of the Myrtles,” said the doctor,

-as they entered the first and largest court of the

-palace. “It is also called ‘the Court of Blessing,’

-because the Moors believed water was a blessing; and

-this pond contains a good deal of it.”</p>

-

-<p>“My guide-book does not call it by either of these

-names,” said Commodore Cantwell, who had Harper’s

-Guide in his hand. “It says here it is ‘the <i>Patio de la

-Alberca</i>,’ or fish-pond<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_340" id="Page_340">[340]</a></span>.”</p>

-

-<p>“And so says Mr. Ford, who is the best authority on

-Spain. We must not try to reconcile the differences in

-guide-books. We had better call it after the myrtles

-that surround the tank, and let it go at that. This

-court is the largest of the palace, though it is only one

-hundred and forty by seventy-five feet. But the Alhambra

-is noted for its beauty, and not for its size. We

-will now pass into the Court of the Lions,” continued

-the doctor, leading the way. “This is the most celebrated,

-as it is the most beautiful, part of the palace.”</p>

-

-<p>“I have seen many pictures of it, but I supposed it

-was ten times as large as it is,” said Sheridan.</p>

-

-<p>“It is about one hundred and twenty by seventy feet.

-There are one hundred and twenty-four columns around

-the court. Now we must stop and look at the wonderful

-architecture and exquisite workmanship. Look at

-these graceful arches, and examine that sort of lace-work

-in the ceilings and walls.”</p>

-

-<p>While they were thus occupied, the ship’s company

-came into the court, and the principal called them

-together to hear Professor Mapps on the history of

-the Alhambra.</p>

-

-<p class="pbq p1">“In 1238 Ibnu-I-Ahamar founded the kingdom of

-Granada, and he built the Alhambra for his palace and

-fortress. In Arabic it was <i>Kasr-Alhamra</i>, or Red

-Castle; and from this comes the present name. The

-Vermilion Tower was a part of the original fortress.

-Under this monarch, whose title was Mohammed I.,

-Granada became very prosperous and powerful. When

-the Christians captured Valencia, the Moors fled to

-Granada, and fifty thousand were added to the population<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_341" id="Page_341">[341]</a></span>

-of the kingdom; and it is estimated that a million

-more came when Seville and Cordova were conquered

-by the Castilians. The work of this king was continued

-by his successors; and the Alhambra was

-finished in 1333 by Yosuf I. He built the Gate of

-Judgment, Justice, or Law, as it is variously called, and

-the principal parts of the palace around you. The

-city was in its glory then, and is said to have had half

-a million inhabitants. But family quarrels came into

-the house of the monarch, here in the Alhambra; and

-this was the beginning of the decline of the Moorish

-power.</p>

-

-<p class="pbq">“Abul-Hassan had two wives. One of them was

-Ayesha; and the other was a very beautiful Christian

-lady called Zoraya, or the Morning Star. Ayesha was

-exceedingly jealous of the other; and fearing that the

-son of the Morning Star, instead of her own, might

-succeed to the crown, she organized a powerful faction.

-On Zoraya’s side were the Beni-Serraj, whom the Spaniards

-called the Abencerrages. They were the descendants

-of a vizier of the King of Cordova,&mdash;Abou-Serraj.

-Abou-Abdallah was the eldest son of Ayesha;

-and in 1482 he dethroned his father. The name of

-this prince became Boabdil with the Spaniards; and so

-he is called in Mr. Irving’s works. As soon as he came

-into power, his mother, and the Zegris who had assisted

-her, persuaded him to retaliate upon the Abencerrages

-for the support they had given to Zoraya. Under a

-deceitful plea, he gathered them together in this palace,

-where the Zegris were waiting for them. One by one

-they were called into one of these courts, and treacherously

-murdered. Thus was Granada deprived of its<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_342" id="Page_342">[342]</a></span>

-bravest defenders; and the Moors were filled with

-indignation and contempt for their king. While they

-were quarrelling among themselves, Ferdinand and Isabella

-advanced upon Granada. They had captured all

-the towns and strong fortresses; and there was nothing

-more to stay their progress. For nine months the

-sovereigns besieged the city before it fell. It was a sad

-day for the Moors when the victors marched into the

-town. There is a great deal of poetry and romance

-connected with this palace and the Moslems who were

-driven out of it. You should read Mr. Lockhart’s

-translation of the poems on these subjects, and the

-works of Prescott and Irving.”</p>

-

-<p class="p1">When the professor had completed his account, the

-doctor’s party passed in to the right, entering one of

-the apartments which surround the court on three of its

-sides.</p>

-

-<p>“That’s as mean a lot of lions as I ever saw,” said

-Murray, who had lingered at the fountain which gives

-its name to the court.</p>

-

-<p>“The sculpture of the lions is certainly very poor;

-but we can’t have every thing,” replied the doctor.

-“This is the Hall of the Abencerrages; and it gets its

-name from the story Mr. Mapps has just told you.

-Some say these nobles were slain in this room; and

-others, that they were beheaded near the fountain in

-the court, where the guides point out a dark spot as the

-stain of blood. You must closely examine the work in

-this little room if you wish to appreciate it.”</p>

-

-<p>They returned to the Court of the Lions, and, crossing

-it, entered the Hall of the Two Sisters. The students<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_343" id="Page_343">[343]</a></span>

-expected to hear some romance told of these

-two ladies; but they proved to be two vast slabs in

-the floor. This room and that of the Abencerrages

-were probably the sleeping apartments of the monarch’s

-family; and several small chambers, used for baths and

-other purposes, are connected with them. On each

-side of them are raised platforms for the couches. At

-the farther end of the court is the council-hall of justice.

-It is long and narrow, seventy-five by sixteen feet; and

-is very elaborately ornamented.</p>

-

-<p>At the northern end of the Court of Myrtles, is the

-Hall of Ambassadors, which occupies the ground floor

-of the Tower of Comares. It is the largest apartment

-of the palace, seventy-five by thirty-seven feet. This

-was the throne-room, or hall of audience, of the monarchs.

-The doctor again insisted that his pupils should

-scrutinize the work; and he called their attention to the

-horseshoe arches and various other forms and shapes,

-to the curious niches and alcoves, to the delicate coloring

-in the ceilings and on the walls, and to the interlacing

-designs, in the portions of the palace they visited.</p>

-

-<p>They had now seen the principal apartments on the

-ground floor; and they ascended to the towers, the open

-galleries of which are a peculiarity in the construction

-of the edifice. They were shown the rooms occupied

-by Washington Irving when he “succeeded to Boabdil,”

-and became an inhabitant of the Alhambra; but the

-Alhambra is a thing to be seen, and not described.

-They visited the Royal Chapel, the fortress, and for

-two days they were busy as bees, though one day was

-enough to satisfy most of the students.</p>

-

-<p>On the third day of their sojourn at the Alhambra,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_344" id="Page_344">[344]</a></span>

-the doctor’s party visited the Generalife. The name

-means “The Garden of the Architect,” who was probably

-an employee of the king; but the palace was purchased

-and used as a pleasure-house by one of the

-kings. The sword of Boabdil is shown here. The

-gardens, which are about all the visitor sees, are more

-quaint than beautiful. The walks are hedged in with

-box, and the cypress-trees are trimmed in square

-blocks, as in the gardens of Versailles. Passing

-through these, the visitor ascends a tower on a hill,

-which commands a magnificent view of Granada and

-the surrounding country.</p>

-

-<p>The abundance of water in and around the Alhambra

-attracts the attention of the tourist. The walks

-have a stream trickling down the hill on each side. It

-comes from the snow-crowned Sierra Nevadas; and, the

-warmer the weather, the faster do the ice and snow

-melt, and the greater is the flow of the water. In the

-Alhambra and in the Generalife these streams of water

-are to be met at almost every point.</p>

-

-<p>One day was given to the city of Granada, though

-the visitor cares but little for any thing but the Alhambra.

-Without mentioning what may be seen in the

-cathedral in detail, there is one sight there which is

-almost worth the pilgrimage to the city; and that is the

-tomb of Ferdinand and Isabella. Dr. Winstock ordered

-a carriage for the purpose of taking his charge

-to the church.</p>

-

-<p>When the team appeared at the door of the hotel,

-the students were very much amused at its singular

-character; for it was a very handsome carriage, but it

-was drawn by mules. The harness was quite elaborate<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_345" id="Page_345">[345]</a></span>

-and elegant; yet to be drawn by these miserable mules

-seemed to some of the party to be almost a disgrace.

-But the doctor said that they had been highly honored,

-since they had been supplied with what was doubtless

-the finest turnout to be had. These mules were very

-large and handsome for their kind, and cost more

-money than the finest horses. After this explanation,

-they were satisfied to ride behind a pair of mules.</p>

-

-<p>There are plenty of pictures and sculptures in the

-cathedral; but the party hastened to the royal chapel

-built by order of the sovereigns, which became their

-burial-place. The mausoleum is magnificent beyond

-description. It consists of two alabaster sepulchres in

-the centre of the chapel, on one of which are the forms

-of Ferdinand and Isabella, and on the other those of

-Crazy Jane and Philip, the parents of Charles V. But

-the lion of the place, to the students, was the vault

-below the chapel, to which they were conducted, down

-a narrow staircase of stone, by the attendant. On a

-low dais in the middle of the tomb were two very ordinary

-coffins, not differing from those in use in New

-England, except that they were strapped with iron

-bands.</p>

-

-<p>“This one, marked ‘F,’ contains the remains of Ferdinand,”

-said the doctor, in a low tone. “The other

-has an ‘I’ upon it, and holds all that time has left of

-the mortal part of Isabella, whose patronage enabled

-Columbus to discover the New World.”</p>

-

-<p>“Is it possible that the remains of Ferdinand and

-Isabella are in those coffins?” exclaimed Sheridan.</p>

-

-<p>“There is not a doubt of the fact. Eight years ago

-the late queen of Spain visited Granada, and caused<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_346" id="Page_346">[346]</a></span>

-mass to be said for the souls of these sovereigns at the

-same altar used by them at the taking of the city.

-Some of the guides will tell you that these coffins

-were opened at this time, and the remains of the king

-and queen were found to be in an excellent state of

-preservation. I don’t know whether the statement is

-true or not.”</p>

-

-<p>“Here are two other coffins just like them,” said

-Murray, as he turned to a sort of shelf that extended

-across the sides of the vault.</p>

-

-<p>“They contain the remains of Crazy Jane and Philip

-her husband, both of whose effigies are introduced in

-the sculpture on the monuments in the chapel above,”

-replied the doctor. “The coffin of Philip is the very

-one that she carried about everywhere she went, and

-so often embraced in the transports of her grief. She

-is at rest now.”</p>

-

-<p>Deeply impressed by what they had seen in the

-vault, which made the distant past more real to the

-young men, they returned to the chapel above. In

-the sacristy they saw the sword of Ferdinand, a very

-plain weapon, and his sceptre; but more interesting

-were the crown of silver gilt worn by Isabella, her

-prayer-book, and the chasuble, or priest’s vestment,

-embroidered by her.</p>

-

-<p>The party next visited the Carthusian Monastery,

-just out of the city, which contains some exquisite

-marble-work and curious old frescos. On their return

-to the Alhambra, they gave some attention to the gypsies,

-who are a prominent feature of Granada, where

-they are colonized in greater numbers than at any other

-place in Spain, though they also abound in the vicinity<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_347" id="Page_347">[347]</a></span>

-of Seville. They live by themselves, on the side of

-a hill, outside of the city. The tourists crossed the

-Darro, which flows at the foot of the hill on which the

-Alhambra and Generalife stand. They found the gypsies

-lolling about in the sun, hardly disturbed by the

-advent of the visitors. They seem to lead a vagabond

-life at home as well as abroad. They were of an olive

-complexion, very dirty, and very indolent. Some of the

-young girls were pretty, but most of the women were

-as disagreeable as possible. The men work at various

-trades; but the reputation of all of them for honesty

-is bad. They do not live in houses, but in caverns in

-the rocks of which the hill is composed. They are not

-natural caverns, but are excavated for dwellings.</p>

-

-<p>The doctor led the party into one of them. It was

-lighted only by the door; but there was a hole in the

-top for the escape of the smoke. There was a bed in

-a corner, under which reposed three pigs, while a lot

-of hens were picking up crumbs thrown to them by

-a couple of half-naked children. It was the proper

-habitation of the pigs, rather than the human beings.

-The onslaughts of the beggars were so savage that the

-visitors were compelled to beat a hasty retreat. The

-women teased the surgeon to enter their grottos in

-order to get the fee.</p>

-

-<p>In the evening some British officers from “Gib,” as

-they always call the great fortress, had a gypsy dance

-at the <i>Siete Suelos</i>. The doctor and his pupils were

-invited to attend. There were two men dressed in full

-Spanish costume, and three girls, also in costume, one

-of whom was quite pretty. One of the men was the

-captain of the gypsies, and played the guitar with marvellous<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_348" id="Page_348">[348]</a></span>

-skill, an exhibition of which he gave the party.

-There was nothing graceful about the dancing: it was

-simply peculiar, with a curious jerking of the hips. At

-times the dancers indulged in a wild song. When the

-show was finished, the gypsy girls made an energetic

-demonstration on the audience for money, and must

-have collected a considerable sum from the officers, for

-they used all the arts of the coquette.</p>

-

-<p>Just at dark a small funeral procession passed the

-hotel. It was preceded by half a dozen men bearing

-great candles lighted. The coffin was borne on the

-shoulders of four more, and was highly ornamented.

-The funeral party were singing or chanting, but so

-irreverently that the whole affair seemed more like a

-frolic than a funeral.</p>

-

-<p>“That is a gay-looking coffin,” said Murray to

-Mariano Ramos, the best guide and courier in Spain,

-who had been in the employ of the principal since the

-squadron arrived at Malaga.</p>

-

-<p>“That is all for show,” laughed Mariano. “The

-men will bring it back with them.”</p>

-

-<p>“Don’t they bury the dead man in it?”</p>

-

-<p>“No: that would make it too expensive for poor

-folks. They tumble the dead into a rough box, or

-bury him without any thing.”</p>

-

-<p>The next morning the excursionists started for Cordova,

-and arrived late at night, going by the same route

-they had taken to Granada as far as Bobadilla.</p>

-

-<hr class="chap" />

-

-</div>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_349" id="Page_349">[349]</a></span></p>

-

-<div class="break">

-

-<h2 class="p4">CHAPTER XXIV.</h2>

-

-<p class="pch">AN ADVENTURE ON THE ROAD.</p>

-

-<p class="drop-cap"><span class="smdrop">In</span> twelve hours after she started, the American

-Prince was in the harbor of Cadiz. Bark Lingall

-was on board; and Jacob Lobo, who spoke five languages,

-had been engaged at the Hotel de la Alameda

-as his companion. Mr. Pelham sent them ashore as

-soon as the anchor went over the bow.</p>

-

-<p>“Do you expect to find the Count de Escarabajosa

-in Cadiz?” asked the interpreter, as they landed.</p>

-

-<p>“Of course not: I told you he would not be here,”

-replied Bark. “I may find out where he went to from

-here, and I may not. I left him at the Hotel de Cadiz;

-and we will go there first.”</p>

-

-<p>“I can tell you where he went without asking a

-question,” added Lobo, to whom Bark had told the

-whole story of Raymond.</p>

-

-<p>“I can guess at it, as you do; but I want information

-if I can obtain it,” replied Bark.</p>

-

-<p>“You would certainly have been caught if you hadn’t

-thrown the detective off the track by going over to

-Oran.”</p>

-

-<p>“We went to Oran for that purpose.”</p>

-

-<p>“The count has got out of Spanish territory, and he<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_350" id="Page_350">[350]</a></span>

-will keep out of it for the present. Our next move will

-be to go to Gibraltar. He is safe there.”</p>

-

-<p>“I think we shall find him there.”</p>

-

-<p>The landlord of the hotel recognized Bark, who had

-been a guest in his house for several weeks. Raymond

-had not told him where he was going when he left. He

-had gone from the hotel on foot, carrying his bag in his

-hand.</p>

-

-<p>“Where do you think he went?” asked Bark.</p>

-

-<p>“My opinion at the time was that he went to Gibraltar;

-for a steamer sailed for Algeciras that day, and

-there was none for any other port,” replied the landlord.</p>

-

-<p>“But he might have left by the train,” suggested

-Bark.</p>

-

-<p>“He went away in the middle of the day, and the

-steamer left at noon.”</p>

-

-<p>“He did not leave by train,” added the guide.</p>

-

-<p>“I don’t think he did,” said Bark. “Now, when

-does the next steamer leave for Gibraltar?”</p>

-

-<p>“You will find the bills of the steamers hanging in

-the hall,” replied the landlord.</p>

-

-<p>One of these indicated that a Spanish steamer

-would sail at noon the next day.</p>

-

-<p>“Perhaps she will, and perhaps she will not,” said

-Lobo.</p>

-

-<p>“But she is advertised to leave to-morrow,” added

-Bark.</p>

-

-<p>“Very likely before night you may find another bill,

-postponing the departure till the next day: they do

-such things here.”</p>

-

-<p>“What shall we do?”</p>

-

-<p>“Wait till a steamer sails,” replied Lobo, shrugging

-his shoulders.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_351" id="Page_351">[351]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>“Is there any other way to get there?” asked Bark,

-troubled by the uncertainty.</p>

-

-<p>“Some other steamer may come along: we will go

-to the office of the French line, and inquire when one

-is expected,” replied Jacob.</p>

-

-<p>They ascertained that the French steamer did not

-touch at Gibraltar; and there was no other way than

-to depend upon the Spanish line. As Jacob Lobo had

-feared, the sailing of the boat advertised was put off

-till the next day.</p>

-

-<p>“You can go by land, if you are not afraid of the

-brigands,” said the interpreter.</p>

-

-<p>“Brigands?”</p>

-

-<p>“Within a year a party of English people were

-robbed by brigands, on the way from Malaga to

-Ronda; but that is the only instance I ever heard of.

-The country between here and Malaga used to be

-filled with smugglers; and there are some of that trade

-now. When their business was dull, they used to take

-to the road at times.”</p>

-

-<p>“How long would it take to go by the road?” asked

-Bark, who was very enthusiastic in the discharge of

-his duty, and unwilling to lose a single day.</p>

-

-<p>“That depends upon how fast you ride,” laughed

-Lobo. “It is about sixty miles, and you might make

-it in a day, if you were a good horseman.”</p>

-

-<p>“But I am not: I was never on a horse above three

-times in my life.”</p>

-

-<p>“Then you should take two days for the journey.”</p>

-

-<p>“If we should start to-morrow morning, we should

-not get there as soon as the steamer that leaves the

-following day<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_352" id="Page_352">[352]</a></span>.”</p>

-

-<p>“That steamer may not go for three or four days yet:

-it will depend upon whether she gets a cargo, or not.”</p>

-

-<p>Bark was vexed and perplexed, and did not know

-what to do. He went down to the quay where they

-had landed, and found the boats from the ship, bringing

-off the Josephines and the Tritonias. He applied

-to Mr. Pelham for advice; and, after consulting Mr.

-Fluxion, it was decided that he should wait for a

-steamer, if he had to wait a week; for there was no

-such desperate hurry that he need to risk an encounter

-with brigands in order to save a day or two. So the

-services of Bark and Jacob Lobo were economized as

-guides, for both of them knew the city. Two days

-later the Spanish steamer actually sailed; and in seven

-hours Bark and his courier were in Algeciras, whence

-they crossed the bay in a boat to Gibraltar.</p>

-

-<p>We left Raymond in Gibraltar, watching the newspapers

-for tidings of the American Prince; and he had

-learned of her arrival at Cadiz, where she had been

-for three days when Bark arrived at the Rock. He had

-heard nothing of the death of his uncle in Barcelona,

-and had no suspicion of the change of the circumstances

-we have described. He was not willing to risk

-himself in Cadiz while the Prince was there. As her

-consorts had not gone to Cadiz with her, he was satisfied

-that the steamer was to return to Malaga.</p>

-

-<p>After he obtained the news, and had satisfied himself

-that the Princes were going overland to Cadiz,

-he went to his chamber at the King’s Arms, where he

-attempted to reason out the future movements of the

-squadron. He had concluded, weeks before, that the

-fleet would not go to Lisbon, since all hands had visited<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_353" id="Page_353">[353]</a></span>

-that city; and now it appeared that Cadiz would be

-avoided for a second time, for the same reason. The

-Prince would wait there till her own ship’s company

-arrived, and then go back to Malaga. The Josephines

-and Tritonias would do the place, and then return to

-Malaga overland. It looked to Raymond like a very

-plain case; and he was confident that the fleet would

-come to Gibraltar next.</p>

-

-<p>He was entirely satisfied that his conclusion was a

-correct one. The squadron would certainly visit the

-Rock, for the principal could not think of such a thing

-as passing by a fortress so wonderful. Raymond was

-out of the way of arrest, if the detective should trace

-him to this place; and he could join his ship when she

-came. If the principal still wanted to send him to

-Barcelona, he would tell his whole story; and, if this

-did not save him, he would trust to his chances to

-escape. He sat at the window, thinking about the

-matter. It was just before sunset, and the air was

-delicious. He could look into the square in front of the

-hotel, and he was not a little startled to see the uniform

-of the squadron on a person approaching the

-hotel. He looked till he recognized Bark as the one

-who wore it.</p>

-

-<p>But who was the man with him? This question

-troubled him. The man was a stranger to him; for the

-fugitives had not employed a guide in Malaga, and

-therefore Jacob Lobo was all unknown to him. Neither

-the Prince nor her consorts were in Gibraltar; and

-it was plain enough to the Spaniard that Bark and his

-companion had come in the steamer he had seen going

-into Algeciras two hours before. They had come from<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_354" id="Page_354">[354]</a></span>

-Cadiz, and they could have no other errand in Gibraltar

-than to find him. Had Bark become a traitor? or,

-what was more likely, had he been required by the

-principal to conduct this man in search of him? Had

-Mr. Lowington ascertained that he was at the Rock?

-It was almost impossible, for he had met no one who

-knew him.</p>

-

-<p>He saw Bark and his doubtful companion enter the

-Club-House Hotel, and he understood their business

-there. He had not seen the <i>alguacil</i>, or detective, who

-had come on board of the Tritonia for him; but he

-jumped at the conclusion that this was the man. The

-principal had afforded him every facility for finding the

-object of his search; and now it appeared that he had

-sent Bark with him, to identify his expected prisoner.

-Raymond decided on the moment not to wait for the

-detective to see him. He rang the bell, and sent for

-his bill: he paid it, and departed before Bark could

-reach the hotel. He scorned to ask the landlord or

-waiters to tell any lies on his account. He hastened

-down to the bay; and at the landing he found the very

-boat that had brought Bark and his companion over

-from Algeciras, just hoisting her sails to return. The

-boatman was glad enough to get a passenger back, and

-thus double the earnings of the trip. It is about five

-miles across the bay; and, with a fresh breeze from

-the south-east, the distance was made in an hour.</p>

-

-<p>On the way, Raymond learned that the boat had

-brought over two passengers; and, from the boatman’s

-description of them, he was convinced that they were

-Bark and his companion. He questioned the skipper

-in regard to them; but the man had no idea who or<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_355" id="Page_355">[355]</a></span>

-what they were. The passengers talked in English all

-the way over, and he could not understand a word they

-said. It was not prudent for the fugitive to stay over

-night in Algeciras; and, procuring a couple of mules

-and a guide, he went to San Roque, where he passed

-the night. He found a fair hotel at this place; and he

-decided to remain there till the next day.</p>

-

-<p>He had time to think now; and he concluded that

-Bark and his suspicious companion would depart from

-the Rock when they found he was not there. But he

-did not lose sight of the fact that he was in Spain

-again. What would his pursuers do when they found

-that he had left the hotel? They would see his name

-on the books, and the landlord would tell them he had

-just left. There were plenty of boatmen at the landing,

-who had seen him embark in the boat for Algeciras.

-Raymond did not like these suggestions as they came

-up in his mind. They would cross the bay, and find

-the boatman, who would be able to describe him, as he

-had them. Then, when they had failed to find him at

-the <i>fondas</i>, they would visit the stables. It was easy

-enough to trace him.</p>

-

-<p>At first he thought of journeying on horseback to

-Xeres, and there taking the train to the north, and

-into Portugal; but he abandoned the thought when he

-considered that he was liable to meet the students at

-any point on the railroad. Finally he decided to start

-for Ronda, an interior city, forty miles from the Rock.

-At eight o’clock in the morning, he was in the saddle.

-He had retained the mules that brought him from

-Algeciras. José, his guide, was one of the retired

-brigands, of whom there are so many in this region.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_356" id="Page_356">[356]</a></span>

-As it was too soon for him to be pursued, he did not

-hurry, and stopped at Barca de Cuenca to dine.</p>

-

-<p>After dinner he resumed his journey. José was a

-surly, ugly fellow, and Raymond was not disposed to

-converse with him. This silence made the miles very

-long; but the scenery was wild and grand, and the

-traveller enjoyed it. After he had ridden about five

-miles he came to a country which was all hills and

-rocks. The path was very crooked; and it required

-many angles to overcome steeps, and avoid chasms.

-Suddenly, as he passed a rock which formed a corner

-in the path, he was confronted by three men, all armed

-to the teeth, with muskets, pistols, and knives. José

-was provided with the same arsenal of weapons; but

-he did not offer to use any of them.</p>

-

-<p>The leading brigand was a good-natured ruffian, and

-he smiled as pleasantly as though his calling was perfectly

-legitimate. He simply held out his hand, and

-said, “<i>Por Dios</i>,” which is the way that beggars generally

-do their business.</p>

-

-<p>“<i>Perdon usted por Dios hermano</i>,” replied Raymond,

-shaking his head.</p>

-

-<p>This is the usual way to refuse a beggar: “Excuse

-us for God’s sake, brother.” Raymond did not yet

-understand whether the three men intended to beg or

-rob; but he soon ascertained that the leader had only

-adopted this facetious way of doing what is commonly

-done with the challenge, “Your money or your life!”

-It was of no avail to resist, even if he had been armed.

-Most of his gold was concealed in a money-belt worn

-next to his skin, while he carried half a dozen Isabelinos

-in his purse, which he handed to the gentlemanly

-brigand.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_357" id="Page_357">[357]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>“<i>Gracias, señorito!</i>” replied the leader. “Your

-watch, if you please.”</p>

-

-<p>Raymond gave it up, and hoped they would be satisfied.

-Instead of this, they made him a prisoner,

-leading his mule to a cave in the hills, where they

-bound him hand and foot. José waited for his mule,

-and then, with great resignation, began his return

-journey.</p>

-

-<hr class="chap" />

-

-</div>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_358" id="Page_358">[358]</a></span></p>

-

-<div class="break">

-

-<h2 class="p4">CHAPTER XXV.</h2>

-

-<p class="pch">CORDOVA, SEVILLE, AND CADIZ.</p>

-

-<p class="drop-cap"><span class="smdrop">Cordova</span> is a gloomy and desolate city with

-about forty thousand inhabitants. It was once

-the capital of the kingdom of Cordova, and had two

-hundred thousand people within its walls; and some

-say a million, though the former number is doubtless

-nearer the truth. The grass grows in its streets now,

-and it looks like a deserted city, as it is. There is only

-one thing to see in Cordova, and that is the mosque.

-As soon as the party had been to breakfast, they

-hastened to visit it.</p>

-

-<p>“We will first take a view of the outside,” said the

-doctor to his pupils when they had reached the mosque.

-“This square in front of it is the Court of Oranges;

-you observe a few palms and cypresses, as well as

-orange-trees. The fountain in the centre was built by

-the Moors nearly a thousand years ago.”</p>

-

-<p>“But I don’t see any thing so very grand about the

-mosque, if that great barn-like building is the one,”

-said Murray. “It looks more like a barrack than a

-mosque. We have been in the mosque business some,

-and they can’t palm that thing off upon us as a real

-mosque. We have seen the genuine thing in Constantinople<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_359" id="Page_359">[359]</a></span>.”</p>

-

-<p>“I grant that the outside is not very attractive,”

-added the doctor. “But in the days of the Moors,

-when the mosque was in its glory, the roof was covered

-with domes and cupolas. In spite of what you say,

-Murray, this was the finest, as it is one of the largest

-mosques in the world. It covers an area of six hundred

-and forty-two by four hundred and sixty-two feet. It

-was completed in the year 796; and the work was

-done in ten years. It was built to outdo all the other

-mosques of the world except that at Jerusalem. Now

-we will go in.”</p>

-

-<p>The party entered the mosque, and were amazed, as

-everybody is who has not been prepared for the sight,

-by the wilderness of columns. There are about a

-thousand of them; and they formerly numbered twelve

-hundred. Each of them is composed of a single stone,

-and no two of them seem to be of the same order of

-architecture. They come from different parts of the

-globe; and therefore the marbles are of various kinds

-and colors, from pure white to blood red. These

-pillars form twenty-nine naves, or avenues, one way,

-and nineteen the other. The roof is only forty feet

-high, and the columns are only a fraction of this height.

-They have no pedestal, and support a sort of double

-arch, the upper one plain, and the lower a horseshoe;

-indeed, this last looks like a huge horseshoe stretching

-across below the loftier arch.</p>

-

-<p>For an hour the party wandered about in the forest

-of pillars, pausing at the <i>Mih-ràb</i>, or sanctuary of the

-mosque, where was kept the copy of the Koran made by

-Othman, the founder of the dynasty of that name. It

-is still beautiful, but little of its former magnificence<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_360" id="Page_360">[360]</a></span>

-remains; for the pulpit it contained is said to have

-cost the equivalent of five millions of dollars.</p>

-

-<p>“St. Ferdinand conquered Cordova in 1236; and

-then the mosque was turned into a Christian church

-without any great change,” said Dr. Winstock, as they

-approached the choir in the centre of the mosque.

-“The victors had the good sense and the good taste to

-leave the building pretty much as they found it. But

-three hundred years later the chapter of the church

-built this choir, which almost ruins the interior effect

-as we gaze upon it. The fine perspective is lost.

-Sixty columns were removed to make room for the

-choir. When Charles V. visited Cordova, and saw the

-mischief the chapter had wrought, he was very angry,

-and severely reproached the authors of it.”</p>

-

-<p>The tourists looked into the high chapel, and glanced

-at the forty-four others which surround the mosque.

-Then they walked to the bridge over the Guadalquiver.

-Arabian writers say it was built by Octavius Cæsar,

-but it was entirely reconstructed by the Moors. An

-old Moorish mill was pointed out; and the party

-returned to the mosque to spend the rest of their time

-in studying its marvellous workmanship. Early in the

-afternoon the excursionists left for Seville, and arrived

-in three hours. The journey was through a pleasant

-country, affording them an occasional view of the

-Guadalquiver.</p>

-

-<div class="figcenter">

-     <img src="images/ill-366.jpg" width="450" height="285"

-         alt=""

-         title="" />

-     <div class="caption"><p class="pc">“<span class="smcap">He simply held out his hand.</span>” <span style="font-weight: normal; font-size: 90%;">Page <a href="#Page_356">356</a>.</span></p>

-</div></div>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_361" id="Page_361">[361]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>“To my mind,” said Dr. Winstock, as the party

-passed out of the <i>Hotel de Londres</i> to the <i>Plaza Nueva</i>,

-which is a small park in front of the City Hall,&mdash;“to

-my mind Seville is the pleasantest city in Spain, I

-have always been in love with it since I came here the

-first time; and I have spent four months here altogether.

-The air is perfectly delicious; and, though it

-often rains, I do not remember a single rainy day.

-The streets are clean, the houses are neat and pretty,

-the people are polite, the ladies are beautiful,&mdash;which

-is a consideration to a bachelor like myself,&mdash;and, if I

-had to spend a year in any city of Europe, Seville

-would be the place.”</p>

-

-<p>“What is there to see here?” asked Murray. “I

-should like a list of the sights to put in a letter I shall

-write to-day.”</p>

-

-<p>“The principal thing is the cathedral; then the

-<i>Giralda</i>, the <i>Alcazar</i>, the tobacco-factory, the Palace of

-San Telmo, the <i>Casa de Pilatos</i>.”</p>

-

-<p>“That will do, doctor. I can’t put those things in

-my letter,” interposed Murray.</p>

-

-<p>“You may say ‘Pilate’s house’ for the last; and add

-the <i>Calle de las Sierpes</i>, which is the most frequented

-street of the city.”</p>

-

-<p>“But I can’t spell the words.”</p>

-

-<p>“It is not in good taste to translate the name of a

-street; but it means ‘the street of the serpents.’ But I

-think you had better wait till you have seen the sights,

-before you attempt to describe them in your letter.”</p>

-

-<p>“I will look them up in the guide-book, when I

-write.”</p>

-

-<p>“This is the <i>Calle de las Sierpes</i>,” continued the

-doctor, as they entered a narrow street leading from

-the <i>Plaza de la Constitucion</i>&mdash;nearly every Spanish city

-has one with this name&mdash;in the rear of the City Hall.

-“This is the business street of the town, and it is

-generally crowded with people. Here are the retail<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_362" id="Page_362">[362]</a></span>

-stores, the cafés, the post-office, and the principal

-theatre.”</p>

-

-<p>The students were interested in this street, it was so

-full of life. The ends of it were barred so that no carriages

-could enter it; and the whole pavement was a

-sidewalk, as O’Hara would have expressed it. Passing

-the theatre, they followed a continuation of the same

-street.</p>

-

-<p>“Do you notice the name of this street?” said the

-doctor, as he pointed to the sign on a corner. “It is

-the <i>Calle del Amor de Dios</i>. It is so near like the Latin

-that you can tell what it means.”</p>

-

-<p>“But it seems hardly possible that a street should

-have such a name,&mdash;the ‘Street of the Love of God,’”

-added Sheridan.</p>

-

-<p>“That is just what it is; and it was given by reverent

-men. There is also in this city the <i>Calle de Gesu</i>, or

-Jesus Street; and the names of the Virgin and the

-saints are applied in the same way.”</p>

-

-<p>Passing through this street, the party came to the

-<i>Alameda de Hercules</i>.</p>

-

-<p>“The city has about the same history as most others

-in the South of Spain,&mdash;Romans, Goths, Vandals,

-Moors, Christians,” said the doctor. “But some of

-the romancists ascribe its origin to Hercules; and this

-<i>alameda</i> is named after him. Now we will take a

-closer view of one of the houses. You observe that

-they differ from those of our cities. They are built on

-the Moorish plan. What we call the front door is left

-open all day. It leads into a vestibule; and on the

-right and left are the entrances to the apartments.

-Let us go in<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_363" id="Page_363">[363]</a></span>.”</p>

-

-<p>“Is this a private house?” asked Sheridan, who

-seemed to have some doubts about proceeding any

-farther; but then the doctor astonished him by ringing

-the bell, which was promptly answered by a voice inquiring

-who was there.</p>

-

-<p>“<i>Gentes de paz</i>” (peaceful people), replied the surgeon;

-and this is the usual way to answer the question

-in Spain.</p>

-

-<p>It presently appeared that Dr. Winstock was acquainted

-with the gentleman who lived in the house;

-and he received a cordial welcome from him. The

-young gentlemen were introduced to him, though he

-did not speak English; and they were shown the house.</p>

-

-<p>In the vestibule, directly opposite the front door, was

-a pair of iron gates of open ornamental work, set in an

-archway. A person standing in the street can look

-through this gateway into the <i>patio</i>, or court of the

-mansion. It was paved with marble, with a fountain in

-the middle. It was surrounded with plants and flowers;

-and here the family sit with their guests in summer, to

-enjoy the coolness of the place. Thanking the host,

-and promising to call in the evening, the surgeon left

-with his pupils,&mdash;his “<i>pupilos</i>,” as he described them

-to the gentleman.</p>

-

-<p>After lunch the sight-seers went to the <i>Giralda</i>,

-which is now the campanile or bell-tower of the cathedral.

-It was built by the Moors in 1296 as a muezzin

-tower, or place where the priest calls the faithful to

-prayers, and was part of the mosque that stood on this

-spot. It is square, and built of red brick, and is

-crowned with a lofty spire. The whole height is three

-hundred and fifty feet. To the top of this tower the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_364" id="Page_364">[364]</a></span>

-party ascended, and obtained a fine view of the city

-and its surroundings,&mdash;so fine that they remained on

-their lofty perch for three hours. They could look

-down into the bull-ring, and trace the Guadalquiver for

-many miles through the flat country. The doctor

-pointed out all the prominent objects of interest; and

-when they came down they had a very good idea of

-Seville and its vicinity.</p>

-

-<p>The next day, as Murray expressed it, they “commenced

-work on the cathedral.” It is the handsomest

-church in Spain, and some say in the world. It is the

-enlargement of an old church made in the fifteenth

-century. On the outside it looks like a miscellaneous

-pile of buildings, with here and there a semicircular

-chapel projecting into the area, and richly ornamented

-with various devices. It is in the oblong form, three

-hundred and seventy by two hundred and seventy feet,

-not including the projecting chapels.</p>

-

-<p>“Now we will enter by the west side,” said the

-doctor, when they had surveyed the exterior of the vast

-pile. “The <i>Giralda</i> is on the other side. By the way,

-did I tell you what this word meant?”</p>

-

-<p>“You did not; but I supposed it was some saint,”

-replied Sheridan.</p>

-

-<p>“Not at all. It comes from the Spanish verb <i>girar</i>,

-which means to turn or whirl; and from this comes

-<i>Giralda</i>, a weathercock. The name is accidental, coming

-probably from the vane on the top of it at some former

-period,” continued the doctor as they entered the

-cathedral. “The central nave is about one hundred

-and twenty-five feet high; and here you get an idea of

-the grandeur of the edifice. Here is the burial-place<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_365" id="Page_365">[365]</a></span>

-of the son of Columbus. This slab in the pavement

-contains his epitaph:&mdash;</p>

-

-<p class="pc1 lmid">FERNANDO COLON.</p>

-

-<p class="pc">&mdash;&mdash;&#9670;&mdash;&mdash;</p>

-

-<p class="pi12"><i>Á Castilla, y á Leon<br />

-Nuevo mundo dío Colon.</i>”</p>

-

-<p class="p1">“<i>Hablo Español!</i>” exclaimed Murray. “And I

-know what that means,&mdash;‘To Castile and Leon Columbus

-gave a new world.’”</p>

-

-<p>“It is in all the school-books, and you ought to know

-it,” added Sheridan. “Colon means Columbus; but

-what was his full name in Spanish?”</p>

-

-<p>“Cristobal Colon. This son was quite an eminent

-man, and gave his library to the chapter of this church.

-Seville was the birthplace and the residence of Murillo;

-and you will find many of his pictures in the

-churches and other buildings.”</p>

-

-<p>The party went into the royal chapel. The under

-part of the altar is formed by the silver and glass

-casket which contains the remains of St. Ferdinand,

-nearly perfect. It is exhibited three days in the year;

-and then the body lies dressed in royal robes, with the

-crown on the head. The doctor pointed out the windows

-of stained glass, of which there are ninety-three.

-Nearly the whole day was spent in the church by those

-of the students who had the taste to appreciate its

-beautiful works of art. The next morning was devoted

-to the <i>Alcazar</i>. It was the palace of the Moorish sovereigns

-when Seville became the capital of an independent

-kingdom. After the city was captured, St. Ferdinand

-took up his quarters within it. Don Pedro the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_366" id="Page_366">[366]</a></span>

-Cruel repaired and rebuilt portions of it, and made it

-his residence; and it was occupied by the subsequent

-sovereigns as long as Seville was the capital of Spain.

-Though the structure as it now stands was mainly

-erected by Christian kings, its Arabian style is explained

-by the fact that Moorish architects were employed in

-the various additions and repairs.</p>

-

-<p>It is very like the Alhambra, but inferior to it as a

-whole. It contains apartments similar to those the

-students had seen at Granada, and therefore was not

-as interesting as it would otherwise have been. The

-gardens of the palace were more to their taste. They

-are filled with orange-trees and a variety of tropical

-plants. The avenues are lined with box, and the

-garden contains several small ponds. The walks near

-the palace are underlaid with pipes perforated with

-little holes, so that, when the water is let on, a continuous

-line of fountains cools the air; and it is customary

-to duck the visitors mildly as a sort of surprise.</p>

-

-<p>The tobacco-factory is the next sight, and is located

-opposite the gardens of the <i>Alcazar</i>. It is an immense

-building used for the manufacture of cigars, cigarillos,

-and smoking-tobacco. The article is a monopoly in

-the hands of the Government; and many of the larger

-cities have similar establishments, but none so large as

-the one at Seville. At the time of which we write, six

-thousand women were employed in making cigars, and

-putting up papers of tobacco. Visitors go through the

-works more to observe the operatives than to see the

-process of making cigars; and the students were no

-exception to the rule. Most of the females were old

-and ugly, though many were young. Among them<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_367" id="Page_367">[367]</a></span>

-were not a few gypsies, who could be distinguished by

-their olive complexion.</p>

-

-<p>These women all have to be searched before they

-leave the building, to prevent them from stealing the

-tobacco. Women are employed for this duty, who

-become so expert in doing it that the operation is

-performed in a very short time.</p>

-

-<p>On the river, near the factory, is the palace of San

-Telmo, the residence of the Duke de Montpensier, son

-of Louis Philippe, who married the sister of the late

-queen of Spain. It is a very unique structure, with an

-elaborate portico in the centre of the front, rising one

-story above the top of the palace, and surmounted

-with a clock. It has a score of carved columns, and

-as many statues. The rest of the building is quite

-plain, which greatly increases the effect of the complicated

-portico. The picture-gallery and the museums

-of art in the palace are opened to the tourist, and they

-richly repay the visit. Among the curiosities is the

-guitar used by Isabella I., the sword of Pedro the

-Cruel, and that of Fernando Gonzales. The building

-was erected for a naval school, and was used as such for

-a hundred and fifty years. It was presented by the

-queen to her sister in 1849.</p>

-

-<p>Leaving the palace, the party walked along the

-quays by the river, till they came to the <i>Toro del Oro</i>,

-or tower of gold. It was originally part of a Moorish

-fortress; but now stands alone on the quay, and is

-occupied as a steamboat-office. The Moors used it as

-a treasure-house, and so did Pedro the Cruel. In the

-time of Columbus it was a place of deposit for the

-gold brought over by the fleets from the New World,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_368" id="Page_368">[368]</a></span>

-and landed here. It is said that more than eight million

-ducats were often stored here.</p>

-

-<p>Near this tower, is the hospital of <i>La Caridad</i>, or

-charity. It was founded by a young nobleman who

-had reformed his dissipated life, and passed the remainder

-of it in deeds of piety in this institution. It

-is a house of refuge for the poor and the aged. It

-contains two beautiful <i>patios</i>, with the usual plants,

-flowers, and fountains. The institution is something

-on the plan of the Brotherhood of Pity in Florence;

-and the young gentlemen of the city render service in

-it in turn. The founder was an intimate friend of

-Murillo, which accounts for the number of the great

-artist’s pictures to be found in the establishment. Its

-little church contains several of them. A singular

-painting by another artist attracted the attention of

-some of the students as a sensation in art. It represents

-a dead prelate in full robes, lying in the tomb.

-The body has begun to decay; and the worms are

-feasting upon it, crawling in and out at the eyes, nose,

-and mouth. It is a most disgusting picture, though

-it may have its moral.</p>

-

-<p>A day was given to the museum which contains

-many of Murillo’s pictures, and next to that at Madrid

-is the finest in Spain. The <i>Casa de Pilatos</i> was visited

-on the last day the excursionists were in Seville at this

-time, though it happened that they came to the city a

-second time. It belongs to the Duke of Medina Celi,

-though he seldom occupies it. It is not the house of

-Pilate, but only an imitation of it. It was built in the

-sixteenth century, by the ancestors of the duke, some

-of whom had visited the Holy Land. The <i>Patio</i> is<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_369" id="Page_369">[369]</a></span>

-large and is paved with white marble, with a checkered

-border and other ornaments. In the centre is a

-fountain, and in each corner is a colossal statue of a

-goddess. Around it are two stories of galleries, with

-fine arches and columns. The palace contains a beautiful

-chapel, in which is a pillar made in imitation of

-that to which Christ was bound when he was scourged.

-On the marble staircase the guides point out a cock,

-which is said to be in the place of the one that crowed

-when Peter denied his Master; but of course this is

-sheer tomfoolery, and it was lawful game for Murray,

-who was the joker of the officers’ party.</p>

-

-<p>On another day the doctor and his pupils walked

-over the bridge to the suburb of Triana, where the

-gypsies lived. They were hardly more civilized than

-those seen at Granada. Then, as the order was not

-given for the departure, they began to see some of the

-sights a second time; and many of them will bear

-repeated visits. During a second examination of the

-<i>Alcazar</i>, Dr. Winstock told them many stories of Pedro

-the Cruel, of Don Fadrique, of Blanche of Bourbon,

-and of Maria de Padilla, which we have not the space

-to repeat, but which are more interesting than most of

-the novels of the day. After the ship’s company had

-been in Seville five days, the order was given to leave

-at quarter before six; and the party arrived at Cadiz

-at ten.</p>

-

-<p>This city is located nearly on the point of a tongue

-of land which encloses a considerable bay; and, when

-the train had twenty miles farther to go, the students

-could see the multitude of lights that glittered like

-stars along the line of the town. Cadiz is a commercial<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_370" id="Page_370">[370]</a></span>

-place, was colonized by the Ph&oelig;nicians, and they

-supposed it to be about at the end of the earth. They

-believed that the high bluff at Gibraltar, which was

-called Calpe, and Abyla at Ceuta in Africa, were part

-of the same hill, rent asunder by Hercules; and they

-erected a column on each height, which are known

-as the Pillars of Hercules. Cadiz was held by the

-Romans and the Moors in turn, and captured by the

-Spaniards in 1262. After the discovery of America, it

-shared with Seville the prosperity which followed that

-event; and the gold and merchandise were brought to

-these ports. Its vast wealth caused it to be often

-attacked by the pirates of Algiers and Morocco; the

-English have twice captured it, and twice failed to do

-so; and it was the civil and military headquarters of

-the Spaniards during the peninsular war. When the

-American colonies of Spain became independent, it

-lost much of its valuable commerce, and has not

-been what it was in the last century since the French

-Revolution.</p>

-

-<p>The boats of the American Prince, in charge of the

-forward officers and a squad of firemen and stewards,

-were on the beach near the railroad station; and the

-ship’s company slept on board that night. The next

-day was devoted to Cadiz. The cathedral is a modern

-edifice and a beautiful church, though the tourist who

-had been to Toledo and Seville does not care to give

-much of his time to it. In the Capuchin Monastery,

-to which the doctor took his pupils, is the last picture

-painted by Murillo. It is the Marriage of St. Catharine,

-and is painted on the wall over the high altar of

-the chapel. Before it was quite finished, Murillo fell<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_371" id="Page_371">[371]</a></span>

-from the scaffold, was fatally injured, and died soon

-after. The picture was finished by one of his pupils,

-at his request.</p>

-

-<p>There are no other sights to be seen in Cadiz;

-but the students were very much pleased with the place.

-Its public buildings are large and massive; its white

-dwellings are pretty; and its squares and walks on the

-seashore are very pleasant. By the kindness of the

-banker, the club-house was opened to the party.</p>

-

-<p>“I am rather sorry we do not go to Xeres,” said the

-doctor, when they were seated in the reading-room.

-“I supposed we should stop there on our way from

-Seville. I wished to take you into the great wine-vaults.

-I think you know what the place is noted for.”</p>

-

-<p>“<i>Vino del Xeres</i>,” replied Murray,&mdash;“Sherry wine.”</p>

-

-<p>“It is made exclusively in this place; and its peculiarity

-comes from the kind of grapes and method

-of manufacture. The business here is in the hands

-of English, French, and German people, who far

-surpass the Spaniards in the making of wine. The

-immense cellars and store-houses where the wine is

-kept are well worth seeing, though they are not

-encouraging to men with temperance principles. The

-place has forty thousand inhabitants, and is the <i>Xeres

-de la Frontera</i>, where Don Roderick was overwhelmed

-by the Moors, and the Gothic rule in Spain was

-ended.”</p>

-

-<p>“Seville is a larger place than Cadiz, isn’t it?”

-asked Sheridan.</p>

-

-<p>“More than twice as large. Seville is the third city

-of Spain, having one hundred and fifty-two thousand

-inhabitants; while Cadiz is the ninth, with only seventy-two

-thousand<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_372" id="Page_372">[372]</a></span>.”</p>

-

-<p>The party returned to the steamer; and the next

-morning she sailed for Malaga, where the Josephines

-and Tritonias had arrived before them. The fleet immediately

-departed for Gibraltar, and in five hours was

-at anchor off the Rock.</p>

-

-<hr class="chap" />

-

-</div>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_373" id="Page_373">[373]</a></span></p>

-

-<div class="break">

-

-<h2 class="p4">CHAPTER XXVI.</h2>

-

-<p class="pch">THE CAPTURE OF THE BEGGARS.</p>

-

-<p class="drop-cap"><span class="smdrop">When</span> Bark Lingall and Jacob Lobo arrived at

-Gibraltar, they went to the Club-House Hotel

-to inquire for the fugitive. He was not there; but they

-spent half an hour questioning the landlord and others

-about the hall, in regard to the town and its hotels

-and boarding-houses. Then they went to the King’s

-Arms; and, in the course of another half-hour, they

-learned that Henry Raymond had left this hotel within

-an hour. Where had he gone? The landlord could

-not tell. No steamer had left that day; he might have

-left by crossing the Neutral Ground, or he might have

-gone over to Algeciras in a boat.</p>

-

-<p>“I wonder why he cleared out so suddenly,” said

-Bark, very much annoyed at the situation.</p>

-

-<p>“I suppose he was frightened at something,” replied

-Jacob. “Very likely he saw you when we went into

-the Club-House.”</p>

-

-<p>“But he wouldn’t run away from me. He and I are

-the best of friends.”</p>

-

-<p>“But circumstances alter cases,” laughed the interpreter.

-“He may have supposed you had gone over to

-the enemy, and had come here to entrap him in some

-way<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_374" id="Page_374">[374]</a></span>.”</p>

-

-<p>“It may be; but I hardly believe it,” mused Bark.</p>

-

-<p>Jacob Lobo had no suspicion that he had been the

-cause of Raymond’s hurried departure; and he did not

-suggest the true solution of the problem. But the fugitive

-was gone; and all they had to do was to look

-him up. They were zealous in the mission with which

-they were charged, and lost not a moment in prosecuting

-the search. But they had almost gained the battle

-in obtaining a clew to the fugitive. Lobo declared that

-it would be easy enough to trace him out of the town,

-for he must have gone by the Neutral Ground, which is

-the strip of land separating the Rock from the mainland,

-or crossed to Algeciras in a boat. They were on

-their way to the landing-port, when the evening gun

-was fired.</p>

-

-<p>“That’s as far as we can go to-night,” said Lobo,

-coming to a sudden halt.</p>

-

-<p>“Why? what’s the matter now?” asked Bark.</p>

-

-<p>“That’s the gun, and the gate will be closed in a

-few minutes,” replied Lobo. “They wouldn’t open

-it to oblige the King of Spain, if he happened along

-here about this time.”</p>

-

-<p>It was no use to argue the matter in the face of

-fact; and they spent the rest of the day in making

-inquiries about the town. They went to the drivers of

-cabs, and to those who kept horses and mules to let.

-They questioned men and women located near the

-gate. No one had seen such a person as was described.

-They went to the King’s Arms for the night;

-and as soon as the gate was opened in the morning

-they hastened to the landing-port to make inquiries

-among the boatmen. They found one with whom they<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_375" id="Page_375">[375]</a></span>

-had spoken when they landed the day before. He

-wanted a job, as all of them do. He had seen a young

-man answering to the description given; and he had

-gone over to Algeciras in the very boat that brought

-them over. Would they like to go over to Algeciras?

-They would, immediately after breakfast; for they had

-left their bags, and had not paid their bill at the hotel.</p>

-

-<p>The wind was light, and it took them two hours to

-cross the bay. With but little difficulty they found the

-stable at which the fugitive had obtained his mules, and

-learned that the name of the guide was José Barca.

-The keeper of the <i>fonda</i> volunteered the information

-that José was a brigand and a rascal; but the stable-keeper,

-who had furnished the guide, insisted that the

-landlord spoke ill of José because he had not obtained

-the job for his own man.</p>

-

-<p>“About all these guides are ex-brigands and smugglers,”

-said Lobo.</p>

-

-<p>“But the landlord of the <i>fonda</i> looks like a more

-honest man than the stable-keeper,” added Bark. “I

-think I should prefer to trust him.”</p>

-

-<p>“I believe you are right, Mr. Lingall; but either of

-them would cheat you if he got the chance,” laughed

-Lobo; but, being a courier himself, it was for his interest

-to cry down the men with whom travellers have to

-deal, in order to enhance the value of his own calling.</p>

-

-<p>The landlord would furnish mules and a guide; and

-in an hour the animals were ready for a start. It was

-not known where Raymond had gone: he had taken

-the mules for San Roque, but with the understanding

-that he could go as far as he pleased with them. The

-name of the landlord’s guide was Julio Piedra. He<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_376" id="Page_376">[376]</a></span>

-was armed to the teeth, as Raymond’s guide had been.

-He was a good-natured, talkative fellow; and the fugitive

-would certainly have done better, so far as the

-agreeableness of his companion was concerned, if he

-had patronized the landlord instead of the stable-keeper.</p>

-

-<p>When the party arrived at the hotel in San Roque,

-their store of information was increased by the knowledge

-that Raymond had started that morning for

-Ronda. The pursuit looked very hopeful now, and the

-travellers resumed their journey.</p>

-

-<p>“We are not making more than three or four knots

-an hour on this tack,” said Bark, when they had ridden

-a short distance.</p>

-

-<p>“Three miles an hour is all you can average on

-mules through this country,” replied Lobo.</p>

-

-<p>“Can’t we offer the guide a bonus to hurry up?”</p>

-

-<p>“You can’t stand it to ride any faster; and, as it is,

-you will be very sore when you get out of bed to-morrow

-morning.”</p>

-

-<p>“I can stand any thing in this chase,” added Bark

-confidently.</p>

-

-<p>“What good will it do to hurry?” persisted Lobo.

-“It is one o’clock now; and Raymond has five hours

-the start of us. It will be impossible to overtake him

-to-day. The mules can go about so far; and at six

-o’clock we shall reach the place where Raymond

-stopped to dine. That will be Barca de Cuenca; and

-that will be the place for us to stop over night.”</p>

-

-<p>“Over night! I don’t want to stop anywhere till we

-come up with Raymond,” replied Bark.</p>

-

-<p>“You won’t say that when you get to Barca,” laughed<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_377" id="Page_377">[377]</a></span>

-Lobo. “You will be tired enough to go to bed without

-your supper. Besides, the mules will want rest, if you

-do not; for the distance will be twenty miles from Algeciras.

-Raymond stopped over night at San Roque.”</p>

-

-<p>“But where shall we catch up with him?”</p>

-

-<p>“Not till we get to Ronda, as things now stand.”</p>

-

-<p>“I don’t like the idea of dragging after him in this

-lazy way,” protested Bark.</p>

-

-<p>“What do you wish to do?” demanded Lobo, who

-had been over this road twenty times or more, and

-knew all about the business.</p>

-

-<p>“I don’t believe in stopping anywhere over night,”

-replied Bark with enthusiasm.</p>

-

-<p>“Very well, Mr. Lingall,” added Lobo, laughing.

-“If when you get to Barca, and have had your supper,

-you wish to go any farther, I will see what can be done.

-I can make a trade with Julio to go on with these

-mules, or we can hire others.”</p>

-

-<p>“You say that Raymond left at noon the place

-where we shall be at supper-time: where will he be at

-that time?” asked Bark.</p>

-

-<p>“He will go on to Barca de Cortes, which is twelve

-miles farther; unless he takes it into his head, as you

-do, that he will travel in the night.”</p>

-

-<p>“I am in favor of going on to that place where he

-sleeps.”</p>

-

-<p>“You are in favor of it now; but, take my word for

-it, you will not be in favor of it when you get to Barca

-de Cuenca,” laughed Lobo.</p>

-

-<p>“It will be only four hours more; and I can stand

-that, if I am tired, as I have no doubt I shall be. In

-fact, I am tired now, for I am not used to riding on

-horseback, or muleback either<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_378" id="Page_378">[378]</a></span>.”</p>

-

-<p>Before six o’clock they reached Barca de Cuenca;

-and Bark was certainly very tired. The motion of the

-mule made him uncomfortable, and he had walked a

-good part of the distance. But, in spite of his weariness,

-he was still in favor of proceeding that night to the

-place where it was supposed the fugitive lodged. It

-would save going about twenty miles in all; and he

-thought he should come out of the journey better in the

-end if he were relieved of riding this distance. Julio

-was willing to take out his mules again after they had

-rested two hours, for a consideration.</p>

-

-<p>While they were making these arrangements in the

-court of the <i>venta</i>, or inn, a man mounted on one mule,

-and leading another, entered the yard. He was dressed

-and armed in the same style as Julio. At this moment

-the landlord called the party to supper. Bark was

-democratic in his ideas; and he insisted that the guide

-should take a seat at the table with Lobo and himself.

-Julio was a little backward, but he finally took the seat

-assigned to him. He said something in Spanish to the

-interpreter as soon as he had taken his chair, which

-seemed to excite the greatest astonishment on the part

-of the latter. Lobo plied him with a running fire of

-questions, which Julio answered as fast as they were

-put. Bark judged, that, as neither of them touched the

-food which was on their plates, the subject of the conversation

-must be exceedingly interesting.</p>

-

-<p>“What is it, Lobo?” he asked, when he had listened,

-as long as his patience held out, to the exciting talk he

-could not understand.</p>

-

-<p>“Did you notice the man that rode into the yard on

-a mule, leading another?” said Lobo.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_379" id="Page_379">[379]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>“I did: he was dressed like Julio,” replied Bark.</p>

-

-<p>“That was José Barca, who came from Algeciras as

-Raymond’s guide.”</p>

-

-<p>“But what has he done with Raymond?” demanded

-Bark, now as much excited as his companions.</p>

-

-<p>“We don’t know. Julio has quarrelled with José,

-and refuses to speak to him; and he says José would

-not answer him if he did.”</p>

-

-<p>“Do you suppose any thing has gone wrong with

-Raymond?” asked Bark anxiously.</p>

-

-<p>“I don’t know; but it looks bad to see this fellow

-coming back at this time.”</p>

-

-<p>“Well, can’t you see José, and ask him what has

-become of Raymond?”</p>

-

-<p>“Certainly I can; but whether he will tell me is

-another thing.”</p>

-

-<p>“Of course he will tell you: why shouldn’t he?”</p>

-

-<p>“Circumstances alter cases. If Raymond has dismissed

-him in order to continue his journey in some

-other way, José will tell all he knows about it.”</p>

-

-<p>“Do you suppose that is what he has done?”</p>

-

-<p>“I am afraid not,” answered Lobo seriously.</p>

-

-<p>“What has become of him, then?” asked Bark,

-almost borne down by anxiety for his friend.</p>

-

-<p>“There is only one other thing that can have happened

-to him; and that is, that he has been set upon by

-brigands, and made a prisoner for the sake of the

-ransom. If this is the case, José will not be so likely

-to tell what he knows about the matter.”</p>

-

-<p>“Brigands!” exclaimed Bark, startled at the word.</p>

-

-<p>“A party of English people were captured last year;

-but I have not heard of any being on the road this<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_380" id="Page_380">[380]</a></span>

-year,” added Lobo. “But they won’t hurt him if he is

-quiet, and don’t attempt to resist.”</p>

-

-<p>After supper Lobo had a talk with José. He did

-not know what had become of the young gentleman.

-Three beggars had met them on the road, and Raymond

-had gone away with them. They wanted to

-show him a cave in the mountains, and he accompanied

-them. José had waited two hours for him, and then

-had gone to look for him, but could not find him.</p>

-

-<p>“Where was this?” demanded Lobo.</p>

-

-<p>“Less than two leagues from here,” replied José.</p>

-

-<p>Lobo translated this story to Bark, and declared

-that every word of it was a lie.</p>

-

-<p>“Raymond went from this <i>venta</i> five hours ago;

-and it must have taken six or seven hours for all that

-José describes to take place,” added Lobo. “But we

-must pretend to believe the story, and not say a word.”</p>

-

-<p>Bark could not say a word except to the interpreter,

-who had a talk with Julio next; and the guide presently

-disappeared. Lobo had formed his plan, and

-put it into execution.</p>

-

-<p>“The route by which we have come is not by the

-great road from San Roque to Ronda, but a shorter

-one by which two leagues are saved,” said Lobo,

-explaining his operations to Bark. “All the guides

-take this route. About a league across the country, is

-a considerable town, which is the headquarters of the

-civil guard, sent here last year after the English party

-was captured, to guard the roads. This is an extra

-force; and I have sent Julio over to bring a squad of

-them to this place. José will spend the night here, and

-start for home to-morrow morning. I want some of<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_381" id="Page_381">[381]</a></span>

-the civil guard before he goes; and they will be here in

-the course of a couple of hours. Julio is glad enough

-of a chance to get José into trouble.”</p>

-

-<p>“But do you believe José has done any thing wrong,

-even if Raymond has been captured by brigands?”

-asked Bark.</p>

-

-<p>“Very likely he is to have a share of the plunder

-and the ransom; and I think you will find him ready

-to negotiate for the ransom now.”</p>

-

-<p>This proved to be the case; for in the course of an

-hour José broached the subject to Lobo. He thought,

-if the friends of the young man would pay liberally for

-the trouble of looking him up, he might possibly be

-found. He did not know what had become of him;

-but he would undertake to find him. He was a poor

-man, and he could not afford to spend his time in the

-search for nothing. Lobo encouraged him to talk as

-much as he could, and mentioned several sums of money.

-They were too small. The beggars had probably

-lured the young man into the mountains; and he did

-not believe they would let him go without a reward.

-He thought that the beggars would be satisfied with

-fifty thousand <i>reales</i>.</p>

-

-<p>While they were talking about the price, Julio returned

-with an officer and ten soldiers, who at once

-took José into custody. It seemed that he had been

-mixed up in some other irregular transaction, and

-the officers knew their man. Lobo stated the substance

-of his conversation with José, who protested

-his innocence in the strongest terms. It was evident

-that he preferred to deal with the friends of Raymond,

-rather than the civil guard.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_382" id="Page_382">[382]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>The officer of the guard examined the guide very

-closely; and his story was quite different from that he

-had told Lobo, though he still insisted that the men

-whom they had encountered were beggars. The

-officer was very prompt in action. José was required

-to conduct the party to the spot where the young man

-had been captured. Bark and Lobo mounted their

-mules again, and Julio led the way as before.</p>

-

-<p>“Can any thing be done in the night?” asked Bark.</p>

-

-<p>“The officer says the night is the best time to hunt

-up these gentlemen of the road,” replied Lobo. “They

-often make fires, and cook their victuals, for the soldiers

-do not like to follow them in the dark.”</p>

-

-<p>When the procession had been in motion an hour

-and a quarter, José indicated that it had reached the

-place where the beggars&mdash;as he still persisted in calling

-them&mdash;had stopped the traveller. For some reason

-or other, he told the truth, halting the soldiers at

-the rock which made a corner in the road. He also

-indicated the place where the beggars had taken to the

-hills. The officer of the civil guard disposed of his

-force for a careful but silent search of the region near

-the road. Many of the soldiers were familiar with the

-locality; for they had examined it in order to become

-acquainted with the haunts of brigands. The members

-were widely scattered, so as to cover as much territory

-as possible. Bark and Lobo were required to remain

-with the officer.</p>

-

-<p>Not a sound could be heard while the soldiers were

-creeping stealthily about among the rocks, and visiting

-the various caverns they had discovered in their former

-survey. In less than half an hour, several of the guard<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_383" id="Page_383">[383]</a></span>

-returned together, reporting a fire they had all seen at

-about the same time. One of them described the place

-as being not more than ten minutes’ walk from the

-road; and he knew all about the cave in which the fire

-was built.</p>

-

-<p>“The mouth of the cave is covered with mats; but

-they do not conceal the light of the fire,” continued

-the soldier; and Lobo translated his description to

-Bark. “The smoke goes out at a hole in the farther

-end of the cave; and, when the brigands are attacked

-in front, they will try to escape by this opening in the

-rear.”</p>

-

-<p>“We will provide for that,” replied the officer.</p>

-

-<p>He sent out some of the men to call in the rest of

-the party; and, at a safe distance from the fire, they

-used a whistle for this purpose. In a short time all

-the soldiers were collected in the road, at the nearest

-point to the cave. The lieutenant sent five of his men

-to the rear of the cave, and four to the front, leaving

-José in charge of one of them.</p>

-

-<p>“Tell him not to let his men fire into the cave,” said

-Bark to the interpreter. “I am afraid they will shoot

-Raymond.”</p>

-

-<p>“I will speak to him; but I do not think there will

-be any firing,” replied Lobo. “When the beggars find

-they are in any danger, they will try to get out at the

-hole in the rear; and the lieutenant will bag them as

-they come out.”</p>

-

-<p>The officer directed the men in front not to fire at

-all, unless the brigands came out of the cave; and not

-then, if they could capture them without. Bark and

-Lobo accompanied the party to the rear, which started<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_384" id="Page_384">[384]</a></span>

-before the others. They went by a long roundabout

-way, creeping like cats the whole distance. They

-found the hole, and could see the light of the fire

-through the aperture.</p>

-

-<p>The beggars appeared to be having a jolly good

-time in the cavern, for they were singing and joking;

-and Lobo said they were drinking the health of the

-prisoner while he was listening at the aperture. The

-lieutenant thought that one of their number had been

-to a town, a league from the place, to procure wine

-and provisions with the money they had taken from

-Raymond; for they could smell the garlic in the stew

-that was doubtless cooking on the fire. And this

-explained the lateness of the hour at which they were

-having their repast.</p>

-

-<p>Bark looked into the hole. It appeared to be

-formed of two immense bowlders, which had been

-thrown together so as to form an angular space under

-them. The aperture was quite small at the rear end,

-and the bottom of the cave sloped sharply down to the

-part where the beggars were. Raymond could not

-be seen; but Bark heard his voice, as he spoke in

-cheerful tones, indicating that he had no great fears

-for the future. But, while Bark was looking into the

-den, the soldiers in front of the cave set up a tremendous

-yell, as they had been instructed to do; and the

-brigands sprang to their feet.</p>

-

-<p>The rear opening into the cave was partly concealed

-by the rocks and trees: and probably the brigands

-supposed the cave was unknown to the soldiers. The

-officer pulled Bark away from the hole, and placed

-himself where he could see into it.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_385" id="Page_385">[385]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>“<i>Arrida! Alto ahi!</i>” (Up! Up there!) shouted

-one of the brigands; and in a moment Raymond

-appeared at the opening, with his hands tied behind

-him, urged forward by the leader of the beggars.</p>

-

-<p>They evidently intended to make sure of their prisoner,

-and were driving him out of the cave before

-them. The moment the first beggar appeared, he was

-seized by a couple of the soldiers; and in like manner

-four others were captured, for their number had been

-increased since Raymond was captured. Bark was

-overjoyed when he found that his friend was safe. He

-cut the rope that bound his hands behind him, and

-then actually hugged him.</p>

-

-<p>“Who are you?” demanded Raymond; for it was too

-dark, coming from the bright light of the fire, for him

-to identify the person who was so demonstrative.</p>

-

-<p>“Why, don’t you know me, Henry?” asked Bark,

-wringing the hand of his friend.</p>

-

-<p>“What! Is it Bark?” demanded Raymond, overwhelmed

-with astonishment to find his late associate

-at this place.</p>

-

-<p>“Of course it is Bark.”</p>

-

-<p>“What are you doing here?”</p>

-

-<p>“I came after you; and I think, under the circumstances,

-it is rather fortunate I did come,” added Bark.</p>

-

-<p>“God bless you, Bark! for you have saved me from

-these vagabonds, who might have kept me for months,

-so that I could not join my ship.”</p>

-

-<p>That was all the harm the fugitive seemed to think

-would come of his capture. The soldiers had led the

-brigands down into the cavern, and the young men followed

-them. The fire was still burning briskly, and<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_386" id="Page_386">[386]</a></span>

-the pot over it was boiling merrily. Everybody was

-happy except the brigands; and the leader of these

-did not appear to be much disturbed by the accident

-that had happened to him.</p>

-

-<p>“<i>For Dios</i>,” said Raymond, extending his hand to

-this latter worthy.</p>

-

-<p>“<i>Perdon usted por Dios hermano</i>,” replied the leader,

-shrugging his shoulders.</p>

-

-<p>Raymond informed the lieutenant that this was the

-manner the interview on the road had commenced.

-The officer ordered the ruffians to be searched; and the

-purse and watch of Raymond were found upon the

-chief beggar. They were restored to the owner, with

-the request that he would see if the money was all in

-the purse.</p>

-

-<p>“I was not fool enough to give the beggar all I had,”

-answered Raymond. “I have a large sum of money in

-my belt, which was not disturbed.”</p>

-

-<p>The good-natured leader of the beggars opened his

-eyes at this statement.</p>

-

-<p>“There were six <i>Isabelinos</i> in the purse, and now

-there are but five,” added Raymond.</p>

-

-<p>“We spent one of them for food and wine,” said

-the gentle beggar. “We had nothing to eat for two

-days, till we got some bread we bought with this money.

-We were going to have a good supper before we started

-for the mountains; but you have spoiled it.”</p>

-

-<p>The officer was good-natured enough to let them eat

-their supper, as it was ready by this time. But Raymond

-and Bark did not care to wait, and started for

-the <i>venta</i>, where they intended to pass the night.

-Julio walked, and Raymond rode his mule.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_387" id="Page_387">[387]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>“I congratulate the Count de Escarabajosa on his

-escape,” said Lobo, as they mounted the mules.</p>

-

-<p>“I thank you; but where did you get that title,

-which I will thank you never to apply to me again?”

-replied Raymond rather coldly.</p>

-

-<p>“I beg your pardon; but I meant no offence,” said

-Lobo, rather startled by the coldness and dignity of

-Raymond.</p>

-

-<p>“He is a good friend; and if it hadn’t been for him

-I never should have found you, Henry,” interposed

-Bark.</p>

-

-<p>“I do not understand where he learned about that

-title, and I do not know who he is,” added Raymond.

-“If you say he is a friend, Bark, I am satisfied.”</p>

-

-<p>“He is, and a good friend. But why did you leave

-Gibraltar so suddenly?” asked Bark, thinking it best

-to change the subject.</p>

-

-<p>“I left because I saw you and your companion go

-into the Club-House Hotel; and I knew that you

-would come to the King’s Arms next,” replied Raymond.</p>

-

-<p>“You left because you saw me!” exclaimed Bark,

-astonished at this statement. “Why, I was sent after

-you because the principal thought you would not dodge

-out of sight if you saw Scott or me.”</p>

-

-<p>“I did not dodge out of sight because I saw you,

-but because I saw you had a companion I did not

-know: I came to the conclusion that your friend was

-the detective sent after me.”</p>

-

-<p>Bark explained who and what Lobo was; and Raymond

-apologized to the interpreter for his coldness.

-Before the party reached the <i>venta</i>, the messenger of<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_388" id="Page_388">[388]</a></span>

-the principal had explained the situation as it was

-changed by the death of Don Alejandro. Raymond

-was happy in being justified for his past conduct, and

-glad that his uncle had died confessing his sins and at

-peace with the Church.</p>

-

-<p>The fugitive and his friend were asleep when the

-soldiers arrived with the prisoners. In the morning

-Raymond read the letter of Don Francisco, and immediately

-wrote a reply to it, requesting him to take

-charge of his affairs in Barcelona; and to ask the

-advice of his uncle in New York. Bark wrote to the

-principal a full account of his adventures in search

-of Raymond. These letters were mailed at Ronda,

-where the prisoners were taken, and where Raymond

-had to go as a witness. The testimony was abundant

-to convict them all; but Spanish courts were so slow,

-that Bark and Raymond were detained in Ronda for

-two weeks, though Lobo was sent back to Malaga at

-once.</p>

-

-<p>The three brigands were sentenced to a long imprisonment;

-the two men who were found in the cave with

-them to a shorter term, as accomplices; but nothing

-was proved against José. Raymond made a handsome

-present to each of the soldiers, and to Julio, for the

-service they had rendered him; and, though his gratitude

-to Bark could not be expressed in this way, it was

-earnest and sincere. Julio and José were still in Ronda

-with their mules; and it was decided to return to Gibraltar

-as they had come. During their stay in this

-mountain city, the two students had seen the sights of

-the place; and they departed with a lively appreciation

-of this wild locality.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_389" id="Page_389">[389]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>In two days they arrived at Gibraltar, to find that

-the fleet had been there, and left. Both of them were

-astonished at this information, which was given them

-at the King’s Arms, where they had both been guests

-before. They had been confident that the squadron

-would take her final departure for the “Isles of the

-Sea” from this port.</p>

-

-<p>“Left!” exclaimed both of them in the same breath.</p>

-

-<p>“The three vessels sailed three days ago,” replied

-the landlord.</p>

-

-<p>“Where have they gone?” asked Raymond, who had

-depended upon meeting his friends on board of the

-Tritonia that evening.</p>

-

-<p>“That I couldn’t tell you.”</p>

-

-<p>They walked about the town, making inquiries in

-regard to the fleet; but no one knew where it had

-gone. The custom-house was closed for the day; and

-they were obliged to sleep without knowing whether or

-not the vessels were on their way across the ocean, or

-gone to some port in Spain.</p>

-

-<hr class="chap" />

-

-</div>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_390" id="Page_390">[390]</a></span></p>

-

-<div class="break">

-

-<h2 class="p4">CHAPTER XXVII.</h2>

-

-<p class="pch">THE BULL-FIGHT AT SEVILLE.</p>

-

-<p class="drop-cap"><span class="smdrop">“Now</span> we are under the meteor flag of old England,”

-said Clyde Blacklock, the fourth lieutenant

-of the Prince, after the squadron had come to

-anchor off the Rock.</p>

-

-<p>“Do you call that the meteor flag of England?”

-laughed Murray, as he pointed to the stars and stripes

-at the peak of the steamer.</p>

-

-<p>“We are in British waters anyhow,” replied Clyde.</p>

-

-<p>“That’s so; but the flag you are under just now is

-the glorious flag of the United States of America&mdash;long

-may it wave!”</p>

-

-<p>“They are both glorious flags,” said Dr. Winstock;

-“and both nations ought to be proud of what they

-have done for the human race.”</p>

-

-<p>“And Johnny Bull is the father of Brother Jonathan,”

-added Clyde.</p>

-

-<p>“There is the sunset gun,” said the doctor, as the

-report pealed across the water, and a cloud of smoke

-rose from one of the numerous batteries on the shore.

-“The gates of the town are closed now, and no one is

-allowed to enter or leave after this hour.”</p>

-

-<p>The surgeon continued to point out various buildings<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_391" id="Page_391">[391]</a></span>

-and batteries, rather to prevent the students from

-engaging in an international wrangle, to which a few

-were somewhat inclined, than for any other reason,

-though he was always employed in imparting information

-to them.</p>

-

-<p>The next morning, as soon as the arrangements were

-completed, the several ships’ companies landed at the

-same time, and marched in procession to the top of the

-hill, where the students were formed in a hollow square

-to hear what Professor Mapps had to say about the

-Rock. The view was magnificent, for the hill is fourteen

-hundred and thirty feet above the sea level.</p>

-

-<p>“Young gentlemen, I know that the view from this

-height is grand and beautiful,” the professor began,

-“and I cannot blame you for wishing to enjoy it at

-once; but I wish you to give your attention to the

-history of the Rock for a few minutes, and then I shall

-ask Dr. Winstock, who is more familiar with the place

-than I am, to point out to you in detail the various

-objects under your eye.”</p>

-

-<p>In addition to the twenty non-commissioned officers

-who had been detailed to act as guides for the party,

-quite a number of superior officers, and not a few

-ladies, formed a part of the professor’s audience. The

-latter had been attracted by curiosity to follow the students;

-and the majors, captains, and lieutenants were

-already on speaking-terms with the principal, the vice-principals,

-and the professors, though no formal introductions

-had taken place; and, before the day was over,

-all hands had established a very pleasant relation with

-the officers of the garrison and their families.</p>

-

-<p>“When the Ph&oelig;nicians came to the Rock and to<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_392" id="Page_392">[392]</a></span>

-Cadiz, they believed they had reached the end of the

-world; and here they erected one of the two Pillars

-of Hercules, which have already been mentioned to

-you. The Berbers were the original inhabitants of the

-Barbary States; and Tarìk, a leader of this people,

-captured the place. He gave his own name to his

-conquest, calling it Ghebal-Tarìk, or the Hill of Tarìk.

-This was in 711; but Guzman the Good, the first of

-the Dukes of Medina Sidonia, recovered it in 1309.

-Soon after, the Spanish governor of the Rock stole

-the money appropriated for its defence, employing it in

-a land speculation at Xeres; and the place surrendered

-to the Moors. In 1462 another Duke of Medina Sidonia

-drove out the Moslems; and Spain held the Rock

-till 1704. In this year, during the war of the Spanish

-succession, the fortress was attacked by the combined

-forces of the English and the Dutch. The Spanish

-garrison consisted of only one hundred and fifty men;

-but it killed or disabled nearly twice this number of

-the assailants before the Rock was surrendered, which

-shows that it was a very strong place even then; and

-its defences have been doubled since that time. The

-Spaniards have made repeated attempts to recover possession

-of the fortress, but without success; and it has

-been settled that it is entirely impregnable.”</p>

-

-<p>The English officers applauded this last statement;

-and Dr. Winstock, stepping upon the rock which served

-the professor for a rostrum, proceeded to point out the

-objects on interest in sight.</p>

-

-<p>“You have two grand divisions before you,” said the

-surgeon. “On the other side of the strait is Africa,

-with its rough steeps. The nest of white houses you<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_393" id="Page_393">[393]</a></span>

-see at the head of the deep bay is Ceuta; and the hill

-is the Mount Abyla of the ancients, on which the other

-Pillar of Hercules was planted. Turning to the west,

-the broad Atlantic is before you. Below is the beautiful

-Bay of Gibraltar, with Algeciras on the opposite

-side. The village north of us is San Roque; and the

-lofty snow-capped mountains in the north-east are the

-Sierra Nevadas, which you saw from Granada. Now

-look at what is nearer to us. The strait is from twelve

-to fifteen miles wide. Perhaps you saw some of the

-monkeys that inhabit the Rock on your way up the hill.

-Though there are plenty of them on the other side of

-the strait, they are not found in a wild state in any

-part of Europe except on this Rock. How they got

-here, is the conundrum; and some credulous people

-insist that there is a tunnel under the strait by which

-they came over.</p>

-

-<p>“Below you is Europa Point; or, rather, three

-capes with this name. You see the beautiful gardens

-near the Point; and in the hands of the English people

-the whole Rock blossoms like the rose, while, if any

-other people had it, it would be a desolate waste.

-Stretching out into the bay, near the dockyard, is the

-new mole, which is seven hundred feet long. The one

-near the landing-port is eleven hundred feet; but it

-shelters only the small craft. The low, sandy strip of

-ground that bounds the Rock on the north is the Neutral

-Ground, where the sentinels of the two countries

-are always on duty. This strip of land is diked, so

-that it can be inundated and rendered impassable to an

-army in a few moments.”</p>

-

-<p>The doctor finished his remarks, but we have not<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_394" id="Page_394">[394]</a></span>

-reported all that he said; nor have we space for the

-speeches of a couple of the English officers who were

-invited to address the students, though they gave much

-information in regard to the fortress and garrison life

-at the Rock. The crowd was divided into small parties,

-and spent the rest of the day in exploring the fortifications

-with the guides. As usual, the doctor had

-the captain and first lieutenant under his special charge.</p>

-

-<p>“The east and south sides of the Rock, as you

-observed when we came into the bay from Malaga,”

-said he, “are almost perpendicular; and at first sight

-it would seem to be absurd to fortify a steep which no

-one could possibly ascend. But an enemy would find

-a way to get up if it were not for the guns that cover

-this part of the Rock. The north end is also too steep

-to climb. The west side, where we came up by the

-zigzag path, has a gentler slope; and this is protected

-by batteries in every direction.”</p>

-

-<p>“I can see the guns of the batteries; but I do not

-see any on the north and east sides of the Rock,” said

-Sheridan.</p>

-

-<p>“The edges of the Rock on all sides are tunnelled:

-and these galleries form a series of casemates, with

-embrasures, or port-holes, every thirty or forty yards,

-through which the great guns are pointed. These galleries

-are in tiers, or stories, and there are miles of

-them. They were made just before the French Revolution

-began, nearly a hundred years after the English

-got possession.”</p>

-

-<p>“They must have cost a pile of money,” suggested

-Murray.</p>

-

-<p>“Yes; and it costs a pile of money to support them<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_395" id="Page_395">[395]</a></span>,”

-added the doctor. “Five thousand troops are kept

-here in time of peace. Some British statesmen have

-advocated the policy of giving or selling the Rock to

-Spain; for it has been a standing grievance to this

-power to have England own a part of the peninsula.

-But in other than a military view the Rock is valuable

-to England. Whatever wars may be in progress on the

-face of the earth, her naval and commercial vessels can

-always find shelter in the port of Gibraltar.”</p>

-

-<p>“But I don’t see how it could prevent ships of

-war from entering the Mediterranean Sea,” added

-Sheridan.</p>

-

-<p>“I doubt whether it could ever do that except by

-sheltering a fleet to do the fighting; for no gun in

-existence could send a shot ten or twelve miles,” replied

-the doctor.</p>

-

-<p>By this time the party had reached the entrance of

-the galleries, and they went in to view what the surgeon

-had described. The students were amazed at the extent

-of the tunnels, and the vast quantities of shot and shell

-piled up in every part of the works; at the great guns,

-and the appliances for handling them. They walked

-till they were tired out; and then the party descended

-to the town for a lunch.</p>

-

-<p>“This isn’t much of a city,” said Murray, as they

-walked through its narrow and crooked streets to Commercial

-Square, where the hotels are located.</p>

-

-<p>“I believe the people do not brag of it, though it

-contains much that is interesting,” replied the doctor.

-“You find all sorts of people here: there are Moors,

-Jews, Greeks, Portuguese, and Spaniards, besides the

-English. This is a free port, and vast quantities of

-goods are smuggled into Spain from this town<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_396" id="Page_396">[396]</a></span>.”</p>

-

-<p>They lunched at the Club-House; and it was a luxury

-to sit at the table with English people, who do not

-wear their hats, or smoke between the courses. After

-this important duty had been disposed of, the party

-walked to the <i>alameda</i>, as the Spaniards call it, or

-the parade and public garden as the English have it.

-It is an exceedingly pleasant retreat to an English-speaking

-traveller who has just come from Spain, for

-every thing is in the English fashion. It contains a

-monument to the Duke of Wellington, and another to

-General Lord Heathfield. The party enjoyed this

-garden so much that they remained there till it was

-time to go on board of the ship.</p>

-

-<p>Three days were spent at the Rock, and many courtesies

-were exchanged between the sailors and the soldiers.

-The students saw a review of a brigade, and

-the officers were feasted at the mess-rooms of the garrison.

-The principal was sorely tried when he saw the

-wine passing around among the military men; but the

-students drank the toasts in water. In return for these

-civilities, the officers were invited on board of the

-vessels of the squadron; the yards were manned; the

-crews were exercised in the various evolutions of seamanship;

-and a bountiful collation was served in each

-vessel. Everybody was happy.</p>

-

-<p>Dr. Winstock was a little more “gamy” than the

-principal; and, when he heard that there was to be a

-bull-fight at Seville on Easter Sunday, he declared that

-it would be a pity to take the students away from Spain

-without seeing the national spectacle. He suggested

-that the ceremonies of Holy Week would also be very

-interesting. The question was discussed for a long<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_397" id="Page_397">[397]</a></span>

-time. All the rest of their lives these young men

-would be obliged to say that they had been to Spain

-without seeing a bull-fight. The professors were consulted;

-and they were unanimously in favor of making

-a second visit to Seville. It was decided to adopt the

-doctor’s suggestion.</p>

-

-<p>“But it will be impossible to get into the hotels,”

-added Dr. Winstock. “They all double their prices,

-and are filled to overflowing for several days before the

-ceremonies begin.”</p>

-

-<p>“Then, why did you suggest the idea of going?”

-laughed the principal. “The boys must have something

-to eat, and a place to sleep.”</p>

-

-<p>“I think we can do better than to go to the hotels,

-even if we could get into them,” replied the doctor.

-“The Guadalquiver is very high at the present time,

-and the fleet will go up to Seville without quarrelling

-with the bottom. We can anchor off the <i>Toro del Oro</i>,

-and save all the hotel-bills.”</p>

-

-<p>This plan was adopted; and the order to coal the

-steamer for the voyage across the Atlantic was rescinded,

-so that she might go up the river as light as

-possible. Half a dozen officers of the garrison were

-taken as passengers, guests of the officers, for the excursion,

-as the steamer was to return to the Rock. On

-Tuesday morning the fleet sailed. While the schooners

-remained off Cadiz, the Prince ran in and obtained

-three pilots,&mdash;a father and his two sons,&mdash;and distributed

-them among the vessels. At the mouth of the

-river the Prince took her consorts in tow. They were

-lashed together, and a hawser extended to each of

-them. Off Bonanza the vessels anchored for the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_398" id="Page_398">[398]</a></span>

-night; for the pilots would not take the risk of running

-in the darkness. In the morning the voyage was

-renewed. Portions of the country were flooded with

-water, for the ice and snows in the mountains were

-melting in the warm weather of spring. Indeed, there

-was so much water that it bothered the pilot of the

-steamer to keep in the channel, for the high water

-covered some of his landmarks. There were some

-sharp turns to be made; and the pilots in the Tritonia

-and Josephine had to be as active as their father in the

-steamer; for, in making these curves, the hawser of the

-outer vessel had to be slacked off; and, when the ropes

-were well run out, the steamer was stopped, and they

-were hauled in. But, before sunset, the fleet was at

-anchor off Seville.</p>

-

-<p>The next day was Holy Thursday, and all hands

-were landed to see the sights. The city was crowded

-with people. All along the streets through which the

-procession was to pass, seats were arranged for the

-spectators, which were rented for the occasion, as in

-the large cities at home. The trip to Seville had been

-decided upon a week before the vessels arrived, and

-while they were at Malaga. Couriers had been sent

-ahead to engage places for the procession, and in

-the <i>Coliseo de Toros</i>. Lobo and Ramos were on the

-quay when the boats landed; and the students were

-conducted to the places assigned to them. They went

-early, and had to wait a long time; but the people

-were almost as interesting as the “<i>Gran Funcion</i>” as

-they call any spectacle, whether it be a bull-fight or a

-church occasion.</p>

-

-<p>Not only was the street where they were seated full<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_399" id="Page_399">[399]</a></span>

-of people, but all the houses were dressed in the gayest

-of colors; and no one would have suspected that

-the occasion was a religious ceremony. Printed programmes

-of all the details of the procession had been

-hawked about the streets for the last two days, and

-Lobo had procured a supply of them; but unfortunately,

-as they were in Spanish, hardly any of the students

-could make use of them, though the surgeon,

-the professors, and the couriers, translated the main

-items for them.</p>

-

-<p>“I suppose you both understand the meaning of the

-procession we are about to see,” said the doctor, while

-they waiting.</p>

-

-<p>“I don’t,” replied Murray. “My father is a

-Scotchman, and I was brought up in the kirk.”</p>

-

-<p>“The week begins with Palm Sunday, which commemorates

-the entry of Christ into Jerusalem, when

-the people cast palm-branches before him; Holy

-Thursday celebrates the institution of the Lord’s Supper;

-Good Friday, the crucifixion; Holy Saturday is

-when water used in baptism is blessed; and Easter

-Sunday, the greatest of all the holy days except

-Christmas, is in honor of the resurrection of the

-Saviour. On Holy Thursday, in Madrid, the late

-queen used to wash the feet of a dozen beggars, as

-Christ washed the feet of his disciples. I hear music,

-and I think the procession is coming.”</p>

-

-<p>It was not church music which the band at the head

-of the procession played, but lively airs from the

-operas. A line of soldiers formed in front of the spectators

-that filled the street, to keep them back; and the

-procession soon came in sight. To say that the boys<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_400" id="Page_400">[400]</a></span>

-were amused would be to express it mildly as the leading

-feature of the show came into view. It seemed to

-be a grand masquerade, or a tremendous burlesque.

-First came a number of persons dressed in long robes

-of white, black, or violet, gathered up at the waist by a

-leather belt. On their heads they wore enormous fools’

-caps, in the shape of so many sugar-loaves, but at least

-four feet high.</p>

-

-<p>“You mustn’t laugh so as to be observed,” said the

-doctor to the first lieutenant. “These are the penitents.”</p>

-

-<p>“They ought to be penitent for coming out in such a

-rig,” laughed Murray.</p>

-

-<p>A pointed piece of cloth fell from the tall cap of the

-penitents over the face and down upon the breast, with

-round holes for the eyes. Some carried torches, and

-others banners with the arms of some religious order

-worked on them. These people were a considerable

-feature of the procession, and they were to be seen

-through the whole length of it.</p>

-

-<p>After them came some men dressed as Roman soldiers,

-with helmet, cuirass, and yellow tunic, representing

-the soldiers that took part in the crucifixion. They

-were followed by a kind of car, which seemed to float

-along without the help of any bearers; but it was carried

-by men under it whose forms were concealed by

-the surrounding drapery that fell to the ground, forming

-a very effective piece of stage machinery. The car

-was richly ornamented with gold and velvet, and bore

-on its top rail several elegant and fancifully shaped

-lanterns in which candles were burning.</p>

-

-<p>On the car was a variety of subjects represented by<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_401" id="Page_401">[401]</a></span>

-a dozen figures, carved in wood and painted to the life.

-Above all the others rose Christ and the two thieves on

-the crosses. The Virgin Mary was the most noticeable

-figure. She was dressed in an elegant velvet robe,

-embroidered with gold, with a lace handkerchief in her

-hand. A velvet mantle reached from her shoulders

-over the rail of the car to the ground. Her train was

-in charge of an angel, who managed it according to her

-own taste and fancy. On the car were other angels,

-who seemed to be more ornamental than useful.</p>

-

-<p>The rest of the procession was made up of similar

-materials,&mdash;holy men, women and children, crosses,

-images of saints, such as have often been seen and described.

-During the rest of the week, the students

-visited the cathedral, where they saw the blackened

-remains of King Ferdinand, and other relics that are

-exhibited at this time, as well as several other of the

-churches. Easter Sunday came, and the general joy

-was as extravagantly manifested as though the resurrection

-were an event of that day. Early in the afternoon

-crowds of gayly dressed people of all classes and ranks

-began to crowd towards the bull-ring. All over the

-city were posted placards announcing this <i>Gran Funcion</i>,

-with overdrawn pictures of the scenes expected to

-transpire in the arena. We have one of these bills

-before us as we write.</p>

-

-<p>“As we are to take part in the <i>Funcion</i>, we will go

-to the <i>plaza</i>” said the doctor, as he and his friends

-left the cathedral.</p>

-

-<p>“Take part!” exclaimed Murray. “I have no idea

-of fighting a bull. I would rather be on board of the

-ship<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_402" id="Page_402">[402]</a></span>.”</p>

-

-<p>“Perhaps I should have said ‘assist in the <i>Funcion</i>,’

-which is the usual way of expressing it in Spain.”</p>

-

-<p>“Who is this?” said Sheridan, as a couple of young

-men wearing the uniform of the squadron approached

-the party. “Upon my word, it is Raimundo!”</p>

-

-<p>The young men proved to be Raymond and Bark

-Lingall, just arrived from Gibraltar. The fugitive had

-resumed his uniform when he expected to join the Tritonia;

-and, if he had asked any officer of the garrison

-where the fleet had gone, he could have informed him.

-In the evening one of them spoke to Raymond at the

-hotel, asking him how it happened that he had not

-gone to Seville. This led to an explanation. Raymond

-and Bark had taken a steamer to Cadiz the next

-day, and had just arrived in a special train, in season

-for the bull-fight. The surgeon, who knew all about

-Raymond’s history, gave him a cordial greeting; and

-so did his shipmates of the Tritonia.</p>

-

-<p>“You are just in time to assist at the bull-fight,”

-said Scott, who readily took up the Spanish style of

-expressing it, for it seemed like a huge joke to him.</p>

-

-<p>“I don’t care for the bull-fight, but I am glad to be

-with the fellows once more,” replied Raymond, as he

-seated himself with the officers of the vessel.</p>

-

-<p>Before the show began, he had reported himself to

-Mr. Lowington and Mr. Pelham; and some of the students

-who did not understand the matter thought he

-received a very warm greeting for a returned runaway.

-But all hands were thinking of the grand spectacle;

-and not much attention was given to Raymond and

-Bark, except by their intimate friends.</p>

-

-<p>“If the people are so fond of these shows, I should<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_403" id="Page_403">[403]</a></span>

-think they would have more of them,” said Sheridan.

-“This is the first chance we have had to see one; and

-we have been in Spain four months.”</p>

-

-<p>“They cost too much money; and only the large

-places can afford to have them,” replied the doctor.

-“It costs about two thousand dollars to get one up in

-good style. I will tell you all about the performers as

-they come in.”</p>

-

-<p>“But what are all those people doing in the ring?”

-asked Murray; for the arena was filled with spectators

-walking about, chatting and smoking.</p>

-

-<p>“They are the men who will occupy the lower seats,

-which are not very comfortable; and they prefer to

-walk about till the performance begins. They are all

-deeply interested in the affair, and are talking it over.”</p>

-

-<p>“I don’t see many ladies here,” said Sheridan. “I

-was told that they all attend the bull-fights.”</p>

-

-<p>“I should think that one-third of the audience were

-ladies,” replied the doctor, looking about the <i>plaza</i>.

-“At those I attended in Madrid, there were not five

-hundred ladies present.”</p>

-

-<p>The <i>Plaza de Toros</i> at Seville, which the people dignify

-by calling it the <i>Coliseum</i>, is about the same size

-as the one at Madrid, open at the top, and will seat

-ten or twelve thousand people. It is circular in form,

-and the walls may be twenty or twenty-five feet high.

-Standing in the ring, the lower part of the structure

-looks much like a country circus on a very large scale;

-the tiers of seats for the common people sloping down

-from half the height of the walls to the arena, which

-is enclosed by a strong fence about five feet high.

-Inside of the heavy fence enclosing the ring, is another,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_404" id="Page_404">[404]</a></span>

-which separates the spectators from a kind of avenue

-all around the arena; and above this is stretched a

-rope, to prevent the bull, in case he should leap the

-inner fence, from going over among the spectators.

-This avenue between the two fences is for the use of

-the performers and various hangers-on at the <i>funcion</i>.</p>

-

-<p>Above the sloping rows of seats, are balconies, or

-boxes as they would be called in a theatre. They are

-roofed over, and the front of them presents a continuous

-colonnade supporting arches, behind which are sloping

-rows of cushioned seats. In hot weather, awnings

-are placed in front of those exposed to the sun. Opposite

-the gates by which the bull is admitted is an elaborately

-ornamented box for the “<i>autoridad</i>” and the

-person who presides over the spectacle. The latter

-was often the late queen, in Madrid; and on the present

-occasion it was the <i>infanta</i>, the Marquesa de Montpensier.

-This box was dressed with flags and bright colors.</p>

-

-<p>During the gathering of the vast audience, which

-some estimated at fifteen thousand, a band had been

-playing. Punctually at three o’clock came a flourish

-of trumpets, and two <i>alguacils</i>, dressed in sober black,

-rode into the ring; and the people there vacated it,

-leaping over the fences to their seats. When the arena

-was clear, another blast announced the first scene of the

-tragedy.</p>

-

-<p>“Now we have a procession of the performers,” said

-the doctor to his pupils. “The men on horseback are

-<i>picadores</i>, from <i>pica</i>, a lance; and you see that each

-rider carries one.”</p>

-

-<p>These men were dressed in full Spanish costume,

-and wore broad sombreros on their heads, something<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_405" id="Page_405">[405]</a></span>

-like a tarpaulin. They were mounted on old hacks of

-horses, worn out by service on the cabs or omnibuses.

-They are blindfolded during the fight, to keep them

-from dodging the bull. The legs of the men are cased

-in splints of wood and sole-leather to protect them

-from the horns of the bull. Each of them is paid a

-hundred dollars for each <i>corrida</i>, or performance.</p>

-

-<p>“Those men with the red and yellow mantles, or

-cloaks, on their arms, are the <i>chulos</i>, whose part is to

-worry the bull, and to call him away from the <i>picador</i>,

-or other actor who is in danger,” continued the surgeon.

-“Next to them are the <i>banderilleros</i>; and the

-dart adorned with many colored ribbons is called a

-<i>banderilla</i>. You will see what this is for when the

-time comes. The last are the <i>matadors</i>, or <i>espadas</i>;

-and each of them carries a Toledo blade. They are

-the heroes of the fight; and, when they are skilful,

-their reputation extends all over Spain. Montes, one

-of the most celebrated of them, was killed in a <i>corrida</i>

-in Madrid. Cuchares was another not less noted; and,

-when I saw him, he was received with a demonstration

-of applause that would have satisfied a king of Spain.

-I don’t know what has become of him. I see that the

-names of four <i>espadas</i> are given on the bill, besides a

-supernumerary in case of accident. The <i>espadas</i>

-receive from two to three hundred dollars for a <i>corrida</i>;

-the <i>banderilleros</i>, from fifty to seventy-five; and

-the <i>chulos</i>, from fifteen to twenty.”</p>

-

-<p>An <i>alguacil</i> now entered the ring, and, walking over

-to the box of the authorities, asked permission to

-begin the fight. The key of the bull-pen was given to

-him. He returned, gave it to the keeper of the gate;<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_406" id="Page_406">[406]</a></span>

-and made haste to save himself by jumping over the

-fence, to the great amusement of the vast audience.</p>

-

-<p>Most of the students had been informed what all

-this meant by the interpreters and others; and they

-waited with no little emotion for the conflict to commence.

-The bull had been goaded to fury in the

-pen; and, when the gates were thrown open, he rushed

-with a bellowing snort into the ring. At first he

-seemed to be startled by the strange sight before him,

-and halted at the gate, which had been closed behind

-him. Two <i>picadores</i> had been stationed on opposite

-sides of the arena; and, as soon as the bull saw the

-nearest of these, he dashed towards him. The <i>picador</i>

-received him on the point of his lance, and turned him

-off. The animal then went for the other, who warded

-him off in the same way. The audience did not seem

-to be satisfied with this part of the performance, and

-yelled as if they had been cheated out of something.

-It was altogether too tame for them.</p>

-

-<p>Then the first <i>picador</i>, at these signs of disapprobation,

-rode to the middle of the ring; and the bull made

-another onslaught upon him. This time he tumbled

-horse and rider in a heap on the ground. Then the

-<i>chulos</i> put in an appearance, and with their red and

-yellow cloaks attracted the attention of the bull, thus

-saving the <i>picador</i> from further harm. While the bull

-was chasing some of the <i>chulos</i>, more of them went to

-the assistance of the fallen rider, whose splinted legs

-did not permit him to rise alone. He was pulled out

-from beneath his nag; and the poor animal got up,

-goaded to do so by the kicks of the brutal performers.

-His stomach had been ripped open by the horns of the

-bull, and his entrails dragged upon the ground.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_407" id="Page_407">[407]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>Some of the students turned pale, and were made

-sick by the cruel sight. A few of them were obliged to

-leave their places, which they did amidst the laughter

-of the Spaniards near them. But the audience applauded

-heartily, and appeared to be satisfied now that

-a horse had been gored so terribly. The <i>picador</i> was

-lifted upon the mangled steed, and he rode about the

-ring with the animal’s entrails dragging under him.

-The <i>chulos</i> played with the bull for a time, till the

-people became impatient; and then he was permitted

-to attack the horses again. The one injured before

-dropped dead under the next assault, to the great

-relief of the American spectators. The audience became

-stormy again, and two more horses were killed

-without appeasing them.</p>

-

-<p>“Now we shall have the <i>banderilleros</i>,” said the

-doctor, as a flourish of trumpets came from the bandstand.</p>

-

-<p>“I have got about enough of it,” said Sheridan

-faintly.</p>

-

-<p>“Brace yourself up, and you will soon become more

-accustomed to it. You ought to see one bull killed,”

-added the surgeon.</p>

-

-<p>Two men with <i>banderillas</i> in their hands now entered

-the ring. These weapons have barbs, so that, when the

-point is driven into the flesh of the bull, they stick fast,

-and are not shaken out by the motion of the animal.

-These men were received with applause; but it was

-evident that the temper of the assembled multitude

-required prompt and daring deeds of them. There was

-to be no unnecessary delay, no dodging or skulking.

-They were bold fellows, and seemed to be ready for<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_408" id="Page_408">[408]</a></span>

-business. One of them showed himself to the bull;

-and the beast made for him without an instant’s hesitation.</p>

-

-<p>The <i>banderillero</i> held his ground as though he had

-been tied to the spot; and it looked as if he was

-surely to be transfixed by the horns of the angry bull.

-Suddenly, as the animal dropped his head to use his

-horns, the man swung the <i>banderillas</i> over his shoulders,

-and planted both of the darts just behind the neck of

-the beast, and then dexterously slipped out of the way.

-This feat was applauded tremendously, and the yells

-seemed to shake the arena. Vainly the bull tried to

-shake off the darts, roaring with the pain they gave

-him.</p>

-

-<p>Another flourish of trumpets announced the last

-scene of the tragedy, and one of the <i>espadas</i> bounded

-lightly into the ring. He was greeted with hearty

-applause; and, walking over to the front of the <i>marquesa’s</i>

-box, he bent down on one knee, and made a

-grandiloquent speech, to the effect that for the honor of

-the city, in the name of the good people there assembled,

-and for the benefit of the hospital, he would kill

-the bull or be killed himself in the attempt, if her

-highness would graciously accord him the permission to

-do so. The <i>infanta</i> kindly consented; and the <i>espada</i>

-whirled his hat several times over his head, finally jerking

-it under his left arm over the fence. In his hand

-he carried a crimson banner, which he presented to the

-bull; and this was enough to rouse all his fury again.</p>

-

-<div class="figcenter">

-     <img src="images/ill-416.jpg" width="450" height="286"

-         alt=""

-         title="" />

-     <div class="caption"><p class="pc"><span class="smcap">The Bull-fight at Seville.</span> <span style="font-weight: normal; font-size: 90%;">Page <a href="#Page_406">406</a>.</span></p>

-</div></div>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_409" id="Page_409">[409]</a></span></p>

-

-<p>For a time he played with the furious beast, which

-continually plunged at the red banner, the man skilfully

-stepping aside. At last he seemed to be prepared

-for the final blow. Holding the banner in his

-left hand, he permitted the bull to make a dive at it;

-and, while his head was down, he reached over his

-horns with the sword, and plunged it in between the

-shoulder-blades. His aim was sure: he had pierced the

-heart, and the bull dropped dead. Again the applause

-shook the arena, and the audience in the lower part of

-the building hurled their hats and caps into the ring;

-and a shower of cigars, mingled with an occasional

-piece of silver, followed the head-gear. The victorious

-<i>espada</i> picked up the cigars and money, bowing his

-thanks all the time, while the <i>chulos</i> tossed back the

-hats and caps.</p>

-

-<p>“‘You can take my hat’ is what they mean by that,

-I suppose,” said Murray.</p>

-

-<p>“That is one of the ways a Spanish audience has

-of expressing their approbation in strong terms,” replied

-the doctor.</p>

-

-<p>A team of half a dozen mules, tricked out in the

-gayest colors, galloped into the ring; and, when a sling

-had been passed over the horns of the dead bull, he

-was dragged out at a side gate. The doors had hardly

-closed upon the last scene before the main gates were

-thrown wide open again, and another bull bounded into

-the arena, where the <i>picadores</i> and the <i>chulos</i> were

-already in position for action. The second act was

-about like the first. Four horses were killed by the

-second bull, which was even more savage than the

-first. The <i>banderillero</i> was unfortunate in his first

-attempt, and was hooted by the audience; but in a

-second attempt he redeemed himself. The <i>espada</i> got

-his sword into the bull; but he did not hit the vital<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_410" id="Page_410">[410]</a></span>

-part, and he was unable to withdraw his weapon. The

-animal flew around the ring with the sword in his

-shoulders, while the audience yelled, and taunted the

-unlucky hero. It was not allowable for him to take

-another sword; and the bull was lured to the side of

-the ring, where the <i>espada</i> leaped upon a screen, and

-recovered his blade. In a second trial he did the

-business so handsomely that he regained the credit he

-had temporarily lost.</p>

-

-<p>Many of the students did not stay to see the second

-bull slain; and not more than half of them staid till

-the conclusion of the <i>funcion</i>. One of the last of the

-bulls would not fight at all, and evidently belonged to

-the peace society; but neither the audience nor the

-<i>lidiadores</i> had any mercy for him.</p>

-

-<p>“<i>Perros! Perros!</i>” shouted the audience, when it

-was found that the bull had no pluck.</p>

-

-<p>“<i>Perros! Perros!</i>” screamed some of the wildest

-of the students, without having the least idea what the

-word meant.</p>

-

-<p>“What does all that mean?” asked Murray.</p>

-

-<p>“<i>Perros</i> means dogs. Not long ago, when a bull

-would not fight, they used to set dogs upon him to

-worry and excite him,” answered the doctor.</p>

-

-<p>“Well, will they set the dogs upon him?” inquired

-Murray.</p>

-

-<p>“No, I suppose not; for here in the bill it says, ‘No

-dogs will be used; but fire-<i>banderillas</i> will be substituted

-for bulls that will not fight at the call of the

-authorities.’”</p>

-

-<p>This expedient was resorted to in the present case;

-the bull was frightened, and showed a little pluck.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_411" id="Page_411">[411]</a></span>

-After he had upset a <i>picador</i>, and charged on a <i>chulo</i>,

-he leaped over the fence into the avenue. The loafers

-gathered there sprang into the ring; but the animal

-was speedily driven back, and was finally killed without

-having done any great damage to the horses.</p>

-

-<p>The last bull was the fiercest of them all; and he

-came into the arena roaring like a lion. He demolished

-two <i>picadores</i> in the twinkling of an eye, and

-made it lively for all the performers. “<i>Bravo, Toro!</i>”

-shouted the people, for they applaud the bull as well

-as the actors. The <i>espada</i> stabbed him three times

-before he killed him.</p>

-

-<p>Six bulls and seventeen horses had been slain: the

-last one had killed five. Even the most insensible of

-the students had had enough of it; and most of them

-declared that it was the most barbarous spectacle they

-had ever seen. They pitied the poor horses, and some

-of them would not have been greatly distressed if the

-bull had tossed up a few of the performers. The doctor

-was disgusted, though he had done his best to have

-the students see this <i>cosa de España</i>. The principal

-refused to go farther than the gate of the <i>plaza</i>.</p>

-

-<p>“I don’t care to see another,” said Dr. Winstock

-to his Spanish friend, who sat near him. “It is barbarous;

-and I hope the people of Spain will soon

-abolish these spectacles.”</p>

-

-<p>“Barbarous, is it?” laughed the Spanish gentleman.

-“Do you think it is any worse than the prize-fights you

-have in England and America?”</p>

-

-<p>“Only a few low ruffians go to prize-fights in England

-and America,” replied the doctor warmly. “They

-are forbidden by law, and those who engage in them<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_412" id="Page_412">[412]</a></span>

-are sent to the penitentiary. But bull-fights are managed

-by the authorities of the province, presided over

-by the queen or members of the royal family.”</p>

-

-<p>All hands returned to the vessels of the squadron;

-and early the next morning the fleet sailed for Gibraltar.

-The river was still very high; and, though the

-Prince stirred up the mud once or twice, she reached

-the mouth of the river in good time, and the squadron

-stood away for the Rock, where it arrived the next day.</p>

-

-<p>Raymond was delighted to be on board of the Tritonia

-again, and at his duties. Enough of his story was

-told to the students to enable them to understand his

-case, and why he had been excused for running away.

-New rank had been assigned at the beginning of the

-month, and Raymond found on his return that he was

-second master, as before; the faculty voting that he

-was entitled to his old rank.</p>

-

-<p>Bark Lingall had worked a full month since his

-reformation; and when he went on board the Tritonia,

-at Seville, he was delighted to find that he was third

-master, and entitled to a place in the cabin. On the

-voyage to Gibraltar, he wore the uniform of his rank,

-and made no complaint of the sneers of Ben Pardee

-and Lon Gibbs, who had not yet concluded to turn over

-a new leaf.</p>

-

-<p>As soon as the Prince had coaled, and the vessels

-were watered and provisioned for the voyage, the fleet

-sailed; and what new climes the students visited, and

-what adventures they had, will be related in “Isles of

-the Sea; or, Young America Homeward Bound.”</p>

-

-<hr class="chap" />

-

-</div>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_413" id="Page_413">[413]</a></span></p>

-

-<div class="sum">

-

-<p class="pc4 large">LEE &amp; SHEPARD’S</p>

-

-<p class="pc2">LIST OF</p>

-

-<p class="pc1 elarge">JUVENILE PUBLICATIONS.</p>

-

-<hr class="dec3" />

-

-<p class="pc2 mid">OLIVER OPTIC’S BOOKS.</p>

-

-<p class="pc reduct">Each Set in a neat Box with Illuminated Titles.</p>

-

-<table id="ta01" summary="ad1">

-

- <tr>

-  <td class="tad1"><b>Army and Navy Stories.</b> A Library for Young and

-Old, in 6 volumes. 16mo. Illustrated. Per vol.</td>

-  <td class="tdrl"><b>$1&nbsp;50</b></td>

- </tr>

-

-</table>

-

-<table id="t01" summary="t01">

-

- <tr>

-  <td>The Soldier Boy.<br />

-The Sailor Boy.<br />

-The Young Lieutenant.</td>

-  <td>The Yankee Middy.<br />

-Fighting Joe.<br />

-Brave Old Salt<br />

-Fighting Joe.</td>

- </tr>

-

-</table>

-

-<table id="ta02" summary="ad2">

-

- <tr>

-  <td class="tad1"><b>Famous “Boat-Club” Series.</b> A Library for Young

-People. Handsomely Illustrated. Six volumes, in neat

-box. Per vol.</td>

-  <td class="tdrl"><b>1&nbsp;25</b></td>

- </tr>

-

-</table>

-

-<p class="pbqi2 p1">

-The Boat Club; or, The Bunkers of Rippleton.<br />

-All Aboard; or, Life on the Lake.<br />

-Now or Never; or, The Adventures of Bobby Bright.<br />

-Try Again; or, The Trials and Triumphs of Harry West.<br />

-Poor and Proud; or, The Fortunes of Katy Redburn.<br />

-Little by Little; or, The Cruise of the Flyaway.</p>

-

-<table id="ta03" summary="ad3">

-

- <tr>

-  <td class="tad1"><b>Lake Shore Series, The.</b> Six volumes. Illustrated.

-In neat box. Per vol.</td>

-  <td class="tdrl"><b>1&nbsp;25</b></td>

- </tr>

-

-</table>

-

-<p class="pbqi2 p1">

-Through by Daylight; or, The Young Engineer of the Lake Shore Railroad.<br />

-Lightning Express; or, The Rival Academies.<br />

-On Time, or, The Young Captain of the Ucayga Steamer.<br />

-Switch Off, or, The War of the Students.<br />

-Break Up; or, The Young Peacemakers.<br />

-Bear and Forbear; or, The Young Skipper of Lake Ucayga.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_414" id="Page_414">[414]</a></span></p>

-

-<table id="ta04" summary="ad4">

-

- <tr>

-  <td class="tad1"><b>Soldier Boy Series, The.</b> Three volumes, in neat

-box. Illustrated. Per vol.</td>

-  <td class="tdrl"><b>1&nbsp;50</b></td>

- </tr>

-

-</table>

-

-<p class="pbqi2 p1">

-The Soldier Boy; or, Tom Somers in the Army.<br />

-The Young Lieutenant; or, The Adventures of an Army Officer.<br />

-Fighting Joe; or, The Fortunes of a Staff Officer.</p>

-

-<table id="ta05" summary="ad5">

-

- <tr>

-  <td class="tad1"><b>Sailor Boy Series, The.</b> Three volumes in neat box.

-Illustrated. Per vol.</td>

-  <td class="tdrl"><b>1&nbsp;50</b></td>

- </tr>

-

-</table>

-

-<p class="pbqi2 p1">The Sailor Boy; or, Jack Somers in the Navy.<br />

-The Yankee Middy; or, Adventures of a Naval Officer.<br />

-Brave Old Salt; or, Life on the Quarter-Deck.</p>

-

-<table id="ta06" summary="ad6">

-

- <tr>

-  <td class="tad1"><b>Starry Flag Series, The.</b> Six volumes. Illustrated.

-Per vol.</td>

-  <td class="tdrl"><b>1&nbsp;25</b></td>

- </tr>

-

-</table>

-

-<p class="pbqi2 p1">

-The Starry Flag; or, The Young Fisherman of Cape Ann.<br />

-Breaking Away; or, The Fortunes of a Student.<br />

-Seek and Find; or, The Adventures of a Smart Boy.<br />

-Freaks of Fortune; or, Half Round the World.<br />

-Make or Break; or, The Rich Man’s Daughter.<br />

-Down the River; or, Buck Bradford and the Tyrants.</p>

-

-<table id="ta07" summary="ad7">

-

- <tr>

-  <td class="tad1"><b>The Household Library.</b> 3 volumes. Illustrated.

-Per volume</td>

-  <td class="tdrl"><b>1&nbsp;50</b></td>

- </tr>

-

-</table>

-

-<table id="t02" summary="t02">

-

- <tr>

-  <td>Living too Fast.</td>

-  <td>In Doors and Out.</td>

- </tr>

-

- <tr>

-  <td colspan="2" class="tdc"> The Way of the World.</td>

- </tr>

-

-</table>

-

-<table id="ta08" summary="ad8">

-

- <tr>

-  <td class="tad1"><b>Way of the World, The.</b> By William T. Adams (Oliver

-Optic) 12mo.</td>

-  <td class="tdrl"><b>1&nbsp;50</b></td>

- </tr>

-

-</table>

-

-<table id="ta09" summary="ad9">

-

- <tr>

-  <td class="tad1"><b>Woodville Stories.</b> Uniform with Library for Young

-People. Six volumes. Illustrated. Per vol 16mo.</td>

-  <td class="tdrl"><b>1&nbsp;25</b></td>

- </tr>

-

-</table>

-

-<p class="pbqi2 p1">Rich and Humble; or, The Mission of Bertha Grant.<br />

-In School and Out; or, The Conquest of Richard Grant.<br />

-Watch and Wait; or, The Young Fugitives.<br />

-Work and Win; or, Noddy Newman on a Cruise.<br />

-Hope and Have; or, Fanny Grant among the Indians.<br />

-Haste and Waste; or, The Young Pilot of Lake Champlain.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_415" id="Page_415">[415]</a></span></p>

-

-<table id="ta10" summary="ad10">

-

- <tr>

-  <td class="tad1"><b>Yacht Club Series.</b> Uniform with the ever popular

-“Boat Club” Series. Completed in six vols. Illustrated.

-Per vol. 16mo.</td>

-  <td class="tdrl"><b>1&nbsp;50</b></td>

- </tr>

-

-</table>

-

-<p class="pbqi2 p1">Little Bobtail; or, The Wreck of the Penobscot.<br />

-The Yacht Club; or, The Young Boat Builders.<br />

-Money Maker; or, The Victory of the Basilisk.<br />

-The Coming Wave; or, The Treasure of High Rock,<br />

-The Dorcas Club; or, Our Girls Afloat.<br />

-Ocean Born; or, The Cruise of the Clubs.</p>

-

-<table id="ta11" summary="ad11">

-

- <tr>

-  <td class="tad1"><b>Onward and Upward Series, The.</b> Complete in six

-volumes. Illustrated. In neat box. Per vol.</td>

-  <td class="tdrl"><b>1&nbsp;25</b></td>

- </tr>

-

-</table>

-

-

-<p class="pbqi2 p1">Field and Forest; or, The Fortunes of a Farmer.<br />

-Plane and Plank; or, The Mishaps of a Mechanic.<br />

-Desk and Debit; or, The Catastrophes of a Clerk.<br />

-Cringle and Cross-Tree; or, The Sea Swashes of a Sailor.<br />

-Bivouac and Battle; or, The Struggles of a Soldier.<br />

-Sea and Shore; or, The Tramps of a Traveller.</p>

-

-

-<table id="ta12" summary="ad12">

-

- <tr>

-  <td class="tad1"><b>Young America Abroad Series.</b> A Library of

-Travel and Adventure in Foreign Lands. Illustrated

-by Nast, Stevens, Perkins, and others. Per vol. 16mo.</td>

-  <td class="tdrl"><b>1&nbsp;50</b></td>

- </tr>

-

-</table>

-

-<p class="pc1 reduct"><i>First Series.</i></p>

-

-<p class="pbqi2 p1">Outward Bound; or, Young America Afloat.<br />

-Shamrock and Thistle; or, Young America in Ireland and Scotland.<br />

-Red Cross; or, Young America in England and Wales.<br />

-Dikes and Ditches, or, Young America in Holland and Belgium.<br />

-Palace and Cottage; or, Young America in France and Switzerland.<br />

-Down the Rhine; or, Young America in Germany.</p>

-

-<p class="pc1 reduct"><i>Second Series.</i></p>

-

-<p class="pbqi2 p1">Up the Baltic; or, Young America in Norway, Sweden, and Denmark.<br />

-Northern Lands; or, Young America in Russia and Prussia.<br />

-Cross and Crescent; or, Young America in Turkey and Greece.<br />

-Sunny Shores; or, Young America in Italy and Austria.<br />

-Vine and Olive; or, Young America in Spain and Portugal.<br />

-Isles of the Sea; or, Young America Homeward Bound.</p>

-

-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_416" id="Page_416">[416]</a></span></p>

-

-<table id="ta13" summary="ad13">

-

- <tr>

-  <td class="tad1"><b>Riverdale Stories.</b> Twelve volumes. A New Edition.

-Profusely Illustrated from new designs by Billings. In

-neat box. Per vol.</td>

-  <td class="tdrl">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</td>

- </tr>

-

-</table>

-

-<table id="t03" summary="t03">

-

- <tr>

-  <td>Little Merchant.<br />

-Young Voyagers.<br />

-Robinson Crusoe, Jr.<br />

-Dolly and I.<br />

-Uncle Ben.<br />

-Birthday Party.</td>

-  <td>Proud and Lazy.<br />

-Careless Kate.<br />

-Christmas Gift.<br />

-The Picnic Party.<br />

-The Gold Thimble.<br />

-The Do-Somethings.</td>

- </tr>

-

-</table>

-

-<table id="ta14" summary="ad14">

-

- <tr>

-  <td class="tad1"><b>Riverdale Story Books.</b> Six volumes, in neat box.

-Cloth. Per vol.</td>

-  <td class="tdrl">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</td>

- </tr>

-

-</table>

-

-<table id="t04" summary="t04">

-

- <tr>

-  <td>Little Merchant.<br />

-Young Voyagers.<br />

-Dolly and I.</td>

-  <td>Proud and Lazy.<br />

-Careless Kate.<br />

-Robinson Crusoe, Jr.</td>

- </tr>

-

-</table>

-

-<table id="ta15" summary="ad15">

-

- <tr>

-  <td class="tad1"><b>Flora Lee Story Books.</b> Six volumes in neat box.

-Cloth. Per vol.</td>

-  <td class="tdrl">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</td>

- </tr>

-

-</table>

-

-<table id="t05" summary="t05">

-

- <tr>

-  <td>Christmas Gift.<br />

-Uncle Ben.<br />

-Birthday Party.</td>

-  <td>The Picnic Party.<br />

-The Gold Thimble.<br />

-The Do-Somethings.</td>

- </tr>

-

-</table>

-

-<table id="ta16" summary="ad16">

-

- <tr>

-  <td class="tad1"><b>Great Western Series, The.</b> Six volumes. Illustrated.

-Per vol.</td>

-  <td class="tdrl"><b>1&nbsp;50</b></td>

- </tr>

-

-</table>

-

-<p class="pbqi2 p1">Going West; or, The Perils of a Poor Boy.<br />

-Out West; or, Roughing it on the Great Lakes.<br />

-Lake Breezes.</p>

-

-<table id="ta17" summary="ad17">

-

- <tr>

-  <td class="tad1"><b>Our Boys’ and Girls’ Offering.</b> Containing Oliver

-Optic’s popular Story, Ocean Born; or, The Cruise of the

-Clubs; Stories of the Seas, Tales of Wonder, Records

-of Travel, &amp;c. Edited by Oliver Optic. Profusely

-Illustrated. Covers printed in Colors. 8vo.</td>

-  <td class="tdrl"><b>1&nbsp;50</b></td>

- </tr>

-

-</table>

-

-<table id="ta18" summary="ad18">

-

- <tr>

-  <td class="tad1"><b>Our Boys’ and Girls’ Souvenir.</b> Containing Oliver

-Optic’s Popular Story, Going West; or. The Perils of a

-Poor Boy; Stories of the Sea, Tales of Wonder, Records

-of Travel, &amp;c. Edited by Oliver Optic. With numerous

-full-page and letter-press Engravings. Covers

-printed in Colors. 8vo.</td>

-  <td class="tdrl"><b>1&nbsp;50</b></td>

- </tr>

-

-</table>

-

-<hr class="chap" />

-

-</div>

-

-<div class="break">

-

-<h2 class="p4">FOOTNOTE:</h2>

-

-<div class="footnotes">

-

-<p class="pfn4"><span class="ln1"><a name="Footnote_1_1" id="Footnote_1_1"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_1"><span class="label">[1]</span></a></span>

-

-King Amedeo abdicated Feb. 11, 1874; and Alfonso XII., son of

-Isabella II., was proclaimed king of Spain Dec. 31, 1874, thus restoring

-the Bourbons to the throne. Alfonso was about seventeen when he became

-king.</p></div>

-

-</div>

-

-</div>

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-<pre>

-

-

-

-

-

-End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Vine and Olive; Or Young America in

-Spain and Portugal, by Oliver Optic and William T. Adams

-

-*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK VINE AND OLIVE ***

-

-***** This file should be named 47423-h.htm or 47423-h.zip *****

-This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:

-        http://www.gutenberg.org/4/7/4/2/47423/

-

-Produced by Giovanni Fini, Josep Cols Canals and the Online

-Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This

-file was produced from images generously made available

-by The Internet Archive/American Libraries.)

-

-

-Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions

-will be renamed.

-

-Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no

-one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation

-(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without

-permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,

-set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to

-copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to

-protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project

-Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you

-charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you

-do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the

-rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose

-such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and

-research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do

-practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is

-subject to the trademark license, especially commercial

-redistribution.

-

-

-

-*** START: FULL LICENSE ***

-

-THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE

-PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK

-

-To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free

-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work

-(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project

-Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project

-Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at

-  www.gutenberg.org/license.

-

-

-Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm

-electronic works

-

-1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm

-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to

-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property

-(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all

-the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy

-all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.

-If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project

-Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the

-terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or

-entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.

-

-1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be

-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who

-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few

-things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works

-even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See

-paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project

-Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement

-and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic

-works.  See paragraph 1.E below.

-

-1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"

-or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project

-Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the

-collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an

-individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are

-located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from

-copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative

-works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg

-are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project

-Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by

-freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of

-this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with

-the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by

-keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project

-Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.

-

-1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern

-what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in

-a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check

-the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement

-before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or

-creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project

-Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning

-the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United

-States.

-

-1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:

-

-1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate

-access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently

-whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the

-phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project

-Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,

-copied or distributed:

-

-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with

-almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or

-re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included

-with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org

-

-1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived

-from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is

-posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied

-and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees

-or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work

-with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the

-work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1

-through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the

-Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or

-1.E.9.

-

-1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted

-with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution

-must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional

-terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked

-to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the

-permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.

-

-1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm

-License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this

-work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.

-

-1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this

-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without

-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with

-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project

-Gutenberg-tm License.

-

-1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,

-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any

-word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or

-distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than

-"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version

-posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),

-you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a

-copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon

-request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other

-form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm

-License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.

-

-1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,

-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works

-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.

-

-1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing

-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided

-that

-

-- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from

-     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method

-     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is

-     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he

-     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the

-     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments

-     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you

-     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax

-     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and

-     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the

-     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to

-     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."

-

-- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies

-     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he

-     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm

-     License.  You must require such a user to return or

-     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium

-     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of

-     Project Gutenberg-tm works.

-

-- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any

-     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the

-     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days

-     of receipt of the work.

-

-- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free

-     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.

-

-1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm

-electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set

-forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from

-both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael

-Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the

-Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.

-

-1.F.

-

-1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable

-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread

-public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm

-collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic

-works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain

-"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or

-corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual

-property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a

-computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by

-your equipment.

-

-1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right

-of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project

-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project

-Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project

-Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all

-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal

-fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT

-LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE

-PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE

-TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE

-LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR

-INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH

-DAMAGE.

-

-1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a

-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can

-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a

-written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you

-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with

-your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with

-the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a

-refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity

-providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to

-receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy

-is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further

-opportunities to fix the problem.

-

-1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth

-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER

-WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO

-WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.

-

-1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied

-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.

-If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the

-law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be

-interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by

-the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any

-provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.

-

-1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the

-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone

-providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance

-with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,

-promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,

-harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,

-that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do

-or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm

-work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any

-Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.

-

-

-Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm

-

-Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of

-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers

-including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists

-because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from

-people in all walks of life.

-

-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the

-assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's

-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will

-remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project

-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure

-and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.

-To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation

-and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4

-and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org

-

-

-Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive

-Foundation

-

-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit

-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the

-state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal

-Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification

-number is 64-6221541.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg

-Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent

-permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.

-

-The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.

-Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered

-throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at 809

-North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887.  Email

-contact links and up to date contact information can be found at the

-Foundation's web site and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact

-

-For additional contact information:

-     Dr. Gregory B. Newby

-     Chief Executive and Director

-     gbnewby@pglaf.org

-

-Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg

-Literary Archive Foundation

-

-Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide

-spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of

-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be

-freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest

-array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations

-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt

-status with the IRS.

-

-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating

-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United

-States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a

-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up

-with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations

-where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To

-SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any

-particular state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate

-

-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we

-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition

-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who

-approach us with offers to donate.

-

-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make

-any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from

-outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.

-

-Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation

-methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other

-ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.

-To donate, please visit:  www.gutenberg.org/donate

-

-

-Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic

-works.

-

-Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm

-concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared

-with anyone.  For forty years, he produced and distributed Project

-Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.

-

-Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed

-editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.

-unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily

-keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.

-

-Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:

-

-     www.gutenberg.org

-

-This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,

-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary

-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to

-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.

-

-

-

-</pre>

-

-</body>

-</html>

+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
+    "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en">
+  <head>
+    <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=UTF-8" />
+    <meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css" />
+    <title>
+      The Project Gutenberg eBook of Vine and Olive; or, young america in Spain and Portugal., by Oliver Optic.
+    </title>
+     <link rel="coverpage" href="images/cover.jpg" />
+    <style type="text/css">
+
+body {margin-left: 10%;
+      margin-right: 10%;}
+
+div.limit   {max-width: 35em;
+             margin-left: auto;
+             margin-right: auto;}
+
+div.sum    {page-break-before: always;
+            page-break-after: always;}
+
+div.break  {page-break-before: always;}
+
+.ln1     {position: absolute;
+          text-align: right;
+          top: auto;
+          margin-left: -2em;}
+
+    h1,h2     {text-align: center;
+               clear: both;}
+
+p      {margin-top: 0.2em;
+        text-align: justify;
+        margin-bottom: 0em;
+        text-indent: 1.5em;}
+
+.pi12  {margin-top: 0.2em;
+        text-align: justify;
+        margin-bottom: 0em;
+        padding-left: 12em;
+        text-indent: 0em;}
+
+.pc    {margin-top: 0.2em;
+        text-align: center;
+        margin-bottom: 0em;
+        text-indent: 0em;}
+
+.pch   {margin-top: 1.5em;
+        font-size: 115%;
+        text-align: center;
+        margin-bottom: 2em;
+        text-indent: 0em;}
+
+.pc1   {margin-top: 1em;
+        text-align: center;
+        margin-bottom: 0em;
+        text-indent: 0em;}
+
+.pc2   {margin-top: 2em;
+        text-align: center;
+        margin-bottom: 0em;
+        text-indent: 0em;}
+
+.pc4   {margin-top: 4em;
+        text-align: center;
+        margin-bottom: 0em;
+        text-indent: 0em;}
+
+.pn    {margin-top: 0.2em;
+        text-align: justify;
+        margin-bottom: 0em;
+        text-indent: 0em;}
+
+.pbq  {margin-top: 0.2em;
+       text-align: justify;
+       margin-bottom: 0;
+       text-indent: 1.2em;
+       font-size: 90%;
+       margin-left: 5%;
+       margin-right: 5%;}
+
+.pbqi2 {margin-top: 0.2em;
+       text-align: justify;
+       margin-bottom: 0;
+       text-indent: 0em;
+       font-size: 90%;
+       padding-left: 1.5em;
+       margin-left: 5%;
+       margin-right: 5%;}
+
+.pfn4 {margin-top: 1em;
+       font-size: 90%;
+       text-align: justify;
+       margin-bottom: 0;
+       text-indent: 0em;
+       margin-left: 4em;
+       margin-right: 1em;}
+
+.ptn  {margin-top: 0.3em;
+       text-align: justify;
+       margin-bottom: 0;
+       text-indent: -1em;
+       margin-left: 2%;}
+
+.p1       {margin-top: 1em;}
+.p2       {margin-top: 2em;}
+.p4       {margin-top: 4em;}
+
+.small   {font-size: 75%;}
+.reduct  {font-size: 90%;}
+.lmid    {font-size: 110%;}
+.mid     {font-size: 125%;}
+.large   {font-size: 150%;}
+.elarge  {font-size: 175%;}
+
+hr       {width: 33%;
+          margin-top: 2em;
+          margin-bottom: 2em;
+          margin-left: 33.5%;
+          margin-right: 33.5%;
+          clear: both;}
+
+hr.chap  {width: 65%;
+          margin-left: 17.5%;
+          margin-right: 17.5%;}
+
+hr.dec1  {width: 40%;
+          margin-left: 30%;
+          margin-right: 30%;
+          margin-top: 0.7em;
+          margin-bottom: 4em;}
+
+hr.dec2  {width: 15%;
+          margin-left: 42.5%;
+          margin-right: 42.5%;
+          margin-top: 2em;
+          margin-bottom: 2em;}
+
+hr.dec3  {width: 40%;
+          margin-left: 30%;
+          margin-right: 30%;
+          margin-top: 2em;
+          margin-bottom: 2em;}
+
+table {margin-left: auto;
+       margin-right: auto;}
+
+#toc  {width: 80%;
+       line-height: 1.3em;}
+
+#ta01, #ta02, #ta03, #ta04, #ta05, #ta06, #ta07, #ta08, #ta09, #ta10, #ta11, #ta12,
+#ta13, #ta14, #ta15, #ta16, #ta17, #ta18
+       {width: 90%;
+       line-height: 1em;
+       margin-top: 1em;}
+
+#t01, #t02, #t03, #t04, #t05
+            {width: 70%;
+             line-height: 1em;
+             margin-top: 1em;}
+
+    .tdr      {text-align: right;}
+    .tdc      {text-align: center;}
+
+    .tdli     {text-align: left;
+               padding-left: 1em;}
+
+    .tad1     {text-align: justify;
+               vertical-align: top;
+               padding-left: 2em;
+               text-indent: -2em;
+               margin-top: 1em;}
+
+    .tdrl     {text-align: right;
+               vertical-align: bottom;
+               margin-top: 1em;}
+
+.pagenum { /* visibility: hidden; */
+          position: absolute;
+          left: 94%;
+          color: gray;
+          font-size: smaller;
+          text-align: right;
+          text-indent: 0em;
+          font-style: normal;
+          font-weight: normal;}
+
+.smcap    {font-variant: small-caps;}
+
+.gesperrt {letter-spacing: 0.2em;
+           margin-right: -0.2em; }
+
+p.drop-cap {text-indent: -0.2em;}
+
+p.drop-capa {text-indent: -0.8em;}
+
+p.drop-capr {text-indent: -0.6em;}
+
+p.drop-cap:first-letter, p.drop-capa:first-letter, p.drop-capr:first-letter
+                         {float: left;
+                          margin: 0.15em 0.1em 0em 0em;
+                          font-size: 390%;
+                          line-height:0.85em;}
+
+@media handheld {p.drop-cap:first-letter {float: none;
+                                          margin: 0;
+                                          font-size: 100%;}
+}
+
+.smdrop    {font-variant: small-caps;
+            font-size: 115%;}
+
+.caption  {font-weight: bold;}
+
+.figcenter   {margin: auto;
+              text-align: center;
+              margin-top: 1.5em;
+              margin-bottom: 1.5em;}
+
+.footnotes        {border: dashed 1px;
+                   padding: 10px;}
+
+.label  {position: absolute; right: 84%; text-align: right;}
+
+.fnanchor {vertical-align: super;
+           font-size: .8em;
+           text-decoration: none;
+           font-style: normal;
+           font-weight: normal;}
+
+.transnote {background-color: #E6E6FA;
+    color: black;
+     font-size:smaller;
+     padding:0.5em;
+     margin-bottom:5em;
+     font-family:sans-serif, serif; }
+    </style>
+  </head>
+<body>
+<div>*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 47423 ***</div>
+
+<div class="limit">
+
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_i" id="Page_i">[i]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="sum">
+
+<div class="transnote p4">
+
+<p class="pc large">TRANSCRIBER’S NOTES:</p>
+
+<p class="ptn">&mdash;Obvious print and punctuation errors were corrected.</p>
+
+<p class="ptn">&mdash;The transcriber of this project created the book cover image using
+the front cover of the original book. The image is placed in the public domain.</p>
+</div></div>
+
+<div class="break">
+
+<div class="figcenter">
+     <img src="images/ill-001.jpg" width="450" height="289"
+         alt=""
+         title="" />
+     <div class="caption"><p class="pc"><span class="smcap">The Academy Squadron off Barcelona.</span> <span style="font-weight: normal; font-size: 90%;">Page <a href="#Page_12">12</a>.</span></p>
+</div></div>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_1" id="Page_1">[1]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="figcenter">
+     <img src="images/ill-002.jpg" width="400" height="660"
+         alt=""
+         title="" />
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_2" id="Page_2">[2]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<p class="pc4 large"><i>YOUNG AMERICA ABROAD&mdash;SECOND SERIES.</i></p>
+
+<hr class="dec1" />
+
+<h1><span class="smcap">Vine and Olive</span>;</h1>
+
+<p class="pc1">OR,</p>
+
+<p class="pc1 elarge">YOUNG AMERICA IN SPAIN AND<br />
+PORTUGAL.</p>
+
+<p class="pc4 mid"><span class="smcap">A Story of Travel and Adventure.</span></p>
+
+<p class="pc4 lmid">BY</p>
+
+<p class="pc2 large gesperrt">WILLIAM T. ADAMS</p>
+<p class="pc mid">(<i>OLIVER OPTIC</i>),</p>
+
+<p class="pc reduct">AUTHOR OF “OUTWARD BOUND,” “SHAMROCK AND THISTLE,” “RED CROSS,”<br />
+“DIKES AND DITCHES,” “PALACE AND COTTAGE,” “DOWN THE<br />
+RHINE,” “UP THE BALTIC,” “NORTHERN LANDS,”<br />
+“CROSS AND CRESCENT,” “SUNNY<br />
+SHORES,” ETC.</p>
+
+<p class="pc4 lmid">BOSTON:<br />
+<span class="gesperrt">LEE AND SHEPARD, PUBLISHERS.</span><br />
+<span class="smcap">New York</span>:<br />
+CHARLES T. DILLINGHAM.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_3" id="Page_3">[3]</a></span></p>
+
+<p class="pc4 small">COPYRIGHT:<br />
+<span class="smcap reduct">By WILLIAM T. ADAMS</span>.<br />
+1876.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_4" id="Page_4">[4]</a></span></p>
+
+<p class="pc4">TO MY FRIEND,</p>
+
+<p class="pc1 mid gesperrt">HENRY RUGGLES, <span class="smcap">Esq.</span>,</p>
+
+<p class="pc1">“CONSULADO DE LOS ESTADOS UNIDOS, EN BARCELONA,<br />
+EN TIEMPOS PASADOS,”</p>
+
+<p class="pc1">WHEN WE “ASSISTED” TOGETHER AT A BULL-FIGHT IN<br />
+MADRID, VISITED EL ESCORIAL AND TOLEDO,<br />
+AND WITH WHOM THE AUTHOR<br />
+RELUCTANTLY PARTED<br />
+AT CASTILLEJO,</p>
+
+<p class="pc1 large gesperrt">THIS VOLUME</p>
+
+<p class="pc1">IS RESPECTFULLY DEDICATED.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_5" id="Page_5">[5]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="break">
+
+<h2 class="p4">PREFACE.</h2>
+
+<p class="p2"><span class="smcap">Vine and Olive</span>, the fifth volume of the second series of
+“<span class="smcap">Young America Abroad</span>,” contains the history of the Academy
+Squadron during the cruise along the shores of Spain and
+Portugal, and the travels of the students in the peninsula. As in
+the preceding volumes, the professor of geography and history
+discourses on these subjects to the pupils, conveying to them a
+great deal of useful information concerning the countries they
+visit. The surgeon of the ship is a sort of encyclopædia of travel;
+and, while he is on shore with a couple of the juvenile officers,
+he enlightens them by his talk on a great variety of topics; and
+the description of “sights” is given in these conversations, or in
+the “waits” between the speeches. In addition to the cities of the
+peninsula on the Atlantic and the Mediterranean, the young travellers
+cross the country from Barcelona to Lisbon, visiting on the
+way Saragossa, Burgos, the Escurial, Madrid, Toledo, Aranjuez,
+Badajos, and Elvas. In another excursion by land, they start from
+Malaga, and take in Granada and the Alhambra, Cordova, Seville,
+and Cadiz. Besides the ports mentioned, the party vessels visit
+Valencia, Alicante,&mdash;from which they make an excursion to Elche
+to see its palms&mdash;Carthagena, and Gibraltar.</p>
+
+<p>The author has visited every country included in the titles of
+the eleven volumes of the two series of which the present volume
+is the last published. He has been abroad twice for the sole purpose
+of obtaining the materials for these books; his object being
+to produce books that would instruct as well as amuse.</p>
+
+<p>The story of the incendiaries and of the young Spanish officer of<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_6" id="Page_6">[6]</a></span>
+the Tritonia, interwoven with the incidents of travel, is in accordance
+with the plan adopted in the first, and followed out in every
+subsequent volume of the two series. Doubtless the book will
+have some readers who will skip the lectures of the professor and
+the travel-talk of the surgeon, and others who will turn unread the
+pages on which the story is related; but we fancy the former will
+be larger than the latter class. If both are suited, the author
+need not complain; though he especially advises his young
+friends to read the historical portions of the volume, because he
+thinks that the maritime history of Portugal, for instance, ought
+to interest them more than any story he can invent.</p>
+
+<p>The titles of all the books of this series were published ten
+years ago. The boys and girls who read the first volume are men
+and women now; and the task the author undertook then will be
+finished in one more volume.</p>
+
+<p>With the hope that he will live to complete the work begun
+so many years ago, the author once more returns his grateful
+acknowledgments to his friends, old and young, for the favor
+they have extended to this series.</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Towerhouse, Boston</span>, Oct. 19, 1876.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_7" id="Page_7">[7]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="sum">
+
+<h2 class="p4">CONTENTS.</h2>
+
+<hr class="dec2" />
+
+<table id="toc" summary="cont">
+
+ <tr>
+  <td colspan="2">&nbsp;</td>
+  <td class="tdr"><span class="small">PAGE.</span></td>
+ </tr>
+
+ <tr>
+  <td class="tdr">I.</td>
+  <td class="tdli"><span class="smcap">Something about the Marines</span></td>
+  <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_11">11</a></td>
+ </tr>
+
+ <tr>
+  <td class="tdr">II.</td>
+  <td class="tdli"><span class="smcap">At the Quarantine Station</span></td>
+  <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_26">26</a></td>
+ </tr>
+
+ <tr>
+  <td class="tdr">III.</td>
+  <td class="tdli"><span class="smcap">A Grandee of Spain</span></td>
+  <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_41">41</a></td>
+ </tr>
+
+ <tr>
+  <td class="tdr">IV.</td>
+  <td class="tdli"><span class="smcap">The Professor’s Talk about Spain</span></td>
+  <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_53">53</a></td>
+ </tr>
+
+ <tr>
+  <td class="tdr">V.</td>
+  <td class="tdli"><span class="smcap">A Sudden Disappearance</span></td>
+  <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_79">79</a></td>
+ </tr>
+
+ <tr>
+  <td class="tdr">VI.</td>
+  <td class="tdli"><span class="smcap">A Look at Barcelona</span></td>
+  <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_87">87</a></td>
+ </tr>
+
+ <tr>
+  <td class="tdr">VII.</td>
+  <td class="tdli"><span class="smcap">Fire and Water</span></td>
+  <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_102">102</a></td>
+ </tr>
+
+ <tr>
+  <td class="tdr">VIII.</td>
+  <td class="tdli"><span class="smcap">Saragossa and Burgos</span></td>
+  <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_116">116</a></td>
+ </tr>
+
+ <tr>
+  <td class="tdr">IX.</td>
+  <td class="tdli"><span class="smcap">The Hold of the Tritonia</span></td>
+  <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_133">133</a></td>
+ </tr>
+
+ <tr>
+  <td class="tdr">X.</td>
+  <td class="tdli"><span class="smcap">The Escurial and Philip II.</span></td>
+  <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_145">145</a></td>
+ </tr>
+
+ <tr>
+  <td class="tdr">XI.</td>
+  <td class="tdli"><span class="smcap">The Cruise in the Felucca</span></td>
+  <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_159">159</a></td>
+ </tr>
+
+ <tr>
+  <td class="tdr">XII.</td>
+  <td class="tdli"><span class="smcap">Sights in Madrid</span></td>
+  <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_173">173</a></td>
+ </tr>
+
+ <tr>
+  <td class="tdr">XIII.</td>
+  <td class="tdli"><span class="smcap">After the Battle in the Felucca</span></td>
+  <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_187">187</a></td>
+ </tr>
+
+ <tr>
+  <td class="tdr">XIV.</td>
+  <td class="tdli"><span class="smcap">Toledo, and Talks about Spain</span></td>
+  <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_202">202</a></td>
+ </tr>
+
+ <tr>
+  <td class="tdr">XV.</td>
+  <td class="tdli"><span class="smcap">Trouble in the Runaway Camp</span></td>
+  <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_221">221</a></td>
+ </tr>
+
+ <tr>
+  <td class="tdr">XVI.</td>
+  <td class="tdli"><span class="smcap">Bill Stout as a Tourist</span></td>
+  <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_233">233</a></td>
+ </tr>
+
+ <tr>
+  <td class="tdr">XVII.</td>
+  <td class="tdli"><span class="smcap">Through the Heart of Spain</span></td>
+  <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_245">245</a></td>
+ </tr>
+
+ <tr>
+  <td class="tdr">XVIII.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_8" id="Page_8">[8]</a></span></td>
+  <td class="tdli"><span class="smcap">Africa and Repentance</span></td>
+  <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_261">261</a></td>
+ </tr>
+
+ <tr>
+  <td class="tdr">XIX.</td>
+  <td class="tdli"><span class="smcap">What Portugal has done in the World</span></td>
+  <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_274">274</a></td>
+ </tr>
+
+ <tr>
+  <td class="tdr">XX.</td>
+  <td class="tdli"><span class="smcap">Lisbon and its Surroundings</span></td>
+  <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_292">292</a></td>
+ </tr>
+
+ <tr>
+  <td class="tdr">XXI.</td>
+  <td class="tdli"><span class="smcap">A Safe Harbor</span></td>
+  <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_305">305</a></td>
+ </tr>
+
+ <tr>
+  <td class="tdr">XXII.</td>
+  <td class="tdli"><span class="smcap">The Fruits of Repentance</span></td>
+  <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_319">319</a></td>
+ </tr>
+
+ <tr>
+  <td class="tdr">XXIII.</td>
+  <td class="tdli"><span class="smcap">Granada and the Alhambra</span></td>
+  <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_333">333</a></td>
+ </tr>
+
+ <tr>
+  <td class="tdr">XXIV.</td>
+  <td class="tdli"><span class="smcap">An Adventure on the Road</span></td>
+  <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_349">349</a></td>
+ </tr>
+
+ <tr>
+  <td class="tdr">XXV.</td>
+  <td class="tdli"><span class="smcap">Cordova, Seville, and Cadiz</span></td>
+  <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_358">358</a></td>
+ </tr>
+
+ <tr>
+  <td class="tdr">XXVI.</td>
+  <td class="tdli"><span class="smcap">The Capture of the Beggars</span></td>
+  <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_373">373</a></td>
+ </tr>
+
+ <tr>
+  <td class="tdr">XXVII.</td>
+  <td class="tdli"><span class="smcap">The Bull-Fight at Seville</span></td>
+  <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_390">390</a></td>
+ </tr>
+
+</table>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_9" id="Page_9">[9]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="break">
+
+<p class="pc4 elarge"><a name="VINE_AND_OLIVE" id="VINE_AND_OLIVE">VINE AND OLIVE.</a></p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_10" id="Page_10">[10]</a></span></p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_11" id="Page_11">[11]</a></span></p>
+
+<p class="pc4 elarge">VINE AND OLIVE;</p>
+
+<p class="pc1">OR,</p>
+
+<p class="pc1 mid">YOUNG AMERICA IN SPAIN AND PORTUGAL.</p>
+
+<hr class="dec2" />
+
+<h2>CHAPTER I.</h2>
+
+<p class="pch">SOMETHING ABOUT THE MARINES.</p>
+
+<p class="drop-cap"><span class="smdrop">“Land</span>, ho!” shouted the lookout in the foretop of
+the Tritonia.</p>
+
+<p class="pn">“Where away?” demanded the officer of the deck,
+as he glanced in the direction the land was expected to
+be found.</p>
+
+<p>“Broad on the weather bow,” returned the seaman
+in the foretop.</p>
+
+<p>“Mr. Raimundo,” said the officer of the deck, who
+was the third lieutenant, calling to the second master.</p>
+
+<p>“Mr. Scott,” replied the officer addressed, touching
+his cap to his superior.</p>
+
+<p>“You will inform the captain, if you please, that the
+lookout reports land on the weather bow.”</p>
+
+<p>The second master touched his cap again, and hastened
+to the cabin to obey the order. The academy
+squadron, consisting of the steamer American Prince
+and the topsail schooners Josephine and Tritonia,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_12" id="Page_12">[12]</a></span>
+were bound from Genoa to Barcelona. They had a
+short and very pleasant passage, and the students
+on board of all the vessels were in excellent spirits.
+Though they had been seeing sights through all the
+preceding year, they were keenly alive to the pleasure
+of visiting a country so different as Spain from any
+other they had seen. The weather was warm and
+pleasant for the season, and the young men were anxiously
+looking forward to the arrival at Barcelona. On
+the voyage and while waiting in Genoa, they had
+studied up all the books in the library that contained
+any thing about the interesting land they were next to
+visit.</p>
+
+<p>The Tritonia sailed on the starboard, and the Josephine
+on the port quarter, of the American Prince.
+The two consorts had all sail set, and were making
+about eight knots an hour, which was only half speed
+for the steamer, to which she had been reduced in order
+to keep company with the sailing vessels. Though
+the breeze was tolerably fresh, the sea was smooth,
+and the vessels had very little motion. The skies were
+as blue and as clear as skies can ever be; and nothing
+could be more delicious than the climate.</p>
+
+<p>In the saloon of the steamer and the steerage of the
+schooners, which were the schoolrooms of the academy
+squadron, one-half of the students of the fleet were
+engaged in their studies and recitations. A quarter
+watch was on duty in each vessel, and the same portion
+were off duty. But the latter were not idle: they were,
+for the most part, occupied in reading about the new
+land they were to visit; and the more ambitious were
+preparing for the next recitation. Their positions on<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_13" id="Page_13">[13]</a></span>
+board for the next month would depend upon their
+merit-roll; and it was a matter of no little consequence
+to them whether they were officers or seamen, whether
+they lived in the cabin or steerage. Some were struggling
+to retain the places they now held, and others
+were eager to win what they had not yet attained.</p>
+
+<p>There were from two to half a dozen in each vessel
+who did only what they were obliged to do, either in
+scholarship or seamanship. At first, ship’s duty had
+been novel and pleasant to them; and they had done
+well for a time,&mdash;had even struggled hard with their
+lessons for the sake of attaining creditable places as
+officers and seamen. They had been kindly and generously
+encouraged as long as they deserved it; but,
+when the novelty had worn away, they dropped back to
+what they had been before they became students of the
+academy squadron. Mr. Lowington labored hard over
+the cases of these fellows; and, next to getting the fleet
+safely into port, his desire was to reform them.</p>
+
+<p>In the Tritonia were four of them, who had also
+challenged the attention and interest of Mr. Augustus
+Pelham, the vice-principal in charge of the vessel, who
+had formerly been a student in the academy ship, and
+who had been a wild boy in his time. The interest
+which Mr. Lowington manifested in these wayward
+fellows had inspired the vice-principal to follow his
+example. Possibly the pleasant weather had some influence
+on the laggards; for they seemed to be very
+restive and uneasy under restraint as the squadron
+approached the coast of Spain. All four of them were
+in the starboard watch, and in the second part thereof,
+where they had been put so that the vice-principal could<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_14" id="Page_14">[14]</a></span>
+know where to find them when he desired to watch them
+at unusual hours.</p>
+
+<p>The third lieutenant was the officer of the deck,
+assisted by the second master. The former was planking
+the weather side of the quarter deck, and the latter
+was moving about in the waist. The captain came on
+deck, and looked at the distant coast through his glass;
+but it was an old story, and he remained on deck but
+a few minutes. Raimundo, the officer in the waist, was
+a Spaniard, and the shore on the starboard was that of
+“his own, his native land.” But this fact did not seem
+to excite any enthusiasm in his mind: in fact, he really
+wished it had been somebody else’s native land, and he
+did not wish to go there. He bestowed more attention
+upon the four idlers, who had coiled themselves away
+in the lee side of the waist, than upon the shadowy
+shore of the home of his ancestors. He was a sharp
+officer; and this was his reputation on board. He
+could snuff mischief afar off; and more than one
+conspiracy had been blighted by his vigilance. He
+seemed to be gazing at the clear blue sky, and to be
+enjoying its azure transparency; but he had an eye to
+the laggards all the time.</p>
+
+<p>“I wonder what those marines are driving at,” said
+he to himself, after he had studied the familiar phenomenon
+for a while, and, as it appeared, without any
+satisfactory result. “I never see those four fellows
+talking together as long as they have been at it, without
+an earthquake or some sort of a smash following
+pretty soon after. I suppose they are going to run
+away, for that is really the most fashionable sport on
+board of all the vessels of the fleet<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_15" id="Page_15">[15]</a></span>.”</p>
+
+<p>Perhaps the second master was right, and perhaps
+he was wrong. Certainly running away had been the
+greatest evil that had tried the patience of the principal;
+but there had been hardly a case of it since the
+squadron came into the waters of the Mediterranean,
+and he hoped the practice had gone out of fashion. It
+had been so unsuccessful, that most of the students
+regarded it as a played-out expedient.</p>
+
+<p>Raimundo was one of those whom this nautical institution
+had saved to be a blessing, instead of a curse, to
+the community; but he was truly reformed, and, over
+and above his duty as an officer, he was sincerely desirous
+to save the “marines” from the error of their
+ways. He did not expect them to uncover their plans
+all at once, and he was willing to watch and wait.</p>
+
+<p>Having viewed the marines from the officer’s side of
+the question, we will enter into the counsels of those
+who were the subjects of this official scrutiny. After
+the first few months of life in the squadron, these four
+fellows had been discontented and dissatisfied. They
+had been transferred from one vessel to another, in the
+hope that they might find their appropriate sphere; but
+there seemed to be no sphere below&mdash;at least, as far
+as they had gone&mdash;where they could revolve and shine.
+They had been “sticks,” wherever they were. One
+country seemed to be about the same as any other to
+them. They did not like to study; they did not like
+to “knot and splice;” they did not like to stand watch;
+they did not like to read even stories, fond as they
+were of yarns of the coarser sort; they did not like to
+do any thing but eat, sleep, and loaf about the deck, or,
+on shore, but to dissipate and indulge in rowdyism.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_16" id="Page_16">[16]</a></span>
+Two of them had been transferred to the Tritonia from
+the Prince at Genoa, and the other two had been in the
+schooner but two months.</p>
+
+<p>“I’m as tired as death of this sort of thing,” said
+Bill Stout, the oldest and biggest fellow of the four.</p>
+
+<p>“I had enough of it in a month after I came on
+board,” added Ben Pardee, who was lying flat on his
+back, and gazing listlessly up into the clear blue sky;
+“but what can a fellow do?”</p>
+
+<p>“Nothing at all,” replied Lon Gibbs. “It’s the
+same thing from morning to night, from one week’s
+end to the other.”</p>
+
+<p>“Can’t we get up some sort of an excitement?”
+asked Bark Lingall, whose first name was Barclay.</p>
+
+<p>“We have tried it on too many times,” answered
+Ben Pardee, who was perhaps the most prudent of the
+four. “We never make out any thing. The fellows in
+the Tritonia are a lot of spoonies, and are afraid to
+say their souls are their own.”</p>
+
+<p>“They are good little boys, lambs of the chaplain’s
+fold,” sneered Lon Gibbs. “There is nothing like fun
+in them.”</p>
+
+<p>“We are almost at the end of the cruise, at any rate,”
+said Bark Lingall, who seemed to derive great comfort
+from the fact. “This slavery is almost at an end.”</p>
+
+<p>“I don’t know about that,” added Bill Stout.</p>
+
+<p>“Spain and Portugal are the last countries in Europe
+we are to visit; and we shall finish them up in
+three or four weeks more.”</p>
+
+<p>“And what then? we are not to go home and be discharged,
+as you seem to think,” continued Bill Stout.
+“We are to go to the West Indies, taking in a lot of
+islands on the way&mdash;I forget what they are<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_17" id="Page_17">[17]</a></span>.”</p>
+
+<p>“I can stand it better when we are at sea,” said Ben
+Pardee. “There is more life in it as we are tumbling
+along in a big sea. Besides, there will be something to
+see in those islands. These cities of Europe are about
+the same thing; and, when you have seen one, you
+have seen the whole of them.”</p>
+
+<p>“I don’t know about that,” suggested Lon Gibbs,
+who, from the chaplain’s point of view, was the most
+hopeful of the four; for his education was better than
+the others, and he had some taste for the wonders of
+nature and art. “Spain ought to be worth seeing to
+fellows from the United States of America. I suppose
+you know that Columbus sailed from this country.”</p>
+
+<p>“Is that so?” laughed Bark Lingall. “I thought he
+was an Italian; at any rate, we saw the place where he
+was born, or else it was a fraud.”</p>
+
+<p>“I think you had better read up your history again,
+and you will find that Columbus was born in Italy, but
+sailed in the service of Spain,” replied Lon Gibbs.</p>
+
+<p>“That will do!” interposed Bill Stout, turning up
+his nose. “We don’t want any of that sort of thing in
+our crowd. If you wish to show off your learning,
+Lon, you had better go and join the lambs.”</p>
+
+<p>“That’s so. It’s treason to talk that kind of bosh in
+our company. We have too much of it in the steerage
+to tolerate any of it when we are by ourselves,” said
+Ben Pardee.</p>
+
+<p>“I thought you were going to do something about
+it,” added Bill Stout. “We are utterly disgusted, and
+we agreed that we could not stand it any longer. We
+shall go into the next place&mdash;I forget the name of
+it<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_18" id="Page_18">[18]</a></span>”&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>“Barcelona,” added Lon Gibbs, who was rather
+annoyed at the dense ignorance of his friend.</p>
+
+<p>“Barcelona, then. I suppose it is some one-horse
+seaport, where we are expected to go into ecstasies over
+tumble-down old buildings, or pretend that we like to
+look at a lot of musty pictures. I have had enough of
+this sort of thing, as I said before. I should like to
+have a right down good time, such as we had in New
+York when we went round among the theatres and the
+beer-shops. That was fun for me. I’m no book-worm,
+and I don’t pretend to be. I won’t make believe that
+I enjoy looking at ruins and pictures when it is a bore
+to me. I will not be a hypocrite, whatever else I am.”</p>
+
+<p>Bill Stout evidently believed that he had some virtue
+left; and, as he delivered himself of his sentiments, he
+looked like a much abused and wronged young man.</p>
+
+<p>“Here we are; and in six or eight hours we shall be
+in Barcelona,” continued Ben Pardee.</p>
+
+<p>“And it is no such one-horse place as you seem to
+think it is,” added Lon Gibbs. “It is a large city; in
+fact, the second in size in Spain, and with about the
+same population as Boston. It is a great commercial
+place.”</p>
+
+<p>“You have learned the geography by heart,” sneered
+Bill Stout, who had a hearty contempt for those who
+knew any thing contained in the books, or at least for
+those who made any display of their knowledge.</p>
+
+<p>“I like, when I am going to any place, to know
+something about it,” pleaded Lon, in excuse for his
+wisdom in regard to Barcelona.</p>
+
+<p>“Are there any beer-shops there, Lon?” asked Bill.</p>
+
+<p>“I don’t know<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_19" id="Page_19">[19]</a></span>.”</p>
+
+<p>“Then your education has been neglected.”</p>
+
+<p>“Spain is not a beer-drinking country; and I should
+say you would find no beer-shops there,” continued
+Lon. “Spain is a wine country; and I have no doubt
+you will find plenty of wine-shops in Barcelona, and in
+the other cities of the country.”</p>
+
+<p>“Wine-shops! that will do just as well, and perhaps
+a little better,” chuckled Bill. “There is no fun where
+there are no wine or beer shops.”</p>
+
+<p>“What’s the use of talking?” demanded Bark Lingall.
+“What are the wine or the beer shops to do with
+us? If we entered one of them, we should be deprived
+of our liberty, or be put into the brig for twenty-four
+hours; and that don’t pay.”</p>
+
+<p>“But I want to break away from this thing altogether,”
+added Bill Stout. “I have been a slave from
+the first moment I came into the squadron. I never
+was used to being tied up to every hour and minute in
+the day. A fellow can’t move without being watched.
+What they call recreation is as solemn as a prayer-meeting.”</p>
+
+<p>“Well, what do you want to do, Bill?” asked Ben
+Pardee, as he glanced at the second master, who had
+halted in his walk in the waist, to overhear, if he could,
+any word that might be dropped by the party.</p>
+
+<p>“That’s more than I am able to say just at this
+minute,” replied Bill, pausing till the officer of the
+watch had moved on. “I want to end this dog’s life,
+and be my own master once more. I want to get out
+of this vessel, and out of the fleet.”</p>
+
+<p>“Would you like to get into the steamer?” asked
+Lon Gibbs.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_20" id="Page_20">[20]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>“I should like that for a short time; but I don’t
+think I should be satisfied in her for more than a week
+or two. It was just my luck, when I got out of the
+Young America, after she went to the bottom, to have
+the American Prince come to take her place, and leave
+me out in the cold. No, I don’t want to stay in the
+steamer; but I should like to be in her a few days, just
+to see how things are done. All the fellows have to
+keep strained up in her, even more than in the Tritonia;
+and that is just the thing I don’t like. In fact, it is just
+the thing I won’t stand much longer.”</p>
+
+<p>“What are you going to do about it? How are you
+going to help yourself?” inquired Lon Gibbs. “Here
+we are, and here we must stay. It is all nonsense to
+think of such a thing as running away.”</p>
+
+<p>“I want some sort of an excitement, and I’m going
+to have it too, if I am sent home in some ship-of-war
+in irons.”</p>
+
+<p>“You are getting desperate, Bill,” laughed Ben
+Pardee.</p>
+
+<p>“That’s just it, Ben; I am getting desperate. I cannot
+endure the life I am leading on board of this vessel.
+It is worse than slavery to me. If you can stand it,
+you are welcome to do so.”</p>
+
+<p>“We all hate it as bad as you do,” added Bark Lingall,
+who had the reputation of being the boldest and
+pluckiest of the bad boys on board of the Tritonia.</p>
+
+<p>“I don’t think you do. If you did, you would be as
+ready as I am to break the chains that bind us.”</p>
+
+<p>“We are ready to do any thing that will end this
+dog’s life,” replied Bark. “We will stand by you, if
+you will only tell us what to do<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_21" id="Page_21">[21]</a></span>.”</p>
+
+<p>“I think you are ready for business, Bark; but I am
+not so sure of the others,” he added, glancing into the
+faces of Lon Gibbs and Ben Pardee.</p>
+
+<p>“I don’t believe in running away,” said the prudent
+Ben.</p>
+
+<p>“Nor I,” added Lon.</p>
+
+<p>“I knew you were afraid of your own shadows,”
+sneered Bill.</p>
+
+<p>“We are not afraid of any thing; but so many fellows
+have tried to run away, and made fools of themselves,
+that I am not anxious to try it on. The principal
+always gets the best of it. There were the two fellows,
+De Forrest and Beckwith, who had been cabin officers,
+that tried it on. Lowington didn’t seem to care what
+became of them. But in the end they came back on
+board, like a couple of sick monkeys, went into the
+brig like white lambs, and to this day they have to stay
+on board when the rest of the crew go ashore, in
+charge of the big boatswain of the ship.”</p>
+
+<p>“Well, what of it? I had as lief stay on board as
+march in solemn procession with the professors through
+the old churches of the place we are coming to&mdash;what
+did you say the name of it was?”</p>
+
+<p>“Barcelona,” answered Lon.</p>
+
+<p>“But that’s not the thing, Bill,” protested Ben. “It
+is not so much the brig and the loss of all shore liberty
+as it is the being whipped out at your own game.”</p>
+
+<p>“That’s the idea,” added Lon. “When those fellows
+came on board, though they had been absent for weeks,
+the principal only laughed at them as he ordered them
+into the brig. There was not a fellow in the ship who
+did not feel that they had made fools of themselves. I<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_22" id="Page_22">[22]</a></span>
+would rather stay in the brig six months than feel as
+I know those fellows felt at that moment.”</p>
+
+<p>“I don’t think of running away,” continued Bill. “I
+have a bigger idea than that in my mind.”</p>
+
+<p>“What is it?” demanded the others, in the same
+breath.</p>
+
+<p>“I won’t tell you now, and not at all till I know that
+you can bear it. Desperate cases require desperate
+remedies; and I’m not sure that any of you are up to
+it yet.”</p>
+
+<p>No amount of teasing could induce Bill Stout to expose
+the dark secret that was concealed in his mind;
+and at noon the watch was relieved, so that they had
+no other opportunity to talk till the first dog-watch;
+but the secret came out in due time, and it was nothing
+less than to burn the Tritonia. Bill believed that her
+ship’s company could not be accommodated on board
+of the other vessels, which were all full, and therefore
+the students would be sent home. At first Bark Lingall
+was horrified at the proposition; but having talked it
+over for hours with Bill Stout alone, for the conspirator
+would not yet trust the secret with Ben Pardee and
+Lon Gibbs, he came to like the plan, and fully assented
+to it. He would not consent to do any thing that
+would expose the life of any person on board. It was
+not till the following day that Bark came to the conclusion
+to join in the conspiracy. Towards night, as it
+was too late to go into port, the order had been signalled
+from the Prince to stand off and on; and this
+was done till the next morning.</p>
+
+<p>The plan was discussed in all its details. It was
+believed that the vessels would be quarantined at Barcelona,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_23" id="Page_23">[23]</a></span>
+and this would afford the best chance to carry
+out the wicked plot. One of their number was to conceal
+himself in the hold; and, when all hands had left
+the vessel, he was to light the fire, and escape the best
+way he could. If the fleet was not quarantined, the
+job was to be done when the ship’s company landed to
+see the city.</p>
+
+<p>At eight bells in the morning, the signal was set on
+the Prince to stand in for Barcelona. The conspirators
+found no opportunity to broach the wicked scheme
+to Ben and Lon. For the next three hours the starboard
+watch were engaged in their duties. As may be supposed,
+Bill Stout and Bark Lingall, with their heads full
+of conspiracy and incendiarism, were in no condition to
+recite their lessons, even if they had learned them,
+which they had not done. They were both wofully
+deficient, and Bill Stout did not pretend to know the
+first thing about the subject on which he was called upon
+to recite. The professor was very indignant, and reported
+them to the vice-principal. Mr. Pelham found
+them obstinate as well as deficient; and he ordered them
+to be committed to the brig, and their books to be committed
+with them. They were to stand their watches
+on deck, and spend all the rest of the time in the cage,
+till they were ready to recite the lessons in which they
+had failed. The “brig” was the ship’s prison.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Marline, the adult boatswain, took charge of
+them, and locked them up. The position of the brig
+had been recently changed, and it was now under the
+ladder leading from the deck to the steerage. The
+partitions were hard wood slats, two inches thick and
+three inches apart. Two stools were the only furniture<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_24" id="Page_24">[24]</a></span>
+it contained, though a berth-sack was supplied for each
+occupant at night. Their food, which was always much
+plainer than that furnished for the cabin and steerage
+tables, was passed in to them through an aperture in one
+side, beneath which was a shelf that served for a table.</p>
+
+<p>Bark looked at Bill, and Bill looked at Bark, when
+the door had been secured, and the boatswain had left
+them to their own reflections. Neither of them seemed
+to be appalled by the situation. They sat down upon
+the stools facing each other. Bark smiled upon Bill,
+and Bill smiled in return. This was not the first time
+they had been occupants of the brig.</p>
+
+<p>“Here we are,” said Bill Stout, in a low tone, after
+he had made a hasty survey of the prison. “I think
+this is better than the old brig, and I believe we can be
+happy here for a few days.”</p>
+
+<p>“What will become of our big plan now, Bill?”
+asked Bark.</p>
+
+<p>“Hush!” added Bill in his hoarsest whisper, as he
+looked through the slats of the prison to see if any one
+was observing them.</p>
+
+<p>“What’s the matter now?” demanded Bark, rather
+startled by the impressive manner of his companion.</p>
+
+<p>“Not a word,” replied Bill, as he pointed and gesticulated
+in the direction of the flooring under the ladder.</p>
+
+<p>“Well, what is it?” demanded Bark.</p>
+
+<p>“Don’t you see?” and again he pointed as before.</p>
+
+<p>“I don’t see any thing.”</p>
+
+<p>“Then you are blind! Don’t you see that the new
+brig has been built over one of the scuttles that lead
+down into the hold?”</p>
+
+<p>“I see it now. I didn’t know what you meant when
+you pointed so like Hamlet’s ghost<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_25" id="Page_25">[25]</a></span>.”</p>
+
+<p>“Don’t say a word, or look at it,” whispered Bill, as
+he placed his stool over the trap, and looked out into
+the steerage.</p>
+
+<p>The vice-principal passed the brig at this moment,
+and nothing more was said.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_26" id="Page_26">[26]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="break">
+
+<h2 class="p4">CHAPTER II.</h2>
+
+<p class="pch">AT THE QUARANTINE STATION.</p>
+
+<p class="drop-cap"><span class="smdrop">While</span> these events were transpiring below, the
+signal had come from the Prince to shorten
+sail on the schooners, for the squadron was within half
+a mile of the long mole extending to the southward of
+the tongue of land that forms the easterly side of the
+harbor of Barcelona. A signal for a pilot was exhibited
+on each vessel of the fleet, but no pilot boat
+seemed to be in sight. As the bar could not be far
+distant, it was not deemed prudent to advance any farther;
+and the steamer had stopped her engine.</p>
+
+<p>“Signal on the steamer to heave to, Mr. Greenwood,”
+said Rolk, the fourth master, as he touched his cap to
+the first lieutenant, who was the officer of the deck.</p>
+
+<p>“I see it,” replied Greenwood. “Haul down the
+jib, and back the fore-topsail!”</p>
+
+<p>The necessary orders were given in detail, and in a
+few moments the three vessels of the fleet were lying
+almost motionless on the sea. Greenwood took a glass
+from the beckets at the companion-way, and proceeded
+to a make a survey of the situation ahead. But there
+was nothing to be seen except the mole, and the high
+fortified hill of Monjuich on the mainland, across the
+harbor.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_27" id="Page_27">[27]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>“Where are your pilots, Raimundo?” asked Scott
+of the second master; and both of them were off duty
+at this time.</p>
+
+<p>“You won’t see any pilots yet awhile,” replied the
+young Spaniard.</p>
+
+<p>“Are they all asleep?”</p>
+
+<p>“Do you think they will be weak enough to come on
+board before the health officers have given their permission
+for the vessels to enter the harbor?” added
+Raimundo. “If they did so they would be sent into
+quarantine themselves.”</p>
+
+<p>“They are prudent, as they ought to be,” added
+Scott. “I suppose you begin to feel at home about
+this time; don’t you, Don Raimundo?”</p>
+
+<p>“Not half so much at home as I do when I am farther
+away from Spain,” replied the second master, with
+a smile that seemed to be of a very doubtful character.</p>
+
+<p>“Why, how is that?” asked Scott. “This is Spain,
+the home of your parents, and the land that gave you
+birth.”</p>
+
+<p>“That’s true; but, for all that, I would rather go anywhere
+than into Spain. In fact, I don’t think I shall
+go on shore at all,” added Raimundo, and there was a
+very sad look on his handsome face.</p>
+
+<p>“Why, what’s the matter, my Don?”</p>
+
+<p>“I thought very seriously of asking Mr. Lowington
+to grant me leave of absence till the squadron reaches
+Lisbon,” replied the second master. “I should have
+done so if it had not been for losing my rank, and
+taking the lowest place in the Tritonia.”</p>
+
+<p>“I don’t understand you,” answered Scott, puzzled
+by the sudden change that had come over his friend;<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_28" id="Page_28">[28]</a></span>
+for, being in the same quarter watch, they had become
+very intimate and very much attached to each other.</p>
+
+<p>“Of course you do not understand it; but when I
+have the chance I will tell you all about it, for I may
+want you to help me before we get out of the waters of
+Spain. But I wish you to know, above all things, that
+I never did any thing wrong in Spain, whatever I may
+have done in New York.”</p>
+
+<p>“Of course not, for I think you said you left your
+native land when you were only ten years old.”</p>
+
+<p>“That’s so. I was born in this very city of Barcelona;
+and I suppose I have an uncle there now;
+but I would not meet him for all the money in Spain,”
+said Raimundo, looking very sad, and even terrified.
+“But we will not say any thing more about it now.
+When I have a chance, I will tell you the whole story.
+I am certain of one thing, and that is, I shall not go on
+shore in Barcelona if I can help it. There is a boat
+coming out from behind the mole.”</p>
+
+<p>“An eight-oar barge; and the men in her pull as
+though she were part of a funeral procession,” said
+the first lieutenant, examining the boat with the glass.
+“She has a yellow flag in her stern.”</p>
+
+<p>“Then it is the health officers,” added Raimundo.</p>
+
+<p>All hands in the squadron watched the approaching
+boat; for by this time the quarantine question had excited
+no little interest, and it was now to be decided.
+The oarsmen pulled the man-of-war stroke; but the
+pause after they recovered their blades was so fearfully
+long that the rowers seemed to be lying on their oars
+about half of the time. Certainly the progress of the
+barge was very slow, and it was a long time before it<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_29" id="Page_29">[29]</a></span>
+reached the American Prince. Then it was careful not
+to come too near, lest any pestilence that might be
+lurking in the ship should be communicated to the
+funereal oarsmen or their officers. The boat took up
+its position abreast of the steamer’s gangway, and
+about thirty feet distant from her.</p>
+
+<p>A well-dressed gentleman then stood up in the stern-sheets
+of the barge, and hailed the ship. Mr. Lowington,
+in full uniform, which he seldom wore, replied to
+the hail in Spanish; and a long conference ensued.
+When the principal said that the squadron came from
+Genoa, the health officer shook his head. Then he
+wanted to know all about the three vessels, and it
+appeared to be very difficult for him to comprehend the
+character of the school. At last he was satisfied on all
+these points, and understood that the academy was
+a private enterprise, and not an institution connected
+with the United States Navy.</p>
+
+<p>“Have you any sickness on board?” asked the health
+officer, when the nature of the craft was satisfactorily
+explained.</p>
+
+<p>“We have two cases of measles in the steamer, but
+all are well in the other vessels,” replied Mr. Lowington.</p>
+
+<p>“<i>Sarampion!</i>” exclaimed the Spanish officer, using
+the Spanish word for the measles.</p>
+
+<p>At the same time he shrugged his shoulders like
+a Frenchman, and vented his incredulity in a laugh.</p>
+
+<p>“<i>Viruelas!</i>” added the officer; and the word in
+English meant smallpox, which was just the disease the
+Spaniards feared as coming from Genoa.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Lowington then called Dr. Winstock, the surgeon,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_30" id="Page_30">[30]</a></span>
+who spoke Spanish fluently, and presented him to the
+incredulous health officer. A lengthy palaver between
+the two medical men ensued. There appeared to be
+some sort of freemasonry, or at least a professional
+sympathy, between them, for they seemed to get on very
+well together. The cases of measles were very light
+ones, the two students having probably contracted the
+disease in some interior town of Italy where they passed
+the night at a hotel. They had been kept apart from the
+other students, and no others had taken the malady.</p>
+
+<p>The health officer declared that he was satisfied for
+the present with the explanation of the surgeon, and
+politely asked to see the ship’s papers, which the principal
+held in his hand. The barge pulled up a little
+nearer to the steamer; a long pole with a pair of spring
+tongs affixed to the end of it was elevated to the gangway,
+between the jaws of which Mr. Lowington placed
+the documents. They were carefully examined, and
+then all hands were required to show themselves in the
+rigging. This order included every person on board,
+not excepting the cooks, waiters, and coal-heavers. In
+a few moments they were standing on the rail or perched
+in the rigging, and the health officer and his assistants
+proceeded to count them. The number was two short
+of that indicated in the ship’s papers, for those who
+were sick with the measles were not allowed to leave
+their room.</p>
+
+<p>The health officer then intimated that he would pay
+the vessel a visit; and all hands were ordered to muster
+at their stations where they could be most conveniently
+inspected. Every part of the vessel was then carefully
+examined, and the Spanish doctors minutely overhauled<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_31" id="Page_31">[31]</a></span>
+the two cases of measles. They declared themselves
+fully satisfied that there was neither yellow fever nor
+smallpox on board of the steamer. The other vessels
+of the squadron were subjected to the same inspection.
+Mr. Lowington and Dr. Winstock attended the health
+officer in his visit to the Josephine and the Tritonia.</p>
+
+<p>“You find our vessels in excellent health,” said Dr.
+Winstock, when the examination was completed.</p>
+
+<p>“Very good; but we cannot get over the fact that
+you come from Genoa, where the smallpox is prevailing
+badly. Vessels from that port are quarantined at Marseilles
+for from three days to a fortnight; but I shall
+not be hard with you, as you have a skilful surgeon on
+board,” replied the health officer, touching his hat to
+Dr. Winstock; “but my orders from the authorities are
+imperative that all vessels from infected or doubtful
+ports shall be fumigated before any person from them
+is allowed to land in the city. We have had the yellow
+fever so severely all summer that we are very cautious.”</p>
+
+<p>“Is it necessary to fumigate?” asked Dr. Winstock,
+with a smile.</p>
+
+<p>“The authorities require it, and I am not at liberty
+to dispense with it,” answered the official. “But it will
+detain you only a few hours. You will land the ship’s
+company of each vessel, and they will be fumigated on
+shore. While they are absent our people will purify
+the vessels.”</p>
+
+<p>“Is there any yellow fever in the city now?” asked
+the surgeon of the fleet.</p>
+
+<p>“None at all. The frost has entirely killed it; but
+we have many patients who are recovering from the
+disease. The people who went away have all returned,
+and we call the city healthy<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_32" id="Page_32">[32]</a></span>.”</p>
+
+<p>The quarantine grounds were pointed out to the
+principal; and the fleet was soon at anchor within a
+cable’s length of the shore. Study and recitation were
+suspended for the rest of the day. All the boats of
+the American Prince were manned; her fires were
+banked; the entire ship’s company were transferred to
+the shore; and the vessel was given up to the quarantine
+officers, who boarded her and proceeded with their
+work. In a couple of hours the steamer and her crew
+were disposed of; and then came the turn of the
+Josephine, for only one vessel could be treated at a
+time.</p>
+
+<p>When all hands were mustered on board of the
+Tritonia, the two delinquents in the brig were let out
+to undergo the inspection with the others. The decision
+of the health officer requiring the vessels to be
+fumigated, and the fact that the process would require
+but a few hours, were passed through each of the
+schooners as well as the steamer, and in a short time
+were known to every student in the fleet. As usual they
+were disposed to make fun of the situation, though it
+was quite a sensation for the time. During the excitement
+Bark Lingall improved the opportunity to confer
+with Lon Gibbs and Ben Pardee. Lon was willing to
+undertake any thing that Bark suggested. Ben was
+rather a prudent fellow, but soon consented to take part
+in the enterprise. Certainly neither of these worthies
+would have assented if the proposition to join had been
+made by Bill Stout, in whom they had as little confidence
+as Bark had manifested. The alliance had
+hardly been agreed upon before the vice-principal happened
+to see the four marines talking together, and<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_33" id="Page_33">[33]</a></span>
+ordered Marline to recommit two of them to the brig.
+The boatswain locked them into their prison, and left
+them to their own reflections. The excitement on deck
+was still unabated, and the cabins and steerage were
+deserted even by the stewards.</p>
+
+<p>“I think our time has come,” said Bill Stout, after
+he had satisfied himself that no one but the occupants
+of the brig was in the steerage. “If we don’t strike
+at once we shall lose our chance, for they say we are
+going up to the city to-night.”</p>
+
+<p>“They will have to let us out to be fumigated with
+the rest of the crew,” answered Bark Lingall. “We
+haven’t drawn lots yet, either.”</p>
+
+<p>“Never mind the lot now: I will do the job myself,”
+replied Bill magnanimously. “I should rather like the
+fun of it.”</p>
+
+<p>“All right, though I am willing to take my chances.
+I won’t back out of any thing.”</p>
+
+<p>“You are true blue, Bark, when you get started; but
+I would rather do the thing than not.”</p>
+
+<p>“Very well, I am willing; and when the scratch
+comes I will back you up. But I do not see how you
+are going to manage it, Bill,” added Bark, looking about
+him in the brig.</p>
+
+<p>“The vice has made an easy thing of it for us.
+While the fellows were all on deck, I went to my berth
+and got a little box of matches I bought in Genoa
+when we were there. I have it in my pocket now.
+All I have to do is to take off this scuttle, and go down
+into the hold. As we don’t know how soon the fellows
+will be sent ashore, I think I had better be about it
+now<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_34" id="Page_34">[34]</a></span>.”</p>
+
+<p>Bill Stout put his fingers into the ring on the trap-door,
+and lifted it a little way.</p>
+
+<p>“Hold on, Bill,” interposed Bark. “You are altogether
+too fast. When Marline comes down to let us
+out, where shall I say you are?”</p>
+
+<p>“That’s so: I didn’t think of that,” added Bill, looking
+rather foolish. “He will see the scuttle, and know
+just where I am.”</p>
+
+<p>“And, when the blaze comes off, he will see just who
+started it,” continued Bark. “That won’t do anyhow.”</p>
+
+<p>“But I don’t mean to give it up,” said Bill, scratching
+his head as he labored to devise a better plan.</p>
+
+<p>The difficulty was discussed for some time, but there
+seemed to be no way of meeting it. Bill was one of
+the crew of the second cutter, and he was sure to be
+missed when the ship’s company were piped away. If
+Bark, who did not belong to any boat, took his oar,
+the boatswain, whose place was in the second cutter
+when all hands left the vessel, would notice the change.
+Bill was almost in despair, and insisted that no amount
+of brains could overcome the difficulty. The conspirator
+who was to “do the job” was certain to be missed
+when the ship’s company took to the boats. To be
+missed was to proclaim who the incendiary was when
+the fire was investigated.</p>
+
+<p>“We may as well give it up for the present, and wait
+for a better time,” suggested Bark, who was as unable
+as his companion to solve the problem.</p>
+
+<p>“No, I won’t,” replied Bill, taking a newspaper from
+his breast-pocket. “We may never have another
+chance; and I believe in striking while the iron is
+hot<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_35" id="Page_35">[35]</a></span>.”</p>
+
+<p>“Don’t get us into a scrape for nothing. We can’t
+do any thing now,” protested Bark.</p>
+
+<p>“Now’s the day, and now’s the hour!” exclaimed
+Bill, scowling like the villain of a melodrama.</p>
+
+<p>“What are you going to do?” demanded Bark, a
+little startled by the sudden energy of his fellow-conspirator.</p>
+
+<p>“Hold on, and you shall see,” answered Bill, as he
+raised the trap-door over the scuttle.</p>
+
+<p>“But stop, Bill! you were not to do any thing without
+my consent.”</p>
+
+<p>“All hands on deck! man the boats in fire order,”
+yelled the boatswain on deck, after he had blown the
+proper pipe.</p>
+
+<p>Bill Stout paid no attention to the call or to the
+remonstrance of his companion. Raising the trap, he
+descended to the hold by the ladder under the scuttle.
+Striking a match, he set fire to the newspaper in his
+hand, and then cast it into the heap of hay and sawdust
+that lay near the foot of the ladder. Hastily
+throwing the box-covers and cases on the pile, he
+rushed up the steps into the brig, and closed the scuttle.
+He was intensely excited, and Bark was really
+terrified at what he considered the insane rashness of
+his associate in crime. But there was no time for
+further talk; for Marline appeared at this moment, and
+unlocked the door of the brig.</p>
+
+<p>“Come, my hearties, you must go on shore for an
+hour to have the smallpox smoked out of you; and I
+wish they could smoke out some of the mischief that’s
+in you at the same time,” said the adult boatswain.
+“Come, and bear a hand lively, for all hands are in
+boats by this time<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_36" id="Page_36">[36]</a></span>.”</p>
+
+<p>Bill Stout led the way; and on this occasion he
+needed no hurrying, for he was in haste to get away
+from the vessel before the blaze revealed itself. In a
+moment more he was on the thwart in the second
+cutter where he belonged. Bark’s place was in another
+boat, and they separated when they reached the deck.
+The fire-bill assigned every person on board of the
+vessel to a place in one of the boats, so that every
+professor and steward as well as every officer and
+seaman knew where to go without any orders. It was
+the arrangement for leaving the ship in case of fire; and
+it had worked with perfect success in the Young America
+when she was sunk by the collision with the Italian
+steamer. As the boats pulled away from the Tritonia,
+the quarantine people boarded her to perform the
+duty belonging to them.</p>
+
+<p>Bill Stout endeavored to compose himself, but with
+little success, though the general excitement prevented
+his appearance from being noticed. He was not so
+hardened in crime that he could see the vessel on fire
+without being greatly disturbed by the act; and it was
+more than probable that, by this time, he was sorry he
+had done it. He did not expect the fire to break out
+for some little time; and it had not occurred to him
+that the quarantine people would extend their operation
+to the hold of the vessel.</p>
+
+<p>The boats landed on the beach; and all hands were
+marched up to a kind of tent, a short distance from the
+water. There were fifty-five of them, and they were
+divided into two squads for the fumigating process.</p>
+
+<p>“How is this thing to be done?” asked Scott, as he
+halted by the side of Raimundo, at the tent.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_37" id="Page_37">[37]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>“I have not the least idea what it is all about,”
+replied the young Spaniard.</p>
+
+<p>“I suppose we are to take up our quarters in this
+tent.”</p>
+
+<p>“Not for very long; for all the rest of the squadron
+have been operated upon in a couple of hours.”</p>
+
+<p>The health officer now beckoned them to enter the
+tent. It was of the shape of a one-story house. The
+canvas on the sides and end was tacked down to heavy
+planks on the ground, so as to make it as tight as possible.
+There was only a small door; and, when the first
+squad had entered, it was carefully closed, so that the
+interior seemed to be almost air-tight. In the centre of
+the tent was a large tin pan, which contained some
+chemical ingredient. The health officer then poured
+another ingredient into the pan; and the union of the
+two created quite a tempest, a dense smoke or vapor
+rising from the vessel, which immediately filled the tent.</p>
+
+<p>“Whew!” whistled Scott, as he inhaled the vapor.
+“These Spaniards ought to have a patent for getting up
+a bad smell. This can’t be beat, even by the city of
+Chicago.”</p>
+
+<p>“I am glad you think my countrymen are good for
+something,” laughed Raimundo.</p>
+
+<p>The students coughed, sneezed, and made all the fuss
+that was necessary, and a good deal more. The health
+officer laughed at the antics of the party, and dismissed
+them in five minutes, cleansed from all taint of smallpox
+or yellow fever.</p>
+
+<p>“Where’s your blaze?” asked Bark Lingall, as they
+withdrew from the others who had just left the tent.</p>
+
+<p>“Hush up! don’t say a word about it,” whispered
+Bill; “it hasn’t got a-going yet<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_38" id="Page_38">[38]</a></span>.”</p>
+
+<p>“But those quarantine folks are on board; and if
+there were any fire there they would have seen it
+before this time,” continued Bark nervously.</p>
+
+<p>“Dry up! not another word! If we are seen talking
+together the vice will know that we are at the bottom
+of the matter.”</p>
+
+<p>Bill Stout shook off his companion, and walked about
+with as much indifference as he could assume. Every
+minute or two he glanced at the Tritonia, expecting to
+see the flames, or at least the smoke, rising above her
+decks. But no flame or smoke appeared, not even the
+vapor of the disinfectants.</p>
+
+<p>The second squad of the ship’s company were sent
+into the tent after the preparations were completed;
+and in the course of an hour the health officer gave the
+vice-principal permission to return to his vessel. The
+boats were manned; the professors and others took
+their places, and the bowmen shoved off. Bill began
+to wonder where his blaze was, for ample time had
+elapsed for the flames to envelop the schooner, if she
+was to burn at all. Still there was no sign of fire or
+smoke about the beautiful craft. She rested on the
+water as lightly and as trimly as ever. Bill could not
+understand it; but he came to the conclusion that the
+quarantine men had extinguished the flames. The
+burning of the vessel did not rest upon his conscience,
+it is true; but he was not satisfied, as he probably
+would not have been if the Tritonia had been destroyed.
+He felt as though he had attempted to do a big thing,
+and had failed. He was not quite the hero he intended
+to be in the estimation of his fellow-conspirators.</p>
+
+<p>The four boats of the Tritonia came alongside the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_39" id="Page_39">[39]</a></span>
+schooner; and, when the usual order of things had been
+fully restored, the signal for sailing appeared on the
+steamer. The odor of the chemicals remained in the
+cabin and steerage for a time; but the circulation of
+the air soon removed it. It was four o’clock in the
+afternoon; and, in order to enable the students to see
+what they might of the city as the fleet went up to the
+port, the lessons were not resumed. The fore-topsail,
+jib, and mainsail were set, the anchor weighed, and the
+Tritonia followed the Prince in charge of a pilot who
+had presented himself as soon as the fumigation was
+completed.</p>
+
+<p>“You belong in the cage,” said Marline, walking
+up to the two conspirators, as soon as the schooner
+began to gather headway.</p>
+
+<p>Bill and Bark followed the boatswain to the steerage,
+and were locked into the brig.</p>
+
+<p>“Here we are again,” said Bark, when Marline had
+returned to the deck. “I did not expect when we left,
+to come back again.”</p>
+
+<p>“Neither did I; and I don’t understand it,” replied
+Bill, with a sheepish look. “I certainly fixed things
+right for something different. I lighted the newspaper,
+and put it under the hay, sawdust, and boxes. I was
+sure there would be a blaze in fifteen minutes. I can’t
+explain it; and I am going down to see how it was.”</p>
+
+<p>“Not now: some one will see you,” added Bark.</p>
+
+<p>“No; everybody is looking at the sights. Besides,
+as the thing has failed, I want to fix things so that no
+one will suspect any thing if the pile of hay and stuff
+should be overhauled.”</p>
+
+<p>Bark made no further objection, and his companion<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_40" id="Page_40">[40]</a></span>
+hastened down the ladder. Pulling over the pile of
+rubbish, he found the newspaper he had ignited.
+Only a small portion of it was burned, and it was
+evident that the flame had been smothered when the
+boxes and covers had been thrown on the heap. Nothing
+but the newspaper bore the marks of the fire; and,
+putting this into his pocket, he returned to the brig.</p>
+
+<p>“I shall do better than that next time,” said he,
+when he had explained to Bark the cause of the failure.</p>
+
+<p>Bill Stout was as full of plans and expedients as
+ever; and, before the anchor went down, he was willing
+to believe that “the job” could be better done at
+another time.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_41" id="Page_41">[41]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="break">
+
+<h2 class="p4">CHAPTER III.</h2>
+
+<p class="pch">A GRANDEE OF SPAIN.</p>
+
+<p class="drop-cap"><span class="smdrop">The</span> port, or harbor, of Barcelona is formed by an
+inlet of the sea. A triangular tongue of land,
+with a long jetty projecting from its southern point,
+shelters it from the violence of the sea, except on the
+south-east. On the widest part of the tongue of land
+is the suburb of Barceloneta, or Little Barcelona, inhabited
+by sailors and other lower orders of people.</p>
+
+<p>“I can just remember the city as it was when I left
+it in a steamer to go to Marseilles, about ten years ago,”
+said Raimundo, as he and Scott stood on the lee side
+of the quarter-deck, looking at the objects of interest
+that were presented to them. “It does not seem to
+have changed much.”</p>
+
+<p>“It don’t look any more like Spain than the rest of
+the world,” added the lieutenant.</p>
+
+<p>“This hill on the left is Monjuich, seven hundred
+and fifty-five feet high. It has a big fort on the
+top of it, which commands the town as well as the
+harbor. The city is a walled town, with redoubts all
+the way around it. The walls take in the citadel, which
+you see above the head of the harbor. The city was
+founded by Hamilcar more than two hundred years<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_42" id="Page_42">[42]</a></span>
+before Christ, and afterwards became a Roman colony.
+There is lots of history connected with the city, but I
+will not bore you with it.”</p>
+
+<p>“Thank you for your good intentions,” laughed Scott.
+“But how is it that you don’t care to see the people of
+your native city after an absence of ten years?”</p>
+
+<p>“I don’t care about having this story told all through
+the ship, Scott,” replied the young Spaniard, glancing
+at the students on deck.</p>
+
+<p>“Of course I will not mention it, if you say so.”</p>
+
+<p>“I have always kept it to myself, though I have no
+strong reason for doing so; and I would not say any
+thing about it now if I did not feel the need of a friend.
+I am sure I can rely on you, Scott.”</p>
+
+<p>“When I can do any thing for you, Don, you may
+depend upon me; and not a word shall ever pass my
+lips till you request it.”</p>
+
+<p>“I don’t know but you will think I am laying out the
+plot of a novel, like the story of Giulia Fabiano, whom
+O’Hara assisted to a happy conclusion,” replied Raimundo,
+with a smile. “I couldn’t help thinking of my
+own case when her history was related to me; for, so
+far, the situations are very much the same.”</p>
+
+<p>“I have seen all I want to of the outside of Barcelona;
+and if you like, we will go down into the cabin where
+we shall be alone for the present,” suggested Scott.</p>
+
+<p>“That will suit me better,” answered Raimundo, as
+he followed his companion.</p>
+
+<p>“We shall be out of hearing of everybody here, I
+think,” said Scott, as he seated himself in the after-part
+of the cabin.</p>
+
+<p>“There is not much romance in the story yet; and I<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_43" id="Page_43">[43]</a></span>
+don’t know that there ever will be,” continued the Spaniard.
+“It is a family difficulty; and such things are
+never pleasant to me, however romantic they may be.”</p>
+
+<p>“Well, Don, I don’t want you to tell the story for my
+sake; and don’t harrow up your feelings to gratify my
+curiosity,” protested Scott.</p>
+
+<p>“I shall want your advice, and perhaps your assistance;
+and for this reason only I shall tell you all about
+it. Here goes. My grandfather was a Spanish merchant
+of the city of Barcelona; and when he was fifty
+years old he had made a fortune of two hundred and
+fifty thousand dollars, which is a big pile of money in
+Spain. He had three sons, and a strong weakness, as
+our friend O’Hara would express it. I suppose you
+know something about the grandees of Spain, Scott?”</p>
+
+<p>“Not a thing,” replied the third lieutenant candidly.
+“I have heard the word, and I know they are the
+nobles of Spain; and that’s all I know.”</p>
+
+<p>“That’s about all any ordinary outsider would be
+expected to know about them. There is altogether too
+much nobility and too little money in Spain. Some of
+the grandees are still very rich and powerful; but physically
+and financially the majority of them are played
+out. I am sorry to say it, but laziness is a national
+peculiarity: I am a Spaniard, and I will not call it by
+any hard names. Pride and vanity go with it. There
+are plenty of poor men who are too proud to work, or
+to engage in business of any kind. Of course such
+men do not get on very well; and, the longer they live,
+the poorer they grow. This is especially the case with
+the played-out nobility.</p>
+
+<p>“My grandfather was the son of a grandee who had<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_44" id="Page_44">[44]</a></span>
+lost all his property. He was a Castilian, with pride
+and dignity enough to fit out half a dozen Americans.
+He would rather have starved than do any sort of
+business. My grandfather, though it appears that he
+gloried in the title of the grandee, was not quite willing
+to be starved on his patrimonial acres. His stomach
+conquered his pride. He was the elder son; and while
+he was a young man his father died, leaving him the
+empty title, with nothing to support its dignity. I have
+been told that he actually suffered from hunger. He
+had no brothers; and his sisters were all married to one-horse
+nobles like himself. He was alone in his ruined
+castle.</p>
+
+<p>“Without telling any of his people where he was
+going, he journeyed to Barcelona, where, being a young
+man of good parts, he obtained a situation as a clerk.
+In time he became a merchant, and a very prosperous
+one. As soon as his circumstances would admit, he
+married, and had three sons. As he grew older, the
+Castilian pride of birth came back to him, and he began
+to think about the title he had dropped when he
+became a merchant. He desired to found a family
+with wealth as well as a name. He was still the Count
+de Escarabajosa.”</p>
+
+<p>“Of what?” asked Scott.</p>
+
+<p>“The Count de Escarabajosa,” repeated Raimundo.</p>
+
+<p>“Well, I don’t blame him for dropping his title if he
+had to carry as long a name as that around with him.
+It was a heavy load for him, poor man!”</p>
+
+<p>“The title was not of much account, according to my
+Uncle Manuel, who told me the story; for my grandfather
+was only a second or third class grandee&mdash;not<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_45" id="Page_45">[45]</a></span>
+one of the first, who were allowed to speak to the king
+with their hats on. At any rate, I think my grandfather
+did wisely not to think much of his title till his fortune
+was made. His oldest son, Enrique, was my father;
+and that’s my name also.”</p>
+
+<p>“Yours? Are you not entered in the ship’s books
+as Henry;” interposed Scott.</p>
+
+<p>“No; but Enrique is the Spanish for Henry. When
+my grandfather died, he bequeathed his fortune to my
+father, who also inherited his title, though he gave the
+other two sons enough to enable them to make a start
+in business. If my father should die without any male
+heir, the fortune, consisting largely of houses, lands,
+and farms, in and near Barcelona, was to go to the
+second son, whose name was Alejandro. In like manner
+the fortune was to pass to the third son, if the second
+died without a male heir. This was Spanish law,
+as well as the will of my grandfather. Two years after
+the death of my grandfather, and when I was about six
+years old, my father died. I was his only child. You
+will see, Scott, that under the will of my grandfather I
+was the heir of the fortune, and the title too for that
+matter, though it is of no account.”</p>
+
+<p>“Then, Don, you are the Count de What-ye-call-it?”
+said Scott, taking off his cap, and bowing low to the
+young grandee.</p>
+
+<p>“The Count de Escarabajosa,” laughed Raimundo;
+“but I would not have the fellows on board know this
+for the world; and this is one reason why I wanted to
+have my story kept a secret.”</p>
+
+<p>“Not a word from me. But I shall hardly dare to
+speak to you without taking off my cap. The Count de<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_46" id="Page_46">[46]</a></span>
+Scaribagiosa! My eyes! what a long tail our cat has
+got!”</p>
+
+<p>“That’s it! I can see just what would happen if you
+should spin this yarn to the crowd,” added the grandee,
+shaking his head.</p>
+
+<p>“But I won’t open my mouth till you command me
+to do so. What would Captain Wainwright say if he
+only knew that he had a Spanish grandee under his
+orders? He might faint.”</p>
+
+<p>“Don’t give him an opportunity.”</p>
+
+<p>“I won’t. But spin out the yarn: I am interested.”</p>
+
+<p>“My father died when I was only six; and my Uncle
+Alejandro was appointed my guardian by due process
+of law. Now, I don’t want to say a word against Don
+Alejandro, and I would not if the truth did not compel
+me to do so. My Uncle Manuel, who lives in New
+York, is my authority; and I give you the facts just as
+he gave them to me only a year before I left home to
+join the ship. Don Alejandro took me to his own
+house as soon as he was appointed my guardian. To
+make a long story short, he was a bad man, and he did
+not treat me well. I was rather a weakly child at six,
+and I stood between my uncle and my grandfather’s
+large fortune. If I died, Don Alejandro would inherit
+the estate. My Uncle Manuel insists that he did all he
+could, short of murdering me in cold blood, to help me
+out of the world. I remember how ill he treated me,
+but I was too young to understand the meaning of his
+conduct.</p>
+
+<p>“My Uncle Manuel was not so fortunate in business
+as his father had been, though he saved the capital my
+grandfather had bequeathed to him. The agency of a<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_47" id="Page_47">[47]</a></span>
+large mercantile house in Barcelona was offered to him
+if he would go to America; and he promptly decided to
+seek his fortune in New York. Manuel had quarrelled
+with Alejandro on account of the latter’s treatment of
+me; and a great many hard words passed between them.
+But Manuel was so well satisfied in regard to Alejandro’s
+intentions, that he dared not leave me in the keeping
+of his brother when he went to the New World. Though
+it was a matter of no small difficulty, he decided to take
+me with him to New York.</p>
+
+<p>“I did not like my Uncle Alejandro, and I did like
+my Uncle Manuel. I was willing to go anywhere with
+the latter; and when he called to bid farewell to my
+guardian, on the eve of his departure, he beckoned to
+me as he went out of the house. I followed him, and
+he managed to conceal his object from the servants;
+for my Uncle Alejandro did not attend him to the front
+door. He had arranged a more elaborate plan to obtain
+possession of me; but when he saw me in the hall,
+he was willing to adopt the simpler method that was
+then suggested to him. His baggage was on board of
+the steamer for Marseilles, and he had no difficulty in
+conveying me to the vessel. I was kept out of sight in
+the state-room till the steamer was well on her way. I
+will not trouble you with what I remember of the journey;
+but in less than three weeks we were in New
+York, which has been my home ever since.”</p>
+
+<p>“But what did your guardian say to all this?” asked
+Scott. “Did he discover what had become of you?”</p>
+
+<p>“I don’t know what he said; but he has been at work
+for seven years to obtain possession of me. As I disappeared
+at the same time my Uncle Manuel left, no<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_48" id="Page_48">[48]</a></span>
+doubt Alejandro suspected what had become of me.
+At any rate, he sent an agent to New York to bring me
+back to Spain; but Manuel kept me out of the way.
+As soon as I could speak English well enough, he sent
+me to a boarding-school. I ‘cut up’ so that he was
+obliged to take me away, and send me to another. I
+am sorry to say that I did no better, and was sent to
+half a dozen different schools in the course of three
+years. I was active, and full of mischief; but I grew
+into a strong and healthy boy from a very puny and
+sickly one.</p>
+
+<p>“At last my uncle sent me on board of the academy
+ship; but he told me before I went, that if I did not
+learn my lessons, and behave myself like a gentleman,
+he would send me back to my Uncle Alejandro in
+Spain. He would no longer attempt to keep me out
+of the way of my legal guardian. Partly on account
+of this threat, and partly because I like the institution,
+I have done as well as I could.”</p>
+
+<p>“And no one has done any better,” added Scott.</p>
+
+<p>“No doubt my Uncle Manuel has received good accounts
+of me from the principal, for he has been very
+kind to me. He wrote to me, after I had informed him
+that the squadron was going to Spain, that I must not
+go there; but he added that I was almost man grown,
+and ought to be able to take care of myself. I thought
+so too: at any rate, I have taken the chances in coming
+here.”</p>
+
+<p>“But you are a minor; and I suppose Don Alejandro,
+if he can get hold of you, will have the right to take
+possession of your <i>corpus</i>.”</p>
+
+<p>“No doubt of that<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_49" id="Page_49">[49]</a></span>.”</p>
+
+<p>“But does your guardian know that you are a student
+in the academy squadron?” asked Scott.</p>
+
+<p>“I don’t know: it is not impossible, or even improbable.
+Alejandro has had agents out seeking me, and
+they may have ascertained where I am. For aught I
+know, my guardian may have made his arrangements to
+capture me as soon as the fleet comes to anchor. But
+I don’t mean to be captured; for I should have no
+chance in a Spanish court, backed by the principal, the
+American minister, and the counsel. By law I belong
+to my guardian; and that is the whole of it. Now,
+Scott, you are the best friend I have on this side of the
+Atlantic; and I want you to help me.”</p>
+
+<p>“That I will do with all my might and main, Don,”
+protested Scott.</p>
+
+<p>“I don’t ask you to tell any lies, or to do any thing
+wrong,” said Raimundo.</p>
+
+<p>“What can I do for you? that’s the question.”</p>
+
+<p>“I shall keep out of sight while the vessels are at
+this port; and I want you to be on the lookout for any
+Spaniards in search of a young man named Raimundo,
+and let me know. When you go on shore, I
+want you to find out all you can about my Uncle Alejandro.
+If I should happen to run away at any time,
+<i>you</i> will know, if no one else does, why I did so.”</p>
+
+<p>“Don’t you think it would be a good thing to tell
+the vice-principal your story, and ask him to help you
+out in case of any trouble?” suggested Scott.</p>
+
+<p>“No: that would not do. If Mr. Pelham should do
+any thing to help me keep out of the way, he would be
+charged with breaking or evading the Spanish laws;
+and that would get him into trouble. I ought not to<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_50" id="Page_50">[50]</a></span>
+have come here; but now I must take the responsibility,
+and not shove it off on the vice-principal.”</p>
+
+<p>“Who pays your bills, Don?”</p>
+
+<p>“My Uncle Manuel, of course. He has a half interest
+in the house for which he went out as an agent;
+and I suppose he is worth more money to-day than his
+father ever was. He is as liberal as he is rich. He
+sent me a second letter of credit for a hundred pounds
+when we were at Leghorn; and I drew half of it in
+Genoa in gold, so as to be ready for any thing that
+might happen in Spain.”</p>
+
+<p>“Do you really expect that your uncle will make a
+snap at you?” asked Scott, with no little anxiety in his
+expression.</p>
+
+<p>“I have no knowledge whatever in regard to his
+movements. I know that he has sent agents to the
+United States to look me up, and that my Uncle
+Manuel has had sharp work to keep me out of their
+way. I have been bundled out of New York in the
+middle of the night to keep me from being kidnapped
+by his emissaries; for my uncle has never believed that
+he had any case in law, even in the States.”</p>
+
+<p>“It is really quite a serious matter to you, Don.”</p>
+
+<p>“Serious? You know that my countrymen have the
+reputation of using knives when occasion requires; and
+I also know that Don Alejandro has not a good character
+in Barcelona.”</p>
+
+<p>“But suppose you went back to him: do you believe
+he would ill-treat you now?”</p>
+
+<p>“No, I don’t. I have grown to be too big a fellow
+to be abused like a child. I think I could take care of
+myself, so far as that is concerned. But my uncle has<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_51" id="Page_51">[51]</a></span>
+been nursing his wrath for years on account of my
+absence. He has sons of his own, who are living on
+my property; for I learn that Alejandro has done nothing
+to increase the small sum his father left him. He
+and his sons want my fortune. I might be treated with
+the utmost kindness and consideration, if I returned; but
+that would not convince me that I was not in constant
+peril. Spain is not England or the United States, and
+I have read a great deal about my native land,” said
+Raimundo, shaking his head. “I agree with my uncle
+Manuel, that I must not risk myself in the keeping of
+my guardian.”</p>
+
+<p>“Suppose Don Alejandro should come on board as
+soon as we anchor, Don: what could you do? You
+would not be in condition to run away. Where could
+you go?” inquired Scott.</p>
+
+<p>“I know just what I should do; but I will not put
+you in condition to be tempted to tell any lies,” replied
+Raimundo, smiling. “One thing more: I shall not be
+safe anywhere in Spain. My uncle does not want me
+for any love he bears me; and it would answer his
+purpose just as well if I should be drowned in crossing
+a river, fall off any high place, or be knifed in some
+lonely corner. There are still men enough in Spain
+who use the knife, though the country is safe under
+ordinary circumstances.”</p>
+
+<p>“Upon my word, I shall be hardly willing to let you
+go out of my sight,” added Scott. “I shall have to
+take you under my protection.”</p>
+
+<p>“I am afraid your protection will not do me much
+good, except in the way I have indicated.”</p>
+
+<p>“Well, you may be sure I will do all I can to serve<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_52" id="Page_52">[52]</a></span>
+and save you,” continued Scott, taking the hand of his
+friend, as the movements on deck indicated that the
+schooner was ready to anchor.</p>
+
+<p>“Thank you, Scott; thank you. With your help, I
+shall feel that I am almost out of danger.”</p>
+
+<p>Raimundo decided to remain in the cabin, as his
+watch was not called; but Scott went on deck, as much
+to look out for any suspicious Spaniards, as for the
+purpose of seeing what was to be seen. The American
+Prince had already anchored; and her two consorts
+immediately followed her example. The sails were
+hardly furled, and every thing made snug, before the
+signal, “All hands attend lecture,” appeared on the
+flag-ship.</p>
+
+<p>All the vessels of the fleet were surrounded by boats
+from the shore, most of them to take passengers to the
+city. The adult forward officers were stationed at the
+gangways, to prevent any persons from coming on
+board; and the boatmen were informed that no one
+would go on shore that night. Scott hastened below,
+to tell his friend that all hands were ordered on board
+of the steamer to attend the lecture. Raimundo declared,
+that, as no one could possibly recognize him
+after so many years of absence, he should go on board
+of the Prince, with the rest of the ship’s company.</p>
+
+<p>The boats were lowered; and in a short time all
+the students were assembled in the grand saloon, where
+Professor Mapps was ready to discourse upon the
+geography and history of Spain.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_53" id="Page_53">[53]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="break">
+
+<h2 class="p4">CHAPTER IV.</h2>
+
+<p class="pch">THE PROFESSOR’S TALK ABOUT SPAIN.</p>
+
+<p class="drop-capa"><span class="smdrop">As</span> usual, the professor had a large map posted
+where all could see it. It was a map of Spain
+and Portugal in this instance, in which the physical as
+well as the political features of the peninsula were exhibited.
+The instructor pointed at the map, and commenced
+his lecture.</p>
+
+<p>“The ancient name of Spain was <i>Iberia</i>; the Latin,
+<i>Hispania</i>. The Spaniards call their country <i>España</i>.
+Notice the mark over the <i>n</i> in this word, which gives it
+the value of <i>ny</i>, the same as the French <i>gn</i>. You will
+find it in many Spanish words.</p>
+
+<p>“With Portugal, Spain forms a peninsula whose
+greatest length, from east to west, is six hundred and
+twenty miles; and, from north to south, five hundred
+and forty miles. It is separated from the rest of
+Europe by the Pyrenees Mountains: they extend quite
+across the isthmus, which is two hundred and forty
+miles wide. It contains two hundred and fourteen
+thousand square miles, of which one hundred and
+seventy-eight thousand belong to Spain, and thirty-six
+thousand to Portugal. Spain is not quite four times as
+large as the State of New York; and Portugal is a
+little larger than the State of Maine.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_54" id="Page_54">[54]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>“Spain has nearly fourteen hundred miles of seacoast,
+four-sevenths of which is on the Mediterranean.
+Spain is a mountainous country. About one-half of its
+area is on the great central plateau, from two to three
+thousand feet above the level of the sea. The mountain
+ranges, you observe, extend mostly east and west,
+which gives the rivers, of course, the same general
+direction. The Cantabrian and the Pyrenees are the
+same range, the former extending along the northern
+coast to the Atlantic. Between this range and the
+Sierra Guadarrama are the valleys of the Duero and
+the Ebro. This range reaches nearly from the mouth
+of the Tagus to the mouth of the Ebro, and takes
+several names in different parts of the peninsula.
+The mountains of Toledo are about in the centre of
+Spain. South of these are the Sierra Morena, with the
+basin of the Guadiana on the north and that of the
+Guadalquiver on the south. Near the southern coast
+is the Sierra Nevada, which contains the Cerro de
+Mulahacen, 11,678 feet, the highest peak in the peninsula.
+<i>Sierra</i> means a saw, which a chain of mountains
+may resemble; though some say it comes from the
+Arabic word <i>Sehrah</i>, meaning wild land.</p>
+
+<p>“There are two hundred and thirty rivers in Spain;
+but only six of them need be mentioned. The Minho
+is in the north-west, and separates Spain and Portugal
+for about forty miles. It is one hundred and thirty
+miles long, and navigable for thirty. The Duero,
+called the Douro in Portugal, has a course of four hundred
+miles, about two-thirds of which is in Spain. It
+is navigable through Portugal, and a little way into
+Spain, though only for boats. The Tagus is the longest<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_55" id="Page_55">[55]</a></span>
+river of the peninsula, five hundred and forty miles.
+It is navigable only to Abrantes in Portugal, about
+eighty miles; though Philip II. built several boats at
+Toledo, loaded them with grain, and sent them down
+to Lisbon. The Guadiana is in the south-west, three
+hundred and eighty miles long, and navigable only
+thirty-five. Near its source this river, like the Rhone
+and some others, indulges in the odd freak of disappearing,
+and flowing through an underground channel
+for twenty miles. The river loses itself gradually in an
+expanse of marshes, and re-appears in the form of
+several small lakes, which are called ‘los ojos de la
+Guadiana,’&mdash;the eyes of the Guadiana.</p>
+
+<p>“The Guadalquiver is two hundred and eighty miles
+long, and, like all the rivers I have mentioned, flows
+into the Atlantic. It is navigable to Cordova, and
+large vessels go up to Seville. The Ebro is the only
+large river that flows into the Mediterranean. It is
+three hundred and forty miles long, and is navigable
+for boats about half this distance. Great efforts have
+been made to improve the navigation of some of these
+rivers, especially the largest of them. There are no
+lakes of any consequence in Spain, the largest being a
+mere lagoon on the seashore near Valencia.</p>
+
+<p>“Spain has a population of sixteen millions, which
+places it as the tenth in rank among the nations of
+Europe. In territorial extent it is the seventh. It is
+said that Spain, as a Roman province, had a population
+of forty millions.</p>
+
+<p>“Spain, including the Balearic and Canary Islands,
+contains forty-nine provinces, each of which has its
+local government, and its representation in the national<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_56" id="Page_56">[56]</a></span>
+legislature, or <i>Cortes</i>. But you should know something
+of the old divisions, since these are often mentioned in
+the history of the country. There are fourteen of them,
+each of which was formerly a kingdom, principality, or
+province. Castile was the largest, including Old and
+New Castile, and was in the north-central part of the
+peninsula. This was the realm of Isabella; and, by her
+marriage with Ferdinand, it was united with Aragon,
+lying next east of it. East of Aragon, forming the
+north-east corner of Spain, is Catalonia, of which
+Barcelona is the chief city. North of Castile, on or
+near the Bay of Biscay, are the three Basque provinces.
+Bordering the Pyrenees, nearest to France, is the little
+kingdom of Navarre, with Aragon on the east. Forming
+the north-western corner of the peninsula is the
+kingdom of Galicia. East of it, on the Bay of Biscay,
+is the principality of the Asturias. South of this, and
+between Castile and Portugal, is the kingdom of Leon,
+which was attached to Castile in the eleventh century.
+Estremadura is between Portugal and New Castile.
+La Mancha, the country of Don Quixote, is south of
+New Castile. Valencia and Murcia are on the east,
+bordering on the Mediterranean. Andalusia is on both
+sides of the Guadalquiver, including the three modern
+provinces of Seville, Cordova, and Jaen. Granada is
+in the south, on the Mediterranean. You will hear the
+different parts of Spain spoken of under these names
+more than any other.</p>
+
+<p>“The principal vegetable productions of Spain are
+those of the vine and olive. The export of wine is ten
+million dollars; and of olive-oil, four millions. Raisins,
+flour, cork, wool, and brandy are other important<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_57" id="Page_57">[57]</a></span>
+exports, to say nothing of the fruits of the South, such
+as grapes and oranges. Silver, quicksilver, lead, and
+iron are the most valuable minerals. Silk is produced
+in Valencia, Murcia, and Granada.</p>
+
+<p>“The climate of Spain, as you would suppose from
+its mountainous character, is very various. The north,
+which is in the latitude of New England, is very
+different from this region of our own country. On the
+table-lands of the centre, it is hot in summer and cold
+in winter. In the south, the weather is hot in summer,
+but very mild in winter. Even here in Barcelona, the
+mercury seldom goes down to the freezing point. The
+average winter temperature of Malaga is about fifty-five
+degrees Fahrenheit.</p>
+
+<p>“Three thousand miles of railroad have been built,
+and two thousand miles more have been projected.
+One can go to all the principal cities in Spain now by
+rail from Madrid; and those on the seacoast are connected
+by several lines of steamers.</p>
+
+<p>“The army consists of one hundred and fifty thousand
+men, and may be increased in time of war by calling
+out the reserves; for every man over twenty is
+liable to do military duty. The navy consists of one
+hundred and ten vessels, seventy-three of which are
+screw steamers, twenty-four paddle steamers, and thirteen
+sailing vessels. Seven of the screws are iron-clad
+frigates. They are manned by thirteen thousand sailors
+and marines; and this navy is therefore quite formidable.</p>
+
+<p>“The government is a constitutional monarchy. The
+king executes the laws through his ministers, but is not
+held responsible for any thing. If things do not work<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_58" id="Page_58">[58]</a></span>
+well, the ministers are to bear the blame, and his
+Majesty may dismiss them at pleasure. The laws are
+made by the <i>Cortes</i>, which consists of two bodies, the
+Senate and the Congress. Any Spaniard who is of age,
+and not deprived of his civil rights, may be a member
+of the <i>Congreso</i>, or lower house. Four senators are
+elected for each province. They must be forty years
+old, be in possession of their civil rights, and must have
+held some high office under the government in the army
+or navy, in the church, or in certain educational institutions.</p>
+
+<p>“The present king is Amedeo I., second son of Vittorio
+Emanuele, king of Italy. He was elected king of
+Spain Nov. 16, 1870.<a name="FNanchor_1_1" id="FNanchor_1_1"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_1" class="fnanchor">[1]</a></p>
+
+<p>“All but sixty thousand of the population of Spain
+are Roman Catholics; and of this faith is the national
+church, though all other forms of worship are tolerated.
+In 1835 and in 1836 the <i>Cortes</i> suppressed all conventual
+institutions, and confiscated their property for the
+benefit of the nation. In 1833 there were in Spain one
+hundred and seventy-five thousand ecclesiastics of all
+descriptions, including monks and nuns. In 1862 this
+number had been reduced to about forty thousand,
+which exhibits the effect of the legislation of the <i>Cortes</i>.
+The archbishop of Toledo is the head of the Church,
+primate of Spain.</p>
+
+<p>“Though there are ten universities in Spain some of
+them very ancient and very celebrated, the population<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_59" id="Page_59">[59]</a></span>
+of Spain have been in a state of extreme ignorance till
+quite a recent period. At the beginning of the present
+century, it was rare to find a peasant or an ordinary
+workman who could read. Efforts have been put forth
+since 1812 to promote popular education; but with no
+great success, till within the last forty years. In 1868
+there were a million and a quarter of pupils in the public
+and private schools; and not more than one in ten
+of the population are unable to read. But the sum
+expended for public education in Spain is less per
+annum than the city of Boston devotes to this object.</p>
+
+<p>“Money values in Spain are generally reckoned in
+<i>reales</i>, a <i>real</i> being five cents of our money. This is
+the unit of the system. The <i>Isabelino</i>, or Isabel as it
+is generally called, is a gold coin worth one hundred
+<i>reales</i>, or five dollars. A <i>peso</i>, or <i>duro</i>, is the same as
+our dollar: it is a silver coin. The <i>escudo</i> is half a
+dollar. The <i>peseta</i> is twenty cents; the half <i>peseta</i> is
+ten. The <i>real</i> is the smallest silver coin. Of the copper
+coins, the <i>medio real</i> means half a real. You will
+see a small copper coin stamped ‘1 <i>centimo de escudo</i>,’
+which means one hundredth of an <i>escudo</i>, or half dollar.
+It is the tenth of a <i>real</i>, or half a cent. Then
+there is the <i>doble decima</i>, worth one cent; and the
+<i>medio decima</i>, worth a quarter of a cent. But probably
+you will not hear any of these copper coins mentioned.
+Instead of them the small money will be counted in
+<i>cuartos</i>, eight and a half of them making a real. An
+American cent, an English halfpenny, a French sou,
+or any other copper coin of any nation, and about the
+same size, will go for a <i>cuarto</i>. A <i>maravedis</i> is an
+imaginary value, four of which were equal to a <i>cuarto</i>.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_60" id="Page_60">[60]</a></span>
+It is used in poetry and plays; and, though there is no
+such coin, any piece of base metal, even a button, will
+pass for a <i>maravedis</i>. There is a vast quantity of bad
+money in circulation in Spain, especially of the gold
+coins; and the traveller should be on the lookout for it.
+There are also a great many counterfeit <i>escudos</i>, or half-dollars.
+Travellers should have nothing to do with
+paper money, as it is not good away from the locality
+where it is issued.</p>
+
+<p>“Having said all that occurs to me on these general
+topics, I shall now ask your attention to the history of
+Spain, which is very interesting to the student, though
+I am obliged to make it quite brief. I hope you have
+read the historical writings of our own Prescott, which
+are more attractive than the novels of the day. If you
+have not read these works, do so before you are a year
+older; and here in Spain is the time for you to begin.</p>
+
+<p>“Recent events have called an unusual amount of
+attention to the Spanish peninsula; and this unhappy
+country has long been in so uneasy a state that a revolution
+surprises very few. Spain has had its full share,
+both of the smiles and the frowns of fortune. It was
+as widely known in early ages for its wealth, as it has
+been in modern times for its beggars.</p>
+
+<p>“Nearly three thousand years ago, the Ph&oelig;nicians
+began to plant colonies in the South of Spain. They
+found the country abounding with silver. So plenty,
+indeed, was the silver ore, that, according to one
+account, they not only loaded their fleet with it, but
+they returned home with their anchors and the commonest
+implements made of the same precious metal.</p>
+
+<p>“This is doubtless an exaggeration; but we have<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_61" id="Page_61">[61]</a></span>
+reason to believe that silver was more abundant in
+Spain than in any other quarter of the ancient world.
+Few silver-mines were known in Asia in those days:
+yet an immense quantity of silver was in circulation
+there during the flourishing period of the Persian empire.
+Herodotus tells us that in the reign of Darius,
+son of Hystaspes, all the nations under the yoke of the
+Persians, except the Indians and the Ethiopians, paid
+their tribute in silver. A large portion of this was
+obtained from the Ph&oelig;nicians, and was distributed
+through Asia by the traders who came to Tyre. The
+Carthaginians also drew uncounted treasures in silver
+from Spain. When Carthagina was taken from them
+by Scipio, the portion of the precious metals that went
+into the Roman treasury was eighteen thousand three
+hundred pounds in weight of silver, two hundred and
+seventy-six golden cups each weighing a pound, and
+silver vessels without number. Near this city is a
+silver-mine which is said to have employed forty thousand
+workmen, and which paid the Romans nearly two
+million dollars annually. Another mine in the Pyrenees
+furnished to the Carthaginians in Hannibal’s time
+three hundred pounds every day. The quantities of
+gold and silver brought into the public treasury by the
+Roman consuls who subjugated the different parts of
+the Spanish peninsula were enormous. Still the
+country was not exhausted; for it was almost as highly
+favored in soil and climate as in its mineral treasures.
+‘Next to Italy, if I except the fabulous regions of India,
+I would rank Spain,’ wrote Pliny in the first century of
+our era. At that time the country contained four hundred
+and nine cities; and there was not within the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_62" id="Page_62">[62]</a></span>
+Roman empire a province where the people were more
+industrious or more prosperous. How strongly this
+account contrasts with the history of modern Spain!
+When the Spanish monarchs were aspiring to rule the
+world, in the sixteenth century, the streets of their
+cities were overrun with beggars. Only a century ago,
+the number of people in Spain who were without shirts,
+because they were too poor to buy such a luxury, was
+estimated at three millions, or one-third of the population
+of the kingdom. Within a hundred years, however,
+in spite of numerous drawbacks, the wealth of
+the country has vastly increased, and the population
+has nearly doubled.</p>
+
+<p>“The Spaniards are the descendants of various
+races, tribes, and nations. At the dawn of history, we
+find the country in possession of the Iberians and
+Celts. Of the Iberians we know but little. From
+them Spain received its ancient name, Iberia; and the
+Iberus River, now the Ebro, took the name by which,
+with slight changes, it is still known. The language
+of the Iberians is supposed to survive in that of the
+Basque provinces of Biscaya, Guipuzcoa, and Alava,
+which I located a few moments since.</p>
+
+<p>“The Celts, who a little more than two thousand
+years ago had not lost possession of Northern Italy
+and the countries now known as England, Scotland,
+and Ireland, drove the Iberians from the South of
+France and from the north-western part of Spain, in
+very early times. In the centre of the latter country
+these people united, and were afterwards known as
+Celt-Iberians.</p>
+
+<p>“About a thousand years before Christ, the Ph&oelig;nicians<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_63" id="Page_63">[63]</a></span>
+began to build towns on the southern coast of
+Spain; and, a century or two later, colonies were established
+on the eastern coast by the Rhodians and by
+other Greeks. Cadiz, Malaga, and Cordova were Ph&oelig;nician
+towns; and Rhodos and Saguntum&mdash;now Rosas
+and Murviedro&mdash;were among those founded by the
+Greeks.</p>
+
+<p>“Carthage was founded by the Tyrians; but the
+Carthaginians did not allow relationship to stand in
+the way of gain or conquest. Nearly six hundred
+years before our era, they found an opportunity to
+supplant the Ph&oelig;nicians in Spain; and in the course
+of two centuries and a half they had brought under
+their sway a large portion of the country. At length
+the Greek colonies on the coast of Catalonia and
+Valencia, and several independent nations of the
+interior, seeing no other way to avoid submitting to
+Carthage, called upon the Romans for help. Rome
+sent commissioners to Carthage in the year B.C.
+227, who obtained a promise that the Carthaginians
+would not push their conquests beyond the Ebro, and
+that they would not disturb the Saguntines and other
+Greek colonies. But, in spite of this agreement,
+Saguntum was besieged eight years later, by a Carthaginian
+army under Hannibal. The siege and
+destruction of this city caused the second Punic war,
+lasting from B.C. 218 to 201, during which Carthage
+lost her last foot-hold in Spain.</p>
+
+<p>“But the Romans did not obtain quiet possession of
+the country their great enemy had lost. Nearly all the
+territory had to be won again from the natives; and in
+some parts of the peninsula the contest was doubtful<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_64" id="Page_64">[64]</a></span>
+for years. As if this were not enough, many of the
+battles of the civil wars, during the decline of the Roman
+republic, were fought on the soil of Spain, which,
+for two centuries after the fall of Saguntum, hardly
+knew the blessing of peace for a single year. To say
+nothing of lesser celebrities, we find the names of Hasdrubal,
+Hanno, Mago, and Hannibal, among the Carthaginians;
+of Viriathus, the Lusitanian; and, of the
+Romans, the Scipios, Sertorius, Metellus, Pompey the
+Great, and Julius Cæsar,&mdash;in the military annals of
+Spain during this period.</p>
+
+<p>“Shortly after the Roman republic became an empire,
+under Augustus,&mdash;B.C. 30 to A.D. 14,&mdash;war
+was suspended throughout the Roman empire; and the
+Spaniards enjoyed a large share of tranquillity from
+that time till the barbarians poured across the Pyrenees,
+at the beginning of the fifth century. As a province of
+the empire, Spain held a high rank. The stupendous
+Bridge of Alcantara, the well-preserved Theatre of
+Murviedro, and the celebrated Aqueducts of Segovia
+and Tarragona, still attest the magnificence of that
+period. Nor was the peninsula wanting in illustrious
+men during these times. The most learned and practical
+writer on agriculture among the ancients,&mdash;Columella,&mdash;the
+poets Martial and Lucan, the philosopher
+Seneca, the historian Florus, the geographer Pomponius
+Mela, and the rhetorician Quintilian, were
+Spaniards. Three of the Roman emperors&mdash;Trajan,
+one of the greatest princes that ever swayed a sceptre;
+Hadrian, the enlightened protector of arts and literature;
+and Marcus Aurelius, whose name was long held
+in grateful remembrance by his subjects&mdash;were also
+natives of the Spanish peninsula.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_65" id="Page_65">[65]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>“After the death of Constantine, A.D. 337, the
+prosperity of Spain began to decline. The taxes
+became heavier, and were increased till they were more
+than the people could bear. In a short time towns
+were deserted, fields ran to waste, and fruit-trees were
+uprooted, so as to reduce the value of property in order
+to avoid taxation. At the close of the century nothing
+was to be seen but desolation, poverty, and misery.
+But there was still a lower deep: the barbarians crossed
+the Pyrenees, and the country was turned into a desert.</p>
+
+<p>“The great irruption of the northern nations into the
+Roman empire began in 375. A century later, the
+western empire fell. The most important division of
+the barbarians, who occupy so large a place in the history
+of the fourth and fifth centuries, were the Germans.
+The Vandals and Suevi, two of the nations that entered
+Spain in 409, were Germans. It is not certain that the
+third nation coming to Spain, the Alani, were of the
+same race. The ravages of these barbarians were terrible.
+Towns were burned, the country laid waste, and
+the inhabitants were massacred without distinction of
+age or sex. Famine and pestilence made fearful havoc,
+and the wild beasts left their hiding-places to make
+war on the wretched people. Even the corpses were
+devoured by the starving population.</p>
+
+<p>“At length the conquerors themselves saw that converting
+a land in which they intended to live into a
+desert was not the wisest policy. They divided by lot,
+among themselves, those parts of the peninsula which
+they occupied. The southern part fell to the Vandals,
+whence it received the name of Vandalicia, which has
+easily become Andalusia. Lusitania, which was very<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_66" id="Page_66">[66]</a></span>
+nearly the modern Portugal, went to the Alani; and the
+Suevi had the north-western part of the peninsula,
+which is now Galicia. The Romans still held the rest
+of the country.</p>
+
+<p>“But this division was soon destroyed by the Visigoths,
+or West Goths, another Germanic tribe. All
+these Germans were only a little less savage than our
+North American Indians. They neglected agriculture,
+and no man tilled the same field more than one year.
+War was really their only occupation. One of them
+boasted to Julius Cæsar that his soldiers had been fourteen
+years without entering a house; another declared
+that the only country he knew as his home was the territory
+occupied by his troops; and we are told by Tacitus
+that war was the only work they liked.</p>
+
+<p>“The Visigoths, under their King Alaric, had ravaged
+Greece and Italy, and had taken Rome, before
+they established themselves in Southern Gaul, in 411.
+They commenced the conquest of Spain almost immediately
+after the foundation of their new kingdom; but
+they were the nominal rather than the real masters of
+the kingdom for more than half a century.</p>
+
+<p>“Euric (466 to 484) was the founder of the Gothic
+kingdom of Spain; and Amalaric (522 to 531) was the
+first sovereign to hold his court in the country. Before
+long, Spain became the most flourishing of the governments
+established by the Germans on the ruins of the
+western empire. The conquerors, as they were the few
+while the civilized Roman inhabitants were the many,
+adopted the manners, the religion, the laws, and the
+language, of the subject people. They mingled a little
+Gothic with the Latin; and from this mixture arose, in<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_67" id="Page_67">[67]</a></span>
+the course of time, the noble and beautiful Castilian, or
+Spanish language.</p>
+
+<p>“By degrees the Visigoths became less warlike, and
+finally ceased to be a nation of soldiers. Their kings
+were elective, and seem to have possessed more power
+than those of other German tribes. Still they were
+controlled to a great extent by the clergy. The councils
+of Toledo figured largely in the history of that
+period; and in these the bishops were a power. ‘Let
+no one in his pride seize upon the throne,’ says one
+of the Visigothic laws; ‘let no pretender excite civil
+war among the people; let no one conspire the death
+of the prince. But, when the king is dead in peace,
+let the principal men of the whole kingdom, together
+with the bishops&mdash;who have received power to bind
+and to loose, and whose blessing and unction confirm
+princes in their authority&mdash;appoint his successor
+by common consent, and with the approval of God.’
+But the kings were not always allowed to die in peace.
+From Euric to Roderick, the greater number of them
+were assassinated or deposed. Roderick, the last of the
+Gothic kings of Spain, drove his predecessor from the
+throne. The relations of the dethroned monarch invited
+the Arabs, or Moors, of Africa to their aid; and
+the famous battle fought on the plains of the modern
+<i>Xeres de la Frontera</i>, near Cadiz, a battle that lasted
+three days, put an end to the life of Roderick, and to
+the Gothic kingdom of Spain, in the year 711.</p>
+
+<p>“In the days of the patriarch Jacob, the people of
+Arabia were far enough advanced in civilization to
+maintain an active overland trade with Egypt. The
+Midianite merchantmen to whom Joseph was sold for<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_68" id="Page_68">[68]</a></span>
+twenty pieces of silver&mdash;about a dozen dollars&mdash;were
+from Arabia. Yet, for more than two thousand years
+from that time, the Arabs continued to be so divided
+into hostile clans, that they were almost unknown to
+history. The religion of Mohammed first united them;
+and the history of the Arabs really begins with the
+Hegira, or flight of the Prophet from Mecca, in the
+year 622. For ten years Mohammed had proclaimed
+his new creed in Mecca; his followers had been few,
+and had suffered incessant persecution; and now he
+was promised, by men from Medina, that, if he would
+flee to their city, his faith should be adopted and maintained.
+He made his escape from Mecca, though not
+without great risk, and reached Medina in safety,
+accompanied by a single friend. In Mecca he had
+preached patience and resignation under the wrongs
+inflicted by man. At Medina, where he had followers,
+his doctrine was, that one drop of blood shed in the
+cause of God&mdash;meaning the new faith, of course&mdash;was
+to be of more avail in working out the salvation of
+his hearers than two months of fasting and prayer. At
+first he made war on the caravan trade of his native
+city; and Mecca sent out an army to meet him.
+Mohammed had but three hundred and twenty-four
+men, while the Meccans were a thousand. But the
+prophet assured his followers that three thousand angels
+were fighting on his side; and with these unseen allies
+he utterly routed his enemy. After this first victory,
+conquest followed conquest in rapid succession. In
+less than a century from the Hegira, Arabia was but a
+small province of the empire which had been founded
+by Mohammed’s successors; an empire that extended<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_69" id="Page_69">[69]</a></span>
+from India to the Atlantic, and included Syria, Ph&oelig;nicia,
+Mesopotamia, Persia, Bactriana, Egypt, Libya,
+Numidia, Spain, and many important islands of the
+Mediterranean.</p>
+
+<p>“After King Roderick’s defeat and death at Xeres,
+the Moors almost immediately took possession of the
+whole country, except Biscaya, Navarre, a part of Aragon,
+and the mountains of the Asturias. Here a few
+resolute Goths made a stand, under Pelayo, and established
+a kingdom; a stronghold which enabled the
+Christians step by step to recover their lost territory,
+till after eight centuries the last foot of Spanish soil
+was retaken from the Moslems.</p>
+
+<p>“During a part of the Moors’ dominion in Spain the
+country was very prosperous. For more than forty
+years after the conquest, however, it was ruled by viceroys
+dependent upon the caliphs who reigned in Damascus.
+This was a time of discord and civil war; and,
+towards the close of this period, many a city and village
+was laid in ruins never again to rise.</p>
+
+<p>“The eighth, ninth, and tenth centuries were the
+most prosperous in the history of Mohammedan Spain;
+and the last was its golden age. The Moors, though
+warlike, were also industrious, and agriculture flourished
+during this period as it has never flourished since.
+Roads and bridges were built, and canals for fertilizing
+the land were made in all parts of the country. Learning
+was encouraged by the kings of Cordova; and, at
+the end of the eleventh century, Moorish Spain could
+boast of seventy large libraries; while her poets, historians,
+philosophers, and mathematicians were second
+to none of that age. Cordova, the capital, was equal to<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_70" id="Page_70">[70]</a></span>
+many cities like the Cordova of to-day. At one time
+there were in that city six hundred mosques, and nearly
+four thousand chapels, or mosques of smaller dimensions;
+four hundred and thirty minarets, or towers
+from which the people were called to prayers, such as
+you saw in Constantinople; nine hundred baths; more
+than eighty thousand shops; sixty thousand palaces
+and mansions; and two hundred and thirteen thousand
+common dwelling-houses. The city extended eight
+leagues along the Guadalquiver. If these statistics
+are correct, the city must have contained not less than
+a million inhabitants. We can form some idea of its
+splendors when we are told that a palace built near the
+city, by Abderrahman III., had its roof supported by
+more than four thousand pillars of variegated marble;
+that the floors and walls were of the same costly material;
+that the chief apartments were adorned with
+exquisite fountains and baths; and that the whole was
+surrounded by most magnificent grounds.</p>
+
+<p>“In 1031 the kingdom, or caliphate, of Cordova
+came to an end; and several petty kingdoms took its
+place. But all of them soon became dependent upon
+the Moorish monarch of Northern Africa. The Christian
+kings of Spain were prompt in taking advantage
+of this division among the infidels, as the Moors were
+called; and the power of the Moslems began to decline.
+The Christians gained rapidly on the Moors; and in
+1238, when the kingdom of Granada was founded, the
+Moors held only a part of Southern Spain. Granada
+was the last realm of the Moors in Spain; and its population
+was largely composed of the Moslems who fled
+there from the kingdoms which had been overthrown
+by the victorious arms of the Christian monarchs.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_71" id="Page_71">[71]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>The little kingdom of Granada, though it had an
+area of only nine thousand square miles, contained
+thirty-two large cities and ninety-seven smaller ones,
+and a population of three million souls. The city of
+Granada had seventy thousand houses. This kingdom
+held out against the Christians till the beginning of the
+year 1492. This was the year in which America was
+discovered; and Columbus followed Ferdinand and
+Isabella, in their campaign against the Moors, to this
+city.</p>
+
+<p>“With the fall of Granada, came the close of the
+Moorish rule in the peninsula. A few years later many
+of the Moors were expelled from the country. In
+many parts of Spain the traveller still sees numerous
+traces of their dominion. He finds these traces in the
+Oriental style of the older buildings; in the <i>alcazars</i>,
+or palaces, they built; in the mosques now converted
+into Christian churches; and in the canals which still
+fertilize the soil from which the Moslems were driven
+more than three centuries ago.</p>
+
+<p>“The old Gothic monarchy founded by Pelayo survived
+in the kingdom of the Asturias. As the Christians
+began to recover their lost territory from the
+Moors, these conquests, instead of being joined to the
+Asturian kingdom, were erected into independent
+states; but, by the middle of the fifteenth century, the
+number of them had been reduced to five,&mdash;Navarre,
+Aragon, Castile, Granada, and Portugal. We shall say
+something of Portugal at another time, for it has a
+history of its own. In 1479 Ferdinand of Aragon and
+Isabella of Castile united these two monarchies into
+one. The kingdom of the Asturias had been merged<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_72" id="Page_72">[72]</a></span>
+into that of Leon, which was united to Castile in 1067.
+Granada was added in 1492, and Navarre twenty years
+later.</p>
+
+<p>“At the death of Ferdinand in 1516, Charles I.
+became king of Spain. He was the son of ‘Crazy
+Jane,’ daughter of Ferdinand and Isabella. He was
+elected emperor of Germany three years after his
+accession to the throne, as Charles V. His reign and
+that of his son and successor covered the most splendid
+period in the history of modern Spain, ending with the
+death of Philip in 1588. Their dominions were the
+most extensive among the monarchs of Europe; their
+armies were the best of that age; and their treasuries
+were supplied by the exhaustless mines of the new
+world which Columbus had given to Spain. But, after
+the death of Philip II., the monarchy rapidly declined;
+so rapidly indeed that a century later, when Charles II.
+died, in 1700, it was without money, without credit, and
+without troops.</p>
+
+<p>“I must again call your attention to the magnificent
+works of our own Prescott. I hope you will all read
+them, for I have not time to mention a score of topics
+which are treated in these volumes, such as the Inquisition,
+the Spanish Rule in Naples, the Conquest of
+Granada, the Great Captain, the Cardinal Ximines,
+and the Spanish Rule in the Netherlands. I commend
+to you also the works of Motley and Washington Irving;
+of the latter, especially ‘The Life of Columbus,’ ‘The
+Alhambra,’ and ‘The Conquest of Granada.’”</p>
+
+<p>“Charles II., as he had no children, and there was no
+heir to the throne, signed an instrument, before his
+death, declaring Philip, Duke of Anjou, grandson of<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_73" id="Page_73">[73]</a></span>
+the grand monarch Louis XIV., his successor. This
+king was Philip V., the first of the Spanish branch of
+the Bourbon family, to which Isabella II., the late
+queen of Spain, belonged. England, Holland, and
+Germany objected to this arrangement, because it
+placed both France and Spain under the rule of the
+same family; and for twelve years resisted the claim of
+Philip to the throne. This was ‘the war of the Spanish
+succession,’ in which Prince Eugene and the Duke of
+Marlborough won several great victories. But Philip
+retained the throne, though he lost the Spanish possessions
+in Italy and the Netherlands, and was obliged to
+cede Gibraltar and Minorca to England. Under Philip
+V. and his successors, the prosperity of Spain revived;
+and the kingdom flourished till the French Revolution.</p>
+
+<p>“Philip was followed by his son Ferdinand VI. in
+1748; but he was mentally unfit to take an active part
+in the government, and was succeeded by his stepbrother
+Charles III. in 1759. He was a wise prince,
+and greatly promoted the prosperity of his country.
+Charles IV., who came to the throne in 1788, began his
+reign by following the wise policy of his father; but he
+soon placed himself under the influence of Godoy, his
+prime minister, who led him into several fruitless wars
+and expensive alliances, which reduced the country to
+a miserable condition. In 1808 an insurrection compelled
+him to abdicate in favor of his son, who ascended
+the throne as Ferdinand VII. A few days later the
+ex-king wrote a letter to Napoleon, declaring that he
+had abdicated under compulsion; and he revoked the
+act. Napoleon offered to arbitrate between the father
+and son, and he met them at Bayonne for this purpose.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_74" id="Page_74">[74]</a></span>
+He induced both of them to resign their claims to
+the throne, and then made his brother Joseph king of
+Spain. The new king started for his dominion; but
+the Spaniards were not satisfied with this little arrangement,
+and insurrections broke out all over the country.
+England decided to take a hand in the game, made
+peace with Spain, acknowledged Ferdinand VII. as
+king of Spain, and formed an alliance with the government.
+Thus began the peninsular war, in which the
+Duke of Wellington prepared the way for the destruction
+of Napoleon’s power. As you travel, you will visit
+the battle-fields of this great conflict, and your guide-book
+will contain full accounts of the struggle in various
+places.</p>
+
+<p>“In 1812, while Ferdinand was a prisoner in France,
+and the war was still raging, the <i>Cortes</i>, driven from
+Madrid to Seville, and then to Cadiz, drew up a written
+constitution, the first of the kind known in the peninsula.
+The regency acting for the absent monarch,
+recognized by England and Russia, took an oath to
+support it. In 1814 Ferdinand was released, and
+came back to Spain. He declared the constitution
+null and void, and the <i>Cortes</i> that adopted it illegal.
+He ruled the nation in an arbitrary manner, and even
+attempted to restore the inquisition, which had been
+abolished, and to annul the reforms which had been for
+years in progress. But in 1820 the patience of the
+people was exhausted, and a revolution was undertaken.
+The king was deserted by his troops; and the royal
+palace was surrounded by a multitude of the people,
+who demanded his acceptance of the constitution of
+1812. The humbled monarch appeared at a balcony,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_75" id="Page_75">[75]</a></span>
+holding a copy of the instrument in his hand, as an
+indication that he was ready to accept it, and take the
+oath to support it. In a few months the <i>Cortes</i> met; and
+the king formally swore to obey the constitution, and
+accept the new order of things. But this did not suit
+France, Austria, Russia, and Prussia: they had no
+stomach for liberal constitutions; and these powers
+sent a French army into Spain, which soon overpowered
+the resistance offered; and Ferdinand was again in condition
+to rule as absolutely as ever. It was during this
+period that the Spanish-American colonies, which had
+begun to revolt in 1808, secured their independence.</p>
+
+<p>“Even those who favored the king’s views were not
+wholly satisfied with the king, and believed he was not
+energetic enough for the situation. Many of the people
+wished to dethrone Ferdinand, and elevate his
+brother Carlos, or Charles, to his place. Several insurrections
+broke out, but they were failures. Of
+course this state of things did not create the best of
+feeling between Ferdinand and Carlos. The Bourbon
+family were governed by the Salic law, which excludes
+females from the throne. In 1830, the year in which
+Isabella the late queen, who was the daughter of Ferdinand
+VII., was born, Maria Christina induced her
+husband, the king, to abolish the Salic law. Two years
+later, when the king was very sick, the Church party
+compelled him to revoke the act; but he got better;
+and, as the <i>Cortes</i> had sanctioned the annulling of the
+Salic law, he destroyed the documents which had been
+extorted from him on his sick-bed. His queen had
+been made regent during his illness. When Ferdinand
+died, his daughter was proclaimed queen, in accordance<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_76" id="Page_76">[76]</a></span>
+with the programme, as Isabella II. Don Carlos had
+protested against his exclusion from the throne, and
+now he took up arms to enforce his right. In the
+Basque provinces he was proclaimed king, as Charles
+V. His arms were successful at first; but, though the
+war lasted seven years, it was a failure in the end.</p>
+
+<p>“While the Carlist war was still raging, in 1836, a
+revolution in favor of a constitution broke out; and
+the next year that of 1812, with important amendments,
+was adopted by the <i>Cortes</i>, and ratified by the
+queen regent, for Isabella was a child of only six
+years. In 1841, Maria Christina having resigned, Espartero
+was appointed regent, by the <i>Cortes</i>, for the
+rest of the queen’s minority. He was a progressive
+man, and his administration very largely promoted
+the prosperity of the country. The government had
+abolished convents, and confiscated the revenues of
+the Church; and this awakened the hostility of the
+clergy, who, for a time, prevented the sale of the property
+thus acquired. This question finally produced a
+rupture between Espartero and the clergy, resulting in
+a general insurrection. The regent fled to England,
+and the <i>Cortes</i> declared the queen to be of age when
+she was only thirteen years old. Espartero was recalled
+a few years later, and has since held many high offices.
+The pope eventually permitted the Church property to
+be sold; but the contest between the progressive and
+the conservative parties was continued for a long period.
+Narvaez, Serrano, General Prim, Castelar, and Espartero
+are the most prominent statesmen; and doubtless
+the last-named is the most able.</p>
+
+<p>“The frequent insurrections gave the government<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_77" id="Page_77">[77]</a></span>
+some excuse for ruling with little regard to the fundamental
+law of the land; and this led to another revolution
+in 1854, in favor of a little more constitution.
+The evil was corrected for the time; and the instrument
+adopted, or rather restored, is sometimes called the
+constitution of 1854. But the queen was a Bourbon,
+and seemed to be always in favor of tyrannical measures
+and of the party that advocated them; and the country
+has continued to be in a disorganized state largely on
+this account. She has been noted for the frequent
+changes of her ministers. A few years ago General
+Prim raised the standard of revolt; but the time for
+a change had not yet come, and the general was glad
+to escape into Portugal.</p>
+
+<p>“The revolution of 1868 commenced with the fleet
+off Cadiz; but, the cry, ‘Down with the Bourbons!’
+soon reached the army and the people, and the revolution
+was accomplished almost without opposition. The
+queen fled to France. A provisional government was
+organized, and an election of members of the <i>Cortes</i>
+was ordered to decide on the form of the new government.
+The <i>Cortes</i> met, and in May, 1869, decreed that
+the new government should be a monarchy. About the
+same time the crown was offered to King Louis of
+Portugal, who, however, declined it. Last June, Queen
+Isabella abdicated in favor of her son Alfonso, prince
+of the Asturias, who will be Alfonso XII. if he ever
+becomes king of Spain. Later in the year Prince
+Leopold, of Hohenzollern Sigmaringen, was invited to
+the throne. He was a relative of the king of Prussia;
+and, when he accepted the crown, it was a real grievance
+to France. Leopold was withdrawn from the candidacy;<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_78" id="Page_78">[78]</a></span>
+but this matter was made the pretext for the
+Franco-Prussian war now raging on the soil of France.</p>
+
+<p>“But we read history in the newspapers for the
+latest details; and only last month the <i>Cortes</i> elected
+Amedeo, second son of the king of Italy, king of Spain.
+He has accepted the crown, and departed for his kingdom.
+We can wish him a prosperous reign; but in
+a country like Spain he will find that a crown is not a
+wreath of roses. I will not detain you longer, young
+gentlemen.”</p>
+
+<p class="p2">The professor bowed, and descended from his rostrum.
+Most of the students had given good attention to his
+discourse; for they desired to understand the history
+of the country they were about to visit.</p>
+
+<p>Since Professor Mapps finished his lecture in the port
+of Barcelona, King Amedeo, after two long years of fruitless
+struggling with the enemies of Spain’s peace and
+prosperity, renounced the crown for himself, his children,
+and successors. Nearly a year later Alfonso XII.
+was proclaimed king of Spain, and now occupies the
+throne. While the country was looking for a king, the
+third Carlist war was begun,&mdash;the last two led by
+the son of the original Don Carlos,&mdash;but it was a
+failure.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_79" id="Page_79">[79]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="break">
+
+<h2 class="p4">CHAPTER V.</h2>
+
+<p class="pch">A SUDDEN DISAPPEARANCE.</p>
+
+<p class="drop-cap"><span class="smdrop">While</span> Professor Mapps was giving his lecture,
+or his “talk” as he preferred to call it, in the
+grand saloon of the steamer, quite a number of boats
+were pulling around the steamer, and the other vessels
+of the squadron, some of them containing boatmen
+looking for a job, and others, people who were curious
+to see the ship and her consorts. The several craft
+were not men-of-war or merchantmen; and they
+seemed to excite a great deal of curiosity. Not a few
+of the boats came up to the gangway, their occupants
+asking permission to go on board; but they were
+politely refused by the officers in charge.</p>
+
+<p>Some of the boats carried lateen, or leg-of-mutton
+sails, which are used more than any other on the
+Mediterranean. A long yard, or spar, is slung at an
+angle of forty-five degrees, on a short mast, so that
+one-fourth of the spar is below and the rest above the
+mast. The sail is triangular, except that the part
+nearest to the tack is squared off. It is attached to the
+long yard on the hypothenuse side. On the larger
+craft, the sail is hauled out on the long spar, sliding on
+hanks, or rings. It is a picturesque rig; and some of<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_80" id="Page_80">[80]</a></span>
+the students who had a taste for boating were anxious
+to try their skill in handling a sail of this kind.</p>
+
+<p>One of these feluccas, with two gentlemen in the
+stern, seemed to be more persistent than the others
+to obtain admission for its occupants on board of the
+Prince. Her huge sail was brailed up, and she had
+taken a berth at the gangway of the steamer. Peaks,
+the adult boatswain of the ship, obeyed his orders to
+the letter, and would not permit any one to put foot
+on the deck. One of the gentlemen who came off
+in her had ascended the accommodation steps, and
+insisted upon holding a parley with Peaks; but as the
+old salt understood only a few words of Spanish, and
+the stranger did not speak English, they did not get
+ahead very well. The boatswain resolutely but good-naturedly
+refused to let the visitor pass him, or to disturb
+the lecture by sending to the saloon for some one
+to act as interpreter. The gentleman obstinately
+declined to give up his point, whatever it was, and
+remained at the gangway till the students were dismissed
+from the exercise.</p>
+
+<p>When the lecture was finished, Mr. Lowington came
+out of the saloon; and, as he passed the gangway,
+Peaks touched his cap, and informed him that a Spaniard
+on the steps insisted upon coming on board.</p>
+
+<p>“I don’t understand his lingo, and can’t tell what he
+is driving at,” added Peaks.</p>
+
+<p>“Somebody that wishes to visit the ship, probably,”
+replied the principal.</p>
+
+<p>“I have turned back more than fifty, but this one
+won’t be turned back,” continued Peaks, as Mr. Lowington
+stepped up to the gangway.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_81" id="Page_81">[81]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>As soon as the Spanish gentleman saw him, he raised
+his hat, and addressed him in the politest terms, begging
+pardon for the intrusion. The principal invited
+him to come on board, and then immediately directed
+the people of the Josephine and Tritonia to return to
+their vessels. While the Tritonias were piping over the
+side, Mr. Lowington gave his attention to the visitor.</p>
+
+<p>“Have you a student in your ship by the name of
+Enrique Raimundo?” asked the Spanish gentleman,
+after he had properly introduced the subject of his
+visit.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Lowington spoke Spanish, having learned it
+when he was on duty as a naval officer in the Mediterranean;
+but, as he had been out of practice for many
+years, he was not as fluent in the language as formerly.
+But he understood the question, and so did Raimundo,
+who happened to pass behind the principal, in company
+with Scott, at this interesting moment. Possibly his
+heart rose to his throat, as he heard his name mentioned;
+at any rate, after the history he had narrated
+to Scott, he could not help being greatly disturbed by
+the inquiry of the stranger. But he had the presence
+of mind to refrain from any demonstration, and went
+over the side into the cutter with his companions. If
+his handsome olive face was paler than usual, no one
+noticed the fact.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Lowington was a prudent man in the management
+of the affairs of the students under his care.
+When he heard the inquiry for the second master of
+the Tritonia, whom he knew to be a Spaniard, he at
+once concluded that the visitor was a friend or a relative
+of the young man. But it was no part of his policy<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_82" id="Page_82">[82]</a></span>
+to deliver over his pupils to their friends and relatives
+without fully understanding what he was doing. Persons
+claiming such relations might lead the students
+astray. They might be the agents of some of his
+rogues on board, who had resorted to this expedient to
+obtain a vacation on shore.</p>
+
+<p>“Are you a relative of Raimundo?” was the first
+question the principal proposed to the stranger.</p>
+
+<p>“No, I am not; but”&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Lowington failed to understand the rest of the
+reply made by the gentleman, for here his Spanish was
+at fault. The visitor was not a relative of Raimundo.
+If he had answered in the affirmative, the principal
+would have directed the Tritonia’s boats to remain, so
+that the visitor could see the young man, if upon further
+explanation it was proper for him to do so. If the
+gentleman was not a relative, it was not advisable to
+disturb the routine of the squadron to oblige him. He
+could see Raimundo the next day, when he went on
+shore. The boats of the Josephine and the Tritonia
+were therefore permitted to return without any delay.</p>
+
+<p>“<i>No hablo mucho Español</i>” (I do not speak much
+Spanish), said Mr. Lowington, laughing; “<i>y no comprendo</i>”
+(and I do not understand).</p>
+
+<p>He then with the utmost politeness, as required in all
+intercourse with Spanish gentlemen, invited the visitor
+into the grand saloon, and sent for Professor Badois,
+the instructor in modern languages, to assist at the
+interview. The gentleman proved to be Don Francisco
+Castro, an <i>abogado</i>, or lawyer, who represented Don
+Alejandro, the lawful guardian of Enrique Raimundo.
+He claimed the body of his client’s ward, the second<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_83" id="Page_83">[83]</a></span>
+master of the Tritonia. Even Professor Badois had
+some difficulty in comprehending the legal terms used
+by the <i>abogado</i>; but so much was made clear to the
+principal.</p>
+
+<p>“I don’t understand this business,” said he. “I
+received the young man from Manuel Raimundo, his
+uncle in New York, who has always paid his tuition
+fees; and I hold myself responsible to him for the
+safe keeping of my pupil.”</p>
+
+<p>“Ah, but you are in Spain, and the young man is a
+Spaniard, subject to Spanish law,” added Don Francisco,
+with a bland smile. “All the evidence will be
+presented to you, and you will be fully justified in giving
+up the young man.”</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Lowington was very much disturbed. He knew
+nothing of the circumstances of the case beyond what
+the lawyer told him; and he was very much perplexed
+by the situation. He called Dr. Winstock, who spoke
+Spanish even more fluently than Professor Badois, and
+asked his advice.</p>
+
+<p>“If Don Alejandro is the lawful guardian of Raimundo,
+how happens the young man to be a resident of
+New York?” asked the surgeon, after the case had
+been fully explained to him.</p>
+
+<p>The lawyer shrugged his shoulders, but smiled as
+blandly as ever.</p>
+
+<p>“Don Manuel, the uncle of the boy, stole him from
+his guardian when he left his native land,” said Don
+Francisco. “You see, the young man has a fortune of
+five million <i>reales</i>; and no doubt Don Manuel wants to
+get this money or a part of it.”</p>
+
+<p>“But Manuel Raimundo is one of the richest wine-merchants
+of New York,” protested the principal.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_84" id="Page_84">[84]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>The subject was discussed for half an hour longer.
+Don Francisco said he had sent agents to New York to
+obtain possession of the boy, and had kept the run of
+the squadron from the day the ward of his client had
+entered as a student. He had taken no action before,
+because he had been assured that the vessels would
+visit Spain, where there would be no legal difficulties in
+the way of securing his client’s ward. The lawyer
+made a very plain case of it, and was entirely fair in
+every thing he proposed. He would not take Raimundo
+out of the vessel by force unless compelled to
+do so. The whole matter would be settled in the
+proper court, and the young man should have the best
+counsel in Spain.</p>
+
+<p>“Very well, Don Francisco. I am much obliged to
+you for the courtesy with which you have managed your
+case so far,” said Mr. Lowington. “I will employ
+counsel to-morrow to look up the matter in the interest
+of my pupil.”</p>
+
+<p>“But the young man,&mdash;what is to be done with him
+in the mean time?” asked the lawyer.</p>
+
+<p>“He will be safe on board of the Tritonia.”</p>
+
+<p>“Pardon me, sir; but I have been looking for the
+boy too many years to let him slip through my fingers
+now,” interposed Don Francisco earnestly, but with
+his constant smile. “If he hears that I am looking
+for him, he will keep out of my way, as he has done for
+several years.”</p>
+
+<p>“Do you wish to make a prisoner of him?” inquired
+the principal.</p>
+
+<p>“No, no! By no means,&mdash;no prison! He shall
+have the best room in my house; but I must not lose
+sight of him<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_85" id="Page_85">[85]</a></span>.”</p>
+
+<p>“That would be taking possession of the young man
+without regard to any thing I may wish to do for him.
+I do not like that arrangement,” added Mr. Lowington.</p>
+
+<p>The courteous <i>abogado</i> seemed to be troubled. He
+did not wish to do any thing that would not be satisfactory
+to the “distinguished officer” before him; but,
+after considerable friendly argument, he proposed a
+plan which was accepted by the principal. The person
+who had come off in the boat with him was an <i>alguacil</i>,
+or constable, who had been empowered to arrest Don
+Alejandro’s ward. Would the principal allow this
+official to remain on board of the vessel with Raimundo,
+and keep an eye on him all the time? Mr. Lowington
+did not object to this arrangement. He
+would go with Don Francisco to the Tritonia, where
+the situation could be explained to Raimundo, and the
+<i>alguacil</i> should occupy a state-room with his charge, if
+he desired. The principal treated his guest with distinguished
+consideration; and the first cutter was lowered
+to convey him to the Tritonia. Dr. Winstock
+accompanied the party; the twelve oars of the first
+cutter dropped into the water with mechanical precision,
+to the great admiration of the Spanish gentlemen;
+and the boat darted off from the ship’s side.</p>
+
+<p>In a moment the cutter was alongside the Tritonia,
+and the party went on board of her. Most of the
+officers were on the quarter-deck, and Mr. Lowington
+looked among them for the second master. All hands
+raised their caps to the principal as soon as he appeared
+on the deck.</p>
+
+<p>“Captain Wainwright, I wish to see Mr. Raimundo,”
+said he to the young commander. “Send for him, if
+you please<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_86" id="Page_86">[86]</a></span>.”</p>
+
+<p>“Mr. Raimundo,” repeated the captain, touching his
+cap. “Mr. Richards, pass the word for Mr. Raimundo.”</p>
+
+<p>The first master, who had been designated, went to
+look for the young Spaniard. His name was repeated
+all over the deck, and through the cabin and steerage;
+but Raimundo did not respond to the call. A vigorous
+search was made in every part of the vessel; yet the
+second master was still missing. Don Francisco’s
+constant courtesy seemed to be somewhat shaken.
+Inquiries were made of all the other officers in regard
+to the second master. They had seen him on the deck
+after the return of the boats from the Prince. Scott
+had left him in the cabin, half an hour before; but he
+had not the least idea what had become of him. Don
+Francisco spoke French and Italian; and he examined
+O’Hara in the latter, and several other officers in the
+former language.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Lowington explained that he had sent no one
+to the Tritonia to inform Raimundo that he was wanted;
+and the <i>alguacil</i>, who had remained in the felucca all
+the time till he took his place in the first cutter, assured
+the lawyer that no one had gone from the steamer to
+the schooner after all the boats left.</p>
+
+<p>The principal and the vice-principal were as much
+perplexed as the lawyer. None of them could alter
+the fact that Raimundo was missing; and they were
+utterly unable to account for his mysterious disappearance.
+All of them were confident that the absentee
+would soon be found; and the <i>abogado</i> returned to the
+shore, leaving the <i>alguacil</i> in the Tritonia to continue
+the search.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_87" id="Page_87">[87]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="break">
+
+<h2 class="pc4">CHAPTER VI.</h2>
+
+<p class="pch">A LOOK AT BARCELONA.</p>
+
+<p class="drop-cap"><span class="smdrop">The</span> sudden disappearance of Raimundo produced
+the greatest astonishment on board of the Tritonia,
+and not less among those who knew him best in the
+other vessels of the squadron. His character had been
+excellent since he first joined the academy squadron.
+No one believed he had run away for the mere sake of
+escaping the study and discipline of his vessel, or for
+the sake of “a time” on shore. The <i>abogado’s</i> business
+was explained to Mr. Pelham on board of the
+Tritonia, but to no others. Raimundo was gone without
+a doubt; but when, where, or how he had disappeared,
+was a profound mystery.</p>
+
+<p>The excellent character of Raimundo, and the fact
+that he was a universal favorite, were strongly in his
+favor; and no one was disposed to render a harsh
+judgment in regard to his singular conduct. The officers
+talked it over in the cabin, the seamen talked it
+over in the steerage. The students could make nothing
+of the matter; and it looked to them very much like
+the usual cases of running away, strange as it seemed
+to them that a fellow like Raimundo, who had been a
+model of good conduct on board, should take such a
+step.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_88" id="Page_88">[88]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Of course Scott was an exception to the general rule.
+Though he knew not where his friend had gone, he
+understood why he had disappeared; for Raimundo had
+told him what he had heard on board of the American
+Prince, and he was fully satisfied that the stranger had
+come for him.</p>
+
+<p>“I think the matter is fully explained,” said Professor
+Crumples, in the state-room. “A demand has been
+made on the principal for Raimundo; and straightway
+Raimundo disappears. It is plain enough to me that
+the young man knew the lawyer was after him.”</p>
+
+<p>“But how could he know it?” demanded Professor
+Primback.</p>
+
+<p>“That I cannot explain; but I am satisfied that a
+student like Raimundo would not run away. He has
+not gone for a frolic, or to escape his duty: he is not
+one of that sort,” persisted Professor Crumples.</p>
+
+<p>“I think you are right, Mr. Crumples,” added the
+vice-principal. “Raimundo was a bad boy, or at least
+full of mischief and given to a lark, before he joined
+the institution; but for more than a year his deportment
+has been perfectly exemplary. He has been a
+model since I have had charge of this vessel. I have
+found that those who have really reformed are often
+stiffer and more determined in their zeal to do right
+than many who have never left the straight path of
+duty. I may say that I know this fact from experience.
+I am satisfied that Raimundo had some very strong
+motive for the step he has taken. But what you say,
+Mr. Crumples, suggests a little further inquiry into the
+matter.”</p>
+
+<p>The vice-principal spoke Spanish, and he immediately<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_89" id="Page_89">[89]</a></span>
+sent for the <i>alguacil</i> to join the trio in the state-room.</p>
+
+<p>“Had the boats belonging to this vessel left the
+steamer when Don Francisco went on board of her?”
+asked Mr. Pelham as the Spanish officer entered the
+room.</p>
+
+<p>“No, sir: not a boat had left the steamer when Don
+Francisco was permitted to go on the deck of the
+steamer,” replied the <i>alguacil</i> promptly. “He waited
+on the steps, at the head of which the big officer stood,
+for more than an hour; and I was in the boat at the
+foot of the steps all the time. I counted eight boats
+made fast to the boom; and I am sure that no one left
+the steamer till after Don Francisco had been admitted
+on board. I saw all the boys get into these boats, and
+pull away to this vessel and the other.”</p>
+
+<p>“Then Don Francisco was on the deck of the
+steamer at the same time that our ship’s company
+were there,” added Mr. Pelham.</p>
+
+<p>“No doubt of that,” replied the <i>alguacil</i>, who appeared
+to desire that no suspicion of foul play on the
+part of the officers or the principal should be encouraged.</p>
+
+<p>“Now, if I could find any one who noticed the conduct
+of Raimundo on board of the steamer, we might
+get at something,” continued the vice-principal.</p>
+
+<p>“I think you can easily find such a one,” suggested
+Professor Crumples. “Lieutenant Scott and Raimundo
+are fast friends; they are in the same quarter-watch,
+and appear to be great cronies.”</p>
+
+<p>“I was thinking of him when you spoke.&mdash;Mr.
+Scott,” called the vice-principal, when he had opened
+the door of the state-room.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_90" id="Page_90">[90]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Scott was in the cabin, and presented himself at the
+door. He was requested to come in, and the door was
+closed behind him.</p>
+
+<p>“Were you with Raimundo on board of the steamer?”
+asked Mr. Pelham.</p>
+
+<p>Scott was fully determined not to do or say any thing
+that would injure his friend, even if he were sent to the
+brig for his fidelity to the absent shipmate; and he
+hesitated long enough to consider the effect of any thing
+he might say.</p>
+
+<p>“We are all friends of Raimundo, and do not wish
+to harm him,” added the vice-principal. “You have
+already said you did not know where Raimundo was.”</p>
+
+<p>“I do not.”</p>
+
+<p>“Do you object to answering the question I asked?”</p>
+
+<p>“I do not,” replied Scott, who had by this time made
+up his mind that the truth could not harm his friend.
+“I was with Raimundo all the time he was on board of
+the steamer. We went in the same boat, and returned
+together.”</p>
+
+<p>“Did you notice the gentleman that came on board
+of the Tritonia with Mr. Lowington?”</p>
+
+<p>“I did. He was on deck here half an hour, or
+more.”</p>
+
+<p>“Did you see him on board of the American
+Prince?”</p>
+
+<p>“I did. He spoke to the principal just as Raimundo
+and I passed behind him.”</p>
+
+<p>“Behind whom?”</p>
+
+<p>“Behind the principal. I looked the gentleman in
+the face while he was speaking to Mr. Lowington.”</p>
+
+<p>“Do you know what he said<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_91" id="Page_91">[91]</a></span>?”</p>
+
+<p>“I can walk Spanish, but I can’t talk Spanish; and
+so I couldn’t understand him.”</p>
+
+<p>“You don’t know what he said, then?”</p>
+
+<p>Scott hesitated again.</p>
+
+<p>“I don’t say that.”</p>
+
+<p>“But you intimated that you did not understand
+Spanish.”</p>
+
+<p>“I do know what the gentleman said as I passed
+him,” replied Scott.</p>
+
+<p>“How could you know, without understanding the
+language he spoke?”</p>
+
+<p>“Raimundo told me what he said; and he could
+understand Spanish if I could not.”</p>
+
+<p>“Ah, indeed! Raimundo told you! Well, what did
+he tell you the gentleman said?” asked the vice-principal
+earnestly.</p>
+
+<p>“He told me he heard the gentleman ask the principal
+if he had a student under his care by the name of
+Enrique Raimundo: that’s all he heard, and that’s all
+he told me about the gentleman,” replied Scott, who
+had said so much because he believed that this information
+would do his absent shipmate more good than
+harm.</p>
+
+<p>“That explains it all,” added Mr. Pelham; and he
+informed the <i>alguacil</i> what Scott had said.</p>
+
+<p>This was all the vice-principal had expected to show
+by Scott; and he was entirely satisfied with the information
+he had obtained, not suspecting that the third
+lieutenant knew any thing more about the matter. Mr. Pelham
+and the rest of the party asked Scott some
+more questions in regard to the conduct of the absentee
+after he came on board of the Tritonia; but<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_92" id="Page_92">[92]</a></span>
+Raimundo had taken care that his friend should know
+nothing at all about his intended movements, and the
+lieutenant was as ignorant of them as any other person
+on board. To his intense relief he was dismissed without
+having betrayed the confidence of his friend in the
+slightest degree.</p>
+
+<p>Scott knew the whole story of the young Spaniard;
+and he was confident that the principal and the vice-principal,
+if not the professors, had learned at least
+Don Alejandro’s side of it from the stranger; and he
+felt that he was relieving his friend from the charge of
+being a runaway, in the ordinary acceptation of the
+term, by showing that Raimundo knew that some one
+was after him.</p>
+
+<p>The exciting topic was discussed by all hands till the
+anchor-watch was set, and the rest of the ship’s company
+had turned in. Even Bill Stout and Bark Lingall
+in the brig had heard the news, for Ben Pardee had
+contrived to communicate it to them on the sly; and
+they discussed it in whispers, as well as another more
+exciting question to them, after all hands below were
+asleep. Bill was fully determined to repeat the wicked
+experiment which had so providentially failed that day.</p>
+
+<p>“Bark is willin’,” added that worthy, when the plan
+had been fully considered.</p>
+
+<p>The <i>alguacil</i> visited every part of the vessel, attended
+by the vice-principal, before he retired for the
+night. The next morning, all hands were mustered on
+deck, and the search was repeated. This time the hold
+was visited; but no sign of the fugitive could be found.
+The <i>alguacil</i> protested that he was sure no attempt
+had been made by any person on board to conceal the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_93" id="Page_93">[93]</a></span>
+absentee; for every facility had been afforded him to
+see for himself.</p>
+
+<p>Breakfast had been ordered at an early hour; for it
+was understood that all hands were to go on shore, and
+see what little there was to be seen in Barcelona.
+Before the meal was finished, the principal came on
+board with Don Francisco. The <i>alguacil</i> reported to
+his employer what he had done, and described the
+thorough search which had been made for the missing
+ward. The principal offered to do any thing the
+lawyer would suggest in order to find Raimundo. No
+one could imagine how he had left the vessel, though it
+seemed to be a settled conviction with all that he had
+left. Don Francisco could suggest nothing; but he
+insisted that the <i>alguacil</i> should remain on the vessel,
+to which the principal gladly assented.</p>
+
+<p>Don Francisco was sent on shore in good style in the
+first cutter of the Prince; and, as soon as breakfast was
+over in the Tritonia, the principal directed that all
+hands should be mustered in the waist.</p>
+
+<p>“Young gentlemen,” said Mr. Lowington, as soon as
+the students had assembled, “I spent last evening, and
+the greater part of last night, in devising a plan by
+which all hands in the fleet may see the most interesting
+portions of Spain and Portugal.”</p>
+
+<p>This announcement was received with a demonstration
+of applause, which was permitted and even enjoyed
+by the faculty; for it had long before been proved
+that the boys were honest and sincere in their expressions
+of approbation, and that they withheld their
+tribute when they were not satisfied with the announcement,
+or the programme, whatever it was. The principal
+bowed in acknowledgment of the applause.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_94" id="Page_94">[94]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>“I am well aware that some of the interior towns of
+Spain possess more interest than any on the seacoast;
+and therefore I have decided that you shall see both.
+You will spend to-morrow in seeing Barcelona, which
+may easily be seen in one day by those who do not
+wish to make a critical survey of the country. To-night
+the ship’s company of the American Prince will
+depart for Saragossa; and will visit Burgos, Valladolid,
+the Escurial, Madrid, Toledo, Badajos, and thence
+through Portugal to Lisbon, from which they may go
+to Cintra and other places. They will reach Lisbon
+in about two weeks. To-morrow morning the ship’s
+company of the Tritonia and that of the Josephine
+will be sent in the steamer direct to Lisbon, from
+which place they will make the tour, reversed, back
+to Barcelona. The ship’s company of the American
+Prince will return to Barcelona in their own vessel,
+which will wait for them at Lisbon. When all hands
+are on board again, the squadron will sail along
+the coast, visiting Valencia, Alicante, Carthagena,
+Malaga, Gibraltar, and Cadiz; and another interior
+trip will be made to Granada, Cordova, and Seville.
+This plan will enable you to see about the whole
+of Spain. Then we shall have visited nearly every
+country in Europe. To-day will be used in coaling
+the steamer, and you will go on shore as soon as you
+are ready.”</p>
+
+<p>This speech was finished with another demonstration
+of applause; and the principal immediately returned
+to the Prince, alongside of which several coal-barges
+had already taken their places. The students
+had put on their go-ashore uniforms, and were in readiness<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_95" id="Page_95">[95]</a></span>
+to take a nearer view of the city. The officers
+and crew of the Prince had packed their bags for the
+two weeks’ trip through Spain, and her boats were now
+pulling to the landing-place near the foot of the <i>Rambla</i>.
+Those of the Josephine and Tritonia soon followed
+them.</p>
+
+<p>The <i>alguacil</i> remained on board of the Tritonia.
+He had a recent photograph of Raimundo, obtained
+in New York by Don Alejandro’s agent; and he was
+confident that the fugitive had not left the vessel with
+the rest of the students. As it was necessary for the
+adult boatswain and carpenter, Marline and Rimmer,
+to go on shore with the boats in order to take charge
+of them, the two prisoners in the brig were left in care
+of the head steward. When the vessel was deserted
+by all but the cooks and stewards, the <i>alguacil</i> made
+another diligent search for the ward of his employer,
+but with no better success than before. He tried to
+talk with Salter, the chief steward; but that individual
+did not know a word of Spanish, and he did not get
+ahead very fast. In the course of an hour, he seemed
+to be disgusted with his occupation, and, calling a
+shore boat, he left the Tritonia. Probably Don Francisco
+had directed him to use his own judgment as to
+the time he was to remain on board.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Salter was the chief steward of the Tritonia, and
+he had a great deal of business of his own to attend to,
+so that he could not occupy himself very closely in
+looking after the marines in the brig. He was obliged
+to make up his accounts, which were required to be as
+accurately and methodically kept as though the vessel
+were a man-of-war. His desk was in the cabin, for he<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_96" id="Page_96">[96]</a></span>
+was an officer of no little consequence on board.
+Though the passage-way between the cabin and the
+steerage was open, he could not see, from the place
+where he was seated, what the prisoners were about, or
+hear their conversation. They had their books in the
+brig, though they did not study their neglected lessons.
+But what they said and what they did must be reserved
+till a later time in the day; for it would not be fair to
+leave all the good students to wander about Barcelona
+without any attention.</p>
+
+<p>The boats landed, and for the first time the young
+voyagers stood on the soil of Spain. Captain Wainwright,
+Scott, and O’Hara were among those who were
+permitted to take care of themselves, while not a few
+were in charge of the vice-principals and the professors.
+Those who were privileged to go where they pleased
+without any supervision chose their own companions.
+Scott and O’Hara were inclined to train in the same
+company; and Captain Sheridan and Lieutenant Murray
+of the steamer, with whom both of them had been
+formerly very intimate, hailed them as they came on
+shore. The four formed a party for the day. It was a
+very desirable party too, for the reason that Dr. Winstock,
+an old traveller in Spain, as indeed he was in all
+the countries of Europe, was as great a crony of Sheridan
+as he once had been of Paul Kendall, the first
+captain of the Josephine, and a commander of the
+Young America. The surgeon shook hands with Scott
+and O’Hara, and then led the way to the <i>Rambla</i>,
+which is the broad avenue extending through the centre
+of the city.</p>
+
+<p>“Barcelona, I suppose you know, young gentlemen,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_97" id="Page_97">[97]</a></span>
+is the second city in Spain in population, and has nearly
+or quite two hundred thousand inhabitants,” said the
+doctor, as the party entered the <i>Rambla</i>. “It is by
+far the most important commercial city, and is quite a
+manufacturing place besides. There are several cotton,
+silk, and woollen mills outside of the walls; and
+ten years ago the imports of cotton from the United
+States were worth nearly five millions of dollars.”</p>
+
+<p>“What do you call our country in Spanish, doctor?”
+asked Sheridan.</p>
+
+<p>“<i>Los Estados Unidos de America</i>,” replied Dr. Winstock.
+“By the way, O’Hara, do you speak Spanish?”</p>
+
+<p>“No, sir: I spake only Oyrish and Oytalian,”
+laughed the fourth lieutenant of the Tritonia.</p>
+
+<p>“Though Spanish and Italian are very much alike,
+each of them seems to be at war with the other. Ford,
+in Murray’s Hand-book for Spain, says that a knowledge
+of Italian will prove a constant stumbling-block in
+learning Spanish. I found it so myself. Before I
+came to Spain the first time I could speak the language
+very well, and talked it whole evenings with my professor.
+Then I took lessons in Italian; but I soon found
+my Spanish so confused and confounded that I could
+not speak it at all.”</p>
+
+<p>“Then I won’t try to learn Spanish,” added O’Hara.</p>
+
+<p>“Here is the post-office on your right, and the <i>Teatro
+Principal</i> on the left; but it is not the principal theatre
+at the present time.”</p>
+
+<p>“This street&mdash;I suppose they would call it a boulevard
+in Paris&mdash;is not unlike ‘<i>Unter den Linden</i>’ in
+Berlin,” said Murray. “It has the rows of trees in the
+middle<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_98" id="Page_98">[98]</a></span>.”</p>
+
+<p>“But the time to visit the <i>Rambla</i> is just before night
+on a pleasant day, when it is crowded with people.
+Barcelona is not so thoroughly Spanish as some other
+cities of Spain&mdash;Madrid and Seville, for instance.
+The people are quite different from the traditional
+Spaniard, who is too dignified and proud to engage in
+commerce or to work at any honest business; while the
+Catalans are an industrious and thriving people, first-rate
+sailors, quick, impulsive, and revolutionary in their
+character. They are more like Frenchmen than Spaniards.”</p>
+
+<p>“There is a square up that narrow street,” said
+Sheridan.</p>
+
+<p>“That’s the <i>Plaza Real</i>,&mdash;Royal Square,&mdash;surrounded
+by houses with arcades, like the <i>Palais Royal</i>
+in Paris. In the centre of it is a fine monument, dedicated
+to the Catholic kings, as distinguished from the
+Moorish sovereigns, and dedicated to Ferdinand and
+Isabella; and you remember that Catalonia became a
+part of Aragon, and was annexed to Castile by the marriage
+of their respective sovereigns. This is the <i>Rambla
+del Centro</i>, for this broad avenue has six names in its
+length of three-quarters of a mile. Here is the <i>Calle
+Fernando</i> on our right, which is the next street in importance
+to the <i>Rambla</i>, and, like it, has several names for
+its different parts. Now we have the <i>Teatro del Lico</i> on
+our left, which is built on the plan of <i>La Scala</i> at Milan,
+and is said to be the largest theatre in Europe, seating
+comfortably four thousand people.”</p>
+
+<p>Dr. Winstock continued to point out the various
+objects of interest on the way; but most of them were
+more worthy to be looked at than to be written about.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_99" id="Page_99">[99]</a></span>
+The party walked the entire length of the <i>Rambla</i> to
+the <i>Plaza de Cataluña</i>, which is a small park, with a
+fountain in the centre. Taking another street, they
+reached a point near the centre of the city, where the
+cathedral is located. It is a Gothic structure, built in
+the fourteenth and fifteenth centuries. In 1519 Charles V.
+presided in the choir of this church over a general
+assembly of the Knights of the Golden Fleece. Under
+the high altar is the crypt or tomb of St. Eulalia, the
+patron saint of the city. She suffered martyrdom in
+the fourth century; and it is said that her remains were
+discovered five hundred years after her death, by the
+sweet odor they emitted. Her soul ascended to heaven
+in the visible form of a dove.</p>
+
+<p>Near the cathedral, on the <i>Plaza de la Constitucion</i>,
+or Constitution Square, are the Town Hall and the
+Parliament House, in which the commons of Catalonia
+met before it became a part of the kingdom of Aragon.
+Between this square and the <i>Rambla</i> is the church of
+<i>Santa Maria del Pino</i>, Gothic, built a little later than
+the cathedral. Its name is derived from a tradition that
+the image of the Virgin was found in the trunk of a pine-tree,
+and because this tree is the emblem of the Catholic
+faith, ever green and ever pointing to heaven. On
+the altars of two of its chapels, Jews were allowed to
+take an oath in any suit with a Christian, or to establish
+the validity of a will, and for similar purposes. In
+another church Hebrews are permitted to take oath on
+the Ten Commandments, placed on an altar.</p>
+
+<p>The party visited several other churches, and finally
+reached the great square near the head of the port, on
+which are located the Royal Palace, the Exchange, and<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_100" id="Page_100">[100]</a></span>
+the Custom House; but there is nothing remarkable
+about them. There are fifty fountains in the city, the
+principal of which is in the palace square. It is an
+allegorical representation of the four provinces of Catalonia.</p>
+
+<p>“There is not much to see in Barcelona,” said Dr.
+Winstock, as they walked along the sea-wall, in the
+resort called the <i>Muralla del Mar</i>. “This is a commercial
+city, and you do not see much that is distinctively
+Spanish. Commerce with other nations is very
+apt to wear away the peculiarities of any people.”</p>
+
+<p>“But where are the Spaniards? I don’t think I have
+seen any of them,” added Sheridan.</p>
+
+<p>“Probably most of the people you have met in our
+walk were Spaniards,” replied the doctor.</p>
+
+<p>“Don’t we see the national costume?”</p>
+
+<p>“You will have to go to a bull-fight to see that,”
+laughed the surgeon; “and then only the men who
+take part in the spectacle will wear the costume. The
+audience will be dressed in about the same fashion you
+have seen all over Europe. Perhaps if you go over
+into Barceloneta you will find some men clothed in the
+garb of the Catalans.”</p>
+
+<p>“Shall we see a bull-fight?” asked Scott.</p>
+
+<p>“Not in Barcelona. I suppose, if there should be an
+opportunity, the principal would allow all who wished
+to see it to do so; for it is a Spanish institution, and the
+traveller ought not to leave Spain without seeing one.
+But it is a sickening sight; and, after you have seen one
+or two poor old horses gored to death by the bull, you
+will not care to have any more of it. The people of
+this city are not very fond of the sport; and the affair<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_101" id="Page_101">[101]</a></span>
+is tame here compared with the bull-fights of Madrid
+and Seville.”</p>
+
+<p>At three o’clock those of the party who belonged to
+the steamer departed for Saragossa. Scott and O’Hara
+wandered about the city the rest of the day, visiting
+Barceloneta, and taking an outside view of the bull-ring,
+or <i>Plaza de Toros</i>, which is about the same thing
+as in all the other large cities of the country. They
+dined at a French restaurant in the <i>Rambla</i>, where
+they did not go hungry for the want of a language. At
+an early hour they returned to the Tritonia, where they
+were to spend another night before their departure in
+the American Prince.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_102" id="Page_102">[102]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="break">
+
+<h2 class="p4">CHAPTER VII.</h2>
+
+<p class="pch">FIRE AND WATER.</p>
+
+<p class="drop-cap"><span class="smdrop">“What’s</span> going on, Bark?” asked Bill Stout,
+as all hands were called to go on shore; and
+perhaps this was the hundredth time this question had
+been put by one or the other of the occupants of the
+brig since the ship’s company turned out that morning.</p>
+
+<p>“All hands are going on shore,” replied Bark Lingall.
+“I hope they will have a good time; and I am
+thankful that I am not one of them, to be tied to the
+coat-tail of Professor Primback.”</p>
+
+<p>The marines knew all about the events that had
+transpired on board of the vessel since she anchored,
+including the strange disappearance of Raimundo.
+Ben Pardee had contrived to tell them all they wanted
+to know, while most of the students were on deck.
+But he and Lon Gibbs had not been informed of the
+conspiracy to burn the Tritonia. Bark had simply
+told them that “something was up,” and they must do
+some mischief to get committed to the brig before they
+could take a hand in the game. Lon and Ben had
+talked the matter over between themselves, and were
+ready to do as required till the orders came for the
+Josephines and the Tritonias to proceed to Lisbon in<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_103" id="Page_103">[103]</a></span>
+the Prince. The voyage in the steamer had too many
+attractions to permit them to lose it. They had done
+better in their lessons than Bill and Bark, who had
+purposely neglected theirs.</p>
+
+<p>“I should not object to the voyage in the Prince,”
+said Bark.</p>
+
+<p>“Nor I, if I had known about it; but it is too late
+now to back out. We are in for it,&mdash;in the brig.
+We shall have a better chance to get off when all the
+professors are away,” added Bill.</p>
+
+<p>“There don’t appear to be any one taking care of
+us just now,” said Bark, after he had looked through
+the bars of the prison, and satisfied himself that no
+one but themselves was in the steerage. “Marline
+had to go on shore with the crowd to take care of the
+boats; and so had the carpenter.”</p>
+
+<p>“Some one has the care of us, I know,” replied
+Bill. “But I can soon find out.”</p>
+
+<p>Bill Stout began to pound on the slats of the cage;
+and the noise soon brought the chief steward to the
+brig.</p>
+
+<p>“What are you about in there?” demanded Mr.
+Salter.</p>
+
+<p>“I want to see Mr. Marline or Mr. Rimmer,” replied
+Bill, meekly enough.</p>
+
+<p>“They are both gone on shore to take charge of the
+boats, and won’t be back till night,” added Salter.
+“What do you want?”</p>
+
+<p>“I want a drink of water: I am almost choked,”
+answered Bill.</p>
+
+<p>“You don’t want Mr. Rimmer for that,” said Salter,
+as he left the brig.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_104" id="Page_104">[104]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>In a moment he returned with a pitcher of water,
+which he handed into the cage through the slide.
+Having done this, he returned to the cabin to resume
+his work.</p>
+
+<p>“I’ll bet he is alone on board!” exclaimed Bill, as
+soon as Salter had gone.</p>
+
+<p>“I think not,” replied Bark.</p>
+
+<p>“Why did he bring the water himself, then?”</p>
+
+<p>“I don’t know; perhaps the stewards are all on
+deck.”</p>
+
+<p>“No: he always lets most of his men go on shore
+when we are in port. I don’t believe there is more
+than one of them on board,” continued Bill, with no
+little excitement in his manner.</p>
+
+<p>“I heard some one walking on deck since the boats
+went off. It may have been Salter; but I am sure he
+is not alone on board.”</p>
+
+<p>“No matter, if there are only two or three left.
+Now is our time, Bark!” whispered Bill Stout.</p>
+
+<p>“We may be burnt up in the vessel: we are locked
+into the brig,” suggested Bark.</p>
+
+<p>“No danger of that. When the fire breaks out,
+Salter will unlock the door of the cage. If he don’t we
+can break it down.”</p>
+
+<p>“What then?” queried Bark. “Every boat belonging
+to the vessel is gone, and we might get singed in
+the scrape.”</p>
+
+<p>“Nonsense, Bark! At the worst we could swim
+ashore to that old light-house.”</p>
+
+<p>“Well, what are we going to do then? We wear the
+uniform of the fleet, and we shall be known wherever
+we go,” added the more prudent Bark.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_105" id="Page_105">[105]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>“You have money enough, and so have I. All we
+have to do is to buy a suit of clothes apiece, and then
+we shall be all right.”</p>
+
+<p>They discussed the matter for half an hour longer.
+Bark was willing to admit that the time for putting the
+villanous scheme in operation was more favorable than
+any that was likely to be afforded them in the future.
+Though the professors were all on shore, they believed
+they could easily keep out of their way in a city so
+large as Barcelona.</p>
+
+<p>“Suppose Salter should come into the steerage when
+you are down in the hold?” suggested Bark.</p>
+
+<p>“That would be bad,” replied Bill, shaking his head.
+“But we must take some risk. We will wait till he
+comes in to take a look at us, and then I will do the job.
+He won’t come in again for half an hour; for I suppose
+he is busy in the cabin, as he always is while we are in
+port.”</p>
+
+<p>They had to wait half an hour more before the chief
+steward came into the steerage. Though he intended to
+be a faithful officer, Mr. Salter was wholly absorbed in
+his accounts, and he did not like to leave them even for
+a moment. He went into the steerage far enough to see
+that both of the prisoners were safe in the cage, and
+hastened back to his desk.</p>
+
+<p>“We are all right now,” whispered Bill, as he bent
+down to the scuttle that led into the hold.</p>
+
+<p>“If you make any noise at all the chief steward will
+hear you,” replied Bark, hardly less excited than his
+companion in villany.</p>
+
+<p>Bill raised the trap-door with the utmost care. As
+he made no noise, Mr. Salter heard none. Bill had his<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_106" id="Page_106">[106]</a></span>
+matches all ready, with the paper he had prepared for
+the purpose. He had taken off his shoes, so as to
+make no noise on the steps. He was not absent from
+the brig more than two minutes, and Salter was still
+absorbed in his accounts. Bark carefully adjusted the
+scuttle when Bill came up; and he could smell the
+burning straw as he did so.</p>
+
+<p>Bill put on his shoes with all the haste he could,
+without making any noise; and both the conspirators
+tried to look as though nothing had happened, or was
+about to happen. They were intensely excited, of
+course, for they expected the flames would burst up
+through the cabin floor in a few moments. Bark
+looked over the slats of the cage to find where the
+weakest of them were, so as to be ready, in case it
+should be necessary, to break out.</p>
+
+<p>“Do you smell the fire?” asked Bill, when his anxiety
+had become so great that he could no longer keep
+still.</p>
+
+<p>“I did smell it when the scuttle was off; but I don’t
+smell it now,” replied Bark.</p>
+
+<p>“What was that noise?” asked Bill.</p>
+
+<p>Both of them had heard it, and it seemed to be in
+the hold. They could not tell what it was like, only
+that it was a noise.</p>
+
+<p>“What could it be?” mused Bill. “It was in the
+hold, and not far from the foot of the ladder.”</p>
+
+<p>“Perhaps it was the noise of the fire,” suggested
+Bark. “It may have burned away so that one of the
+boxes tumbled down.”</p>
+
+<p>“That must have been it,” replied Bill, satisfied with
+this plausible explanation. “But why don’t the fire<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_107" id="Page_107">[107]</a></span>
+break out? It is time for it to show itself, for fire travels
+fast.”</p>
+
+<p>“I suppose it has not got a-going yet. Very likely
+the straw and stuff is damp, and does not burn very
+freely.”</p>
+
+<p>“It will be a sure thing this time, for I saw the blaze
+rising when I came up the ladder,” added Bill.</p>
+
+<p>“And I saw it myself also.”</p>
+
+<p>“But it ought to be a little hot by this time,” replied
+Bill, who began to have a suspicion that every thing was
+not working according to the programme.</p>
+
+<p>“You know best how you fixed things down below.
+The fire may have burned the straw all up without lighting
+the ceiling of the vessel.”</p>
+
+<p>At least ten minutes had elapsed since the match
+had been applied to the combustibles, and it was certainly
+time that the fire should begin to appear in the
+steerage. But there was no fire, and not even the
+smell of fire, to be perceived. The conspirators were
+astonished at the non-appearance of the blaze; and
+after waiting ten minutes more they were satisfied that
+the fire was not making any progress.</p>
+
+<p>“It is a failure again,” said Bark Lingall. “There
+will be no conflagration to-day.”</p>
+
+<p>“Yes, there will, if I have to set it a dozen times,”
+replied Bill Stout, setting his teeth firmly together. “I
+don’t understand it. I certainly saw the blaze before I
+left the hold; and I couldn’t have done the job any
+better if I had tried for a week.”</p>
+
+<p>“You did it all right, without a doubt; but a fire will
+not always burn after you touch it off,” answered Bark,
+willing to console his companion in his failure.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_108" id="Page_108">[108]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>“I will go down again, and see what the matter is, at
+any rate. If I can’t get up a blaze in the hold, I will
+see what I can do in one of the mess-rooms,” added
+Bill stoutly.</p>
+
+<p>“How can you get into one of the mess-rooms?”
+asked Bark. “You forget that we are locked into the
+brig.”</p>
+
+<p>“No, I don’t forget it; but you seem to forget that
+we can go down into the hold, and go up by the forward
+scuttle into the steerage.”</p>
+
+<p>“You are right, Bill. I did not think of that,” said
+Bark. “And you can also go aft, and up by the after
+scuttle into the cabin. I remember now that there are
+three ways to get into the hold.”</p>
+
+<p>“I haven’t forgot it for a moment,” added Bill, with
+something like triumph in his tones. “I am going
+down once more to see why the blaze didn’t do as it
+was expected to do.”</p>
+
+<p>“Not yet, Bill. Wait till Salter has been into the
+steerage again.”</p>
+
+<p>“It isn’t twenty minutes since he was here; and he
+will not come again for half an hour at least.”</p>
+
+<p>Bill Stout felt that he had done enough, and had
+proved that he knew enough, to entitle him to have his
+own way. Raising the scuttle, he descended into the
+hold. He did not dare to remain long, lest the chief
+steward should come into the steerage, and discover
+that he was not in the brig. But he remained long
+enough to ascertain the reason why the fire did not
+burn; and, filled with amazement, he returned to communicate
+the discovery he had made to his fellow-conspirator.
+When he had closed the trap, and turned<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_109" id="Page_109">[109]</a></span>
+around to confront Bark, his face was the very picture
+of astonishment and dismay.</p>
+
+<p>“Well, what’s the matter, Bill?” asked Bark, who
+could not help seeing the strange expression on the
+countenance of his shipmate.</p>
+
+<p>“Matter enough! I should say that the Evil One was
+fighting against us, Bark,” replied his companion.</p>
+
+<p>“I should say that the Evil One is fighting on the
+other side, if on either,” added Bark. “But what have
+you found?”</p>
+
+<p>“The fire is out, and the straw and other stuff feels
+just as though a bucket of water had been thrown
+upon it. At any rate, it is wet,” answered Bill.</p>
+
+<p>“Nonsense! no water could have been thrown upon
+it.”</p>
+
+<p>“How does it happen to be wet, then?”</p>
+
+<p>“The hold of a vessel is apt to be a damp place.”</p>
+
+<p>“Damp! I tell you it was wet!” protested Bill; and
+the mysterious circumstance seemed to awe and alarm
+him.</p>
+
+<p>“Certainly no water could have been thrown upon
+the fire,” persisted Bark.</p>
+
+<p>“How happens it to be wet, then? That’s what I
+want to know.”</p>
+
+<p>“Do you think any water was thrown on the straw?”</p>
+
+<p>“I don’t see how it could have been; but I know it
+was wet,” replied Bill.</p>
+
+<p>“Very likely the dry stuff burned off, and the wet
+straw would not take fire,” suggested Bark, who was
+good for accounting for strange things.</p>
+
+<p>“That may be; I did not think of that,” mused Bill.
+“But there is a pile of old dunnage on the starboard<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_110" id="Page_110">[110]</a></span>
+side, and some more straw and old boxes and things
+there; and I will try it on once more. I have got
+started, and I’m going to do the job if I hang for it.”</p>
+
+<p>“Wait till Salter has been in again before you go
+below,” said Bark.</p>
+
+<p>Bill was content to wait. To his desire for freedom,
+was added the feeling of revenge for being committed
+to the brig when all hands were about to make a
+voyage in the Prince. He was determined to destroy
+the Tritonia,&mdash;more determined than when he first attempted
+the crime. In a short time the chief steward
+made another visit to the steerage, and again returned
+to the cabin.</p>
+
+<p>“Now is my time,” said Bill, when he was satisfied
+that Salter had reached the cabin.</p>
+
+<p>“Be careful this time,” added Bark, as he raised the
+scuttle.</p>
+
+<p>“I shall be careful, but I shall make a sure thing of
+it,” replied Bill, stepping upon the narrow ladder, and
+descending.</p>
+
+<p>Bill Stout was absent full five minutes this time; and,
+when he returned to the brig, he had not lighted the
+train that was to complete the destruction of the Tritonia.</p>
+
+<p>“I had no paper, and I could not make a blaze,”
+said he. “Have you a newspaper about you, Bill?”</p>
+
+<p>“No, I have not: I do not carry papers around with
+me.”</p>
+
+<p>“What shall I do? I can’t light the rubbish without
+something that is entirely dry.”</p>
+
+<p>“Here,” answered Bark, picking up one of the neglected
+text-books on the floor. “You can get as much
+paper as you want out of this book<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_111" id="Page_111">[111]</a></span>.”</p>
+
+<p>“But that won’t do,” replied Bill. “I thought you
+were a very prudent fellow.”</p>
+
+<p>“So I am.”</p>
+
+<p>“If I should miss fire again, and this book or any
+part of it should be found in the pile, it would blow the
+whole thing upon us.”</p>
+
+<p>“Tear out a lot of the leaves; and they will be sure
+to be burnt, if you light them with the match.”</p>
+
+<p>As no other paper could be obtained, Bill consented
+to tear out some of the leaves of the book, and use
+them for his incendiary purpose. Bark declared that
+what was left of it would soon be in ashes, and there
+was nothing to fear as to its being a telltale against
+them. Once more Bill descended into the hold; and,
+as he had made every thing ready during his last visit,
+he was absent only long enough to light the paper, and
+thrust it into the pile of combustibles he had gathered.
+He had placed several small sticks of pine, which had
+been split to kindle the fire in the galley, on the heap
+of rubbish, in order to give more body to the fire when
+it was lighted. He paused an instant to see the flame
+rise from the pile, and then fled up the ladder.</p>
+
+<p>“Hurry up!” whispered Bark at the scuttle. “I
+hear Salter moving about in the cabin.”</p>
+
+<p>But the trap-door was returned to its place before
+the chief steward appeared; and he only looked into
+the steerage.</p>
+
+<p>“The job is done this time, you may bet your life!”
+exclaimed Bill, as he seated himself on his stool, and
+tried to look calm and self-possessed.</p>
+
+<p>“I saw the blaze,” added Bark. “Let’s look down,
+and see if it is going good<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_112" id="Page_112">[112]</a></span>.”</p>
+
+<p>“No, no!” protested Bill earnestly. “We don’t
+want to run a risk for nothing.”</p>
+
+<p>Both of the young villains waited with throbbing
+hearts for the bursting out of the flames, which they
+thought would run up the ceiling of the vessel, and
+communicate the fire to the berths on the starboard
+side of the steerage. Five minutes&mdash;ten minutes&mdash;a
+quarter of an hour, they waited for the catastrophe;
+but no smoke, no flame, appeared. Bill Stout could not
+understand it again. Another quarter of an hour they
+waited, but less confidently than before.</p>
+
+<p>“No fire yet, Bill,” said Bark, with a smile.</p>
+
+<p>“I don’t know what it means,” replied the puzzled
+incendiary. “You saw the fire, and so did I; and I
+can’t see why the blaze don’t come up through the
+deck.”</p>
+
+<p>“It is very odd, Bill; and I can’t see through it any
+better than you can,” added Bark. “It don’t look as
+though we were to have a burn to-day.”</p>
+
+<p>“We are bound to have it!” insisted Bill Stout. “I
+shall try next time in one of the mess-rooms.”</p>
+
+<p>“With all the pains and precautions to prevent fire
+on board, it seems that the jolly craft won’t burn. No
+fellow has been allowed to have a match, or even to
+take a lantern into the hold; and now you can’t make
+the vessel burn when you try with all your might.”</p>
+
+<p>“The Evil One is working against us,” continued Bill,
+who could make no other explanation of the repeated
+failures.</p>
+
+<p>“If he is, he is on the wrong side; for we have done
+nothing to make him desert us,” laughed Bark. “We
+certainly deserve better of him<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_113" id="Page_113">[113]</a></span>.”</p>
+
+<p>“I am going below to see what was the matter this
+time,” added Bill, as he raised the trap-door.</p>
+
+<p>Bark offered no opposition to his purpose, and Bill
+went down the ladder. He was not gone more than a
+couple of minutes this time; and when he returned he
+looked as though he had just come out of the abode of
+the party who was working against him. He seemed
+to be transfixed with wonder and surprise; and for a
+moment he stood in silence in the presence of his fellow-conspirator.</p>
+
+<p>“What’s the matter with you, Bill? You look like a
+stuck pig that has come back to haunt the butcher,”
+said Bark, trying to rally his associate. “Did you see
+any spirits in the hold? This is a temperance ship,
+and the principal don’t allow any on board.”</p>
+
+<p>“You may laugh, Bark, if you like; but I believe
+the evil spirit is in the hold,” replied Bill impressively.</p>
+
+<p>“What makes you think so, Bill?”</p>
+
+<p>“The pile of rubbish is as wet as water can make it.
+Do you suppose there is any one in the hold?”</p>
+
+<p>“Who could be there?” demanded Bark.</p>
+
+<p>“I don’t know; but it seems to me some one is down
+there, who puts water on the fire every time I light it.
+I can’t explain it in any other way.”</p>
+
+<p>“Nonsense! No one could by any possibility be in
+the hold. If any one of the stewards had gone down,
+we should have seen him.”</p>
+
+<p>After more discussion neither of the conspirators
+was willing to believe there was any person in the hold.
+It was not a place a man would be likely to stay in any
+longer than he was compelled to do so. It was partially
+ventilated by a couple of small shafts, and very<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_114" id="Page_114">[114]</a></span>
+dimly lighted by four small panes of heavy glass set in
+the cabin and steerage floors, under the skylights. It
+was not more than four feet high where the greatest
+elevation was had; that is, between the dunnage that
+covered the ballast, and the timbers on which the floors
+of the between-decks rested. It was not a desirable
+place for any one to remain in, though there was nothing
+in it that was destructive to human life. It was
+simply a very dingy and uncomfortable retreat for a
+human being.</p>
+
+<p>“I am going to try it on just once more,” said Bill
+Stout, after his suspicions of a supernatural interference
+had subsided. “I know there was water thrown on the
+pile of rubbish. It seems to me the Evil One must have
+used a fire-engine on the heap, after I had lighted the
+fire. But I am going to know about it this time, if I
+am condemned to the brig for the rest of my natural
+life. There is quite a pile of old boxes and cases split
+up in the hold, ready for use in the galley. I am going
+to touch off this heap of wood, and stand by till I see
+it well a-going. I want you to shut the door when I go
+down next time; for Salter will not come in for half an
+hour or more. I am going to see what puts the fire
+out every time I light it.”</p>
+
+<p>“But suppose Salter comes into the steerage, and
+finds you are not here: what shall I say to him?”</p>
+
+<p>“Tell him I am in the hold,&mdash;any thing you please.
+I don’t care what becomes of me now.”</p>
+
+<p>Bill Stout raised the trap-door, and descended; and,
+in accordance with the instructions of that worthy,
+Bark closed it as soon as his head disappeared below
+the steerage floor. Bill lighted up the pile of kindling-wood;<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_115" id="Page_115">[115]</a></span>
+and then, with a quantity of leaves he had torn
+from the book, he set fire to the heap of combustibles.
+The blaze rose from the pile, and promised that the
+result that the conspirators had been laboring to produce
+would be achieved. True to the plan he had
+arranged, Bill waited, and watched the blaze he had
+kindled; but the fire had scarcely lighted up the
+gloomy hold, before a bucket of water was dashed on
+the pile of wood, and the flames were completely extinguished.
+There was somebody in the hold, after all; and
+Bill was almost paralyzed when he realized the fact.</p>
+
+<p>The fire was put out; and the solitary fireman of the
+hold moved aft. Bill watched him, and was unable to
+determine whether he was a human being, or a spirit
+from the other world. But he was desperate to a degree
+he had never been before. He stooped down
+over the extinguished combustibles to ascertain whether
+they were really wet, or whether some magic had
+quenched the flame which a minute before had promised
+to make an end of the Tritonia. The water still
+hung in drops on the kindling-wood. He stirred up
+the wood, and lighted another match, which he applied
+to the dryest sticks he could find.</p>
+
+<p>“What are you about, you villain? Do you mean
+to burn the vessel?” demanded a voice near him, the
+owner of which instantly stamped out the fire with his
+feet.</p>
+
+<p>The mystery was solved; for Bill recognized the
+voice of Raimundo, whose mysterious disappearance
+had excited so much astonishment on board of the
+vessel.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_116" id="Page_116">[116]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="break">
+
+<h2 class="p4">CHAPTER VIII.</h2>
+
+<p class="pch">SARAGOSSA AND BURGOS.</p>
+
+<p class="drop-cap"><span class="smdrop">The</span> ship’s company of the American Prince departed
+from Barcelona at three o’clock in the
+afternoon, for Saragossa, or Zaragoza as the Spaniards
+spell it. At first the route was through a beautiful and
+highly cultivated country, and then into the mountains.
+By five o’clock it was too dark to see the landscape;
+and the students, tired after the labors of the day, were
+disposed to settle themselves into the easiest positions
+they could find, and many of them went to sleep.</p>
+
+<p>At Manresa the train stopped for supper, which was
+all ready for the students when they arrived, Mr. Lowington
+had employed four experienced couriers for the
+double tour across the peninsula. One was to precede
+each of the two parties to engage accommodations, and
+make terms with landlords, railroad agents, and others;
+and one was to attend each party to render such service
+as might be required of him. The journeys were all
+arranged beforehand, so that trains were to have extra
+cars, and meals were to be ready at stations and hotels.</p>
+
+<p>The train arrived at Saragossa just before four o’clock
+in the morning. The cars, or carriages as they are
+called in Europe, were precisely like those in use in<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_117" id="Page_117">[117]</a></span>
+England. Only six persons were put in each compartment;
+and the boys contrived various plans to obtain
+comfortable positions for sleeping. Some of them
+spread their overcoats on the floor for beds, using
+their bags for pillows; and others made couches on the
+seats. Most of them were able to sleep the greater
+part of the night. But the <i>Fonda del Universo</i> was
+prepared for their reception, and they were glad enough
+to turn into the fifty beds ready for them.</p>
+
+<p>At nine o’clock all hands were piped to breakfast.
+The meal was served in courses, and was essentially
+French. Some of the waiters spoke French; but there
+was really no need of saying any thing, for each dish of
+the bill of fare was presented to every person at the
+table. After the meal, the students were assembled in
+the large reading-room,&mdash;the hotel had been recently
+built,&mdash;and Professor Mapps was called upon by the
+principal to say something about Saragossa, in order
+that the tourists might know a little of the history of
+the place they were visiting. The instructor took a
+convenient position, and began his remarks:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p class="pbq p1">“The old monks used to write history something
+after the manner of the Knickerbocker’s History of
+New York; and they put it on record that Saragossa
+was founded by Tubal, nephew of Noah; but you will
+not believe this. The city probably originated with the
+Phoenicians, and was a place of great importance in
+the time of Julius Cæsar, who saw its military value as
+commanding the passage of the Ebro, and built a wall
+around it. It was captured by the Suevi in 452, and
+taken from them by the Goths fourteen years later. In<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_118" id="Page_118">[118]</a></span>
+the eighth century the Moors obtained possession of
+the city, and held it till the twelfth, when it was conquered
+by Alfonso of Aragon. It contains many relics
+of the Roman and Moorish works.</p>
+
+<p class="pbq">“Saragossa has been the scene of several noted
+sieges, the most famous of which was that of 1808,
+when the French captured the place after the most
+desperate resistance on the part of the Aragonese.
+The brave defenders of the city had no regular military
+organization, and were ill-provided with arms and
+ammunition. The people chose for a leader a young
+man whose name was Palafox: he was as brave as a
+lion, but not versed in military science. The siege
+lasted sixty-two days, and the fighting was almost incessant.
+It was ‘war to the knife’ on the part of the
+Aragonese, and they rejected all overtures to surrender.
+Famine made fearful havoc among them, and every
+house was a hospital. Even the priests and the women
+joined in the strife. I dare say you have all heard of
+the ‘Maid of Saragossa,’ who is represented in pictures
+as a young woman assisting in working a gun in
+the battle. Her name was Augustina; and she was a
+very pretty girl of twenty-two. Her lover was a cannonneer,
+and she fought by his side. When he was
+mortally wounded, she worked the gun herself. You
+will find something about her in ‘Childe Harold.’</p>
+
+<p class="pbq">“At length the French got into the town; but the
+conflict was not finished, for the people fought for
+twenty-one days more in the streets. Fifteen thousand
+were either dead or dying when the French entered the
+city. At last the authorities agreed to surrender, but
+only on the most honorable terms. It has been estimated,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_119" id="Page_119">[119]</a></span>
+that, out of a population of one hundred and
+fifty thousand, fifty-four thousand perished in battle or
+by famine and pestilence.”</p>
+
+<p class="p1">After these brief remarks, the party separated, and
+divided up into small squads to see the city as they
+pleased. As usual, Captain Sheridan and Murray
+joined themselves to Dr. Winstock, who was as much
+at home in Saragossa as he was in Paris.</p>
+
+<p>“You will find that this city is thoroughly Spanish;
+and doubtless you will see some of the native costumes,”
+said the doctor, as they left the hotel.</p>
+
+<p>“But this hotel is as much French as though it were
+in France,” added Murray, who desired when in Spain
+to do as the Spaniards did, so as to learn what they do.</p>
+
+<p>“That is very true; but we shall come to the true
+Spanish hotel in due time, and I have no doubt you
+will get enough of it in a very short time,” laughed
+Dr. Winstock. “There are three classes of hotels in
+Spain, though at the present time they are all about the
+same thing. A <i>fonda</i> is a regular hotel; a <i>posada</i> is
+the tavern of the smaller country towns; and a <i>venta</i>
+is a still lower grade of inn. A drinking-shop, which
+we sometimes call a ‘saloon’ in the United States, is
+a <i>ventorro</i> or a <i>ventorillo</i>; and a <i>taberna</i> is a place
+where smoking and wine-drinking are the business of
+their frequenters. A <i>parador</i> is a hotel where the diligences
+stop for meals, and may also be a <i>fonda</i>.”</p>
+
+<p>“A <i>fonda</i> is a hotel,” said Sheridan; “and we may
+not be able to remember any more than that.”</p>
+
+<p>“When you see the names I have given you on the
+signs, you will understand what they mean. But our<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_120" id="Page_120">[120]</a></span>
+business now is to see this city. Like Barcelona, it has
+one principal wide street extending through the middle
+of it: all the other avenues are nothing more than
+lanes, very narrow and very dirty. It is on the Ebro,
+and has a population of some eighty thousand people.”</p>
+
+<p>“How happens it that this place is not colder? It
+is in about the same latitude as New York City; and
+now, in the month of December, it is comfortably
+warm,” said Sheridan.</p>
+
+<p>“These valleys have a mild climate; and the vine
+and olive are their principal productions. It is not so
+on the high table-land in the centre of Spain. At
+Madrid, for instance, the weather will be found to be
+quite cold at this time. The weather is so bitter there
+sometimes that the sentinels on guard have to be
+changed every quarter of an hour, as they are in
+danger of being frozen to death.”</p>
+
+<p>The party walked first to the great square, in the
+centre of which is a public fountain. They paused to
+look at the people. Most of the men wore some kind of
+a mantle or cloak. This garment was sometimes the
+Spanish circular cloak, worn with a style and grace
+that the Spaniard alone can attain. That of the poorer
+class was often nothing but a striped blanket, which,
+however, they slung about them with no little of the air
+of those who wore better garments. They were generally
+tall, muscular, but rather bony fellows, with an
+expression as solemn as though they were doing duty
+at a funeral. Some of them wore the broad-brimmed
+<i>sombrero</i>; some had handkerchiefs wound around their
+heads, like turbans; and others sported the ordinary
+hat or cap.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_121" id="Page_121">[121]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>The party could not help laughing when they saw,
+for the first time, a priest wearing a hat which extended
+fore and aft at least three feet, with the sides rolled up
+close to the body. Everybody was dignified, and
+moved about at a funeral pace.</p>
+
+<p>At the fountain women and girls were filling the jars
+of odd shape with water, and bearing them away poised
+on one of their hips or on the head. Several donkeys
+were standing near, upon which their owners were loading
+the sacks of water they had filled.</p>
+
+<p>“Bags of water!” exclaimed Murray.</p>
+
+<p>“They do not call them bags, but skins,” said the
+doctor. “You can see the legs and neck of the animal,
+which are very convenient in handling them. These
+skins are more easily transported on the backs of the
+donkeys than barrels, kegs, or jars could be. Many
+kinds of wine are transported in these skins, which
+could hardly be carried on the back of an animal in any
+other way. Except a few great highways, Spain is not
+provided with roads. In some places, when you ride in
+a carriage, you will take to the open fields; and very
+rough indeed they are sometimes.”</p>
+
+<p>The party proceeded on their walk, and soon reached
+the Cathedral of San Salvador, generally called <i>El Seo</i>;
+a term as applicable to any other cathedral in Aragon
+as to this one. It is a sombre old structure: a part of
+it is said to have been built in the year 290; and pious
+people have been building it till within three hundred
+and fifty years of the present time. There are some
+grand monuments in it; among them that of Arbues,
+who was assassinated for carrying out the decrees of
+the Inquisition. The people of Aragon did not take<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_122" id="Page_122">[122]</a></span>
+kindly to this institution; but the murder was terribly
+avenged, and the Inquisition established its authority in
+the midst of the tumult it had excited. Murillo, the
+great Spanish painter, made the assassination of Arbues
+the subject of one of his principal pictures.</p>
+
+<p>Saragossa has two cathedrals, the second of which
+is called <i>El Pilar</i>, because it contains the very pillar
+on which the Virgin landed when she came down from
+heaven in one of her visits to Spain. It appears
+that St. James&mdash;Santiago in Spanish&mdash;came to Spain
+after the crucifixion of the Saviour, in the year 40, to
+preach the gospel to the natives. When he had got
+as far as Saragossa, he was naturally tired, and went to
+sleep. In this state the Virgin came to him with a
+message from the Saviour, requiring him to build a
+chapel in honor of herself. She stood on a jasper
+pillar, and was attended by a multitude of angels. St.
+James obeyed the command of the heavenly visitor,
+and erected a small chapel, only sixteen feet long and
+half as wide, where the Virgin often attended public
+worship in subsequent years. On this spot, and over
+the original chapel, was built the present church. On
+the pillar stands a dingy image of the Virgin, which
+is said to be from the studio of St. Luke, who appears
+to have been both a painter and a sculptor. It is
+clothed in the richest velvet, brocade, and satin, and
+is spangled with gold and diamonds. It cures all diseases
+to which flesh is heir; for which the grateful
+persons thus healed have bestowed the most costly
+presents. It is little less than sacrilege to express
+any disbelief in this story of the Virgin, or in the
+miracles achieved by the image.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_123" id="Page_123">[123]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Dr. Winstock and his young companions went from
+the churches, to take a walk in the older part of the
+city. The narrow streets reminded them of Constantinople,
+while many of the buildings were similar, the
+upper part projecting out over the street. The balconies
+were shaded with mats, like the parti-colored
+draperies that hang from the windows in Naples.
+Many of the houses were of the Moorish fashion, with
+the <i>patio</i>, or court-yard, in the centre, with galleries
+around it, from which admission to the various apartments
+is obtained. Saragossa has a leaning tower
+built of brick, which was the campanile, or belfry, of
+the town.</p>
+
+<p>The party of the surgeon spent the rest of the day in
+a walk through the surrounding country, crossing the
+Ebro to the suburb of the city. Near the bridge they
+met a couple of ladies who wore the mantilla, a kind of
+veil worn as a head-dress, instead of the bonnet, which
+is a part of the national costume of Spain. All over
+Spain this fashion prevails, though of course the modes
+of Paris are adopted by the most fashionable ladies of
+the capital and other cities.</p>
+
+<p>At four o’clock the ship’s company dined at the
+hotel, and then wandered about the city at will till dark.
+They were advised to retire at an early hour, and most
+of them did so. They were called at half-past four in
+the morning, and at six were on the train. At half-past
+eight they were at Tudela, the head of navigation on
+the Ebro. At quarter past one they were at Miranda,
+on the line from Bayonne to Madrid, where dinner was
+waiting for them. This meal was decidedly Spanish,
+though it was served in courses. The soup was odorous<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_124" id="Page_124">[124]</a></span>
+of garlic, which is the especial vice of Spanish
+cookery to those who have an aversion to it. Then
+came the national dish, the <i>olla podrida</i>, a kind of stew
+made of every kind of meat and every kind of vegetable,
+not omitting a profusion of garlic. Some of the
+students declared that it was “first-rate.” A few did
+not like it at all, and more were willing to tolerate it.
+We do not consider it “bad to take.” The next dish
+was calves’ brains fried in batter, which is not national,
+but is oftener had at the hotels than <i>olla podrida</i>. The
+next course was mutton chops, followed by roast
+chicken, with a salad. The dessert was fruit and
+raisins. On the table was plenty of <i>Val de Peñas</i> wine,
+which the students were forbidden to taste.</p>
+
+<p>At half-past two the tourists departed, and at twenty
+minutes to six arrived in the darkness at Burgos. The
+port watch went to the <i>Fonda del Norte</i>, and the starboard
+to the <i>Fonda Rafaela</i>. The doctor and the captain were
+at the latter, and it was more like the inns of Don
+Quixote’s time than any that Sheridan had seen. It
+had no public room except the <i>comedor</i>, or dining-room.
+The hotel seemed to be a number of buildings thrown
+together around a court-yard, on one side of which was
+the stable. Sheridan and Murray were shown to a
+room with six other students, but the apartment contained
+four beds. It was large enough for four more,
+being not less than thirty feet long, and half as wide.
+It was comfortably furnished, and every thing about it
+was clean and neat. The establishment was not unlike
+an old-fashioned country tavern in New England.</p>
+
+<p>Dinner, or, as the students called it, supper, was
+served at six o’clock. The meal was Spanish, being<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_125" id="Page_125">[125]</a></span>
+about the same as the one they had taken at Miranda.
+Instead of the <i>olla podrida</i> was a kind of stew, which
+in the days of Gil Blas would have been called a
+<i>ragout</i>.</p>
+
+<p>“This isn’t a bad dinner,” said Murray, when they
+had finished the third course.</p>
+
+<p>“It is a very good one, I think,” replied Sheridan.</p>
+
+<p>“I have been reading books of travel in Spain for
+the last two weeks, most of them written by Englishmen;
+and I had come to the conclusion that we should
+be starved to death if we left the ship for more than
+a day or two. The writers found a great deal of fault
+with their food, and growled about garlic. I rather like
+garlic.”</p>
+
+<p>“The doctor says the English are very much given
+to grumbling about every thing,” added Sheridan. “I
+don’t think we shall starve if we are fed as well as we
+have been so far.”</p>
+
+<p>“Our room is as good as we have found in most of
+the hotels in other countries. So far, the trains on the
+railroads have been on time instead of an hour late, as
+one writer declared they always were.”</p>
+
+<p>“If one insists upon growling, it is easy enough to
+find something to growl at.”</p>
+
+<p>In the evening some of the party strolled about town,
+but it was as quiet as a tomb; for the rule in Spain is,
+“Early to bed, and late to rise.” But the students
+were out of bed in good time in the morning, and
+taking a view of the city. They found a very pretty
+promenade along the little river Arlanzon, whose waters
+find their way into the Duero; and at a considerable
+distance from it obtained a fine view of the great<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_126" id="Page_126">[126]</a></span>
+cathedral. It is impossible to obtain any just view of it,
+except at a distance, on account of the mass of buildings
+which are huddled around it, and close to it. But the
+vast church towers above them all, and presents to
+the eye a forest of spires great and small. Near the
+river, in an irregular <i>plaza</i>, is an old gateway, which is
+quite picturesque. The structure looks like a castle,
+with round towers at the corners, and circular turrets.
+On the front are a number of figures carved in stone.</p>
+
+<p>Breakfast was served at half-past ten, and dinner at
+six, at the <i>Fonda</i>; but special tables were set for the
+students at more convenient hours. A Spanish meal
+could not be agreeable to nice and refined American
+people. The men often sit with their hats on, and
+between the courses smoke a cigarette, or <i>cigarillo</i> in
+Spanish. They converse in an energetic tone, but are
+polite if addressed, though they mind their own business
+severely, and seem to be devoid of curiosity&mdash;or at
+least are too dignified to stare&mdash;in regard to strangers.
+The food is very odorous of onions and garlic, and in
+the smaller inns consists largely of stews or ragouts,
+generally of mutton or kidneys. New cheese, not
+pressed, is sometimes an item of the bill of fare. <i>Val
+de Pañas</i> wine is furnished free all over Spain at the
+<i>table d’hote</i>; but it always tastes of the skins in which
+it is transported, and most Americans who partake of
+it think it is poor stuff. Great quantities of it are
+exported to Bordeaux, where it is manufactured into
+claret.</p>
+
+<p>After breakfast, the students were assembled to enable
+Professor Mapps to tell them something about the
+history of the city, to which he added a very full account<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_127" id="Page_127">[127]</a></span>
+of the Cid. Of his remarks we can give only an
+abstract.</p>
+
+<p>Burgos is one of the most famous cities of Castile, of
+which it was at one time the capital. The name comes
+from the same word as “Burg,” and means a fortified
+eminence; and such it is, being on the watershed between
+the basins of the Ebro and the Duero. It was
+founded in 884 by a Castilian knight. It was the
+birthplace of Ferdinand Gonzales, who first took the
+title of Count of Castile, shook off the yoke of Leon,
+and established the kingdom of Castile. The city is
+on the direct line to Madrid from Paris. The French
+captured the place in 1808; and it was twice besieged
+and taken by the Duke of Wellington in the peninsular
+war.</p>
+
+<p>The Cid is the popular hero of Spain, and especially
+of the people of Burgos. He was the King Arthur of
+Spain, and there is about as much romance in his history
+as in that of the British demigod. The Cid Campeador,
+“knight champion,” was born about 1040, and
+died when he was not much over fifty. His name was
+Rodrigo Ruy Diaz; and his marvellous exploits are
+set forth in the “Poem of the Cid,” believed to have
+been written in the twelfth century. It is the oldest
+poem in the Spanish language. His first great deed
+was to meet the Count Gomez, who had grossly insulted
+the Cid’s aged father, in a fair fight in the field, and
+utterly vanquish him, cutting off his head. The old
+man was unable to eat from brooding over his wrong;
+but, when Ruy appeared with the head of the slain
+count, his appetite was restored. By some he is said
+to have married Ximena, the daughter of his dead<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_128" id="Page_128">[128]</a></span>
+adversary. Great was the fame of the Cid’s prowess
+after this exploit. Shortly after this event, five Moorish
+kings, with a powerful force, entered Castile; and
+the Cid roused the country to oppose their progress,
+and fell upon the enemy, routing the five kings with
+great slaughter, and making all of them his prisoners.
+Then he fought for King Ferdinand against the Aragonese,
+and won all that was in dispute. When France
+demanded the homage of his king, he entered that
+country, and won a victory which settled the question
+of homage for all time. After this event he did considerable
+domestic fighting when Castile was divided
+among the sons of the dead sovereign; and was finally
+banished by the new king. He departed with his
+knights and men-at-arms, and took up a strong position
+in the territory of the Moors, where he made war,
+right and left, with all the kingdoms of the peninsula
+except his own country, which he had the grace to
+except in his conquests. He took Valencia, where he
+seems to have established himself. His last exploit in
+the flesh was the capture of Murviedro. Then he died,
+and was buried in Valencia.</p>
+
+<p>Now that the Cid, who had been the scourge of the
+Moors, was dead, the Christians could no longer hold
+out against the infidels, and were in danger of losing
+what they had gained. In this emergency they clothed
+the corpse of the dead hero in armor, and fastened it
+on his war-steed, placing his famous sword in his hand.
+Thus equipped for battle, the dead Cid was led into the
+field in the midst of the soldiers. The very sight of
+him struck terror to the hearts of the Moslems, and
+the defunct warrior won yet another battle. He was<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_129" id="Page_129">[129]</a></span>
+marched through the land, the enemy fleeing before
+him in every direction, to Burgos. He seems not to
+have been buried when he got there, but was embalmed
+and placed in a chair of state, where he went into the
+business of working miracles. His long white beard
+fell upon his breast, his sword was at his side, and he
+seemed to be alive rather than dead. One day a Jew,
+out of bravado, attempted to take hold of his venerable
+beard, when the Cid began to draw his sword, whereat
+the Jew was so frightened that he fainted away. When
+he recovered he at once became a Christian. The Cid
+was a fiery man, and did not hesitate to slap the face of
+a king or the pope, if he was angry. Even after he was
+dead, and sitting in his chair, he sometimes lost his
+temper; and Ximine found it expedient to bury him, in
+order to keep him out of trouble.</p>
+
+<p>The students went to the cathedral first. It is a vast
+pile of buildings, and is considered one of the finest
+churches in Europe. There is an immense amount of
+fine and delicate work about it, which cannot be described.
+The dome is so beautiful that Philip II. said
+it was the work of angels rather than men. The choir
+is quite a lofty enclosure, which obstructs the view
+from the pavement. The archbishop’s palace, and the
+cloister, on one side, seem to be a part of the church.
+It contains, as usual, a great many chapels, each of
+which has its own treasures of art or antiquity. In
+one of them is the famous Christ of Burgos, which is
+said to have been made by Nicodemus after he and
+Joseph of Arimathea had buried the Saviour. As
+usual, it was found in a box floating in the sea.
+The hair, beard, eyelashes, and the thorns, are all<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_130" id="Page_130">[130]</a></span>
+real; and a French writer says the skin of the figure
+is human. The image works miracles without number,
+sweats on Friday, and even bleeds at times; and is
+held in the highest veneration by the people.</p>
+
+<p>In another chapel is the coffer of the Cid, an old
+worm-eaten chest bound with iron. When the champion
+was banished by the king, as he wanted to go off
+with flying colors, and was in need of a large sum of
+money, he filled this chest with sand and stones, and,
+without allowing them to look into it, assured a couple
+of rich Jews that it was full of gold and jewels. They
+took his word for it (strange as such a transaction would
+be in modern times), and loaned the money he needed.
+When he had captured Valencia, he paid the loan, and
+exposed the cheat he had put upon them. Of course
+they were willing to forgive him after he had paid the
+money.</p>
+
+<p>The next point of interest with the students was the
+town hall, where they were permitted to look upon the
+bones of the Cid and his wife, which are kept in a box,
+with a wire screen over them to prevent any heathen
+from stealing them. The bones are all mixed up, and
+no one can tell which belong to the Cid and which to
+his wife.</p>
+
+<p>At noon Dr. Winstock procured an antiquated carriage
+at the hotel stable, and took Sheridan and Murray
+out into the country. After a ride of a couple of miles
+they reached Miraflores, which is a convent founded by
+John II., and finished by Isabella I. Its church contains
+the royal tomb in which John II. is buried, and is
+one of the finest things of the kind in the world, the
+sculpture being of the most delicate character. Several
+other Castilian kings are buried in this place.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_131" id="Page_131">[131]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>The little party took the carriage again, intending to
+visit the Monastery of San Pedro de Cardeña. There
+was no road, only an ill-defined track across the fields;
+and very rough fields they were, covered with rocks so
+thick that the vehicle often had to pass over many of
+them. The passengers were terribly shaken up. On
+the way they occasionally met a peasant riding on or
+leading a mule or donkey loaded with various commodities
+carried in panniers. They were interesting as a
+study.</p>
+
+<p>San Pedro is nothing but a ruin. It was established
+in the fifth century; and in the ninth the Moors destroyed
+the edifice, and killed two hundred monks who
+lived in it. It was rebuilt; and, being the favorite convent
+of the Cid, he requested that he might be buried in
+it. The monument is in a side chapel, and looks as
+though it had been whitewashed at no very remote
+period. The doctor read the inscription on the empty
+tomb. A dirty peasant who joined the party as soon
+as they got out the carriage followed them at every
+step, almost looking into their mouths when they spoke.</p>
+
+<p>When the party started to return, things began to be
+very lively with them. First Sheridan rubbed his legs;
+then Murray did so; and before long the doctor
+joined in the recreation.</p>
+
+<p>“What’s the matter?” asked the surgeon, laughing.</p>
+
+<p>“I don’t know; but my legs feel as though I had
+an attack of the seven-years’ itch,” replied the captain
+with a vigorous attempt to reach and conquer the difficulty.</p>
+
+<p>“That’s just my case,” added Murray, with an
+equally violent demonstration.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_132" id="Page_132">[132]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>“I don’t understand it,” continued the captain.</p>
+
+<p>“I do,” answered the surgeon, vigorously rubbing
+one of his legs.</p>
+
+<p>“What is it?” asked Sheridan, suspecting that they
+all had some strange disease.</p>
+
+<p>“<i>Cosas de España</i>,” laughed the doctor.</p>
+
+<p>“But that is Spanish; and I don’t understand the
+lingo.”</p>
+
+<p>“A <i>cosa de España</i> is a ‘thing of Spain;’ fleas
+are things of Spain; and that is what is the matter
+with you and me. The lining of this carriage has
+been repaired by covering it in part with cloth with a
+long nap, which is alive with fleas.”</p>
+
+<p>“The wicked flea!” exclaimed Murray.</p>
+
+<p>“He goeth about in Spain, seeking whom he may
+devour,” added the doctor.</p>
+
+<p>When they reached the hotel, supper was ready;
+but they did not want any just then, for no one feels
+hungry while a myriad of fleas are picking his bones.
+Garments were taken off, and brushed on the inside;
+the skin was washed with cologne-water; and the party
+were happy till they took in a new supply.</p>
+
+<p>At about eleven at night, the ship’s company took
+the train south, and at quarter past eight the next
+morning were at <i>El Escorial</i>.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_133" id="Page_133">[133]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="break">
+
+<h2 class="p4">CHAPTER IX.</h2>
+
+<p class="pch">THE HOLD OF THE TRITONIA.</p>
+
+<p class="drop-capr"><span class="smdrop">Raimundo</span> was in the hold of the Tritonia.
+He had made for himself a hiding-place under
+the dunnage in the run, by removing a quantity of
+ballast, and arranging a number of empty casks so as
+to conceal his retreat from any who might search the
+hold for him. The task had been ingeniously accomplished;
+and those who looked for him had examined
+every hole and corner above the ballast, that could
+possibly hold a person of his size; and they had no
+suspicion that there was room even for a cat under
+the dunnage.</p>
+
+<p>The young Spaniard had fully considered his situation
+before he ventured into the waters of Spain. He
+was fully prepared for the event that had occurred.
+The plan of his hiding-place was his own; but he
+knew that he could not make it, or remain in it for any
+considerable time, without assistance. If he spent a
+week or even three days in his den, he must have food
+and drink. He did not believe the squadron would
+remain many weeks in Spanish waters; and it was his
+purpose to stay in the hold during this time, if he
+found it necessary to do so. A confederate was therefore
+indispensable to the success of the scheme.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_134" id="Page_134">[134]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Certain work required to be done in the hold, such
+as getting up stores and keeping every thing in order,
+was divided among the stewards. Those employed in
+the cabin attended to the after-hold, and those in the
+steerage to the fore-hold. One of the former was a
+Cuban mulatto, a very bright fellow, who spoke Spanish
+as well as English. Raimundo had become quite intimate
+with him, because they both spoke their native
+tongue, which it was pleasant to each to hear, and the
+steward had become very fond of him. His name was
+Hugo; and Raimundo was confident the man would be
+his friend in the emergency.</p>
+
+<p>During study hours, the vice-principal and the professors
+were employed in the steerage. When the
+quarter-watch to which the young Spaniard belonged
+was off duty, instead of spending his time on deck as
+his companions did in fine weather, he remained in
+the cabin, which at times was entirely deserted. He
+found that Hugo was willing to listen to him; and by
+degrees he told him his whole story, as he had related
+it to Scott, and disclosed the plan he intended to
+adopt when his uncle or his agents should put in a
+claim for him. Hugo was ready and anxious to take
+part in the enterprise. There could be no doubt in
+regard to his fidelity, for the steward would have perilled
+his life in the service of the young Spaniard.</p>
+
+<p>At a favorable time they visited the hold together;
+and Raimundo indicated what was to be done in the
+preparation of the hiding-place. Both of them worked
+at the job. The ballast taken from the hold was carefully
+distributed in other places under the dunnage.
+Hugo had charge of the after-hold, and his being there
+so much excited no suspicion.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_135" id="Page_135">[135]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>When the ship’s company returned, after the lecture,
+Raimundo waited in the cabin till he was alone with
+Hugo; for all hands were on deck, observing the
+strange scenes around them. He then descended to
+the hold, and deposited himself in the den prepared
+for him. His faithful confederate had lined it with
+old garments and pieces of sail-cloth, so that the place
+was not as uncomfortable as it might have been. The
+“mysterious disappearance” had been duly effected.</p>
+
+<p>Hugo carried food and drink to his charge in the
+morning, and left a pail of water for his ablutions, if
+he chose to make them. Of course the steward was
+very nervous while the several searches were in progress;
+but, as he spoke Spanish, he was able to mislead
+the <i>alguacil</i>, even while he professed to desire that
+every part of the vessel should be examined. Hugo
+not only provided food and water for the self-made
+prisoner, but he informed him, when he could, what
+was going on; so that he knew when all hands had
+gone on shore, and was duly apprised of the fact that
+the Josephines and Tritonias were to proceed to Lisbon
+in the Prince. But the steward dared not remain long
+in the hold, while Salter was in the cabin. Raimundo
+wanted to get on board of the steamer that day or
+night, if it were possible; but the chances were all
+against him.</p>
+
+<p>Hugo assured him that it would be entirely safe
+for him to leave his hiding-place, as he could easily
+keep out of the way of any chance visitor in the
+hold, and he would notify him if another search was
+likely to be made. Availing himself of this permission,
+Raimundo crawled out of his hole. It was a<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_136" id="Page_136">[136]</a></span>
+relief to his limbs to stretch them; and he exercised
+himself as freely as he could. While he was thus engaged,
+he saw the fore-scuttle opened, and some one
+come down. The fugitive stepped behind the mainmast.
+He saw the figure of one of the students, as he
+judged that he was from his size, moving stealthily in
+the gloom of the place. In a moment more, he rushed
+up the steps, and disappeared. In an instant afterwards,
+Raimundo saw a flame flash up from the pile of
+rubbish.</p>
+
+<p>The vessel was on fire, or she soon would be; for
+there was fire near her timbers. Grasping the bucket
+of water Hugo had left for his ablutions, he poured
+enough on the fire to extinguish it, and then retreated
+to the covert of the mainmast. A second time the
+incendiary-match was applied; and again the fugitive
+put it out with the contents of the pail. For the third
+time the incendiary pile that was to doom the beautiful
+Tritonia to destruction was lighted; and this time
+the wretch who applied the match evidently intended
+to remain till the flames were well under way. The
+fugitive was greatly disturbed; for, if he showed himself
+to the incendiary, he would betray his secret, and
+expose his presence. But he could not hesitate to save
+the vessel at whatever consequences to himself; and,
+as soon as he saw the blaze, he rushed aft, accosted
+the villain, and stamped out the fire, for he had entirely
+emptied the pail.</p>
+
+<p>“What are you about, you villain? Do you mean to
+burn the vessel?” demanded Raimundo, who did not
+yet know who the incendiary was.</p>
+
+<p>Bill Stout was startled, not to say overwhelmed, by<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_137" id="Page_137">[137]</a></span>
+this unexpected interference with his plans. He recognized
+the second master, whose mysterious disappearance
+had excited so much astonishment. But he
+was prompt to see, that, if Raimundo had detected him
+in a crime, he had possession of the fugitive’s secret.
+Somebody on shore wanted the second master, and an
+officer had come on board for him. Perhaps he was
+guilty of some grave misdemeanor, and for that reason
+would not allow himself to be caught; for none of the
+students except Scott knew why the young Spaniard
+was required on shore. Bill Stout did not care: he
+only saw that it was an even thing between himself and
+Raimundo.</p>
+
+<p>“Who are you?” asked the fugitive, when he had
+waited a moment for an answer to his first question.</p>
+
+<p>“I advise you not to speak too loud, Mr. Raimundo,
+unless you wish to have the chief steward know you are
+here,” replied Bill, when he had recovered his self-possession,
+and taken a hurried view of the situation.</p>
+
+<p>“Stout!” exclaimed Raimundo, identifying the familiar
+voice.</p>
+
+<p>But he spoke in a low tone, for he was not disposed
+to summon Mr. Salter to the hold, though he had felt
+that he sacrificed himself and his plan when he showed
+himself to the incendiary.</p>
+
+<p>“That’s my name,” replied the young villain.</p>
+
+<p>“I understand what you were scheming at in your
+watch on deck. Lingall, Pardee, and Gibbs are your
+associates in this rascality,” added Raimundo.</p>
+
+<p>Stout, who was not before aware that he had been
+watched by the second master or by any other officer,
+was rather taken aback by this announcement; but he<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_138" id="Page_138">[138]</a></span>
+promptly denied that the students named were concerned
+in the affair.</p>
+
+<p>“Lingall is with you, I know. I see how you have
+managed the affair. He is your companion in the brig,
+which was built over the midship scuttle,” continued
+Raimundo. “But why do you desire to burn the vessel?”</p>
+
+<p>“Because I want to get out of her,” replied Bill sullenly.
+“But I can’t stop here to talk.”</p>
+
+<p>“Do you really mean to burn the Tritonia?”</p>
+
+<p>“That’s what I did mean; but, since you have found
+me out, I shall not be likely to do it now.”</p>
+
+<p>“Whatever you do, don’t do that. You are in the
+waters of Spain now, and I don’t know but you would
+have to be tried and punished for it in this country.”</p>
+
+<p>Bill Stout had no idea of being tried and punished
+for the crime in any country; and he had not even considered
+it a crime when he thought of the matter. He
+did not expect to be found out when he planned the
+job: villains never expect to be. But he was alarmed
+now; and the deed he had attempted seemed to be a
+hundred times more wicked and dangerous than at any
+time before.</p>
+
+<p>“I can’t stop here: Salter will miss me if I do,”
+added Bill, moving up the ladder.</p>
+
+<p>“Wait a minute,” interposed Raimundo, who was
+willing to save himself from exposure if he could.</p>
+
+<p>“I’ll come down again, after a while,” answered Bill,
+as he opened the scuttle, and got into the brig.</p>
+
+<p>“Why did you stay down so long?” demanded Bark
+Lingall nervously.</p>
+
+<p>“It’s all up now, and we can’t do any thing,” replied<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_139" id="Page_139">[139]</a></span>
+Bill sullenly, as he seated himself on his stool,
+and picked up one of his books.</p>
+
+<p>“What’s the matter?”</p>
+
+<p>“We are found out.”</p>
+
+<p>“Found out!” exclaimed Bark; and his heart rose
+into his throat at the announcement. “How can that
+be?”</p>
+
+<p>“I was seen doing it.”</p>
+
+<p>“Who saw you?”</p>
+
+<p>“You couldn’t guess in a month,” added Bill, who
+fixed his gaze on his book while he was talking.</p>
+
+<p>“Didn’t I hear you speaking to some one in the
+hold, Bill?” asked Bark, as he picked up a book, in
+order to follow the studious example of his companion.</p>
+
+<p>“I was speaking to some one,” replied Bill.</p>
+
+<p>“Who was it?”</p>
+
+<p>“Raimundo; and he knew that you were concerned
+in the job without my mentioning your name;” and
+Bill explained what had passed between himself and
+the second master.</p>
+
+<p>“Raimundo!” exclaimed Bark, in a musing manner.
+“Then he mysteriously disappeared into the hold.”</p>
+
+<p>“He did; and he has us where the hair is short,”
+added Bill.</p>
+
+<p>“And perhaps we have him where the hair is long
+enough to get hold of. All we have to do is to tell
+Salter, when he comes to look at us, that Raimundo is
+in the hold.”</p>
+
+<p>“We won’t do it; and then Raimundo won’t say we
+set the vessel on fire,” protested Bill.</p>
+
+<p>“Wait a bit, Bill. He is a spooney, a chaplain’s
+lamb. He may keep still till he gets out of his own<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_140" id="Page_140">[140]</a></span>
+scrape, whatever it may be, and then blow on us when
+he is safe himself.”</p>
+
+<p>“I don’t know: I shall see him again after Salter
+has paid us another visit.”</p>
+
+<p>The chief steward came into the steerage a few
+minutes later; and seeing both of the prisoners engaged
+in study, as he supposed, he probably believed the hour
+of reformation had come. As soon as he had gone,
+Bill opened the scuttle again, and went down into the
+hold; but he was unwilling to leave the brig for more
+than a few moments at a time, lest some accident should
+betray his absence to the chief steward. He arranged
+a plan by which he could talk with Raimundo without
+danger from above. Returning to the brig, he lay down
+on the floor, with a book in his hand, so that his head
+was close to the scuttle. Bark was seated on the floor,
+also with a book in his hand, in such a position as to
+conceal the trap-door, which was raised a few inches,
+from the gaze of Mr. Salter, if he should happen
+suddenly to enter the steerage. Raimundo was to stand
+on the steps of the ladder, with his head on a level
+with the cabin floor, where he could hear Bill, and be
+heard by him.</p>
+
+<p>“I think we can’t afford to quarrel,” said Bill magnanimously.
+“We are all in the same boat now. I
+suppose you are wanted on shore for some dido you cut
+up before you left your home.”</p>
+
+<p>“I did nothing wrong before I left my home,” replied
+Raimundo; and it galled him terribly to be
+obliged to make terms with the rascals in the brig.
+“My trouble is simply a family affair; and, if captured,
+I shall be subjected to no penalty whatever<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_141" id="Page_141">[141]</a></span>.”</p>
+
+<p>“Is that all?” asked Bill, sorry it was no worse.</p>
+
+<p>“That’s all; but for reasons I don’t care to explain,
+I do not wish to be taken back to my uncle in Barcelona.
+But I will give myself up before I will let you
+burn the Tritonia,” replied Raimundo, with no little
+indignation in his tones.</p>
+
+<p>“Of course, as things stand now, we shall not burn
+the vessel,” added Bill: “we will make a fair trade
+with you.”</p>
+
+<p>“I shall make no trades of any kind; but I leave
+you free to do what you think best, and I shall remain
+so myself,” said Raimundo, who was too high-toned to
+bargain with fellows wicked enough to burn the beautiful
+Tritonia. “It is enough that I wish to get away
+from this city.”</p>
+
+<p>“If you clear out, you won’t blow on us,” added
+Bill, willing to put the best construction on the statement
+of the second master.</p>
+
+<p>“I promise nothing; but this I say: if you burn the
+Tritonia, whether I am on board or a thousand miles
+away, I will inform the principal who set the fire.”</p>
+
+<p>“Of course we should not do any thing of that sort
+now,” added Bark, whose head was near enough to the
+scuttle to enable him to hear all that was said.</p>
+
+<p>“I shall be obliged to keep out of the way of all on
+board, for the present at least,” said Raimundo.</p>
+
+<p>“We are satisfied with that,” replied Bill, who
+seemed to be in haste to reach some other branch of
+the subject.</p>
+
+<p>“Very well: then there is nothing more to be said,”
+answered Raimundo, who was quite willing to close
+the interview at this point.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_142" id="Page_142">[142]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>The conspirators were not so willing; for the chance
+of escape held out to them by the burning of the
+vessel was gone, and they were very much dissatisfied
+with the situation. It would be madness to repeat the
+attempt to destroy the vessel; and the future looked
+very unpromising. All hands were going off on a very
+desirable cruise in the steamer. Ben Pardee and Lon
+Gibbs had apparently deserted them when tempted by
+the voyage to Lisbon. They had a dismal prospect of
+staying in the brig, under the care of Marline and
+Rimmer, for the next three weeks.</p>
+
+<p>The second master had plenty of time to think over
+his arrangements for the next week or two; and he was
+not much better satisfied with the immediate prospect
+for the future, than were the occupants of the brig.
+His accommodations were far less comfortable than
+theirs; and the experience of a single night had caused
+him to fear that he might take cold and be sick.
+Besides, he had not calculated that the Tritonia was to
+lie at this port for two or three weeks, thus increasing
+the danger and discomfort of his situation. If he had
+to abandon his hiding-place, he preferred to take his
+chances at any other port rather than Barcelona. It
+was more than probable that Marline and Rimmer would
+overhaul the hold, and re-stow the boxes and barrels
+while the vessel was at anchor; and possibly the principal
+had ordered some repairs at this favorable time.</p>
+
+<p>His chance of getting on board of the Prince before
+she sailed was too small to afford him any hope. The
+change the principal had made in the programme interfered
+sadly with his calculations. Mr. Lowington had
+made this alteration in order to enable the students to<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_143" id="Page_143">[143]</a></span>
+visit the northern and central parts of the peninsula
+before the weather became too cold to permit them to
+do so with any degree of comfort. The fugitive was
+willing, therefore, to change his plans if it was possible.</p>
+
+<p>“Hold on a minute,” interposed Bill Stout, when
+Raimundo was about to descend the ladder. “What
+are you going to do with yourself while the vessel lies
+here for the next three weeks?”</p>
+
+<p>“I shall have to keep out of sight in the hold,”
+replied the second master.</p>
+
+<p>“But you can’t do that. You will starve to death.”</p>
+
+<p>“I have looked out for that.”</p>
+
+<p>Though Bill Stout asked some questions on this
+point, Raimundo declined to say in what manner he
+had provided for his rations.</p>
+
+<p>“Do you know who are in charge on board now?”
+asked Bill.</p>
+
+<p>“Only Mr. Salter and one of the stewards,” replied
+the fugitive.</p>
+
+<p>“Why don’t you use your chance while Marline and
+Rimmer are ashore, and leave the vessel? You can
+get away without being seen.”</p>
+
+<p>“I can’t get out of the vessel without going through
+the cabin where Mr. Salter is,” answered Raimundo;
+but the suggestion gave him a lively hope.</p>
+
+<p>“Yes, you can: you can get out by the fore-scuttle, go
+over the bow, and roost on the bobstay till a shore
+boat comes along,” added Bill. “Only you musn’t let
+the steward see you. Salter is in the cabin, and he
+won’t know any thing about it.”</p>
+
+<p>Raimundo was grateful for the suggestion, though
+he was not willing to acknowledge it, considering the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_144" id="Page_144">[144]</a></span>
+source from which it came. Hugo would help him,
+instead of being a hinderance. The steward would call
+a boat, and have it all ready for him when he got out
+of the vessel. He could even keep Mr. Salter in the
+cabin, while he made his escape, by engaging his attention
+in some matter of business.</p>
+
+<p>“I will see what I can do,” said the fugitive as he
+left the ladder.</p>
+
+<p>He went aft to the cabin ladder, and raised the
+scuttle an inch. Hugo was setting the table for Mr.
+Salter’s lunch. He saw the trap-door raised, and he
+immediately went below for a jar of pickles. In five
+minutes Raimundo had recited his plan to him. In
+five minutes more Hugo had a boat at the bow of
+the Tritonia, waiting for its passenger. At half-past
+twelve, Hugo called Mr. Salter to his lunch; and,
+when this gentleman took his seat at the table, Hugo
+raised the trap, and slammed it down as though it had
+not been in place before. Raimundo understood the
+signal.</p>
+
+<p>The fugitive went forward, and ascended to the
+deck by the fore-scuttle. He was making his way over
+the bow when he found that he was followed by Bill
+Stout and Bark Lingall.</p>
+
+<p>“What are you doing here?” demanded Raimundo,
+astonished and annoyed at the action of the incendiaries.</p>
+
+<p>“We are going with you,” replied Bill Stout. “Over
+with you! if you say a word, we will call Salter.”</p>
+
+<p>Raimundo dropped into the boat that was waiting
+for him, and the villains from the brig followed him.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_145" id="Page_145">[145]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="break">
+
+<h2 class="p4">CHAPTER X.</h2>
+
+<p class="pch">THE ESCURIAL AND PHILIP II.</p>
+
+<p class="drop-capr"><span class="smdrop">Before</span> the train stopped, the students obtained
+a fair view of the Escurial, which is a vast pile
+of buildings, located in the most desolate place to be
+found even in Spain. The village is hardly less solemn
+and gloomy than the tremendous structure that towers
+above. The students breakfasted at the two <i>fondas</i> in
+the place; and then Mr. Mapps, as usual, had something
+to say to them:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p class="pbq p1">“The Escurial, or <i>El Escorial</i> as it is called in
+Spanish, is a monastery, palace, and church. The
+name is derived from <i>scoriæ</i>, the refuse of iron-lore
+after it is smelted; and there were iron-mines in this
+vicinity. The full name of the building is ‘<i>El Real
+Sitio de San Lorenzo el Real del Escorial</i>,’ or, literally,
+‘The Royal Seat of St. Lawrence, the Royal, of the
+Escurial.’ It was built by Philip II. in commemoration
+of the battle of St. Quentin, in 1557, won by the arms
+of Philip, though he was not present at the battle. He
+had made a vow, that, if the saint gave him the victory,
+he would build the most magnificent monastery in the
+world in his honor. St. Lawrence was kind enough to<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_146" id="Page_146">[146]</a></span>
+accommodate him with the victory; and this remarkable
+pile of buildings was the result. Philip redeemed his
+vow, and even did more than this; for, in recognition
+of the fact that the saint was martyred on a gridiron,
+he built this monastery in the form of that useful cooking
+implement. As you see, the structure is in the
+form of a square; and, within it, seventeen ranges of
+buildings cross each other at right angles. The towers
+at each corner are two hundred feet high; and the
+grand dome in the centre is three hundred and twenty
+feet high.</p>
+
+<p class="pbq">“The total length of the building is seven hundred
+and forty feet, by five hundred and eighty feet wide.
+It was begun in 1563, when Philip laid the corner-stone
+with his own hands; and was completed twenty-one
+years later. It cost, in money of our time, fifteen
+millions of dollars. It has four thousand windows;
+though you may see that most of them are rather small.
+The church, which is properly the chapel of the monastery,
+is three hundred and seventy-five feet long, and
+contains forty chapels. The high altar is ninety feet
+high, and fifty feet wide, and is composed of jasper.
+Directly under it is the royal tomb, in which are laid
+the remains of all the sovereigns of Spain from Charles
+V. to the present time. The Spaniards regard the
+Escurial as the eighth wonder of the world. It is
+grand, solemn, and gloomy, like Philip who built it.
+In the mountain, a mile and a half from the Escurial,
+is a seat built of granite, which Philip used to occupy
+while watching the progress of the work.”</p>
+
+<p class="p1">The students separated, dividing into parties to suit<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_147" id="Page_147">[147]</a></span>
+themselves. All the available guides were engaged for
+them; and in a few minutes the interior of the church
+presented a scene that would have astonished the
+gloomy Philip if he could have stepped out of his shelf
+below to look at it, for a hundred young Americans&mdash;from
+the land that Columbus gave to Castile and Leon&mdash;was
+an unusual sight within its cold and deserted
+walls.</p>
+
+<p>“I suppose you have read the lives of Charles V.
+and Philip II.,” said Dr. Winstock, as he entered the
+great building with his young friends.</p>
+
+<p>Both of them had read Robertson and Prescott and
+Irving; and it was because they were generally well
+read up that the doctor liked to be with them.</p>
+
+<p>“It isn’t of much use for any one who has not read
+the life of Philip II. to come here: at least, he would
+be in the dark all the time,” added the doctor.</p>
+
+<p>“I have seen it stated that Charles V. and his
+mother, Crazy Jane, both wanted a convent built which
+should contain a burial-place for the royal family,” said
+Sheridan.</p>
+
+<p>“That is true. All of them were very pious, and
+inclined to dwell in convents. Charles V. showed his
+taste at his abdication by retiring to Yuste,” replied the
+surgeon.</p>
+
+<p>“The architecture of the building is very plain.”</p>
+
+<p>“Yes,&mdash;simple, massive, and grand.”</p>
+
+<p>“Like Philip, as Professor Mapps said.”</p>
+
+<p>“It took him two years to find a suitable spot for the
+building,” said the doctor.</p>
+
+<p>“I don’t think he could have found a worse one,”
+laughed Murray.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_148" id="Page_148">[148]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>“But he found just the one he wanted; and he did
+not select it to suit you and me. Look off at those
+mountains on the north,&mdash;the Guadarramas. They
+tower above Philip’s mausoleum, but they do not belittle
+it. The region is rough but grand: it is desolate;
+but that makes it more solemn and impressive. It is
+a monastery and a tomb that he built, not a pleasure-house.”</p>
+
+<p>“But he made a royal residence of it,” suggested
+Murray.</p>
+
+<p>“For the same reason that his father chose to end
+his days in a monastery. Philip would be a wild
+fanatic in our day; but he is to be judged by his own
+time. He was really a king and a monk, as much one
+as the other. When we go into the room where he
+died, and where he spent the last days of his life, and
+recall some of his history there, we shall understand
+him better. I don’t admire his character, but I am disposed
+to do justice to him.”</p>
+
+<p>The party entered the church, called in Spanish
+<i>templo</i>: it is three hundred and twenty feet long, and it
+is the same to the top of the cupola.</p>
+
+<p>“The interior is so well proportioned that you do not
+get an adequate idea of the size of it,” said the doctor.
+“Consider that you could put almost any church in our
+own country into this one, and have plenty of room for
+its spire under that dome. It is severely plain; but I
+think it is grand and impressive. The high altar, which
+I believe the professor did not make as large as it really
+is, is very rich in marbles and precious stones, and cost
+about two hundred thousand dollars.”</p>
+
+<p>“That’s enough to build twenty comfortable country<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_149" id="Page_149">[149]</a></span>
+churches at home,” added Murray. “And this whole
+building cost money enough to build fifteen thousand
+handsome churches in any country. Of course there
+are plenty of beggars in Spain.”</p>
+
+<p>“That is the republican view of the matter,” replied
+Dr. Winstock. “But the builder of this mighty fabric
+believed he was serving God acceptably in rearing it;
+and we must judge him by his motive, and consider the
+age in which he lived. Observe, as Mr Ford says in
+his hand-book, that the pantheon, or crypt where the
+kings are buried, is just under the steps of the high
+altar: it was so planned by Philip, that the host, when
+it was elevated, might be above the royal dead. Now
+we will go into the <i>relicario</i>.”</p>
+
+<p>“I think I have seen about relics enough to last me
+the rest of my lifetime,” said Sheridan.</p>
+
+<p>“You need not see them if you do not wish to do
+so,” laughed the surgeon. “This is a tolerably free
+country just now, and you can do as you please.”</p>
+
+<p>But the captain followed his party.</p>
+
+<p>“The French carried away vast quantities of the
+treasures of the church when they were engaged in
+conquering the country. But they left the bones of the
+saints, which the pious regard as the real treasures.
+Among other things stolen was a statue presented by
+the people of Messina to Philip III., weighing two hundred
+pounds, of solid silver, and holding in its hand a
+gold vessel weighing twenty-six pounds; besides forty-seven
+of the richest vases, and a heavy crown set with
+rubies and other precious stones,” continued Dr. Winstock,
+consulting a guide-book he carried in his hand.
+“This book says there are 7,421 relics here now, among<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_150" id="Page_150">[150]</a></span>
+which are ten whole bodies, 144 heads, 306 whole legs
+and arms; here is one of the real bars of the gridiron
+on which St. Lawrence was martyred, with portions of
+the broiled flesh upon it; and there is one of his feet,
+with a piece of coal sticking between the toes.”</p>
+
+<p>“But where did they get that bar of the gridiron?”
+asked Murray earnestly. “St. Lawrence was broiled
+in the third century.”</p>
+
+<p>“I don’t know,” replied the doctor. “You must not
+ask me any questions of that kind, for I cannot answer
+them.”</p>
+
+<p>The party returned to the church again; and the surgeon
+called the attention of his companions to the oratorios,
+one on each side of the altar, which are small
+rooms for the use of the royal persons when they attend
+the mass.</p>
+
+<p>“The one on the left is the one used by Philip II.,”
+added the doctor. “You see the latticed window
+through which he looked at the priest. Next to it is
+his cabinet, where he worked and where he died. We
+shall visit them from the palace.”</p>
+
+<p>After looking at the choir, and examining the bishop’s
+throne, the party with a dozen others visited the
+pantheon, or royal tomb. The descent is by a flight of
+marble steps, and the walls are also of the same material.
+At the second landing are two doors, that on the
+left leading to the “<i>pantheon de los infantes</i>,” which is
+the tomb of those queens who were not mothers of
+sovereigns of Spain, and of princes who did not sit on
+the throne. There are sixty bodies here, including
+Don Carlos, the son of Philip, Don John of Austria,
+who asked to be buried here as the proper reward for<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_151" id="Page_151">[151]</a></span>
+his services, and other persons whose names are known
+to history.</p>
+
+<p>After looking at these interesting relics of mortality,
+the tourists descended to the pantheon, which is a
+heathenish name to apply to a Christian burial-place
+erected by one so pious as Philip II. It is octagonal
+in form, forty-six feet in diameter and thirty-eight feet
+high. It is built entirely of marble and jasper. It
+contains an altar of the same stone, where mass is
+sometimes celebrated. These mortuary chapels were
+not built by Philip II., who made only plain vaults;
+but by Philip III. and Philip IV., who did not inherit
+the taste for simplicity of their predecessor on the
+throne. Around the tomb are twenty-six niches, all of
+them made after the same pattern, each containing a
+sarcophagus, in most of which is the body of a king or
+queen. On the right of the altar are the kings, and on
+the left the queens. All of them are labelled with the
+name of the occupant, as “Carlos V.,” “Filipe II.,”
+“Fernando VII.,” &amp;c.</p>
+
+<p>“Can it be possible that we see the coffins of
+Charles V. and Philip II.?” said Sheridan, who was
+very much impressed by the sight before him.</p>
+
+<p>“There is no doubt of it,” replied the doctor.</p>
+
+<p>“I can hardly believe that the body of Philip II. is
+in that case,” added the captain. “I see no reason to
+doubt the fact; but it seems so very strange that I
+should be looking at the coffin of that cold and cruel
+king who lived before our country was settled, and of
+whom I have read so much.”</p>
+
+<p>“I think before you leave Spain you will see something
+that will impress you even more than this<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_152" id="Page_152">[152]</a></span>.”</p>
+
+<p>“What is it?”</p>
+
+<p>“I will not mention it yet; for it is better not to
+anticipate these things. All the kings of Spain from
+Charles V. are buried here, except Philip V. and Ferdinand
+VI.”</p>
+
+<p>“What an odd way they have here of spelling
+Charles and Philip!” said Murray. “These names
+don’t look quite natural to me.”</p>
+
+<p>“Carlos Quinto is the Spanish for Charles Fifth;
+and Ferdinand Seventh is Fernando Septimo, as you
+see on the urn. But our way of writing these things is
+as odd to the Spaniards as theirs is to us. The late
+queen and her father, when they came to the Escurial,
+used to hear mass at midnight in this tomb.”</p>
+
+<p>“That was cheerful,” added Sheridan.</p>
+
+<p>“They had a fancy for that sort of thing. Maria
+Louisa, Philip’s wife, scratched her name on one of
+these marble cases with her scissors.”</p>
+
+<p>The party in the pantheon returned to the church to
+make room for another company to visit it. Dr. Winstock
+and his friends ascended the grand staircase, and
+from the top of the building obtained a fine view of
+the surrounding country, which at this season was as
+desolate and forbidding as possible. After this they
+took a survey of the monastery, most of which has
+the aspect of a barrack. They looked with interest at
+some of the portraits among the pictures, especially at
+those of Philip and Charles V. In the library they
+glanced at the old manuscripts, and at the catalogue
+in which some of Philip’s handwriting was pointed out
+to them.</p>
+
+<p>They next went to the palace, which is certainly a<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_153" id="Page_153">[153]</a></span>
+mean abode for a king, though it was improved and
+adorned by some of the builder’s successors. Philip
+asked only a cell in the house he had erected and consecrated
+to God; and so he made the palace very simple
+and plain. Some of the long and narrow rooms
+are adorned with tapestries on the walls; but there is
+nothing in the palace to detain the visitor beyond a
+few minutes, except the apartments of Philip II. They
+are two small rooms, hardly more than six feet wide.
+One of them is Philip’s cabinet, where he worked on
+affairs of state; and the other is the oratory, where he
+knelt at the little latticed window which commanded a
+view of the priests at the high altar of the church.
+The old table at which he wrote, the chair in which he
+sat, and the footstool on which he placed his gouty leg,
+are still there. The doctor, who had been here before,
+pointed them out to the students.</p>
+
+<p>“It almost seems as though he had just left the
+place,” said Sheridan. “I don’t see how a great king
+could be content to spend his time in such a gloomy
+den as this.”</p>
+
+<p>“It was his own fancy, and he made his own nest
+to suit himself,” replied the doctor. “He was writing
+at that table when the loss of the invincible armada
+was announced to him. It is said he did not move a
+muscle, though he had wasted eighteen years of his
+life and a hundred million ducats upon the fleet and
+the scheme. He was kneeling at the window when
+Don John of Austria came in great haste to tell him
+of the victory of Lepanto; but he was not allowed to
+see the king till the latter had finished his devotions.”</p>
+
+<p>“He was a cool old fellow,” added Murray.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_154" id="Page_154">[154]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>“When he was near the end, he caused himself to
+be carried in a litter all over the wonderful building
+he had erected, that he might take a last look at the
+work of his hands,” continued the doctor. “He was
+finally brought to this place, where he received extreme
+unction; and, having taken leave of his family, he died,
+grasping the crucifix which his father had held in his
+last moments.”</p>
+
+<p>The party passed out of the buildings, and gave
+some time to the gardens and grounds of the Escurial.
+There are some trees, a few of them the spindling and
+ghostly-looking Lombardy poplars; but, beyond the
+immediate vicinity of the “eighth wonder,” the country
+is desolate and wild, without a tree to vary the monotony
+of the scene. The doctor led the way down the
+hill to the <i>Casita del Principe</i>, which is a sort of miniature
+palace, built for Charles IV. when he was a boy.
+It is a pretty toy, containing thirty-three rooms, all of
+them of reduced size, and with furniture on the same
+scale. It contains some fine pictures and other works
+of art.</p>
+
+<p>The tourists dined, and devoted the rest of the day
+to wandering about in the vicinity of the village.
+Some of them walked up to the <i>Silla del Rey</i>, or king’s
+chair, where Philip overlooked the work on the Escurial.
+At five o’clock the ship’s company took the slow
+train, and arrived at Madrid at half-past seven, using
+up two hours and a half in going thirty-two miles.</p>
+
+<p>“I am sorry it is too dark for you to see the country,”
+said the doctor, after the train started.</p>
+
+<p>“Why, sir, is it very fine?” asked Sheridan.</p>
+
+<p>“On the contrary, it is, I think, the most desolate<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_155" id="Page_155">[155]</a></span>
+region on the face of the globe; with hardly a village,
+not a tree, nothing but rocks to be seen. It reminds
+me of some parts of Maine and New Hampshire, where
+they have to sharpen the sheep’s noses to enable them
+to feed among the rocks. The people are miserable
+and half savage; and it is said that many of them
+are clothed in sheepskins, and live in burrows in the
+ground, for the want of houses; but I never saw any
+thing of this kind, though I know that some of the
+gypsys in the South dwell in caves in the sides of the
+hills. Agriculture is at the lowest ebb, though Spain
+produces vast quantities of the most excellent qualities
+of grain. Like a portion of our own country, the numerous
+valleys are very fertile, though in the summer
+the streams of this part of Spain are all dried up. The
+gypsys camp in the bed of the Manzanares, at Madrid.
+Alexandre Dumas and his son went to a bull-fight at
+the capital. The son was faint, as you may be, and
+a glass of water was brought to him. After taking a
+swallow, he handed the rest to the waiter, saying,
+‘Portez cela au Manzanares: cela lui fera plaisir.’
+(Carry that to the Manzanares: it will give it pleasure).”</p>
+
+<p>“Good for Dumas, <i>fils</i>!” exclaimed Murray.</p>
+
+<p>“There is a prejudice against trees in Spain. The
+peasants will not plant them, or suffer them to grow,
+except those that bear fruit; because they afford habitations
+for the birds which eat up their grain. Timber
+and wood for fuel are therefore very scarce and very
+dear in this part of the country. But this region was
+not always so barren and desolate as it is now. In
+the wars with the Moors, both armies began by cutting
+down the trees and burning the villages. More of<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_156" id="Page_156">[156]</a></span>
+this desolation, however, was caused by a very remarkable
+privilege, called the <i>mesta</i>, granted to certain of
+the nobility. It gave them the right of pasturage over
+vast territories, including the Castiles, Estremadura,
+and La Mancha. It came to be a legal right, and
+permitted immense flocks of sheep to roam across the
+country twice a year, in the spring and autumn. In
+the time of Philip II., the wandering flocks of sheep
+were estimated at from seven to eight millions. They
+devoured every thing before them in the shape of grass
+and shrubs. This privilege was not abolished till
+1825.”</p>
+
+<p>“I should think Philip and the rest of the kings who
+lived at the Escurial would have had a nice time in
+going to and from the capital,” said Sheridan. “He
+did not have a palace-car on the railroad in those
+days.”</p>
+
+<p>“After Philip’s day they did not live there a great
+deal of the time, not so much because it was inconvenient
+as because it was a gloomy and cheerless place.
+They used to make it a rule to spend six weeks of the
+year there; though the last of the sovereigns did not
+live there at all, I believe. But they had good roads
+and good carriages for their time. The Spaniards do
+not make many roads; but what they do make are first-class.
+I am sorry we do not go to Segovia, though
+there is not much there except the cathedral and the
+Roman aqueduct, which is a fine specimen. But you
+have seen plenty of these things. Six miles from Segovia
+is La Granja, or the Grange, which is sometimes
+called the palace of San Ildefonso. It is a <i>real sitio</i>, or
+royal residence, built by Philip V. It is a summer<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_157" id="Page_157">[157]</a></span>
+retreat, in the midst of pine forests four thousand feet
+above the sea-level. We went through Valladolid in
+the night. Columbus died there, you remember; and
+Philip II. was born there; but there is nothing of great
+interest to be seen in the city.”</p>
+
+<p>When the train arrived at Madrid, a lot of small
+omnibuses, holding about eight persons each, were
+waiting for the company; and they were driven to the
+<i>Puerta del Sol</i>, where the principal hotels are located.
+Half of the party went to the <i>Grand Hotel de Paris</i>,
+and the other half to the <i>Hotel de los Principes</i>. Dr.
+Winstock and his <i>protégés</i> were quartered at the
+former.</p>
+
+<p>On shore no distinction was made between officers
+and seamen, and no better rooms were given to the
+former than to the latter. As two students occupied
+one wide bed, they were allowed to pair off for this
+purpose. It so happened that the captain and the first
+lieutenant had one of the worst rooms in the house.
+After they had gone up two pairs of stairs, a sign on
+the wall informed them that they had reached the first
+story; and four more brought them to the seven-by-nine
+chamber, with a brick floor, which they were to
+occupy. The furniture was very meagre.</p>
+
+<p>In Spain hotels charge by the day, the price being
+regulated by the size and location of the room. Such
+as that we have just described was thirty-five <i>reales</i>. A
+good sized inside room, two flights nearer the earth,
+was fifty <i>reales</i>, with an increase of five <i>reales</i> for an
+outside room looking into the street. The table was
+the same for all the guests. The price per day varies
+from thirty to sixty <i>reales</i> in Spain, forty being the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_158" id="Page_158">[158]</a></span>
+most common rate at the best hotels out of Madrid.
+From two to four <i>reales</i> a day is charged for attendance,
+and one or two for candles. Two dollars a day
+is therefore about the average rate. Only two meals
+a day are served for this price,&mdash;a breakfast at ten or
+eleven, and dinner at six.</p>
+
+<p>It is the fashion in Spain, for an individual or company
+to conduct several hotels in different cities. The
+Fallola brothers run the grand Hotel de Paris in
+Madrid, the ones with the same name in Seville and in
+Cadiz, and the Hotel Suiza in Cordova; and they are
+the highest-priced hotels on the peninsula, and doubtless
+the best. The company that manages the Hotel
+de Los Principes in Madrid also have the Rizzi in
+Cordova, the Londres in Seville, the Cadiz in Cadiz,
+and the Siete Suelos in Granada, in which the prices
+are more moderate. The Hotel Washington Irving at
+Granada, and the Alameda in Malaga, are under the
+same management, and charge forty-four and forty
+<i>reales</i> a day respectively, besides service and lights.
+Though Spain is said to be an expensive country to
+live in, these prices in 1870 were only about half those
+charged in the United States.</p>
+
+<p>Railroad fares are about two cents and a half a mile,
+second class; and about a third higher, first class. A
+one-horse carriage for two costs forty cents an hour in
+Madrid; and for four persons, two horses, fifty cents.
+A very handsome carriage, with driver and footman in
+livery, may be had for five dollars a day.</p>
+
+<p>After supper the students walked about the <i>Puerta
+del Sol</i>, and took their first view of the capital of
+Spain.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_159" id="Page_159">[159]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="break">
+
+<h2 class="p4">CHAPTER XI.</h2>
+
+<p class="pch">THE CRUISE IN THE FELUCCA.</p>
+
+<p class="drop-capr"><span class="smdrop">Raimundo</span> was very much disgusted when he
+found that Bill Stout and Bark Lingall were to
+be the companions of his flight. Thus far he had felt
+that his conduct was justifiable. His uncle Manuel
+had taught him to believe that his guardian intended to
+“put him out of the way.” Don Alejandro had not
+actually attempted to do any thing of this kind, so far
+as was known; and no case could be made out against
+him. Don Manuel did not mean that he should have
+an opportunity to attempt any thing of the kind. Certainly
+it was safer to keep out of his way, than to tempt
+him to do a deed which his own brother believed he
+was capable of doing. Raimundo thought Don Manuel
+was right: indeed, he could remember enough of
+Don Alejandro’s treatment of him before he left Barcelona,
+to convince him of his guardian’s intentions.</p>
+
+<p>But when he found himself in the boat, escaping
+from the Tritonia with two of the worst “scalliwags”
+of the crew, the case seemed to present a different
+aspect to him. He realized that he was in bad company;
+and he felt contaminated by their presence, Yet
+he did not see how he could help himself. The only<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_160" id="Page_160">[160]</a></span>
+way he could get out of the scrape was to surrender
+to the chief steward, and in due time be handed over
+to the agent of his guardian. Whether he was correct
+or not in his estimate of his uncle’s character, he was
+sincere in his belief that Don Alejandro intended to do
+him harm, even to the sacrificing of his life. Independently
+of his personal fears, he did not think it
+would be right to give himself up to one who might be
+tempted to do an evil deed. He concluded to make
+the best of the situation, and as soon as possible to get
+rid of his disagreeable companions.</p>
+
+<p>“Where shall we go, Raimundo?” asked Bill Stout,
+as confidentially as though he had been a part of the
+enterprise from the beginning.</p>
+
+<p>“We must go on shore, of course,” replied the
+young Spaniard, who was not yet sufficiently reconciled
+to the situation to be very cordial.</p>
+
+<p>More than this, he had not yet considered what his
+course should be when he had left the vessel; but it
+occurred to him, as Bill asked the question, that the
+<i>alguacil</i>, whose action had been fully reported to him
+by Hugo, might be watching the vessel from the shore.
+Raimundo looked about him to get a better idea of the
+situation. The wind was from the north-west, which
+swung the Prince so that she lay between the Tritonia
+and the landing-place, and hid her hull from the view
+of any one on the city side.</p>
+
+<p>“I think we had better not land at any of the usual
+places,” suggested Bark. “Marline, Rimmer, and all
+the rest of the forward officers, are in charge of the
+boats at the principal landing.”</p>
+
+<p>“I had no idea of going to the city. It would not<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_161" id="Page_161">[161]</a></span>
+be safe for me to show my face there,” answered Raimundo;
+and he directed the boatman to pull to the
+Barceloneta side of the port, and in such a direction as
+to keep in the shadow of the vessels of the fleet.</p>
+
+<p>The man offered to land them at a more convenient
+place; but Raimundo insisted upon going to the point
+indicated. Very likely the boatman suspected that his
+passengers were not leaving the vessel to which they
+belonged in a perfectly regular manner; but probably
+this would not make any difference to him, as long as
+he was well paid for his services. Presently the boat
+grounded on some rocks at the foot of the sea-wall,
+which rose high above them. As usual the boatman
+was anxious to obtain another job; and he offered to
+take them to any point they wished to go to.</p>
+
+<p>“I will take you back to your ship when you are
+ready to go,” continued the man with a smile, and a
+twinkle of the eye, which was enough to show that he
+did not believe they intended to return.</p>
+
+<p>Raimundo replied that they had no further use for
+the boat that day.</p>
+
+<p>“I have a big boat like that,” persisted the man,
+pointing to a felucca which was sailing down the bay.</p>
+
+<p>The craft indicated was about thirty feet long, and
+carried a large lateen sail.</p>
+
+<p>“Where is she?” asked Raimundo, with interest.</p>
+
+<p>The man pointed up the harbor, and said he could
+have her ready in a few minutes.</p>
+
+<p>“Do you go out to sea in her?”</p>
+
+<p>“Oh, yes! go to Majorca in her,” replied the boatman,
+quite excited at the prospect of a large job.</p>
+
+<p>“Can you take us to Tarragona in her?” continued<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_162" id="Page_162">[162]</a></span>
+the young Spaniard, to whom the felucca suggested
+the best means of getting away from Barcelona.</p>
+
+<p>“Certainly I can: there is no trouble about it.”</p>
+
+<p>“How much shall you charge to take us there?”</p>
+
+<p>“It is fifteen leagues to Tarragona,” replied the
+boatman, who proceeded to magnify the difficulties of
+the enterprise as soon as the price was demanded.</p>
+
+<p>“Very well: we can go by the railroad,” added Raimundo,
+who fully comprehended the object of the man.</p>
+
+<p>“Your officers will see you if you go into the city,”
+said the boatman, with a cunning smile.</p>
+
+<p>There was no longer any doubt that the fellow fully
+comprehended the situation, but the fugitive saw that
+he would not betray them; for, if he did, he would lose
+the job, which he evidently intended should be a profitable
+one.</p>
+
+<p>“Name your price,” he added; and he was willing
+to pay liberally for the service he desired.</p>
+
+<p>“Five hundred <i>reales</i>,” answered the man.</p>
+
+<p>“Do you think we have so much money?” laughed
+the fugitive. “We can’t make a bargain with you.”</p>
+
+<p>“What will you give?” asked the boatman.</p>
+
+<p>“Two hundred <i>reales</i>.”</p>
+
+<p>After considerable haggling, the bargain was struck
+at three hundred <i>reales</i>, or fifteen dollars; and this
+was less than the fugitive had expected to pay. The
+rest of the arrangements were readily made. Filipe,
+for this was the name he gave, was afraid his passengers
+would be captured while he went for his felucca;
+and, keeping in the shadow of the sea-wall, he pulled
+them around the point on which the old light-house
+stands, and landed them on some rocks under the wall.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_163" id="Page_163">[163]</a></span>
+In this position they could not be seen from the vessels
+of the fleet, or from the landing-place on the other
+side, while the high wall concealed them from any
+person on the shore who did not take the trouble to
+look over at them.</p>
+
+<p>“We shall want something to eat,” said Raimundo,
+as the boatman was about to leave them. “Take this,
+and buy as much bread and cold meat as you can with
+it.”</p>
+
+<p>Raimundo handed him three dollars in Spanish silver,
+which Hugo had obtained for him. The large sum of
+money he had was in Spanish gold, obtained in Genoa.
+He had a few dollars in silver left for small expenses.</p>
+
+<p>“What are we here for?” asked Bill Stout, who, of
+course, had not understood a word of the conversation
+of his companion and the boatman.</p>
+
+<p>Both he and Bark had asked half a dozen times
+what they were talking about; but Raimundo had not
+answered them.</p>
+
+<p>“What has been going on between you and that
+fellow all this time?” asked Bill, in a tone so imperative
+that the young officer did not like it at all.</p>
+
+<p>“I have made a bargain with him to take us to
+Tarragona,” replied Raimundo coldly.</p>
+
+<p>“And did not say a word to Bark and me about it!”
+exclaimed Bill.</p>
+
+<p>“If you don’t like it you need not go. I did not
+invite you to come with me.”</p>
+
+<p>“Did not invite me!” sneered Bill. “I know you
+didn’t; but we are in the party, and want you to understand
+that we are no longer under your orders. You
+needn’t take it upon yourself to make arrangements for
+me<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_164" id="Page_164">[164]</a></span>.”</p>
+
+<p>“I made the arrangement for myself, and I don’t
+ask you to go with me,” answered Raimundo with
+dignity.</p>
+
+<p>“Come, come! Bill, dry up!” interposed Bark. “Do
+you want to make a row now before we are fairly out
+of the vessel?”</p>
+
+<p>“I got out of the vessel to get clear of those snobs
+of officers, and I am not going to have one of them
+lording it over me here.”</p>
+
+<p>“Nonsense! He hasn’t done any thing that you can
+find fault with,” added Bark.</p>
+
+<p>“He has made a trade with that boatman to take us
+somewhere without saying a word to us about it,”
+blustered Bill. “I want to put a check on that sort of
+thing in the beginning.”</p>
+
+<p>“He has done just the right thing. If we had been
+alone we could not have managed the matter at all.”</p>
+
+<p>“I could have managed it well enough myself.”</p>
+
+<p>“You can’t speak a word of Spanish, nor I either.”</p>
+
+<p>“I don’t even know where that place is&mdash;Dragona&mdash;or
+whatever it is,” growled Bill.</p>
+
+<p>“I am not to blame for your ignorance,” said Raimundo.
+“You heard every thing that was said; and, if
+you don’t like it, I am willing to get along without
+you.”</p>
+
+<p>“Come, Bill; we must not get up a row. Raimundo
+has done the right thing, and for one I am very much
+obliged to him,” continued Bark.</p>
+
+<p>“He might have told us what he was about,” added
+Bill, somewhat appeased by the words of his fellow-conspirator.</p>
+
+<p>“We had no time to spare; and he could not stop to
+tell the whole story twice over<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_165" id="Page_165">[165]</a></span>.”</p>
+
+<p>“Where is the place we are going to?” demanded
+Bill in the same sulky tone.</p>
+
+<p>“Tarragona, a seaport town, south of here. How
+far is it, Mr. Raimundo?”</p>
+
+<p>“About fifty miles.”</p>
+
+<p>“Will you tell us now, if you please, what arrangements
+you made with the boatman?” continued Bark,
+doing his best to smooth the ruffled feelings of the
+young Spaniard.</p>
+
+<p>“Certainly I will; but I want to say in the first
+place that I had rather return to the Tritonia at once
+than be bullied by Stout or by anybody else. I don’t
+put on any airs, and I mean to treat everybody like a
+gentleman. I am a Spaniard, and I will not be insulted
+by any one,” said Raimundo, with as much dignity as
+an hidalgo in Castile.</p>
+
+<p>“I didn’t mean to insult you,” said Bill mildly.</p>
+
+<p>“Let it pass; but, if it is repeated, we part company
+at once, whatever the consequences,” added Raimundo,
+who then proceeded to explain what had passed
+between Filipe and himself.</p>
+
+<p>The plan was entirely satisfactory to Bark; and so
+it was to Bill, though he had not the grace to say so.
+The villain had an itching to be the leader of whatever
+was going on himself; and he was very much afraid
+that the late second master of the Tritonia would
+usurp this office if he did not make himself felt in the
+beginning. He was rather cowed by the lofty stand
+Raimundo had taken; and he had come to the conclusion
+that he had better wait till the expedition was a
+little farther along before he attempted to assert himself
+again.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_166" id="Page_166">[166]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>“Have you any money?” asked Raimundo, when he
+had finished his explanation.</p>
+
+<p>“Yes. Both of us have money; and we will pay our
+share of the cost of the boat,” replied Bark, who was
+ten times more of a man than his companion in mischief.</p>
+
+<p>“Is it Spanish money?”</p>
+
+<p>“No, not any of it. I have seven English sovereigns
+in gold, and some silver. Bill has twelve sovereigns.
+I can draw over eighty pounds on my letter of credit;
+and Bill can get fifty on his.”</p>
+
+<p>“I only wanted to know what ready money you had,”
+added Raimundo. “You must not say a word about
+money when we get into the felucca.”</p>
+
+<p>“Why not?” asked Bill, in his surly way, as though
+he was disposed to make another issue on this point.</p>
+
+<p>“I don’t know the boatman; and it is very likely he
+may have another man with him. There he comes,
+and there is another man with him,” replied Raimundo,
+as the felucca appeared off the light-house. “If you
+should show them any large sum of money, or let them
+know you had it, they might be tempted to throw us
+overboard for the sake of getting it. Of course, I
+don’t know that they would do any thing of the kind;
+but it is best to be on the safe side.”</p>
+
+<p>“Some of these Spaniards would cut a man’s throat
+for half a dollar,” added Bill.</p>
+
+<p>“So would some Americans; and they do it in New
+York sometimes,” replied Raimundo warmly. “I repeat
+it: don’t say a word about money.”</p>
+
+<p>“The men in the boat cannot understand us if we
+do,” suggested Bark.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_167" id="Page_167">[167]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>“They may speak English, for aught I know.”</p>
+
+<p>“The one you talked with could not.”</p>
+
+<p>“I don’t know about that. I did not try him in
+English. We must all pretend that we have very little
+money, whether we do it in English or in Spanish.
+When Filipe&mdash;that’s his name&mdash;asked me five hundred
+<i>reales</i> for taking us to Tarragona, I said that I
+had not so much money.”</p>
+
+<p>“And that was a lie; wasn’t it?” sneered Bill.</p>
+
+<p>“If it was, it is on my conscience, and not yours;
+and it may be a lie that will save your life and mine,”
+answered Raimundo sharply.</p>
+
+<p>“I don’t object to the lie; but I thought you, one of
+the parson’s lambs, did object to such things,” chuckled
+Bill.</p>
+
+<p>“I hate a lie: I think falsehood is mean and ungentlemanly;
+but I believe there is a wide difference
+between a lie told to a sick man, or to prevent a boatman
+from being tempted to cut your throat, and a lie
+told to save you from the consequences of your own
+misconduct.”</p>
+
+<p>“Well, you needn’t preach: we are not chaplain’s
+lambs,” growled Bill.</p>
+
+<p>“Neither am I,” added Raimundo. “I am what
+they call a Christian in Spain, and that is a Roman
+Catholic. But here is the felucca. Now mind what I
+have said, for your own safety.”</p>
+
+<p>Filipe ran the bow of his craft up to the rocks on
+which the fugitives were standing, and they leaped on
+board of her. The boatman’s assistant shoved her off,
+and in a moment more she was driving down the harbor
+before the fresh breeze. The second man in the boat<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_168" id="Page_168">[168]</a></span>
+was not more than twenty years old, while Filipe
+was apparently about forty-five. He introduced his
+companion as his son, and said his name was John
+(<i>Juan</i>).</p>
+
+<p>At the suggestion of Raimundo, the fugitives coiled
+themselves away in the bottom of the felucca, so that
+no inquisitive glass on board of the vessels or on the
+shore should reveal their presence to any one that
+wanted them. In this position they had an opportunity
+to examine the craft that was to convey them out of the
+reach of danger, as they hoped and believed. She was
+not so large as the craft that Filipe had pointed out as
+the model of his own; but she carried two sails, and
+was decked over forward so as to form quite a roomy
+cuddy. She was pointed at both ends, and sailed like
+a yacht. It was about one o’clock when the party went
+on board of her, and at her present rate of speed she
+would reach her destination in six or seven hours. She
+had the wind on her beam, and the indications were
+that she would have it fair all the way. There was not
+a cloud in the sky, and there was every promise of fair
+weather for the rest of the day. When the felucca had
+passed Monjuich, the party ventured to move about the
+craft, as they were no longer in danger of being seen
+from the city or the fleet; but they took the precaution
+to keep out of sight when they passed any other craft
+which might report them to their anxious friends in
+Barcelona.</p>
+
+<p>“What have you got to eat, Filipe?” asked Raimundo,
+when the felucca was clear of the city.</p>
+
+<p>“Plenty to eat and drink,” replied the skipper.</p>
+
+<p>“Let me see what you have, for I am beginning to
+have an appetite.”</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter">
+     <img src="images/ill-172.jpg" width="450" height="280"
+         alt=""
+         title="" />
+     <div class="caption"><p class="pc">“<span class="smcap">Raimundo did not hesitate to strike him down.</span>” <span style="font-weight: normal; font-size: 90%;">Page <a href="#Page_172">172</a>.</span></p>
+</div></div>
+
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_169" id="Page_169">[169]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Juan was directed to bring out the hamper of provisions
+his father had purchased. Certainly there were
+enough of them; but the quality was any thing but
+satisfactory. Coarse black bread, sausages that looked
+like Bolognas, and half a dozen bottles of cheap wine,
+were the principal articles in the hamper. The whole
+could not have cost half the money given to the boatman.
+But Filipe insisted that he had paid a <i>peseta</i>
+more than the sum handed him.</p>
+
+<p>Raimundo inquired into this matter more because he
+was anxious to know about the character of the man
+than because he cared for the sum expended. He felt
+that he was, in a measure, in this man’s power; and he
+desired to ascertain what sort of a person he had to
+deal with. If he was not wicked enough to cut the
+throats of his passengers, or to throw them overboard
+for their money, he might betray them when there was
+no more money to be made out of them. The inquiry
+was not at all satisfactory in its results. Filipe had
+cheated him on the provisions; and Raimundo was
+confident that he would do so in other matters to the
+extent of his opportunities.</p>
+
+<p>The food tasted better than it looked; and Raimundo
+made a hearty meal, as did all the others on board,
+including the boatmen. Raimundo would not drink
+any of the wine; but his companions did so quite freely,
+in spite of his caution. He noticed that Filipe urged
+them to drink, and seemed to be vexed when he could
+not induce him to taste the wine.</p>
+
+<p>“Where are you going when you get to Tarragona?”
+asked the boatman, when the collation was disposed of.</p>
+
+<p>“I think I shall go to Cadiz, and join my ship when
+she arrives there,” replied Raimundo.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_170" id="Page_170">[170]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>“To Cadiz!” exclaimed Filipe. “How can you go
+to Cadiz when you have no money?”</p>
+
+<p>Raimundo saw that he had said too much, and that
+the skipper wished to inquire into his finances.</p>
+
+<p>“I shall get some money in Tarragona,” he replied;
+but he did not deem it prudent to mention his letter of
+credit.</p>
+
+<p>Filipe continued to ply him with questions, which he
+evaded answering as well as he could. He did his
+best to produce the impression on his mind that he
+had no money. The boatman asked him about his
+companions, whether they could not let him have all
+the money he wanted to enable him to reach Cadiz.
+Why did they leave their ship if they had no money?
+How did he expect to get money in Tarragona?</p>
+
+<p>“How do I know that you will pay me if you are so
+poor?” demanded Filipe, evidently much vexed at the
+result of his inquiry.</p>
+
+<p>“I have money enough to pay you, and a few dollars
+more,” replied Raimundo.</p>
+
+<p>“I don’t know: I think you had better pay me now,
+before I go any farther.”</p>
+
+<p>“No, I will not pay you till we get to Tarragona,”
+replied the young Spaniard.</p>
+
+<p>“I don’t know that you have money enough to pay
+me,” persisted the boatman.</p>
+
+<p>Raimundo took from his pocket the three isabelinos
+he had reserved for the purpose of paying for the
+boat, with the silver he had left, and showed them to
+the rapacious skipper.</p>
+
+<p>“That will convince you that I have the money,”
+said he, as he returned the gold and silver to his
+pocket.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_171" id="Page_171">[171]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>He resolutely refused to pay for the boat till her
+work was done. By this time Bill and Bark, overcome
+by the wine they had drunk, were fast asleep in the
+cuddy where they had gone at the invitation of the boatman.
+Raimundo was inclined to join them; but the
+skipper was a treacherous fellow, and it was not prudent
+to do so. After all the man’s efforts to ascertain
+what money he had, he was actually afraid the fellow
+would attack him, and attempt to search his pockets.
+There were brigands in Spain,&mdash;at least, a party had
+been recently robbed by some in the south; and there
+might be pirates as well. So confident was the passenger
+of the evil intentions of Filipe, that he believed, if
+he was not robbed, it would be because the man supposed
+he had no more money than he had shown him.
+He kept his eye on a spare tiller in the boat, which he
+meant to use in self-defence if the occasion should
+require.</p>
+
+<p>Just before dark Bill and Bark, having slept off the
+effect of the wine, awoke, and came out of the cuddy.
+Filipe proposed that they should have supper before
+dark, and ordered Juan to bring out the hamper.
+Raimundo did not want any supper, and refused to eat
+or drink. Bark and Bill were not hungry, and also
+declined. Then the skipper urged them to drink.</p>
+
+<p>“Don’t taste another drop,” said Raimundo earnestly.
+“That man means mischief.”</p>
+
+<p>“Do you mean to insult me?” demanded Filipe,
+fixing a savage scowl upon Raimundo.</p>
+
+<p>It was plain enough now that the man understood
+English, though he had not yet spoken a word of it,
+and had refused to answer when spoken to in that language.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_172" id="Page_172">[172]</a></span>
+At the same time he left the helm, which Juan
+took as though he was beside his father for that purpose.
+Raimundo leaped from his seat, with the tiller in
+his hand; for he had kept his place where he could lay
+his hand upon it.</p>
+
+<p>“Stand by me!” shouted he to his companions.</p>
+
+<p>Filipe rushed upon Raimundo, and attempted to
+seize him by the throat. The young officer struck at
+him with the tiller, but did not hit him. He dodged
+the blow; but it fanned his wrath to the highest pitch.
+Raimundo saw him thrust his hand into his breast-pocket;
+and he was sure there was a knife there. He
+raised his club again; but at this instant Bark Lingall
+threw his arms around the boatman’s throat, and, jamming
+his knees into his back, brought him down on his
+face in the bottom of the boat.</p>
+
+<p>“Hold him down! don’t let him up!” cried Raimundo.</p>
+
+<p>Bark was a stout fellow; and he held on, in spite of
+the struggles of the Spaniard. At this moment Juan
+left the tiller, and rushed forward to take a hand in the
+conflict, now that his father had got the worst of it. He
+had a knife in his hand, and Raimundo did not hesitate
+to strike him down with the heavy tiller; and he lay
+senseless in the bottom of the felucca. The young
+officer then went to the assistance of Bark Lingall;
+and, in a few minutes more, they had bound the skipper
+hand and foot, and lashed him down to the floor.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_173" id="Page_173">[173]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="break">
+
+<h2 class="p4">CHAPTER XII.</h2>
+
+<p class="pch">SIGHTS IN MADRID.</p>
+
+<p class="drop-capa"><span class="smdrop">After</span> an early breakfast&mdash;early for Spain&mdash;the
+students were assembled in a large hall provided
+by the landlord; and Professor Mapps gave the usual
+lesson relating to the city they were visiting:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>“The population of Madrid has fallen off from about
+four hundred thousand to the neighborhood of three
+hundred thousand. The city was in existence in the
+tenth century, but was not of much account till the
+sixteenth, when Charles V. took up his residence here.
+Toledo was at that time the capital, as about every
+prominent city of Spain had been before. In 1560
+Philip III. made Madrid the sole capital of the country;
+and it has held this distinction down to this day, though
+Philip II. tried to move it to Valladolid. It is twenty-two
+hundred feet above the level of the sea; and the
+cutting off of all the trees in the vicinity&mdash;and I may
+add in all Spain&mdash;has injuriously affected the climate.
+This region has been said to have but two seasons,&mdash;‘nine
+months of winter, and three months of hell.’ If
+it is very cold in winter, it is probably by comparison
+with the southern part of the peninsula. Like many
+other cities of Spain, Madrid has been captured by the
+English and the French<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_174" id="Page_174">[174]</a></span>.”</p>
+
+<p>Though the professor had much more to say, we
+shall report only these few sentences. The students
+hastened out to see the city; and the surgeon took the
+captain and the first lieutenant under his wing, as usual.
+They went into the <i>Puerta del Sol</i>,&mdash;the Gate of the
+Sun. Most of the city in early days lay west of this
+point, so that its eastern gate was where the centre now
+is. As the sun first shone on this gate, it was called
+the gate of the sun. Though the gate is gone, the
+place where it was located still retains the name. It is
+nearly in the shape of an ellipse; and most of the
+principal streets radiate from it. It usually presents a
+very lively scene, by day or by night. It is always full
+of peddlers of matches, newspapers, lottery-tickets, and
+other merchandise.</p>
+
+<p>“Where shall we go?” said the doctor.</p>
+
+<p>“We will leave that to you,” replied Sheridan. “You
+know the ropes in this ship, and we don’t.”</p>
+
+<p>“I think we will go first to the royal palace; and we
+had better take a <i>berlina</i>, as they call it here.”</p>
+
+<p>“A <i>berlina</i>? Is it a pill?” asked Murray.</p>
+
+<p>“No; it is a carriage,” laughed the doctor. “Do
+you see that one with a tin sign on the corner, with ‘<i>se
+alquila</i>’ painted on it? That means that the vehicle is
+not engaged.”</p>
+
+<p>The <i>berlina</i> was called, and the party were driven
+down the <i>Calla del Arenal</i> to the palace. It is a magnificent
+building, one of the finest in Europe, towering
+far above every thing else in the city. It is the most
+sightly structure in Madrid. In front of it is the <i>Plaza
+del Oriente</i>, and in the rear are extensive gardens, reaching
+down to the Manzanares. On the right of it are<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_175" id="Page_175">[175]</a></span>
+the royal stables, and on the left is the royal armory.</p>
+
+<p>“When I was in Madrid, in the time of the late
+queen, no one was admitted to the palace because some
+vandal tourists had damaged the frescos and marbles,”
+said Dr. Winstock. “But for the last year it has been
+opened. Your uniform and my passport will open the
+doors to us.”</p>
+
+<p>“What has the uniform to do with it?” asked Murray.</p>
+
+<p>“A uniform is generally respected in Europe; for it
+indicates that those who wear it hold some naval or
+military office.”</p>
+
+<p>“We don’t hold any such office,” added Sheridan.</p>
+
+<p>“But you are officers of a very respectable institution.”</p>
+
+<p>As the doctor anticipated, admission was readily
+obtained; and the trio were conducted all over the
+palace, not excepting the apartments of the late queen.
+There is nothing especially noteworthy about it, for it
+was not unlike a score of other palaces the party had
+visited.</p>
+
+<p>In the stables, the party saw the state coaches; but,
+as they had seen so many royal carriages, they were
+more interested in an American buggy because it
+looked like home. The doctor pointed out the old
+coach in which Crazy Jane carried about with her the
+body of her dead husband. The provisional government
+had sold off most of the horses and mules. In
+the yard is a bath for horses.</p>
+
+<p>From the stables the trio went to the armory, which
+contains many objects of interest. The suits of armor<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_176" id="Page_176">[176]</a></span>
+are kept as clean and nice as they were when in use.
+Those worn by Charles V. and Philip II. were examined
+with much care; but there seemed to be no marks
+of any hard knocks on them. At the head of the room
+stands a figure of St. Ferdinand, dressed in regal robes,
+with a golden crown on the head and a sword in the
+hand, which is borne in solemn procession to the royal
+chapel by priests, on the 29th of May, and is kept there
+two weeks to receive the homage of the people.</p>
+
+<p>In another room is a great variety of articles of historic
+interest, among which may be mentioned the steel
+writing-desk of Charles V., the armor he wore when he
+entered Tunis, his camp-stool and bed, and, above all,
+the steel armor, ornamented with gold, that was worn
+by Columbus. In the collection of swords were those
+of the principal kings, the great captain, and other
+heroes.</p>
+
+<p>“There is the armor of Isabella, which she wore
+at the siege of Granada,” said the doctor.</p>
+
+<p>“Did she fight?” asked Murray.</p>
+
+<p>“No more than her husband. Both were sovereigns
+in their own right; and it was the fashion to wear these
+things.”</p>
+
+<p>“Very likely she had this on when Columbus called
+to see her at Granada,” suggested Sheridan.</p>
+
+<p>“I don’t know about that. I fancy she did not
+wear it in the house, but only when she presented herself
+before the army,” replied the doctor.</p>
+
+<p>The party spent a long time in this building, so
+interested were the young men in viewing these memorials
+of the past grandeur of Spain. After dinner they
+went to the naval museum, which is near the armory.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_177" id="Page_177">[177]</a></span>
+It contains a great number of naval relics, models of
+historic vessels, captured flags, and similar mementos
+of the past. The chart of Columbus was particularly
+interesting to the students from the New World. There
+are several historical paintings, representing scenes in
+the lives of Cortes, Pizarro, and De Soto. A portrait
+of Columbus is flanked on each side by those of the
+sovereigns who patronized him.</p>
+
+<p>“This is a beautiful day,” said Dr. Winstock, as
+they left the museum. “They call it very cold here,
+when the mercury falls below the freezing point. It
+does not often get below twenty-four, and seldom so
+low as that. I think the glass to-day is as high as
+fifty-five.”</p>
+
+<p>“I call it a warm day for winter,” added Sheridan.</p>
+
+<p>“But the air of this city is very subtle. It will kill
+a man, the Spaniards say, when it will not blow out a
+candle. I think we had better take a <i>berlina</i>, and ride
+over to the <i>Prado</i>. The day is so fine that we may
+possibly see some of the summer glories of the place.”</p>
+
+<p>“What are they?” asked Murray.</p>
+
+<p>“To me they are the people who walk there; but of
+course the place is the pleasantest when the trees and
+shrubs are in foliage.”</p>
+
+<p>A <i>berlina</i> was called, and the party drove through
+the <i>Calle Mayor</i>, the <i>Puerta del Sol</i>, and the <i>Calle de
+Alcala</i>, which form a continuous street, the broadest
+and finest in Madrid, from the palace to the Prado,
+which are on opposite sides of the city. A continuation
+of this street forms one end of the <i>Prado</i>; and another
+of the <i>Calle de Atocha</i>, a broad avenue reaching from
+the <i>Plaza Mayor</i>, near the palace, forms the other end.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_178" id="Page_178">[178]</a></span>
+These are the two widest streets of Madrid. The <i>Calle
+de Alcala</i> is wide enough to be called a boulevard,
+and contains some of the finest buildings in the city.</p>
+
+<p>“That must be the bull-ring,” said Sheridan, as the
+party came in sight of an immense circular building.
+“I have read that it will hold twelve thousand people.”</p>
+
+<p>“Some say sixteen thousand; but I think it would
+not take long to count all it would hold above ten
+thousand. Philip V. did not like bull-fights, and he
+tried to do away with them; but the spectacle is the
+national sport, and the king made himself very unpopular
+by attempting to abolish it. As a stroke of policy,
+to regain his popularity, he built this <i>Plaza de Toros</i>.
+It is what you see; but it is open to the weather in the
+middle; and all bull-fights are held, ‘<i>Si el tiempo no lo
+impide</i>’ (if the weather does not prevent it). This is
+the <i>Puerta de Alcala</i>,” continued the doctor, pointing
+to a triumphal arch about seventy feet high, built by
+Charles III. “The gardens on the right are the ‘<i>Buen
+Retiro</i>,’ pleasant retreat. Now we will turn, and go
+through the <i>Prado</i>, though all this open space is often
+called by this name.”</p>
+
+<p>“But what is the ‘pleasant retreat’?”</p>
+
+<p>“It is a sort of park and garden, not very attractive
+at that, with a pond, a menagerie, and an observatory.
+It is not worth the trouble of a visit,” added the doctor,
+as he directed the driver to turn the <i>berlina</i>.</p>
+
+<p>“I have often seen a picture of that statue,” said
+Sheridan, as they passed a piece of sculpture representing
+a female seated on a chariot drawn by lions.</p>
+
+<p>“That is the Cybele.”</p>
+
+<p>“Who is she<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_179" id="Page_179">[179]</a></span>?”</p>
+
+<p>“Wife of Saturn, and mother of the gods,” replied
+Sheridan.</p>
+
+<p>“This is the <i>Salon del Prado</i>” continued the doctor,
+as the carriage turned to the left into an avenue
+two hundred feet wide. “There are plenty of people
+here, and I think we had better get out and walk, if
+you are not too tired; for you want to see the people.”</p>
+
+<p>The <i>berlina</i> was dismissed, and the party joined the
+throng of <i>Madrileños</i>. Dr. Winstock called the attention
+of his young friends to three ladies who were
+approaching them. They wore the mantilla, which is
+a long black lace veil, worn as a head-dress, but falling
+in graceful folds below the hips. The ladies&mdash;except
+the high class, fashionable people&mdash;wear no bonnets.
+The mantilla is a national costume, and the fan is a
+national institution among them. They manage the
+latter, as well as the former, with peculiar grace; and
+it has even been said that they flirt with it, being able
+to express their sentiments by its aid.</p>
+
+<p>“But these ladies are not half so pretty as I supposed
+the Spanish women were,” said Murray.</p>
+
+<p>“That only proves that you supposed they were
+handsomer than they are,” laughed Sheridan.</p>
+
+<p>“They are not so handsome here as in Cadiz and
+Seville, I grant,” added the doctor; “but still I think
+they are not bad looking.”</p>
+
+<p>“I will agree to that,” replied Murray. “They are
+good-looking women, and that’s all you can say of
+them.”</p>
+
+<p>“Probably you have got some extravagant ideas
+about Spanish girls from the novels you have read,”
+laughed the doctor; “and it is not likely that your<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_180" id="Page_180">[180]</a></span>
+ideal beauty will be realized, even in Cadiz and Seville.
+Here is the <i>Dos de Mayo</i>.”</p>
+
+<p>“Who’s she?” asked Murray, looking rather vacantly
+at a granite obelisk in the middle of an enclosed garden.</p>
+
+<p>“It is not a woman,” replied the doctor.</p>
+
+<p>“Excuse me; I think you said a dose of something,”
+added Murray.</p>
+
+<p>“That monument has the name of ‘<i>El Dos de
+Mayo</i>,’ which means ‘the second of May.’ It commemorates
+a battle fought on this spot in 1808 by the
+peasants, headed by three artillerymen, and the French.
+The ground enclosed is called ‘The Field of Loyalty.’”</p>
+
+<p>“What is this long building ahead?” inquired Sheridan.</p>
+
+<p>“That’s the Royal Museum, which contains the richest
+collection of paintings in Europe.”</p>
+
+<p>“Isn’t that putting it pretty strong, after what we
+have seen in Italy and Germany?” asked Sheridan.</p>
+
+<p>“I don’t say the largest or the best-arranged collection
+in Europe, but the richest. It has more of the old
+masters, of the best and most valuable pictures in the
+world, than any other museum. We will go there
+to-morrow, and you can judge for yourselves.”</p>
+
+<p>“Of course we are competent to do that,” added
+Murray with a laugh.</p>
+
+<p>“We haven’t been to any churches yet, doctor,” said
+Sheridan.</p>
+
+<p>“There are many churches in Madrid, but none of
+any great interest. The city has no cathedral.”</p>
+
+<p>“I am thankful for that!” exclaimed Murray. “I
+have seen churches enough, though of course I shall go
+to the great cathedrals when we come to them<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_181" id="Page_181">[181]</a></span>.”</p>
+
+<p>“You will be spared in Madrid. Philip II. was
+asked to erect one; but he would appropriate only a
+small sum for the purpose, because he did not wish any
+church to rival that of the Escurial.”</p>
+
+<p>“I am grateful to him,” added Murray.</p>
+
+<p>“The Atocha church contains an image which is
+among the most venerated in Spain. It works miracles,
+and was carved by St. Luke.”</p>
+
+<p>“Another job by St. Luke!” exclaimed Murray.</p>
+
+<p>“That is hardly respectful to an image whose magnificent
+dress and rich jewels would build half a score
+of cheap churches.”</p>
+
+<p>“Are there any theatres in Madrid, doctor?” asked
+Murray.</p>
+
+<p>“Of course there are; half a dozen of them. The
+principal is the Royal Theatre, near the palace, where
+the performance is Italian opera. It is large enough
+to hold two thousand; but there is nothing Spanish
+about it. If you want to see the Spanish theatre you
+must go to some of the smaller ones. As you don’t
+understand Spanish, I think you will not enjoy it.”</p>
+
+<p>“I want to see the customs of the country.”</p>
+
+<p>“The only custom you will see will be smoking; and
+you can see that anywhere, except in the churches,
+where alone, I believe, it is not permitted. Everybody
+smokes, even the women and children. I have seen a
+youngster not more than five years old struggling with
+a <i>cigarillo</i>; and I suppose it made him sick before he
+got through with it; at least, I hope it did, for the
+nausea is nature’s protest against the practice.”</p>
+
+<p>“But do the ladies smoke?”</p>
+
+<p>“Not in public; but in private many of them do. I
+have seen some very pretty girls smoking in Spain<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_182" id="Page_182">[182]</a></span>.”</p>
+
+<p>“I don’t remember that I have seen a man drunk in
+Spain,” said Sheridan.</p>
+
+<p>“Probably you have not; I never did. The Spaniards
+are very temperate.”</p>
+
+<p>This long talk brought the party back to the hotel
+just at dark. The next day was Sunday; but many of
+the students visited the churches, though most of them
+were willing to make it a day of rest, in the strictest
+sense of the word. On Monday morning, as the
+museum did not open till one o’clock, the doctor and
+his <i>protégés</i> took a <i>berlina</i>, and rode out to the palace
+of the Marquis of Salamanca, where they were permitted
+to explore this elegant residence without restraint.
+In one of the apartments they saw a large
+picture of the Landing of the Pilgrims, by a Spanish
+artist; and it was certainly a strange subject. Connected
+with the palace is a museum of antiquities quite
+extensive for a private individual to own. The Pompeian
+rooms contain a vast quantity of articles from
+the buried city.</p>
+
+<p>“Who is this Marquis of Salamanca?” asked Sheridan,
+as they started on their return.</p>
+
+<p>“He is a Spanish nobleman, a grandee of Spain
+I suppose, who is somewhat noted as a financier.
+He has invested some money in railroads in the United
+States. The town of Salamanca, at the junction of the
+Erie and Great Western, in Western New York, was
+named after him,” replied Dr. Winstock.</p>
+
+<p>“I have been through the place,” added Sheridan.</p>
+
+<p>“This is not a very luxurious neighborhood,” said
+Murray, when they came to one of those villages of
+poor people, of which there were several just outside
+of the city.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_183" id="Page_183">[183]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>“Generally in Europe the rich are very rich, and the
+poor are very poor. Though the rich are not as rich in
+Spain as in some other countries, there is no exception
+to the rule in its application to the poor. These hovels
+are even worse than the homes of the poor in Russia.
+Wouldn’t you like to look into one of them?”</p>
+
+<p>“Would it be considered rude for us to do so?”
+asked Sheridan.</p>
+
+<p>“Not at all. These people are not so sensitive as
+poor folks in America; but, if they are hurt by our
+curiosity, a couple of <i>reales</i> will repair all the damages.”</p>
+
+<p>“Is this a <i>château en Espagne</i>?” said Murray. “I
+have read about such things, but I never saw one
+before.”</p>
+
+<p>“<i>Châteaux en Espagne</i> are castles in the air,&mdash;things
+unreal and unsubstantial; and, so far as the idea of
+comfort is concerned, this is a <i>château en Espagne</i>. When
+we were in Ireland, an old woman ran out of a far
+worse shanty than this, and, calling it an Irish castle,
+begged for money. In the same sense we may call
+this a Spanish castle.”</p>
+
+<p>The carriage was stopped, and the party alighted.</p>
+
+<p>“You see, the people live out-doors, even in the
+winter,” said the doctor. “The door of this house is
+wide open, and you can look in.”</p>
+
+<p>The proprietor of the establishment stood near the
+door. He wore his cloak with as much style as though
+he had been an hidalgo. Under this garment his clothes
+were ragged and dirty; and he wore a pair of spatterdashes,
+most of the buttons of which were wanting, and
+it was only at a pinch that they staid on his ankles.
+His wife and four children stopped their work, or their<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_184" id="Page_184">[184]</a></span>
+play, as the case was, and gazed at the unwonted
+visitors.</p>
+
+<p>“<i>Buenos dias, caballero</i>,” said the doctor, as politely
+as though he had been saluting a grandee.</p>
+
+<p>The man replied no less politely.</p>
+
+<p>“May we look into your house?” asked the doctor.</p>
+
+<p>“<i>Esta muy a la disposicion de usted</i>,” replied the
+<i>caballero</i> (it is entirely at your disposal).</p>
+
+<p>This is a <i>cosa de España</i>. If you speak of any thing
+a Spaniard has, he makes you a present of it, be it his
+house or his horse, or any thing else; but you are not
+expected to avail yourself of his generosity. It would
+be as impolite to take him at his word as it would be
+for him not to place it “at your disposal.”</p>
+
+<p>The house was of one story, and had but one door
+and one window, the latter very small indeed. The
+floor was of cobble-stones bedded in the mud. The
+little window was nothing but a hole; there was no
+glass in it; and the doctor said, that, when the weather
+was bad, the occupants had to close the door, and put
+a shutter over the window, so that they had no light.
+The interior was divided into two rooms, one containing
+a bed. Every thing was as simple as possible.
+The roof of the shanty was covered with tile which
+looked like broken flower-pots. In front, for use in
+the summer, was an attempt at a veranda, with vines
+running up the posts.</p>
+
+<p>The doctor gave the smallest of the children a <i>peseta</i>,
+and bade the man a stately adieu, which was answered
+with dignity enough for an ambassador. The party
+drove off, glad to have seen the interior of a Spanish
+house.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_185" id="Page_185">[185]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>“Why did you give the money to the child instead
+of the father?” asked Sheridan.</p>
+
+<p>“I suppose your experience in other parts of Europe
+would not help you to believe it, but the average Spaniard
+who is not a professional beggar is too proud to
+receive money for any small favor,” replied the doctor.
+“I have had a <i>peseta</i> indignantly refused by a man who
+had rendered me a small service. This is as strange
+as it is true, though, when you come to ride on a <i>diligencia</i>,
+you will find that driver, postilion, and <i>zagal</i> will
+do their best to get a gratuity out of you. I speak
+only of the Spaniard who does you a favor, and not
+those with whom you deal; but, as a general rule, the
+people are too proud to cheat you.”</p>
+
+<p>“They are very odd sort of people,” added Murray.
+“There is one shovelling with his cloak on.”</p>
+
+<p>“Not an unusual sight. I have seen a man ploughing
+in the field with his cloak on, and that on a rather
+warm day. You notice here that the houses are not
+scattered as they are with us; but even these shanties
+are built in villages,” continued the doctor.</p>
+
+<p>“I noticed that the houses were all in villages in all
+the country we have come through since we left Barcelona,”
+said Murray.</p>
+
+<p>“Can you explain the reason?”</p>
+
+<p>“I do not see any reason except that is the fashion
+of the country.”</p>
+
+<p>“There is a better reason than that. In early days
+the people had to live in villages in order to be able
+to defend themselves from enemies. In Spain the
+custom never changes, if isolated houses are even safe
+at the present time<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_186" id="Page_186">[186]</a></span>.”</p>
+
+<p>“What is that sheet of paper hanging on the balcony
+for?” asked Murray. “There is another; and
+now I can see half a dozen of them.” The <i>berlina</i>
+was within a short distance of the <i>Puerta del Sol</i>.</p>
+
+<p>“A sheet of white paper in the middle of the balcony
+signifies that the people have rooms to let; if at
+the corner, they take boarders.”</p>
+
+<p>The party arrived at the hotel in season for dinner;
+and, when it was over, they hastened to the <i>Museo</i>, or
+picture-gallery. The building is very long, and of no
+particular architectural effect. It has ten apartments
+on the principal floor, in which are placed the gems of
+the collection. In the centre of the edifice is a very
+long room which contains the burden of the paintings.
+There are over two thousand of them, and they are the
+property of the Crown. Among them are sixty-two by
+Rubens, fifty-three by Teniers, ten by Raphael, forty-six
+by Murillo, sixty-four by Velasquez, twenty-two by
+Van Dyck, forty-three by Titian, thirty-four by Tintoretto,
+twenty-five by Paul Veronese, and hundreds by
+other masters hardly less celebrated.</p>
+
+<p>The doctor’s party spent three hours among these
+pictures, and they went to the museum for the same
+time the next day; for they could better appreciate
+these gems than most of the students, many of whom
+were not willing to use a single hour in looking at
+them. Our party visited the public buildings, and
+took many rides and walks in the city and its vicinity,
+which we have not the space to report. On Wednesday
+morning the ship’s company started for Toledo.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_187" id="Page_187">[187]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="break">
+
+<h2 class="p4">CHAPTER XIII.</h2>
+
+<p class="pch">AFTER THE BATTLE IN THE FELUCCA.</p>
+
+<p class="drop-cap"><span class="smdrop">We</span> left the second master of the Tritonia and
+the two runaway seamen in a rather critical
+situation on board of the felucca. We regret the
+necessity of jumping about all over Spain to keep the
+run of our characters; but we are obliged to conform
+to the arrangement of the principal,&mdash;who was absolute
+in his sway,&mdash;and follow the young gentlemen
+wherever he sends them. Though Mr. Lowington was
+informed, before his departure with the ship’s company
+of the Prince, of the escape of Raimundo and the two
+“marines,” he was content to leave the steps for the recovery
+of the runaways to the good judgment of the
+vice-principal in charge of the Tritonia.</p>
+
+<p>Raimundo had managed his case so well that the
+departure of the three students from the vessel was not
+discovered by any one on board or on shore. If the
+<i>alguacil</i> was on the lookout for his prisoner, he had
+failed to find him, or to obtain any information in regard
+to him. The circumstances had certainly favored
+the escape in the highest degree. The distance across
+the harbor, the concealment afforded by the hulls of
+the vessels of the fleet, and the shadow of the sea-wall<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_188" id="Page_188">[188]</a></span>
+under which the fugitives had placed themselves, had
+prevented them from being seen. Indeed, no one
+could have seen them, except from the deck of the
+Tritonia or the Josephine; and probably those on
+board of the latter were below, as they were on the
+former.</p>
+
+<p>Of course Mr. Salter, the chief steward of the Tritonia,
+was very much astonished when he found that
+the prisoners had escaped from the brig. Doubtless he
+made as much of an excitement as was possible with
+only one of his assistants to help him. He had no
+boat; and he was unable to find one from the shore
+till the felucca was well out of the harbor. Probably
+Hugo was as zealous as the occasion required in the
+investigation of the means by which the fugitives had
+escaped; but he was as much astonished as his chief
+when told that Bill Stout and Bark Lingall were gone.
+The brig was in its usual condition, with the door
+locked; but the unfastened scuttle soon disclosed the
+mode of egress selected by the rogues. Mr. Pelham,
+assisted by Mr. Fluxion, vice-principal of the Josephine,
+did all they could to find the two “marines,”
+without any success whatever; but they had no suspicion
+that the second master, who had disappeared the
+night before, was one of the party.</p>
+
+<p>The next morning all hands from the two consorts
+were sent on board of the American Prince. Mr.
+Fluxion was the senior vice-principal, and had the command
+of the vessel. The ship’s company of the Josephine
+formed the starboard, and that of the Tritonia
+the port watch. The officers took rank in each grade
+according to seniority. Mr. Fluxion was unwilling to<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_189" id="Page_189">[189]</a></span>
+sail until he had drilled this miscellaneous ship’s company
+in their new duties. He had a superabundance
+of officers, and it was necessary for them to know their
+places. In the morning he had telegraphed to the
+principal at Saragossa, in regard to the fugitives; and
+the order came back for him to sail without them. Mr.
+Lowington was not disposed to waste much of his time
+in looking for runaways: they were pretty sure to come
+back without much assistance. At noon the Prince
+sailed for Lisbon; and all on board of her were
+delighted with the novelty of the new situation. As it
+is not necessary to follow the steamer, which safely
+arrived at Lisbon on the following Sunday morning, we
+will return to Raimundo and his companions.</p>
+
+<p>Filipe, struggling, and swearing the heaviest oaths,
+was bound hand and foot in the bottom of the felucca,
+and lashed to the heel of the mainmast. Juan lay
+insensible in the space between the cuddy and the
+mainmast, where he had fallen when the young Spaniard
+hit him with the spare tiller. The boat had
+broached to when the helm was abandoned by the
+boatman’s son, to go to the assistance of his father.
+Of course Raimundo and Bark were very much excited
+by this sudden encounter; and it had required the
+united strength of both of them to overcome the boatman,
+though he was not a large man. Bill Stout had
+done nothing. He had not the pluck to help secure
+Filipe after he had been thrown down, or rather
+dragged down, by Bark.</p>
+
+<p>As soon as the victory was accomplished, Raimundo
+sprang to the helm, and brought the felucca up to her
+course again. His chest heaved, and his breathing was<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_190" id="Page_190">[190]</a></span>
+so violent as to be audible. Bark was in no better
+condition; and, if Juan had come to his senses at that
+moment, he might have conquered both of them.</p>
+
+<p>“Pick up that knife, Lingall,” said Raimundo, as
+soon as he was able to speak.</p>
+
+<p>He pointed to the knife which the boatman had
+dropped during the struggle; and Bark picked it up.</p>
+
+<p>“Now throw it overboard,” added the second master.
+“We can handle these men, I think, if there are
+no knives in the case.”</p>
+
+<p>“No; don’t do that!” interposed Bill Stout. “Give
+it to me.”</p>
+
+<p>“Give it to you, you coward!” replied Raimundo.
+“What do you want of it?”</p>
+
+<p>“I will use it if we get into another fight. I don’t
+like to tackle a man with a knife in his hand, when I
+have no weapon of any kind,” answered Bill, who,
+when the danger was over, began to assume his usual
+bullying tone and manner.</p>
+
+<p>“Over with it, Lingall!” repeated Raimundo sharply.
+“You are good for nothing, Stout: you had not pluck
+enough to touch the man after your friend had him
+down.”</p>
+
+<p>Bark waited for no more, but tossed the knife into
+the sea. He never “took any stock” in Bill Stout’s
+bluster; but he had not suspected that the fellow
+was such an arrant coward. As compared with Raimundo,
+who had risen vastly in his estimation within
+the last few hours, he thoroughly despised his fellow-conspirator.
+If he did not believe it before, he was
+satisfied now, that the gentlest and most correct students
+could also be the best fellows. However it had<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_191" id="Page_191">[191]</a></span>
+been before, Bill no longer had any influence over him;
+while he was ready to obey the slightest wish of the
+second master, whom he had hated only the day before.</p>
+
+<p>“See if you can find the other knife,&mdash;the one the
+young man had,” continued Raimundo.</p>
+
+<p>“I see it,” replied Bark; and he picked up the ugly
+weapon.</p>
+
+<p>“Send it after the other. The less knives we have
+on board, the better off we shall be,” added the second
+master. “I don’t like the habit of my countrymen in
+carrying the <i>cuchilla</i> any better than I do that of yours
+in the use of revolvers.”</p>
+
+<p>“I think it was stupid to throw away those knives,
+when you have to fight such fellows as these,” said
+Bill Stout, as he glanced at the prostrate form of the
+older boatman, who was writhing to break away from
+his bonds.</p>
+
+<p>“Your opinion on that subject is of no value just
+now,” added Raimundo contemptuously.</p>
+
+<p>“What do you say, Bark?” continued Bill, appealing
+to his confederate.</p>
+
+<p>“I agree with Raimundo,” answered Bark. “I
+don’t want to be mixed up in any fight where knives
+are used.”</p>
+
+<p>“And I object just as much to knifing a man as I
+do to being knifed,” said Raimundo. “Though I am
+a Spaniard, I don’t think I would use a knife to save
+my own life.”</p>
+
+<p>“I would,” blustered Bill.</p>
+
+<p>“No, you wouldn’t: you haven’t pluck enough to do
+any thing,” retorted Bark. “I advise you not to say
+any thing more on this subject, Stout<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_192" id="Page_192">[192]</a></span>.”</p>
+
+<p>At this moment Filipe made a desperate attempt to
+free himself; and Bill retreated to the forecastle, evidently
+determined not to be in the way if another
+battle took place. Bark picked up the spare tiller the
+second master had dropped, and prepared to defend
+himself. Another club was found, and each of those
+who had the pluck to use was well prepared for
+another attack.</p>
+
+<p>“Lie still, or I will hit you over the head!” said
+Bark to the struggling skipper, as he flourished the
+tiller over him.</p>
+
+<p>But the ropes with which he was secured were strong
+and well knotted. Bark was a good sailor, and he had
+done this part of the work. He looked over the fastenings,
+and made sure that they were all right.</p>
+
+<p>“He can’t get loose, Mr. Raimundo,” said he.</p>
+
+<p>“But Juan is beginning to come to his senses,”
+added the second master. “He has just turned half
+over.”</p>
+
+<p>“I hope he is not much hurt: we may get into a
+scrape if he is.”</p>
+
+<p>“I was just thinking of that. But I don’t believe
+he is very badly damaged,” added Raimundo. “If
+the old man can’t get away, suppose you look him
+over, and see what his condition is.”</p>
+
+<p>Bark complied with this request. Filipe seemed to
+be interested in this inquiry; and he lay quite still
+while the examination was in progress. The young
+sailor found a wound and a considerable swelling on
+the side of Juan’s head; but it was now so dark that
+he could not distinctly see the nature of the injury.</p>
+
+<p>“Have you a match, Mr. Raimundo?” he asked.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_193" id="Page_193">[193]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>“I have not. We were not allowed to have matches
+on board the Tritonia,” replied the second master.</p>
+
+<p>“<i>Tengo pajuelas</i>,” said Filipe. “<i>Una linterna en el
+camarote de proa.</i>”</p>
+
+<p>“What does he say?” inquired Bark, glad to find
+that the skipper was no longer pugnacious.</p>
+
+<p>“He says he has matches, and that there is a lantern
+in the cuddy,” replied Raimundo. “Here, Stout, look
+in the cuddy, and see if you can find a lantern
+there.”</p>
+
+<p>Bill had the grace to obey the order, though he was
+tempted to refuse to do so. He found the lantern, for
+he had seen it while he lay in the cuddy. He brought
+it to Bark, and took the lamp out of the globe.</p>
+
+<p>“You will find some matches in Filipe’s pockets,”
+added Raimundo.</p>
+
+<p>“I have matches enough,” answered Bill.</p>
+
+<p>“I forgot that you used matches,” said the second
+master; “but I am glad you have a chance to make
+a better use of them than you did on board of the
+Tritonia.”</p>
+
+<p>“You needn’t say any thing! You are the first
+officer that ever run away from that vessel,” growled
+Bill, as he lighted a match, and communicated the blaze
+to the wick of the lamp.</p>
+
+<p>It was a kerosene-lamp, just such as is used at home,
+and probably came from the United States. Bark
+proceeded to examine the wound of Juan, and found it
+was not a severe one. The young man was rapidly
+coming to himself, and in a few minutes more he would
+be able to take care of himself.</p>
+
+<p>“I think we had better move him into the cuddy<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_194" id="Page_194">[194]</a></span>,”
+suggested Bark. “We can make him comfortable
+there, and fasten him in at the same time.”</p>
+
+<p>“That’s a capital idea, Lingall; and if Stout will
+take the helm I will help you move him,” answered
+Raimundo.</p>
+
+<p>“I will help move him,” volunteered Bill.</p>
+
+<p>“I supposed you were afraid of him,” added the
+second master. “He has about come to himself.”</p>
+
+<p>Juan spoke then, and complained of his head. Bark
+and Bill lifted him up, and carried him to the cuddy,
+where they placed him on the bed of old garments upon
+which they had slept themselves during the afternoon.
+Bark had some little reputation among his companions
+as a surgeon, probably because he always carried a
+sheet of court-plaster in his pocket, and sometimes had
+occasion to attend to the wounds of his friends. Perhaps
+he had also a taste for this sort of thing; for he
+was generally called upon in all cases of broken heads,
+before the chief steward, who was the amateur surgeon
+of the Tritonia, was summoned. At any rate, Bark,
+either from genuine kindness, or the love of amateur
+surgical dressing, was not content to let the wounded
+Spaniard rest till he had done something more for
+him. He washed the injury in fresh water, closed the
+ugly cut with a piece of court-plaster, and then bound
+up the head of the patient with his own handkerchief.</p>
+
+<p>The wounded man tried to talk to him; but he could
+not understand a word he said. If his father spoke
+English, it was certain that the son did not. When he
+had done all this, Bark relieved Raimundo at the helm,
+and the latter went forward to talk with the patient,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_195" id="Page_195">[195]</a></span>
+who was so quiet that Bark had not thought of fastening
+the door of the cuddy.</p>
+
+<p>“I am well now,” said Juan, “and I want to go out.”</p>
+
+<p>“You must not go out of this place; if you do, we
+shall hit you over the head again,” replied the second
+master sternly.</p>
+
+<p>“Where is my father?” asked the patient.</p>
+
+<p>“He is tied hand and foot; and we shall tie you in
+the same way if you don’t keep still and obey orders,”
+added Raimundo. “Lie still where you are, and no
+harm shall be done to you.”</p>
+
+<p>Raimundo, taking the lantern with him, left the
+cuddy, and fastened it behind him with the padlock he
+found in the staple. Putting the key in his pocket, he
+made an examination into the condition of Filipe, with
+the aid of the lantern. He found him still securely
+bound, and, better than that, as quiet as a lamb.</p>
+
+<p>“How is my son?” asked he.</p>
+
+<p>“He is doing very well. We have dressed his
+wound, and he will be as well as ever in a day or two,”
+replied Raimundo.</p>
+
+<p>“<i>Gracias, muchos gracias!</i>” exclaimed the prisoner.</p>
+
+<p>“If we had been armed as you were, he might have
+lost his life,” added Raimundo, moving aft to the helm.
+“I think we are all right, Lingall.”</p>
+
+<p>“I am very glad of it. We came very near getting
+into a bad scrape,” replied Bark.</p>
+
+<p>“It is bad enough as it is. I have been afraid of
+something of this kind ever since we got well out of
+the port of Barcelona,” continued the second master.
+“The villain asked me so many questions about my
+money that my suspicions were excited, and I was on<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_196" id="Page_196">[196]</a></span>
+the watch for him. Then he was so anxious that we
+should drink wine, I was almost sure he meant mischief.”</p>
+
+<p>“I am very sorry I drank any wine. It only makes
+my head ache,” replied Bark penitently.</p>
+
+<p>“I have heard my uncle speak of these men; and I
+know something about them.”</p>
+
+<p>“The wine did not make my head ache,” said Bill.</p>
+
+<p>“That’s because there is nothing in it,” answered
+Raimundo, who could not restrain his contempt for the
+incendiary.</p>
+
+<p>“But I do not understand exactly how the fight was
+begun,” said Bark. “The first I knew, the boatman
+sprang at you.”</p>
+
+<p>“That’s the first I knew, though I was on the lookout
+for him, as I had been all the afternoon. He
+understood what I meant when I told you this man
+means mischief.”</p>
+
+<p>“But he told you he could not speak English.”</p>
+
+<p>“Most of the boatmen speak more or less English:
+they learn it from the passengers they carry. He
+wanted to know whether we had money before he did
+any thing. He was probably satisfied that we had
+some before he attempted to assault us.”</p>
+
+<p>“I know you have money,” cried Filipe, in English;
+and he seemed to be more anxious to prove the correctness
+of his conclusion than to disprove his wicked
+intentions.</p>
+
+<p>“You have not got any of it yet,” replied Raimundo.</p>
+
+<p>“But I will have it!” protested the villain.</p>
+
+<p>“You tempt me to throw you and your son overboard,”
+said Raimundo sternly, in Spanish.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_197" id="Page_197">[197]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>“Not my son,” answered the villain, suddenly changing
+his tone. “He is his mother’s only boy.”</p>
+
+<p>“You should have thought of that before you brought
+him with you on such business.”</p>
+
+<p>The boatman, for such a villain as he was, seemed to
+have a strange affection for his son; and Raimundo was
+almost willing to believe he had not intended till some
+time after they left the port to rob his passengers. Perhaps,
+with the aid of the wine, he had expected an easy
+victory; for, though the students were all stout fellows,
+they were but boys.</p>
+
+<p>“I will not harm you if you do not injure my boy,”
+pleaded Filipe.</p>
+
+<p>“It is not in your power to harm us now; for we
+have all the power,” replied the second master.</p>
+
+<p>“But you are deserters from your ship. I can tell
+where you are,” added Filipe, with something like
+triumph in his tones.</p>
+
+<p>“We expect you to tell all you know as soon as you
+return.”</p>
+
+<p>“I can do it in Tarragona: they will arrest you there
+if I tell them.”</p>
+
+<p>“We are not afraid of that: if we were, we should
+throw you and your son overboard.”</p>
+
+<p>Filipe did not like this side of the argument, and he
+was silent for some time. It must be confessed that
+Raimundo did not like his side any better. The fellow
+could inform the police in Tarragona that the party
+were deserters, and cause them to be sent back to Barcelona.
+Though this was better than throwing the
+boatman and his son overboard, which was only an idle
+threat, it would spoil all his calculations, and defeat<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_198" id="Page_198">[198]</a></span>
+all his plans. He studied the case for some time, after
+he had explained to Bark what had passed between
+himself and Filipe in Spanish.</p>
+
+<p>“You want more money than you were to receive
+for the boat; do you, Filipe?” asked he.</p>
+
+<p>“I have to pay five hundred <i>reales</i> on this boat in
+three days, or lose it and my small one too,” replied
+the boatman; and the passenger was not sure he did
+not invent the story as he went along. “I am not a
+bad man; but I want two hundred <i>reales</i> more than
+you are to pay me.”</p>
+
+<p>“Then you expect me to pay what I agreed, after
+what has happened, do you?”</p>
+
+<p>“You promised to pay it.”</p>
+
+<p>“And you promised to take me to Tarragona; and
+you have been trying to murder me on the way,” exclaimed
+Raimundo indignantly.</p>
+
+<p>“Oh, no! I did not mean to kill you, or to hurt
+you; only to take two hundred <i>reales</i> from you,”
+pleaded the boatman, with the most refreshing candor.</p>
+
+<p>“That’s all; is it?”</p>
+
+<p>The villain protested, by the Virgin and all the saints
+in the Spanish calendar, that he had not intended any
+thing more than this; and Raimundo translated what
+he said to his companion.</p>
+
+<p>“There are a lot of lights on a high hill ahead,”
+said Bill Stout, who had been looking at the shore,
+which was only a short distance from them.</p>
+
+<p>“That must be Tarragona,” replied the second master,
+looking at his watch by the light of the lantern.
+“It is ten minutes of seven; and we have been six
+hours on the trip. I thought it would take about this<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_199" id="Page_199">[199]</a></span>
+time. That must be Tarragona; it is on a hill eight
+hundred feet high.”</p>
+
+<p>“We have been sailing very fast, the last three
+hours,” added Bark. “But how are we to get out of
+this scrape?”</p>
+
+<p>“I will see. Keep a sharp lookout on the starboard,
+Lingall; and, when you see a place where you think we
+can make a landing, let me know.&mdash;Can you steer,
+Stout, and keep her as she is?”</p>
+
+<p>“Of course I can steer. I don’t give up to any
+fellow in handling a boat,” growled Bill.</p>
+
+<p>Raimundo gave him the tiller; but he watched him
+for a time, to see that he made good his word. The
+bully did very well, and kept the felucca parallel with
+the shore, as she had been all the afternoon.</p>
+
+<p>“There is a mole makes out from the shore,” continued
+the active skipper to Bark, who had gone
+forward of the foremast to do the duty assigned to
+him.</p>
+
+<p>“Ay, ay! I can see it,” replied Bark.</p>
+
+<p>“I think we need not quarrel, Filipe,” said Raimundo,
+bending over the prisoner, and unloosing the
+rope that bound his hands to the mast; but they were
+still tied behind him. “We are almost into Tarragona,
+and what we do must be done quickly.”</p>
+
+<p>“Don’t harm Juan,” pleaded Filipe.</p>
+
+<p>“That will depend on yourself, whether we do or
+not,” replied Raimundo, as fiercely as he could speak.
+“We are not to be trifled with; and Americans carry
+pistols sometimes.”</p>
+
+<p>“I will do what you wish,” answered Filipe.</p>
+
+<p>“I will give you what I agreed, and two hundred<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_200" id="Page_200">[200]</a></span>
+<i>reales</i> besides, if you will keep still about our being
+deserters; and that is all the money we have.”</p>
+
+<p>“<i>Gracias!</i> I will do it!” exclaimed the boatman.
+“Release me, and I will land you outside of the mole,
+and not go near the town to speak to any person.”</p>
+
+<p>“I am afraid to trust you.”</p>
+
+<p>“You can trust a Catalan when he promises;” and
+Filipe proceeded to call upon the Virgin and the saints
+to witness what he said.</p>
+
+<p>“Where can we land?” asked the second master.</p>
+
+<p>The boatman looked over the rail of the felucca;
+and, when he had got his bearings, he indicated a point
+where a safe landing might be made. It was not a
+quarter of a mile distant; and Filipe said the mainsail
+ought to be furled. Raimundo picked up the spare
+tiller,&mdash;for, in spite of the Catalan’s oath and promise,
+he was determined to be on the safe side,&mdash;and then
+unfastened the ropes that bound the prisoner.</p>
+
+<p>“If you play me false, I will brain you with this
+club, and pitch your son into the sea!” said Raimundo,
+as tragically as he could do the business.</p>
+
+<p>“I will be true to my promise,” he replied, as he
+brailed up the mainsail.</p>
+
+<p>“You see that your money is ready for you as soon
+as you land us,” continued Raimundo, as he showed
+the villain five <i>Isabelinos</i> he held in one hand, while he
+grasped the spare tiller with the other.</p>
+
+<p>“<i>Gracias!</i>” replied Filipe, who was possibly satisfied
+when he found that he was to make the full sum he
+had first named as his price; and it may be that he was
+tempted by the urgency of his creditor to rob his passengers.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_201" id="Page_201">[201]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>“Have your pistol ready, Lingall!” added Raimundo,
+as the boatman, who had taken the helm from Bill, threw
+the felucca up into the wind, and her keel began to
+grate on the rocks.</p>
+
+<p>“Ay, ay!” shouted Bark.</p>
+
+<p>The boat ran her long bow up to the dry land, and
+hung there by her bottom. Raimundo gave the five
+hundred <i>reales</i> to Filipe, and sprang ashore with the
+tiller in his hand. Calling to Bark, they shoved off the
+felucca, and then ran for the town.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_202" id="Page_202">[202]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="break">
+
+<h2 class="p4">CHAPTER XIV.</h2>
+
+<p class="pch">TOLEDO, AND TALKS ABOUT SPAIN.</p>
+
+<p class="drop-cap"><span class="smdrop">Toledo</span> is about fifty-six miles from Madrid. As
+the principal had laid out a large day’s work, it
+became necessary to procure a special train, as the first
+regular one did not reach Toledo till after eleven
+o’clock. The special was to leave at six; and it was
+still dark when the long line of small omnibuses that
+conveyed the company to the station passed through
+the streets.</p>
+
+<p>“What is the matter with that man?” asked Sheridan,
+attracted by the cries of a man on the sidewalk
+with a sort of pole in his hand.</p>
+
+<p>“That’s a watchman,” replied the doctor.</p>
+
+<p>“What’s he yelling about?”</p>
+
+<p>“‘<i>Las cinco y medio y sereno</i>’ is what he says,” added
+the surgeon. “‘Half-past five and pleasant weather’ is
+the translation of his cry. When it rains he calls the
+hour, and adds ‘<i>fluvioso</i>;’ when there is a fire he
+informs the people on his beat of the fact, and gives
+the locality of the conflagration, which he gets from
+the fire-alarm. In some of the southern cities, as in
+Seville, the watchman indulges in some pious exclamations,
+‘Twelve o’clock, and may the Virgin watch over<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_203" id="Page_203">[203]</a></span>
+our good city!’ It used to be the fashion in some of
+the cities of our country, for the guardian of the night
+to indulge in these cries to keep himself awake; and I
+have heard him shout, ‘One o’clock and all is well’ in
+Pittsburg.”</p>
+
+<p>“I have walked about the <i>Puerta del Sol</i> in the evening;
+but I have not seen a watchman,” added Sheridan.</p>
+
+<p>“Probably they do not use the cry early in the night,
+in the streets where the people are gathered; at least,
+there seems to be no need of it,” replied the doctor.
+“But I suppose there are a great many things yet in
+Madrid that you have not seen. For instance, did you
+notice the water-carriers?”</p>
+
+<p>“I did,” answered Murray. “They carry the water
+in copper vessels something like a soda-fountain, placed
+upon a kind of saddle, like the porters in Constantinople.</p>
+
+<p>“Some of them have donkeys, with panniers in which
+they put kegs, jars, and glass vessels filled with water.
+These men are called ‘<i>aguadors</i>,’ and their occupation
+is considered mean business; the <i>caballero</i> whose
+house we visited would be too proud to be a water-carrier,
+and would rather starve than engage in it.”</p>
+
+<p>The tourists left the omnibuses, and took their
+places in the cars. As soon as the train had started,
+as it was still too dark to see the country, the doctor
+and his friends resumed the conversation about the
+sights of Madrid.</p>
+
+<p>“Did you go to the <i>Calle de la Abada</i>?” asked Dr.
+Winstock.</p>
+
+<p>“I don’t know: I didn’t notice the name of any such
+street,” replied Sheridan; and Murray was no wiser,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_204" id="Page_204">[204]</a></span>
+both of them declaring that the Spanish names were
+too much for them.</p>
+
+<p>“It is not unlike Market Street in Philadelphia,
+twenty years ago, when the middle of the avenue was
+filled with stalls in a wooden building.”</p>
+
+<p>“I saw that,” added Sheridan. “The street led to
+a market. All the men and women that had any
+thing to sell were yelling with all their might. They
+tackled every person that came near.”</p>
+
+<p>“I saw the dirt-cart go along this same street,” said
+Murray. “It was a wagon with broad wheels as
+though it was to do duty in a swamp, with a bell fixed
+on the forward part. At the ring of the bell, the
+women came out of their houses, and threw baskets
+of dirt into the vehicle, which a man in it emptied and
+returned to them.”</p>
+
+<p>“I was in the city in fruit time once, and saw large
+watermelons sold for four and six <i>cuartos</i> apiece, a
+<i>cuarto</i> being about a cent,” continued the doctor.
+“The nicest grapes sold for six <i>cuartos</i> a pound.
+Meat is dear, and so is fish, which has to be brought
+from ports on the Mediterranean and the Bay of Biscay.
+Bread is very good and cheap; but the shops
+you saw were not bakeries: these are off by themselves.”</p>
+
+<p>“They don’t seem to have any objection to lotteries
+in Madrid,” said Sheridan. “I couldn’t move in the
+great streets without being pestered with the sellers
+of lottery-tickets.”</p>
+
+<p>“There are plenty of them; for the Spaniards wish
+to make fortunes without working for them.”</p>
+
+<p>“Many of the lottery-venders are boys,” added
+Murray. “They called me Señorito<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_205" id="Page_205">[205]</a></span>.”</p>
+
+<p>“They called me the same. The word is a title of
+respect, which means master. The drawing of a lottery
+is a great event in the city, and the newspaper is sometimes
+filled with the premium numbers.”</p>
+
+<p>“I did not see so many beggars as I expected, after
+all I had read about them,” said Sheridan. “But I
+could understand their lingo, when they said, ‘For the
+love of God.’”</p>
+
+<p>“That is their universal cry. You will see enough
+in the south to make up the deficiency of the capital,”
+laughed the doctor. “They swarm in Granada and
+Malaga; and you can’t get rid of them. In Madrid,
+as in the cities of Russia, you will find the most of the
+beggars near the churches, relying more upon those
+who are pious enough to attend divine service than
+upon those in the busy part of the city. They come
+out after dark, and station themselves at any blank
+wall, where there are no doors and windows, and address
+the passers-by. By the way, did you happen to
+see a cow-house?” asked the doctor.</p>
+
+<p>Neither of the two students knew what he meant.</p>
+
+<p>“It is more properly a milk-shop. In the front you
+will see cups, on a clean white cloth on the table, for
+those who wish to drink milk on the spot. Behind a
+barred petition in the rear you will notice a number of
+cows, some with calves, which are milked in the presence
+of the customers, that they may know they get the
+genuine article.”</p>
+
+<p>“Don’t they keep any pump-handle?” asked Murray.</p>
+
+<p>“I never saw any,” laughed the surgeon. “The
+customers are allowed to put in the water to their own
+taste, which I think is the best arrangement<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_206" id="Page_206">[206]</a></span>.”</p>
+
+<p>“I saw plenty of cook-shops, like those in Paris,”
+said Sheridan. “In one a cook was frying something
+like Yankee doughnuts.”</p>
+
+<p>“If you got up early enough to visit the breakfast-stalls
+of the poorer people, you would have been interested.
+A cheap chocolate takes the place of coffee,
+which with bread forms the staple of the diet. But the
+shops are dirty and always full of tobacco-smoke. The
+higher classes in Spain are not so much given to feasting
+and dining out as the English and Americans.
+They are too poor to do it, and perhaps have no taste
+for such expensive luxuries. The <i>tertulia</i> is a kind of
+evening party that takes the place of the dinner to
+some extent, and is a <i>cosa de España</i>. Ladies and gentlemen
+are invited,&mdash;except to literary occasions, which
+are attended only by men,&mdash;and the evening is passed
+in card-playing and small talk. Lemonade, or something
+of the kind, is the only refreshment furnished.</p>
+
+<p>“They go home sober, then,” laughed Murray.</p>
+
+<p>“Spaniards always go home sober; but they do not
+even have wine at the <i>tertulia</i>.”</p>
+
+<p>“I have heard a great deal said about the <i>siesta</i> in
+Spain; and I have read that the shops shut up, and
+business ceased entirely, for two or three hours in the
+middle of the day,” said Sheridan; “but I did not see
+any signs of the suspension of business in Madrid.”</p>
+
+<p>“Very many take their <i>siesta</i>, even in Madrid; and
+in the hot weather you would find it almost as you
+have described it,&mdash;as quiet as Sunday,” replied the
+doctor.</p>
+
+<p>“Sunday was about as noisy a day as any in Madrid,”
+added Murray.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_207" id="Page_207">[207]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>“I meant a Sunday at home or in London. When
+I was here last, the thirty-first day of October came on
+Sunday; and it was the liveliest day I ever saw in
+Spain. The forenoon was quiet; for some of the
+people went to church. At noon there was a cock-fight,
+attended by some of the most noted men in
+Spain; and I went to it, though I was thoroughly disgusted
+both with the sacrilege and the barbarity of the
+show. At three o’clock came a bull-fight, lasting till
+dark, in which eight bulls and seven horses were killed.
+In the evening was the opera, and a great time at all
+the theatres. I confess that I was ashamed of myself
+for visiting these places on the sabbath; but I was in
+Spain to learn the manners and customs of the people,
+and excused myself on this plea. Monday was the
+first day of November, which is All Saints’ Day. Not
+a shop was open. The streets were almost deserted;
+and there was nothing like play to be seen, even among
+the children. It was like Sunday at home or in
+London, though perhaps even more silent and subdued.
+On this day the people visit the cemeteries, and decorate
+the tombs and graves of the dead with wreaths
+of flowers and <i>immortelles</i>. I pointed out to you the
+cemetery in the rear of the <i>Museo</i>. I visited it on
+that day; and it was really a very solemn sight.”</p>
+
+<p>“I wish I had visited the cemetery,” said Sheridan.</p>
+
+<p>“I am sorry you did not; but I did not think of it
+at the time we were near it. It is a garden surrounded
+by high walls, like parts of those we saw in
+Italy. In this wall are built a great many niches deep
+enough to receive a coffin, the lid of which, in Spain,
+as in Washington, is <i>dos d’âne</i>, or roof-shaped; and the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_208" id="Page_208">[208]</a></span>
+cell is made like it at the top. Besides these catacombs,
+there are graves and tombs. As in Paris these
+are often seen with flowers, the toys of children, portraits,
+and other mementos of the departed, laid upon
+them.”</p>
+
+<p>“I saw a funeral in Geronimo Street yesterday,”
+added the captain. “The hearse was an open one,
+drawn by four horses covered with black velvet. I
+followed it to a church, and saw the service, which was
+not different from what I have seen at home. When
+the procession started for the grave, it consisted mostly
+of <i>berlinas</i>; and its length increased with every rod it
+advanced.”</p>
+
+<p>“I was told, that, when a person dies in Spain, the
+friends of the family send in a supply of cooked food,
+on the supposition that the bereaved are in no condition
+to attend to such matters,” continued the doctor.
+“But it is light enough now for us to see the scenery.”</p>
+
+<p>The country was flat and devoid of interest at first;
+but it began to improve as the train approached Aranjuez,
+where the kings have a royal residence, which
+the party were to visit on the return from Toledo.</p>
+
+<p>“What river is that, Dr. Winstock?” asked Murray.</p>
+
+<p>“<i>El Tajo</i>,” replied the doctor, with a smile.</p>
+
+<p>“Never heard of it,” added Murray.</p>
+
+<p>“There you labor under one of the disadvantages of
+a person who does not understand the language of the
+country in which he is travelling; for you are as
+familiar with the English name of this river as you are
+with that of the Rhine,” replied the doctor.</p>
+
+<p>“It is the Tagus,” added Sheridan. “I know that
+Toledo is on this river<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_209" id="Page_209">[209]</a></span>.”</p>
+
+<p>“Who could suspect that <i>El Tah-hoe</i> was the Tagus?”
+queried Murray.</p>
+
+<p>“You would if you knew Spanish.”</p>
+
+<p>“There is a Spanish <i>caballero</i>, mounted on a mule,”
+said Murray, calling the attention of the party to a
+peasant who was sitting sideways on his steed.</p>
+
+<p>“All of them ride that way,” added Sheridan.</p>
+
+<p>“Not all of them do, for there is a fellow straddling
+his donkey behind two big panniers,” interposed the
+surgeon.</p>
+
+<p>The train continued to follow the river till it reached
+Toledo. The students got out of the cars, and were
+directed to assemble near the station in full view of the
+ancient city. The day was clear and mild, so that it
+was no hardship to stand in the open air, and listen to
+the description of the city given by Professor Mapps.</p>
+
+<div class="pbq">
+<p class="p1">“Toledo, as you can see for yourselves, is situated
+on a hill, or a series of hills, which rise to a considerable
+height above the rest of the country. Some of
+the old Spanish historians say that the city was founded
+soon after the creation of the world; but better authorities
+say it was begun by the Romans in the year B.C.
+126, which makes it old enough to satisfy the reasonable
+vanity of the citizens of the place. Of course it
+was captured by the Moors, and recaptured by the
+Spaniards; and many of the buildings, and the bridge
+you see are the work of the Romans and the Moors.
+Under the Goths, in the seventh century, Toledo
+became very wealthy and prosperous, and in its best
+days is said to have had a population of a quarter of
+a million. It was made the capital of Spain in 567.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_210" id="Page_210">[210]</a></span>
+Early in the eighth century the Moors obtained possession
+of the city, and made many improvements. In
+1085, after a terrible siege, Alfonso VI. of Castile took
+it from the Moors, and it was again made the capital.
+The historians who carry the founding of Toledo almost
+back to the flood say that the Jews fled from Jerusalem,
+when it was captured by Nebuchadnezzar, to this city.
+Be this as it may, there were a great many Hebrews
+in Toledo in ancient days. They were an industrious
+people, and they became very wealthy. This people
+have been the butt of the Christians in many lands,
+and they were so here. They were persecuted, and
+their property confiscated; and it is said that the Jews
+avenged their wrongs by opening the gates of the city
+to the Moors; and then when the Moors served them
+in the same way, and despoiled them of their wealth,
+they admitted the army of Alfonso VI. by the same
+means. It has since been retained by the Christians.
+It was the capital and the ecclesiastic head of the
+nation. The archbishops of Toledo were immensely
+wealthy and influential.</p>
+
+<p>“One of them was Ximenes, afterward cardinal, the
+Richelieu of Spain, and one of the most famous characters
+of history. He was the powerful minister of Ferdinand
+the Catholic, and the regent of the kingdom in
+the absence of Charles V. He was a priest who continually
+mortified his body, and at the same time a statesman
+of the highest order. He was the confessor of
+Isabella I. When he was made archbishop of Toledo
+and head of the Church in Spain, he refused to accept
+the high honor till he was compelled to do so by the
+direct command of the pope. When he appeared<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_211" id="Page_211">[211]</a></span>
+at court in his monkish robes, looking more like a half-starved
+hermit than the primate of Spain, the courtiers
+laughed at him; but he meekly bore the sneers and
+the scoffs of the light-hearted. He was required by the
+pope to change his style of living, and make it conform
+to his high position. He obeyed the order; but he
+wore the haircloth shirt and frock of the order to which
+he belonged under his robes of purple. In the elegant
+apartments of his palace, he slept on the floor with a
+log of wood for a pillow. He led an expedition against
+the Moors into Africa, and captured Oran. As regent
+he maintained the authority of the king against the
+grandees, and told them they were to obey the king and
+not to deliberate over his command. By his personal
+will he subdued the great nobles.</p>
+
+<p>“The Moors brought to Toledo, from Damascus, the
+art of tempering steel for sword-blades; and weapons
+from either of these cities have a reputation all over
+the world. There is a manufactory of swords and
+other similar wares; and, while some contend that the
+blades made here are superior to any others, more
+insist that those made in England are just as good.
+When the capital was removed to Valladolid, Toledo
+began to decline; and now it has only fifteen thousand
+inhabitants. In the days that are past, the Jews and
+the Moors have been driven out of Spain to a degree
+that has retarded the prosperity of the country; for
+both the Hebrews and the Moslems were industrious
+and thriving races, and added greatly to the wealth of
+the nation. In religion Ferdinand and Isabella would
+be considered bigots and fanatics in our time; and
+their statesmanship would confound the modern student<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_212" id="Page_212">[212]</a></span>
+of political economy. But they did not live in our time;
+and we are grateful to them for the good they did,
+regardless of their religious or political views.</p>
+
+<p>“The large square structure which crowns the hill is
+the <i>Alcazar</i>, or palace. It is in ruins, but what remains
+of it is what was rebuilt for the fourth time. It was
+occupied by the Moorish and Gothic kings, as well as
+by those of Castile and Leon. The principal sight of
+the city is the cathedral. It is three hundred and
+seventy-three feet long, and a little less than two hundred
+in width. The first church on the spot was begun
+in the year 587. Among the relics you saw in the
+Escurial was the entire skeleton of St. Eugenius, the
+first Archbishop of Toledo, who was buried at St.
+Denis; and his remains were given to Philip II. by the
+King of France. He presided at a council held in the
+original cathedral, which was also visited, Dec. 18,
+666, by the Virgin (the hour of the day is not given);
+and it appears that she made one or more visits at other
+times. The present church was begun in 1227, and
+completed in 1493, the year after the discovery of
+America. One of its chapels is called the Capilla
+Mosarabe; and perhaps a word about it may interest
+you. When the Moors captured the city, certain Christians
+remained, and were allowed to enjoy their own
+religion; and, being separated from those of the faith,
+they had a ritual which was peculiarly their own.
+When the city was restored to the Christians, these
+people preferred to retain the prayer-book, the customs
+and traditions, which had come down to them from their
+own past. The clergy objected, and all efforts to make
+them adopt the Roman forms were useless. A violent<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_213" id="Page_213">[213]</a></span>
+dispute arose, which threatened serious consequences.
+It was finally decided to settle the question after the
+manner of the times, by single combat; and each party
+selected its champion. They fought, and the victory
+was with the Mosarabic side. But the king Alfonso
+VI. and the clergy were not satisfied, and, declaring
+that the means of deciding the case had been cruel and
+impious, proposed another trial. This time it was to
+be the ordeal by fire. A heap of fagots was lighted in
+the <i>Zocodover</i>,&mdash;the public square near the cathedral,&mdash;and
+the Roman and the Mosarabic prayer-books were
+committed to the flames. The Roman book was burned
+to ashes, while the Toledan version remained unconsumed
+in the fire. There was no way to get around
+this miraculous decision; and the people of the city retained
+their ritual. When Ximenes became archbishop
+he seems to have had more regard than his predecessors
+for the old ritual, called the Apostolic Mass; and
+he not only ordained an order of priests for this especial
+service, but built the chapel I have mentioned. I will
+not detain you any longer, though there is much more
+that might be said about this interesting city.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<p class="p1">Though the walk was rather long, the omnibuses were
+scarce, and most of the students were obliged to foot it
+into the city. The doctor and his travelling pupils preferred
+this, because they wished to look at the bridge
+and the towers on the way. They spent some time on
+the former in looking down into the rapid river, and
+in studying the structures at either end. The original
+bridge was built by the Romans, rebuilt by the Moors,
+and repaired by the Spaniards.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_214" id="Page_214">[214]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>“You have been in the East enough to know that the
+Orientals are fond of baths and other water luxuries.
+The Jews brought to Toledo some knowledge of the
+hydraulics of the Moslems; and they built an immense
+water-wheel in the river, which Murray says was ninety
+cubits&mdash;at least one hundred and thirty-five feet&mdash;high,
+to force the water up the hill to the city through
+pipes,” said the doctor, as he pointed out the ruins of
+a building used for this purpose.</p>
+
+<p>“I said it was ninety cubits high?” exclaimed Murray.</p>
+
+<p>“I ought to have said ‘Ford,’ since he prepared the
+hand-book of Spain that goes under your name.”</p>
+
+<p>“I accept the amendment,” laughed Murray,</p>
+
+<p>“And now there are no water-works in Toledo,
+except such as you see crossing the bridge before us,”
+added the surgeon, as he indicated a donkey with one
+keg fixed in a saddle, like a saw-horse, and two others
+slung on each side.</p>
+
+<p>The party passed through the <i>Puerta del Sol</i>, which
+is an old and gloomy tower, with a gateway through it.
+It is a Moorish structure; and, after examining it, they
+continued up the slope which winds around the hill to
+the top, and reached the square to which the professor
+had alluded. To the students the city presented a dull,
+deserted, desolate, and inhospitable appearance. It
+looked as though the people had got enough of the
+place, and had moved out of town. Though full of
+treasures for the student of architecture and of antiquity,
+it had but little interest to progressive Young
+America.</p>
+
+<p>The party went at once to the cathedral. There is
+no outside view of it except over the tops of the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_215" id="Page_215">[215]</a></span>
+houses, though portions of it may be seen in different
+places. The interior was grand to look upon, but too
+grand to describe; and we shall report only some of
+Dr. Winstock’s talks to his pupils.</p>
+
+<p>“This is the <i>Puerta del Niño Perdido</i>, or the Gate of
+the Lost Child,” said he as they entered the church.
+“The story is the foundation of many a romance of
+the olden time. The clergy accused the wealthy Hebrews
+of crucifying, as they did the Saviour, a Christian
+boy, in order to use his heart in the passover service
+as a charm against the Inquisition. The gate takes
+the name from a fresco near it, representing the scene
+when the lost child was missed. The Jews were charged
+with the terrible deed, and plundered of their wealth,
+which was the whole object of the persecution.”</p>
+
+<p>The party walked through the grand structure,
+looked into the choir in the middle, where a service
+was in progress, and passed through several chapels,
+stopping a considerable time in the <i>Capilla Mayor</i>,
+where are monuments of some of the ancient kings
+and other great men.</p>
+
+<p>“This is the tomb of Cardinal Mendoza,” said the
+doctor. “He was an historian, a scholar, and, like
+Ximenes, a statesman and a warrior. The marble-work
+in the rear of the altar cost two hundred thousand
+ducats, or six times as many dollars.”</p>
+
+<p>“One hundred and twenty schoolhouses at ten
+thousand dollars apiece packed into that thing!”
+exclaimed Murray.</p>
+
+<p>“And Mr. Ford calls it a fricassee of marble!”
+laughed the doctor, as they walked into the next chapel.
+“This is the <i>Capilla de Santiago</i>. Do you know who he
+was<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_216" id="Page_216">[216]</a></span>?”</p>
+
+<p>“Of course we do. He was the patron saint of
+Spain,&mdash;St. James, one of the apostles,” replied Sheridan.</p>
+
+<p>“Do you remember what became of him?”</p>
+
+<p>“He suffered martyrdom under Herod Agrippa,”
+answered the captain.</p>
+
+<p>“The Spaniards carry his history somewhat farther
+than that event. As they wanted a distinguished
+patron, and Rome had appropriated Peter and Paul,
+they contented themselves with James the Elder, the son
+of Zebedee, and the brother of John. When he was
+dead, his body was conveyed by some miraculous agency
+to Jaffa, where it embarked in a boat for Barcelona,
+the legend informs us. Instead of going on shore, like
+a peaceable corpse, it continued on its voyage, following
+the coast of Spain, through the Strait of Gibraltar,
+to the shore of Galicia, where it made a landing at
+a place called Padron; or rather the dead-boat got
+aground there. The body was found by some fishermen,
+who had the grace to carry it to a cave, where, as
+if satisfied with its long voyage made in seven days,
+beating the P. and O. Steamers by a week, it rested
+peaceably for eight hundred years. At the end of this
+long period, it seems to have become restless again,
+and to have caused certain telegraphic lights to be
+exhibited over the cave. They were seen by a monk,
+who informed the bishop of the circumstance. He
+appears to have understood the meaning of the lights,
+and examined the cave. He found the body, and knew
+it to be that of St. James; but he has wisely failed to
+put on record the means by which he identified it. A
+church was built to contain the tomb of the patron<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_217" id="Page_217">[217]</a></span>
+saint; but it was afterwards removed to the church of
+Santiago, twelve miles distant.”</p>
+
+<p>The party crossed the church, and entered the
+Chapel of San Ildefonso. This saint, a primate of
+Toledo, was an especial champion of the Virgin, and
+so won her favor, that she came down from heaven,
+and seated herself in his chair. She remained during
+matins, chanting the service, and at its close placed
+the church robes on his shoulders. The primate’s successor
+undertook to sit down in this chair, but was
+driven out by angels, which was rather an imputation
+upon his sanctity. The Virgin repeated the visit several
+times. St. Ildefonso’s body was stolen by the
+Moors, but it was recovered by a miracle. The sacred
+vestment the Virgin had placed upon his back was
+taken away at the same time; but no miracle seems to
+have been interposed to restore it, though it is said to
+be in Oviedo, invisible to mortal eyes. In another
+part of the edifice is the very stone on which the
+Virgin stepped when she came first to the church. It
+is enclosed by small iron bars, but the fingers may be
+inserted so as to press it; and holes are worn into it
+from the frequent touchings of the pilgrims to this
+shrine.</p>
+
+<p>“Here are the portraits of all the cardinals, from St.
+Eugenio down to the present time,” said the doctor as
+they entered the Chapter House. “Cardinal Albornez
+died in Rome, and the pope desired to send his remains
+to Toledo. As this was in 1364, there was no regular
+line of steamers, or an express company, to attend to
+the transportation: so he offered plenary indulgences
+to those who would undertake the mission of conveying<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_218" id="Page_218">[218]</a></span>
+the body to its distant resting-place. There were
+plenty of poor people who could not purchase such
+favors for their souls; and they were glad of the job
+to bear the cardinal on their shoulders from town to
+town till they arrived here.”</p>
+
+<p>“Where is the chapel the professor told us about?”
+asked Sheridan.</p>
+
+<p>“We will go to that now.”</p>
+
+<p>This chapel, though very rich in church treasures,
+and one of the most venerated in the cathedral as
+built to preserve the ancient ritual, contained nothing
+that engaged the attention of the students, and Mr.
+Mapps had already told its story. They hardly looked
+at the image of the Virgin, which is dressed in magnificent
+costume, covered with gold and jewels, when
+it is borne in procession on Corpus Christi Day.</p>
+
+<p>“I have seen enough of it,” said Murray, as they
+left the cathedral, and walked to the <i>Alcazar</i>.</p>
+
+<p>The old palace was only a reminder of what had
+been; but the view from its crumbling walls was the
+best thing about it. The party decided not to visit the
+sword-factory, which is two miles out of the city; and
+they went next to the church of <i>San Juan de los Reyes</i>.
+It was a court chapel, and was erected by the Catholic
+king to commemorate a victory. It is Gothic; but the
+chains that are hung over the outside of it were all that
+challenged the interest of the students.</p>
+
+<p>“Those chains were the votive offerings of captives
+who were released when Granada was taken by Ferdinand
+and Isabella,” said the doctor, when his pupils
+began to express their wonder. “There are some very
+fine carvings and frescos in this church<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_219" id="Page_219">[219]</a></span>.”</p>
+
+<p>“I don’t care for them,” yawned Murray: “I will
+wait here while you and Sheridan go in.” But the
+captain did not care to go in; and they continued their
+walk to <i>Santa Maria la Blanca</i> and <i>El Transito</i>, two
+churches which had formerly been synagogues. They
+were very highly ornamented; but by this time the students
+wanted their dinner more than to see the elaborate
+workmanship of the Jews or the Moors. They
+were tired too; for Toledo with its up and down streets
+is not an easy place to get about in. Some of the boys
+said it reminded them of Genoa; but it is more like
+parts of Constantinople, with its steep hills and Moorish
+houses.</p>
+
+<p>The party dined in various places in the city; and at
+two o’clock they took the train for Aranjuez, and
+arrived there in an hour.</p>
+
+<p>“The late queen used to live here three months of
+the year,” said the doctor, as they walked from the
+station to the palace. “The town is at the junction of
+the Jarama and the Tagus, and it is really a very pretty
+place. There is plenty of water. Charles V. was the
+first of the kings of Spain to make his residence at
+Aranjuez. A great deal of work has been done here
+since his time, by his successors.”</p>
+
+<p>The students walked through the gardens, and went
+through the palace. Perhaps the camels kept here
+were more interesting to the young gentlemen, gorged
+with six months’ sight-seeing in all the countries of
+Europe, than any thing else they saw at the summer
+residence of the kings of Spain.</p>
+
+<p>At the station there is a very fair hotel with restaurant,
+where the party had supper. But they had four<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_220" id="Page_220">[220]</a></span>
+hours of weary waiting before the train for <i>Ciudad Real</i>
+would arrive; and most of them tried to sleep, for it
+had been a long day.</p>
+
+<p>“Better be here than at the junction of this road
+with that to Toledo,” said the doctor, as he fixed himself
+for a nap. “The last time I was here I did not
+understand it; and, when I came from Toledo, I got off
+the train at the junction, which is Castillejo, ten miles
+from Aranjuez.”</p>
+
+<p>“I noticed the place when we went down this morning,”
+replied Sheridan. “The station is little better
+than a shed, and there is no town there.”</p>
+
+<p>“The train was late; and I had to wait there without
+my supper from eight o’clock till after midnight. It
+was cold, and there was no fire. I was never more uncomfortable
+for four hours in my life. The stations in
+Spain are built to save money, and not for the comfort
+of the passengers, at least in the smaller places. But
+we had better go to sleep if we can; for we have to
+keep moving for nearly twenty-four hours at the next
+stretch.”</p>
+
+<p>Not many of the party could sleep, tired as they
+were, till they took the train at eleven o’clock. The
+compartments were heated with hot-water vessels, or
+rather the feet were heated by them. The students
+stowed themselves away as well as they could; and
+soon, without much encouragement to do so, they were
+buried in slumber.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_221" id="Page_221">[221]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="break">
+
+<h2 class="p4">CHAPTER XV.</h2>
+
+<p class="pch">TROUBLE IN THE RUNAWAY CAMP.</p>
+
+<p class="drop-cap"><span class="smdrop">“What</span> are you running for?” shouted Bill Stout,
+as Raimundo and Bark Lingall ran ahead of
+him after the party landed from the felucca. “We are
+all right now.”</p>
+
+<p>Bill could not quite get rid of the idea that he was the
+leader of the expedition, as he intended to be from
+the time when he began to make his wicked plans
+for the destruction of the Tritonia. He had the vanity
+to believe that he was born to command, and not to
+obey; and such are generally the very worst of leaders.</p>
+
+<p>“Never mind him, Lingall,” said the second master.
+“When we get to the top of this rising ground we can
+see where we are.”</p>
+
+<p>“I am satisfied to follow your lead,” replied Bark.</p>
+
+<p>“If our plans are spoiled, it will be by that fellow,”
+added Raimundo.</p>
+
+<p>But in a few minutes more he halted on the summit
+of a little hill, with Bark still at his side. Bill was
+some distance behind; and he was evidently determined
+to have his own way, without regard to the
+wishes of the second master. On the rising ground,
+the lights revealed the position of the city; but the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_222" id="Page_222">[222]</a></span>
+fugitives looked with more interest, for the moment, at
+the sea. Raimundo had run when he landed, because
+he saw that the lay of the land would conceal the movements
+of the felucca from him if he remained where he
+had come on shore. Perhaps, too, he considered it best
+to put a reasonable distance between himself and the
+dangerous boatman. On the eminence they could distinctly
+see the felucca headed away from the shore in
+the direction from which she had come when they were
+on board.</p>
+
+<p>“I was afraid the villain might be treacherous, after
+all,” said Raimundo. “If he had headed into the port
+of Tarragona, it would not have been safe for us to go
+there.”</p>
+
+<p>“What’s your hurry?” demanded Bill Stout, coming
+up at this moment. “You act as though you were
+scared out of your wits.”</p>
+
+<p>“Shut up, Bill Stout!” said Bark, disgusted with his
+companion in crime. “If you are going to get up a
+row at every point we make, we may as well go back
+to the Tritonia, kiss the rod, and be good boys.”</p>
+
+<p>“I haven’t made any row,” protested Bill. “I
+couldn’t see what you were running for, when no one
+was after you.”</p>
+
+<p>“Raimundo knows what he is about; and, while the
+thing is going along very well, you set to yelling, so as
+to let the fellow know where we were, if he took it into
+his head to follow us.”</p>
+
+<p>“Raimundo may know what he is about,” snarled
+Bill; “but I want to know what he is about too, if I
+am to take part in this business.”</p>
+
+<p>“You will not know from me,” added Raimundo<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_223" id="Page_223">[223]</a></span>
+haughtily. “I shall not stop to explain my plans to a
+coward and an ignoramus every time I make a move.
+We are in Spain; and the country is big enough for all
+of us. I did not invite you to come with me; and I
+am not going to be trammelled by you.”</p>
+
+<p>“You are a great man, Mr. Raimundo; but I want
+you to understand that you are not on the quarter-deck
+of the Tritonia just now; and I have something to say,
+as well as you,” replied Bill.</p>
+
+<p>“That’s all! I don’t want to hear another word,”
+continued Raimundo. “We may as well part company
+here and now as at any other time and place.”</p>
+
+<p>“Now you can see what you have done, Bill,” said
+Bark reproachfully.</p>
+
+<p>“Well, what have I done? I had as lief be officered
+on board of the vessel as here, when we are on a time,”
+answered Bill.</p>
+
+<p>“All right; you may go where you please,” added
+Bark angrily. “I am not going about with any such
+fellow as you are. If I should get into trouble, you
+would lay back, and let me fight it out alone.”</p>
+
+<p>“Do you mean to say, Bark Lingall, that you will
+desert me, and go off with that spoony of an officer?”
+demanded Bill, taken all aback by what his friend had
+said.</p>
+
+<p>“I do mean to say it; and, more than that, I will
+stick to it,” said Bark firmly. “You are both a coward
+and a fool. Before we are out of the first danger, you
+get your back up about nothing, and make a row.
+Mr. Raimundo has been a gentleman, and behaved
+like a brave fellow. If it hadn’t been for him, we
+should have been robbed of all our money, and perhaps
+have had our throats cut besides<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_224" id="Page_224">[224]</a></span>.”</p>
+
+<p>“But he got us into the scrape,” protested Bill.
+“He hired that cut-throat to take us to this place without
+saying a word to us about the business. I knew
+that fellow was a rascal, and would just as lief cut a
+man’s throat as eat his dinner.”</p>
+
+<p>“You knew what he was, did you?”</p>
+
+<p>“To be sure I did. He looked like a villain; and
+I would not have trusted myself half a mile from the
+shore with him without a revolver in my pocket,”
+retorted Bill, who felt safe enough now that he was on
+shore.</p>
+
+<p>“I don’t care to hear any more of this,” interposed
+the second master. “It must be half-past seven by
+this time, and I am going to hurry up to the town. I
+looked at an old Bradshaw on board, while I was
+making up my plans, and I noticed that the night
+trains generally leave at about nine o’clock. There
+may be one from this place.”</p>
+
+<p>“But where are you going?” asked Bark.</p>
+
+<p>“It makes no manner of difference to me where I
+go, if I only get as far away from Barcelona as possible,”
+replied Raimundo. “The police may have
+received a despatch, ordering them to arrest us at this
+place.”</p>
+
+<p>“Do you believe they have such an order?” asked
+Bark, with deep interest.</p>
+
+<p>“I do not believe it; but it may be, for all that. I
+am confident no one saw the felucca take us off those
+rocks. I feel tolerably safe. But, when Filipe gets
+back to Barcelona, he may tell where he took us; and
+some one will be on my track in Tarragona as early as
+the first train from the north arrives here<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_225" id="Page_225">[225]</a></span>.”</p>
+
+<p>Raimundo walked towards the town, and Bark still
+kept by his side. Bill followed, for he had no intention
+of being left alone by his companions. He
+thought it was treason on the part of Bark to think of
+such a thing as deserting him. He felt that he had
+been the leader of the enterprise up to the time he
+had got into the boat with the second master; and
+that he had conducted Bark out of their prison, and
+out of the slavery of the vessel. It would be rank
+ingratitude for his fellow-conspirator to turn against
+him under such circumstances; and he was surprised
+that Bark did not see it in that light. As for the
+second master, he did not want any thing more of
+him; he did not wish to travel with him, or to have
+any thing to do with him. He was an officer of the
+Tritonia, one of the tyrants against whom he had
+rebelled; and as such he hated him. The consciousness
+that he had behaved like a poltroon in the presence
+of the officer, while Bark had been a lion in
+bravery, did not help the case at all. Raimundo
+despised him, and took no pains to conceal his sentiments.</p>
+
+<p>All Bill Stout wanted was to roam over the country
+with Bark. In the boat he had imagined the “good
+times” they would have when free from restraint.
+They could drink and smoke, and visit the places of
+amusement in Spain, while the rest of the fellows were
+listening to lectures on geography and history, and visiting
+old churches. His idea of life and enjoyment was
+very low indeed.</p>
+
+<p>After walking for half an hour in the direction of the
+nearest lights, they reached the lower part of the town;<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_226" id="Page_226">[226]</a></span>
+and the second master concluded that the railroad
+station must be in this section. He inquired in the
+street, and found they were quite near it. He was also
+told that a train would leave for Alicante and Madrid
+at thirty-five minutes past eight. It was only eight
+then; and, seeing a store with “<i>A la Barcelona</i>” on
+its sign, he knew it was a clothing-store, and the party
+entered it. Raimundo bought a long cape coat which
+entirely concealed his uniform. Bark and Bill purchased
+overcoats, each according to his taste, that
+covered up their nautical costume in part, though they
+did not hide their seaman’s trousers. At another shop
+they obtained caps that replaced their uniform headpieces.</p>
+
+<p>With their appearance thus changed, they repaired to
+the station, where Raimundo bought tickets to Valencia.
+This is a seaport town, one hundred and sixty-two
+miles from Tarragona. Raimundo was going there
+because the train went there. His plans for the future
+were not definitely arranged; but he did not wish to
+dissolve his connection with the academy squadron.
+He intended to return to his ship as soon as he could
+safely do so, which he believed would be when the vessels
+sailed from Lisbon for the “isles of the sea;” but
+in this connection he was troubled about the change in
+the programme which the principal had introduced
+the day before, of which Hugo had informed him. If the
+American Prince was to convey the Josephines and the
+Tritonias to Lisbon, and bring back the Princes,&mdash;for
+the several ships’ companies were called by these names,&mdash;it
+was not probable that the squadron would go to
+Lisbon. All hands would then have visited Portugal<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_227" id="Page_227">[227]</a></span>
+and there would be no need of going there again.
+Raimundo concluded that the fleet would sail on its
+Atlantic voyage from Cadiz, which would save going
+three hundred miles to the northward in the middle of
+winter.</p>
+
+<p>“Do you want first or second class tickets?” asked
+Raimundo, when they stood before the ticket-office.</p>
+
+<p>“A second class is good enough for me,” replied
+Bill.</p>
+
+<p>“What class do you take?” asked Bark.</p>
+
+<p>“I shall go first class, because I think it will be
+safer,” replied Raimundo. “We shall not meet so
+many people.”</p>
+
+<p>“Then get me a first class,” added Bark.</p>
+
+<p>“Two first class and one second,” repeated the
+second master.</p>
+
+<p>“I’m not going alone,” snarled Bill. “Get me a
+first class.”</p>
+
+<p>The tickets were procured; and the party took their
+places in the proper compartment, which they had all
+to themselves. Bill Stout was vexed again; for, small
+as the matter of the tickets was, he had once more
+been overruled by the second master. He felt as
+though he had no influence, instead of being the leader
+of the party as he aspired to be. He was cross and
+discontented. He was angry with Bark for thinking of
+such a thing as deserting him. He was in just the
+mood to make another fuss; and he made one.</p>
+
+<p>“I think it is about time for us to settle our accounts
+with you, Mr. Raimundo,” said Bark, when they were
+seated in the compartment. “We owe you a good deal
+by this time<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_228" id="Page_228">[228]</a></span>.”</p>
+
+<p>“<i>Mr.</i> Raimundo!” exclaimed Bill, with a heavy
+emphasis on the handle to the name. “Why don’t you
+call me Mr. Stout, Bark?”</p>
+
+<p>“Because I have not been in the habit of doing so,”
+replied Bark coldly.</p>
+
+<p>“We are not on board the ship now; and I think we
+might as well stop toadying to anybody,” growled Bill.</p>
+
+<p>“About the accounts, Mr. Raimundo,” continued
+Bark, taking no further notice of his ill-natured companion.
+“How much were the tickets?”</p>
+
+<p>“Ninety-two <i>reales</i> each,” replied Raimundo. “That
+is four dollars and sixty cents.”</p>
+
+<p>“You paid for the boat and the provisions,” added
+Bark. “We will make an equal division of the whole
+expense.”</p>
+
+<p>“I paid five hundred <i>reales</i> for the boat, and sixty
+for the provisions.”</p>
+
+<p>“You paid more than you agreed to for the boat,”
+interposed Bill sulkily. “You are not going to throw
+my money away like that, I can tell you.”</p>
+
+<p>“I hired the boat for my own use, and I am willing
+to pay the whole of the bill for it,” replied Raimundo
+with dignity.</p>
+
+<p>“That’s the sort of fellow you are, Bill Stout!”
+exclaimed Bark indignantly.&mdash;“No matter, Mr. Raimundo;
+if Bill is too mean to pay his share, I will pay
+it for him. You shall pay no more than one-third anyhow.”</p>
+
+<p>“I am willing to pay my fair share,” said Bill, more
+disturbed than ever to find Bark against him every
+time. “Then three dollars for that lunch was a swindle<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_229" id="Page_229">[229]</a></span>.”</p>
+
+<p>“I had to take what I could get under the circumstances,”
+added Raimundo; “but you drank most of
+the wine.”</p>
+
+<p>“I was not consulted about ordering it,” growled
+Bill.</p>
+
+<p>“If there ever was an unreasonable fellow on the
+face of the footstool, you are the one, Bill Stout!”
+retorted Bark vigorously. “I have had enough of you.&mdash;How
+much is the whole bill for each, Mr. Raimundo?”</p>
+
+<p>“An equal division makes it two hundred and
+seventy-eight <i>reales</i> and a fraction. That is thirteen
+dollars and sixty cents.”</p>
+
+<p>“But my money is in sovereigns.”</p>
+
+<p>“Two and a half pence make a <i>real</i>. Can you figure
+that in your head?”</p>
+
+<p>Bark declined to do the sum in his head; but, standing
+up under the dim light in the top of the compartment,
+he ciphered it out on the back of an old letter.
+The train had been in motion for some time, and it was
+not easy to make figures; but at last he announced his
+result.</p>
+
+<p>“Two pounds and eighteen shillings, lacking a
+penny,” said he. “Two shares will be five pounds and
+sixteen shillings.”</p>
+
+<p>“That is about what I had made it in my head,”
+added Raimundo.</p>
+
+<p>“Here are six sovereigns for Bill’s share and my
+own,” continued Bark, handing him the gold.</p>
+
+<p>“You needn’t pay that swindle for me,” interposed
+Bill. “I shall not submit to having my money thrown
+away like that<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_230" id="Page_230">[230]</a></span>.”</p>
+
+<p>“Of course I shall not take it under these circumstances,”
+replied the second master.</p>
+
+<p>“I am willing to pay for the boat and the provisions,”
+said Bill, yielding a part of the point.</p>
+
+<p>Bark took no notice of him, but continued to press
+the money upon Raimundo; and he finally consented
+to take it on condition that a division of the loss
+should be made in the future if Bill did not pay his
+full share.</p>
+
+<p>“You want four shillings back: here are five <i>pesetas</i>,
+which just make it,” added Raimundo.</p>
+
+<p>“Of course I shall pay you whatever you are out,
+Bark,” said Bill, backing entirely out of his position,
+which he had taken more to be ugly than because he
+objected to the bill. “But I don’t like this swindle.
+Here’s three sovereigns.”</p>
+
+<p>“You need not pay it if you don’t want to. I did
+not mean that Mr. Raimundo should be cheated out of
+the money,” replied Bark.</p>
+
+<p>“Stout,” said Raimundo, rising from his seat, “this
+is not the first time, nor even the tenth, that you have
+insulted me to-day. I will have nothing more to do
+with you. You may buy your own tickets, and pay
+your own bills; and we will part company as soon as
+we leave this train.”</p>
+
+<p>“I think I can take care of myself without any help
+from you,” retorted Bill.&mdash;“Here is your money,
+Bark.”</p>
+
+<p>“I won’t take it,” replied Bark.</p>
+
+<p>“Why not?”</p>
+
+<p>“You have insulted Mr. Raimundo ever since we
+started from Barcelona; and, after you say you have
+been swindled, I won’t touch your money<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_231" id="Page_231">[231]</a></span>.”</p>
+
+<p>“Are you going back on me, after all I have done
+for you?” demanded Bill.</p>
+
+<p>“What have you done for me?” asked Bark indignantly;
+for this was a new revelation to him.</p>
+
+<p>“I got you out of the Tritonia; didn’t I?”</p>
+
+<p>“No matter: we will not jaw about any thing so
+silly as that. I won’t touch your money till you have
+apologized to Mr. Raimundo.”</p>
+
+<p>“When I apologize to <i>Mr.</i> Raimundo, let me know
+it, will you?” replied Bill, as he returned the sovereigns
+to his pocket, and coiled himself away in the corner.
+“That’s not my style.”</p>
+
+<p>Nothing more was said; and, after a while, all of
+the party went to sleep. But Bill Stout did not sleep
+well, for he was too ugly to be entirely at rest. He
+was awake most of the night; but, in the early morning,
+he dropped off again. At seven o’clock the train
+arrived at Valencia. Bill was still asleep. Raimundo
+got out of the car; and Bark was about to wake his
+fellow-conspirator, when the second master interposed:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>“Don’t wake him, Lingall, if you please; but come
+with me. You can return in a moment.”</p>
+
+<p>Bark got out of the carriage.</p>
+
+<p>“I wish to leave before he wakes,” said Raimundo.
+“I will go no farther with him.”</p>
+
+<p>“Leave him here?” queried Bark.</p>
+
+<p>“I will not even speak to him again,” added the
+second master. “Of course, I shall leave you to do as
+you please; though I should be glad to have you go
+with me, for you have proved yourself to be a plucky
+fellow and a gentleman. As it is impossible for me<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_232" id="Page_232">[232]</a></span>
+to endure Stout’s company any longer, I shall have to
+leave you, if you stick to him.”</p>
+
+<p>“I shall not stick to him,” protested Bark. “He is
+nothing but a hog,&mdash;one hundred pounds of pork.”</p>
+
+<p>Bark had decided to leave Bill as soon as he could,
+and now was his time. They took an omnibus for the
+<i>Fonda del Cid</i>. They had not been gone more than
+five minutes, before a porter woke Bill Stout, who
+found that he was alone. He understood it perfectly.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_233" id="Page_233">[233]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="break">
+
+<h2 class="p4">CHAPTER XVI.</h2>
+
+<p class="pch">BILL STOUT AS A TOURIST.</p>
+
+
+<p class="drop-capr"><span class="smdrop">Bill Stout</span> indulged in some very severe reflections
+upon the conduct of his fellow-conspirator
+when he found that he was alone in the compartment
+where he had spent the night. The porter who woke
+him told him very respectfully (he was a first-class
+passenger), in good Spanish for a man in his position,
+that the train was to be run out of the station. Bill
+couldn’t understand him, but he left the car.</p>
+
+<p>“Where are the fellows that came with me?” he
+asked, turning to the porter; but the man shook his
+head, and smiled as blandly as though the runaway had
+given him a <i>peseta</i>.</p>
+
+<p>Bill was not much troubled with bashfulness; and he
+walked about the station, accosting a dozen persons
+whom he met; but not one of them seemed to know
+a word of English.</p>
+
+<p>“<i>No hablo Ingles</i>,” was the uniform reply of all.
+One spoke to him in French; but, though Bill had
+studied this language, he had not gone far enough to
+be able to speak even a few words of it. He went into
+the street, and a crowd of carriage-drivers saluted
+him.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_234" id="Page_234">[234]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>“Hotel,” said he, satisfied by this time that it was
+of no use to talk English to anybody in Spain.</p>
+
+<p>As this word is known to all languages, he got on so
+far very well.</p>
+
+<p>“<i>Hotel Villa de Madrid!</i>” shouted one of the drivers.</p>
+
+<p>Though Bill’s knowledge of geography was very
+limited, he had heard of Madrid, and he identified this
+word in the speech of the man. He bowed to him to
+indicate that he was ready to go to the hotel he named.
+He was invited to take a seat in a <i>tartana</i>, a two-wheeled
+vehicle not much easier than a tip-cart, and driven to
+the hotel. Bill did not look like a very distinguished
+guest, for he wore the garb of a common sailor when he
+took off his overcoat. He had not even put on his best
+rig, as he did not go ashore in regular form. He spoke
+to the porter who received him at the door, in English,
+thinking it was quite proper for those about a hotel to
+speak all languages. But this man seemed to be no
+better linguist than the rest of the Spaniards; and he
+made no reply.</p>
+
+<p>The guest was conducted to the hall where the landlord,
+or the manager of the hotel, addressed him in
+Spanish, and Bill replied in English.</p>
+
+<p>“<i>Habla V. Frances?</i>” asked the manager.</p>
+
+<p>“I don’t <i>hablo</i> any thing but English,” replied Bill,
+beginning to be disgusted with his ill-success in finding
+any one who could understand him.</p>
+
+<p>“<i>Parlez-vous Français?</i>” persisted the manager.</p>
+
+<p>“No. I don’t <i>parlez-vous</i>.”</p>
+
+<p>“<i>Parlate voi Italiano?</i>”</p>
+
+<p>“No: I tell you I don’t speak any thing but English,”
+growled Bill.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_235" id="Page_235">[235]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>“<i>Sprechen Sie Deutsch?</i>”</p>
+
+<p>“No; no Dutch.”</p>
+
+<p>The manager shrugged his shoulders, and evidently
+felt that he had done enough, having addressed the
+guest in four languages.</p>
+
+<p>“Two fellows&mdash;no comee here?” continued Bill,
+trying his luck with pigeon English.</p>
+
+<p>Of course the manager shook his head at this absurd
+lingo; and Bill was obliged to give up in despair. The
+manager called a servant, and sent him out; and the
+guest hoped that something might yet happen. He
+seated himself on a sofa, and waited for the waters to
+move.</p>
+
+<p>“I want some breakfast,” said Bill when he had
+waited half an hour; and as he spoke he pointed to his
+mouth, and worked his teeth, to illustrate his argument.</p>
+
+<p>The manager took out his watch, and pointed to the
+“X” upon the dial, to indicate that the meal would be
+ready at that hour. A little later the servant came in
+with another man, who proved to be an English-speaking
+citizen of Valencia. He was a <i>valet de place</i>, or
+guide.</p>
+
+<p>With his aid Bill ascertained that “two young fellows”
+had not been to the Hotel Villa de Madrid that
+morning. He also obtained a room, and some coffee
+and bread to last him till breakfast time. When he
+had taken his coffee, he went with the man to all the
+hotels in the place. It was nearly ten o’clock when he
+reached the <i>Fonda del Cid</i>. Two young gentlemen, one
+of them an officer, had just breakfasted at the hotel,
+and left for Grao, the port of Valencia, two miles distant,
+where they were to embark in a steamer which<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_236" id="Page_236">[236]</a></span>
+was to sail for Oran at ten. Bill had not the least idea
+where Oran was; and, when he asked his guide, he was
+astonished to learn that it was in Africa, a seaport of
+Algeria. Then he was madder than ever; for he would
+have been very glad to take a trip to Africa, and see
+something besides churches and palaces. He dwelt
+heavily upon the trick that Bark had played him. It
+was ten o’clock then, and it would not be possible to
+reach Grao before half-past ten. He could try it; the
+steamer might not sail as soon as advertised: they
+were often detained.</p>
+
+<p>Bill did try it, but the steamer was two miles at sea
+when he reached the port. He engaged the guide for
+the day, after an effort to beat him down in his price of
+six <i>pesetas</i>. He went back to the hotel, and ate his
+breakfast. There was plenty of <i>Val de Peñas</i> wine on
+the table, and he drank all he wanted. Then he went to
+his room to take a nap before he went out to see the
+sights of the place. Instead of sleeping an hour as he
+intended, he did not wake till three o’clock in the afternoon.
+The wine had had its effect upon him. He
+found the guide waiting for him in the hall below. The
+man insisted that he should go to the cathedral; and
+when they had visited that it was dinner-time.</p>
+
+<p>“How much do I owe you now?” asked Bill, when he
+came to settle with the guide.</p>
+
+<p>“Six <i>pesetas</i>,” replied the man. “That is the price
+I told you.”</p>
+
+<p>“But I have not had you but half a day: from eleven
+till three you did not do any thing for me,” blustered
+Bill in his usual style.</p>
+
+<p>“But I was ready to go with you, and waited all that
+time for you,” pleaded the guide.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_237" id="Page_237">[237]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>“Here is four <i>pesetas</i>, and that is one more than you
+have earned,” added Bill, tendering him the silver.</p>
+
+<p>The man refused to accept the sum; and they had
+quite a row about it. Finally the guide appealed to the
+manager of the hotel, who promptly decided that six
+<i>pesetas</i> was the amount due the man. Bill paid it
+under protest, but added that he wanted the guide the
+next day.</p>
+
+<p>“I shall go with you no more,” replied the man, as
+he put the money into his pocket. “I work for gentlemen
+only.”</p>
+
+<p>“I will pay you for all the time you go with me,”
+protested Bill; but the guide was resolute, and left the
+hotel.</p>
+
+<p>The next morning Bill used his best endeavors to
+obtain another guide; but for a time he was unable to
+make anybody comprehend what he wished. An Englishman
+who spoke Spanish, and was a guest at the
+hotel, helped him out at breakfast, and told the manager
+what the young man wanted.</p>
+
+<p>“I will not send for a guide for him,” replied the
+manager; and then he explained to the tourist in what
+manner Bill had treated his valet the day before, all of
+which the gentleman translated to him.</p>
+
+<p>But we cannot follow Bill in all his struggles with
+the language, or in all his wanderings about Valencia.
+He paid his bill at the hotel <i>Villa de Madrid</i>, and went
+to another. On his way he bought a new suit of
+clothes, and discarded for the present his uniform,
+which attracted attention wherever he was. He went
+to the <i>Fonda del Cid</i> next; but he could not obtain a
+guide who spoke English: the only one they ever<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_238" id="Page_238">[238]</a></span>
+called in was engaged to an English party for a week.
+The manager spoke English, but he was seldom in the
+house. In some of the shops they spoke English; but
+Bill was almost as much alone as though he had been
+on a deserted island. The days wore heavy on his
+hands; and about all he could do was to drink <i>Val de
+Peñas</i>, and sleep it off. He wanted to leave Valencia,
+but knew not where to go. He desired to get out of
+Spain; and he had tried to get the run of the English
+steamers; but as he could not read the posters, or
+often find any one to read them for him, he had no
+success.</p>
+
+<p>He was heartily tired of the place, and even more
+disgusted than he had been on board of the Tritonia.
+He desired to go to England, where he could speak
+the language of the country; but no vessel for England
+came along, so far as he could ascertain. One day an
+English gentleman arrived at the hotel; and Bill got up
+a talk with him, as he did with everybody who could
+speak his own language. He told him he wanted to
+get to England; and the tourist advised him to cross
+Spain and Portugal by rail, and take a steamer at Lisbon,
+where one sailed every week for Southampton or
+Liverpool, and sometimes two or three a week.</p>
+
+<p>Bill adopted this suggestion, and in the afternoon
+started for Lisbon. He had been nearly a week in
+Valencia, and the change was very agreeable to him.
+He found a gentleman who spoke English, in the
+compartment with him; and he got along without any
+trouble till he reached Alcazar, where his travelling
+friend changed cars for Madrid. But, before he left
+the train, he told Bill that he was too late to connect<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_239" id="Page_239">[239]</a></span>
+for Lisbon, and that he would have to wait till half-past
+one in the afternoon. He could obtain plenty to
+eat in the station; but that ten hours of waiting at a
+miserable shed of a station was far worse than learning
+a lesson in navigation. He was on the high land, only ninety
+miles from Madrid, and it was cold in the night.
+There was no fire to warm him, and he had to walk to
+keep himself comfortable. He could not speak a word
+to any person; and, when any one spoke to him, he
+had learned to say, “<i>No hablo.</i>” He had picked up a
+few words of Spanish, so that he could get what he
+wanted to eat, though his variety was very limited.</p>
+
+<p>In the afternoon he took the train for Ciudad Real,
+and arrived there at six o’clock. He was too tired to
+go any farther that night; indeed, he was almost sick.
+He found an omnibus at the station, and said “Hotel”
+to the driver. He felt better in the morning, and
+reached the railroad station at six o’clock. As at the
+hotel, he gave the ticket-seller a paper and pencil; and
+he wrote down in figures the price of a ticket to Badajos,
+in <i>reales</i>. He had changed his money into <i>Isabelinos</i>,
+and knew that each was one hundred <i>reales</i>. Bill had
+improved a good deal in knowledge since he was
+thrown on his own resources. He waited till the train
+arrived from Madrid. It was quite a long one; but
+the conductor seemed to know just where the vacant
+seats were, and led him to the last carriage, where he
+was assigned a place in a compartment in which four
+passengers occupied the corners, and seemed to be all
+asleep. The runaway took one of the middle seats.
+He only hoped, that, when the daylight came, he might
+hear some of his fellow-travellers speak English.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_240" id="Page_240">[240]</a></span>
+Unfortunately for him, they all spoke this language.
+The light in the top of the compartment had gone out,
+and the persons in the corners were buried in their
+overcoats, so that he could not see them after the
+conductor carried his lantern away.</p>
+
+<p>The train started; and Bill, for the want of something
+better to do, went to sleep himself. His bed at
+the hotel had been occupied by a myriad of “<i>cosas de
+España</i>” before he got into it; and his slumbers had
+been much disturbed. He slept till the sun broke in
+through the window of the compartment. He heard his
+fellow-travellers conversing in English; and, when he
+was fairly awake, he was immediately conscious that a
+gentleman who sat in one of the opposite corners was
+studying his features. But, as soon as Bill opened his
+eyes, it was not necessary for him to study any longer.
+The gentleman in the corner was Mr. Lowington,
+principal of the academy squadron; and Bill’s solitary
+wanderings had come to an end.</p>
+
+<p>The principal knew every student in the fleet; but
+Bill’s head had been half concealed, and his dress had
+been entirely changed, so that he did not fully identify
+him till he opened his eyes, and raised his head. The
+other persons in the compartment were Dr. Winstock,
+the captain, and the first lieutenant of the Prince.</p>
+
+<p>“Good-morning, Stout,” said Mr. Lowington, as
+soon as he was sure that the new-comer was one of
+the runaways from the Tritonia.</p>
+
+<p>Of course Bill was taken all aback when he realized
+that he was on the train with the ship’s company of
+the Prince. But the principal was good-natured, as he
+always was; and he smiled as he spoke. Bill had<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_241" id="Page_241">[241]</a></span>
+unwittingly run into the camp of the enemy; and that
+smile assured him that he was to be laughed at, in
+addition to whatever punishment might be inflicted
+upon him; and the laugh, to him, was the worst of it.</p>
+
+<p>“Good-morning, sir,” replied Bill sheepishly; and
+he had not the courage to be silent as he desired to be
+in that presence.</p>
+
+<p>“Have you had a good time, Stout?” asked Mr.
+Lowington.</p>
+
+<p>“Not very good,” answered Bill; and by this time
+the eyes of the doctor and his two pupils, who had not
+noticed him before, were fixed upon the culprit.</p>
+
+<p>“Where is Lingall?” inquired the principal. “Is
+he on the train with you?”</p>
+
+<p>“No, sir: he and Raimundo ran away from me in
+Valencia.”</p>
+
+<p>“Raimundo!” exclaimed Mr. Lowington. “Was
+he with you?”</p>
+
+<p>“Yes, sir; and they played me a mean trick,” added
+Bill, who had not yet recovered from his indignation on
+account of his desertion, and was disposed to do his
+late associates all the harm he could.</p>
+
+<p>“They ran away from you, as you did from the rest
+of us,” laughed the principal, who knew Stout so well
+that he could not blame his companions for deserting
+him. “Do you happen to know where they have
+gone?”</p>
+
+<p>“They left Valencia in a steamer at ten o’clock in
+the forenoon;” and Bill recited the particulars of his
+search for his late companions, feeling all the time that
+he was having some part of his revenge upon them for
+their meanness to him.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_242" id="Page_242">[242]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>“But where was the steamer bound?” asked the
+principal.</p>
+
+<p>“For Oban,” replied Bill, getting it wrong, as he was
+very apt to do with geographical names.</p>
+
+<p>“Oban; that’s in Scotland. No steamer in Valencia
+could be bound to Oban,” added Mr. Lowington.</p>
+
+<p>“This place is not in Scotland: it is in Africa,” Bill
+explained.</p>
+
+<p>“He means Oran,” suggested Dr. Winstock.</p>
+
+<p>“That’s the place.”</p>
+
+<p>Bill knew nothing in regard to the intended movements
+of Raimundo and Bark.</p>
+
+<p>“How happened Raimundo to be with you?” asked
+the principal. “He left the Tritonia the night before
+we came from Barcelona.”</p>
+
+<p>“No, sir: he did not leave her at all. He was in
+the hold all the time.”</p>
+
+<p>As Bill was very willing to tell all he knew about
+his fellow-conspirator and the second master,&mdash;except
+that Bark and himself had tried to set the vessel on
+fire,&mdash;he related all the details of the escape, and the
+trip to Tarragona, including the affray with the boatman.
+He told the truth in the main, though he did
+not bring out the fact of his own cowardice, or dwell
+upon the cause of the quarrel between himself and his
+companions.</p>
+
+<p>“And how happened you to be here, and on this
+train? Did you know we were on board of it?”
+inquired the principal.</p>
+
+<p>“I did not know you were on this train; but I knew
+you were over this way somewhere.”</p>
+
+<p>“And you were going to look for us,” laughed Mr.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_243" id="Page_243">[243]</a></span>
+Lowington, who believed that the fellow’s ignorance
+had caused him to blunder into this locality at the
+wrong time.</p>
+
+<p>“I was not looking for you, but for the Tritonias,”
+replied Bill, who had come to the conclusion that penitence
+was his best dodge under the circumstances. “I
+was going over to Lisbon to give myself up to Mr. Pelham.”</p>
+
+<p>“Indeed! were you?”</p>
+
+<p>“Yes, sir: I did not intend to run away; and it was
+only when Raimundo had a boat from the shore that I
+thought of such a thing. I have had hard luck; and
+I would rather do my duty on board than wander all
+about the country alone.”</p>
+
+<p>“Then it was Lingall that spoiled your fun?”</p>
+
+<p>“Yes, sir; but I shall never want to run away
+again.”</p>
+
+<p>“That’s what they all say. But, if you wished to get
+back, why didn’t you go to Barcelona, where the Tritonia
+is? That would have been the shortest way for
+you.”</p>
+
+<p>“I didn’t care about staying in the brig, with no one
+but Mr. Marline and Mr. Rimmer on board,” answered
+Bill, who could think of no better excuse.</p>
+
+<p>Bill thought he might get a chance to slip away at
+some point on the road, or at least when the party
+arrived at Lisbon. If there was a steamer in port
+bound to England, he might get on board of her.</p>
+
+<p>“We will consider your case at another time,” said
+the principal, as the train stopped at a station.</p>
+
+<p>The principal and the surgeon, after sending Bill to
+the other end of the compartment, had a talk about<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_244" id="Page_244">[244]</a></span>
+Raimundo, who had evidently gone to Africa to get out
+of the jurisdiction of Spain. After examining Bradshaw,
+they found the fugitives could take a steamer to
+Bona, in Algeria, and from there make their way to
+Italy or Egypt; and concluded they would do so.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_245" id="Page_245">[245]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="break">
+
+<h2 class="p4">CHAPTER XVII.</h2>
+
+<p class="pch">THROUGH THE HEART OF SPAIN.</p>
+
+<p class="drop-capr"><span class="smdrop">Bill Stout</span> concluded that he was not a success
+as a tourist in Spain; but he was confident that he
+should succeed better in England. He resolved to be
+a good boy till the excursionists arrived in Lisbon, and
+not make any attempt to escape; for it was not likely
+that he could accomplish his purpose. Besides, he
+had no taste for any more travelling in Spain. In fact,
+he had a dread of being cast upon his own resources in
+the interior, where he could not speak the language.</p>
+
+<p>“Do you know what country you are in?” asked
+Dr. Winstock, who sat opposite his pupils, as he had
+come to call them.</p>
+
+<p>“I reckon you’d know if you had seen it as I have,”
+interposed Bill Stout, who had a seat next to Murray,
+with a broad grin at the absurdity of the question.
+“It is Spain,&mdash;the meanest country on the face of
+the earth.”</p>
+
+<p>“So you think, Stout; but you have had a rather
+hard experience of it,” replied the doctor. “We have
+had a very good time since we left Barcelona.”</p>
+
+<p>“I suppose you know the lingo; and that makes all
+the difference in the world,” added Bill.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_246" id="Page_246">[246]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>“When I spoke of country, I referred to a province,”
+continued Dr. Winstock.</p>
+
+<p>“This is La Mancha,” answered Sheridan.</p>
+
+<p>“The country of Don Quixote,” added the doctor.</p>
+
+<p>“I saw a statue of Cervantes at Madrid, and I heard
+one of the fellows say he was the author of ‘Don
+Juan,’” laughed Murray.</p>
+
+<p>“Cervantes wrote the first part at Valladolid, and it
+produced a tremendous sensation. I suppose you have
+read it.”</p>
+
+<p>“I never did,” replied Bill Stout, who counted himself
+in as one of the party. “Is it a good story?”</p>
+
+<p>“It is so considered by those who are competent
+judges.”</p>
+
+<p>“I read it years ago,” added Sheridan.</p>
+
+<p>“It is said to be a take-off on the knights of Spain,”
+said Murray. “Is that so?”</p>
+
+<p>“I don’t think that was his sole idea in writing the
+book; or, if it was, he enlarged upon his plan. He was
+a literary man, with some reputation, before he wrote
+Don Quixote; and he probably selected the most
+popular subject he could find, and it grew upon him
+as he proceeded. Sancho Panza is a representative
+of homely common-sense, unaided by any imagination,
+while his master is full of it. He is used, in the first
+part of the story, to act as a contrast to the extravagant
+Don; and in this part of the work he does not use
+any of the proverbs which is the staple of the typical
+Spaniard’s talk. The introduction of this feature of
+Sancho’s talk was a new idea to the author.”</p>
+
+<p>“I suppose Cervantes was born and lived in La
+Mancha,” said Murray.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_247" id="Page_247">[247]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>“Not at all: he was born near Madrid, at Alcala de
+Henares. He was a soldier in the early years of his
+life. He fought in the battle of Lepanto, under Don
+John. At one time he was a sort of custom-house
+officer in Seville; but he got into debt, and was imprisoned
+for three months, during which time he is
+said to have been engaged in his great work. He was
+also a prisoner in Algiers five years; and ten times he
+risked his life in attempts to escape. He finally died
+in neglect, poverty, and want.”</p>
+
+<p>“Then this is where Don Quixote tilted at windmills,”
+said Murray, looking out at the window; “and
+there is one of them.”</p>
+
+<p>“It is not in every province of Spain that the Don
+could have found a windmill to tilt at,” added the
+doctor.</p>
+
+<p>About eight o’clock the train stopped for breakfast,
+which the <i>avant-courier</i> had ordered.</p>
+
+<p>“This is a vine and olive country,” said the doctor,
+when the train was again in motion.</p>
+
+<p>“Shall we have a chance to see how they make the
+oil and how they make wine?” asked Sheridan.</p>
+
+<p>“You will have a chance to see how it is done; but
+you will not be able to see it done at this season of
+the year. There is an olive-orchard,” continued the
+doctor, pointing out of the window.</p>
+
+<p>“The trees look like willows; and I should think
+they were willows.”</p>
+
+<p>“They are not. These trees last a great number of
+years,&mdash;some say, hundreds.”</p>
+
+<p>“There are some which look as though they were
+planted by Noah after he left the ark. They are ugly-looking
+trees,” added Murray.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_248" id="Page_248">[248]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>“The people do not plant them for their beauty, but
+for the fruit they yield. You see they are in regular
+rows, like an apple-orchard at home. They start the
+trees from slips, which are cut off in January. The end
+of the slip is quartered with a knife, and a small stone
+put into the end to separate the parts, and the slip stuck
+into the ground. The earth is banked up around the
+plant, which has to be watered and tenderly cared for
+during the first two years of its growth. In ten years
+these trees yield some returns; but they are not at their
+best estate till they are thirty years old. The olives
+we eat”&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>“I never eat them,” interrupted Murray, shaking his
+head.</p>
+
+<p>“It is an acquired taste; but those who do like
+them are usually very fond of them. The olive which
+comes in jars for table use is picked before it is quite
+ripe, but when full grown; and it is pickled for a week
+in a brine made of water, salt, garlic, and some other
+ingredients. The best come from the neighborhood
+of Seville.”</p>
+
+<p>“But I don’t see how they make the oil out of the
+olive. It don’t seem as though there is any grease in
+it,” said Sheridan.</p>
+
+<p>“The berry is picked for the manufacture of oil when
+it is ripe, and is then of a purple color. It is gathered
+in the autumn; and I have seen the peasants beating
+the trees with sticks, while the women and children
+were picking up the olives on the ground. The women
+drive the donkeys to the mill, bearing the berries in the
+panniers. The olives are crushed on a big stone hollowed
+out for the purpose, by passing a stone roller<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_249" id="Page_249">[249]</a></span>
+over them, which is moved by a mule. The pulp is
+then placed in a press not unlike that you have seen in
+a cider-mill. The oil flows out into a reservoir under
+the press, from which it is bailed into jars big enough
+to contain a man: these jars are sunk in the ground
+to keep them cool. The mass left in the press after the
+oil is extracted is used to feed the hogs, or for fuel.”</p>
+
+<p>“And is that the stuff they put in the casters?”
+asked Murray, with his nose turned up in disgust.</p>
+
+<p>“That is certainly olive-oil,” replied the doctor.
+“You look as though you did not like it.”</p>
+
+<p>“I do not: I should as soon think of eating lamp-oil.”</p>
+
+<p>“Every one to his taste, lieutenant; but I have no
+doubt you have eaten a great deal of it since you came
+into Spain,” laughed the doctor.</p>
+
+<p>“Not if I knew it!”</p>
+
+<p>“You did not know it; but you have had it on your
+beefsteaks and mutton-chops, as well as in the various
+made-dishes you have partaken of. Spanish oil is not
+so pure and good as the Italian. Lucca oil has the
+best reputation. A poorer quality of oil is made here,
+which is used in making soap.”</p>
+
+<p>“Castile soap?”</p>
+
+<p>“Yes; and all kinds of oils are used for soap.”</p>
+
+<p>“How do they fresco it?” asked Murray.</p>
+
+<p>“Fresco it! They give it the marble look by putting
+coloring matter, mixed with oil, into the mass of soap
+before it is moulded into bars. What place is this?”
+said the doctor, as the train stopped.</p>
+
+<p>“Almaden,” replied Sheridan, reading the sign on
+the station.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_250" id="Page_250">[250]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>“I thought so, for I spent a couple of days here.
+Do you know what it is famous for?”</p>
+
+<p>“I don’t think I ever heard the name of the place
+before,” replied Sheridan.</p>
+
+<p>“It contains the greatest mine of quicksilver in the
+world,” added the doctor. “It was worked in the time
+of the Romans, and is still deemed inexhaustible. Four
+thousand men are employed here during the winter, for
+they cannot labor in the summer because the heat
+renders it too unhealthy. The men can work only six
+hours at a time; and many of them are salivated and
+paralyzed by the vapors of the mercury.”</p>
+
+<p>“Is this the same stuff the doctors use?” asked
+Murray.</p>
+
+<p>“It is; but it is prepared especially for the purpose.
+These mines yield the government of Spain a revenue
+of nearly a million dollars a year.”</p>
+
+<p>The country through which the tourists passed was
+not highly cultivated, except near the towns. On the
+way they saw a man ploughing-in his grain, and the implement
+seemed to be a wooden one. But every thing
+in the agricultural line was of the most primitive kind.
+In another place they saw a farmer at work miles from
+his house, for there was no village within that distance.
+Though there is not a fence to be seen, every man
+knows his own boundary-lines. In going to his day’s
+work, he may have to go several miles, taking his
+plough and other tools in a cart; and probably he
+wastes half his day in going to and from his work.
+But the Spanish peasant is an easy-going fellow, and he
+does not go very early, or stay very late. Often in the
+morning and in the middle of the afternoon our travellers<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_251" id="Page_251">[251]</a></span>
+saw them going to or coming from their work in
+this manner.</p>
+
+<p>“Now we are out of La Mancha,” said the doctor,
+half an hour after the train left Almaden.</p>
+
+<p>“And what are we in now, sir?” asked Murray.</p>
+
+<p>“We are in the province of Cordova, which is a part
+of Andalusia. But we only go through a corner of
+Cordova, and then we strike into Estremadura.”</p>
+
+<p>In the afternoon the country looked better, though the
+people and the houses seemed to be very poor. The
+country looked better; but it was only better than the
+region near Madrid, and, compared with France or
+Italy, it was desolation. The effects of the <i>mesta</i> were
+clearly visible.</p>
+
+<p>“Medellin,” said Murray, when he had spelled out
+the word on a station where the train stopped about
+half-past two.</p>
+
+<p>“Do you know the place?” asked Dr. Winstock.</p>
+
+<p>“Never heard of it.”</p>
+
+<p>“Yet it has some connection with the history of the
+New World. It is mentioned in Prescott’s ‘Conquest
+of Mexico.’”</p>
+
+<p>“I have read that, but I do not remember this name.”</p>
+
+<p>“It is the birthplace of Hernando Cortes; and in
+Trujillo, a town forty miles north of us, was born
+another adventurer whose name figures on the glowing
+page of Prescott,” added the doctor.</p>
+
+<p>“That was Pizarro,” said Sheridan. “I remember
+he was born at&mdash;what did you call the place, doctor?”</p>
+
+<p>“Trujillo.”</p>
+
+<p>“But in Prescott it is spelled with an <i>x</i> where you
+put an <i>h</i><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_252" id="Page_252">[252]</a></span>.”</p>
+
+<p>“It is the same thing in Spanish, whether you spell
+it with an <i>x</i> or <i>j</i>. It is a strong aspirate, like <i>h</i>, but
+is pronounced with a rougher breathing sound. Loja
+and Loxa are the same word,” explained the doctor.
+“So you will find Cordova spelled with a <i>b</i> instead of
+a <i>v</i>; but the letters have the same power in Spanish.”</p>
+
+<p>“What river is this on the right?” inquired Murray.</p>
+
+<p>“That is the Guadiana.”</p>
+
+<p>“And where are its eyes, of which Professor Mapps
+spoke in his lecture?”</p>
+
+<p>“We passed them in the night, and also went over
+the underground river,” replied the doctor. “The
+region through which we are now passing was more
+densely peopled in the days when it was a part of the
+Roman empire than it is now. Without doubt the same
+is true of the period of the Moorish dominion. After
+America was discovered, and colonization began, vast
+numbers of emigrants went from Estremadura. In the
+time of Philip II. the country began to run down; and
+one of the reasons was the emigration to America.
+About four o’clock we shall arrive at Merida,” added
+the doctor, looking at his watch.</p>
+
+<p>“What is there at Merida?”</p>
+
+<p>“There is a great deal for the antiquarian and the
+student of history. You must be on the lookout for it,
+for there are many things to be seen from the window
+of the car,” continued the doctor. “It was the capital
+of Lusitania, and was called <i>Emerita Augusta</i>, from the
+first word of which title comes the present name. The
+river there is crossed by a Roman bridge twenty-five
+hundred and seventy-five feet long, twenty-five wide,
+and thirty-three above the stream. The city was surrounded<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_253" id="Page_253">[253]</a></span>
+by six leagues of walls, having eighty-four
+gates, and had a garrison of eighty thousand foot
+and ten thousand horsemen. The ruins of aqueducts,
+temples, forum, circus, and other structures, are still to
+be seen; some of them, as I said, from the train.”</p>
+
+<p>Unfortunately the train passed the portion of the
+ruins of the ancient city to be seen from the window,
+so rapidly that only a glance at them could be
+obtained; but perhaps most of the students saw all
+they desired of them. An hour and a half later the
+train arrived at Badajos, where they were to spend
+the night, and thence proceed to Lisbon the next morning.
+Each individual of the ship’s company had been
+provided with a ticket; and it was called for in the
+station before he was permitted to pass out of the
+building. As soon as they appeared in the open air,
+they were assailed by a small army of omnibus-drivers;
+but fortunately, as the town was nearly two miles from
+the station, there were enough for all of them. These
+men actually fought together for the passengers, and
+behaved as badly as New York hackmen. Though all
+the vehicles at the station were loaded as full as they
+could be stowed, there was not room for more than
+half of the party.</p>
+
+<p>The doctor and his pupils preferred to walk. In
+Madrid, the principal had received a letter from the
+<i>avant-courier</i>; informing him how many persons could
+be accommodated in each of the hotels; and all the
+excursionists had been assigned to their quarters.</p>
+
+<p>“We go to the <i>Fonda las Tres Naciones</i>,” said the
+doctor as they left the station. “I went there when I
+was here before. Those drivers fought for me as they<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_254" id="Page_254">[254]</a></span>
+did to-day; and with some reason, for I was the only
+passenger. I selected one, and told him to take me to
+the <i>Fonda de las cuatro Naciones</i>; and he laughed as
+though I had made a good joke. I made it ‘Four
+Nations’ instead of ‘Three.’ Here is the bridge over
+the Guadiana, built by the same architect as the Escurial.”</p>
+
+<p>“What is there in this place to see?” asked Sheridan.</p>
+
+<p>“Nothing at all; but it is an out-of-the-way old
+Spanish town seldom mentioned by tourists.”</p>
+
+<p>“I have not found it in a single book I have read,
+except the guide-books; and all these have to say
+about it is concerning the battles fought here,” added
+Sheridan.</p>
+
+<p>“Mr. Lowington has us stop here by my advice; and
+we are simply to spend the night here. You were on
+the train last night, and it would have been too much
+to add the long and tedious journey to Lisbon to that
+from Madrid without a night’s rest. Besides, you
+should see what you can of Portugal by daylight; for
+we are to visit only Lisbon and some of the places
+near it.”</p>
+
+<p>The party entered the town, and climbed up the
+steep streets to the hotel. The place was certainly
+very primitive. It had been a Roman town, and did
+not seem to have changed much since the time of the
+Cæsars. A peculiarly Spanish supper was served at
+the Three Nations, which was the best hotel in the
+place, but poor enough at that. Those who were fond
+of garlic had enough of it. The room in which the
+captain and first lieutenant were lodged had no window,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_255" id="Page_255">[255]</a></span>
+and the ceiling was composed of poles on which
+hay was placed; and the apartment above them may
+have been a stable, or at least a hay-loft. Some of the
+students took an evening walk about the town, but
+most of them “turned in” at eight o’clock.</p>
+
+<p>The party were called at four o’clock in the morning;
+and after a light breakfast of coffee, eggs, and bread,
+they proceeded to the station. The train provided for
+them consisted of second-class carriages, at the head
+of which were several freight-cars. This is the regular
+day train, all of the first-class cars being used on the
+night train.</p>
+
+<p>“Now you can see something of Badajos,” said the
+doctor, as they walked down the hill. “It is a frontier
+town, and the capital of the province. It is more of a
+fortress than a city. Marshal Soult captured it in
+1811; and it is said that it was taken only through the
+treachery of the commander of the Spaniards. The
+Duke of Wellington captured it in 1812. I suppose
+you have seen pictures by the Spanish artist Morales,
+for there are some in the <i>Museo</i> at Madrid. He was
+born here; and, when Philip II. stopped at Badajos on
+his way to Lisbon, he sent for the artist. The king
+remarked, ‘You are very old, Morales.’&mdash;‘And very
+poor,’ replied the painter; and Philip gave him a
+pension of three hundred ducats a year till he died.
+Manuel Godoy, the villanous minister of Charles IV.,
+called the ‘Prince of Peace,’ was born also here.”</p>
+
+<p>The train started at six o’clock, while it was still
+dark. Badajos is five miles from the boundary-line of
+Portugal; and in about an hour the train stopped at
+Elvas. The Portuguese police were on hand in full<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_256" id="Page_256">[256]</a></span>
+force, as well as a squad of custom-house officers. The
+former asked each of the adult members of the party
+his name, age, nationality, occupation, and a score of
+other questions, and would have done the same with
+the students if the doctor had not protested; and the
+officers contented themselves with merely taking their
+names, on the assurance that they were all Americans,
+were students, and had passports. Every bag and valise
+was opened by the custom-house officers; and
+all the freight and baggage cars were locked and
+sealed, so that they should not be opened till they
+arrived at Lisbon. Elvas has been the seat of an
+extensive smuggling trade, and the officers take every
+precaution to break up the business.</p>
+
+<p>The train was detained over an hour; and some of
+the students, after they had been “overhauled” as they
+called it, ran up into the town. Like Badajos, it is a
+strongly fortified place; but, unlike that, it has never
+been captured, though often besieged. The students
+caught a view of the ancient aqueduct, having three
+stories of arches.</p>
+
+<p>The train started at last; and all day it jogged along
+at a snail’s pace through Portugal. The scenery was
+about the same as in Spain, and with about the same
+variety one finds in New England. Dr. Winstock called
+the attention of his pupils to the cork-trees, and described
+the process of removing the bark, which forms
+the valuable article of commerce. They saw piles of
+it at the railroad stations, waiting to be shipped.</p>
+
+<p>There were very few stations on the way, and hardly
+a town was seen before four in the afternoon, when
+the train crossed the Tagus. The students were almost<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_257" id="Page_257">[257]</a></span>
+in a state of rebellion at this time, because they had
+had nothing to eat since their early breakfast. They
+had come one hundred and ten miles in ten hours;
+and eleven miles an hour was slow locomotion on a
+railroad. The courier wrote that he had made an
+arrangement by which the train was to go to the junction
+with the road to Oporto in seven hours, which
+was not hurrying the locomotive very much; but the
+conductor said he had no orders to this effect.</p>
+
+<p>“This is Entroncamiento,” said the doctor, as the
+train stopped at a station. “We dine here.”</p>
+
+<p>“Glory!” replied Murray. “But we might starve if
+we had to pronounce that name before dinner.”</p>
+
+<p>The students astonished the keeper of the restaurant
+by the quantity of soup, chicken, and chops they devoured;
+but they all gave him the credit of providing
+an excellent dinner. The excursionists had to wait a
+long time for the train from Oporto, for it was more
+than an hour late; and they did not arrive at Lisbon till
+half-past nine. The doctor and his pupils were sent
+to the Hotel Braganza, after they had gone through
+another ordeal with the custom-house officers. Bill
+Stout was taken to the Hotel Central on the quay by
+the river. The runaway had been as tractable as one
+of the lambs, till he came to the hotel. While the
+party were waiting for the rooms to be assigned to
+them, and Mr. Lowington was very busy, he slipped
+out into the street. He walked along the river, looking
+out at the vessels anchored in the stream. He
+made out the outline of several steamers. While he
+was looking at them, a couple of sailors, “half seas
+over,”, passed him. They were talking in English, and
+Bill hailed them.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_258" id="Page_258">[258]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>“Do you know whether there is a steamer in port
+bound to England?” he asked, after he had passed the
+time of night with them.</p>
+
+<p>“Yes, my lad: there is the Princess Royal, and she
+sails for London early in the morning,” replied the
+more sober of the two sailors. “Are you bound to
+London?”</p>
+
+<p>“I am. Which is the Princess Royal?”</p>
+
+<p>The man pointed the steamer out to him, and insisted
+that he should take a drink with them. Bill did
+not object. But he never took any thing stronger than
+wine, and his new friends insisted that he should join
+them with some brandy. He took very little; but then
+he felt obliged to treat his new friends in turn for their
+civility, and he repeated the dose. He then inquired
+where he could find a boat to take him on board of the
+steamer. They went out with him, and soon found a
+boat, in which he embarked. The boatman spoke a
+little English; and as soon as he was clear of the shore
+he asked which steamer his passenger wished to go to.
+By this time the brandy was beginning to have its
+effect upon Bill’s head; but he answered the man by
+pointing to the one the sailor had indicated, as he supposed.</p>
+
+<p>In a few moments the boat was alongside the steamer;
+and Bill’s head was flying around like a top. He paid
+the boatman his price, and then with an uneasy step
+walked up the accommodation-ladder. A man was
+standing on the platform at the head of the ladder, who
+asked him what he wanted.</p>
+
+<p>“I want to go to England,” replied the runaway, tossing
+his bag over the rail upon the deck.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_259" id="Page_259">[259]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>“This vessel don’t go to England; you have boarded
+the wrong steamer,” replied the man.</p>
+
+<p>Bill hailed the boatman, who was pulling for the
+shore.</p>
+
+<p>“Anchor watch!” called the man on the platform.
+“Bring a lantern here!”</p>
+
+<p>“Here is one,” said a young man, wearing an overcoat
+and a uniform cap, as he handed up a lantern to
+the first speaker.</p>
+
+<p>“Hand me my bag, please, gen’l’men,” said Bill.</p>
+
+<p>At this moment the man on the platform held the
+lantern up to Bill’s face.</p>
+
+<p>“I thought I knew that voice,” added Mr. Pelham,
+for it was he. “Don’t give him the bag, Scott.”</p>
+
+<p>“That’s my bag, and I want it,” muttered Bill.</p>
+
+<p>“I am afraid you have been drinking, Stout,” continued
+the vice-principal, taking Bill by the collar, and
+conducting him down the steps to the deck of the
+American Prince.</p>
+
+<p>“It is Stout, as sure as I live!” exclaimed Scott.</p>
+
+<p>“No doubt of that, though he has changed his rig.
+Pass the word for Mr. Peaks.”</p>
+
+<p>Bill was not so far gone but that he understood the
+situation. He had boarded the American Prince, instead
+of the Princess Royal. The big boatswain of
+the steamer soon appeared, and laid his great paw on
+the culprit.</p>
+
+<p>“Where did you come from, Stout?” asked the vice-principal.</p>
+
+<p>“I came down with Mr. Lowington and the rest of
+them,” answered Bill; and his tongue seemed to be
+twice too big for his mouth.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_260" id="Page_260">[260]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Mr. Pelham sent for Mr. Fluxion, and they got out
+of the tipsy runaway all they could. They learned that
+the ship’s company of the Prince had just arrived.
+Bill Stout was caged; and the two vice-principals went
+on shore in the boat that was waiting for the “passenger
+for England.” They found Mr. Lowington at the
+Hotel Central. He was engaged just then in looking
+up Bill Stout; and he was glad to know that he was in
+a safe place.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_261" id="Page_261">[261]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="break">
+
+<h2 class="p4">CHAPTER XVIII.</h2>
+
+<p class="pch">AFRICA AND REPENTANCE.</p>
+
+<p class="drop-cap"><span class="smdrop">Having</span> brought Bill Stout safely into port, we
+feel obliged to bestow some attention upon the
+other wanderers from the fold of discipline and good
+instruction. At the <i>Fonda del Cid</i>, where our brace of
+tourists went after taking such unceremonious leave of
+Bill Stout, was a party of English people who insisted
+upon having their breakfast at an hour that would permit
+them to use the forenoon in seeing the sights of
+Valencia; and thus it happened that this meal was
+ready for the fugitives at eight o’clock.</p>
+
+<p>“What day is this, Lingall?” asked Raimundo, as they
+came into the main hall of the hotel after breakfast.</p>
+
+<p>“Wednesday,” replied Bark.</p>
+
+<p>“I thought so. Look at this bill,” added the second
+master, pointing to a small poster, with the picture of a
+steamer at the head of it.</p>
+
+<p>“I see it, but I can’t read it.”</p>
+
+<p>“This steamer starts from Grao at ten this forenoon,
+for Oran. It is only half-past eight now.”</p>
+
+<p>“Starts from Grao? where is that?” asked Bark.</p>
+
+<p>“Grao is the port of Valencia: it is not many miles
+from here<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_262" id="Page_262">[262]</a></span>.”</p>
+
+<p>“And where is the other place? I never heard of it.”</p>
+
+<p>“Oran is in Algeria. It cannot be more than three
+hundred miles from Valencia.”</p>
+
+<p>“But that will be going to Africa.”</p>
+
+<p>“It will be the best thing we can do if we mean to
+keep out of the way.”</p>
+
+<p>“I don’t object: I am as willing to go to Africa as
+anywhere else.”</p>
+
+<p>“We can stay over there for a week or two, and then
+come back to Spain. We can hit the Tritonia at Cadiz
+or Lisbon.”</p>
+
+<p>“I don’t think I want to hit her,” replied Bark with
+a sheepish smile.</p>
+
+<p>“I was speaking for myself; and I forgot that your
+case was not the same as my own,” added Raimundo.</p>
+
+<p>“I don’t know what your case is; but, as you seem
+to be perfectly easy about it, I wish mine was no worse
+than I believe yours is.”</p>
+
+<p>“We will talk about that another time; for, if we are
+going to Oran, it is time we were on the way to the
+port,” said Raimundo. “If you don’t want to go to
+Africa, I won’t urge it; but that will suit my case the
+best of any thing I can think of.”</p>
+
+<p>“It makes no difference to me where I go; and I
+am perfectly willing to go with you wherever you wish,”
+replied Bark, who, from hating the second master, had
+come to have an intense admiration for him.</p>
+
+<p>Bark Lingall believed that his companion had saved
+the lives of the whole party in the boat; and certainly
+he had managed the expedition with great skill. He
+was as brave as a lion, in spite of his gentleness. But
+perhaps his respect and regard for the young Spaniard<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_263" id="Page_263">[263]</a></span>
+had grown out of the contrast he could not help making
+between him and Bill Stout. He could not now understand
+how it was that he had got up such an intimacy
+with his late associate in mischief, or rather in crime.
+Burning the Tritonia was vastly worse than he had at
+first considered it. Its enormity had increased in his
+mind when he reflected that Raimundo, who must have
+had a very strong motive for his sudden disappearance,
+had preferred to reveal himself rather than have the
+beautiful craft destroyed. In a word, Bark had made
+some progress towards a genuine repentance for taking
+part in the conspiracy with Bill Stout.</p>
+
+<p>Raimundo paid the bill, and they took a <i>tartana</i> for
+Grao. They learned from the driver that it was less
+than half an hour’s ride. They first went to the office
+of the steamer, paid their passage, and secured their
+state-room.</p>
+
+<p>“This is a good move for another reason,” said Raimundo,
+as they started again.</p>
+
+<p>“What’s that?” asked Bark.</p>
+
+<p>“I have been expecting to see Stout drop down
+upon us every moment since we went to the hotel.”</p>
+
+<p>“So have I; and I think, if it had been my case, I
+should have found you by this time, if I wanted to do
+so,” added Bark.</p>
+
+<p>“It is hardly time yet for him to get around; but
+he will find the <i>Fonda del Cid</i> in the course of the
+forenoon. You forget that Stout cannot speak a word
+of Spanish; and his want of the language will make it
+slow work for him to do any thing.”</p>
+
+<p>“I did not think of that.”</p>
+
+<p>“Do you feel all right about leaving him as we did<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_264" id="Page_264">[264]</a></span>?”
+asked Raimundo. “For my part, I could not endure
+him. He insulted me without the least reason for
+doing so.”</p>
+
+<p>“He is the most unreasonable fellow I ever met in
+the whole course of my natural life. It was impossible
+to get along with him; and I am entirely satisfied with
+myself for leaving him,” replied Bark. “He insulted
+you, as you say; and I gave him the alternative of
+apologizing to you, or of parting company with us. I
+believe I did the fair thing. A fellow cannot hug a
+hog for any great length of period.”</p>
+
+<p>“That’s so; but didn’t you know him before?”</p>
+
+<p>“I knew him, of course; and he was always
+grumbling and discontented about something; but I
+never thought he was such a fellow as he turned out to
+be. I haven’t known him but a couple of months or
+so.”</p>
+
+<p>“I should think you would have got at him while you
+were getting up something”&mdash;Raimundo did not say
+what&mdash;“with him.”</p>
+
+<p>“I was dissatisfied myself. The squadron did not
+prove to be what I anticipated,” added Bark. “I had
+an idea that it was in for a general good time; that all
+we had to do was to go from place to place, and see
+the sights.”</p>
+
+<p>“But you knew it was a school.”</p>
+
+<p>“Certainly I did; but I never supposed the fellows
+had to study half as hard as they do. I thought the
+school was a sort of a fancy idea, to make it take with
+the parents of the boys. When I found how hard we
+had to work, I was disgusted with the whole thing.
+Then I fell in with Bill Stout and others; and, when<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_265" id="Page_265">[265]</a></span>
+we had talked the matter over a few times, it was even
+worse than I had supposed when I did all my own
+thinking on the subject. After we got together, we
+both became more and more discontented, till we were
+convinced that we were all slaves, and that it was
+really our duty to break the chains that bound us.
+This was all the kind of talk I ever had with Stout;
+and, as we sympathized on this matter, I never looked
+any farther into his character.”</p>
+
+<p>“We shall have time enough to talk over these
+things when we get on board the steamer,” added
+Raimundo. “I have watched you and Stout a great
+deal on board of the Tritonia; and I confess that I was
+prejudiced against you. I didn’t feel any better about
+it when I found you and Stout trying to destroy the
+vessel. But I must say now that you are a different
+sort of fellow from what I took you to be; and nobody
+ever grew any faster in another’s estimation than you
+have in mine since that affair last night in the felucca.
+I believe your pluck and skill in hauling that cut-throat
+down saved the whole of us.”</p>
+
+<p>“I have been thinking all the time it was you that
+saved us,” added Bark, intensely gratified at the praise
+of Raimundo.</p>
+
+<p>“The battle would have been lost if it hadn’t been
+for you; for I struck at the villain, and missed him. If
+you hadn’t brought him down, his knife would have
+been into me in another instant. But here is the port.”</p>
+
+<p>The steamer was one of the “<i>Messageries Nationales</i>,”
+though that name had been recently substituted for
+“Imperiales” because the emperor had been abolished.
+The tourists went on board in a shore-boat, and took<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_266" id="Page_266">[266]</a></span>
+possession of their state-room. They made their preparations
+for the voyage, and then went on deck. They
+found comfortable seats, and the weather was like
+spring.</p>
+
+<p>“What is the name of this steamer?” asked Bark.</p>
+
+<p>“The City of Brest.”</p>
+
+<p>“That was not the name on the handbill we saw;
+was it, Mr. Raimundo?”</p>
+
+<p>“Yes,&mdash;<i>Ville de Brest</i>.”</p>
+
+<p>“That was it,” added Bark.</p>
+
+<p>“Well, that is the French of City of Brest,” laughed
+the second master. “Don’t you speak French?”</p>
+
+<p>“I know a little of it; and I know that a ‘<i>ville</i>’ is
+a city; but I didn’t understand it as you spoke the
+word.”</p>
+
+<p>“I learned all the French I know in the academy
+squadron; and I can get along very well with it. I
+have spent a whole evening where nothing but French
+was spoken by the party. Professor Badois never
+speaks a word of English to me.”</p>
+
+<p>“And you speak Italian and German besides, Mr.
+Raimundo.”</p>
+
+<p>“I can get along with them, as I can with French.”</p>
+
+<p>“That makes five languages you speak.”</p>
+
+<p>“I am not much in Italian,” laughed the second master.
+“My uncle set me to learning it in New York;
+but I forgot most of it, and learned more while we
+were in Italy than I ever knew before.”</p>
+
+<p>“I wish I had some other lingo besides my own.”</p>
+
+<p>“You can have it by learning it.”</p>
+
+<p>“But I am not so good a scholar as you are, Mr.
+Raimundo<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_267" id="Page_267">[267]</a></span>.”</p>
+
+<p>“You don’t know that; for, if I mistake not, you
+have never laid yourself out on study, as I had not
+when I first went on board of the Young America.
+But, to change the subject, you have called me Mr.
+Raimundo three times since we sat down here. I agree
+with Stout so far, that we had better drop all titles till I
+put on my uniform again.”</p>
+
+<p>“I have been so used to calling you Mr., that it
+comes most natural for me to do so,” replied Bark.</p>
+
+<p>“I think I shall change my name a little; at least, so
+far as to translate it into plain English. I have always
+kept my Spanish name, which is Enrique Raimundo.
+It is so entered on the ship’s books; but I shall make
+it Henry Raymond for the present.”</p>
+
+<p>“And is that the English of the other name?”</p>
+
+<p>“It is; and, when you call me any thing, let it be
+Henry.”</p>
+
+<p>“Very well, Henry,” added Bark.</p>
+
+<p>“That is the name I gave when I bought the tickets.
+I noticed that Stout called you Bark.”</p>
+
+<p>“My name is Barclay; and you can call me that, or
+Bark for short.”</p>
+
+<p>“Bark don’t sound very respectful, and it reminds
+one of a dog.”</p>
+
+<p>“My bark is on the wave; and I do not object to the
+name. I was always called Bark before I went to sea,
+and it sounds more natural to me than any thing else
+would. My father always called me Barclay; and I
+believe he was the only one that did.”</p>
+
+<p>“All right, Bark: if you don’t object, I need not.
+You hinted that you did not think you should go back
+to the Tritonia<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_268" id="Page_268">[268]</a></span>.”</p>
+
+<p>“It wouldn’t be safe for me to do so,” replied Bark
+anxiously.</p>
+
+<p>“I have come to the conclusion that it is always the
+safest to do the right thing, whatever the consequences
+may be.”</p>
+
+<p>“What! stay in the brig the rest of the voyage!”</p>
+
+<p>“Yes, if that is the penalty for doing the right
+thing,” replied Henry, as he chooses to be called.</p>
+
+<p>“Suppose you were in my place; that you had tried
+to set the vessel on fire, and had run away: what would
+you do?”</p>
+
+<p>“You did not set the vessel on fire, or try to do it.
+It was Stout that did it,” argued Raymond.</p>
+
+<p>“But I was in the plot. I agreed to take part in it;
+and I hold myself to be just as deep in the mire as
+Bill Stout is in the mud,” added Bark.</p>
+
+<p>“I am glad to see that you are a man about it, and
+don’t shirk off the blame on the other fellow.”</p>
+
+<p>“Though I did not get up the idea, I am as guilty
+as Bill; and I will not cast it all upon him.”</p>
+
+<p>“That’s the right thing to say.”</p>
+
+<p>“But what would you do, if you were in my place?”</p>
+
+<p>“Just as I said before. I should return to the
+Tritonia, and face the music, if I were sent home in a
+man-of-war, to be tried for my life for the deed.”</p>
+
+<p>“That’s pretty rough medicine.”</p>
+
+<p>“Since I have been in the squadron, I have learned
+a new morality. I don’t think it would be possible for
+me to commit a crime, especially such as burning a
+vessel; but, if I had done it, I should want to be hanged
+for it as soon as possible. I don’t know that anybody
+else is like me; but I tell you just how I feel<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_269" id="Page_269">[269]</a></span>.”</p>
+
+<p>“But, if you were bad enough to do the deed, you
+could not feel as you do now,” replied Bark, shaking
+his head.</p>
+
+<p>“That may be; but I can only tell you how I feel
+now. I never did any thing that I called a crime,&mdash;I
+mean any thing that made me liable to be punished by
+the law,&mdash;but I was a very wild fellow in the way of
+mischief. I used to be playing tricks upon the fellows,
+on my schoolmasters, and others, and was always in a
+scrape. I was good for nothing till I came on board
+of the Young America. As soon as I got interested, I
+worked night and day to get my lessons. Of course
+I had to be very correct in my conduct, or I should
+have lost my rank. It required a struggle for me to
+do these things at first; but I was determined to be an
+officer. I was as severe with myself as though I had
+been a monk with the highest of aspirations. I was
+an officer in three months; and I have been one ever
+since, though I have never been higher than fourth
+lieutenant, for the reason that I am not good in mathematics.
+My strength is in the languages.”</p>
+
+<p>“But I should think you would get discouraged
+because you get no higher.”</p>
+
+<p>“Not at all. As the matter stands now with me, I
+should do the best I could if I had to take the lowest
+place in the ship.”</p>
+
+<p>“I don’t understand that,” added Bark, who had
+come to the conclusion that his companion was the
+strangest mortal on the face of the earth; but that was
+only because Bark dwelt on a lower moral plane.</p>
+
+<p>“After I had done my duty zealously for a few
+months, I was happy only in doing it; and it gave me<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_270" id="Page_270">[270]</a></span>
+more pleasure than the reward that followed it. Like
+Ignatius Loyola, I became an enthusiastic believer in
+God, in a personal God, in Christ the Saviour, and in
+the Virgin Mary: blessed be the Mother of God, her
+Son, and the Father of all of us!” and Raymond
+crossed himself as devoutly as though he were engaged
+in his devotions.</p>
+
+<p>Bark was absolutely thrilled by this narrative of the
+personal experience of his new-found friend; and he
+was utterly unable to say any thing.</p>
+
+<p>“But God and duty seem almost the same to me,”
+continued Raymond. “I am ready to die or to live,
+but not to live at the expense of right and duty. For
+the last six months I have believed myself liable to be
+assassinated at any time. I know not how much this
+has to do with my mental, moral, and religious condition;
+but I am as I have described myself to be. I
+should do my duty if I knew that I should be burned
+at the stake for it”</p>
+
+<p>“What do you mean by assassinated?” asked Bark,
+startled by the statement.</p>
+
+<p>“I mean exactly what I say. But I am going to tell
+you my story in full. I have related it to only one
+other student in the squadron; and, if we should be
+together again on board of the Tritonia, I must ask you
+to keep it to yourself,” said Raymond.</p>
+
+<p>“It has bothered me all along to understand how a
+fellow as high-toned as you are could allow yourself to
+be considered a runaway; for I suppose the officers
+look upon you as such.”</p>
+
+<p>“No doubt they do; but in good time I shall tell
+Mr. Lowington the whole story, and then he will be
+able to judge for himself<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_271" id="Page_271">[271]</a></span>.”</p>
+
+<p>By this time the steamer had started. Raymond
+told his story just as he had related it to Scott on
+board of the Tritonia. Bark was interested; and, when
+the recital was finished, the steamer was out of sight
+of land.</p>
+
+<p>“I suppose you will not believe me when I say it;
+but I have kept out of my uncle’s way more for his
+sake than my own,” said Raymond in conclusion. “I
+will not tempt one of my own flesh and blood to commit
+a crime; and I feel that it would have been cowardice
+for me to run away from my ship for the mere
+sake of saving myself from harm. Besides, I think I
+could take care of myself in Barcelona.”</p>
+
+<p>“I have no doubt of that,” replied Bark, whose admiration
+of his fellow-tourist was even increased by the
+narration to which he had just listened.</p>
+
+<p>Certainly Raymond was a most remarkable young
+man. Bark felt as though he were in the presence of a
+superior being. He realized his own meanness and
+littleness, judged by the high standard of his companion.
+As both of them were tired, after the night on the
+train, they went to the state-room, and lay down in their
+berths. Raymond went to sleep; but Bark could not,
+for he was intensely excited by the conversation he
+had had with his new friend. He lay thinking of
+his own life and character, as compared with his companion’s;
+and the conspiracy in which he had taken
+part absolutely filled him with horror. The inward
+peace and happiness which Raymond had realized from
+his devotion to duty strongly impressed him.</p>
+
+<p>But we will not follow him through all the meanderings
+of his thought. It is enough to say that fellowship<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_272" id="Page_272">[272]</a></span>
+with Raymond had made a man of him, and he was
+fully determined to seek peace in doing his whole duty.
+He was prepared to do what his companion had counselled
+him to do,&mdash;to return to the Tritonia, and take
+the consequences of his evil-doing. When his friend
+awoke, he announced to him his decision. Raymond
+saw that he was sincere, and he did all he could to
+confirm and strengthen his good resolution.</p>
+
+<p>“There is one thing about the matter that troubles
+me,” said Bark, as they seated themselves on deck
+after dinner. “I am willing to own up, and take the
+penalty, whatever it may be; but, if I confess that I
+was engaged in a conspiracy to burn the Tritonia, I shall
+implicate others,&mdash;I shall have to blow on Bill Stout.”</p>
+
+<p>“Well, what right have you to do any thing else?”
+demanded Raymond earnestly. “Suppose Filipe had
+killed me last night, and had offered you a thousand
+dollars to conceal the crime: would it have been right
+for you to accept the offer?”</p>
+
+<p>“Certainly not.”</p>
+
+<p>“You would be an accomplice if you had. You
+have no more right to cover up Stout’s crime than you
+would have to conceal Filipe’s. Besides, the principal
+ought to know that he has a fellow on board that is bad
+enough to burn the Tritonia. He may do it with some
+other fellow yet; and, if he should, you would share
+the guilt with him.”</p>
+
+<p>“You found out what we were doing,” added Bark.</p>
+
+<p>“And I felt that I ought not to leave the vessel without
+telling the steward,” replied Raymond. “I certainly
+intended to inform the principal as soon as I had
+an opportunity. I believe in boy honor and all that<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_273" id="Page_273">[273]</a></span>
+sort of thing as much as you do; but I have no right
+to let the vessels of the squadron be burned.”</p>
+
+<p>The subject was discussed till dark, and Bark could
+not resist the arguments of his friend. He was resolved
+to do his whole duty.</p>
+
+<p>It is not our purpose to follow the fugitives into
+Africa. They reached Oran the next day, and remained
+there two weeks, until a steamer left for Malaga, when
+they returned to Spain.</p>
+
+<p>“That’s the American Prince, as true as you live!”
+exclaimed Bark, as the vessel in which they sailed was
+approaching Malaga; and both of them had been observing
+her for an hour.</p>
+
+<p>“She is on her way from Lisbon back to Barcelona;
+and she will not be in Malaga for a week or more,”
+replied Raymond.</p>
+
+<p>Before night they were in the hotel in Malaga.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_274" id="Page_274">[274]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="break">
+
+<h2 class="p4">CHAPTER XIX.</h2>
+
+<p class="pch">WHAT PORTUGAL HAS DONE IN THE WORLD.</p>
+
+<p class="drop-cap"><span class="smdrop">Mr. Lowington</span> and the two vice-principals
+had a hearty laugh over the misadventure of
+poor Bill Stout, and then discussed their plans for the
+future. The Prince had been in the river five days;
+and the Josephines and Tritonias were all ready to
+start for Badajos the next morning. It was Friday
+night; and if the party left the next morning they would
+be obliged to remain over Sunday at Badajos; or, if
+they travelled all the next night, they would arrive at
+Toledo on Sunday morning, and this was no place for
+them to be on that day. It was decided that they
+should remain on board of the Prince till Monday
+morning, and that the Princes should go on board the
+next morning to hear Professor’s Mapps’s lecture on
+Portugal.</p>
+
+<p>“Have you heard any thing of Raimundo or Lingall?”
+asked the principal.</p>
+
+<p>“Only what we got out of Stout,” replied Mr.
+Pelham. “But he was too tipsy to tell a very straight
+story.”</p>
+
+<p>“I don’t see how he got tipsy so quick; for he must
+have reached the Prince within fifteen or twenty minutes<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_275" id="Page_275">[275]</a></span>
+after he left this hotel,” added Mr. Lowington. “However,
+he told me all he knew&mdash;at least, I suppose he
+did&mdash;about the others who ran away with him. It
+seems that Raimundo did not leave the Tritonia, and
+must have stowed himself away in the hold.”</p>
+
+<p>“But we searched the hold very thoroughly,” said
+Mr. Pelham.</p>
+
+<p>“Did you look under the dunnage?”</p>
+
+<p>“No, sir: he could not have got under that.”</p>
+
+<p>“Probably he did,&mdash;made a hole in the ballast. He
+must have had some one to help him,” suggested the
+principal.</p>
+
+<p>“If any one assisted him it must have been Hugo;
+for, as he is a Spaniard, they were always very thick
+together.”</p>
+
+<p>“I have informed Don Francisco, the lawyer, that
+Raimundo had gone to Oran; and I suppose he will
+be on the lookout for him. I have also written to
+Manuel Raimundo in New York. He must get my
+letter in a day or two,” continued the principal. “It
+is a very singular case; and I should as soon have
+thought of Sheridan running away as Raimundo.”</p>
+
+<p>“He must have had a strong reason for doing so,”
+added the vice-principal of the Tritonia.</p>
+
+<p>The next morning Mr. Pelham directed Peaks to
+bring his prisoner into the cabin. Bill Stout did not
+remember what he had said the night before; but he
+had prepared a story for the present occasion.</p>
+
+<p>“Good-morning, Stout,” the vice-principal began.
+“How do you feel after your spree?”</p>
+
+<p>“Pretty well, sir; I did not drink but once, and I
+couldn’t help it then,” replied the culprit, beginning<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_276" id="Page_276">[276]</a></span>
+to reel off the explanation he had got up for the occasion.</p>
+
+<p>“You couldn’t help it? That’s very odd.”</p>
+
+<p>“No, sir. I met a couple of sailors on shore, and
+asked them if they could tell me where the American
+Prince lay. They pointed the steamer out to me, and
+they insisted that I should take a drink with them.
+They wouldn’t take No for an answer, and I couldn’t
+get off,” whined Bill; and he always whined when he
+was in a scrape.</p>
+
+<p>“Doubtless you gave them No for an answer,”
+laughed Mr. Pelham.</p>
+
+<p>“I certainly did; for I never take any thing. They
+made me drink brandy; but I put very little into the
+glass, and, as I am not used to liquor, it made me very
+drunk.”</p>
+
+<p>“One horn would not have made you as tipsy as you
+were, Stout. I think you had better tell that story to
+the other marines.”</p>
+
+<p>“I am telling the truth, sir: I wouldn’t lie about it.”</p>
+
+<p>“I think it is a bad plan to do so,” added the vice-principal.
+“Then you were coming on board, were you?”</p>
+
+<p>“Yes, sir: I wanted to see you, and own up.”</p>
+
+<p>“Oh! that was your plan, was it?” laughed Mr. Pelham,
+amused at the pickle into which the rascal was
+putting himself.</p>
+
+<p>“Yes, sir: I came from Valencia on purpose to give
+myself up to you. I’m sorry I ran away. I got sick of
+it in a day or two.”</p>
+
+<p>“This was after Lingall left you, I suppose.”</p>
+
+<p>“Yes, sir; but I was sorry for it before he left. We
+were almost murdered in the felucca; and I had a hard
+time of it<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_277" id="Page_277">[277]</a></span>.”</p>
+
+<p>“And this made you penitent.”</p>
+
+<p>“Yes, sir. I shall never run away again as long as I
+live.”</p>
+
+<p>“I hope you will not. And you came all the way
+across Spain and Portugal to give yourself up to me,”
+added Mr. Pelham. “You were so very anxious to
+surrender to me, that you were not content to stay a
+single night at the hotel with Mr. Lowington, who is
+my superior.”</p>
+
+<p>“I wanted to see you; and that’s the reason I left
+the hotel, and came on board last night,” protested the
+culprit.</p>
+
+<p>“That’s a very good story, Stout; but for your sake
+I am sorry it is only a story,” said the vice-principal.</p>
+
+<p>“It is the truth, sir. I hope to”&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>“No, no; stop!” interposed Mr. Pelham. “Don’t
+hope any thing, except to be a better fellow. Your
+story won’t hold water. I was at the gangway when
+you came on board, and you told me that you wanted
+to go to England.”</p>
+
+<p>“I didn’t know what I was saying,” pleaded Bill,
+taken aback by this answer.</p>
+
+<p>“Yes, you did: you were not as tipsy as you might
+have been; for, when I told you the steamer was not
+going to England, you called your boatman back. It is
+a plain case; and you can stay in the brig till the ship
+returns to Barcelona.”</p>
+
+<p>The lies did not help the case a particle; and somehow
+every thing seemed to go wrong with Bill Stout,
+but that was because he went wrong himself.</p>
+
+<p>The boats were sent on ashore for the Princes; and
+when they arrived all hands were called to attend the
+lecture in the grand saloon.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_278" id="Page_278">[278]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>“Young gentlemen, I am glad to meet you again,”
+the professor began. “I have said all I need say about
+the geography of the peninsula. Some of you have
+been through Spain and Portugal, and have seen that
+the natural features of the two countries are about the
+same. The lack of industry and enterprise has had
+the same result in both. The people are alike in one
+respect, at least: each hates the other intensely. ‘Strip
+a Spaniard of his virtues, and you have a Portuguese,’
+says the Spanish proverb; but I fancy one is as good as
+the other. There are plenty of minerals in the ground,
+plenty of excellent soil, and plenty of fish in the waters
+of Portugal; but none of the sources of wealth and
+prosperity are used as in England, France, and the
+United States. The principal productions are wheat,
+wine, olive-oil, cork, wool, and fruit. Of the forty million
+dollars’ worth of agricultural products, twelve are
+in wine, ten in grain, and seven in wool. More than
+two-thirds of the exports are to England.</p>
+
+<p>“The population of Portugal is about four millions.
+It has few large towns, only two having over fifty
+thousand inhabitants. Lisbon has two hundred and
+seventy-five thousand, and Oporto about ninety thousand.
+Coimbra,&mdash;which has the only university in
+the country,&mdash;Elvas, Evora, Braga, and Setubal, are
+important towns. The kingdom has six provinces;
+and we are now in Estremadura, as we were yesterday
+morning, though it is not the same one.</p>
+
+<p>“The government is a constitutional monarchy, not
+very different from that of Spain. The present king
+is Luis II. The army consists of about eighteen
+thousand men; and the navy, of twenty-two steamers<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_279" id="Page_279">[279]</a></span>
+and twenty-five sailing vessels. The colonial possessions
+of Portugal have a population equal to the kingdom
+itself.</p>
+
+<p>“The money of Portugal will bother you.”</p>
+
+<p>At this statement Sheridan and Murray looked at
+each other, and laughed.</p>
+
+<p>“You seem to be pleased, Captain Sheridan,” said
+the professor. “Perhaps you have had some experience
+with Portuguese money.”</p>
+
+<p>“Yes, sir: I went into a store to buy some photographs;
+and, when I asked the price of them, the man
+told me it was one thousand six hundred and forty
+<i>reis</i>. I concluded that I should be busted if I bought
+that dozen pictures.”</p>
+
+<p>“It takes about a million of those <i>reis</i> to make a
+dollar,” added Murray.</p>
+
+<p>“But, when I came to figure up the price, I found it
+was only a dollar and sixty-four cents,” continued
+Sheridan.</p>
+
+<p>“A naval officer who dined a party of his friends
+in this very city, when he found the bill was twenty-seven
+thousand five hundred <i>reis</i>, exclaimed that he
+was utterly ruined, for he should never be able to pay
+such a bill; but it was only twenty-seven dollars and a
+half. You count the <i>reis</i> at the rate of ten to a cent
+of our money,&mdash;a thousand to a dollar. About all the
+copper and silver money has a number on the coin that
+indicates its value in <i>reis</i>. For large sums, the count
+is given in <i>milreis</i>, which means a thousand <i>reis</i>. The
+gold most in use is the English sovereign, which
+passes for forty-five hundred <i>reis</i>. We will now give
+some attention to the history of the country.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_280" id="Page_280">[280]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>“Portugal makes no great figure on the map of
+Europe. Looking at this narrow strip of territory,
+one would naturally suppose that its history would not
+fill a very large volume. But small states have had
+their history told in voluminous works; and Portugal
+happens to belong to this class. There are histories
+and chronicles of this country in the Portuguese, Spanish,
+Italian, French, English, and Latin languages, not
+to mention some Arabic works which I have not had
+time to examine,” continued the professor, with a
+smile. “Some of these works consist of from ten to
+thirty volumes. Even the discoveries and conquests
+of this people in the East and West require quite a
+number of large volumes; for there was a time when
+Portugal filled a large place in the eye of the world,
+though that time was short, hardly reaching through
+the fifteenth and sixteenth centuries.</p>
+
+<p>“But the history of this country does not begin at
+all till the eleventh century. There was, indeed, the
+old Roman province of Lusitania, which corresponded
+very nearly in size with modern Portugal, except that
+the latter extends farther north and not so far east.
+The ancient Lusitanians were a warlike people; and
+a hundred and fifty years before our era they gave
+the Romans a great deal of trouble to conquer them.
+Under Viriathus, the most famous of all the Lusitanians,
+they routed several Roman armies; and might
+have held their ground for many years longer, if their
+hero had not been treacherously murdered by his own
+countrymen.</p>
+
+<p>“The lines of the old Roman provinces were not
+preserved after the barbarians, of whom I have spoken<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_281" id="Page_281">[281]</a></span>
+to you before, entered the peninsula in the fifth century.
+The Arabs occupied this province with the rest
+of the peninsula, after the defeat and death of King
+Roderick, or Don Rodrigo, the last of the Gothic kings
+of Spain; and held it till near the close of the eleventh
+century, a part of it somewhat later. In 1095 Alfonso
+VI., of Castile and Leon, bestowed a part of what is
+now Portugal upon his son-in-law, Henri of Burgundy,
+who had fought with Alfonso against the Moors, and
+seemed to have the ability to protect the country given
+him from the inroad of the Moslems. The region
+granted to Henri extended only from the Minho to
+the Tagus; and its capital was Coimbra, for Lisbon
+was then a Moorish city. The new ruler was called a
+count; and he had the privilege of conquering the
+country as far south as the Guadiana. His son Dom
+Alfonso defeated the Moors in a great battle near the
+Tagus, and was proclaimed king of Portugal on the
+battle-field. This was in the time of the crusades;
+but Spain and Portugal had infidels enough to fight at
+home, without going to the Holy Land, where hundreds
+of thousands were sent to die by other countries
+of Europe. Other additions were made to the
+country during the next century; but since the middle
+of the thirteenth century, when Sancho II. died, no
+increase has been made in the peninsula. The wealth
+and power of Portugal at a later period were derived
+from her colonies in America, Asia, and Africa.</p>
+
+<p>“John I.&mdash;Dom João, in Portuguese&mdash;led an expedition
+against Ceuta, a Moorish stronghold just across
+the Strait of Gibraltar, and captured the place. After
+this began their wonderful series of discoveries, which<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_282" id="Page_282">[282]</a></span>
+brought the whole world to the knowledge of Europe.
+But the Portuguese were not the first to carry on commerce
+by sea. Though merchandise had been mainly
+transported by land in the East, there was some trade
+on the Mediterranean and Black Seas, and on the
+Indian Ocean. It does not appear that the Ph&oelig;nicians,
+the Carthaginians, or the Greeks, ever sailed on the
+Baltic Sea; and, though the Romans explored some
+parts of it, they never went far enough to ascertain that
+it was bounded on all sides by land.</p>
+
+<p>“The Eastern Empire of the middle ages, with its
+capital at Constantinople, carried on a much more extensive
+commerce than was ever known to the Romans
+in the days of their universal dominion. At first the
+goods brought from the East Indies were imported into
+Europe from Alexandria; but, when Egypt was conquered
+by the Arabs, a new route had to be found.
+Merchandise was conveyed up the Indus as far as that
+great river was navigable, then across the land to the
+Oxus, now the Amoo, flowing into the Sea of Aral, but
+then having a channel to the Caspian. From the
+mouth of this river it was carried over the Caspian Sea,
+and up the Volga, to about the point where there is now
+a railroad connecting this river with the Don. Then
+it was transported by land again to the Don, and taken
+in vessels by the Black Sea to Constantinople. The
+Suez Canal, opened this present year, makes an easy
+and expeditious route by water for steamers, connecting
+all the ports of Europe with those of India.</p>
+
+<p>“During this period another commercial state was
+growing up. After the fall of the Roman empire, when
+the Huns under Attila were ravaging Italy, the inhabitants<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_283" id="Page_283">[283]</a></span>
+of Venetia fled for safety to the group of islands
+near the northern shore of the Adriatic, and laid the
+foundation of the illustrious city and state of Venice.
+The people of the city soon began to fit out small merchant
+fleets, which they sent to all parts of the Mediterranean,
+and particularly to Syria and Egypt, after
+spices and other products of Arabia and India. Soon
+after, the city of Genoa, on the other side of Italy,
+became a rival of Venice in this trade, and Florence
+and Pisa followed their example; but the Venetians,
+having some natural advantages, outstripped their rivals
+in the end, and became a great military and commercial
+power. The crusades, in which others wasted life and
+treasure, were a source of wealth to these Italian cities.
+During the twelfth and thirteenth centuries, the commerce
+of Europe was almost wholly confined to the
+Italians. The merchants of Italy scattered themselves
+in every kingdom; and the Lombards (for this was the
+name by which they were known) became the merchants
+and bankers everywhere. After a time, however, the
+commercial spirit began to develop itself, and to make
+progress in other parts of Europe; but, up to the
+fifteenth century, vessels were accustomed, in their
+voyages, to creep along the coast; and, though it was
+known that the magnetic needle points constantly to
+the North Pole, no use was made of this knowledge for
+purposes of navigation.</p>
+
+<p>“In 1415 the commercial spirit had reached Portugal;
+and the Ceuta expedition was undertaken quite
+as much in the interest of trade as of religion, for the
+place was held by pirates who were daily disturbing
+Portuguese commerce. Immense treasures fell to the
+victors as the reward of their enterprise.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_284" id="Page_284">[284]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>“Dom Henrique, or Henry, the son of King John,
+afterwards so famous in the history of his country, had
+a decided taste for study. He was an able mathematician,
+and made himself master of all the astronomy
+known to the Arabians, who were then the best mathematicians
+of Europe. Henry also studied the works
+of the ancients. At this period Ptolemy was the highest
+authority in geography; and he taught that the African
+Continent reached to the South Pole. But Henry had
+read the ancient accounts of the circumnavigation of
+Africa by the Ph&oelig;nicians and others; and he believed,
+that, whether these voyages had or had not been made,
+good ships might sail around the southern point of the
+continent. If this could be done, the Portuguese would
+find a way to India by sea, and thus control the entire
+trade of the East.</p>
+
+<p>“The prince had many obstacles to overcome. Vessels
+in that day were not built for the open sea; and
+every headland and far-stretching cape seemed to be an
+impossible barrier. There was a notion that near the
+equator was a burning zone, where the very waters of
+the ocean actually boiled under the intolerable heat of
+the sun. A superstition also prevailed, that whoever
+doubled Cape Bojador&mdash;on the coast of Africa, about
+a thousand miles south of Lisbon&mdash;would never return;
+and it was feared that the burning zone would change
+those who entered it into negroes, thus dooming them
+to wear the black marks of their temerity to the grave.</p>
+
+<p>“The first voyage undertaken under the direction of
+Prince Henry was in 1419, and covered only five
+degrees of latitude. The expedition was driven out to
+sea and landed at a small island north-east of Madeira,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_285" id="Page_285">[285]</a></span>
+which they named Porto Santo. The next year three
+vessels were sent for a longer voyage. This fleet
+reached the dreaded cape, and discovered Madeira.
+On the next voyage they doubled Cape Bojador; and,
+having exploded the superstition, in the course of a
+few years they advanced four hundred leagues farther,
+and discovered the Senegal River. Here they found
+men with woolly hair and skins as black as ebony;
+and they began to dread a nearer approach to the
+equator.</p>
+
+<p>“When they returned, their countrymen with one
+voice attempted to dissuade Prince Henry from any
+further attempts; but he would hear of no delay. He
+applied to Pope Eugene IV.; and, representing that his
+chief object was the pious wish to spread a knowledge
+of the Christian faith among the idolatrous people of
+Africa, he obtained a bull conferring on the people of
+Portugal the exclusive right to all the countries they
+had discovered, or might discover, between Cape Nun&mdash;about
+three hundred miles north of Cape Bojador&mdash;and
+India. Such a donation may appear ridiculous
+enough to us; but it was never doubted then that the
+pope had ample right to bestow such a gift; and for
+a long time all the powers of Europe considered the
+right of the Portuguese to be good, and acknowledged
+their title to almost the whole of Africa. About this
+time Prince Henry died, and little progress was made
+in discovery for some years. But the Portuguese had
+begun to push boldly out to sea, and had lost all dread
+of the burning zone.</p>
+
+<p>“In the reign of John II., from 1481 to 1495, discoveries
+were pushed with greater vigor than ever before.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_286" id="Page_286">[286]</a></span>
+The Cape de Verde Islands were colonized; and
+the Portuguese ships, which had advanced to the coast
+of Guinea, began to return with cargoes of gold-dust,
+ivory, gums, and other valuable products. It was during
+the reign of this monarch that Columbus visited
+Lisbon, and offered his services to Portugal; and it
+appears that the king was inclined to listen to the plans
+of the great navigator, but he was dissuaded from
+doing so by his own courtiers.</p>
+
+<p>“The revenue derived at this time from the African
+coast became so important that John feared the vessels
+of other nations might be attracted to it. To prevent
+this, the voyages there were represented as being in the
+highest degree dangerous, and even impossible except
+in the peculiar vessels used by the Portuguese. The
+monarchs of Castile had some idea of what was going
+on, and were very eager to learn more; and in one
+case came very near succeeding. A Portuguese captain
+and two pilots, in the hope of a rich reward, set
+out for Castile to dispose of the desired information;
+but they were pursued by the king’s agents. When
+overtaken, they refused to return; but two of them
+were killed on the spot, and the other brought back to
+Evora and quartered. The attempt of a rich Spaniard,
+the Duke of Medina Sidonia, to build vessels in English
+ports for the African trade, turned out no better.
+King John reminded the English king, Edward IV., of
+the ancient alliance between the two crowns; and so
+these preparations were prohibited.</p>
+
+<p>“In 1497 a Portuguese fleet under Vasco de Gama
+doubled the Cape of Good Hope, or the Cape of
+Storms as they called it then; and soon the voyagers<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_287" id="Page_287">[287]</a></span>
+began to hear the Arabian tongue spoken on the other
+shore of the continent, and found that they had nearly
+circumnavigated Africa. At length, with the aid of
+Mohammedan pilots, they passed the mouths of the
+Arabian and Persian Gulfs, and, stretching along the
+western coast of India, arrived, after a cruise of thirteen
+months, at Calicut, on the shore of Malabar, less
+than three hundred miles from the southern point of
+the peninsula.</p>
+
+<p>“The Court of Lisbon now appointed a viceroy to
+rule over new countries discovered. Expeditions followed
+each other in rapid succession; and, in less than
+half a century more, the Portuguese were masters of
+the entire trade of the Indian Ocean. Their flag floated
+triumphantly along the shores of Africa from Morocco
+to Abyssinia, and on the Asiatic coast from Arabia
+to Siam; not to mention the vast regions of Brazil,
+which this nation began to colonize about the same
+time. These conquests were not made without opposition;
+but the Portuguese were as remarkable for
+their valor as for their enterprise, in those days; and,
+for a time, their prowess was too much for their enemies
+in Africa, in India, and even in Europe. The
+Venetians, who had lost the trade between India and
+Europe, were of course their enemies; and the Sultan
+of Egypt was hostile when he found that he was about
+to lose the profitable trade that passed through Alexandria.
+These two powers joined hands; and the
+Venetians sent from Italy to the head of the Red Sea,
+at an immense expense, the materials for building a
+fleet to meet and destroy the Portuguese vessels on
+their passage to India. But, as soon as this fleet was<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_288" id="Page_288">[288]</a></span>
+ready for active operations, it was attacked and destroyed
+by the Portuguese navy.</p>
+
+<p>“Thus the Portuguese were masters of an empire on
+which the sun never set. It reached the height of its
+glory in the reign of John III., from 1521 to 1557. He
+was succeeded by his son Dom Sebastian, who made
+several expeditions against the Moors in Africa. In
+the last of these, he was utterly routed, his army destroyed,
+and he perished on the battle-field. This
+disaster seemed to initiate the decline of Portugal;
+and it continued to run down till it was only the shadow
+of its former greatness.</p>
+
+<p>“Concerning Dom Sebastian, a very remarkable
+superstition prevails, even at the present time, in
+Portugal, to the effect that he will return, resume the
+crown, and restore the realm to its former greatness.
+For nearly two hundred years this belief has existed,
+and was almost universal at one time, not among the
+ignorant only, but in all classes of society. It was
+claimed that he was not killed in the battle, though his
+body was recognized by his page, and that he will come
+back as the temporal Messiah of Portugal. Several
+persons have appeared who have claimed to be the
+prince, the most remarkable of whom turned up at
+Venice twenty years after the prince’s presumed death.
+He told a very straight story; but the Senate of Venice
+banished him, and he was afterwards imprisoned in
+Naples and Florence for insisting upon the truth of his
+statements. He finally died in Castile; and many believed
+that he was not an impostor. Several times have
+been fixed for his coming; but it is not likely that he
+will be able to put in an appearance, on account of the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_289" id="Page_289">[289]</a></span>
+two hundred years that have elapsed since he was in
+the flesh.</p>
+
+<p>“As Sebastian did not come back from Africa, his
+uncle Henry assumed the crown; and at his death, as
+he had no direct heirs, Philip II., the Prince of Parma,
+and the Duchess of Braganza, claimed the throne, as
+did several others; but Philip settled the question by
+sending the Duke of Alva into Portugal, and taking
+forcible possession of the kingdom. In 1580, therefore,
+the whole of the vast dominions I have described
+were annexed to the Spanish empire. This connection
+lasted for sixty years; and the Portuguese call it ‘the
+sixty years’ captivity.’ During this time the people
+were never satisfied with their government, and in 1640
+got up a revolution, and placed the Duke of Braganza
+on the throne, under the title of John IV. This was
+the beginning of the house of Braganza, which has held
+the throne up to the present time.</p>
+
+<p>“Even in the seventeenth century Portugal had fallen
+from her high estate. She had lost part of her possessions
+and all her prestige; and from that time till
+the present she has had no great weight in European
+politics. Some of her colonial territories returned to
+the original owners, while others were taken by the
+Dutch, the English, and the Spaniards. For two centuries
+the most remarkable events in her history have
+been misfortunes. In 1755 an earthquake destroyed
+half the city of Lisbon, and buried thirty thousand
+people under its ruins. It came in two shocks, the
+second of which left the city a pile of ruins. Thousands
+of men and women fled from the falling walls to the
+quays on the river. Suddenly the ground under them<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_290" id="Page_290">[290]</a></span>
+sank with all the crowd upon it; and not one of the
+bodies ever came up. At the same time all the boats
+and vessels, loaded down with fugitives from the ruin,
+were sucked in by a fearful whirlpool; and not a vestige
+of them returned to the surface.</p>
+
+<p>“Fifty-five years later came the French Revolution;
+in the results of which Portugal was involved. In
+1807 she entered into an alliance with Great Britain;
+and Napoleon decided to wipe off the kingdom from
+the map of Europe. A French army was sent to
+Lisbon; and at its approach the Court left for Brazil,
+where it remained for several years. An English army
+arrived at Oporto the next year; and with these events
+began the peninsular war. The struggle lasted till
+1812, and many great battles were fought in this kingdom.
+The country was desolated by the strife, and the
+sufferings of the people were extremely severe. Subscriptions
+were raised for them in England and elsewhere;
+and Sir Walter Scott wrote ‘The Vision of Don
+Roderick’ in aid of the sufferers.</p>
+
+<p>“In 1821 Brazil declared her independence; but it
+was not acknowledged by Portugal till 1825. After
+fourteen years of absence, the Court&mdash;John VI. was
+king, having succeeded to the throne while in Brazil&mdash;returned
+to Portugal. During this period the home
+kingdom was practically a colony of Brazil; and the
+people were dissatisfied with the arrangement. A constitution
+was made, and the king accepted it. He had
+left his son as regent of Brazil, and he was proclaimed
+emperor of that country as Pedro I. He was the father
+of the present emperor, Pedro II.</p>
+
+<p>“John VI. died in 1826. His legitimate successor<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_291" id="Page_291">[291]</a></span>
+was Pedro of Brazil; but he gave the crown to his
+daughter Maria. Before she could get possession of it,
+Dom Miguel, a younger son of John VI., usurped the
+throne. As he did not pay much deference to the constitution,
+the people revolted; and civil war raged for
+several years. Pedro, having abdicated the crown of
+Brazil in favor of his son, came to Portugal in 1832,
+to look after the interests of his daughter. He was
+made regent,&mdash;Maria da Gloria was only thirteen years
+old,&mdash;and with the help of England, cleaned out the
+Miguelists two years later. The little queen was declared
+of age at fifteen, and took the oath to support
+the constitution. She died in 1853; and her son,
+Pedro V., became king when he was fifteen. But he
+lived only eight years after his accession, and was
+followed by his brother, Luis I., the present king.
+There have been several insurrections since the Miguelists
+were disposed of, but none since 1851. The
+royal family have secured the affections of the people;
+for the sons of Maria have proved to be wise and sensible
+men. The finances are in bad condition; for the
+expense of the government exceeds the income every
+year. Now you have heard, and you may go and see
+for yourselves.”</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_292" id="Page_292">[292]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="break">
+
+<h2 class="p4">CHAPTER XX.</h2>
+
+<p class="pch">LISBON AND ITS SURROUNDINGS.</p>
+
+<p class="drop-cap"><span class="smdrop">The</span> room in the Hotel Braganza occupied by
+Sheridan and Murray was an excellent one, so
+far as the situation was concerned; for it commanded a
+beautiful view of the Tagus and the surrounding country.</p>
+
+<p>“I should think this hotel had been a fort some
+time,” said Sheridan, when they rose in the morning.
+“Those windows look like port-holes for cannon.”</p>
+
+<p>“It is the house of Braganza, and ought to be a
+royal hotel; but it is not very elegantly furnished.
+There are no towels here. Where is the bell?”</p>
+
+<p>“I noticed that there was one outside of each room
+on this floor. Here is the bell-pull. It is an original
+way to fix the bells,” added Sheridan. “The bell-boys
+must come up three flights of stairs in order to hear
+them ring.”</p>
+
+<p>“But, if the waiter don’t speak English, what will you
+ask for?” laughed Murray.</p>
+
+<p>“I have a book of four languages that I picked up in
+Madrid,&mdash;French, Spanish, Italian, and Portuguese,”
+said the captain, as he took the volume from his bag.
+“Here it is. ‘<i>Une serviette</i>,’&mdash;that’s a napkin, but it
+will do as well,&mdash;‘<i>um guardinapo</i>.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_293" id="Page_293">[293]</a></span>’”</p>
+
+<p>The bell was rung, and a chambermaid answered it.
+The word brought the towels, but Sheridan pointed
+to the wash-stand; and the pantomime would have answered
+just as well as speech, for the woman could see
+what was wanting. When they were dressed, Dr. Winstock
+came to the door, and invited them to visit the
+top of the house, which commanded a view even more
+extensive than the window.</p>
+
+<p>“The Tagus runs about east and west here,” said he.
+“It is about a mile wide, but widens out into a broad
+bay opposite the city. There is no finer harbor in the
+world. The old part of the city, between the castle
+and the river, was not destroyed by the earthquake.
+Between us and the castle is a small region of straight
+streets; and this is the part that was destroyed. On
+the river below us are the marine arsenal and the
+custom-house, with the <i>Praca do Commercio</i> between
+them.”</p>
+
+<p>“The what?” asked Murray.</p>
+
+<p>“<i>Praca</i> is the Portuguese for ‘square;’ ‘Commercial
+Square’ in English will cover it. This one has several
+names; and the English, who are in great force in
+Lisbon, call it Black Horse Square. There is very
+little to see in Lisbon. Orders have come up for all
+hands to be on the quay at nine o’clock, to go on
+board the Prince for the lecture; and we must breakfast
+first.”</p>
+
+<p>After the lecture the Princes went on shore again.
+The doctor with his pupils took a carriage, and proceeded
+to “do” the city. Their first point was the
+square they had seen from the housetop. On one side
+of it was an arch supporting a clock-tower. In the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_294" id="Page_294">[294]</a></span>
+centre was an equestrian statue of Joseph I., erected
+by the inhabitants out of gratitude to the king and
+the Marquis of Pombal for their efforts to rebuild the
+city after the great earthquake. On the pedestal is an
+effigy of the marquis, who was the king’s minister, as
+powerful as he was unpopular. The populace cut his
+head out of the statue when the king died, but it was
+restored fifty years later.</p>
+
+<p>“This street,” said the doctor, indicating the one
+over which the ornamental arch was extended, “is the
+<i>Rua Augusta</i>.”</p>
+
+<p>“I think the Commercial is as fine a square as I
+have seen in Europe,” added Sheridan.</p>
+
+<p>“Most people agree with you. Now, if we pass
+through the <i>Rua Augusta</i>, we shall come to the <i>Praca
+do Rocio</i>, which is also a beautiful square. There are
+three other streets running parallel with this; on one
+side is Gold, and on the other Silver Street.”</p>
+
+<p>“They build their houses very high for an earthquaky
+country,” said Murray.</p>
+
+<p>“And this is the very spot which was sunk. I suppose
+they don’t expect to have another convulsion.”</p>
+
+<p>The carriage proceeded into the square, and then
+to another, only a couple of blocks from it, in which
+was the fruit-market. It was lined with trees, with a
+fountain in the centre. All around it were men and
+women selling fruit and other commodities. It was a
+lively scene. In this square they saw a Portuguese
+cart of the model that was probably used by the
+Moors. The wheels do not revolve on the axle, but
+the axle turns with the wheels, as in a child’s tin
+wagon, and creak and groan fearfully as they do so.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_295" id="Page_295">[295]</a></span>
+As they passed through the Campo Santa Anna, the
+doctor pointed out the <i>Circo dos Touros</i>, or bull-ring.</p>
+
+<p>“But a bull-fight here is a tame affair compared with
+those in Spain,” he explained. “They do not kill the
+bull, nor are any horses gored to death; for the horns
+of the animal are tipped with large wooden balls. It is
+a rather lively affair, and will answer very well if you
+have not seen the real thing. It is said that there are
+seven hills in Lisbon, as in Rome; but this is a vanity
+of many other cities. There are many hills in Lisbon,
+however; and there seems to be a church or a convent
+on every one of them. This is the <i>Passio Publico</i>; and
+it is crowded with people on a warm evening,” continued
+the doctor, as they came to a long and narrow park.
+“It is the <i>prado</i> of Lisbon.</p>
+
+<p>“I shall ask you to visit only one church in this city,
+unless you desire to see more; and this is the one,”
+said the doctor, as the carriage stopped at a plain building.
+“This is St. Roque. It is said that Dom John
+V., when he visited this church, was greatly mortified
+at the mean appearance of the chapel of his patron
+saint. He ordered one to be prepared in Rome, of the
+richest materials. When it was done, mass was said in
+it by the pope, Benedict XIV.; and then it was taken
+to pieces, and sent to Lisbon, where it was again set up
+as you will find it.”</p>
+
+<p>The party entered the church, and the attendant
+gave each of them a printed sheet on which was a
+description of the chapel. It proved to be a rather
+small recess; but the mosaics of the baptism of Christ
+in the Jordan by John, and other scriptural designs, are
+of the highest order of merit. The floor, ceiling, and<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_296" id="Page_296">[296]</a></span>
+sides are of the same costly work, the richest marbles
+and gems being used. The chapel contains eight columns
+of lapis-lazuli. The whole of this is said to
+have cost fourteen million <i>crusados</i>, over eight million
+dollars; but others say only one million <i>crusados</i>, and
+probably the last sum is nearer the truth.</p>
+
+<p>The next day was Sunday; and in the morning the
+United States steamer Franklin&mdash;the largest in the
+service&mdash;came into the river. There was a Portuguese
+frigate off the marine arsenal; and what with
+saluting the flag of Portugal, and the return-salute,
+saluting Mr. Lewis the American minister, and saluting
+Mr. Diamond the American consul, when each visited
+the ship, the guns of the great vessel were blazing
+away about all the forenoon. But the students were
+proud of the ship; and they did not object to any
+amount of gun-firing, even on Sunday. In the afternoon,
+some of them went to the cathedral, which was
+formerly a mosque, and to some of the other churches.
+All hands attended service on board of the American
+Prince at eleven.</p>
+
+<p>The next morning the Josephines and Tritonias
+started on their tour through the peninsula to Barcelona;
+and the ship’s company went on board of the
+steamer. Regular discipline was restored; but the
+business of sight-seeing was continued for two days
+more. The doctor conducted his little party to the
+palace of the <i>Necessidades</i>.</p>
+
+<p>“What a name for a palace!” exclaimed Murray.
+“I suppose that jaw-breaker means ‘necessities.’”</p>
+
+<p>“That is just what it means. Circumstances often
+give names to palaces and other things; and it was so<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_297" id="Page_297">[297]</a></span>
+in this case. A weaver brought an image of the Blessed
+Virgin from a place on the west coast, from which he
+fled to escape the plague. With money he begged of
+the pious, he built a small chapel for the image, near
+this spot. Like so many of these virgins, it wrought
+the most wonderful miracles, healing the sick, restoring
+the lame, and opening the eyes of the blind; and many
+people came to it in their ‘necessities,’ for relief. Dom
+John V. believed in it, and built a handsome church,
+with a convent attached to it, for the blessed image.
+It had restored his health once, and he built this palace
+near it, that it might be handy for his ‘necessities.’
+During the long sickness preceding his death, he had
+it brought to the palace with royal honors, and kept it
+there in state, taking it with him wherever he went.</p>
+
+<p>“This square is the <i>Fraca Alcantara</i>,” continued the
+doctor, when they came from the palace. “There are
+plenty of fountains in the city, nearly every public
+square being supplied with one. When I was here
+before, there were more water-carriers than now; and
+they were all men of Gallicia, as in Madrid. Three
+thousand of them used to be employed in supplying
+the inhabitants with water; but now it is probably conveyed
+into most of the houses in pipes. You can tell
+these men from the native Portuguese, because they
+carry their burden, whatever it may be, on their shoulders
+instead of their heads. A proverb here is to the
+effect that God made the Portuguese first, and then
+the Gallego to wait upon him. Most of the male
+servants in houses come from Gallicia. They are
+largely the porters and laborers, for the natives are too
+proud to carry burdens: it is too near like the work<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_298" id="Page_298">[298]</a></span>
+of a mule or a donkey. It is said, that when the French
+approached Coimbra in the peninsular war, and the
+people deserted the city, the men would not carry their
+valuables with them, so great was their prejudice
+against bundles; and every thing was lost except what
+the women could take with them. They could not
+disgrace themselves to save their property.”</p>
+
+<p>“No wonder the country is poor,” added Sheridan.</p>
+
+<p>“Now we will cross the bridge, and ride through
+Buenos Ayres, where many of the wealthy people live,
+and some of the ambassadors,” continued the doctor.</p>
+
+<p>They had a pleasant ride, passing the English cemetery
+in which Henry Fielding and Dr. Doddridge were
+buried. On the return, they passed the principal cemetery
+of the city. It is called the <i>Prazeres</i>, which
+means “pleasures;” a name it obtained by accident,
+and not because it was considered appropriate.</p>
+
+<p>The following day was set apart for an excursion to
+Cintra and Mafra, and a sufficient number of omnibuses
+were sent to a point on the north-west road; for
+the students were to walk over the aqueduct in order
+to see that wonderful work. The party ascended some
+stone steps to a large hall which contains the reservoir.
+It is near the <i>Praca do Rato</i>, and not far from the centre
+of the city. The party then entered the arched
+gallery, eight feet high and five feet wide, through
+which the water-ways are led. In the middle is a
+paved pathway for foot-passengers. On either side of
+it is a channel in the masonry, nine inches wide and
+a foot deep in the centre, rounded at the bottom.
+It looked like a small affair for the supply of a great
+city. The aqueduct is carried on a range of arches<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_299" id="Page_299">[299]</a></span>
+over the valley of the Alcantara, which is the name of
+the little stream that flows into the Tagus near the
+<i>Necessidades</i>. The highest of these arches are two hundred
+and sixty-three feet above the river. A causeway
+was built on each side of it, forming a bridge to the
+villages in the suburbs; but its use was discontinued
+because so many people committed suicide by throwing
+themselves from the dizzy height, or were possibly
+murdered by robbers. This aqueduct was erected by
+Dom John V., and it is the pride of the city. The
+water comes from springs six miles away.</p>
+
+<p>“Why did we have those water-jars in the hotel if
+they have spring-water?” asked Sheridan, as they
+walked along the gallery.</p>
+
+<p>“They think the water is better kept in those jars,”
+replied Dr. Winstock; “and I believe they are right;
+at least, they would be if they would keep the ants out
+of them.”</p>
+
+<p>On the other side of the valley the excursionists
+loaded themselves into the omnibuses, and were soon
+on their way to Cintra, which is fourteen miles from
+Lisbon. It is a sort of Versailles, Potsdam, or Windsor,
+where the court resides during a part of the year,
+and where all the wealthy and fashionable people
+spend their summers. It is a beautiful drive, with
+many pleasant villages, palaces, country-seats, groves,
+and gardens by the way.</p>
+
+<p>“Here we are,” said the doctor to his young companions,
+when the carriage in which they had come
+stopped before Victor’s Hotel. “Southey said this was
+the most blessed spot in the habitable world. Byron
+sang with equal enthusiasm; and the words of these<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_300" id="Page_300">[300]</a></span>
+poets have made the place famous in England. Our
+American guide-book does not even mention it.”</p>
+
+<p>Cintra is a town of forty-five hundred inhabitants.
+It is built on the southern end of the Estrella Mountains,
+at an elevation of from eighteen hundred to three
+thousand feet. It is only a few miles from the seashore,
+and the Atlantic may be seen from its hills.
+The party of the doctor first went to the royal palace.
+It was the Alhambra of the Moorish monarchs, and has
+been a favorite residence of the Christian kings. Dom
+Sebastian held his last court here when he left for
+Africa. The students wandered through its numerous
+apartments, laughed at its magpie saloon, and thought
+of the kings who had dwelt within its walls. They
+were more pleased with the gardens, though it was
+winter; for there was a great deal in them that was
+curious and interesting.</p>
+
+<p>The Pena Convent was the next attraction. All convents
+have been suppressed in Portugal, as in Spain;
+but the Gothic building has been repaired, and it looks
+more like a castle than a religious house. Its garden
+and grounds must be magnificent in the proper season.
+The view from the highest point presents an almost
+boundless panorama of country, river, and ocean. The
+Moorish castle that commands the town was examined;
+and the next thing was the Cork Convent. It is an
+edifice built in and on the rock, and contains twenty
+cells, each of which is lined with cork to keep out the
+dampness of the rock on which it is founded. These
+cells are dungeons five feet square, with doors so low
+that even the shortest of the students had to stoop to
+enter them.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_301" id="Page_301">[301]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>A country-house in Portugal is a <i>quinta</i>; and that
+of Dom John de Castro, the great navigator and the
+viceroy of the Indies, is called <i>Penha Verda</i>, and is
+still in the hands of his descendants. The gardens
+are very pretty; and the first orange-trees set out in
+Europe were on this estate. In the garden is the
+chapel built by him on his return from the Indies, in
+1542, and the rock with six trees on it, which was the
+only reward he desired for the conquest of the Island
+of Diu, in Hindostan. He died in the arms of St.
+Francis Xavier, in 1548, protesting that he had spent
+every thing he had in supplying the wants of his comrades
+in arms. He declared that he had not a change
+of linen, or money enough to buy him a chicken for his
+dinner. Most of the enormous wealth of the Indies
+had passed through his hands; and he had not stolen
+a <i>vintem</i> of it. What an example for modern office-holders!
+When he was dead, only one <i>vintem</i>&mdash;about
+two cents&mdash;was found in his coffers. His descendants
+were prohibited from deriving any profit from the cultivation
+of this property.</p>
+
+<p>The rest of the time was given to wandering about
+among the estates of the wealthy men, including some
+of the foreign ministers, who have <i>quintas</i> in Cintra.</p>
+
+<p>After a lunch, the excursionists proceeded to Mafra,
+about ten miles from Cintra. This place contains an
+enormous pile of buildings on the plan of the Escurial,
+and rather larger, if any thing. It was erected by
+John V. to carry out his vow to change the poorest
+monastery into the most magnificent one when Heaven
+would give him a son. It contains eight hundred and
+sixty-six apartments; but the only one of interest to<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_302" id="Page_302">[302]</a></span>
+the students was the audience-chamber, preserved as it
+was when the palace was inhabited by Dom John.</p>
+
+<p>It was late in the evening when the Princes returned
+to Lisbon; and they were rather glad to learn that the
+ship was to sail for Barcelona after breakfast the next
+morning.</p>
+
+<p>“I am rather sorry that we do not go to Oporto,”
+said the doctor, when the captain informed him of the
+order. “It is an old city set on a hillside; but it
+would not interest the students any more than Lisbon
+has.”</p>
+
+<p>“By the way, doctor, we have not seen any port
+wine,” added Sheridan.</p>
+
+<p>“It is not a great sight to look at the casks that contain
+port wine. In Porto, not Oporto in Portugal, it is
+not the black, logwood decoction which passes under
+the name of port in the United States, though it is
+darker than ordinary wines. It gets its color and flavor
+from the peculiarity of the grapes that grow in the
+vicinity of Porto.”</p>
+
+<p>The officers were tired enough to turn in. Early the
+next morning the fires were roaring in the furnaces of
+the Prince; at a later hour the pipe of the boatswain
+was heard; and at half-past eight the steamer was
+standing down the river. As the students had not
+come to Lisbon from the sea, they all gathered on the
+deck and in the rigging to see the surroundings.</p>
+
+<p>“That building on the height is the palace of Ajuda,
+where the present king ordinarily resides,” said the
+surgeon, when the captain pointed it out to one of the
+officers. “A temporary wooden house was built on
+that hill for the royal family after the earthquake. It<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_303" id="Page_303">[303]</a></span>
+is very large for this little kingdom, but is only one-third
+of the size it was intended to be. It was erected
+by John VI.; or, rather, it was begun by him, for it is
+not finished.”</p>
+
+<p>“You can see the buildings on the Cintra hills,”
+added Murray.</p>
+
+<p>“Yes; and you can see them better from the ocean.”</p>
+
+<p>“That is Belem Castle,” said Sheridan, as the ship
+approached the mouth of the river. “I saw a picture
+of it in an illustrated paper at home.”</p>
+
+<p>“It is called the Tower of Belem; and there is a
+palace with the same name on the shore. This is half
+Gothic and half Moorish. It is round, and the style is
+unique. What it was built for, no one knows. I suppose
+you are not aware how Columbus ascertained that
+there was a Western Continent,” added the doctor,
+smiling.</p>
+
+<p>“I know what the books say,&mdash;that he reasoned it
+out in his own mind,” replied the captain.</p>
+
+<p>“You see that town on the north: it is Cascaes, in
+which Sanchez, the renowned pilot, was born,” continued
+the doctor. “In 1486 Sanchez was blown off
+in a storm; and, before he could bring up, he was carried
+to an unknown land somewhere in North America. On
+his way back he stopped at Madeira, where he was the
+guest of Columbus. Somehow the log-book of the
+pilot fell into the hands of the great navigator, and
+from it he learned that there was an American Continent.”</p>
+
+<p>“Do you believe that story?” asked Sheridan seriously.</p>
+
+<p>“I do not. There are too many difficulties in the
+way of it; but it was told me by a Portuguese pilot<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_304" id="Page_304">[304]</a></span>.”</p>
+
+<p>When the ship had passed the bar, the pilot was discharged,
+and the course laid to the south. Just at dark
+she was in sight of Cape St. Vincent. The doctor
+related the story of its name, which was given to it
+because the body of St. Vincent, martyred in Rome,
+found its way to this cape, where it was watched over
+for a long period by crows. The ship that conveyed it
+to Lisbon was followed by these birds; and tame crows
+were afterwards kept in the cathedral, where the remains
+were deposited, in memory of the miraculous care of
+these birds. Three great naval victories have been
+won by the English Navy off this cape. Rodney defeated
+the Spanish fleet in 1780; Nelson, with fifteen
+small vessels, beat twenty-seven Spanish men-of-war, in
+1797; and Sir Charles Napier, in 1833, with six vessels,
+only one of them a frigate, defeated ten Portuguese
+ships, thus putting an end to the Miguel war, and
+placing Maria I. on the throne of Portugal. The next
+day the Prince passed Cape Trafalgar, where, in 1805,
+Nelson gained his great naval victory over the combined
+fleets of France and Spain.</p>
+
+<p>On Sunday morning the Prince arrived at Barcelona.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_305" id="Page_305">[305]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="break">
+
+<h2 class="p4">CHAPTER XXI.</h2>
+
+<p class="pch">A SAFE HARBOR.</p>
+
+<p class="drop-cap"><span class="smdrop">“We</span> are in Malaga now; and we have to decide
+what to do next,” said Raymond, when they
+were shown to their room in the hotel.</p>
+
+<p class="pn">“I supposed you would wait till the squadron arrived,”
+replied Bark.</p>
+
+<p>“I do not intend to wait. We have talked so much
+about your affairs that we have said nothing about
+mine,” added Raymond. “My circumstances are very
+different from yours. I feel that I have been right all
+the time; and I expect that I shall be fully justified in
+the end for what I have done in violation of the discipline
+of the vessel to which I belong.”</p>
+
+<p>“I know that my case is very different from yours;
+but I do not want to part company with you,” said
+Bark, with an anxious look on his face.</p>
+
+<p>“I don’t know that it is necessary for us to part.
+Though I think it is your duty to join your ship as soon
+as convenient, I shall keep out of the way till she is
+ready to sail from Spain. The fleet will certainly visit
+Cadiz, whether it goes to sea from there or not. For
+this reason, I must work my way to Cadiz.”</p>
+
+<p>“And must I stay here till the squadron arrives<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_306" id="Page_306">[306]</a></span>?”</p>
+
+<p>“Let us look it over.”</p>
+
+<p>“I cannot speak Spanish; and I shall be like a cat
+in a strange garret, unless I employ a guide.”</p>
+
+<p>“The right thing for you to do is to return to your
+ship.”</p>
+
+<p>“Go back to Barcelona?”</p>
+
+<p>“I should advise you to do that if I were not afraid
+the fleet would leave before you could get there. The
+Prince will arrive within three days; and, if the Josephines
+and Tritonias have returned, the vessels may
+sail at once. It is a long, tedious, and expensive journey
+by rail; and you could not get there in this time by
+any steamer, for they all stop at the ports on the way.
+I don’t know where the fleet will put in on its way
+south; and you might miss it. On the whole, I think
+you had better stay with me.”</p>
+
+<p>“I think so myself,” replied Bark, pleased with the
+decision.</p>
+
+<p>“Because you want to think so, perhaps,” laughed
+Raymond. “We must be careful that our wishes don’t
+override our judgment.”</p>
+
+<p>“But you decided it for me.”</p>
+
+<p>“I think we have settled it right,” added Raymond.
+“I want to see something of my native land; and I
+shall go to the Alhambra and Seville on the way to
+Cadiz. In your case it will make only a difference of
+two or three days, whether you join the Tritonia here
+or in Cadiz.”</p>
+
+<p>This course was decided upon in the end; and, after
+a day in Malaga, they started for Granada. At the
+expiration of ten days, they had completed the tour
+marked out by Raymond, and were in Cadiz, waiting<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_307" id="Page_307">[307]</a></span>
+for the arrival of the squadron. At the end of a week
+it had not come. Another week, and still it did not
+appear. Raymond looked over the ship-news in all
+the papers he could find in the club-house; but the
+last news he could obtain was that the Prince and her
+consorts had arrived at Carthagena. In vain he looked
+for any thing more. The next port would certainly be
+Malaga, unless the fleet put into Almeria, which was
+not probable. It was now the middle of January.</p>
+
+<p>“I don’t understand it,” said Raymond. “The
+vessels ought to have been here before this time.”</p>
+
+<p>“Perhaps they have gone over into Africa to look
+after us,” suggested Bark.</p>
+
+<p>“That is not possible: Mr. Lowington never goes
+to hunt up or hunt down runaways; but he may have
+gone over there to let the students see something of
+Africa,” replied Raymond. “I don’t think he has
+gone over to Africa at all.”</p>
+
+<p>“Where is he, then?”</p>
+
+<p>“That’s a conundrum, and I can’t guess it.”</p>
+
+<p>Raymond continued to watch the papers till the first
+of February; but still there were no tidings of the
+fleet. He had a list of the vessels that had passed
+Tarifa, and of those which had arrived at Algiers,
+Oran, and Nemours; but they did not contain the
+name of the Prince. Then he looked for ships at Alexandria,
+thinking the principal might have concluded to
+take the students to Egypt; but he found nothing to
+support such a possibility.</p>
+
+<p>“I don’t think I shall stay here any longer,” said
+Raymond. “We have been here a month.”</p>
+
+<p>“Where will you go?” asked Bark.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_308" id="Page_308">[308]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>“I believe we had better take a steamer, and follow
+the coast up to Carthagena, where we had the last news
+of the fleet,” replied Raymond. “When we get there
+we can ascertain for what port she sailed.”</p>
+
+<p>“Why not go on board of one of the steamers that
+come down the coast from Barcelona, and inquire of
+the officers if they have seen the squadron?” suggested
+Bark, who was always full of suggestions.</p>
+
+<p>“That’s a capital idea!” exclaimed Raymond. “I
+wonder we did not think of that idea before.”</p>
+
+<p>Then they had to wait a week for a steamer that had
+come down the coast; but one of the line from Oran
+had been in port, and they ascertained that the fleet
+was not in the port of Malaga. Raymond went to the
+captain of the steamer from Barcelona, and was informed
+that the squadron was at Carthagena, and had
+been there for over a month.</p>
+
+<p>“That accounts for it all,” said Raymond, as they
+returned to the boat in which they had boarded the
+steamer. “But I can’t imagine why the fleet is staying
+all this time in the harbor of Carthagena.”</p>
+
+<p>“Perhaps the Prince has broken some of her machinery,
+and they have stopped to repair damages,”
+suggested Bark.</p>
+
+<p>“That may be; but they could hardly be a month
+mending a break. They could build a new engine in
+that time almost.”</p>
+
+<p>“Well, we know where the fleet is; and the next
+question is, What are we to do about it?” added Bark,
+as they landed on the quay.</p>
+
+<p>They returned to the Hotel de Cadiz, where they
+boarded, and went to their room to consider the situation
+with the new light just obtained.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_309" id="Page_309">[309]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>“Your course is plain enough, Bark,” said Raymond.
+“Mine is not so plain.”</p>
+
+<p>“You think I ought to return to the Tritonia; don’t
+you?” added Bark.</p>
+
+<p>“That is my view.”</p>
+
+<p>“But suppose the fleet should sail before I get to
+Carthagena?”</p>
+
+<p>“You must take your chance of that.”</p>
+
+<p>“But you will not go back with me?”</p>
+
+<p>“No: it would not be safe for me to do that. It
+will be better for my uncle in Barcelona not to know
+where I am.”</p>
+
+<p>“But what shall I say to Mr. Lowington, or Mr.
+Pelham, when I am asked where you are?” inquired
+Bark. “I suppose it is still to be part of my programme
+not to lie.”</p>
+
+<p>“Undoubtedly; and I hope you will stick to it as
+long as you live.”</p>
+
+<p>“I intend to do so; and you might as well go with
+me as to have me tell them where you are.”</p>
+
+<p>“That is true, Bark; and, when you get on board of
+the Tritonia, tell all you know about me, and say that
+you left me in Cadiz.”</p>
+
+<p>“You might as well go with me.”</p>
+
+<p>“I think not.”</p>
+
+<p>“Then that <i>alguacil</i> will be after you in less than a
+week,” said Bark.</p>
+
+<p>“But he will not find me; for I shall not be in Cadiz
+when he arrives,” laughed the Spaniard.</p>
+
+<p>“Where are you going?” asked Bark curiously.</p>
+
+<p>“If I don’t tell you, you will not know.”</p>
+
+<p>“I see,” added Bark. “You do not intend to stay
+in Cadiz<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_310" id="Page_310">[310]</a></span>.”</p>
+
+<p>“Of course not.”</p>
+
+<p>“But you may miss the squadron when it goes to
+sea.”</p>
+
+<p>“If I do, I cannot help it; and in that case I may
+go to New York, or I may go to the West Indies in the
+Lopez steamers. I have not made up my mind what I
+shall do.”</p>
+
+<p>Raymond wrote a long letter to Scott, and gave it to
+his companion to deliver to him. In a few days a
+steamer came along that was going to stop at Carthagena.
+Bark went on board of her; and, after a hard
+parting, he sailed away in her to join the Tritonia,
+after an absence of two months.</p>
+
+<p>On the following day Raymond went to Gibraltar in
+the Spanish steamer, and remained there a full month,
+watching the papers for news of the fleet. At the end
+of this time he found the arrival of the squadron at
+Malaga. A few days later he saw that the Prince had
+passed Tarifa, and then that she had arrived at Cadiz.
+But, while he is watching the movements of the steamer,
+we will follow her to Barcelona, where she went nearly
+three months before.</p>
+
+<p>When the Prince reached her destination, the overland
+party had not returned, and were not expected for
+two or three days. An excursion to Monserrat was
+organized by Dr. Winstock, who declared that it would
+be ridiculous to leave Barcelona, when they had time
+on their hands, without visiting one of the most remarkable
+sights in Spain. The party had to take a
+train at seven o’clock in the morning; and then it was
+ten before they reached their destination.</p>
+
+<p>Monserrat is a lofty mountain, and takes its name<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_311" id="Page_311">[311]</a></span>
+from a Spanish word that means a “saw,” because
+the sharp peaks which cover the elevation resemble
+the teeth of that implement. At the <i>posada</i> in the
+village Dr. Winstock related the legend of the place.</p>
+
+<p>“This is one of the most celebrated shrines in
+Spain,” he began. “Sixty thousand pilgrims used to
+visit it every year; but now the various chapels and
+monastery buildings are mostly in ruins. In 880 mysterious
+lights were seen over a part of the mountain.
+The bishop came up to see what they were, and discovered
+a small image of the Virgin in one of the numerous
+grottos that are found in the mountain. This little
+statue was the work of St. Luke, of course, and was
+brought to Spain by St. Peter himself. The Bishop of
+Barcelona hid it in this cave when the Moors invaded
+Catalonia. Bishop Gondemar, who found it, attempted
+to carry it to Manresa; but it became so heavy that he
+did not succeed. This was a miraculous intimation
+from the image that it did not wish to go any farther.
+The obliging bishop built a chapel on the spot, and the
+image was shrined at its altar. He also appointed a
+hermit to watch over it.</p>
+
+<p>“Now, the Devil came to live in one of the caverns
+for the purpose of leading this anchorite astray. The
+Count of Barcelona had a beautiful daughter whose
+name was Riquilda; and the Devil ‘possessed’ her.
+She told her father that the evil spirit would not leave
+her till ordered to do so by Guarin, the pious custodian
+of the image. The count left her in his care. The
+hermit was wickedly inclined by the influence of the
+Devil, and finally killed the maiden, cutting off her
+head, and burying the body. Guarin was immediately<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_312" id="Page_312">[312]</a></span>
+sorry for what he had done, and, fleeing from his evil
+neighbor, went to Rome. The pope absolved him with
+the penance that he should return to Monserrat on his
+hands and knees, and continue to walk like a beast, as
+he was morally, and never to look up to heaven which
+he had insulted, and never to speak a word. He became
+a wild beast in the forest; and Count Wildred
+captured the strange animal, and conveyed him to his
+palace, where he doubtless became a lion. One day
+the creature was brought in to be exhibited to the
+count’s guests at a banquet. A child cried out to him,
+‘Arise, Juan Guarin! thy sins are forgiven!’ Then he
+arose in the form of the hermit; and the count pardoned
+him, having the grace to follow the example set
+him.</p>
+
+<p>“But the end was not yet; for, when the count and
+Guarin went to search for the body, Riquilda appeared
+to them alive and well, though she had been buried
+eight years, but with a red ring around her neck, like a
+silk thread, rather ornamental than otherwise. The
+count founded a nunnery at once; and his daughter
+was made the lady superior, while Guarin became the
+<i>mayor-domo</i> of the establishment. In time the nuns
+were removed, and monks took their places; and the
+miracles performed by the image attracted thousands
+to its shrines. The treasury of this Virgin was immense
+at one time, being valued at two hundred
+thousand ducats; but most of it was carried away by
+the French. The scenery, you see, is wild and grand,
+and I think is more enjoyable than the relics and the
+grottos.”</p>
+
+<p>For hours the students wandered about the wild<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_313" id="Page_313">[313]</a></span>
+locality. They saw the wonderful image; and those
+who had any taste for art thought that St. Luke, if he
+made the little statue, had not done himself any great
+credit. They visited the thirteen hermitages, and explored
+the grottos till they had had enough of this sort
+of thing. An hour after dark they were on board of
+the Prince. In two days more the Josephines and
+Tritonias arrived; and on Wednesday the squadron
+sailed for the South.</p>
+
+<p>During his stay in port, the principal had seen Don
+Francisco, and told him all he knew in regard to the
+fugitive. The lawyer was satisfied that Mr. Lowington
+had done nothing to keep the young Don out of the
+way of his guardian; and neither of them could suggest
+any means to recover possession of him. As yet no
+letter from Don Manuel in New York had been received.</p>
+
+<p>Favored by a good wind, the squadron arrived at
+Valencia in thirty hours. After a night’s sleep, all
+hands were landed at the port of the city, which the
+reader knows is Grao. The professor of geography and
+history, while the party were waiting for the vehicles
+that were to convey them to the city, gave the students
+a description of Valencia. It is an ancient city, founded
+by the Ph&oelig;nicians, inhabited by the Romans for five
+centuries, captured by the Moors and held by them
+about the same time, though the Cid took the town, and
+held it for five years. At his death, in 1099, the Moors
+came down upon the city; and the body of the Cid was
+placed on his horse, and marched out of the city. The
+Moslems opened for it; and the Castilians passed
+through their army in safety, the enemy not daring to<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_314" id="Page_314">[314]</a></span>
+attack them. It was not such a victory for the
+Spaniards as some of the chronicles describe; for the
+Christians had to abandon the place. It was taken
+from the Moors in 1238, and became a part of Aragon,
+to be united with the other provinces of Spain by the
+union of Ferdinand and Isabella. The Moriscoes&mdash;the
+Moors who had been allowed to remain in Spain
+after the capture of Granada&mdash;made a great city of it,
+building its palaces and bridges; but they were driven
+out of the peninsula by Philip II. They had cultivated
+its vicinity, and made a paradise of the province; and
+their departure was almost a death-blow to the prosperity
+of the city.</p>
+
+<p>Though the modern kings of Spain have not spared
+its memorials of the past, it is still an interesting city.
+It has a population of nearly one hundred and fifty
+thousand, making it the fourth city of Spain. It is one
+of the most industrious cities of the peninsula; and its
+manufactures of silk and velvet are quite extensive.
+The city contains nothing very different from other
+Spanish towns. The students wandered over the
+most of it, looking into a few of the churches, nearly
+every one of which has a wonder-working image of the
+Virgin, or of St. Vincent, who is the patron saint of
+Valencia.</p>
+
+<p>The next day the squadron sailed, and put into Alicante
+after a twenty-four hours’ run; the wind being so
+light that the steamer had to tow her consorts nearly
+the whole distance. The students went on shore; but
+the old legend, “Nothing to see,” was passed around
+among them. Alicante is an old Spanish town, composed
+of white houses, standing at the foot of a high<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_315" id="Page_315">[315]</a></span>
+hill crowned with an old fortress. The lines, walls,
+covered ways, and batteries, seem to cover one side of
+the elevation. Those who cared to do it climbed to
+the top of the hill, and were rewarded with a fine view
+of the sea and the country.</p>
+
+<p>“When the Cid had captured Valencia,” said Dr.
+Winstock to his pupils, as they stood on the summit of
+the hill, “he conducted Ximine, his wife, to the top of
+a tower, and showed her the country he had conquered.
+It was called the <i>Huerta</i>, which means a large orchard.
+The land had been irrigated by the industrious and
+enterprising Moors, and bore fruit in luxurious abundance.
+The <i>vega</i>, or plain, which we see, is scarcely
+less fertile; and the region around us is perhaps the
+most productive in Spain. Twelve miles south is
+Elche, which is filled with palm-plantations. We see
+an occasional palm and fig tree here.”</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Lowington did not favor excursions into the
+country when it could be avoided; but the doctor
+insisted that the students ought to visit Elche, and the
+point was yielded. They made the excursion in four
+separate parties; for comfortable carriages could not
+be obtained to take them all at once. The road was
+dry and dusty at first, and the soil poor; but the aspect
+of the country soon changed. Palms began to appear
+along the way, and soon the landscape seemed to be
+covered with them.</p>
+
+<p>“There is something to see here, at any rate,” said
+Sheridan, as the party approached the town.</p>
+
+<p>“I thought you would enjoy it,” replied the doctor.
+“This is the East transplanted in Spain.”</p>
+
+<p>“These palms are fifty feet high,” added Murray,
+measuring them with his eye.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_316" id="Page_316">[316]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>“Some of them are sixty; but fifty is about the
+average. Now we are in the palm-forest, which is said
+to contain forty thousand trees. This region is irrigated
+by the waters of the Vinalopo River, which are
+held back by a causeway stretched across the valley
+above. These plantations are very profitable.”</p>
+
+<p>“But all palms are not like these,” said Murray.
+“My uncle has seen palms over a hundred feet high.”</p>
+
+<p>“There are nearly a hundred kinds of palm, bearing
+different sorts of fruit. These are date-palms; and
+one of them bears from one to two hundred pounds of
+dates.”</p>
+
+<p>“And they sell at from ten to fifteen cents a pound
+at home,” added Sheridan.</p>
+
+<p>“But for not more than one or two cents a pound
+here,” continued the doctor. “I suppose you have
+learned about sex in plants, which is a modern discovery;
+but it is most strikingly illustrated in these
+date-palms. Only the female tree bears fruit. The
+male palm bears a flower whose pollen was shaken over
+the female trees by the Moors long before any thing
+was known about sex in plants; and the practice is
+continued by their successors. But the male palm
+yields a profit in addition to supplying the orchard with
+pollen. Its leaves are dried, and made into fans, crowns,
+and wreaths, and sold for use on Palm Sunday. This
+town gets seventy thousand dollars for its dates, and
+ten thousand for its palm-leaves.”</p>
+
+<p>“When are the dates picked?” asked Sheridan.</p>
+
+<p>“In November. The men climb the trees by the
+aid of ropes passed around the trunk and the body. I
+will ask one of them to ascend a tree for your benefit<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_317" id="Page_317">[317]</a></span>.”</p>
+
+<p>The excursionists reached the village, which is in the
+middle of the forest of palms. It was very Oriental
+in its appearance. The people were swarthy, and wore
+a peculiar costume, in which were some remnants of
+the Moorish fashion. The church has its image of the
+Virgin, who dresses very richly, and owns a date-plantation
+which pays the expenses of her wardrobe.</p>
+
+<p>The students were so delighted with the excursion
+that they made a rollicking time of it on the way back
+to Alicante, and astonished the peasants by their lively
+demonstrations. The road was no road at all, but
+merely a path across the country, and was very rough
+in places. The cottages of the vicinity were thatched
+with palm-leaves in some instances. At the door of
+many of them was a hamper of dates, from which any
+one could help himself, and leave a <i>cuarto</i> in payment
+for the feast. It is not watched by the owner, for the
+Spaniard here is an honest man. The students frequently
+availed themselves of these hampers when the
+doctor had explained to them the custom of the country;
+but he exhorted them to be as honest as the
+natives.</p>
+
+<p>The squadron remained at anchor in the port of Alicante
+four days; and, when the students of the first
+party had told their story, the trip to Elche was the
+most popular excursion since they left Italy.</p>
+
+<p>“Which is the best port on the east coast of Spain,
+doctor?” asked the principal, as they sat on the deck
+of the Prince while the third party had gone to Elche.</p>
+
+<p>“I shall answer you as the admiral did Philip II.,&mdash;Carthagena,”
+replied the doctor.</p>
+
+<p>“I find that the students are tired of sight-seeing,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_318" id="Page_318">[318]</a></span>
+and the lessons have been much neglected of late,”
+continued the principal. “I think we all need a rest.
+I have about made up my mind to lie up for three
+months in some good harbor, recruit the students, and
+push along their studies.”</p>
+
+<p>“I think that is an excellent plan. April will be a
+better month to see the rest of Spain than the middle
+of winter.”</p>
+
+<p>The plan was fully discussed and adopted; and on
+the following day the squadron sailed for Carthagena,
+and having a stiff breeze was at anchor in its capacious
+harbor at sunset. The students were not sorry to take
+the rest; for the constant change of place for the last
+six months had rendered a different programme acceptable.
+There was nothing in the town to see; and the
+harbor was enclosed with hills, almost landlocked, and
+as smooth as a millpond.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_319" id="Page_319">[319]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="break">
+
+<h2 class="p4">CHAPTER XXII.</h2>
+
+<p class="pch">THE FRUITS OF REPENTANCE.</p>
+
+<p class="drop-cap"><span class="smdrop">The</span> mail for the squadron&mdash;forwarded by the
+principal’s banker in Barcelona&mdash;had been
+following the fleet down the coast for a week, but was
+received soon after it anchored at Carthagena. Among
+the letters was one from Don Manuel, Raymond’s
+uncle in New York. He was astonished that his
+nephew had ventured into Spain, when he had been
+cautioned not to do so. He was glad he had left his
+vessel, and hoped the principal would do nothing to
+bring him back. It was extremely important that his
+nephew should not be restored to his uncle in Barcelona,
+for reasons which Henry would explain if necessary.
+If the fugitive was, by any mischance, captured
+by Don Alejandro or his agents, Don Manuel wished
+to be informed of the fact at once by cable; and
+it would be his duty to hasten to Spain without
+delay.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Lowington was greatly astonished at this letter,
+and handed it to Dr. Winstock. It seemed to indicate
+that a satisfactory explanation could be given of the
+singular conduct of the second master of the Tritonia,
+and that he would be able to justify his course.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_320" id="Page_320">[320]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>“That is not the kind of letter I expected to receive,”
+said the principal, when the surgeon had read it.</p>
+
+<p>“There is evidently some family quarrel which Don
+Manuel does not wish to disclose to others,” replied
+the doctor.</p>
+
+<p>“But Don Manuel ought to have informed me
+that he did not wish to have his nephew taken into
+Spain.”</p>
+
+<p>“We can’t tell about that till we know all the facts
+in the case. I have no doubt that the uncle in Barcelona
+is the legal guardian of Enrique Raimundo,” continued
+the doctor.</p>
+
+<p>“Then how did the boy come into the possession of
+Don Manuel?”</p>
+
+<p>“I don’t know; but he seems to be actuated by very
+strong motives, for he is coming to Spain if the young
+man falls into the hands of his legal guardian. I don’t
+understand it; but I am satisfied that it is a case for
+the lawyers to work upon.”</p>
+
+<p>“I think not; for Don Manuel seems to believe that
+the safety of his nephew can only be secured by keeping
+him out of Spain; in other words, that he has no case
+which he is willing to take into a Spanish court.”</p>
+
+<p>“Perhaps you are right; but it looks to me like a
+fortune for the lawyers to pick upon; though I must
+say that Don Francisco is one of the most gentlemanly
+and obliging attorneys I ever met, and seems to ask
+for nothing that is not perfectly fair.”</p>
+
+<p>They could not solve the problem; and it was no
+use to discuss it. The principal had done all he could
+to recover the second master of the Tritonia, or rather
+to assist the detective who was in search of him. The<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_321" id="Page_321">[321]</a></span>
+last news of him, brought by Bill Stout, was that the
+fugitive had gone to Africa. The <i>alguacil</i> had gone to
+Africa, but Raimundo had left before he arrived. He
+was unable to obtain any clew to him, for Raymond
+looked like Spaniards in general; and in the dress he
+had put on in Valencia he did not look like Raymond
+in the uniform of an officer. While the fugitive was
+sunning himself in Gibraltar, the pursuer was looking
+for him in Italy and Egypt. The principal was confident
+he had gone to the East, for runaways would not
+expose themselves to capture till their money was all
+gone. Besides, some of the officers of the Tritonia
+said that Raymond had often expressed a desire to visit
+Egypt and the Holy Land.</p>
+
+<p>The affairs of the squadron went along smoothly for
+six weeks. The students were studious, now that they
+had nothing to distract their attention. Bill Stout staid
+in the brig till he promised to learn his lessons, and
+then was let out. He did not like the brig after the
+trap in the floor was screwed down so that he could not
+raise it. Ben Pardee and Lon Gibbs fell out with him;
+first, because he had run away without them, and, second,
+because he was a disagreeable and unreasonable
+fellow. Bill did study his lessons in order to keep out
+of the brig; but he was behind every class in the vessel,
+and his ignorance was so dense that the professors
+were disgusted with him. It was about six weeks after
+the squadron took up its quarters in the harbor of Carthagena,
+that a shore-boat came up to the gangway, and
+Bark Lingall stepped upon the deck of the Tritonia.
+Of course his heart beat violently; but he came back
+like the Prodigal Son. He was wiser and better than<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_322" id="Page_322">[322]</a></span>
+when he left, and he was ready to submit cheerfully to
+the penalty of his offence; and he expected to be committed
+to the brig as soon as he showed himself to the
+principal.</p>
+
+<p>It was nearly dark when the prodigal boarded the
+Tritonia, and Scott was in charge of the anchor watch
+which had been set for the night. He looked at Bark
+as he came up the side; and, though the fugitive had
+changed his dress, he recognized him at once.</p>
+
+<p>“Lingall!” exclaimed Scott. “You haven’t made a
+mistake as Stout did; have you?”</p>
+
+<p>“I don’t know what mistake Stout made, except the
+mistake of running away; and I made that one with
+him,” replied Bark.</p>
+
+<p>“Stout came on board of the Prince at Lisbon, thinking
+she was a steamer bound to England,” laughed
+Scott.</p>
+
+<p>“I could not mistake the Tritonia for a steamer,
+even if I wanted to go to England.”</p>
+
+<p>“Where did you leave Raimundo?” asked the
+officer anxiously.</p>
+
+<p>“Here is a letter from him for you; and that will
+explain it all. I wish to see the vice-principal,” continued
+Bark.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Pelham was summoned, and he gave a good-natured
+greeting to the returned fugitive, not doubting
+that he had spent all his money in riotous living, and
+had come back because he could not travel any more
+without funds.</p>
+
+<p>“Money all gone, Lingall?” asked the vice-principal,
+who, like his superior, believed that satire was an
+effective means of discipline at times.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_323" id="Page_323">[323]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>“No, sir: I have over fifty pounds left,” replied
+Bark, more respectfully than he had formerly been in
+the habit of speaking, even to the principal.</p>
+
+<p>“What did you come back for, then?” demanded
+Mr. Pelham.</p>
+
+<p>“Because I am sorry for what I have done, and ask
+to be forgiven,” answered Bark, taking off his hat, and
+fixing his gaze upon the deck, while his bosom was
+swelling with emotion.</p>
+
+<p>The vice-principal was touched by his manner. He
+had stood in the same position before the principal
+five years before; and he indulged in no more light
+words. He took the prodigal down into his cabin, so
+that whatever passed between them might have no
+witnesses.</p>
+
+<p>“Do you come back voluntarily, Lingall?” asked
+the vice-principal in gentle tones.</p>
+
+<p>“I do, sir: I left Cadiz three days ago. I had been
+waiting there a month for the squadron to arrive. We
+did not know where it was, for the last we could learn
+of it was its arrival in Carthagena.”</p>
+
+<p>“You say we: were you not alone?”</p>
+
+<p>“No, sir: Raymond was with me.”</p>
+
+<p>“Who is Raymond?”</p>
+
+<p>“Raimundo: he has translated his name into English,
+and now prefers to be called by that name.”</p>
+
+<p>“And you left him in Cadiz?”</p>
+
+<p>“Yes, sir.”</p>
+
+<p>“Is he there now?”</p>
+
+<p>“I don’t know, sir; but I think not. He did not
+tell me where he was going, and I did not wish to
+know<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_324" id="Page_324">[324]</a></span>.”</p>
+
+<p>“I see,” added Mr. Pelham. “I hope he will not
+be taken by those who are after him.”</p>
+
+<p>Bark looked up, utterly astonished at this last
+remark; for he supposed the sympathies of the officers
+were with Don Francisco, as they had been at the time
+he left the Tritonia. As Mr. Pelham was in the confidence
+of the principal in regard to the affair of the
+second master, he had been permitted to read the
+letter from Don Manuel; and this fact will explain
+the remark.</p>
+
+<p>“Raymond does not know from what port the
+squadron will sail for the islands; but he wants to
+return to his ship as soon as he can,” added Bark.</p>
+
+<p>As Raymond’s case seemed to be of more interest
+than his own, Bark told all he knew about his late
+companion; but no one was any wiser in regard to his
+present hiding-place.</p>
+
+<p>“Where have you been all this time?” asked the
+vice-principal, when his curiosity was fully satisfied
+concerning Raymond.</p>
+
+<p>“I have been a good deal worse than you think I
+have; and I wish that running away was the worst
+thing I had on my conscience,” replied Bark, in answer
+to this question.</p>
+
+<p>“I am sorry to hear you say that; but, whatever you
+have done, it is better to make a clean breast of it,”
+added Mr. Pelham.</p>
+
+<p>“That is what I am going to do, sir,” replied Bark;
+and he prefaced his confession with what had passed
+between Raymond and himself when he decided upon
+his course of action.</p>
+
+<p>He related the substance of his conversations with<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_325" id="Page_325">[325]</a></span>
+Bill Stout at the beginning of the conspiracy, and then
+proceeded to inform the vice-principal what had occurred
+while they were in the brig together, including the setting
+of the fire in the hold.</p>
+
+<p>“Do you mean to say that Stout intended to burn
+the vessel?” demanded Mr. Pelham, astonished and
+shocked at the revelation.</p>
+
+<p>“He and I so intended; and we actually started the
+fire three or four times,” answered Bark, detailing all
+the particulars.</p>
+
+<p>“You are very tender of Stout&mdash;the villain!” exclaimed
+the vice-principal. “It appears that he proposed
+the plan, and set the fire, while you assented to
+the act.”</p>
+
+<p>“I don’t wish to make it out that I am not just as
+guilty as Stout.”</p>
+
+<p>“I understand you perfectly,” added Mr. Pelham.
+“The villain pretended to be penitent when he came
+back, and told lies enough to sink the ship, if they had
+had any weight with me. Mr. Marline reported to me
+that there had been fire in the old stuff in the hold. I
+thought there was some mistake about it; but it is all
+plain enough now.”</p>
+
+<p>Bark proceeded with his narrative of the escape,
+which had been before related by Bill Stout; but the
+two stories differed in some respects, especially in respect
+to the conduct of Bill in the affray with the Catalonian
+in the felucca. He told about his wanderings
+and waitings with Raymond, which explained why he
+had not come back before.</p>
+
+<p>“Stout said that you and he pulled the boatman down
+when Raimundo missed him with the tiller,” said Mr.
+Pelham.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_326" id="Page_326">[326]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>“I mean to tell the truth, if I know how; but Bill
+did not lift his finger to do any thing, not even after
+Raymond and I had the fellow down,” replied Bark.
+“Raymond called him a coward on the spot; and I
+wish he were here to tell you so, for I know you would
+believe him.”</p>
+
+<p>“And I believe you, Lingall.”</p>
+
+<p>At this moment there was a knock at the state-room
+door.</p>
+
+<p>“Come in,” said the principal; and Scott opened
+the door at this summons.</p>
+
+<p>“I have a letter from Mr. Raimundo, sir, in which
+he has a great deal to say about Lingall,” said the
+lieutenant. “I thought you might wish to know what
+he says before you settle this case. I will leave it
+with you, sir; for there is nothing private in it.”</p>
+
+<p>“Thank you, Mr. Scott,” replied the vice-principal,
+as he took the letter.</p>
+
+<p>He opened and read the letter. It related entirely
+to the affairs of Lingall, and was an earnest plea for
+his forgiveness. It recited all the incidents of the
+cruise in the felucca, and the particulars of Bark’s
+reformation. The writer added that he hoped to be
+able to join his ship soon; and should do so, if he
+could, when she was out of Spanish waters.</p>
+
+<p>“Now, Lingall, you may go on board of the Prince
+with me,” said Mr. Pelham, when he had finished reading
+the letter.</p>
+
+<p>A boat was manned, and they were pulled to the
+steamer. The whole story was gone over again; and
+Mr. Lowington read the letter of Raymond. The
+principal and Mr. Pelham had a long consultation<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_327" id="Page_327">[327]</a></span>
+alone; and then Bark was ordered to return to his duty,
+without so much as a reprimand. Bark was bewildered
+at this unexpected clemency. He was satisfied that
+it was Raymond’s letter that saved him, because it
+assured the principal of the thorough reformation of
+the culprit. The vice-principal told him afterwards,
+that it was as much his own confession of the conspiracy,
+which was not even suspected on board, as it
+was the letter, that produced the leniency in the minds
+of the authorities. The boat that brought Mr. Pelham
+and Bark back to the Tritonia immediately conveyed
+Bill Stout, in charge of Peaks, to the Prince, where he
+was committed to the brig, without any explanation of
+the charge against him.</p>
+
+<p>Bill did not know what to make of this sharp discipline;
+and he felt very much like a martyr, for he
+believed he had been “a good boy,” as he called the
+chaplain’s lambs. He had time to think about it
+when the bars separated him from the rest of his shipmates.
+The news that Bark Lingall had returned was
+circulated through the Tritonia before he left the vessel.
+He could only explain his present situation by
+the supposition that Bark had told about the conspiracy
+to burn the vessel. This must be the reason why
+he was caged in the Prince rather than in the Tritonia.</p>
+
+<p>For three days the stewards brought him his food;
+and for an hour, each forenoon, the big boatswain
+walked him up and down the deck to give him his
+exercise; but it was in vain that he asked them what
+he was caged for. As none of these officials knew,
+none of them could tell him. On the fourth day of his
+confinement, a meeting of the faculty was held for consultation<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_328" id="Page_328">[328]</a></span>
+in regard to the affairs of the squadron. This
+was the high court of the academy, and consisted of
+the principal, the vice-principals, the chaplain, the surgeon,
+and the professors,&mdash;fourteen in all. Though
+the authority of the principal was supreme, he preferred
+to have this council to advise him in important
+matters.</p>
+
+<p>When the faculty had assembled, Peaks brought Bill
+Stout into the cabin, and placed him at the end of the
+long table at which the members were seated. He was
+awed and impressed by the situation. The principal
+stated that the culprit was charged with attempting to
+set fire to the Tritonia, and asked what he had to say
+for himself. Bill made haste to deny the charge with
+all his might; but he might as well have denied his
+own existence. Raymond’s letter describing what he
+saw in the hold was read, but the parts relating to Bark
+were omitted. Bill supposed the letter was the only
+evidence against him, and the writer had spared Bark
+because he was a friend. Bill declared that Raymond
+hated him, and had made up this story to injure him.
+He had been trying to do his duty, and no complaint
+had been made against him since the fleet had been at
+anchor.</p>
+
+<p>The chaplain thought a student ought not to be condemned
+on the evidence of one who had run away
+from his vessel. As Bill would not be satisfied, it
+became necessary to call Bark Lingall. The reformed
+seaman gave his evidence in the form of a confession;
+and, when he had finished his story, no one doubted
+his sincerity, or the truth of his statement. By a unanimous
+vote of the faculty, approved by the principal,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_329" id="Page_329">[329]</a></span>
+Bill Stout was dismissed from the academy as one
+whom it was not safe to have on board any of the
+vessels, and as one whose character was too bad to
+allow him to associate with the students. A letter to
+his father was written; and he was sent home in charge
+of the carpenter of the Josephine, who was about to
+return to New York on account of the illness of his
+son.</p>
+
+<p>The particulars of this affair were kept from the
+students; for the principal did not wish to have them
+know that any one had attempted to burn one of the
+vessels, lest it might tempt some other pupil to seek a
+dismissal by the same means. Bill Stout was glad to
+be sent away, even in disgrace.</p>
+
+<p>Early in March Mr. Lowington received a letter from
+Don Francisco, asking if any thing had been heard
+from Raymond, and informing him that his client Don
+Alejandro was dangerously sick. The principal, since
+he had received the letter from Don Manuel, had declined
+to assist in the search for the absentee, though
+he had not communicated his views to the lawyer.
+The detective had not returned from his tour in the
+East, and was doubtless willing to continue the search
+as long as he was paid for it. The principal was “a
+square man;” and he informed Don Francisco that his
+views on the subject had changed, and that he hoped
+the fugitive would not be captured. Ten days after
+this letter was answered came Don Francisco himself.
+He went on board of the Prince; and, in spite of the
+reply of the principal, he was as cordial and courteous
+as ever.</p>
+
+<p>“I suppose you have received my letter, declining to<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_330" id="Page_330">[330]</a></span>
+do any thing more to secure the return of the absentee,”
+Mr. Lowington began, when they were seated in
+the grand saloon.</p>
+
+<p>“I have received it,” replied Don Francisco; “but
+now all the circumstances of the case are changed, and
+I am confident that you will do all you can to find the
+young man. Your letter came to me on the day before
+the funeral of my client.”</p>
+
+<p>“Then Don Alejandro is dead!” exclaimed the
+principal, startled by the intelligence.</p>
+
+<p>“He died in the greatest agony and remorse,” added
+the lawyer. “He was sick four weeks, and suffered
+the most intense pain till death relieved him. He confessed
+to me, when I went to make his will, that he had
+intended to get his nephew out of the way in some
+manner, before the boy was of an age to inherit his
+father’s property. Don Manuel had charged him with
+this purpose before he left Spain, and had repeated the
+charge in his letters. He confessed because he wanted
+his brother’s forgiveness, as well as that of the Church.
+He wished me to see that justice was done to his
+nephew. When I wrote you that last letter, my client
+desired to see the young man, and to implore his forgiveness
+for the injury he had done him as a child, and
+for that he had meditated.”</p>
+
+<p>“This is a very singular story,” said Mr. Lowington.
+“You did not give me the reason for which Don Alejandro
+wished to see his nephew.”</p>
+
+<p>“I did not know it myself. What I have related
+transpired since I wrote that letter. The case is one
+of the remarkable ones; but I have known a few just
+like it,” continued the lawyer. “My client was told<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_331" id="Page_331">[331]</a></span>
+by the physicians that he could not recover. Such an
+announcement to a Christian who has committed a
+crime&mdash;and to meditate it is the same thing in the eye
+of the Church, though not of the law&mdash;could not but
+change the whole current of his thoughts. I know that
+it caused my client more suffering than his bodily ailments,
+severe as the latter were. The terrors of the
+world to come haunted him; and he believed, that, if
+he did not do justice to that young man before he died,
+he would suffer for his crime through all the ages of
+eternity; and I believe so too. I think he confessed
+the crime to me, after he had done so to the priest,
+because he believed his son, who had been in his confidence,
+would carry out his wicked purpose after his
+father was gone; for this son would inherit the estate as
+the next heir under the will of the grandfather.”</p>
+
+<p>“I can understand how things appear to a man as
+wicked as your client was, when death stares him in the
+face,” added Mr. Lowington.</p>
+
+<p>“Now the young man is wanted. He is not of age,
+but he ought to have a voice in the selection of his
+guardian.”</p>
+
+<p>“I don’t know where he is under the altered circumstances,
+any more than I did before,” replied the
+principal; “but I am willing to make an effort to find
+him. Is he in any danger from the son of your late
+client?”</p>
+
+<p>“None at all: the son denies that he ever had any
+knowledge of the business; and, since the confession
+of the father, the son would not dare to do any thing
+wrong. Besides, my client put all the property in my
+hands before he died<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_332" id="Page_332">[332]</a></span>.”</p>
+
+<p>The next thing was to find Raymond. He might see
+the announcement of the death of his uncle in the
+newspapers; but, if he did not, he would be sure to
+keep out of the way till the squadron was ready to sail
+for the “isles of the sea.” Mr. Lowington sent for
+Bark Lingall, who had by this time established his
+character as one of the best-behaved and most earnest
+students in his vessel. The principal rehearsed the
+events that made it desirable to find Raymond.</p>
+
+<p>“Do you think you could find him, Lingall?” asked
+Mr. Lowington.</p>
+
+<p>“I think I might if I could speak Spanish,” replied
+Bark modestly.</p>
+
+<p>“You and Scott are the only students who know his
+history; and he would allow you to approach him, while
+he would keep out of the way of any other person connected
+with the squadron. We shall sail for Malaga
+to-morrow; and you shall have a courier to do your
+talking for you,” continued the principal.</p>
+
+<p>Bark was pleased with the mission. He was furnished
+with a letter from Don Francisco; and, as he
+had some idea of what Raymond’s plans were, he was
+hopeful of success. The squadron sailed the next day,
+and arrived at Malaga in thirty hours.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_333" id="Page_333">[333]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="break">
+
+<h2 class="p4">CHAPTER XXIII.</h2>
+
+<p class="pch">GRANADA AND THE ALHAMBRA.</p>
+
+<p class="drop-cap"><span class="smdrop">When</span> the academy fleet arrived at Malaga, the
+principal decided to follow the plan he had
+adopted at Barcelona, though on a smaller scale, and
+send the Josephines and Tritonias to Cadiz, while the
+Princes proceeded by rail to the same place, seeing
+Granada, Cordova, and Seville on the way. As soon as
+the transfer could be made, the steamer sailed with its
+company of tourists; and her regular crew were domiciled
+at the Hotel de la Alameda, in Malaga.</p>
+
+<p>“Here we are again,” said Sheridan, as the party of
+the doctor came together again at the hotel.</p>
+
+<p>“I feel more like looking at a cathedral than I
+did when we were sight-seeing in December,” added
+Murray.</p>
+
+<p>“You have not many more cathedrals to see,”
+replied the doctor. “There is one here; but, as this is
+Saturday, we will visit it to-morrow. Suppose we take
+a walk on the Alameda, as this handsome square is
+called.”</p>
+
+<p>It is a beautiful bit of a park, with a fountain at each
+end; but it was so haunted with beggars that the tourists
+could not enjoy it. It was fresh and green, and
+bright with the flowers of early spring.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_334" id="Page_334">[334]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>“What an abomination these beggars are!” exclaimed
+Sheridan, as a pair of them, one with his eyes
+apparently eaten out with sores, leaning on the shoulder
+of another seemingly well enough, saluted them
+with the usual petition. “It makes me sick to look at
+them.”</p>
+
+<p>Murray gave the speaker two <i>reales</i>; but they would
+not go till the others had contributed. A little farther
+along they came to a blind man, who had stationed
+himself by a bridge, and held out his hand in silence.</p>
+
+<p>“That man deserves to be encouraged for holding
+his tongue,” said the captain, as he dropped a <i>peseta</i>
+into the extended hand. “Most of them yell and
+tease so that one don’t feel like giving.”</p>
+
+<p>The blind beggar called down the blessing of the
+Virgin upon the donor, in a gentle and devout tone.
+But he seemed to be an exception to all the other mendicants
+in Malaga. As the captain said, many of them
+were most disgusting sights; and they pointed out
+their ailments as though they were proud of them.</p>
+
+<p>“This is a commercial city, and there is not much to
+see in it,” said the doctor, as they returned to the
+hotel. “Its history is but a repetition of that of nearly
+all the cities of Spain. It was a place of great trade
+in the time of the Moors: it is the fifth city of Spain,
+ranking next to Valencia. You saw the United States
+flag on quite a number of vessels in the port; and it
+has a large trade with our country. Wine, raisins,
+oranges, lemons, and grapes are the principal exports.”</p>
+
+<p>The next day most of the students visited the cathedral,
+where they heard mass, which was attended by a
+battalion of soldiers, with a band which took part in<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_335" id="Page_335">[335]</a></span>
+the service. Early on Monday morning the tourists
+started for Granada, taking the train at quarter past
+six o’clock. The ride was exceedingly interesting; for
+the country between Malaga and Cordova is very fertile,
+though a small portion of it is a region abounding
+in the wildest scenery. The first part of the journey
+was in the midst of orange-orchards and vineyards.</p>
+
+<p>“What is that sort of an inclined plane?” asked
+Sheridan, pointing to a stone structure like one side of
+the roof of a small house. “I have noticed a great
+many of them here and near Alicante.”</p>
+
+<p>“You observe that they all slope to the south,”
+replied the doctor. “They are used in drying raisins.
+This is a grape as well as an orange country. Raisins
+are dried grapes; and, when you eat your plum-pudding
+in the future, you will be likely to think of the country
+around Malaga, for the nicest of them come from
+here.”</p>
+
+<p>“This is a wild country,” said Murray, after they
+had been nearly two hours on the train.</p>
+
+<p>“We pass through the western end of the Sierra
+Nevada range. Notice this steep rock,” added the
+doctor, as they passed a lofty precipice. “It is ‘Lovers’
+Rock.’”</p>
+
+<p>“Of course it is,” laughed Murray; “and they
+jumped down that cliff; and there is not a precipice
+in the world that isn’t a lovers’ leap.”</p>
+
+<p>“I think you are right. In this case it was a Spanish
+knight, and a Moorish maiden whose father didn’t like
+the match.”</p>
+
+<p>The travellers left the train at Bobadilla, and proceeded
+by rail to Archidona. Between this place and<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_336" id="Page_336">[336]</a></span>
+Loxa the railroad was not then built; and the distance&mdash;about
+sixteen miles&mdash;had to be accomplished by
+diligence. Half a dozen of these lumbering vehicles
+were in readiness, with their miscellaneous teams of
+horses and mules all hitched on in long strings. This
+part of the journey was likely to be a lark to the
+students; and they piled into and upon the carriages
+with great good-nature. The doctor and his pupils
+secured seats on the outside.</p>
+
+<p>“This is the <i>coupé</i> in Spain, but it is the <i>banquette</i> in
+Switzerland,” said he, when they were seated. “It is
+called the dickey in England.”</p>
+
+<p>“But the box for three passengers, with windows in
+the front of the diligence, is always the <i>coupé</i>,” added
+Sheridan.</p>
+
+<p>“Not in Spain: that is called the <i>berlina</i> here. The
+middle compartment, holding four or six, is <i>el interior</i>;
+and <i>la rotundo</i>, in the rear, like an omnibus, holds six.
+The last is used by the common people because it is
+the cheapest.”</p>
+
+<p>“But this seat is not long enough for four,” protested
+Murray, when the conductor directed another officer to
+mount the <i>coupé</i>”.</p>
+
+<p>“Come up, commodore: I think we can make room
+for you,” added Sheridan.</p>
+
+<p>“This is a long team,” said Commodore Cantwell,
+when they were seated,&mdash;“ten mules and horses.”</p>
+
+<p>“I have travelled with sixteen,” added the doctor.</p>
+
+<p>On a seat wide enough for two, under the windows
+of the <i>berlina</i>, the driver took his place. His reins
+were a couple of ropes reaching to the outside ends of
+the bits of the wheel-horses. He was more properly<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_337" id="Page_337">[337]</a></span>
+the brakeman, since he had little to do with the team,
+except to yell at the animals. On the nigh horse or
+mule, as he happened to be, rode a young man who
+conducted the procession. He is called the <i>delantero</i>.
+The <i>zagal</i> is a fellow who runs at the side of the
+animals, and whips them up with a long stick. The
+<i>mayoral</i> is the conductor, who is sometimes the driver;
+but in this case he seemed to have the charge of all
+the diligences.</p>
+
+<p>“Oja! oja!” (o-ha) yelled the driver. The <i>zagal</i>
+began to hammer the brutes most unmercifully, and the
+team started at a lively pace.</p>
+
+<p>“That’s too bad!” exclaimed Sheridan, when he saw
+the <i>zagal</i> pounding the mules over the backbone with
+his club, which was big enough to serve for a bean-pole.</p>
+
+<p>“I agree with you, captain, but we can’t help ourselves,”
+added the doctor. “That villain will keep it
+up till we get to the end of our journey.”</p>
+
+<p>The <i>dilijencia</i> passed out of the town, and went
+through a wild country with no signs of any inhabitants.
+The road was as bad as a road could be, and
+was nothing but a track beaten over the fields, passing
+over rocks and through gullies and pools of water.
+Carts, drawn by long strings of mules or donkeys,
+driven by a peasant with a gun over his shoulder, were
+occasionally met; but the road was very lonely. Half
+way to Loxa they came to a river, over which was a
+narrow bridge for pedestrians; but the <i>dilijencia</i> had
+to ford the stream.</p>
+
+<p>At this point the horses and mules were changed;
+and some of the students went over the bridge, and<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_338" id="Page_338">[338]</a></span>
+walked till they were overtaken by the coaches. At
+three o’clock they drove into Loxa. The streets of
+the town are very steep and very narrow; and the <i>zagal</i>
+had to crowd the team over to the opposite side, in
+order to get the vehicle around the corners. The
+students on the outside could have jumped into the
+windows of the houses on either side, and people on
+the ground often had to dodge into the doorways, to
+keep from being run over. From this place the party
+proceeded to Granada by railroad. Crossing a part of
+this city, which is a filthy hole, the party went to the
+Hotel Washington Irving, and the Hotel Siete Suelos,
+both of which are at the very gate of the Alhambra.</p>
+
+<p>The doctor and his friends were quartered at the
+former hotel, which is a very good one, but more expensive
+than the <i>Siete Suelos</i> on the other side of the
+street. They are both in the gardens of the Alhambra,
+the avenues of which are studded with noble elms, the
+gift of the Duke of Wellington.</p>
+
+<p>“And this is the Alhambra,” said Capt. Sheridan, as
+the trio came out for a walk, after dinner.</p>
+
+<p>“What is the meaning of the name of that hotel?”</p>
+
+<p>“<i>Hotel de los Siete Suelos</i>,&mdash;the hotel of the seven
+stories, or floors.”</p>
+
+<p>“But it hasn’t more than four or five.”</p>
+
+<p>“Haven’t you read Irving’s Alhambra? He mentions
+a tower with this name, in which was the gate
+where Boabdil left the Alhambra for the last time. It
+was walled up at the request of the Moor.”</p>
+
+<p>The party walked about the gardens till it was dark.
+The next morning, before the ship’s company were
+ready, the doctor and the three highest officers entered
+the walled enclosure.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_339" id="Page_339">[339]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>“This is the Tower of Justice,” said the doctor, as
+they paused at the entrance. “It is so called because
+the Moorish kings administered the law to the people
+here. You see the hand and the key carved over the
+door. If you ask the grandson of Mateo Ximenes,
+who is a guide here, what it means, he will tell you
+the Moors believed that, when this hand reached
+down and took the key, the Alhambra might be captured;
+but not till then. Then he will tell you that
+they were mistaken; and give glory to the Spaniards.
+The key was the Moslem symbol for wisdom and
+knowledge; and the hand, of the five great commandments
+of their religion.”</p>
+
+<p>The party entered the tower, in which is an altar,
+and passed into the square of the cisterns. Charles V.
+began to build a huge palace on one side of it; but
+the fear of earthquakes induced him to desist. He
+destroyed a portion of the Moorish palace to make
+room for it. The visitors entered an office where they
+registered their names, paid a couple of <i>pesetas</i>, and
+received a plan of the palace. The first names in the
+book are those of Washington Irving and his Russian
+companion.</p>
+
+<p>“This is the Court of the Myrtles,” said the doctor,
+as they entered the first and largest court of the
+palace. “It is also called ‘the Court of Blessing,’
+because the Moors believed water was a blessing; and
+this pond contains a good deal of it.”</p>
+
+<p>“My guide-book does not call it by either of these
+names,” said Commodore Cantwell, who had Harper’s
+Guide in his hand. “It says here it is ‘the <i>Patio de la
+Alberca</i>,’ or fish-pond<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_340" id="Page_340">[340]</a></span>.”</p>
+
+<p>“And so says Mr. Ford, who is the best authority on
+Spain. We must not try to reconcile the differences in
+guide-books. We had better call it after the myrtles
+that surround the tank, and let it go at that. This
+court is the largest of the palace, though it is only one
+hundred and forty by seventy-five feet. But the Alhambra
+is noted for its beauty, and not for its size. We
+will now pass into the Court of the Lions,” continued
+the doctor, leading the way. “This is the most celebrated,
+as it is the most beautiful, part of the palace.”</p>
+
+<p>“I have seen many pictures of it, but I supposed it
+was ten times as large as it is,” said Sheridan.</p>
+
+<p>“It is about one hundred and twenty by seventy feet.
+There are one hundred and twenty-four columns around
+the court. Now we must stop and look at the wonderful
+architecture and exquisite workmanship. Look at
+these graceful arches, and examine that sort of lace-work
+in the ceilings and walls.”</p>
+
+<p>While they were thus occupied, the ship’s company
+came into the court, and the principal called them
+together to hear Professor Mapps on the history of
+the Alhambra.</p>
+
+<p class="pbq p1">“In 1238 Ibnu-I-Ahamar founded the kingdom of
+Granada, and he built the Alhambra for his palace and
+fortress. In Arabic it was <i>Kasr-Alhamra</i>, or Red
+Castle; and from this comes the present name. The
+Vermilion Tower was a part of the original fortress.
+Under this monarch, whose title was Mohammed I.,
+Granada became very prosperous and powerful. When
+the Christians captured Valencia, the Moors fled to
+Granada, and fifty thousand were added to the population<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_341" id="Page_341">[341]</a></span>
+of the kingdom; and it is estimated that a million
+more came when Seville and Cordova were conquered
+by the Castilians. The work of this king was continued
+by his successors; and the Alhambra was
+finished in 1333 by Yosuf I. He built the Gate of
+Judgment, Justice, or Law, as it is variously called, and
+the principal parts of the palace around you. The
+city was in its glory then, and is said to have had half
+a million inhabitants. But family quarrels came into
+the house of the monarch, here in the Alhambra; and
+this was the beginning of the decline of the Moorish
+power.</p>
+
+<p class="pbq">“Abul-Hassan had two wives. One of them was
+Ayesha; and the other was a very beautiful Christian
+lady called Zoraya, or the Morning Star. Ayesha was
+exceedingly jealous of the other; and fearing that the
+son of the Morning Star, instead of her own, might
+succeed to the crown, she organized a powerful faction.
+On Zoraya’s side were the Beni-Serraj, whom the Spaniards
+called the Abencerrages. They were the descendants
+of a vizier of the King of Cordova,&mdash;Abou-Serraj.
+Abou-Abdallah was the eldest son of Ayesha;
+and in 1482 he dethroned his father. The name of
+this prince became Boabdil with the Spaniards; and so
+he is called in Mr. Irving’s works. As soon as he came
+into power, his mother, and the Zegris who had assisted
+her, persuaded him to retaliate upon the Abencerrages
+for the support they had given to Zoraya. Under a
+deceitful plea, he gathered them together in this palace,
+where the Zegris were waiting for them. One by one
+they were called into one of these courts, and treacherously
+murdered. Thus was Granada deprived of its<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_342" id="Page_342">[342]</a></span>
+bravest defenders; and the Moors were filled with
+indignation and contempt for their king. While they
+were quarrelling among themselves, Ferdinand and Isabella
+advanced upon Granada. They had captured all
+the towns and strong fortresses; and there was nothing
+more to stay their progress. For nine months the
+sovereigns besieged the city before it fell. It was a sad
+day for the Moors when the victors marched into the
+town. There is a great deal of poetry and romance
+connected with this palace and the Moslems who were
+driven out of it. You should read Mr. Lockhart’s
+translation of the poems on these subjects, and the
+works of Prescott and Irving.”</p>
+
+<p class="p1">When the professor had completed his account, the
+doctor’s party passed in to the right, entering one of
+the apartments which surround the court on three of its
+sides.</p>
+
+<p>“That’s as mean a lot of lions as I ever saw,” said
+Murray, who had lingered at the fountain which gives
+its name to the court.</p>
+
+<p>“The sculpture of the lions is certainly very poor;
+but we can’t have every thing,” replied the doctor.
+“This is the Hall of the Abencerrages; and it gets its
+name from the story Mr. Mapps has just told you.
+Some say these nobles were slain in this room; and
+others, that they were beheaded near the fountain in
+the court, where the guides point out a dark spot as the
+stain of blood. You must closely examine the work in
+this little room if you wish to appreciate it.”</p>
+
+<p>They returned to the Court of the Lions, and, crossing
+it, entered the Hall of the Two Sisters. The students<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_343" id="Page_343">[343]</a></span>
+expected to hear some romance told of these
+two ladies; but they proved to be two vast slabs in
+the floor. This room and that of the Abencerrages
+were probably the sleeping apartments of the monarch’s
+family; and several small chambers, used for baths and
+other purposes, are connected with them. On each
+side of them are raised platforms for the couches. At
+the farther end of the court is the council-hall of justice.
+It is long and narrow, seventy-five by sixteen feet; and
+is very elaborately ornamented.</p>
+
+<p>At the northern end of the Court of Myrtles, is the
+Hall of Ambassadors, which occupies the ground floor
+of the Tower of Comares. It is the largest apartment
+of the palace, seventy-five by thirty-seven feet. This
+was the throne-room, or hall of audience, of the monarchs.
+The doctor again insisted that his pupils should
+scrutinize the work; and he called their attention to the
+horseshoe arches and various other forms and shapes,
+to the curious niches and alcoves, to the delicate coloring
+in the ceilings and on the walls, and to the interlacing
+designs, in the portions of the palace they visited.</p>
+
+<p>They had now seen the principal apartments on the
+ground floor; and they ascended to the towers, the open
+galleries of which are a peculiarity in the construction
+of the edifice. They were shown the rooms occupied
+by Washington Irving when he “succeeded to Boabdil,”
+and became an inhabitant of the Alhambra; but the
+Alhambra is a thing to be seen, and not described.
+They visited the Royal Chapel, the fortress, and for
+two days they were busy as bees, though one day was
+enough to satisfy most of the students.</p>
+
+<p>On the third day of their sojourn at the Alhambra,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_344" id="Page_344">[344]</a></span>
+the doctor’s party visited the Generalife. The name
+means “The Garden of the Architect,” who was probably
+an employee of the king; but the palace was purchased
+and used as a pleasure-house by one of the
+kings. The sword of Boabdil is shown here. The
+gardens, which are about all the visitor sees, are more
+quaint than beautiful. The walks are hedged in with
+box, and the cypress-trees are trimmed in square
+blocks, as in the gardens of Versailles. Passing
+through these, the visitor ascends a tower on a hill,
+which commands a magnificent view of Granada and
+the surrounding country.</p>
+
+<p>The abundance of water in and around the Alhambra
+attracts the attention of the tourist. The walks
+have a stream trickling down the hill on each side. It
+comes from the snow-crowned Sierra Nevadas; and, the
+warmer the weather, the faster do the ice and snow
+melt, and the greater is the flow of the water. In the
+Alhambra and in the Generalife these streams of water
+are to be met at almost every point.</p>
+
+<p>One day was given to the city of Granada, though
+the visitor cares but little for any thing but the Alhambra.
+Without mentioning what may be seen in the
+cathedral in detail, there is one sight there which is
+almost worth the pilgrimage to the city; and that is the
+tomb of Ferdinand and Isabella. Dr. Winstock ordered
+a carriage for the purpose of taking his charge
+to the church.</p>
+
+<p>When the team appeared at the door of the hotel,
+the students were very much amused at its singular
+character; for it was a very handsome carriage, but it
+was drawn by mules. The harness was quite elaborate<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_345" id="Page_345">[345]</a></span>
+and elegant; yet to be drawn by these miserable mules
+seemed to some of the party to be almost a disgrace.
+But the doctor said that they had been highly honored,
+since they had been supplied with what was doubtless
+the finest turnout to be had. These mules were very
+large and handsome for their kind, and cost more
+money than the finest horses. After this explanation,
+they were satisfied to ride behind a pair of mules.</p>
+
+<p>There are plenty of pictures and sculptures in the
+cathedral; but the party hastened to the royal chapel
+built by order of the sovereigns, which became their
+burial-place. The mausoleum is magnificent beyond
+description. It consists of two alabaster sepulchres in
+the centre of the chapel, on one of which are the forms
+of Ferdinand and Isabella, and on the other those of
+Crazy Jane and Philip, the parents of Charles V. But
+the lion of the place, to the students, was the vault
+below the chapel, to which they were conducted, down
+a narrow staircase of stone, by the attendant. On a
+low dais in the middle of the tomb were two very ordinary
+coffins, not differing from those in use in New
+England, except that they were strapped with iron
+bands.</p>
+
+<p>“This one, marked ‘F,’ contains the remains of Ferdinand,”
+said the doctor, in a low tone. “The other
+has an ‘I’ upon it, and holds all that time has left of
+the mortal part of Isabella, whose patronage enabled
+Columbus to discover the New World.”</p>
+
+<p>“Is it possible that the remains of Ferdinand and
+Isabella are in those coffins?” exclaimed Sheridan.</p>
+
+<p>“There is not a doubt of the fact. Eight years ago
+the late queen of Spain visited Granada, and caused<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_346" id="Page_346">[346]</a></span>
+mass to be said for the souls of these sovereigns at the
+same altar used by them at the taking of the city.
+Some of the guides will tell you that these coffins
+were opened at this time, and the remains of the king
+and queen were found to be in an excellent state of
+preservation. I don’t know whether the statement is
+true or not.”</p>
+
+<p>“Here are two other coffins just like them,” said
+Murray, as he turned to a sort of shelf that extended
+across the sides of the vault.</p>
+
+<p>“They contain the remains of Crazy Jane and Philip
+her husband, both of whose effigies are introduced in
+the sculpture on the monuments in the chapel above,”
+replied the doctor. “The coffin of Philip is the very
+one that she carried about everywhere she went, and
+so often embraced in the transports of her grief. She
+is at rest now.”</p>
+
+<p>Deeply impressed by what they had seen in the
+vault, which made the distant past more real to the
+young men, they returned to the chapel above. In
+the sacristy they saw the sword of Ferdinand, a very
+plain weapon, and his sceptre; but more interesting
+were the crown of silver gilt worn by Isabella, her
+prayer-book, and the chasuble, or priest’s vestment,
+embroidered by her.</p>
+
+<p>The party next visited the Carthusian Monastery,
+just out of the city, which contains some exquisite
+marble-work and curious old frescos. On their return
+to the Alhambra, they gave some attention to the gypsies,
+who are a prominent feature of Granada, where
+they are colonized in greater numbers than at any other
+place in Spain, though they also abound in the vicinity<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_347" id="Page_347">[347]</a></span>
+of Seville. They live by themselves, on the side of
+a hill, outside of the city. The tourists crossed the
+Darro, which flows at the foot of the hill on which the
+Alhambra and Generalife stand. They found the gypsies
+lolling about in the sun, hardly disturbed by the
+advent of the visitors. They seem to lead a vagabond
+life at home as well as abroad. They were of an olive
+complexion, very dirty, and very indolent. Some of the
+young girls were pretty, but most of the women were
+as disagreeable as possible. The men work at various
+trades; but the reputation of all of them for honesty
+is bad. They do not live in houses, but in caverns in
+the rocks of which the hill is composed. They are not
+natural caverns, but are excavated for dwellings.</p>
+
+<p>The doctor led the party into one of them. It was
+lighted only by the door; but there was a hole in the
+top for the escape of the smoke. There was a bed in
+a corner, under which reposed three pigs, while a lot
+of hens were picking up crumbs thrown to them by
+a couple of half-naked children. It was the proper
+habitation of the pigs, rather than the human beings.
+The onslaughts of the beggars were so savage that the
+visitors were compelled to beat a hasty retreat. The
+women teased the surgeon to enter their grottos in
+order to get the fee.</p>
+
+<p>In the evening some British officers from “Gib,” as
+they always call the great fortress, had a gypsy dance
+at the <i>Siete Suelos</i>. The doctor and his pupils were
+invited to attend. There were two men dressed in full
+Spanish costume, and three girls, also in costume, one
+of whom was quite pretty. One of the men was the
+captain of the gypsies, and played the guitar with marvellous<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_348" id="Page_348">[348]</a></span>
+skill, an exhibition of which he gave the party.
+There was nothing graceful about the dancing: it was
+simply peculiar, with a curious jerking of the hips. At
+times the dancers indulged in a wild song. When the
+show was finished, the gypsy girls made an energetic
+demonstration on the audience for money, and must
+have collected a considerable sum from the officers, for
+they used all the arts of the coquette.</p>
+
+<p>Just at dark a small funeral procession passed the
+hotel. It was preceded by half a dozen men bearing
+great candles lighted. The coffin was borne on the
+shoulders of four more, and was highly ornamented.
+The funeral party were singing or chanting, but so
+irreverently that the whole affair seemed more like a
+frolic than a funeral.</p>
+
+<p>“That is a gay-looking coffin,” said Murray to
+Mariano Ramos, the best guide and courier in Spain,
+who had been in the employ of the principal since the
+squadron arrived at Malaga.</p>
+
+<p>“That is all for show,” laughed Mariano. “The
+men will bring it back with them.”</p>
+
+<p>“Don’t they bury the dead man in it?”</p>
+
+<p>“No: that would make it too expensive for poor
+folks. They tumble the dead into a rough box, or
+bury him without any thing.”</p>
+
+<p>The next morning the excursionists started for Cordova,
+and arrived late at night, going by the same route
+they had taken to Granada as far as Bobadilla.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_349" id="Page_349">[349]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="break">
+
+<h2 class="p4">CHAPTER XXIV.</h2>
+
+<p class="pch">AN ADVENTURE ON THE ROAD.</p>
+
+<p class="drop-cap"><span class="smdrop">In</span> twelve hours after she started, the American
+Prince was in the harbor of Cadiz. Bark Lingall
+was on board; and Jacob Lobo, who spoke five languages,
+had been engaged at the Hotel de la Alameda
+as his companion. Mr. Pelham sent them ashore as
+soon as the anchor went over the bow.</p>
+
+<p>“Do you expect to find the Count de Escarabajosa
+in Cadiz?” asked the interpreter, as they landed.</p>
+
+<p>“Of course not: I told you he would not be here,”
+replied Bark. “I may find out where he went to from
+here, and I may not. I left him at the Hotel de Cadiz;
+and we will go there first.”</p>
+
+<p>“I can tell you where he went without asking a
+question,” added Lobo, to whom Bark had told the
+whole story of Raymond.</p>
+
+<p>“I can guess at it, as you do; but I want information
+if I can obtain it,” replied Bark.</p>
+
+<p>“You would certainly have been caught if you hadn’t
+thrown the detective off the track by going over to
+Oran.”</p>
+
+<p>“We went to Oran for that purpose.”</p>
+
+<p>“The count has got out of Spanish territory, and he<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_350" id="Page_350">[350]</a></span>
+will keep out of it for the present. Our next move will
+be to go to Gibraltar. He is safe there.”</p>
+
+<p>“I think we shall find him there.”</p>
+
+<p>The landlord of the hotel recognized Bark, who had
+been a guest in his house for several weeks. Raymond
+had not told him where he was going when he left. He
+had gone from the hotel on foot, carrying his bag in his
+hand.</p>
+
+<p>“Where do you think he went?” asked Bark.</p>
+
+<p>“My opinion at the time was that he went to Gibraltar;
+for a steamer sailed for Algeciras that day, and
+there was none for any other port,” replied the landlord.</p>
+
+<p>“But he might have left by the train,” suggested
+Bark.</p>
+
+<p>“He went away in the middle of the day, and the
+steamer left at noon.”</p>
+
+<p>“He did not leave by train,” added the guide.</p>
+
+<p>“I don’t think he did,” said Bark. “Now, when
+does the next steamer leave for Gibraltar?”</p>
+
+<p>“You will find the bills of the steamers hanging in
+the hall,” replied the landlord.</p>
+
+<p>One of these indicated that a Spanish steamer
+would sail at noon the next day.</p>
+
+<p>“Perhaps she will, and perhaps she will not,” said
+Lobo.</p>
+
+<p>“But she is advertised to leave to-morrow,” added
+Bark.</p>
+
+<p>“Very likely before night you may find another bill,
+postponing the departure till the next day: they do
+such things here.”</p>
+
+<p>“What shall we do?”</p>
+
+<p>“Wait till a steamer sails,” replied Lobo, shrugging
+his shoulders.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_351" id="Page_351">[351]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>“Is there any other way to get there?” asked Bark,
+troubled by the uncertainty.</p>
+
+<p>“Some other steamer may come along: we will go
+to the office of the French line, and inquire when one
+is expected,” replied Jacob.</p>
+
+<p>They ascertained that the French steamer did not
+touch at Gibraltar; and there was no other way than
+to depend upon the Spanish line. As Jacob Lobo had
+feared, the sailing of the boat advertised was put off
+till the next day.</p>
+
+<p>“You can go by land, if you are not afraid of the
+brigands,” said the interpreter.</p>
+
+<p>“Brigands?”</p>
+
+<p>“Within a year a party of English people were
+robbed by brigands, on the way from Malaga to
+Ronda; but that is the only instance I ever heard of.
+The country between here and Malaga used to be
+filled with smugglers; and there are some of that trade
+now. When their business was dull, they used to take
+to the road at times.”</p>
+
+<p>“How long would it take to go by the road?” asked
+Bark, who was very enthusiastic in the discharge of
+his duty, and unwilling to lose a single day.</p>
+
+<p>“That depends upon how fast you ride,” laughed
+Lobo. “It is about sixty miles, and you might make
+it in a day, if you were a good horseman.”</p>
+
+<p>“But I am not: I was never on a horse above three
+times in my life.”</p>
+
+<p>“Then you should take two days for the journey.”</p>
+
+<p>“If we should start to-morrow morning, we should
+not get there as soon as the steamer that leaves the
+following day<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_352" id="Page_352">[352]</a></span>.”</p>
+
+<p>“That steamer may not go for three or four days yet:
+it will depend upon whether she gets a cargo, or not.”</p>
+
+<p>Bark was vexed and perplexed, and did not know
+what to do. He went down to the quay where they
+had landed, and found the boats from the ship, bringing
+off the Josephines and the Tritonias. He applied
+to Mr. Pelham for advice; and, after consulting Mr.
+Fluxion, it was decided that he should wait for a
+steamer, if he had to wait a week; for there was no
+such desperate hurry that he need to risk an encounter
+with brigands in order to save a day or two. So the
+services of Bark and Jacob Lobo were economized as
+guides, for both of them knew the city. Two days
+later the Spanish steamer actually sailed; and in seven
+hours Bark and his courier were in Algeciras, whence
+they crossed the bay in a boat to Gibraltar.</p>
+
+<p>We left Raymond in Gibraltar, watching the newspapers
+for tidings of the American Prince; and he had
+learned of her arrival at Cadiz, where she had been
+for three days when Bark arrived at the Rock. He had
+heard nothing of the death of his uncle in Barcelona,
+and had no suspicion of the change of the circumstances
+we have described. He was not willing to risk
+himself in Cadiz while the Prince was there. As her
+consorts had not gone to Cadiz with her, he was satisfied
+that the steamer was to return to Malaga.</p>
+
+<p>After he obtained the news, and had satisfied himself
+that the Princes were going overland to Cadiz,
+he went to his chamber at the King’s Arms, where he
+attempted to reason out the future movements of the
+squadron. He had concluded, weeks before, that the
+fleet would not go to Lisbon, since all hands had visited<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_353" id="Page_353">[353]</a></span>
+that city; and now it appeared that Cadiz would be
+avoided for a second time, for the same reason. The
+Prince would wait there till her own ship’s company
+arrived, and then go back to Malaga. The Josephines
+and Tritonias would do the place, and then return to
+Malaga overland. It looked to Raymond like a very
+plain case; and he was confident that the fleet would
+come to Gibraltar next.</p>
+
+<p>He was entirely satisfied that his conclusion was a
+correct one. The squadron would certainly visit the
+Rock, for the principal could not think of such a thing
+as passing by a fortress so wonderful. Raymond was
+out of the way of arrest, if the detective should trace
+him to this place; and he could join his ship when she
+came. If the principal still wanted to send him to
+Barcelona, he would tell his whole story; and, if this
+did not save him, he would trust to his chances to
+escape. He sat at the window, thinking about the
+matter. It was just before sunset, and the air was
+delicious. He could look into the square in front of the
+hotel, and he was not a little startled to see the uniform
+of the squadron on a person approaching the
+hotel. He looked till he recognized Bark as the one
+who wore it.</p>
+
+<p>But who was the man with him? This question
+troubled him. The man was a stranger to him; for the
+fugitives had not employed a guide in Malaga, and
+therefore Jacob Lobo was all unknown to him. Neither
+the Prince nor her consorts were in Gibraltar; and
+it was plain enough to the Spaniard that Bark and his
+companion had come in the steamer he had seen going
+into Algeciras two hours before. They had come from<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_354" id="Page_354">[354]</a></span>
+Cadiz, and they could have no other errand in Gibraltar
+than to find him. Had Bark become a traitor? or,
+what was more likely, had he been required by the
+principal to conduct this man in search of him? Had
+Mr. Lowington ascertained that he was at the Rock?
+It was almost impossible, for he had met no one who
+knew him.</p>
+
+<p>He saw Bark and his doubtful companion enter the
+Club-House Hotel, and he understood their business
+there. He had not seen the <i>alguacil</i>, or detective, who
+had come on board of the Tritonia for him; but he
+jumped at the conclusion that this was the man. The
+principal had afforded him every facility for finding the
+object of his search; and now it appeared that he had
+sent Bark with him, to identify his expected prisoner.
+Raymond decided on the moment not to wait for the
+detective to see him. He rang the bell, and sent for
+his bill: he paid it, and departed before Bark could
+reach the hotel. He scorned to ask the landlord or
+waiters to tell any lies on his account. He hastened
+down to the bay; and at the landing he found the very
+boat that had brought Bark and his companion over
+from Algeciras, just hoisting her sails to return. The
+boatman was glad enough to get a passenger back, and
+thus double the earnings of the trip. It is about five
+miles across the bay; and, with a fresh breeze from
+the south-east, the distance was made in an hour.</p>
+
+<p>On the way, Raymond learned that the boat had
+brought over two passengers; and, from the boatman’s
+description of them, he was convinced that they were
+Bark and his companion. He questioned the skipper
+in regard to them; but the man had no idea who or<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_355" id="Page_355">[355]</a></span>
+what they were. The passengers talked in English all
+the way over, and he could not understand a word they
+said. It was not prudent for the fugitive to stay over
+night in Algeciras; and, procuring a couple of mules
+and a guide, he went to San Roque, where he passed
+the night. He found a fair hotel at this place; and he
+decided to remain there till the next day.</p>
+
+<p>He had time to think now; and he concluded that
+Bark and his suspicious companion would depart from
+the Rock when they found he was not there. But he
+did not lose sight of the fact that he was in Spain
+again. What would his pursuers do when they found
+that he had left the hotel? They would see his name
+on the books, and the landlord would tell them he had
+just left. There were plenty of boatmen at the landing,
+who had seen him embark in the boat for Algeciras.
+Raymond did not like these suggestions as they came
+up in his mind. They would cross the bay, and find
+the boatman, who would be able to describe him, as he
+had them. Then, when they had failed to find him at
+the <i>fondas</i>, they would visit the stables. It was easy
+enough to trace him.</p>
+
+<p>At first he thought of journeying on horseback to
+Xeres, and there taking the train to the north, and
+into Portugal; but he abandoned the thought when he
+considered that he was liable to meet the students at
+any point on the railroad. Finally he decided to start
+for Ronda, an interior city, forty miles from the Rock.
+At eight o’clock in the morning, he was in the saddle.
+He had retained the mules that brought him from
+Algeciras. José, his guide, was one of the retired
+brigands, of whom there are so many in this region.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_356" id="Page_356">[356]</a></span>
+As it was too soon for him to be pursued, he did not
+hurry, and stopped at Barca de Cuenca to dine.</p>
+
+<p>After dinner he resumed his journey. José was a
+surly, ugly fellow, and Raymond was not disposed to
+converse with him. This silence made the miles very
+long; but the scenery was wild and grand, and the
+traveller enjoyed it. After he had ridden about five
+miles he came to a country which was all hills and
+rocks. The path was very crooked; and it required
+many angles to overcome steeps, and avoid chasms.
+Suddenly, as he passed a rock which formed a corner
+in the path, he was confronted by three men, all armed
+to the teeth, with muskets, pistols, and knives. José
+was provided with the same arsenal of weapons; but
+he did not offer to use any of them.</p>
+
+<p>The leading brigand was a good-natured ruffian, and
+he smiled as pleasantly as though his calling was perfectly
+legitimate. He simply held out his hand, and
+said, “<i>Por Dios</i>,” which is the way that beggars generally
+do their business.</p>
+
+<p>“<i>Perdon usted por Dios hermano</i>,” replied Raymond,
+shaking his head.</p>
+
+<p>This is the usual way to refuse a beggar: “Excuse
+us for God’s sake, brother.” Raymond did not yet
+understand whether the three men intended to beg or
+rob; but he soon ascertained that the leader had only
+adopted this facetious way of doing what is commonly
+done with the challenge, “Your money or your life!”
+It was of no avail to resist, even if he had been armed.
+Most of his gold was concealed in a money-belt worn
+next to his skin, while he carried half a dozen Isabelinos
+in his purse, which he handed to the gentlemanly
+brigand.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_357" id="Page_357">[357]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>“<i>Gracias, señorito!</i>” replied the leader. “Your
+watch, if you please.”</p>
+
+<p>Raymond gave it up, and hoped they would be satisfied.
+Instead of this, they made him a prisoner,
+leading his mule to a cave in the hills, where they
+bound him hand and foot. José waited for his mule,
+and then, with great resignation, began his return
+journey.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_358" id="Page_358">[358]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="break">
+
+<h2 class="p4">CHAPTER XXV.</h2>
+
+<p class="pch">CORDOVA, SEVILLE, AND CADIZ.</p>
+
+<p class="drop-cap"><span class="smdrop">Cordova</span> is a gloomy and desolate city with
+about forty thousand inhabitants. It was once
+the capital of the kingdom of Cordova, and had two
+hundred thousand people within its walls; and some
+say a million, though the former number is doubtless
+nearer the truth. The grass grows in its streets now,
+and it looks like a deserted city, as it is. There is only
+one thing to see in Cordova, and that is the mosque.
+As soon as the party had been to breakfast, they
+hastened to visit it.</p>
+
+<p>“We will first take a view of the outside,” said the
+doctor to his pupils when they had reached the mosque.
+“This square in front of it is the Court of Oranges;
+you observe a few palms and cypresses, as well as
+orange-trees. The fountain in the centre was built by
+the Moors nearly a thousand years ago.”</p>
+
+<p>“But I don’t see any thing so very grand about the
+mosque, if that great barn-like building is the one,”
+said Murray. “It looks more like a barrack than a
+mosque. We have been in the mosque business some,
+and they can’t palm that thing off upon us as a real
+mosque. We have seen the genuine thing in Constantinople<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_359" id="Page_359">[359]</a></span>.”</p>
+
+<p>“I grant that the outside is not very attractive,”
+added the doctor. “But in the days of the Moors,
+when the mosque was in its glory, the roof was covered
+with domes and cupolas. In spite of what you say,
+Murray, this was the finest, as it is one of the largest
+mosques in the world. It covers an area of six hundred
+and forty-two by four hundred and sixty-two feet. It
+was completed in the year 796; and the work was
+done in ten years. It was built to outdo all the other
+mosques of the world except that at Jerusalem. Now
+we will go in.”</p>
+
+<p>The party entered the mosque, and were amazed, as
+everybody is who has not been prepared for the sight,
+by the wilderness of columns. There are about a
+thousand of them; and they formerly numbered twelve
+hundred. Each of them is composed of a single stone,
+and no two of them seem to be of the same order of
+architecture. They come from different parts of the
+globe; and therefore the marbles are of various kinds
+and colors, from pure white to blood red. These
+pillars form twenty-nine naves, or avenues, one way,
+and nineteen the other. The roof is only forty feet
+high, and the columns are only a fraction of this height.
+They have no pedestal, and support a sort of double
+arch, the upper one plain, and the lower a horseshoe;
+indeed, this last looks like a huge horseshoe stretching
+across below the loftier arch.</p>
+
+<p>For an hour the party wandered about in the forest
+of pillars, pausing at the <i>Mih-ràb</i>, or sanctuary of the
+mosque, where was kept the copy of the Koran made by
+Othman, the founder of the dynasty of that name. It
+is still beautiful, but little of its former magnificence<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_360" id="Page_360">[360]</a></span>
+remains; for the pulpit it contained is said to have
+cost the equivalent of five millions of dollars.</p>
+
+<p>“St. Ferdinand conquered Cordova in 1236; and
+then the mosque was turned into a Christian church
+without any great change,” said Dr. Winstock, as they
+approached the choir in the centre of the mosque.
+“The victors had the good sense and the good taste to
+leave the building pretty much as they found it. But
+three hundred years later the chapter of the church
+built this choir, which almost ruins the interior effect
+as we gaze upon it. The fine perspective is lost.
+Sixty columns were removed to make room for the
+choir. When Charles V. visited Cordova, and saw the
+mischief the chapter had wrought, he was very angry,
+and severely reproached the authors of it.”</p>
+
+<p>The tourists looked into the high chapel, and glanced
+at the forty-four others which surround the mosque.
+Then they walked to the bridge over the Guadalquiver.
+Arabian writers say it was built by Octavius Cæsar,
+but it was entirely reconstructed by the Moors. An
+old Moorish mill was pointed out; and the party
+returned to the mosque to spend the rest of their time
+in studying its marvellous workmanship. Early in the
+afternoon the excursionists left for Seville, and arrived
+in three hours. The journey was through a pleasant
+country, affording them an occasional view of the
+Guadalquiver.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter">
+     <img src="images/ill-366.jpg" width="450" height="285"
+         alt=""
+         title="" />
+     <div class="caption"><p class="pc">“<span class="smcap">He simply held out his hand.</span>” <span style="font-weight: normal; font-size: 90%;">Page <a href="#Page_356">356</a>.</span></p>
+</div></div>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_361" id="Page_361">[361]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>“To my mind,” said Dr. Winstock, as the party
+passed out of the <i>Hotel de Londres</i> to the <i>Plaza Nueva</i>,
+which is a small park in front of the City Hall,&mdash;“to
+my mind Seville is the pleasantest city in Spain, I
+have always been in love with it since I came here the
+first time; and I have spent four months here altogether.
+The air is perfectly delicious; and, though it
+often rains, I do not remember a single rainy day.
+The streets are clean, the houses are neat and pretty,
+the people are polite, the ladies are beautiful,&mdash;which
+is a consideration to a bachelor like myself,&mdash;and, if I
+had to spend a year in any city of Europe, Seville
+would be the place.”</p>
+
+<p>“What is there to see here?” asked Murray. “I
+should like a list of the sights to put in a letter I shall
+write to-day.”</p>
+
+<p>“The principal thing is the cathedral; then the
+<i>Giralda</i>, the <i>Alcazar</i>, the tobacco-factory, the Palace of
+San Telmo, the <i>Casa de Pilatos</i>.”</p>
+
+<p>“That will do, doctor. I can’t put those things in
+my letter,” interposed Murray.</p>
+
+<p>“You may say ‘Pilate’s house’ for the last; and add
+the <i>Calle de las Sierpes</i>, which is the most frequented
+street of the city.”</p>
+
+<p>“But I can’t spell the words.”</p>
+
+<p>“It is not in good taste to translate the name of a
+street; but it means ‘the street of the serpents.’ But I
+think you had better wait till you have seen the sights,
+before you attempt to describe them in your letter.”</p>
+
+<p>“I will look them up in the guide-book, when I
+write.”</p>
+
+<p>“This is the <i>Calle de las Sierpes</i>,” continued the
+doctor, as they entered a narrow street leading from
+the <i>Plaza de la Constitucion</i>&mdash;nearly every Spanish city
+has one with this name&mdash;in the rear of the City Hall.
+“This is the business street of the town, and it is
+generally crowded with people. Here are the retail<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_362" id="Page_362">[362]</a></span>
+stores, the cafés, the post-office, and the principal
+theatre.”</p>
+
+<p>The students were interested in this street, it was so
+full of life. The ends of it were barred so that no carriages
+could enter it; and the whole pavement was a
+sidewalk, as O’Hara would have expressed it. Passing
+the theatre, they followed a continuation of the same
+street.</p>
+
+<p>“Do you notice the name of this street?” said the
+doctor, as he pointed to the sign on a corner. “It is
+the <i>Calle del Amor de Dios</i>. It is so near like the Latin
+that you can tell what it means.”</p>
+
+<p>“But it seems hardly possible that a street should
+have such a name,&mdash;the ‘Street of the Love of God,’”
+added Sheridan.</p>
+
+<p>“That is just what it is; and it was given by reverent
+men. There is also in this city the <i>Calle de Gesu</i>, or
+Jesus Street; and the names of the Virgin and the
+saints are applied in the same way.”</p>
+
+<p>Passing through this street, the party came to the
+<i>Alameda de Hercules</i>.</p>
+
+<p>“The city has about the same history as most others
+in the South of Spain,&mdash;Romans, Goths, Vandals,
+Moors, Christians,” said the doctor. “But some of
+the romancists ascribe its origin to Hercules; and this
+<i>alameda</i> is named after him. Now we will take a
+closer view of one of the houses. You observe that
+they differ from those of our cities. They are built on
+the Moorish plan. What we call the front door is left
+open all day. It leads into a vestibule; and on the
+right and left are the entrances to the apartments.
+Let us go in<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_363" id="Page_363">[363]</a></span>.”</p>
+
+<p>“Is this a private house?” asked Sheridan, who
+seemed to have some doubts about proceeding any
+farther; but then the doctor astonished him by ringing
+the bell, which was promptly answered by a voice inquiring
+who was there.</p>
+
+<p>“<i>Gentes de paz</i>” (peaceful people), replied the surgeon;
+and this is the usual way to answer the question
+in Spain.</p>
+
+<p>It presently appeared that Dr. Winstock was acquainted
+with the gentleman who lived in the house;
+and he received a cordial welcome from him. The
+young gentlemen were introduced to him, though he
+did not speak English; and they were shown the house.</p>
+
+<p>In the vestibule, directly opposite the front door, was
+a pair of iron gates of open ornamental work, set in an
+archway. A person standing in the street can look
+through this gateway into the <i>patio</i>, or court of the
+mansion. It was paved with marble, with a fountain in
+the middle. It was surrounded with plants and flowers;
+and here the family sit with their guests in summer, to
+enjoy the coolness of the place. Thanking the host,
+and promising to call in the evening, the surgeon left
+with his pupils,&mdash;his “<i>pupilos</i>,” as he described them
+to the gentleman.</p>
+
+<p>After lunch the sight-seers went to the <i>Giralda</i>,
+which is now the campanile or bell-tower of the cathedral.
+It was built by the Moors in 1296 as a muezzin
+tower, or place where the priest calls the faithful to
+prayers, and was part of the mosque that stood on this
+spot. It is square, and built of red brick, and is
+crowned with a lofty spire. The whole height is three
+hundred and fifty feet. To the top of this tower the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_364" id="Page_364">[364]</a></span>
+party ascended, and obtained a fine view of the city
+and its surroundings,&mdash;so fine that they remained on
+their lofty perch for three hours. They could look
+down into the bull-ring, and trace the Guadalquiver for
+many miles through the flat country. The doctor
+pointed out all the prominent objects of interest; and
+when they came down they had a very good idea of
+Seville and its vicinity.</p>
+
+<p>The next day, as Murray expressed it, they “commenced
+work on the cathedral.” It is the handsomest
+church in Spain, and some say in the world. It is the
+enlargement of an old church made in the fifteenth
+century. On the outside it looks like a miscellaneous
+pile of buildings, with here and there a semicircular
+chapel projecting into the area, and richly ornamented
+with various devices. It is in the oblong form, three
+hundred and seventy by two hundred and seventy feet,
+not including the projecting chapels.</p>
+
+<p>“Now we will enter by the west side,” said the
+doctor, when they had surveyed the exterior of the vast
+pile. “The <i>Giralda</i> is on the other side. By the way,
+did I tell you what this word meant?”</p>
+
+<p>“You did not; but I supposed it was some saint,”
+replied Sheridan.</p>
+
+<p>“Not at all. It comes from the Spanish verb <i>girar</i>,
+which means to turn or whirl; and from this comes
+<i>Giralda</i>, a weathercock. The name is accidental, coming
+probably from the vane on the top of it at some former
+period,” continued the doctor as they entered the
+cathedral. “The central nave is about one hundred
+and twenty-five feet high; and here you get an idea of
+the grandeur of the edifice. Here is the burial-place<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_365" id="Page_365">[365]</a></span>
+of the son of Columbus. This slab in the pavement
+contains his epitaph:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p class="pc1 lmid">FERNANDO COLON.</p>
+
+<p class="pc">&mdash;&mdash;&#9670;&mdash;&mdash;</p>
+
+<p class="pi12"><i>Á Castilla, y á Leon<br />
+Nuevo mundo dío Colon.</i>”</p>
+
+<p class="p1">“<i>Hablo Español!</i>” exclaimed Murray. “And I
+know what that means,&mdash;‘To Castile and Leon Columbus
+gave a new world.’”</p>
+
+<p>“It is in all the school-books, and you ought to know
+it,” added Sheridan. “Colon means Columbus; but
+what was his full name in Spanish?”</p>
+
+<p>“Cristobal Colon. This son was quite an eminent
+man, and gave his library to the chapter of this church.
+Seville was the birthplace and the residence of Murillo;
+and you will find many of his pictures in the
+churches and other buildings.”</p>
+
+<p>The party went into the royal chapel. The under
+part of the altar is formed by the silver and glass
+casket which contains the remains of St. Ferdinand,
+nearly perfect. It is exhibited three days in the year;
+and then the body lies dressed in royal robes, with the
+crown on the head. The doctor pointed out the windows
+of stained glass, of which there are ninety-three.
+Nearly the whole day was spent in the church by those
+of the students who had the taste to appreciate its
+beautiful works of art. The next morning was devoted
+to the <i>Alcazar</i>. It was the palace of the Moorish sovereigns
+when Seville became the capital of an independent
+kingdom. After the city was captured, St. Ferdinand
+took up his quarters within it. Don Pedro the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_366" id="Page_366">[366]</a></span>
+Cruel repaired and rebuilt portions of it, and made it
+his residence; and it was occupied by the subsequent
+sovereigns as long as Seville was the capital of Spain.
+Though the structure as it now stands was mainly
+erected by Christian kings, its Arabian style is explained
+by the fact that Moorish architects were employed in
+the various additions and repairs.</p>
+
+<p>It is very like the Alhambra, but inferior to it as a
+whole. It contains apartments similar to those the
+students had seen at Granada, and therefore was not
+as interesting as it would otherwise have been. The
+gardens of the palace were more to their taste. They
+are filled with orange-trees and a variety of tropical
+plants. The avenues are lined with box, and the
+garden contains several small ponds. The walks near
+the palace are underlaid with pipes perforated with
+little holes, so that, when the water is let on, a continuous
+line of fountains cools the air; and it is customary
+to duck the visitors mildly as a sort of surprise.</p>
+
+<p>The tobacco-factory is the next sight, and is located
+opposite the gardens of the <i>Alcazar</i>. It is an immense
+building used for the manufacture of cigars, cigarillos,
+and smoking-tobacco. The article is a monopoly in
+the hands of the Government; and many of the larger
+cities have similar establishments, but none so large as
+the one at Seville. At the time of which we write, six
+thousand women were employed in making cigars, and
+putting up papers of tobacco. Visitors go through the
+works more to observe the operatives than to see the
+process of making cigars; and the students were no
+exception to the rule. Most of the females were old
+and ugly, though many were young. Among them<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_367" id="Page_367">[367]</a></span>
+were not a few gypsies, who could be distinguished by
+their olive complexion.</p>
+
+<p>These women all have to be searched before they
+leave the building, to prevent them from stealing the
+tobacco. Women are employed for this duty, who
+become so expert in doing it that the operation is
+performed in a very short time.</p>
+
+<p>On the river, near the factory, is the palace of San
+Telmo, the residence of the Duke de Montpensier, son
+of Louis Philippe, who married the sister of the late
+queen of Spain. It is a very unique structure, with an
+elaborate portico in the centre of the front, rising one
+story above the top of the palace, and surmounted
+with a clock. It has a score of carved columns, and
+as many statues. The rest of the building is quite
+plain, which greatly increases the effect of the complicated
+portico. The picture-gallery and the museums
+of art in the palace are opened to the tourist, and they
+richly repay the visit. Among the curiosities is the
+guitar used by Isabella I., the sword of Pedro the
+Cruel, and that of Fernando Gonzales. The building
+was erected for a naval school, and was used as such for
+a hundred and fifty years. It was presented by the
+queen to her sister in 1849.</p>
+
+<p>Leaving the palace, the party walked along the
+quays by the river, till they came to the <i>Toro del Oro</i>,
+or tower of gold. It was originally part of a Moorish
+fortress; but now stands alone on the quay, and is
+occupied as a steamboat-office. The Moors used it as
+a treasure-house, and so did Pedro the Cruel. In the
+time of Columbus it was a place of deposit for the
+gold brought over by the fleets from the New World,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_368" id="Page_368">[368]</a></span>
+and landed here. It is said that more than eight million
+ducats were often stored here.</p>
+
+<p>Near this tower, is the hospital of <i>La Caridad</i>, or
+charity. It was founded by a young nobleman who
+had reformed his dissipated life, and passed the remainder
+of it in deeds of piety in this institution. It
+is a house of refuge for the poor and the aged. It
+contains two beautiful <i>patios</i>, with the usual plants,
+flowers, and fountains. The institution is something
+on the plan of the Brotherhood of Pity in Florence;
+and the young gentlemen of the city render service in
+it in turn. The founder was an intimate friend of
+Murillo, which accounts for the number of the great
+artist’s pictures to be found in the establishment. Its
+little church contains several of them. A singular
+painting by another artist attracted the attention of
+some of the students as a sensation in art. It represents
+a dead prelate in full robes, lying in the tomb.
+The body has begun to decay; and the worms are
+feasting upon it, crawling in and out at the eyes, nose,
+and mouth. It is a most disgusting picture, though
+it may have its moral.</p>
+
+<p>A day was given to the museum which contains
+many of Murillo’s pictures, and next to that at Madrid
+is the finest in Spain. The <i>Casa de Pilatos</i> was visited
+on the last day the excursionists were in Seville at this
+time, though it happened that they came to the city a
+second time. It belongs to the Duke of Medina Celi,
+though he seldom occupies it. It is not the house of
+Pilate, but only an imitation of it. It was built in the
+sixteenth century, by the ancestors of the duke, some
+of whom had visited the Holy Land. The <i>Patio</i> is<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_369" id="Page_369">[369]</a></span>
+large and is paved with white marble, with a checkered
+border and other ornaments. In the centre is a
+fountain, and in each corner is a colossal statue of a
+goddess. Around it are two stories of galleries, with
+fine arches and columns. The palace contains a beautiful
+chapel, in which is a pillar made in imitation of
+that to which Christ was bound when he was scourged.
+On the marble staircase the guides point out a cock,
+which is said to be in the place of the one that crowed
+when Peter denied his Master; but of course this is
+sheer tomfoolery, and it was lawful game for Murray,
+who was the joker of the officers’ party.</p>
+
+<p>On another day the doctor and his pupils walked
+over the bridge to the suburb of Triana, where the
+gypsies lived. They were hardly more civilized than
+those seen at Granada. Then, as the order was not
+given for the departure, they began to see some of the
+sights a second time; and many of them will bear
+repeated visits. During a second examination of the
+<i>Alcazar</i>, Dr. Winstock told them many stories of Pedro
+the Cruel, of Don Fadrique, of Blanche of Bourbon,
+and of Maria de Padilla, which we have not the space
+to repeat, but which are more interesting than most of
+the novels of the day. After the ship’s company had
+been in Seville five days, the order was given to leave
+at quarter before six; and the party arrived at Cadiz
+at ten.</p>
+
+<p>This city is located nearly on the point of a tongue
+of land which encloses a considerable bay; and, when
+the train had twenty miles farther to go, the students
+could see the multitude of lights that glittered like
+stars along the line of the town. Cadiz is a commercial<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_370" id="Page_370">[370]</a></span>
+place, was colonized by the Ph&oelig;nicians, and they
+supposed it to be about at the end of the earth. They
+believed that the high bluff at Gibraltar, which was
+called Calpe, and Abyla at Ceuta in Africa, were part
+of the same hill, rent asunder by Hercules; and they
+erected a column on each height, which are known
+as the Pillars of Hercules. Cadiz was held by the
+Romans and the Moors in turn, and captured by the
+Spaniards in 1262. After the discovery of America, it
+shared with Seville the prosperity which followed that
+event; and the gold and merchandise were brought to
+these ports. Its vast wealth caused it to be often
+attacked by the pirates of Algiers and Morocco; the
+English have twice captured it, and twice failed to do
+so; and it was the civil and military headquarters of
+the Spaniards during the peninsular war. When the
+American colonies of Spain became independent, it
+lost much of its valuable commerce, and has not
+been what it was in the last century since the French
+Revolution.</p>
+
+<p>The boats of the American Prince, in charge of the
+forward officers and a squad of firemen and stewards,
+were on the beach near the railroad station; and the
+ship’s company slept on board that night. The next
+day was devoted to Cadiz. The cathedral is a modern
+edifice and a beautiful church, though the tourist who
+had been to Toledo and Seville does not care to give
+much of his time to it. In the Capuchin Monastery,
+to which the doctor took his pupils, is the last picture
+painted by Murillo. It is the Marriage of St. Catharine,
+and is painted on the wall over the high altar of
+the chapel. Before it was quite finished, Murillo fell<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_371" id="Page_371">[371]</a></span>
+from the scaffold, was fatally injured, and died soon
+after. The picture was finished by one of his pupils,
+at his request.</p>
+
+<p>There are no other sights to be seen in Cadiz;
+but the students were very much pleased with the place.
+Its public buildings are large and massive; its white
+dwellings are pretty; and its squares and walks on the
+seashore are very pleasant. By the kindness of the
+banker, the club-house was opened to the party.</p>
+
+<p>“I am rather sorry we do not go to Xeres,” said the
+doctor, when they were seated in the reading-room.
+“I supposed we should stop there on our way from
+Seville. I wished to take you into the great wine-vaults.
+I think you know what the place is noted for.”</p>
+
+<p>“<i>Vino del Xeres</i>,” replied Murray,&mdash;“Sherry wine.”</p>
+
+<p>“It is made exclusively in this place; and its peculiarity
+comes from the kind of grapes and method
+of manufacture. The business here is in the hands
+of English, French, and German people, who far
+surpass the Spaniards in the making of wine. The
+immense cellars and store-houses where the wine is
+kept are well worth seeing, though they are not
+encouraging to men with temperance principles. The
+place has forty thousand inhabitants, and is the <i>Xeres
+de la Frontera</i>, where Don Roderick was overwhelmed
+by the Moors, and the Gothic rule in Spain was
+ended.”</p>
+
+<p>“Seville is a larger place than Cadiz, isn’t it?”
+asked Sheridan.</p>
+
+<p>“More than twice as large. Seville is the third city
+of Spain, having one hundred and fifty-two thousand
+inhabitants; while Cadiz is the ninth, with only seventy-two
+thousand<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_372" id="Page_372">[372]</a></span>.”</p>
+
+<p>The party returned to the steamer; and the next
+morning she sailed for Malaga, where the Josephines
+and Tritonias had arrived before them. The fleet immediately
+departed for Gibraltar, and in five hours was
+at anchor off the Rock.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_373" id="Page_373">[373]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="break">
+
+<h2 class="p4">CHAPTER XXVI.</h2>
+
+<p class="pch">THE CAPTURE OF THE BEGGARS.</p>
+
+<p class="drop-cap"><span class="smdrop">When</span> Bark Lingall and Jacob Lobo arrived at
+Gibraltar, they went to the Club-House Hotel
+to inquire for the fugitive. He was not there; but they
+spent half an hour questioning the landlord and others
+about the hall, in regard to the town and its hotels
+and boarding-houses. Then they went to the King’s
+Arms; and, in the course of another half-hour, they
+learned that Henry Raymond had left this hotel within
+an hour. Where had he gone? The landlord could
+not tell. No steamer had left that day; he might have
+left by crossing the Neutral Ground, or he might have
+gone over to Algeciras in a boat.</p>
+
+<p>“I wonder why he cleared out so suddenly,” said
+Bark, very much annoyed at the situation.</p>
+
+<p>“I suppose he was frightened at something,” replied
+Jacob. “Very likely he saw you when we went into
+the Club-House.”</p>
+
+<p>“But he wouldn’t run away from me. He and I are
+the best of friends.”</p>
+
+<p>“But circumstances alter cases,” laughed the interpreter.
+“He may have supposed you had gone over to
+the enemy, and had come here to entrap him in some
+way<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_374" id="Page_374">[374]</a></span>.”</p>
+
+<p>“It may be; but I hardly believe it,” mused Bark.</p>
+
+<p>Jacob Lobo had no suspicion that he had been the
+cause of Raymond’s hurried departure; and he did not
+suggest the true solution of the problem. But the fugitive
+was gone; and all they had to do was to look
+him up. They were zealous in the mission with which
+they were charged, and lost not a moment in prosecuting
+the search. But they had almost gained the battle
+in obtaining a clew to the fugitive. Lobo declared that
+it would be easy enough to trace him out of the town,
+for he must have gone by the Neutral Ground, which is
+the strip of land separating the Rock from the mainland,
+or crossed to Algeciras in a boat. They were on
+their way to the landing-port, when the evening gun
+was fired.</p>
+
+<p>“That’s as far as we can go to-night,” said Lobo,
+coming to a sudden halt.</p>
+
+<p>“Why? what’s the matter now?” asked Bark.</p>
+
+<p>“That’s the gun, and the gate will be closed in a
+few minutes,” replied Lobo. “They wouldn’t open
+it to oblige the King of Spain, if he happened along
+here about this time.”</p>
+
+<p>It was no use to argue the matter in the face of
+fact; and they spent the rest of the day in making
+inquiries about the town. They went to the drivers of
+cabs, and to those who kept horses and mules to let.
+They questioned men and women located near the
+gate. No one had seen such a person as was described.
+They went to the King’s Arms for the night;
+and as soon as the gate was opened in the morning
+they hastened to the landing-port to make inquiries
+among the boatmen. They found one with whom they<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_375" id="Page_375">[375]</a></span>
+had spoken when they landed the day before. He
+wanted a job, as all of them do. He had seen a young
+man answering to the description given; and he had
+gone over to Algeciras in the very boat that brought
+them over. Would they like to go over to Algeciras?
+They would, immediately after breakfast; for they had
+left their bags, and had not paid their bill at the hotel.</p>
+
+<p>The wind was light, and it took them two hours to
+cross the bay. With but little difficulty they found the
+stable at which the fugitive had obtained his mules, and
+learned that the name of the guide was José Barca.
+The keeper of the <i>fonda</i> volunteered the information
+that José was a brigand and a rascal; but the stable-keeper,
+who had furnished the guide, insisted that the
+landlord spoke ill of José because he had not obtained
+the job for his own man.</p>
+
+<p>“About all these guides are ex-brigands and smugglers,”
+said Lobo.</p>
+
+<p>“But the landlord of the <i>fonda</i> looks like a more
+honest man than the stable-keeper,” added Bark. “I
+think I should prefer to trust him.”</p>
+
+<p>“I believe you are right, Mr. Lingall; but either of
+them would cheat you if he got the chance,” laughed
+Lobo; but, being a courier himself, it was for his interest
+to cry down the men with whom travellers have to
+deal, in order to enhance the value of his own calling.</p>
+
+<p>The landlord would furnish mules and a guide; and
+in an hour the animals were ready for a start. It was
+not known where Raymond had gone: he had taken
+the mules for San Roque, but with the understanding
+that he could go as far as he pleased with them. The
+name of the landlord’s guide was Julio Piedra. He<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_376" id="Page_376">[376]</a></span>
+was armed to the teeth, as Raymond’s guide had been.
+He was a good-natured, talkative fellow; and the fugitive
+would certainly have done better, so far as the
+agreeableness of his companion was concerned, if he
+had patronized the landlord instead of the stable-keeper.</p>
+
+<p>When the party arrived at the hotel in San Roque,
+their store of information was increased by the knowledge
+that Raymond had started that morning for
+Ronda. The pursuit looked very hopeful now, and the
+travellers resumed their journey.</p>
+
+<p>“We are not making more than three or four knots
+an hour on this tack,” said Bark, when they had ridden
+a short distance.</p>
+
+<p>“Three miles an hour is all you can average on
+mules through this country,” replied Lobo.</p>
+
+<p>“Can’t we offer the guide a bonus to hurry up?”</p>
+
+<p>“You can’t stand it to ride any faster; and, as it is,
+you will be very sore when you get out of bed to-morrow
+morning.”</p>
+
+<p>“I can stand any thing in this chase,” added Bark
+confidently.</p>
+
+<p>“What good will it do to hurry?” persisted Lobo.
+“It is one o’clock now; and Raymond has five hours
+the start of us. It will be impossible to overtake him
+to-day. The mules can go about so far; and at six
+o’clock we shall reach the place where Raymond
+stopped to dine. That will be Barca de Cuenca; and
+that will be the place for us to stop over night.”</p>
+
+<p>“Over night! I don’t want to stop anywhere till we
+come up with Raymond,” replied Bark.</p>
+
+<p>“You won’t say that when you get to Barca,” laughed<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_377" id="Page_377">[377]</a></span>
+Lobo. “You will be tired enough to go to bed without
+your supper. Besides, the mules will want rest, if you
+do not; for the distance will be twenty miles from Algeciras.
+Raymond stopped over night at San Roque.”</p>
+
+<p>“But where shall we catch up with him?”</p>
+
+<p>“Not till we get to Ronda, as things now stand.”</p>
+
+<p>“I don’t like the idea of dragging after him in this
+lazy way,” protested Bark.</p>
+
+<p>“What do you wish to do?” demanded Lobo, who
+had been over this road twenty times or more, and
+knew all about the business.</p>
+
+<p>“I don’t believe in stopping anywhere over night,”
+replied Bark with enthusiasm.</p>
+
+<p>“Very well, Mr. Lingall,” added Lobo, laughing.
+“If when you get to Barca, and have had your supper,
+you wish to go any farther, I will see what can be done.
+I can make a trade with Julio to go on with these
+mules, or we can hire others.”</p>
+
+<p>“You say that Raymond left at noon the place
+where we shall be at supper-time: where will he be at
+that time?” asked Bark.</p>
+
+<p>“He will go on to Barca de Cortes, which is twelve
+miles farther; unless he takes it into his head, as you
+do, that he will travel in the night.”</p>
+
+<p>“I am in favor of going on to that place where he
+sleeps.”</p>
+
+<p>“You are in favor of it now; but, take my word for
+it, you will not be in favor of it when you get to Barca
+de Cuenca,” laughed Lobo.</p>
+
+<p>“It will be only four hours more; and I can stand
+that, if I am tired, as I have no doubt I shall be. In
+fact, I am tired now, for I am not used to riding on
+horseback, or muleback either<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_378" id="Page_378">[378]</a></span>.”</p>
+
+<p>Before six o’clock they reached Barca de Cuenca;
+and Bark was certainly very tired. The motion of the
+mule made him uncomfortable, and he had walked a
+good part of the distance. But, in spite of his weariness,
+he was still in favor of proceeding that night to the
+place where it was supposed the fugitive lodged. It
+would save going about twenty miles in all; and he
+thought he should come out of the journey better in the
+end if he were relieved of riding this distance. Julio
+was willing to take out his mules again after they had
+rested two hours, for a consideration.</p>
+
+<p>While they were making these arrangements in the
+court of the <i>venta</i>, or inn, a man mounted on one mule,
+and leading another, entered the yard. He was dressed
+and armed in the same style as Julio. At this moment
+the landlord called the party to supper. Bark was
+democratic in his ideas; and he insisted that the guide
+should take a seat at the table with Lobo and himself.
+Julio was a little backward, but he finally took the seat
+assigned to him. He said something in Spanish to the
+interpreter as soon as he had taken his chair, which
+seemed to excite the greatest astonishment on the part
+of the latter. Lobo plied him with a running fire of
+questions, which Julio answered as fast as they were
+put. Bark judged, that, as neither of them touched the
+food which was on their plates, the subject of the conversation
+must be exceedingly interesting.</p>
+
+<p>“What is it, Lobo?” he asked, when he had listened,
+as long as his patience held out, to the exciting talk he
+could not understand.</p>
+
+<p>“Did you notice the man that rode into the yard on
+a mule, leading another?” said Lobo.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_379" id="Page_379">[379]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>“I did: he was dressed like Julio,” replied Bark.</p>
+
+<p>“That was José Barca, who came from Algeciras as
+Raymond’s guide.”</p>
+
+<p>“But what has he done with Raymond?” demanded
+Bark, now as much excited as his companions.</p>
+
+<p>“We don’t know. Julio has quarrelled with José,
+and refuses to speak to him; and he says José would
+not answer him if he did.”</p>
+
+<p>“Do you suppose any thing has gone wrong with
+Raymond?” asked Bark anxiously.</p>
+
+<p>“I don’t know; but it looks bad to see this fellow
+coming back at this time.”</p>
+
+<p>“Well, can’t you see José, and ask him what has
+become of Raymond?”</p>
+
+<p>“Certainly I can; but whether he will tell me is
+another thing.”</p>
+
+<p>“Of course he will tell you: why shouldn’t he?”</p>
+
+<p>“Circumstances alter cases. If Raymond has dismissed
+him in order to continue his journey in some
+other way, José will tell all he knows about it.”</p>
+
+<p>“Do you suppose that is what he has done?”</p>
+
+<p>“I am afraid not,” answered Lobo seriously.</p>
+
+<p>“What has become of him, then?” asked Bark,
+almost borne down by anxiety for his friend.</p>
+
+<p>“There is only one other thing that can have happened
+to him; and that is, that he has been set upon by
+brigands, and made a prisoner for the sake of the
+ransom. If this is the case, José will not be so likely
+to tell what he knows about the matter.”</p>
+
+<p>“Brigands!” exclaimed Bark, startled at the word.</p>
+
+<p>“A party of English people were captured last year;
+but I have not heard of any being on the road this<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_380" id="Page_380">[380]</a></span>
+year,” added Lobo. “But they won’t hurt him if he is
+quiet, and don’t attempt to resist.”</p>
+
+<p>After supper Lobo had a talk with José. He did
+not know what had become of the young gentleman.
+Three beggars had met them on the road, and Raymond
+had gone away with them. They wanted to
+show him a cave in the mountains, and he accompanied
+them. José had waited two hours for him, and then
+had gone to look for him, but could not find him.</p>
+
+<p>“Where was this?” demanded Lobo.</p>
+
+<p>“Less than two leagues from here,” replied José.</p>
+
+<p>Lobo translated this story to Bark, and declared
+that every word of it was a lie.</p>
+
+<p>“Raymond went from this <i>venta</i> five hours ago;
+and it must have taken six or seven hours for all that
+José describes to take place,” added Lobo. “But we
+must pretend to believe the story, and not say a word.”</p>
+
+<p>Bark could not say a word except to the interpreter,
+who had a talk with Julio next; and the guide presently
+disappeared. Lobo had formed his plan, and
+put it into execution.</p>
+
+<p>“The route by which we have come is not by the
+great road from San Roque to Ronda, but a shorter
+one by which two leagues are saved,” said Lobo,
+explaining his operations to Bark. “All the guides
+take this route. About a league across the country, is
+a considerable town, which is the headquarters of the
+civil guard, sent here last year after the English party
+was captured, to guard the roads. This is an extra
+force; and I have sent Julio over to bring a squad of
+them to this place. José will spend the night here, and
+start for home to-morrow morning. I want some of<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_381" id="Page_381">[381]</a></span>
+the civil guard before he goes; and they will be here in
+the course of a couple of hours. Julio is glad enough
+of a chance to get José into trouble.”</p>
+
+<p>“But do you believe José has done any thing wrong,
+even if Raymond has been captured by brigands?”
+asked Bark.</p>
+
+<p>“Very likely he is to have a share of the plunder
+and the ransom; and I think you will find him ready
+to negotiate for the ransom now.”</p>
+
+<p>This proved to be the case; for in the course of an
+hour José broached the subject to Lobo. He thought,
+if the friends of the young man would pay liberally for
+the trouble of looking him up, he might possibly be
+found. He did not know what had become of him;
+but he would undertake to find him. He was a poor
+man, and he could not afford to spend his time in the
+search for nothing. Lobo encouraged him to talk as
+much as he could, and mentioned several sums of money.
+They were too small. The beggars had probably
+lured the young man into the mountains; and he did
+not believe they would let him go without a reward.
+He thought that the beggars would be satisfied with
+fifty thousand <i>reales</i>.</p>
+
+<p>While they were talking about the price, Julio returned
+with an officer and ten soldiers, who at once
+took José into custody. It seemed that he had been
+mixed up in some other irregular transaction, and
+the officers knew their man. Lobo stated the substance
+of his conversation with José, who protested
+his innocence in the strongest terms. It was evident
+that he preferred to deal with the friends of Raymond,
+rather than the civil guard.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_382" id="Page_382">[382]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>The officer of the guard examined the guide very
+closely; and his story was quite different from that he
+had told Lobo, though he still insisted that the men
+whom they had encountered were beggars. The
+officer was very prompt in action. José was required
+to conduct the party to the spot where the young man
+had been captured. Bark and Lobo mounted their
+mules again, and Julio led the way as before.</p>
+
+<p>“Can any thing be done in the night?” asked Bark.</p>
+
+<p>“The officer says the night is the best time to hunt
+up these gentlemen of the road,” replied Lobo. “They
+often make fires, and cook their victuals, for the soldiers
+do not like to follow them in the dark.”</p>
+
+<p>When the procession had been in motion an hour
+and a quarter, José indicated that it had reached the
+place where the beggars&mdash;as he still persisted in calling
+them&mdash;had stopped the traveller. For some reason
+or other, he told the truth, halting the soldiers at
+the rock which made a corner in the road. He also
+indicated the place where the beggars had taken to the
+hills. The officer of the civil guard disposed of his
+force for a careful but silent search of the region near
+the road. Many of the soldiers were familiar with the
+locality; for they had examined it in order to become
+acquainted with the haunts of brigands. The members
+were widely scattered, so as to cover as much territory
+as possible. Bark and Lobo were required to remain
+with the officer.</p>
+
+<p>Not a sound could be heard while the soldiers were
+creeping stealthily about among the rocks, and visiting
+the various caverns they had discovered in their former
+survey. In less than half an hour, several of the guard<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_383" id="Page_383">[383]</a></span>
+returned together, reporting a fire they had all seen at
+about the same time. One of them described the place
+as being not more than ten minutes’ walk from the
+road; and he knew all about the cave in which the fire
+was built.</p>
+
+<p>“The mouth of the cave is covered with mats; but
+they do not conceal the light of the fire,” continued
+the soldier; and Lobo translated his description to
+Bark. “The smoke goes out at a hole in the farther
+end of the cave; and, when the brigands are attacked
+in front, they will try to escape by this opening in the
+rear.”</p>
+
+<p>“We will provide for that,” replied the officer.</p>
+
+<p>He sent out some of the men to call in the rest of
+the party; and, at a safe distance from the fire, they
+used a whistle for this purpose. In a short time all
+the soldiers were collected in the road, at the nearest
+point to the cave. The lieutenant sent five of his men
+to the rear of the cave, and four to the front, leaving
+José in charge of one of them.</p>
+
+<p>“Tell him not to let his men fire into the cave,” said
+Bark to the interpreter. “I am afraid they will shoot
+Raymond.”</p>
+
+<p>“I will speak to him; but I do not think there will
+be any firing,” replied Lobo. “When the beggars find
+they are in any danger, they will try to get out at the
+hole in the rear; and the lieutenant will bag them as
+they come out.”</p>
+
+<p>The officer directed the men in front not to fire at
+all, unless the brigands came out of the cave; and not
+then, if they could capture them without. Bark and
+Lobo accompanied the party to the rear, which started<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_384" id="Page_384">[384]</a></span>
+before the others. They went by a long roundabout
+way, creeping like cats the whole distance. They
+found the hole, and could see the light of the fire
+through the aperture.</p>
+
+<p>The beggars appeared to be having a jolly good
+time in the cavern, for they were singing and joking;
+and Lobo said they were drinking the health of the
+prisoner while he was listening at the aperture. The
+lieutenant thought that one of their number had been
+to a town, a league from the place, to procure wine
+and provisions with the money they had taken from
+Raymond; for they could smell the garlic in the stew
+that was doubtless cooking on the fire. And this
+explained the lateness of the hour at which they were
+having their repast.</p>
+
+<p>Bark looked into the hole. It appeared to be
+formed of two immense bowlders, which had been
+thrown together so as to form an angular space under
+them. The aperture was quite small at the rear end,
+and the bottom of the cave sloped sharply down to the
+part where the beggars were. Raymond could not
+be seen; but Bark heard his voice, as he spoke in
+cheerful tones, indicating that he had no great fears
+for the future. But, while Bark was looking into the
+den, the soldiers in front of the cave set up a tremendous
+yell, as they had been instructed to do; and the
+brigands sprang to their feet.</p>
+
+<p>The rear opening into the cave was partly concealed
+by the rocks and trees: and probably the brigands
+supposed the cave was unknown to the soldiers. The
+officer pulled Bark away from the hole, and placed
+himself where he could see into it.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_385" id="Page_385">[385]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>“<i>Arrida! Alto ahi!</i>” (Up! Up there!) shouted
+one of the brigands; and in a moment Raymond
+appeared at the opening, with his hands tied behind
+him, urged forward by the leader of the beggars.</p>
+
+<p>They evidently intended to make sure of their prisoner,
+and were driving him out of the cave before
+them. The moment the first beggar appeared, he was
+seized by a couple of the soldiers; and in like manner
+four others were captured, for their number had been
+increased since Raymond was captured. Bark was
+overjoyed when he found that his friend was safe. He
+cut the rope that bound his hands behind him, and
+then actually hugged him.</p>
+
+<p>“Who are you?” demanded Raymond; for it was too
+dark, coming from the bright light of the fire, for him
+to identify the person who was so demonstrative.</p>
+
+<p>“Why, don’t you know me, Henry?” asked Bark,
+wringing the hand of his friend.</p>
+
+<p>“What! Is it Bark?” demanded Raymond, overwhelmed
+with astonishment to find his late associate
+at this place.</p>
+
+<p>“Of course it is Bark.”</p>
+
+<p>“What are you doing here?”</p>
+
+<p>“I came after you; and I think, under the circumstances,
+it is rather fortunate I did come,” added Bark.</p>
+
+<p>“God bless you, Bark! for you have saved me from
+these vagabonds, who might have kept me for months,
+so that I could not join my ship.”</p>
+
+<p>That was all the harm the fugitive seemed to think
+would come of his capture. The soldiers had led the
+brigands down into the cavern, and the young men followed
+them. The fire was still burning briskly, and<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_386" id="Page_386">[386]</a></span>
+the pot over it was boiling merrily. Everybody was
+happy except the brigands; and the leader of these
+did not appear to be much disturbed by the accident
+that had happened to him.</p>
+
+<p>“<i>For Dios</i>,” said Raymond, extending his hand to
+this latter worthy.</p>
+
+<p>“<i>Perdon usted por Dios hermano</i>,” replied the leader,
+shrugging his shoulders.</p>
+
+<p>Raymond informed the lieutenant that this was the
+manner the interview on the road had commenced.
+The officer ordered the ruffians to be searched; and the
+purse and watch of Raymond were found upon the
+chief beggar. They were restored to the owner, with
+the request that he would see if the money was all in
+the purse.</p>
+
+<p>“I was not fool enough to give the beggar all I had,”
+answered Raymond. “I have a large sum of money in
+my belt, which was not disturbed.”</p>
+
+<p>The good-natured leader of the beggars opened his
+eyes at this statement.</p>
+
+<p>“There were six <i>Isabelinos</i> in the purse, and now
+there are but five,” added Raymond.</p>
+
+<p>“We spent one of them for food and wine,” said
+the gentle beggar. “We had nothing to eat for two
+days, till we got some bread we bought with this money.
+We were going to have a good supper before we started
+for the mountains; but you have spoiled it.”</p>
+
+<p>The officer was good-natured enough to let them eat
+their supper, as it was ready by this time. But Raymond
+and Bark did not care to wait, and started for
+the <i>venta</i>, where they intended to pass the night.
+Julio walked, and Raymond rode his mule.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_387" id="Page_387">[387]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>“I congratulate the Count de Escarabajosa on his
+escape,” said Lobo, as they mounted the mules.</p>
+
+<p>“I thank you; but where did you get that title,
+which I will thank you never to apply to me again?”
+replied Raymond rather coldly.</p>
+
+<p>“I beg your pardon; but I meant no offence,” said
+Lobo, rather startled by the coldness and dignity of
+Raymond.</p>
+
+<p>“He is a good friend; and if it hadn’t been for him
+I never should have found you, Henry,” interposed
+Bark.</p>
+
+<p>“I do not understand where he learned about that
+title, and I do not know who he is,” added Raymond.
+“If you say he is a friend, Bark, I am satisfied.”</p>
+
+<p>“He is, and a good friend. But why did you leave
+Gibraltar so suddenly?” asked Bark, thinking it best
+to change the subject.</p>
+
+<p>“I left because I saw you and your companion go
+into the Club-House Hotel; and I knew that you
+would come to the King’s Arms next,” replied Raymond.</p>
+
+<p>“You left because you saw me!” exclaimed Bark,
+astonished at this statement. “Why, I was sent after
+you because the principal thought you would not dodge
+out of sight if you saw Scott or me.”</p>
+
+<p>“I did not dodge out of sight because I saw you,
+but because I saw you had a companion I did not
+know: I came to the conclusion that your friend was
+the detective sent after me.”</p>
+
+<p>Bark explained who and what Lobo was; and Raymond
+apologized to the interpreter for his coldness.
+Before the party reached the <i>venta</i>, the messenger of<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_388" id="Page_388">[388]</a></span>
+the principal had explained the situation as it was
+changed by the death of Don Alejandro. Raymond
+was happy in being justified for his past conduct, and
+glad that his uncle had died confessing his sins and at
+peace with the Church.</p>
+
+<p>The fugitive and his friend were asleep when the
+soldiers arrived with the prisoners. In the morning
+Raymond read the letter of Don Francisco, and immediately
+wrote a reply to it, requesting him to take
+charge of his affairs in Barcelona; and to ask the
+advice of his uncle in New York. Bark wrote to the
+principal a full account of his adventures in search
+of Raymond. These letters were mailed at Ronda,
+where the prisoners were taken, and where Raymond
+had to go as a witness. The testimony was abundant
+to convict them all; but Spanish courts were so slow,
+that Bark and Raymond were detained in Ronda for
+two weeks, though Lobo was sent back to Malaga at
+once.</p>
+
+<p>The three brigands were sentenced to a long imprisonment;
+the two men who were found in the cave with
+them to a shorter term, as accomplices; but nothing
+was proved against José. Raymond made a handsome
+present to each of the soldiers, and to Julio, for the
+service they had rendered him; and, though his gratitude
+to Bark could not be expressed in this way, it was
+earnest and sincere. Julio and José were still in Ronda
+with their mules; and it was decided to return to Gibraltar
+as they had come. During their stay in this
+mountain city, the two students had seen the sights of
+the place; and they departed with a lively appreciation
+of this wild locality.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_389" id="Page_389">[389]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>In two days they arrived at Gibraltar, to find that
+the fleet had been there, and left. Both of them were
+astonished at this information, which was given them
+at the King’s Arms, where they had both been guests
+before. They had been confident that the squadron
+would take her final departure for the “Isles of the
+Sea” from this port.</p>
+
+<p>“Left!” exclaimed both of them in the same breath.</p>
+
+<p>“The three vessels sailed three days ago,” replied
+the landlord.</p>
+
+<p>“Where have they gone?” asked Raymond, who had
+depended upon meeting his friends on board of the
+Tritonia that evening.</p>
+
+<p>“That I couldn’t tell you.”</p>
+
+<p>They walked about the town, making inquiries in
+regard to the fleet; but no one knew where it had
+gone. The custom-house was closed for the day; and
+they were obliged to sleep without knowing whether or
+not the vessels were on their way across the ocean, or
+gone to some port in Spain.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_390" id="Page_390">[390]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="break">
+
+<h2 class="p4">CHAPTER XXVII.</h2>
+
+<p class="pch">THE BULL-FIGHT AT SEVILLE.</p>
+
+<p class="drop-cap"><span class="smdrop">“Now</span> we are under the meteor flag of old England,”
+said Clyde Blacklock, the fourth lieutenant
+of the Prince, after the squadron had come to
+anchor off the Rock.</p>
+
+<p>“Do you call that the meteor flag of England?”
+laughed Murray, as he pointed to the stars and stripes
+at the peak of the steamer.</p>
+
+<p>“We are in British waters anyhow,” replied Clyde.</p>
+
+<p>“That’s so; but the flag you are under just now is
+the glorious flag of the United States of America&mdash;long
+may it wave!”</p>
+
+<p>“They are both glorious flags,” said Dr. Winstock;
+“and both nations ought to be proud of what they
+have done for the human race.”</p>
+
+<p>“And Johnny Bull is the father of Brother Jonathan,”
+added Clyde.</p>
+
+<p>“There is the sunset gun,” said the doctor, as the
+report pealed across the water, and a cloud of smoke
+rose from one of the numerous batteries on the shore.
+“The gates of the town are closed now, and no one is
+allowed to enter or leave after this hour.”</p>
+
+<p>The surgeon continued to point out various buildings<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_391" id="Page_391">[391]</a></span>
+and batteries, rather to prevent the students from
+engaging in an international wrangle, to which a few
+were somewhat inclined, than for any other reason,
+though he was always employed in imparting information
+to them.</p>
+
+<p>The next morning, as soon as the arrangements were
+completed, the several ships’ companies landed at the
+same time, and marched in procession to the top of the
+hill, where the students were formed in a hollow square
+to hear what Professor Mapps had to say about the
+Rock. The view was magnificent, for the hill is fourteen
+hundred and thirty feet above the sea level.</p>
+
+<p>“Young gentlemen, I know that the view from this
+height is grand and beautiful,” the professor began,
+“and I cannot blame you for wishing to enjoy it at
+once; but I wish you to give your attention to the
+history of the Rock for a few minutes, and then I shall
+ask Dr. Winstock, who is more familiar with the place
+than I am, to point out to you in detail the various
+objects under your eye.”</p>
+
+<p>In addition to the twenty non-commissioned officers
+who had been detailed to act as guides for the party,
+quite a number of superior officers, and not a few
+ladies, formed a part of the professor’s audience. The
+latter had been attracted by curiosity to follow the students;
+and the majors, captains, and lieutenants were
+already on speaking-terms with the principal, the vice-principals,
+and the professors, though no formal introductions
+had taken place; and, before the day was over,
+all hands had established a very pleasant relation with
+the officers of the garrison and their families.</p>
+
+<p>“When the Ph&oelig;nicians came to the Rock and to<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_392" id="Page_392">[392]</a></span>
+Cadiz, they believed they had reached the end of the
+world; and here they erected one of the two Pillars
+of Hercules, which have already been mentioned to
+you. The Berbers were the original inhabitants of the
+Barbary States; and Tarìk, a leader of this people,
+captured the place. He gave his own name to his
+conquest, calling it Ghebal-Tarìk, or the Hill of Tarìk.
+This was in 711; but Guzman the Good, the first of
+the Dukes of Medina Sidonia, recovered it in 1309.
+Soon after, the Spanish governor of the Rock stole
+the money appropriated for its defence, employing it in
+a land speculation at Xeres; and the place surrendered
+to the Moors. In 1462 another Duke of Medina Sidonia
+drove out the Moslems; and Spain held the Rock
+till 1704. In this year, during the war of the Spanish
+succession, the fortress was attacked by the combined
+forces of the English and the Dutch. The Spanish
+garrison consisted of only one hundred and fifty men;
+but it killed or disabled nearly twice this number of
+the assailants before the Rock was surrendered, which
+shows that it was a very strong place even then; and
+its defences have been doubled since that time. The
+Spaniards have made repeated attempts to recover possession
+of the fortress, but without success; and it has
+been settled that it is entirely impregnable.”</p>
+
+<p>The English officers applauded this last statement;
+and Dr. Winstock, stepping upon the rock which served
+the professor for a rostrum, proceeded to point out the
+objects on interest in sight.</p>
+
+<p>“You have two grand divisions before you,” said the
+surgeon. “On the other side of the strait is Africa,
+with its rough steeps. The nest of white houses you<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_393" id="Page_393">[393]</a></span>
+see at the head of the deep bay is Ceuta; and the hill
+is the Mount Abyla of the ancients, on which the other
+Pillar of Hercules was planted. Turning to the west,
+the broad Atlantic is before you. Below is the beautiful
+Bay of Gibraltar, with Algeciras on the opposite
+side. The village north of us is San Roque; and the
+lofty snow-capped mountains in the north-east are the
+Sierra Nevadas, which you saw from Granada. Now
+look at what is nearer to us. The strait is from twelve
+to fifteen miles wide. Perhaps you saw some of the
+monkeys that inhabit the Rock on your way up the hill.
+Though there are plenty of them on the other side of
+the strait, they are not found in a wild state in any
+part of Europe except on this Rock. How they got
+here, is the conundrum; and some credulous people
+insist that there is a tunnel under the strait by which
+they came over.</p>
+
+<p>“Below you is Europa Point; or, rather, three
+capes with this name. You see the beautiful gardens
+near the Point; and in the hands of the English people
+the whole Rock blossoms like the rose, while, if any
+other people had it, it would be a desolate waste.
+Stretching out into the bay, near the dockyard, is the
+new mole, which is seven hundred feet long. The one
+near the landing-port is eleven hundred feet; but it
+shelters only the small craft. The low, sandy strip of
+ground that bounds the Rock on the north is the Neutral
+Ground, where the sentinels of the two countries
+are always on duty. This strip of land is diked, so
+that it can be inundated and rendered impassable to an
+army in a few moments.”</p>
+
+<p>The doctor finished his remarks, but we have not<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_394" id="Page_394">[394]</a></span>
+reported all that he said; nor have we space for the
+speeches of a couple of the English officers who were
+invited to address the students, though they gave much
+information in regard to the fortress and garrison life
+at the Rock. The crowd was divided into small parties,
+and spent the rest of the day in exploring the fortifications
+with the guides. As usual, the doctor had
+the captain and first lieutenant under his special charge.</p>
+
+<p>“The east and south sides of the Rock, as you
+observed when we came into the bay from Malaga,”
+said he, “are almost perpendicular; and at first sight
+it would seem to be absurd to fortify a steep which no
+one could possibly ascend. But an enemy would find
+a way to get up if it were not for the guns that cover
+this part of the Rock. The north end is also too steep
+to climb. The west side, where we came up by the
+zigzag path, has a gentler slope; and this is protected
+by batteries in every direction.”</p>
+
+<p>“I can see the guns of the batteries; but I do not
+see any on the north and east sides of the Rock,” said
+Sheridan.</p>
+
+<p>“The edges of the Rock on all sides are tunnelled:
+and these galleries form a series of casemates, with
+embrasures, or port-holes, every thirty or forty yards,
+through which the great guns are pointed. These galleries
+are in tiers, or stories, and there are miles of
+them. They were made just before the French Revolution
+began, nearly a hundred years after the English
+got possession.”</p>
+
+<p>“They must have cost a pile of money,” suggested
+Murray.</p>
+
+<p>“Yes; and it costs a pile of money to support them<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_395" id="Page_395">[395]</a></span>,”
+added the doctor. “Five thousand troops are kept
+here in time of peace. Some British statesmen have
+advocated the policy of giving or selling the Rock to
+Spain; for it has been a standing grievance to this
+power to have England own a part of the peninsula.
+But in other than a military view the Rock is valuable
+to England. Whatever wars may be in progress on the
+face of the earth, her naval and commercial vessels can
+always find shelter in the port of Gibraltar.”</p>
+
+<p>“But I don’t see how it could prevent ships of
+war from entering the Mediterranean Sea,” added
+Sheridan.</p>
+
+<p>“I doubt whether it could ever do that except by
+sheltering a fleet to do the fighting; for no gun in
+existence could send a shot ten or twelve miles,” replied
+the doctor.</p>
+
+<p>By this time the party had reached the entrance of
+the galleries, and they went in to view what the surgeon
+had described. The students were amazed at the extent
+of the tunnels, and the vast quantities of shot and shell
+piled up in every part of the works; at the great guns,
+and the appliances for handling them. They walked
+till they were tired out; and then the party descended
+to the town for a lunch.</p>
+
+<p>“This isn’t much of a city,” said Murray, as they
+walked through its narrow and crooked streets to Commercial
+Square, where the hotels are located.</p>
+
+<p>“I believe the people do not brag of it, though it
+contains much that is interesting,” replied the doctor.
+“You find all sorts of people here: there are Moors,
+Jews, Greeks, Portuguese, and Spaniards, besides the
+English. This is a free port, and vast quantities of
+goods are smuggled into Spain from this town<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_396" id="Page_396">[396]</a></span>.”</p>
+
+<p>They lunched at the Club-House; and it was a luxury
+to sit at the table with English people, who do not
+wear their hats, or smoke between the courses. After
+this important duty had been disposed of, the party
+walked to the <i>alameda</i>, as the Spaniards call it, or
+the parade and public garden as the English have it.
+It is an exceedingly pleasant retreat to an English-speaking
+traveller who has just come from Spain, for
+every thing is in the English fashion. It contains a
+monument to the Duke of Wellington, and another to
+General Lord Heathfield. The party enjoyed this
+garden so much that they remained there till it was
+time to go on board of the ship.</p>
+
+<p>Three days were spent at the Rock, and many courtesies
+were exchanged between the sailors and the soldiers.
+The students saw a review of a brigade, and
+the officers were feasted at the mess-rooms of the garrison.
+The principal was sorely tried when he saw the
+wine passing around among the military men; but the
+students drank the toasts in water. In return for these
+civilities, the officers were invited on board of the
+vessels of the squadron; the yards were manned; the
+crews were exercised in the various evolutions of seamanship;
+and a bountiful collation was served in each
+vessel. Everybody was happy.</p>
+
+<p>Dr. Winstock was a little more “gamy” than the
+principal; and, when he heard that there was to be a
+bull-fight at Seville on Easter Sunday, he declared that
+it would be a pity to take the students away from Spain
+without seeing the national spectacle. He suggested
+that the ceremonies of Holy Week would also be very
+interesting. The question was discussed for a long<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_397" id="Page_397">[397]</a></span>
+time. All the rest of their lives these young men
+would be obliged to say that they had been to Spain
+without seeing a bull-fight. The professors were consulted;
+and they were unanimously in favor of making
+a second visit to Seville. It was decided to adopt the
+doctor’s suggestion.</p>
+
+<p>“But it will be impossible to get into the hotels,”
+added Dr. Winstock. “They all double their prices,
+and are filled to overflowing for several days before the
+ceremonies begin.”</p>
+
+<p>“Then, why did you suggest the idea of going?”
+laughed the principal. “The boys must have something
+to eat, and a place to sleep.”</p>
+
+<p>“I think we can do better than to go to the hotels,
+even if we could get into them,” replied the doctor.
+“The Guadalquiver is very high at the present time,
+and the fleet will go up to Seville without quarrelling
+with the bottom. We can anchor off the <i>Toro del Oro</i>,
+and save all the hotel-bills.”</p>
+
+<p>This plan was adopted; and the order to coal the
+steamer for the voyage across the Atlantic was rescinded,
+so that she might go up the river as light as
+possible. Half a dozen officers of the garrison were
+taken as passengers, guests of the officers, for the excursion,
+as the steamer was to return to the Rock. On
+Tuesday morning the fleet sailed. While the schooners
+remained off Cadiz, the Prince ran in and obtained
+three pilots,&mdash;a father and his two sons,&mdash;and distributed
+them among the vessels. At the mouth of the
+river the Prince took her consorts in tow. They were
+lashed together, and a hawser extended to each of
+them. Off Bonanza the vessels anchored for the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_398" id="Page_398">[398]</a></span>
+night; for the pilots would not take the risk of running
+in the darkness. In the morning the voyage was
+renewed. Portions of the country were flooded with
+water, for the ice and snows in the mountains were
+melting in the warm weather of spring. Indeed, there
+was so much water that it bothered the pilot of the
+steamer to keep in the channel, for the high water
+covered some of his landmarks. There were some
+sharp turns to be made; and the pilots in the Tritonia
+and Josephine had to be as active as their father in the
+steamer; for, in making these curves, the hawser of the
+outer vessel had to be slacked off; and, when the ropes
+were well run out, the steamer was stopped, and they
+were hauled in. But, before sunset, the fleet was at
+anchor off Seville.</p>
+
+<p>The next day was Holy Thursday, and all hands
+were landed to see the sights. The city was crowded
+with people. All along the streets through which the
+procession was to pass, seats were arranged for the
+spectators, which were rented for the occasion, as in
+the large cities at home. The trip to Seville had been
+decided upon a week before the vessels arrived, and
+while they were at Malaga. Couriers had been sent
+ahead to engage places for the procession, and in
+the <i>Coliseo de Toros</i>. Lobo and Ramos were on the
+quay when the boats landed; and the students were
+conducted to the places assigned to them. They went
+early, and had to wait a long time; but the people
+were almost as interesting as the “<i>Gran Funcion</i>” as
+they call any spectacle, whether it be a bull-fight or a
+church occasion.</p>
+
+<p>Not only was the street where they were seated full<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_399" id="Page_399">[399]</a></span>
+of people, but all the houses were dressed in the gayest
+of colors; and no one would have suspected that
+the occasion was a religious ceremony. Printed programmes
+of all the details of the procession had been
+hawked about the streets for the last two days, and
+Lobo had procured a supply of them; but unfortunately,
+as they were in Spanish, hardly any of the students
+could make use of them, though the surgeon,
+the professors, and the couriers, translated the main
+items for them.</p>
+
+<p>“I suppose you both understand the meaning of the
+procession we are about to see,” said the doctor, while
+they waiting.</p>
+
+<p>“I don’t,” replied Murray. “My father is a
+Scotchman, and I was brought up in the kirk.”</p>
+
+<p>“The week begins with Palm Sunday, which commemorates
+the entry of Christ into Jerusalem, when
+the people cast palm-branches before him; Holy
+Thursday celebrates the institution of the Lord’s Supper;
+Good Friday, the crucifixion; Holy Saturday is
+when water used in baptism is blessed; and Easter
+Sunday, the greatest of all the holy days except
+Christmas, is in honor of the resurrection of the
+Saviour. On Holy Thursday, in Madrid, the late
+queen used to wash the feet of a dozen beggars, as
+Christ washed the feet of his disciples. I hear music,
+and I think the procession is coming.”</p>
+
+<p>It was not church music which the band at the head
+of the procession played, but lively airs from the
+operas. A line of soldiers formed in front of the spectators
+that filled the street, to keep them back; and the
+procession soon came in sight. To say that the boys<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_400" id="Page_400">[400]</a></span>
+were amused would be to express it mildly as the leading
+feature of the show came into view. It seemed to
+be a grand masquerade, or a tremendous burlesque.
+First came a number of persons dressed in long robes
+of white, black, or violet, gathered up at the waist by a
+leather belt. On their heads they wore enormous fools’
+caps, in the shape of so many sugar-loaves, but at least
+four feet high.</p>
+
+<p>“You mustn’t laugh so as to be observed,” said the
+doctor to the first lieutenant. “These are the penitents.”</p>
+
+<p>“They ought to be penitent for coming out in such a
+rig,” laughed Murray.</p>
+
+<p>A pointed piece of cloth fell from the tall cap of the
+penitents over the face and down upon the breast, with
+round holes for the eyes. Some carried torches, and
+others banners with the arms of some religious order
+worked on them. These people were a considerable
+feature of the procession, and they were to be seen
+through the whole length of it.</p>
+
+<p>After them came some men dressed as Roman soldiers,
+with helmet, cuirass, and yellow tunic, representing
+the soldiers that took part in the crucifixion. They
+were followed by a kind of car, which seemed to float
+along without the help of any bearers; but it was carried
+by men under it whose forms were concealed by
+the surrounding drapery that fell to the ground, forming
+a very effective piece of stage machinery. The car
+was richly ornamented with gold and velvet, and bore
+on its top rail several elegant and fancifully shaped
+lanterns in which candles were burning.</p>
+
+<p>On the car was a variety of subjects represented by<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_401" id="Page_401">[401]</a></span>
+a dozen figures, carved in wood and painted to the life.
+Above all the others rose Christ and the two thieves on
+the crosses. The Virgin Mary was the most noticeable
+figure. She was dressed in an elegant velvet robe,
+embroidered with gold, with a lace handkerchief in her
+hand. A velvet mantle reached from her shoulders
+over the rail of the car to the ground. Her train was
+in charge of an angel, who managed it according to her
+own taste and fancy. On the car were other angels,
+who seemed to be more ornamental than useful.</p>
+
+<p>The rest of the procession was made up of similar
+materials,&mdash;holy men, women and children, crosses,
+images of saints, such as have often been seen and described.
+During the rest of the week, the students
+visited the cathedral, where they saw the blackened
+remains of King Ferdinand, and other relics that are
+exhibited at this time, as well as several other of the
+churches. Easter Sunday came, and the general joy
+was as extravagantly manifested as though the resurrection
+were an event of that day. Early in the afternoon
+crowds of gayly dressed people of all classes and ranks
+began to crowd towards the bull-ring. All over the
+city were posted placards announcing this <i>Gran Funcion</i>,
+with overdrawn pictures of the scenes expected to
+transpire in the arena. We have one of these bills
+before us as we write.</p>
+
+<p>“As we are to take part in the <i>Funcion</i>, we will go
+to the <i>plaza</i>” said the doctor, as he and his friends
+left the cathedral.</p>
+
+<p>“Take part!” exclaimed Murray. “I have no idea
+of fighting a bull. I would rather be on board of the
+ship<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_402" id="Page_402">[402]</a></span>.”</p>
+
+<p>“Perhaps I should have said ‘assist in the <i>Funcion</i>,’
+which is the usual way of expressing it in Spain.”</p>
+
+<p>“Who is this?” said Sheridan, as a couple of young
+men wearing the uniform of the squadron approached
+the party. “Upon my word, it is Raimundo!”</p>
+
+<p>The young men proved to be Raymond and Bark
+Lingall, just arrived from Gibraltar. The fugitive had
+resumed his uniform when he expected to join the Tritonia;
+and, if he had asked any officer of the garrison
+where the fleet had gone, he could have informed him.
+In the evening one of them spoke to Raymond at the
+hotel, asking him how it happened that he had not
+gone to Seville. This led to an explanation. Raymond
+and Bark had taken a steamer to Cadiz the next
+day, and had just arrived in a special train, in season
+for the bull-fight. The surgeon, who knew all about
+Raymond’s history, gave him a cordial greeting; and
+so did his shipmates of the Tritonia.</p>
+
+<p>“You are just in time to assist at the bull-fight,”
+said Scott, who readily took up the Spanish style of
+expressing it, for it seemed like a huge joke to him.</p>
+
+<p>“I don’t care for the bull-fight, but I am glad to be
+with the fellows once more,” replied Raymond, as he
+seated himself with the officers of the vessel.</p>
+
+<p>Before the show began, he had reported himself to
+Mr. Lowington and Mr. Pelham; and some of the students
+who did not understand the matter thought he
+received a very warm greeting for a returned runaway.
+But all hands were thinking of the grand spectacle;
+and not much attention was given to Raymond and
+Bark, except by their intimate friends.</p>
+
+<p>“If the people are so fond of these shows, I should<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_403" id="Page_403">[403]</a></span>
+think they would have more of them,” said Sheridan.
+“This is the first chance we have had to see one; and
+we have been in Spain four months.”</p>
+
+<p>“They cost too much money; and only the large
+places can afford to have them,” replied the doctor.
+“It costs about two thousand dollars to get one up in
+good style. I will tell you all about the performers as
+they come in.”</p>
+
+<p>“But what are all those people doing in the ring?”
+asked Murray; for the arena was filled with spectators
+walking about, chatting and smoking.</p>
+
+<p>“They are the men who will occupy the lower seats,
+which are not very comfortable; and they prefer to
+walk about till the performance begins. They are all
+deeply interested in the affair, and are talking it over.”</p>
+
+<p>“I don’t see many ladies here,” said Sheridan. “I
+was told that they all attend the bull-fights.”</p>
+
+<p>“I should think that one-third of the audience were
+ladies,” replied the doctor, looking about the <i>plaza</i>.
+“At those I attended in Madrid, there were not five
+hundred ladies present.”</p>
+
+<p>The <i>Plaza de Toros</i> at Seville, which the people dignify
+by calling it the <i>Coliseum</i>, is about the same size
+as the one at Madrid, open at the top, and will seat
+ten or twelve thousand people. It is circular in form,
+and the walls may be twenty or twenty-five feet high.
+Standing in the ring, the lower part of the structure
+looks much like a country circus on a very large scale;
+the tiers of seats for the common people sloping down
+from half the height of the walls to the arena, which
+is enclosed by a strong fence about five feet high.
+Inside of the heavy fence enclosing the ring, is another,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_404" id="Page_404">[404]</a></span>
+which separates the spectators from a kind of avenue
+all around the arena; and above this is stretched a
+rope, to prevent the bull, in case he should leap the
+inner fence, from going over among the spectators.
+This avenue between the two fences is for the use of
+the performers and various hangers-on at the <i>funcion</i>.</p>
+
+<p>Above the sloping rows of seats, are balconies, or
+boxes as they would be called in a theatre. They are
+roofed over, and the front of them presents a continuous
+colonnade supporting arches, behind which are sloping
+rows of cushioned seats. In hot weather, awnings
+are placed in front of those exposed to the sun. Opposite
+the gates by which the bull is admitted is an elaborately
+ornamented box for the “<i>autoridad</i>” and the
+person who presides over the spectacle. The latter
+was often the late queen, in Madrid; and on the present
+occasion it was the <i>infanta</i>, the Marquesa de Montpensier.
+This box was dressed with flags and bright colors.</p>
+
+<p>During the gathering of the vast audience, which
+some estimated at fifteen thousand, a band had been
+playing. Punctually at three o’clock came a flourish
+of trumpets, and two <i>alguacils</i>, dressed in sober black,
+rode into the ring; and the people there vacated it,
+leaping over the fences to their seats. When the arena
+was clear, another blast announced the first scene of the
+tragedy.</p>
+
+<p>“Now we have a procession of the performers,” said
+the doctor to his pupils. “The men on horseback are
+<i>picadores</i>, from <i>pica</i>, a lance; and you see that each
+rider carries one.”</p>
+
+<p>These men were dressed in full Spanish costume,
+and wore broad sombreros on their heads, something<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_405" id="Page_405">[405]</a></span>
+like a tarpaulin. They were mounted on old hacks of
+horses, worn out by service on the cabs or omnibuses.
+They are blindfolded during the fight, to keep them
+from dodging the bull. The legs of the men are cased
+in splints of wood and sole-leather to protect them
+from the horns of the bull. Each of them is paid a
+hundred dollars for each <i>corrida</i>, or performance.</p>
+
+<p>“Those men with the red and yellow mantles, or
+cloaks, on their arms, are the <i>chulos</i>, whose part is to
+worry the bull, and to call him away from the <i>picador</i>,
+or other actor who is in danger,” continued the surgeon.
+“Next to them are the <i>banderilleros</i>; and the
+dart adorned with many colored ribbons is called a
+<i>banderilla</i>. You will see what this is for when the
+time comes. The last are the <i>matadors</i>, or <i>espadas</i>;
+and each of them carries a Toledo blade. They are
+the heroes of the fight; and, when they are skilful,
+their reputation extends all over Spain. Montes, one
+of the most celebrated of them, was killed in a <i>corrida</i>
+in Madrid. Cuchares was another not less noted; and,
+when I saw him, he was received with a demonstration
+of applause that would have satisfied a king of Spain.
+I don’t know what has become of him. I see that the
+names of four <i>espadas</i> are given on the bill, besides a
+supernumerary in case of accident. The <i>espadas</i>
+receive from two to three hundred dollars for a <i>corrida</i>;
+the <i>banderilleros</i>, from fifty to seventy-five; and
+the <i>chulos</i>, from fifteen to twenty.”</p>
+
+<p>An <i>alguacil</i> now entered the ring, and, walking over
+to the box of the authorities, asked permission to
+begin the fight. The key of the bull-pen was given to
+him. He returned, gave it to the keeper of the gate;<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_406" id="Page_406">[406]</a></span>
+and made haste to save himself by jumping over the
+fence, to the great amusement of the vast audience.</p>
+
+<p>Most of the students had been informed what all
+this meant by the interpreters and others; and they
+waited with no little emotion for the conflict to commence.
+The bull had been goaded to fury in the
+pen; and, when the gates were thrown open, he rushed
+with a bellowing snort into the ring. At first he
+seemed to be startled by the strange sight before him,
+and halted at the gate, which had been closed behind
+him. Two <i>picadores</i> had been stationed on opposite
+sides of the arena; and, as soon as the bull saw the
+nearest of these, he dashed towards him. The <i>picador</i>
+received him on the point of his lance, and turned him
+off. The animal then went for the other, who warded
+him off in the same way. The audience did not seem
+to be satisfied with this part of the performance, and
+yelled as if they had been cheated out of something.
+It was altogether too tame for them.</p>
+
+<p>Then the first <i>picador</i>, at these signs of disapprobation,
+rode to the middle of the ring; and the bull made
+another onslaught upon him. This time he tumbled
+horse and rider in a heap on the ground. Then the
+<i>chulos</i> put in an appearance, and with their red and
+yellow cloaks attracted the attention of the bull, thus
+saving the <i>picador</i> from further harm. While the bull
+was chasing some of the <i>chulos</i>, more of them went to
+the assistance of the fallen rider, whose splinted legs
+did not permit him to rise alone. He was pulled out
+from beneath his nag; and the poor animal got up,
+goaded to do so by the kicks of the brutal performers.
+His stomach had been ripped open by the horns of the
+bull, and his entrails dragged upon the ground.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_407" id="Page_407">[407]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Some of the students turned pale, and were made
+sick by the cruel sight. A few of them were obliged to
+leave their places, which they did amidst the laughter
+of the Spaniards near them. But the audience applauded
+heartily, and appeared to be satisfied now that
+a horse had been gored so terribly. The <i>picador</i> was
+lifted upon the mangled steed, and he rode about the
+ring with the animal’s entrails dragging under him.
+The <i>chulos</i> played with the bull for a time, till the
+people became impatient; and then he was permitted
+to attack the horses again. The one injured before
+dropped dead under the next assault, to the great
+relief of the American spectators. The audience became
+stormy again, and two more horses were killed
+without appeasing them.</p>
+
+<p>“Now we shall have the <i>banderilleros</i>,” said the
+doctor, as a flourish of trumpets came from the bandstand.</p>
+
+<p>“I have got about enough of it,” said Sheridan
+faintly.</p>
+
+<p>“Brace yourself up, and you will soon become more
+accustomed to it. You ought to see one bull killed,”
+added the surgeon.</p>
+
+<p>Two men with <i>banderillas</i> in their hands now entered
+the ring. These weapons have barbs, so that, when the
+point is driven into the flesh of the bull, they stick fast,
+and are not shaken out by the motion of the animal.
+These men were received with applause; but it was
+evident that the temper of the assembled multitude
+required prompt and daring deeds of them. There was
+to be no unnecessary delay, no dodging or skulking.
+They were bold fellows, and seemed to be ready for<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_408" id="Page_408">[408]</a></span>
+business. One of them showed himself to the bull;
+and the beast made for him without an instant’s hesitation.</p>
+
+<p>The <i>banderillero</i> held his ground as though he had
+been tied to the spot; and it looked as if he was
+surely to be transfixed by the horns of the angry bull.
+Suddenly, as the animal dropped his head to use his
+horns, the man swung the <i>banderillas</i> over his shoulders,
+and planted both of the darts just behind the neck of
+the beast, and then dexterously slipped out of the way.
+This feat was applauded tremendously, and the yells
+seemed to shake the arena. Vainly the bull tried to
+shake off the darts, roaring with the pain they gave
+him.</p>
+
+<p>Another flourish of trumpets announced the last
+scene of the tragedy, and one of the <i>espadas</i> bounded
+lightly into the ring. He was greeted with hearty
+applause; and, walking over to the front of the <i>marquesa’s</i>
+box, he bent down on one knee, and made a
+grandiloquent speech, to the effect that for the honor of
+the city, in the name of the good people there assembled,
+and for the benefit of the hospital, he would kill
+the bull or be killed himself in the attempt, if her
+highness would graciously accord him the permission to
+do so. The <i>infanta</i> kindly consented; and the <i>espada</i>
+whirled his hat several times over his head, finally jerking
+it under his left arm over the fence. In his hand
+he carried a crimson banner, which he presented to the
+bull; and this was enough to rouse all his fury again.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter">
+     <img src="images/ill-416.jpg" width="450" height="286"
+         alt=""
+         title="" />
+     <div class="caption"><p class="pc"><span class="smcap">The Bull-fight at Seville.</span> <span style="font-weight: normal; font-size: 90%;">Page <a href="#Page_406">406</a>.</span></p>
+</div></div>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_409" id="Page_409">[409]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>For a time he played with the furious beast, which
+continually plunged at the red banner, the man skilfully
+stepping aside. At last he seemed to be prepared
+for the final blow. Holding the banner in his
+left hand, he permitted the bull to make a dive at it;
+and, while his head was down, he reached over his
+horns with the sword, and plunged it in between the
+shoulder-blades. His aim was sure: he had pierced the
+heart, and the bull dropped dead. Again the applause
+shook the arena, and the audience in the lower part of
+the building hurled their hats and caps into the ring;
+and a shower of cigars, mingled with an occasional
+piece of silver, followed the head-gear. The victorious
+<i>espada</i> picked up the cigars and money, bowing his
+thanks all the time, while the <i>chulos</i> tossed back the
+hats and caps.</p>
+
+<p>“‘You can take my hat’ is what they mean by that,
+I suppose,” said Murray.</p>
+
+<p>“That is one of the ways a Spanish audience has
+of expressing their approbation in strong terms,” replied
+the doctor.</p>
+
+<p>A team of half a dozen mules, tricked out in the
+gayest colors, galloped into the ring; and, when a sling
+had been passed over the horns of the dead bull, he
+was dragged out at a side gate. The doors had hardly
+closed upon the last scene before the main gates were
+thrown wide open again, and another bull bounded into
+the arena, where the <i>picadores</i> and the <i>chulos</i> were
+already in position for action. The second act was
+about like the first. Four horses were killed by the
+second bull, which was even more savage than the
+first. The <i>banderillero</i> was unfortunate in his first
+attempt, and was hooted by the audience; but in a
+second attempt he redeemed himself. The <i>espada</i> got
+his sword into the bull; but he did not hit the vital<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_410" id="Page_410">[410]</a></span>
+part, and he was unable to withdraw his weapon. The
+animal flew around the ring with the sword in his
+shoulders, while the audience yelled, and taunted the
+unlucky hero. It was not allowable for him to take
+another sword; and the bull was lured to the side of
+the ring, where the <i>espada</i> leaped upon a screen, and
+recovered his blade. In a second trial he did the
+business so handsomely that he regained the credit he
+had temporarily lost.</p>
+
+<p>Many of the students did not stay to see the second
+bull slain; and not more than half of them staid till
+the conclusion of the <i>funcion</i>. One of the last of the
+bulls would not fight at all, and evidently belonged to
+the peace society; but neither the audience nor the
+<i>lidiadores</i> had any mercy for him.</p>
+
+<p>“<i>Perros! Perros!</i>” shouted the audience, when it
+was found that the bull had no pluck.</p>
+
+<p>“<i>Perros! Perros!</i>” screamed some of the wildest
+of the students, without having the least idea what the
+word meant.</p>
+
+<p>“What does all that mean?” asked Murray.</p>
+
+<p>“<i>Perros</i> means dogs. Not long ago, when a bull
+would not fight, they used to set dogs upon him to
+worry and excite him,” answered the doctor.</p>
+
+<p>“Well, will they set the dogs upon him?” inquired
+Murray.</p>
+
+<p>“No, I suppose not; for here in the bill it says, ‘No
+dogs will be used; but fire-<i>banderillas</i> will be substituted
+for bulls that will not fight at the call of the
+authorities.’”</p>
+
+<p>This expedient was resorted to in the present case;
+the bull was frightened, and showed a little pluck.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_411" id="Page_411">[411]</a></span>
+After he had upset a <i>picador</i>, and charged on a <i>chulo</i>,
+he leaped over the fence into the avenue. The loafers
+gathered there sprang into the ring; but the animal
+was speedily driven back, and was finally killed without
+having done any great damage to the horses.</p>
+
+<p>The last bull was the fiercest of them all; and he
+came into the arena roaring like a lion. He demolished
+two <i>picadores</i> in the twinkling of an eye, and
+made it lively for all the performers. “<i>Bravo, Toro!</i>”
+shouted the people, for they applaud the bull as well
+as the actors. The <i>espada</i> stabbed him three times
+before he killed him.</p>
+
+<p>Six bulls and seventeen horses had been slain: the
+last one had killed five. Even the most insensible of
+the students had had enough of it; and most of them
+declared that it was the most barbarous spectacle they
+had ever seen. They pitied the poor horses, and some
+of them would not have been greatly distressed if the
+bull had tossed up a few of the performers. The doctor
+was disgusted, though he had done his best to have
+the students see this <i>cosa de España</i>. The principal
+refused to go farther than the gate of the <i>plaza</i>.</p>
+
+<p>“I don’t care to see another,” said Dr. Winstock
+to his Spanish friend, who sat near him. “It is barbarous;
+and I hope the people of Spain will soon
+abolish these spectacles.”</p>
+
+<p>“Barbarous, is it?” laughed the Spanish gentleman.
+“Do you think it is any worse than the prize-fights you
+have in England and America?”</p>
+
+<p>“Only a few low ruffians go to prize-fights in England
+and America,” replied the doctor warmly. “They
+are forbidden by law, and those who engage in them<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_412" id="Page_412">[412]</a></span>
+are sent to the penitentiary. But bull-fights are managed
+by the authorities of the province, presided over
+by the queen or members of the royal family.”</p>
+
+<p>All hands returned to the vessels of the squadron;
+and early the next morning the fleet sailed for Gibraltar.
+The river was still very high; and, though the
+Prince stirred up the mud once or twice, she reached
+the mouth of the river in good time, and the squadron
+stood away for the Rock, where it arrived the next day.</p>
+
+<p>Raymond was delighted to be on board of the Tritonia
+again, and at his duties. Enough of his story was
+told to the students to enable them to understand his
+case, and why he had been excused for running away.
+New rank had been assigned at the beginning of the
+month, and Raymond found on his return that he was
+second master, as before; the faculty voting that he
+was entitled to his old rank.</p>
+
+<p>Bark Lingall had worked a full month since his
+reformation; and when he went on board the Tritonia,
+at Seville, he was delighted to find that he was third
+master, and entitled to a place in the cabin. On the
+voyage to Gibraltar, he wore the uniform of his rank,
+and made no complaint of the sneers of Ben Pardee
+and Lon Gibbs, who had not yet concluded to turn over
+a new leaf.</p>
+
+<p>As soon as the Prince had coaled, and the vessels
+were watered and provisioned for the voyage, the fleet
+sailed; and what new climes the students visited, and
+what adventures they had, will be related in “Isles of
+the Sea; or, Young America Homeward Bound.”</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_413" id="Page_413">[413]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="sum">
+
+<p class="pc4 large">LEE &amp; SHEPARD’S</p>
+
+<p class="pc2">LIST OF</p>
+
+<p class="pc1 elarge">JUVENILE PUBLICATIONS.</p>
+
+<hr class="dec3" />
+
+<p class="pc2 mid">OLIVER OPTIC’S BOOKS.</p>
+
+<p class="pc reduct">Each Set in a neat Box with Illuminated Titles.</p>
+
+<table id="ta01" summary="ad1">
+
+ <tr>
+  <td class="tad1"><b>Army and Navy Stories.</b> A Library for Young and
+Old, in 6 volumes. 16mo. Illustrated. Per vol.</td>
+  <td class="tdrl"><b>$1&nbsp;50</b></td>
+ </tr>
+
+</table>
+
+<table id="t01" summary="t01">
+
+ <tr>
+  <td>The Soldier Boy.<br />
+The Sailor Boy.<br />
+The Young Lieutenant.</td>
+  <td>The Yankee Middy.<br />
+Fighting Joe.<br />
+Brave Old Salt<br />
+Fighting Joe.</td>
+ </tr>
+
+</table>
+
+<table id="ta02" summary="ad2">
+
+ <tr>
+  <td class="tad1"><b>Famous “Boat-Club” Series.</b> A Library for Young
+People. Handsomely Illustrated. Six volumes, in neat
+box. Per vol.</td>
+  <td class="tdrl"><b>1&nbsp;25</b></td>
+ </tr>
+
+</table>
+
+<p class="pbqi2 p1">
+The Boat Club; or, The Bunkers of Rippleton.<br />
+All Aboard; or, Life on the Lake.<br />
+Now or Never; or, The Adventures of Bobby Bright.<br />
+Try Again; or, The Trials and Triumphs of Harry West.<br />
+Poor and Proud; or, The Fortunes of Katy Redburn.<br />
+Little by Little; or, The Cruise of the Flyaway.</p>
+
+<table id="ta03" summary="ad3">
+
+ <tr>
+  <td class="tad1"><b>Lake Shore Series, The.</b> Six volumes. Illustrated.
+In neat box. Per vol.</td>
+  <td class="tdrl"><b>1&nbsp;25</b></td>
+ </tr>
+
+</table>
+
+<p class="pbqi2 p1">
+Through by Daylight; or, The Young Engineer of the Lake Shore Railroad.<br />
+Lightning Express; or, The Rival Academies.<br />
+On Time, or, The Young Captain of the Ucayga Steamer.<br />
+Switch Off, or, The War of the Students.<br />
+Break Up; or, The Young Peacemakers.<br />
+Bear and Forbear; or, The Young Skipper of Lake Ucayga.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_414" id="Page_414">[414]</a></span></p>
+
+<table id="ta04" summary="ad4">
+
+ <tr>
+  <td class="tad1"><b>Soldier Boy Series, The.</b> Three volumes, in neat
+box. Illustrated. Per vol.</td>
+  <td class="tdrl"><b>1&nbsp;50</b></td>
+ </tr>
+
+</table>
+
+<p class="pbqi2 p1">
+The Soldier Boy; or, Tom Somers in the Army.<br />
+The Young Lieutenant; or, The Adventures of an Army Officer.<br />
+Fighting Joe; or, The Fortunes of a Staff Officer.</p>
+
+<table id="ta05" summary="ad5">
+
+ <tr>
+  <td class="tad1"><b>Sailor Boy Series, The.</b> Three volumes in neat box.
+Illustrated. Per vol.</td>
+  <td class="tdrl"><b>1&nbsp;50</b></td>
+ </tr>
+
+</table>
+
+<p class="pbqi2 p1">The Sailor Boy; or, Jack Somers in the Navy.<br />
+The Yankee Middy; or, Adventures of a Naval Officer.<br />
+Brave Old Salt; or, Life on the Quarter-Deck.</p>
+
+<table id="ta06" summary="ad6">
+
+ <tr>
+  <td class="tad1"><b>Starry Flag Series, The.</b> Six volumes. Illustrated.
+Per vol.</td>
+  <td class="tdrl"><b>1&nbsp;25</b></td>
+ </tr>
+
+</table>
+
+<p class="pbqi2 p1">
+The Starry Flag; or, The Young Fisherman of Cape Ann.<br />
+Breaking Away; or, The Fortunes of a Student.<br />
+Seek and Find; or, The Adventures of a Smart Boy.<br />
+Freaks of Fortune; or, Half Round the World.<br />
+Make or Break; or, The Rich Man’s Daughter.<br />
+Down the River; or, Buck Bradford and the Tyrants.</p>
+
+<table id="ta07" summary="ad7">
+
+ <tr>
+  <td class="tad1"><b>The Household Library.</b> 3 volumes. Illustrated.
+Per volume</td>
+  <td class="tdrl"><b>1&nbsp;50</b></td>
+ </tr>
+
+</table>
+
+<table id="t02" summary="t02">
+
+ <tr>
+  <td>Living too Fast.</td>
+  <td>In Doors and Out.</td>
+ </tr>
+
+ <tr>
+  <td colspan="2" class="tdc"> The Way of the World.</td>
+ </tr>
+
+</table>
+
+<table id="ta08" summary="ad8">
+
+ <tr>
+  <td class="tad1"><b>Way of the World, The.</b> By William T. Adams (Oliver
+Optic) 12mo.</td>
+  <td class="tdrl"><b>1&nbsp;50</b></td>
+ </tr>
+
+</table>
+
+<table id="ta09" summary="ad9">
+
+ <tr>
+  <td class="tad1"><b>Woodville Stories.</b> Uniform with Library for Young
+People. Six volumes. Illustrated. Per vol 16mo.</td>
+  <td class="tdrl"><b>1&nbsp;25</b></td>
+ </tr>
+
+</table>
+
+<p class="pbqi2 p1">Rich and Humble; or, The Mission of Bertha Grant.<br />
+In School and Out; or, The Conquest of Richard Grant.<br />
+Watch and Wait; or, The Young Fugitives.<br />
+Work and Win; or, Noddy Newman on a Cruise.<br />
+Hope and Have; or, Fanny Grant among the Indians.<br />
+Haste and Waste; or, The Young Pilot of Lake Champlain.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_415" id="Page_415">[415]</a></span></p>
+
+<table id="ta10" summary="ad10">
+
+ <tr>
+  <td class="tad1"><b>Yacht Club Series.</b> Uniform with the ever popular
+“Boat Club” Series. Completed in six vols. Illustrated.
+Per vol. 16mo.</td>
+  <td class="tdrl"><b>1&nbsp;50</b></td>
+ </tr>
+
+</table>
+
+<p class="pbqi2 p1">Little Bobtail; or, The Wreck of the Penobscot.<br />
+The Yacht Club; or, The Young Boat Builders.<br />
+Money Maker; or, The Victory of the Basilisk.<br />
+The Coming Wave; or, The Treasure of High Rock,<br />
+The Dorcas Club; or, Our Girls Afloat.<br />
+Ocean Born; or, The Cruise of the Clubs.</p>
+
+<table id="ta11" summary="ad11">
+
+ <tr>
+  <td class="tad1"><b>Onward and Upward Series, The.</b> Complete in six
+volumes. Illustrated. In neat box. Per vol.</td>
+  <td class="tdrl"><b>1&nbsp;25</b></td>
+ </tr>
+
+</table>
+
+
+<p class="pbqi2 p1">Field and Forest; or, The Fortunes of a Farmer.<br />
+Plane and Plank; or, The Mishaps of a Mechanic.<br />
+Desk and Debit; or, The Catastrophes of a Clerk.<br />
+Cringle and Cross-Tree; or, The Sea Swashes of a Sailor.<br />
+Bivouac and Battle; or, The Struggles of a Soldier.<br />
+Sea and Shore; or, The Tramps of a Traveller.</p>
+
+
+<table id="ta12" summary="ad12">
+
+ <tr>
+  <td class="tad1"><b>Young America Abroad Series.</b> A Library of
+Travel and Adventure in Foreign Lands. Illustrated
+by Nast, Stevens, Perkins, and others. Per vol. 16mo.</td>
+  <td class="tdrl"><b>1&nbsp;50</b></td>
+ </tr>
+
+</table>
+
+<p class="pc1 reduct"><i>First Series.</i></p>
+
+<p class="pbqi2 p1">Outward Bound; or, Young America Afloat.<br />
+Shamrock and Thistle; or, Young America in Ireland and Scotland.<br />
+Red Cross; or, Young America in England and Wales.<br />
+Dikes and Ditches, or, Young America in Holland and Belgium.<br />
+Palace and Cottage; or, Young America in France and Switzerland.<br />
+Down the Rhine; or, Young America in Germany.</p>
+
+<p class="pc1 reduct"><i>Second Series.</i></p>
+
+<p class="pbqi2 p1">Up the Baltic; or, Young America in Norway, Sweden, and Denmark.<br />
+Northern Lands; or, Young America in Russia and Prussia.<br />
+Cross and Crescent; or, Young America in Turkey and Greece.<br />
+Sunny Shores; or, Young America in Italy and Austria.<br />
+Vine and Olive; or, Young America in Spain and Portugal.<br />
+Isles of the Sea; or, Young America Homeward Bound.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_416" id="Page_416">[416]</a></span></p>
+
+<table id="ta13" summary="ad13">
+
+ <tr>
+  <td class="tad1"><b>Riverdale Stories.</b> Twelve volumes. A New Edition.
+Profusely Illustrated from new designs by Billings. In
+neat box. Per vol.</td>
+  <td class="tdrl">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</td>
+ </tr>
+
+</table>
+
+<table id="t03" summary="t03">
+
+ <tr>
+  <td>Little Merchant.<br />
+Young Voyagers.<br />
+Robinson Crusoe, Jr.<br />
+Dolly and I.<br />
+Uncle Ben.<br />
+Birthday Party.</td>
+  <td>Proud and Lazy.<br />
+Careless Kate.<br />
+Christmas Gift.<br />
+The Picnic Party.<br />
+The Gold Thimble.<br />
+The Do-Somethings.</td>
+ </tr>
+
+</table>
+
+<table id="ta14" summary="ad14">
+
+ <tr>
+  <td class="tad1"><b>Riverdale Story Books.</b> Six volumes, in neat box.
+Cloth. Per vol.</td>
+  <td class="tdrl">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</td>
+ </tr>
+
+</table>
+
+<table id="t04" summary="t04">
+
+ <tr>
+  <td>Little Merchant.<br />
+Young Voyagers.<br />
+Dolly and I.</td>
+  <td>Proud and Lazy.<br />
+Careless Kate.<br />
+Robinson Crusoe, Jr.</td>
+ </tr>
+
+</table>
+
+<table id="ta15" summary="ad15">
+
+ <tr>
+  <td class="tad1"><b>Flora Lee Story Books.</b> Six volumes in neat box.
+Cloth. Per vol.</td>
+  <td class="tdrl">&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;</td>
+ </tr>
+
+</table>
+
+<table id="t05" summary="t05">
+
+ <tr>
+  <td>Christmas Gift.<br />
+Uncle Ben.<br />
+Birthday Party.</td>
+  <td>The Picnic Party.<br />
+The Gold Thimble.<br />
+The Do-Somethings.</td>
+ </tr>
+
+</table>
+
+<table id="ta16" summary="ad16">
+
+ <tr>
+  <td class="tad1"><b>Great Western Series, The.</b> Six volumes. Illustrated.
+Per vol.</td>
+  <td class="tdrl"><b>1&nbsp;50</b></td>
+ </tr>
+
+</table>
+
+<p class="pbqi2 p1">Going West; or, The Perils of a Poor Boy.<br />
+Out West; or, Roughing it on the Great Lakes.<br />
+Lake Breezes.</p>
+
+<table id="ta17" summary="ad17">
+
+ <tr>
+  <td class="tad1"><b>Our Boys’ and Girls’ Offering.</b> Containing Oliver
+Optic’s popular Story, Ocean Born; or, The Cruise of the
+Clubs; Stories of the Seas, Tales of Wonder, Records
+of Travel, &amp;c. Edited by Oliver Optic. Profusely
+Illustrated. Covers printed in Colors. 8vo.</td>
+  <td class="tdrl"><b>1&nbsp;50</b></td>
+ </tr>
+
+</table>
+
+<table id="ta18" summary="ad18">
+
+ <tr>
+  <td class="tad1"><b>Our Boys’ and Girls’ Souvenir.</b> Containing Oliver
+Optic’s Popular Story, Going West; or. The Perils of a
+Poor Boy; Stories of the Sea, Tales of Wonder, Records
+of Travel, &amp;c. Edited by Oliver Optic. With numerous
+full-page and letter-press Engravings. Covers
+printed in Colors. 8vo.</td>
+  <td class="tdrl"><b>1&nbsp;50</b></td>
+ </tr>
+
+</table>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+</div>
+
+<div class="break">
+
+<h2 class="p4">FOOTNOTE:</h2>
+
+<div class="footnotes">
+
+<p class="pfn4"><span class="ln1"><a name="Footnote_1_1" id="Footnote_1_1"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_1"><span class="label">[1]</span></a></span>
+
+King Amedeo abdicated Feb. 11, 1874; and Alfonso XII., son of
+Isabella II., was proclaimed king of Spain Dec. 31, 1874, thus restoring
+the Bourbons to the throne. Alfonso was about seventeen when he became
+king.</p></div>
+
+</div>
+
+</div>
+
+<div>*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 47423 ***</div>
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/47423/47423-h/images/cover.jpg b/47423-h/images/cover.jpg
index 82c29df..82c29df 100644
--- a/47423/47423-h/images/cover.jpg
+++ b/47423-h/images/cover.jpg
diff --git a/47423/47423-h/images/ill-001.jpg b/47423-h/images/ill-001.jpg
index a62571c..a62571c 100644
--- a/47423/47423-h/images/ill-001.jpg
+++ b/47423-h/images/ill-001.jpg
diff --git a/47423/47423-h/images/ill-002.jpg b/47423-h/images/ill-002.jpg
index 6d4cd1f..6d4cd1f 100644
--- a/47423/47423-h/images/ill-002.jpg
+++ b/47423-h/images/ill-002.jpg
diff --git a/47423/47423-h/images/ill-172.jpg b/47423-h/images/ill-172.jpg
index fd2203f..fd2203f 100644
--- a/47423/47423-h/images/ill-172.jpg
+++ b/47423-h/images/ill-172.jpg
diff --git a/47423/47423-h/images/ill-366.jpg b/47423-h/images/ill-366.jpg
index 34c9575..34c9575 100644
--- a/47423/47423-h/images/ill-366.jpg
+++ b/47423-h/images/ill-366.jpg
diff --git a/47423/47423-h/images/ill-416.jpg b/47423-h/images/ill-416.jpg
index 3cd667a..3cd667a 100644
--- a/47423/47423-h/images/ill-416.jpg
+++ b/47423-h/images/ill-416.jpg
diff --git a/47423/47423-0.zip b/47423/47423-0.zip
deleted file mode 100644
index 2f83709..0000000
--- a/47423/47423-0.zip
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/47423/47423-h.zip b/47423/47423-h.zip
deleted file mode 100644
index 93ce410..0000000
--- a/47423/47423-h.zip
+++ /dev/null